Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 2, 2011

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Michael Kors Holdings Limited

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

British Virgin Islands   3100   Not Applicable

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

c/o Michael Kors Limited

Unit 1001, 10/F, Miramar Tower

132 Nathan Road

Tsim Sha Tsui, Hong Kong

(852) 3928-5563

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

John D. Idol

Chief Executive Officer

c/o Michael Kors (USA), Inc.

11 West 42 nd Street, 21 st Floor

New York, NY 10036

(212) 201-8388

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

John C. Kennedy, Esq.   Richard D. Truesdell Jr., Esq.
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP   Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
1285 Avenue of the Americas   450 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10019-6064   New York, NY 10017
(212) 373-3000   (212) 450-4000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities

to Be Registered

  Amount to Be
Registered (1)
  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price
Per Share
  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Ordinary shares, no par value

  47,955,000   $19.00   $911,145,000   $104,418

 

 

 

  (1)

Includes shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

  (2)

Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS

Subject to Completion. Dated December 2, 2011.

41,700,000 Ordinary Shares

LOGO

Michael Kors Holdings Limited

This is an initial public offering of Michael Kors Holdings Limited. The selling shareholders, including certain members of our management, are offering all of the ordinary shares under this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of ordinary shares by the selling shareholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $17.00 and $19.00. We have been authorized to list our ordinary shares on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “KORS.”

 

 

Investing in our ordinary shares involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 11 to read about factors you should consider before buying our ordinary shares.

 

 

 

Price $             Per Ordinary Share

 

 

 

     Price to
Public
     Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions
     Proceeds, before
Expenses, to
Selling
Shareholders
 

Per Ordinary Share

     $                     $                    $              

Total

   $                    $                    $                

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than 41,700,000 ordinary shares, the underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 6,255,000 ordinary shares from the selling shareholders identified in this prospectus on the same terms as set forth above. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Underwriting.”

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the ordinary shares against payment in New York, New York on or about                     , 2011.

 

Morgan Stanley   J.P. Morgan   Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

 

 

Baird   Jefferies   Nomura   Piper Jaffray

                     , 2011


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     11   

Use of Proceeds

     28   

Dividend Policy

     29   

Capitalization

     30   

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     31   

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data

     33   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     34   

Business

     59   

Management

     72   

Principal and Selling Shareholders

     87   
     Page  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     92   

Description of Share Capital

     98   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     110   

Tax Considerations

     112   

Underwriting

     116   

Expenses Related to the Offering

     122   

Service of Process and Enforcement of Liabilities

     123   

Legal Matters

     124   

Experts

     124   

Available Information

     124   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

 

Neither we, the selling shareholders nor the underwriters have authorized any other person to provide you with different or additional information other than that contained in this prospectus. We, the selling shareholders and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may provide. We and the selling shareholders are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus or such other date stated in this prospectus, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and/or prospects may have changed since those dates.

The laws of certain jurisdictions may restrict the distribution of this prospectus and the offer and sale of the ordinary shares. Persons into whose possession this prospectus or any ordinary shares may come must inform themselves about, and observe, any such restrictions on the distribution of this prospectus and the offering and sale of the ordinary shares. In particular, there are restrictions on the distribution of this prospectus and the offer or sale of the ordinary shares in the United States and the European Economic Area. Neither we, the selling shareholders nor our respective representatives are making any representation to any offeree or any purchaser of the ordinary shares regarding the legality of any investment in the ordinary shares by such offeree or purchaser under applicable legal investment or similar laws or regulations. Accordingly, no ordinary shares may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any advertisement or other offering material may be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with any applicable laws and regulations.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data throughout this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research as well as from industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties, including the Luxury Goods Worldwide Market Study, 2011 (dated October 2011), Luxury Goods Worldwide Market Study Spring 2011 Update (dated May 2011), the Luxury Goods Worldwide Market Study (dated October 2008) and the Altagamma 2006 Worldwide Markets Monitor (dated October 2006), each of which was prepared by the Altagamma Foundation in cooperation with Bain & Company and can be obtained free of charge or at a nominal cost by contacting Bain & Company’s media contacts at cheryl.krauss@bain.com or frank.pinto@bain.com (together, the “ Altagamma Studies ”). Industry publications, studies and surveys generally state that they have been prepared from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe that each of these

 

i


Table of Contents

studies and publications is reliable, we have not independently verified market and industry data from third-party sources. While we believe our internal company research is reliable and the definitions of our market and industry are appropriate, neither this research nor these definitions have been verified by any independent source. Further, while we believe the market opportunity information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of the future performance of the industry in which we operate and our future performance are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

The Altagamma Studies analyze the global luxury goods market, including the market and financial performance of more than 230 of the world’s leading luxury goods companies and brands. All figures derived from the Altagamma Studies are based on an exchange rate of $1.33 to €1.00.

TRADEMARKS

We operate under a number of trademarks, including, among others, “ Michael Kors ,” “ MICHAEL Michael Kors ” and “ KORS Michael Kors ,” all of which are registered under applicable intellectual property laws. This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent possible under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements that do not directly or exclusively relate to historical facts. You should not place undue reliance on such statements because they are subject to numerous uncertainties and factors relating to our operations and business environment, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. Forward-looking statements include information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our business strategy. These statements often include words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate” or similar expressions.

The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based on assumptions that we have made in light of our management’s experience in the industry as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors that we believe are appropriate under the circumstances. As you read and consider this prospectus, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results. They involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Although we believe that these forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, you should be aware that many factors could affect our actual financial results or results of operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from those in these forward-looking statements. These factors include but are not limited to:

 

   

general economic cycles that affect consumer spending and overall consumer spending on accessories, footwear and apparel;

 

   

our ability to respond to changing fashion and retail trends;

 

   

our ability to respond to market competition;

 

   

our dependence on members of our executive management and other key employees, including, among others, Mr. Kors and Mr. Idol;

 

ii


Table of Contents
   

our ability to execute our growth strategies, including increasing brand awareness and global comparable store sales growth and opening new retail stores, including concessions, and “shop-in-shops” in North America and internationally;

 

   

our ability to manage our operations at our current size and to manage any future growth;

 

   

our ability to maintain historical levels of comparable store sales and average sales per square foot as we expand our store base;

 

   

risks associated with leasing retail space under long-term, non-cancelable leases and our substantial operating lease obligations;

 

   

the success of our current and future licensing arrangements with third parties over whom we have limited control;

 

   

our ability to maintain our relationships with our significant wholesale customers;

 

   

our ability to maintain adequate information technology systems and to effectively track inventory, manage our supply chain, record and process transactions, summarize results and manage our business;

 

   

direct privacy breaches and third-party operation of our e-commerce website;

 

   

fluctuations in the costs of raw materials;

 

   

our ability to effectively operate our distribution facilities and transition into a new distribution facility and implement a new warehouse management system;

 

   

our dependence on foreign manufacturing contractors and independent third-party agents to source our finished goods, which poses legal, regulatory, political and economic risks;

 

   

our manufacturing contractors’ failure to use acceptable ethical business practices;

 

   

our ability to maintain compliance with restrictive covenants in the documents governing our debt;

 

   

our ability to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property rights, including our brand image and reputation, and the possibility that others may allege that we infringe upon their intellectual property rights; and

 

   

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

These and other factors are more fully discussed in the “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks could cause actual results to differ materially from those implied by forward-looking statements in this prospectus.

All information contained in this prospectus is materially accurate and complete as of the date of this prospectus. You should keep in mind, however, that any forward-looking statement made by us in this prospectus, or elsewhere, speaks only as of the date on which we make it. New risks and uncertainties come up from time to time, and it is impossible for us to predict these events or how they may affect us. We do not undertake any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. In light of these risks and uncertainties, you should keep in mind that any event described in a forward-looking statement made in this prospectus or elsewhere might not occur.

 

iii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our ordinary shares. Before making an investment decision, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus. Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for more information.

Except where the context otherwise requires or where otherwise indicated, (i) the terms “Michael Kors,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company,” “our Company” and “our business” refer to Michael Kors Holdings Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries as a combined entity, (ii) references to our stores, retail stores and retail segment include all of our full-price retail stores (including concessions) and outlet stores and (iii) the term “Fiscal,” with respect to any year, refers to the 52-week period ending on the Saturday closest to March 31 of such year, except for “Fiscal 2010,” which refers to the 53-week period ended April 3, 2010, and “Fiscal 2008” and “Fiscal 2007,” which refer to the fiscal years ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. As further described in this prospectus, the Company and certain of its affiliates completed a corporate reorganization in July 2011 (the “Reorganization”). See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Reorganization Transactions and Preference Share Sale” for more information on the Reorganization. Some differences in the numbers in the tables and text throughout this prospectus may exist due to rounding. All comparable store sales are presented on a 52-week basis.

Our Company

We are a rapidly growing global luxury lifestyle brand led by a world-class management team and a renowned, award-winning designer. Since launching his namesake brand 30 years ago, Michael Kors has featured distinctive designs, materials and craftsmanship with a jet-set aesthetic that combines stylish elegance and a sporty attitude. Mr. Kors’ vision has taken the Company from its beginnings as an American luxury sportswear house to a global accessories, footwear and apparel company with a presence in 74 countries. As a highly recognized luxury lifestyle brand in North America with accelerating awareness in targeted international markets, we have experienced exceptional sales momentum and have a clear trajectory for significant future growth. Over the years, we have successfully expanded beyond apparel into accessories (including handbags, small leather goods, eyewear, jewelry and watches) and footwear, which together now account for the majority of our wholesale and retail sales. We have also expanded our distribution capabilities beyond wholesale into retail, which accounted for approximately 42.8%, 36.7% and 28.7% of our total revenue in Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009, respectively. Our total revenue was $803.3 million in Fiscal 2011 as compared to $508.1 million in Fiscal 2010, representing a 58.1% year-over-year increase. Our net income was $72.5 million in Fiscal 2011 as compared to $39.2 million in Fiscal 2010, representing a 84.7% year-over-year increase.

We operate our business in three segments—retail, wholesale and licensing—and we have a strategically controlled global distribution network focused on company-operated retail stores, leading department stores, specialty stores and select licensing partners. In Fiscal 2011, our retail segment accounted for approximately 42.8% of our total revenue. As of October 1, 2011, our retail segment included:

 

   

169 North American retail stores, including concessions; and

 

   

34 international retail stores, including concessions, in Europe and Japan.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

In Fiscal 2011, our wholesale segment accounted for approximately 51.5% of our total revenue. As of October 1, 2011, our wholesale segment included:

 

   

wholesale sales through approximately 1,801 department store and specialty store doors in North America; and

 

   

wholesale sales through approximately 549 department store and specialty store doors internationally.

Our remaining revenue is generated through our licensing segment, through which we license to third parties certain production, sales and/or distribution rights. In Fiscal 2011, our licensing segment accounted for approximately 5.7% of our total revenue and consisted primarily of royalties earned on licensed products and our geographic licenses.

We offer two primary collections: the Michael Kors luxury collection and the MICHAEL Michael Kors accessible luxury collection. The Michael Kors collection establishes the aesthetic authority of our entire brand and is carried in many of our retail stores as well as in the finest luxury department stores in the world, including, among others, Bergdorf Goodman, Saks Fifth Avenue, Neiman Marcus, Holt Renfrew, Harrods, Harvey Nichols, Selfridges, Le Bon Marché and Printemps. In 2004, we saw an opportunity to capitalize on the brand strength of the Michael Kors collection and address the significant demand opportunity in accessible luxury goods, and we introduced the MICHAEL Michael Kors collection, which has a strong focus on accessories, in addition to offering footwear and apparel. The MICHAEL Michael Kors collection is carried in all of our lifestyle stores as well as leading department stores throughout the world, including, among others, Bloomingdale’s, Nordstrom, Macy’s, Harrod’s, Harvey Nichols, Selfridges, Printemps, Lotte, Hyundai, Isetan and Lane Crawford. Taken together, our two primary collections target a broad customer base while retaining a premium luxury image. In addition to these two primary collections, we also offer select footwear and outerwear through our KORS Michael Kors accessible luxury collection, which is not material to our net sales.

Our Market Opportunity

We operate in the growing global luxury goods industry, which, according to the Altagamma Studies , is predicted to grow from $230.1 billion in 2010 to between $299.3 billion and $305.9 billion in 2014, representing a 7% compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”). While apparel makes up an important part of our business, we have a growing focus on luxury accessories and footwear, positioning us to participate in what was the most resilient and fastest growing product category within the global luxury goods industry from 2005 to 2010. In 2010, the accessories product category generated sales of approximately $57.5 billion, representing 25% of total sales for the industry. The majority of our current sales come from North America, and we have built, and continue to build, our business and brand awareness in Europe and Asia.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors:

Rapidly Growing Luxury Lifestyle Brand with Best-in-Class Growth Metrics . We believe that the Michael Kors name has become synonymous with luxurious fashion that is timeless and elegant, expressed through sophisticated accessory and ready-to-wear collections. Each of our collections exemplifies the jet-set lifestyle and features high quality designs, materials and craftsmanship. Some of the most widely recognized global trendsetters—including celebrities such as Angelina Jolie, Heidi Klum, Blake Lively, Penelope Cruz, Gwyneth Paltrow and Catherine Zeta-Jones—walk the red carpet in our collections. We have built a solid foundation for continued long-term global growth and currently enjoy best-in-class growth metrics. For instance:

 

   

we experienced year-over-year total revenue growth of 58.1% and 28.0% in Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively;

 

 

2


Table of Contents
   

our global comparable store sales increased 48.2%, 19.2% and 6.3% in Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009, respectively, and we have had positive comparable store sales growth in every quarter in the last five fiscal years; and

 

   

our global retail store count grew from 48 at the beginning of Fiscal 2009 to 166 through the end of Fiscal 2011, representing a 51.2% CAGR.

Design Vision Led by World-Renowned, Award-Winning Designer . Michael Kors, a world-renowned designer, personally leads our experienced design team. Mr. Kors and his team are responsible for conceptualizing and directing the design of all of our products, and their design leadership is a unique advantage that we possess. Mr. Kors has received a number of awards, including the Council of Fashion Designers of America (“CFDA”) Women’s Fashion Designer of the Year (1999), the CFDA Men’s Fashion Designer of the Year (2003), the ACE Accessory Designer of the Year (2006) and the CFDA Lifetime Achievement Award (2010). These and other awards recognize the contribution Mr. Kors and his team have made to the fashion industry and our Company. Our brand image has been further enhanced since 2004 by Mr. Kors’ position as a judge on the six-time Emmy-nominated reality show Project Runway .

Poised to Take Share in the Growing Global Accessories Product Category . According to the Altagamma Studies , from 2005 to 2010, the accessories product category was the fastest growing product category in the global luxury goods industry, increasing at a 9% CAGR, and in 2010 the accessories product category generated sales of approximately $57.5 billion, representing 25% of total luxury goods sales. In 2004, we saw the opportunity to capitalize on growing accessories demand by leveraging the strength of the Michael Kors luxury collection, and we introduced the accessible luxury MICHAEL Michael Kors collection. Since launching the MICHAEL Michael Kors collection, awareness of our brand within the United States has grown exponentially, increasing from 11% in 2004 to 71% in 2011, according to a study we commissioned. In turn, our sales of accessories have grown at an approximately 57.6% CAGR over the last three years, outperforming industry growth. Net sales of accessories and related merchandise (including handbags, small leather goods, footwear, watches, jewelry, eyewear and fragrance) in our retail and wholesale segments accounted for approximately 62.3% of our total revenue in Fiscal 2011. We anticipate that sales of our accessories and related merchandise will continue to grow and will become an increasingly important driver of global comparable store sales growth.

Proven Multi-Format Retail Segment with Significant Growth Opportunity . In Fiscal 2011, our retail segment reported total revenue of $344.2 million and an industry-best 48.2% increase in year-over-year comparable store sales from Fiscal 2010. Within our retail segment we have three primary retail store formats: collection stores, lifestyle stores and outlet stores. Our collection stores are located in some of the world’s most prestigious shopping areas, such as Madison Avenue in New York and Bond Street in London, and are generally 3,100 square feet in size. Our lifestyle stores are located in some of the world’s most frequented metropolitan shopping locations and leading regional shopping centers, and are generally 2,100 square feet in size. We also extend our reach to additional consumer groups through our outlet stores, which are generally 2,700 square feet in size. In addition to these three retail store formats, we operate concessions in a select number of department stores in North America and internationally.

Strong Relationships with Premier Wholesale Customers . We partner with leading wholesale customers, such as Bergdorf Goodman, Saks Fifth Avenue, Neiman Marcus, Holt Renfrew, Bloomingdale’s, Nordstrom and Macy’s in North America; and Harrods, Harvey Nichols, Selfridges and Galeries Lafayette in Europe. These relationships enable us to access large numbers of our key consumers in a targeted manner. In addition, we are engaged in wholesale growth initiatives that are designed to transform the Michael Kors displays at select department stores into branded “shop-in-shops.” By installing customized freestanding fixtures, wall casings and components, decorative items and flooring, as well as deploying specially trained staff, we believe that our

 

 

3


Table of Contents

shop-in-shops provide department store consumers with a more personalized shopping experience than traditional retail department store configurations. These initiatives, among others, have helped increase total revenue for our wholesale segment from $296.9 million in Fiscal 2010 to $413.6 million in Fiscal 2011, representing a 39.3% year-over-year increase.

Growing Licensing Segment . The strength of our global brand has been instrumental in helping us build our licensing business. We collaborate with a select number of product licensees who produce and sell what we believe are products requiring specialized expertise that are enhanced by our brand strength. Our relationship with Fossil Partners, LP. (“Fossil”), for instance, has helped us create a line of watches that we believe have become, and will continue to be, status items for young fashion-conscious consumers. Other product licensees include, among others, the Aramis and Designer Fragrances division of The Estée Lauder Companies Inc. (“Estée Lauder”) for fragrances and Marchon Eyewear Inc. (“Marchon”) for eyewear. Our relationships with our product licensees have helped us leverage our success across demographics and categories by taking advantage of their unique expertise, resulting in total revenue for licensed products increasing from $24.6 million in Fiscal 2010 to $45.5 million in Fiscal 2011, representing a 84.8% year-over-year increase. In addition, we have entered into agreements with non-manufacturing licensees who we believe have particular expertise in the distribution of fashion accessories, footwear and apparel in specific geographic territories, such as Korea, the Philippines, Singapore, Malaysia, greater China, the Middle East and Turkey.

Proven and Experienced Management Team . Our senior management team has extensive experience across a broad range of disciplines in the retail industry, including design, sales, marketing, public relations, merchandising, real estate, supply chain and finance. With an average of 25 years of experience in the retail industry, including at a number of public companies, and an average of eight years with Michael Kors, our senior management team has strong creative and operational experience and a successful track record. This extensive experience extends beyond our senior management team and deep into our organization. For example, we have a 50-person design team, the senior staff of which has an average of 19 years of experience in the industry.

Our Growth Strategy

Our goal is to increase our revenue and profits and strengthen our global brand. Our growth strategy includes the following:

Increase Our Brand Awareness . We intend to continue increasing brand awareness and customer loyalty in North America and internationally in a number of ways, including by:

 

   

continuing to open new retail stores in preeminent, high-visibility locations;

 

   

maintaining our strong advertising position in global fashion publications, growing our online advertising exposure and internet presence and continuing to distribute our store catalog featuring our new collections;

 

   

holding our semi-annual runway shows that reinforce Mr. Kors’ designer status and high-fashion image, creating excitement around the Michael Kors and MICHAEL Michael Kors collections and generating global multimedia press coverage; and

 

   

leveraging Mr. Kors’ global prestige and popularity through a variety of press activities and personal appearances.

Expand Our Retail Store Base in North America . We expanded our retail store base in North America by 30 stores in Fiscal 2010 and by 40 stores in Fiscal 2011. We believe that there is significant opportunity to continue expanding our retail store base in North America and to increase our North American retail store base to approximately 400 locations in the long term. We will look to open new stores predominately in high traffic

 

 

4


Table of Contents

areas of street and mall locations in high-income demographic areas and will adhere to our already successful retail store formats, which we believe reinforce our brand image and generate strong sales per square foot.

Expand North American Shop-in-Shop Footprint at Select Department Stores . In Fiscal 2011, we achieved a 33.7% year-over-year increase in our North American wholesale sales through substantially the same number of department store wholesale doors, primarily due to an increase in shop-in-shops. We believe that our proprietary shop-in-shop fixtures effectively communicate our brand image within the department store, enhance the presentation of our merchandise and create a more personalized shopping experience for department store customers. We plan to grow our North American shop-in-shop footprint at select department stores by continuing to convert existing wholesale door space into shop-in-shops and expanding the size of existing shop-in-shops.

Increase Global Comparable Store Sales . In Fiscal 2011, we reported a 48.2% year-over-year increase in global comparable store sales. We expect to continue to increase global comparable store sales with a number of initiatives already under way to increase the size and frequency of purchases by our existing customers and to attract new customers. Such initiatives include, among others, increasing the size of existing stores, creating compelling store environments and offering new products, including logo products, small leather goods, active footwear and fashion jewelry.

Grow International Retail and Wholesale Businesses . Given the growing worldwide demand for accessible luxury goods, continued international expansion in select regions represents a compelling opportunity for additional growth. As of October 1, 2011, we operated 34 retail stores, including concessions, internationally, and our products are sold through approximately 549 department store and specialty store wholesale doors internationally. We plan to leverage our existing operations in London, Lugano, Madrid, Milan, Munich, Paris and Tokyo to drive continued retail and wholesale expansion in Europe and Japan. In the long term, we believe that we can increase our international retail store base, including concessions, to approximately 100 locations in Europe and approximately 100 locations in Japan. In addition, we plan to expand our shop-in-shop footprint at select department stores throughout Europe and our concession footprint at select department stores in Japan.

Recent Developments

As of November 26, 2011, we had 184 North American retail stores, including concessions, and 37 international retail stores, including concessions, in Europe and Japan. For the period from October 2, 2011, the first day of our third fiscal quarter of Fiscal 2012, to November 26, 2011, our comparable store sales increased by approximately 31.2% for this period. This reflects only the first two months of our third fiscal quarter. Accordingly, we have not begun our normal quarter-end closing and review procedures and there can be no assurance that final results for the thirteen-week period ended December 31, 2011 will not differ from the results for this two-month period, including as a result of the third month of our third fiscal quarter. The results for this two-month period are not for an entire fiscal period, will be subject to quarter-end closing procedures and/or adjustments and should not be viewed as a substitute for full interim financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. These preliminary results could change materially and are not necessarily indicative of the results to be achieved for the thirteen-week period ended December 31, 2011, the remainder of Fiscal 2012 or any future period.

Summary Risk Factors

Investing in our ordinary shares entails a high degree of risk as more fully described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. You should carefully consider such risks before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares. These risks include, among others, that:

 

   

The accessories, footwear and apparel industries are heavily influenced by general macroeconomic cycles that affect consumer spending, and a prolonged period of depressed consumer spending could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

 

5


Table of Contents
   

We may not be able to respond to changing fashion and retail trends in a timely manner, which could have a material adverse effect on our brand, business, financial condition and operating results.

 

   

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive, both within North America and internationally, and increased competition based on a number of factors could cause our profitability to decline.

 

   

The departure of our founder, members of our executive management and other key employees could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

   

The growth of our business depends on the successful execution of our growth strategies, including our efforts to open and operate new retail stores and increase the number of department stores and specialty stores that sell our products.

Corporate and Other Information

Including our predecessors, we have been in business since 1981. Michael Kors Holdings Limited was incorporated on December 13, 2002 as a limited liability company under the laws of the British Virgin Islands and is registered at the Registry of Corporate Affairs of the British Virgin Islands under number 524407. In 2003, Sportswear Holdings Limited, an affiliate of two of our directors, Silas K. F. Chou and Lawrence S. Stroll, acquired a majority interest in the Company. See “Principal and Selling Shareholders.”

Our principal executive offices are located at c/o Michael Kors Limited, Unit 1001, 10/F, Miramar Tower, 132 Nathan Road, Tsim Sha Tsui, Hong Kong, our telephone number is (852) 3928-5563 and our fax number is (852) 3928-5697. We maintain a website at www.michaelkors.com . We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it a part of this prospectus.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

SUMMARY TERMS OF THE OFFERING

The summary below describes the principal terms of this offering. The “Description of Share Capital” section of this prospectus contains a more detailed description of the ordinary shares.

 

Ordinary shares offered by us

We are not selling any ordinary shares in this offering.

 

Ordinary shares offered by the selling shareholders

41,700,000 ordinary shares.

 

Ordinary shares to be outstanding immediately after this offering

Immediately after this offering, we will have 190,792,875 ordinary shares issued and outstanding.

 

Over-allotment Option

The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase an additional 6,255,000 ordinary shares within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

Use of Proceeds

The selling shareholders will receive all of the net proceeds from the sale of the ordinary shares offered under this prospectus. Accordingly, we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of ordinary shares in this offering.

 

Voting Rights

Holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per ordinary share in all shareholder meetings. See “Description of Share Capital—Ordinary Shares.”

 

Dividend Policy

We do not expect to pay any dividends or other distributions on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain future earnings. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Listing

We have been authorized to list our ordinary shares on the NYSE under the symbol “KORS.”

 

Risk Factors

Investing in our ordinary shares involves substantial risks. See “Risk Factors” for a description of certain of the risks you should consider before investing in our ordinary shares.

The number of ordinary shares outstanding after this offering excludes 19,240,284 stock options granted and outstanding pursuant to the Amended and Restated Michael Kors (USA), Inc. Stock Option Plan (the “Stock Option Plan”) as of December 1, 2011 at a weighted average exercise price of $4.48 per ordinary share, 2,513,384 ordinary shares subject to grants of stock options, restricted shares and restricted stock units under the Amended and Restated Michael Kors Holdings Limited Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Equity Plan”) (in the case of stock options, at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price) and 12,732,616 ordinary shares reserved for future issuance under the Equity Plan. See “Management—Compensation of Executive Officers and Directors.”

Unless we indicate otherwise, all information in this prospectus:

 

   

assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase from the selling shareholders up to 6,255,000 ordinary shares to cover over-allotments, if any; and

 

   

gives effect to (i) the Reorganization, (ii) a 3.8-to-1 split of our ordinary shares (the “Share Split”) that occurred on December 1, 2011, (iii) the conversion of all outstanding preference shares of the Company into 41,256,025 ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (iv) the exercise of stock options to acquire 1,736,567 ordinary shares prior to the completion of this offering.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data

Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to March 31 of the respective calendar year. Results for the periods presented represent the results of Michael Kors Holdings Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries.

The following table sets forth summary historical consolidated financial and other data for Michael Kors Holdings Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries for the periods presented. The statements of operations data for Fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 and the balance sheet data as of the end of Fiscal 2011 and 2010 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the six months ended October 1, 2011 and October 2, 2010 and the balance sheet data at October 1, 2011 have been derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our results of operations for the first six months ended October 1, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results that can be expected for the full year or any future period. The balance sheet data as of the end of Fiscal 2009 and as of October 2, 2010 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus.

The summary historical consolidated financial data below should be read in conjunction with “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
    Six Months Ended     Fiscal Years Ended  
    October 1,
2011
    October 2,
2010
    April 2,
2011
    April 3,
2010
    March 28,
2009
 
    (data presented in thousands, except for shares and per share data)  

Statements of Operations Data:

         

Net sales

  $ 520,207      $ 322,440      $ 757,800      $ 483,452      $ 377,058   

Royalty revenue

    28,451        18,444        45,539        24,647        20,016   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    548,658        340,884        803,339        508,099        397,074   

Cost of goods sold

    236,589        155,704        357,274        241,365        208,283   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Profit

    312,069        185,180        446,065        266,734        188,791   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    190,799        121,361        279,822        191,717        147,490   

Depreciation and amortization

    17,016        11,680        25,543        18,843        14,020   

Impairment of long-lived assets

    —          2,838        3,834        —          3,043   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    207,815        135,879        309,199        210,560        164,553   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

    104,254        49,301        136,866        56,174        24,238   

Interest expense

    660        1,230        1,861        2,057        1,600   

Foreign currency loss (income)

    (1,729     (387     1,786        (830     391   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

    105,323        48,458        133,219        54,947        22,247   

Provision for income taxes

    40,602        21,115        60,713        15,699        9,208   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    64,721        27,343        72,506        39,248        13,039   

Net income applicable to preference shareholders

    14,173        5,894        15,629        8,460        2,811   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available for ordinary shareholders

  $ 50,548      $ 21,449      $ 56,877      $ 30,788      $ 10,228   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding (1) :

         

Basic

    143,554,974        140,554,377        140,554,377        140,554,377        140,554,377   

Diluted

    183,378,696        179,177,268        179,177,268        179,177,268        179,177,268   

Net income per ordinary share (2) :

         

Basic

  $ 0.35      $ 0.15      $ 0.40      $ 0.22      $ 0.07   

Diluted

  $ 0.35      $ 0.15      $ 0.40      $ 0.22      $ 0.07   

Pro forma net income (3)(4) :

  $ 61,624        $ 69,410       

Pro forma weighted average ordinary shares outstanding:

         

Basic

    183,378,696          179,177,251       

Diluted

    188,310,721          183,057,144       

Pro forma net income per ordinary share (3)(4) :

         

Basic

  $ 0.34        $ 0.39       

Diluted

  $ 0.33        $ 0.38       

 

(1)

Gives effect to the Reorganization. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Reorganization Transactions and Preference Share Sale.”

(2)

Basic net income per ordinary share is computed by dividing net income available to ordinary shareholders by basic weighted average ordinary shares outstanding. Diluted net income per ordinary share assumes the conversion of preference shares to ordinary shares and is computed by dividing net income by diluted weighted average ordinary shares outstanding.

(3)

See “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data.”

(4)

Gives effect to the Reorganization, the Share Split and the conversion of all outstanding preference shares of the Company into ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

 

9


Table of Contents
     Six Months Ended     Fiscal Years Ended  
     October 1, 2011     October 2, 2010     April 2,
2011
    April 3,
2010
    March 28, 2009  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Operating Data:

          

Comparable retail store sales growth

     42.3     39.5     48.2     19.2     6.3

Gross profit as a percentage of total revenue

     56.9     54.3     55.5     52.5     47.5

Retail net sales

   $ 255,377      $ 139,639      $ 344,195      $ 186,538      $ 114,031   

Retail stores at end of period

     203        140        166        106        74   

Total retail stores gross square footage

     462,758        314,345        370,713        263,468        186,362   

Wholesale doors at end of period

     2,350        1,775        2,032        1,600        1,313   

Balance Sheet Data (as of the end of period dated above):

  

   

Working capital

   $ 181,800      $ 52,348      $ 117,673      $ 51,263      $ 13,739   

Total assets

   $ 479,216      $ 324,418      $ 399,495      $ 281,852      $ 218,463   

Revolving line of credit

   $ 16,218      $ 25,955      $ 12,765      $ 43,980      $ 39,440   

Note payable to parent

   $ —        $ 103,500      $ 101,650      $ 103,500      $ 103,500   

Shareholders’ equity

   $ 302,293      $ 84,508      $ 125,320      $ 49,011      $ 11,475   

Number of ordinary shares

     147,134,033        140,554,377        140,554,377        140,554,377        140,554,377   

Number of preference shares

     10,856,853        10,163,920        10,163,920        10,163,920        10,163,920   

 

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. Prior to investing in our ordinary shares, we encourage each prospective investor to carefully read this entire prospectus, including, without limitation, the following risk factors and the section of this prospectus entitled “Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Any of the following factors could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently view as immaterial may also materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. If any of these risks occur, the value of our ordinary shares could decline, and you could lose all or part of your original investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

The accessories, footwear and apparel industries are heavily influenced by general macroeconomic cycles that affect consumer spending, and a prolonged period of depressed consumer spending could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

The accessories, footwear and apparel industries have historically been subject to cyclical variations, recessions in the general economy and uncertainties regarding future economic prospects that affect consumer spending habits. Purchases of discretionary luxury items, such as our products, tend to decline during recessionary periods, when disposable income is lower. The success of our operations depends on a number of factors impacting discretionary consumer spending, including general economic conditions, consumer confidence, wages and unemployment, housing prices, consumer debt, interest rates, fuel and energy costs, taxation and political conditions. A continuation or worsening of the current weakness in the economy may negatively affect consumer and wholesale purchases of our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may not be able to respond to changing fashion and retail trends in a timely manner, which could have a material adverse effect on our brand, business, financial condition and operating results.

The accessories, footwear and apparel industries have historically been subject to rapidly changing fashion trends and consumer preferences. We believe that our success is largely dependent on our brand image and ability to anticipate and respond promptly to changing consumer demands and fashion trends in the design, styling, production, merchandising and pricing of products. If we do not correctly gauge consumer needs and fashion trends and respond appropriately, consumers may not purchase our products and our brand name and brand image may be impaired. Even if we react appropriately to changes in fashion trends and consumer preferences, consumers may consider our brand image to be outdated or associate our brand with styles that are no longer popular or trend-setting. Any of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our brand, business, financial condition and operating results.

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive, both within North America and internationally, and increased competition based on a number of factors could cause our profitability to decline.

We face intense competition from other domestic and foreign accessories, footwear and apparel producers and retailers, including, among others, Coach, Burberry, Ralph Lauren, Hermès, Louis Vuitton, Gucci, Marc Jacobs, Chloé and Prada. Competition is based on a number of factors, including, without limitation, the following:

 

   

anticipating and responding to changing consumer demands in a timely manner;

 

   

establishing and maintaining favorable brand-name recognition;

 

   

determining and maintaining product quality;

 

   

maintaining key employees;

 

11


Table of Contents
   

maintaining and growing market share;

 

   

developing quality and differentiated products that appeal to consumers;

 

   

establishing and maintaining acceptable relationships with retail customers;

 

   

pricing products appropriately;

 

   

providing appropriate service and support to retailers;

 

   

optimizing retail and supply chain capabilities;

 

   

determining size and location of retail and department store selling space; and

 

   

protecting intellectual property.

In addition, some of our competitors may be significantly larger and more diversified than us and may have significantly greater financial, technological, manufacturing, sales, marketing and distribution resources than we do. Their greater capabilities in these areas may enable them to better withstand periodic downturns in the accessories, footwear and apparel industries, compete more effectively on the basis of price and production and more quickly develop new products. The general availability of manufacturing contractors and agents also allows new entrants easy access to the markets in which we compete, which may increase the number of our competitors and adversely affect our competitive position and our business. Any increased competition, or our failure to adequately address any of these competitive factors, could result in reduced sales, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Competition, along with such other factors as consolidation and changes in consumer spending patterns, could also result in significant pricing pressure. These factors may cause us to reduce our sales prices to our wholesale customers and retail consumers, which could cause our gross margins to decline if we are unable to appropriately manage inventory levels and/or otherwise offset price reductions with comparable reductions in our operating costs. If our sales prices decline and we fail to sufficiently reduce our product costs or operating expenses, our profitability may decline, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

The departure of our founder, members of our executive management and other key employees could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We depend on the services and management experience of our founder and executive officers, who have substantial experience and expertise in our business. In particular, Mr. Kors, our Honorary Chairman and Chief Creative Officer, has provided design and executive leadership to the Company since its inception. He is instrumental to our marketing and publicity strategy and is closely identified with both the brand that bears his name and our Company in general. Our ability to maintain our brand image and leverage the goodwill associated with Mr. Kors’ name may be damaged if we were to lose his services. Mr. Kors has the right to terminate his employment with us without cause. In addition, the leadership of John D. Idol, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Joseph B. Parsons, our Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer, has been a critical element of our success. We also depend on other key employees involved in our licensing, design and advertising operations. Competition for qualified personnel in the apparel industry is intense, and competitors may use aggressive tactics to recruit our executive officers and key employees. Although we have entered into employment agreements with Mr. Kors and certain of our other executive officers, including Mr. Idol and Mr. Parsons, we may not be able to retain the services of such individuals in the future. The loss of services of one or more of these individuals or any negative public perception with respect to, or relating to, the loss of one or more of these individuals could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

12


Table of Contents

The growth of our business depends on the successful execution of our growth strategies, including our efforts to open and operate new retail stores and increase the number of department stores and specialty stores that sell our products.

As part of our growth strategy, we intend to open and operate new retail stores and shop-in-shops within select department stores, both domestically and internationally. Our ability to successfully open and operate new retail stores, including concessions, and shop-in-shops depends on many factors, including, among others, our ability to:

 

   

identify new markets where our products and brand image will be accepted or the performance of our retail stores, including concessions, and shop-in-shops will be considered successful;

 

   

negotiate acceptable lease terms, including desired tenant improvement allowances, to secure suitable store locations;

 

   

hire, train and retain personnel and field management;

 

   

assimilate new personnel and field management into our corporate culture;

 

   

source sufficient inventory levels; and

 

   

successfully integrate new retail stores, including concessions, and shop-in-shops into our existing operations and information technology systems.

We will encounter pre-operating costs and we may encounter initial losses when new retail stores, including concessions, and shop-in-shops commence operations. While we expect to open a number of additional retail stores, including concessions, and shop-in-shops in Fiscal 2012, there can be no assurance that we will open the planned number, that we will recover the expenditure costs associated with opening these new retail stores, including concessions, and shop-in-shops or that the operation of these new venues will be successful or profitable. Any such failure could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We face additional risks with respect to our strategy to expand internationally, including our efforts to further expand our operations in European countries and in Japan as well as other Asian countries. In some of these countries we do not yet have significant operating experience, and in most of these countries we face established competitors with significantly more operating experience in those locations. Many of these countries have different operational characteristics, including, but not limited to, employment and labor, transportation, logistics, real estate (including lease terms) and local reporting or legal requirements. Furthermore, consumer demand and behavior, as well as tastes and purchasing trends may differ in these countries and, as a result, sales of our product may not be successful, or the margins on those sales may not be in line with those we currently anticipate. In addition, in many of these countries there is significant competition to attract and retain experienced and talented employees. If our international expansion plans are unsuccessful, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We have grown rapidly in recent years and we have limited operating experience at our current scale of operations; if we are unable to manage our operations at our current size or are unable to manage any future growth effectively, our brand image and financial performance may suffer.

We have expanded our operations rapidly and have limited operating experience at our current size. Our total revenue increased from $397.1 million in Fiscal 2009 to $803.3 million in Fiscal 2011. If our operations continue to grow, we will be required to continue to expand our sales and marketing, product development and distribution functions, to upgrade our management information systems and other processes and to obtain more space for our expanding administrative support and other headquarter personnel. Our continued growth could strain our existing resources, and we could experience operating difficulties, including the availability of desirable locations and the negotiation of acceptable lease terms, difficulties in hiring, training and managing an

 

13


Table of Contents

increasing number of employees, difficulties in obtaining sufficient raw materials and manufacturing capacity to produce our products and delays in production and shipments. These difficulties could result in the erosion of our brand image and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

As we expand our store base, we may be unable to maintain the same comparable store sales or average sales per square foot that we have in the past, which could cause our share price to decline.

As we expand our store base, we may not be able to maintain the levels of comparable store sales that we have experienced historically. In addition, we may not be able to maintain our historic average sales per square foot as we move into new markets. If our future comparable store sales or average sales per square foot decline or fail to meet market expectations, the price of our ordinary shares could decline. In addition, the aggregate results of operations of our stores have fluctuated in the past and can be expected to continue to fluctuate in the future. A variety of factors affect both comparable store sales and average sales per square foot, including, among others, fashion trends, competition, current economic conditions, pricing, inflation, the timing of the release of new merchandise and promotional events, changes in our merchandise mix, the success of marketing programs and weather conditions. If we misjudge the market for our products, we may incur excess inventory for some of our products and miss opportunities for other products. These factors may cause our comparable store sales results and average sales per square foot in the future to be materially lower than recent periods and our expectations, which could harm our results of operations and result in a decline in the price of our ordinary shares.

We are subject to risks associated with leasing retail space under long-term, non-cancelable leases and are required to make substantial lease payments under our operating leases; any failure to make these lease payments when due could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We do not own any of our store facilities; instead, we lease all of our stores under operating leases. Our leases generally have terms of 10 years with no renewal options. Our leases generally require a fixed annual rent, and most require the payment of additional rent if store sales exceed a negotiated amount. Generally, our leases are “net” leases, which require us to pay all of the costs of insurance, taxes, maintenance and utilities. We generally cannot cancel these leases at our option. Payments under these operating leases account for a significant portion of our operating costs. For example, as of October 1, 2011, we were party to operating leases associated with our stores as well as other corporate facilities requiring future minimum lease payments aggregating $248.1 million through Fiscal 2016 and approximately $234.1 million thereafter through Fiscal 2028. We expect that we will also lease any new stores we open under operating leases with terms similar to those contained in leases we have entered previously, which will further increase our operating lease expenses.

Our substantial operating lease obligations could have significant negative consequences, including, among others:

 

   

increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

   

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing;

 

   

requiring a substantial portion of our available cash to pay our rental obligations, thus reducing cash available for other purposes;

 

   

limiting our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in our business or in the industry in which we compete; and

 

   

placing us at a disadvantage with respect to some of our competitors.

We depend on cash flow from operations to pay our lease expenses and to fulfill our other cash needs. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities, and sufficient funds are not otherwise available to us, we may not be able to service our operating lease expenses, grow our business, respond to competitive challenges or fund our other liquidity and capital needs.

 

14


Table of Contents

Our current and future licensing arrangements may not be successful and may make us susceptible to the actions of third parties over whom we have limited control.

We have entered into a select number of product licensing agreements with companies that produce and sell, under our trademarks, products requiring specialized expertise. We have also entered into a number of select licensing agreements pursuant to which we have granted third parties the right to distribute and sell our products in certain geographical areas, including, among others, Korea, the Philippines, Singapore, Malaysia, the Middle East and Turkey. Our operations in China, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan are conducted pursuant to similar licensing agreements that we have entered into with entities that are indirectly owned by certain of our current shareholders, including Mr. Kors, Mr. Idol and Sportswear Holdings Limited. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Michael Kors Far East Holdings Limited.” In the future, we may enter into additional licensing arrangements. Although we take steps to carefully select our licensing partners, such arrangements may not be successful. Our licensing partners may fail to fulfill their obligations under their license agreements or have interests that differ from or conflict with our own, such as the timing of new store openings, the pricing of our products and the offering of competitive products. In addition, the risks applicable to the business of our licensing partners may be different than the risks applicable to our business, including risks associated with each such partner’s ability to:

 

   

obtain capital;

 

   

exercise operational and financial control over its business;

 

   

manage its labor relations;

 

   

maintain relationships with suppliers;

 

   

manage its credit and bankruptcy risks; and

 

   

maintain customer relationships.

Any of the foregoing risks, or the inability of any of our licensing partners to successfully market our products or otherwise conduct its business, may result in loss of revenue and competitive harm to our operations in regions or product categories where we have entered into such licensing arrangements.

We rely on our licensing partners to preserve the value of our brands. Although we attempt to protect our brands through, among other things, approval rights over store location and design, product design, production quality, packaging, merchandising, distribution, advertising and promotion of our stores and products, we may not be able to control the use by our licensing partners of each of our licensed brands. The misuse of our brands by a licensing partner could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

A substantial portion of our revenue is derived from a small number of large wholesale customers, and the loss of any of these wholesale customers could substantially reduce our total revenue.

A small number of our wholesale customers account for a significant portion of our net sales. Net sales to our five largest wholesale customers were 30.4% of our total revenue for Fiscal 2011 and 35.7% of our total revenue for Fiscal 2010. Our largest wholesale customer, a large, nationally recognized U.S. department store, accounted for 13.8% of our total revenue for Fiscal 2011 and 14.5% of our total revenue for Fiscal 2010. We do not have written agreements with any of our wholesale customers, and purchases generally occur on an order-by-order basis. A decision by any of our major wholesale customers, whether motivated by marketing strategy, competitive conditions, financial difficulties or otherwise, to decrease significantly the amount of merchandise purchased from us or our licensing partners, or to change their manner of doing business with us or our licensing partners, could substantially reduce our revenue and have a material adverse effect on our profitability. During the past several years, the retail industry has experienced a great deal of consolidation and other ownership changes, and we expect such changes will continue. In addition, store closings by our wholesale customers decrease the number of stores carrying our products, while the remaining stores may purchase a

 

15


Table of Contents

smaller amount of our products and may reduce the retail floor space designated for our brands. In the future, retailers may further consolidate, undergo restructurings or reorganizations, realign their affiliations or reposition their stores’ target markets. Any of these types of actions could decrease the number of stores that carry our products or increase the ownership concentration within the retail industry. These changes could decrease our opportunities in the market, increase our reliance on a smaller number of large wholesale customers and decrease our negotiating strength with our wholesale customers. These factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

A material disruption in our information technology systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely extensively on our information technology (“IT”) systems to track inventory, manage our supply chain, record and process transactions, summarize results and manage our business. The failure of our IT systems to operate effectively, problems with transitioning to upgraded or replacement systems or difficulty in integrating new systems could adversely affect our business. In addition, our IT systems may be subject to damage and/or interruption from power outages, computer, network and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, security breaches and usage errors by our employees. If our IT systems are damaged or cease to function properly, we may have to make a significant investment to fix or replace them, and we may suffer loss of critical data and interruptions or delays in our operations in the interim. Any significant disruption in our IT systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Direct privacy breaches and the engagement of third parties to operate our e-commerce business could negatively affect our reputation, credibility and business.

We are responsible for storing data relating to our customers and employees and rely on third parties for the operation of our e-commerce website, michaelkors.com , and for the various social media tools and websites we use as part of our marketing strategy. Consumers are increasingly concerned over the security of personal information transmitted over the internet, consumer identity theft and user privacy. In addition to taking the necessary precautions ourselves, we require that third-party service providers implement reasonable security measures to protect our customers’ identity and privacy. We do not, however, control these third-party service providers and cannot guarantee that no electronic or physical computer break-ins and security breaches will occur in the future. Any perceived or actual unauthorized disclosure of personally identifiable information regarding our customers or website visitors could harm our reputation and credibility, reduce our e-commerce net sales, impair our ability to attract website visitors and reduce our ability to attract and retain customers. Finally, we could incur significant costs in complying with the multitude of state, federal and foreign laws regarding unauthorized disclosure of personal information, to the extent they are applicable.

Increases in the cost of raw materials could increase our production costs and cause our operating results and financial condition to suffer.

The costs of raw materials used in our products are affected by, among other things, weather, consumer demand, speculation on the commodities market, the relative valuations and fluctuations of the currencies of producer versus consumer countries and other factors that are generally unpredictable and beyond our control. We are not always successful in our efforts to protect our business from the volatility of the market price of raw materials, and our business can be materially affected by dramatic movements in prices of raw materials. The ultimate effect of this change on our earnings cannot be quantified, as the effect of movements in raw materials prices on industry selling prices are uncertain, but any significant increase in these prices could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We are dependent on a limited number of distribution facilities. If one or more of our distribution facilities becomes inoperable, our business, financial condition and operating results could be negatively affected.

We operate a limited number of distribution facilities. Our ability to meet the needs of our customers and our own retail stores depends on the proper operation of these distribution facilities. If any of these distribution

 

16


Table of Contents

facilities were to shut down or otherwise become inoperable or inaccessible for any reason, we could suffer a substantial loss of inventory and/or disruptions of deliveries to our customers and retail stores. In addition, we could incur significantly higher costs and longer lead times associated with the distribution of our products during the time it takes to reopen or replace the damaged facility. In addition, we currently operate our California distribution from three separate warehouses totaling approximately 350,000 square feet. The leases for these three facilities expire on March 31, 2012. We have executed a lease for an approximately 500,000 square foot distribution center in Whittier, California, which we believe will allow us to significantly increase our distribution capabilities and efficiency. We took possession of the new distribution center in October 2011 and intend to complete our transition into this facility prior to the March 31, 2012 expiration of the leases for our existing California distribution facilities. As part of this transition, we will implement a new warehouse management system that will supplement our current legacy system and further support our efforts to operate with increased efficiency and flexibility. There are risks inherent in transitioning our existing three distribution facilities into one new facility and in implementing a new warehouse management system, including the risk of late delivery of possession of the new facility, difficulty in negotiating acceptable terms to remain temporarily in the existing facilities in the event of any such late delivery and other operational difficulties that may arise in commencing operations in a new facility with a new management system. Any of the foregoing factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We primarily use foreign manufacturing contractors and independent third-party agents to source our finished goods, which poses legal, regulatory, political and economic risks to our business operations.

Our products are primarily produced by, and purchased or procured from, independent manufacturing contractors located mainly in countries in Asia, Europe and Central and South America. A manufacturing contractor’s failure to ship products to us in a timely manner or to meet the required quality standards could cause us to miss the delivery date requirements of our customers for those items. The failure to make timely deliveries may cause customers to cancel orders, refuse to accept deliveries or demand reduced prices, any of which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, any of the following factors could negatively affect our ability to produce or deliver our products and, as a result, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results:

 

   

political or labor instability, labor shortages or increases in costs of labor or production in countries where manufacturing contractors and suppliers are located;

 

   

political or military conflict involving the United States, which could cause a delay in the transportation of our products and raw materials and increase transportation costs;

 

   

heightened terrorism security concerns, which could subject imported or exported goods to additional, more frequent or more thorough inspections, leading to delays in deliveries or impoundment of goods for extended periods of time or could result in increased scrutiny by customs officials for counterfeit goods, leading to lost sales, increased costs for our anti-counterfeiting measures and damage to the reputation of our brands;

 

   

a significant decrease in availability or an increase in the cost of raw materials;

 

   

disease epidemics and health-related concerns, which could result in closed factories, reduced workforces, scarcity of raw materials and scrutiny or embargoing of goods produced in infected areas;

 

   

the migration and development of manufacturing contractors, which could affect where our products are or are planned to be produced;

 

   

imposition of regulations, quotas and safeguards relating to imports and our ability to adjust in a timely manner to changes in trade regulations, which, among other things, could limit our ability to produce products in cost-effective countries that have the labor and expertise needed;

 

   

increases in the costs of fuel, travel and transportation;

 

   

imposition of duties, taxes and other charges on imports;

 

17


Table of Contents
   

significant fluctuation of the value of the United States dollar against foreign currencies; and

 

   

restrictions on transfers of funds out of countries where our foreign licensees are located.

We do not have written agreements with any of our third-party manufacturing contractors. As a result, any single manufacturing contractor could unilaterally terminate its relationship with us at any time. In Fiscal 2011, our largest manufacturing contractor, who primarily produces its products in China and who we have worked with for the last seven years, accounted for the production of 30.5% of our finished products. Our inability to promptly replace manufacturing contractors that terminate their relationships with us or cease to provide high quality products in a timely and cost-efficient manner could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

In addition, we use third-party agents to source our finished goods with numerous manufacturing contractors on our behalf. We do not have written agreements with any of our agents. As a result, any single agent could unilaterally terminate its relationship with us at any time. In Fiscal 2011, our largest third-party agent, whose primary place of business is Hong Kong and who we have worked with for the last seven years, sourced approximately 19.5% of our purchases of finished goods. Our inability to promptly replace agents that terminate their relationships with us or cease to provide high quality service in a timely and cost-efficient manner could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

If our manufacturing contractors fail to use acceptable, ethical business practices, our business and reputation could suffer.

We require our manufacturing contractors to operate in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations regarding working conditions, employment practices and environmental compliance. Additionally, we impose upon our business partners operating guidelines that require additional obligations in those three areas in order to promote ethical business practices, and our staff and third parties we retain for such purposes periodically visit and monitor the operations of our manufacturing contractors to determine compliance. However, we do not control our manufacturing contractors or their labor and other business practices. If one of our manufacturing contractors violates applicable labor or other laws, rules or regulations or implements labor or other business practices that are generally regarded as unethical in the United States, the shipment of finished products to us could be interrupted, orders could be cancelled, relationships could be terminated and our reputation could be damaged. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Restrictive covenants in our credit agreement may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.

We have a $100.0 million asset-based revolving credit facility (as amended from time to time, the “Credit Facility”) under which Michael Kors (USA), Inc. (“MKUSA”), Michael Kors (Europe) B.V., Michael Kors (Canada) Co. and Michael Kors Switzerland GmbH, our indirect wholly owned subsidiaries, are borrowers and we are a parent guarantor. The credit agreement governing the terms of the Credit Facility restricts, among other things, asset dispositions, mergers and acquisitions, dividends, stock repurchases and redemptions, other restricted payments, indebtedness, loans and investments, liens and affiliate transactions. Our credit agreement also contains customary events of default, including a change in control of the Company. These covenants, among other things, limit our ability to fund future working capital needs and capital expenditures, engage in future acquisitions or development activities, or otherwise realize the value of our assets and opportunities fully because of the need to dedicate a portion of cash flow from operations to payments on debt. In addition, our credit agreement, as amended and restated on September 15, 2011, contains financial covenants limiting our capital expenditures to $110.0 million for any one fiscal year, plus additional amounts as permitted, and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 2.0 to 1.0 (with the ratio being EBITDA plus consolidated rent expense to the sum of fixed charges plus consolidated rent expense). Such covenants could limit the flexibility of our subsidiaries in planning for, or reacting to, changes in the fashion industry. Our ability to comply with these covenants is subject to certain events outside of our control. If we are unable to comply with these covenants, the

 

18


Table of Contents

lenders under the Credit Facility could terminate their commitments and accelerate repayment of our outstanding borrowings. If such an acceleration were to occur, we may be unable to obtain adequate refinancing for our outstanding borrowings on favorable terms. Our Credit Facility also provides for the ability to issue stand-by and documentary letters of credit to secure certain properties, import merchandise and perform other business functions. If we were unable to secure letters of credit, certain landlords could require cash collateralization and our supply chain could be interrupted. If we are unable to repay our outstanding borrowings when due, the lenders under the Credit Facility will also have the right to proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure the indebtedness owed to them, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may be unable to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property rights, and others may allege that we infringe upon their intellectual property rights.

Our trademarks and other intellectual property rights are important to our success and our competitive position. We are susceptible to others imitating our products and infringing on our intellectual property rights. Our brand enjoys significant worldwide consumer recognition, and the generally higher pricing of our products creates additional incentive for counterfeiters and those seeking to infringe on our products. Such counterfeiting and other infringement could dilute our brand and harm our business.

The actions we take to establish and protect our trademarks and other intellectual property rights may not be adequate to prevent imitation of our products by others or other infringement of our intellectual property rights. Our trademark applications may fail to result in registered trademarks or provide the scope of coverage sought, and others may seek to invalidate our trademarks or block sales of our products as a violation of their trademarks and intellectual property rights. In addition, others may assert rights in, or ownership of, trademarks and other intellectual property rights of ours or in trademarks that are similar to ours or trademarks that we license and/or market, and we may not be able to successfully resolve these types of conflicts to our satisfaction. In some cases, trademark owners may have prior rights to our trademarks or similar trademarks. Furthermore, certain foreign countries may not protect trademarks and other intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States.

From time to time, in the ordinary course of our business, we become involved in opposition and cancellation proceedings with respect to trademarks similar to some of our brands. Any litigation or dispute involving the scope or enforceability of our intellectual property rights or any allegation that we infringe upon the intellectual property rights of others could be costly and time-consuming and could result, if determined adversely to us, in harm to our competitive position.

Our business is exposed to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

We have established the Euro as the functional currency for our European subsidiaries and local currencies as the functional currencies for our other foreign subsidiaries. Certain adjustments resulting from translation have been recorded separately in shareholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Foreign currency transaction income and losses, primarily from translating U.S. dollar denominated assets on the books of European subsidiaries, are included in our consolidated statements of operations. As a result of using local currencies as the functional currencies for our foreign subsidiaries, results of these operations will be adversely affected during times of a weakening U.S. dollar.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Ordinary Shares

No market currently exists for our ordinary shares, and there can be no assurance that a viable public market for our ordinary shares will develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. The initial public offering price for our ordinary shares will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives of the

 

19


Table of Contents

underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of our ordinary shares after this offering. If you purchase our ordinary shares, you may not be able to resell those ordinary shares at or above the initial public offering price. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our ordinary shares will lead to the development of an active trading market on the NYSE or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. If an active public market for our ordinary shares does not develop, or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your ordinary shares at a price that is attractive to you or at all.

Our share price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

After this offering, the market price for our ordinary shares is likely to be volatile, in part because our ordinary shares have not previously been traded publicly. In addition, the market price for our ordinary shares may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, most of which we cannot control, including, among others:

 

   

fashion trends and changes in consumer preferences;

 

   

changes in general economic or market conditions or trends in our industry or the economy as a whole and, in particular, in the retail sales environment;

 

   

the timing and level of expenses for new store openings, relocations and remodels and the relative proportion of our new stores to existing stores;

 

   

the performance and successful integration of any new stores that we open;

 

   

changes in our merchandise mix and vendor base;

 

   

changes in key personnel;

 

   

entry into new markets;

 

   

our levels of comparable store sales;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of new product offerings or significant acquisitions, divestitures, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

   

actions by competitors or other malls, lifestyle centers, street locations and strip center tenants;

 

   

weather conditions, particularly during the holiday shopping period;

 

   

the level of pre-opening expenses associated with new stores;

 

   

inventory shrinkage beyond our historical average rates;

 

   

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other retail companies;

 

   

investors’ perceptions of our prospects and the prospects of the retail industry;

 

   

fluctuations in quarterly operating results, as well as differences between our actual financial and operating results and those expected by investors;

 

   

the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the SEC;

 

   

announcements relating to litigation;

 

   

guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any changes in such guidance or our failure to meet such guidance;

 

   

changes in financial estimates or ratings by any securities analysts who follow our ordinary shares, our failure to meet such estimates or failure of those analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our ordinary shares;

 

20


Table of Contents
   

the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our ordinary shares;

 

   

investor perceptions of the investment opportunity associated with our ordinary shares relative to other investment alternatives;

 

   

future sales of our ordinary shares by our officers, directors and significant shareholders;

 

   

other events or factors, including those resulting from system failures and disruptions, hurricanes, wars, acts of terrorism, other natural disasters or responses to such events; and

 

   

changes in accounting principles.

These and other factors may lower the market price of our ordinary shares, regardless of our actual operating performance. As a result, our ordinary shares may trade at prices significantly below the public offering price.

In addition, the stock markets, including the NYSE, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many retail companies. In the past, shareholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, we could incur substantial costs and our resources and the attention of management could be diverted from our business.

Future sales of our ordinary shares, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress the price of our ordinary shares.

Additional sales of a substantial number of our ordinary shares in the public market after this offering, or the perception that such sales may occur, could have a material adverse effect on the price of our ordinary shares and could materially impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional shares. Upon completion of this offering, we will have 190,792,875 ordinary shares issued and outstanding. The ordinary shares offered in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), except for any ordinary shares that may be held or acquired by our directors, executive officers and other affiliates (as that term is defined in the Securities Act), which will be restricted securities under the Securities Act. The ordinary shares not being offered in this offering will be restricted securities. Restricted securities may not be sold in the public market unless the sale is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available.

Pursuant to the shareholders agreement described under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Shareholders Agreement,” our current shareholders, including Mr. Kors, Mr. Idol and Sportswear Holdings Limited (an affiliate of two of our directors, Messrs. Silas K. F. Chou and Lawrence S. Stroll) (Mr. Kors, Mr. Idol and Sportswear Holdings Limited are referred to collectively as our “Principal Shareholders”), have demand and piggyback rights that will require us to file registration statements registering their ordinary shares or to include sales of such ordinary shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other shareholders. Any ordinary shares sold under these registration statements will be freely tradable in the public market. In the event such registration rights are exercised and a large number of ordinary shares are sold in the public market, such sales could reduce the trading price of our ordinary shares. These sales also could impede our ability to raise future capital. Additionally, we will bear all expenses in connection with any such registrations (except that the selling shareholders shall be responsible for their own fees and expenses of counsel and financial advisors, their internal administrative and similar costs and their pro rata shares of underwriters’ commissions and discounts). See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Shareholders Agreement.”

We and each of our executive officers and directors, all of the selling shareholders and all of our other existing shareholders have agreed with the underwriters that for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension under certain circumstances, we and they will not offer, sell, assign, transfer,

 

21


Table of Contents

pledge, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of or hedge any of our ordinary shares, or any options or warrants to purchase any of our ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our ordinary shares, subject to specified exceptions. The representatives of the underwriters may, in their discretion, at any time without prior notice, release all or any portion of the ordinary shares from the restrictions in any such agreement. See “Underwriting” for more information. All of our ordinary shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus may be sold in the public market by existing shareholders 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to applicable volume and other limitations imposed under United States securities laws. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling our ordinary shares after this offering. Sales by our existing shareholders of a substantial number of shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales might occur, could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decrease significantly.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about us or our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our ordinary shares will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our ordinary shares would be negatively impacted. If we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage and if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrades our ordinary shares or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about us or our business, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our ordinary shares could decrease, which could cause our share price and trading volume to decline.

We do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.

We currently expect to retain all our future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future following the completion of this offering. The declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of our ordinary shares will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, legal requirements, restrictions in our debt agreements, including the Credit Facility, and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Revolving Credit Facility” for more information on the restrictions the Credit Facility imposes on our ability to declare and pay cash dividends. As a holding company, our ability to pay dividends depends on our receipt of cash dividends from our operating subsidiaries, which may further restrict our ability to pay dividends as a result of the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, agreements of our subsidiaries or covenants under future indebtedness that we or they may incur. In addition, under British Virgin Islands law, we may pay dividends to our shareholders only if, immediately after the dividend, the value of our assets would exceed our liabilities and we would be able to pay our debts as they fall due. Accordingly, if you purchase ordinary shares in this offering, realization of a gain on your investment will depend upon the appreciation of the price of our ordinary shares, which may never occur. Investors seeking cash dividends in the foreseeable future should not purchase our ordinary shares.

Transformation into a public company may increase our costs and disrupt the regular operations of our business.

We have historically operated as a privately owned company, and we expect to incur significant additional legal, accounting, reporting and other expenses as a result of having publicly traded ordinary shares, including, but not limited to, increased costs related to auditor fees, legal fees, directors’ fees, directors and officers insurance, investor relations and various other costs. We also anticipate that we will incur costs associated with corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), as well as rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the NYSE. Moreover, the additional demands associated with being a public company may disrupt regular operations of our business by diverting the attention of some of our senior management team away from revenue producing activities.

 

22


Table of Contents

Failure to maintain adequate financial and management processes and controls could lead to errors in our financial reporting, which could harm our business and cause a decline in the price of our ordinary shares.

As a public company we will be required to document and test our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act so that our management can certify the effectiveness of our internal controls and our independent registered public accounting firm can render an opinion on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting by the time our annual report for Fiscal 2013 is due and thereafter. If our management is unable to certify the effectiveness of our internal controls or if our independent registered public accounting firm cannot render an opinion on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, or if material weaknesses in our internal controls are identified, we could be subject to regulatory scrutiny and a loss of public confidence, which could harm our business and cause a decline in the price of our ordinary shares.

As a “foreign private issuer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE’s corporate governance rules, we are permitted to, and we may, rely on exemptions from certain NYSE corporate governance standards, including, among others, the requirement that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors. Our reliance upon such exemptions may afford less protection to holders of our ordinary shares.

Section 303A of the NYSE Exchange Listing Rules (the “Listing Rules”) requires listed companies to have, among other things, a majority of their board members be independent and independent director oversight of executive compensation, nomination of directors and corporate governance matters. However, a “foreign private issuer” (as defined in Rule 3b-4 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) is permitted to follow its home country practice in lieu of the above requirements. Following this offering, we will be a foreign private issuer, and, as such, we may follow British Virgin Islands law, the law of our home country, with respect to the foregoing requirements, which does not require that a majority of our board consist of independent directors or that we implement a nominating or corporate governance committee. Our board therefore may include fewer independent directors than would be required if we were subject to the Listing Rules. Consequently, for so long as we remain a foreign private issuer, our board’s approach may be different from that of a board with a majority of independent directors, and as a result, our management oversight may be more limited than if we were subject to the Listing Rules. If in the future we lose our status as a foreign private issuer, and if we are unable to rely on the “controlled company” exemptions described below, we would be required to comply with the Listing Rules within six months.

Following this offering, we will also be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE’s corporate governance rules as a result of the ownership position and voting rights of certain of our existing shareholders. A controlled company is a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, a group or another company. As a controlled company, we may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance rules that would otherwise require our board of directors to have a majority of independent members and our compensation committee to be comprised entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, for so long as we remain a controlled company, our shareholders will not have the same protection afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements and the ability of our independent directors to influence our business policies and affairs may be reduced. If in the future we lose our status as a controlled company, and, if we are unable to rely on the “foreign private issuer” exemptions described above, we would be required to comply with the NYSE corporate governance rules in phases over the course of one year.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

As discussed above, following the completion of this offering we will be a “foreign private issuer,” and therefore, we will not be required to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. The determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day

 

23


Table of Contents

of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and accordingly the next determination will be made with respect to us on September 29, 2012. If more than 50% of our ordinary shares are directly or indirectly held by residents of the United States on the determination date, we will lose our foreign private issuer status. Depending on the size of this offering, the selling shareholders and purchasers in this offering and future public offerings, there may be a significant risk that we will lose our foreign private issuer status on September 29, 2012.

If we were to lose our foreign private issuer status, we would be required to file with the SEC periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We would also have to mandatorily comply with U.S. federal proxy requirements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders would become subject to the short-swing profit disclosure and recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we would lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on the New York Stock Exchange. As a result, the regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer could be significantly higher.

As a holding company, our only material assets will be our equity interests in our operating subsidiaries, and our principal source of revenue and cash flow will be distributions from such subsidiaries, which may be limited by law and/or contract in making such distributions.

As a holding company, our principal source of revenue and cash flow will be distributions from our subsidiaries. Therefore, our ability to carry out our business plan, to fund and conduct our business, service our debt (if any) and pay dividends (if any) in the future will depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to generate sufficient net income and cash flows to make upstream cash distributions to us. Our subsidiaries are separate legal entities, and although they may be wholly owned or controlled by us, they have no obligation to make any funds available to us, whether in the form of loans, dividends or otherwise. The ability of our subsidiaries to distribute cash to us will also be subject to, among other things, restrictions that are contained in our subsidiaries’ agreements (as entered into from time to time), availability of sufficient funds in such subsidiaries and applicable laws and regulatory restrictions. Such restrictions include, without limitation, the restrictions on the payment of dividends contained in the Credit Facility. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Revolving Credit Facility” for more information on the restrictions imposed by the Credit Facility. Claims of creditors of our subsidiaries generally will have priority as to the assets of such subsidiaries over our claims and claims of our creditors and shareholders. To the extent the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute dividends or other payments to us could be limited in any way, this could materially limit our ability to fund and conduct our business, service our debt (if any) and pay dividends (if any).

The interests of our Principal Shareholders may conflict with our interests and the interests of our other shareholders.

Upon completion of this offering, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ordinary shares, our Principal Shareholders and our other shareholders who held ordinary shares prior to the Preference Share Sale (as defined in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Reorganization and Preference Share Sale”) will, on a fully diluted basis, collectively own approximately 108,695,423 of our ordinary shares and collectively will own a majority of our outstanding ordinary shares. Pursuant to the terms of the Voting and Lock-Up Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2011 (the “Voting Agreement”), our Principal Shareholders and such other shareholders have agreed to vote their shares as a block on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders. Upon completion of this offering, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ordinary shares, the parties to the Voting Agreement will collectively own, on a fully diluted basis, approximately 57.0% of our outstanding ordinary shares. As a result, our Principal Shareholders will have the ability to elect all of our directors and will be able to determine the outcome of most Company actions requiring shareholder approval, including a merger with or into another company or a sale of substantially all of our assets. The interests of our Principal Shareholders may conflict with our interests or those of other shareholders.

 

24


Table of Contents

Provisions in our organizational documents may delay or prevent our acquisition by a third party.

Our Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association (together, as amended from time to time, our “Memorandum and Articles of Association”) contains several provisions that may make it more difficult or expensive for a third party to acquire control of us without the approval of our board of directors. These provisions also may delay, prevent or deter a merger, acquisition, tender offer, proxy contest or other transaction that might otherwise result in our shareholders receiving a premium over the market price for their ordinary shares. These provisions include, among others:

 

   

our board of directors’ ability to issue, from time to time, one or more classes of preference shares and, with respect to each such class, to fix the terms thereof by resolution;

 

   

provisions relating to the multiple classes and three-year terms of directors, the manner of election of directors, removal of directors and the appointment of directors upon an increase in the number of directors or vacancy on our board of directors;

 

   

restrictions on the ability of shareholders to call meetings and bring proposals before meetings;

 

   

elimination of the ability of shareholders to act by written consent; and

 

   

the requirement of the affirmative vote of 75% of the shares entitled to vote to amend certain provisions of our Memorandum and Articles of Association.

These provisions of our Memorandum and Articles of Association could discourage potential takeover attempts and reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay for our ordinary shares in the future, which could reduce the market price of our ordinary shares. For more information, see “Description of Share Capital.”

As the rights of shareholders under British Virgin Islands law differ from those under United States law, you may have fewer protections as a shareholder.

Our corporate affairs will be governed by our Memorandum and Articles of Association, the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (as amended, the “BVI Act”) and the common law of the British Virgin Islands. The rights of shareholders to take legal action against our directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under British Virgin Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the British Virgin Islands and by the BVI Act. The common law of the British Virgin Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the British Virgin Islands as well as from English common law, which has persuasive, but not binding, authority on a court in the British Virgin Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under British Virgin Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedents in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the British Virgin Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and some states (such as Delaware) have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. As a result of the foregoing, holders of our ordinary shares may have more difficulty in protecting their interests through actions against our management, directors or major shareholders than they would as shareholders of a U.S. company.

The laws of the British Virgin Islands provide limited protection for minority shareholders, so minority shareholders will have limited or no recourse if they are dissatisfied with the conduct of our affairs.

Under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, there is limited statutory law for the protection of minority shareholders other than the provisions of the BVI Act dealing with shareholder remedies (as summarized under “Description of Share Capital—Shareholders’ Rights under British Virgin Islands Law Generally”). The principal protection under statutory law is that shareholders may bring an action to enforce the constituent documents of the company and are entitled to have the affairs of the company conducted in accordance with the BVI Act and the memorandum and articles of association of the company. As such, if those who control the company have persistently disregarded the requirements of the BVI Act or the provisions of the company’s

 

25


Table of Contents

memorandum and articles of association, then the courts will likely grant relief. Generally, the areas in which the courts will intervene are the following: (i) an act complained of which is outside the scope of the authorized business or is illegal or not capable of ratification by the majority; (ii) acts that constitute fraud on the minority where the wrongdoers control the company; (iii) acts that infringe on the personal rights of the shareholders, such as the right to vote; and (iv) acts where the company has not complied with provisions requiring approval of a special or extraordinary majority of shareholders, which are more limited than the rights afforded minority shareholders under the laws of many states in the United States.

It may be difficult for you to enforce judgments against us or our executive officers and directors in jurisdictions outside the United States.

Under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, we may indemnify and hold our directors harmless against all claims and suits brought against them, subject to limited exceptions. Furthermore, to the extent allowed by law, the rights and obligations among or between us, any of our current or former directors, officers and employees and any current or former shareholder will be governed exclusively by the laws of the British Virgin Islands and subject to the jurisdiction of the British Virgin Islands courts, unless those rights or obligations do not relate to or arise out of their capacities as such. Although there is doubt as to whether United States courts would enforce these provisions in an action brought in the United States under United States securities laws, these provisions could make judgments obtained outside of the British Virgin Islands more difficult to enforce against our assets in the British Virgin Islands or jurisdictions that would apply British Virgin Islands law.

British Virgin Islands companies may not be able to initiate shareholder derivative actions, thereby depriving shareholders of one avenue to protect their interests.

British Virgin Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States. The circumstances in which any such an action may be brought, and the procedures and defenses that may be available in respect of any such action, may result in the rights of shareholders of a British Virgin Islands company being more limited than those of shareholders of a company organized in the United States. Accordingly, shareholders may have fewer alternatives available to them if they believe that corporate wrongdoing has occurred. The British Virgin Islands courts are also unlikely to recognize or enforce judgments of courts in the United States based on certain liability provisions of United States securities law or to impose liabilities, in original actions brought in the British Virgin Islands, based on certain liability provisions of the United States securities laws that are penal in nature. There is no statutory recognition in the British Virgin Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, although the courts of the British Virgin Islands will generally recognize and enforce the non-penal judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits. This means that even if shareholders were to sue us successfully, they may not be able to recover anything to make up for the losses suffered.

We have a risk of being classified as a “controlled foreign corporation.”

As a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, we would be classified as a “controlled foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes if any U.S. person held 10% or more of our ordinary shares (including ownership through the attribution rules of Section 958 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), each such person, a “U.S. 10% Shareholder”) and the sum of the percentage ownership by all U.S. 10% Shareholders exceeded 50% (by voting power or value) of our ordinary shares. We do not believe we are currently a controlled foreign corporation; however, we may be determined to be a controlled foreign corporation in the future. In the event that such a determination is made, all U.S. 10% Shareholders would be subject to taxation under Subpart F of the Code. The ultimate consequences of this determination are fact-specific to each U.S. 10% Shareholder but could include possible taxation of such U.S. 10% Shareholder on a pro rata portion of our income, even in the absence of any distribution of such income, and the taxation of all or a portion of the gain recognized by such U.S. 10% Shareholders on a sale of our ordinary shares at rates applicable to ordinary income.

 

26


Table of Contents

Legislation has been introduced that would, if enacted, treat us as a U.S. corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

In March 2009, U.S. Senator Carl Levin and Representative Lloyd Doggett introduced legislation in the U.S. Senate and House, respectively, entitled the “Stop Tax Haven Abuse Act.” Rep. Doggett introduced similar legislation in 2010, and Sen. Levin and Rep. Doggett reintroduced similar legislation in 2011. If enacted, this legislation would, among other things, cause us to be treated as a U.S. corporation for U.S. tax purposes, generally, any entity whose shares are publicly traded on an established securities market, or whose gross assets are $50 million or more, if the “management and control” of such a corporation is, directly or indirectly, treated as occurring primarily within the United States. The proposed legislation provides that a corporation will be so treated if substantially all of the executive officers and senior management of the corporation who exercise day-to-day responsibility for making decisions involving strategic, financial and operational policies of the corporation are located primarily within the United States. To date, this legislation has not been approved by either the House of Representatives or the Senate. However, we can provide no assurance that this legislation or similar legislation will not ultimately be adopted. Any such modification to the U.S. federal income tax laws that affects the tax residency of a non-U.S. company managed and controlled in the United States could adversely affect the U.S. federal taxation of some or all of our income and the value of our ordinary shares.

 

27


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

The selling shareholders, including certain members of our management, will receive all of the net proceeds from the sale of the 41,700,000 ordinary shares offered under this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of ordinary shares in this offering.

 

28


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently expect to retain all our future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future following the completion of this offering. The declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of our ordinary shares will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, legal requirements, restrictions in our debt agreements, including the Credit Facility, and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Revolving Credit Facility” for more information on the restrictions the Credit Facility imposes on our ability to declare and pay cash dividends. As a holding company, our ability to pay dividends depends on our receipt of cash dividends from our operating subsidiaries, which may further restrict our ability to pay dividends as a result of the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, agreements of our subsidiaries or covenants under future indebtedness that we or they may incur. Furthermore, under British Virgin Islands law, we may pay dividends to our shareholders only if, immediately after the dividend, the value of our assets would exceed our liabilities and we would be able to pay our debts as they fall due. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Ordinary Shares—We do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future,” and for a discussion of taxation of any dividends, see “Tax Considerations.”

 

29


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and total capitalization as of October 1, 2011.

You should read the following table in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of
October 1, 2011
 
     Actual
(unaudited)
 
     (dollars in
thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 19,300   
  

 

 

 

Total debt (1)

   $ 16,218   
  

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

  

Preference shares

     —     

Ordinary shares

     —     

Additional paid-in capital

     157,906   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     (1,621

Retained earnings

     146,008   
  

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     302,293   
  

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 318,511   
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Represents borrowings under our Credit Facility. Under our Credit Facility, we are currently permitted to borrow up to $100.0 million from time to time based on the amount of our inventory and receivables. As of October 1, 2011, we had $16.2 million of borrowings outstanding and the ability to borrow an additional $56.4 million.

 

30


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial and other data for Michael Kors Holdings Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries for the periods presented. The statements of operations data for Fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 and the balance sheet data as of the end of Fiscal 2011 and 2010 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the six months ended October 1, 2011 and the six months ended October 2, 2010 and the balance sheet data as of October 1, 2011 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which are included in this prospectus. Our results of operations for the six months ended October 1, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results that can be expected for the full year or any future period. The statements of operations data for Fiscal 2008 and 2007 and the balance sheet data as of the end of Fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007 and as of October 2, 2010 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus.

The selected historical consolidated financial data below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Six Months Ended     Fiscal Years Ended  
   

October 1,
2011

   

October 2,

2010

   

April 2,

2011

   

April 3,

2010

   

March 28,
2009

   

March 31,
2008

   

March 31,
2007

 
    (data presented in thousands, except for shares and per share data)  

Statements of Operations Data:

             

Net sales

  $ 520,207      $ 322,440      $ 757,800      $ 483,452      $ 377,058      $ 296,176      $ 197,442   

Royalty revenue

    28,451        18,444        45,539        24,647        20,016        16,479        13,310   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    548,658        340,884        803,339        508,099        397,074        312,655        210,752   

Cost of goods sold

    236,589        155,704        357,274        241,365        208,283        165,947        117,829   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    312,069        185,180        446,065        266,734        188,791        146,708        92,923   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    190,799        121,361        279,822        191,717        147,490        108,407        75,369   

Depreciation and amortization

    17,016        11,680        25,543        18,843        14,020        10,289        9,063   

Impairment of long-lived assets

    —          2,838        3,834        —          3,043        1,844        7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    207,815        135,879        309,199        210,560        164,553        120,540        84,439   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

    104,254        49,301        136,866        56,174        24,238        26,168        8,484   

Interest expense

    660        1,230        1,861        2,057        1,600        2,760        2,900   

Foreign currency loss (income)

    (1,729     (387     1,786        (830     391        (147     (21
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

    105,323        48,458        133,219        54,947        22,247        23,555        5,605   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    40,602        21,115        60,713        15,699        9,208        (36,562     2,075   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    64,721        27,343        72,506        39,248        13,039        60,117        3,530   

Net income applicable to preference shareholders

    14,173        5,894        15,629        8,460        2,811        12,959        761   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available for ordinary
shareholders

  $ 50,548      $ 21,449      $ 56,877      $ 30,788      $ 10,228      $ 47,158      $ 2,769   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding (1) :

             

Basic

    143,554,974        140,554,377        140,554,377        140,554,377        140,554,377        140,554,377        140,554,377   

Diluted

    183,378,696        179,177,268        179,177,268        179,177,268        179,177,268        179,177,268        179,177,268   

Net income per ordinary share (2) :

             

Basic

  $ 0.35      $ 0.15      $ 0.40      $ 0.22      $ 0.07      $ 0.34      $ 0.02   

Diluted

  $ 0.35      $ 0.15      $ 0.40      $ 0.22      $ 0.07      $ 0.34      $ 0.02   

 

(1)

Gives effect to the Reorganization. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Reorganization Transactions and Preference Share Sale.”

(2)

Basic net income per ordinary share is computed by dividing net income available to ordinary shareholders by basic weighted average ordinary shares outstanding. Diluted net income per ordinary share assumes the conversion of preference shares to ordinary shares and is computed by dividing net income by diluted weighted average ordinary shares outstanding.

 

31


Table of Contents
    Six Months Ended     Fiscal Years Ended  
   

October 1,
2011

   

October 2,
2010

   

April 2,

2011

   

April 3,

2010

   

March 28,
2009

   

March 31,
2008

   

March 31,
2007

 
    (data presented in thousands, except for shares and store count data)  

Operating Data:

             

Comparable retail store sales growth

    42.3     39.5     48.2     19.2     6.3     17.5     16.0

Retail stores at end of period

    203        140        166        106        74        48        23   

Balance Sheet Data :

(as of the end of period dated above)

  

  

       

Working capital

  $ 181,800      $ 52,348      $ 117,673      $ 51,263      $ 13,739      $ 12,167      $ (1,878

Total assets

  $ 479,216      $ 324,418      $ 399,495      $ 281,852      $ 218,463      $ 191,416      $ 122,209   

Revolving line of credit

  $ 16,218      $ 25,955      $ 12,765      $ 43,980      $ 39,440      $ 29,921      $ 33,055   

Note payable to parent

  $ —        $ 103,500      $ 101,650      $ 103,500      $ 103,500      $ 103,500      $ 103,500   

Stockholders’ equity

  $ 302,293      $ 84,508      $ 125,320      $ 49,011      $ 11,475      $ (368   $ (60,691

Number of ordinary shares

    147,134,033        140,554,377        140,554,377        140,554,377        140,554,377        140,554,377        140,554,377   

Number of preference shares

    10,856,853        10,163,920        10,163,920        10,163,920        10,163,920        10,163,920        10,163,920   

 

32


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

Following the completion of this offering, we will recognize $18.2 million of compensation expense or $10.6 million, net of income tax benefit, as a result of stock options that become vested and exercisable through the date of this offering.

On a pro forma basis, if this offering had occurred on April 4, 2010, the first day of Fiscal 2011, the recurring compensation charge for the six months ended October 1, 2011 and for Fiscal 2011 would have been $5.3 million and $5.3 million, respectively, or $3.1 million and $3.1 million, respectively, net of income tax benefit calculated using our U.S. statutory income tax rate of 42.0% (our U.S. statutory income tax rate represents our U.S. federal statutory and blended state income tax rates). For the six months ended October 1, 2011, such a charge would have resulted in pro forma income before provision of income taxes of $100.0 million and pro forma net income of $61.6 million. For Fiscal 2011, such a charge would have resulted in pro forma income before provision of income taxes of $127.9 million and pro forma net income of $69.4 million. Our pro forma basic and diluted net income per ordinary share for the six months ended October 1, 2011 would have been $0.34 and $0.33, respectively, and our pro forma basic and diluted net income per ordinary share for Fiscal 2011 would have been $0.39 and $0.38, respectively.

The pro forma basic and diluted net income per ordinary share reflects (i) the Share Split and (ii) the conversion of all outstanding preference shares of the Company into ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering. In addition, the pro forma diluted net income per ordinary share reflects the dilution caused by the stock options for potential ordinary shares that would have become vested as a result of this offering if it had occurred on April 4, 2010.

 

33


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The discussion in this section contains forward-looking statements that are based upon current expectations. The forward-looking statements contained herein include, without limitation, statements concerning future revenue sources and concentration, gross profit margins, selling and marketing expenses, general and administrative expenses, capital resources, additional financings or borrowings and additional losses and are subject to risks and uncertainties including, but not limited to, those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results contemplated by these forward-looking statements. We also urge you to carefully review the information set forth in “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

Overview

Our Business

We are a rapidly growing global luxury lifestyle brand led by a world-class management team and a renowned, award-winning designer. Since launching his namesake brand 30 years ago, Michael Kors has featured distinctive designs, materials and craftsmanship with a jet-set aesthetic that combines stylish elegance and a sporty attitude. Mr. Kors’ vision has taken the Company from its beginnings as an American luxury sportswear house to a global accessories, footwear and apparel company with a presence in 74 countries. As a highly recognized luxury lifestyle brand in North America with accelerating awareness in targeted international markets, we have experienced exceptional sales momentum and have a clear trajectory for significant future growth. Over the years, we have successfully expanded beyond apparel into accessories (including handbags, small leather goods, eyewear, jewelry and watches) and footwear, which together now account for the majority of our wholesale and retail sales. We have also expanded our distribution capabilities beyond wholesale into retail, which accounted for approximately 42.8%, 36.7% and 28.7% of our total revenue in Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009, respectively.

We operate our business in three segments—retail, wholesale and licensing—and we have a strategically controlled global distribution network focused on company-operated retail stores, leading department stores, specialty stores and select licensing partners. As of October 1, 2011, our retail segment included 169 North American retail stores, including concessions, and 34 international retail stores, including concessions, in Europe and Japan. As of October 1, 2011, our wholesale segment included wholesale sales through approximately 1,801 department store and specialty store doors in North America and wholesale sales through approximately 549 department store and specialty store doors internationally. Our remaining revenue is generated through our licensing segment, through which we license to third parties certain production, sales and/or distribution rights. During the first six months of Fiscal 2012, our licensing segment accounted for approximately 5.2% of our total revenue and consisted primarily of royalties earned on licensed products and our geographic licenses.

We offer two primary collections: the Michael Kors luxury collection and the MICHAEL Michael Kors accessible luxury collection. The Michael Kors collection establishes the aesthetic authority of our entire brand and is carried in many of our retail stores as well as in the finest luxury department stores in the world. In 2004, we introduced the MICHAEL Michael Kors collection, which has a strong focus on accessories, in addition to offering footwear and apparel, and addresses the significant demand opportunity in accessible luxury goods. Taken together, our two collections target a broad customer base while retaining a premium luxury image.

Our Objectives

Our core strengths include a rapidly growing luxury lifestyle brand, a design team led by a world-renowned, award-winning designer, a tested ability to take share in the growing global accessories product category, a

 

34


Table of Contents

proven multi-format retail segment with significant growth opportunity, strong relationships with premier wholesale customers, a growing licensing segment and a proven and experienced management team. Despite the various risks and uncertainties associated with the current global economic environment, we believe these core strengths will allow us to continue to execute our strategy for long-term sustainable growth in revenue and operating results.

We intend to continue to build on the above strengths by:

 

   

continuing to increase our brand awareness and customer loyalty in North America and internationally by:

 

   

continuing to open new retail stores in preeminent, high-visibility locations;

 

   

maintaining our strong advertising position in global fashion publications, growing our online advertising exposure and internet presence and continuing to distribute our store catalogue featuring our new collections;

 

   

holding our semi-annual runway shows that reinforce Mr. Kors’ designer status and high-fashion image, creating excitement around the Michael Kors and MICHAEL Michael Kors collections and generating global multimedia press coverage; and

 

   

leveraging Mr. Kors’ global prestige and popularity through a variety of press activities and personal appearances.

 

   

expanding our retail store base in North America by opening new stores in high traffic street and mall locations in markets with high-income demographics. By adhering to our already successful retail store formats throughout this anticipated expansion, we will continue to reinforce our brand image and achieve strong sales per square foot;

 

   

expanding our North American shop-in-shop footprint at select department stores by continuing to convert existing wholesale door space into shop-in-shops and expanding the size of existing shop-in-shops;

 

   

increasing our global comparable store growth with a number of initiatives already under way, such as increasing the size of existing stores and increasing our offerings in select product categories, including logo products, small leather goods, active footwear and fashion jewelry; and

 

   

growing our international retail and wholesale businesses by leveraging our existing operations in Europe and Japan to take advantage of the growing worldwide demand for accessible luxury goods.

Certain Factors Affecting Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Broaden Distribution Capabilities Beyond Wholesale into Retail . Over the years, we have successfully broadened our distribution capabilities beyond wholesale into retail, and we believe that this trend will continue as our retail store network grows at a faster rate than wholesale. We believe that retail allows greater control over the shopping environment, merchandise selection and many other aspects of the shopping experience that attracts and retains loyal customers and increases sales.

Costs of Manufacturing . Our industry is subject to volatility in costs related to certain raw materials used in the manufacturing of our products. This volatility applies primarily to costs driven by commodity prices, which can increase or decrease dramatically over a short period of time. These fluctuations may have a material impact on our sales, results of operations and cash flows to the extent they occur. We use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate these effects by sourcing our products as efficiently as possible. In addition, manufacturing labor costs are also subject to degrees of volatility based on local and global economic conditions. We use commercially reasonable efforts to source from localities that suit our manufacturing standards and result in more favorable labor driven costs to our products.

 

35


Table of Contents

Demand for Our Accessories and Related Merchandise . According to the Altagamma Studies , the worldwide luxury goods industry is predicted to grow from approximately $230.1 billion in 2010 to between $299.3 billion and $305.9 billion in 2014. The accessories product category represented 25% of total sales for the worldwide luxury goods industry in 2010 and was the fastest growing product category between 2005 and 2010, growing at a CAGR of 9%. We believe that we are well positioned to capitalize on the continued growth of the accessories product category, as it is one of our primary product category focuses. Net sales of accessories and related merchandise (including handbags, small leather goods, footwear, watches, jewelry, eyewear and fragrances) in our retail and wholesale segments accounted for approximately 62.3% of our total revenue in Fiscal 2011. We anticipate that sales of our accessories and related merchandise will continue to grow and will become an increasingly important driver of global comparable store sales growth.

Public Company Costs . We anticipate becoming a publicly traded company in the near term. The activities associated with this process, as well as any future secondary public offerings, may have a significant impact on our results of operations and cash flows. While we expect to incur substantial costs in connection with becoming a publicly traded company, we do not anticipate receiving any cash proceeds or achieving any reduction to the costs of our operations from these activities. Our selling, general and administrative expenses may increase as a result of us becoming a publicly traded company.

Segment Information

We started our business as a wholesale vendor to department and specialty stores, but we now have significant retail and licensing businesses as well. We generate revenue through three business segments: retail, wholesale and licensing. The following table presents our revenue and income from operations by segment for the six months ended October 1, 2011 and October 2, 2010, and Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009 (in thousands):

 

     Six Months Ended      Fiscal Years Ended  
     October 1,
2011
     October 2,
2010
     April 2,
2011
     April 3,
2010
     March 28,
2009
 

Revenue:

              

Net sales: Retail

   $ 255,377       $ 139,639       $ 344,195       $ 186,538       $ 114,031   

Wholesale

     264,830         182,801         413,605         296,914         263,027   

Licensing

     28,451         18,444         45,539         24,647         20,016   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 548,658       $ 340,884       $ 803,339       $ 508,099       $ 397,074   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations:

              

Retail

   $ 53,181       $ 19,339       $ 61,194       $ 15,514       $ (5,104

Wholesale

     32,745         21,214         48,241         31,258         20,933   

Licensing

     18,328         8,748         27,431         9,402         8,409   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from operations

   $ 104,254       $ 49,301       $ 136,866       $ 56,174       $ 24,238   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail

From the beginning of Fiscal 2007, when we first undertook our major retail growth initiative, through Fiscal 2011, we have leveraged our successful retail store formats by opening a total of 156 new stores. During this time period, we have grown our North American retail presence significantly, increasing our North American store count by 134 stores, as well as increasing our international store count by 22 stores.

 

36


Table of Contents

The following table presents the growth in our network of retail stores during the six months ended October 1, 2011 and October 2, 2010, and Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009:

 

     Six Months Ended     Fiscal Years Ended  
     October 1,
2011
    October 2,
2010
    April 2,
2011
    April 3,
2010
    March 28,
2009
 

Full price retail stores including concessions:

          

Number of stores

     132        93        113        63        41   

Increase vs. prior period

     39        40        50        22        17   

Percentage increase vs. prior period

     41.9     75.5     79.4     53.7     70.8

Total gross square footage

     267,276        183,680        224,427        143,100        93,937   

Average square footage per store

     2,025        1,975        1,986        2,271        2,291   

Outlet stores:

          

Number of stores

     71        47        53        43        33   

Increase vs. prior period

     24        7        10        10        9   

Percentage increase vs. prior period

     51.1     17.5     23.3     30.3     37.5

Total gross square footage

     195,482        130,665        146,286        120,368        92,425   

Average square footage per store

     2,753        2,780        2,760        2,799        2,801   

Wholesale

We sell our products directly to department stores across North America and Europe to accommodate consumers who prefer to shop at major department stores. In addition, we sell to specialty stores for those consumers who enjoy the boutique experience afforded by such stores. We continue to focus our sales efforts and drive sales in existing locations by enhancing presentation, primarily through the creation of more shop-in-shops with our proprietary fixtures that effectively communicate our brand and create a more personalized shopping experience for consumers. We tailor our assortments through wholesale product planning and allocation processes to better match the demands of our department store customers in each local market.

The following table presents the growth in our network of wholesale doors during the six months ended October 1, 2011 and October 2, 2010, and Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009:

 

     Six Months Ended     Fiscal Years Ended  
     October 1,
2011
    October 2,
2010
    April 2,
2011
    April 3,
2010
    March 28,
2009
 

Number of wholesale doors

     2,350        1,775        2,032        1,600        1,313   

Increase vs. prior period

     575        350        432        287        145   

Percentage increase vs. prior period

     32.4     24.6     27.0     21.9     12.4

Licensing

We generate revenue through product and geographic licensing arrangements. Our product license agreements allow third parties to use our brand name and trademarks in connection with the manufacturing and sale of a variety of products, including watches, fragrances, eyewear and jewelry. In our product licensing arrangements, we take an active role in the design process and control the marketing and distribution of products under our brands. Our geographic licensing arrangements allow third parties to use our tradenames in connection with the retail and/or wholesale sales of our branded products in specific geographic regions.

 

37


Table of Contents

Key Performance Indicators and Statistics

We use a number of key indicators of operating results to evaluate our performance, including the following (dollars in thousands):

     Six Months Ended     Fiscal Years Ended  
     October 1,
2011
    October 2,
2010
    April 2,
2011
    April 3,
2010
    March 28,
2009
 

Total revenue

   $ 548,658      $ 340,884      $ 803,339      $ 508,099      $ 397,074   

Gross profit as a percent of total revenue

     56.9     54.3     55.5     52.5     47.5

Income from operations

   $ 104,254      $ 49,301      $ 136,866      $ 56,174      $ 24,238   

Retail net sales - North America

   $ 234,907      $ 135,632      $ 331,714      $ 183,452      $ 114,031   

Retail net sales - Europe

   $ 17,252      $ 3,873      $ 11,463      $ 3,086      $ —     

Retail net sales - Japan

   $ 3,218      $ 134      $ 1,018      $ —        $ —     

Increase in comparable store net sales - North America

     42.9     39.6     48.7     19.2     6.3

Increase in comparable store net sales - Europe*

     19.6     33.5     13.7     n/a        n/a   

Increase in comparable store net sales - Japan*

     21.8     n/a        n/a        n/a        n/a   

Wholesale net sales - North America

   $ 237,111      $ 173,021      $ 386,566      $ 289,179      $ 262,469   

Wholesale net sales - Europe

   $ 27,321      $ 9,780      $ 26,985      $ 7,735      $ 558   

Wholesale net sales - Other Regions

   $ 398      $ —        $ 54      $ —        $ —     

 

*

Where n/a is used, stores in that region were not open for the requisite comparable period.

General Definitions for Operating Results

Net sales consist of sales from comparable retail stores and non-comparable retail stores, net of returns and markdowns, as well as those made to our wholesale customers, net of returns, discounts, markdowns and allowances.

Comparable store sales include sales from a store that has been opened for one full year after the end of the first month of its operations. All comparable store sales are presented on a 52-week basis.

Royalty revenue from licensing consists of fees charged on sales of licensed products to our licensees as well as contractual royalty rates for the use of our trademarks in certain geographic territories.

Cost of goods sold includes the cost of inventory sold, freight-in on merchandise and foreign currency exchange gains/losses related to forward contracts for purchase commitments.

Gross profit is net sales minus cost of goods sold.

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of warehousing and distribution costs, rent for our distribution centers, store payroll, store occupancy costs (such as rent, common area maintenance, real estate taxes and utilities), information technology and systems costs, corporate payroll and related benefits, advertising and promotion expense and other general expenses.

Depreciation and amortization includes depreciation and amortization of fixed and definite-lived intangible assets.

Impairment charges consist of charges to write-down both fixed and intangible assets to fair value.

Income from operations consists of gross profit minus total operating expenses.

 

38


Table of Contents

Interest expense represents interest and fees on our Credit Facility and amortization of deferred financing costs.

Foreign currency loss (income) represents unrealized income or loss from the re-measurement of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies of our subsidiaries.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the six months ended October 1, 2011 with the six months ended October 2, 2010

The following table details the results of our operations for the six months ended October 1, 2011 and for the six months ended October 2, 2010, and expresses the relationship of certain line items to total revenue as a percentage (dollars in thousands):

 

     Six Months Ended                 % of  Total
Revenue
2011 Period
    % of  Total
Revenue
2010 Period
 
     October 1,     October 2,                  
     2011     2010     $ Change     % Change      

Statements of Operations Data:

            

Net sales

   $ 520,207      $ 322,440      $ 197,767        61.3    

Royalty revenue

     28,451        18,444        10,007        54.3    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Total revenue

     548,658        340,884        207,774        61.0    

Cost of goods sold

     236,589        155,704        80,885        51.9     43.1     45.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Gross profit

     312,069        185,180        126,889        68.5     56.9     54.3

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     190,799        121,361        69,438        57.2     34.8     35.6

Depreciation and amortization

     17,016        11,680        5,336        45.7     3.1     3.4

Impairment of long-lived assets

     —          2,838        (2,838       0.0     0.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Total operating expenses

     207,815        135,879        71,936        52.9     37.9     39.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Income from operations

     104,254        49,301        54,953        111.5     19.0     14.5

Interest expense, net

     660        1,230        (570     -46.3     0.1     0.4

Foreign currency income

     (1,729     (387     (1,342     346.8     -0.3     -0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Income before provision for income taxes

     105,323        48,458        56,865        117.3     19.2     14.2

Provision for income taxes

     40,602        21,115        19,487        92.3     7.4     6.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Net income

   $ 64,721      $ 27,343      $ 37,378        136.7    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Total Revenue

Total revenue increased $207.8 million, or 61.0%, to $548.7 million for the six months ended October 1, 2011, compared to $340.9 million for the six months ended October 2, 2010. The increase was the result of an increase in our comparable and non-comparable retail store sales and wholesale sales, as well as increases in our royalty revenue.

 

39


Table of Contents

The following table details revenues for our three business segments (dollars in thousands):

 

     Six Months Ended                   % of total
Revenue
2011 period
    % of total
Revenue
2010 period
 
     October 1,
2011
     October 2,
2010
     $ Change      % Change      

Revenue:

               

Net sales:

               

Retail

   $ 255,377       $ 139,639       $ 115,738         82.9     46.5     41.0

Wholesale

     264,830         182,801         82,029         44.9     48.3     53.6

Licensing

     28,451         18,444         10,007         54.3     5.2     5.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

Total revenue

   $ 548,658       $ 340,884       $ 207,774         61.0    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

Retail

Net sales from our retail stores increased $115.7 million, or 82.9%, to $255.4 million for the six months ended October 1, 2011, compared to $139.6 million for the six months ended October 2, 2010. We operated 203 retail stores, including concessions, as of October 1, 2011, compared to 140 retail stores, including concessions, as of October 2, 2010. During the six months ended October 1, 2011, our comparable store sales growth increased $57.8 million, or 42.3%, from the six months ended October 2, 2010. The growth in our comparable store sales was primarily due to an increase in sales of our accessories line and watches during the six months ended October 1, 2011. In addition, our non-comparable store sales were $57.9 million during the six months ended October 1, 2011, which was primarily the result of opening 63 new stores since October 2, 2010.

Wholesale

Net sales to our wholesale customers increased $82.0 million, or 44.9%, to $264.8 million for the six months ended October 1, 2011, compared to $182.8 million for the six months ended October 2, 2010. The increase in our wholesale net sales occurred primarily as a result of increased sales of our accessories line during the six months ended October 1, 2011, as we continue to enhance our presence in department and specialty stores by converting more doors to shop-in-shops, and working with existing retailers in optimizing our presence in their stores. In addition, our net sales from our European operations more than doubled during the six months ended October 1, 2011 as compared to the six months ended October 2, 2010, due largely to an increase in doors to 549 from 238 in the same period last year.

Licensing

Royalties earned on our licensing agreements increased $10.0 million, or 54.3%, to $28.5 million for the six months ended October 1, 2011, compared to $18.4 million for the six months ended October 2, 2010. The increase in royalties was primarily due to royalties earned on licensing agreements related to sales of watches.

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased $126.9 million, or 68.5%, to $312.1 million during the six months ended October 1, 2011, compared to $185.2 million for the six months ended October 2, 2010. Gross profit as a percentage of total revenue increased to 56.9% during the six months ended October 1, 2011, compared to 54.3% during the six months ended October 2, 2010. The increase in profit margin was primarily due to the growth in our retail net sales relative to our overall total revenue growth during the period, as our retail net sales generate higher profit margins relative to those of wholesale. In addition, we experienced increases of approximately 170 basis points and 70 basis points in gross profit margin from our wholesale and retail segments, respectively. The increase in profit margin on our wholesale segment largely resulted from lower allowances as a percentage of wholesale net sales and selling fewer overall off-price products during the six months ended October 1, 2011, as compared to the six months ended October 2, 2010. In addition, the increase in our wholesale European net sales, as a

 

40


Table of Contents

component of total wholesale net sales, had a favorable impact on profit margin and benefited from revaluation of foreign currency exchange contracts during the six months ended October 1, 2011. The increase in profit margin on our retail segment resulted primarily from fewer in-store markdowns during the six months ended October 1, 2011, as compared to the six months ended October 2, 2010.

Total Operating Expense

Total operating expenses increased $71.9 million, or 52.9%, to $207.8 million during the six months ended October 1, 2011, compared to $135.9 million for the six months ended October 2, 2010. Total operating expenses decreased to 37.9% as a percentage of total revenue for the six months ended October 1, 2011, compared to 39.9% for the six months ended October 2, 2010. The components that comprise total operating expenses are explained below.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $69.4 million, or 57.2%, to $190.8 million during the six months ended October 1, 2011, compared to $121.4 million for the six months ended October 2, 2010. The increase was primarily due to increases in our retail occupancy and salary costs of $37.5 million, and increases in corporate employee-related costs of $22.6 million. The increase in our retail occupancy and payroll costs was due to operating 203 retail stores versus 140 retail stores in the prior period. The increase in our corporate employee-related costs was due primarily to the redemption of employee stock options that were net settled in cash for approximately $10.7 million, as well as an increase in our corporate staff to accommodate our North American and international growth. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenue decreased to 34.8% during the six months ended October 1, 2011, compared to 35.6% for the six months ended October 2, 2010. The decrease as a percentage of total revenue was primarily due to economies of scale achieved relative to our increase in total revenue.

We may not continue to experience a reduction in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue, as expenses may increase as a result of our becoming a publicly traded company. These expenses include, but are not limited to, professional fees, filing fees and increasing compensation costs related to employee equity-based awards.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization increased $5.3 million, or 45.7%, to $17.0 million during the six months ended October 1, 2011, compared to $11.7 million for the six months ended October 2, 2010. Increases in depreciation and amortization were primarily due to an increase in the build-out of our new retail locations, new shop-in-shop locations and investments made in our information systems infrastructure to accommodate our growth. Depreciation and amortization decreased to 3.1% as a percentage of total revenue during the six months ended October 1, 2011, compared to 3.4% for the six months ended October 2, 2010.

Impairment on Long-Lived Assets

Impairment on long-lived assets was $2.8 million for the six months ended October 2, 2010, which was comprised of an impairment charge on fixed assets of $0.9 million related to one of our retail locations, and an impairment charge on definite-lived intangible assets for lease rights of $1.9 million related to that location. There were no impairment charges on long-lived assets during the six months ended October 1, 2011.

Income from Operations

As a result of the foregoing, income from operations increased $55.0 million, or 111.5%, to $104.3 million during the six months ended October 1, 2011, compared to $49.3 million for the six months ended October 2, 2010. Income from operations as a percentage of total revenue increased to 19.0% during the six months ended October 1, 2011, compared to 14.5% for the six months ended October 2, 2010.

 

41


Table of Contents

The following table details income from operations for our three business segments (dollars in thousands):

 

     Six Months Ended                   % of Net
Sales/
Revenue

2011 period
    % of Net
Sales/
Revenue

2010 period
 
     October 1,
2011
     October 2,
2010
     $ Change      % Change      

Income from Operations:

               

Retail

   $ 53,181       $ 19,339       $ 33,842         175.0     20.8     13.8

Wholesale

     32,745         21,214         11,531         54.4     12.4     11.6

Licensing

     18,328         8,748         9,580         109.5     64.4     47.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

Income from operations

   $ 104,254       $ 49,301       $ 54,953         111.5     19.0     14.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

Retail

Income from operations for our retail segment increased $33.8 million, or 175.0%, to $53.2 million during the six months ended October 1, 2011, compared to $19.3 million for the six months ended October 2, 2010. This increase was due to sales from the new stores opened, increases in comparable store sales and the increase in income from operations as a percentage of net retail sales of approximately 698 basis points to 20.8% during the six months ended October 1, 2011. The increase as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to decreases in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales, the cost of which increased at a lesser rate than the rate of increase in net sales, as well as the aforementioned increase in gross profit margin of approximately 70 basis points during the six months ended October 1, 2011.

Wholesale

Income from operations for our wholesale segment increased $11.5 million, or 54.4%, to $32.7 million during the six months ended October 1, 2011, compared to $21.2 million for the six months ended October 2, 2010. This increase was primarily the result of the increase in gross profit margin, as described in the gross profit discussion above, and the decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of net sales, as a result of greater economies of scale experienced during the six months ended October 1, 2011 compared to the six months ended October 2, 2010.

Licensing

Income from operations for our licensing segment increased $9.6 million, or 109.5%, to $18.3 million during the six months ended October 1, 2011, compared to $8.7 million for the six months ended October 2, 2010. This increase is primarily the result of the aforementioned increase in sales of licensed products, while our operating expenses remained relatively fixed from the prior fiscal year.

Interest Expense

Interest expense decreased $0.6 million, or 46.3%, to $0.7 million during the six months ended October 1, 2011, compared to $1.2 million for the six months ended October 2, 2010. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to the decrease in the average balance on our Credit Facility of approximately $4.1 million during the six months ended October 1, 2011, as well as experiencing a decrease in interest rates during the period.

Foreign Currency Income

Foreign currency income during the six months ended October 1, 2011 was $1.7 million as compared to foreign currency income of $0.4 million during the six months ended October 2, 2010. The increase in income during the six months ended October 1, 2011 was primarily due to the strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to the Euro, which impacted the re-measurement of intercompany loans with certain of our European subsidiaries, which are denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

42


Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes

We recognized $40.6 million of income tax expense during the six months ended October 1, 2011, compared with $21.1 million for the six months ended October 2, 2010. Our effective tax rate for the six months ended October 1, 2011 was 38.5%, compared to 43.6% for the six months ended October 2, 2010. The decrease in our effective rate resulted primarily from the following: earnings related to certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries, which are not expected to be profitable for Fiscal 2012; a decrease in statutory income tax rates applicable to certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries; and a decrease in our U.S. blended state income tax rate.

Our effective tax rate may fluctuate from time to time due to the effects of changes in U.S state and local taxes, tax rates in foreign jurisdictions, and certain other nondeductible expenses (such as fees related to a public offering) and income earned in certain non-U.S. entities with significant net operating loss carryforwards. In addition, factors such as the geographic mix of earnings, enacted tax legislation and the results of various global tax strategies, may also impact our effective tax rate in future periods.

Net Income

As a result of the foregoing, our net income increased $37.4 million, or 136.7%, to $64.7 million during the six months ended October 1, 2011, compared to $27.3 million for the six months ended October 2, 2010.

Comparison of Fiscal 2011 with Fiscal 2010

The following table details the results of our operations for Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010 and expresses the relationship of certain line items to total revenue as a percentage (dollars in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Years Ended     $ Change     % Change     % of Total
Revenue
Fiscal 2011
    % of  Total
Revenue
Fiscal 2010
 
     April 2,
2011
     April 3,
2010
         
               

Statements of Operations Data:

             

Net sales

   $ 757,800       $ 483,452      $ 274,348        56.7    

Royalty revenue

     45,539         24,647        20,892        84.8    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

       

Total revenue

     803,339         508,099        295,240        58.1    

Cost of goods sold

     357,274         241,365        115,909        48.0     44.5     47.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

       

Gross profit

     446,065         266,734        179,331        67.2     55.5     52.5

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     279,822         191,717        88,105        46.0     34.8     37.7

Depreciation and amortization

     25,543         18,843        6,700        35.6     3.2     3.7

Impairment of long-lived assets

     3,834         —          3,834          0.5     0.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

       

Total operating expenses

     309,199         210,560        98,639        46.8     38.5     41.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

       

Income from operations

     136,866         56,174        80,692        143.6     17.0     11.1

Interest expense, net

     1,861         2,057        (196     -9.5     0.2     0.4

Foreign currency loss (income)

     1,786         (830     2,616        -315.2     0.2     -0.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

       

Income before provision for income taxes

     133,219         54,947        78,272        142.4     16.6     10.8

Provision for income taxes

     60,713         15,699        45,014        286.7     7.6     3.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

       

Net income

   $ 72,506       $ 39,248      $ 33,258        84.7    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

43


Table of Contents

Total Revenue

Total revenue increased $295.2 million, or 58.1%, to $803.3 million for Fiscal 2011, compared to $508.1 million for Fiscal 2010. The increase was the result of an increase in our comparable and non-comparable retail store sales and wholesale sales, as well as increases in our royalty revenue.

The following table details revenues for our three business segments (dollars in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Years Ended                
     April 2,
2011
     April 3,
2010
     $ Change      % Change  

Revenue:

           

Net sales:

           

Retail

   $ 344,195       $ 186,538       $ 157,657         84.5

Wholesale

     413,605         296,914         116,691         39.3

Licensing

     45,539         24,647         20,892         84.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total Revenue

   $ 803,339       $ 508,099       $ 295,240         58.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Retail

Net sales from our retail stores increased $157.7 million, or 84.5%, to $344.2 million for Fiscal 2011, compared to $186.5 million for Fiscal 2010. We operated 166 retail stores, including concessions, as of April 2, 2011, compared to 106 retail stores, including concessions, as of April 3, 2010. During Fiscal 2011, our comparable store sales growth increased $84.5 million, or 48.2%, from Fiscal 2010. The growth in our comparable store sales was primarily due to an increase in sales of our accessories line and watches during Fiscal 2011. In addition, our non-comparable store sales were $73.2 million during Fiscal 2011, which was primarily the result of opening 60 new stores during Fiscal 2011.

Wholesale

Net sales to our wholesale customers increased $116.7 million, or 39.3%, to $413.6 million for Fiscal 2011, compared to $296.9 million for Fiscal 2010. The increase in our wholesale net sales occurred primarily as a result of increased sales of our accessories line during Fiscal 2011, as well as our continued efforts to work with our wholesale partners to enhance our presence in their department and specialty stores.

Licensing

Royalties earned on our licensing agreements increased $20.9 million, or 84.8%, to $45.5 million for Fiscal 2011, compared to $24.6 million for Fiscal 2010. The increase in royalties was primarily due to royalties earned on licensing agreements related to sales of watches.

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased $179.3 million, or 67.2%, to $446.1 million during Fiscal 2011, compared to $266.7 million for Fiscal 2010. Gross profit as a percentage of total revenue increased to 55.5% during Fiscal 2011, compared to 52.5% during Fiscal 2010. The increase in gross profit was due to an increase of approximately 300 basis points in gross profit margin generated from our retail segment, which largely resulted from fewer in-store markdowns during Fiscal 2011, as well as gross profit margin contributed from the increase in our royalty revenues. This increase was offset in part by a decrease in gross profit margin on our wholesale sales during Fiscal 2011, which was the result of an increase in costs of certain of our products. We did not offset these increases in product costs by increases in pricing, as we believed these increases in costs to be temporary fluctuations.

 

44


Table of Contents

Total Operating Expense

Total operating expenses increased $98.6 million, or 46.8%, to $309.2 million during Fiscal 2011, compared to $210.6 million for Fiscal 2010. Total operating expenses decreased to 38.5% as a percentage of total revenue for Fiscal 2011, compared to 41.4% for Fiscal 2010. The components that comprise total operating expenses are explained below.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $88.1 million, or 46.0%, to $279.8 million during Fiscal 2011, compared to $191.7 million for Fiscal 2010. The dollar increase was primarily due to increases in our retail occupancy and salary costs of $46.3 million, increases in advertising costs of $5.0 million and increases in corporate employee-related costs of $12.1 million. The increase in our retail occupancy and payroll costs was due to the opening of an additional 60 retail stores during Fiscal 2011. Advertising costs increased primarily due to our expansion into new markets during Fiscal 2011, including domestic and international. The increase in our corporate employee-related costs was due primarily to the increase in our corporate staff to accommodate our North American and international growth. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenue decreased to 34.8% during Fiscal 2011, compared to 37.7% for Fiscal 2010. The decrease as a percentage of total revenue was primarily due to economies of scale achieved relative to our increase in total revenue.

We may not continue to experience a continued reduction in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue, as expenses may increase as a result of our becoming a publicly traded company. These expenses include, but are not limited to, professional fees and compensation costs related to employee equity-based awards.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization increased $6.7 million, or 35.6%, to $25.5 million during Fiscal 2011, compared to $18.8 million for Fiscal 2010. Dollar increases in depreciation and amortization were primarily due to an increase in the build-out of our new retail locations, new shop-in-shop locations and investments made in our information systems infrastructure to accommodate our growth. Depreciation and amortization decreased to 3.2% as a percentage of total revenue during Fiscal 2011, compared to 3.7% for Fiscal 2010.

Impairment on Long-Lived Assets

Impairment on long-lived assets was $3.8 million for Fiscal 2011, which was comprised of an impairment charge on fixed assets of $2.1 million related to two of our retail locations, and an impairment charge on definite-lived intangible assets for lease rights of $1.8 million related to one of those locations. There were no impairment charges on long-lived assets during Fiscal 2010.

Income from Operations

As a result of the foregoing, income from operations increased $80.7 million, or 143.6%, to $136.9 million during Fiscal 2011, compared to $56.2 million for Fiscal 2010. Income from operations as a percentage of total revenue increased to 17.0% during Fiscal 2011, compared to 11.1% for Fiscal 2010.

 

45


Table of Contents

The following table details income from operations for our three business segments (dollars in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Years Ended      $ Change      % Change     Fiscal 2011
% of Net
Sales/

Revenue
    Fiscal 2010
% of Net
Sales/

Revenue
 
     April 2,
2011
     April 3,
2010
           

Income from Operations:

               

Retail

   $ 61,194       $ 15,514       $ 45,680         294.4     17.8     8.3

Wholesale

     48,241         31,258         16,983         54.3     11.7     10.5

Licensing

     27,431         9,402         18,029         191.8     60.2     38.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

Income from Operations

   $ 136,866       $ 56,174       $ 80,692         143.6     17.0     11.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

Retail

Income from operations for our retail segment increased $45.7 million, or 294.4%, to $61.2 million during Fiscal 2011, compared to $15.5 million for Fiscal 2010. This increase was due to sales from the new stores opened, increases in comparable store sales and the increase in income from operations as a percentage of net retail sales of approximately 950 basis points to 17.8% during Fiscal 2011. The increase as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to decreases in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales, the cost of which increased at a lesser rate than the rate of increase in net sales, as well as the aforementioned increase in gross profit margin of approximately 300 basis points during Fiscal 2011.

Wholesale

Income from operations for our wholesale segment increased $17.0 million, or 54.3%, to $48.2 million during Fiscal 2011, compared to $31.3 million for Fiscal 2010. This increase was primarily the result of the decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of net sales as a result of greater economies of scale experienced during Fiscal 2011 compared to Fiscal 2010.

Licensing

Income from operations for our licensing segment increased $18.0 million, or 191.8%, to $27.4 million during Fiscal 2011, compared to $9.4 million for Fiscal 2010. This increase is primarily the result of the aforementioned increase in sales of licensed products, while our operating expenses remained relatively fixed from the prior fiscal year.

Interest Expense

Interest expense decreased $0.2 million, or 9.5%, to $1.9 million during Fiscal 2011, compared to $2.1 million for Fiscal 2010. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to the decrease in the average balance on our Credit Facility of approximately $14.2 million during Fiscal 2011, which was partially offset by an increase in interest rates during the period.

Foreign Currency Loss (Income)

Foreign currency loss during Fiscal 2011 was $1.8 million as compared to foreign currency income of $0.8 million during Fiscal 2010. The loss during Fiscal 2011 was primarily due to the strengthening of the Euro relative to the U.S. dollar, which impacted the re-measurement of intercompany loans with certain of our European subsidiaries, which are denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

46


Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes

We recognized $60.7 million of income tax expense during Fiscal 2011, compared with $15.7 million for Fiscal 2010. Our effective tax rate for Fiscal 2011 was 45.6%, compared to 43.8% for Fiscal 2010, before taking into effect a discrete item. Our discrete item related to a reversal of a tax liability during Fiscal 2010, which was negated as a result of the restructuring of certain of our foreign subsidiaries. Our effective tax rate after taking into effect the aforementioned discrete item was 28.6% for Fiscal 2010.

Net Income

As a result of the foregoing, our net income increased $33.3 million, or 84.7%, to $72.5 million during Fiscal 2011, compared to $39.2 million for Fiscal 2010.

Comparison of Fiscal 2010 with Fiscal 2009

The following table details the results of our operations for Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009 and expresses the relationship of certain line items to total revenue as a percentage (dollars in thousands):

 

    Fiscal Years Ended     $ Change     % Change     % of Total
Revenue
Fiscal 2010
    % of  Total
Revenue
Fiscal 2009
 
    April 3,
2010
    March 28,
2009
         

Statements of Operations Data:

           

Net sales

  $ 483,452      $ 377,058        106,394        28.2    

Royalty revenue

    24,647        20,016        4,631        23.1    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Total revenue

    508,099        397,074        111,025        28.0    

Cost of goods sold

    241,365        208,283        33,082        15.9     47.5     52.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Gross profit

    266,734        188,791        77,943        41.3     52.5     47.5

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    191,717        147,490        44,227        30.0     37.7     37.1

Depreciation and amortization

    18,843        14,020        4,823        34.4     3.7     3.5

Impairment of long-lived assets

    —          3,043        (3,043       0.0     0.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Total operating expenses

    210,560        164,553        46,007        28.0     41.4     41.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Income from operations

    56,174        24,238        31,936        131.8     11.1     6.1

Interest expense, net

    2,057        1,600        457        28.6     0.4     0.4

Foreign currency loss (income)

    (830     391        (1,221     -312.3     -0.2     0.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Income before provision for income taxes

    54,947        22,247        32,700        147.0     10.8     5.6

Provision for income taxes

    15,699        9,208        6,491        70.5     3.1     2.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Net income

  $ 39,248      $ 13,039      $ 26,209        201.0    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Total Revenue

Total revenue increased $111.0 million, or 28.0%, to $508.1 million during Fiscal 2010, compared to $397.1 million for Fiscal 2009. The increase was the result of an increase in our comparable and non-comparable retail store sales and wholesale sales, as well as increases in our royalty revenue.

 

47


Table of Contents

The following table details revenues for our three business segments (dollars in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Years Ended                
     April 3,
2010
     March 28,
2009
     $ Change      % Change  

Revenue:

           

Net sales:

           

Retail

   $ 186,538       $ 114,031       $ 72,507         63.6

Wholesale

     296,914         263,027         33,887         12.9

Licensing

     24,647         20,016         4,631         23.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total Revenue

   $ 508,099       $ 397,074       $ 111,025         28.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Retail

Net sales from our retail stores increased $72.5 million, or 63.6%, to $186.5 million during Fiscal 2010, compared to $114.0 million for Fiscal 2009. We operated 106 stores as of April 3, 2010, compared to 74 stores as of March 28, 2009. During Fiscal 2010, our comparable store sales growth increased $21.1 million, or 19.2%, from Fiscal 2009. The growth in our comparable store sales was primarily due to an increase in sales of our accessories and footwear lines and watches during Fiscal 2010. In addition, our non-comparable store sales were $51.4 million during Fiscal 2010, which was primarily the result of opening 32 new stores during Fiscal 2010.

Wholesale

Net sales to our wholesale customers increased $33.9 million, or 12.9%, to $296.9 million during Fiscal 2010, compared to $263.0 million for Fiscal 2009. The increase in our wholesale net sales was primarily due to an increase in sales of our accessories line as well as an increase in sales of our footwear products during Fiscal 2010.

Licensing

Royalties earned on our licensing agreements increased $4.6 million, or 23.1%, to $24.6 million during Fiscal 2010, as compared to $20.0 million for Fiscal 2009. The increase during Fiscal 2010 was primarily due to increases in royalty revenue of $4.8 million earned on licensing agreements related to sales of watches, which were offset in part by decreases in royalty revenue earned on agreements related to women’s outerwear and footwear. During Fiscal 2010, a license agreement with respect to our bridge footwear line expired and those sales are now included in our wholesale segment.

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased $77.9 million, or 41.3%, to $266.7 million during Fiscal 2010, compared to $188.8 million for Fiscal 2009. Gross profit as a percentage of total revenue increased to 52.5% during Fiscal 2010, compared to 47.5% during Fiscal 2009. The increase in gross profit as a percentage of total revenue occurred primarily due to approximately 340 basis point increases in gross profit margin in each of our retail and wholesale segments. The increase in gross profit margin in our retail segment was due largely to fewer in-store markdowns during Fiscal 2010 as compared to Fiscal 2009. The increase in gross profit margin from our wholesale segment was due largely to a decrease in markdowns during Fiscal 2010 as compared to Fiscal 2009.

Total Operating Expenses

Total operating expenses increased $46.0 million, or 28.0%, to $210.6 million during Fiscal 2010, compared to $164.6 million for Fiscal 2009. Total operating expenses remained level at 41.4% as a percentage of total revenue for Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009. The components that comprise total operating expenses are explained below.

 

48


Table of Contents

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $44.2 million, or 30.0%, to $191.7 million during Fiscal 2010, as compared to $147.5 million for Fiscal 2009. The increases were primarily due to increases in the following: our retail occupancy and salary expenses of $22.5 million and advertising expenses of $6.3 million. The increases in our retail store occupancy and payroll costs were due to the opening of an additional 32 retail stores during Fiscal 2010 relative to the 26 retail stores that were opened during Fiscal 2009. The increase in our advertising expenses was primarily due to increases in our printed advertising expenses and advertising expenses to launch certain licensed products. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenue increased to 37.7% during Fiscal 2010, as compared to 37.1% for Fiscal 2009, primarily due to the aforementioned advertising costs.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization increased $4.8 million, or 34.4%, to $18.8 million during Fiscal 2010, as compared to $14.0 million for Fiscal 2009. Dollar increases in depreciation and amortization were primarily due to an increase in the build-out of our new retail locations as well as investments made in our information systems infrastructure. Depreciation and amortization increased to 3.7% as a percentage of total revenue during Fiscal 2010, as compared to 3.5% for Fiscal 2009.

Impairment on Long-Lived Assets

There were no impairment charges on long-lived assets during Fiscal 2010. Impairment on long-lived assets was $3.0 million for Fiscal 2009, which was related to the impairment of fixed assets for three of our retail stores.

Income from Operations

As a result of the foregoing, income from operations increased $31.9 million, or 131.8%, to $56.2 million during Fiscal 2010, compared to $24.2 million for Fiscal 2009. Income from operations as a percentage of total revenue increased to 11.1% during Fiscal 2010, compared to 6.1% for Fiscal 2009.

The following table details income from operations for our three business segments (dollars in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Years Ended     $ Change      % Change     Fiscal 2010
% of Net

Sales/
Revenue
    Fiscal 2009
% of Net

Sales/
Revenue
 
     April 3,
2010
     March 28,
2009
          

Income (loss) from Operations:

              

Retail

   $ 15,514       $ (5,104   $ 20,618         n/a        8.3     -4.5

Wholesale

     31,258         20,933        10,325         49.3     10.5     8.0

Licensing

     9,402         8,409        993         11.8     38.1     42.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

        

Income from Operations

   $ 56,174       $ 24,238      $ 31,936         131.8     11.1     6.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

        

Retail

Income from operations for the retail segment increased $20.6 million to $15.5 million during Fiscal 2010, compared to a loss from operations of $5.1 million during Fiscal 2009. Income from operations as a percentage of net sales for the retail segment increased to 8.3% during Fiscal 2010, primarily due to the growth in net retail sales, which more than offset the increase in operating costs. This increase occurred as we experienced contributions from our new stores as well as contributions from our increasing comparable store sales during Fiscal 2010.

 

49


Table of Contents

Wholesale

Income from operations for our wholesale segment increased $10.3 million, or 49.3%, to $31.3 million during Fiscal 2010, compared to $20.9 million during Fiscal 2009. Income from operations as a percentage of net sales for our wholesale segment increased to 10.5% during Fiscal 2010, primarily due to the aforementioned increase in gross profit margin of 340 basis points.

Licensing

Income from operations for our licensing segment increased $1.0 million, or 11.8%, to $9.4 million during Fiscal 2010, compared to $8.4 million for Fiscal 2009. Income from operations as a percentage of royalty revenue for our licensing segment decreased 3.9% to 38.1% during Fiscal 2010, primarily as a result of an increase in advertising expenses to launch certain licensed products during Fiscal 2010.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased $0.5 million, or 28.6%, to $2.1 million during Fiscal 2010, compared to $1.6 million for Fiscal 2009. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to an increase in average borrowings on our Credit Facility of approximately $3.0 million during Fiscal 2010.

Foreign Currency Loss (Income)

Foreign currency income during Fiscal 2010 was $0.8 million as compared to a foreign currency loss of $0.4 million during Fiscal 2009. The foreign currency income during Fiscal 2010 was primarily due to the strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to the Euro, which impacted the re-measurement of intercompany loans with certain of our European subsidiaries, which are denominated in U.S. dollars.

Provision for Income Taxes

We recognized $15.7 million of income tax expense during Fiscal 2010, compared with $9.2 million for Fiscal 2009. Our effective tax rate for Fiscal 2010, before taking into effect a discrete item, was 43.8%, compared to 41.4% for Fiscal 2009. Our effective rate, before taking into effect the discrete item, increased during Fiscal 2010 as a result of an increase in losses on certain of our foreign subsidiaries which do not yield any income tax benefits on a consolidated basis, as well as an increase in our blended state income tax rates during Fiscal 2010. The discrete item related to a reversal of an income tax liability during Fiscal 2010, which was negated as a result of the restructuring of certain of our foreign subsidiaries. Our effective tax rate after taking into effect the aforementioned discrete item was 28.6% for the Fiscal 2010.

Net Income

As a result of the foregoing, we generated net income of $39.2 million during Fiscal 2010, as compared to $13.0 million for Fiscal 2009.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity

Our primary sources of liquidity are the cash flows generated from our operations, along with borrowings available under our Credit Facility and available cash and cash equivalents. Our primary use of this liquidity is to fund our ongoing cash requirements, including working capital requirements, global retail store expansion and renovation, construction and renovation of shop-in-shops, investment in information systems infrastructure and expansion of our distribution and corporate facilities. We believe that the cash generated from our operations, together with borrowings available under our Credit Facility and available cash and cash equivalents, will be

 

50


Table of Contents

sufficient to meet our working capital needs for the next 12 months, including investments made and expenses incurred in connection with our store growth plans, systems development and store improvements. We expect to spend between approximately $100 million and $110 million on capital expenditures during Fiscal 2012, of which we have spent $32.0 million for the six months ending October 1, 2011. The majority of these expected expenditures relate to new retail store openings planned for the year, with the remainder being used for investments in connection with developing new shop-in-shops, build-out of our new warehouse, corporate offices and enhancing our information systems infrastructure.

The following table sets forth key indicators of our liquidity and capital resources (in thousands):

 

 

     As of  
     October 1,
2011
     April 2,
2011
     April 3,
2010
 

Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 19,300       $ 21,065       $ 5,664   

Working capital

   $ 181,800       $ 117,673       $ 51,263   

Total assets

   $ 479,216       $ 399,495       $ 281,852   

Revolving line of credit

   $ 16,218       $ 12,765       $ 43,980   

 

     Six Months Ended     Years Ended  
     October 1,
2011
    October 2,
2010
    April 2 ,
2011
    April 3 ,
2010
    March 28,
2009
 

Cash Flows Provided By (Used In):

          

Operating activities

   $ 19,864      $ 52,191      $ 110,308      $ 28,592      $ 29,450   

Investing activities

     (31,991     (24,130     (57,830     (32,175     (38,399

Financing activities

     11,020        (22,528     (37,726     5,581        8,605   

Effect of exchange rate

     (658     312        649        1,206        4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (1,765   $ 5,845      $ 15,401      $ 3,204      $ (340
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Cash provided by operating activities decreased $32.3 million to $19.9 million during the six months ended October 1, 2011, as compared to $52.2 million for the six months ended October 2, 2010. The decrease in cash flows from operating activities is primarily due to increases in the change to our accounts receivables and accrued expenses, offset, in part, by an increase in our net income during the six months ended October 1, 2011 as compared to the six months ended October 2, 2010. The increase in the change to our accounts receivable was largely the result of cash received during the prior comparable period which was related to sales billed late in Fiscal 2010 (as described in the below paragraph), as well as the increase in our revenues during the current period. The increase in changes to our accrued expenses was largely due to income taxes paid during the six months ended October 1, 2011.

Cash provided by operating activities increased $81.7 million to $110.3 million during Fiscal 2011, as compared to $28.6 million for Fiscal 2010. The increase in cash flows from operating activities is primarily due to an increase in our net income, an increase in cash received on our accounts receivable and a decrease in expenditures in our accounts payable, offset in part by an increase in cash outflows related to our inventory during Fiscal 2011 as compared to Fiscal 2010. The increase in cash outflows on our inventory occurred primarily to accommodate the increase to our net sales, and was a function of volume. In addition, as we continue to open more retail stores we expect our expenditures on inventory to increase at a greater rate than the increase in our sales as inventory related to retail sales typically experiences slower inventory turnover than that of

 

51


Table of Contents

wholesale. The increase in the balance on our accounts payable was directly attributable to the increase in expenditures on our inventory described above. The increase in cash received on our accounts receivable is largely attributable to cash received from sales occurring from Fiscal 2010, which were billed late in that year as a result of the disruption in our primary distribution facility.

Cash provided by operating activities decreased $0.9 million to $28.6 million during Fiscal 2010, as compared to $29.5 million for Fiscal 2009. The decrease in cash flows from operating activities is primarily due to an increase in our accounts receivable, which was offset by an increase in our net income and a decrease in expenditures on inventory during Fiscal 2010 as compared to Fiscal 2009. The increase in accounts receivable was primarily due to delayed product shipments towards the end of Fiscal 2010. The delay in these shipments was due to a disruption to one of our distribution facilities, which resulted in a significant number of back-logged orders being shipped over a short period of time near the end of the fiscal year; consequently, billing occurred in a greater concentration late in Fiscal 2010.

Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities increased $7.9 million to $32.0 million during the six months ended October 1, 2011, as compared to $24.1 million during the six months ended October 2, 2010. The increase in cash used in investing activities is primarily the result of the build-out of our new retail stores, which were constructed during the six months ended October 1, 2011, and shop-in-shops we installed during the six months ended October 1, 2011.

Net cash used in investing activities increased $25.7 million to $57.8 million during Fiscal 2011, as compared to $32.2 million during Fiscal 2010. The increase in cash used in investing activities is primarily the result of the build-out of our 60 new retail stores, which were constructed during Fiscal 2011, and shop-in-shops we installed during Fiscal 2011.

Net cash used in investing activities decreased $6.2 million to $32.2 million during Fiscal 2010, compared to $38.4 million for Fiscal 2009. The decrease in cash used in investing activities during Fiscal 2010 was primarily due to expenditures in Fiscal 2009 which related to the opening of two high-profile European locations.

Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $11.0 million in the six months ended October 1, 2011, compared to net cash used in financing activities of $22.5 million during the six months ended October 2, 2010. The $33.5 million increase in cash flows from financing activities was primarily due to the net borrowings on our Credit Facility of $3.5 million during the six months ended October 1, 2011, as compared to net repayments of $18.0 million during the six months ended October 2, 2010. In addition, we received net proceeds from the private placement of our convertible preference shares, completed in July 2011, of $9.6 million.

Net cash used in financing activities was $37.7 million in Fiscal 2011, compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $5.6 million during Fiscal 2010. The $43.3 million increase in net cash used in financing activities was primarily due to the net repayments on our Credit Facility of $31.2 million during Fiscal 2011, as compared to net borrowings of $4.5 million during Fiscal 2010.

Net cash provided by financing activities decreased by $3.0 million during Fiscal 2010, to $5.6 million, compared to $8.6 million in Fiscal 2009. The decrease in net cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to net borrowings of $4.5 million on our Credit Facility during Fiscal 2010, compared to net borrowings of $9.5 million from our Credit Facility during Fiscal 2009.

 

52


Table of Contents

Revolving Credit Facility

On September 15, 2011, we completed an amendment to our Credit Facility, which was originally entered into during Fiscal 2007. Pursuant to such amendment, the Credit Facility provides for up to $100.0 million of borrowings, and expires on September 15, 2015. The agreement also provides for loans and letters of credit to our European subsidiaries of up to $35.0 million. All other terms and conditions under the Credit Facility remained consistent with the original agreement. The Credit Facility provides for aggregate credit available equal to the lesser of (i) $100.0 million, or (ii) the sum of specified percentages of eligible receivables and eligible inventory, as defined, plus $30.0 million. Amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility are collateralized by substantially all of our assets. The Credit Facility contains financial covenants limiting our capital expenditures to $110.0 million for any one fiscal year plus additional amounts as permitted, and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 2.0 to 1.0 (with the ratio being EBITDA plus consolidated rent expense to the sum of fixed charges plus consolidated rent expense), restrict and limit additional indebtedness, and restrict the incurrence of additional liens and cash dividends. As of October 1, 2011, we were in compliance with all of our covenants covered under the agreement.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility accrue interest at the rate per annum announced from time to time by the agent of 1.25% above the prevailing applicable prime rate, or at a per annum rate equal to 2.25% above the prevailing LIBOR rate. The weighted average interest rate for the revolving credit facility was 4.53% during Fiscal 2011. The Credit Facility requires an annual facility fee of $0.1 million, payable quarterly, and an annual commitment fee of 0.35% on the unused portion of the available credit under the Credit Facility, payable quarterly.

As of October 1, 2011, the amount outstanding under the Credit Facility was $16.2 million, and the amount available for future borrowings was $56.4 million. The largest amount borrowed during the six months ended October 1, 2011 was $34.1 million. At October 1, 2011, there were documentary letters of credit outstanding for approximately $16.6 million, and stand-by letters of credit of $10.8 million.

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

As of October 1, 2011, our lease commitments and contractual obligations were as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal year ending

   Remainder
of Fiscal
2012
     Fiscal
2013-2014
     Fiscal
2015-2016
     Fiscal
2017 and
Thereafter
     Total  

Operating leases

   $ 27,320       $ 110,697       $ 110,112       $ 234,048       $ 482,177   

Credit Facility

     —           —           16,218         —           16,218   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 27,320       $ 110,697       $ 126,330       $ 234,048       $ 498,395   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations represent the minimum lease rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases for our real estate locations globally. In addition to the above amounts, we are typically required to pay real estate taxes, contingent rent based on sales volume and other occupancy costs relating to our leased properties for our retail stores.

Credit Facility represents the balance as of October 1, 2011, which although it has a maturity date of September 15, 2015, is classified as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheets due to its revolving nature. In addition, interest on the Credit Facility is excluded from the above table as the amount due in future periods is unknown based on its revolving nature.

Excluded from the above commitments is $1.9 million of long-term liabilities related to uncertain tax positions, due to the uncertainty of the time and nature of resolution.

The above table also excludes amounts included in current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of April 2, 2011, as these items will be paid within one year, and non-current liabilities that have no cash outflows associated with them (e.g., deferred taxes).

 

53


Table of Contents

We do not have any long-term purchase obligations or capital expenditure commitments that represent firm commitments at April 2, 2011.

Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

We do not conduct research and development activities.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not created, and are not affiliated with, any special-purpose or off-balance sheet entities for the purpose of raising capital, incurring debt or operating our business. We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or relationships with entities that are not consolidated into our financial statements that have or are reasonably likely to have a material current or future effect on our financial condition, revenues, expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Critical accounting policies are those that are the most important portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations, and that require our most difficult, subjective and complex judgments as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in the notes to our financial statements, our most critical accounting policies, discussed below, pertain to revenue recognition, impairment of long-lived assets, trademarks and goodwill, stock-based compensation and income taxes. In applying such policies, we must use some amounts that are based upon our informed judgments and best estimates. Estimates, by their nature, are based upon judgments and available information. The estimates that we make are based upon historical factors, current circumstances and the experience and judgment of management. We evaluate our assumptions and estimates on an ongoing basis.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize retail store revenue upon sale of our products to retail consumers, net of estimated returns. Wholesale revenue is recognized net of estimates for sales returns, discounts, markdowns and allowances, after merchandise is shipped and title and risk of loss are transferred to our wholesale customers. To arrive at net sales for retail, gross sales are reduced by actual returns and by a provision for estimated future customer returns, which is based on management’s review of historical and current customer returns. The amounts reserved for retail sales returns were $1.0 million, $2.3 million and $1.4 million at October 1, 2011, April 2, 2011 and April 3, 2010, respectively. To arrive at net sales for wholesale, gross sales are reduced by provisions for estimated future returns, based on current expectations, trade discounts, markdowns, allowances, operational chargebacks, as well as for certain cooperative selling expenses. Total sales reserves for wholesale were $32.9 million, $25.2 million and $20.2 million at October 1, 2011, April 2, 2011 and April 3, 2010, respectively.

Royalty revenue generated from product licenses, which includes contributions for advertising, is based on reported sales of licensed products bearing our trademarks, at rates specified in the license agreements. These agreements are also subject to contractual minimum levels. Royalty revenue generated by geography-specific licensing agreements is recognized as earned under the licensing agreements based on reported sales by licensees applicable to specified periods as outlined in the agreements. These agreements allow for the use of our trademarks to sell our branded products in certain geographic regions.

 

54


Table of Contents

Long-lived Assets

We evaluate long-lived assets, including fixed assets and intangible assets with finite useful lives, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of any such asset may not be recoverable. If the sum of our estimated undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying value, we recognize an impairment loss, measured as the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset. These estimates of cash flow require significant management judgment and certain assumptions about future volume, sales and expense growth rates, devaluation and inflation. As such, these estimates may differ from actual cash flows. For Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2009, we recorded charges for impairments on fixed assets and intangible assets related to our retail segment of $3.8 million and $3.0 million, respectively.

Goodwill

On an annual basis, or whenever impairment indicators exist, we perform a valuation of goodwill. In the absence of any impairment indicators, goodwill is tested in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. We apply our tests to reporting units within our wholesale and licensing segments, which are based on our current operating projections. Judgments regarding the existence of impairment indicators are based on market conditions and operational performance of the business. Future events could cause us to conclude that impairment indicators exist and therefore that goodwill is impaired.

We assess goodwill for impairment by calculating the fair value of our reporting units to which goodwill has been allocated using the discounted cash flow method along with the market multiples method. Both of these valuation methods require our management to make certain assumptions and estimates regarding certain industry trends and future profitability of our reporting units. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we would compare the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with its carrying value. To compute the implied fair value, we would assign the fair value of the reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. The excess of the fair value of a reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit goodwill exceeded the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill, we would record an impairment loss to write down such goodwill to its implied fair value. The valuation of goodwill is affected by, among other things, our business plan for the future and estimated results of future operations.

We have tested our goodwill for impairment in our fourth quarter for the periods presented. There are no impairment charges related to goodwill for any of the fiscal periods presented.

Stock-based Compensation

We grant stock-based awards to certain of our employees and directors. These awards are measured at the grant date based on the fair value as calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and are recognized as expense over the requisite service period, based on attainment of certain vesting requirements, as well as our completion of an initial public offering. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires considerable judgment, including estimating expected volatility, expected term and risk-free rate.

Our expected volatility is based on the average volatility rates of similar actively traded companies over the past 9.5 years, which is our estimated expected average holding period. The expected holding period of the option is based on the period to expiration which is generally 9-10 years. This approach was chosen as it directly correlates to our service period. In addition, we have no historical option exercise experience. The risk-free rate is derived from the zero-coupon U.S. Treasury Strips yield curve, the period of which relates to the grant’s holding period. If factors change and we employ different assumptions, the fair value of future awards and resulting stock-based compensation expense may differ significantly from what we have estimated in the past.

Prior to the private placement of our convertible preference shares, which was completed during July 2011, we estimated the fair value of the shares underlying our stock option grants, which served as the grant price for

 

55


Table of Contents

the fair value calculation of our stock option grants. The estimates of our share value were based on contemporaneous valuations prepared with the assistance of a third party specialist. The October and December 2010 share values were derived from October 2010 valuations, while the March 2011 and August 2011 share values were derived from March and July 2011 valuations, respectively. These valuations were utilized for deriving our share value since the inception of our Stock Option Plan. In conjunction with the preparation of these valuations, we adhered to the guidance provided by the AICPA as prescribed in its Practice Aid entitled, “Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.” This Practice Aid specifically addresses valuation of common stock in private companies and outlines approaches that can be taken for that valuation, as well as providing guidelines for each approach. The approaches outlined in the Practice Aid are: (1) discounted cash flow, or income; (2) public company market approach (market multiples); and (3) the guideline transaction (M&A) market approach. Consistent with these guidelines, we employed the income (discounted cash flows) and public company market (market multiples) approaches when performing the valuations. We consistently employed these approaches when estimating the fair value of our shares prior to our private placement, which provided an arm’s length transaction that established an observable price for our shares in the absence of having a quoted market price on an active exchange. The option grants issued subsequent to the private placement were issued with a grant price which reflected the value of the private placement.

The inputs for the discounted cash flow model were comprised of our internal forecasts along with a weighted average cost of capital (discount rate), which was derived from averaging the rates calculated from several comparable companies. These comparable companies were chosen based on several criteria such as overall size, revenue and capitalization, as well as the industry, among others. The inputs used for deriving the multiples that were employed in the market approach analysis were obtained from published financial information from these comparable companies, as well as from our historical and forecasted financial results. The information used for the valuation of our shares was consistent with that used to value our reporting units for purposes of our goodwill impairment testing. The results from both of these two valuation approaches, income (DCF) and market multiples, were averaged in the determination of the fair value of our shares.

The information used in the above models was based on the most readily available and relevant information at the time each valuation was performed. The valuation models employed both observable and objective inputs, such as market data, as well as inputs which were more subjective, such as assumptions used in preparing our forecasts, which were based on our best estimates at each valuation date. The assumptions underlying our forecasts were derived from the information available at the time of the respective forecasts, and were revisited regularly when new information became available. In addition to results generated from the performance of these valuations, additional factors such as a marketability and liquidity discount, were factored into the final determination of the fair value of our shares. A marketability discount of 20% was used in the October 2010 valuation, and a marketability discount of 11% was used in the March 2011 valuation. The below table details the grant prices and grant totals for stock option grants issued since October 2010:

 

Grant Date

   Number
of options
granted
     Estimated
share value
used for fair
value calculation
     Fair value
of options
at grant date
     Option
exercise price
 

10/25/2010

     3,521,262       $ 2.19       $ 1.20       $ 2.63   

12/01/2010

     81,905       $ 2.19       $ 1.22       $ 2.63   

03/25/2011

     3,501,905       $ 6.05       $ 4.05       $ 5.00   

08/11/2011

     3,055,952       $ 12.12       $ 6.90       $ 12.12   

The fair value of the shares underlying the March 2011 grants used a multiple on earnings that was consistent with our peers at that time, as adjusted for the Company’s business plan. Inherent in the fair value calculation was the Company’s assessment of certain risks embedded in the business plan for Fiscal 2011 and thereafter, including: rapid revenue and earnings growth; roll out of our retail stores to lower productivity malls where our format had not been proven; our European expansion plans; and, our Japanese launch plans.

 

56


Table of Contents

Subsequent to March 2011, the Company successfully implemented many aspects of its business plan and launched an effort to sell a portion of the Company through a private placement. In July 2011, the Company completed the private placement. The fair value of the shares underlying the August 2011 grants used the private placement valuation, which was based on a multiple applied to the forecasted Fiscal 2012 earnings. An increase in the multiple on earnings, as well as an increase in forecasted earnings from the March 2011 valuation to the July 2011 valuation resulted in the increase in the fair value of the shares from $6.05 to $12.12.

Based upon an estimated offering price of $18.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the outstanding vested and unvested options would have an intrinsic value of $286.7 million.

Income Taxes

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect temporary differences between the tax basis and financial reporting basis of our assets and liabilities and are determined using the tax rates and laws in effect for the periods in which the differences are expected to reverse. We periodically assess the realizability of deferred tax assets and the adequacy of deferred tax liabilities, based on the results of local, state, federal or foreign statutory tax audits or our own estimates and judgments.

Realization of deferred tax assets associated with net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards is dependent upon generating sufficient taxable income prior to their expiration in the applicable tax jurisdiction. We periodically review the recoverability of our deferred tax assets and provide valuation allowances as deemed necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to amounts that more-likely-than-not will be realized. This determination involves considerable judgment and our management considers many factors when assessing the likelihood of future realization of deferred tax assets, including recent earnings results within various taxing jurisdictions, expectations of future taxable income, the carryforward periods remaining and other factors. Changes in the required valuation allowance are recorded in income in the period such determination is made. Deferred tax assets could be reduced in the future if our estimates of taxable income during the carryforward period are significantly reduced or alternative tax strategies are no longer viable.

We recognize the impact of an uncertain income tax position taken on our income tax returns at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority. The effect of an uncertain income tax position will not be taken into account if the position has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Our tax positions are analyzed periodically (at least quarterly) and adjustments are made as events occur that warrant adjustments for those positions. We record interest expense and penalties payable to relevant tax authorities as income tax expense.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

We have considered all new accounting pronouncements and have concluded that there are no new pronouncements that have a material impact on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows based on current information.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to certain market risks during the normal course of our business, such as risk arising from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, as well as fluctuations in interest rates. In attempts to manage these risks, we employ certain strategies to mitigate the effect of these fluctuations. Currently we enter into foreign currency forward contracts to manage our foreign currency exposure to the fluctuations of certain foreign currencies. The use of these instruments helps to manage our exposure to our foreign purchase commitments and better control our product costs. Other than these purchase commitments, we do not use these foreign exchange contracts for any other purposes. In addition, we do not use derivatives for speculative purposes.

 

57


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

We are exposed to risks on certain purchase commitments to foreign suppliers based on the value of the functional currency relative to the local currency of the supplier on the date of the commitment. As such, we enter into forward currency contracts that generally mature in 18 months or less and are consistent with the related purchase commitments. These contracts are recorded at fair value in our consolidated balance sheets as either an asset or liability. Although these are derivative contracts to hedge cash flow risks, we do not designate these contracts as hedges for accounting purposes. Accordingly, the changes in the fair value of these contracts at the balance sheet date and upon maturity (settlement) are recorded in our cost of sales or operating expenses, in our consolidated statement of operations, as applicable to the transactions for which the forward exchange contracts were established.

We perform a sensitivity analysis to determine the effects of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. For this sensitivity analysis, we assume a hypothetical change in foreign exchange rates against the U.S. dollar. Based on all foreign currency exchange contracts outstanding as of October 1, 2011, a 10% devaluation of the U.S. dollar compared to the level of foreign currency exchange rates for currencies under contract as of October 1, 2011 would result in approximately $3.3 million of net unrealized foreign currency loss. Conversely, a 10% appreciation of the U.S. dollar would result in approximately $5.6 million of net unrealized gains.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk in relation to our Credit Facility, the balance of which was $16.2 million at October 1, 2011. Our Credit Facility carries interest rates that are tied to LIBOR and the prime rate, and therefore our statements of operations and cash flows are exposed to changes in interest rates. A one percentage point increase in either the prime rate or LIBOR would cause an increase to the interest expense on our Credit Facility of approximately $0.2 million. The balance of our Credit Facility at October 1, 2011 is not indicative of future balances that may be subject to fluctuations in interest rates.

 

58


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are a rapidly growing global luxury lifestyle brand led by a world-class management team and a renowned, award-winning designer. Since launching his namesake brand 30 years ago, Michael Kors has featured distinctive designs, materials and craftsmanship with a jet-set aesthetic that combines stylish elegance and a sporty attitude. Mr. Kors’ vision has taken the Company from its beginnings as an American luxury sportswear house to a global accessories, footwear and apparel company with a presence in 74 countries. As a highly recognized luxury lifestyle brand in North America with accelerating awareness in targeted international markets, we have experienced exceptional sales momentum and have a clear trajectory for significant future growth. Over the years, we have successfully expanded beyond apparel into accessories (including handbags, small leather goods, eyewear, jewelry and watches) and footwear, which together now account for the majority of our wholesale and retail sales. We have also expanded our distribution capabilities beyond wholesale into retail, which accounted for approximately 42.8%, 36.7% and 28.7% of our total revenue in Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009, respectively. Our total revenue was $803.3 million in Fiscal 2011 as compared to $508.1 million in Fiscal 2010, representing a 58.1% year-over-year increase. Our net income was $72.5 million in Fiscal 2011 as compared to $39.2 million in Fiscal 2010, representing a 84.7% year-over-year increase.

We operate our business in three segments—retail, wholesale and licensing—and we have a strategically controlled global distribution network focused on company-operated retail stores, leading department stores, specialty stores and select licensing partners. In Fiscal 2011, our retail segment accounted for approximately 42.8% of our total revenue. As of October 1, 2011, our retail segment included:

 

   

169 North American retail stores, including concessions; and

 

   

34 international retail stores, including concessions, in Europe and Japan.

In Fiscal 2011, our wholesale segment accounted for approximately 51.5% of our total revenue. As of October 1, 2011, our wholesale segment included:

 

   

wholesale sales through approximately 1,801 department store and specialty store doors in North America; and

 

   

wholesale sales through approximately 549 department store and specialty store doors internationally.

Our remaining revenue is generated through our licensing segment, through which we license to third parties certain production, sales and/or distribution rights. In Fiscal 2011, our licensing segment accounted for approximately 5.7% of our total revenue and consisted primarily of royalties earned on licensed products and our geographic licenses.

We offer two primary collections: the Michael Kors luxury collection and the MICHAEL Michael Kors accessible luxury collection. The Michael Kors collection establishes the aesthetic authority of our entire brand and is carried in many of our retail stores as well as in the finest luxury department stores in the world, including, among others, Bergdorf Goodman, Saks Fifth Avenue, Neiman Marcus, Holt Renfrew, Harrods, Harvey Nichols, Selfridges, Le Bon Marché and Printemps. In 2004, we saw an opportunity to capitalize on the brand strength of the Michael Kors collection and address the significant demand opportunity in accessible luxury goods, and we introduced the MICHAEL Michael Kors collection, which has a strong focus on accessories, in addition to offering footwear and apparel. The MICHAEL Michael Kors collection is carried in all of our lifestyle stores as well as leading department stores throughout the world, including, among others, Bloomingdale’s, Nordstrom, Macy’s, Harrod’s, Harvey Nichols, Selfridges, Printemps, Lotte, Hyundai, Isetan and Lane Crawford. Taken together, our two primary collections target a broad customer base while retaining a premium luxury image. In addition to these two primary collections, we also offer select footwear and outerwear through our KORS Michael Kors accessible luxury collection, which is not material to our net sales.

 

59


Table of Contents

Our Market Opportunity

We operate in the global luxury goods industry. According to the Altagamma Studies , total global sales of luxury goods were approximately $230.1 billion in 2010. Over the past ten years, the industry has grown and has remained resilient during economic downturns. In 2010, the industry showed a significant recovery with 13% growth and surpassed the pre-financial crisis peak of $226.1 billion set in 2007. The industry is expected to grow at a 7% CAGR from 2010 to 2014 to reach sales of between $299.3 and $305.9 billion. We believe that this growth will be driven by an improving global economy, favorable demographics and increased demand for luxury goods in emerging markets due to higher per capita income levels.

 

2010 Worldwide Luxury Goods Categories %

   2010 Worldwide Luxury Goods Geographies %
LOGO    LOGO

Source :     Altagamma Studies

According to the Altagamma Studies , in 2010, the two largest product categories in the global luxury goods industry were accessories (defined in the Altagamma Studies as handbags, wallets, other leather products, shoes and other non-leather accessories, such as jewelry and eyewear) and apparel. The accessories product category represented 25% of total luxury goods sales in 2010 and generated sales of approximately $57.5 billion. From 2005 to 2010, the accessories product category experienced higher growth than any other category in the industry, registering a 9% CAGR. Accessories were also the only product category to post positive growth during the 2007-2009 economic downturn, followed by a strong sales increase of 17% in 2010. The 2010 growth in accessories was driven by a 22% increase in leather goods sales, with sales of handbags leading the way. The apparel product category, which represented 27% of total luxury goods sales in 2010 and was estimated at approximately $62.1 billion, experienced a significant recovery as well with 12% growth in 2010.

According to the Altagamma Studies , the global luxury goods industry is concentrated on our core geographic areas of operation, the Americas and Europe, which in 2010 represented 30% and 37% of the industry’s sales, respectively. In 2010, the Americas saw strong growth of 16% in luxury goods sales, reaching a total size of approximately $69.0 billion. Europe also experienced solid 2010 growth of 10%, reaching estimated sales of approximately $85.1 billion. The United States market largely drove the 2010 recovery in luxury good sales, posting 15% growth to reach estimated sales of approximately $64.0 billion. Today, the United States remains the country with the highest luxury goods consumption and in 2010 had approximately 28% of global luxury goods sales. The Asia Pacific region (excluding Japan) represented 17% of global luxury goods sales in 2010. Between 2005 and 2010, this region captured an additional 7% share of global luxury goods sales and experienced the fastest growth with a 15% CAGR.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors:

Rapidly Growing Luxury Lifestyle Brand with Best-in-Class Growth Metrics. We believe that the Michael Kors name has become synonymous with luxurious fashion that is timeless and elegant, expressed

 

60


Table of Contents

through sophisticated accessory and ready-to-wear collections. Each of our collections exemplifies the jet-set lifestyle and features high quality designs, materials and craftsmanship. Some of the most widely recognized global trendsetters—including celebrities such as Angelina Jolie, Heidi Klum, Blake Lively, Penelope Cruz, Gwyneth Paltrow and Catherine Zeta-Jones—walk the red carpet in our collections. We have built a solid foundation for continued long-term global growth and currently enjoy best-in-class growth metrics. For instance:

 

   

we experienced year-over-year total revenue growth of 58.1% and 28.0% in Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively;

 

   

our global comparable store sales increased 48.2%, 19.2% and 6.3% in Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009, respectively, and we have had positive comparable store sales growth in every quarter in the last five fiscal years; and

 

   

our global retail store count grew from 48 at the beginning of Fiscal 2009 to 166 through the end of Fiscal 2011, representing a 51.2% CAGR.

Design Vision Led by World-Renowned, Award-Winning Designer . Michael Kors, a world-renowned designer, personally leads our experienced design team. Mr. Kors and his team are responsible for conceptualizing and directing the design of all of our products, and their design leadership is a unique advantage that we possess. Mr. Kors has received a number of awards, including the CFDA Women’s Fashion Designer of the Year (1999), the CFDA Men’s Fashion Designer of the Year (2003), the ACE Accessory Designer of the Year (2006) and the CFDA Lifetime Achievement Award (2010). These and other awards recognize the contribution Mr. Kors and his team have made to the fashion industry and our Company. Our brand image has been further enhanced since 2004 by Mr. Kors’ position as a judge on the six-time Emmy-nominated reality show Project Runway .

Poised to Take Share in the Growing Global Accessories Product Category . According to the Altagamma Studies , from 2005 to 2010, the accessories product category was the fastest growing product category in the global luxury goods industry, increasing at a 9% CAGR, and in 2010 the accessories product category generated sales of approximately $57.5 billion, representing 25% of total luxury goods sales. In 2004, we saw the opportunity to capitalize on growing accessories demand by leveraging the strength of the Michael Kors luxury collection, and we introduced the accessible luxury MICHAEL Michael Kors collection. Since launching the MICHAEL Michael Kors collection, awareness of our brand within the United States has grown exponentially, increasing from 11% in 2004 to 71% in 2011, according to a study we commissioned. In turn, our sales of accessories have grown at an approximately 57.6% CAGR over the last three years, outperforming industry growth. Net sales of accessories and related merchandise (including handbags, small leather goods, footwear, watches, jewelry, eyewear and fragrance) in our retail and wholesale segments accounted for approximately 62.3% of our total revenue in Fiscal 2011. We anticipate that sales of our accessories and related merchandise will continue to grow and will become an increasingly important driver of global comparable store sales growth.

Proven Multi-Format Retail Segment with Significant Growth Opportunity . In Fiscal 2011, our retail segment reported total revenue of $344.2 million and an industry-best 48.2% increase in year-over-year comparable store sales from Fiscal 2010. Within our retail segment we have three primary retail store formats: collection stores, lifestyle stores and outlet stores. Our collection stores are located in some of the world’s most prestigious shopping areas, such as Madison Avenue in New York and Bond Street in London, and are generally 3,100 square feet in size. Our lifestyle stores are located in some of the world’s most frequented metropolitan shopping locations and leading regional shopping centers, and are generally 2,100 square feet in size. We also extend our reach to additional consumer groups through our outlet stores, which are generally 2,700 square feet in size. In addition to these three retail store formats, we operate concessions in a select number of department stores in North America and internationally.

Strong Relationships with Premier Wholesale Customers . We partner with leading wholesale customers, such as Bergdorf Goodman, Saks Fifth Avenue, Neiman Marcus, Holt Renfrew, Bloomingdale’s, Nordstrom and Macy’s in North America; and Harrods, Harvey Nichols, Selfridges and Galeries Lafayette in Europe. These

 

61


Table of Contents

relationships enable us to access large numbers of our key consumers in a targeted manner. In addition, we are engaged in wholesale growth initiatives that are designed to transform the Michael Kors displays at select department stores into branded shop-in-shops. By installing customized freestanding fixtures, wall casings and components, decorative items and flooring, as well as deploying specially trained staff, we believe that our shop-in-shops provide department store consumers with a more personalized shopping experience than traditional retail department store configurations. These initiatives, among others, have helped increase total revenue for our wholesale segment from $296.9 million in Fiscal 2010 to $413.6 million in Fiscal 2011, representing a 39.3% year-over-year increase.

Growing Licensing Segment . The strength of our global brand has been instrumental in helping us build our licensing business. We collaborate with a select number of product licensees who produce and sell what we believe are products requiring specialized expertise that are enhanced by our brand strength. Our relationship with Fossil, for instance, has helped us create a line of watches that we believe have become, and will continue to be, status items for young fashion-conscious consumers. Other product licensees include, among others, Estée Lauder for fragrances and Marchon for eyewear. Our relationships with our product licensees have helped us leverage our success across demographics and categories by taking advantage of their unique expertise, resulting in total revenue for licensed products increasing from $24.6 million in Fiscal 2010 to $45.5 million in Fiscal 2011, representing a 84.8% year-over-year increase. In addition, we have entered into agreements with non-manufacturing licensees who we believe have particular expertise in the distribution of fashion accessories, footwear and apparel in specific geographic territories, such as Korea, the Philippines, Singapore, Malaysia, greater China, the Middle East and Turkey.

Proven and Experienced Management Team . Our senior management team has extensive experience across a broad range of disciplines in the retail industry, including design, sales, marketing, public relations, merchandising, real estate, supply chain and finance. With an average of 25 years of experience in the retail industry, including at a number of public companies, and an average of eight years with Michael Kors, our senior management team has strong creative and operational experience and a successful track record. This extensive experience extends beyond our senior management team and deep into our organization. For example, we have a 50-person design team, the senior staff of which has an average of 19 years of experience in the industry.

Our Growth Strategy

Our goal is to increase our revenue and profits and strengthen our global brand. Our growth strategy includes the following:

Increase Our Brand Awareness . We intend to continue increasing brand awareness and customer loyalty in North America and internationally in a number of ways, including by:

 

   

continuing to open new retail stores in preeminent, high-visibility locations;

 

   

maintaining our strong advertising position in global fashion publications, growing our online advertising exposure and internet presence and continuing to distribute our store catalog featuring our new collections;

 

   

holding our semi-annual runway shows that reinforce Mr. Kors’ designer status and high-fashion image, creating excitement around the Michael Kors and MICHAEL Michael Kors collections and generating global multimedia press coverage; and

 

   

leveraging Mr. Kors’ global prestige and popularity through a variety of press activities and personal appearances.

Expand Our Retail Store Base in North America . We expanded our retail store base in North America by 30 stores in Fiscal 2010 and by 40 stores in Fiscal 2011. We believe that there is significant opportunity to continue expanding our retail store base in North America and to increase our North American retail store base to

 

62


Table of Contents

approximately 400 locations in the long term. We will look to open new stores predominately in high traffic areas of street and mall locations in high-income demographic areas and will adhere to our already successful retail store formats, which we believe reinforce our brand image and generate strong sales per square foot.

Expand North American Shop-in-Shop Footprint at Select Department Stores . In Fiscal 2011, we achieved a 33.7% year-over-year increase in our North American wholesale sales through substantially the same number of department store wholesale doors, primarily due to an increase in shop-in-shops. We believe that our proprietary shop-in-shop fixtures effectively communicate our brand image within the department store, enhance the presentation of our merchandise and create a more personalized shopping experience for department store customers. We plan to grow our North American shop-in-shop footprint at select department stores by continuing to convert existing wholesale door space into shop-in-shops and expanding the size of existing shop-in-shops.

Increase Global Comparable Store Sales . In Fiscal 2011, we reported a 48.2% year-over-year increase in global comparable store sales. We expect to continue to increase global comparable store sales with a number of initiatives already under way to increase the size and frequency of purchases by our existing customers and to attract new customers. Such initiatives include, among others, increasing the size of existing stores, creating compelling store environments and offering new products, including logo products, small leather goods, active footwear and fashion jewelry.

Grow International Retail and Wholesale Businesses . Given the growing worldwide demand for accessible luxury goods, continued international expansion in select regions represents a compelling opportunity for additional growth. As of October 1, 2011, we operated 34 retail stores, including concessions, internationally, and our products are sold through approximately 549 department store and specialty store wholesale doors internationally. We plan to leverage our existing operations in London, Lugano, Madrid, Milan, Munich, Paris and Tokyo to drive continued retail and wholesale expansion in Europe and Japan. In the long term, we believe that we can increase our international retail store base, including concessions, to approximately 100 locations in Europe and approximately 100 locations in Japan. In addition, we plan to expand our shop-in-shop footprint at select department stores throughout Europe and our concession footprint at select department stores in Japan.

Our Collections and Products

We offer two primary collections: the Michael Kors luxury collection and the MICHAEL Michael Kors accessible luxury collection. In addition to these two primary collections, we also offer select footwear and outerwear through our KORS Michael Kors accessible luxury collection, which is not material to our net sales. We believe consumers associate our collections with a jet-set aesthetic that infuses stylish elegance and a sporty attitude into any lifestyle. Taken together, our collections target a broad customer base while retaining a premium luxury image.

Since 1981, we have consistently developed our distinctive brand image across an expanding number of products, price tiers and geographic markets. Our products are widely recognized and feature high quality designs, materials and craftsmanship. Our superior quality and design across our product lines allow us to maintain premium price points that encourage repeat purchases among our growing customer base.

The Michael Kors Collection

The Michael Kors collection was first introduced in 1981 and reflects the pinnacle of luxury. This collection establishes the aesthetic authority of our entire brand and serves as the cornerstone of Michael Kors’ semi-annual runway shows. The Michael Kors collection is carried in many of our retail stores as well as the finest luxury department stores in the world, including, among others, Bergdorf Goodman, Saks Fifth Avenue, Neiman Marcus, Holt Renfrew, Harrods, Harvey Nichols, Selfridges, Le Bon Marché and Printemps.

In the Michael Kors collection we offer accessories, including handbags and small leather goods, many of which are made from high quality leathers and other exotic skins, footwear and apparel, including ready-to-wear

 

63


Table of Contents

womenswear and menswear. Generally, our handbags and small leather goods retail from $500 to $6,000, our footwear retails from $500 to $1,300 and our women’s apparel retails from $400 to $4,000.

The MICHAEL Michael Kors Collection

The MICHAEL Michael Kors collection was first introduced in 2004 when we identified the opportunity to capitalize on the brand strength of the Michael Kors collection to meet the significant demand for accessible luxury goods. The MICHAEL Michael Kors collection has a strong focus on accessories, in addition to offering footwear and apparel, and is positioned to appeal to a younger demographic. Since the introduction of this collection, awareness of our brand within the United States has increased exponentially, increasing from 11% in 2004 to 71% in 2011, according to a study we commissioned. Our MICHAEL Michael Kors collection is carried in all of our lifestyle stores as well as leading department stores throughout the world, including, among others, Bloomingdale’s, Nordstrom, Macy’s, Harrod’s, Harvey Nichols, Selfridges, Printemps, Lotte, Hyundai, Isetan and Lane Crawford.

In the MICHAEL Michael Kors collection, we offer: accessories, primarily handbags, which are created to meet the fashion and functional requirements of our broad and diverse consumer base, and small leather goods, such as clutches, wallets, wristlets and cosmetic cases; footwear, exclusively in women’s styles; and womenswear, including dresses, tops, jeans, pants, skirts, shorts and outerwear. Generally, our handbags retail from $200 to $800, our small leather goods retail from $45 to $200, our footwear retails from $70 to $500 and our women’s apparel retails from $50 to $500.

Our Licensed Products

Watches . Fossil has been our exclusive watch licensee since April 2004. We believe our watches are a “must-have” item among young fashion consumers and present an opportunity to build brand loyalty globally with younger consumers. Watches are sold in our retail stores and by our licensing partner to wholesale customers in addition to select watch retailers. Generally, our watches retail for between $150 and $500.

Eyewear . Marchon has been our exclusive eyewear licensee since January 2004. Marchon has developed what we believe is a distinctive product assortment of eyewear inspired by our collections. Our eyewear products are focused on status eyewear with sunglasses serving as a key category. Eyewear is sold in our retail stores and by our licensing partner to wholesale customers in addition to select sunglass retailers and prescription eyewear providers. Generally, our eyewear retails for between $85 and $285.

Jewelry . Fossil has been our exclusive fashion jewelry licensee since December 2010. Our jewelry product line is complementary to our watches and accessories lines and is comprised of bracelets, necklaces, rings and earrings. Our jewelry is sold in our retail stores and by our licensing partner to wholesale customers in addition to other specialty stores. Generally, our jewelry retails for between $45 and $400.

Fragrances . Estée Lauder has been our exclusive women’s and men’s fragrance licensee since May 2003. Fragrances are sold in our retail stores and by our licensing partner to wholesale customers in addition to select fragrance retailers. Generally, our fragrances retail for between $20 and $115.

Design and Merchandising

Michael Kors personally leads an experienced, New York-based design team, which is responsible for conceptualizing and directing the design of all of our products. Mr. Kors and his design team have access to our extensive archives of product designs created over the past 30 years, which are a valuable resource for new product concepts. Our designers are also supported by a strong merchandising team that analyzes sales, market trends and consumer preferences to identify business opportunities that help guide each season’s design process. In addition, merchandisers streamline our entire product line by editing, adding and deleting styles with the

 

64


Table of Contents

objective of maximizing profitable sales across our segments. Having one centralized, internal design and merchandising group helps us execute well-defined design concepts that are consistent with the strategic direction of our brand.

Our store design and point-of-sale merchandising group creates and oversees implementation of our store environments. From our retail stores to our shop-in-shop locations in major department stores, we work to ensure the consistent communication of the Michael Kors jet-set lifestyle image. Our retail stores and department store locations feature upscale and sleek décor with iconic references to the Michael Kors brand that provide a modern backdrop to our contemporary merchandise and establish the sporty, luxurious ambience that embodies the message of the Michael Kors label worldwide.

Our merchandising team works in close collaboration with our licensing partners to ensure that our licensed products, such as watches, jewelry, eyewear and fragrances, are conceptualized and designed to address the intended market opportunity and convey the distinctive perspective and lifestyle associated with our brand. While our licensing partners employ their own designers, we collaborate throughout the design process and approve the design of all licensed products. Licensed products are also subject to our quality control standards and we exercise final approval for all new licensed products prior to their sale.

Marketing, Advertising and Public Relations

Our marketing strategy is to deliver a consistent message every time the consumer comes in contact with our brand through all of our communications and visual merchandising. Our image is created and executed internally by our creative marketing, visual merchandising and public relations teams, which helps ensure the consistency of our message.

In Fiscal 2011, we recognized approximately $27.4 million in advertising expense in North America and internationally. In conjunction with promoting a consistent global image, we use our extensive customer database and consumer knowledge to target particular products and communications to certain consumers directly in an effort to foster sales efficiency. We engage in a wide range of direct marketing programs, including, among others, emails, print advertising, catalogs and brochures, in order to stimulate sales in a consumer-preferred shopping venue. As part of our direct marketing strategy, our catalogs are sent to selected households to encourage consumer purchases and to build brand awareness. In addition, the growing number of visitors to our michaelkors.com online store provides an opportunity to increase the size of our database and to communicate with consumers to increase online and physical store sales and build brand awareness. We launched michaelkors.com in 2007 in partnership with Neiman Marcus. We sell merchandise to Neiman Marcus at wholesale, which is subsequently resold by Neiman Marcus through michaelkors.com . Neiman Marcus receives all of the proceeds from these online sales.

Our experienced public relations team engages in a wide variety of press activities internationally. Our semi-annual fashion shows serve to reinforce Mr. Kors’ designer status and high fashion image, creating excitement around the Michael Kors and MICHAEL Michael Kors collections, while Mr. Kors’ many other personal appearances and press activities capitalize on his popularity to attract global multimedia coverage for our brands and businesses. In addition, some of the most widely recognized global trendsetters—including celebrities such as Angelina Jolie, Heidi Klum, Blake Lively, Penelope Cruz, Gwyneth Paltrow and Catherine Zeta-Jones—walk the red carpet in our collections. We also have a unique marketing asset in Mr. Kors himself. Mr. Kors’ involvement in the highly successful Project Runway has helped build awareness of our Honorary Chairman and Chief Creative Officer and our brand in general.

Business Segments

Retail Segment

We started in business as a wholesale vendor to department and specialty stores, but over the last five years we have developed a significant retail business. Our retail segment represented approximately 42.8% of our total

 

65


Table of Contents

revenue in Fiscal 2011. In the long term, we believe that we can increase our global retail store base to approximately 400 locations in North America, 100 locations in Europe and 100 locations in Japan.

The following table presents the number of retail stores we operated by geographic location as of October 1, 2011:

 

Location

   Number of
Full-Price Retail
Stores, Including
Concessions
     Number of
Outlet Stores
 

North America

     108         61   

Europe

     18         8   

Japan

     6         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     132         71   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Full-Price Retail Stores, Including Concessions . Our full-price retail stores, including concessions, establish, reinforce and capitalize on the image of the Michael Kors brand. Our full-price retail stores are located on prestigious streets in metropolitan areas and in upscale regional shopping centers. We operate two full-price retail store formats: collection stores and lifestyle stores. Our collection stores offer the broadest assortment of our collection apparel and accessories and are located in some of the world’s most prestigious shopping areas, such as Madison Avenue in New York and Bond Street in London. Our collection stores are generally 3,100 square feet in size. Our lifestyle stores are also located in some of the world’s most frequented metropolitan shopping locations and leading regional shopping centers, and are generally 2,100 square feet in size. Our lifestyle stores emphasize our accessories lines and items from our MICHAEL Michael Kors accessible luxury collection. We employ a proven retail concept across both formats, in addition to our outlet stores, that over the past three fiscal years has seen consistent increases in average sales per square foot and average four-wall operating income in the United States, as well as an industry-best Fiscal 2011 increase in comparable store sales of 48.2%. In addition to these two full-price retail store formats, we operate concessions in a select number of department stores in North America and internationally. We use a rigorous store selection strategy for new stores and concessions that focuses on key street and mall locations in high traffic, affluent areas. Depending on their size and location, our full-price retail stores, including concessions, present certain product lines that include accessories, footwear and apparel from both the Michael Kors collection and the MICHAEL Michael Kors collection. Our store associates are trained to maintain a high standard of visual presentation, merchandising and customer service. The result is a highly personalized sales team that represents our jet-set brand image.

Outlet Stores. We extend our reach to additional consumer groups through our outlet stores. Our outlet stores serve as an efficient means to sell products manufactured for them, as well as excess inventory, outside of our full-price retail format. Our outlet stores are located in select top outlet centers in North America, Europe and Japan.

Wholesale Segment

We began as a wholesale business, and today we sell our products through our wholesale segment to leading department stores, as well as specialty retail stores and travel shopping locations, throughout the world. This segment remains very important to our overall consumer reach, and we custom tailor our assortment through wholesale product planning and allocation processes to match the needs of our customers in different localities. We have grown our wholesale business by working closely with our wholesale customers, both domestic and international, to ensure a clear and consistent product presentation. As part of our business strategy, we continue to transform select department store locations into branded shop-in-shops, expand the size of our existing department store shop-in-shops and differentiate our in-store sales organization through proprietary jet-set intensive training.

 

66


Table of Contents

The following table presents the number of department store and specialty store wholesale doors by geographic location in which our products were sold as of October 1, 2011:

 

Location

   Number of Wholesale
Doors
 

North America

     1,801   

International

     549   
  

 

 

 

Total

     2,350   
  

 

 

 

North American Wholesale . Recognizing the continued importance of North American department and specialty stores as a distribution channel for premier accessories, footwear and apparel, we are strengthening our longstanding relationships with our key North American wholesale customers, including, among others, Bergdorf Goodman, Saks Fifth Avenue, Neiman Marcus, Holt Renfrew, Bloomingdales, Nordstrom and Macy’s. We are accomplishing this through new products and styles and our shop-in-shops renovation program. This segment offers access to Michael Kors customers who prefer shopping at department and specialty stores or who live in geographic areas that are not large enough to support one of our retail stores. Depending on the size and location of the wholesale door, we offer various products from both our Michael Kors collection and our MICHAEL Michael Kors collection.

International Wholesale . Our international business is generated substantially through our wholesale segment. We have developed relationships with select department stores, specialty retailers and travel shopping locations in Europe. We have created image enhancing environments in these locations through our shop-in-shops to increase brand appeal and stimulate growth. Some of our more significant international wholesale customers include Harrods, Harvey Nichols, Selfridges, Galeries Lafayette, Brown Thomas, Beymen, Lane Crawford and Isetan. Depending on the size and location of the wholesale door, we offer various products from both our Michael Kors collection and our MICHAEL Michael Kors collection.

Licensing Segment

We have both product and geographic licensing relationships.

Product Licensing. In our product licensing relationships we take an active role in the design process and seek to control the marketing and distribution of products under the Michael Kors brand. Our key current product licensing relationships are as follows:

 

Category

  

Licensing Partner

  

Introduction Date

  

Territory

Watches and Jewelry    Fossil   

Watches as of April 2004;

Jewelry as of December 2010

   Worldwide

Eyewear

   Marchon    January 2004    Worldwide

Fragrances

   Estée Lauder    May 2003    Worldwide

While our products made under license are sold through our retail and wholesale businesses, with our approval, our licensees have the right to distribute Michael Kors branded products selectively through several other distribution channels, such as watches in jewelry stores and eyewear through selected prescription eyewear providers. Our licensing partners pay us royalties on their sales of Michael Kors branded products and provide additional exposure of our brand while allowing us to impose restrictions aimed at controlling that exposure.

Geographic Licensing. We have entered into licensing agreements pursuant to which we have granted third parties the right to distribute and sell our products in certain geographical areas, including, among others, Korea, the Philippines, Singapore, Malaysia, the Middle East and Turkey. In addition, our operations in China, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan are conducted pursuant to similar licensing agreements that we have entered into with entities that are indirectly owned by certain of our current shareholders, including Mr. Kors, Mr. Idol and

 

67


Table of Contents

Sportswear Holdings Limited. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Michael Kors Far East Holdings Limited.” Through these license agreements, we seek to increase sales of our products to the licensees who buy their inventory from us and/or our authorized vendors, increase royalty income from our product licensees who also sell to our geographic licensees and, in some cases, generate direct royalties from geographic licensees, depending upon the nature of the business in the particular territory.

The following table details our net sales and revenue by segment and geographic location for the six months ended October 1, 2011 and October 2, 2010 and for Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009 (dollars in thousands).

 

     Six Months Ended      Fiscal Years Ended  
     October 1,
2011
     October 2,
2010
     April 2,
2011
     April 3,
2010
     March 28,
2009
 

Retail net sales - North America

   $ 234,907       $ 135,632       $ 331,714       $ 183,452       $ 114,031   

Retail net sales - Europe

     17,252         3,873         11,463         3,086         —     

Retail net sales - Japan

     3,218         134         1,018         —           —     

Wholesale net sales - North America

     237,111         173,021         386,566         289,179         262,469   

Wholesale net sales - Europe

     27,321         9,780         26,985         7,735         558   

Wholesale net sales - Other Regions

     398         —           54         —           —     

Licensing revenue - North America

     28,451         18,444         45,539         24,647         20,016   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 548,658       $ 340,884       $ 803,339       $ 508,099       $ 397,074   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Manufacturing and Sourcing

We contract for the purchase of finished goods with independent third-party manufacturing contractors, whereby the manufacturing contractor is generally responsible for the entire manufacturing process, including the purchase of piece goods and trim. Although we do not have written agreements with any of our manufacturing contractors, we believe we have mutually satisfactory relationships with them. We allocate product manufacturing among third-party agents based on their capabilities, the availability of production capacity, pricing and delivery. We have relationships with various agents who source our finished goods with numerous manufacturing contactors on our behalf. Although we do not have written agreements with any of our agents, we believe we have mutually satisfactory relationships with them. In Fiscal 2011 and 2010, one third-party agent sourced approximately 19.5% and 23.1% of our finished goods purchases, respectively. In Fiscal 2011, by dollar volume, approximately 97.0% of our products were produced in Asia and Europe. See “—Import Restrictions and Other Government Regulations” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We primarily use foreign manufacturing contractors and independent third-party agents to source our finished goods, which poses legal, regulatory, political and economic risks to our business operations.”

Manufacturing contractors and agents operate under the close supervision of our global manufacturing divisions and buying agents headquartered in North America, Europe and Asia. All garments are produced according to our specifications. Production staff in the United States monitor manufacturing at supplier facilities in order to correct problems prior to shipment of the final product. Procedures have been implemented under our vendor certification and compliance programs, so that quality assurance is focused upon as early as possible in the production process, allowing merchandise to be received at the distribution facilities and shipped to customers with minimal interruption.

Distribution

We have distribution centers in the United States, Canada, Europe and Japan. In the United States, distribution currently occurs at Company-leased warehouses in California and New Jersey. We also process distribution through a Company-leased warehouse in Canada. Two of our warehouses, one in Japan and the other in Holland, are operated through a third-party logistics provider. For further information on our Company-leased warehouses, see “—Properties.”

 

68


Table of Contents

We currently operate our California distribution from three separate warehouses totaling approximately 350,000 square feet. The leases for these three facilities expire on March 31, 2012. We have executed a lease for an approximately 500,000 square foot distribution center in Whittier, California, which we believe will allow us to significantly increase our distribution capabilities and efficiency. We took possession of the new distribution center in October 2011 and intend to complete our transition into this facility prior to the March 31, 2012 expiration of the leases for our existing California distribution facilities. As part of this transition, we will implement a new warehouse management system that will supplement our current legacy system and further support our efforts to operate with increased efficiency and flexibility. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We are dependent on a limited number of distribution facilities. If one or more of our distribution facilities becomes inoperable, our business, financial condition and operating results could be negatively affected.”

Information Technology

We believe that the use of sophisticated technology is a key aspect of our strength as a business. We utilize a state-of-the-art retail platform that integrates retail inventory management, point of sale systems, customer relationship management and loss prevention. All of our information technology systems are integrated across our global network using the latest technology. Our legacy system for production, logistics, inventory, shipping, billing and collection is a system that is widely used in the apparel and fashion industry. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—A material disruption in our information technology systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.”

Competition

We face intense competition in the product lines and markets in which we compete. Our products compete with other branded products within their product category. In our wholesale business, we compete with numerous manufacturers, importers and distributors of accessories, footwear and apparel for the limited space available for product display. Moreover, the general availability of manufacturing contractors allows new entrants easy access to the markets in which we compete, which may increase the number of our competitors and adversely affect our competitive position and our business.

In varying degrees, depending on the product category involved, we compete on the basis of style, price, customer service, quality, brand prestige and recognition, among other bases. Some of our competitors have achieved significant recognition for their brand names or have substantially greater financial, distribution, marketing and other resources than us. We believe, however, that we have significant competitive advantages because of our brand recognition and the acceptance of our brand name by consumers. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—The markets in which we operate are highly competitive, both within North America and internationally, and increased competition based on a number of factors could cause our profitability to decline.”

Seasonality

We experience certain effects of seasonality with respect to our wholesale and retail segments. Our wholesale segment experiences greater sales in our second and fourth fiscal quarters relative to our fiscal year as a result of the Fall and Spring seasons. Our retail segment experiences greater sales during our third and fourth fiscal quarters as a result of Holiday season sales. In the aggregate, however, we do not experience significant quarter-to-quarter fluctuations in our sales. Moreover, given our recent growth, the effects of any seasonality are further muted by incremental sales related to our new stores and shop-in-shops.

Intellectual Property

We own the Michael Kors and MICHAEL Michael Kors trademarks, as well as other material trademark rights related to the production, marketing and distribution of our products, both in the United States and in other

 

69


Table of Contents

countries in which our products are principally sold. We also have trademark applications pending for a variety of related logos. We aggressively police our trademarks and pursue infringers both domestically and internationally. We also pursue counterfeiters domestically and internationally through leads generated internally, as well as through our network of investigators and business partners around the world.

Pursuant to an agreement entered into by Mr. Kors in connection with the acquisition by Sportswear Holdings Limited of a majority interest in the Company in 2003, Mr. Kors (i) represented that all intellectual property rights used in connection with the Company’s business at such time were owned exclusively by the Company, (ii) assigned to the Company (to the extent not already assigned to and owned by the Company) exclusive worldwide rights in perpetuity to the “ Michael Kors ” name and trademark and all derivations thereof, as well as to Mr. Kors’ signature and likeness, and all goodwill associated therewith, (iii) agreed not to take any action against the Company inconsistent with such ownership by the Company (including, without limitation, by asserting any privacy, publicity or moral rights) and (iv) agreed not to use, whether or not he is employed by the Company, any of such intellectual property in connection with any commercial enterprise (provided that he may use the name Michael Kors as his legal name only, and not as service mark or trade name, to identify himself personally and to engage in charitable activities and other activities that do not compete with any businesses of the Company).

Employees

At the end of Fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, we had approximately 2,945, 1,645 and 1,197 total employees, respectively. As of April 2, 2011, approximately 2,321 of our employees were engaged in retail selling and administrative positions, and our remaining employees were engaged in other aspects of our business. None of our employees are currently covered by collective bargaining agreements and we believe that our relations with our employees are good.

Import Restrictions and Other Government Regulations

Virtually all of our merchandise imported into the United States, Canada, Europe and Asia is subject to duties. In addition, most of the countries to which we ship could impose safeguard quotas to protect their local industries from import surges that threaten to create market disruption. The United States and other countries may also unilaterally impose additional duties in response to a particular product being imported at unfairly traded prices that, in such increased quantities, cause or threaten injury to the relevant domestic industry (generally known as “anti-dumping” actions). If dumping is suspected in the United States, the United States government may self-initiate a dumping case on behalf of a particular industry. Furthermore, additional duties, generally known as countervailing duties, can also be imposed by the United States government to offset subsidies provided by a foreign government to foreign manufacturers if the importation of such subsidized merchandise injures or threatens to injure a United States industry. We are also subject to other international trade agreements and regulations, such as the North American Free Trade Agreement. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We primarily use foreign manufacturing contractors and independent third-party agents to source our finished goods, which poses legal, regulatory, political and economic risks to our business operations.”

Accessories, footwear and apparel sold by us are also subject to regulation in the United States and other countries by governmental agencies, including, in the United States, the Federal Trade Commission and the Consumer Products Safety Commission. These regulations relate principally to product labeling, licensing requirements, flammability testing and product safety. We are also subject to environmental laws, rules and regulations. We do not estimate any significant capital expenditures for environmental control matters either in the current fiscal year or in the near future. Our licensed products and licensing partners are also subject to regulation. Our agreements require our licensing partners to operate in compliance with all laws and regulations, and we are not aware of any violations that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business or operating results.

 

70


Table of Contents

Although we have not suffered any material restriction from doing business in desirable markets in the past, we cannot assure that significant impediments will not arise in the future as we expand product offerings and introduce additional trademarks to new markets.

Legal Proceedings

We are involved in various routine legal proceedings incident to the ordinary course of our business. We believe that the outcome of all pending legal proceedings in the aggregate will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

Properties

The following table sets forth the location, use and size of our significant distribution and corporate facilities as of October 1, 2011, all of which are leased. The leases expire at various times through Fiscal 2028, subject to renewal options.

 

Location

  

Use

   Approximate Square
Footage
 

Whittier, CA (1 )

   Distribution      513,375   

Compton, CA (1 )

   Distribution      346,642   

New York, NY

   Corporate Offices      100,484   

Montreal, Quebec

   Canadian Corporate Office and Distribution      67,238   

East Rutherford, NJ

   Corporate Offices      31,000   

Secaucus, NJ

   Corporate Offices and Distribution      22,760   

Secaucus, NJ

   Corporate Offices      15,329   

 

(1)

We currently operate our California distribution from facilities in Compton, CA. The leases for these facilities expire on March 31, 2012. We have executed a lease for a distribution center in Whittier, CA, which we believe will allow us to significantly increase our distribution capabilities and efficiency. We took possession and began transitioning to the new distribution center in October 2011 and intend to complete the transition prior to the March 31, 2012 expiration of the leases for our facilities in Compton, CA.

As of October 1, 2011, we also occupied 184 leased retail stores worldwide (excluding concessions). We consider our properties to be in good condition generally and believe that our facilities are adequate for our operations and provide sufficient capacity to meet our anticipated requirements.

 

71


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table lists each of our executive officers and directors and their respective ages and positions as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Michael Kors

   52    Honorary Chairman, Chief Creative Officer and Director

John D. Idol

   53    Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Joseph B. Parsons

   58    Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer

Lee S. Sporn

   52    Senior Vice President of Business Affairs and General Counsel

Silas K. F. Chou

   65    Director

Lawrence S. Stroll

   52    Director

M. William Benedetto

   70    Director

Stephen F. Reitman

   64    Director

Set forth below is a brief biography of each of our executive officers and directors.

Michael Kors is Chief Creative Officer, Honorary Chairman and a director of the Company. Mr. Kors studied fashion design at the Fashion Institute of Technology in Manhattan and in 1981 created what has become an enduring and iconic luxury lifestyle empire with a distinctive point of view and global reach. He held his first runway show in 1984 for the Michael Kors fall collection and he has successfully built our Company into a global luxury lifestyle brand. Mr. Kors has been the recipient of numerous industry awards including the CFDA Womenswear Designer of the Year in 1999 and Menswear Designer of the Year in 2003. Amongst his other accolades, Mr. Kors has also been awarded The Accessories Council ACE Award for Designer of the Year in 2006 and Fashion Group International’s Star Honoree at its annual Night of Stars Awards in 2009. In 2010, the CFDA acknowledged Mr. Kors with their most prestigious honor, the Lifetime Achievement Award. He also received the Award of Courage from the American Foundation for AIDS Research (amfAR) in 2011. In addition to all of these accomplishments, from 1998 to 2004 Mr. Kors also served as creative director of Celine, the renowned French luxury brand. Mr. Kors has also been a judge on the Emmy-nominated reality show Project Runway since 2004.

John D. Idol has been the Chairman of Michael Kors since September 2011 and the Chief Executive Officer and a director since December 2003. Previously, from July 2001 until July 2003, Mr. Idol served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and a director of Kasper ASL, Ltd., whose lines included the Anne Klein brand. Prior to that, from July 1997 until July 2001, Mr. Idol served as Chief Executive Officer and a director of Donna Karan International Inc. Prior thereto, from 1994 until 1997, Mr. Idol served as Ralph Lauren’s Group President and Chief Operating Officer of Product Licensing, Home Collection and Men’s Collection.

Joseph B. Parsons is the Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of Michael Kors and has been with the Company since January 2004. Previously, from March 2002 until December 2003, Mr. Parsons served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Kasper ASL, Ltd. Prior to that, until October 2001, Mr. Parsons served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Donna Karan International Inc., where he had been employed in various roles since 1993. Prior thereto, Mr. Parsons served as Assistant Controller for Crystal Brands, Inc. from 1989 to 1993. Previously, from 1979 to 1989, Mr. Parsons worked at KPMG, where he began his career.

 

72


Table of Contents

Lee S. Sporn has been the Senior Vice President of Business Affairs and General Counsel of Michael Kors since December 2003. Previously, from September 2001 until December 2003, Mr. Sporn served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Kasper ASL, Ltd. Prior to that, until September 2001, Mr. Sporn served as Vice President of Intellectual Property and Associate General Counsel of Polo Ralph Lauren Corp., where he had been employed in various roles since 1990.

Silas K. F. Chou is Co-Chairman of Sportswear Holdings Limited, a global private equity company established in 1989 by Mr. Chou and Mr. Lawrence Stroll. Since its founding, Sportswear Holdings has acquired and successfully developed several global lifestyle brands, including Tommy Hilfiger, Pepe Jeans and Michael Kors. Sportswear Holdings’ current holdings include interests in Michael Kors, Michael Kors Far East, Tommy Hilfiger Asia, Karl Lagerfeld, Pepe Jeans and Hackett. Prior to forming Sportswear Holdings, Mr. Chou and Mr. Stroll owned and operated Poloco S.A., the European licensee for Polo Ralph Lauren apparel. Mr. Chou is also Chief Executive Officer of Novel Holdings, a Hong Kong based group that includes South Ocean Knitters, one of the world’s leading textile and apparel manufacturers, as well as a diversified investment business with dedicated investment teams focused on Asian real estate and global private equity, technology and life sciences. Mr. Chou is also Executive Chairman of Iconix China, a joint venture between Iconix Brand Group, Inc. (NYSE: ICON) and Novel Fashion, an affiliate of Mr. Chou, focused on developing Iconix’s portfolio of leading apparel and home goods brands in greater China. Mr. Chou has served as a director of Michael Kors since January 2003 and was its Co-Chairman from January 2003 to September 2011. Prior thereto, Mr. Chou was a director of Tommy Hilfiger Corporation, and he served as its Chairman and then Co-Chairman, from 1989 to 2002.

Lawrence S. Stroll is Co-Chairman of Sportswear Holdings Limited, a global private equity company established in 1989 by Mr. Stroll and Mr. Silas Chou. Since its founding, Sportswear Holdings has acquired and successfully developed several global lifestyle brands, including Tommy Hilfiger, Pepe Jeans and Michael Kors. Sportswear Holdings’ current holdings include interests in Michael Kors, Michael Kors Far East, Tommy Hilfiger Asia, Karl Lagerfeld, Pepe Jeans and Hackett. Prior to forming Sportswear Holdings, Mr. Stroll and Mr. Chou owned and operated Poloco S.A., the European licensee for Polo Ralph Lauren apparel, for which Mr. Stroll served as Chief Executive Officer. From April 2007 until September 2011, Mr. Stroll served as the Co-Chairman of Hackett Ltd. Mr. Stroll has also served as a director of Michael Kors since January 2003 and was its Co-Chairman from January 2003 to September 2011. Prior thereto, Mr. Stroll served as Co-Chairman of Tommy Hilfiger Corporation from 1998 to 2002 and as a director from 1992 to 2002, as well as Chief Executive Officer of Pepe Jeans London Corporation from 1993 to 1998. Mr. Stroll’s legal name is Lawrence S. Strulovitch.

M. William Benedetto has been a director of the Company since December 2011. Mr. Benedetto is a co-founder and chairman emeritus of The Benedetto Gartland Group, a boutique investment bank founded in 1988 that specializes in raising equity capital for private equity firms and providing other investment banking services. From 1983 to 1988, Mr. Benedetto served as executive vice president, director and manager of Dean Witter Reynolds, Inc.’s Investment Banking Division, and previously Mr. Benedetto served as an executive in the financial services industry since 1978. From 1980 to 1983, Mr. Benedetto served as head of corporate finance for Warburg, Paribas Becker. Mr. Benedetto was lead director of Donna Karan International from 1996 to 2001 and chaired its audit and compensation committees. Mr. Benedetto was a member of the board of directors of Georgetown University, and was chairman of its board of regents until June 30, 2010, is a director of FidelisCare, a healthcare insurance company.

Stephen F. Reitman has been a director of the Company since December 2011. Mr. Reitman has served on the board of directors of Reitmans (Canada) Limited, a specialty ladies’ wear retailer based in Canada, since 1984. From 1984 until June 2010, Mr. Reitman served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Reitmans (Canada) Limited, and in June 2010 he was appointed President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Reitman also currently serves on the board of directors of Celio International S.A., a privately-held European apparel retailer, and Simone Perele Canada Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of Simone Perele S.A. Mr. Reitman received his MBA from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania in 1971.

 

73


Table of Contents

Controlled Company and Foreign Private Issuer Exemption

We have been authorized to list our ordinary shares on the NYSE. For purposes of the NYSE rules, we expect to be a “controlled company.” “Controlled companies” under those rules are companies of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, a group or another company. Our Principal Shareholders will continue to control more than 50% of the voting power of our ordinary shares upon completion of this offering and will be able to nominate a majority of directors for election to our board of directors. Accordingly, we are eligible to, and we intend to, take advantage of certain exemptions from NYSE governance requirements provided in the NYSE rules. Specifically, as a controlled company under NYSE rules, we are not required to have a majority of independent directors or a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors. We are also not required to have a nominating and corporate governance committee. The controlled company exemption does not modify the independence requirements for the audit committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the NYSE rules, which require that our audit committee be composed of three independent directors. However, under the NYSE rules, we are permitted to phase in our independent audit committee by requiring one independent member at the time of listing, a majority of independent members within 90 days of listing and a fully independent committee within one year of listing. Upon the completion of this offering, Messrs. Benedetto, Reitman and Idol will serve on our audit committee. Messrs. Benedetto and Reitman satisfy the “independence” requirements of the NYSE rules and the “independence” requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. Within one year of the completion of this offering, we intend to add an additional member to our board of directors who satisfies the “independence” requirements of the NYSE rules and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and who will replace Mr. Idol on our audit committee so that we will have a fully independent audit committee.

In addition, for so long as we remain a foreign private issuer, the NYSE rules are considerably different from those applied to U.S. companies. Under the NYSE rules, we only need to: (i) establish an independent audit committee as described above that has specified responsibilities; (ii) provide prompt certification by our chief executive officer of any material noncompliance with any corporate governance rules of the NYSE; (iii) provide periodic (annual and interim) written affirmations to the NYSE with respect to our corporate governance practices; and (iv) provide a brief description of significant differences between our corporate governance practices and those followed by U.S. companies.

Board Composition and Election of Directors

Our board of directors will consist of six members at the time of the consummation of this offering. Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provides that our board of directors must be composed of between one and twelve members. The number of directors is determined from time to time by resolution of directors. Mr. Idol serves as the Chairman of our board of directors. He has primary responsibility for providing leadership and guidance to our board and for managing the affairs of our board. We have appointed Mr. Kors as the Honorary Chairman of our board because he is our founder and the namesake behind our brand. Mr. Kors participates in board meetings and deliberations in his capacity as a director.

Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes as described below. Pursuant to our Memorandum and Articles of Association, our directors are appointed at the annual meeting of shareholders for a period of three years, with each director serving until the third annual meeting of shareholders following their election (except that the initial Class I and Class II directors will serve until the first annual meeting and second annual meeting of shareholders, respectively). Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of shareholders in the year of such expiration. Messrs. Benedetto and Reitman will initially serve as Class I directors for a term expiring in 2012. Messrs. Kors and Stroll will initially serve as Class II directors for a term expiring in 2013. Messrs. Idol and Chou will initially serve as Class III directors for a term expiring in 2014. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of our directors. Mr. Idol serves as the Chairman of our board of directors. For additional information regarding our board of directors, see “Description of Share Capital—Board of Directors.”

 

74


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have two standing committees: an audit committee and a compensation committee.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee will consist of three directors: Messrs. Benedetto, Reitman and Idol. Messrs. Benedetto and Reitman satisfy the “independence” requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, and Mr. Benedetto qualifies as an audit committee financial expert under the rules of the SEC implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We intend to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the NYSE rules applicable to foreign private issuers and controlled companies, which require that the audit committee consist solely of directors who satisfy the “independence” requirements of the NYSE rules and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act within the time periods set forth in the NYSE rules. Under the NYSE rules, we are permitted to phase in our independent audit committee by requiring one independent member at the time of listing, a majority of independent members within 90 days of listing and a fully independent committee within one year of listing. As such, within one year of the completion of this offering, we intend to add an additional independent member to our board of directors who will replace Mr. Idol as a member of our audit committee.

Our audit committee will recommend to the board of directors the appointment of our independent auditors, review and approve the scope of the annual audits of our financial statements, review our internal control over financial reporting, review and approve any non-audit services performed by the independent auditors, review the findings and recommendations of the internal and independent auditors and periodically review major accounting policies.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee (the “Compensation Committee”) will consist of three directors: Messrs. Benedetto, Reitman and Idol. We intend to comply with the rules of the NYSE applicable to foreign private issuers and controlled companies, which do not require that the Compensation Committee be comprised entirely of independent directors. The scope of our Compensation Committee’s duties will include determining the compensation of our executive officers and other key management personnel. The Compensation Committee will also approve, allocate and administer our stock incentive plans, review performance appraisal criteria and set standards for and decide on all employee equity-based award allocations when directed to do so by our board of directors.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and all other employees.

Compensation of Executive Officers and Directors

This section sets forth (i) the compensation and benefits provided to our executive officers and directors for Fiscal 2011, (ii) a brief description of the bonus programs in which our executive officers participated in Fiscal 2011, (iii) the total amounts set aside in Fiscal 2011 for pension, retirement and similar benefits for our executive officers, (iv) the number, exercise price and expiration date of stock option grants made during Fiscal 2011, (v) our approach to stock option grants for employees prior to our initial public offering and (vi) our approach to equity compensation following the completion of this offering under the Equity Plan, including a summary of the material terms of the Equity Plan.

 

75


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation

Executive Officer Compensation and Benefits for Fiscal 2011

For Fiscal 2011, our executive officers received total compensation, including base salary, bonus, matching contributions to the executive officer’s account under our 401(k) plan and certain perquisites, equal to $15.2 million in the aggregate.

Annual Cash Bonuses

Two of our executive officers, Messrs. Sporn and Parsons, are eligible to participate in the Michael Kors (USA), Inc. Executive Bonus Program (the “Bonus Plan”). Pursuant to the Bonus Plan, such executive officers and all other executives holding positions as division president, executive vice president, senior vice president, vice president, senior director, and any other employee who is specifically selected to participate, may be awarded an annual cash bonus based on the attainment of divisional and corporate performance goals for each fiscal year. The specific criteria for determining performance are established by the board of directors of MKUSA at the beginning of each fiscal year. Actual bonuses for all participants in the Bonus Plan are based 30% on overall corporate performance and 70% on divisional performance. Bonus targets for each participant are a fixed percentage of the participant’s base salary based upon the participant’s position. Bonus targets range from 5% to 50% of base salary, and maximum bonus opportunities range from 10% to 100% of base salary. Messrs. Sporn and Parsons’ bonus targets and maximum bonus opportunities are set forth in their employment agreements as 50% and 100% of base salary, respectively. Awards for any fiscal year are determined as soon as practicable following the completion of the year and are payable only if the participant remains employed through the payment date.

Two of our executive officers, Messrs. Kors and Idol, do not participate in the Bonus Plan and instead are each eligible to receive an annual bonus pursuant to the terms of their employment agreements in an amount equal to a fixed percentage (2.5%) of our EBITDA for the relevant year with a maximum bonus opportunity of $5.0 million. Such bonus, if any, is payable within 30 days of the determination of our EBITDA and at the same time as other executives are eligible to receive payment under the Bonus Plan.

Pension, Retirement and Similar Benefits

Our executive officers participate in a 401(k) plan on generally the same terms as our other employees. The aggregate amount of the employer contributions to this plan for our executive officers during Fiscal 2011 was $29,400.

Options Granted during Fiscal 2011

In Fiscal 2011, stock options were granted to our executive officers on terms consistent with the terms of the prior grants under the Stock Option Plan. Such stock options are for 500,000 of our ordinary shares at an exercise price of $5.00 per share, all of which expire on the 10th anniversary of the date of grant.

Employment Agreements

On July 7, 2011, we entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Michael Kors (the “Kors Agreement”), MKUSA and, for limited purposes, Sportswear Holdings Limited, and such agreement will be amended prior to the completion of this offering. As so amended, the terms of the Kors Agreement provide for the continuous employment of Mr. Kors through the date of his death or permanent disability at an annual salary of $2.5 million, and MKUSA is not permitted to terminate Mr. Kors’ employment other than for cause (as defined in the Kors Agreement). During the term of the Kors Agreement, Mr. Kors shall have creative and aesthetic control of the products produced and sold under or bearing the “ Michael Kors ” and related trademarks, including exclusive control of the design of such products, provided that the exercise of such control must be commercially reasonable. Pursuant to the Kors Agreement, Mr. Kors receives compensation in the form of a base

 

76


Table of Contents

salary, bonus payment, employee benefits and perquisites (including life insurance coverage, health club membership, car and driver for business purposes, and tax preparation costs). If Mr. Kors’ employment is terminated for cause (as defined in the Kors Agreement), we have the option to purchase for book value all of the ordinary shares and/or other equity interests of the Company held by Mr. Kors. If Mr. Kors terminates his employment without the consent of MKUSA (and other than due to death or permanent disability or due to the Company’s breach of the Kors Agreement), he has agreed for the remainder of his lifetime to be an independent and exclusive design consultant for MKUSA for a yearly fee and not to compete with us. MKUSA has agreed that it will not enter into any new line of business without Mr. Kors’ consent, if he reasonably determines that such line of business is detrimental to the Marks (as defined in the Kors Agreement).

Also on July 7, 2011, we entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with John D. Idol (the “Idol Agreement”), MKUSA and, for limited purposes, Sportswear Holdings Limited, and such agreement will be amended prior to the completion of this offering. As so amended, the term of the Idol Agreement will extend through March 31, 2015 and will be automatically renewed for additional one-year terms, unless either party gives advance written notice that it will not renew. Unless otherwise agreed by Mr. Idol and MKUSA, the Idol Agreement will terminate upon a change in control (as defined in the Idol Agreement). Pursuant to the Idol Agreement, Mr. Idol receives compensation in the form of a base salary, annual bonus, employee benefits and perquisites (including life insurance coverage, and car and driver for business purposes). If Mr. Idol’s employment is terminated by MKUSA without cause or by him with good reason (each as defined in the Idol Agreement), he will receive severance benefits. For two years after termination of his employment, Mr. Idol has agreed not to hire any person who was employed or retained by MKUSA or any of its parents, subsidiaries or affiliates within the one-year period immediately preceding such employment or retention.

Joseph B. Parsons entered into an employment agreement (the “Parsons Agreement”) with MKUSA on January 5, 2004, and such agreement was amended on October 28, 2007 and will be further amended prior to the completion of this offering. As further amended, the term of the Parsons Agreement extends through March 31, 2015 and will be automatically renewed for additional one-year terms unless either party gives advanced written notice that it will not renew. Pursuant to the Parsons Agreement, Mr. Parsons receives compensation in the form of a base salary, an annual bonus and participation in our benefit plans and programs. If Mr. Parsons’ employment is terminated by us without cause or by Mr. Parsons with good reason (each as defined in the Parsons Agreement), he will be entitled to receive severance pay for a one-year period, subject to his executing a release and separation agreement. Mr. Parsons has agreed not to compete with us for one year after the termination of his employment and has agreed not to hire, for a two-year period following the termination of his employment, any person who was employed or retained by MKUSA or any of its affiliates within the one-year period immediately preceding such employment or retention.

Finally, Lee S. Sporn entered into an employment agreement (the “Sporn Agreement”) with MKUSA on December 2, 2003, and such agreement was amended on September 7, 2007 and will be further amended prior to the completion of this offering. As further amended, the term of the Sporn Agreement extends through March 31, 2015 and will be automatically renewed for additional one-year terms unless either party gives advance written notice not to renew. Pursuant to the Sporn Agreement, Mr. Sporn receives compensation in the form of a base salary, an annual bonus and participation in our benefit plans and programs. If Mr. Sporn’s employment is terminated by us without cause or by Mr. Sporn with good reason (each as defined in the Sporn Agreement), he will be entitled to receive severance pay for a one-year period, subject to his executing a release and separation agreement. Mr. Sporn has agreed not to hire, for a two-year period following his termination of employment, any person who was employed or retained by MKUSA or any of its affiliates within the one-year period immediately preceding such employment or retention.

Director Compensation

Historically, we have not compensated our directors for their service on the board of directors or any committee of the board of directors. Following the consummation of this offering, we intend to provide non-executive members of the board with compensation (including equity-based compensation) for their service

 

77


Table of Contents

on the board and any committees of the board. Non-executive members of the board are reimbursed for travel and other out-of-pocket expenses related to their board service. No director is party to any service contract providing for benefits upon termination of employment or service. We expect that Messrs. Chou and Stroll will waive their rights to receive any compensation for service on the board of directors.

Historical Option Grants

The stock options previously granted to our executive officers and other employees are for our ordinary shares and are governed by the terms of the Stock Option Plan. Stock option grants have been designed to align the interests of selected officers and employees with the ownership objectives of our principal shareholders. Because we have been a privately held company prior to this offering, grants were made with vesting, performance and other criteria aligned with the growth expected, the length of investment expected, and the possible exit through a public offering expected by such shareholders. Grants have occurred upon the promotion or hire of a new executive and annually as one of the major elements of compensation of our management team. In connection with each stock option grant, employees are required to agree not to solicit our employees or customers during, and for a two-year period after, their employment, and not to disclose confidential information. In the event that an employee breaches these obligations, the options granted under the award will be automatically forfeited.

All of the stock options granted under the Stock Option Plan are ten-year stock options and vest in full at the end of the ten-year term if our shareholder net equity has increased by at least 20% per annum during such ten-year period. However, a portion of each stock option is eligible to vest on an accelerated basis over the course of five years with 20% vesting each year if the pre-established annual performance goal for the year has been met, in each case, subject to the grantee’s continued employment through the vesting date. The annual performance goals are tied to annual divisional pre-tax profit as determined by the committee administering the Stock Option Plan. The stock options may not be exercised prior to an initial public offering of our shares or other event following which our shares are listed on a national exchange, and only vested options may be exercised.

Upon termination of a grantee’s employment prior to our initial public offering, MKUSA retains the unilateral right to repurchase vested option shares for a payment of an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of our shares on the repurchase date and the exercise price of the stock option, in accordance with the Stock Option Plan and/or the applicable grant certificate; however, such repurchase right will expire immediately prior to this offering, subject to the consummation of this offering.

The following table sets forth, as of the date of this prospectus, the total number of ordinary shares to be issued upon exercise of the options granted to each of our executive officers and directors under the Stock Option Plan, the exercise price of such options (without giving effect to the Share Split), the date of grant and the date of expiration:

 

Date of Grant

  

Number of Options

  

Exercise Price

  

Expiration Date

April 16, 2008

   474,182    $10.00    April 16, 2018

February 18, 2010

   323,306    $10.00    February 18, 2020

March 25, 2011

   500,000    $19.00    March 25, 2021

Option, RSU and Restricted Share Grants in Connection with this Offering

In connection with this offering, we intend to grant awards for an aggregate of 2,513,384 ordinary shares to our employees and non-employee directors under the Equity Plan on terms consistent with the terms of the Equity Plan (described below). The awards will consist of (i) stock options for 1,833,134 ordinary shares at an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of the consummation of this offering, which will expire on the 10th anniversary of the date of grant, (ii) restricted share units covering 14,000 ordinary shares and

 

78


Table of Contents

(iii) 666,250 restricted shares (of which stock options for 920,543 ordinary shares, restricted share units covering 14,000 ordinary shares and 395,833 restricted shares will be granted in the aggregate to our executive officers and directors).

New Equity Compensation Plan

The following is a summary of certain terms and conditions of the Equity Plan. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Equity Plan attached as Exhibit 10.8 to this registration statement. You are encouraged to read the full Equity Plan.

Administration . The Compensation Committee (or a subcommittee thereof) or in the absence of any such committee, our board of directors, will administer the Equity Plan (the Compensation Committee or any sub-committee administrating the Equity Plan is referred to in this summary as the “Committee”). The Committee will have authority to determine the types of awards to be granted under the Equity Plan, the recipients of the awards, the terms and conditions of awards (including the number of shares (or dollar value) subject thereto, the vesting schedule and term, and to what extent and when awards may be cancelled or suspended or settled in cash, shares, restricted shares or other property), and the agreements evidencing the awards. The Committee may establish rules and regulations relating to the Equity Plan and will have full discretion to interpret the Equity Plan and awards and to take such actions as it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Equity Plan. Committee decisions relating to the Equity Plan are final and binding. To the extent not inconsistent with applicable law, the Committee may delegate to a committee of one or more directors of the Company any of the authority of the Committee under the Equity Plan.

Eligibility . Non-employee directors and current or prospective employees, consultants or advisors of the Company or its affiliates who are selected by the Committee will be eligible for awards under the Equity Plan.

Number of Shares Authorized and Award Limits . Subject to adjustment in connection with changes in capitalization (as described below), the Equity Plan provides for an aggregate of 15,246,000 ordinary shares, including authorized and unissued shares, treasury shares or shares purchased in the open market or otherwise, to be authorized for grants under the Equity Plan. No more than 15,246,000 ordinary shares may be issued with respect to incentive share options under the Equity Plan.

Subject to adjustment in connection with changes in capitalization, no participant may be granted options or share appreciation rights (“SARs”) with respect to more than 3,000,000 ordinary shares in any 36-month period or earn more than 500,000 ordinary shares for any 12 months in a vesting or performance period with respect to restricted shares, restricted share units (“RSUs”), performance or other share-based awards that are intended to comply with the performance-based exception under Section 162(m) of the Code. The maximum amount payable to any participant under the Equity Plan for any 12-month period during a performance period for a cash-denominated award is $10,000,000.

Ordinary shares subject to awards are unavailable for future grant; however, if any shares are surrendered or tendered to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy withholding taxes, such shares will again be available for grant under the Equity Plan. Shares surrendered or tendered with respect to the exercise of outstanding options granted under the Stock Option Plan will also be available for future grant. If any award granted under the Equity Plan expires, is canceled or is forfeited without being settled or exercised in shares, the ordinary shares subject to such award will again be available for future grant, including any shares arising from the expiration, cancellation or forfeiture of options granted under the Stock Option Plan. If the Equity Plan is approved by our shareholders, no new awards will be made under the Stock Option Plan.

Change in Capitalization . In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, dividend or distribution (whether in cash, shares or other property, other than regular cash dividend), stock split, reverse stock split, spin-off or similar transaction or other change in corporate structure affecting our ordinary

 

79


Table of Contents

shares or the value thereof, such adjustments and substitutions shall be made to the Equity Plan and awards in a manner that the Committee deems equitable or appropriate, taking into consideration the accounting and tax consequences, including adjustments to the number, class and kind of shares reserved for issuance under the Equity Plan, the number, class and kind of shares covered by awards then outstanding under the Equity Plan, the limitations on awards under the Equity Plan and the exercise price of outstanding options.

Awards Available for Grant . The Committee may grant awards of non-qualified options, incentive (qualified) share options (“ISOs”), SARs, restricted share awards, RSUs, other share-based awards, performance compensation awards (including cash bonus awards), other cash-based awards or any combination of the foregoing. Awards may be granted under the Equity Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity acquired by us or with which we combine (referred to in this summary as “substitute awards”). Substitute awards do not reduce the shares authorized for grant under the Equity Plan or the applicable per-participant grant limitations.

Options . The Committee will be authorized to grant options to purchase our ordinary shares that are either “qualified,” meaning they are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code for incentive stock options (and referred to in this summary as ISOs), or “non-qualified,” meaning they are not intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422. All options granted under the Equity Plan shall be non-qualified unless the applicable award agreement states that the option is intended to be an ISO. Options granted under the Equity Plan will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the Committee in an award agreement. The terms and conditions of options need not be the same for each participant.

The term of an option will be ten years (or five years for ISOs granted to a 10% shareholder); however, if a non-qualified option would expire when exercise of the option is prohibited by law or when shares may not be purchased or sold by the holder due to the “black-out period” of a Company policy or a “lock-up” agreement undertaken in connection with an issuance of our securities, the option’s term will automatically extend until 30 days after expiration of such prohibition (so long as such extension does not cause adverse tax consequences to the participant under certain tax rules).

Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, any option granted under the Equity Plan shall vest and become exercisable as to 25% of the shares subject to the option on each of the first four anniversaries of the date the option is granted, in each case, so long as the participant continues to be employed by or provide services to us on the relevant vesting date. An award agreement will also set forth any circumstances under which vesting will be accelerated.

The Committee shall also determine and set forth in each award agreement whether options will continue to be exercisable or vest after a participant’s termination of employment or services. In addition, an award agreement may provide that if on the last day of the term of an unexercised option the fair market value of our ordinary shares exceeds the option price, the option will be deemed exercised on such day, with payment made by withholding ordinary shares otherwise issuable in connection with exercise of the option.

Other than in connection with substitute awards, the exercise price of options will not be less than the fair market value of our ordinary shares at grant; however, ISOs granted to a participant who owns shares representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or any subsidiary will have an exercise price that is no less than 110% of the fair market value of our ordinary shares at grant.

Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, an option’s exercise price may be paid in cash, cash equivalents and/or shares valued at the fair market value at the time of exercise, or, with consent of the Committee, (i) by delivery of other consideration having a fair market value on the exercise date equal to the total purchase price, (ii) by any other method specified in an award agreement (including same-day sales through a broker) or (iii) by a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares otherwise deliverable in respect of an option needed to pay the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes.

 

80


Table of Contents

Share Appreciation Rights . The Committee will be authorized to award SARs under the Equity Plan. A SAR is a contractual right allowing a participant to receive, in cash, shares or any combination of them, the appreciation, if any, in the value of a share over a certain period of time. An option granted under the Equity Plan may include SARs, and SARs may also be awarded independently of an option. SARs granted in connection with an option will be subject to terms similar to the corresponding option.

Each SAR will be evidenced by an award agreement setting its terms and conditions, which agreement, terms and conditions will be determined by the Committee. The terms and conditions of SARs need not be the same for each participant. A SAR will have a maximum term of ten years, except in the case of death or disability, upon which it may be extended. Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, SARs will vest and be exercisable as to 25% of such SARs on each of the first four anniversaries of the date the SARs are granted, in each case so long as the participant continues to be employed by or provide services to us on the relevant vesting date. An award agreement will set forth any circumstances when vesting may be accelerated.

The Committee shall also determine and set forth in each award agreement whether SARs will continue to be exercisable or vest after a participant’s termination of employment or services. In addition, an award agreement may provide that if on the last day of the term of an unexercised SAR the fair market value of our ordinary shares exceeds the grant price, the SAR will be deemed exercised on such day, with payment made by withholding ordinary shares otherwise issuable in connection with exercise of the SAR.

Except as provided by the Committee in the case of substitute awards or SARs granted in tandem with options, the strike price per ordinary share for each SAR may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of an ordinary share on the grant date.

Restricted S hare Awards . The Committee will be authorized to grant restricted share awards under the Equity Plan. Restricted shares are ordinary shares that generally are non-transferable and are subject to other restrictions determined by the Committee for a specified period. Awards of restricted shares will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the Committee and set forth in an award agreement. Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, a participant who receives a restricted share award shall have all rights of a shareholder, including voting rights and the right to receive distributions, subject to restrictions and risks of forfeiture in the award agreement.

Restricted Share Unit Awards . The Committee will be authorized to award RSUs. A participant who holds an RSU will only have those rights specifically provided for in the award agreement, which shall not include voting rights. Generally, the participant will receive a number of our ordinary shares equal to the number of RSUs earned or, if determined by the Committee, an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of that number of ordinary shares at the expiration of the period over which the RSUs are to be earned (or at a later date selected by the Committee), less an amount equal to any taxes required to be withheld. RSUs will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the Committee and set forth in an award agreement. Except as otherwise provided in an award agreement, RSUs shall be credited with dividend equivalent payments upon the payment by us of dividends on our ordinary shares, in the form of shares, cash or other property, at the same time and under the same restrictions as the underlying RSUs. The Committee shall determine and set forth in each award agreement whether the awards will continue to be exercisable, continue to vest or be earned and the terms of such exercise, vesting or earning, on and after termination of employment.

Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, restricted shares and RSUs will vest and become exercisable as to 25% of the shares or RSUs subject to such award on each of the first four anniversaries of grant, in each case so long as the participant continues to be employed by or provide services to us. The Committee may generally waive the vesting restriction in its sole discretion, and any other conditions set forth in the Equity Plan and any award agreement, under such terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate.

Other Share- Based Awards. The Committee will be authorized to grant awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, our ordinary shares or other property. This includes deferred share

 

81


Table of Contents

units or other awards and share grants as earned cash-based compensation. Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, any other share-based awards granted under the Equity Plan shall vest and become exercisable as to 25% of the shares subject to such award on each of the first four anniversaries of the date the award is granted, in each case so long as the participant continues to be employed by or provide services to us. The Committee may generally waive the vesting restriction in its sole discretion, and any other conditions set forth in the Equity Plan and any award agreement, under such terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate.

Performance Awards . The Committee may grant any award under the Equity Plan in the form of performance cash awards, performance share awards or performance unit awards by conditioning the number of shares earned or vested (or cash payable) under the award on the satisfaction of certain “performance criteria.” In addition, the Committee may award performance-based cash, shares or other property to any participant and designate such award as a performance award intended to qualify as “performance based” under Section 162(m). If the Committee determines that a restricted share award, RSU award, performance award or other stock-based award is intended to be subject to Section 162(m), the Committee shall establish performance criteria based on one or more of the following:

 

   

net sales, return on sales or other sales (including same store or comparable store sales);

 

   

revenue, net revenue, gross revenue, product revenue or system-wide revenue (including growth of same);

 

   

operating income (before or after taxes);

 

   

pre- or after-tax income or loss (before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus);

 

   

earnings or losses or net earnings or losses (including earnings or losses before taxes, before interest and taxes, or before interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization);

 

   

earnings or loss per share (including on a diluted or undiluted basis, before or after taxes);

 

   

return on equity, stockholder return or total stockholder return;

 

   

return on assets or net assets;

 

   

price of our ordinary shares or any other publicly-traded securities of ours;

 

   

market share;

 

   

enterprise value;

 

   

gross profits, gross or net profit margin, gross profit growth or net operating profit (before or after taxes);

 

   

operating earnings;

 

   

economic value-added models or “value creation” or similar metrics;

 

   

comparisons with various stock market indices;

 

   

reductions in costs or savings;

 

   

cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow) or cash flow per share (before or after dividends);

 

   

return on capital (including return on total capital or return on invested capital);

 

   

cash flow return on investment or cash flow return on capital;

 

   

improvement in or attainment of expense levels or working capital levels, including cash, inventory and accounts receivable;

 

   

general and administrative expense savings;

 

82


Table of Contents
   

inventory control;

 

   

operating margin, gross margin or cash margin;

 

   

year-end cash;

 

   

debt reduction;

 

   

shareholders’ equity or return on shareholders’ equity;

 

   

operating efficiencies;

 

   

client retention and customer satisfaction or growth

 

   

employee satisfaction or recruiting and retaining personnel;

 

   

productivity or productivity ratios;

 

   

supply chain achievements (including establishing relationships with manufacturers or suppliers of component materials and manufacturers of our products);

 

   

co-development, co-marketing, profit sharing, joint venture or other similar arrangements;

 

   

financial ratios, including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage;

 

   

cost of capital or assets under management;

 

   

financing and other capital raising transactions (including sales of our equity or debt securities);

 

   

debt level year-end cash position;

 

   

book value;

 

   

competitive market metrics;

 

   

timely completion of new product roll-outs;

 

   

timely launch of new facilities (such as new store openings, gross or net);

 

   

royalty income or other sales or licenses of assets, including intellectual property, whether in a particular jurisdiction or territory or globally, or through partnering transactions;

 

   

factoring transactions; and

 

   

implementation, completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect to research, development, manufacturing, commercialization, products, projects, production volume, acquisitions, divestitures, succession and hiring projects, reorganization and corporate transactions, expansions of specific business operations and meeting divisional or project budgets.

Such performance goals may be set to refer to our performance or the performance of a subsidiary, division, business segment or unit. They may also be set based upon the relative performance of other companies or upon comparisons of any indicators of performance relative to other companies. The Committee may exclude charges related to an event or occurrence which the Committee determines should appropriately be excluded, such as restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items and other unusual or non-recurring charges, or an event either not directly related to our operations or not within the reasonable control of management, or the cumulative effects of tax or accounting changes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Performance goals shall be set by the Committee within the time period prescribed by, and shall otherwise comply with, Section 162(m). With respect to any restricted share award, RSU award, performance award or other share-based award that is performance-based, the Committee may adjust downwards, but not upwards, the amount payable pursuant to such award, and the Committee may not waive the achievement of the applicable performance goals except in the case of the death or disability of the participant or as otherwise determined by

 

83


Table of Contents

the Committee in special circumstances. The Committee will have the power to impose such other restrictions on awards as it may deem necessary or appropriate to ensure that such awards satisfy all requirements for “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m).

Effect of a Change in Control. Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, the Committee will have the right to provide that, in the event of a change in control of the Company: (i) outstanding options and SARs will be cancelled without payment if the fair market value of one ordinary share on the date of the change in control is less than the per share option exercise price or SAR grant price; and (ii) all performance awards shall be (x) considered earned and payable based on achievement of performance goals or target performance (either in full or pro rata based on the portion of the performance period completed as of the change in control), and any limitations or other restrictions will lapse and such awards will be immediately settled or distributed or (y) converted into restricted share or RSU awards based on achievement of performance goals or target performance (either in full or pro rata based on the portion of the performance period completed) that are assumed or substituted as described below.

Assumption or Substitution of C ertain Awards. Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, upon a change in control of the Company in which the successor assumes (or substitutes an award for) options, SARs, restricted shares, RSUs or other share-based awards (or in which the Company is the ultimate parent and continues the award), if a participant’s employment terminates within 24 months after such change in control (or other period set forth in the award agreement, which may include periods before the change in control) and under the circumstances specified in the award agreement: (i) outstanding options and SARs will immediately vest, be fully exercisable and may thereafter be exercised for 24 months (or other period set forth in the award agreement), (ii) the restrictions, limitations and other conditions applicable to outstanding restricted shares and RSUs will lapse, and restricted shares and RSUs will be free of all restrictions, limitations and conditions and become fully vested and (iii) the restrictions, limitations and other conditions applicable to any other share-based awards or any other awards shall lapse, and such other share-based awards or such other awards will be free of all restrictions, limitations and conditions and be fully vested and transferable.

Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, upon a change in control of the Company, to the extent the successor does not assume (or substitute any awards for) options, SARs, restricted shares, RSUs or other share-based awards (or in which the Company is the ultimate parent corporation and does not continue the award), then immediately prior to the change in control: (i) outstanding options and SARs will immediately vest and be fully exercisable, (ii) restrictions, limitations and other conditions applicable to restricted shares and RSUs will lapse, and the restricted shares and RSUs will be free of all restrictions, limitations and conditions and become fully vested and (iii) the restrictions, other limitations and other conditions applicable to any other share-based awards or any other awards that are not assumed or substituted for (or continued) will lapse, and such other share-based awards or such other awards will be free of all restrictions, limitations and conditions and be fully vested and transferable.

The Committee, in its discretion, may determine that, upon a change in control of the Company, each outstanding option and SAR will terminate within a specified number of days after notice and/or that each participant will receive, with respect to each share subject to such option or SAR, the excess of the fair market value of such share immediately prior to the change in control over the exercise price per share of such option and/or SAR; such amount, if any, to be payable in cash, in one or more kinds of stock or property or a combination thereof, as the Committee determines.

Transferability. In general, no awards or shares may be assigned, transferred, sold, pledged or encumbered, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Awards may be exercised only by the participant or the participant’s guardian, executor, administrator or legal representative. However, awards other than ISOs may, with the approval of and subject to terms set by the Committee, be transferred to certain family members and estate planning vehicles, and for charitable donations, as set out in the Equity Plan.

Amendment . In general, our board of directors may alter, amend, suspend or terminate the Equity Plan at any time; however, shareholder approval may be necessary if the law or principal U.S. national securities exchange

 

84


Table of Contents

on which the shares are traded so require. Further, shareholder approval is required to amend the Equity Plan to (a) increase the number of shares available for the grant of awards; (b) expand the types of awards available; (c) materially expand the class of persons eligible to participate; (d) eliminate requirements relating to minimum exercise price, minimum grant price and shareholder approval; (e) increase the maximum term of any option or SAR; or (f) increase any limitations relating to individual grants. Except in cases of a change in control or changes to the Company capitalization, our board of directors may not, without shareholder approval, cancel an option or SAR in exchange for cash or take any action with respect to an option or SAR that would be treated as a repricing under the rules and regulations of the principal securities exchange on which the ordinary shares are traded, including a reduction of the exercise price of an option or the grant price of a SAR or the exchange of an option or SAR for another award. No amendment or termination of the Equity Plan may, without participant consent, impair the rights of such participant in any material respect under any award previously granted.

Clawback/Forfeiture . In the Committee’s discretion, an award agreement may provide for cancellation of an award without payment if the participant violates a non-compete, non-solicit or non-disclosure agreement or otherwise engages in activity in conflict with or adverse to the interests of the Company or any subsidiary, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The Committee may also provide that in such circumstances the participant or any person to whom any payment has been made will forfeit any compensation, gain or other value realized thereafter on the vesting, exercise or settlement of an award, the sale or transfer of an award or the sale of the ordinary shares acquired in respect of an award, and must promptly repay such amounts to the Company. The Committee may also provide in an award agreement that if the participant receives an amount in excess of what the participant should have received under the terms of the award due to material noncompliance by the Company with any financial reporting requirement under the U.S. securities laws, any mistake in calculations or other administrative error, then the award will be cancelled and the participant must promptly repay any excess value to the Company. To the extent required by applicable law and/or the rules and regulations of any U.S. national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which shares are listed or quoted, or pursuant to a written Company policy, awards shall be subject (including on a retroactive basis) to clawback, forfeiture or other similar action.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences . The following is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the grant, exercise and vesting of awards under the Equity Plan and the disposition of shares acquired pursuant to exercise or settlement of such awards and is intended to reflect the current provisions of the Code and the regulations thereunder. This summary is not intended to be a complete statement of applicable law, nor does it address foreign, state, local and payroll tax considerations. Moreover, the U.S. federal income tax consequences to any particular participant may differ from those described herein by reason of, among other things, the particular circumstances of such participant.

Options . The Code requires that, for treatment of an option as an ISO, shares acquired through exercise of an ISO cannot be disposed of before the later of (i) two years from grant or (ii) one year from exercise. Holders of ISOs will generally incur no federal income tax liability at the time of grant or exercise. However, the spread at exercise will be an “item of tax preference,” which may give rise to “alternative minimum tax” liability for the taxable year in which the exercise occurs. If the holder does not dispose of the shares before the above-mentioned holding periods, the difference between the exercise price and the amount realized upon disposition of the shares will be long-term capital gain or loss. Assuming both holding periods are satisfied, no deduction will be allowed to us for federal income tax purposes in connection with the grant or exercise of the ISO. If the holder of shares acquired through exercise of an ISO disposes of those shares within the holding periods, the participant will generally realize taxable compensation at the time of such disposition equal to the difference between the exercise price and the lesser of the fair market value of the share on the exercise date or the amount realized on the subsequent disposition of the shares, and that amount will generally be deductible by us for federal income tax purposes, subject to the possible limitations on deductibility under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to executives designated in those Sections. Finally, if an ISO becomes first exercisable in any year for shares having an aggregate value in excess of $100,000 (based on the grant date value), the portion of the ISO in respect of those excess shares will be treated as a non-qualified share option for federal income tax purposes.

 

85


Table of Contents

No income will be realized by a participant upon grant of an option that does not qualify as an ISO (“a non-qualified option”). Upon exercise of a non-qualified option, the participant will recognize ordinary compensation income equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the underlying exercised shares over the option exercise price paid at the time of exercise, and the participant’s tax basis will equal the sum of the compensation income recognized and the exercise price. We will be able to deduct this same amount for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections. In the event of a sale of shares received upon the exercise of a non-qualified option, any appreciation or depreciation after the exercise date generally will be taxed as capital gain or loss and will be long-term gain or loss if the holding period for such shares is more than one year.

Share Appreciation Right s . No income will be realized by a participant upon grant of a SAR. Upon exercise, the participant will recognize ordinary compensation income equal to the fair market value of the payment received in respect of the SAR. We will be able to deduct this same amount for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Restricted S hares. A participant will not be subject to tax upon the grant of an award of restricted shares unless the participant otherwise elects to be taxed at the time of grant pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code. No election under Section 83(b) of the Code or any similar law shall be made without the prior written consent of the Committee. On the date an award of restricted shares becomes transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the participant will have taxable compensation equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares on that date over the amount the participant paid for such shares, if any, unless the participant made an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed at the time of grant. If the participant made an election under Section 83(b), the participant will have taxable compensation at the time of grant equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant over the amount the participant paid for such shares, if any. If the election is made, the participant will not be allowed a deduction for amounts subsequently required to be returned to the Company. (Special rules apply to the receipt and disposition of restricted shares received by officers and directors who are subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act). The Company will be able to deduct, at the same time as it is recognized by the participant, the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Restricted S hare Units . A participant will not be subject to tax upon grant of an RSU. Rather, upon delivery of shares or cash pursuant to an RSU, the participant will have taxable compensation equal to the fair market value of the number of shares (or the amount of cash) the participant actually receives with respect to the RSU. The Company will be able to deduct the amount of taxable compensation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but the deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Other Share-Based Awards. In general, a participant will not be subject to tax on the date of grant of an other share-based award. In general, the compensation that the participant receives pursuant to an other share-based award will be subject to tax on the date that the participant becomes vested in such award at ordinary income tax rates.

Section 162(m). In general, Section 162(m) of the Code denies a publicly held corporation a deduction for U.S. federal income tax purposes for compensation in excess of $1,000,000 per year per person to its chief executive officer and three other officers whose compensation is required to be disclosed in its proxy statement (excluding the chief financial officer), subject to certain exceptions. The Equity Plan is intended to satisfy an exception from Section 162(m) with respect to grants of options and SARs. In addition, the Equity Plan is designed to permit certain awards of restricted shares, RSUs and other awards (including cash bonus awards) to qualify under the “performance-based compensation” exception to Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

86


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

The following table and accompanying footnotes show information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares by:

 

   

each person known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our outstanding ordinary shares;

 

   

each named executive officer;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

all executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

   

all selling shareholders.

The percentage of ordinary shares beneficially owned immediately prior to the completion of this offering is based on 188,390,058 ordinary shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the completion of this offering, after giving effect to the Share Split and the conversion of all outstanding preference shares of the Company into ordinary shares, but without giving effect to the exercise of stock options to acquire 1,736,567 ordinary shares in connection with this offering. The percentage of ordinary shares beneficially owned after this offering is based on 190,792,875 ordinary shares that will be issued and outstanding upon the completion of this offering (including ordinary shares issued upon the exercise of stock options in connection with this offering). All ordinary shares listed in the table below are entitled to one vote per share, unless otherwise indicated in the notes thereto. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each person named in the table below is c/o Michael Kors (USA), Inc., 11 West 42 nd Street, 21 st Floor, New York, New York, 10036.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner:

  Ordinary  Shares
Beneficially Owned
Immediately Prior to
the Completion of
this  Offering (1)
    Number of
Shares Being
Offered
    Ordinary  Shares
Beneficially Owned After
This Offering (1)
    Percent of Ordinary
Shares Beneficially
Owned Assuming
Exercise of Over-
Allotment Option (1)
 
  Number     Percentage       Number     Percentage    

5% Shareholders:

           

Sportswear Holdings Limited (2)(3)

    97,850,022        51.9%        25,931,249        71,918,773        37.7%        35.5%   

Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board (4)

    13,201,933        7.0%        —          13,201,933        6.9%        6.9%   

Executive Officers and Directors:

           

Michael Kors (3)(5)

    22,070,107        11.7%        5,848,803        16,387,971        8.6%        8.1%   

John D. Idol (3)(6 )

    12,936,388        6.9%        3,400,320        9,702,735        5.1%        4.8%   

Joseph B. Parsons ( 7 )

    992,993        *        198,598        833,284        *        *   

Lee S. Sporn ( 8 )

    401,329        *        80,265        344,675        *        *   

Silas K. F. Chou (9)

    97,850,022        51.9%        25,931,249        71,918,773        37.7%        35.5%   

Lawrence S. Stroll (10)

    97,850,022        51.9%        25,931,249        71,918,773        37.7%        35.5%   

M. William Benedetto

   
—  
  
   
—  
  
    —          —          —          —     

Stephen F. Reitman

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (8 persons)

    134,250,839        71.4%        35,459,235        99,187,438        52.0%        49.0%   

Other Selling Shareholders

           

Northcroft Trading Inc. (3)(11)

    3,676,880        2.0%        1,022,627        2,654,253        1.4%        1.3%   

VAX Trading, Inc. (3)(12)

    2,451,254        1.3%        612,814        1,838,440        *        *   

M. Magtague Investment Ltd. (13)

    494,960        *        137,660        357,300        *        *   

Littlestone (3)(14)

    2,451,254        1.3%        681,752        1,769,502        *        *   

Wentworth Financial Inc. (15)

    165,106        *        33,021        132,085        *        *   

Marciano Investment Group, LLC (16)

    825,174        *        206,294        618,880        *        *   

Montauk Investments LLC (17)

    812,611        *        203,153        609,458        *        *   

 

87


Table of Contents

Name of Beneficial Owner:

  Ordinary  Shares
Beneficially Owned
Immediately Prior to
the Completion of
this  Offering (1)
    Number of
Shares Being
Offered
    Ordinary  Shares
Beneficially Owned After
This Offering (1)
    Percent of Ordinary
Shares Beneficially
Owned Assuming
Exercise of Over-
Allotment Option (1)
 
  Number     Percentage       Number     Percentage    

Muse Children’s GS Trust (3)(18)

    245,126        *        68,175        176,951        *        *   

John Muse (3)(19)

    490,241        *        136,348        353,893        *        *   

JRM Interim Investors, LP (3)(20)

    245,126        *        68,175        176,951        *        *   

Muse Family Enterprises, Ltd. (3)(20)

    245,126        *        68,175        176,951        *        *   

Esteban Raventós Negra (21)

    33,021        *        9,184        23,837        *        *   

Javier Raventós Negra (22)

    74,297        *        20,664        53,633        *        *   

Carlos Ortega Cedrón (23)

    140,340        *        39,032        101,308        *        *   

Luis Alberto Santos (24)

    41,276        *        11,480        29,796        *        *   

Richard Kringstein (25)

    64,606        *        17,968        46,638        *        *   

Richard Kringstein 2008 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust (26)

    10,767        *        2,995        7,772        *        *   

Jason Kringstein (27)

    3,589        *        998        2,591        *        *   

Jamie Lauren Kringstein (28)

    3,589        *        998        2,591        *        *   

Barry Kringstein (29)

    64,606        *        17,968        46,638        *        *   

Barry Kringstein 2008 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust (30)

    10,767        *        2,995        7,772        *        *   

Courtney Blair Kringstein (31)

    2,512        *        699        1,813        *        *   

Samantha Paige Kringstein (32)

    2,512        *        699        1,813        *        *   

Cole Austin Kringstein (33)

    2,153        *        599        1,554        *        *   

Feinberg Family Trust (34)

    412,558        *        114,742        297,816        *        *   

Jeffrey L. Feinberg Family Trust (35)

    82,513        *        22,949        59,564        *        *   

Michael Arts (36)

    12,203        *        3,394        8,809        *        *   

OB Kors LLC (3)(37)

    4,902,505        2.6%        1,363,502        3,539,003        1.9%        1.7%   

Anna Bakst (38)

    992,993        *        198,598        833,284        *        *   

Jaryn Bloom (38)

    859,993        *        171,998        726,884        *        *   

Gia Castrogiovanni (38)

    859,993        *        171,998        704,662        *        *   

Laura Lentini (38)

    229,330        *        45,866        191,797        *        *   

Lance LePere (38)(39)

    495,991        *        99,198        413,460        *        *   

Debra Margles (38)

    458,656        *        91,731        383,592        *        *   

Karen Micuilla (38)

    401,329        *        80,265        321,064        *        *   

Richard Sinnott (38)

    367,878        *        73,575        302,636        *        *   

Anne Waterman (38)

    401,329        *        80,265        321,064        *        *   

All Other Selling Shareholders (40)

    1,807,491        *        358,211        1,537,335        *        *   

 

 *

Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent of ordinary shares outstanding.

(1)

The amounts and percentages of our ordinary shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under the rules of the SEC, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares “voting power,” which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or “investment power,” which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of such securities as to which such person has an economic interest.

(2)

Sportswear Holdings Limited is indirectly 50% owned by Westleigh Limited, which is privately owned by members of the Chao family (including Mr. Chou), and 50% owned by Flair Investment Holdings Limited, in which Mr. Stroll has an indirect beneficial ownership interest. Each of Sportswear Holdings Limited, Westleigh Limited and Flair Investment Holdings Limited, as well as Messrs. Chou and Stroll (in their capacities as Co-Chairmen of Sportswear Holdings Limited), may be deemed to have shared dispositive power and shared voting power over, and thus to beneficially own, all of the ordinary shares owned by Sportswear Holdings Limited through their respective direct or indirect ownership of the equity interests of Sportswear Holdings Limited. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by Sportswear Holdings Limited would be 4,240,993, and Sportswear Holdings Limited would beneficially own 67,677,780 shares following this offering. The mailing address for Sportswear Holdings Limited is c/o Novel Secretaries Limited, 12/F, Novel Industrial Building, 850-870 Lai Chi Kok Road, Cheung Sha Wan, Kowloon, Hong Kong.

 

88


Table of Contents
(3)

Under the terms of the Voting Agreement described below under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Voting Agreement,” Mr. Kors, Mr. Idol and Sportswear Holdings Limited, together with the other Existing Shareholders (as defined under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Reorganization Transactions and Preference Share Sale”), may be deemed to constitute a “group” that, prior to the consummation of this offering, collectively beneficially owns 147,134,033 ordinary shares, or approximately 78.1% of our total ordinary shares issued and outstanding for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act. Each of Mr. Kors, Mr. Idol, Sportswear Holdings Limited, Mr. Chou, Mr. Stroll and the other Existing Shareholders disclaim beneficial ownership of the ordinary shares beneficially owned by the other parties to the Voting Agreement.

(4)

The President and Chief Executive Officer of the Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board has delegated to William T. Royan the authority to implement disposition decisions with respect to shares held by the Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board; however, approval of such decisions is made by senior personnel within the public equities group of the Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board in accordance with internal portfolio guidelines. Voting decisions are made by personnel within the public equities group of the Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board in accordance with internal proxy voting guidelines. As such, Mr. Royan expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of such ordinary shares. The mailing address for the Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board is 5650 Yonge Street, Toronto, Ontario M2M 4H5, Canada.

(5)

This amount includes restricted shares granted in connection with this offering. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by Mr. Kors would be 956,558, and Mr. Kors would beneficially own 15,431,413 ordinary shares following this offering.

(6)

This amount includes restricted shares granted in connection with this offering and options to purchase ordinary shares that are vested and exercisable or will become vested and exercisable within 60 days. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by Mr. Idol would be 542,049, and Mr. Idol would beneficially own 9,160,686 ordinary shares following this offering.

(7)

This amount includes restricted shares granted in connection with this offering and options to purchase ordinary shares that are vested and exercisable or will become vested and exercisable within 60 days.

(8)

This amount includes restricted shares granted in connection with this offering and options to purchase ordinary shares that are vested and exercisable or will become vested and exercisable within 60 days.

(9)

Represents ordinary shares owned by Sportswear Holdings Limited. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by Sportswear Holdings Limited would be 4,240,993, and Sportswear Holdings Limited would own 67,677,780 ordinary shares following this offering. The mailing address for Mr. Chou is Sportswear Holdings Limited, c/o Novel Secretaries Limited, 12/F, Novel Industrial Building, 850-870 Lai Chi Kok Road, Cheung Sha Wan, Kowloon, Hong Kong.

(10)

Represents ordinary shares owned by Sportswear Holdings Limited. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by Sportswear Holdings Limited would be 4,240,993, and Sportswear Holdings Limited would own 67,677,780 ordinary shares following this offering. The mailing address for Mr. Stroll is Sportswear Holdings Limited, c/o Novel Secretaries Limited, 12/F, Novel Industrial Building, 850-870 Lai Chi Kok Road, Cheung Sha Wan, Kowloon, Hong Kong.

(11)

Alberto Cortina de Alcocer is the financial advisor to Northcroft Trading Inc. and has sole voting and dispositive control over the ordinary shares held by Northcroft Trading Inc. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by Northcroft Trading Inc. would be 159,362, and Northcroft Trading Inc. would beneficially own 2,494,891 ordinary shares following this offering. The mailing address for Northcroft Trading Inc. is c/o Rhône Gestion S.A., Bvd Georges-Favon 2, Ch – 1204 Geneva.

(12)

Mansour Ojjeh has sole voting and dispositive control over the ordinary shares held by Vax Trading, Inc. The mailing address for Vax Trading, Inc. is c/o MAO Financial Services S.A., 1, Rue Etienne-Dumont, 1204 Geneva, Switzerland.

(13)

Dominique Lee is the beneficial owner of, and has sole voting and dispositive control over, the ordinary shares held by M. Magtague Investment Ltd. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by M. Magtague Investment Ltd. would be 21,452, and M. Magtague Investment Ltd. would beneficially own 335,848 ordinary shares following this offering. The mailing address for M. Magtague Investment Ltd. is 12P, Kaiser Estate III, 11 Hok Yuen Street, Hung Hou, Kowloon, Hong Kong.

(14)

Judy Wright and Julie Paguier share voting and dispositive control over the ordinary shares held by Littlestone. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by Littlestone would be 53,624, and Littlestone would beneficially own 1,715,878 ordinary shares following this offering. The mailing address for Littlestone is P.O. Box 146, Town Mills South, La Rue du Pie, St Peter Port, Guernsey.

(15)

Michael Marcowitzh and Sydney Sweibel share voting and dispositive control over the ordinary shares held by Wentworth Financial Inc. The mailing address for Wentworth Financial Inc. is Sweibel Novek LLP, 3449 Avenue du Museè, Montreal, QC H39 2C8, Canada.

(16)

Paul Marciano and Maurice Marciano share voting and dispositive control over the ordinary shares held by Marciano Investment Group, LLC. The mailing address for Marciano Investment Group, LLC is 144 South Beverly Drive, Suite 600, Beverly Hills, California 90212.

(17)

Joel Horowitz has sole voting and dispositive control over the ordinary shares held by Montauk Investments LLC. The mailing address for Montauk Investments LLC is 525 Highway 50, P.O. Box 10358, Zephyr Cove, Nevada 89448.

(18)

Linda L. Ehlers and H. Rand Reynolds are Co-Trustees of the Muse Children’s GS Trust, and they share voting and dispositive control over the ordinary shares held by the Muse Children’s GS Trust. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by the Muse Children’s GS Trust would be 5,363, and the Muse Children’s GS Trust would beneficially own 171,588 ordinary shares following this offering. The mailing address for the Muse Children’s GS Trust is 200 Crescent Court, #1600, Dallas, Texas 75201.

 

89


Table of Contents
(19)

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by Mr. Muse would be 10,724, and Mr. Muse would beneficially own 343,169 ordinary shares following this offering. The mailing address for Mr. Muse is 200 Crescent Court, #1600, Dallas, Texas 75201.

(20)

John Muse is President of JRM Management Company, LLC, the General Partner of Muse Family Enterprises, Ltd. and JRM Interim Investors, LP. Lynn Reynolds Muse is Executive Vice President of the General Partner and David W. Kruckel is Treasurer of the General Partner. Mr. Muse, Ms. Reynolds Muse and Mr. Kruckel share voting and dispositive control over the ordinary shares held by Muse Family Enterprises, Ltd. and JRM Interim Investors, LP. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by Muse Family Enterprises, Ltd. and JRM Interim Investors, LP would be 5,363 and 5,363, respectively, and Muse Family Enterprises, Ltd. and JRM Interim Investors, LP would beneficially own 171,588 and 171,588 ordinary shares, respectively, following this offering. The mailing address for the parties is of Muse Family Enterprises, Ltd. and JRM Interim Investors, LP is 200 Crescent Court #1600, Dallas, Texas 75201.

(21)

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by Esteban Raventós Negra would be 1,431, and he would beneficially own 22,406 ordinary shares following this offering. The mailing address for Esteban Raventós Negra is Marcues de Mulhacen 6, 4 th Floor, 08034, Barcelona, Spain.

(22)

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by Javier Raventós Negra would be 3,220, and he would beneficially own 50,413 ordinary shares following this offering. The mailing address for Javier Raventós Negra is Doctor Roux 123, Barcelona, Spain.

(23)

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by Carlos Ortega Cedrón would be 6,083, and he would beneficially own 95,225 ordinary shares following this offering. The mailing address for Carlos Ortega Cedrón is CI Arroyofresno, 3E – 28035 Madrid, Spain.

(24)

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by Luis Alberto Santos would be 1,789, and he would beneficially own 28,007 ordinary shares following this offering. The mailing address for Luis Alberto Santos is Cl Ciutat de Pabilla de la Sandana 43-6 AD200, Encamp, Andorra.

(25)

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by Richard Kringstein would be 2,800, and he would beneficially own 43,838 ordinary shares following this offering. The mailing address for Richard Kringstein is 463 7 th Avenue, Floor 12, New York New York 10018.

(26)

Richard Kringstein is Trustee for the Richard Kringstein 2008 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust and has sole voting and dispositive control over the ordinary shares held by the Richard Kringstein 2008 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by the Richard Kringstein 2008 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust would be 467, and the Richard Kringstein 2008 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust would beneficially own 7,305 ordinary shares following this offering. The mailing address for the Richard Kringstein 2008 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust is 463 7 th  Avenue, Floor 12, New York, New York 10018.

(27)

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by Jason Kringstein would be 156, and he would beneficially own 2,435 ordinary shares following this offering. The mailing address for Jason Kringstein is 463 7 th Avenue, Floor 12, New York, New York 10018.

(28)

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by Jamie Lauren Kringstein would be 156, and she would beneficially own 2,435 ordinary shares following this offering. The mailing address for Jamie Lauren Kringstein is 463 7 th Avenue, Floor 12, New York, New York 10018.

(29)

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by Barry Kringstein would be 2,800, and he would beneficially own 43,838 ordinary shares following this offering. The mailing address for Barry Kringstein is 463 7 th  Avenue, Floor 12, New York, New York 10018.

(30)

Barry Kringstein is the Trustee for the Barry Kringstein 2008 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust and has sole voting and dispositive control over the ordinary shares held by the Barry Kringstein 2008 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by the Barry Kringstein 2008 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust would be 467, and the Barry Kringstein 2008 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust would beneficially own 7,305 ordinary shares following this offering. The mailing address for the Barry Kringstein 2008 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust is 463 7 th  Avenue, Floor 12, New York, New York 10018.

(31)

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by Courtney Blair Kringstein would be 109, and she would beneficially own 1,704 ordinary shares following this offering. The mailing address for Courtney Blair Kringstein is 463 7 th Avenue, Floor 12, New York, New York 10018.

(32)

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by Samantha Paige Kringstein would be 109, and she would beneficially own 1,704 ordinary shares following this offering. The mailing address for Samantha Paige Kringstein is 463 7 th Avenue, Floor 12, New York, New York 10018.

(33)

Barry Kringstein is custodian for the shares held by Cole Austin Kringstein, and Barry Kringstein has sole voting and dispositive control over the ordinary shares held by Cole Austin Kringstein. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by Cole Austin Kringstein would be 93, and he would beneficially own 1,461 ordinary shares following this offering. The mailing address for Cole Austin Kringstein is 463 7 th  Avenue, Floor 12, New York, New York 10018.

(34)

Jeffrey Feinberg is Trustee of the Feinberg Family Trust, and he has sole voting and dispositive control over the ordinary shares held by the Feinberg Family Trust. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by the Feinberg Family Trust would be 17,881, and the Feinberg Family Trust would beneficially own 279,935 ordinary shares following this offering. The mailing address for the Feinberg Family Trust is 25220 Walker Road, Hidden Hills, California 91302.

 

90


Table of Contents
(35)

Terence K. Ankner is Trustee of the Jeffrey L. Feinberg Family Trust, and he has sole voting and dispositive control over the ordinary shares held by the Jeffrey L. Feinberg Family Trust. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by the Jeffrey L. Feinberg Family Trust would be 3,576, and the Jeffrey L. Feinberg Family Trust would beneficially own 55,988 ordinary shares following this offering. The mailing address for the Jeffrey L. Feinberg Family Trust is 25220 Walker Road, Hidden Hills, California 91302.

(36)

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by Michael Arts would be 529, and he would beneficially own 8,280 ordinary shares following this offering. The mailing address for Michael Arts is Gerrit van der Veenstraat 29, 1077 DN Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

(37)

John E. McCaw Jr. has sole voting and dispositive control over the ordinary shares held by OB Kors LLC. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional ordinary shares that would be sold by OB Kors LLC would be 212,483, and OB Kors LLC would beneficially own 3,326,520 ordinary shares following this offering. The mailing address for OB Kors LLC is c/o Orca Bay Capital Corp., 1301 First Avenue, Suite 200, Seattle, Washington 98101.

(38)

This amount includes restricted shares granted in connection with this offering and options to purchase ordinary shares that are vested and exercisable or will become vested and exercisable within 60 days.

(39)

Mr. LePere is the spouse of Mr. Kors.

(40)

This amount includes restricted shares granted in connection with this offering and options to purchase ordinary shares that are vested and exercisable or will become vested and exercisable within 60 days and that are held by 27 of our current or former employees who in the aggregate beneficially own less than 1% of our outstanding ordinary shares immediately prior to this offering.

As of the date of this prospectus, without giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding preference shares of the Company into ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering, 40,704,627 ordinary shares, representing 27.7% of our outstanding ordinary shares, are held by seven United States record holders (and 68,758,735 ordinary shares, representing 36.5% of our outstanding ordinary shares, are held by 41 United States record holders after giving effect to the conversion of all of our outstanding preference shares).

Relationships with Selling Shareholders

The selling shareholders include Messrs. Kors, Idol, Parsons and Sporn, Sportswear Holdings Limited, an affiliate of two of our directors, Messrs. Chou and Stroll, and certain other current and former employees of the Company. For more information about our relationships with certain of these selling shareholders, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

91


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Reorganization Transactions and Preference Share Sale

On July 7, 2011, we, our shareholders as of such date, including Sportswear Holdings Limited, Michael Kors and John D. Idol (the “Existing Shareholders”), and certain other investors, including Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board (the “Preference Share Investors”), entered into a subscription agreement (the “Subscription Agreement”) providing for the sale by the Existing Shareholders of 10,639,716 preference shares and by us of 217,137 preference shares to the Preference Share Investors for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $500.0 million (such sale, the “Preference Share Sale”). Certain other terms of the Subscription Agreement are described below under “—Subscription Agreement.”

In connection with the Preference Share Sale, we, certain of our affiliates named below and the Existing Shareholders entered into a series of transactions (the “Reorganization Transactions”) to simplify our capital structure and effect the Reorganization prior to the consummation of the Preference Share Sale. The following diagram depicts our corporate structure prior to the Reorganization Transactions:

LOGO

As part of the Reorganization Transactions, among other steps, SHL-Kors Limited (“SHLK”), a British Virgin Islands company and our largest direct shareholder at the time, merged with and into us (the “First Merger”), with us as the surviving corporation. At the time of the First Merger, SHLK was a wholly owned subsidiary of SHL Fashion Limited (“SHLF”), a British Virgin Islands company affiliated with Sportswear Holdings Limited and Messrs. Idol, Chou and Stroll. Following the First Merger, SHLF, then our largest direct shareholder, merged with and into us (the “Second Merger”), with us as the surviving corporation.

Immediately prior to the First Merger, SHLK held a $101.7 million note issued by us and payable to SHLK, our largest direct shareholder at the time, and SHLF held a $148.4 million note issued by SHLK and payable to SHLF, its direct parent company at the time. SHLF contributed $46.7 million of the $148.4 million note receivable it held to the capital of SHLK, and we assumed SHLK’s remaining $101.7 million note payable to SHLF in consideration for the extinguishment of our $101.7 million note payable to SHLK. In addition, also immediately prior to the First Merger, SHLK distributed a $2.3 million loan owed to it by Mr. Kors (which loan was subsequently repaid), and SHLK and SHLF distributed a $6.4 million loan owed to them by Michael Kors Far East Holdings Limited, an affiliate of Messrs. Kors, Idol, Chou and Stroll (“Far East Holdings”), in each case to the preference shareholders of SHLF at the time, including Sportswear Holdings Limited, in partial redemption of such preference shares. In the First Merger, SHLF, the sole shareholder of SHLK, received newly issued ordinary shares of the Company in exchange for its ordinary shares of SHLK.

 

92


Table of Contents

Immediately prior to the Second Merger, we issued ordinary shares to SHLF in consideration for the extinguishment of our $101.7 million note payable to SHLF. In the Second Merger, (i) Mr. Kors received newly issued ordinary shares and preference shares of the Company in exchange for his ordinary shares of the Company, (ii) Mr. Idol received newly issued ordinary shares and preference shares of the Company in exchange for his ordinary shares of SHLF and (iii) the other shareholders of SHLF, including Sportswear Holdings Limited, received newly issued ordinary shares and preference shares of the Company in exchange for their ordinary and preference shares of SHLF.

The following table sets forth the ordinary shares and preference shares of the Company issued to our 5% shareholders, executive officers, directors and other Existing Shareholders (as a group) in connection with the Reorganization Transactions (without giving effect to the Share Split):

 

Name

   Ordinary Shares Received      Preference Shares Received  

Sportswear Holdings Limited

     25,750,006         7,388,891   

Michael Kors

     5,807,923         1,264,878   

John D. Idol

     3,291,156         630,565   

Other Existing Shareholders (as a group)

     3,870,399         1,355,382   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     38,719,484         10,639,716   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Immediately after the consummation of the Second Merger, we, the Existing Shareholders and the Preference Share Investors consummated the Preference Share Sale. After giving effect to the Preference Share Sale, the Existing Shareholders held 38,719,484 ordinary shares (without giving effect to the Share Split), representing all of our ordinary shares, and the Preference Share Investors held 10,856,853 preference shares, representing all of our preference shares.

The following diagram depicts our corporate structure following the Reorganization Transactions and the Preference Share Sale:

LOGO

In addition, during August 2011, we redeemed certain of our outstanding stock options held by our employees, including stock options held by Mr. Idol, Mr. Parsons and Mr. Sporn, at a per share price equal to the purchase price paid by the Preference Share Investors for preference shares in the Preference Share Sale, less the applicable exercise price for such stock options, for an aggregate cash payment to all employees of approximately $10.7 million.

Subscription Agreement

Under the Subscription Agreement, we, the Existing Shareholders and the Preference Share Investors made certain customary representations and warranties in connection with the Preference Share Sale. We made representations and warranties concerning, among other things, our corporate existence and our subsidiaries; our

 

93


Table of Contents

execution, delivery and performance of the Subscription Agreement; the Preference Share Sale and our conduct in connection therewith; our financial statements and capitalization; and our business operations.

In addition, we and the Existing Shareholders agreed to indemnify the Preference Share Investors, and the Preference Share Investors agreed to indemnify us and the Existing Shareholders, from any losses incurred in connection with any breach of the representations and warranties contained in the Subscription Agreement. Our indemnification obligations (other than with respect to certain “fundamental” representations and warranties) are subject to a cap of 50% of the aggregate purchase price paid by all Preference Share Investors in the Preference Share Sale. In addition, our indemnification obligations with respect to any Preference Share Investor are subject to a deductible of 1% of the purchase price of such Preference Share Investor. Lastly, we will be required to pay an additional gross-up amount to any Preference Share Investor to take into account the fact that the payment is coming from us and such Preference Share Investor has an ownership interest in us. Losses payable pursuant to these indemnification obligations must be paid exclusively in cash, and these obligations (other than with respect to certain “fundamental” representations and warranties) will survive until the later of (i) January 11, 2013 or (ii) 30 days following the delivery of our audited consolidated financial statements for Fiscal 2012.

Shareholders Agreement

In connection with the Preference Share Sale, we entered into a Shareholders Agreement (the “Shareholders Agreement”) with our current shareholders, including Mr. Kors, Mr. Idol, Sportswear Holdings Limited and Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board. The Shareholders Agreement contains provisions restricting the transfer of our shares by our current shareholders and provisions related to certain preemptive rights, rights of first offer, tag-along rights, drag-along rights, information rights and registration rights. Upon the consummation of this offering, most of the provisions of the Shareholders Agreement will terminate, other than those relating to the registration rights described below.

Subject to certain limitations, any current shareholder or group of current shareholders holding at least 5% of the outstanding ordinary shares held by the parties to the Shareholders Agreement that are not covered by an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (“Registrable Securities”) has the right to demand (a “Demand Right”) that we register under the Securities Act all or a portion of such shareholder or shareholders’ Registrable Securities at our expense (a “Demand Registration”). The Existing Shareholders are collectively entitled to exercise five Demand Rights at any time, and the Preference Share Investors are collectively entitled to exercise one Demand Right on or after July 11, 2013. In each case, the shareholders exercising the Demand Right must request the registration of Registrable Securities with an aggregate estimated market value of at least $40,000,000. Upon the exercise of a Demand Right, we must notify our other current shareholders, and they may exercise piggyback registration rights with respect to the Demand Registration.

In addition to Demand Rights, if we propose to register any of our shares under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of others, we must give prompt notice to each of our current shareholders of our intent to do so and the number and class of shares to be registered (a “Piggyback Notice”), and each such shareholder will have piggyback registration rights and will be entitled to include any part of its Registrable Securities in such registration, subject to certain exceptions.

Finally, if we become eligible to use a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 or Form F-3 in connection with a secondary public offering of our ordinary shares, any current shareholder or group of current shareholders holding at least 4% of the ordinary shares that were outstanding as of July 11, 2011, the date of the Shareholders Agreement, will be entitled to unlimited demand registrations, subject to certain limitations, including, among others, that such shareholders must propose to sell Registrable Securities at an aggregate price to the public (net of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) of at least $20,000,000. Following the filing of a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 or F-3, the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included therein may initiate a shelf take-down offering, and we must use our reasonable best efforts to effect an amendment or supplement to such shelf registration statement for such offering.

 

94


Table of Contents

The registration rights described above are subject to customary limitations and exceptions, including our right to withdraw or defer a registration in certain circumstances and certain cutbacks by the underwriters if marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten in a proposed offering.

In connection with the potential registrations described above, we have agreed to indemnify our current shareholders against certain liabilities. In addition, we will bear all fees, costs and expenses associated with such registrations, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and similar brokers’ fees, transfer taxes and certain costs of more than one counsel for all of the selling shareholders in an offering.

Under the Shareholders Agreement, Sportswear Holdings Limited exercised a Demand Right to cause us to file this registration statement.

Voting Agreement

In connection with the Preference Share Sale, we entered into the Voting Agreement with the Existing Shareholders pursuant to which the Existing Shareholders agreed to vote all of their respective ordinary shares (and any other voting securities of the Company over which each such Existing Shareholder has voting control) as a block in accordance with the vote of the majority of the ordinary shares held by the Existing Shareholders on all matters (the “Voting Provisions”). The Voting Provisions will terminate upon the earlier of (i) the date the Existing Shareholders cease to own, in the aggregate, at least 50% of our outstanding ordinary shares, (ii) a Company Sale (as defined in the Voting Agreement) or (iii) July 11, 2016. Under the Voting Agreement, the Existing Shareholders also agreed to certain transfer restrictions on their shares, which will terminate upon the consummation of this offering.

As a result of the Voting Agreement, until the termination of the Voting Provisions, the Existing Shareholders are expected to control or substantially influence all of our shareholder votes, including the election of directors, any potential merger of the Company with or into another company or any potential sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. Following the consummation of this offering, Sportswear Holdings Limited will beneficially own a majority of the ordinary shares held by the Existing Shareholders and, as a result, is expected to control or substantially influence our shareholder votes.

Michael Kors Far East Holdings Limited

Certain of our current shareholders, including Mr. Kors, Mr. Idol and Sportswear Holdings Limited, own Far East Holdings. We have entered into agreements (the “Far East Licensing Agreements”) with certain subsidiaries of Far East Holdings (the “Licensees”) pursuant to which the Licensees have exclusive rights within China, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan, and rights of first refusal to expand to other territories across Asia, to import, sell, advertise and promote apparel, footwear and accessories, excluding eyewear, watches and fragrance and personal care products, and to own and operate free-standing retail stores bearing our “ Michael Kors ,” “ MICHAEL Michael Kors ” and “ KORS Michael Kors ” trademarks. The Far East Licensing Agreements expire on March 31, 2041, and we may terminate them at certain intervals if certain minimum sale benchmarks are not met.

Any issuance or transfer of an equity interest in Far East Holdings or any of its subsidiaries is subject to our right of first refusal, except for the following issuances: (i) issuances to Far East Holdings’ existing shareholders and their affiliates so long as Sportswear Holdings Limited and its affiliates retain a majority interest in Far East Holdings; (ii) issuances to third parties for bona fide business financing purposes so long as such third parties agree to be bound by our right of first refusal; (iii) issuances pursuant to employee stock plans; (iv) issuances in connection with a bona fide business acquisition; (v) issuances to vendors, lenders, lessors and other similar persons; and (vi) issuances pursuant to stock splits, stock dividends and other recapitalizations. In addition, in the event that Far East Holdings or any of its subsidiaries proposes to consummate an initial public offering, we have the right to purchase the proposed listing entity based on its total market capitalization upon consummation of the initial public offering, as determined by a mutually agreed, internationally recognized investment bank.

 

95


Table of Contents

Affiliate Office Space and Related Services

We are affiliated with several companies through common ownership and control, including SHL Investment Group (USA), Inc., an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Sportswear Holdings Limited. In the normal course of business, management of certain affiliated companies, including SHL Investment Group (USA), Inc., has assisted with the development of our business strategies and operations. No amounts have been charged to us by such companies for these services. We provide office space and office related services for these individuals for which we charged SHL Investment Group (USA), Inc. approximately $0.4 million in Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009.

MKHL Canada Contribution

In December 2010, we issued ordinary shares to SHLK and Mr. Kors in consideration for their contribution (the “MKHL Canada Contribution”) to the Company of 100% of the shares of MKHL Canada Limited (“MKHL Canada”). In connection with this transaction, we agreed to indemnify Mr. Kors for tax obligations that might arise related to his exchange of shares in MKHL Canada for ordinary shares of the Company if certain events, which are within the control of the Company, occur with respect to the equity interests or business assets of the Company and its subsidiaries. Depending upon the occurrence of such events, we estimate that this indemnity could range up to approximately $3.5 million. However, as a result of the sale by Mr. Kors of his interests in the Company acquired in the MKHL Canada Contribution in the Preference Share Sale, we believe we will have no liability under this indemnity obligation.

Note Payable to SHLK

Immediately prior to the First Merger, SHLK held a $101.7 million note issued by us and payable to SHLK, our largest direct shareholder at the time. This note was extinguished immediately prior to the Second Merger. The note had an outstanding balance of $101.7 million, $103.5 million and $103.5 million as of April 2, 2011, April 3, 2010, and March 28, 2009, respectively. The note was non-interest bearing and represented advances provided by SHLK aggregating $103.5 million, of which $1.8 million was repaid in Fiscal 2011. As described above under “—Reorganization Transactions and Preference Share Sale,” this note was extinguished in connection with the Reorganization Transactions.

Employment Relationship

Lance LePere is the Executive Vice President—Creative Director—Women’s Design of MKUSA. Mr. LePere is also a selling shareholder in this offering. Mr. LePere is the spouse of Michael Kors, our Honorary Chairman and Chief Creative Officer.

Related Party Transactions Policies and Procedures

Upon the consummation of this offering, we will adopt a written Related Person Transaction Policy (the “policy”), which will set forth our policy with respect to the review, approval and ratification of certain related party transactions by our audit committee. In accordance with the policy, our audit committee will have overall responsibility for the implementation of and compliance with this policy.

For the purposes of the policy, a “related party transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we were, are or will be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any related party (as defined in the policy) had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A “related party transaction” does not include any employment relationship or transaction involving an executive officer and any related compensation resulting solely from that employment relationship that has been reviewed and approved by our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

96


Table of Contents

The policy will require that notice of a proposed related party transaction be provided to our legal department prior to entering into such transaction. If our legal department determines that such transaction is a related party transaction, the proposed transaction will be submitted to our audit committee for consideration at its next meeting. Under the policy, our audit committee may approve only those related party transactions that are in, or not inconsistent with, our best interests. In the event that we become aware of a related party transaction that has not been previously reviewed, approved or ratified under the policy and that is ongoing or has been completed, the transaction will be submitted to the audit committee so that it may determine whether to ratify, rescind or terminate the related party transaction.

The policy will also provide that our audit committee review certain previously approved or ratified related party transactions that are ongoing to determine whether the related party transaction remains in our best interests and the best interests of our shareholders. Additionally, we will also make periodic inquiries of executive officers and directors with respect to any potential related party transaction of which they may be a party or of which they may be aware.

 

97


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

General

We are a company organized under the laws of the British Virgin Islands with limited liability. We are registered at the Registry of Corporate Affairs of the British Virgin Islands under number 524407, and our affairs are governed by the provisions of our Memorandum and Articles of Association and by the provisions of applicable British Virgin Islands law.

Our Memorandum and Articles of Association authorizes the issuance of a maximum of 660,856,853 shares, comprised of 650,000,000 ordinary shares of no par value and 10,856,853 preference shares of no par value. In addition, as further described under “—New Shares,” following the consummation of this offering and the conversion of all of our currently outstanding preference shares into ordinary shares, our board of directors may create, authorize and issue, from time to time, one or more new classes of shares and fix the voting powers, full or limited, if any, of the shares of such class or classes and the preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof. As of December 1, 2011, 147,134,033 ordinary shares and 10,856,853 preference shares were issued and outstanding (without giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding preference shares of the Company into ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering). The preference shares will convert into ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have 190,792,875 ordinary shares and no preference shares issued and outstanding.

As stated in Section 4 of our Memorandum of Association (General Objects and Powers), the objects for which we are established are unrestricted, and we have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the BVI Act or any other law of the British Virgin Islands, except that we may not: (i) carry on business with persons resident in the British Virgin Islands, other than professional contact with certain advisors; (ii) own an interest in real property situate in the British Virgin Islands, other than certain leases; (iii) carry on banking or trust business, unless we are licensed to do so; (iv) carry on business as an insurance or re-insurance company, insurance agent or insurance broker, unless we are licensed to do so; (v) carry on business of company management, unless we are licensed to do so; or (vi) carry on the business of providing the registered office or the registered agent for companies incorporated in the British Virgin Islands.

The following is a summary of the material provisions of our ordinary shares and preference shares and our Memorandum and Articles of Association.

Ordinary Shares

The following summarizes the rights of holders of our ordinary shares:

 

   

each holder of ordinary shares is entitled to one vote per ordinary share on all matters to be voted on by shareholders generally, including the election of directors;

 

   

there are no cumulative voting rights;

 

   

the holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to share ratably in dividends and other distributions as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, if any; and

 

   

upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of ordinary shares will be entitled to share ratably in the distribution of all of our assets remaining available for distribution after satisfaction of all our liabilities and the payment of the liquidation preference of any outstanding preference shares.

Preference Shares

We are authorized to issue a maximum of 10,856,853 preference shares, all of which are currently issued and outstanding. The preference shares, with respect to dividend rights, rights on other distributions and rights

 

98


Table of Contents

upon liquidation, winding up or dissolution, rank (i) senior to the ordinary shares and any other class or series of ordinary, preference or other shares or equity securities of the Company now or hereafter authorized, and (ii) junior to any indebtedness now or hereafter incurred by the Company. If we declare and pay any dividends on ordinary shares, then holders of preference shares are entitled to share in such dividends on a pro rata basis, as if their preference shares had been converted into ordinary shares immediately prior to the record date for determining the holders of ordinary shares eligible to receive such dividends. In addition, if we do not complete this offering (or another initial public offering) for aggregate gross cash proceeds of at least $250,000,000 to us and/or the selling shareholders before January 11, 2013 (a “Qualified IPO”), then we must pay to holders of our preference shares, quarterly in arrears, dividends at an annual rate equal to 10% of the “accreted value,” which equals (a) $46.05386, the issue amount of the preference shares, plus (b) dividends that have accreted, compounded and been added thereto. Such dividends may be paid in cash or paid in any combination of cash and compound and be added to the “accreted value.”

Holders of preference shares are entitled to vote on all matters with respect to which ordinary shares may be voted, with the number of votes being equal to the number of ordinary shares into which such holder’s preference shares could be converted on the record date for determination of the holders entitled to vote on such matters. If a Qualified IPO is not consummated on or prior to March 31, 2012, the holders of preference shares, as a class, will have the right to designate, by approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares held by such holders of preference shares (assuming all preference shares are converted into ordinary shares), one member of our board of directors until immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO.

At its option and at any time, each holder of preference shares may convert any or all of such holder’s preference shares into a number of ordinary shares equal to, subject to certain antidilution adjustments, the product of (i) the number of such holder’s preference shares multiplied by (ii) the “Conversion Ratio,” which is calculated by dividing the accreted value by $12.1194368. In addition, all of the preference shares will be automatically converted into ordinary shares, using the same conversion calculation as in the preceding sentence, upon the earlier of (a) immediately prior to the consummation of this offering and (b) upon our receipt of the approval of 66 2/3% of the then outstanding preference shares. As a result, no preference shares will be issued and outstanding after this offering.

New Shares

Following the consummation of this offering and the conversion of all of our currently outstanding preference shares into ordinary shares, our board of directors will be authorized to issue, from time to time, an unlimited number of new shares in one or more new classes of shares and, with respect to each such class, to fix the voting powers, full or limited, if any, of the shares of such class and the preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The authority of our board of directors with respect to the establishment of the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of each new class of shares includes, but is not limited to, the determination or fixing of the following:

 

   

the dividend rate of such class, the conditions and dates upon which such dividends will be payable, the relation that such dividends will bear to the dividends payable on any other class or classes of the shares and whether such dividends shall be cumulative or non-cumulative;

 

   

whether the shares of such class will be subject to redemption for cash, property or rights, including securities of the Company or of any other corporation, by the Company at the option of either the Company or the holder or both or upon the happening of a specified event, and, if made subject to any such redemption, the times or events, prices and other terms and conditions of such redemption;

 

   

the terms and amount of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of the shares of such class;

 

99


Table of Contents
   

whether or not the new class of shares will be convertible into, or exchangeable for, at the option of either the holder or the Company or upon the happening of a specified event, shares of any other class or classes of our shares, and, if provision be made for conversion or exchange, the times or events, prices, rates, adjustments and other terms and conditions of such conversions or exchanges;

 

   

the restrictions, if any, on the issue or reissue of any additional shares of such new class of shares;

 

   

the provisions as to voting (which may be one or more votes per share or a fraction of a vote per share), and the number of votes of the shares of such new class of shares relative to the ordinary shares and any other new class of shares), optional and/or other special rights and preferences, if any, and whether the shares of such new class of shares shall vote separately from other classes of shares of the Company; and

 

   

the rights of the holders of the shares of such class upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Under British Virgin Islands law, each of our directors and officers, in performing his or her functions, is required to act honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests and exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent director would exercise in comparable circumstances. Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by British Virgin Islands law or any other applicable laws, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our shareholders for any acts or omissions in the performance of their duties. This limitation of liability does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. These provisions will not limit the liability of directors under United States securities laws.

Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provides that we shall indemnify any of our directors, officers or anyone serving at our request as a director of another entity against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings. If such person provides an undertaking to repay expense advances under certain circumstances, we shall pay any expenses, including legal fees, incurred by any such person in defending any legal, administrative or investigative proceedings in advance of the final disposition of the proceedings. If a person to be indemnified has been successful in defense of any proceedings referred to above, such person is entitled to be indemnified against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments and fines reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the proceedings. We are required to indemnify a director or officer only if he or she acted honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. The decision of our board of directors as to whether the director or officer acted honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests and as to whether the director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful, is in the absence of fraud sufficient for the purposes of indemnification, unless a question of law is involved. The termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entry of no plea does not, by itself, create a presumption that a director or officer did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to our best interests or that the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

In addition, we will enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers pursuant to which we will agree to indemnify them against a number of liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being such a director or officer.

We may purchase and maintain insurance in relation to any of our directors or officers against any liability asserted against the directors or officers and incurred by the directors or officers in that capacity, whether or not we have or would have had the power to indemnify the directors or officers against the liability as provided in our Memorandum and Articles of Association.

 

100


Table of Contents

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for our directors or officers under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable as a matter of United States law.

Shareholders’ Meetings and Consents

The following summarizes certain relevant provisions of British Virgin Islands laws and our Memorandum and Articles of Association in relation to our shareholders’ meetings:

 

   

the board of directors may convene meetings of shareholders at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the board considers necessary or desirable; provided that at least one meeting of shareholders must be held each year;

 

   

upon the written request of shareholders entitled to exercise 30% or more of the voting rights in respect of a matter for which a meeting is requested, the directors are required to convene a meeting of shareholders. Any such request must state the proposed purpose of the meeting;

 

   

when convening a meeting, the board of directors must give not less than seven days’ notice of a meeting of shareholders to: (i) those shareholders whose names on the date the notice is given appear as shareholders in our register of members and are entitled to vote at the meeting; and (ii) the other directors;

 

   

a meeting of shareholders held in contravention of the requirement to give notice is valid if shareholders holding at least 90% of the total voting rights on all the matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting, and for this purpose the presence of a shareholder at the meeting shall constitute waiver in relation to all the shares that such shareholder holds;

 

   

a shareholder may be represented at a meeting of shareholders by a proxy who may speak and vote on behalf of the shareholder;

 

   

a meeting of shareholders is duly constituted if, at the commencement of the meeting, there are present in person or by proxy not less than 50% of the votes of the shares or class or series of shares entitled to vote on resolutions of shareholders to be considered at the meeting (a “quorum”);

 

   

if within two hours from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of shareholders, shall be dissolved; in any other case it shall be adjourned to the next business day in the jurisdiction in which the meeting was to have been held at the same time and place or to such other date, time and place as the directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting there are present within one hour from the time appointed for the meeting in person or by proxy not less than one third of the votes of the shares or each class or series of shares entitled to vote on the matters to be considered by the meeting, those present shall constitute a quorum but otherwise the meeting shall be dissolved. Notice of the adjourned meeting need not be given if the date, time and place of such meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken;

 

   

a resolution of shareholders is valid only if approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of shareholders by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes of the shares entitled to vote thereon that were present at the meeting and were voted; and

 

   

no action may be taken by shareholders except at a duly convened and constituted meeting of shareholders, and no action may be taken by shareholders by written consent, unless the action to be effected by written consent of shareholders and the taking of such action by such written consent have expressly been approved in advance by our board of directors.

In addition, in order to nominate candidates for election as a director or propose topics for consideration at a meeting of shareholders, shareholders must notify our secretary in writing prior to the meeting at which directors

 

101


Table of Contents

are to be elected or the proposals are to be acted upon, and such notice must contain the information specified in our Memorandum and Articles of Association. To be timely, notice with respect to an annual meeting must generally be received, unless otherwise provided by mandatory law, not less than 90 days and no more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting. If the date of such annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days prior to, or delayed by more than 70 days after, the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year or for the first annual meeting following this offering, the notice must be received not earlier than the 120 th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the later of the 90 th day prior to such annual meeting and the 10 th day following the day on which the first public announcement of such annual meeting is made. In the case of a special meeting of shareholders, notice must be received not earlier than the 120 th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the later of the 90 th day prior to such special meeting and the 10 th day following the day on which the first public announcement of such special meeting is made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the board at an annual meeting is increased, and we do not make a public announcement naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least 100 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a shareholder notice of nomination will also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it is delivered not later than the close of business on the 10 th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made. These notice requirements may preclude shareholders from nominating candidates for election as a director or proposing topics for consideration at a meeting of shareholders.

We expect that the first annual meeting of our shareholders following this offering will be held in 2012.

Board of Directors

The management of our Company is vested in a board of directors. Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provides that our board of directors must be composed of between one and twelve members. The number of directors is determined from time to time by resolution of directors. Our directors are elected by resolution of shareholders at the annual meeting of shareholders, except that in the case of a vacancy in the office of a director because of death, retirement, resignation, dismissal, removal or otherwise, the remaining directors may appoint a successor and fill such vacancy by resolution.

Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes. Pursuant to our Memorandum and Articles of Association, our directors are appointed at the annual meeting of shareholders for a period of three years, with each director serving until the third annual meeting of shareholders following their election (except that the initial Class I and Class II directors will serve until the first annual meeting and second annual meeting of shareholders, respectively). Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of shareholders in the year of such expiration, and the same directors will be eligible for re-election. Directors are not required to be shareholders and do not become ineligible to serve based on age.

Our board of directors will consist of six members at the time of the consummation of this offering. A majority of the members of the board then in office (and able to vote) present or represented at a board meeting constitutes a quorum, and resolutions are adopted by a simple majority vote of all votes cast. Our board of directors may also take action by means of a written consent signed by a majority of directors.

Our board of directors may delegate the daily management of our business, as well as the power to represent us in our day to day business, to individual directors, officers or other agents of the Company (with the power to sub-delegate). In addition, our board of directors may delegate the daily management of our business, as well as the power to represent us in our day-to-day business, to a committee as it deems fit. The board will determine the conditions of appointment and dismissal as well as the remuneration and powers of any persons or committees so appointed. The board may also determine the purpose, powers and authorities as well as the procedures and such other rules as may be applicable to committees it creates.

 

102


Table of Contents

Differences in Corporate Law

We were incorporated under, and are governed by, the laws of the British Virgin Islands. The corporate statutes of the State of Delaware and the British Virgin Islands are similar, and the flexibility available under British Virgin Islands law has enabled us to adopt a memorandum and articles of association that will provide shareholders with rights that do not vary in any material respect from those they would enjoy if we were incorporated under Delaware law. Set forth below is a summary of some of the differences between provisions of the BVI Act applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in Delaware and their shareholders.

Director’s Fiduciary Duties

Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

British Virgin Islands law provides that every director of a British Virgin Islands company in exercising his powers or performing his duties, shall act honestly and in good faith and in what the director believes to be in the best interests of the company. Additionally, the director shall exercise the care, diligence, and skill that a reasonable director would exercise in the same circumstances taking into account the nature of the company, the nature of the decision and the position of the director and his responsibilities. In addition, British Virgin Islands law provides that a director shall exercise his powers as a director for a proper purpose and shall not act, or agree to the company acting, in a manner that contravenes British Virgin Islands law or the memorandum and articles of association of the company.

Amendment of Governing Documents

Under Delaware corporate law, with very limited exceptions, a vote of the shareholders of a corporation is required to amend the certificate of incorporation. In addition, Delaware corporate law provides that shareholders have the right to amend the corporation’s bylaws, but the certificate of incorporation may confer such right on the directors of the corporation.

Our Memorandum and Articles of Association can generally be amended by a majority vote of our shareholders. However, certain provisions of our Memorandum and Articles of Association can be amended only by the affirmative vote of 75% of the shares entitled to vote on such matter, including the provisions relating to:

 

   

the composition and manner of election of our board of directors and the ability to remove directors;

 

   

the ability of shareholders to take action by written consent, call meetings, nominate directors and bring proposals before meetings; and

 

   

this requirement of the affirmative vote of 75% of the shares entitled to vote to amend certain provisions of our Memorandum and Articles of Association.

 

103


Table of Contents

In addition, pursuant to our Memorandum and Articles of Association, our board of directors may amend our Memorandum and Articles of Association by a resolution of directors without a requirement for a resolution of shareholders so long as the amendment does not:

 

   

restrict the rights or powers of the shareholders to amend our Memorandum and Articles of Association;

 

   

change the percentage of shareholders required to pass a resolution of shareholders to amend our Memorandum and Articles of Association; or

 

   

amend our Memorandum and Articles of Association in circumstances where it cannot be amended by the shareholders, including any provisions that our Memorandum and Articles of Association specifies cannot be amended, of which there are currently none.

Written Consent of Directors

Under Delaware corporate law, a written consent of the directors must be unanimous to take effect. Under British Virgin Islands law and our Memorandum and Articles of Association, only a majority of the directors are required to sign a written consent.

Written Consent of Shareholders

Under Delaware corporate law, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action to be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of a corporation may be taken by written consent of the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to take that action at a meeting at which all shareholders entitled to vote were present and voted. As permitted by British Virgin Islands law, our Memorandum and Articles of Association provides that no shareholder action may be taken by written consent.

Shareholder Proposals

Under Delaware corporate law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings. British Virgin Islands law and our Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that our directors shall call a meeting of the shareholders if requested in writing to do so by shareholders entitled to exercise at least 30% of the voting rights in respect of the matter for which the meeting is requested, provided that any such request must state the proposed purpose of the meeting. In addition, to put any proposal before any meeting of shareholders, a shareholder must comply with the notice procedures set forth in our Memorandum and Articles of Association.

Sale of Assets

Under Delaware corporate law, a vote of the shareholders is required to approve a sale of assets only when all or substantially all assets are being sold to a person other than a subsidiary of the Company. Under British Virgin Islands law generally, shareholder approval is required when more than 50% of a company’s total assets by value are being disposed of or sold to any person if not made in the usual or regular course of the business carried out by the company. Under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, however, shareholder approval is not required for any sale, transfer, lease, exchange or other disposition by us of more than 50% percent in value of our assets if such disposition is made to one or more of our subsidiaries.

Dissolution; Winding Up

Under Delaware corporate law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the

 

104


Table of Contents

dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware corporate law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board. As permitted by British Virgin Islands law and our Memorandum and Articles of Association, we may be voluntarily liquidated under Part XII of the BVI Act by resolution of shareholders if we have no liabilities or we are able to pay our debts as they fall due.

Redemption of Shares

Under Delaware corporate law, any stock may be made subject to redemption by the corporation at its option, at the option of the holders of that stock or upon the happening of a specified event, provided shares with full voting power remain outstanding. The stock may be made redeemable for cash, property or rights, as specified in the certificate of incorporation or in the resolution of the board of directors providing for the issue of the stock. As permitted by British Virgin Islands law and our Memorandum and Articles of Association, shares may be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired by us. However, the consent of the shareholder whose shares are to be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired must be obtained, except as specified in the terms of the applicable class or series of shares or as described under “—Compulsory Acquisition” below. In addition, our directors must determine that, immediately following the redemption or repurchase, we will be able to pay our debts as they fall due and that the value of our assets will exceed our liabilities.

Compulsory Acquisition

Under Delaware General Corporation Law § 253, in a process known as a “short form” merger, a corporation that owns at least 90% of the outstanding shares of each class of stock of another corporation may either merge the other corporation into itself and assume all of its obligations or merge itself into the other corporation by executing, acknowledging and filing with the Delaware Secretary of State a certificate of such ownership and merger setting forth a copy of the resolution of its board of directors authorizing such merger. If the parent corporation is a Delaware corporation that is not the surviving corporation, the merger also must be approved by a majority of the outstanding stock of the parent corporation. If the parent corporation does not own all of the stock of the subsidiary corporation immediately prior to the merger, the minority shareholders of the subsidiary corporation party to the merger may have appraisal rights as set forth in § 262 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Under the BVI Act, subject to any limitations in a company’s memorandum and articles of association, members holding 90% of the votes of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, and members holding 90% of the votes of the outstanding shares of each class of shares entitled to vote, may give a written instruction to the company directing the company to redeem the shares held by the remaining members. Upon receipt of such written instruction, the company shall redeem the shares specified in the written instruction, irrespective of whether or not the shares are by their terms redeemable. The company shall give written notice to each member whose shares are to be redeemed stating the redemption price and the manner in which the redemption is to be effected. A member whose shares are to be so redeemed is entitled to dissent from such redemption and to be paid the fair value of his shares, as described under “—Shareholders’ Rights under British Virgin Islands Law Generally” below.

Variation of Rights of Shares

Under Delaware corporate law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of that class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. As permitted by British Virgin Islands law and our Memorandum and Articles of Association, we may vary the rights attached to any class of shares following a resolution of shareholders passed at a meeting of shareholders by holders of not less than 50% of the issued shares of that class and holders of not less than 50% of the issued shares of any other class which may be adversely affected by such variation.

 

105


Table of Contents

Election of Directors

Under Delaware corporate law, unless otherwise specified in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of a corporation, directors are elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares entitled to vote on the election of directors. Under British Virgin Islands law, directors must be elected by at least majority of the votes of the shares entitled to vote on the election of directors.

Removal of Directors

Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Similarly, as permitted by British Virgin Islands law, our Memorandum and Articles of Association provides that directors may be removed at any time, for cause only, by a resolution of shareholders approved by a majority of the shares entitled to vote on such matter.

Mergers

Under Delaware corporate law, one or more constituent corporations may merge into and become part of another constituent corporation in a process known as a merger. A Delaware corporation may merge with a foreign corporation as long as the law of the foreign jurisdiction permits such a merger. To effect a merger under Delaware General Corporation Law § 251, an agreement of merger must be properly adopted and the agreement of merger or a certificate of merger must be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State. In order to be properly adopted, the agreement of merger must be adopted by the board of directors of each constituent corporation by a resolution or unanimous written consent. In addition, the agreement of merger generally must be approved at a meeting of shareholders of each constituent corporation by a majority of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides for a supermajority vote. In general, the surviving corporation assumes all of the assets and liabilities of the disappearing corporation or corporations as a result of the merger.

Under the BVI Act, two or more companies may merge or consolidate in accordance with the statutory provisions. A merger means the merging of two or more constituent companies into one of the constituent companies, and a consolidation means the uniting of two or more constituent companies into a new company. In order to merge or consolidate, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must be authorized by a resolution of shareholders. One or more companies may also merge or consolidate with one or more companies incorporated under the laws of jurisdictions outside the British Virgin Islands if the merger or consolidation is permitted by the laws of the jurisdictions in which the companies incorporated outside the British Virgin Islands are incorporated. In respect of such a merger or consolidation, a British Virgin Islands company is required to comply with the provisions of the BVI Act, and a company incorporated outside the British Virgin Islands is required to comply with the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

Shareholders not otherwise entitled to vote on the merger or consolidation may still acquire the right to vote if the plan of merger or consolidation contains any provision that, if proposed as an amendment to the memorandum and articles of association, would entitle them to vote as a class or series on the proposed amendment. In any event, all shareholders must be given a copy of the plan of merger or consolidation irrespective of whether they are entitled to vote at the meeting or consent to the written resolution to approve the plan of merger or consolidation.

Inspection of Books and Records

Under Delaware corporate law, any shareholder of a corporation may for any proper purpose inspect or make copies of the corporation’s stock ledger, list of shareholders and other books and records. Under British

 

106


Table of Contents

Virgin Islands law, members of the general public, on payment of a nominal fee, can obtain copies of the public records of a company available at the office of the British Virgin Islands Registrar of Corporate Affairs, including the company’s certificate of incorporation, its memorandum and articles of association (with any amendments), records of license fees paid to date, any articles of dissolution, any articles of merger and a register of charges if the company has elected to file such a register.

A shareholder of a company is entitled, on giving written notice to the company, to inspect:

 

  (a)

the memorandum and articles of association;

 

  (b)

the register of members;

 

  (c)

the register of directors; and

 

  (d)

the minutes of meetings and resolutions of shareholders and of those classes of shares of which he is a shareholder.

In addition, a shareholder may make copies of or take extracts from the documents and records referred to in (a) through (d) above. However, subject to the memorandum and articles of association of the company, the directors may, if they are satisfied that it would be contrary to the company’s interests to allow a shareholder to inspect any document, or part of any document, specified in (b), (c) or (d) above, refuse to permit the shareholder to inspect the document or limit the inspection of the document, including limiting the making of copies or the taking of extracts from the records. Where a company fails or refuses to permit a shareholder to inspect a document or permits a shareholder to inspect a document subject to limitations, that shareholder may apply to the court for an order that he should be permitted to inspect the document or to inspect the document without limitation.

Where a company keeps a copy of the register of members or the register of directors at the office of its registered agent, it is required to notify any changes to the originals of such registers to the registered agent, in writing, within 15 days of any change; and to provide the registered agent with a written record of the physical address of the place or places at which the original register of members or the original register of directors is kept. Where the place at which the original register of members or the original register of directors is changed, the company is required to provide the registered agent with the physical address of the new location of the records within 14 days of the change of location.

A company is also required to keep at the office of its registered agent or at such other place or places, within or outside the British Virgin Islands, as the directors determine the minutes of meetings and resolutions of shareholders and of classes of shareholders; and the minutes of meetings and resolutions of directors and committees of directors. If such records are kept at a place other than at the office of the company’s registered agent, the company is required to provide the registered agent with a written record of the physical address of the place or places at which the records are kept and to notify the registered agent, within 14 days, of the physical address of any new location where such records may be kept.

Conflict of Interest

Under Delaware corporate law, a contract between a corporation and a director or officer, or between a corporation and any other organization in which a director or officer has a financial interest, is not void as long as (i) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest are disclosed or known and (ii) either a majority of the disinterested directors authorizes the contract in good faith or the shareholders vote in good faith to approve the contract. Nor will any such contract be void if it is fair to the corporation when it is authorized, approved or ratified by the board of directors, a committee or the shareholders.

The BVI Act provides that a director shall, forthwith after becoming aware that he is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the company, disclose that interest to the board of directors of the

 

107


Table of Contents

company. The failure of a director to disclose that interest does not affect the validity of a transaction entered into by the director or the company, so long as the director’s interest was disclosed to the board prior to the company’s entry into the transaction or was not required to be disclosed because the transaction is between the company and the director himself and is otherwise in the ordinary course of business and on usual terms and conditions. As permitted by British Virgin Islands law and our Memorandum and Articles of Association, a director interested in a particular transaction may vote on it, attend meetings at which it is considered and sign documents on our behalf that relate to the transaction, provided that the disinterested directors consent.

Transactions with Interested Shareholders

Delaware corporate law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware public corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by that statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that the person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or group that owns or owned 15% or more of the company’s outstanding voting stock within the past three years. This statute has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the company in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which the shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder.

British Virgin Islands law has no comparable provision. However, although British Virgin Islands law does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that these transactions must be entered into in the bona fide best interests of the company and not with the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders.

Independent Directors

There are no provisions under Delaware corporate law or under the BVI Act that require a majority of our directors to be independent.

Cumulative Voting

Under Delaware corporate law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the company’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. There are no prohibitions on cumulative voting under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, but our Memorandum and Articles of Association does not provide for cumulative voting.

Shareholders’ Rights under British Virgin Islands Law Generally

The BVI Act provides for certain remedies that may be available to shareholders. Where a company incorporated under the BVI Act or any of its directors engages in, or proposes to engage in, conduct that contravenes the BVI Act or the company’s memorandum and articles of association, British Virgin Islands courts can issue a restraining or compliance order. However, shareholders cannot also bring derivative, personal and representative actions under certain circumstances. The traditional English basis for members’ remedies has also been incorporated into the BVI Act: where a shareholder of a company considers that the affairs of the company have been, are being or are likely to be conducted in a manner likely to be oppressive, unfairly discriminating or unfairly prejudicial to him, he may apply to the court for an order based on such conduct. In addition, any shareholder of a company may apply to the courts for the appointment of a liquidator of the company and the court may appoint a liquidator of the company if it is of the opinion that it is just and equitable to do so.

 

108


Table of Contents

The BVI Act also provides that any shareholder of a company is entitled to payment of the fair value of his shares upon dissenting from any of the following: (i) a merger, if the company is a constituent company, unless the company is the surviving company and the member continues to hold the same or similar shares; (ii) a consolidation, if the company is a constituent company; (iii) any sale, transfer, lease, exchange or other disposition of more than 50% in value of the assets or business of the company if not made in the usual or regular course of the business carried on by the company but not including (a) a disposition pursuant to an order of the court having jurisdiction in the matter, (b) a disposition for money on terms requiring all or substantially all net proceeds to be distributed to the shareholders in accordance with their respective interest within one year after the date of disposition, or (c) a transfer pursuant to the power of the directors to transfer assets for the protection thereof; (iv) a redemption of 10% or fewer of the issued shares of the company required by the holders of 90% or more of the shares of the company pursuant to the terms of the BVI Act; and (v) an arrangement, if permitted by the court.

Generally any other claims against a company by its shareholders must be based on the general laws of contract or tort applicable in the British Virgin Islands or their individual rights as shareholders as established by the company’s memorandum and articles of association.

 

109


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. We cannot make any prediction as to the effect, if any, that sales of ordinary shares or the availability of ordinary shares for sale will have on the market price of our ordinary shares. The market price of our ordinary shares could decline because of the sale of a large number of ordinary shares or the perception that such sales could occur. These factors could also make it more difficult to raise funds through future offerings of ordinary shares. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Ordinary Shares—Future sales of our ordinary shares, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our share price.”

Sale of Restricted Shares

Upon the consummation of this offering, we will have 190,792,875 ordinary shares outstanding. Of these shares, the 41,700,000 ordinary shares sold in this offering (or 47,955,000 ordinary shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) will be freely tradable without restriction or further restriction under the Securities Act, except that any ordinary shares purchased by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may generally only be sold in compliance with the limitations of Rule 144 described below. As defined in Rule 144, an affiliate of an issuer is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the issuer. Approximately 149,092,845 of our ordinary shares outstanding following the consummation of this offering will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined under Rule 144 (or 142,837,875 ordinary shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below, or any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act. After the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 149,092,845 ordinary shares, representing approximately 78.1% of our outstanding ordinary shares (or 142,837,875 ordinary shares, representing approximately 74.9% of our outstanding ordinary shares, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), will be entitled to dispose of their shares following the expiration of an initial 180-day underwriter “lock-up” period pursuant to the holding period, volume and other restrictions of Rule 144. The underwriters are entitled to waive these lock-up provisions at their discretion prior to the expiration dates of such lock-up agreements.

Rule 144

The availability of Rule 144 will vary depending on whether restricted securities are held by an affiliate or a non-affiliate. In general, under Rule 144, an affiliate who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding ordinary shares or the average weekly trading volume of our ordinary shares reported through the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about our Company. The volume limitations, manner of sale and notice provisions described above will not apply to sales by non-affiliates. For purposes of Rule 144, a non-affiliate is any person or entity who is not our affiliate at the time of sale and has not been our affiliate during the preceding three months. A non-affiliate who has beneficially owned restricted securities for six months may rely on Rule 144 provided that certain public information regarding us is available. A non-affiliate who has beneficially owned the restricted securities proposed to be sold for at least one year will not be subject to any restrictions under Rule 144.

Rule 701

Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 under the Securities Act are also restricted and may be sold by shareholders other than our affiliates subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year holding period requirement.

 

110


Table of Contents

Options/Equity Awards

We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act to register 15,246,000 ordinary shares reserved for issuance under the Equity Plan. As of December 1, 2011, there were options outstanding under the Stock Option Plan to purchase a total of 20,976,851 ordinary shares, none of which were exercisable and 9,569,167 of which will become exercisable immediately following the consummation of this offering. Immediately following the completion of this offering, there will be 1,833,134 options and 666,250 restricted shares outstanding under the Equity Plan that we intend to grant to our employees in connection with this offering, in addition to 14,000 restricted share units that we intend to grant to our non-employee directors. Ordinary shares issued upon the exercise of options after the effective date of the applicable registration statement will be eligible for resale in the public market without restriction, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

For a description of the lock-up agreements that we, all of our directors and executive officers, the holders of all of our currently outstanding ordinary shares and certain holders of options to purchase ordinary shares have entered into in connection with this offering, see “Underwriting.”

Registration Rights

The Shareholders Agreement grants all of our current shareholders, including Mr. Kors, Mr. Idol and Sportswear Holdings Limited, registration rights with respect to our ordinary shares owned by them. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Shareholders Agreement.”

 

111


Table of Contents

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares that are applicable to you if you are a U.S. Holder, as defined below, that acquires ordinary shares pursuant to this offering. This discussion is not a complete analysis or listing of all of the possible tax consequences of such transactions and does not address all tax considerations that might be relevant to particular holders in light of their personal circumstances or to persons that are subject to special tax rules. In particular, the information set forth below deals only with U.S. Holders that will hold ordinary shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, property held for investment) and that do not own, and are not treated as owning, at any time, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote. In addition, this description of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences does not address the tax treatment of special classes of U.S. Holders, such as financial institutions, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, tax-exempt entities, insurance companies, persons holding the ordinary shares as part of a hedging, integrated or conversion transaction, constructive sale or “straddle,” persons who acquired ordinary shares through the exercise or cancellation of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation for their services, U.S. expatriates, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, dealers or traders in securities or currencies or holders whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

This summary does not address estate and gift tax or any U.S. federal tax consequences other than income tax or tax consequences under any state, local or foreign laws, other than as provided under “—British Virgin Islands Tax Consequences” below.

For purposes of this section, you are a “U.S. Holder” if you are a beneficial owner of ordinary shares and are: (i) an individual citizen of the United States or a resident alien of the United States as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes; (ii) a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or (iv) a trust (a) if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a partnership or other pass-through entity is a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner or other owner will generally depend upon the status of the partner (or other owner) and the activities of the entity. If you are a partner (or other owner) of a pass-through entity that acquires ordinary shares, you should consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of owning and disposing of ordinary shares.

The following discussion is based upon the Code, U.S. judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements, and existing and proposed Treasury regulations, all as in effect as of the date hereof. All of the preceding authorities are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested, and will not request, a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) with respect to any of the U.S. federal income tax consequences described below, and as a result there can be no assurance that the IRS will not disagree with or challenge any of the conclusions we have reached and describe herein.

This discussion assumes that we are not, and will not become, a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”), except as discussed below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations.”

The following discussion is for general information only and is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or tax advice to any holder or prospective holder of ordinary shares, and no opinion or representation with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences to any such holder or

 

112


Table of Contents

prospective holder is made. You are urged to consult your tax advisor as to the particular consequences to you under U.S. federal, state and local, and applicable foreign, tax laws of the ownership and disposition of ordinary shares.

Distributions

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, the gross amount of any distribution made by us (other than certain pro rata distributions of our ordinary shares) will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax as dividend income to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Such amount will be includable in gross income by you as ordinary income on the date that you actually or constructively receive the distribution in accordance with your regular method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes and such amount will be treated as having a foreign source. The amount of any distribution made by us in property other than cash will be the fair market value of such property on the date of the distribution. Dividends paid by us on the ordinary shares will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations.

Under the current law, which is scheduled to expire at the end of 2012, certain dividends paid by a “qualified foreign corporation” to non-corporate U.S. Holders are eligible for taxation at rates that are lower than the rates applicable to ordinary income. A foreign corporation is treated as a qualified foreign corporation with respect to dividends paid by that corporation on ordinary shares that are readily tradeable on an established securities market in the United States. Our ordinary shares are expected to be tradable on the NYSE after this offering; however, there can be no assurance that the ordinary shares will be considered readily tradeable on an established securities market after this offering or at any other time in the future. Dividends received by U.S. Holders from a foreign corporation that was a PFIC in either the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year will not constitute qualified dividends. Subject to the discussion below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” we believe that we were not a PFIC for our 2010 taxable year and do not expect to be a PFIC for our current taxable year.

To the extent that a distribution exceeds the amount of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, it will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital, causing a reduction in your adjusted basis in the ordinary shares you hold (thereby increasing the amount of gain, or decreasing the amount of loss, you will recognize upon a subsequent disposition of the ordinary shares), with any amount that exceeds your adjusted basis being taxed as capital gain recognized on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of the ordinary shares (as discussed below). However, we do not intend to maintain calculations of our earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles, and you should therefore assume that any distribution by us with respect to our ordinary shares will be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If any British Virgin Islands taxes are withheld with respect to distributions made on the ordinary shares, you may be able, subject to generally applicable limitations, to claim a foreign tax credit or to take a deduction for such withholding taxes. The rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex and involve the application of rules that depend upon your particular circumstances. Accordingly, you are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit under your particular circumstances.

Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Ordinary Shares

You generally will recognize gain or loss upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between (i) the amount realized upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition and (ii) your adjusted tax basis in the relevant ordinary shares. Generally, subject to the possible application of the PFIC rules discussed below, such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss and will be

 

113


Table of Contents

long-term capital gain or loss if, on the date of the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition, you have held the ordinary shares for more than one year. If you are a non-corporate taxpayer, long-term capital gains are currently subject to taxation at favorable rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.

Gain or loss, if any, that you realize upon a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares will be treated as having a United States source for U.S. foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

Special and generally unfavorable U.S. federal income tax rules may apply to you if your holding period in our ordinary shares includes any period during a taxable year of the Company in which the Company is a PFIC. A non-U.S. corporation is classified as a PFIC for each taxable year in which (i) 75% or more of its gross income is passive income (as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or (ii) for such taxable year, 50% or more of the average value (or, if elected, the adjusted tax basis) of its assets either produce or are held for the production of passive income.

We believe that we will not be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our current taxable year, and we do not expect to become a PFIC in the future. If we were classified as a PFIC for any taxable year during which you held ordinary shares, you would be subject to an increased tax liability (such tax generally would be calculated at the highest U.S. federal income tax rate and would also include an interest charge) upon the sale or other disposition of the ordinary shares or upon the receipt of certain distributions treated as “excess distributions,” unless you made certain elections to mitigate such consequences (although even if either of such elections were made, the U.S. federal income tax consequences of ownership of ordinary shares of a PFIC would still be less favorable than ownership of ordinary shares of a non-PFIC). In addition, you would be required to comply with certain information reporting to the IRS if we were to become a PFIC. If we were to determine that we had become a PFIC, we would provide additional information regarding such elections and reporting requirements.

You are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding our PFIC classification, the consequences to you if we became a PFIC, and the availability and the consequences of making certain elections to mitigate such consequences.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

In general, information reporting will apply to dividends paid to you in respect of ordinary shares and the proceeds received by you from the sale, exchange or other disposition of ordinary shares within the United States unless you are an exempt recipient. Backup withholding may apply to such payments if you fail to provide a taxpayer identification number or certification of exempt status or fail to report in full dividend and interest income. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

In addition, U.S. Holders should be aware that recently enacted legislation imposes new reporting requirements with respect to the holding of certain foreign financial assets, including stock of foreign issuers that is not held in an account maintained by certain types of financial institutions, if the aggregate value of all of such assets exceeds U.S. $50,000. IRS guidance suspends this annual filing requirement pending the release of new forms. Filings will eventually be required with respect to any year in which the obligation is suspended. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the application of the information reporting rules to our ordinary shares and the application of the recently enacted legislation to your particular situation.

Additional Tax on Investment Income

For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates or trusts that do not fall into a special class of trusts that is exempt from such tax, and whose income exceeds certain

 

114


Table of Contents

thresholds, generally will be subject to a 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on unearned income, including, among other things, dividends on, and capital gains from the sale or other taxable disposition of, the ordinary shares, subject to certain limitations and exceptions.

You are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the possible implications of the additional tax on investment income described above.

British Virgin Islands Tax Consequences

Under the present laws of the British Virgin Islands, there are no applicable taxes on the profits or income of the Company. There are no taxes on profits or income, nor is there any capital gains tax, estate duty or inheritance tax applicable to any ordinary shares held by non-residents of the British Virgin Islands. In addition, there is no stamp duty on the issuance, transfer or redemption of the ordinary shares. Dividends remitted to the holders of ordinary shares resident outside the British Virgin Islands will not be subject to withholding tax in the British Virgin Islands.

 

115


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and the selling shareholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of ordinary shares indicated below:

 

Name

   Number of
Ordinary Shares
 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

Jefferies & Company, Inc.

  

Nomura Securities International, Inc.

  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     41,700,000   
  

 

 

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the ordinary shares subject to their acceptance of the ordinary shares from the selling shareholders and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus if any such ordinary shares are taken. The underwriters are not, however, required to take or pay for the ordinary shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ordinary shares described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the ordinary shares directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $         per ordinary share. After the initial offering of the ordinary shares, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than 41,700,000 ordinary shares, the underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 6,255,000 ordinary shares from the selling shareholders identified in this prospectus at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the ordinary shares under this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional ordinary shares as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of ordinary shares listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

116


Table of Contents

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds before expenses to the selling shareholders. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional 6,255,000 ordinary shares.

 

            Total  
     Per Share      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by the selling shareholders

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling shareholders

   $         $         $     

The underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by the selling shareholders represent     % of the total amount of this offering.

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $5.2 million. The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for $2.0 million of these expenses.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of ordinary shares offered by them.

We have been authorized to list our ordinary shares on the NYSE under the symbol “KORS.”

We, all of our directors and executive officers, the holders of all of our currently outstanding ordinary shares and certain holders of options to purchase ordinary shares have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of the representatives, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares;

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the ordinary shares;

 

   

file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares; or

 

   

publicly announce any intention to engage in any of the above transactions,

whether any such transaction described in the bullet points above is to be settled by delivery of ordinary shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of the representatives, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any ordinary shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares that would result in a public filing or announcement.

The 180-day restricted period described in the immediately preceding paragraph will be extended if:

 

   

during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs, or

 

   

prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period or provide

 

117


Table of Contents
 

notification to the representatives of any earnings release or material news or material event that may give rise to an extension of the initial 180-day restricted period,

in which case the restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

The representatives, in their sole discretion, may release the ordinary shares and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice. When determining whether or not to release ordinary shares and other securities from lock-up agreements, the representatives will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of ordinary shares and other securities for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time.

As described below under “Directed Share Program,” any participants in the Directed Share Program shall be subject to a 180-day lock-up with respect to any ordinary shares sold to them pursuant to that program. This lock-up will have similar restrictions and an identical extension provision as the lock-up agreement described above. Any shares sold in the Directed Share Program to our directors or officers shall be subject to the lock-up agreement described above.

In order to facilitate the offering of the ordinary shares, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the ordinary shares. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more ordinary shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of ordinary shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the option to purchase additional ordinary shares. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the option to purchase additional ordinary shares or purchasing ordinary shares in the open market. In determining the source of ordinary shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of ordinary shares compared to the price available under the option to purchase additional ordinary shares. The underwriters may also sell ordinary shares in excess of the option to purchase additional ordinary shares, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing ordinary shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the ordinary shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating the offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, ordinary shares in the open market to stabilize the price of the ordinary shares. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the ordinary shares above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the ordinary shares. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the underwriters have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for the Company, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses, including Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC in connection with the Preference Share Sale and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC in connection with the Credit Facility.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative

 

118


Table of Contents

securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the Company. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

We, the selling shareholders and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of ordinary shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between the selling shareholders and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved 2,085,000 of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to directors, officers and employees of the Company. If purchased by these persons, these ordinary shares will be subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction. The number of ordinary shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved ordinary shares. Any reserved ordinary shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other ordinary shares offered by this prospectus.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (as defined below) (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any ordinary shares may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any ordinary shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b)

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of ordinary shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

119


Table of Contents

For the purposes of this provision: (i) the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any ordinary shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any ordinary shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any ordinary shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State; (ii) the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State; and (iii) the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a)

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or the “FSMA”) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the ordinary shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b)

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the ordinary shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Hong Kong

The ordinary shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances that do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances that do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to ordinary shares that are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the ordinary shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the ordinary shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the ordinary shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person that is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of which is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or

 

120


Table of Contents

that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan

The ordinary shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the “Financial Instruments and Exchange Law”), and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any ordinary shares, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Addresses of Representatives

The addresses of the representatives are as follows:

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue, 4th Floor

New York, New York 10179

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282

 

121


Table of Contents

EXPENSES RELATED TO THE OFFERING

We estimate the fees and expenses to be incurred by us in connection with the sale of the ordinary shares in this offering, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, to be as follows:

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 104,418   

FINRA filing fee

     75,500   

NYSE listing fee

     205,000   

Transfer agent’s fees

     15,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     2,080,000   

Accounting fees and expenses

     1,700,000   

Printing and engraving expenses

     400,000   

Blue sky fees and expenses

       

Taxes

       

Miscellaneous expenses

     598,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,177,918   
  

 

 

 

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $5.2 million. The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for $2.0 million of these expenses.

 

122


Table of Contents

SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ENFORCEMENT OF LIABILITIES

We are incorporated and currently existing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. In addition, certain of our directors and officers reside outside of the United States and most of the assets of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process on us or those persons in the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in United States courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability or other provisions of the United States securities laws or other laws.

In addition, uncertainty exists as to whether the courts of the British Virgin Islands would:

 

   

recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liabilities provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States; or

 

   

entertain original actions brought in the British Virgin Islands against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

We have been advised by Harney, Westwood & Riegels, Tortola, British Virgin Islands, that the United States and the British Virgin Islands do not have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of United States courts in civil and commercial matters and that a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any general or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the United States securities laws, would not be automatically enforceable in the British Virgin Islands. We have also been advised by Harney, Westwood & Riegels that any final and conclusive monetary judgment for a definite sum obtained against us in United States courts would be treated by the courts of the British Virgin Islands as a cause of action in itself and sued upon as a debt at common law so that no retrial of the issues would be necessary, provided that:

 

   

the British Virgin Islands courts had jurisdiction over the matter and we either submitted to such jurisdiction or were resident or carrying on business within such jurisdiction and were duly served with process;

 

   

the judgment given by the courts was not in respect of penalties, taxes, fines or similar fiscal or revenue obligations;

 

   

the judgment was not procured by fraud;

 

   

recognition or enforcement of the judgment in the British Virgin Islands would not be contrary to public policy; and

 

   

the proceedings pursuant to which judgment was obtained were not contrary to natural justice.

Whether these requirements are met in respect of a judgment based upon the civil liability provisions of the United States securities laws, including whether the award of monetary damages under such laws would constitute a penalty, is an issue for the British Virgin Islands court making such decision.

 

123


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus and certain legal matters as to British Virgin Islands law will be passed upon for us by Harney, Westwood & Riegels, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. United States securities law matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, New York, New York. United States securities law matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of April 2, 2011 and April 3, 2010 and for each of the three years in the period ended April 2, 2011 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. The current address of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is 300 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the ordinary shares offered under this prospectus. For the purposes of this section, the term registration statement means the original registration statement and any and all amendments including the schedules and exhibits to the original registration statement or any amendment. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement we filed. For further information regarding us and the ordinary shares offered in this prospectus, you may desire to review the full registration statement, including the exhibits. The registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling 1-202-551-8909. Copies of such materials are also available by mail from the Public Reference Branch of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. In addition, the SEC maintains a website ( http://www.sec.gov ) from which interested persons can electronically access the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement.

Immediately upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules of the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders, and Section 16 short-swing profit reporting for our officers and directors and for holders of more than 10% of our ordinary shares.

 

 

124


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated balance sheets as of April 2, 2011 and April 3, 2010

     F-3   

Consolidated statements of operations for the years ended April 2, 2011, April 3, 2010 and March 28, 2009

     F-4   

Consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity for the years ended April 2, 2011, April 3, 2010 and March 28, 2009

     F-5   

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended April 2, 2011, April 3, 2010 and March 28, 2009

     F-6   

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     F-7   

Unaudited consolidated balance sheets as of October 1, 2011 and April 2, 2011

     F-28   

Unaudited consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended October 1, 2011 and October  2, 2010

     F-29   

Unaudited consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity for the six months ended October 1, 2011

     F-30   

Unaudited consolidated statements of cash flows for the six months ended October 1, 2011 and October  2, 2010

     F-31   

Notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

     F-32   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Michael Kors Holdings Limited:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Michael Kors Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries at April 2, 2011 and April 3, 2010 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended April 2, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

September 20, 2011, except for the effects of the share split discussed in Note 1, as to which the date is November 30, 2011

 

F-2


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share data)

 

     April 2,
2011
     April 3,
2010
 
Assets      

Current assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 21,065       $ 5,664   

Receivables, net

     80,081         65,228   

Inventories

     117,173         64,903   

Deferred tax assets

     7,322         7,459   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     19,757         10,769   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     245,398         154,023   

Property and equipment, net

     119,323         84,000   

Intangible assets, net

     15,796         18,705   

Goodwill

     14,005         14,005   

Deferred tax assets

     1,951         8,762   

Other assets

     3,022         2,357   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 399,495       $ 281,852   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity      

Current liabilities

     

Revolving line of credit

   $ 12,765       $ 43,980   

Bank overdraft

     —           4,380   

Accounts payable

     52,873         30,188   

Accrued payroll and payroll related expenses

     26,100         13,793   

Accrued income taxes

     18,701         970   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     17,286         9,449   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     127,725         102,760   

Note payable to parent

     101,650         103,500   

Deferred rent

     29,381         18,777   

Deferred tax liabilities

     5,495         —     

Other long-term liabilities

     3,218         1,098   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     267,469         226,135   

Commitments and contingencies

     

Contingently redeemable ordinary shares

     6,706         6,706   

Shareholders’ equity

     

Convertible preference shares; no par value, 10,163,920 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

     —           —     

Ordinary shares; no par value, 650,000,000 shares authorized, and 140,554,377 shares issued and outstanding

     —           —     

Additional paid-in capital

     40,000         40,000   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     4,033         230   

Retained earnings

     81,287         8,781   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     125,320         49,011   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 399,495       $ 281,852   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Fiscal Years Ended  
     April 2,
2011
     April 3,
2010
    March 28,
2009
 

Net sales

   $ 757,800       $ 483,452      $ 377,058   

Royalty revenue

     45,539         24,647        20,016   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     803,339         508,099        397,074   

Cost of goods sold

     357,274         241,365        208,283   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     446,065         266,734        188,791   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     279,822         191,717        147,490   

Depreciation and amortization

     25,543         18,843        14,020   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     3,834         —          3,043   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     309,199         210,560        164,553   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     136,866         56,174        24,238   

Interest expense, net

     1,861         2,057        1,600   

Foreign currency loss (income)

     1,786         (830     391   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     133,219         54,947        22,247   

Provision for income taxes

     60,713         15,699        9,208   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     72,506         39,248        13,039   

Net income applicable to preference shareholders

     15,629         8,460        2,811   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available for ordinary shareholders

   $ 56,877       $ 30,788      $ 10,228   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding:

       

Basic

     140,554,377         140,554,377        140,554,377   

Diluted

     179,177,268         179,177,268        179,177,268   

Net income per ordinary share:

       

Basic

   $ 0.40       $ 0.22      $ 0.07   

Diluted

   $ 0.40       $ 0.22      $ 0.07   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except share data)

 

    Convertible
Preference Shares
    Ordinary Shares     Additional
Paid-in

Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income (Loss)
    Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated

Deficit)
    Total  
    Shares     Amounts     Shares     Amounts          

Balance at March 31, 2008

    10,163,920      $ —          140,554,377      $ —        $ 42,300      $ 276      $ (42,944   $ (368

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          13,039        13,039   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    —          —          —          —          —          (196     —          (196
               

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          12,843   

Distribution to shareholders

    —          —          —          —          (1,000     —          —          (1,000
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 28, 2009

    10,163,920        —          140,554,377        —          41,300        80        (29,905     11,475   

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          39,248        39,248   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    —          —          —          —          —          150        —          150   
               

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          39,398   

Distribution to shareholders

            (1,300       (562     (1,862
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at April 3, 2010

    10,163,920        —          140,554,377        —          40,000        230        8,781        49,011   

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          72,506        72,506   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    —          —          —          —          —          3,803        —          3,803   
               

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          76,309   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at April 2, 2011

    10,163,920      $ —          140,554,377      $ —        $ 40,000      $ 4,033      $ 81,287      $ 125,320   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Fiscal Years Ended  
     April 2,
2011
    April 3,
2010
    March 28,
2009
 

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net income

   $ 72,506      $ 39,248      $ 13,039   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

      

Depreciation and amortization

     25,543        18,843        14,020   

Impairment and write-off of property and equipment

     2,052        42        3,043   

Impairment of intangible assets

     1,782        —          —     

Unrealized foreign exchange loss (gain)

     1,786        (1,965     —     

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     225        229        229   

Amortization of deferred rent

     3,020        1,402        1,236   

Deferred income tax provision

     12,443        11,024        5,945   

Change in assets and liabilities:

      

Receivables, net

     (14,071     (35,350     6,554   

Inventories

     (50,465     (13,390     (18,989

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (8,990     (4,721     859   

Other assets

     (664     (1,363     (307

Accounts payable

     18,043        4,612        (595

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     37,405        5,149        1,987   

Other long-term liabilities and deferred credits

     9,693        4,832        2,429   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     110,308        28,592        29,450   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Capital expenditures

     (57,348     (30,816     (35,793

Purchase of intangible assets

     (482     (1,359     (2,606
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (57,830     (32,175     (38,399
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit agreement

     (225,820     (218,063     (162,594

Borrowings under revolving credit agreement

     194,605        222,603        172,113   

Bank overdraft

     (4,380     2,903        86   

Payment of deferred financing costs

     (281     —          —     

Distribution to shareholders

     —          (1,862     (1,000

Payment of loan to parent

     (1,850     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (37,726     5,581        8,605   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     649        1,206        4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     15,401        3,204        (340

Beginning of year

     5,664        2,460        2,800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year

   $ 21,065      $ 5,664      $ 2,460   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 1,202      $ 1,573      $ 1,461   

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 27,252      $ 4,730      $ 3,747   

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities

      

Accrued capital expenditures

   $ 3,538      $ 2,519      $ 2,466   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Business and Basis of Presentation

Michael Kors Holdings Limited (“MKHL,” and together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) was incorporated in the British Virgin Islands (“BVI”) on December 13, 2002. MKHL is majority owned by SHL-Kors Limited (“SHL-Kors,” or the “Parent”), a BVI corporation, and other investors. SHL Fashion Limited, a BVI corporation (“SHL Fashion”), is the 100% shareholder of SHL-Kors. The Company is a leading designer, marketer, distributor and retailer of branded women’s apparel and accessories and men’s apparel bearing the Michael Kors tradename and related trademarks “MICHAEL KORS,” “MICHAEL MICHAEL KORS,” “KORS MICHAEL KORS” and various other related trademarks and logos. The Company’s business consists of retail, wholesale and licensing segments. Retail operations consist of collection stores, lifestyle stores, including concessions and outlet stores located primarily in the United States, Canada, Europe and Japan. Wholesale revenues are principally derived from major department and specialty stores located throughout the United States, Canada and Europe. The Company licenses its trademarks on products such as fragrances, cosmetics, eyewear, leather goods, jewelry, watches, coats, footwear, men’s suits, swimwear, furs and ties.

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

In December 2010, the Company issued ordinary shares for 100% of the shares of MKHL Canada Limited (“MKHL Canada”), an entity that was under common control with the Company. The financial statements for the Company’s fiscal years ending April 2, 2011, April 3, 2010 and March 28, 2009, reflect the exchange as if it occurred on the first day of the Company’s 2009 fiscal year.

As described in Note 16, the Company completed a reorganization pursuant to which existing ordinary shares were exchanged for newly issued ordinary and convertible preference shares. All share and per share information has been presented as if the reorganization and exchange of shares had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented.

All share and per share information has been retroactively restated for all periods presented to reflect a 3.8-to-1 share split that occurred on November 30, 2011.

The Company utilizes a 52 to 53 week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to March 31. As such, the fiscal years ending on April 2, 2011 and March 28, 2009 (“Fiscal 2011” and “Fiscal 2009,” respectively) consist of 52 weeks, and the fiscal year ending April 3, 2010 (“Fiscal 2010”) consists of 53 weeks.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to use judgment and make estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The level of uncertainty in estimates and assumptions increases with the length of time until the underlying transactions are completed. The most significant assumptions and estimates involved in preparing the financial statements include allowances for customer deductions, sales returns, sales discounts and doubtful accounts, estimates of inventory recovery, the valuation of stock-based compensation, valuation of deferred taxes and the estimated useful lives used for amortization and depreciation of intangible assets and property and equipment. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)

 

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes retail store revenues upon sale of its products to retail consumers, net of estimated returns. Wholesale revenue is recognized net of estimates for sales returns, discounts and allowances, after merchandise is shipped and title and risk of loss is transferred to the Company’s wholesale customers. To arrive at net sales for retail, gross sales are reduced by actual customer returns as well as by a provision for estimated future customer returns, which is based on management’s review of historical and current customer returns. Sales taxes collected from retail customers are presented on a net basis and as such are excluded from revenue. To arrive at net sales for wholesale, gross sales are reduced by provisions for estimated future returns, based on current expectations, trade discounts, markdowns, allowances and operational chargebacks, as well as for certain cooperative selling expenses. The following table details the activity and balances of the Company’s sales reserves for the fiscal years ended April 2, 2011, April 3, 2010 and March 28, 2009 (in thousands):

 

Retail

   Balance
Beginning
of Year
     Amounts
Charged
to
Revenue
     Write-offs
Against
Reserves
    Balance
at

Year  End
 

Return Reserves:

          

Year ended April 2, 2011

   $ 1,413       $ 14,323       $ (13,423   $ 2,313   

Year ended April 3, 2010

     754         7,298         (6,639     1,413   

Year ended March 28, 2009

     99         5,112         (4,457     754   

Wholesale

                          

Total Sales Reserves:

          

Year ended April 2, 2011

   $ 20,215       $ 84,697       $ (79,732   $ 25,180   

Year ended April 3, 2010

     19,481         68,955         (68,221     20,215   

Year ended March 28, 2009

     15,105         64,348         (59,972     19,481   

Royalty revenue generated from product licenses, which includes contributions for advertising, is based on reported sales of licensed products bearing the Company’s tradenames, at rates specified in the license agreements. These agreements are also subject to contractual minimum levels. Royalty revenue generated by geographic specific licensing agreements is recognized as earned under the licensing agreements based on reported sales of licensees applicable to specified periods as outlined in the agreements. These agreements allow for the use of the Company’s tradename to sell its branded products in specific geographic regions.

Advertising

Advertising costs are charged to expense when incurred and are reflected in general and administrative expenses. For the years ended April 2, 2011, April 3, 2010 and March 28, 2009, advertising expense was $27.4 million, $22.4 million and $16.1 million, respectively.

Cooperative advertising expense, which represents the Company’s participation in advertising expenses of its wholesale customers, is reflected as a reduction of net sales. Expenses related to cooperative advertising for Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2010, and Fiscal 2009, were $3.9 million, $3.4 million and $3.2 million, respectively.

Shipping and Handling

Shipping and handling costs amounting to $12.4 million, $8.3 million and $6.2 million for the years ended April 2, 2011, April 3, 2010, and March 28, 2009, respectively, are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the statements of operations.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents.

Inventories

Inventories consist of finished goods and are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined using the first-in-first-out (FIFO) method. Costs include amounts paid to independent manufacturers, plus duties and freight to bring the goods to the Company’s warehouses, which are located in the United States, Holland, Canada, Japan and Hong Kong. The Company adjusts its inventory to reflect situations in which the cost of inventory is not expected to be fully recovered. These adjustments are estimates, which could vary significantly from actual results if future economic conditions, customer demand or competition differ from expectations. For the periods presented, there were no significant adjustments related to unrecoverable inventory.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization (carrying value). Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the expected remaining useful lives of the related assets. Equipment, furniture and fixtures, and computer hardware and software are depreciated over five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated remaining useful lives of the related assets or remaining lease term.

The Company’s share of the cost of constructing in-store shop displays within its wholesale customers’ floor-space (“shop-in-shops”), which is paid directly to third-party suppliers, is capitalized as property and equipment and amortized over a useful life of three years.

Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense in the year incurred. Cost and related accumulated depreciation for property and equipment are removed from the accounts upon their sale or disposition and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in the results of operations.

Internal-use Software

The Company capitalizes, in property and equipment, direct costs incurred during the application development stage and the implementation stage for developing, purchasing or otherwise acquiring software for internal use. These costs are amortized over the estimated useful lives of the software, generally five years. All costs incurred during the preliminary project stage, including project scoping, identification and testing of alternatives, are expensed as incurred.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of trademarks and lease rights and are stated at cost less accumulated amortization. Trademarks are amortized over twenty years and lease rights are amortized over the term of the related lease agreements on a straight-line basis.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

The Company evaluates its long-lived assets, including fixed assets and intangible assets with finite useful lives, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of any such asset may not be recoverable. If the sum of estimated undiscounted future cash flows associated with the asset is less than the asset’s carrying value, an impairment charge is recognized, which is measured as the amount by

 

F-9


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)

 

which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset. These estimates of cash flow require significant management judgment and certain assumptions about future volume, sales and expense growth rates, devaluation and inflation. As such, these estimates may differ from actual cash flows.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

On an annual basis, the Company performs a valuation of goodwill during the Company’s fourth quarter of its fiscal year or whenever impairment indicators exist. Judgments regarding the existence of impairment indicators are based on market conditions and operational performance of the business. Future events could cause the Company to conclude that impairment indicators exist, and, therefore, that goodwill may be impaired. To the extent that the fair value associated with the goodwill is less than its carrying amount, the Company writes down the carrying amount of the goodwill to its fair value.

The Company assesses goodwill for impairment by calculating the fair value of the Company’s reporting units to which goodwill has been allocated using the discounted cash flow method along with the market multiples method. Both of these valuation methods require the Company’s management to make certain assumptions and estimates regarding certain industry trends and future profitability of the Company’s reporting units. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the Company would compare the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with its carrying value. To compute the implied fair value, the Company would assign the fair value of the reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. The excess of the fair value of a reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit goodwill exceeded the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill, the Company would record an impairment loss to write down such goodwill to its implied fair value. The valuation of goodwill is affected by, among other things, the Company’s business plan for the future and estimated results of future operations.

Stock-based Compensation

The Company grants stock-based awards to certain employees and directors of the Company. Awards are measured at the grant date based on the fair value as calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, and are recognized as expense over the requisite service period, based on attainment of certain vesting requirements, including the Company’s completion of an initial public offering (“IPO”). Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires considerable judgment, including estimating expected volatility, expected term and risk-free rate.

The Company’s expected volatility is based on the average volatility rates of similar actively traded companies over the past 9.5 years, which is the Company’s estimated expected average holding period. The expected holding period of the option is based on the period to expiration which is generally 9-10 years. This approach was chosen as it directly correlates to the Company’s service period. In addition, the Company has no historical option exercise experience. The risk-free rate is derived from the zero-coupon U.S. Treasury Strips yield curve, the period of which relates to the grant’s holding period. If factors change and the Company employs different assumptions, the fair value of future awards and resulting stock-based compensation expense may differ significantly from what the Company has estimated in the past.

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

The financial statements of the majority of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are measured using the local currency as the functional currency. The Company’s functional currency is the United States dollar (“USD”) for

 

F-10


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)

 

MKHL and its United States based subsidiaries. Assets and liabilities have been translated using period-end exchange rates, and revenues and expenses have been translated using average exchange rates over the reporting period. The adjustments resulting from translation have been recorded separately in shareholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Foreign currency transaction income and losses resulting from the re-measuring of transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of a particular entity are included in the consolidated statements of operations.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company uses forward currency exchange contracts to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency for certain of its transactions. The Company in its normal course of business enters into transactions with foreign suppliers and seeks to minimize risk related to these transactions. The Company records these derivative instruments on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. Though the Company uses forward contracts to hedge its cash flows, the Company does not designate these instruments as hedges for hedge accounting purposes. Accordingly, changes in the fair value of these contracts, as of each balance sheet date and upon maturity, are recorded in cost of sales or operating expenses, within the Company’s consolidated statements of operations, as applicable to the transactions for which the forward exchange contracts were intended to hedge. For the fiscal years ended 2011, 2010 and 2009, amounts charged to operations were $2.5 million, $1.0 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The following table details the fair value of these contracts as of April 2, 2011, and April 3, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     2011     2010  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 745      $ 216   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ (2,293   $ (1,000

The Company is exposed to the risk that counterparties to derivative contracts will fail to meet their contractual obligations. In attempts to mitigate counterparty credit risk, the Company enters into contracts with carefully selected financial institutions based upon their credit ratings and certain other financial factors, adhering to established limits for credit exposure. The aforementioned forward contracts generally have a term of no more than 18 months. The period of these contracts is directly related to the foreign transaction they are intended to hedge.

Income Taxes

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities have been provided for temporary differences between the tax bases and financial reporting bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities using the tax rates and laws in effect for the periods in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Company periodically assesses the realizability of deferred tax assets and the adequacy of deferred tax liabilities, based on the results of local, state, federal or foreign statutory tax audits or estimates and judgments used.

Realization of deferred tax assets associated with net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards is dependent upon generating sufficient taxable income prior to their expiration in the applicable tax jurisdiction. The Company periodically reviews the recoverability of its deferred tax assets and provides valuation allowances, as deemed necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to amounts that more-likely-than-not will be realized. The Company’s management considers many factors when assessing the likelihood of future realization of deferred tax assets, including recent earnings results within various taxing jurisdictions, expectations of future taxable income, the carryforward periods remaining and other factors. Changes in the required valuation allowance are recorded in income in the period such determination is made. Deferred tax assets could be reduced

 

F-11


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)

 

in the future if the Company’s estimates of taxable income during the carryforward period are significantly reduced or alternative tax strategies are no longer viable.

The Company recognizes the impact of an uncertain income tax position taken on its income tax returns at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority. An uncertain income tax position will be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. The tax positions are analyzed periodically (at least quarterly) and adjustments are made as events occur that warrant adjustments for those positions. The Company records interest expense and penalties payable to relevant tax authorities as income tax expense.

Rent Expense, Deferred Rent and Landlord Construction Allowances

The Company leases office space, retail stores and distribution facilities under agreements that are classified as operating leases. Many of these operating leases include contingent rent provisions (percentage rent), and/or provide for certain landlord allowances related to tenant improvements and other relevant items. Rent expense is calculated by recognizing total minimum rental payments (net of any rental abatements, construction allowances and other rental concessions), on a straight-line basis, over the lease term. Accordingly, rent expense charged to operations differs from rent paid, resulting in the Company recording deferred rent, which is recorded in long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The recognition of rent expense for a given operating lease commences on the earlier of the lease commencement date or the date of possession of the property. The Company accounts for landlord allowances and incentives as a component of deferred rent, which is amortized over the lease term as a reduction of rent expense. The Company records rent expense as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses.

Deferred Financing Costs

The Company defers costs directly associated with acquiring third party financing. These deferred costs are amortized as interest expense over the term of the related indebtedness. As of April 2, 2011, deferred financing costs were $0.2 million, net of accumulated amortization of $0.8 million, and as of April 3, 2010, deferred financing costs were $0.1 million, net of accumulated amortization of $0.6 million. Deferred financing costs are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

Net Income Per Share

The Company reports earnings per share in conformity with the two-class method for calculating and presenting earnings per share, due to the existence of both ordinary and convertible preference securities. Under the two-class method, basic net income per ordinary share is computed by dividing the net income available to ordinary shareholders by the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Net income available to shareholders is determined by allocating undistributed earnings between holders of ordinary and convertible preference shares, based on the participation rights of the preference shares. Diluted net income per share is computed by dividing the net income available to both ordinary and preference shareholders by the weighted-average number of dilutive shares outstanding during the period.

Diluted net income per share reflects the potential dilution that would occur if stock option grants or any other dilutive equity instruments were exercised or converted into ordinary shares. These equity instruments are included as potential dilutive securities to the extent they are dilutive under the treasury stock method for the applicable periods. For the periods presented, no amounts other than convertible preference share have been included in diluted weighted average shares.

For the purposes of basic and diluted net income per share, as a result of the reorganization and exchange during July 2011, weighted average shares outstanding for purposes of presenting net income per share on a

 

F-12


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)

 

comparative basis were retroactively restated for all periods presented to reflect the exchange of ordinary shares for the newly issued ordinary and convertible preference shares, as if such reorganization and exchange had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented. In addition, as a result of a 3.8-to-1 share split that was completed on November 30, 2011, weighted average outstanding shares were retroactively restated for all periods presented.

 

     Fiscal Years Ended  
     April 2,
2011
     April 3,
2010
     March 28, 2009  

Net income

   $ 72,506       $ 39,248       $ 13,039   

Net income applicable to preference shareholders

     15,629         8,460         2,811   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income available for ordinary shareholders

   $ 56,877       $ 30,788       $ 10,228   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic weighted average ordinary shares

     140,554,377         140,554,377         140,554,377   

Add:

        

Weighted average convertible preference shares

     38,622,891         38,622,891         38,622,891   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted weighted average shares

     179,177,268         179,177,268         179,177,268   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic net income per ordinary share

   $ 0.40       $ 0.22       $ 0.07   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted net income per share

   $ 0.40       $ 0.22       $ 0.07   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock options for fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 have been excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share as they were not exercisable during the periods presented, as the Company has not completed an IPO.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements —The Company has considered all new accounting pronouncements and has concluded that there are no new pronouncements that have a material impact on results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows, based on current information.

3. Receivables

Receivables consist of (in thousands):

 

     April 2,
2011
    April 3,
2010
 

Trade receivables:

    

Credit risk assumed by factors

   $ 82,111      $ 28,448   

Credit risk retained by Company

     20,543        54,774   

Receivables due from licensees

     5,315        4,280   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     107,969        87,502   

Less allowances (1) :

     (27,888     (22,274
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 80,081      $ 65,228   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1)

Allowances consist of the following: sales returns, discounts and credits, as well as doubtful accounts, which were $0.4 million and $0.3 million, at the end of Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, respectively.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)

 

The Company has historically assigned a substantial portion of its trade receivables to factors in the United States and Europe whereby the factors assumed credit risk with respect to such receivables assigned. In July 2009, the Company terminated its agreement with its factor in the United States due to credit risk issues associated with the factor. In March 2010, the Company entered into a factoring agreement with a new factor in the United States. As a result, the credit risk retained by the Company at April 3, 2010 was higher with respect to trade receivables than such retained credit risk at April 2, 2011. Under the factor agreements, factors bear the risk of loss from the financial inability of the customer to pay the trade receivable when due, up to such amounts as accepted by the factor; but not the risk of non-payment of such trade receivable for any other reason. The Company provides an allowance for such non-payment risk at the time of sale.

Receivables are presented net of allowances for sales returns, discounts, markdowns, operational chargebacks and doubtful accounts. Sales returns are determined based on an evaluation of current market conditions and historical returns experience. Discounts are based on open invoices where trade discounts have been extended to customers. Markdowns are based on retail sales performance, seasonal negotiations with customers, historical deduction trends and an evaluation of current market conditions. Operational chargebacks are based on deductions taken by customers, net of expected recoveries. Such provisions, and related recoveries, are reflected in net sales.

The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined through analysis of periodic aging of receivables for which credit risk is not assumed by the factors and assessments of collectability based on an evaluation of historic and anticipated trends, the financial conditions of the Company’s customers and the impact of general economic conditions. The past due status of a receivable is based on its contractual terms. Amounts deemed uncollectible are written off against the allowance when it is probable the amounts will not be recovered.

4. Concentration of Credit Risk, Major Customers and Suppliers

Financial instruments that subject the Company to concentration of credit risk are cash and cash equivalents and receivables. As part of its ongoing procedures, the Company monitors its concentration of deposits with various financial institutions in order to avoid any undue exposure. The Company mitigates its risk by depositing cash and cash equivalents in major financial institutions. With respect to certain of its receivables, the Company mitigates its credit risk through the assignment of receivables to a factor (as demonstrated in the above table in “Credit risk assumed by factors”). For the years ended April 2, 2011, April 3, 2010 and March 28, 2009, net sales related to one customer, within the Company’s wholesale segment, accounted for approximately 14%, 15%, and 13%, respectively, of total revenue. The accounts receivable related to this customer were fully factored for all three fiscal years.

The Company contracts for the purchase of finished goods with independent third-party contractors, whereby the contractor is generally responsible for all manufacturing processes, including the purchase of piece goods and trim. Although the Company does not have any long-term agreements with any of its manufacturing contractors, the Company believes it has mutually satisfactory relationships with them. The Company allocates product manufacturing among agents and contractors based on their capabilities, the availability of production capacity, quality, pricing and delivery. The inability of certain contractors to provide needed services on a timely basis could adversely affect the Company’s operations and financial condition. The Company has relationships with various agents who source the Company’s finished goods with numerous contractors on the Company’s behalf. For the year ended April 2, 2011, one agent sourced approximately 19.5% and one contractor accounted for approximately 30.5% of the Company’s finished goods purchases.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)

 

5. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of (in thousands):

 

     April 2,
2011
    April 3,
2010
 

Furniture and fixtures

   $ 39,564      $ 28,835   

Equipment

     8,593        6,254   

Computer equipment and software

     14,042        11,308   

In-store shops

     30,970        23,289   

Leasehold improvements

     95,020        65,894   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     188,189        135,580   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (77,694     (56,302
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     110,495        79,278   

Construction-in-progress

     8,828        4,722   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 119,323      $ 84,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment for the years ended April 2, 2011, April 3, 2010, and March 28, 2009, was $23.6 million, $17.1 million, and $12.7 million, respectively. During Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2009, the Company recorded impairment charges of $2.1 million and $3.0 million, respectively, related to certain retail locations still in operation. For Fiscal 2011, the impairment related to two stores, and for Fiscal 2009, the impairment related to three stores.

The Company capitalized $0.8 million and $2.9 million in costs for internal use software in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively. The unamortized balance, classified under computer equipment and software, of internal-use software at April 2, 2011 and April 3, 2010 was approximately $2.6 million and $2.5 million, respectively.

6. Intangible Assets and Goodwill

The following table discloses the carrying values of intangible assets and goodwill (in thousands):

 

     April 2, 2011      April 3, 2010  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net      Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net  

Trademarks

   $ 23,000       $ 9,395       $ 13,605       $ 23,000       $ 8,245       $ 14,755   

Lease rights

     3,823         1,632         2,191         4,713         763         3,950   

Goodwill

     14,005         —           14,005         14,005         —           14,005   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 40,828       $ 11,027       $ 29,801       $ 41,718       $ 9,008       $ 32,710   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The trademarks relate to the Company’s brand name and are amortized over twenty years. Lease rights are amortized over the respective terms of the underlying lease. Amortization expense was $1.9 million, $1.7 million, and $1.3 million, respectively, for each of the years ended April 2, 2011, April 3, 2010, and March 28, 2009.

Goodwill is not amortized but will be tested for impairment in the last quarter of Fiscal 2012, or whenever impairment indicators exist. As of April 2, 2011, cumulative impairment related to goodwill totaled $5.4 million. There were no charges related to the impairment of goodwill in the periods presented.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)

 

Estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years is as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal year ending

  

2012

   $ 1,510   

2013

     1,463   

2014

     1,397   

2015

     1,397   

2016

     1,391   
  

 

 

 
   $ 7,158   
  

 

 

 

As a result of impairment charges recognized in Fiscal 2011 related to certain retail stores, as described in Note 5, the Company recognized impairment charges of $1.8 million for lease rights related to those stores.

The Company owns and utilizes as its primary trademarks “MICHAEL KORS” for its collection lines of products, “MICHAEL MICHAEL KORS” and “KORS MICHAEL KORS” for its accessible luxury lines of products, and has registered or applied for registration of these and other trademarks for use in the United States and in numerous countries worldwide. The Company is a party to an agreement with Mr. Kors that, until the earlier of the consummation of an underwritten IPO of the Company’s ordinary shares or January 29, 2013, restricts, without Mr. Kors’ consent, any sale, license or other conveyance of rights in any trademark, or the creation of any lien on any trademark in connection with any indebtedness.

7. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of (in thousands):

 

     April 2,
2011
     April 3,
2010
 

Professional services

   $ 1,115       $ 1,398   

Advance royalty

     5,173         2,231   

Inventory purchases

     1,644         1,091   

Sales tax payable

     1,974         1,264   

Unrealized loss on foreign exchange contracts

     2,293         1,000   

Other

     5,087         2,465   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 17,286       $ 9,449   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

8. Credit Facilities

The Company has a secured revolving credit facility (as amended, the “Credit Facility”), which expires on August 1, 2012. The Credit Facility provides for up to $90.0 million of borrowings and a sub-limit for loans and letters of credit to the Company’s European subsidiaries of $20.0 million. Interest on outstanding borrowings is based on stated margins of 1.75% above the prime rate or 3.00% above LIBOR. The Credit Facility further provides for aggregate credit available to the Company equal to the lesser of (i) $90.0 million or (ii) the sum of specified percentages of eligible receivables and eligible inventory, as defined, plus $30.0 million. Amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility are collateralized by substantially all the assets of the Company. The Credit Facility contains covenants that, among other things, require the Company to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio, set limits on capital expenditures and indebtedness, and restrict the incurrence of additional liens and cash dividends.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)

 

Borrowings under the Credit Facility accrue interest, at the Company’s option, at the rate per annum announced from time to time by the agent of 1.75% above the prevailing prime rate, or at a per annum rate equal to 3.0% above the prevailing LIBOR rate. The weighted average interest rate for the Credit Facility was 4.53% during Fiscal 2011 and 3.89% for Fiscal 2010. The Credit Facility requires an annual facility fee of $0.1 million, payable quarterly, and an annual commitment fee of 0.25% on the unused portion of the available credit under the Credit Facility, payable quarterly.

As of April 2, 2011, the amount of borrowings outstanding on the Credit Facility was $12.8 million, and the amount available for future borrowings was $49.2 million. The largest amount borrowed during Fiscal 2011 was $46.2 million. At April 2, 2011, there were documentary letters of credit outstanding for approximately $17.0 million, and stand-by letters of credit outstanding of $11.0 million.

9. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The Company leases office space, retail stores and warehouse space under operating lease agreements that expire at various dates through April 2026. In addition to minimum rental payments, the leases require payment of increases in real estate taxes and other expenses incidental to the use of the property.

Rent expense for the Company’s operating leases consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Years Ended  
     April 2,
2011
     April 3,
2010
     March 28,
2009
 

Minimum rentals

   $ 43,875       $ 26,246       $ 19,733   

Contingent rentals

     3,049         1,071         532   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total rent expense

   $ 46,924       $ 27,317       $ 20,265   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Future minimum lease payments under the terms of these noncancelable operating lease agreements are as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal year ending

  

2012

   $ 47,501   

2013

     46,598   

2014

     46,143   

2015

     46,349   

2016

     45,665   

Thereafter

     136,995   
  

 

 

 
   $ 369,251   
  

 

 

 

The Company has issued stand-by letters of credit to guarantee certain of its retail and corporate operating lease commitments, aggregating $7.6 million at April 2, 2011.

Service Agreements

The Company has entered into agreements with varying terms and minimum commitments for consulting and advertising. Commitments with respect to these agreements amount to approximately $6.3 million for the year ending March 31, 2012. The terms of these agreements are generally less than two years.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)

 

Long-term Employment Contract

The Company has an employment agreement with one of its officers that provides for continuous employment through the date of the officer’s death or permanent disability at a current salary of $2.5 million. In addition to the salary, the agreement provides for an annual bonus and other employee related benefits.

Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is party to various legal proceedings and claims. Although the outcome of such items cannot be determined with certainty, the Company’s management does not believe that the outcome of all pending legal proceedings in the aggregate will have a material adverse effect on its cash flow, results of operations or financial position.

10. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Financial assets and liabilities are measured at fair value using a valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The determination of the applicable level within the hierarchy of a particular asset or liability depends on the inputs used in valuation as of the measurement date, notably the extent to which the inputs are market-based (observable) or internally derived (unobservable). Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs are inputs based on a company’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the reliability of inputs as follows:

Level 1 – Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that a company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2 – Valuations based on quoted inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through corroboration with observable market data.

Level 3 – Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

The Company has historically entered into forward exchange contracts to hedge the foreign currency exposure of its firm commitments to purchase certain inventory from its manufacturers in Europe, as well as commitments for certain services. The forward contracts that are used in the program mature in eighteen months or less, consistent with the related purchase commitments. The Company attempts to hedge the majority of its total anticipated European purchase and service contracts. Gains and losses applicable to derivatives used for purchase commitments are recognized in cost of sales, and those applicable to other services are recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses. In determining the fair value of the Company’s foreign currency forward contracts, the Company’s only derivative instruments, observable inputs were available at April 2, 2011, and thus were relied upon for the valuation of the Company’s forward contracts.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)

 

The fair value of the forward contracts are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets, and in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets, depending on whether they represent assets or (liabilities) to the Company. Amounts charged to the statement of operations related to the changes in fair value of foreign currency contracts during Fiscal 2011, as a net loss, were approximately $2.5 million, most of which were charged to cost of goods sold. All contracts are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as shown in the following table (in thousands):

 

     Fair value at April 2, 2011, using:  
     Total     Quoted prices in
active markets for
identical assets
(Level 1)
     Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
unobservable
inputs

(Level 3)
 

Foreign currency forward contracts - U.S. Dollar

   $ 745      $ —         $ 745      $ —     

Foreign currency forward contracts - Euro

     (2,293     —           (2,293     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (1,548   $ —         $ (1,548   $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable, are recorded at carrying value, which approximates fair value. Borrowings under the Credit Facility are recorded at face value as the fair value of the Credit Facility is synonymous with its recorded value as it is a short-term debt facility due to its revolving nature.

11. Stock-Based Compensation

During Fiscal 2008, the Company adopted the Michael Kors (USA), Inc. Stock Option Plan (as amended and restated, the “2008 Plan”), which provides for the granting of options to purchase ordinary shares of Michael Kors Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, to certain employees and directors of the Company at the discretion of the Company’s Option Committee. The 2008 Plan, as amended and restated, authorizes a total issuance of up to 23,980,823 ordinary shares. At April 2, 2011, there were 4,566,505 ordinary shares available for the granting of equity awards under the 2008 Plan. Option grants generally expire ten years from the date of the grant.

Stock options are generally exercisable at no less than the fair market value on the date of grant. All vesting is contingent upon the Company completing an IPO. Subject to completing an IPO, stock options may vest based upon the attainment of one of two performance measures. One measure is an individual performance target, which is based upon certain performance targets unique to the individual grantee, and the other measure is a company-wide performance target, which is based on a cumulative minimum growth requirement in consolidated net equity. The individual performance target vests 20% of the total option grant each year the target is satisfied. The individual has ten years in which to achieve five individual performance vesting tranches. The Company-wide performance target must be achieved over the ten-year term. Performance is measured at the end of the term, and any unvested options under the grant vest if the target is achieved. The Company-wide performance target is established at the time of the grant. The target metrics underlying individual performance vesting requirements are established for each recipient each year up until such time as the grant is fully vested.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)

 

The following table summarizes the activity for the 2008 Plan, and information about options outstanding at April 2, 2011:

 

     Number of
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (years)
 

Outstanding at April 3, 2010

     12,777,054      $ 2.63      

Granted

     7,105,072      $ 3.80      

Exercised

     —        $ —        

Canceled/forfeited

     (467,810   $ 2.63      
  

 

 

      

Outstanding at April 2, 2011

     19,414,315      $ 3.06         8.17   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

At April 2, 2011, no options were exercisable as the Company had not completed an IPO. Accordingly, no compensation expense has been recognized for the periods presented. At the time the Company completes an IPO, compensation expense will be recognized for all options expected to vest. Such compensation expense will reflect an estimate for forfeitures based on the Company’s forfeiture experience. Had the completion of an IPO occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented, compensation expense of $5.3 million, $1.6 million, and $3.6 million would have been recognized for the years ended April 2, 2011, April 3, 2010 and March 28, 2009, respectively.

The weighted average grant date fair value was $3.08, $0.96 and $0.68, for options granted during Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009, respectively.

The following table represents assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options:

 

     Fiscal Years Ended  
     April 2,
2011
    April 3,
2010
    March 28,
2009
 

Expected dividend yield

     0.0     0.0     0.0

Volatility factor

     46.7     46.4     45.4

Weighted average risk-free interest rate

     3.2     3.9     3.9

Expected life of option

     10 yea rs      10 yea rs      10 yea rs 

12. Taxes

MKHL is incorporated in the British Virgin Islands and is generally not subject to taxation. MKHL’s subsidiaries are subject to taxation in the United States and various other foreign jurisdictions which are aggregated in the “Non-US” information captioned below.

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Years Ended  
     April 2,
2011
    April 3,
2010
     March 28,
2009
 

United States

   $ 134,197      $ 48,300       $ 16,665   

Non-U.S.

     (978     6,647         5,582   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income before provision for income taxes

   $ 133,219      $ 54,947       $ 22,247   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)

 

The provision (benefit) for income taxes was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Years Ended  
     April 2,
2011
     April 3,
2010
    March 28,
2009
 

Current

       

U.S. Federal

   $ 30,494       $ 552      $ 564   

U.S. State

     11,527         1,976        1,936   

Non-U.S.

     6,249         2,146        827   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current

     48,270         4,674        3,327   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred

       

U.S. Federal

     9,950         8,203        5,909   

U.S. State

     2,057         3,718        73   

Non-U.S.

     436         (896     (101
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred

     12,443         11,025        5,881   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 60,713       $ 15,699      $ 9,208   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the significant differences between the United States Federal statutory tax rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for financial statement purposes:

 

     Fiscal Years Ended  
     April 2,
2011
    April 3,
2010
    March 28,
2009
 

U.S. federal statutory tax rate

     35.0     35.0     35.0

State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit

     7.1     10.6     0.4

Differences in tax effects on foreign income

     1.9     -1.7     -11.8

Foreign tax credit

     -1.1     0.0     0.0

Reserve for potential witholding requirements (1)

     0.1     -15.2     9.2

Liability for uncertain tax positions

     0.3     0.5     0.0

Effect of changes in valuation allowances on deferred tax assets

     2.5     -1.4     6.4

Other

     -0.2     0.8     2.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     45.6     28.6     41.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1)

During Fiscal 2010, as a result of the reorganization of certain of the Company’s international operations, certain withholding tax requirements were eliminated and the related deferred tax liability previously required to be recognized of approximately $8.4 million was reversed.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)

 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets (liabilities) consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     April 2,
2011
    April 3,
2010
 

Deferred tax assets

    

Inventories

   $ 4,683      $ 1,453   

Payroll related accruals

     239        4,179   

Accrued interest

     —          2,621   

Deferred rent

     8,304        6,437   

Net operating loss carryforwards

     4,460        3,061   

Alternative minimum tax credit carryforward

     —          1,786   

Deferred revenue

     2,096        968   

Other

     794        1,331   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     20,576        21,836   

Valuation allowance

     (4,387     (1,067
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     16,189        20,769   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

    

Goodwill and intangibles

     (1,380     (1,377

Depreciation

     (10,602     (2,817

Other

     (429     (354
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (12,411     (4,548
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 3,778      $ 16,221   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company maintains valuation allowances on deferred tax assets applicable to subsidiaries in jurisdictions for which separate income tax returns are filed where realization of the related deferred tax assets from future profitable operations is not reasonably assured. Deferred tax valuation allowances were increased in Fiscal 2011 by approximately $3.3 million, decreased in Fiscal 2010 by $0.8 million, and increased in Fiscal 2009 by $1.4 million. As a result of the attainment and expectation of achieving profitable operations in certain countries comprising the Company’s European operations and certain state jurisdictions in the United States, for which deferred tax valuation allowances had been previously established, the Company released valuation allowances amounting to approximately $0.9 million in Fiscal 2011 and $1.1 million in Fiscal 2010. For Fiscal 2010, the release of the valuation allowance reflected a change in circumstances that caused a change in judgment about the realizability of certain deferred tax assets related to state and non-U.S. net operating losses.

The Company has U.S. state and non-U.S. net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $2.9 million and $27.6 million, respectively, that will begin to expire in 2026 and 2016, respectively.

As of April 2, 2011, the Company has accrued a liability of approximately $1.0 million related to uncertain tax positions, which includes accrued interest, which is included in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company classifies interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as components of the provision for income taxes.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding accrued interest, for Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010, are presented below (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Years Ended  
     April 2,
2011
    April 3,
2010
 

Unrecognized tax benefits beginning balance

   $ 378      $ —     

Additions related to prior period tax positions

     —          255   

Additions related to current period tax positions

     675        123   

Decreases from prior period positions

     (114     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits ending balance

   $ 939      $ 378   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate was approximately $0.9 million at April 2, 2011 and approximately $0.4 million at April 3, 2010.

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits relating to the Company’s tax positions is subject to change based on future events, including, but not limited to, the settlements of ongoing audits and/or the expiration of applicable statutes of limitations. The Company files income tax returns in the United States, for federal, state, and local purposes, and in certain foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to examinations by the relevant tax authorities for years prior to its fiscal year ended March 31, 2007.

The total amount of undistributed earnings of United States and other non-U.S. subsidiaries as of April 2, 2011 was approximately $109.7 million. It is the Company’s intention to permanently reinvest undistributed earnings of its United States and non-U.S. subsidiaries and thereby indefinitely postpone their remittance. Accordingly, no provision has been made for withholding taxes or income taxes which may become payable if undistributed earnings are paid as dividends.

13. Retirement Plans

The Company maintains defined contribution plans for employees, who become eligible to participate after three months of service. Features of these plans allow participants to contribute to a plan a percentage of their compensation, up to statutory limits depending upon the country in which a plan operates, and provide for mandatory and/or discretionary matching contributions by the Company. For the years ended April 2, 2011 and April 3, 2010, the Company recognized expense of approximately $1.3 million and $0.9 million, respectively, related to these retirement plans. There were no contributions made during Fiscal 2009.

14. Segment Information

The Company operates its business in three reportable segments—Retail, Wholesale and Licensing—which are based on its business activities and organization. The operating segments are segments of the Company for which separate financial information is available and for which operating results are evaluated regularly by executive management in deciding how to allocate resources, as well as in assessing performance. The primary key performance indicators are net sales or revenue (in the case of Licensing) and operating income for each segment. The Company’s reportable segments represent channels of distribution that offer similar merchandise, customer experience and sales/marketing strategies. Sales of the Company’s products through Company owned stores for the Retail segment include “Collection,” “Lifestyle” including “concessions,” and outlet stores located throughout North America, Europe, and Japan. Products sold through the Retail segment include women’s apparel, accessories (which include handbags and small leather goods such as wallets), women’s footwear and

 

F-23


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)

 

licensed products, such as watches, fragrances and eyewear. The Wholesale segment includes sales primarily to major department stores and specialty shops throughout North America, Europe and Japan. Products sold through the Wholesale segment include accessories (which include handbags and small leather goods such as wallets), footwear and women’s and men’s apparel. The Licensing segment includes royalties earned on licensed products and use of the Company’s trademarks, and rights granted to third parties for the right to sell the Company’s products in certain geographical regions such as Korea, the Philippines, Singapore, Malaysia, the Middle East and Turkey. All intercompany revenues are eliminated in consolidation and are not reviewed when evaluating segment performance. Corporate overhead expenses are allocated to the segments based upon specific usage or other allocation methods.

The Company has allocated $12.1 million and $1.9 million of its recorded goodwill to its Wholesale and Licensing segments, respectively. The Company does not have identifiable assets separated by segment. The following table presents the key performance information of the Company’s reportable segments (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Years Ended  
     April 2,
2011
     April 3,
2010
     March 28,
2009
 

Revenue:

        

Net sales: Retail

   $ 344,195       $ 186,538       $ 114,031   

Wholesale

     413,605         296,914         263,027   

Licensing

     45,539         24,647         20,016   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 803,339       $ 508,099       $ 397,074   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations:

        

Retail (1)

   $ 61,194       $ 15,514       $ (5,104

Wholesale

     48,241         31,258         20,933   

Licensing

     27,431         9,402         8,409   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from operations

   $ 136,866       $ 56,174       $ 24,238   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)

Included in the above table are impairment charges related to the retail segment for $3.8 million and $3.0 million, during the fiscal years ended April 2, 2011 and March 28, 2009, respectively.

Depreciation and amortization expense for each segment are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     April 2,
2011
     April 3,
2010
     March 28,
2009
 

Retail (1)

   $ 16,526       $ 11,969       $ 8,123   

Wholesale

     8,894         6,799         5,773   

Licensing

     123         75         124   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 25,543       $ 18,843       $ 14,020   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)

Excluded in the above table are impairment charges related to the retail segment for $3.8 million and $3.0 million, during the fiscal years ended April 2, 2011 and March 28, 2009, respectively.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)

 

Total revenue (as recognized based on country of origin), and long-lived assets by geographic location of the consolidated Company are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Years Ended  
     April 2,
2011
     April 3,
2010
     March 28,
2009
 

Total revenue:

        

North America (U.S. and Canada)

   $ 763,819       $ 497,278       $ 396,516   

Europe

     38,448         10,821         558   

Other regions

     1,072         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 803,339       $ 508,099       $ 397,074   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     April 2,
2011
     April 3,
2010
        

Long-lived assets:

        

North America (U.S. and Canada)

   $ 113,702       $ 92,619      

Europe

     19,539         10,086      

Other regions

     1,878         —        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total Long-lived assets:

   $ 135,119       $ 102,705      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

15. Agreements with Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

Pursuant to the shareholders’ agreement, entered into during January 2003 and expiring in 2013, among the Company, the Parent and Mr. Kors, upon the death of Mr. Kors, his estate shall have the right for a period of 180 days after his death, to elect to sell to the Company all, but not less than all, of the ordinary shares of MKHL then owned by Mr. Kors for a price that is the greater of (i) the book value per share as of the month end preceding the death of Mr. Kors or (ii) the sum of the net income per share for the three fiscal years immediately preceding the death of Mr. Kors. The ordinary shares are presented in temporary equity in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as “contingently redeemable ordinary shares” for a value of $6.7 million, which represents the value of the ordinary shares on the date they were acquired by Mr. Kors. The Company has not considered it probable that the put right described above would become exercisable as the Company did not believe it was probable that Mr. Kors’ death would occur during the ten-year period covered by the shareholder’s agreement.

The Company has a note payable to the Parent with an outstanding balance of $101.7 million and $103.5 million at April 2, 2011 and April 3, 2010, respectively. The note is non-interest bearing and represents advances provided by the Parent aggregating $103.5 million, of which $1.8 million was repaid in Fiscal 2011. The note has a maturity date of March 31, 2013. Such note is required to be prepaid in the event the Company receives cash proceeds whether by a sale of securities in a public offering, sale of assets, merger, dividend, interest, principal repayment or otherwise.

The Company has agreed to indemnify Mr. Kors for tax obligations that might arise related to his exchange of shares in MKHL Canada with ordinary shares of MKHL, as described in Note 1, if certain events, which are within the control of the Company, occur with respect to the equity interests or business assets of the Company and its subsidiaries. Depending upon the occurrence of such events, the Company estimates that such indemnity could range up to approximately $3.5 million. However, as a result of the sale by Mr. Kors of his interests in the Company acquired in such exchange in the private placement described in Note 16, the Company’s management does not believe that the Company will have any liability under this indemnity obligation.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)

 

16. Subsequent Events

In July 2011, the shareholders’ agreement among the Company, the Parent and Mr. Kors, was terminated. As a result of the termination of this agreement, Mr. Kors’ put right as described in Note 15 was eliminated, resulting in the amounts that were classified as contingently redeemable ordinary shares to be reclassified as permanent equity.

In July 2011, SHL Fashion and certain of its subsidiaries completed a corporate reorganization. As part of the reorganization, among other steps, SHL-Kors merged with and into the Company (the “First Merger”), with the Company as the surviving corporation, and then SHL Fashion merged with and into the Company (the “Second Merger”), with the Company as the surviving corporation.

Immediately prior to the First Merger, SHL-Kors and SHL Fashion distributed to the preference shareholders of SHL Fashion at the time in partial redemption of such preference shares amounts due from Mr. Kors and an affiliated company.

Immediately prior to the Second Merger, the Company issued 475,796 preference shares and 6,579,656 ordinary shares to SHL Fashion in consideration for the extinguishment of the Company’s $101.7 million note payable to SHL Fashion. This exchange was based on the fair value of the Company at the time of exchange. In the Second Merger, Mr. Kors and the shareholders of SHL Fashion received 147,134,033 newly issued ordinary shares and 10,639,716 newly issued convertible preference shares of the Company in proportion to their ownership interests held prior to the Second Merger. The Company considered this transaction to be the acquisition of the non-controlling interest in the Company held by Mr. Kors, and accordingly the Company accounted for this transaction as an equity transaction.

As part of the reorganization, options to purchase shares of Michael Kors Corporation under the 2008 Plan were exchanged for options to purchase ordinary shares of the Company, in proportion to the interests held by such option holders at the time of the reorganization with the same terms and vesting conditions.

Following the reorganization, in July 2011, the Company completed a private placement whereby investors purchased (i) all 10,639,716 convertible preference shares issued in the reorganization to the SHL Fashion shareholders and Mr. Kors for $490 million, and (ii) 217,137 newly issued convertible preference shares of the Company for $10 million. In addition, the Company offered to redeem a portion of its outstanding stock option grants in the form of a net cash settlement. The Company ultimately redeemed certain stock options for approximately $10.7 million in cash during August 2011, which was charged to operations at the time of the redemption.

As a result of the aforementioned transactions, subsequent to April 2, 2011, the capital structure of the Company increased from 4,351 outstanding ordinary shares to 147,134,033 outstanding ordinary shares (650,000,000 authorized) and 10,856,853 authorized, issued and outstanding convertible preference shares. The preference shareholders are entitled to a liquidation preference, and if a qualified IPO does not occur within 18 months of the closing date of the private placement, a 10% dividend, payable quarterly. The liquidation preference is equal to the greater of the original purchase price of the preference shares plus accreted, accrued and unpaid dividends, or the amount that would be payable if all preference shares were converted into ordinary shares.

In September 2011, the Company amended the Credit Facility to, among other things, extend the maturity date by an additional three years and increase the credit limit to $100.0 million.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)

 

17. Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following table summarizes the Fiscal 2011 and 2010 quarterly results (dollars in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Quarter Ended  
     June      September      December      March  

Year Ended April 2, 2011

           

Total Revenue

   $ 151,516       $ 189,369       $ 222,451       $ 240,003   

Gross profit

   $ 82,354       $ 102,827       $ 126,763       $ 134,121   

Income from operations

   $ 17,180       $ 32,122       $ 44,930       $ 42,634   

Net income

   $ 11,752       $ 15,663       $ 27,718       $ 17,443   

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding:

           

Basic

     140,554,377         140,554,377         140,554,377         140,554,377   

Diluted

     179,177,268         179,177,268         179,177,268         179,177,268   

Year Ended April 3, 2010

           

Total Revenue

   $ 91,172       $ 125,712       $ 130,884       $ 160,331   

Gross profit

   $ 46,011       $ 63,629       $ 69,881       $ 87,213   

Income from operations

   $ 3,785       $ 15,951       $ 13,010       $ 23,428   

Net income

   $ 2,074       $ 9,007       $ 7,360       $ 20,807   

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding:

           

Basic

     140,554,377         140,554,377         140,554,377         140,554,377   

Diluted

     179,177,268         179,177,268         179,177,268         179,177,268   

 

F-27


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share data)

(Unaudited)

 

     October 1,
2011
    April 2,
2011
 
Assets     

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 19,300      $ 21,065   

Receivables, net

     104,104        80,081   

Inventories

     146,744        117,173   

Deferred tax assets

     8,795        7,322   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     26,449        19,757   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     305,392        245,398   

Property and equipment, net

     134,746        119,323   

Intangible assets, net

     14,969        15,796   

Goodwill

     14,005        14,005   

Deferred tax assets

     3,918        1,951   

Other assets

     6,186        3,022   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 479,216      $ 399,495   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity     

Current liabilities

    

Revolving line of credit

   $ 16,218      $ 12,765   

Accounts payable

     66,179        52,873   

Accrued payroll and payroll related expenses

     16,066        26,100   

Accrued income taxes

     4,653        18,701   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     20,476        17,286   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     123,592        127,725   

Note payable to parent

     —          101,650   

Deferred rent

     37,539        29,381   

Deferred tax liabilities

     11,352        5,495   

Other long-term liabilities

     4,440        3,218   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     176,923        267,469   

Commitments and contingencies

    

Contingently redeemable ordinary shares

     —          6,706   

Shareholders’ equity

    

Convertible preference shares, no par value; 10,856,853 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at October 1, 2011, and 10,163,920 shares issued and outstanding at April 2, 2011.

     —          —     

Ordinary shares, no par value; 650,000,000 shares authorized, and 147,134,033 shares issued and outstanding at October 1, 2011, and 140,554,377 shares issued and outstanding at April 2, 2011.

     —          —     

Additional paid-in capital

     157,906        40,000   

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     (1,621     4,033   

Retained earnings

     146,008        81,287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     302,293        125,320   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 479,216      $ 399,495   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

     Six Months Ended  
     October 1, 2011     October 2, 2010  

Net sales

   $ 520,207      $ 322,440   

Royalty revenue

     28,451        18,444   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     548,658        340,884   

Cost of goods sold

     236,589        155,704   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     312,069        185,180   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     190,799        121,361   

Depreciation and amortization

     17,016        11,680   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     —          2,838   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     207,815        135,879   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     104,254        49,301   

Interest expense, net

     660        1,230   

Foreign currency income

     (1,729     (387
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     105,323        48,458   

Provision for income taxes

     40,602        21,115   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     64,721        27,343   

Net income applicable to preference shareholders

     14,173        5,894   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available for ordinary shareholders

   $ 50,548      $ 21,449   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding

    

Basic

     143,554,974        140,554,377   

Diluted

     183,378,696        179,177,268   

Net income per ordinary share

    

Basic

   $ 0.35      $ 0.15   

Diluted

   $ 0.35      $ 0.15   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except share data)

(Unaudited)

 

    Convertible
Peference Shares
    Ordinary Shares     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Retained
Earnings
    Total  
    Shares     Amounts     Shares     Amounts          

Balance at April 2, 2011

    10,163,920      $ —          140,554,377      $ —        $ 40,000      $ 4,033      $ 81,287      $ 125,320   

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          64,721        64,721   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    —          —          —          —          —          (5,654     —          (5,654
               

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          59,067   

Issuance of shares in exchange for note*

    475,796        —          6,579,656        —          101,650        —          —          101,650   

Elimination of contingent redemption on ordinary shares

    —          —          —          —          6,706        —          —          6,706   

Issuance of convertible preference shares

    217,137        —          —          —          9,550        —          —          9,550   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at October 1, 2011

    10,856,853      $ —          147,134,033      $ —        $ 157,906      $ (1,621   $ 146,008      $ 302,293   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*

Represents the extinguishment of the note payable to the Company’s parent.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDING LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Six Months Ended  
     October 1,
2011
    October 2,
2010
 

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net income

   $ 64,721      $ 27,343   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     17,016        11,680   

Impairment of property and equipment

     —          942   

Impairment of intangible assets

     —          1,896   

Unrealized foreign exchange gain

     (1,729     (387

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     195        105   

Amortization of deferred rent

     2,199        2,059   

Deferred income tax provision

     2,417        2   

Change in assets and liabilities:

    

Receivables

     (25,550     6,268   

Inventories

     (30,689     (27,230

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (6,981     (5,266

Other assets

     (1,356     (893

Accounts payable

     13,814        18,979   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (21,032     10,970   

Other liabilities and deferred credits

     6,839        5,723   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     19,864        52,191   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Capital expenditures

     (31,991     (24,130
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (31,991     (24,130
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Repayments under revolving credit agreement

     (43,723     (139,502

Borrowings under revolving credit agreement

     47,176        121,477   

Bank overdraft

     —          (4,380

Proceeds from private placement

     9,550        —     

Payment of deferred financing costs

     (1,983     (123
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     11,020        (22,528
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (658     312   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (1,765     5,845   

Beginning of period

     21,065        5,664   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

   $ 19,300      $ 11,509   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 812      $ 327   

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 50,644      $ 12,695   

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities

    

Accrued capital expenditures

   $ 4,972      $ 617   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

1. Business and Basis of Presentation

Michael Kors Holdings Limited (“MKHL,” and together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) was incorporated in the British Virgin Islands (“BVI”) on December 13, 2002. MKHL is majority owned by Sportswear Holding Limited (“SHL ,” or the “Parent”), a BVI corporation, and other investors. The Company is a leading designer, marketer, distributor and retailer of branded women’s apparel and accessories and men’s apparel bearing the Michael Kors tradename and related trademarks “MICHAEL KORS,” “MICHAEL MICHAEL KORS,” “KORS MICHAEL KORS” and various other related trademarks and logos. The Company’s business consists of retail, wholesale and licensing segments. Retail operations consist of collection stores, lifestyle stores, including concessions and outlet stores located primarily in the United States, Canada, Europe and Japan. Wholesale revenues are principally derived from major department and specialty stores located throughout the United States, Canada and Europe. The Company licenses its trademarks on products such as fragrances, cosmetics, eyewear, leather goods, jewelry, watches, coats, footwear, men’s suits, swimwear, furs and ties.

For all periods presented, all ordinary share and per share amounts in these consolidated financial statements and the notes hereto have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the effects of a 3.8-to-1 share split, which was completed on November 30, 2011, as well as the effects of the reorganization discussed in Note 2 below, as if such reorganization and share split had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented.

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The consolidated financial statements as of October 1, 2011 and for the six months ended October 1, 2011 and October 2, 2010, are unaudited. In addition, certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted. The interim financial statements reflect all normal and recurring adjustments, which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation in conformity with GAAP. The interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended April 1, 2011. The results of operations for the interim periods should not be considered indicative of results to be expected for the full year.

The Company utilizes a 52 to 53 week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to March 31. As such, the term “Fiscal Year” or “Fiscal” refers to the 52-week or 53-week period, ending on that day. The results for the six months ended October 1, 2011 and October 2, 2010 are each based on a 26-week period.

2. Reorganization and Private Placement

Prior to July 2011, the Company was owned 85% by SHL-Kors Limited, a BVI corporation, and 15% by Mr. Kors. SHL-Kors Limited was owned 100% by SHL Fashion Limited.

In July 2011, the Company underwent a corporate reorganization whereby the Company completed a merger with its former parent, SHL-Kors Limited, which merged with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving corporation (the “First Merger”). Subsequent to the completion of the First Merger, SHL Fashion Limited, the former parent company of SHL-Kors Limited, merged with and into the Company (the “Second Merger”), with the Company as the surviving corporation. Upon completion of the Second Merger, all previous shareholders of SHL Fashion Limited and Mr. Kors became direct shareholders in the Company. Immediately prior to the Second Merger, the Company issued 475,796 preference shares and 6,579,656 ordinary shares to SHL Fashion Limited in consideration for the extinguishment of the Company’s $101.7 million note payable to SHL Fashion Limited. This exchange was based on the fair value of the Company at the time of exchange. In the

 

F-32


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (CONTINUED)

 

Second Merger, Mr. Kors and the shareholders of SHL Fashion received 147,134,033 newly issued ordinary shares and 10,639,716 newly issued convertible preference shares of the Company in proportion to their ownership interests held prior to the Second Merger. The Company considered this transaction to be the acquisition of the non-controlling interest in the Company held by Mr. Kors, and, accordingly, the Company accounted for this transaction as an equity transaction.

Following the reorganization, in a private placement in July 2011, a group of investors purchased (i) all 10,639,716 convertible preference shares issued in the reorganization from the previous SHL Fashion Limited shareholders and Mr. Kors for $490 million, and (ii) 217,137 newly issued convertible preference shares from the Company for $10.0 million, of which $9.5 million in proceeds, net of placement fees of $0.5 million, were received by the Company. As a result of the aforementioned transactions, the capital structure of the Company increased from 4,351 issued and outstanding ordinary shares to 147,134,033 issued and outstanding ordinary shares (650,000,000 authorized) and 10,856,853 authorized, issued and outstanding convertible preference shares.

All of the outstanding preference shares are convertible into ordinary shares on a 3.8-to-1 basis, at the preference shareholder’s request, or automatically immediately prior to the consummation of a qualified initial public offering (“IPO”). Moreover, participation rights allow for the holders of preference shares to share in dividends declared on a pro rata basis, should they occur. The preference shares have voting rights equal to those of ordinary shareholders, as well as a liquidation preference to ordinary shares. The liquidation preference is equal to the greater of the original purchase price of the preference shares plus accreted, accrued and unpaid dividends, or the amount that would be payable if all preference shares were converted into ordinary shares. In addition, should a qualified IPO not occur within 18 months from the closing date of the private placement, a 10% dividend will be assessed, payable quarterly.

In addition to the above, immediately prior to the reorganization, the redemption feature related to the contingently redeemable ordinary shares was eliminated, thereby, resulting in the reclassification of $6.7 million from temporary equity, which was classified as “contingently redeemable ordinary shares” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, to permanent equity as additional paid-in capital (see Note 12).

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to use judgment and make estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The level of uncertainty in estimates and assumptions increases with the length of time until the underlying transactions are completed. The most significant assumptions and estimates involved in preparing the financial statements include allowances for customer deductions, sales returns, sales discounts and doubtful accounts, estimates of inventory recovery, the valuation of stock-based compensation, valuation of deferred taxes and the estimated useful lives used for amortization and depreciation of intangible assets and property and equipment. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company uses forward currency exchange contracts to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency for certain of its transactions. The Company in its normal course of business enters into transactions with foreign suppliers and seeks to minimize risk related to these transactions. The Company records these

 

F-33


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (CONTINUED)

 

derivative instruments on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. Though the Company uses forward contracts to hedge its cash flows, the Company does not designate these instruments as hedges for hedge accounting purposes. Accordingly, changes in the fair value of these contracts, as of each balance sheet date and upon maturity, are recorded in cost of sales or operating expenses, within the Company’s consolidated statements of operations, as applicable to the transactions for which the forward exchange contracts were intended to hedge. For the six months ended October 1, 2011, the gain recognized in operations was $2.7 million. The following table details the fair value of these contracts as of October 1, 2011, and April 2, 2011 (in thousands):

 

     October 1,
2011
    April 2,
2011
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 1,677      $ 745   

Accrued expenses and other current assets

   $ (602   $ (2,293

The Company is exposed to the risk that counterparties to derivative contracts will fail to meet their contractual obligations. In attempts to mitigate counterparty credit risk, the Company enters into contracts with carefully selected financial institutions based upon their credit ratings and certain other financial factors, adhering to established limits for credit exposure. The aforementioned forward contracts generally have a term of no more than 18 months. The period of these contracts is directly related to the foreign transaction they are intended to hedge.

Net Income Per Share

The Company reports earnings per share in conformity with the two-class method for calculating and presenting earnings per share, due to the existence of both ordinary and convertible preference securities. Under the two-class method, basic net income per ordinary share is computed by dividing the net income available to ordinary shareholders by the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Net income available to shareholders is determined by allocating undistributed earnings between holders of ordinary and convertible preference shares, based on the participation rights of the preference shares. Diluted net income per share is computed by dividing the net income available to both ordinary and preference shareholders by the weighted-average number of dilutive shares outstanding during the period. As of October 1, 2011, no dividends on preference shares have been declared and no accretion in value of those shares has occurred.

Diluted net income per share reflects the potential dilution that would occur if stock option grants or any other dilutive equity instruments were exercised or converted into ordinary shares. These equity instruments are included as potential dilutive securities to the extent they are dilutive under the treasury stock method for the applicable periods. For the periods presented, no amounts other than convertible preference shares have been included in diluted weighted average shares.

For the purposes of basic and diluted net income per share, as a result of the reorganization and exchange during July 2011, weighted average shares outstanding for purposes of presenting net income per share on a comparative basis were retroactively restated for all periods presented to reflect the exchange of ordinary shares for the newly issued ordinary and convertible preference shares as described in Note 2, as if such reorganization and exchange had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented. In addition, as a result of the 3.8-to-1 share split, which was completed on November 30, 2011, weighted average shares outstanding were retroactively restated for all periods presented.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (CONTINUED)

 

The components of the calculation of basic net income per ordinary share and diluted net income per ordinary share are as follows (in thousands except share and per share data):

 

     Six Months Ended  
     October 1, 2011      October 2, 2010  

Net income

   $ 64,721       $ 27,343   

Net income applicable to preference shareholders

     14,173         5,894   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income available for ordinary shareholders

     50,548         21,449   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic weighted average ordinary shares

     143,554,974         140,554,377   

Add:

     

Weighted average convertible preference shares

     39,823,722         38,622,891   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted weighted average shares

     183,378,696         179,177,268   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic net income per ordinary share

   $ 0.35       $ 0.15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted net income per share

   $ 0.35       $ 0.15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock options for the six months ended October 1, 2011 and October 2, 2010 have been excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share as they were not exercisable during the periods presented, as the Company has not completed an IPO.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements —The Company has considered all new accounting pronouncements and has concluded that there are no new pronouncements that have a material impact on results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows, based on current information.

4. Receivables

Receivables consist of (in thousands):

 

     October 1,
2011
    April 2,
2011
 

Trade receivables:

    

Credit risk assumed by factors

   $ 99,819      $ 82,111   

Credit risk retained by Company

     23,976        20,543   

Receivables due from licensees

     14,214        5,315   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     138,009        107,969   

Less allowances (1) :

     (33,905     (27,888
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 104,104      $ 80,081   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1)

Allowances consist of the following: sales returns, discounts and credits, as well as doubtful accounts, which were $0.3 million and $0.4 million, at October 1, 2011 and April 2, 2011, respectively.

The Company has historically assigned a substantial portion of its trade receivables to factors in the United States and Europe whereby the factors assumed credit risk with respect to such receivables assigned. Under the factor agreements, factors bear the risk of loss from the financial inability of the customer to pay the trade receivable when due, up to such amounts as accepted by the factor; but not the risk of non-payment of such trade receivable for any other reason. The Company provides an allowance for such non-payment risk at the time of sale.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (CONTINUED)

 

Receivables are presented net of allowances for sales returns, discounts, markdowns, operational chargebacks and doubtful accounts. Sales returns are determined based on an evaluation of current market conditions and historical returns experience. Discounts are based on open invoices where trade discounts have been extended to customers. Markdowns are based on retail sales performance, seasonal negotiations with customers, historical deduction trends and an evaluation of current market conditions. Operational chargebacks are based on deductions taken by customers, net of expected recoveries. Such provisions, and related recoveries, are reflected in net sales.

The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined through analysis of periodic aging of receivables for which credit risk is not assumed by the factors and assessments of collectability based on an evaluation of historic and anticipated trends, the financial conditions of the Company’s customers and the impact of general economic conditions. The past due status of a receivable is based on its contractual terms. Amounts deemed uncollectible are written off against the allowance when it is probable the amounts will not be recovered.

5. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of (in thousands):

 

     October 1,
2011
    April 2,
2011
 

Furniture and fixtures

   $ 46,475      $ 39,564   

Equipment

     9,114        8,593   

Computer equipment and software

     15,618        14,042   

In-store shops

     33,658        30,970   

Leasehold improvements

     110,922        95,020   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     215,787        188,189   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (94,181     (77,694
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     121,606        110,495   

Construction-in-progress

     13,139        8,828   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 134,746      $ 119,323   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment for the six months ended October 1, 2011 and October 2, 2010, was $16.2 million and $11.1 million, respectively. For the six months ended October 2, 2010, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $0.9 million related to a retail store still in operations.

6. Intangible Assets and Goodwill

The following table discloses the carrying values of intangible assets and goodwill (in thousands):

 

     October 1, 2011      April 2, 2011  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net      Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net  

Trademarks

   $ 23,000       $ 9,970       $ 13,030       $ 23,000       $ 9,395       $ 13,605   

Lease rights

     3,823         1,884         1,939         3,823         1,632         2,191   

Goodwill

     14,005         —           14,005         14,005         —           14,005   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 40,828       $ 11,854       $ 28,974       $ 40,828       $ 11,027       $ 29,801   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (CONTINUED)

 

The trademarks relate to the Company’s brand name and are amortized over twenty years. Lease rights are amortized over the respective terms of the underlying lease. Amortization expense was $0.8 million and $0.6 million, for the six months ended October 1, 2011 and October 2, 2010, respectively.

Goodwill is not amortized but will be assessed for impairment in the last quarter of Fiscal 2012, or whenever impairment indicators exist. As of October 1, 2011, cumulative impairment related to goodwill totaled $5.4 million. There were no charges related to the impairment of goodwill in the periods presented.

Estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years is as follows (in thousands):

 

Remainder of Fiscal 2012

   $ 742   

Fiscal 2013

     1,463   

Fiscal 2014

     1,397   

Fiscal 2015

     1,397   

Fiscal 2016

     1,391   
  

 

 

 
   $ 6,390   
  

 

 

 

As a result of an impairment charge recognized during the six months ended October 2, 2010, related to a retail store, as described in Note 5, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $1.8 million for lease rights related to that store.

7. Credit Facilities

The Company has a secured revolving credit facility as amended (the “Credit Facility”), which expires on September 15, 2015. The Credit Facility provides for up to $100.0 million of borrowings and a sub-limit for loans and letters of credit to the Company’s European subsidiaries of $35.0 million. The Credit Facility provides for aggregate credit available to the Company equal to the lesser of (i) $100.0 million or (ii) the sum of specified percentages of eligible receivables and eligible inventory, as defined, plus $30.0 million. Amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility are collateralized by substantially all the assets of the Company. The Credit Facility contains covenants that, among other things, require the Company to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio, set limits on capital expenditures and indebtedness, and restrict the incurrence of additional liens and cash dividends.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility accrue interest at the rate per annum announced from time to time by the agent of 1.25% above the prevailing applicable prime rate, or at a per annum rate equal to 2.25% above the prevailing LIBOR rate. The weighted average interest rate for the Credit Facility was 4.17% for the six months ended October 1, 2011 and 4.45% for the six months ended October 2, 2010. The Credit Facility requires an annual facility fee of $0.1 million, payable quarterly, and an annual commitment fee of 0.35% on the unused portion of the available credit under the Credit Facility, payable quarterly.

As of October 1, 2011, the amount of borrowings outstanding on the Credit Facility was $16.2 million, and the amount available for future borrowings was $56.4 million. The largest amount borrowed during the six months ended October 1, 2011 was $34.1 million. At October 1, 2011, there were documentary letters of credit outstanding for approximately $16.6 million and stand-by letters of credit outstanding of $10.8 million.

8. Commitments and Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is party to various legal proceedings and claims. Although the outcome of such items cannot be determined with certainty, the Company’s management does not believe that the outcome of all pending legal proceedings in the aggregate will have a material adverse effect on its cash flow, results of operations or financial position.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (CONTINUED)

 

9. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Financial assets and liabilities are measured at fair value using a valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The determination of the applicable level within the hierarchy of a particular asset or liability depends on the inputs used in valuation as of the measurement date, notably the extent to which the inputs are market-based (observable) or internally derived (unobservable). Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs are inputs based on a company’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the reliability of inputs as follows:

Level 1 – Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that a company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2 – Valuations based on quoted inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through corroboration with observable market data.

Level 3 – Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

The Company has historically entered into forward exchange contracts to hedge the foreign currency exposure of its firm commitments to purchase certain inventory from its foreign suppliers, as well as commitments for certain services. The forward contracts that are used in the program mature in eighteen months or less, consistent with the related purchase commitments. The Company attempts to hedge the majority of its total anticipated European purchase and service contracts. Gains and losses applicable to derivatives used for purchase commitments are recognized in cost of sales, and those applicable to other services are recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses. In determining the fair value of the Company’s foreign currency forward contracts, the Company’s only derivative instruments, observable inputs were available at October 1, 2011, and thus were relied upon for the valuation of the Company’s forward contracts.

The fair value of the forward contracts are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets, and in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets, depending on whether they represent assets or (liabilities) to the Company. Amounts recorded to the statement of operations related to the changes in fair value of foreign currency contracts during the six months ended October 1, 2011, as a net gain, were approximately $2.7 million, most of which were included in cost of goods sold. All contracts are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as shown in the following table (in thousands):

 

           Fair value at October 1, 2011, using:  
(In thousands)    Total     Quoted prices in
active markets for
identical assets
(Level 1)
     Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
unobservable
inputs

(Level 3)
 

Foreign currency forward Contracts- US Dollar

   $ (602   $ —         $ (602   $ —     

Foreign currency forward Contracts- EURO

     1,677        —           1,677        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,075      $ —         $ 1,075      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (CONTINUED)

 

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable, are recorded at carrying value, which approximates fair value. Borrowings under the Credit Facility are recorded at face value as the fair value of the Credit Facility is synonymous with its recorded value as it is a short-term debt facility due to its revolving nature.

10. Stock-Based Compensation

During Fiscal 2008, the Company adopted the Michael Kors (USA), Inc. Stock Option Plan (as amended and restated, the “2008 Plan”), which provides for the granting of options to purchase ordinary shares of Michael Kors Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, to certain employees and directors of the Company at the discretion of the Company’s Option Committee. The 2008 Plan, as amended and restated, authorizes a total issuance of up to 23,980,823 ordinary shares. At October 1, 2011, there were 1,663,222 ordinary shares available for the granting of equity awards under the 2008 Plan. Option grants generally expire ten years from the date of the grant.

Stock options are generally exercisable at no less than the fair market value on the date of grant. All vesting is contingent upon the Company completing an IPO. Subject to completing an IPO, stock options may vest based upon the attainment of one of two performance measures. One measure is an individual performance target, which is based upon certain performance targets unique to the individual grantee, and the other measure is a company-wide performance target, which is based on a cumulative minimum growth requirement in consolidated net equity. The individual performance target vests 20% of the total option grant each year the target is satisfied. The individual has ten years in which to achieve five individual performance vesting tranches. The company-wide performance target must be achieved over the ten-year term. Performance is measured at the end of the term, and any unvested options under the grant vest if the target is achieved. The Company-wide performance target is established at the time of the grant. The target metrics underlying individual performance vesting requirements are established for each recipient each year up until such time as the grant is fully vested.

The following table summarizes the activity for the 2008 Plan, and information about options outstanding at October 1, 2011

 

     Number of
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (years)
 

Outstanding at April 2, 2011

     19,414,315      $ 3.06      

Granted

     3,055,952      $ 12.12      

Redeemed*

     (1,140,984   $ 2.75      

Canceled/forfeited

     (152,668   $ 4.99      
  

 

 

      

Outstanding at October 1, 2011

     21,176,615      $ 4.37         8.03   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

*

The Company redeemed certain option grants during August 2011, for which it paid cash consideration of $10.7 million, representing the $12.12 share value established at the time of the private placement, less the exercise price of the option grants in the aggregate. The redemption was charged to selling, general and administrative expenses during the six months ended October 1, 2011.

At October 1, 2011, no options were exercisable as the Company had not completed an IPO. Accordingly, no compensation expense has been recognized for the periods presented. At the time the Company completes an IPO, compensation expense will be recognized for all options expected to vest. Such compensation expense will reflect an estimate for forfeitures based on the Company’s forfeiture experience. Had the Company completed an

 

F-39


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (CONTINUED)

 

IPO as of beginning of the periods presented, compensation expense of $5.3 million and $0.9 million would have been recognized for the six months ended October 1, 2011 and October 2, 2010, respectively.

The weighted average grant date fair value was $6.90 for options granted during the six months ended October 1, 2011. There were no options granted during the six months ended October 2, 2010.

The following table represents assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options:

 

     Six Months Ended  
     October 1,
2011
    October 2,
2010
 

Expected dividend yield

     0.0     N/A   

Volatility factor

     43.7     N/A   

Weighted average risk-free interest rate

     2.4     N/A   

Expected life of option

     10 years        N/A   

11. Segment Information

The Company operates its business in three reportable segments—Retail, Wholesale and Licensing—which are based on its business activities and organization. The operating segments are segments of the Company for which separate financial information is available and for which operating results are evaluated regularly by executive management in deciding how to allocate resources, as well as in assessing performance. The primary key performance indicators are net sales or revenue (in the case of Licensing) and operating income for each segment. The Company’s reportable segments represent channels of distribution that offer similar merchandise, customer experience and sales/marketing strategies. Sales of the Company’s products through Company owned stores for the Retail segment include “Collection,” “Lifestyle” including “concessions,” and outlet stores located throughout North America, Europe, and Japan. Products sold through the Retail segment include women’s apparel, accessories (which include handbags and small leather goods such as wallets), women’s footwear and licensed products, such as watches, fragrances and eyewear. The Wholesale segment includes sales primarily to major department stores and specialty shops throughout North America, Europe and Japan. Products sold through the Wholesale segment include accessories (which include handbags and small leather goods such as wallets), footwear and women’s and men’s apparel. The Licensing segment includes royalties earned on licensed products and use of the Company’s trademarks, and rights granted to third parties for the right to sell the Company’s products in certain geographical regions such as Korea, the Philippines, Singapore, Malaysia, the Middle East and Turkey. All intercompany revenues are eliminated in consolidation and are not reviewed when evaluating segment performance. Corporate overhead expenses are allocated to the segments based upon specific usage or other allocation methods.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (CONTINUED)

 

The Company has allocated $12.1 million and $1.9 million of its recorded goodwill to its Wholesale and Licensing segments, respectively. The Company does not have identifiable assets separated by segment. The following table presents the key performance information of the Company’s reportable segments (in thousands):

 

     Six Months Ended  
     October 1,
2011
     October 2,
2010
 

Revenue:

     

Net sales: Retail

   $ 255,377       $ 139,639   

Wholesale

     264,830         182,801   

Licensing

     28,451         18,444   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenue

   $ 548,658       $ 340,884   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from Operations:

     

Retail (1)

   $ 53,181       $ 19,339   

Wholesale

     32,745         21,214   

Licensing

     18,328         8,748   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from operations

   $ 104,254       $ 49,301   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)

Included in the above table are impairment charges related to the retail segment for $2.8 million during the six months ended October 2, 2010.

Depreciation and amortization expense for each segment are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Six Months Ended  
     October 1,
2011
     October 2,
2010
 

Depreciation and Amortization:

     

Retail (1)

   $ 11,224       $ 7,389   

Wholesale

     5,677         4,238   

Licensing

     115         53   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization

   $ 17,016       $ 11,680   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)

Excluded in the above table are impairment charges related to the retail segment for $2.8 million during the six months ended October 2, 2010.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (CONTINUED)

 

Total revenue (as recognized based on country of origin), and long-lived assets by geographic location of the consolidated Company are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Six Months Ended  
     October 1,
2011
     October 2,
2010
 

Net revenues:

     

North America (U.S. and Canada)

   $ 500,470       $ 327,098   

Europe

     44,573         13,653   

Other regions

     3,615         133   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net revenues

   $ 548,658       $ 340,884   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     As of  
     October 1,
2011
     April 2,
2011
 

Long-lived assets:

     

North America (U.S. and Canada)

   $ 126,136       $ 113,702   

Europe

     20,167         19,539   

Other regions

     3,412         1,878   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Long-lived assets:

   $ 149,715       $ 135,119   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

12. Agreements with Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

The shareholder’s agreement between the Company, SHL-Kors Limited (the Company’s former parent), and Mr. Kors, which provided for the right of the estate of Mr. Kors for a period of 180 days after his death, to elect to sell to the Company all, but not less than all, of the ordinary shares of MKHL then owned by Mr. Kors, was terminated prior to the time of the reorganization as described in Note 2. As a result of this termination, the ordinary shares that were presented in temporary equity in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at April 2, 2011 as “contingently redeemable ordinary shares” for a value of $6.7 million (which represented the value of the ordinary shares on the date they were acquired by Mr. Kors), were reclassified to permanent equity during July 2011.

During July 2011, the note payable to the Company’s former parent, for $101.7 million, was exchanged for 475,796 preference shares and 6,579,662 ordinary shares, after taking into effect the impact of the share exchange that resulted from the reorganization discussed in Note 2. Accordingly, as of October 1, 2011, there are no outstanding balances related to the note.

13. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through November 21, 2011, the date the financial statements were issued. No significant events occurred subsequent to the balance sheet date but prior to November 21, 2011, that would have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

41,700,000 Ordinary Shares

LOGO

Michael Kors Holdings Limited

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

Joint Book-Running Managers

 

Morgan Stanley   J.P. Morgan   Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Co-Managers

 

Baird   Jefferies   Nomura   Piper Jaffray

                    , 2011

Until                      (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provides that we shall indemnify any of our directors, officers or anyone serving at our request as a director of another entity against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings or suits. If such person provides an undertaking to repay expense advances under certain circumstances, we shall pay any expenses, including legal fees, incurred by any such person in defending any legal, administrative or investigative proceedings in advance of the final disposition of the proceedings. If a person to be indemnified has been successful in defense of any proceedings referred to above, such person is entitled to be indemnified against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments and fines reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the proceedings. We are required to indemnify a director or officer only if he or she acted honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. The decision of our board of directors as to whether the director or officer acted honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests and as to whether the director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful, is in the absence of fraud sufficient for the purposes of indemnification, unless a question of law is involved. The termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entry of no plea does not, by itself, create a presumption that a director or officer did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to our best interests or that the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

We will enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers pursuant to which we will agree to indemnify them against a number of liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being such a director or officer.

We may purchase and maintain insurance in relation to any of our directors or officers against any liability asserted against the directors or officers and incurred by the directors or officers in that capacity.

The form of underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will also provide for indemnification of the Company and our directors and executive officers.

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

As part of the Preference Share Sale described under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Reorganization Transactions and Preference Share Sale” in the accompanying prospectus, on July 11, 2011, we issued and sold 217,137 preference shares of no par value each to a limited number of accredited investors, with Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC acting as placement agent. The aggregate offering price of the preference shares we sold in the Preference Share Sale was approximately $10,000,000, and the aggregate placement agent commission paid by us was approximately $450,000. We relied on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act on the basis that the transactions did not involve a public offering.

In connection with the Reorganization Transactions described under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Reorganization Transactions and Preference Share Sale” in the accompanying prospectus, between July 7, 2011 and July 11, 2011, we issued ordinary shares to SHLF, the sole shareholder of SHLK, in the First Merger in exchange for SHLK ordinary shares. In addition, we issued ordinary shares to SHLF immediately prior to the Second Merger in consideration for extinguishment of our $101.7 million note payable to SHLF. In the Second Merger, we issued ordinary shares and preference shares to Mr. Kors in exchange for his ordinary shares of the Company and we issued ordinary shares and preference shares to the

 

II-1


Table of Contents

shareholders of SHLF in exchange for their ordinary and preference shares of SHLF. As a result of the Reorganization Transactions, we issued an aggregate of 38,719,484 ordinary shares (without giving effect to the Share Split) and 10,639,716 preference shares to Sportswear Holdings Limited, Mr. Kors, Mr. Idol and other Existing Shareholders. For these issuances, we relied on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act on the basis that the transactions did not involve a public offering. Following such issuances, the 10,639,716 preference shares issued to Sportswear Holdings Limited, Mr. Kors, Mr. Idol and other Existing Shareholders were sold to the Preference Share Investors, including Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board, in the Preference Share Sale.

In connection with the MKHL Canada Contribution described under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—MKHL Canada Contribution” in the accompanying prospectus, on December 13, 2010, we issued 145 ordinary shares to SHLK and Mr. Kors in exchange for 100% of the shares of MKHL Canada. We relied on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act on the basis that the transaction did not involve a public offering.

Under our Stock Option Plan, we have granted options to purchase our ordinary shares to certain of our current and former executive officers and other employees from time to time during the period from March 30, 2008 to the date of this Registration Statement. For these option grants, we relied on the exemption from registration provided by Rule 701 under the Securities Act on the basis that our Stock Option Plan is a written compensatory benefit plan and at the time of the grants we were not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and were not an investment company registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The table below sets forth the details of these option grants (without giving effect to the Share Split):

 

Date of Grant

  

Number of Options

  

Exercise Price

April 16, 2008

   3,146,845    $10.00

November 1, 2009

   86,216    $10.00

December 15, 2009

   43,108    $10.00

February 18, 2010

   323,306    $10.00

October 25, 2010

   926,648    $10.00

December 1, 2010

   21,554    $10.00

March 25, 2011

   921,554    $19.00

August 11, 2011

   804,198    $46.06

On November 30, 2011, we effected a 3.8-to-1 share split. The Share Split did not represent an offer or sale of securities under the Securities Act.

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

  (a)

Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.

  

Document Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1   

Restructuring Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2011, by and among Michael Kors Holdings Limited, John Idol, SHL-Kors Limited, Michael Kors, SHL Fashion Limited, Michael Kors (USA), Inc., Michael Kors Far East Holdings Limited, Sportswear Holdings Limited, Littlestone, Northcroft Trading Inc., Vax Trading, Inc., OB Kors LLC, John Muse, Muse Children’s GS Trust, JRM Interim Investors, LP and Muse Family Enterprises.

  3.1   

Form of Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of Michael Kors Holdings Limited.

  4.1   

Specimen of Ordinary Share Certificate of Michael Kors Holdings Limited.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Document Description

  4.2   

Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2011, among Michael Kors (USA), Inc., the foreign subsidiary borrowers party thereto, the lenders party thereto, the guarantors party thereto, J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

  5.1   

Opinion of Harney, Westwood & Riegels as to the validity of the securities being offered.

10.1   

Subscription Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2011, among Michael Kors Holdings Limited and certain shareholders of Michael Kors Holdings Limited.

10.2   

Shareholders Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2011, among Michael Kors Holdings Limited and certain shareholders of Michael Kors Holdings Limited.

10.3   

Voting and Lock-Up Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2011, among Michael Kors Holdings Limited and certain shareholders of Michael Kors Holdings Limited.

10.4   

Amended and Restated Michael Kors (USA), Inc. Stock Option Plan.

10.5   

Form of Indemnification Agreement between Michael Kors Holdings Limited and its directors and officers.

10.6   

Licensing Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2011, between Michael Kors, L.L.C. and Michael Kors (HK) Limited. (Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request. Omitted information has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.)

10.7   

Licensing Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2011, between Michael Kors, L.L.C. and Michael Kors Trading Shanghai Limited. (Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request. Omitted information has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.)

10.8   

Michael Kors Holdings Limited Omnibus Incentive Plan.

21.1   

List of subsidiaries of Michael Kors Holdings Limited.

23.1   

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

23.2   

Consent of Harney, Westwood & Riegels (included in Exhibit 5.1).

24.1   

Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages).

 

  (b)

Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 9. Undertakings

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for

 

II-3


Table of Contents

indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on December 2, 2011.

 

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

By:  

/ S /    J OHN D. I DOL

Name:  

John D. Idol

Title:  

Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints each of John D. Idol, Joseph B. Parsons and Lee S. Sporn, acting singly, his or her true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and file with the SEC any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration statement or any such amendment or any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (iv) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, granting unto such agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact or any of their substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on December 2, 2011.

 

Signature

  

Title

/ S /    M ICHAEL K ORS        

Michael Kors

   Honorary Chairman, Chief Creative Officer and Director

/ S /    J OHN D. I DOL        

John D. Idol

   Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

/ S /    J OSEPH B. P ARSONS        

Joseph B. Parsons

   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

/ S /    S ILAS K. F. C HOU        

Silas K. F. Chou

   Director

/ S /    L AWRENCE S. S TROLL        

Lawrence S. Stroll

   Director

/ S /    M. W ILLIAM B ENEDETTO        

M. William Benedetto

   Director

/ S /    S TEPHEN F. R EITMAN        

Stephen F. Reitman

   Director

/ S /    J OHN D. I DOL        

John D. Idol

   Authorized Representative in the United States

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

  

Document Description

  1.1   

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

  2.1   

Restructuring Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2011, by and among Michael Kors Holdings Limited, John Idol, SHL-Kors Limited, Michael Kors, SHL Fashion Limited, Michael Kors (USA), Inc., Michael Kors Far East Holdings Limited, Sportswear Holdings Limited, Littlestone, Northcroft Trading Inc., Vax Trading, Inc., OB Kors LLC, John Muse, Muse Children’s GS Trust, JRM Interim Investors, LP and Muse Family Enterprises.

  3.1   

Form of Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of Michael Kors Holdings Limited.

  4.1   

Specimen of Ordinary Share Certificate of Michael Kors Holdings Limited.

  4.2   

Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2011, among Michael Kors (USA), Inc., the foreign subsidiary borrowers party thereto, the lenders party thereto, the guarantors party thereto, J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

  5.1   

Opinion of Harney, Westwood & Riegels as to the validity of the securities being offered.

10.1   

Subscription Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2011, among Michael Kors Holdings Limited and certain shareholders of Michael Kors Holdings Limited.

10.2   

Shareholders Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2011, among Michael Kors Holdings Limited and certain shareholders of Michael Kors Holdings Limited.

10.3   

Voting and Lock-Up Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2011, among Michael Kors Holdings Limited and certain shareholders of Michael Kors Holdings Limited.

10.4   

Amended and Restated Michael Kors (USA), Inc. Stock Option Plan.

10.5   

Form of Indemnification Agreement between Michael Kors Holdings Limited and its directors and officers.

10.6   

Licensing Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2011, between Michael Kors, L.L.C. and Michael Kors (HK) Limited. (Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request. Omitted information has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.)

10.7   

Licensing Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2011, between Michael Kors, L.L.C. and Michael Kors Trading Shanghai Limited. (Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request. Omitted information has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.)

10.8   

Michael Kors Holdings Limited Omnibus Incentive Plan.

21.1   

List of subsidiaries of Michael Kors Holdings Limited.

23.1   

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

23.2   

Consent of Harney, Westwood & Riegels (included in Exhibit 5.1).

24.1   

Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages).

Exhibit 1.1

41,700,000 Shares

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

ORDINARY SHARES

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[            ], 2011


[ ], 2011

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
   As Representatives of the several Underwriters
   named in Schedule II hereto
c/o    Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
   1585 Broadway
   New York, New York 10036
   J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
   383 Madison Avenue, 4th Floor
   New York, New York 10179
   Goldman, Sachs & Co.
   200 West Street
   New York, New York 10282

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Certain shareholders of Michael Kors Holdings Limited, a company organized under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (the “ Company ”), named in Schedule I hereto (the “ Selling Shareholders ”) severally (and not jointly) propose to sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule II hereto (the “ Underwriters ”) an aggregate of 41,700,000 ordinary shares of no par value of the Company (the “ Firm Shares ”), each Selling Shareholder selling the amount set forth opposite such Selling Shareholder’s name in Schedule I hereto.

The Selling Shareholders also propose to sell to the several Underwriters not more than an additional 6,255,000 ordinary shares of no par value of the Company (the “ Additional Shares ”) if and to the extent that you, as managers of the offering, shall have determined to exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to purchase such ordinary shares granted to the Underwriters in Section 3 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Shares .” The outstanding ordinary shares of no par value of the Company are hereinafter referred to as the “ Ordinary Shares .”

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement, including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. The registration statement as amended at the time it becomes effective (the “ Effective Date ”), including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”),


is hereinafter referred to as the “ Registration Statement ”; the prospectus in the form first used to confirm sales of Shares (or in the form first made available to the Underwriters by the Company to meet requests of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Prospectus .” If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register additional Ordinary Shares pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “ Rule 462 Registration Statement ”), then any reference herein to the term “ Registration Statement ” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.

For purposes of this Agreement, “ free writing prospectus ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, “ Time of Sale Prospectus ” means the preliminary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement together with the documents and pricing information set forth in Schedule III hereto, and “ broadly available road show ” means a “bona fide electronic road show” as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) under the Securities Act that has been made available without restriction to any person. As used herein, the terms “Registration Statement,” “preliminary prospectus,” “Time of Sale Prospectus” and “Prospectus” shall include the documents, if any, incorporated by reference therein as of the date hereof.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“ Morgan Stanley ”) has agreed to reserve a portion of the Shares to be purchased by it under this Agreement for sale to the Company’s directors, officers, employees and business associates and other parties related to the Company (collectively, “ Participants ”), as set forth in the Prospectus under the heading “Underwriters” (the “ Directed Share Program ”). The Shares to be sold by Morgan Stanley and its affiliates pursuant to the Directed Share Program are referred to hereinafter as the “ Directed Shares ”. [Any Directed Shares not orally confirmed for purchase by any Participant by the end of the business day on which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the Prospectus.]

[The Company agrees and confirms that references to “affiliates” of Morgan Stanley that appear in this Agreement shall be understood to include Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.] 1

1. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:

(a) The Registration Statement has become effective; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission.

 

 

1  

To be included if the transaction will or may involve a nexus with Japan, including the potential marketing or sale of the securities to investors in Japan.

 

2


(b)(i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (iii) as of [ ] [p.m.] [a.m.] on the date hereof (the “ Applicable Time ”), the Time of Sale Prospectus did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iv) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (v) the Prospectus, as of its date, does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, as of the Closing Date, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.

(c) The Company is not an “ineligible issuer” in connection with the offering pursuant to Rules 164, 405 and 433 under the Securities Act. Any free writing prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Each free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or on behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule III hereto, and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to you before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without your prior consent, prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus.

(d) The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as an entity in good standing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, has the requisite corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification,

 

3


except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business, results of operations, properties or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”). The certificate of incorporation, by-laws, memorandum and articles of association and other constitutive or organizational documents of the Company comply with the requirements of applicable British Virgin Islands law and are in full force and effect.

(e) Each “ significant subsidiary ” (as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act) of the Company has been duly incorporated or formed, is validly existing as an entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, has the corporate or limited liability company power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so incorporated, formed or qualified or be in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect; all of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement (including the exhibits thereto) and the Time of Sale Prospectus, are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, except liens securing the Company’s $100.0 million asset-backed revolving credit facility (the “ Credit Facility ”) and where the existence of such liens, encumbrances or claims would not have a Material Adverse Effect. The certificate of incorporation, by-laws, memorandum and articles of association and other constitutive or organizational documents of each significant subsidiary comply with the requirements of applicable law in its jurisdiction of incorporation and are in full force and effect.

(f) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(g) The authorized capital stock of the Company conforms as to legal matters in all material respects to the description thereof contained in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(h) The outstanding Ordinary Shares have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and were not issued in violation of any preemptive, resale, right of first refusal or similar rights of any securityholder.

(i) The Ordinary Shares are freely transferable by the Selling Shareholders to the Underwriters and there are no restrictions on subsequent transfers of the Ordinary Shares under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. No

 

4


holder of Ordinary Shares is or will be subject to personal liability solely by reason of being such a holder.

(j) The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement will not contravene (i) any provision of applicable law, (ii) the certificate of incorporation or memorandum and articles of association of the Company or the constituent documents of its significant subsidiaries, (iii) any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of its significant subsidiaries or (iv) any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any significant subsidiary, except for any contravention in clauses (i) and (iii) that would not have a Material Adverse Effect or that would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required to be obtained or made for the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except such as may be required by the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), or securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares or such others as have been obtained.

(k) There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(l) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending, or to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject (i) other than proceedings described in all material respects in the Time of Sale Prospectus and other than proceedings that would not have a Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Time of Sale Prospectus or (ii) that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not so described; and there are no statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required.

(m) Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the registration statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

5


(n) The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(o) The Company and its subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except in the case of each of clauses (i) through (iii) above where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(p) There are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(q) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Time of Sale Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company or to require the Company to include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the Registration Statement.

(r) None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries, directors or executive officers and, to the Company’s knowledge, any employee, agent, affiliate or representative of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries, has taken any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or giving of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any “government official” (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) to influence official action or secure an improper advantage; and the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representation and warranty contained herein.

 

6


(s) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of the British Virgin Islands and jurisdictions where the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(t)(i) None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries, directors or executive officers and, to the Company’s knowledge, any employee, agent, affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, is an individual or entity (“ Person ”) that is, or is owned or controlled by a Person that is:

(A) the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”), the United Nations Security Council (“ UNSC ”), the European Union (“ EU ”), Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor

(B) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Burma/Myanmar, Cuba, Iran, Libya, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).

(ii) For the past five years the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in, are not now knowingly engaged in, and will not engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.

(u) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (i) the Company and its subsidiaries have not incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor entered into any transaction, which liabilities, obligations or transactions would have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital stock, nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its capital stock other than ordinary and customary dividends; and (iii) there has not been

 

7


any material adverse change in the capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries, except in the case of each of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, respectively.

(v) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them which is material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, liens securing the Company’s Credit Facility or such as would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, in each case except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(w) Except as described in the Registration Statement and the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Company and its subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, the right to use all patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names, rights of publicity and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “ Intellectual Property Rights ”) necessary to, or used in, their respective businesses as currently operated or proposed to be operated, except where the failure to so own or possess such Intellectual Property Rights would not have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice alleging infringement of or conflict with any Intellectual Property Rights of others, or challenging the validity, scope or enforceability of any Intellectual Property Rights of the Company and its subsidiaries, except in each case where an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding with respect to such allegation or challenge would not have a Material Adverse Effect. The operation of the respective businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate, and has not infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated, the Intellectual Property Rights of others in any material respect. To the knowledge of the Company, no third party has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated any Intellectual Property Right of the Company and its subsidiaries, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company is not aware of any specific facts that would support a finding that any Intellectual Property Right owned by or licensed to the Company or any of its subsidiaries is invalid or unenforceable and, to the knowledge of the Company, all such Intellectual Property Rights are valid and enforceable, except where the failure of such Intellectual Property Rights to be valid and enforceable would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8


(x) No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent, except for any such dispute that would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and the Company is not aware of any existing, threatened or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers or contractors that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(y) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and each of its subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for the refusal of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(z) The Company and its subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, except where the failure to possess such certifications, authorizations or permits would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(aa) Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, (i) the Company has no reason to believe that there has been any material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (ii) there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected,

 

9


or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(bb) Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Company has not sold, issued or distributed any Ordinary Shares during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or S of, the Securities Act, other than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants.

(cc) The Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus and any preliminary prospectus comply, and any amendments or supplements thereto will comply, in all material respects, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any preliminary prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program.

(dd) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency, other than those obtained, is required in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares in any jurisdiction where the Directed Shares are being offered.

(ee) The Company has not offered, or caused Morgan Stanley or any Morgan Stanley Entity as defined in Section 12 to offer, Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company, or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products.

(ff) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have filed all U.S. federal, U.S. state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed through the date of this Agreement or have requested extensions thereof (except where the failure to file would not have a Material Adverse Effect) and have paid all taxes required to be paid thereon (except for cases in which the failure to file or pay would not have a Material Adverse Effect, or except as currently being contested in good faith and for which reserves required by U.S. GAAP have been created in the financial statements of the Company), and no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries which has had (nor does the Company nor any of its subsidiaries have any notice or knowledge of any asserted or threatened tax deficiency which could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to the Company or its subsidiaries and which could reasonably be expected to have) a Material Adverse Effect.

(gg) The Company is a “foreign private issuer” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

 

10


(hh) No subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s property or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company, except as required under the Credit Facility and as described in or contemplated by the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus. All dividends and other distributions declared and payable on the shares of capital stock of the Company may under the current laws and regulations of the British Virgin Islands be paid in United States dollars and may be freely transferred out of the British Virgin Islands. All such dividends and other distributions are not subject to withholding or other taxes under the current laws and regulations of the British Virgin Islands and are otherwise free and clear of any other tax, withholding or deduction in, and without the necessity of obtaining any consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, licenses, registrations, clearances and qualifications of or with any court or governmental agency or body or any stock exchange authorities in, the British Virgin Islands.

(ii) Except as disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus, no stamp or other issuance or transfer taxes or duties, levies, deductions, or charges are payable by, or required to be withheld on behalf of, the Underwriters to the British Virgin Islands or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof in connection with (1) the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or (2) the issuance, sale or delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters.

(jj) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor any of its or their properties or assets has any immunity from the jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution or otherwise) under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. The irrevocable and unconditional waiver and agreement of the Company contained in Section 18 of this Agreement not to plead or claim any such immunity in any legal action, suit or proceeding based on this Agreement is valid and binding under the laws of the British Virgin Islands.

(kk) Based on current law and on the Company’s current operations and future projections, the Company does not believe it will be treated as a passive foreign investment company (“ PFIC ”) within the meaning of Section 1297 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for the current taxable year and does not expect to be treated as a PFIC for any subsequent taxable year. Although the Company intends to conduct its affairs in a manner to avoid being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, the Company can make no assurances that the nature of its operations will not change in the future.

(ll) The choice of the law of the State of New York as the governing law of this Agreement is a valid choice of law under the laws of the British Virgin Islands and will be honored by courts in the British Virgin Islands. The Company

 

11


has the power to submit, and pursuant to Section 18 of this Agreement, has legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably submitted, to the personal jurisdiction of each New York State and United States Federal court sitting in The City of New York and has validly and irrevocably waived any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court.

(mm) The submission by the Company in Section 18 of this Agreement to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the federal or state courts of the United States of America located in the City and County of New York, constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company and service of process made in the manner set forth in this Agreement will be effective to confer valid personal jurisdiction over the Company for purposes of proceedings in such courts under the laws of British Virgin Islands.

(nn) Any final judgment for a fixed sum of money rendered by a New York Court having jurisdiction under its own domestic laws in respect of any suit, action or proceeding against the Company based upon this Agreement would be recognized and enforced by British Virgin Islands courts, without re–examining the merits of the case under the common law doctrine of obligation; provided that (A) adequate service of process has been effected and the defendant has had a reasonable opportunity to be heard, (B) such judgments or the enforcement thereof are not contrary to the law, public policy, security or sovereignty of the British Virgin Islands, (C) such judgments were not obtained by fraudulent means and do not conflict with any other valid judgment in the same matter between the same parties, and (D) an action between the same parties in the same matter is not pending in any British Virgin Islands court at the time the lawsuit is instituted in the foreign court.

(oo) Upon execution and delivery, this Agreement will be in proper legal form under the laws of the British Virgin Islands for the enforcement hereof against the Company, except to the extent enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and general equity principles and, with respect to any indemnification or contribution provision, limited by the federal and state securities laws; and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability, priority or admissibility in evidence of this Agreement it is not necessary that this Agreement or any other document related hereto be filed, registered or recorded with or executed or notarized before, any governmental or regulatory authority or agency of the British Virgin Islands.

(pp) It is not necessary under the laws of the British Virgin Islands that any Underwriter be licensed, qualified or entitled to carry on business in the British Virgin Islands to enable such Underwriter to enforce its respective rights under this Agreement or the performance of the terms and conditions of this Agreement outside of the British Virgin Islands. The Underwriters will not be deemed resident, domiciled, to be carrying on business or subject to taxation in

 

12


the British Virgin Islands solely by reason of the issuance, acceptance, delivery, performance or enforcement of this Agreement.

(qq) The Company is in full compliance with all applicable British Virgin Islands securities rules and regulations, except to the extent failure to comply could not result in a material adverse effect on the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder or on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under or in respect of this Agreement.

2. Representations and Warranties of the Selling Shareholders . Each Selling Shareholder severally and not jointly represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:

(a) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Shareholder.

(b) The execution and delivery by such Selling Shareholder of, and the performance by such Selling Shareholder of its obligations under, this Agreement, the Custody Agreement signed by such Selling Shareholder and the Company, as Custodian, relating to the deposit of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder (the “ Custody Agreement ”) and the Power of Attorney appointing certain individuals as such Selling Shareholder’s attorneys-in-fact to the extent set forth therein, relating to the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Registration Statement (the “ Power of Attorney ”), will not contravene (i) any provision of applicable law, (ii) the certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other constituent documents of such Selling Shareholder (if such Selling Shareholder is a legal entity), (iii) any agreement or other instrument binding upon such Selling Shareholder or (iv) any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over such Selling Shareholder, except in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) for such contravention that would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of such Selling Shareholder to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by such Selling Shareholder of its obligations under this Agreement or the Custody Agreement or Power of Attorney of such Selling Shareholder, except (A) such as may be required by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states and (B) such others as have been obtained in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

(c) Such Selling Shareholder has (or, upon the conversion of such Selling Shareholder’s preference shares into Ordinary Shares or the exercise of vested stock options into Ordinary Shares, as applicable, will have on or prior to the Closing Date), and on the Closing Date will have, valid title to, or a valid “security entitlement” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code in respect of, the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder free and clear of all security interests, claims, liens, equities or other

 

13


encumbrances and the legal right and power, and all authorization and approval required by law, to enter into this Agreement, the Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney and to sell, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder or a security entitlement in respect of such Shares.

(d) The Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Shareholder and constitute valid and legally binding obligations of each such Selling Shareholder enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles and (ii) enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision that may be limited under the federal and state securities laws.

(e) Upon payment for the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder pursuant to this Agreement, delivery of such Shares, as directed by the Underwriters, to Cede & Co. (“ Cede ”) or such other nominee as may be designated by the Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”), registration of such Shares in the name of Cede or such other nominee and the crediting of such Shares on the books of DTC to securities accounts of the Underwriters (assuming that neither DTC nor any such Underwriter has notice of any adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code (the “ UCC ”)) to such Shares), (A) DTC shall be a “protected purchaser” of such Shares within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the UCC, (B) under Section 8-501 of the UCC, the Underwriters will acquire a valid security entitlement in respect of such Shares and (C) no action based on any “adverse claim,” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC, to such Shares may be asserted against the Underwriters with respect to such security entitlement; for purposes of this representation, such Selling Shareholder may assume that when such payment, delivery and crediting occur, (w) the Underwriters are purchasing such Shares without notice of any adverse claim, (x) such Shares will have been registered in the name of Cede or another nominee designated by DTC, in each case on the Company’s share registry in accordance with its certificate of incorporation, by-laws and applicable law, (y) DTC will be registered as a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC and (z) appropriate entries to the accounts of the several Underwriters on the records of DTC will have been made pursuant to the UCC.

(f) Such Selling Shareholder is not prompted by any information concerning the Company or its subsidiaries which is not set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus to sell its Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

(g)(i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) as

 

14


of the Applicable Time, the Time of Sale Prospectus did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iii) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (iv) the Prospectus, as of its date, does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, as of the Closing Date, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph 2(g) are limited to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Selling Shareholder furnished to the Company in writing by such Selling Shareholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any broadly available road show, the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto.

3. Agreements to Sell and Purchase . Each Selling Shareholder, severally and not jointly, hereby agrees to sell to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from such Selling Shareholder at $[ ] a share (the “ Purchase Price ”) the number of Firm Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the number of Firm Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule II hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, each Selling Shareholder agrees to sell to the Underwriters the Additional Shares as set forth on Schedule I, severally and not jointly, and the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to 6,255,000 Additional Shares at the Purchase Price, provided, however, that the amount paid by the Underwriters for any Additional Shares shall be reduced by any withholding required by law. You may exercise this right on behalf of the Underwriters in whole or from time to time in part by giving written notice not later than 30 days after the date of this Agreement. Any exercise notice shall specify the number of Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and the date on which such shares are to be purchased. Each purchase date must be at least two business days after the written notice is given and may not be earlier than the Closing Date for the Firm Shares nor later than ten business days after the date of such notice. Additional Shares may be purchased as provided in Section 5 hereof solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares. On each day, if any,

 

15


that Additional Shares are to be purchased (an “ Option Closing Date ”), each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule II hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares. On each Option Closing Date, the number of Additional Shares to be purchased from each Selling Shareholder by the Underwriters shall equal the number of Additional Shares to be purchased from the Selling Shareholders collectively multiplied by the fraction obtained by dividing the number of Firm Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder, as indicated on Schedule I hereto, by the total number of Firm Shares, as indicated on Schedule I hereto (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine).

The Company and each Selling Shareholder hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus:

(1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Ordinary Shares beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) or any other securities so owned that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares, or

(2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Ordinary Shares, or

(3) file any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any Ordinary Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares, or

(4) publicly announce any intention to engage in any of the transactions described in clauses (1) through (3) above,

whether any of the transactions described in clauses (1) through (3) above is to be settled by delivery of Ordinary Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

The restrictions contained in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to (a) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (b) the issuance by the Company of Ordinary Shares upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof of which the Underwriters have been advised in writing, (c) transactions by a Selling Shareholder relating to Ordinary Shares or

 

16


other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the offering of the Shares, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of Ordinary Shares or other securities acquired in such open market transactions (other than a filing on Form 5 made when required), (d) issuances of Ordinary Shares or any security convertible into Ordinary Shares as consideration for, or partial consideration for, acquisitions or business combinations or in connection with the formation of joint ventures, strategic partnerships or other collaborations, and the filing of any registration statements on Form S-4 in connection with such issuances; provided that such issuances are limited to 5% of the Company’s outstanding Ordinary Shares immediately following the completion of the offering of the Shares; provided, further, that the recipient of such Ordinary Shares shall enter into a written agreement accepting the restrictions set forth in the preceding paragraph and this paragraph as if it were a Selling Shareholder, (e) transfers by a Selling Shareholder of Ordinary Shares or any security convertible into Ordinary Shares pursuant to a will, other testamentary document or applicable laws of descent, (f) transfers by a Selling Shareholder of Ordinary Shares or any security convertible into Ordinary Shares as a bona fide gift, (g) distributions by a Selling Shareholder of Ordinary Shares or any security convertible into Ordinary Shares to limited partners, members or stockholders of the Selling Shareholder or to the Selling Shareholder’s affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the Selling Shareholders; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (e), (f) or (g), (i) each donee or distributee shall enter into a written agreement accepting the restrictions set forth in the preceding paragraph and this paragraph as if it were a Selling Shareholder and (ii) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Ordinary Shares, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in respect of the transfer or distribution during the 180-day restricted period, (h) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of Ordinary Shares, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of Ordinary Shares during the 180-day restricted period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the Selling Shareholders or the Company, or (i) transfers of Ordinary Shares from a Selling Shareholder to the Company for the primary purpose of satisfying any tax or other governmental withholding obligation with respect to Ordinary Shares issued upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security. In addition, each Selling Shareholder agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Ordinary Shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares, except if such demand or exercise of registration rights does not require or permit any public filing or other public disclosure to be made in connection therewith until 180 days after the date of the Prospectus. Each Selling Shareholder consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s

 

17


transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of any Shares held by such Selling Shareholder except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions imposed by this agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, unless the Representatives waive in writing such extension. The Company shall promptly notify the Representatives of any earnings release, news or event that may give rise to an extension of the initial 180-day restricted period.

If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 6(h) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver; provided that the provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in the lock-up letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

4. Terms of Public Offering . The Company and the Selling Shareholders are advised by you that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Shares as soon after the Registration Statement and this Agreement have become effective as in your judgment is advisable. The Company and the Selling Shareholders are further advised by you that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at $[ ] a share (the “ Public Offering Price ”) and to certain dealers selected by you at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $[ ] a share under the Public Offering Price, and that any Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession, not in excess of $[ ] a share, to any Underwriter or to certain other dealers.

5. Payment and Delivery . Payment for the Firm Shares to be sold by each Selling Shareholder shall be made to such Selling Shareholder in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on [ ], 2011, 2 or at such other time on the same or such

 

 

2  

Three business after the date of the Underwriting Agreement.

 

18


other date, not later than [ ], 2011, 3 as shall be designated in writing by you. The time and date of such payment are herein referred to as the “ Closing Date .”

Payment for any Additional Shares to be sold by each Selling Shareholder shall be made to such Selling Shareholder in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Additional Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified in the corresponding notice described in Section 3 or at such other time on the same or on such other date, in any event not later than ten business days after your option to purchase the Additional Shares expires, as shall be designated in writing by you.

The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as you shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered to you on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters. The Purchase Price payable by the Underwriters shall be reduced by (i) any transfer taxes paid by, or on behalf of, the Underwriters in connection with the transfer of the Shares to the Underwriters duly paid and (ii) any withholding required by law.

6. Conditions to the Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the Selling Shareholders to sell the Shares to the Underwriters and the several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares on the Closing Date are subject to the condition that the Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than [ ] (New York City time) on the date hereof.

The several obligations of the Underwriters are subject to the following further conditions:

(a) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date:

(i) there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded any of the securities, if any, of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, parents or affiliates, by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act; and

 

 

3  

Five business days after the date inserted in accordance with the previous footnote.

 

19


(ii) there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in your judgment, impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(b) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, to the effect set forth in Section 6(a)(i) above and to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the Company has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date.

The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

(c) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion and negative assurance letter of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, outside counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date, in substantially the forms as set forth in Exhibits A and B hereto.

(d) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, counsel for the Selling Shareholders, dated the Closing Date, in substantially the form as set forth in Exhibit C hereto.

(e) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion and negative assurance letter of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date, in the form mutually agreed upon between the Representatives and Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP.

(f) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Harney Westwood & Riegels, British Virgin Islands Counsel to the Company, dated the Closing Date, in substantially the form as set forth in Exhibit D hereto.

(g) The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters, from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent public accountants, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of

 

20


Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than the date hereof.

(h) The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto, between you and certain security holders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of Ordinary Shares or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.

(i) Each Underwriter shall have received the certificate described in Section 7(j), if applicable, from the Company.

(j) Each Underwriter shall have received a Form W-9 or Form W-8, as described in Section 8, from each Selling Shareholder.

(k) The Underwriters shall have received a certificate in the form attached as Exhibit G hereto, dated as of each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company.

The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares hereunder are subject to the delivery to you on the applicable Option Closing Date of such documents as you may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the due authorization and issuance of the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date and other matters related to the issuance of such Additional Shares.

7. Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) To furnish to you, without charge, eight conformed copies of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and for delivery to each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and to furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to 4:00 p.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 7(e) or 7(f) below, as many copies of the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request.

(b) Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object in a timely manner, and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.

 

21


(c) To furnish to you a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and not to use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus to which you reasonably object in a timely manner.

(d) Not to take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Underwriter that the Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.

(e) If the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances, not misleading, or if any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement then on file, or if, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Time of Sale Prospectus is delivered to a prospective purchaser, be misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(f) If, during such period after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Underwriters the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and addresses you will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have been sold by you on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the

 

22


circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(g) To use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably request, provided that in connection therewith, the Company will not be required to file a general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified, or subject itself to taxation for doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

(h) To make generally available to the Company’s security holders and to you as soon as practicable an earning statement covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the date of this Agreement which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(i) To comply with all applicable securities and other laws, rules and regulations in each jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.

(j) If any Selling Shareholder is not a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company will deliver to each Underwriter (or its agent), on or before the Closing Date, (i) a certificate with respect to the Company’s status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” dated not more than thirty (30) days prior to the Closing Date, as described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.897-2(h) and 1.1445-2(c)(3), and (ii) proof of delivery to the IRS of the required notice, as described in Treasury Regulations 1.897-2(h)(2).

8. Covenant of the Selling Shareholders . Each Selling Shareholder, severally and not jointly, covenants with each Underwriter that it will deliver to each Underwriter (or its agent), prior to or at the Closing Date, a properly completed and executed Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) Form W-9 or an IRS Form W-8, as appropriate, together with all required attachments to such form.

9. Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, subject to that certain side letter dated the date hereof confirming the Underwriters’ agreement to reimburse the Company for certain expenses, the Company agrees to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its and the Selling Shareholders’ obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel, the Company’s accountants and counsel for the Selling Shareholders in connection with the registration and delivery of the Shares under the Securities Act and all other fees

 

23


or expenses of the Company and the Selling Shareholders in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers, in the quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon (to the extent not rebated), (iii) the cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares under state securities laws and all reasonably incurred expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 7(g) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonably incurred and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum (up to a maximum amount, when taken together with the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters incurred in connection with clause (iv) of this Section 9, of $50,000), (iv) all filing fees and the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters incurred in connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the Shares by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) (up to a maximum amount, when taken together with the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters incurred in connection with clause (iii) of this Section 9, of $50,000), (v) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Ordinary Shares and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange, (vi) the cost of printing certificates representing the Shares, (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show, (ix) the document production charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement , (x) all reasonably incurred and documented fees and disbursements of counsel incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and (xi) all other costs and expenses of the Company incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. In connection with clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, the Representatives agree to pay the New York

 

24


State stock transfer tax, and the Company agrees to reimburse the Representatives for associated carrying costs if such tax payment is not rebated on the day of payment and for any portion of such tax payment not rebated. It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section, Section 11 entitled “Indemnity and Contribution,” Section 12 entitled “Directed Share Program Indemnification” and the last paragraph of Section 14 below, the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

The provisions of this Section shall not supersede or otherwise affect any agreement that the Company and the Selling Shareholders may otherwise have for the allocation of such expenses among themselves.

10. Covenants of the Underwriters . Each Underwriter severally covenants with the Company not to take any action that would result in the Company being required to file with the Commission under Rule 433(d) a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that otherwise would not be required to be filed by the Company thereunder, but for the action of the Underwriter.

11. Indemnity and Contribution . (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any “road show” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”), or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein. [The Company agrees and confirms that references to “affiliates” of Morgan Stanley

 

25


that appear in this Agreement shall be understood to include Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.] 4

(b) Each Selling Shareholder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any “road show” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only with reference to information relating to such Selling Shareholder furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Selling Shareholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto. The liability of each Selling Shareholder under the indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph shall be several and not joint and limited to an amount equal to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares sold by such Selling Shareholder under this Agreement after deducting underwriting commissions (but before any taxes and expenses which may be payable by such Selling Shareholder).

(c) Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Selling Shareholders, the directors of the Company, the officers of the Company who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Shareholder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities

 

 

4  

To be included if this transaction will or may involve a nexus with Japan, including the potential marketing or sale of the securities to investors in Japan.

26


Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any road show or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only with reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus, road show, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

(d) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 11(a), 11(b) or 11(c), such person (the “ indemnified party ”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ indemnifying party ”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonably incurred fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be in the reasonable judgment of counsel inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (i) the reasonably incurred fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Underwriters and all persons, if any, who control any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or who are affiliates of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, (ii) the reasonably incurred fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either such Section and (iii) the reasonably incurred fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Selling Shareholders and all persons, if any, who control any Selling Shareholder within the meaning of either such Section, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Underwriters and such control persons and affiliates of any Underwriters, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Representatives. In the case of any such separate firm for the Company, and such

 

27


directors, officers and control persons of the Company, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Company. In the case of any such separate firm for the Selling Shareholders and such control persons of any Selling Shareholders, such firm shall be designated in writing by the persons named as attorneys-in-fact for the Selling Shareholders under the Powers of Attorney. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

(e) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 11(a), 11(b) or 11(c) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 11(e)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 11(e)(i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Shareholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Shares (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and each Selling Shareholder and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company or the Selling Shareholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Selling Shareholders or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 11 are

 

28


several in proportion to the respective number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint. The liability of each Selling Shareholder under the contribution agreement contained in this paragraph shall be several and not joint and limited to an amount equal to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares sold by such Selling Shareholder under this Agreement after deducting underwriting commissions (but before any taxes and expenses which may be payable by such Selling Shareholder).

(f) The Company and the Selling Shareholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 11 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 11(e). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 11(e) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 11 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(g) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 11 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company and the Selling Shareholders contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any person controlling any Underwriter or any affiliate of any Underwriter, any Selling Shareholder or any person controlling any Selling Shareholder, or the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Shares.

12. Directed Share Program Indemnification. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Morgan Stanley, each person, if any, who controls Morgan Stanley within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each affiliate of Morgan Stanley within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act (“ Morgan Stanley Entities ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in

 

29


connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) (i) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) caused by the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Participant agreed to purchase; or (iii) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Share Program, other than losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence of Morgan Stanley Entities. [The Company agrees and confirms that references to “affiliates” of Morgan Stanley that appear in this Agreement shall be understood to include Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.] 5

(b) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Morgan Stanley Entity in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 12(a), the Morgan Stanley Entity seeking indemnity shall promptly notify the Company in writing and the Company, upon request of the Morgan Stanley Entity, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Morgan Stanley Entity to represent the Morgan Stanley Entity and any others the Company may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonably incurred fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any Morgan Stanley Entity shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Morgan Stanley Entity unless (i) the Company shall have agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Company and the Morgan Stanley Entity and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be, in the reasonable judgment of counsel, inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. The Company shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of the Morgan Stanley Entities in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonably incurred fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Morgan Stanley Entities. Any such separate firm for the Morgan Stanley Entities shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley. The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Company agrees to indemnify the Morgan Stanley Entities from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect

 

 

5  

To be included if this transaction will or may involve a nexus with Japan, including the potential marketing or sale of the securities to investors in Japan.

30


of which any Morgan Stanley Entity is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Morgan Stanley Entity, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of the Morgan Stanley Entities from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

(c) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 12(a) is unavailable to a Morgan Stanley Entity or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then the Company in lieu of indemnifying the Morgan Stanley Entity thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Morgan Stanley Entity as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand from the offering of the Directed Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 12(c)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 12(c)(i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand in connection with any statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Directed Shares (before deducting expenses) and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Morgan Stanley Entities for the Directed Shares, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Directed Shares. If the loss, claim, damage or liability is caused by an untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement or the omission or alleged omission relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Morgan Stanley Entities and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(d) The Company and the Morgan Stanley Entities agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 12 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Morgan Stanley Entities were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 12(c). The amount paid or payable by the Morgan Stanley Entities as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Morgan Stanley Entities in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 12, no Morgan Stanley Entity shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total

 

31


price at which the Directed Shares distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Morgan Stanley Entity has otherwise been required to pay. The remedies provided for in this Section 12 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(e) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 12 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Morgan Stanley Entity or the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Directed Shares.

13. Termination . The Underwriters may terminate this Agreement by notice given by you to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be, any of the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange and the NASDAQ Global Market, (ii) trading of any securities of the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market, (iii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States shall have occurred, (iv) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by Federal or New York State authorities or (v) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and which, singly or together with any other event specified in this clause (v), makes it, in your judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale or delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus.

14. Effectiveness; Defaulting Underwriters . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

If, on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares that it has or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of the Shares to be purchased on such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule II bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as you may specify, to purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the number of Shares that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased

 

32


pursuant to this Section 14 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such number of Shares without the written consent of such Underwriter. If, on the Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements reasonably satisfactory to you, the Company and the Selling Shareholders for the purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Shareholders. In any such case either you, the Company or the relevant Selling Shareholder shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Prospectus, in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. If, on an Option Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional Shares and the aggregate number of Additional Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the option to (i) terminate their obligation hereunder to purchase the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date or (ii) purchase not less than the number of Additional Shares that such non-defaulting Underwriters would have been obligated to purchase in the absence of such default. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, other than pursuant to Section 13(i), (iii), (iv) or (v) or this Section 14, because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company or any Selling Shareholder to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason the Company or any Selling Shareholder shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Company and the Selling Shareholders will reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonably incurred and documented fees and disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder.

15. Entire Agreement . (a) This Agreement, together with any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement) that relate to the offering of the Shares, represents the entire agreement between the Company and the Selling Shareholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the preparation of any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the conduct of the offering, and the purchase and sale of the Shares.

 

33


(b) The Company acknowledges that in connection with the offering of the Shares: (i) the Underwriters have acted at arms length, are not agents of, and owe no fiduciary duties to, the Company or any other person, (ii) the Underwriters owe the Company only those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement and prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement), if any, and (iii) the Underwriters may have interests that differ from those of the Company. The Company waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims it may have against the Underwriters arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Shares.

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

17. Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

18. Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agent for Service . The Company and each of the Selling Shareholders hereby irrevocably submits to the non–exclusive jurisdiction of the U.S. Federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York (each, a “ New York Court ”) in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the offering of the Shares or any transactions contemplated hereby. The Company and each of the Selling Shareholders irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the offering of the Shares or any transactions contemplated hereby in a New York Court, and irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit or proceeding in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Company and each of the Selling Shareholders irrevocably appoint Michael Kors (USA), Inc., located at 11 West 42nd Street, 28th Floor, New York, New York 10036, Attention: General Counsel, as their authorized agent (the “ Authorized Agent ”) in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York upon which process may be served in any such suit or proceeding, and agree that service of process in any manner permitted by applicable law upon such agent, and written notice of said service to each of the Selling Shareholders by the person serving the same to each of the Selling Shareholders at their respective addresses set forth on Schedule I hereto, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process in any manner permitted by applicable law upon the Company and the Selling Shareholders in any such suit or proceeding. The Company and each of the Selling Shareholders further agree to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in full force and effect for a period of seven years from the date of this Agreement. The Company and each of the Selling Shareholders irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all rights to

 

34


trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

19. Headings . The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.

20. Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and effective only upon receipt and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered, mailed or sent to the Representatives in care of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department; J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, 4th Floor, New York, New York 10179, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk (telecopier 212-648-8358); Goldman, Sachs & Co., 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282, Attention: Registration Department; if to the Company shall be delivered, mailed or sent to 11 West 42nd Street, 28th Floor, New York, New York 10036, Attention: General Counsel; and if to the Selling Shareholders shall be delivered, mailed or sent to their addresses set forth on Schedule I hereto.

21. Patriot Act. In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

Very truly yours,

Michael Kors Holdings Limited

 

By:

 

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

35


The Selling Shareholders named in

Schedule I hereto, acting severally

 

By:

 

 

  Attorney-in-Fact

Accepted as of the date hereof

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the several Underwriters named in Schedule II hereto

 

By:

  Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

By:

 

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

By:

  J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

By:

 

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

By:

  Goldman, Sachs & Co.

By:

 

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

36


SCHEDULE I

 

Selling Shareholder and Address

   Number of Firm
Shares to be Sold

[ ]

  
  
  
  
  

 

Total:

  
  

 

 

 

I-1


SCHEDULE II

 

Underwriter

   Number of Firm
Shares to be
Purchased

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

Jefferies & Company, Inc.

  

Nomura Securities International, Inc.

  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  
  

 

Total:

  
  

 

 

II-1


SCHEDULE III

Time of Sale Prospectus

Preliminary Prospectus issued [date]

[identify all free writing prospectuses filed by the Company under Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act]

[free writing prospectus containing a description of terms that does not reflect final terms, if the Time of Sale Prospectus does not include a final term sheet]

[orally communicated pricing information such as price per share and size of offering if a Rule 134 pricing term sheet is used at the time of sale instead of a pricing term sheet filed by the Company under Rule 433(d) as a free writing prospectus]

 

III-1


EXHIBIT A

1. Each Delaware Subsidiary has been duly incorporated and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Each Delaware Subsidiary has all necessary corporate power and authority to own and hold its properties and conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement.

2. All of the issued and outstanding shares of the common stock of each Delaware Subsidiary are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

3. The Underwriting Agreement (to the extent execution and delivery are governed by the laws of New York) has been duly executed and delivered by the Company.

4. The statements in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Tax Considerations – U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences,” to the extent they constitute summaries of United States federal law or regulation or legal conclusions, have been reviewed by us and fairly summarize the matters described under the heading in all material respects.

5. The Registration Statement and the Prospectus, as of their respective effective or issue times, appear on their face to be appropriately responsive in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Act (the “Rules and Regulations”), except for the financial statements, financial statement schedules and other financial data included in or omitted from either of them, as to which we express no opinion.

6. We do not know of any contract or other document which is required to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement by the Act or the Rules and Regulations which has not been so filed.

7. The execution and delivery of the Underwriting Agreement, the compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement and the performance by the Company of its obligations thereunder will not (i) breach or result in a default under any agreement or instrument listed on Schedule II to this opinion or (ii) violate Applicable Law or any judgment, order or decree of any court or arbitrator known to us, except in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, where the breach, default or violation could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole. For purposes of this letter, the term “Applicable Law” means those laws, rules and regulations of the United States of America and the State of New York, in each case, which in our experience are normally applicable to the transactions of the type contemplated by the Underwriting


Agreement, except that, “Applicable Law” does not include federal securities laws, the anti-fraud provisions of the securities laws of any applicable jurisdiction or any state securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states.

8. No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any Governmental Authority, which has not been obtained, taken or made is required by the Company under any Applicable Law for the issuance or sale of the Shares or the performance by the Company of its obligations under the Underwriting Agreement. For purposes of this letter, the term “Governmental Authority” means any executive, legislative, judicial, administrative or regulatory body of the State of New York or the United States of America.

9. The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares will not be required to be registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

10. To our knowledge, there are no legal or governmental actions, suits or proceedings pending or overtly threatened which are required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, other than those disclosed therein.

11. Under the laws of the State of New York relating to submission to jurisdiction, the Company has, pursuant to Section 18 of the Underwriting Agreement, validly and irrevocably submitted to the personal jurisdiction of any state or federal court located in the State of New York, in any action arising out of or relating to the Underwriting Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby, and has validly and irrevocably appointed the Authorized Agent as its authorized agent for the purpose described in the Underwriting Agreement; and service of process effected on such agent in the manner set forth therein will be effective to confer valid personal jurisdiction over the Company. This opinion (11) is subject to the qualification that we express no opinion as to the enforceability of forum selection clauses in the federal courts.


Schedule A

Delaware Subsidiaries

Michael Kors (USA), Inc.

Michael Kors Retail, Inc.

Michael Kors Stores (California), Inc.

Michael Kors, L.L.C.


Schedule B

Material Agreements

Restructuring Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2011, by and among Michael Kors Holdings Limited, John Idol, SHL-Kors Limited, Michael Kors, SHL Fashion Limited, Michael Kors (USA), Inc., Michael Kors Far East Holdings Limited, Sportswear Holdings Limited, Littlestone, Northcroft Trading Inc., Vax Trading, Inc., OB Kors LLC, John Muse, Muse Children’s GS Trust, JRM Interim Investors, LP and Muse Family Enterprises.

Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2011, among Michael Kors (USA), Inc., the foreign subsidiary borrowers party thereto, the lenders party thereto, the guarantors party thereto, J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

Subscription Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2011, among Michael Kors Holdings Limited and certain shareholders of Michael Kors Holdings Limited.

Shareholders Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2011, among Michael Kors Holdings Limited and certain shareholders of Michael Kors Holdings Limited.

Voting and Lock-Up Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2011, among Michael Kors Holdings Limited and certain shareholders of Michael Kors Holdings Limited.

Licensing Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2011, between Michael Kors, L.L.C. and Michael Kors (HK) Limited.

Licensing Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2011, between Michael Kors, L.L.C. and Michael Kors Trading Shanghai Limited.

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2011, by and among Michael Kors (USA), Inc., Michael Kors Holdings Limited, Michael D. Kors and Sportswear Holdings Limited, as amended on [ ], 2011.

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2011, by and among Michael Kors (USA), Inc., Michael Kors Holdings Limited, John D. Idol and Sportswear Holdings Limited, as amended on [ ], 2011.

Employment Agreement, dated as of January 5, 2004, by and among Michael Kors (USA), Inc., SHL Fashion Limited and Joseph B. Parsons, as amended on [ ], 2011.

Employment Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2003, by and among Michael Kors (USA), Inc., SHL Fashion Limited and Joseph B. Parsons, as amended on [ ], 2011.


EXHIBIT B

In the course of acting as special United States counsel to the Company in connection with the offering of the Shares, we have participated in conferences and telephone conversations with officers and other representatives of the Company and the independent registered public accountants for the Company during which conferences and conversations the contents of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus and related matters were discussed. Based upon such participation (and relying as to factual matters on officers, employees and other representatives of the Company and its subsidiaries), our understanding of the U.S. federal securities laws and the experience we have gained in our practice thereunder, we hereby advise you that our work in connection with this matter did not disclose any information that gave us reason to believe that (i) at the time it became effective, the Registration Statement (except for the financial statements, financial statement schedules and other financial data included or omitted therefrom, as to which we express no such belief), included an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) as of the Applicable Time, the Pricing Disclosure Package (except for the financial statements, financial statement schedules and other financial data included or omitted therefrom, as to which we express no such belief) included an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or (iii) at the time the Prospectus was issued or at the Closing Date, the Prospectus (except for the financial statements, financial statement schedules and other financial data included or omitted therefrom, as to which we express no such belief) included an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.


EXHIBIT C

1. Each Delaware Selling Shareholder has duly authorized a Power-of-Attorney and a Custody Agreement.

2. Each Delaware Selling Shareholder has duly executed and delivered a Power-of-Attorney. The Power-of-Attorney of each Selling Shareholder is a valid and legally binding obligation of such Selling Shareholder, enforceable against such Selling Shareholder in accordance with its terms, except that the enforceability of the Power-of-Attorney may be subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and except to the extent that the indemnification and contribution provisions may be unenforceable.

3. A Custody Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of each Delaware Selling Shareholder. The Custody Agreement of each Selling Shareholder is a valid and legally binding obligation of such Selling Shareholder, enforceable against such Selling Shareholder in accordance with its terms, except that the enforceability of the Custody Agreement may be subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and except to the extent that the indemnification and contribution provisions may be unenforceable.

4. Each Delaware Selling Shareholder has all necessary [corporate] [partnership] [limited liability company] [trust] power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Underwriting Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares.

5. The Underwriting Agreement has been duly authorized by each Delaware Selling Shareholder and has been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of each Selling Shareholder.

6. With respect to each Selling Shareholder, the sale of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder under the Underwriting Agreement and the compliance by such Selling Shareholder with all of the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement, the Power-of-Attorney and the Custody Agreement with respect to such Shares will not (a) breach or result in a default under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument known to us to which such Selling Shareholder is a party or by which such Selling Shareholder is bound or to which any of the property or assets of such Selling Shareholder is subject, other than any breaches or defaults that could not reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect such Selling


Shareholder’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, (b) violate in the case of a Delaware Selling Shareholder such Delaware Selling Shareholder’s Entity Documents and (c) violate Applicable Law or any judgment, order or decree of any court or arbitrator known to us, other than any violation that could not reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect such Selling Shareholder’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement. For purposes of this letter, the term “Applicable Law” means the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “GCL”), the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the “LPA”), the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “LLCA”) and those laws, rules and regulations of the United States of America and the State of New York, in each case which in our experience are normally applicable to the transactions of the type contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, except that “Applicable Law” does not include federal securities laws, the antifraud provisions of the securities laws of any applicable jurisdiction or any state securities or Blue Sky laws of the various States.

7. With respect to each Selling Shareholder, to our knowledge, no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any Governmental Authority, which has not been obtained, taken or made (other than as required by any state securities or Blue Sky laws, as to which we express no opinion) is required under any Applicable Law for the performance by such Selling Shareholder of its obligations under the Underwriting Agreement in connection with the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholders thereunder, except for the filings (if any) by the Selling Shareholders with the Securities and Exchange Commission required pursuant to Section 13(d), Section 13(f) or Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. For purposes of this letter, the term “Governmental Authorities” means any executive, legislative, judicial, administrative or regulatory body of the State of Delaware, New York or the United States of America.

8. Assuming each Underwriter acquires its interest in the Shares it has purchased from the Selling Shareholders under the Underwriting Agreement in good faith without notice of any adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of New York on the date of this letter (the “NY-UCC”)) with respect to the Shares, (i) each Underwriter that has purchased the Shares delivered on the date hereof to The Depository Trust Company (assuming The Depository Trust Company is a clearing corporation within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(5) of the NY-UCC) or other securities intermediary (assuming such other securities intermediary is a securities intermediary within the meaning of Section 8-102(14) of the NY-UCC) by making payment therefor as provided in the Underwriting Agreement, and that has had the Shares credited by book entry to the securities account or accounts (within the meaning of Section 8-501(a) of the NY-UCC, assuming that the securities intermediary’s jurisdiction (within the meaning of Section 8-110(e) of the NY-UCC) for the securities account or accounts is the State of New York) of


such Underwriter maintained by The Depository Trust Company or such other securities intermediary will have acquired a security entitlement (within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(17) of the NY-UCC) to such Shares purchased by such Underwriter, (ii) The Depository Trust Company or such other securities intermediary shall be a “protected purchaser” of the Shares within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the NY-UCC (assuming that The Depository Trust Company or such other securities intermediary has no notice of an adverse claim within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the NY-UCC and that The Depository Trust Company is a clearing corporation within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(5) of the NY-UCC or such other securities intermediary is a securities intermediary with the meaning of Section 8 102(14) of the NY-UCC), and (iii) no action based on an adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(1) and Section 8-502 of the NY-UCC) may be asserted against such Underwriter with respect to such Shares.

9. Under the laws of the State of New York relating to submission to jurisdiction, the Selling Shareholders have, pursuant to Section 18 of the Underwriting Agreement, validly and irrevocably submitted to the personal jurisdiction of any state or federal court located in the State of New York, in any action arising out of or relating to the Underwriting Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby, and have validly and irrevocably appointed the Authorized Agent as their authorized agent for the purpose described in the Underwriting Agreement; and service of process effected on such agent in the manner set forth therein will be effective to confer valid personal jurisdiction over the Selling Shareholders. This opinion (9) is subject to the qualification that we express no opinion as to the enforceability of forum selection clauses in the federal courts.


EXHIBIT D

(a) Existence and Good Standing. The Company is a company duly registered with limited liability for an unlimited duration under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004, and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. It is a separate legal entity and is subject to suit in its own name.

(b) Capacity and Power. The Company has full capacity to enter into and perform its obligations under the Underwriting Agreement and the Company has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into the Underwriting Agreement and the exercise of its rights and the performance of its obligations under the Underwriting Agreement. The Company also has the power and capacity to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement.

(c) Due Execution. The Underwriting Agreement has been duly executed for and on behalf of the Company.

(d) Valid and Binding. The Underwriting Agreement will be treated by the courts of the British Virgin Islands as the legally binding, valid and enforceable obligations of the Company.

(e) Consents. No consents or authorisations of any government or official authorities of or in the British Virgin Islands are necessary for the entry into and performance by the Company of its obligations and the exercise of its rights pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

(f) Non-conflict. The execution and delivery of the Underwriting Agreement by the Company and the performance by the Company of its obligations and the exercise of any of its rights pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement do not and will not conflict with:

 

  (i) any law or regulation of the British Virgin Islands; or

 

  (ii) the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company.

(g) Shares. The Company is authorised to issue a maximum of [    ] Ordinary Shares with no par value.

(h) The IPO Shares. Based upon the Director’s Certificate, the IPO Shares have been validly allotted and issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

(i) The Ordinary Shares. Based upon the Director’s Certificate, all of the ordinary shares of the Company issued and outstanding prior to the offering of the IPO Shares have been duly authorised and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.


(j) Share Capital. The “Description of Share Capital” in the Registration Statement constitutes a fair and accurate summary in all material respects with the laws of the British Virgin Islands and the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association.

(k) High Court Searches. No court proceedings pending against the Company are indicated by our searches of the British Virgin Islands High Court Registry referred to at paragraph 2(e)(iii).

(l) Registry Searches. On the basis of our searches of the British Virgin Islands Registry of Corporate Affairs and the British Virgin Islands High Court Registry referred to at paragraphs 2(e)(ii) and (iii) respectively, no currently valid order or resolution for liquidation of the Company and no current notice of appointment of a receiver over the Company or any of its assets appears on the records maintained in respect of the Company at the Registry of Corporate Affairs, but it should be noted that failure to file notice of appointment of a receiver does not invalidate the receivership but merely gives rise to penalties on the part of the receiver.

(m) Registered Office. In addition to contractual modes of service, service of process in the British Virgin Islands on the Company may be effected by leaving at the Registered Office of the Company the relevant document to be served. On the basis of our search of the British Virgin Islands Registry of Corporate Affairs referred to at paragraph 2(e)(ii) the registered office of the Company is at PO Box 957, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.


EXHIBIT E

[FORM OF LOCK-UP LETTER]

             , 2011

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

 1585 Broadway

 New York, New York 10036

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

 383 Madison Avenue, 4th Floor

 New York, New York 10179

c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  200 West Street

  New York, New York 10282

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co., as representatives (the “ Representatives ”) of the several Underwriters, propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) with Michael Kors Holdings Limited, a company organized under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (the “ Company ”), and certain shareholders of the Company named in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement (the “ Selling Shareholders ”), providing for the public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) by the several underwriters party thereto (the “ Underwriters ”) of ordinary shares (the “ Shares ”) of no par value of the Company (the “ Ordinary Shares ”).

To induce the Underwriters that may participate in the Public Offering to continue their efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, it will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “ Prospectus ”):

(1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Ordinary Shares beneficially owned (as such term is used


in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)), by the undersigned or any other securities so owned that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares,

(2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Ordinary Shares, or

(3) publicly announce any intention to engage in any of the transactions described in clause (1) or (2) above,

whether any of the transactions described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Ordinary Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

The foregoing paragraph shall not apply to (a) the sale of Ordinary Shares or any security convertible into Ordinary Shares pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, (b) the exercise of an option or warrant to the extent the securities acquired upon exercise are sold pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, (c) the conversion of the preference shares of no par value of the Company into Ordinary Shares, in accordance with the memorandum and articles of association of the Company, immediately prior to the consummation of the Public Offering, (d) transactions relating to Ordinary Shares or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of Ordinary Shares or other securities acquired in such open market transactions (other than a filing on Form 5 made when required), (e) transfers of Ordinary Shares or any security convertible into Ordinary Shares pursuant to a will, other testamentary document or applicable laws of descent, (f) transfers of Ordinary Shares or any security convertible into Ordinary Shares as a bona fide gift, or (g) distributions of Ordinary Shares or any security convertible into Ordinary Shares to limited partners, members or stockholders of the undersigned or to the undersigned’s affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the undersigned; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (e), (f) or (g), (i) each recipient shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this agreement and (ii) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Ordinary Shares, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period referred to in the foregoing sentence (other than a filing on Form 5 made when required), (h) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of Ordinary Shares, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of Ordinary Shares during the restricted period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company, or (i) transfers of Ordinary Shares to the Company for the primary purpose of satisfying


any tax or other governmental withholding obligation with respect to Ordinary Shares issued upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security. In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, it will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Ordinary Shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares, except if such demand or exercise of registration rights does not require or permit any public filing or other public disclosure to be made in connection therewith until 180 days after the date of the Prospectus. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s Ordinary Shares except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if any person who is a shareholder of the Company as of the date of this agreement (an “Existing Shareholder”) is released, in full or in part, from any of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Ordinary Shares, then the remaining Existing Shareholders shall automatically be released on the same terms from such restrictions pro rata on the basis of the relative number of Ordinary Shares owned by such Existing Shareholders; and (ii) if any of the foregoing restrictions is modified in a manner favorable to an Existing Shareholder, then the lock-up agreement of the remaining Existing Shareholders shall automatically be modified in the same manner. The Representatives shall use reasonable efforts to provide notice to the undersigned upon the occurrence of an event under clause (i) or clause (ii), provided that the failure to give such notice shall not give rise to any claim or liability against the Representatives or the Underwriters.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed Ordinary Shares the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representatives agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Ordinary Shares, the Representatives will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the

 

53


same terms described in this agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

If:

(1) during the last 17 days of the restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or

(2) prior to the expiration of the restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period or provides notification to the Representatives of any earnings release, or material news or a material event that may give rise to an extension of the initial 180-day restricted period;

the restrictions imposed by this agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, unless the Representatives waive in writing such extension.

The undersigned shall not engage in any transaction that may be restricted by this agreement during the 34-day period beginning on the last day of the initial restricted period unless the undersigned requests and receives prior written confirmation from the Company or the Representatives that the restrictions imposed by this agreement have expired.

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.


Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. Any Public Offering will only be made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Underwriters.

This agreement shall be terminated and the undersigned shall be released from its obligations hereunder upon the earliest of: (i) termination of the Underwriting Agreement prior to the sale of any Ordinary Shares to the Underwriters, (ii) written notification by the Company and the Selling Shareholders that they do not intend to proceed with the Public Offering and (iii) June 30, 2012, in the event that the Public Offering has not been completed prior to such date.

[ Signature Page Follows ]


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF WAIVER OF LOCK-UP

             , 20     

[Name and Address of

Officer or Director

Requesting Waiver]

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by certain shareholders of Michael Kors Holdings Limited (the “ Company ”) of [ ] ordinary shares of no par value (the “ Ordinary Shares ”) of the Company and the lock-up letter dated [ ], 2011 (the “ Lock-up Letter ”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated             , 20    , with respect to              Ordinary Shares (the “ Shares ”).

The undersigned hereby agree to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective             , 20    ; provided, however , that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release]. This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

Very truly yours,

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto

 


By: Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

By: J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

By: Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

cc: Company

 


FORM OF PRESS RELEASE

Michael Kors Holdings Limited

             , 20     

Michael Kors Holdings Limited (the “ Company ”) announced today that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co., the book-running managers in the recent public sale of [ ] ordinary shares of the Company are [waiving][releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [ ] ordinary shares of the Company held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver][release] will take effect on             , 20    , and the ordinary shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 


EXHIBIT G

FORM OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

             , 20      1

Capitalized terms used but not defined in this certificate have the meaning ascribed to them in the Underwriting Agreement, dated [ ], 20[ ], among Michael Kors Holdings Limited, a company organized under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (the “ Company ”), certain shareholders of the Company named in Schedule I thereto (the “ Selling Shareholders ”), Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co., as representatives of the several Underwriters named in Schedule II thereto (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”).

In connection with the offering of the Shares, and to assist the Underwriters in conducting and documenting their investigation of the affairs of the Company in connection with the offering of the Shares, I, Joseph B. Parsons, as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of the Company (and not in my individual capacity), do hereby certify (based on an examination of the Company’s books and records) as follows:

 

  1. I am knowledgeable with respect to the accounting records and internal accounting practices, policies, procedures and controls of the Company and its subsidiaries and have responsibility for financial and accounting matters with the respect to the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

  2.

I have reviewed each of the items identified by you on certain pages of the [Time of Sale Prospectus]/[Prospectus] 2 , which is attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Certified Information ”).

 

  3. With respect to the Certified Information, the information (a) is derived from the accounting records of the Company and (b) is accurate in all material respects.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

 

1  

To be dated and delivered as of the date hereof and the Closing Date.

 

2  

For certificate delivered as of the date hereof and the Closing Date, respectively.

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed and delivered this certificate as of the date first written above.

 

By:

 

 

  Name:   Joseph B. Parsons
  Title:  

Executive Vice President,

Chief Financial Officer and

Chief Operating Officer

[ Signature Page to Chief Financial Officer’s Certificate ]

 

Exhibit 2.1

EXECUTION VERSION

RESTRUCTURING AGREEMENT

BY AND AMONG

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED,

SHL-KORS LIMITED,

SHL FASHION LIMITED,

MICHAEL KORS (USA), INC.,

MICHAEL KORS FAR EAST HOLDINGS LIMITED,

MICHAEL KORS,

SPORTSWEAR HOLDINGS LIMITED,

LITTLESTONE,

NORTHCROFT TRADING INC.,

VAX TRADING, INC.,

OB KORS LLC,

JOHN IDOL,

JOHN MUSE,

MUSE CHILDREN’S GS TRUST,

JRM INTERIM INVESTORS, LP

AND

MUSE FAMILY ENTERPRISES

DATED AS OF JULY 7, 2011


RESTRUCTURING AGREEMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     3   

Section 1.1

   Definitions      3   

Section 1.2

   Terms Defined Elsewhere      4   

Section 1.3

   Interpretation      6   

ARTICLE II RESTRUCTURING

     7   

Section 2.1

   Restructuring Transactions      7   

Section 2.2

   Closing      9   

Section 2.3

   The SHLK-MKHL Merger      9   

Section 2.4

   The SHLF-MKHL Merger      10   

ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     12   

Section 3.1

   Representations and Warranties of MKHL      12   

Section 3.2

   Representations and Warranties of SHLK      14   

Section 3.3

   Representations and Warranties of SHLF      15   

Section 3.4

   Representations and Warranties of Kors (USA)      17   

Section 3.5

   Representations and Warranties of Far East Holdings      18   

Section 3.6

   Representations and Warranties of the Investors      19   

ARTICLE IV ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

     21   

Section 4.1

   Prior Shareholders Agreements      21   

Section 4.2

   Consent to the Restructuring Transactions      21   

Section 4.3

   Employment Agreements      21   

Section 4.4

   Far East Recapitalization      21   

Section 4.5

   Far East Loan Exchange      22   

Section 4.6

   Repayment of MK Loans      22   

Section 4.7

   Options Buy-out      22   

Section 4.8

   Confidentiality      22   

Section 4.9

   Reasonable Best Efforts      22   

Section 4.10

   Fees and Expenses      23   

Section 4.11

   Consistent Tax Treatment      23   

Section 4.12

   MKHL Acknowledgement      23   

ARTICLE V UNWINDING OF THE RESTRUCTURING

     23   

Section 5.1

   Unwinding      23   

ARTICLE VI GENERAL PROVISIONS

     24   

Section 6.1

   Notices      24   

Section 6.2

   Counterparts      26   

Section 6.3

   Entire Agreement      26   

Section 6.4

   Binding Effect; No Third-Party Beneficiary      26   

 

ii


RESTRUCTURING AGREEMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

            Page  

Section 6.5

   Governing Law      26   

Section 6.6

   Assignment      27   

Section 6.7

   Submission to Jurisdiction; Service      27   

Section 6.8

   Severability      27   

Section 6.9

   Waiver and Amendment      27   

Section 6.10

   Waiver of Jury Trial      28   

Section 6.11

   Specific Performance      28   

Section 6.12

   Other Matters      28   

 

EXHIBIT A

   SHLF Shareholders

EXHIBIT B

   Far East Holdings Shareholders

EXHIBIT C

   Form of Amended SHLF Memorandum and Articles

EXHIBIT D

   Form of Amended MKHL Memorandum and Articles

EXHIBIT E

   Form of Shareholders Agreement

EXHIBIT F

   Form of Voting and Lock-up Agreement

EXHIBIT G

   Form of First Articles of Merger

EXHIBIT H

   Form of First Plan of Merger

EXHIBIT I

   Form of Second Articles of Merger

EXHIBIT J

   Form of Second Plan of Merger

EXHIBIT K

   Form of Amended and Restated MK Employment Agreement

EXHIBIT L

   Form of Amended and Restated Idol Employment Agreement

EXHIBIT M

   Form of Amended Far East Memorandum and Articles

EXHIBIT N

   Form of Promissory Note for Options Buy-Out

SCHEDULE 3.1(d)(i)

   Capitalization of MKHL prior to the MKHL Recapitalization

SCHEDULE 3.1(d)(ii)

   Capitalization of MKHL after the MKHL Recapitalization

SCHEDULE 3.1(d)(iii)

   Capitalization of MKHL after the First Effective Time

SCHEDULE 3.1(d)(iv)

   Capitalization of MKHL after the Note Capitalization

SCHEDULE 3.1(d)(v)

   Capitalization of MKHL after the Second Effective Time

SCHEDULE 3.2(d)

   Capitalization of SHLK prior to the First Effective Time

SCHEDULE 3.3(d)(i)

   Capitalization of SHLF prior to the Loan Exchange

SCHEDULE 3.3(d)(ii)

   Capitalization of SHLF after the Loan Exchange

SCHEDULE 3.5(d)

   Capitalization of Far East Holdings after the Far East Recapitalization

SCHEDULE 4.5

   Preference Shares Issued in Exchange for Far East Loan

 

iii


RESTRUCTURING AGREEMENT

THIS RESTRUCTURING AGREEMENT, dated as of July 7, 2011 (this “ Agreement ”), is made by and among Michael Kors Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company (“ MKHL ”), SHL-Kors Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company (“ SHLK ”), Michael Kors (“ MK ”), SHL Fashion Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company (“ SHLF ”), Michael Kors (USA), Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Kors (USA) ”), Michael Kors Far East Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company (“ Far East Holdings ”), Sportswear Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company (“ Sportswear Holdings ”), Littlestone, a Cayman Islands company (“ Littlestone ”), Northcroft Trading Inc., a Panama corporation (“ Northcroft ”), Vax Trading, Inc., a British Virgin Islands company (“ Vax ”), OB Kors LLC, a Washington limited liability company (“ OB Kors ”), John Idol (“ Idol ”), John Muse (“ Muse ”), Muse Children’s GS Trust, a Texas trust (“ Muse Trust ”), JRM Interim Investors, LP, a Texas limited partnership (“ JRM ”), and Muse Family Enterprises, a Texas limited partnership (“ Muse Enterprises ” and together with Sportswear Holdings, Littlestone, Northcroft, Vax, OB Kors, Idol, Muse, Muse Trust and JRM, the “ Upper-tier Investors ” and the Upper-tier Investors, together with MK, the “ Investors ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof and immediately prior to the Closing (as defined below), the issued and outstanding capital of MKHL consists of 1,145.0275 shares, par value $1.00 per share (“ MKHL Shares ”), of which 973.2734 MKHL Shares are owned by SHLK and 171.7541 MKHL Shares are owned by MK;

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof and immediately prior to the Closing, the issued and outstanding capital of SHLK consists of one (1) share, par value $1.00 per share (“ SHLK Share ”), which SHLK Share is owned by SHLF;

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof and immediately prior to the Closing, the issued and outstanding capital of SHLF consists of (i) 10,000 ordinary shares, par value $1.00 per share (“ SHLF Ordinary Shares ”), and (ii) 1,500 preference shares, par value $1.00 per share (“ SHLF Preference Shares ” and, together with the SHLF Ordinary Shares, the “ SHLF Shares ”), and such SHLF Shares are owned by the Upper-tier Investors in the amounts set forth on Exhibit A hereto;

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof and immediately prior to the Closing, the issued and outstanding capital of Far East Holdings consists of 600 shares, par value $1.00 per share (“ Far East Shares ”), and such Far East Shares are owned by the Investors in the amounts set forth on Exhibit B hereto;

WHEREAS, (a) the Board of Directors of MKHL has determined that it is advisable and in the best interests of MKHL and its shareholders to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the Restructuring Transactions, including the MKHL Recapitalization, the Assumption, the Note Capitalization and the Mergers (each as defined below), and (b) the shareholders of MKHL have (i) approved the MKHL Recapitalization and the Mergers and (ii) adopted the First Plan of Merger and the Second Plan of Merger (each as defined below);


WHEREAS, (a) the Board of Directors of SHLK has determined that it is advisable and in the best interests of SHLK and its sole shareholder to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the Restructuring Transactions, including the Assumption, the Loan Exchange (as defined below) and the SHLK-MKHL Merger (as defined below) and (b) the sole shareholder of SHLK has (i) approved the SHLK-MKHL Merger and (ii) adopted the First Plan of Merger;

WHEREAS, (a) the Board of Directors of SHLF has determined that it is advisable and in the best interests of SHLF and its shareholders to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the Restructuring Transactions, including the SHLF M&A Amendment (as defined below), the Contribution (as defined below), the Loan Exchange, the Note Capitalization and the SHLF-MKHL Merger (as defined below), and (b) the shareholders of SHLF have (i) approved the SHLF-MKHL Merger and (ii) adopted the Second Plan of Merger;

WHEREAS, (a) the Board of Directors of Far East Holdings has determined that it is advisable and in the best interests of Far East Holdings and its shareholders to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the Restructuring Transactions, including the Far East Recapitalization and the Far East Loan Exchange (each as defined below), and (b) the shareholders of Far East Holdings have approved the Far East Recapitalization;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of Kors (USA) has determined that it is advisable and in the best interests of Kors (USA) and its shareholders to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the Restructuring Transactions, including the Option Plan Amendment and the Options Buy-out (each as defined below);

WHEREAS, the parties intend that the SHLK-MKHL Merger will be a reorganization and this Agreement will be a plan of reorganization within the meaning of Section 368 of the Code;

WHEREAS, the parties intend that the SHLF-MKHL Merger will be a reorganization and this Agreement will be a plan of reorganization within the meaning of Section 368 of the Code; and

WHEREAS, the Restructuring Transactions are being consummated prior to but in anticipation of a proposed offering of up to $500,000,000 aggregate amount of MKHL Preference Shares (as defined below) by MKHL and its shareholders (the “ Offering ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

2


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below.

Act ” means the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004.

Action ” means any action, claim, charge, complaint, inquiry, investigation, examination, hearing, petition, suit, arbitration, mediation or other proceeding, in each case before any Governmental Authority, whether civil, criminal, administrative or otherwise, in Law or in equity.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions are required or authorized by Law to be closed in the British Virgin Islands.

Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any successor provisions and transition rules, whether or not codified.

Contract ” means any written agreement arrangement, contract, subcontract, settlement agreement, lease, sublease, instrument, note, option, bond, mortgage, indenture, trust document, loan or credit agreement, license or sublicense.

Far East Loan ” means the advances from SHLK and SHLF to Michael Kors Far East Holdings Ltd. in an aggregate amount equal to $6,368,756.14.

GAAP ” means the United States generally accepted accounting principles.

Governmental Authority ” means any federal, national, state, foreign, provincial, local or other government or any governmental, regulatory, administrative or self-regulatory authority, agency, bureau, board, commission, court, judicial or arbitral body, department, political subdivision, tribunal or other instrumentality thereof.

Idol Employment Agreement ” means the Employment Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2003, by and among SHLF, Kors (USA) and Idol, as amended from time to time.

Idol–SHLF Shareholders Agreement ” means the Share Purchase and Shareholders Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2003, by and among SHLF, Sportswear Holdings and Idol.

Law ” means any statute or law (including common law), constitution, code, ordinance, rule, treaty or regulation and any Order.

MK Employment Agreement ” means the Employment Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2003, by and between Kors (USA) and MK, as amended from time to time.

 

3


MK Loans ” means the loans from SHLK to MK dated (i) December 24, 2003, (ii) April 13, 2004, (iii) April 1, 2005 and (iv) April 1, 2005.

Existing MKHL Shareholders Agreement ” means the Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2003, by and among MKHL, SHLK and MK.

MKHL Note ” means the note payable by MKHL to SHLK in an amount equal to $101,650,000.

Order ” means any award, injunction, judgment, decree, order, ruling, subpoena, assessment, writ or verdict or other decision issued, promulgated or entered by or with any Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction.

Person ” means an association, a corporation, an individual, a partnership, a limited liability company, a trust or any other entity or organization, including a Governmental Authority.

Preference Percentage ” means, as of any time of determination with respect to each shareholder of SHLF, a percentage interest (expressed as a percentage) that results from dividing (a) the number of SHLF Preference Shares held by such shareholder as of such time by (b) the total number of outstanding SHLF Preference Shares as of such time.

Restructuring Transactions ” means the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

SHLF Shareholders Agreement ” means the Share Purchase and Shareholders Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2005, by and among SHLF and the other parties thereto.

SHLK First Note ” means the advance payable by SHLK to SHLF in an amount equal to $46,764,497.

SHLK Second Note ” means the advance payable by SHLK to SHLF in an amount equal to $101,650,000.

Section 1.2 Terms Defined Elsewhere . The following terms are defined elsewhere in this Agreement, as indicated below:

 

Term

  

Section

2010 Canadian Restructuring

  

2.4(d)

Agreement

   Preamble

Amended Far East Memorandum and Articles

   4.4

Amended MKHL Memorandum and Articles

   2.1(b)

Assumption

   2.1(d)

 

4


Term

  

Section

Closing

   2.2

Contribution

   2.1(c)

Far East Holdings

   Preamble

Far East Holdings Organizational Documents

   3.5(b)

Far East Loan Exchange

   4.5

Far East Ordinary Shares

   4.4

Far East Preference Shares

   4.4

Far East Recapitalization

   4.4

Far East Shares

   Recitals

First Articles of Merger

   2.3(b)

First Closing Date

   2.1(b)

First Effective Time

   2.3(b)

First Plan of Merger

   2.3(b)

Idol

   Preamble

Intended Treatment

   4.11

Investors

   Preamble

JRM

   Preamble

Kors (USA

   Preamble

Kors (USA) Organizational Documents

   3.4(b)

Littlestone

   Preamble

Loan Exchange

   2.1(e)

Mergers

   2.1(h)

MK

   Preamble

MK Canada Shares

  

2.4(d)

MK EHC

   4.7

MK NA

   4.7

MKC

   4.7

MKHL

   Preamble

MKHL Ordinary Shares

   2.1(b)

MKHL Organizational Documents

   3.1(b)

MKHL Preference Shares

   2.1(b)

MKHL Recapitalization

   2.1(b)

MKHL Shares

   Recitals

Muse

   Preamble

Muse Enterprises

   Preamble

Muse Trust

   Preamble

Net Offering Proceeds

   4.7

New MKHL Shares

   2.1(b)

Northcroft

   Preamble

Note Capitalization

   2.1(g)

OB Kors

   Preamble

Offering

   Recitals

 

5


Term

  

Section

Option Plan

   2.1(i)

Option Plan Amendment

   2.1(i)

Options

   2.1(i)

Options Buy-out

   4.7

Registrar

   2.1(b)

Resale Restriction Termination Date

   3.6(f)

Second Articles of Merger

   2.4(b)

Second Closing Date

   2.1(f)

Second Effective Time

   2.4(b)

Second Plan of Merger

   2.4(b)

Shareholders Agreement

   2.1(j)

SHLF

   Preamble

SHLF M&A Amendment

   2.1(a)

SHLF Ordinary Shares

   Recitals

SHLF Organizational Documents

   3.3(b)

SHLF Preference Shares

   Recitals

SHLF Shares

   Recitals

SHLF-MKHL Merger

   2.1(h)

SHLK

   Preamble

SHLK Organizational Documents

   3.2(b)

SHLK Share

   Recitals

SHLK-MKHL Merger

   2.1(f)

Sportswear Holdings

   Preamble

Swissco

   4.7

Third Closing Date

   2.1(h)

Upper-tier Investors

   Preamble

Vax

   Preamble

Voting Agreement

   2.1(j)

Section 1.3 Interpretation . Unless otherwise expressly provided, for the purposes of this Agreement, the following rules of interpretation shall apply:

(a) The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation hereof.

(b) When a reference is made in this Agreement to an article or a section, paragraph, exhibit or schedule, such reference shall be to an article or a section, paragraph, exhibit or schedule hereof unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary.

(c) Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

(d) The words “hereof,” “herein” and “herewith” and words of similar import shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.

 

6


(e) The word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” shall mean the degree to which a subject or other thing extends, and such phrase shall not mean simply “if.”

(f) The meaning assigned to each term defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and the plural forms of such term, and words denoting any gender shall include all genders. Where a word or phrase is defined herein, each of its other grammatical forms shall have a corresponding meaning.

(g) A reference to “$,” “U.S. dollars” or “dollars” shall mean the legal tender of the United States of America.

(h) A reference to any period of days shall be deemed to be to the relevant number of calendar days, unless otherwise specified.

(i) All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

(j) Unless otherwise defined, a reference to any accounting term shall have the meaning as defined under GAAP.

(k) The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement (including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto). In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions hereof.

(l) Any statute defined or referred to herein or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including by succession of comparable successor statutes and references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein.

ARTICLE II

RESTRUCTURING

Section 2.1 Restructuring Transactions . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in reliance upon the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto shall effect the following transactions in the following order at the Closing:

(a) first , (i) the Memorandum and Articles of Association of SHLF shall be amended in the form attached as Exhibit C hereto (the “ SHLF M&A Amendment ”) to permit the Loan Exchange and Note Capitalization;

(b) second , (i) following the SHLF M&A Amendment and on the First Closing Date the Memorandum and Articles of Association of MKHL as in effect immediately prior to the Closing shall be amended in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto

 

7


(the “ Amended MKHL Memorandum and Articles ”) to (x) reclassify the MKHL Shares as ordinary shares, no par value (“ MKHL Ordinary Shares ”), (y) create a new class of preference shares, no par value (“ MKHL Preference Shares ” and together with the MKHL Ordinary Shares, the “ New MKHL Shares ”), and (z) change the authorized capital from $50,000 divided into 50,000 shares to no authorized capital but MKHL shall have the power to issue up to 150,000,000 MKHL Ordinary Shares and up to 10,856,853 MKHL Preference Shares, and (ii) MKHL, SHLF and MK shall cause the Amended MKHL Memorandum and Articles to be duly filed by the registered agent of MKHL in accordance with the Act with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs of the British Virgin Islands (the “ Registrar ”) (the actions set forth in clauses (i) and (ii), the “ MKHL Recapitalization ” and the date on which the MKHL Recapitalization becomes effective, the “ First Closing Date ”);

(c) third , immediately following the MKHL Recapitalization and on the First Closing Date, SHLF shall transfer and contribute to the capital of SHLK the SHLK First Note (the “ Contribution ”);

(d) fourth , immediately following the Contribution and on the First Closing Date, MKHL shall assume the SHLK Second Note in consideration for extinguishment of the MKHL Note (the “ Assumption ”);

(e) fifth , immediately following the Assumption and on the First Closing Date, SHLK shall assign its rights to receive payment under the Far East Loan and the MK Loans to SHLF, and SHLF shall then assign its right to receive payment under the Far East Loan and the MK Loans to the shareholders of SHLF who own SHLF Preference Shares (such rights to be allocated pro rata among such shareholders in accordance with their respective Preference Percentages as of immediately prior to the Closing) in exchange for 86.52107 SHLF Preference Shares which will then be redeemed by SHLF (the “ Loan Exchange ”), and as a result of the Loan Exchange, the issued and outstanding SHLF Preference Shares shall have an aggregate value of approximately $141,347,893 as of such time;

(f) sixth , following the SHLF Loan Exchange and on the first Business Day immediately following the First Closing Date (the “ Second Closing Date ”), SHLK shall merge with and into MKHL, with MKHL as the surviving company (the “ SHLK-MKHL Merger ”), in accordance with Section 2.3, and pursuant to the SHLK–MKHL Merger, SHLK Shares will be canceled and automatically converted into the right to receive a number of MKHL Ordinary Shares as set forth in Section 2.3(d) having an aggregate value as of such time equal to 85.0% of the post-SHLK-MKHL Merger value of MKHL;

(g) seventh , immediately following the SHLK-MKHL Merger and on the Second Closing Date, SHLF shall contribute the SHLK Second Note to the capital of MKHL in exchange for 53.5991 newly-issued MKHL Ordinary Shares having an aggregate value as of such time equal to $101,650,000 (the “ Note Capitalization ”);

(h) eighth , following the Note Capitalization and on the first Business Day immediately following the Second Closing Date (the “ Third Closing Date ”), SHLF shall merge with and into MKHL, with MKHL as the surviving company (the “ SHLF-MKHL

 

8


Merger ” and, together with the SHLK-MKHL Merger, the “ Mergers ”), in accordance with Section 2.4, and pursuant to the SHLF-MKHL Merger, (i) SHLF Ordinary Shares will be canceled and automatically converted into the right to receive a number of MKHL Ordinary Shares and MKHL Preference Shares, (ii) SHLF Preference Shares will be canceled and automatically converted into the right to receive a number of MKHL Preference Shares and (iii) MKHL Ordinary Shares held by MK will be canceled and automatically converted into the right to receive a number of MKHL Ordinary Shares and MKHL Preference Shares, in each of the cases of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), as set forth in Section 2.4(d);

(i) ninth , immediately following the SHLF-MKHL Merger and on the Third Closing Date, the Michael Kors (USA), Inc. Stock Option Plan (the “ Option Plan ”) shall be amended to provide that all outstanding options under the Option Plan to purchase shares of Michael Kors Corporation shall be adjusted to become options to purchase MKHL Ordinary Shares (the “ Options ”), and the Option Plan shall be revised such that all future grants made under the Option Plan shall be options to purchase MKHL Ordinary Shares (the “ Option Plan Amendment ”); and

(j) tenth , immediately following the Option Plan Amendment and on the Third Closing Date, MKHL and the Investors shall execute (i) a Shareholders Agreement, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “ Shareholders Agreement ”), and (ii) a Voting and Lock-up Agreement, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit F (the “ Voting Agreement ”).

Section 2.2 Closing . The closing (the “ Closing ”) of the transactions described in Article II shall take place in the order set forth in Section 2.1 at dates and times to be specified by MKHL, SHLF and SHLK at the offices of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York.

Section 2.3 The SHLK-MKHL Merger .

(a) The SHLK-MKHL Merger . At the First Effective Time (as defined below), SHLK shall be merged with and into MKHL in accordance with Sections 169 through 173 of the Act and upon the terms set forth in this Agreement, whereupon the separate existence of SHLK shall cease and MKHL shall be the surviving company.

(b) Effective Time of the SHLK-MKHL Merger . In accordance with the steps set forth in Section 2.1, SHLK and MKHL shall file articles of merger in the form set forth on Exhibit G hereto (the “ First Articles of Merger ”) with the Registrar and make all other filings required by the Act in connection with the SHLK-MKHL Merger. The SHLK-MKHL Merger shall become effective when the First Articles of Merger and the plan of merger set forth in this Section 2.3 (the terms of which are reflected in Exhibit H hereto) (the “ First Plan of Merger ”) are filed with the Registrar, the time of such effectiveness being herein referred to as the “ First Effective Time ”.

(c) Effects of the SHLK-MKHL Merger . The SHLK-MKHL Merger shall have the effects provided for in this Agreement and set forth in the applicable provisions of the Act. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and subject thereto

 

9


and to the terms of this Agreement, at the First Effective Time, all the property rights, privileges, immunities, powers and franchises of SHLK and MKHL shall be assumed by and vest in MKHL as the surviving company and all debts, liabilities, obligations and duties of SHLK and MKHL shall be assumed by and vest in MKHL as the surviving company. In addition, at the First Effective Time:

(i) SHLK and MKHL shall be a single company, which shall be MKHL as the surviving company, the name of which shall be “Michael Kors Holdings Limited” and the separate existence of SHLK shall cease;

(ii) the Amended MKHL Memorandum and Articles in effect immediately prior to the First Effective Time shall be the Memorandum and Articles of Association of MKHL as the surviving company until thereafter changed or amended as provided therein or by applicable Law;

(iii) the officers of MKHL, as existing immediately prior to the First Effective Time, shall be the officers of MKHL as the surviving company, each to hold office in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles of Association of MKHL as the surviving company; and

(iv) the directors of MKHL, as existing immediately prior to the First Effective Time, shall be the directors of MKHL as the surviving company, each to hold office in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles of Association of MKHL as the surviving company.

(d) Effect on SHLK Capital and MKHL Capital . Upon the SHLK-MKHL Merger and without any action on the part of the holders of SHLK Shares, the issued and outstanding SHLK Shares held by each holder thereof immediately prior to the First Effective Time shall be exchanged for and converted into the number of fully paid and non-assessable MKHL Ordinary Shares set forth next to such holder’s name and specified on Schedule 3.1(d)(iii) . MKHL Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the First Effective Time held by MK shall, following the SHLK-MKHL Merger, be and continue to represent fully paid and non-assessable MKHL Ordinary Shares. MKHL Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the First Effective Time held by SHLK shall be canceled in the SHLK-MKHL Merger.

Section 2.4 The SHLF-MKHL Merger .

(a) The SHLF-MKHL Merger . At the Second Effective Time (as defined below), SHLF shall be merged with and into MKHL in accordance with Sections 169 through 173 of the Act, and upon the terms set forth in this Agreement, whereupon the separate existence of SHLF shall cease and MKHL shall be the surviving company.

(b) Effective Time of the SHLF-MKHL Merger . In accordance with the steps set forth in Section 2.1, SHLF and MKHL shall file articles of merger in the form set forth on Exhibit I hereto (the “ Second Articles of Merger ”) with the Registrar and make all other filings required by the Act in connection with the SHLF-MKHL Merger. The SHLF-MKHL Merger shall become effective when the Second Articles of Merger and the plan of

 

10


merger set forth in this Section 2.4 (the terms of which are reflected in Exhibit J hereto) (the “ Second Plan of Merger ”) are filed with the Registrar, the time of such effectiveness being herein referred to as the “ Second Effective Time ”.

(c) Effects of the SHLF-MKHL Merger . The SHLF-MKHL Merger shall have the effects provided for in this Agreement and set forth in the applicable provisions of the Act. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and subject thereto and to the terms of this Agreement, at the Second Effective Time, all the property rights, privileges, immunities, powers and franchises of SHLF and MKHL shall be assumed by and vest in MKHL as the surviving company and all debts, liabilities, obligations and duties of SHLF and MKHL shall be assumed by and vest in MKHL as the surviving company. In addition, at the First Effective Time:

(i) SHLF and MKHL shall be a single company, which shall be MKHL as the surviving company, the name of which shall be “Michael Kors Holdings Limited” and the separate existence of SHLF shall cease;

(ii) the Amended MKHL Memorandum and Articles in effect immediately prior to the Second Effective Time shall be the Memorandum and Articles of Association of MKHL as the surviving company until thereafter changed or amended as provided therein or by applicable Law;

(iii) the officers of MKHL, as existing immediately prior to the Second Effective Time, shall be the officers of MKHL as the surviving company, each to hold office in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles of Association of MKHL as the surviving company; and

(iv) the directors of MKHL, as existing immediately prior to the Second Effective Time, shall be the directors of MKHL as the surviving company, each to hold office in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles of Association of MKHL as the surviving company.

(d) Effect on SHLF Capital and MKHL Capital . Upon the SHLF-MKHL Merger and without any action on the part of the holders of SHLF Ordinary Shares, the issued and outstanding SHLF Ordinary Shares held by each holder thereof immediately prior to the Second Effective Time shall be exchanged for and converted into the number of fully paid and non-assessable MKHL Ordinary Shares and fully paid and non-assessable MKHL Preference Shares, in each case set forth next to such holder’s name and specified on Schedule 3.1(d)(v) . Upon the SHLF-MKHL Merger and without any action on the part of the holders of SHLF Preference Shares, the issued and outstanding SHLF Preference Shares held by each holder thereof immediately prior to the Second Effective Time shall be exchanged for and converted into the number of fully paid and non-assessable MKHL Preference Shares set forth next to such holder’s name and specified on Schedule 3.1(d)(v) . Upon the SHLF-MKHL Merger and without any action on the part of MK, (i) the issued and outstanding MKHL Ordinary Shares held by MK immediately prior to the Second Effective Time (except for 21.7541 MKHL Ordinary Shares held by Michael Kors and received by him in the 2010 corporate restructuring (the “ 2010 Canadian Restructuring ”) involving

 

11


certain affiliates of MKHL, SHLK and MK that conduct operations in Canada (the “ MK Canada Shares ”)) shall be exchanged for and converted into the number of fully paid and non-assessable MKHL Ordinary Shares and fully paid and non-assessable MKHL Preference Shares and (ii) the issued and outstanding MK Canada Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be exchanged for and converted into the number of fully paid and non-assessable MKHL Preference Shares, in each case set forth next to MK’s name and specified on Schedule 3.1(d)(v) . Each MKHL Ordinary Share held by SHLF immediately prior to the Second Effective Time shall be canceled in the SHLF-MKHL Merger.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 3.1 Representations and Warranties of MKHL . MKHL represents and warrants to the other parties hereto as follows:

(a) Organization and Standing . MKHL is a legal entity duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing (with respect to jurisdictions that recognize such concept) under the Laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or otherwise organized, and has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the Restructuring Transactions.

(b) Organizational Documents . MKHL has delivered or made available to SHLF and SHLK prior to the execution of this Agreement true, correct and complete copies of its Memorandum and Articles of Association, as amended and currently in effect (together, the “ MKHL Organizational Documents ”), and each such instrument is in full force and effect. MKHL is not in material violation of its Organizational Documents.

(c) Authority . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by MKHL, and the consummation by MKHL of the Restructuring Transactions, have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action on the part of MKHL, and no other proceedings on the part of MKHL are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the Restructuring Transactions. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by MKHL. Assuming the due authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the other parties hereto, this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of MKHL enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other Laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors generally and subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at Law).

(d) Capitalization .

(i) Immediately prior to the MKHL Recapitalization, other than the shares listed on Schedule 3.1(d)(i) , there will be no outstanding (i) equity interests or other equity securities of MKHL, (ii) securities of MKHL convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for equity interests or other equity securities of

 

12


MKHL or (iii) options, preemptive rights, stock appreciation, phantom stock or profit participation rights with respect to, or other rights to acquire from MKHL, or other obligations of MKHL to issue, any equity interests or other equity securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity interests or other equity securities of MKHL.

(ii) Immediately after the completion of the MKHL Recapitalization, but prior to the First Effective Time, other than the shares listed on Schedule 3.1(d)(ii) , there will be no outstanding (i) equity interests or other equity securities of MKHL, (ii) securities of MKHL convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for equity interests or other equity securities of MKHL or (iii) options, preemptive rights, stock appreciation, phantom stock or profit participation rights with respect to, or other rights to acquire from MKHL, or other obligations of MKHL to issue, any equity interests or other equity securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity interests or other equity securities of MKHL.

(iii) Immediately after the First Effective Time, but prior to the Note Capitalization, other than the shares listed on Schedule 3.1(d)(iii) , there will be no outstanding (i) equity interests or other equity securities of MKHL, (ii) securities of MKHL convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for equity interests or other equity securities of MKHL or (iii) options, preemptive rights, stock appreciation, phantom stock or profit participation rights with respect to, or other rights to acquire from MKHL, or other obligations of MKHL to issue, any equity interests or other equity securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity interests or other equity securities of MKHL.

(iv) Immediately after the completion of the Note Capitalization, but prior to the Second Effective Time, other than the shares listed on Schedule 3.1(d)(iv) , there will be no outstanding (i) equity interests or other equity securities of MKHL, (ii) securities of MKHL convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for equity interests or other equity securities of MKHL or (iii) options, preemptive rights, stock appreciation, phantom stock or profit participation rights with respect to, or other rights to acquire from MKHL, or other obligations of MKHL to issue, any equity interests or other equity securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity interests or other equity securities of MKHL.

(v) Immediately after the Second Effective Time, other than the shares listed on Schedule 3.1(d)(v) , there will be no outstanding (i) equity interests or other equity securities of MKHL, (ii) securities of MKHL convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for equity interests or other equity securities of MKHL or (iii) options, preemptive rights, stock appreciation, phantom stock or profit participation rights with respect to, or other rights to acquire from MKHL, or other obligations of MKHL to issue, any equity interests or other equity securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity interests or other equity securities of MKHL.

 

13


(e) No Conflict . The execution and delivery by MKHL of this Agreement does not, and the consummation by MKHL of the Restructuring Transactions will not, directly or indirectly (with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both), materially contravene, conflict with or result in a breach or violation of, or a default under, (i) the MKHL Organizational Documents, (ii) any judgment, order, decree or other Law applicable to MKHL or (iii) any Contract to which MKHL is a party or under which MKHL has or may acquire any rights or has or may become subject to any obligation or liability or by which MKHL is bound. Other than as contemplated by this Agreement, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority is required by or with respect to MKHL in connection with the execution and delivery by MKHL of this Agreement or the consummation by MKHL of the Restructuring Transactions.

(f) No General Solicitation; No Registration under Securities Act .

(i) Neither MKHL nor any of its affiliates (as defined in Rule 501(b) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) has directly, or through any agent, (x) sold, offered for sale, solicited offers to buy or otherwise negotiated in respect of, any security (as defined in the Securities Act) which is or will be integrated with the issuance of New MKHL Shares in the Mergers in a manner that would require the registration under the Securities Act of the New MKHL Shares or (y) offered, solicited offers to buy or sold New MKHL Shares by any form of general solicitation or general advertising (as those terms are used in Regulation D under the Securities Act) or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

(ii) Assuming the accuracy of, and compliance with, the representations, warranties and agreements contained in Section 3.6, it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of New MKHL Shares in the manner contemplated by this Agreement to register the New MKHL Shares under the Securities Act.

Section 3.2 Representations and Warranties of SHLK . SHLK represents and warrants to the other parties hereto as follows:

(a) Organization and Standing . SHLK is a legal entity duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing (with respect to jurisdictions that recognize such concept) under the Laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or otherwise organized, and has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the Restructuring Transactions.

(b) Organizational Documents . SHLK has delivered or made available to MKHL prior to the execution of this Agreement true, correct and complete copies of its Memorandum and Articles of Association, as amended and currently in effect (together, the “SHLK Organizational Documents ), and each such instrument is in full force and effect. SHLK is not in material violation of its Organizational Documents.

 

14


(c) Authority . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by SHLK, and the consummation by SHLK of the Restructuring Transactions, have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action on the part of SHLK, and no other proceedings on the part of SHLK are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the Restructuring Transactions. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by SHLK. Assuming the due authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the other parties hereto, this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of SHLK enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other Laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors generally and subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at Law).

(d) Capitalization . Immediately prior to the First Effective Time, other than the shares listed on Schedule 3.2(d), there will be no outstanding (i) equity interests or other equity securities of SHLK, (ii) securities of SHLK convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for equity interests or other equity securities of SHLK or (iii) options, preemptive rights, stock appreciation, phantom stock or profit participation rights with respect to, or other rights to acquire from SHLK, or other obligations of SHLK to issue, any equity interests or other equity securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity interests or other equity securities of SHLK.

(e) No Conflict . The execution and delivery by SHLK of this Agreement does not, and the consummation by SHLK of the Restructuring Transactions will not, directly or indirectly (with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both), materially contravene, conflict with or result in a breach or violation of, or a default under, (i) the SHLK Organizational Documents, (ii) any judgment, order, decree or other Law applicable to SHLK or (iii) any Contract to which SHLK is a party or under which SHLK has or may acquire any rights or has or may become subject to any obligation or liability or by which SHLK is bound. Other than as contemplated by this Agreement, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority is required by or with respect to SHLK in connection with the execution and delivery by SHLK of this Agreement or the consummation by SHLK of the Restructuring Transactions.

Section 3.3 Representations and Warranties of SHLF . SHLF represents and warrants to the other parties hereto as follows:

(a) Organization and Standing . SHLF is a legal entity duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing (with respect to jurisdictions that recognize such concept) under the Laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or otherwise organized, and has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the Restructuring Transactions.

(b) Organizational Documents . SHLF has delivered or made available to MKHL prior to the execution of this Agreement true, correct and complete copies of its Memorandum and Articles of Association, as amended and currently in effect (together, the “ SHLF Organizational Documents ”), and each such instrument is in full force and effect. SHLF is not in material violation of its Organizational Documents.

 

15


(c) Authority . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by SHLF, and the consummation by SHLF of the Restructuring Transactions, have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action on the part of SHLF, and no other proceedings on the part of SHLF are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the Restructuring Transactions. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by SHLF. Assuming the due authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the other parties hereto, this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of SHLF enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other Laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors generally and subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at Law).

(d) Capitalization .

(i) Immediately prior to the Loan Exchange, other than the shares listed on Schedule 3.3(d)(i) , there will be no outstanding (i) equity interests or other equity securities of SHLF, (ii) securities of SHLF convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for equity interests or other equity securities of SHLF or (iii) options, preemptive rights, stock appreciation, phantom stock or profit participation rights with respect to, or other rights to acquire from SHLF, or other obligations of SHLF to issue, any equity interests or other equity securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity interests or other equity securities of SHLF.

(ii) After completion of the Loan Exchange and immediately prior to the Second Effective Time, other than the shares listed on Schedule 3.3(d)(ii) , there will be no outstanding (i) equity interests or other equity securities of SHLF, (ii) securities of SHLF convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for equity interests or other equity securities of SHLF or (iii) options, preemptive rights, stock appreciation, phantom stock or profit participation rights with respect to, or other rights to acquire from SHLF, or other obligations of SHLF to issue, any equity interests or other equity securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity interests or other equity securities of SHLF.

(e) No Conflict . The execution and delivery by SHLF of this Agreement does not, and the consummation by SHLF of the Restructuring Transactions will not, directly or indirectly (with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both), materially contravene, conflict with or result in a breach or violation of, or a default under, (i) the SHLF Organizational Documents, (ii) any judgment, order, decree or other Law applicable to SHLF or (iii) any Contract to which SHLF is a party or under which SHLF has or may acquire any rights or has or may become subject to any obligation or liability or by which SHLF is bound. Other than as contemplated by this Agreement, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority is required by or with respect to SHLF in connection with the execution and delivery by SHLF of this Agreement or the consummation by SHLF of the Restructuring Transactions.

 

16


Section 3.4 Representations and Warranties of Kors (USA) . Kors (USA) represents and warrants to the other parties hereto as follows:

(a) Organization and Standing . Kors (USA) is a legal entity duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing (with respect to jurisdictions that recognize such concept) under the Laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or otherwise organized, and has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the Restructuring Transactions.

(b) Organizational Documents . Kors (USA) has delivered or made available to MKHL prior to the execution of this Agreement true, correct and complete copies of its Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws, each as amended and currently in effect (together, the “ Kors (USA) Organizational Documents ”), and each such instrument is in full force and effect. Kors (USA) is not in material violation of its Organizational Documents.

(c) Authority . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Kors (USA), and the consummation by Kors (USA) of the Restructuring Transactions, have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Kors (USA), and no other proceedings on the part of Kors (USA) are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the Restructuring Transactions. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Kors (USA). Assuming the due authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the other parties hereto, this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Kors (USA) enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other Laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors generally and subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at Law).

(d) No Conflict . The execution and delivery by Kors (USA) of this Agreement does not, and the consummation by Kors (USA) of the Restructuring Transactions will not, directly or indirectly (with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both), materially contravene, conflict with or result in a breach or violation of, or a default under, (i) the Kors (USA) Organizational Documents, (ii) any judgment, order, decree or other Law applicable to Kors (USA) or (iii) any Contract to which Kors (USA) is a party or under which Kors (USA) has or may acquire any rights or has or may become subject to any obligation or liability or by which Kors (USA) is bound. Other than as contemplated by this Agreement, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority is required by or with respect to Kors (USA) in connection with the execution and delivery by Kors (USA) of this Agreement or the consummation by Kors (USA) of the Restructuring Transactions.

 

17


Section 3.5 Representations and Warranties of Far East Holdings . Far East Holdings represents and warrants to the other parties hereto as follows:

(a) Organization and Standing . Far East Holdings is a legal entity duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing (with respect to jurisdictions that recognize such concept) under the Laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or otherwise organized, and has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the Restructuring Transactions.

(b) Organizational Documents . Far East Holdings has delivered or made available to MKHL and each of the Investors prior to the execution of this Agreement true, correct and complete copies of its Memorandum and Articles of Association, as amended and currently in effect (together, the “ Far East Holdings Organizational Documents ”), and each such instrument is in full force and effect. Far East Holdings is not in material violation of its Organizational Documents.

(c) Authority . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Far East Holdings, and the consummation by Far East Holdings of the Restructuring Transactions, have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Far East Holdings, and no other proceedings on the part of Far East Holdings are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the Restructuring Transactions. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Far East Holdings. Assuming the due authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the other parties hereto, this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Far East Holdings enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other Laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors generally and subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at Law).

(d) Capitalization . Immediately after the Far East Recapitalization and prior to the Far East Loan Exchange, other than the shares listed on Schedule 3.5(d) , there will be no outstanding (i) equity interests or other equity securities of Far East Holdings, (ii) securities of Far East Holdings convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for equity interests or other equity securities of Far East Holdings or (iii) options, preemptive rights, stock appreciation, phantom stock or profit participation rights with respect to, or other rights to acquire from Far East Holdings, or other obligations of Far East Holdings to issue, any equity interests or other equity securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity interests or other equity securities of Far East Holdings.

(e) No Conflict . The execution and delivery by Far East Holdings of this Agreement does not, and the consummation by Far East Holdings of the Restructuring Transactions will not, directly or indirectly (with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both), materially contravene, conflict with or result in a breach or violation of, or a default under, (i) the Far East Holdings Organizational Documents, (ii) any judgment, order, decree or other Law applicable to Far East Holdings or (iii) any Contract to which Far East Holdings is a party or under which Far East Holdings has or may acquire any rights or has or may become subject to any obligation or liability or by which Far East Holdings is bound. Other than as contemplated by this Agreement, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority is required by or

 

18


with respect to Far East Holdings in connection with the execution and delivery by Far East Holdings of this Agreement or the consummation by Far East Holdings of the Restructuring Transactions.

Section 3.6 Representations and Warranties of the Investors . Each of the Investors hereby severally, and not jointly or jointly and severally, represents and warrants to the other parties hereto that:

(a) Organization and Standing . If such Investor is not a natural person, such Investor is a legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (with respect to jurisdictions that recognize such concept) under the Laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or otherwise organized, and has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the Restructuring Transactions.

(b) Authority . If such Investor is not a natural person, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Investor, and the consummation by such Investor of the Restructuring Transactions, have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such Investor, and no other proceedings on the part of such Investor are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the Restructuring Transactions. If such Investor is a natural person, such Investor has the absolute and unrestricted right, power, authority and capacity to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, and consummate the Restructuring Transactions. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Investor. Assuming the due authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the other parties hereto, this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Investor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other Laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors generally and subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at Law).

(c) No Conflict . The execution and delivery by such Investor of this Agreement does not, and the consummation by such Investor of the Restructuring Transactions will not, directly or indirectly, (with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both), materially contravene, conflict with or result in a breach or violation of, or a default under, (i) if such Investor is not a natural person, such Investor’s organizational documents, (ii) any judgment, order, decree or other Law applicable to such Investor or (iii) any Contract to which such Investor is a party or under which such Investor has or may acquire any rights or has or may become subject to any obligation or liability or by which such Investor is bound. Other than as contemplated by this Agreement, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority is required by or with respect to such Investor in connection with the execution and delivery by such Investor of this Agreement or the consummation by such Investor of the Restructuring Transactions.

(d) Access to and Evaluation of Information Concerning MKHL; Investment Experience . Such Investor has received all information which such Investor

 

19


believes to be necessary in order to reach an informed decision as to the advisability of approving the Restructuring Transactions and has had answered to such Investor’s reasonable satisfaction any and all questions regarding such information. Such Investor has made such independent investigation of MKHL, its management, and related matters as such Investor deems to be necessary or advisable in connection with (i) the approval of the Restructuring Transactions and (ii) the acquisition of New MKHL Shares pursuant to the SHLF-MKHL Merger or the SHLK-MKHL Merger, as applicable, and is able to bear the economic and financial risk of such approval and acquisition. Such Investor has significant experience in making private investments similar to the acquisition of New MKHL Shares pursuant to the SHLF-MKHL Merger or the SHLK-MKHL Merger, as applicable. Such Investor understands that there is no established market for the New MKHL Shares and that no public market for the New MKHL Shares may develop and that no federal or state Governmental Authority has passed upon the New MKHL Shares or made any findings or determination as to the fairness of an investment in the New MKHL Shares.

(e) Acquired Entirely for Own Account . The New MKHL Shares to be received by such Investor pursuant to SHLF-MKHL Merger or the SHLK-MKHL Merger, as applicable, will be acquired for such Investor’s own account, not as nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities Laws, and such Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities Laws. Such Investor is not a registered broker dealer or an entity engaged in the business of being a broker dealer.

(f) Restricted Securities . Such Investor understands that the New MKHL Shares are characterized as “restricted securities” under the U.S. federal securities Laws inasmuch as they are being acquired in transactions not involving any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities Laws and that the New MKHL Shares to be received by such Investor pursuant to SHLF-MKHL Merger or the SHLK-MKHL Merger, as applicable, have not been registered under the Securities Act or the securities Laws of any jurisdiction and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. Such Investor agrees that if in the future such Investor decides to offer, resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the New MKHL Shares to be received by such Investor pursuant to SHLF-MKHL Merger or the SHLK-MKHL Merger, as applicable, prior to the time such New MKHL Shares would no longer be deemed to be restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act (the “ Resale Restriction Termination Date ”), such New MKHL Shares may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only (i) to the Company or a subsidiary thereof, (ii) pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (iii) pursuant to any available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (including as provided by Rule 144 thereunder) and (iv) in accordance with the terms of the Shareholders Agreement and the Voting Agreement (including the transfer restrictions set forth therein), subject in each of the cases to any requirement of Law that the disposition of such Investor’s property be at all times within such Investor’s control and subject to compliance with any applicable securities Laws of any jurisdiction. The restrictions on resale set forth in clauses (i)-(iii) of the immediately preceding sentence will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date.

 

20


(g) Accredited Investor . Such Investor is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D, as amended, under the Securities Act.

(h) Limitation on Warranties . Such Investor acknowledges and agrees that, except as expressly set forth in Section 3.1, MKHL makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, at Law or in equity, in respect of MKHL. Such Investor acknowledges and agrees that all other representations or warranties by MKHL are hereby disclaimed.

ARTICLE IV

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

Section 4.1 Prior Shareholders Agreements .

(a) SHLF and the Upper-Tier Investors hereby agree that, concurrently with the Closing, the SHLF Shareholders Agreement shall be terminated in accordance with Section 22 thereof.

(b) MKHL, SHLK and MK hereby agree that, concurrently with the Closing, the Existing MKHL Shareholders Agreement shall be terminated in accordance with Section 11 thereof.

(c) SHLF, Sportswear Holdings and Idol hereby agree that, concurrently with the Closing, the Idol-SHLF Shareholders Agreement shall be terminated in accordance with Section 10 thereof.

Section 4.2 Consent to the Restructuring Transactions . Each of the parties hereto hereby consents to, and waives any rights that would otherwise arise with respect to, the Restructuring Transactions in their entirety.

Section 4.3 Employment Agreements .

(a) MK agrees that, prior to the Closing, he shall enter into an amended and restated employment agreement among Kors (USA), MKHL, MK and Sportswear Holdings, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit K , which shall amend and restate, in its entirety, the MK Employment Agreement.

(b) Idol agrees that, prior to the Closing, he shall enter into an amended and restated employment agreement among Kors (USA), MKHL, MK and Sportswear Holdings, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit L , which shall amend and restate, in its entirety, the Idol Employment Agreement.

Section 4.4 Far East Recapitalization . Immediately after the closing of the Offering (i) the Memorandum and Articles of Association of Far East Holdings as in effect immediately prior to the Closing shall be amended in the form attached as Exhibit M hereto (the “ Amended Far East Memorandum and Articles ”) to (x) reclassify the existing Far East Shares as ordinary shares, par value $1.00 (“ Far East Ordinary Shares ”), (y) create a new

 

21


class of preference shares, par value $1.00 (“ Far East Preference Shares ”), and (z) increase the total authorized capital from $50,000 divided into 50,000 Far East Shares to $51,500 divided into 50,000 Far East Ordinary Shares and 1,500 Far East Preference Shares, and (ii) Far East Holdings and the Investors shall cause the Amended Far East Memorandum and Articles to be duly filed by the registered agent of Far East Holdings in accordance with the Act with the Registrar (the actions set forth in clauses (i) and (ii), the “ Far East Recapitalization ”).

Section 4.5 Far East Loan Exchange . Far East Holdings and each Investor hereby agrees that, immediately after the Far East Recapitalization, each such Investor shall exchange its right to receive payment under the Far East Loan pursuant to the Loan Exchange in accordance with Section 2.1(e) for the number of newly-issued Far East Preference Shares set forth opposite such Investor’s name on Schedule 4.5 (the “ Far East Loan Exchange ”).

Section 4.6 Repayment of MK Loans . MK hereby agrees that he shall pay the outstanding amount of the MK Loans to the shareholders of SHLF who received such MK Loans pursuant to the Loan Exchange, pro rata in accordance with such shareholders’ respective Preference Percentages, as of immediately prior to the Closing, with the proceeds received by MK from the sale of his MKHL Ordinary Shares in the Offering.

Section 4.7 Options Buy-out . MKHL hereby agrees that, after the closing of the Offering, it shall contribute an amount up to $9,550,000 (the “ Net Offering Proceeds ”) to Michael Kors Corporation (“ MKC ”) as a contribution of capital and further agrees that it shall cause (i) MKC to contribute the Net Offering Proceeds to Michael Kors (Europe) Holdings B.V. (“ MK NA ”) as a contribution of capital, (ii) MK NA to contribute the Net Offering Proceeds to Michael Kors (Europe) Holding Cooperatie U.A. (“ MK EHC ”) as a contribution of capital, (iii) MK EHC to contribute the Net Offering Proceeds to Michael Kors (Switzerland) GMBH (“ Swissco ”) as a contribution of capital and (iv) Swissco to loan the Net Offering Proceeds to Kors (USA), which shall then use the Net Offering Proceeds and cash on hand to purchase a portion of the outstanding Options then held by employees of Kors (USA) (the “ Options Buy-out ”). In exchange for such loan, Kors (USA) agrees that it shall issue a promissory note payable to Swissco in an amount equal to the Net Offering Proceeds, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit N .

Section 4.8 Confidentiality . Each of the parties hereto shall (a) consult with each other party prior to making any public statement with respect to the Restructuring Transactions, this Agreement and the other instruments and agreements contemplated hereby, (b) provide to the other parties for review a copy of any such public statement and (c) not make any such public statement prior to the such consultation and review an the receipt of the prior written consent of the other parties to this Agreement, unless required by applicable Law.

Section 4.9 Reasonable Best Efforts . Each of the parties to this Agreement agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, and to assist and cooperate with the other parties to this Agreement in doing, all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective, in the

 

22


most expeditious manner practicable, the Restructuring Transactions, including by executing and delivering such further instruments and documents necessary to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement and to carry out the terms hereof.

Section 4.10 Fees and Expenses . All fees and expenses incurred by MKHL, SHLF and SHLK in connection with this Agreement and the Restructuring Transactions shall be paid by MKHL. All fees and expenses incurred by the Investors in connection with this Agreement and the Restructuring Transactions shall be paid by the Investor incurring such fees or expenses; provided , however , that MKHL shall pay the reasonable legal fees and expenses of each of MK and Idol in connection with this Agreement and the Restructuring Transactions.

Section 4.11 Consistent Tax Treatment . The parties intend that (i) the SHLK-MKHL Merger will be a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1) of the Code, (ii) the SHLF-MKHL Merger will be a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1) of the Code and (iii) the Preference Shares will be common stock for purposes of Sections 305, 306, and 351(g)(2) of the Code (collectively, the “ Intended Treatment ”). Unless otherwise required by applicable Law, each party hereto shall prepare and file all tax and information returns required to be filed with any Governmental Authority in connection with the Restructuring Transactions in a manner consistent with the Intended Treatment and take no position inconsistent with the Intended Treatment on any applicable tax or information return or in any proceeding before any Governmental Authority or otherwise.

Section 4.12 MKHL Acknowledgement . For the avoidance of doubt, MKHL, on behalf of itself and its subsidiary, Kors (USA), acknowledges and confirms that on December 13, 2010 MK transferred his 15% interest in MKHL Canada Limited to MKHL in exchange for 21.7541 MKHL Shares, and that the provisions of Section 10 of MK’s Employment Agreement with Kors (USA), as in effect on December 13, 2010, did not and shall not apply with respect to such MKHL Shares.

ARTICLE V

UNWINDING OF THE RESTRUCTURING

Section 5.1 Unwinding . Each of the parties hereby acknowledge and agree that (a) the Restructuring Transactions are being consummated prior to but in anticipation of the Offering and (b) this Agreement would not have been executed by such party and the Restructuring Transactions would not be consummated were there not a shared expectation amongst the parties that the Offering would be completed reasonably promptly following the Closing. In furtherance thereof, the parties agree that, in the event that the Offering does not achieve a closing within 180 days following the Closing, the parties shall negotiate in good faith and take all reasonable steps necessary to “unwind” the Restructuring Transactions in the most tax efficient manner possible by agreeing to enter into any arrangement and consummate any transactions that will put each of the parties as closely as possible in the same position that such party was in as of immediately prior to the Closing; provided , that such arrangements and transactions shall not result in any of the parties being adversely affected (economically or otherwise).

 

23


ARTICLE VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 6.1 Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally, sent via facsimile (receipt confirmed), sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier (providing proof of delivery), or mailed in the United States by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

  (a) if to MKHL, SHLF, SHLK, Kors (USA) or Far East Holdings to:

c/o Michael Kors (USA), Inc.

11 West 42nd Street, 21st Floor

New York, NY 10036

Fax No: (646) 354-4826

Attention: John Idol

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

SHL Investment Group (USA), Inc.

11 West 42nd Street, 21st Floor

New York, NY 10036

Fax No: (646) 354-4842

Attention: Gary I. Sheff

 

  (b) if to MK to:

Mr. Michael Kors

65 West 13 th Street, #11D

New York, NY 10011

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

Patterson Belknap Webb & Tyler LLP

1133 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036-6731

Fax No: (212) 336-2222

Attention: Peter Schaeffer

 

24


  (c) if to Sportswear Holdings to:

c/o Sportswear Holdings Limited

12/F, Novel Industrial Building

850-870 Lai Chi Kok Road

Cheung Sha Wan, Kowloon, Hong Kong

Fax No: +852-2310-1841

Attention: Oliver Chu

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

SHL Investment Group (USA), Inc.

11 West 42nd Street, 21st Floor

New York, NY 10036

Fax No: (646) 354-4842

Attention: Gary I. Sheff

 

  (d) if to Littlestone to:

c/o Zenobia Management S.A.

Grand Rue 114

P.O. Box 1459

1820 Montreux, Switzerland

Fax No: + 41-21-966-5249

Attention: Farouk Abdullah

 

  (e) if to Northcroft to:

2 Bd Georges - Favon

CH-1204 Geneva

Switzerland

Fax No: + 41-22-781-4711

Attention: Arturo Fasana

 

  (f) if to Vax to:

c/o MAO Financial Services S.A.

1, rue Etienne-Dumont

1204 Geneva, Switzerland

Fax No: + 41-22-818-6168

Attention: Michel Clemence

 

25


if to OB Kors to:

c/o Orca Bay Capital Corp.

1301 First Avenue, Suite 200

Seattle, WA 98101

Fax No: (206) 689-2404

Attention: Bryon Madsen

 

  (g) if to Idol to:

Mr. John D. Idol

225 Elderfields Road

Manhasset, NY 11030

Fax No: (516) 365-6872

 

  (h) if to Muse, Muse Trust, JRM or Muse Enterprises to:

c/o Hicks, Muse, Tate & Furst Incorporated

200 Crescent Court, Suite 600

Dallas, TX 75201

Fax No: (214) 740-7313

Attention: Linda Ehlers

Section 6.2 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together will be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties. For purposes of this Agreement, facsimile signatures or signatures by other electronic form of transfer shall be deemed originals, and the parties agree to exchange original signatures as promptly as possible.

Section 6.3 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including the exhibits, schedules, documents and instruments referred to herein embody the entire agreement and understanding among the parties with respect to the Restructuring Transactions, and supersede all prior discussions, understandings and agreements concerning the matters covered hereby.

Section 6.4 Binding Effect; No Third-Party Beneficiary . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon each of the parties hereto. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to confer upon, or give to, any Person, firm, corporation or other entity other than the parties hereto any remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement or any terms or conditions hereof, and all of the terms, conditions, promises and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto.

Section 6.5 Governing Law . This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related thereto, the relationship of the parties, and/or the interpretation and enforcement of the rights and duties of the parties, whether arising in Law

 

26


or in equity, in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the Laws of the State of New York, without regard to its rules regarding conflicts of Law to the extent that the application of the Laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

Section 6.6 Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement shall be assigned, in whole or in part, by operation of Law or otherwise by either of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other party. Any assignment in violation of the preceding sentence shall be void. Subject to the preceding two sentences, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

Section 6.7 Submission to Jurisdiction; Service . Each party (a) irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the personal jurisdiction of the federal courts of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or any New York State Court sitting in New York City, (b) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court, (c) agrees that any actions or proceedings arising in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be brought, tried and determined only in such courts, (c) waives any claim of improper venue or any claim that those courts are an inconvenient forum and (d) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other than the aforesaid courts. The parties to this Agreement agree that mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such action or proceeding in the manner provided in Section 6.1 or in such other manner as may be permitted by applicable Law, shall be valid and sufficient service thereof.

Section 6.8 Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of Law or public policy by a court of competent jurisdiction, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect, insofar as the foregoing can be accomplished without materially affecting the economic benefits anticipated by the parties to this Agreement. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law in an acceptable manner to the end that the Restructuring Transactions are fulfilled to the extent possible.

Section 6.9 Waiver and Amendment . No provision of this Agreement may be amended, waived or otherwise modified except by an instrument in writing executed by each of the parties hereto. Any waiver shall constitute a waiver only with respect to the specific matter described in such writing and shall in no way impair the rights of the party granting such waiver in any other respect or at any other time. No waiver by any party of any default, misrepresentation or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, shall be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent such occurrence.

 

27


Section 6.10 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LEGAL ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (A) NO REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER IN THE EVENT OF A LEGAL ACTION, (B) SUCH PARTY HAS CONSIDERED AND UNDERSTANDS THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (C) SUCH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY AND (D) SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 6.10.

Section 6.11 Specific Performance . The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur if any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches or threatened breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or any New York State Court sitting in New York City, this being in addition to any other remedy at law or in equity, and the parties to this Agreement hereby waive any requirement for the posting of any bond or similar collateral in connection therewith. The parties agree that they shall not object to the granting of injunctive or other equitable relief on the basis that there exists adequate remedy at Law.

Section 6.12 Other Matters . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or otherwise, there shall be no recovery pursuant to this Agreement by any party for any punitive, exemplary, consequential, incidental, treble, special, or other similar damages (other than those actually paid in connection with a third party claim) in any claim or proceeding by one party against another arising out of or relating to a breach or alleged breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, or agreement under this Agreement by the other party.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

28


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the date first written above.

 

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ John D. Idol

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Restructuring Agreement]


SHL–KORS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ John D. Idol

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Restructuring Agreement]


SHL FASHION LIMITED
By:  

/s/ John D. Idol

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Restructuring Agreement]


MICHAEL KORS (USA), INC.
By:  

/s/ John D. Idol

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Restructuring Agreement]


MICHAEL KORS FAR EAST

HOLDINGS LIMITED

By:  

/s/ John D. Idol

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Restructuring Agreement]


/s/ Michael Kors

MICHAEL KORS

 

[Signature Page to Restructuring Agreement]


SPORTSWEAR HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Silas K. F. Chou

  Name: Silas K. F. Chou
  Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Restructuring Agreement]


LITTLESTONE
By:  

/s/ John Pickles

  Name: John Pickles
  Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Restructuring Agreement]


NORTHCROFT TRADING INC.
By:  

/s/ Arturo Fasana

  Name: Arturo Fasana
  Title: President

 

[Signature Page to Restructuring Agreement]


VAX TRADING, INC.

By:  

/s/ Dominique Warluzel

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Restructuring Agreement]


OB KORS LLC

By:  

/s/ Bryon R. Madsen

  Name: Bryon R. Madsen
 

Title:   Vice-President, Orca Bay Capital

            Corporation, its Manager

 

[Signature Page to Restructuring Agreement]


/s/ John D. Idol

JOHN IDOL

 

[Signature Page to Restructuring Agreement]


/s/ John R. Muse

JOHN MUSE

 

[Signature Page to Restructuring Agreement]


MUSE CHILDREN’S GS TRUST

By:  

/s/ Linda L. Ehlers

  Name: Linda L. Ehlers
  Title: Co-Trustee

 

[Signature Page to Restructuring Agreement]


JRM INTERIM INVESTORS, LP

By:  

/s/ John R. Muse

  Name: John R. Muse
 

Title: President of JRM Management Company,

          its GP

 

[Signature Page to Restructuring Agreement]


MUSE FAMILY ENTERPRISES
By:  

/s/ John R. Muse

  Name: John R. Muse
 

Title: President of JRM Management Company,

          its GP

 

[Signature Page to Restructuring Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

Ownership of SHLF Shares

 

Shareholder

   SHLF Ordinary
Shares
     SHLF
Preference
Shares
     Preference
Percentage
(immediately prior
to Closing)
 

Sportswear Holdings Limited

     7,824         1,200         80

Littlestone

     196         50         3.33

Northcroft Trading Inc.

     294         75         5

Vax Trading, Inc.

     196         50         3.33

OB Kors LLC

     392         100         6.67

John Idol

     1,000         0         0

John Muse

     39.2         10         0.67

Muse Children’s GS Trust

     19.6         5         0.33

JRM Interim Investors, LP

     19.6         5         0.33

Muse Family Enterprises

     19.6         5         0.33
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     10,000         1,500         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


EXHIBIT B

Ownership of Far East Shares

 

Shareholder

   Far East Shares  

Michael Kors

     90   

Sportswear Holdings Limited

     399   

Littlestone

     10   

Northcroft Trading Inc.

     15   

Vax Trading, Inc.

     10   

OB Kors LLC

     20   

John Idol

     51   

John Muse

     2   

Muse Children’s GS Trust

     1   

JRM Interim Investors, LP

     1   

Muse Family Enterprises

     1   
  

 

 

 

Total

     600   
  

 

 

 


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF AMENDED SHLF MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES

(See attached.)


TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT, 2004

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

SHL FASHION LIMITED

A COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 In this Memorandum of Association and the attached Articles of Association, if not inconsistent with the subject or context:

“Act” means the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (No. 16 of 2004) and includes the regulations made under the Act;

“Articles” means the attached Articles of Association of the Company;

“Chairman of the Board” has the meaning specified in Regulation 12;

“Distribution” in relation to a distribution by the Company to a Shareholder means the direct or indirect transfer of an asset, other than Shares, to or for the benefit of the Shareholder, or the incurring of a debt to or for the benefit of a Shareholder, in relation to Shares held by a Shareholder, and whether by means of the purchase of an asset, the purchase, redemption or other acquisition of Shares, a transfer of indebtedness or otherwise, and includes a dividend;

“Eligible Person” means individuals, corporations, trusts, the estates of deceased individuals, partnerships and unincorporated associations of persons;

“Memorandum” means this Memorandum of Association of the Company;

“Registrar” means the Registrar of Corporate Affairs appointed under section 229 of the Act;

“Resolution of Directors” means either:

 

  (a) a resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of directors of the Company or of a committee of directors of the Company by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at the meeting who voted except that where a director is given more than one vote, he shall be counted by the number of votes he casts for the purpose of establishing a majority; or

 

  (b) a resolution consented to in writing by all directors or by all members of a committee of directors of the Company, as the case may be;

“Resolution of Shareholders” means either:

 

1


  (a) a resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of the Shareholders of the Company by the affirmative vote of a majority of in excess of 50% of the votes of the Shares entitled to vote thereon which were present at the meeting and were voted; or

 

  (b) a resolution consented to in writing by a majority of in excess of 50% of the votes of Shares entitled to vote thereon;

“Seal” means any seal which has been duly adopted as the common seal of the Company;

“Securities” means Shares and debt obligations of every kind of the Company, and including without limitation options, warrants and rights to acquire Shares or debt obligations;

“Share” means a share issued or to be issued by the Company;

“Shareholder” means an Eligible Person whose name is entered in the register of members of the Company as the holder of one or more Shares or fractional Shares;

“Treasury Share” means a Share that was previously issued but was repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Company and not cancelled; and

“Written” or any term of like import includes information generated, sent, received or stored by electronic, electrical, digital, magnetic, optical, electromagnetic, biometric or photonic means, including electronic data interchange, electronic mail, telegram, telex or telecopy, and “in writing” shall be construed accordingly.

 

1.2 In the Memorandum and the Articles, unless the context otherwise requires a reference to:

 

  (a) a “Regulation” is a reference to a regulation of the Articles;

 

  (b) a “Clause” is a reference to a clause of the Memorandum;

 

  (c) voting by Shareholders is a reference to the casting of the votes attached to the Shares held by the Shareholder voting;

 

  (d) the Act, the Memorandum or the Articles is a reference to the Act or those documents as amended or, in the case of the Act, any re-enactment thereof; and

 

  (e) the singular includes the plural and vice versa.

 

1.3 Any words or expressions defined in the Act unless the context otherwise requires bear the same meaning in the Memorandum and the Articles unless otherwise defined herein.

 

1.4 Headings are inserted for convenience only and shall be disregarded in interpreting the Memorandum and the Articles.

 

2 NAME

The name of the Company is SHL Fashion Limited. The Company was incorporated on the 3rd day of January 2003 pursuant to the International Business Companies Act (Cap. 291) and immediately prior to its automatic re-registration under the BVI Business Companies Act, it was governed by the International Business Companies Act.

 

2


3 STATUS

The Company is a company limited by shares.

 

4 REGISTERED OFFICE AND REGISTERED AGENT

 

4.1 At the date of the notice disapplying Part IV of Schedule 2 of the Act, the registered office of the Company is at Craigmuir Chambers, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands, the office of the first registered agent.

 

4.2 At the date of the notice disapplying Part IV of Schedule 2 of the Act, the registered agent of the Company is Harneys Corporate Services Limited of Craigmuir Chambers, P.O. Box 71, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

 

4.3 The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders or by Resolution of Directors change the location of its registered office or change its registered agent.

 

4.4 Any change of registered office or registered agent will take effect on the registration by the Registrar of a notice of the change filed by the existing registered agent or a legal practitioner in the British Virgin Islands acting on behalf of the Company.

 

5 CAPACITY AND POWERS

 

5.1 Subject to the Act and any other British Virgin Islands legislation, the Company has, irrespective of corporate benefit:

 

  (a) full capacity to carry on or undertake any business or activity, do any act or enter into any transaction; and

 

  (b) for the purposes of paragraph (a), full rights, powers and privileges.

 

5.2 For the purposes of section 9(4) of the Act, there are no limitations on the business that the Company may carry on.

 

6 NUMBER AND CLASSES OF SHARES

 

6.1 Shares in the company shall be issued in the currency of the United States of America.

 

6.2 The Company is authorised to issue a maximum of 51,500 Shares as follows:

 

  (a) 50,000 ordinary shares of US$1.00 par value per share, issuable in one series (the “Ordinary Shares” ), and

 

  (b) 1,500 preference shares of US$1.00 par value per share, issuable in one series (the “Preference Shares” ).

 

6.3 The Company may issue fractional Shares and a fractional Share shall have the corresponding fractional rights, obligations and liabilities of a whole Share of the same class or series of Shares.

 

6.4 Shares may be issued in one or more series of Shares as the directors may by Resolution of Directors determine from time to time.

 

3


7 RIGHTS OF SHARES

 

7.1 Each Ordinary Share in the Company confers upon the Shareholder:

 

  (a) the right to one vote at a meeting of the Shareholders of the Company or on any Resolution of Shareholders;

 

  (b) the right to an equal share in any dividend paid by the Company; and

 

  (c) the right to an equal share in the distribution of the surplus assets of the Company on its liquidation.

 

7.2 Each Preference Share in the Company confers upon the Shareholder:

 

  (a) no right to vote at a meeting of the Shareholders of the Company or on any Resolution of Shareholders;

 

  (b) no right to any dividends paid by the Company;

 

  (c) in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution to the holders of the Ordinary Shares by reason of their ownership of such shares, the amount of US$100,000.00 per share (as such amount shall be appropriately adjusted for any division or combination of shares or similar event in respect of such Preference Shares, the “Preference Shares Liquidation Amount”). If, upon the occurrence of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets legally available for distribution among the holders of the Preference Shares are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full preferential amount, then all of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably amongst the holders of the Preference Shares in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive. After setting apart or paying in full the preferential amounts due to the holders of the Preference Shares as aforesaid, the remaining assets, if any, of the Company legally available for distribution to members shall be distributed ratably amongst the holders of the Ordinary Shares; and

 

(d)

  

(i)     subject to the provisions of the Act and the Articles with respect to the redemption and cancellation of shares, be subject to redemption by the Company, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of the holders thereof, in whole or in part, on not less than five (5) business days’ notice in writing to the holders thereof stating the number of Preference Shares held by the holder that the Company intends to redeem at the date fixed for redemption, at a price per share equal to the Preference Shares Liquidation Amount (the “Redemption Price” ); provided that the Company shall have the right to exercise such redemption rights with respect to any redemption of Preference Shares only on a pro rata basis with respect to the number of Preference Shares held by each holder;

  

(ii)    in addition, upon (i) the consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other company or companies not being a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, or a sale, conveyance or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (in any transaction or series of related transactions), or (ii) the issue of shares by the Company and/or a sale by the existing members of the Company in any transaction or series of related transactions (including a public offering) in which the aggregate number of votes attached to the shares to be issued and/or sold is greater than the number of votes attached to the issued and outstanding shares immediately prior to the transaction or

 

4


  

         series of related transactions, or (iii) the acquisition by any person or group of persons acting jointly or otherwise in concert, other than Sportswear Holdings Limited and its affiliates, of more than 50% of the issued and outstanding shares (any one of the foregoing being a “Change of Control” ), at the option of any holder of outstanding Preference Shares, be redeemed by the Company at the Redemption Price in the manner provided below. Such redemption shall occur immediately prior to or simultaneously with the consummation of such Change of Control. The Company will give written notice of any Change of Control, stating the substance and intended date of consummation thereof, not more than sixty (60) business days nor less than twenty (20) business days prior to the date of consummation thereof. Each holder of the Preference Shares shall have ten (10) business days from the date of their receipt of such notice to demand (by written notice mailed to the Company) redemption of all or any portion of the Preference Shares held by such holder; provided that unless a holder provides written notice to the Company to the contrary, each holder shall be deemed to have provided such written demand notice in accordance with this sentence in respect of all of their Preference Shares; and

  

(iii)     each holder of any Preference Shares to be redeemed pursuant to the foregoing provisions shall surrender to the Company the certificates evidencing such shares. The Redemption Price of such shares shall be payable to those persons whose names appear in the share register of the Company and whose names appear on such share certificates as the respective owners thereof, and each surrendered certificate shall be cancelled. In the event less than all the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new share certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares. All of the Preference Shares to be redeemed pursuant to the foregoing provisions shall be cancelled upon their redemption and shall not be available for reissue.

 

7.3 The Company may by Resolution of Directors redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire all or any of the Shares in the Company subject to Clause 7.2 above and Regulation 3 of the Articles.

 

8 VARIATION OF RIGHTS

If at any time the Shares are divided into different classes, the rights attached to any class may only be varied, whether or not the Company is in liquidation, with the consent in writing of or by a resolution passed at a meeting by the holders of not less than a majority of the issued Shares in that class.

 

9 RIGHTS NOT VARIED BY THE ISSUE OF SHARES PARI PASSU

The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any class shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu therewith.

 

10 REGISTERED SHARES

 

10.1 The Company shall issue Registered Shares only.

 

10.2 The Company is not authorised to issue Bearer Shares, convert Registered Shares to Bearer Shares or exchange Registered Shares for Bearer Shares.

 

11 AMENDMENT OF THE MEMORANDUM AND THE ARTICLES

 

11.1 Subject to Clause 8, the Company may amend the Memorandum or the Articles by Resolution of Shareholders or by Resolution of Directors, save that no amendment may be made by Resolution of Directors:

 

5


  (a) to restrict the rights or powers of the Shareholders to amend the Memorandum or the Articles;

 

  (b) to change the percentage of Shareholders required to pass a Resolution of Shareholders to amend the Memorandum or the Articles;

 

  (c) in circumstances where the Memorandum or the Articles cannot be amended by the Shareholders; or

 

  (d) to Clauses 7, 8, 9 or this Clause 11.

 

11.2 Any amendment of the Memorandum or the Articles will take effect on the registration by the Registrar of a notice of amendment, or restated Memorandum and Articles, filed by the registered agent.

 

12 PRIVATE COMPANY

 

  The Company is a private company, and accordingly:

 

  (a) any invitation to the public to subscribe for any Shares or debentures of the Company is prohibited;

 

  (b) the number of the members of the Company (not including persons who are in the employment of the Company, and persons who, having been formerly in the employment of the Company, were, while in such employment, and have continued after the determination of such employment to be, members of the Company) shall be limited to fifty PROVIDED that where two or more persons hold one or more Shares in the Company jointly they shall, for the purposes of this Clause 12, be treated as a single member;

 

  (c) the right to transfer the Shares of the Company shall be restricted in manner herein prescribed; and

 

  (d) the Company shall not have power to issue Share Warrants to Bearer.

We, OFFSHORE INCORPORATIONS LIMITED of PO Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands for the purpose of disapplying Part IV of Schedule 2 of the Act hereby sign this Memorandum of Association the [    ] day of [            ]:

Registered Agent

   

Sgd: [name of signatory]

Authorised Signatory

HARNEYS CORPORATE SERVICES LIMITED

 

6


TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT, 2004

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

SHL FASHION LIMITED

A COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

1. REGISTERED SHARES

 

1.1 Every Shareholder is entitled to a certificate signed by a director or officer of the Company, or any other person authorised by Resolution of Directors, or under the Seal specifying the number of Shares held by him and the signature of the director, officer or authorised person and the Seal may be facsimiles.

 

1.2 Any Shareholder receiving a certificate shall indemnify and hold the Company and its directors and officers harmless from any loss or liability which it or they may incur by reason of any wrongful or fraudulent use or representation made by any person by virtue of the possession thereof. If a certificate for Shares is worn out or lost it may be renewed on production of the worn out certificate or on satisfactory proof of its loss together with such indemnity as may be required by Resolution of Directors.

 

1.3 If several Eligible Persons are registered as joint holders of any Shares, any one of such Eligible Persons may give an effectual receipt for any Distribution.

 

2. SHARES

 

2.1 Shares and other Securities may be issued at such times, to such Eligible Persons, for such consideration and on such terms as the directors may by Resolution of Directors determine.

 

2.2 Section 46 of the Act ( Pre-emptive rights ) does not apply to the Company.

 

2.3 A Share may be issued for consideration in any form, including money, a promissory note, or other written obligation to contribute money or property, real property, personal property (including goodwill and know-how), services rendered or a contract for future services.

 

2.4 The consideration for a Share with par value shall not be less than the par value of the Share. If a Share with par value is issued for consideration less than the par value, the person to whom the Share is issued is liable to pay to the Company an amount equal to the difference between the issue price and the par value.

 

2.5 No Shares may be issued for a consideration other than money, unless a Resolution of Directors has been passed stating:

 

  (a) the amount to be credited for the issue of the Shares;

 

7


  (b) the determination of the directors of the reasonable present cash value of the non-money consideration for the issue; and

 

  (c) that, in the opinion of the directors, the present cash value of the non-money consideration for the issue is not less than the amount to be credited for the issue of the Shares.

 

2.6 The consideration paid for any Share, whether a par value Share or a no par value Share, shall not be treated as a liability or debt of the Company for the purposes of

 

  (a) the solvency test in Regulations 3 and 18; and

 

  (b) sections 197 and 209 of the Act.

 

2.7 The Company shall keep a register (the “register of members” ) containing:

 

  (a) the names and addresses of the Eligible Persons who hold Shares;

 

  (b) the number of each class and series of Shares held by each Shareholder;

 

  (c) the date on which the name of each Shareholder was entered in the register of members; and

 

  (d) the date on which any Eligible Person ceased to be a Shareholder.

 

2.8 The register of members may be in any such form as the directors may approve, but if it is in magnetic, electronic or other data storage form, the Company must be able to produce legible evidence of its contents. Until the directors otherwise determine, the magnetic, electronic or other data storage form shall be the original register of members.

 

2.9 A Share is deemed to be issued when the name of the Shareholder is entered in the register of members.

 

3. REDEMPTION OF SHARES AND TREASURY SHARES

 

3.1 The Company may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire and hold its own Shares save that the Company may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its own Shares without the consent of Shareholders whose Shares are to be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired unless the Company is permitted by the Act or any other provision in the Memorandum or Articles to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire the Shares without their consent.

 

3.2 The Company may only offer to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire Shares if the Resolution of Directors authorising the purchase, redemption or other acquisition contains a statement that the directors are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that immediately after the acquisition the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due.

 

3.3 Sections 60 ( Process for acquisition of own shares ), 61 ( Offer to one or more shareholders ) and 62 ( Shares redeemed otherwise than at the option of company ) of the Act shall not apply to the Company.

 

3.4 Shares that the Company purchases, redeems or otherwise acquires pursuant to this Regulation may be cancelled or held as Treasury Shares except to the extent that such Shares are in excess of 50 percent of the issued Shares in which case they shall be cancelled but they shall be available for reissue.

 

3.5 All rights and obligations attaching to a Treasury Share are suspended and shall not be exercised by the Company while it holds the Share as a Treasury Share.

 

8


3.6 Treasury Shares may be transferred by the Company on such terms and conditions (not otherwise inconsistent with the Memorandum and the Articles) as the Company may by Resolution of Directors determine.

 

3.7 Where Shares are held by another body corporate of which the Company holds, directly or indirectly, Shares having more than 50 percent of the votes in the election of directors of the other body corporate, all rights and obligations attaching to the Shares held by the other body corporate are suspended and shall not be exercised by the other body corporate.

 

4. MORTGAGES AND CHARGES OF SHARES

 

4.1 Shareholders may mortgage or charge their Shares.

 

4.2 There shall be entered in the register of members at the written request of the Shareholder:

 

  (a) a statement that the Shares held by him are mortgaged or charged;

 

  (b) the name of the mortgagee or chargee; and

 

  (c) the date on which the particulars specified in subparagraphs (a) and (b) are entered in the register of members.

 

4.3 Where particulars of a mortgage or charge are entered in the register of members, such particulars may be cancelled:

 

  (a) with the written consent of the named mortgagee or chargee or anyone authorised to act on his behalf; or

 

  (b) upon evidence satisfactory to the directors of the discharge of the liability secured by the mortgage or charge and the issue of such indemnities as the directors shall consider necessary or desirable.

 

4.4 Whilst particulars of a mortgage or charge over Shares are entered in the register of members pursuant to this Regulation:

 

  (a) no transfer of any Share the subject of those particulars shall be effected;

 

  (b) the Company may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any such Share; and

 

  (c) no replacement certificate shall be issued in respect of such Shares, without the written consent of the named mortgagee or chargee.

 

5. FORFEITURE

 

5.1 Shares that are not fully paid on issue are subject to the forfeiture provisions set forth in this Regulation and for this purpose Shares issued for a promissory note, other written obligation to contribute money or property or a contract for future services are deemed to be not fully paid.

 

5.2 A written notice of call specifying the date for payment to be made shall be served on the Shareholder who defaults in making payment in respect of the Shares.

 

9


5.3 The written notice of call referred to in Sub-Regulation 5.2 shall name a further date not earlier than the expiration of 14 days from the date of service of the notice on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made and shall contain a statement that in the event of non-payment at or before the time named in the notice the Shares, or any of them, in respect of which payment is not made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

5.4 Where a written notice of call has been issued pursuant to Sub-Regulation 5.3 and the requirements of the notice have not been complied with, the directors may, at any time before tender of payment, forfeit and cancel the Shares to which the notice relates.

 

5.5 The Company is under no obligation to refund any moneys to the Shareholder whose Shares have been cancelled pursuant to Sub-Regulation 5.4 and that Shareholder shall be discharged from any further obligation to the Company.

 

6. TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

6.1 Subject to the memorandum, Shares may be transferred by a written instrument of transfer signed by the transferor and containing the name and address of the transferee, which shall be sent to the Company for registration.

 

6.2 The transfer of a Share is effective when the name of the transferee is entered on the register of members.

 

6.3 If the directors of the Company are satisfied that an instrument of transfer relating to Shares has been signed but that the instrument has been lost or destroyed, they may resolve by Resolution of Directors:

 

  (a) to accept such evidence of the transfer of Shares as they consider appropriate; and

 

  (b) that the transferee’s name should be entered in the register of members notwithstanding the absence of the instrument of transfer.

 

6.4 Subject to the Memorandum, the personal representative of a deceased Shareholder may transfer a Share even though the personal representative is not a Shareholder at the time of the transfer.

 

7. MEETINGS AND CONSENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

7.1 Any director of the Company may convene meetings of the Shareholders at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the director considers necessary or desirable.

 

7.2 Upon the written request of Shareholders entitled to exercise 30 percent or more of the voting rights in respect of the matter for which the meeting is requested the directors shall convene a meeting of Shareholders.

 

7.3 The director convening a meeting shall give not less than 7 days’ notice of a meeting of Shareholders to:

 

  (a) those Shareholders whose names on the date the notice is given appear as Shareholders in the register of members of the Company and are entitled to vote at the meeting; and

 

  (b) the other directors.

 

10


7.4 The director convening a meeting of Shareholders may fix as the record date for determining those Shareholders that are entitled to vote at the meeting the date notice is given of the meeting, or such other date as may be specified in the notice, being a date not earlier than the date of the notice.

 

7.5 A meeting of Shareholders held in contravention of the requirement to give notice is valid if Shareholders holding at least 90 percent of the total voting rights on all the matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting and, for this purpose, the presence of a Shareholder at the meeting shall constitute waiver in relation to all the Shares which that Shareholder holds.

 

7.6 The inadvertent failure of a director who convenes a meeting to give notice of a meeting to a Shareholder or another director, or the fact that a Shareholder or another director has not received notice, does not invalidate the meeting.

 

7.7 A Shareholder may be represented at a meeting of Shareholders by a proxy who may speak and vote on behalf of the Shareholder.

 

7.8 The instrument appointing a proxy shall be produced at the place designated for the meeting before the time for holding the meeting at which the person named in such instrument proposes to vote. The notice of the meeting may specify an alternative or additional place or time at which the proxy shall be presented.

 

7.9 The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in substantially the following form or such other form as the chairman of the meeting shall accept as properly evidencing the wishes of the Shareholder appointing the proxy.

 

[ COMPANY NAME ]

I/We being a Shareholder of the above Company HEREBY APPOINT                                               of                                               or failing him                                  of                                          to be my/our proxy to vote for me/us at the meeting of Shareholders to be held on the          day of                          , 20     and at any adjournment thereof.

(Any restrictions on voting to be inserted here.)

Signed this          day of                         , 20    

 

 

Shareholder

 

7.10 The following applies where Shares are jointly owned:

 

  (a) if two or more persons hold Shares jointly each of them may be present in person or by proxy at a meeting of Shareholders and may speak as a Shareholder;

 

  (b) if only one of the joint owners is present in person or by proxy he may vote on behalf of all joint owners; and

 

  (c) if two or more of the joint owners are present in person or by proxy they must vote as one.

 

11


7.11 A Shareholder shall be deemed to be present at a meeting of Shareholders if he participates by telephone or other electronic means and all Shareholders participating in the meeting are able to hear each other.

 

7.12 A meeting of Shareholders is duly constituted if, at the commencement of the meeting, there are present in person or by proxy not less than 50 percent of the votes of the Shares entitled to vote on Resolutions of Shareholders to be considered at the meeting. A quorum may comprise a single Shareholder or proxy and then such person may pass a Resolution of Shareholders and a certificate signed by such person accompanied where such person be a proxy by a copy of the proxy instrument shall constitute a valid Resolution of Shareholders.

 

7.13 If within two hours from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of Shareholders, shall be dissolved; in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the next business day in the jurisdiction in which the meeting was to have been held at the same time and place or to such other time and place as the directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting there are present within one hour from the time appointed for the meeting in person or by proxy not less than one third of the votes of the Shares or each class or series of Shares entitled to vote on the matters to be considered by the meeting, those present shall constitute a quorum but otherwise the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

7.14 At every meeting of Shareholders, the Chairman of the Board shall preside as chairman of the meeting. If there is no Chairman of the Board or if the Chairman of the Board is not present at the meeting, the Shareholders present shall choose one of their number to be the chairman. If the Shareholders are unable to choose a chairman for any reason, then the person representing the greatest number of voting Shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting shall preside as chairman failing which the oldest individual Shareholder or representative of a Shareholder present shall take the chair.

 

7.15 The chairman may, with the consent of the meeting, adjourn any meeting from time to time, and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

7.16 At any meeting of the Shareholders the chairman is responsible for deciding in such manner as he considers appropriate whether any resolution proposed has been carried or not and the result of his decision shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes of the meeting. If the chairman has any doubt as to the outcome of the vote on a proposed resolution, he shall cause a poll to be taken of all votes cast upon such resolution. If the chairman fails to take a poll then any Shareholder present in person or by proxy who disputes the announcement by the chairman of the result of any vote may immediately following such announcement demand that a poll be taken and the chairman shall cause a poll to be taken. If a poll is taken at any meeting, the result shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes of the meeting.

 

7.17 Subject to the specific provisions contained in this Regulation for the appointment of representatives of Eligible Persons other than individuals the right of any individual to speak for or represent a Shareholder shall be determined by the law of the jurisdiction where, and by the documents by which, the Eligible Person is constituted or derives its existence. In case of doubt, the directors may in good faith seek legal advice from any qualified person and unless and until a court of competent jurisdiction shall otherwise rule, the directors may rely and act upon such advice without incurring any liability to any Shareholder or the Company.

 

7.18 Any Eligible Person other than an individual which is a Shareholder may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such individual as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of Shareholders or of any class of Shareholders, and the individual so authorised shall be entitled to exercise

 

12


  the same rights on behalf of the Shareholder which he represents as that Shareholder could exercise if it were an individual.

 

7.19 The chairman of any meeting at which a vote is cast by proxy or on behalf of any Eligible Person other than an individual may call for a notarially certified copy of such proxy or authority which shall be produced within 7 days of being so requested or the votes cast by such proxy or on behalf of such Eligible Person shall be disregarded.

 

7.20 Directors of the Company may attend and speak at any meeting of Shareholders and at any separate meeting of the holders of any class or series of Shares.

 

7.21 An action that may be taken by the Shareholders at a meeting may also be taken by a resolution consented to in writing, without the need for any notice, but if any Resolution of Shareholders is adopted otherwise than by the unanimous written consent of all Shareholders, a copy of such resolution shall forthwith be sent to all Shareholders not consenting to such resolution. The consent may be in the form of counterparts, each counterpart being signed by one or more Shareholders. If the consent is in one or more counterparts, and the counterparts bear different dates, then the resolution shall take effect on the earliest date upon which Shareholders holding a sufficient number of votes of Shares to constitute a Resolution of Shareholders have consented to the resolution by signed counterparts.

 

8. DIRECTORS

 

8.1 The first directors of the company shall be appointed by the first registered agent within 6 months of the date of incorporation of the Company; and thereafter, the directors shall be elected by Resolution of Shareholders or by Resolution of Directors.

 

8.2 No person shall be appointed as a director, or nominated as a reserve director, of the Company unless he has consented in writing to be a director or to be nominated as a reserve director.

 

8.3 Subject to Sub-Regulation 8.1, the minimum number of directors shall be one and there shall be no maximum number.

 

8.4 Each director holds office for the term, if any, fixed by the Resolution of Shareholders or the Resolution of Directors appointing him, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. If no term is fixed on the appointment of a director, the director serves indefinitely until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

8.5 A director may be removed from office,

 

  (a) with or without cause, by Resolution of Shareholders passed at a meeting of Shareholders called for the purposes of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director or by a written resolution passed by at least 75 percent of the Shareholders of the Company entitled to vote; or

 

  (b) with cause, by Resolution of Directors passed at a meeting of directors called for the purpose of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director.

 

8.6 A director may resign his office by giving written notice of his resignation to the Company and the resignation has effect from the date the notice is received by the Company or from such later date as may be specified in the notice. A director shall resign forthwith as a director if he is, or becomes, disqualified from acting as a director under the Act.

 

13


8.7 The directors may at any time appoint any person to be a director either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing directors. Where the directors appoint a person as director to fill a vacancy, the term shall not exceed the term that remained when the person who has ceased to be a director ceased to hold office.

 

8.8 A vacancy in relation to directors occurs if a director dies or otherwise ceases to hold office prior to the expiration of his term of office.

 

8.9 Where the Company only has one Shareholder who is an individual and that Shareholder is also the sole director of the Company, the sole Shareholder/director may, by instrument in writing, nominate a person who is not disqualified from being a director of the Company as a reserve director of the Company to act in the place of the sole director in the event of his death.

 

8.10 The nomination of a person as a reserve director of the Company ceases to have effect if:

 

  (a) before the death of the sole Shareholder/director who nominated him,

 

  (i) he resigns as reserve director, or

 

  (ii) the sole Shareholder/director revokes the nomination in writing; or

 

  (b) the sole Shareholder/director who nominated him ceases to be able to be the sole Shareholder/director of the Company for any reason other than his death.

 

8.11 The Company shall keep a register of directors containing:

 

  (a) the names and addresses of the persons who are directors of the Company or who have been nominated as reserve directors of the Company;

 

  (b) the date on which each person whose name is entered in the register was appointed as a director, or nominated as a reserve director, of the Company;

 

  (c) the date on which each person named as a director ceased to be a director of the Company;

 

  (d) the date on which the nomination of any person nominated as a reserve director ceased to have effect; and

 

  (e) such other information as may be prescribed by the Act.

 

8.12 The register of directors may be kept in any such form as the directors may approve, but if it is in magnetic, electronic or other data storage form, the Company must be able to produce legible evidence of its contents. Until a Resolution of Directors determining otherwise is passed, the magnetic, electronic or other data storage shall be the original register of directors.

 

8.13 The directors may, by Resolution of Directors, fix the emoluments of directors with respect to services to be rendered in any capacity to the Company.

 

8.14 A director is not required to hold a Share as a qualification to office.

 

9. POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

9.1 The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by, or under the direction or supervision of, the directors of the Company. The directors of the Company have all the powers necessary for managing,

 

14


  and for directing and supervising, the business and affairs of the Company. The directors may pay all expenses incurred preliminary to and in connection with the incorporation of the Company and may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not by the Act or by the Memorandum or the Articles required to be exercised by the Shareholders.

 

9.2 Each director shall exercise his powers for a proper purpose and shall not act or agree to the Company acting in a manner that contravenes the Memorandum, the Articles or the Act. Each director, in exercising his powers or performing his duties, shall act honestly and in good faith in what the director believes to be the best interests of the Company.

 

9.3 If the Company is the wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company, a director of the Company may, when exercising powers or performing duties as a director, act in a manner which he believes is in the best interests of the holding company even though it may not be in the best interests of the Company.

 

9.4 Any director which is a body corporate may appoint any individual as its duly authorised representative for the purpose of representing it at meetings of the directors, with respect to the signing of consents or otherwise.

 

9.5 The continuing directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body.

 

9.6 The directors may by Resolution of Directors exercise all the powers of the Company to incur indebtedness, liabilities or obligations and to secure indebtedness, liabilities or obligations whether of the Company or of any third party.

 

9.7 All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by Resolution of Directors.

 

9.8 For the purposes of Section 175 ( Disposition of assets ) of the Act, the directors may by Resolution of Directors determine that any sale, transfer, lease, exchange or other disposition is in the usual or regular course of the business carried on by the Company and such determination is, in the absence of fraud, conclusive.

 

10. PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

10.1 Any one director of the Company may call a meeting of the directors by sending a written notice to each other director.

 

10.2 The directors of the Company or any committee thereof may meet at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the directors may determine to be necessary or desirable.

 

10.3 A director is deemed to be present at a meeting of directors if he participates by telephone or other electronic means and all directors participating in the meeting are able to hear each other.

 

10.4 A director shall be given not less than 3 days’ notice of meetings of directors, but a meeting of directors held without 3 days’ notice having been given to all directors shall be valid if all the directors entitled to vote at the meeting who do not attend waive notice of the meeting, and for this purpose the presence of a director at a meeting shall constitute waiver by that director. The inadvertent failure to give notice of a meeting to a director, or the fact that a director has not received the notice, does not invalidate the meeting.

 

15


10.5 A director may by a written instrument appoint an alternate who need not be a director and the alternate shall be entitled to attend meetings in the absence of the director who appointed him and to vote in place of the director until the appointment lapses or is terminated.

 

10.6 A meeting of directors is duly constituted for all purposes if at the commencement of the meeting there are present in person or by alternate not less than one-half of the total number of directors, unless there are only 2 directors in which case the quorum is 2.

 

10.7 If the Company has only one director the provisions herein contained for meetings of directors do not apply and such sole director has full power to represent and act for the Company in all matters as are not by the Act, the Memorandum or the Articles required to be exercised by the Shareholders. In lieu of minutes of a meeting the sole director shall record in writing and sign a note or memorandum of all matters requiring a Resolution of Directors. Such a note or memorandum constitutes sufficient evidence of such resolution for all purposes.

 

10.8 At meetings of directors at which the Chairman of the Board is present, he shall preside as chairman of the meeting. If there is no Chairman of the Board or if the Chairman of the Board is not present, the directors present shall choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

10.9 An action that may be taken by the directors or a committee of directors at a meeting may also be taken by a Resolution of Directors or a resolution of a committee of directors consented to in writing by all directors or by all members of the committee, as the case may be, without the need for any notice. The consent may be in the form of counterparts each counterpart being signed by one or more directors. If the consent is in one or more counterparts, and the counterparts bear different dates, then the resolution shall take effect on the date upon which the last director has consented to the resolution by signed counterparts.

 

11. COMMITTEES

 

11.1 The directors may, by Resolution of Directors, designate one or more committees, each consisting of one or more directors, and delegate one or more of their powers, including the power to affix the Seal, to the committee.

 

11.2 The directors have no power to delegate to a committee of directors any of the following powers:

 

  (a) to amend the Memorandum or the Articles;

 

  (b) to designate committees of directors;

 

  (c) to delegate powers to a committee of directors;

 

  (d) to appoint or remove directors;

 

  (e) to appoint or remove an agent;

 

  (f) to approve a plan of merger, consolidation or arrangement;

 

  (g) to make a declaration of solvency or to approve a liquidation plan; or

 

  (h) to make a determination that immediately after a proposed Distribution the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due.

 

16


11.3 Sub-Regulation 11.2(b) and (c) do not prevent a committee of directors, where authorised by the Resolution of Directors appointing such committee or by a subsequent Resolution of Directors, from appointing a sub-committee and delegating powers exercisable by the committee to the sub-committee.

 

11.4 The meetings and proceedings of each committee of directors consisting of 2 or more directors shall be governed mutatis mutandis by the provisions of the Articles regulating the proceedings of directors so far as the same are not superseded by any provisions in the Resolution of Directors establishing the committee.

 

11.5 Where the directors delegate their powers to a committee of directors they remain responsible for the exercise of that power by the committee, unless they believed on reasonable grounds at all times before the exercise of the power that the committee would exercise the power in conformity with the duties imposed on directors of the Company under the Act.

 

12. OFFICERS AND AGENTS

 

12.1 The Company may by Resolution of Directors appoint officers of the Company at such times as may be considered necessary or expedient. Such officers may consist of a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a president and one or more vice-presidents, secretaries and treasurers and such other officers as may from time to time be considered necessary or expedient. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

12.2 The officers shall perform such duties as are prescribed at the time of their appointment subject to any modification in such duties as may be prescribed thereafter by Resolution of Directors. In the absence of any specific prescription of duties it shall be the responsibility of the Chairman of the Board to preside at meetings of directors and Shareholders, the president to manage the day to day affairs of the Company, the vice-presidents to act in order of seniority in the absence of the president but otherwise to perform such duties as may be delegated to them by the president, the secretaries to maintain the register of members, minute books and records (other than financial records) of the Company and to ensure compliance with all procedural requirements imposed on the Company by applicable law, and the treasurer to be responsible for the financial affairs of the Company.

 

12.3 The emoluments of all officers shall be fixed by Resolution of Directors.

 

12.4 The officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are duly appointed, but any officer elected or appointed by the directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by Resolution of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company may be filled by Resolution of Directors.

 

12.5 The directors may, by Resolution of Directors, appoint any person, including a person who is a director, to be an agent of the Company.

 

12.6 An agent of the Company shall have such powers and authority of the directors, including the power and authority to affix the Seal, as are set forth in the Articles or in the Resolution of Directors appointing the agent, except that no agent has any power or authority with respect to the following:

 

  (a) to amend the Memorandum or the Articles;

 

  (b) to change the registered office or agent;

 

  (c) to designate committees of directors;

 

  (d) to delegate powers to a committee of directors;

 

17


  (e) to appoint or remove directors;

 

  (f) to appoint or remove an agent;

 

  (g) to fix emoluments of directors;

 

  (h) to approve a plan of merger, consolidation or arrangement;

 

  (i) to make a declaration of solvency or to approve a liquidation plan;

 

  (j) to make a determination that immediately after a proposed Distribution the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due; or

 

  (k) to authorise the Company to continue as a company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the British Virgin Islands.

 

12.7 The Resolution of Directors appointing an agent may authorise the agent to appoint one or more substitutes or delegates to exercise some or all of the powers conferred on the agent by the Company.

 

12.8 The directors may remove an agent appointed by the Company and may revoke or vary a power conferred on him.

 

13. CONFLICT OF INTERESTS

 

13.1 A director of the Company shall, forthwith after becoming aware of the fact that he is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the Company, disclose the interest to all other directors of the Company.

 

13.2 For the purposes of Sub-Regulation 13.1, a disclosure to all other directors to the effect that a director is a member, director or officer of another named entity or has a fiduciary relationship with respect to the entity or a named individual and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction which may, after the date of the entry into the transaction or disclosure of the interest, be entered into with that entity or individual, is a sufficient disclosure of interest in relation to that transaction.

 

13.3 A director of the Company who is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the Company may:

 

  (a) vote on a matter relating to the transaction;

 

  (b) attend a meeting of directors at which a matter relating to the transaction arises and be included among the directors present at the meeting for the purposes of a quorum; and

 

  (c) sign a document on behalf of the Company, or do any other thing in his capacity as a director, that relates to the transaction,

and, subject to compliance with the Act shall not, by reason of his office be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from such transaction and no such transaction shall be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such interest or benefit.

 

18


14. INDEMNIFICATION

 

14.1 Subject to the limitations hereinafter provided the Company shall indemnify against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings any person who:

 

  (a) is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director of the Company; or

 

  (b) is or was, at the request of the Company, serving as a director of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another body corporate or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

14.2 The indemnity in Sub-Regulation 14.1 only applies if the person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the person had no reasonable cause to believe that their conduct was unlawful.

 

14.3 For the purposes of Sub-Regulation 14.2, a director acts in the best interests of the Company if he acts in the best interests of

 

  (a) the Company’s holding company; or

 

  (b) a Shareholder or Shareholders of the Company;

in either case, in the circumstances specified in Sub-Regulation 9.3 or the Act, as the case may be.

 

14.4 The decision of the directors as to whether the person acted honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company and as to whether the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful is, in the absence of fraud, sufficient for the purposes of the Articles, unless a question of law is involved.

 

14.5 The termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entering of a nolle prosequi does not, by itself, create a presumption that the person did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

14.6 Expenses, including legal fees, incurred by a director in defending any legal, administrative or investigative proceedings may be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such proceedings upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the director is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company in accordance with Sub-Regulation 14.1.

 

14.7 Expenses, including legal fees, incurred by a former director in defending any legal, administrative or investigative proceedings may be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such proceedings upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the former director to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the former director is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company in accordance with Sub-Regulation 14.1 and upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate.

 

14.8 The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section is not exclusive of any other rights to which the person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, Resolution of Shareholders, resolution of disinterested directors or

 

19


  otherwise, both as to acting in the person’s official capacity and as to acting in another capacity while serving as a director of the Company.

 

14.9 If a person referred to in Sub-Regulation 14.1 has been successful in defence of any proceedings referred to in Sub-Regulation 14.1, the person is entitled to be indemnified against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the proceedings.

 

14.10 The Company may purchase and maintain insurance in relation to any person who is or was a director, officer or liquidator of the Company, or who at the request of the Company is or was serving as a director, officer or liquidator of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another body corporate or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person and incurred by the person in that capacity, whether or not the Company has or would have had the power to indemnify the person against the liability as provided in the Articles.

 

15. RECORDS

 

15.1 The Company shall keep the following documents at the office of its registered agent:

 

  (a) the Memorandum and the Articles;

 

  (b) the register of members, or a copy of the register of members;

 

  (c) the register of directors, or a copy of the register of directors; and

 

  (d) copies of all notices and other documents filed by the Company with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs in the previous 10 years.

 

15.2 Until the directors determine otherwise by Resolution of Directors the Company shall keep the original register of members and original register of directors at the office of its registered agent.

 

15.3 If the Company maintains only a copy of the register of members or a copy of the register of directors at the office of its registered agent, it shall:

 

  (a) within 15 days of any change in either register, notify the registered agent in writing of the change; and

 

  (b) provide the registered agent with a written record of the physical address of the place or places at which the original register of members or the original register of directors is kept.

 

15.4 The Company shall keep the following records at the office of its registered agent or at such other place or places, within or outside the British Virgin Islands, as the directors may determine:

 

  (a) minutes of meetings and Resolutions of Shareholders and classes of Shareholders;

 

  (b) minutes of meetings and Resolutions of Directors and committees of directors; and

 

  (c) an impression of the Seal.

 

15.5 Where any original records referred to in this Regulation are maintained other than at the office of the registered agent of the Company, and the place at which the original records is changed, the Company

 

20


  shall provide the registered agent with the physical address of the new location of the records of the Company within 14 days of the change of location.

 

15.6 The records kept by the Company under this Regulation shall be in written form or either wholly or partly as electronic records complying with the requirements of the Electronic Transactions Act, 2001 (No. 5 of 2001) as from time to time amended or re-enacted.

 

16. REGISTER OF CHARGES

The Company shall maintain at the office of its registered agent a register of charges in which there shall be entered the following particulars regarding each mortgage, charge and other encumbrance created by the Company:

 

  (a) the date of creation of the charge;

 

  (b) a short description of the liability secured by the charge;

 

  (c) a short description of the property charged;

 

  (d) the name and address of the trustee for the security or, if there is no such trustee, the name and address of the chargee;

 

  (e) unless the charge is a security to bearer, the name and address of the holder of the charge; and

 

  (f) details of any prohibition or restriction contained in the instrument creating the charge on the power of the Company to create any future charge ranking in priority to or equally with the charge.

 

17. SEAL

The Company shall have a Seal and may have more than one Seal and references herein to the Seal shall be references to every Seal which shall have been duly adopted by Resolution of Directors. The directors shall provide for the safe custody of the Seal and for an imprint thereof to be kept at the registered office. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein the Seal when affixed to any written instrument shall be witnessed and attested to by the signature of any one director or other person so authorised from time to time by Resolution of Directors. Such authorisation may be before or after the Seal is affixed, may be general or specific and may refer to any number of sealings. The directors may provide for a facsimile of the Seal and of the signature of any director or authorised person which may be reproduced by printing or other means on any instrument and it shall have the same force and validity as if the Seal had been affixed to such instrument and the same had been attested to as hereinbefore described.

 

18. DISTRIBUTIONS BY WAY OF DIVIDEND

 

18.1 The directors of the Company may, by Resolution of Directors, authorise a Distribution by way of dividend at a time and of an amount they think fit if they are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that, immediately after the Distribution, the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due.

 

18.2 Dividends may be paid in money, Shares, or other property.

 

21


18.3 Notice of any dividend that may have been declared shall be given to each Shareholder as specified in Sub-Regulation 20.1 and all dividends unclaimed for 3 years after having been declared may be forfeited by Resolution of Directors for the benefit of the Company.

 

18.4 No dividend shall bear interest as against the Company and no dividend shall be paid on Treasury Shares.

 

19. ACCOUNTS AND AUDIT

 

19.1 The Company shall keep records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and that will, at any time, enable the financial position of the Company to be determined with reasonable accuracy.

 

19.2 The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders call for the directors to prepare periodically and make available a profit and loss account and a balance sheet. The profit and loss account and balance sheet shall be drawn up so as to give respectively a true and fair view of the profit and loss of the Company for a financial period and a true and fair view of the assets and liabilities of the Company as at the end of a financial period.

 

19.3 The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders call for the accounts to be examined by auditors.

 

19.4 The first auditors shall be appointed by Resolution of Directors; subsequent auditors shall be appointed by Resolution of Shareholders or by Resolution of Directors.

 

19.5 The auditors may be Shareholders, but no director or other officer shall be eligible to be an auditor of the Company during their continuance in office.

 

19.6 The remuneration of the auditors of the Company may be fixed by Resolution of Directors.

 

19.7 The auditors shall examine each profit and loss account and balance sheet required to be laid before a meeting of the Shareholders or otherwise given to Shareholders and shall state in a written report whether or not:

 

  (a) in their opinion the profit and loss account and balance sheet give a true and fair view respectively of the profit and loss for the period covered by the accounts, and of the assets and liabilities of the Company at the end of that period; and

 

  (b) all the information and explanations required by the auditors have been obtained.

 

19.8 The report of the auditors shall be annexed to the accounts and shall be read at the meeting of Shareholders at which the accounts are laid before the Company or shall be otherwise given to the Shareholders.

 

19.9 Every auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books of account and vouchers of the Company, and shall be entitled to require from the directors and officers of the Company such information and explanations as he thinks necessary for the performance of the duties of the auditors.

 

19.10 The auditors of the Company shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend any meetings of Shareholders at which the Company’s profit and loss account and balance sheet are to be presented.

 

22


20. NOTICES

 

20.1 Any notice, information or written statement to be given by the Company to Shareholders may be given by personal service or by mail addressed to each Shareholder at the address shown in the register of members.

 

20.2 Any summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement to be served on the Company may be served by leaving it, or by sending it by registered mail addressed to the Company, at its registered office, or by leaving it with, or by sending it by registered mail to, the registered agent of the Company.

 

20.3 Service of any summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement to be served on the Company may be proved by showing that the summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement was delivered to the registered office or the registered agent of the Company or that it was mailed in such time as to admit to its being delivered to the registered office or the registered agent of the Company in the normal course of delivery within the period prescribed for service and was correctly addressed and the postage was prepaid.

 

21. VOLUNTARY LIQUIDATION

The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders or by Resolution of Directors appoint a voluntary liquidator.

 

22. CONTINUATION

The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders or by a resolution passed unanimously by all directors of the Company continue as a company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the British Virgin Islands in the manner provided under those laws.

We, OFFSHORE INCORPORATIONS LIMITED of PO Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands for the purpose of disapplying Part IV of Schedule 2 of the Act hereby sign these Articles of Association the [    ] day of [            ]:

Registered Agent

 

 

Sgd: [name of signatory]

Authorised Signatory

HARNEYS CORPORATE SERVICES LIMITED

 

23


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF AMENDED MKHL MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES

(See attached.)


BC No. 524407

TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT

(NO. 16 OF 2004)

 

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES

OF ASSOCIATION

OF

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

Incorporated the 13th day of December, 2002

under the International Business Companies Act

(CAP. 291)

Amended and Restated on the 7th day of July, 2011

 

INCORPORATED IN THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS


TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT

(NO. 16 OF 2004)

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

NAME

 

1. The Name of the Company is Michael Kors Holdings Limited.

REGISTERED OFFICE

 

2. The registered office of the Company will be located at the offices of Offshore Incorporations Limited, P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

REGISTERED AGENT

 

3. The registered agent of the Company will be Offshore Incorporations Limited of P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

GENERAL OBJECTS AND POWERS

 

4.      (i)      Subject to the following provisions of this Memorandum, the objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the Act or any other Law of the British Virgin Islands.
     (ii   Without limiting the foregoing, the powers of the Company include the power to do the following:

 

  (a) grant options over unissued shares in the Company and treasury shares;

 

  (b) issue securities that are convertible into shares;

 

  (c) give financial assistance to any person in connection with the acquisition of the Company’s own shares;


  (d) issue debt obligations of every kind and grant options, warrants and rights to acquire debt obligations;

 

  (e) guarantee a liability or obligation of any person and secure any of its obligations by mortgage, pledge or other charge, of any of its assets for that purpose; and

 

  (f) protect the assets of the Company for the benefit of the Company, its creditors and its members and, at the discretion of the directors, for any person having a direct or indirect interest in the Company.

EXCLUSIONS

 

5.    (i)    The Company may not

 

  (a) carry on business with persons resident in the British Virgin Islands;

 

  (b) own an interest in real property situate in the British Virgin Islands, other than a lease referred to in paragraph 5(ii)(e) of subclause 5(ii);

 

  (c) carry on banking or trust business, unless it is licensed to do so under the Banks and Trust Companies Act, 1990;

 

  (d) carry on business as an insurance or re-insurance company, insurance agent or insurance broker, unless it is licensed under an enactment authorising it to carry on that business;

 

  (e) carry on business of company management, unless it is licensed under the Company Management Act, 1990; or

 

  (f) carry on the business of providing the registered office or the registered agent for companies incorporated in the British Virgin Islands.

 

  (ii) For purposes of paragraph 5(i)(a) of subclause 5(i), the Company shall not be treated as carrying on business with persons resident in the British Virgin Islands if

 

  (a) it makes or maintains deposits with a person carrying on banking business within the British Virgin Islands;

 

  (b) it makes or maintains professional contact with solicitors, barristers, accountants, bookkeepers, trust companies,

 

3


  administration companies, investment advisers or other similar persons carrying on business within the British Virgin Islands;

 

  (c) it prepares or maintains books and records within the British Virgin Islands;

 

  (d) it holds, within the British Virgin Islands, meetings of its directors or members;

 

  (e) it holds a lease of property for use as an office from which to communicate with members or where books and records of the Company are prepared or maintained;

 

  (f) it holds shares, debt obligations or other securities in a company incorporated under the International Business Companies Act or under the Companies Act; or

 

  (g) shares, debt obligations or other securities in the Company are owned by any person resident in the British Virgin Islands or by any company incorporated under the International Business Companies Act or under the Companies Act.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

6. The Company is a company limited by shares. The liability of each member is limited to:

 

  (a) the amount from time to time unpaid on that member’s shares;

 

  (b) any liability expressly provided for in the Memorandum or the Articles; and

 

  (c) any liability to repay a distribution pursuant to section 58(1) of the Act.

CURRENCY

 

7. Shares in the Company shall be issued in the currency of the United States of America.

AUTHORISED CAPITAL

 

8. The Company shall have no authorised capital.

 

4


CLASSES, NUMBER AND PAR VALUE OF SHARES

 

9. The Company is authorised to issue a maximum of 160,856,853 shares comprised of the following two classes of shares of one series each as follows:

 

  (a) 10,856,853 preference shares of no par value each (the “ Preference Shares ”); and

 

  (b) 150,000,000 ordinary shares of no par value each (the “ Ordinary Shares ”).

DESIGNATIONS, POWERS, PREFERENCES, ETC. OF PREFERENCE SHARES

 

10. Ranking. The Preference Shares shall, with respect to dividend rights, rights on other distributions and rights upon liquidation, winding up or dissolution, rank (a) senior to the Ordinary Shares and any other class or series of ordinary, preference or other shares or Equity Securities of the Company now or hereafter authorized (such Equity Securities, “ Junior Securities ”) and (b) junior to any indebtedness now or hereafter incurred by the Company.

 

11. Dividends .

 

  (a) Subject to clause 11(c) below, if the Company declares and pays any dividends on the Ordinary Shares, then, in that event, holders of Preference Shares shall be entitled to share in such dividends on a pro rata basis, as if their Preference Shares had been converted into Ordinary Shares pursuant to clause 13 below immediately prior to the record date for determining the holders of Ordinary Shares eligible to receive such dividends.

 

  (b)

If the Company does not consummate a Qualified IPO within 18 months after the Closing (“ IPO Dividend Date ”), the Board of Directors shall (subject to the Company’s compliance with the provisions of the Act and the Articles) declare and the holders of Preference Shares shall receive, in addition to the dividends described in clause 11 (a), dividends at an annual rate equal to 10% of the Accreted Value, calculated on the basis of a 360-day year, consisting of twelve 30-day months, which shall accrue on a daily basis from the IPO Dividend Date, whether or not declared by the Board of Directors, and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (unless any such day is not a Business Day, in which event such dividends shall be payable on the next succeeding Business Day, without accrual to the actual payment date) (each such date, a “ Dividend Payment Date ”). Unless otherwise specified in a resolution of directors, accrued and unpaid dividends shall compound and be added to the Accreted Value in effect immediately prior to each Dividend Payment Date; provided , that, in lieu

 

5


  thereof, such accrued and unpaid dividends may (i) be paid to the holders of Preference Shares in cash or (ii) be paid in cash or compound and be added to the Accreted Value in any combination thereof, in each case as specified in a resolution of directors.

 

  (c) The Company shall not declare or pay any dividends on, or make any other distributions with respect to or redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration, any Junior Securities unless and until (i) all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Preference Shares have been paid in full and (ii) prior to the IPO Dividend Date, the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Preference Shares, voting as a separate class, shall have been received; provided , however , that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to any:

 

  (i) redemption, purchase or other acquisition of Junior Securities in connection with any put or call post-termination rights in any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

  (ii) exchange, redemption, reclassification or conversion of any class or series of Junior Securities for any class or series of Junior Securities; or

 

  (iii) purchase of fractional interests in any Junior Securities under the conversion or exchange provisions of such Junior Securities or the security being converted or exchanged, or in connection with any combination or reclassification of Junior Securities.

 

12. Liquidation Event and Company Sale .

 

  (a)

Liquidation . Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company (each, a “ Liquidation Event ”), after satisfaction of all liabilities and obligations to creditors of the Company and before any distribution or payment shall be made to holders of any Junior Securities, each holder of Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Company or proceeds thereof (whether capital or surplus) legally available therefor, an amount per Preference Share in cash equal to the greater of (i) the sum of (x) the Accreted Value, plus (y) any unpaid dividends on such Preference Share that have accrued since the last Dividend Payment Date through the date of such Liquidation Event or (ii) the aggregate amount payable in such Liquidation Event with respect to the number of Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Share is convertible immediately prior to such Liquidation Event (assuming the conversion of all such Preference Shares in accordance with clause 13) (the greater of subclause (i) or subclause (ii), the “ Liquidation Preference ”). Holders of Preference Shares shall not be entitled to any

 

6


  other amounts from the Company after they have received the full amounts provided for in this clause 12(a) and will have no right or claim to any of the Company’s remaining assets. If the assets of the Company or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay in full the Liquidation Preference payable on the Preference Shares, then such assets, or the proceeds thereof, shall be paid pro rata in accordance with the full respective amounts which would be payable on the Preference Shares if all amounts payable thereon were paid in full.

 

  (b) Company Sale . No Company Sale shall be consummated unless, prior to any distribution or payment being made to holders of any Junior Securities, each holder of Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive an amount per Preference Share equal to the greater of (i) the sum of (x) the Accreted Value of such Preference Share plus (y) any unpaid dividends on such Preference Share that have accrued since the last Dividend Payment Date through the date of such Company Sale or (ii) the aggregate amount of consideration payable in such Company Sale with respect to the number of Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Share is convertible immediately prior to such Company Sale (assuming the conversion of all such Preference Shares in accordance with clause 13) (the greater of subclause (i) or subclause (ii), the “ Sale Payment ”). The Sale Payment shall be paid in the same form of consideration and proportion (i.e., in cash and/or other consideration) paid in such Company Sale on the closing date of such Company Sale; provided , however , if such Company Sale is entered into prior to the three year anniversary of the Closing, then the consideration payable to each holder of Preference Shares shall be payable either (i) solely in cash or Liquid Securities, or (ii) solely to the extent holders of Ordinary Shares are receiving securities, other than Liquid Securities in such Company Sale, then each holder of Preference Shares shall have the option of receiving non-Liquid Securities of either the same class received by holders of Ordinary Shares or in the form of Acceptable Securities. The value of any non-cash consideration to be delivered to the holders of Preference Shares in a Company Sale shall be the fair market value of such non-cash consideration (as determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the Board of Directors). Upon receipt of the full amounts provided for in this clause 12(b), the Preference Shares shall be automatically cancelled and the holders of Preference Shares shall not be entitled to any other amounts. If the assets of the Company or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay in full the aggregate Sale Payment payable on the Preference Shares, then such assets, or the proceeds thereof, shall be paid pro rata in accordance with the full respective amounts which would be payable on the Preference Shares if all amounts payable thereon were paid in full.

 

  (c)

Notice . Written notice of a Liquidation Event or a Company Sale stating a payment or payments and the place where such payment or payments shall

 

7


  be payable shall be mailed not less than ten (10) days prior to the earliest payment date stated therein to each holder of Preference Shares at such holder’s address as it appears on the transfer books of the Company.

 

13. Conversion .

 

  (a)

Optional Conversion . Each holder of Preference Shares shall have the right, at its option, at any time and from time to time, to convert, subject to the terms and provisions of this clause 13, any or all of such holder’s Preference Shares into such number of fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Shares as is equal to the product of (i) the number of Preference Shares being so converted, multiplied by (ii) the quotient of (x) the Accreted Value, divided by (y) the Preference Share Issue Amount, subject to adjustment as provided in clause 13(f) below (such price in subclause (y), the “ Conversion Price ” and such quotient in subclause (ii), the “ Conversion Ratio ”). At the option of the Company, any accrued and unpaid dividends as of the date of conversion in respect of the Preference Shares being converted shall (i) be added to the Accreted Value, (ii) be paid in cash to the holder of such Preference Shares or (iii) be paid in cash or added to the Accreted Value in any combination thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of calculating the Conversion Ratio, the Accreted Value of the Preference Shares that are being converted shall include the amount of any dividends which have been accreted, compounded and added to the Preference Share Issue Amount pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of “Accreted Value” through the last Dividend Payment Date. Such conversion right shall be exercised by the surrender of certificate(s) evidencing the Preference Shares to be converted to the Company at any time during usual business hours at its principal place of business (or such other office or agency of the Company as the Company may designate by notice in writing to the holders of Preference Shares), accompanied by written notice that the holder elects to convert such Preference Shares and specifying the name or names (with address) in which a certificate or certificates for Ordinary Shares are to be issued and (if so required by the Company) by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company duly executed by the holder or its duly authorized legal representative and transfer tax stamps or funds therefor, if required pursuant to clause 13(1) below. All certificates evidencing Preference Shares surrendered for conversion shall be delivered to the Company for cancellation and cancelled by it. As promptly as practicable after the surrender of any Preference Shares, the Company shall (subject to compliance with the applicable provisions of federal and state securities Laws) deliver to the holder of such Preference Shares so surrendered, certificate(s) evidencing the number of fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares are entitled to be converted. Upon registration in the register of members of the Company (which shall be subject to surrender of such share

 

8


  certificates) to reflect the conversion, the person in whose name any certificate(s) for Ordinary Shares shall be issuable upon such conversion shall be the holder of record of such Ordinary Shares on such date, notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing such Ordinary Shares shall not then be actually delivered to such person.

 

  (b) Automatic Conversion .

 

  (i) Upon the earlier of (x) immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO and (y) the receipt of the approval of the holders of 66 2/3% of the then outstanding Preference Shares (each an (“Automatic Conversion Date”), all of the Preference Shares shall be automatically converted into the number of fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Shares equal to the product of (1) the number of Preference Shares being converted, multiplied by (2) the Conversion Ratio calculated as of the date of such automatic conversion and the register of members of the Company shall be updated to reflect the conversion. At the option of the Company, any accrued and unpaid dividends as of the Automatic Conversion Date in respect to the Preference Shares being converted shall (i) be added to the Accreted Value, (ii) be paid in cash to the holder of such Preference Shares or (iii) be paid in cash or added to the Accreted Value in any combination thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of calculating the Conversion Ratio in connection with any automatic conversion, the Accreted Value of the Preference Shares that are being converted shall include the amount of any dividends which have been accreted, compounded and added to the Preference Share Issue Amount pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of “Accreted Value” through the last Dividend Payment Date.

 

  (ii)

Immediately upon conversion as provided in clause 13(b)(i), each holder of Preference Shares shall be registered in the Company’s register of members as the holder of record of the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of such holder’s Preference Shares, notwithstanding that certificates evidencing the Ordinary Shares shall not then actually be delivered to such person. Upon written notice and instructions from the Company, each holder of Preference Shares so converted shall promptly surrender to the Company at its principal place of business (or at such other office or agency of the Company as the Company may designate by such notice to the holders of Preference Shares) certificates representing the Preference Shares so converted. As promptly as practicable after such conversion, the Company shall deliver to the holder of such Preference Shares so surrendered, certificate(s) evidencing

 

9


  the number of fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares are entitled to be converted.

 

  (c) Conversion mechanics .

 

  (i) All conversions of Preference Shares to Ordinary Shares pursuant to this clause 13 shall be effected by the Company by way of repurchase by the Company of the Preference Shares in consideration for the simultaneous issue of Ordinary Shares, credited as fully paid.

 

  (ii) Any conversion of Preference Shares to Ordinary Shares pursuant to this clause 13 shall be deemed to be effected (a) in the event of a voluntary conversion pursuant to clause 13(a), at the time that the registrar of the Company registers the conversion in the Company’s register of members following written notice of the conversion having been provided to the registrar of the Company and (b) in the event of an automatic conversion of all of Preference pursuant to clause 13(b), at the time that the registrar of the Company registers the conversion in the Company’s register of members which time shall be the Automatic Conversion Date.

 

  (d) Termination of Rights . On the date of an optional conversion pursuant to clause 13(a) or of an automatic conversion pursuant to clause 13(b)(i), all rights with respect to the Preference Shares so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote, shall terminate, except only the rights of holders thereof to (i) receive certificates for the number of Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares have been converted, and (ii) exercise the rights to which they are entitled as holders of Ordinary Shares. No holder of Preference Shares whose Preference Shares have been converted pursuant to clause 13(a) or clause 13(b)(i) shall be entitled to any further accrual of dividends in respect of such converted Preference Shares.

 

  (e) No Fractional Shares . No fractional shares or securities representing fractional Ordinary Shares shall be issued upon conversion of the Preference Shares. Any fractional interest in Ordinary Shares resulting from conversion of the Preference Shares shall be paid in cash (computed to the nearest cent) equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value per Ordinary Share as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. If more than one certificate evidencing Preference Shares is surrendered for conversion at one time by the same holder, the number of full Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of the Preference Shares so surrendered for conversion.

 

10


  (f) Antidilution Adjustments . The Conversion Price and the Conversion Ratio shall be subject to adjustment as follows:

 

  (i) Division or Combination of Ordinary Shares . In the event that the Company shall at any time or from time to time, prior to conversion of Preference Shares effect a division or combination of shares in respect of the outstanding Ordinary Shares, then, and in each such case, the Conversion Price and/or the Conversion Ratio in effect immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted (and any other appropriate actions shall be taken by the Company) so that the holder of any Preference Share thereafter surrendered for conversion shall be entitled to receive the number of Ordinary Shares that such holder would have owned or would have been entitled to receive upon or by reason of any of the events described above, had such Preference Share been converted immediately prior to the occurrence of such event. An adjustment made pursuant to this clause 13(f)(i) shall become effective retroactively to the close of business on the day upon which such corporate action becomes effective. No adjustments shall be made under this Section 13(f) in respect of any dividends (or any other distribution) paid in accordance with clause 11.

 

  (ii) Certain Dilutive Issuances of Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents .

 

  (w)

If the Company shall at any time or from time to time prior to conversion of Preference Shares, issue or sell any Ordinary Shares or any security or obligation which is by its terms, directly or indirectly, convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into or for Ordinary Shares and any option, warrant or other subscription or purchase right with respect to Ordinary Shares or such security or obligation (“ Ordinary Share Equivalents ”) at a price per Ordinary Share (the “ New Issue Price ”) that is less than the Conversion Price as of the record date or Issue Date (as defined below), as the case may be (the “ Relevant Date ”) (treating the New Issue Price, in the case of the issuance of any Ordinary Share Equivalent, as equal to (A) the sum of the price for such Ordinary Share Equivalent plus any additional consideration payable (without regard to any anti-dilution adjustments) upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Ordinary Share Equivalent, divided by (B) the number of Ordinary Shares initially underlying such Ordinary Share Equivalent) (other than (1) issuances or sales of Ordinary Shares for which an adjustment is made in connection with a division or combination or

 

11


  reclassification of Ordinary Shares pursuant to clause 13(f)(i) and (2) issuances in connection with an Excluded Transaction), then , and in each such case, the Conversion Price then in effect shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect on the day immediately prior to the Relevant Date by a fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the sum of (1) the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion, exchange and exercise of all Ordinary Share Equivalents) on the Relevant Date, plus (2) the number of Ordinary Shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Company for the total number of such additional Ordinary Shares so issued would purchase at the Conversion Price on the Relevant Date (or, in the case of Ordinary Share Equivalents, the number of Ordinary Shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Company upon the issuance of such Ordinary Share Equivalents and receivable by the Company upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Ordinary Share Equivalents would purchase at the Conversion Price on the Relevant Date) and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the sum of the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion, exchange and exercise of all Ordinary Share Equivalents) on the Relevant Date, plus the number of additional Ordinary Shares issued or to be issued (or, in the case of Ordinary Share Equivalents, the maximum number of Ordinary Shares into which such Ordinary Share Equivalents initially may convert, exchange or be exercised).

 

  (x) Such adjustment shall be made whenever such Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents are issued, and shall become effective retroactively (A) in the case of an issuance to the members, as such, to a date immediately following the close of business on the record date for the determination of members entitled to receive such Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents and (B) in all other cases, on the date of such issuance (the “Issue Date”); provided , however , that the determination as to whether an adjustment is required to be made pursuant to this clause 13(f)(ii) shall only be made upon the issuance of such Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents, and not upon the issuance of any security into which the Ordinary Share Equivalents convert, exchange or may be exercised.

 

12


  (y) In case at any time any Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents shall be issued or sold for cash, the consideration received therefor shall be deemed to be the amount received by the Company therefor, without deduction therefrom of any expenses incurred or any underwriting commissions or concessions or discounts paid or allowed by the Company in connection therewith. In case any Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents shall be issued or sold for a consideration other than cash, the amount of the consideration other than cash received by the Company shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such consideration, without deduction therefrom of any expenses incurred or any placement agent fees, any underwriting commissions or concessions or discounts paid or allowed by the Company in connection therewith, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

  (z) If any Ordinary Share Equivalents (or any portions thereof) which shall have given rise to an adjustment pursuant to this clause 13(f)(ii) shall have expired or terminated without the exercise thereof and/or if by reason of the terms of such Ordinary Share Equivalents there shall have been an increase or increases, with the passage of time or otherwise, in the price payable upon the exercise or conversion thereof, then the Conversion Price hereunder shall be readjusted (but to no greater extent than originally adjusted) in order to (A) eliminate from the computation any additional Ordinary Shares corresponding to such Ordinary Share Equivalents as shall have expired or terminated, (B) treat the additional Ordinary Shares, if any, actually issued or issuable pursuant to the previous exercise of such Ordinary Share Equivalents as having been issued for the consideration actually received and receivable therefor and (C) treat any of such Ordinary Share Equivalents which remain outstanding as being subject to exercise or conversion on the basis of such exercise or conversion price as shall be in effect at the time.

 

  (iii)

Other Changes . In case the Company at any time or from time to time, prior to the conversion of Preference Shares, shall take any action affecting the Ordinary Shares similar to or having an effect similar to any of the actions described in any of clauses 13(f)(i) or (ii) above or clause 13(i) below (but not including any action described in any such clause) and the Board of Directors in good faith determines that it would be equitable in the circumstances to adjust the Conversion Price or the Conversion Ratio as a result of

 

13


  such action, then, and in each such case, the Conversion Price or the Conversion Ratio (as applicable) shall be adjusted in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors in good faith determines would be equitable in the circumstances (such determination to be evidenced in a resolution, a certified copy of which shall be mailed to the holders of Preference Shares).

 

  (iv) No Adjustment . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no adjustment under this clause 13(f) need be made to the Conversion Price or the Conversion Ratio if the Company receives written notice from holders of a majority of the then outstanding Preference Shares that no such adjustment is required.

 

  (g) Abandonment . If the Company shall take a record of the holders of Ordinary Shares for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or other distribution, and shall thereafter and before the distribution to such holders legally abandon its plan to pay or deliver such dividend or distribution, then no adjustment in the Conversion Price or the Conversion Ratio shall be required by reason of the taking of such record.

 

  (h) Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon any adjustment in the Conversion Price or the Conversion Ratio, the Company shall within a reasonable period (not to exceed twenty (20) Business Days) following any of the foregoing transactions deliver to each holder of Preference Shares a certificate, signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, setting forth in reasonable detail the event requiring the adjustment and the method by which such adjustment was calculated and specifying the increased or decreased Conversion Price or Conversion Ratio then in effect following such adjustment.

 

  (i)

Reorganization; Reclassification . In case of any merger or consolidation of the Company (other than a Company Sale) or any capital reorganization, reclassification or other change of outstanding Ordinary Shares (other than (i) a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value or (ii) a transaction for which an adjustment is made in connection with clause 13(f)(i) or clause 13(f)(ii)) in each case as a result of which the Ordinary Shares would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, other property or assets (each, a “ Transaction ”), then, at the effective time of the Transaction, the right to convert each Preference Share shall be changed into a right to convert such Preference Share into the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities or other property or assets that a holder of Preference Shares would have received in respect of the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of such Preference Shares immediately prior to such Transaction. In the event that holders of Ordinary Shares have the opportunity to elect the form of consideration to be received in the

 

14


  Transaction, the Company shall make adequate provision whereby the holders of Preference Shares shall have a reasonable opportunity to determine the form of consideration into which all of the Preference Shares, treated as a single class, shall be convertible from and after the effective date of the Transaction.

 

  (j) Notices . In the event (i) that the Company authorizes the granting to the holders of Ordinary Shares rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of Equity Securities of any class or of any other rights or warrants, (ii) of any Transaction, or (iii) of a Qualified IPO or a Company Sale, then the Company shall mail to each holder of Preference Shares at such holder’s address as it appears on the transfer books of the Company, as promptly as possible but in any event at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the applicable date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (A) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or granting of rights or warrants or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of Ordinary Shares of record to be entitled to such dividend, distribution or granting of rights or warrants are to be determined, or (B) the date on which such Transaction, Qualified IPO or Company Sale is expected to become effective and, if applicable, the date as of which it is expected that holders of Ordinary Shares of record shall be entitled to exchange their Ordinary Shares for shares of stock or other securities or property or cash deliverable upon such Transaction, Qualified IPO or Company Sale.

 

  (k) Reservation of Ordinary Shares . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available for issuance upon the conversion of Preference Shares, such number of its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares as will from time to time be sufficient to permit the conversion of all outstanding Preference Shares, and shall take all action to increase the authorized number of Ordinary Shares if at any time there shall be insufficient authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares to permit such reservation or to permit the conversion of all outstanding Preference Shares; provided , that the holders of Preference Shares vote such Preference Shares in favor of any such action that requires a vote of members.

 

  (1)

No Conversion Tax or Charge . The issuance or delivery of certificates for Ordinary Shares upon the conversion of Preference Shares shall be made without charge to the converting holder of Preference Shares for such certificates or for any tax in respect of the issuance or delivery of such certificates or the securities evidenced thereby, and such certificates shall be issued or delivered in the respective names of, or (subject to compliance with the applicable provisions of applicable securities Laws) in such names as may be directed by, the holders of the Preference Shares converted; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in

 

15


  the issuance and delivery of any such certificate in a name other than that of the holder of the Preference Shares converted, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver such certificate unless or until the person or persons requesting the issuance or delivery thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid.

 

14. Redemption . Subject to this Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association, the Preference Shares shall, only with the consent of the holder thereof, be subject to redemption, purchase or acquisition by the Company for fair value.

 

15. Voting Rights . In addition to the voting rights to which the holders of Preference Shares are entitled under or granted by Law, each holder of Preference Shares shall be entitled to notice of any members’ meeting in accordance with this Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association and shall be entitled to vote, on all matters with respect to which the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares may be voted, the number of votes equal to the number of Ordinary Shares into which such holder’s Preference Shares could be converted on the record date for determination of the holders of Ordinary Shares entitled to vote on such matters, or, if no such record date is established, on the date such vote is taken or any written consent of holders of Ordinary Shares is solicited, such votes to be counted together with all other shares of the Company having general voting power and not counted separately as a class.

 

16. Springing Board Seat . If a Qualified IPO is not consummated on or prior to March 31, 2012, the holders of Preference Shares, as a class, shall have the right to designate, by approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares held by such holders of Preference Shares (assuming all Preference Shares are converted into Ordinary Shares), one member of the Board of Directors (or similar body, including any committee that acts on behalf of the Board pursuant to an express delegation of the Board of Director’s powers) until immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO; provided that if the holders of Preference Shares, as a class, are unable to attain the approval of a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares held by the holders of Preference Shares (assuming all Preference Shares are converted into Ordinary Shares) to designate such member to the Board of Directors (or similar body, including any executive committee that acts on behalf of the Board of Directors pursuant to an express or implied delegation of the Board of Directors’ powers), then within 14 days of March 31, 2012, the holder of the largest number of Preference Shares shall have the right in its sole discretion to designate such member to the Board of Directors on behalf of the holders of Preference Shares.

 

16


DESIGNATIONS, POWERS, PREFERENCES, ETC. OF ORDINARY SHARES

 

17. Dividends . Subject to this Memorandum of Association, the articles of association annexed hereto (the “ Articles of Association ”), including clauses 10 and 11 herein, and the prior rights of holders of classes of Equity Securities of the Company having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Company legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

18. Liquidation . Subject to this Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association, including clause 12(a) herein, and the prior rights of holders of classes of Equity Securities of the Company having prior rights as to a Liquidation Event, upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event each holder of Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to receive a distribution in respect of its Ordinary Shares from the remaining assets of the Company or the proceeds of such Liquidation Event (whether capital or surplus) legally available for distribution, in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of such assets or proceeds available for distribution to all holders of Ordinary Shares, multiplied by the quotient of (i) the number of Ordinary Shares held by such holder as of such time, divided by (ii) the total number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of such time.

 

19. Redemption . Subject to this Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association, Ordinary Shares shall, only with the consent of the holder thereof, be subject to redemption, purchase or acquisition by the Company for fair value.

 

20. Voting Rights .

 

  (a) Each holder of Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to notice of any members’ meeting and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as provided in this Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association.

 

  (b) Subject to clause 16 above, the holders of Ordinary Shares shall at all other times vote together as one class with the holders of Preference Shares on all matters submitted to a vote or for the written consent of the members. Members holding Ordinary Shares that were not previously converted from Preference Shares to such Ordinary Shares in accordance with the conversion rights of this Memorandum shall not have a right to vote in relation to the matters referred to in clause 16 above.

 

  (c) Each holder of Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each Ordinary Share held as of the applicable date on any matter that is submitted to a vote or for the written consent of the members.

 

17


  (e) Equal Status . Ordinary Shares shall have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects to all matters.

REGISTERED SHARES

 

21. Shares may be issued as registered shares only.

 

22. Registered shares shall not be exchanged for bearer shares.

 

23. The issue of shares is subject to the Preemptive Rights Restrictions (as set out in the Schedule to this Memorandum entitled “Preemptive Rights”, and which forms part of this Memorandum).

TRANSFER OF REGISTERED SHARES

 

24. Registered shares in the Company may be transferred subject to the Share Transfer Restrictions and the provisions relating to the transfer of shares set forth in the Articles of Association.

AMENDMENT OF MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

25. Subject to the Consent Rights Matters of the Articles of Association, the Company may amend its Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association by a resolution of members or by a resolution of directors.

DEFINITIONS

 

26. Words used in this Memorandum of Association and not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Articles of Association.

[remainder of page left intentionally blank]

 

18


We, Offshore Incorporations Limited, of P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands for the purpose of incorporating an International Business Company under the laws of the British Virgin Islands hereby subscribe our name to this Memorandum of Association the 1 st day of July, 2002.

 

   SUBSCRIBER    Offshore Incorporations Limited
     

(Sd.) E.T. POWELL

Authorised Signatory

     
   in the presence of: WITNESS   
     

(Sd.) Fandy Tsoi

9/F Ruttonjee House

11 Duddell Street, Central

Hong Kong

Production Supervisor


SCHEDULE

Article I

Preemptive Rights

 

1. Preemptive Rights

 

  (a) If the Company or any of its subsidiaries proposes to issue, offer, sell or otherwise Transfer to any person (i) Equity Securities in the Company or such subsidiary, or (ii) any rights to subscribe for or purchase pursuant to any option or otherwise any Equity Securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, in each case except as provided in Section 2 (each, a “ New Issuance ”), or enter into any contracts relating to a New Issuance, the Company shall provide written notice to each member of such proposed New Issuance at least fifteen (15) Business Days in advance of the anticipated issuance date (the “ New Issuance Notice ”), which shall set forth the identity of the proposed purchaser, the number of Equity Securities proposed to be offered (the “ Offered Securities ”), the cash purchase price per security (the “ Offering Price ”), the anticipated issuance date and the other material terms and conditions of such New Issuance. Each member shall have the right to purchase for cash up to its Pro Rata Share of the Offered Securities (which, in the case of a New Issuance by a subsidiary of the Company shall be determined on a look-through basis, based on its indirect percentage of the outstanding common shares of such subsidiary), at the price per security and otherwise on the same terms and conditions as such New Issuance.

 

  (b) A member may elect to exercise its preemptive rights with respect to such New Issuance by delivering an irrevocable written notice (a “ Section 1 Notice ”) to the Company within ten (10) Business Days after the date the New Issuance Notice is delivered, setting forth the maximum percentage of the Offered Securities that such member desires to hold following the consummation of the New Issuance. If a member does not deliver a Section 1 Notice in accordance with this Section 1, then such member shall be deemed to have elected not to exercise its preemptive rights with respect to such New Issuance. For purposes of this Article I, an exercising member may allocate its portion of the Offered Securities among one or more of its Affiliates at the discretion of such exercising member.

 

  (c)

At least three (3) Business Days prior to the consummation of any New Issuance, the Company shall provide written notice to each electing member, which shall set forth the actual issuance date (determined in accordance with the following sentence) and such electing member’s Pro Rata Share or such lesser percentage set forth in such member’s Section 1 Notice. For purposes of clarity, if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries consummates such New Issuance and the total number of Offered


  Securities to be sold is less than the number set forth in the New Issuance Notice, then each electing member shall purchase such electing member’s Pro Rata Share or such lesser percentage set forth in such member’s Section 1 Notice based on such reduced number of Offered Securities. Any New Issuance shall be consummated on the later of (a) the proposed issuance date for such New Issuance set forth in the New Issuance Notice and (b)the fifth (5th) Business Day following the date on which all regulatory and governmental licenses, registrations, approvals and consents required for the New Issuance are received and all applicable waiting periods have expired or been waived or terminated ( provided , however , that the Company and the electing members shall each use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such licenses, registrations, approvals or consents). If any of the members fails to exercise its preemptive rights under this Section 1 or elects to exercise such rights with respect to less than such member’s full Pro Rata Share (the difference between such member’s Pro Rata Share and the number of Offered Securities for which such member exercised its preemptive rights under this Section 1, the “ Excess Shares ”), any participating member electing to exercise its rights with respect to its full Pro Rata Share (a “ Fully Participating Member ”) shall be entitled to purchase from the Company an additional number of Offered Securities up to the aggregate number of Excess Shares, provided that such Fully Participating Member shall only be entitled to purchase up to that number of Excess Shares equal to the lesser of (i) the number of Excess Shares it has elected to purchase and (ii) the number of Excess Shares equal to the product of (A) the number of Excess Shares and (B) the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by such Fully Participating Member by (2) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by all Fully Participating Members exercising their rights pursuant to this sentence (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares held by the Fully Participating Members into Ordinary Shares in each of clauses (1) and (2) above).

 

  (d)

If the members do not elect to purchase all of the Offered Securities in accordance with this Section 1, then the Company may, within 90 days from the date of delivery of the New Issuance Notice, offer, sell or otherwise Transfer any remaining portion of the Offered Securities to any Person or Persons at a price or prices equal to or greater than the Offering Price and on other terms and conditions not more favorable in the aggregate to the other purchasers than those set forth in the New Issuance Notice. If more than 90 days elapse from the date of delivery of the New Issuance Notice without the consummation of such Transfer of the remaining portion of the Offered Securities, the Company’s right to consummate such Transfer shall expire and the Company shall be required to comply with the procedures set forth in this Section 1 prior to offering, selling or otherwise transferring to any Person the Offered Securities. The election by a member not to exercise its preemptive rights under this

 

21


  Section 1 in any one instance shall not affect its right (other than in respect of a reduction in its Pro Rata Share) as to any future New Issuances under this Section 1.

 

  (e) Any New Issuance without first giving the members the rights described in this Section 1 shall be void ab initio and of no force and effect. The preemptive rights of a member hereunder may not be transferred, sold, assigned or otherwise disposed of, except to a Permitted Transferee of such member, and any purported disposition in violation hereof shall be void and of no force or effect.

 

  (f) There shall be no liability on the part of the Company, the Board of Directors or any member if a New Issuance is not consummated for whatever reason. For the avoidance of doubt, the determination of whether to effect a New Issuance shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

  (g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the preemptive rights of the members under this Section 1 shall be deemed satisfied with respect to any issuance of Offered Securities if within thirty (30) days following the sale of any Offered Securities by the Company to one or more Persons who are not, in each case, a holder of at least 3% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) or an Affiliate of such holder (each, an “ Initial Purchaser ”), the Company offers to sell to each member on the same terms (including the price per share) as the Initial Purchasers purchased such Offered Securities the number of Offered Securities which each member (other than any Initial Purchasers) would have been entitled to purchase with respect to such issuance of Offered Securities pursuant to Section 1(a).

 

2. Exempt Issuances

The provisions of Section 1 shall not apply to issuances of securities:

 

  (a) in connection with the Restructuring;

 

  (b) pursuant to the Subscription Agreement in connection with the Offering or any offering of Preference Shares pursuant to Section 5(j) of the Subscription Agreement;

 

  (c) pursuant to the exercise of any member’s preemptive rights under Section 1;

 

  (d) to officers, employees or directors of, or individuals who are consultants to, the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to any compensation arrangement adopted from time to time, profit sharing, option or other equity incentive plans (including any employee share ownership plan)

 

22


  approved by the Board of Directors and Equity Securities issued upon exercise of such options or rights or otherwise issued pursuant to such plans, provided that such issuance shall not exceed (i) the number of shares for which options may be granted under the Amended and Restated Michael Kors (USA), Inc. Stock Option Plan plus (ii) 2,500,000 shares (in each case, as appropriately adjusted from time to time for any share split, reclassification, subdivision or recapitalization or any share dividend, or any corporate restructuring or reorganization), in the aggregate;

 

  (e) to third-party service providers or other third-party business partners who are not Affiliates of the Company or any member holding at least 3% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares), in each case, for bona fide commercial purposes and on an arm’s length basis, provided that such issuance shall not exceed 2,500,000 shares (in each case, as appropriately adjusted from time to time for any share split, reclassification, subdivision or recapitalization or any share dividend, or corporate restructuring or reorganization) in the aggregate;

 

  (f) as consideration for the acquisition of another person who is not an Affiliate of the Company or any member holding at least 3% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares), by the Company by consolidation, merger, purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or other reorganization in which the Company acquires one or more divisions or lines of business or all or substantially all of the assets of such other person or 50% or more of the voting power or equity ownership of such other person;

 

  (g) (i) pursuant to a Public Offering or (ii) in connection with any debt financing by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with a person who is not an Affiliate of the Company or any member holding at least 3% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares);

 

  (h) in connection with the conversion, exchange or exercise of any Equity Securities (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the conversion of Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) in accordance with their applicable terms (it being understood that nothing in this clause (h) shall affect the applicability of this Article I to the issuance of any such Equity Securities);

 

  (i) in connection with any share split, reclassification, subdivision or recapitalization or any share dividend, or any corporate restructuring or reorganization, in each case approved by the Board of Directors, and whereby such securities are distributable on a pro rata basis to all members; or

 

23


  (j) by a subsidiary of the Company to the Company or a wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company;

provided , that in no event shall the total number of shares issued pursuant to clause (d)(ii), (e), (f) and (g) above exceed 5,000,000 shares (as appropriately adjusted from time to time for any share split, reclassification, subdivision or recapitalization or any share dividend, or any corporate restructuring or reorganization), in the aggregate).

 

24


Article II

Transfer

 

1. General Restrictions . Except as otherwise permitted in this Article II, prior to the earlier of (a) the consummation of an IPO, (b) the consummation of a Company Sale, (c) a liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company and (d) the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing, no member shall Transfer all or any portion of its shares, or rights with respect to its shares; it being understood that any such Transfer not in accordance with this Section 1 or the remainder of this Article II will be deemed to constitute a Transfer by such member in violation of this Article II, shall be void ab initio and the Company shall not recognize any such Transfer. This Article II shall not apply to any shares sold pursuant to the Subscription Agreement in connection with the Offering.

 

2. Permitted Transfers . Subject to Section 3, the provisions of Section 1 shall not apply to the following Transfers of shares by a member (each of which shall be deemed to constitute a “ Permitted Transfer ,” and each Transferee of a Permitted Transfer of shares under clause (a) through (g) are referred to herein as a “ Permitted Transferee ”):

 

  (a) any Transfer of shares by a member to an Affiliate of such member ( provided , that such Affiliate remains an Affiliate of the transferring member immediately after such Transfer and such transferring member remains, jointly and severally with the Affiliate Transferee, responsible for any and all obligations and liabilities under this Article II);

 

  (b) in the case of a member who is an individual, any Transfer of shares by such member to (i) the spouse or children (whether lineal or adopted) of such member (each, a “ Family Member ”) or (ii) any trust or similar estate planning entity established for the sole benefit of a Family Member (a “ Permitted Trust ”) ( provided , however , that each such Permitted Trust shall provide that all of the beneficial interests therein are held by a Family Member and that the voting, managerial and operational control of such Permitted Trust remains solely with such member who establishes the Permitted Trust until the death or incapacity of such member);

 

  (c) any Transfer of shares by a member who is a senior executive of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or by such member’s estate or applicable beneficiary in the event of such member’s death) to (i) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (ii) any of the Existing Members, their respective Affiliates or, with respect to any Existing Member who is an individual, such Existing Member’s Family Members or Permitted Trusts, or (iii) any third party, in each case pursuant to post-termination rights set forth in such senior executive’s employment contract with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable (an “ Executive Transfer ”);


  (d) any Transfer of shares by a member in connection with any tender or exchange offer, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, recapitalization or other form of business combination involving the Company that is available on the same terms to all holders of Ordinary Shares (including all Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Preference Shares) and approved by the Board of Directors;

 

  (e) any Transfer of shares by a member consented to by the Board of Directors, if any, which consent shall be granted or withheld in the Board of Directors’ sole discretion; provided , that such Transfers shall be subject to rights of first offer in favor of the Company and the other members consistent with the procedures set forth in Section 5 ( Rights of First Offer ) and Tag-Along Rights in favor of the New Members consistent with the procedures set forth in Section 6 ( Tag-Along Rights ); provided , further , that neither Michael Kors (for purposes of this Section 2(e) only, Michael Kors shall be deemed to include any Permitted Transferee of Michael Kors under Section 2(a) and (b)) nor John Idol (for purposes of this Section 2(e) only, John Idol shall be deemed to include any Permitted Transferee of John Idol under Section 2(a) and (b)) shall effect any Transfers under this Section 2(e) if such Transfer (together with all other Transfers made by such person under this Section 2(e)) results in Michael Kors or John Idol, as the case may be, holding less than 80% of the shares held by such person on the date of the Shareholders Agreement on a fully diluted basis (assuming the exercise of all stock options); provided , further , that nothing contained in this Section 2(e) shall prohibit Michael Kors or John Idol from participating in a Tag-Along Sale or Drag-Along Sale in accordance with the provisions of (i) Section 6 ( Tag-Along Rights ) and (ii) Section 7 ( Drag-Along Rights );

 

  (f) any Transfer of shares by a member subject to, or in accordance with, the provisions of (i) Section 6 (Tag-Along Rights) or (ii) Section 7 ( Drag-Along Rights );

 

  (g) any Transfer of Shares by a member in the IPO;

 

  (h) any Transfer of Shares by an member pursuant to Section 5(j) of the Subscription Agreement; or

 

  (i)

any Transfer of shares by a New Member that purchased at least 1,628,528 Preference Shares in the Offering if (i) such Transfer is made to a mutual fund, pension plan or other passive institutional investor which, to the knowledge of such New Member, typically makes investments in persons in the ordinary course of business for investment purposes only and not with the purpose or effect of changing or influencing the control of such person, (ii) such Transfer (A) does not cause the Company to become a reporting company under the Exchange Act and (B) does not increase the number of record and beneficial owners of shares to be more than 150

 

26


  persons as a result of such Transfer, (iii) as a result of such Transfer, no person would have (together with its Affiliates) beneficial or record ownership of 50% or more of the outstanding Preference Shares or more than 50% of the Ordinary Shares for which the Preference Shares may be converted (other than to the extent such Transfer is made to person that is a member on the date of the Shareholders Agreement) and (iv) such Transfer is subject to the rights of first offer in favor of the Company and the other members consistent with the procedures set forth in Section 5 ( Rights of First Offer ) ; it being understood that notwithstanding anything contained in Section 5.3 of the Shareholders Agreement to the contrary, any Transfer made pursuant to this Section 2(i) shall not Transfer any board observer rights but shall instead Transfer the right, to the extent the transferee meets the requirements of the first sentence of Section 5.3(b) of the Shareholders Agreement, to receive copies of all materials and information provided to the members of the Board of Directors (whether in connection with a meeting, an action by written consent or otherwise), including an annual budget and business plan and any multi-year budget or business plan. Shares purchased in the Offering by New Members that are Advised Accounts and have a common or Affiliated investment adviser shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether such New Member has met the threshold regarding Preference Shares purchased in the Offering.

 

3. Conditions to Transfers . In addition to all other terms and conditions contained in this Article II and the Shareholders Agreement, no Transfers (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Transfers made after the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing) shall be completed or effective for any purpose unless the following conditions are satisfied:

 

  (a) prior thereto:

 

  (i) the Transferor shall have provided to the Company, (x) at least ten (10) Business Days’ prior notice of such Transfer, (y) a certificate of the Transferor, delivered with such notice, containing a statement that such Transfer is permitted under this Article II, and (z) such other information and documents as may be reasonably requested by the Company in order for it to determine whether such Transfer is permitted under this Article II;

 

  (ii)

the Transferee shall have executed and delivered to the Company a written undertaking substantially in the form required under the Shareholders Agreement, pursuant to which such Transferee agrees (x) to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Shareholders Agreement and (y) that the shares acquired by it shall be subject to the terms of the Shareholders Agreement, and the Transferee shall furnish copies of all share certificates effecting the Transfer and

 

27


  such other certificates, instruments and documents as the Company may request; and

 

  (iii) all necessary third party consents to the Transfer shall have been obtained;

 

  (b) such Transferee is not a competitor of the Company and its subsidiaries, as determined in the reasonable discretion of the Board of Directors; provided that any private equity fund or other financial investor shall not be deemed to be a competitor of the Company;

 

  (c) such Transfer would not violate the Securities Act or any state securities or “blue sky” Laws applicable to the Company or the shares to be Transferred;

 

  (d) such Transfer shall not impose liability or reporting obligations on the Company or any member in any jurisdiction, whether domestic or foreign, or result in the Company or any member becoming subject to the jurisdiction of any Governmental Authority anywhere, other than the Governmental Authorities to which the Company is then subject to such liability, reporting obligation or jurisdiction; and

 

  (e) such Transfer shall not, in the Board of Directors’ sole discretion, have the effect of requiring the Company to, upon the consummation of such Transfer, register the shares under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act;

provided , however , that the provisions of (i) Section 3(a) through Section 3(e) shall not apply to a Transfer in connection with a Company Sale, in the IPO or in connection with the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company and (ii) Section 3(b) shall not apply to an Executive Transfer or a Transfer subject to, or in accordance with, Section 6 ( Tag-Along Rights ) or Section 7 ( Drag-Along Rights ).

 

4. Effect of Permitted Transfer . Subject to the terms of this Article II and the Shareholders Agreement (including Section 4.1(c) of the Shareholders Agreement), a Permitted Transferee of a member shall be substituted for and shall enjoy the same rights and be subject to the same obligations as the transferring member hereunder with respect to the shares Transferred to such Permitted Transferee.

 

5 Right of First Offer .

 

  (a)

In the event that any member wishes to Transfer after the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing or a New Member wishes to Transfer in accordance with Section 2(i) (such member or New Member, a “ Transferor ”), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, shares to any person, such Transferor, prior to any such Transfer, shall deliver to the Company and the non-Transferring members (collectively, the “ ROFO

 

28


  Recipients ”) written notice (the “ Offer Notice ”) stating (i) such Transferor’s intention to effect such a Transfer; (ii) the number of shares proposed to be transferred by the Transferor (the “ Transferred Shares ”); and (iii) the material terms and conditions of such sale (including the per share purchase price (the “ Offer Price ”)); and (iv) the proposed effective date of the sale. The failure to provide an Offer Notice shall not relieve such Transferor’s obligations and shall not limit the rights of the Company and the non-Transferring shareholders under this Section 5.

 

  (b) For a period often (10) Business Days (the “ Initial Exercise Period ”) after the last date on which the Offer Notice is deemed to have been delivered to the Company and the non-Transferring members, the Company shall have the right to purchase up to all of the Transferred Shares on the same terms and conditions as specified in the Offer Notice and as set forth in this Section 5. In order to exercise its right hereunder, the Company must deliver written notice to such Transferor within the Initial Exercise Period.

 

  (c) Subject to the limitations of this Section 5(c), if the Company declines to purchase all of the Transferred Shares, then the non-Transferring members shall have the right on a pro-rata basis (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares) to elect to purchase, during the Initial Exercise Period, up to all of the Transferred Shares after giving effect to those Transferred Shares elected to be purchased by the Company (the “ Remaining ROFO Shares ”), on the same terms and conditions as specified in the Offer Notice and as set forth in this Section 5. In order to exercise its rights hereunder, such non-Transferring member must provide written notice delivered to the Transferor within the Initial Exercise Period. To the extent the aggregate number of shares that the non-Transferring members desire to purchase (as evidenced in the written notices delivered to such Transferor) exceeds the Remaining ROFO Shares, each non-Transferring member so exercising shall be entitled to purchase the lesser of (x) the number of Remaining ROFO Shares it so elected to purchase and (y) its pro rata share of the Remaining ROFO Shares, which shall be equal to that number of the Remaining ROFO Shares equal to the product obtained by multiplying (x) the number of Remaining ROFO Shares by (y) a fraction, (i) the numerator of which shall be the number of Ordinary Shares held by such non-Transferring member on the date of the Offer Notice and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the number of Ordinary Shares held on the date of the Offer Notice by the non-Transferring member exercising their rights to purchase under this Section 5 (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares in each of the numerator and the denominator).

 

  (d)

Upon the earlier to occur of (i) the expiration of the Initial Exercise Period or (ii) the time when such Transferor has received written confirmation from the Company or all of the non-Transferring members (if the Company is not purchasing all of the Transferred Shares) regarding its

 

29


  exercise of its right of first offer, the Company and the non-Transferring Members shall be deemed to have made its election with respect to the Transferred Shares. If the Company and/or the non-Transferring members, after following the procedures set forth in Section 5(b) and Section 5(c), elected to acquire all of the Transferred Shares, then within five (5) days after the expiration of the Initial Exercise Period, such Transferor shall give written notice to the Company and each non-Transferring member specifying the number of Transferred Shares that will be purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 5(b) and, if applicable, the number of Transferred Shares that will be purchased by each non-Transferring members pursuant to Section 5(c) (the “ ROFO Confirmation Notice ”). For purposes of clarity, if the Company and/or the non-Transferring members did not elect to acquire all of the Transferred Shares, then the Company and the non-Transferring members shall not have any right to purchase any Transferred Shares pursuant to this Section 5 and the Transferor shall be free to sell all Transferred Shares to a third party that otherwise meets the requirements of this Article II (including, if applicable, Section 2(i)).

 

  (e) The purchase price for the Transferred Shares to be purchased by the Company and/or by the non-Transferring members exercising its rights of first offer under this Section 5 will be the Offer Price, in cash, and will be payable as set forth in Section 5(f).

 

  (f) The Company and the non-Transferring members exercising their rights of first offer under this Section 5 shall effect the purchase of all of the Transferred Shares, including the payment of the purchase price, within twenty (20) Business Days after the delivery of the ROFO Confirmation Notice (the “ Right of First Offer Closing ”). Payment of the purchase price will be made, at the option of the Transferor, (i) in cash (by check), (ii) by wire transfer or (iii) by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of such Transferor to the Company or the non-Transferring members, as the case may be, or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing. At such Right of First Offer Closing, such Transferor shall deliver to either the Company or, if the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Transferred Shares pursuant to Section 5(b), each non-Transferring member exercising its right of first offer, one or more certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, representing such Transferred Shares so purchased.

 

  (g) This Section Sshall not apply to (i) clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (f), (g) and (h) of Section 2 ( Permitted Transfers ) or (ii) Transfers in connection with (A) the consummation of a Company Sale or (B) a liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company.

 

30


6. Tag-Along Rights .

 

  (a) In the event that any of the Existing Members, individually or as a group (the “ Selling Members ”), shall Transfer, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, any of its or their Ordinary Shares (a “ Tag-Along Sale ”) to any Person (a “ Proposed Purchaser ”), each other member (each, a “ Tagging Member ”) shall have the right and option (“ Tag-Along Rights ”), but not the obligation, to Transfer up to the Requisite Percentage (as defined below) of its Ordinary Shares in such Tag-Along Sale, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6. For the avoidance of doubt, members may only exercise their Tag-Along Rights under this Section 6 in respect of Ordinary Shares (and not any other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Ordinary Shares, including any Preference Shares). Upon the consummation of any Tag-Along Sale which, individually or together with all other related Tag-Along Sales involving a single purchaser or group of purchasers, constitutes a Company Sale, before any distribution or payment shall be made to any Selling Members in connection with such Tag-Along Sale, each Tagging Member holding Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive the Sale Payment for each of its Preference Share being sold or converted in connection with such Tag-Along Sale in accordance with the Memorandum.

 

  (b) The Selling Members shall notify the Tagging Members in writing of any proposed Tag-Along Sale at least twenty (20) days prior to the anticipated closing date for such proposed Tag-Along Sale (a “ Tag-Along Notice ”). Any such Tag-Along Notice delivered to the Tagging Members in connection with a proposed Tag-Along Sale shall set forth: (i) the number of Ordinary Shares the Selling Members are selling in connection with such Tag-Along Sale (the “ Offered Tag-Along Sale Shares ”), (ii) the name and address of the Proposed Purchaser in such Tag-Along Sale, (iii) the material terms and conditions of such proposed Tag-Along Sale (including the per Ordinary Share purchase price and description of any proposed purchase price adjustments) and (iv) the proposed effective date of the proposed Tag-Along Sale.

 

  (c)

Each Tagging Member shall have the right to include in the Tag-Along Sale and the Selling Member shall cause the inclusion in the Tag-Along Sale, upon the terms set forth in the Tag-Along Notice, up to that number of Ordinary Shares equal to a percentage of the total number of Ordinary Shares proposed to be sold by the Selling Members determined by dividing (A) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by such Tagging Member by (B) the sum of (x) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by all Tagging Members exercising their rights pursuant to this Section 6 and (y) the total number of Ordinary Shares owned by the Selling Members (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares held by the Tagging Members and the Selling Members into

 

31


  Ordinary Shares in each of clauses (x) and (y)) (the “ Requisite Percentage ”); provided , that if such calculation yields a fraction of an Ordinary Share, such fraction shall be rounded up to the nearest whole Ordinary Share if such fraction is equal to or greater than 0.5 and rounded down to the nearest whole Ordinary Share if such fraction is less than 0.5. The Tagging Members may exercise the Tag-Along Rights in connection with a Tag-Along Sale described in a Tag-Along Notice by delivery of a written notice to the Selling Members within ten (10) days following receipt of a Tag-Along Notice from such Selling Members. Each Tagging Member shall be deemed to have waived its Tag-Along Rights if it fails to give notice within the prescribed time period.

 

  (d) In the event that any Tagging Member does not exercise its Tag-Along Rights or elects to exercise its Tag-Along Rights with respect to less than all of its Requisite Percentage (such remaining securities, the “ Non-Electing Shares ”), each other Tagging Member who has elected to exercise its Tag-Along Rights in full, may elect to sell (in addition to its Requisite Percentage of the number of Ordinary Shares proposed to be sold by the Selling Members) up to the total number of Non-Electing Shares, provided that such Tagging Member shall only be entitled to sell up to that number of Non-Electing Shares equal to the lesser of (i) the number of Non-Electing Shares it has elected to sell and (ii) its pro rata share of Non-Electing Shares, which shall equal to that number of Non-Electing Shares equal to the product of (A) the number of Non-Electing Shares and (B) the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by such Tagging Member by (2) the sum of (x) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by all Tagging Members exercising their rights pursuant to this Section 6(d) (excluding the Non-Electing Shares) and (y) the total number of Ordinary Shares owned by the Selling Members (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares held by the Tagging Members and the Selling Members into Ordinary Shares in each of clauses (x) and (y)). The Selling Members shall attempt to obtain inclusion in the Tag-Along Sale of the entire number of shares which the Selling Members and the Tagging Members electing to exercise Tag-Along Rights desire to have included in the Tag-Along Sale. In the event the Selling Members shall be unable to obtain the inclusion of such entire number of shares in such Tag-Along Sale, the number of shares to be sold in the Tag-Along Sale by each Selling Member and each Tagging Member electing to exercise Tag-Along Rights shall be reduced on a pro rata basis according to the proportion which the number of shares which each such party desires to have included in the sale bears to the total number of shares desired by all such parties to have included in the sale, and the Transfer to the Proposed Purchaser will otherwise proceed in accordance with the terms of this Section 6 and the Tag-Along Notice.

 

32


  (e) In the event that the Tagging Members shall elect to exercise Tag-Along Rights in connection with a proposed Tag-Along Sale, the Tagging Members shall take, or cause to be taken, all commercially reasonable action, and do, or cause to be done, all things commercially reasonable to consummate and make effective such Tag-Along Sale, including executing any purchase agreement or other certificates, instruments and other agreement required to consummate the proposed Transfer to the Proposed Purchaser and using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all necessary consents from third parties and take such other actions as may be necessary to effectuate the intent of the foregoing so long as such Selling Members execute the same agreements and other documents on the same terms, provided that:

 

  (i) a Tagging Member shall not be required to provide representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements other than those individual representations, warranties covenants, or agreements (so long as such Selling Members agree to do the same) related to such Tagging Member’s (A) ownership of and title to the shares it is transferring in such Tag-Along Sale, (B) organization, (C) authority to enter in the Tag-Along Sale and (D) conflicts and consents related to such Tag-Along Sale;

 

  (ii) any indemnity given by the Selling Members to the purchaser in connection with such Tag-Along Sale applicable to liabilities not specific to the Selling Members shall be apportioned among the Selling Members and the Tagging Members according to the consideration received by each Selling Member and Tagging Member and shall not exceed the lesser of (A) such Selling Member’s or Tagging Member’s (as the case may be) pro rata portion of any such liability, to be determined in accordance with such Selling Member’s or Tagging Member’s (as the case may be) portion of the total value for his, her or its Ordinary Shares included in such Tag-Along Sale or (B) such Selling Member’s or Tagging Member’s (as the case may be) proceeds from the Tag-Along Sale;

 

  (iii) other than a customary confidentiality covenant, a Tagging Member shall not be obligated to enter into any non-compete, non-solicit or other post-closing covenant that restricts its activities in any way; and

 

  (iv) a Tagging Member shall not be responsible for breaches of representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements made by any other seller in such Tag-Along Sale with respect to such other seller.

 

33


  Subject to clauses (i) through (iv) above, at the closing of any Tag-Along Sale, the Tagging Members shall deliver to the Proposed Purchaser (A) such instruments of transfer as shall be reasonably requested by the Proposed Purchaser with respect to the Ordinary Shares to be Transferred, against receipt of the purchase price therefor (so long as such Selling Members agree to do the same) and (B) such members’ Ordinary Shares, free and clear of any liens (so long as such Selling Members agree to do the same). At the closing of any proposed Tag-Along Sale, the Proposed Purchaser shall deliver payment (in full in immediately available funds) for the Ordinary Shares purchased by such Proposed Purchaser.

 

  (f) In connection with any Tag-Along Sale, the Tagging Members shall receive for the sale of their Ordinary Shares a pro rata portion of the aggregate consideration paid by the Proposed Purchaser.

 

  (g) There shall be no liability on the part of the Board of Directors, the Selling Members or the Company to the Tagging Members or any of their respective Affiliates if any Tag-Along Sale is not consummated for whatever reason. For the avoidance of doubt, the determination of whether to effect a Tag-Along Sale shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Selling Members.

 

  (h) This Section 6 shall not apply to Transfers (i) permitted by clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (g), (h) and (i) of Section 20, (ii) in connection with a liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company, (iii) pursuant to, or consequent upon, the exercise of the right of first offer set forth in Section 5 or (iv) pursuant to, or consequent upon, the exercise of the drag-along rights set forth in Section 7.

 

7. Drag-Along Rights .

 

  (a) If at any time any Existing Member or group of Existing Members holding at least a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) (collectively, the “ Dragging Members ”) determine to Transfer or cause to be Transferred, in any single arm’s-length transaction or series of related arm’s-length transactions, Ordinary Shares representing all of the then-issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) then held by the Existing Members to one or more Persons who are unaffiliated bona fide third-party purchasers (a “ Drag-Along Sale ”), then the Dragging Members may elect to require all other Members (the “ Dragged Members ”) to, and the Dragged Members shall, (i) if such Drag-Along Sale is structured as sale of Ordinary Shares, Transfer, or caused to be Transferred, to such Person, concurrently with the Drag-Along Sale, Preference Shares or Ordinary Shares representing all of the Ordinary Shares

 

34


  then held by the Dragged Members (in the case of Preference Shares, assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) or (ii) if such Transfer is structured as a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, to vote in favor thereof, and otherwise to consent to and raise no objection to such Drag-Along Sale, and the Dragged Members shall waive dissenters’ rights, appraisal rights or similar rights, if any, which the Dragged Members may have in connection therewith; provided that upon the consummation of any Drag-Along Sale, (y) before any distribution or payment shall be made to any Dragging Members in connection with such Drag-Along Sale, each Dragged Member that holds Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive the Sale Payment, for each Preference Share it holds that is to be Transferred in such Drag-Along Sale in accordance with the Memorandum and (z) if such Drag-Along Sale is entered into prior to the three year anniversary of the Closing, then the consideration payable to each Dragged Member that holds Preference Shares shall be payable either (i) solely in cash or Liquid Securities, or (ii) solely to the extent holders of Ordinary Shares are receiving securities, other than Liquid Securities, in such Drag-Along Sale, then each holder of Preference Shares shall have the option of receiving non-Liquid Securities of either the same class received by holders of Ordinary Shares or in the form of Acceptable Securities. For greater certainty, under no circumstances shall any Affiliate of the Company be considered an unaffiliated bona fide third-party purchaser for purposes of this Section 7.

 

  (b) The Dragging Members may exercise their drag-along rights pursuant hereto by delivering to each Dragged Member and the Company, at least twenty (20) days in advance of the anticipated closing date for the Drag-Along Sale, a written notice (the “ Drag Notice ”), which shall set forth (i) the number of Ordinary Shares the Dragging Members proposed to be sold in such Drag-Along Sale, (ii) the name and address of the proposed Transferee in such Drag-Along Sale, (iii) the material terms and conditions of such proposed Drag-Along Sale (including the per Ordinary Share purchase price or a reasonable estimate of the maximum and minimum per Ordinary Share purchase price) and (iv) the proposed effective date of the proposed Drag-Along Sale. The Drag Notice shall also specify the number of Ordinary Shares required to be Transferred by the Dragged Member.

 

  (c)

Prior to or in connection with the closing of any such proposed Drag-Along Sale, each Dragged Member shall take, or cause to be taken, all commercially reasonable actions, and do, or cause to be done, all things commercially reasonable or advisable to consummate or make effective such Drag-Along Sale, including (i) together with the proposed purchaser

 

35


  or purchasers, execute any purchase agreement or other certificates, instruments and other agreement required to consummate and make effective such proposed Drag-Along Sale and (ii) using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all necessary consents from third parties and take such other actions as may be necessary to effectuate the intent of the foregoing so long as such Dragging Members execute the same agreements and other documents on the same terms; provided that:

 

  (i) a Dragged Member shall not be required to provide representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements other than those individual representations, warranties covenants, or agreements (so long as such Dragging Members agree to do the same) related to such Dragged Member’s (A) ownership of and title to the shares it is transferring in such Drag-Along Sale, (B) organization, (C) authority to enter in the Drag-Along Sale and (D) conflicts and consents related to such Drag-Along Sale;

 

  (ii) any indemnity given by the Dragging Members to the purchaser in connection with such Drag-Along Sale applicable to liabilities not specific to the Dragging Members shall be apportioned among the Dragging Members and Dragged Members (as the case may be) according to the consideration received by each Dragging Member and Dragged Member and shall not exceed the lesser of (A) such Dragging Member’s or Dragged Member’s (as the case may be) pro rata portion of any such liability, to be determined in accordance with such Dragging Member’s or Dragged Member’s (as the case may be) portion of the total value for his, her or its shares included in such Drag-Along Sale or (B) such Dragging Member’s or Dragged Member’s (as the case may be) proceeds from the Drag-Along Sale;

 

  (iii) other than a customary confidentiality covenant, a Dragged Member shall not be obligated to enter into any non-compete, non-solicit or other post-closing covenant that restricts its activities in any way; and

 

  (iv) a Dragged Member shall not be responsible for breaches of representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements made by any other seller in such Drag-Along Sale with respect to such other seller.

Subject to clauses (i) through (iv) above, at the closing of any such proposed Drag-Along Sale, the Dragged Members shall deliver to the proposed purchaser or purchasers (x) such certificates and other instruments of transfer as shall be reasonably requested by the proposed purchaser or purchasers with respect to the Ordinary Shares to be Transferred, against receipt of the purchase price therefor in such Drag-

 

36


  Along Sale (so long as such Dragging Members agree to do the same) and (y) the Dragged Member’s Preference Shares or Ordinary Shares, free and clear of any liens (so long as such Dragging Members agree to do the same). At the closing of any proposed Drag-Along Sale, the proposed purchaser or purchasers shall deliver payment (in full in immediately available funds) for the shares purchased by such proposed purchaser or purchasers.

 

  (d) In the event that the Drag-Along Sale is effectuated through a business combination (whether by way of merger, recapitalization or otherwise) or asset sale, the members shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all commercially reasonable action, and to do, or cause to be done, all things commercially reasonable or advisable to consummate and make effective the business combination.

 

  (e) There shall be no liability on the part of the Dragging Members, the Board of Directors or the Company to the Dragged Members or any of their respective Affiliates if any Drag-Along Sale is not consummated for whatever reason. For the avoidance of doubt, the determination of whether to effect a Drag-Along Sale shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Dragging Members.

 

  (f) If more than 90 days elapse from the date of delivery of the Drag Notice without the consummation of such Drag-Along Sale, the members shall be released from their obligations with respect to such Drag-Along Sale and the provisions of this Section 7 shall again apply to any future Transfers that otherwise come within its terms.

 

8. Supplemental Transfer Provisions .

 

  (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Memorandum or the Articles, no Existing Member shall Transfer any Shares in a Permitted Transfer that constitutes a Tag-Along Sale unless such Transfer is first consented to in writing, or initiated or otherwise participated in, by the Majority Existing Members.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Memorandum or the Articles, in addition to the Transfer terms and conditions set forth in this Memorandum or the Articles, except for a Transfer in connection with the sale of Preference Shares in the Offering, a Company Sale or in the IPO, no Transfers of Shares by an Existing Member shall be completed or effective for any purpose unless the Transferee shall have executed and delivered to the Company a written undertaking substantially in the form attached to the Voting and Lock-Up Agreement, pursuant to which such Transferee agrees (x) to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Voting and Lock-Up Agreement and (y) that the Shares acquired by it shall be subject to the terms of the Voting and Lock-Up Agreement.

 

37


  (c)

The provisions of this Section 8 shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the date on which the IPO is consummated, (ii) the consummation of a Company Sale, (iii) a liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company and (iv) the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Closing ( provided , that the provisions of Section 8(b) shall continue to apply to Transfers permitted by virtue of this subclause (iv)).

 

38


TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT

(NO. 16 OF 2004)

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

PRELIMINARY

 

1. In these Articles, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, the words and expressions standing in the first column of the following table shall bear the meanings set opposite them respectively in the second column thereof.

 

Words

   Meaning

Acceptable Securities

   Any preference or preferred securities of any person that have the substantially similar economic and legal characteristics as the Preference Shares (including lock-up provisions, liquidity and registration rights and other shareholder rights and obligations as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the lock-up, liquidity and registration rights and obligations provided for in the Shareholders Agreement and the Memorandum).

Accreted Value

   As of any date, with respect to each Preference Share, (a) the Preference Share Issue Amount, plus (b) the amount of dividends which have accreted, compounded and been added thereto to such date.

Act

   The BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (as amended).


Advised Account

   Any New Member (or Affiliate of any New Member) for whom T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. or Fidelity Investments, Inc. is the investment adviser.

Affiliate

   With respect to any person, another person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such first person, where “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, as trustee or executor or otherwise. Advised Accounts that share the same investment adviser (or affiliated investment adviser) shall be deemed to be Affiliates.

Board of Directors

   The Board of Directors of the Company.

Business Day

   Any day, except a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banking institutions are legally authorized to close in New York City or in the British Virgin Islands.

capital

  

The sum of the aggregate par value of all outstanding shares with par value of the Company and shares with par value held by the Company as treasury shares plus

 

(a)    the aggregate of the amounts designated as capital of all outstanding shares without par value of the Company and shares without par value held by the Company as treasury shares, and

 

2


  

(b)    the amounts as are from time to time transferred from surplus to capital by a resolution of directors.

Closing

   The closing of the Offering.

Company Sale

  

(a) Any sale or Transfer, in one or more related transactions, of the Company whether by sale or other Transfer of shares, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, recapitalization or equity sale (including a sale of securities by the Company other than in the IPO), which has the effect of the direct or indirect acquisition of the Majority Voting Power in the Company from the member or members who directly or indirectly held such Majority Voting Power immediately prior to such sale; provided , that, for avoidance of doubt, a transaction that results in the member or members who held such Majority Voting Power immediately prior to such sale continuing to directly or indirectly hold (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting Equity Securities of the successor or surviving entity) the Majority Voting Power of the Company or comparable voting Equity Securities of the surviving or successor entity outstanding immediately after such transaction shall not constitute a Company Sale; or

 

(b) any sale or Transfer, other than to the Company or any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions, of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries (which

 

3


  

may include, for the avoidance of doubt, the sale or issuance of Equity Securities of one or more subsidiaries of the Company); provided , that, for avoidance of doubt, a transaction that results in (A) the member or members who held such Majority Voting Power of the Company immediately prior to such sale continuing to directly or indirectly hold the Majority Voting Power of the person that acquires such assets immediately after such transaction and (B) the holders of Preference Shares immediately prior to such sale acquiring Acceptable Securities of the person that acquires such assets immediately after such transaction shall not constitute a Company Sale.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an IPO or any broadly disseminated Public Offering of Equity Securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries shall not constitute a Company Sale.

Consent Rights Matters

   The matters set out in Regulation 93 of these Articles of Association that require the consent of the holders Preference Shares as further set out therein.

Equity Securities

   With respect to any entity, all forms of equity securities in such entity or any successor of such entity (however designated, whether voting or non-voting), all securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such equity securities, and all warrants, options or other rights to purchase or acquire from such entity or any successor of such entity, such equity securities, or securities convertible into or

 

4


   exchangeable or exercisable for such equity securities, including, with respect to the Company, the Ordinary Shares and any Share Equivalents (including the Preference Shares).

Exchange Act

   The United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Excluded Transaction

   Any issuance of Ordinary Shares (a) pursuant to any stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or arrangement for the benefit of employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries; (b) issued as consideration in connection with a bona fide acquisition, merger or consolidation by the Company to an unaffiliated third party provided such acquisition, merger or consolidation has been approved by the Board of Directors; (c) issued in connection with licensing, marketing or distribution arrangements or similar strategic transactions approved by the Board of Directors to an unaffiliated third party; (d) upon conversion of the Preference Shares; (e) as a dividend on Preference Shares; or (f) pursuant to an IPO or any other broadly disseminated public offering of Equity Securities of the Company.

Existing Member

   A member as of the date of the Subscription Agreement and its Permitted Transferees (as defined in the Memorandum), excluding New Members.

Governmental Authority

   Any federal, national, state, foreign, provincial, local or other government or any governmental, regulatory,

 

5


   administrative or self-regulatory authority, agency, bureau, board, commission, court, judicial or arbitral body, department, political subdivision, tribunal or other instrumentality thereof.

IPO

   The first Public Offering of Shares in a firm commitment underwriting in (i) the United States or (ii) the United Kingdom with a listing on the London Stock Exchange, in Hong Kong on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange or any other country with a listing on an internationally recognized stock exchange (any such international exchange together with any stock exchange in the United States, an “ Approved Exchange ”) recommended by the lead managing underwriter or underwriters and approved by the Board of Directors.

Law

   Any statute or law (including common law), constitution, code, ordinance, rule, treaty or regulation and any Order.

Liquid Securities

   In the case of equity securities, that are of a class listed on one or more Approved Exchanges and that are immediately salable without contractual or legal restrictions on transfer (it being agreed that such securities shall not be deemed to be subject to legal restrictions if such securities are (A) immediately salable pursuant to Rule 144 (or applicable non U.S. equivalent to Rule 144) without volume limitations or (B) entitled to the benefits of a shelf registration or other registration rights that are immediately exercisable).

 

6


Majority Existing Member

   The Existing Member or Existing Members holding greater than fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming for this purpose, the conversion of all Preference Shares held by the Existing Members into Ordinary Shares) held by all of the Existing Members at the time of the relevant meeting or consent.

Majority Voting Power

   With respect to any person, either (a) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the board of directors or other similar body of such person or the power to control such person by contract or as the managing member or general partner (or other equivalent status) of such person, or (b) ownership of Equity Securities representing a majority of the voting interests of such person.

member

   A person who holds shares in the Company and whose name is entered in the Company’s register of members as the registered holder of such shares.

Memorandum

   The Memorandum of Association of the Company as originally framed or as from time to time amended, and including the Share Transfer Restrictions and the Preemptive Rights.

New Member

   A member who acquired its shares under the Subscription Agreement.

Offering

   The offering and sale of Preference Shares by the Company and certain members pursuant to the Subscription Agreement.

Order

   Any award, injunction, judgment, decree, order, ruling, subpoena,

 

7


   assessment, writ or verdict or other decision issued, promulgated or entered by or with any Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction.

person

   An association, a corporation, an individual, a partnership, a limited liability company, a trust or any other entity or organization, including a Governmental Authority.

Preemptive Rights

   The preemptive rights set out in Article I of the Schedule to the Memorandum entitled “Preemptive Rights”.

Preference Share Issue Amount

   With respect to any Preference Share, US$46.0539.

Pro Rata Share

   With respect to any member, a percentage interest (expressed as a percentage) that results from dividing (a) the number of Ordinary Shares held by such member by (b) the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares held by all members electing to participate in the purchase of Offered Securities pursuant to Article I, Section 1 of the Schedule to the Memorandum (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares held by such member or members into Ordinary Shares in each of (a) and (b) above).

Public Offering

   A public offering of Ordinary Shares pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form F-4, Form S-4, Form S-8 or any successor forms) filed by the Company under the Securities Act or any equivalent foreign securities Laws.

Qualified IPO

   An IPO for which the aggregate gross cash proceeds to be received by the Company and the selling

 

8


   members of Ordinary Shares in such offering ((or series of related offerings) without deducting underwriter discounts, expenses and commissions) are at least US$250,000,000 or the equivalent in a foreign currency if the Qualified IPO is not in the United States.

resolution of directors

  

(a)    A resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of directors of the Company or of a committee of directors of the Company by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the directors present at the meeting who voted and did not abstain; or

 

(b)    a resolution consented to in writing by all directors or of all members of the committee, as the case may be;

 

except that where a director is given more than one vote, he shall be counted by the number of votes he casts for the purpose of establishing a majority.

resolution of members

  

(a)    A resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of the members of the Company by the affirmative vote of

 

(i)     a simple majority of the votes of the shares entitled to vote thereon which were present at the meeting and were voted and not abstained, or

 

9


  

(ii)    a simple majority of the votes of each class or series of shares which were present at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon as a class or series and were voted and not abstained and of a simple majority of the votes of the remaining shares entitled to vote thereon which were present at the meeting and were voted and not abstained; or

 

(b)    a resolution consented to in writing by

 

(i)     an absolute majority of the votes of shares entitled to vote thereon, or

 

(ii)    an absolute majority of the votes of each class or series of shares entitled to vote thereon as a class or series and of an absolute majority of the votes of the remaining shares entitled to vote thereon.

Restructuring

   The restructuring of the Company and the related transactions contemplated by the Restructuring Agreement.

Restructuring Agreement

   The Restructuring Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2011, among the Company, the members named

 

10


   therein, SHL Fashion Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company, SHL-Kors Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company, Michael Kors Far East Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company and Michael Kors (USA), Inc., a Delaware corporation.

securities

   Shares and debt obligations of every kind, and options, warrants and rights to acquire shares, or debt obligations.

Securities Act

   The United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Shareholders Agreement

   The Shareholders Agreement, dated as of Closing, among the Company and the members named therein.

shares

   Collectively, Equity Securities of the Company, including the Ordinary Shares and the Preference Shares.

Share Equivalents

   Any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Ordinary Shares, and any warrants, options or other rights to purchase or acquire Ordinary Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Ordinary Shares.

Share Transfer Restrictions

   The share transfer restrictions set out in Article II of the Schedule to the Memorandum entitled “Transfer”.

Springing Board Seat

   The member of the Board of Directors designated by the holders of Preference Shares, as a class, to the extent that a Qualified IPO is not consummated on or prior to March 31, 2012.

 

11


Subscription Agreement

   The Subscription Agreement, dated as of Closing, among the Company and the members named therein.

subsidiary

   With respect to any specified person, (a) any corporation or company more than 50% of whose voting or capital stock is, as of the time in question, directly or indirectly owned by such person and (b) any partnership, joint venture, association, or other entity in which such person, directly or indirectly, owns more than 50% of the equity or economic interest thereof or has the power to elect or direct the election of more than 50% of the members of the governing body of such entity.

surplus

   The excess, if any, at the time of the determination of the total assets of the Company over the aggregate of its total liabilities, as shown in its books of account, plus the Company’s capital.

the Seal

   Any Seal which has been duly adopted as the Seal of the Company.

these Articles

   The Articles of Association as originally framed or as from time to time amended.

Transaction Documents

   Collectively, the Shareholders Agreement, the Subscription Agreement and any other agreements entered into by the Company with the holders of Preference Shares in connection with the Offering.

Transfer

   Any transfer, sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of any shares, whether directly or indirectly (including by merger or sale of equity in any direct or indirect holding company, all or

 

12


   substantially all of whose assets consist of shares), irrespective of whether any of the foregoing are effected voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of Law, pursuant to judicial process or otherwise, or whether inter vivos or upon death; provided, however, that any pledge, hypothecation or grant of any security interest to an institutional lender in which the member of such shares retains the power to vote such shares shall not constitute a Transfer; provided, further, that any foreclosure or other realization upon such pledge, hypothecation or security interest by the creditor with respect thereto shall constitute a Transfer and shall be subject to the Share Transfer Restrictions and the provisions of the Shareholders Agreement. When used as a verb, “Transfer” and “Transferred” shall have the correlative meaning. In addition, “Transferee” shall have the correlative meaning.

treasury shares

   Shares in the Company that were previously issued but were repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Company and not cancelled.

Voting and Lock-Up Agreement

   The Voting and Lock-Up Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2011, by and among the Company and the persons listed on Schedule I thereto under the heading “Existing Shareholders”, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

2. “Written” or any term of like import includes words typewritten, printed, painted, engraved, lithographed, photographed or represented or reproduced by any mode of reproducing words in a visible form, including telex, facsimile, telegram, cable or other form of writing produced by electronic communication.

 

13


3. Save as aforesaid any words or expressions defined in the Act shall bear the same meaning in these Articles.

 

4. Whenever the singular or plural number, or the masculine, feminine or neuter gender is used in these Articles, it shall equally, where the context admits, include the others.

 

5. A reference in these Articles to voting in relation to shares shall be construed as a reference to voting by members holding the shares except that it is the votes allocated to the shares that shall be counted and not the number of members who actually voted and a reference to shares being present at a meeting shall be given a corresponding construction.

 

6. A reference to money in these Articles is, unless otherwise stated, a reference to the currency in which shares in the Company shall be issued according to the provisions of the Memorandum.

 

6A. A reference to a provision of Law is a reference to that provision as extended, applied, amended or re-enacted and includes any subordinate legislation.

 

6B. A reference to an agreement is a reference to that agreement as amended.

REGISTERED SHARES

 

7. Every member holding registered shares in the Company shall be entitled to a certificate signed by a director or officer of the Company, or any other person authorized by resolution of directors, or under the Seal specifying the share or shares held by him and the signature of the director, officer or authorized person and the Seal may be facsimiles.

 

8. Any member receiving a share certificate for registered shares shall indemnify and hold the Company and its Board of Directors and officers harmless from any loss or liability which it or they may incur by reason of any wrongful or fraudulent use or representation made by any person by virtue of the possession thereof. If a share certificate for registered shares is worn out or lost it may be renewed on production of the worn out certificate or on satisfactory proof of its loss together with such indemnity as may be required by a resolution of directors.

 

9. If several persons are registered as joint holders of any shares, any one of such persons may give an effectual receipt for any dividend payable in respect of such shares.

SHARES, CAPITAL AND SURPLUS

 

10. Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the Memorandum (which includes the Preemptive Rights) and any resolution of members, the unissued shares of the

 

14


Company shall be at the disposal of the Board of Directors who may, without limiting or affecting any rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class or series of shares offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of shares to such persons, at such times and upon such terms and conditions as the Company may by resolution of directors determine.

 

11. No share in the Company may be issued until the consideration in respect thereof is fully paid, and when issued the share is for all purposes fully paid and non-assessable save that a share issued for a promissory note or other written obligation for payment of a debt may be issued subject to forfeiture in the manner prescribed in these Articles.

 

12. Shares in the Company shall be issued for money, services rendered, personal property, an estate in real property, a promissory note or other binding obligation to contribute money or property or any combination of the foregoing as shall be determined by a resolution of directors.

 

13. Shares in the Company may be issued for such amount of consideration as the Board of Directors may from time to time by resolution of directors determine, except that in the case of shares with par value, the amount shall not be less than the par value, and in the absence of fraud the decision of the Board of Directors as to the value of the consideration received by the Company in respect of the issue is conclusive unless a question of Law is involved. The consideration in respect of the shares constitutes capital to the extent of the par value and the excess constitutes surplus.

 

14. A share issued by the Company upon conversion of, or in exchange for, another share or a debt obligation or other security in the Company, shall be treated for all purposes as having been issued for money equal to the consideration received or deemed to have been received by the Company in respect of the other share, debt obligation or security.

 

15. Treasury shares may be disposed of by the Company on such terms and conditions (not otherwise inconsistent with these Articles) as the Company may by resolution of directors determine.

 

16. The Company may issue fractions of a share and a fractional share shall have the same corresponding fractional liabilities, limitations, preferences, privileges, qualifications, restrictions, rights and other attributes of a whole share of the same class or series of shares.

 

17.

Upon the issue by the Company of a share without par value, the consideration in respect of the share constitutes capital to the extent designated by the Board of Directors and the excess constitutes surplus, except that the Board of Directors must designate as capital an amount of the consideration that is at least equal to

 

15


the amount that the share is entitled to as a preference, if any, in the assets of the Company upon liquidation of the Company.

 

18. The Company may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire and hold its own shares but only out of surplus or in exchange for newly issued shares of equal value.

 

19. Subject to provisions to the contrary in the Memorandum or these Articles, the Company may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its own shares without the consent of members whose shares are to be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired.

 

20. No purchase, redemption or other acquisition of shares shall be made unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution of directors that immediately after the purchase, redemption or other acquisition Company will be able to satisfy its liabilities as they become due in the ordinary course of its business and the realisable value of the assets of the Company will not be less than the sum of its total liabilities, other than deferred taxes, as shown in the books of account, and its capital and, in the absence of fraud, the decision of the Board of Directors as to the realisable value of the assets of the Company is conclusive, unless a question of Law is involved.

 

21. A determination by the Board of Directors under the preceding Regulation is not required where shares are purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired

 

  (a) pursuant to a right of a member to have his shares redeemed or to have his shares exchanged for money or other property of the Company;

 

  (b) by virtue of a transfer of capital pursuant to Regulation 49;

 

  (c) by virtue of the provisions of the Act; or

 

  (d) pursuant to an order of the Court.

 

22. Shares that the Company purchases, redeems or otherwise acquires pursuant to the preceding Regulation may be cancelled or held as treasury shares except to the extent that such shares are in excess of 80 percent of the issued shares of the Company in which case they shall be cancelled but they shall be available for reissue.

 

23. Where shares in the Company are held by the Company as treasury shares or are held by another company of which the Company holds, directly or indirectly, shares having more than 50 percent of the votes in the election of directors of the other company, such shares of the Company are not entitled to vote or to have dividends paid thereon and shall not be treated as outstanding for any purpose except for purposes of determining the capital of the Company.

 

16


24. The Company may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its shares at a price lower than the fair value if permitted by, and then only in accordance with, the terms of

 

  (a) the Memorandum or these Articles; or

 

  (b) a written agreement for the subscription for the shares to be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired.

 

25. The Company may by a resolution of directors include in the computation of surplus for any purpose the unrealised appreciation of the assets of the Company, and, in the absence of fraud, the decision of the Board of Directors as to the value of the assets is conclusive, unless a question of Law is involved.

MORTGAGES AND CHARGES OF REGISTERED SHARES

 

26. Members may mortgage or charge their registered shares in the Company and upon satisfactory evidence thereof the Company shall give effect to the terms of any valid mortgage or charge except insofar as it may conflict with any requirements herein contained for consent to the transfer of shares.

 

27. In the case of the mortgage or charge of registered shares there may be entered in the share register of the Company at the request of the registered holder of such shares

 

  (a) a statement that the shares are mortgaged or charged;

 

  (b) the name of the mortgagee or chargee; and

 

  (c) the date on which the aforesaid particulars are entered in the share register.

 

28. Where particulars of a mortgage or charge are registered, such particulars shall be cancelled

 

  (a) with the consent of the named mortgagee or chargee or anyone authorised to act on his behalf; or

 

  (b) upon evidence satisfactory to the Board of Directors of the discharge of the liability secured by the mortgage or charge and the issue of such indemnities as the Board of Directors shall consider necessary or desirable.

 

29. Whilst particulars of a mortgage or charge are registered, no transfer of any share comprised therein shall be effected without the written consent of the named mortgagee or chargee or anyone authorised to act on his behalf.

 

17


FORFEITURE

 

30. When shares issued for a promissory note or other written obligation for payment of a debt have been issued subject to forfeiture, the provisions set forth in the following four regulations shall apply.

 

31. Written notice specifying a date for payment to be made and the shares in respect of which payment is to be made shall be served on the member who defaults in making payment pursuant to a promissory note or other written obligations to pay a debt.

 

32. The written notice specifying a date for payment shall

 

  (a) name a further date not earlier than the expiration of 14 days from the date of service of the notice on or before which payment required by the notice is to be made; and

 

  (b) contain a statement that in the event of non-payment at or before the time named in the notice the shares, or any of them, in respect of which payment is not made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

33. Where a written notice has been issued and the requirements have not been complied with within the prescribed time, the Board of Directors may at any time before tender of payment forfeit and cancel the shares to which the notice relates.

 

34. The Company is under no obligation to refund any monies to the member whose shares have been forfeited and cancelled pursuant to these provisions. Upon forfeiture and cancellation of the shares the member is discharged from any further obligation to the Company with respect to the shares forfeited and cancelled.

LIEN

 

35.

The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share issued for a promissory note or for any other binding obligation to contribute money or property or any combination thereof to the Company, and the Company shall also have a first and paramount lien on every share standing registered in the name of a member, whether singly or jointly with any other person or persons, for all the debts and liabilities of such member or his estate to the Company, whether the same shall have been incurred before or after notice to the Company of any interest of any person other than such member, and whether the time for the payment or discharge of the same shall have actually arrived or not, and notwithstanding that the same are joint debts or liabilities of such member or his estate and any other person, whether a member of the Company or not. The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to all dividends payable thereon. The Board of Directors may at any time either generally, or in any particular case,

 

18


  waive any lien that has arisen or declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Regulation.

 

36. In the absence of express provisions regarding sale in the promissory note or other binding obligation to contribute money or property, the Company may sell, in such manner as the Board of Directors may by resolution of directors determine, any share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable nor until the expiration of twenty one days after a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of the sum presently payable and giving notice of the intention to sell in default of such payment, has been served on the holder for the time being of the share.

 

37. The net proceeds of the sale by the Company of any shares on which it has a lien shall be applied in or towards payment of discharge of the promissory note or other binding obligation to contribute money or property or any combination thereof in respect of which the lien exists so far as the same is presently payable and any residue shall (subject to a like lien for debts or liabilities not presently payable as existed upon the share prior to the sale) be paid to the holder of the share immediately before such sale. For giving effect to any such sale the Board of Directors may authorise some person to transfer the share sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the share and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

38. Subject to any limitations in these Articles and the Memorandum, registered shares in the Company may be transferred by a written instrument of transfer signed by the transferor and containing the name and address of the transferee, but in the absence of such written instrument of transfer the Board of Directors may accept such evidence of a transfer of shares as they consider appropriate.

 

39. The Company shall not be required to treat a transferee of a registered share in the Company as a member until the transferee’s name has been entered in the share register.

 

40.

Subject to any limitations in these Articles, the Memorandum, the Shareholders Agreement and the Voting and Lock-up Agreement, the Company must on the application of the transferor or transferee of a registered share in the Company enter in the share register the name of the transferee of the share save that the registration of transfers may be suspended and the share register closed at such times and for such periods as the Company may from time to time by resolution of directors determine provided always that such registration shall not be

 

19


  suspended and the share register closed for more than 60 days in any period of 12 months.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

41. The executor or administrator of a deceased member, the guardian of an incompetent member or the trustee of a bankrupt member shall be the only person recognised by the Company as having any title to his share but they shall not be entitled to exercise any rights as a member of the Company until they have proceeded as set forth in the next following three regulations.

 

42. The production to the Company of any document which is evidence of probate of the will, or letters of administration of the estate, or confirmation as executor, of a deceased member or of the appointment of a guardian of an incompetent member or the trustee of a bankrupt member may be accepted by the Company even if the deceased, incompetent or bankrupt member is domiciled outside the British Virgin Islands if the document evidencing the grant of probate or letters of administration, confirmation as executor, appointment as guardian or trustee in bankruptcy is issued by a foreign court which had competent jurisdiction in the matter. For the purpose of establishing whether or not a foreign court had competent jurisdiction in such a matter the Board of Directors may obtain appropriate legal advice. The Board of Directors may also require an indemnity to be given by the executor, administrator, guardian or trustee in bankruptcy.

 

43. Any person becoming entitled by operation of Law or otherwise to a share or shares in consequence of the death, incompetence or bankruptcy of any member may be registered as a member upon such evidence being produced as may reasonably be required by the Board of Directors. An application by any such person to be registered as a member shall for all purposes be deemed to be a transfer of shares of the deceased, incompetent or bankrupt member and the Board of Directors shall treat it as such.

 

44. Any person who has become entitled to a share or shares in consequence of the death, incompetence or bankruptcy of any member may, instead of being registered himself, request in writing that some person to be named by him be registered as the transferee of such share or shares and such request shall likewise be treated as if it were a transfer.

 

45. What amounts to incompetence on the part of a person is a matter to be determined by the court having regard to all the relevant evidence and the circumstances of the case.

REDUCTION OR INCREASE IN MAXIMUM AUTHORISED NUMBER OF SHARES OR CAPITAL

 

20


46. Subject to any limitations in these Articles or the Memorandum, the Company may by a resolution of directors amend the Memorandum to increase or reduce its maximum authorised number of shares and in connection therewith the Company may in respect of any unissued shares increase or reduce the number of such shares, increase or reduce the par value of any such shares or effect any combination of the foregoing.

 

47. The Company may amend the Memorandum to

 

  (a) divide the shares, including issued shares, of a class or series into a larger number of shares of the same class or series; or

 

  (b) combine the shares, including issued shares, of a class or series into a smaller number of shares of the same class or series,

 

     provided, however, that where shares are divided or combined under (a) or (b) of this Regulation, the aggregate par value of the new shares must be equal to the aggregate par value of the original shares.

 

48. The capital of the Company may by a resolution of directors be increased by transferring an amount of the surplus of the Company to capital.

 

49. Subject to the provisions of the two next succeeding Regulations, the capital of the Company may by resolution of directors be reduced by transferring an amount of the capital of the Company to surplus.

 

50. No reduction of capital shall be effected that reduces the capital of the Company to an amount that immediately after the reduction is less than the aggregate par value of all outstanding shares with par value and all shares with par value held by the Company as treasury shares and the aggregate of the amounts designated as capital of all outstanding shares without par value and all shares without par value held by the Company as treasury shares that are entitled to a preference, if any, in the assets of the Company upon liquidation of the Company.

 

51. No reduction of capital shall be effected unless the Board of Directors determine that immediately after the reduction the Company will be able to satisfy its liabilities as they become due in the ordinary course of its business and that the realisable assets of the Company will not be less than its total liabilities, other than deferred taxes, as shown in the books of the Company and its remaining capital, and, in the absence of fraud, the decision of the Board of Directors as to the realisable value of the assets of the Company is conclusive, unless a question of Law is involved.

MEETINGS AND CONSENTS OF MEMBERS

 

21


52. The Board of Directors may convene meetings of the members of the Company at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the Board of Directors consider necessary or desirable.

 

53. Upon the written request of members holding 10 percent or more of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (including any Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Preference Shares) the Board of Directors shall convene a meeting of members.

 

54. The Board of Directors shall give not less than 7 days notice of meetings of members to those persons whose names on the date the notice is given appear as members in the share register of the Company and are entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

55. The Board of Directors may fix the date notice is given of a meeting of members as the record date for determining those shares that are entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

56. A meeting of members may be called on short notice:

 

  (a) if members holding not less than 90 percent of the total number of shares entitled to vote on all matters to be considered at the meeting, or 90 percent of the votes of each class or series of shares where members are entitled to vote thereon as a class or series together with not less than a 90 percent majority of the remaining votes, have agreed to short notice of the meeting, or

 

  (b) if all members holding shares entitled to vote on all or any matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting and for this purpose presence at the meeting shall be deemed to constitute waiver.

 

57. The inadvertent failure of the Board of Directors to give notice of a meeting to a member or the fact that a member has not received a notice that has been properly given, shall not invalidate the meeting.

 

58. A member may be represented at a meeting of members by a proxy who may speak and vote on behalf of the member.

 

59. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be produced at the place appointed for the meeting before the time for holding the meeting at which the person named in such instrument proposes to vote.

 

60. An instrument appointing a proxy shall be in substantially the following form or such other form as the Chairman of the meeting shall accept as properly evidencing the wishes of the member appointing the proxy.

 

22


(Name of Company)

I/We                      being a member of the above Company with                      shares HEREBY APPOINT                      of                      or failing him                      of                      to be my/our proxy to vote for me/us at the meeting of members to be held on the                      day of                      and at any adjournment thereof.

(Any restrictions on voting to be inserted here.)

Signed this                      day of                     

 

       
  Member

 

61. The following shall apply in respect of joint ownership of shares:

 

  (a) if two or more persons hold shares jointly each of them may be present in person or by proxy at a meeting of members and may speak as a member;

 

  (b) if only one of the joint owners is present in person or by proxy he may vote on behalf of all joint owners; and

 

  (c) if two or more of the joint owners are present in person or by proxy they must vote as one.

 

62. A member shall be deemed to be present at a meeting of members if he participates by telephone or other electronic means and all members participating in the meeting are able to hear each other.

 

63. A meeting of members is duly constituted if, at the commencement of the meeting, there are present in person or by proxy not less than 50 percent of the votes of the shares or class or series of shares (assuming in the case of Ordinary Shares, any Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Preference Shares) entitled to vote on resolutions of members to be considered at the meeting. If a quorum be present, notwithstanding the fact that such quorum may be represented by only one person then such person may resolve any matter and a certificate signed by such person accompanied where such person be a proxy by a copy of the proxy form shall constitute a valid resolution of members.

 

64.

If within two hours from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of members, shall be dissolved; in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the next business day at the same time and place or to such other time and place as the Board of Directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting there are present within one hour from

 

23


  the time appointed for the meeting in person or by proxy not less than one third of the votes of the shares or each class or series of shares entitled to vote on the resolutions to be considered by the meeting, those present shall constitute a quorum but otherwise the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

65. At every meeting of members, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside as Chairman of the meeting. If there is no Chairman of the Board of Directors or if the Chairman of the Board of Directors is not present at the meeting, the members present shall choose someone of their number to be the Chairman. If the members are unable to choose a Chairman for any reason, then the person representing the greatest number of voting shares present in person or by prescribed form of proxy at the meeting shall preside as Chairman failing which the oldest individual member or representative of a member present shall take the chair.

 

66. The Chairman may, with the consent of the meeting, adjourn any meeting from time to time, and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

67. At any meeting of the members the Chairman shall be responsible for deciding in such manner as he shall consider appropriate whether any resolution has been carried or not and the result of his decision shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes thereof. If the Chairman shall have any doubt as to the outcome of any resolution put to the vote, he shall cause a poll to be taken of all votes cast upon such resolution, but if the Chairman shall fail to take a poll then any member present in person or by proxy who disputes the announcement by the Chairman of the result of any vote may immediately following such announcement demand that a poll be taken and the Chairman shall thereupon cause a poll to be taken. If a poll is taken at any meeting the result thereof shall be duly recorded in the minutes of that meeting by the Chairman.

 

68. Any person other than an individual shall be regarded as one member and subject to the specific provisions hereinafter contained for the appointment of representatives of such persons the right of any individual to speak for or represent such member shall be determined by the Law of the jurisdiction where, and by the documents by which, the person is constituted or derives its existence. In case of doubt, the Board of Directors may in good faith seek legal advice from any qualified person and unless and until a court of competent jurisdiction shall otherwise rule, the Board of Directors may rely and act upon such advice without incurring any liability to any member.

 

69.

Any person other than an individual which is a member of the Company may by resolution of its Board of Directors or other governing body authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of members of the Company, and the person so authorised shall be entitled

 

24


  to exercise the same power on behalf of the person which he represents as that person could exercise if it were an individual member of the Company.

 

70. The Chairman of any meeting at which a vote is cast by proxy or on behalf of any person other than an individual may call for a notarially certified copy of such proxy or authority which shall be produced within 7 days of being so requested or the votes cast by such proxy or on behalf of such person shall be disregarded.

 

71. Directors of the Company may attend and speak at any meeting of members of the Company and at any separate meeting of the holders of any class or series of shares in the Company.

 

72. An action that may be taken by the members at a meeting may also be taken by a resolution of members consented to in writing or by telex, telegram, cable, facsimile or other written electronic communication, without the need for any notice, but if any resolution of members is adopted otherwise than by the unanimous written consent of all members, a copy of such resolution shall forthwith be sent to all members not consenting to such resolution. The consent may be in the form of counterparts, each counterpart being signed by one or more members.

 

73. Except as otherwise described in the Memorandum, each holder of Preference Shares shall have the right to vote its Preference Shares in the manner described therein (and not as a separate class or series) together with the members at all meetings of the members.

DIRECTORS

 

74. The first directors of the Company shall be appointed by the subscribers to the Memorandum; and thereafter, the directors, including the Springing Board Seat, shall be elected by the members for such term as the members determine in the resolution of members approving such appointment.

 

75. The minimum number of directors shall be one and the maximum number shall be 12.

 

76. Each director shall hold office for the term, if any, fixed by resolution of members or until his earlier death, resignation or removal; provided that the Springing Board Seat shall serve for the period provided herein.

 

77. Other than with respect to the Springing Board Seat, a director may be removed from office, with or without cause, by a resolution of members or, with cause, by a resolution of directors.

 

25


78. A director may resign his office by giving written notice of his resignation to the Company and the resignation shall have effect from the date the notice is received by the Company or from such later date as may be specified in the notice.

 

79. Notwithstanding Regulation 74 above, the Board of Directors may at any time appoint any person to be a director either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing directors; provided, however, that the holders of Preference Shares, as a class, by approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares held by such holders of Preference Shares (assuming all Preference Shares are converted into Ordinary Shares) shall have the right to designate the replacement for the Springing Board Seat to fill any such vacancy. A vacancy occurs through the death, resignation or removal of a director but a vacancy or vacancies shall not be deemed to exist where one or more directors shall resign after having appointed his or their successor or successors. The director in respect of the Springing Board Seat shall resign immediately prior to, and conditioned upon, the consummation of a Qualified IPO; provided that in the event such director does not so resign, such director may be immediately removed by a resolution of directors or a resolution of members.

 

80. The Company may determine by resolution of directors to keep a register of the Board of Directors containing

 

  (a) the names and addresses of the persons who are directors of the Company;

 

  (b) the date on which each person whose name is entered in the register was appointed as a director of the Company; and

 

  (c) the date on which each person named as a director ceased to be a director of the Company.

 

81. If the Board of Directors determines to maintain a register of directors, a copy thereof shall be kept at the registered office of the Company and the Company may determine by resolution of directors to register a copy of the register with the Registrar of Companies.

 

82. With the prior or subsequent approval by a resolution of members, the Board of Directors may, by a resolution of directors, fix the emoluments of the Board of Directors with respect to services to be rendered in any capacity to the Company.

 

83. A director shall not require a share qualification, and may be an individual or a company.

POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

84.

The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by the directors who may pay all expenses incurred preliminary to and in connection with the

 

26


  formation and registration of the Company and may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not by the Act or by the Memorandum or these Articles required to be exercised by the members of the Company, subject to any delegation of such powers as may be authorised by these Articles and to such requirements as may be prescribed by a resolution of members; but no requirement made by a resolution of members shall prevail if it be inconsistent with these Articles nor shall such requirement invalidate any prior act of the Board of Directors which would have been valid if such requirement had not been made.

 

85. The Board of Directors may, by a resolution of directors, appoint any person, including a person who is a director, to be an officer or agent of the Company. The resolution of directors appointing an agent may authorise the agent to appoint one or more substitutes or delegates to exercise some or all of the powers conferred on the agent by the Company.

 

86. Every officer or agent of the Company has such powers and authority of the Board of Directors, including the power and authority to affix the Seal, as are set forth in these Articles or in the resolution of directors appointing the officer or agent, except that no officer or agent has any power or authority with respect to the matters requiring a resolution of directors under the Act.

 

87. Any director which is a body corporate may appoint any person its duly authorised representative for the purpose of representing it at meetings of the Board of Directors or with respect to unanimous written consents.

 

88. The continuing directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, save that if their number is reduced to their knowledge below the number fixed by or pursuant to these Articles as the necessary quorum for a meeting of the Board of Directors, the continuing directors or director may act only for the purpose of appointing directors to fill any vacancy that has arisen or summoning a meeting of members.

 

89. The Board of Directors may by resolution of directors exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertakings and property or any part thereof, to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

90. All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments and all receipts for monies paid to the Company, shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of directors.

 

91.

The Company may determine by resolution of directors to maintain at its registered office a register of mortgages, charges and other encumbrances in

 

27


  which there shall be entered the following particulars regarding each mortgage, charge and other encumbrance:

 

  (a) the sum secured;

 

  (b) the assets secured;

 

  (c) the name and address of the mortgagee, chargee or other encumbrancer;

 

  (d) the date of creation of the mortgage, charge or other encumbrance; and

 

  (e) the date on which the particulars specified above in respect of the mortgage, charge or other encumbrance are entered in the register.

 

92. The Company may further determine by a resolution of directors to register a copy of the register of mortgages, charges or other encumbrances with the Registrar of Companies.

 

93. Consent Rights Matters

 

     The Company shall not, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and each of its and its subsidiaries’ respective directors, officers, committee members, committees, employees, agents or delegates not to, without the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Preference Shares, voting as a separate class:

 

  (a) enter into any material transaction involving the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, on the one hand, and any Affiliate of the Company, on the other hand, or make or enter into any agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding to do or cause to be done any of the foregoing, unless such transaction is to be consummated on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Company or its subsidiary (as applicable) than could be obtained in a transaction effected with an unaffiliated third party on an arm’s-length basis by the Company or its subsidiary (as applicable) as determined by a majority of the non-interested members of the Board of Directors in their reasonable discretion; provided, however, that this clause 93(a) shall not apply to any:

 

  (i) transactions between or among the Company and any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries (or among its wholly-owned subsidiaries);

 

  (ii)

payment of reasonable and customary compensation (including the issuance of Equity Securities) to, provisions of awards and benefits under employee benefit plans, stock option plans and other similar arrangements to, and

 

28


  indemnities provided for the benefit of, current, former and future officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries and the entry into any agreement or arrangement relating to the foregoing;

 

  (iii) agreement, instrument or arrangement as in effect as of the Closing (which shall be deemed to include any license agreement to be entered into by the Company and Michael Kors Far East Holdings Limited (or any Affiliate thereof) provided that such license agreement is entered into substantially upon the terms set forth in the Subscription Agreement), or any transaction contemplated thereby, or any amendment, modification or replacement thereof specifically provided for therein (so long as any such amendment, modification or replacement is not materially more adverse to the Company when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Closing); and

 

  (iv) restructuring or reorganization of the Company, its Affiliates (including any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or any of its subsidiaries in connection with an IPO so long as any such restructuring or reorganization of the Company is not adverse to the Preference Shares in any way and does not cause adverse tax or other structuring consequences to the holders of Preference Shares;

The Company shall provide each holder of Preference Shares with written notice (which notice will include a summary of terms) ten days prior to it or its subsidiary taking any action that requires the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Preference Shares, voting as a separate class, under clause (a) of this Article 93; or

 

  (b)

amend, supplement or restate, by any means, including amendment, reclassification, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise (other than in connection with a Drag-Along Sale), (i) any provision of the Memorandum or the Articles in a manner that (x) alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Preference Shares, or (y) otherwise materially and disproportionately adversely affects the holders of Preference Shares or (ii) any other organizational documents of the Company and its subsidiaries, or any Transaction Document in a manner that is materially adverse to any rights, preferences, privileges or obligations of the holders of Preference Shares (and notwithstanding that such impact may be the same to all other members and/or their shares in the Company), except, in each case, for any such amendment, supplement

 

29


  or restatement (A) to correct any typographical or similar ministerial errors, (B) necessary or appropriate to effect a restructuring or reorganization of, or take other necessary and appropriate actions with respect to, the Company, its Affiliates (including any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or any of its subsidiaries in connection with an IPO, (C) to provide for anti-^controlled foreign corporation” restrictions or similar language in such organizational documents of the Company or its subsidiaries, (D) to create, authorize and/or issue Junior Securities or (E) to comply with any applicable Law or to protect the limited liability of the Company and its members.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

94. The Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof may meet at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the Board of Directors may determine to be necessary or desirable.

 

95. A director shall be deemed to be present at a meeting of the Board of Directors if he participates by telephone or other electronic means and all directors participating in the meeting are able to hear each other.

 

96. A director shall be given not less than 3 days notice of meetings of the Board of Directors, but a meeting of the Board of Directors held without 3 days notice having been given to all directors shall be valid if all the directors entitled to vote at the meeting who do not attend, waive notice of the meeting and for this purpose, the presence of a director at a meeting shall constitute waiver on his part.

 

97. A director may by a written instrument appoint an alternate who need not be a director and an alternate is entitled to attend meetings in the absence of the director who appointed him and to vote or consent in place of the director.

 

98. A meeting of the Board of Directors is duly constituted for all purposes if at the commencement of the meeting there are present in person or by alternate not less than one half of the total number of directors, unless there are only 2 directors in which case the quorum shall be 2.

 

99. If the Company shall have only one director the provisions herein contained for meetings of the Board of Directors shall not apply but such sole director shall have full power to represent and act for the Company in all matters as are not by the Act or the Memorandum or these Articles required to be exercised by the members of the Company and in lieu of minutes of a meeting shall record in writing and sign a note or memorandum of all matters requiring a resolution of directors. Such a note or memorandum shall constitute sufficient evidence of such resolution for all purposes.

 

30


100. At every meeting of the Board of Directors the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside as Chairman of the meeting. If there is no Chairman of the Board of Directors or if the Chairman of the Board of Directors is not present at the meeting the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside. If there is no Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors or if the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors is not present at the meeting the directors present shall choose someone of their number to be Chairman of the meeting.

 

101. An action that may be taken by the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors at a meeting may also be taken by a resolution of directors or a committee of the Board of Directors consented to in writing or by telex, telegram, cable, facsimile or other written electronic communication by all directors or all members of the committee as the case may be, without the need for any notice. The consent may be in the form of counterparts, each counterpart being signed by one or more directors.

 

102. The Board of Directors shall cause the following corporate records to be kept:

 

  (a) minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors, members, committee of the Board of Directors, committees of officers and committees of members;

 

  (b) copies of all resolutions consented to by the Board of Directors, members, committees of the Board of Directors, committees of officers and committees of members; and

 

  (c) such other accounts and records as the Board of Directors by resolution of directors consider necessary or desirable in order to reflect the financial position of the Company.

 

103. The books, records and minutes shall be kept at the registered office of the Company, its principal place of business or at such other place as the Board of Directors determines.

 

104. The Board of Directors may, by resolution of directors, designate one or more committees, each consisting of one or more directors.

 

105. Each committee of the Board of Directors has such powers and authorities of the Board of Directors, including the power and authority to affix the Seal, as are set forth in the resolution of directors establishing the committee, except that no committee has any power or authority to amend the Memorandum or these Articles, to appoint the Board of Directors or fix their emoluments, or to appoint officers or agents of the Company.

 

106.

The meetings and proceedings of each committee of the Board of Directors consisting of 2 or more directors shall be governed mutatis mutandis by the

 

31


  provisions of these Articles regulating the proceedings of the Board of Directors so far as the same are not superseded by any provisions in the resolution establishing the committee.

OFFICERS

 

107. The Company may by resolution of directors appoint officers of the Company at such times as shall be considered necessary or expedient. Such officers may consist of a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, a President and one or more Vice Presidents, Secretaries and Treasurers and such other officers as may from time to time be deemed desirable. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

108. The officers shall perform such duties as shall be prescribed at the time of their appointment subject to any modification in such duties as may be prescribed thereafter by resolution of directors or resolution of members, but in the absence of any specific allocation of duties it shall be the responsibility of the Chairman of the Board of Directors to preside at meetings of the Board of Directors and members, the Vice Chairman to act in the absence of the Chairman, the President to manage the day to day affairs of the Company, the Vice Presidents to act in order of seniority in the absence of the President but otherwise to perform such duties as may be delegated to them by the President, the Secretaries to maintain the share register, minute books and records (other than financial records) of the Company and to ensure compliance with all procedural requirements imposed on the Company by applicable Law, and the Treasurer to be responsible for the financial affairs of the Company.

 

109. The emoluments of all officers shall be fixed by resolution of directors.

 

110. The officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified, but any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by resolution of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company may be filled by resolution of directors.

CONFLICT OF INTERESTS

 

111.

No agreement or transaction between the Company and one or more of its directors or any person in which any director has a financial interest or to whom any director is related, including as a director of that other person, is void or voidable for this reason only or by reason only that the director is present at the meeting of the Board of Directors or at the meeting of the committee of the Board of Directors that approves the agreement or transaction or that the vote or consent of the director is counted for that purpose if the material facts of the interest of each director in the agreement or transaction and his interest in or relationship to

 

32


  any other party to the agreement or transaction are disclosed in good faith or are known by the other directors.

 

112. A director who has an interest in any particular business to be considered at a meeting of the Board of Directors or members may be counted for purposes of determining whether the meeting is duly constituted.

INDEMNIFICATION

 

113. Subject to the limitations hereinafter provided the Company may indemnify against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings any person who

 

  (a) is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, an officer or a liquidator of the Company; or

 

  (b) is or was, at the request of the Company, serving as a director, officer or liquidator of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another company or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

114. The Company may only indemnify a person if the person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

115. The decision of the Board of Directors as to whether the person acted honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company and as to whether the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful, is in the absence of fraud, sufficient for the purposes of these Articles, unless a question of Law is involved.

 

116. The termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entering of a nolle prosequi does not, by itself, create a presumption that the person did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

117. If a person to be indemnified has been successful in defence of any proceedings referred to above the person is entitled to be indemnified against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amount paid in settlement and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the proceedings.

 

33


118. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance in relation to any person who is or was a director, an officer or a liquidator of the Company, or who at the request of the Company is or was serving as a director, an officer or a liquidator of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another company or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person and incurred by the person in that capacity, whether or not the Company has or would have had the power to indemnify the person against the liability as provided in these Articles.

SEAL

 

119. The Company may have more than one Seal and references herein to the Seal shall be references to every Seal which shall have been duly adopted by resolution of directors. The Board of Directors shall provide for the safe custody of the Seal and for an imprint thereof to be kept at the Registered Office. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein the Seal when affixed to any written instrument shall be witnessed and attested to by the signature of a director or any other person so authorised from time to time by resolution of directors. Such authorisation may be before or after the seal is affixed may be general or specific and may refer to any number of sealings. The Board of Directors may provide for a facsimile of the Seal and of the signature of any director or authorised person which may be reproduced by printing or other means on any instrument and it shall have the same force and validity as if the Seal had been affixed to such instrument and the same had been signed as hereinbefore described.

DIVIDENDS

 

120. The Company may by a resolution of directors declare and pay dividends in money, shares, or other property but dividends shall only be declared and paid out of surplus. In the event that dividends are paid in specie the Board of Directors shall have responsibility for establishing and recording in the resolution of directors authorising the dividends, a fair and proper value for the assets to be so distributed.

 

121. The Board of Directors may from time to time pay to the members such interim dividends as appear to the Board of Directors to be justified by the profits of the Company.

 

122. The Board of Directors may, before declaring any dividend, set aside out of the profits of the Company such sum as they think proper as a reserve fund, and may invest the sum so set apart as a reserve fund upon such securities as they may select.

 

123.

No dividend shall be declared and paid unless the Board of Directors determine that immediately after the payment of the dividend the Company will be able to satisfy its liabilities as they become due in the ordinary course of its business and

 

34


  the realisable value of the assets of the Company will not be less than the sum of its total liabilities, other than deferred taxes, as shown in its books of account, and its capital. In the absence of fraud, the decision of the Board of Directors as to the realisable value of the assets of the Company is conclusive, unless a question of Law is involved.

 

124. Notice of any dividend that may have been declared shall be given to each member in manner hereinafter mentioned and all dividends unclaimed for 3 years after having been declared may be forfeited by resolution of directors for the benefit of the Company.

 

125. No dividend shall bear interest as against the Company and no dividend shall be paid on treasury shares or shares held by another company of which the Company holds directly or indirectly, shares having more than 50 percent of the vote in electing directors.

 

126. A share issued as a dividend by the Company shall be treated for all purposes as having been issued for money equal to the surplus that is transferred to capital upon the issue of the share.

 

127. In the case of a dividend of authorised but unissued shares with par value, an amount equal to the aggregate par value of the shares shall be transferred from surplus to capital at the time of the distribution.

 

128. In the case of a dividend of authorised but unissued shares without par value, the amount designated by the Board of Directors shall be transferred from surplus to capital at the time of the distribution, except that the Board of Directors must designate as capital an amount that is at least equal to the amount that the shares are entitled to as a preference, if any, in the assets of the Company upon liquidation of the Company.

 

129. A division of the issued and outstanding shares of a class or series of shares into a larger number of shares of the same class or series having a proportionately smaller par value does not constitute a dividend of shares.

ACCOUNTS AND AUDIT

 

130. The Company may by resolution of members call for the Board of Directors to prepare periodically a profit and loss account and a balance sheet. The profit and loss account and balance sheet shall be drawn up so as to give respectively a true and fair view of the profit or loss of the Company for the financial period and a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company as at the end of the financial period.

 

131. The Company may by resolution of members call for the accounts to be examined by auditors.

 

35


132. The first auditors shall be appointed by resolution of directors, subsequent auditors shall be appointed by a resolution of members.

 

133. The auditors may be members of the Company but no director or other officer shall be eligible to be an auditor of the Company during his continuance in office.

 

134. The remuneration of the auditors of the Company

 

  (a) in the case of auditors appointed by the Board of Directors, may be fixed by resolution of directors;

 

  (b) subject to the foregoing, shall be fixed by resolution of members or in such manner as the Company may by resolution of members determine.

 

135. The auditors shall examine each profit and loss account and balance sheet required to be served on every member of the Company or laid before a meeting of the members of the Company and shall state in a written report whether or not

 

  (a) in their opinion the profit and loss account and balance sheet give a true and fair view respectively of the profit or loss for the period covered by the accounts, and of the state of affairs of the Company at the end of that period, and

 

  (b) all the information and explanations required by the auditors have been obtained.

 

136. The report of the auditors shall be annexed to the accounts and shall be read at the meeting of members at which the accounts are laid before the Company or shall be served on the members.

 

137. Every auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books of account and vouchers of the Company, and shall be entitled to require from the directors and officers of the Company such information and explanations as he thinks necessary for the performance of the duties of the auditors.

 

138. The auditors of the Company shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend any meetings of members of the Company as which the Company’s profit and loss account and balance sheet are to be presented.

NOTICES

 

139. Any notice, information or written statement to be given by the Company to members may be served in the case of members holding registered shares in any way by which it can reasonably be expected to reach each member or by mail addressed to each member at the address shown in the share register.

 

36


140. Any summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement to be served on the Company may be served by leaving it, or by sending it by registered mail addressed to the Company, at its registered office, or by leaving it with, or by sending it by registered mail to, the registered agent of the Company.

 

141. Service of any summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement to be served on the Company may be proved by showing that the summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement was delivered to the registered office or the registered agent of the Company or that it was mailed in such time as to admit to its being delivered to the registered office or the registered agent of the Company in the normal course of delivery within the period prescribed for service and was correctly addressed and the postage was prepaid.

PENSION AND SUPERANNUATION FUNDS

 

142. The Board of Directors may establish and maintain or procure the establishment and maintenance of any non-contributory or contributory pension or superannuation funds for the benefit of, and give or procure the giving of donations, gratuities, pensions, allowances or emoluments to any persons who are or were at any time in the employment or service of the Company or any company which is a subsidiary of the Company or is allied to or associated with the Company or with any such subsidiary, or who are or were at any time directors or officers of the Company or of any such other company as aforesaid or who hold or held any salaried employment or office in the Company or such other company, or any persons in whose welfare the Company or any such other company as aforesaid is or has been at any time interested, and to the wives, widows, families and dependents of any such person, and may make payments for or towards the insurance of any such persons as aforesaid, and may do any of the matters aforesaid either alone or in conjunction with any such other company as aforesaid. Subject always to the proposal being approved by resolution of members, a director holding any such employment, or office shall be entitled to participate in and retain for his own benefit any such donation, gratuity, pension allowance or emolument.

ARBITRATION

 

143.

Whenever any difference arises between the Company on the one hand and any of the members or their executors, administrators or assigns on the other hand, touching the true intent and construction or the incidence or consequences of the Memorandum, these Articles or of the Act, touching anything done or executed, omitted or suffered in pursuance of the Act or touching any breach or alleged breach or otherwise relating to the premises or to these Articles, the Memorandum, or to any Act or Ordinance affecting the Company or to any of the affairs of the Company such difference shall, unless the parties agree to refer the

 

37


  same to a single arbitrator, be referred to 2 arbitrators one to be chosen by each of the parties to the difference and the arbitrators shall before entering on the reference appoint an umpire.

 

144. If either party to the reference makes default in appointing an arbitrator either originally or by way of substitution (in the event that an appointed arbitrator shall die, be incapable of acting or refuse to act) for 10 days after the other party has given him notice to appoint the same, such other party may appoint an arbitrator to act in the place of the arbitrator of the defaulting party.

VOLUNTARY WINDING UP AND DISSOLUTION

 

145. The Company may voluntarily commence to wind up and dissolve by a resolution of members but if the Company has never issued shares it may voluntarily commence to wind up and dissolve by resolution of directors.

CONTINUATION

 

146. The Company may by resolution of members or by a resolution passed unanimously by all directors of the Company continue as a company incorporated under the Laws of a jurisdiction outside the British Virgin Islands in the manner provided under those Laws.

[remainder of page left intentionally blank]

 

38


We, Offshore Incorporations Limited, of P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands for the purpose of incorporating an International Business Company under the laws of the British Virgin Islands hereby subscribe our name to these Articles of Association the 1 st day of July, 2002.

 

   SUBSCRIBER   

Offshore Incorporations Limited

E. T. POWELL

     

(Sd.) E.T. POWELL

Authorised Signatory

     
   in the presence of: WITNESS   

FANDY TSOI

     

(Sd.) Fandy Tsoi

9/F Ruttonjee House

11 Duddell Street, Central

Hong Kong

Production Supervisor

 

39


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

(See fully executed agreement attached as Exhibit 10.2

to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed

by Michael Kors Holdings Limited.)


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF VOTING AND LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

(See fully executed agreement attached as Exhibit 10.3

to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed

by Michael Kors Holdings Limited.)


EXHIBIT G

FORM OF FIRST ARTICLES OF MERGER

(See attached.)


ARTICLES OF MERGER

These Articles of Merger entered into this 8th day of July 2011 by and between MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED (the “ Surviving Company ”) and SHL-KORS LIMITED (the “ Merging Company ”), WITNESSETH as follows:

 

1. The parties hereto do hereby adopt the Plan of Merger a copy of which is annexed hereto to the intent that the merger shall be effective on the 8th day of July 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

2. The Memorandum and Articles of the Merging Company were registered with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs of the British Virgin Islands on the 13th day of December 2002.

 

3. The Memorandum and Articles of the Surviving Company were registered with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs of the British Virgin Islands on the 13th day of December 2002.

 

4. The Merger was approved for the Surviving Company:

 

  (a) by a written resolution of the directors dated 7th July 2011; and

 

  (b) by a written resolution of the members dated 7th July 2011.

 

5. The Merger was approved for the Merging Company:

 

  (a) By a written resolution of the directors dated 7th July 2011; and

 

  (b) by a written resolution of the members dated 7th July 2011.

 

6. The Surviving Company and the Merging Company have complied with all the provisions of the laws of the British Virgin Islands to enable them to merge upon the Effective Date.

 

7. These Articles of Merger may be executed in counterparts which when taken together shall constitute one instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused these Articles of Merger to be executed on this 8th day of July 2011.


EXECUTED and DELIVERED

     )            

for and on behalf of

     )            

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

     )         

 

  

by

     )            

its duly authorised [director/signatory]

     )            


EXECUTED and DELIVERED

     )            

for and on behalf of

     )            

SHL-KORS LIMITED

     )         

 

  

by

     )            

its duly authorised [director/signatory]

     )            


EXHIBIT H

FORM OF FIRST PLAN OF MERGER

(See attached.)


PLAN OF MERGER

This Plan of Merger is made the 8th day of July 2011 between MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED (sometimes hereinafter referred to as “ MKHL ” or the “Surviving Company” ) and SHL-KORS LIMITED (the “Merging Company” ). MKHL and the Merging Company are herein collectively referred to as the “Companies” .

WHEREAS the Companies are BVI Business Companies registered under the BVI Business Companies Act (the “Act” ) and each of them is entering into this Plan of Merger pursuant to the provisions of Sections 169 to 173 of the Act.

AND WHEREAS the directors of each of the Companies deem it desirable and in the best interest of the Companies and their respective shareholders that the Merging Company be merged with and into MKHL.

NOW THEREFORE this Plan of Merger witnesseth as follows:

 

1. The constituent companies to this Plan of Merger are MKHL and the Merging Company.

 

2. The surviving company is MKHL.

 

3. (a) MKHL has 1,145.0275 issued and outstanding ordinary shares of no par value per share and no issued and outstanding preference shares of no par value per share. All shares in MKHL are entitled to vote as a single class.

 

  (b) The Merging Company has one issued and outstanding ordinary share, par value $1.00 per share, of a single class. All shares in the Merging Company are entitled to vote as a single class.

 

4. Upon the merger, the separate corporate existence of the Merging Company shall cease and the Surviving Company shall become the owner, without other transfer, of all the rights and property of the constituent companies and the Surviving Company shall become subject to all liabilities obligations and penalties of the constituent companies.

 

5. The manner and basis of converting the shares of the constituent companies into shares of the Surviving Company or other property shall be as follows:

 

  (a) the ordinary shares of MKHL held by the Merging Company on the effective date of the merger shall be cancelled in the merger, and the ordinary shares of MKHL held by Michael Kors on the effective date of the merger shall be and continue to represent fully paid and non-assessable ordinary shares of MKHL; and

 

  (b) the ordinary shares of the Merging Company held by the sole member of the Merging Company on the effective date of the Merger shall be exchanged for and converted into the number of fully paid and non-assessable ordinary shares of the Surviving Company set forth next to the name of the sole member of the Merging Company and specified on Schedule I hereto.


6. The constituent documents of MKHL as existing immediately prior to the effective date shall be the constituent documents of the Surviving Company until the same shall be altered or amended or until new constituent documents are adopted as provided therein.

 

7. This Plan of Merger shall be submitted to the shareholders of each of the Companies for their approval by a resolution of shareholders.

 

8. The merger shall be effective when the Articles of Merger relevant hereto and this Plan of Merger are registered by the Registrar of Corporate Affairs of the British Virgin Islands.

 

9. This Plan of Merger may be executed in counterparts which when taken together shall constitute one instrument.

In witness whereof the parties hereto have caused this Plan of Merger to be executed on this 8th day of July, 2011.


EXECUTED and DELIVERED

   )         

for and on behalf of

   )         

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

   )      

 

  

by

   )         

its duly authorised [director/signatory]

   )         

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED

   )         

for and on behalf of

   )         

SHL-KORS LIMITED

   )      

 

  

by

   )         

its duly authorised [director/signatory]

   )         


Schedule I

 

Name of Member of the

Merging Company

  

Ordinary Shares of

MKHL

SHLF    973.2734
MK    171.7541
Total    1,145.0275


EXHIBIT I

FORM OF SECOND ARTICLES OF MERGER

(See attached.)


ARTICLES OF MERGER

These Articles of Merger entered into this 11th day of July 2011 by and between MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED (the “Surviving Company ) and SHL FASHION LIMITED (the “Merging Company” ), WITNESSETH as follows:

 

1. The parties hereto do hereby adopt the Plan of Merger a copy of which is annexed hereto to the intent that the merger shall be effective on the 11th day of July 2011 (the “Effective Date” ).

 

2. The Memorandum and Articles of the Merging Company were registered with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs of the British Virgin Islands on the 3rd day of January 2003.

 

3. The Memorandum and Articles of the Surviving Company were registered with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs of the British Virgin Islands on the 13th day of December 2002.

 

4. The Merger was approved for the Surviving Company:

 

  (a) by a written resolution of the directors dated 7th July 2011; and

 

  (b) by a written resolution of the shareholders dated 7th July 2011.

 

5. The Merger was approved for the Merging Company:

 

  (a) by a written resolution of the directors dated 7th July 2011; and

 

  (b) by a written resolution of the members dated 7th July 2011.

 

6. The Surviving Company and the Merging Company have complied with all the provisions of the laws of the British Virgin Islands to enable them to merge upon the Effective Date.

 

7. These Articles of Merger may be executed in counterparts which when taken together shall constitute one instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused these Articles of Merger to be executed on this 11th day of July 2011.


EXECUTED and DELIVERED

     )            

for and on behalf of

     )            

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

     )         

 

  

by

     )            

its duly authorised [director/signatory]

     )            


EXECUTED and DELIVERED

     )            

for and on behalf of

     )            

SHL FASHION LIMITED

     )         

 

  

by

     )            

its duly authorised [director/signatory]

     )            


EXHIBIT J

FORM OF SECOND PLAN OF MERGER

(See attached.)


PLAN OF MERGER

This Plan of Merger is made the 11th day of July, 2011 between MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED (sometimes hereinafter referred to as “MKHL” or the “Surviving Company” ) and SHL FASHION LIMITED (the “Merging Company” ). MKHL and the Merging Company are herein collectively referred to as the “Companies” .

WHEREAS the Companies are BVI Business Companies registered under the BVI Business Companies Act (the “Act” ) and each of them is entering into this Plan of Merger pursuant to the provisions of Sections 169 to 173 of the Act.

AND WHEREAS the directors of each of the Companies deem it desirable and in the best interest of the Companies and their respective shareholders that the Merging Company be merged with and into MKHL.

NOW THEREFORE this Plan of Merger witnesseth as follows:

 

1. The constituent companies to this Plan of Merger are MKHL and the Merging Company.

 

2. The surviving company is MKHL.

 

3. (a)

MKHL has 1,198.6266 issued and outstanding ordinary shares of no par value per share and no issued and outstanding preference shares of no par value per share. All shares in MKHL are entitled to vote as a single class.

 

  (b) The Merging Company has 10,000 issued and outstanding ordinary shares of US$1.00 par value per share, and 1,413.4789 issued and outstanding preference shares of US$1.00 par value per share. Only the ordinary shares in the Merging Company are entitled to vote as a single class.

 

4. Upon the merger, the separate corporate existence of the Merging Company shall cease and the Surviving Company shall become the owner, without other transfer, of all the rights and property of the constituent companies and the Surviving Company shall become subject to all liabilities obligations and penalties of the constituent companies.

 

5. The manner and basis of converting the shares of the constituent companies into shares of the Surviving Company or other property shall be as follows:

 

  (a) each ordinary share of MKHL held by the Merging Company on the effective date of the merger shall be cancelled in the merger;

 

  (b) the ordinary shares of MKHL held by Michael Kors on the effective date of the merger (except for 21.7541 of the ordinary shares held by Michael Kors and received by him in the 2010 corporate restructuring involving certain affiliates of MKHL, SHL-Kors Limited and Michael Kors that conduct operations in Canada (the “MK Canada Shares” )) shall be exchanged for and converted into the number of fully paid and non-assessable ordinary shares of no par value per share


  of the Surviving Company and fully paid and non-assessable preference shares of no par value per share of the Surviving Company, and the MK Canada Shares held by Michael Kors on the effective date of the merger shall be exchanged for and converted into the number of fully paid and non-assessable preference shares of no par value per share of the Surviving Company, in each case set forth next to Michael Kors’ name and specified on Schedule I hereto;

 

  (c) the ordinary shares of the Merging Company held by each member of the Merging Company on the effective date of the Merger shall be exchanged for and converted into the number of fully paid and non-assessable ordinary shares of no par value per share of the Surviving Company set forth next to the name of such member of the Merging Company and specified on Schedule I hereto; and

 

  (d) the preference shares of the Merging Company held by each member of the Merging Company on the effective date of the Merger shall be exchanged for and converted into the number of fully paid and non-assessable preference shares of no par value per share of the Surviving Company set forth next to the name of such member of the Merging Company and specified on Schedule I hereto.

 

6. The constituent documents of MKHL as existing immediately prior to the effective date shall be the constituent documents of the Surviving Company until the same shall be altered or amended or until new constituent documents are adopted as provided therein.

 

7. This Plan of Merger shall be submitted to the shareholders of each of the Companies for their approval by a resolution of shareholders.

 

8. The merger shall be effective when the Articles of Merger relevant hereto and this Plan of Merger are registered by the Registrar of Corporate Affairs of the British Virgin Islands.

 

9. This Plan of Merger may be executed in counterparts which when taken together shall constitute one instrument.

In witness whereof the parties hereto have caused this Plan of Merger to be executed on this 11th day of July, 2011.


EXECUTED and DELIVERED

   )         

for and on behalf of

   )         

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

   )      

 

  

by

   )         

its duly authorised [director/signatory]

   )         

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED

   )         

for and on behalf of

   )         

SHL FASHION LIMITED

   )      

 

  

by

   )         

its duly authorised [director/signatory]

   )         


Schedule I

 

Shareholder

   Ordinary
shares of the
Merging
Company
owned prior to
the effective
time of the
Merger
     Ordinary shares
of MKHL
received in the
Merger for
ordinary shares
of the Merging
Company
     Preference
shares of MKHL
received in the
Merger for
ordinary shares
of the Merging
Company
     Preference
shares of the
Merging
Company
owned prior to
the  effective
time of the
Merger
     Preference
shares of MKHL
received in the
Merger for
preference shares
of the Merging
Company
     Ordinary shares
of MKHL owned
immediately
after the
effective time of
the Merger
     Preference shares of
MKHL owned
immediately after
the effective time of
the Merger
 

Sportswear Holdings Limited

     7,824         25,750,006         4,933,542         1,130.78         2,455,349         25,750,006         7,388,891   

Littlestone

     196         645,067         123,591         47.12         102,306         645,067         225,897   

Northcroft Trading Inc.

     294         967,600         185,386         70.67         153,459         967,600         338,845   

Vax Trading, Inc.

     196         645,067         123,591         47.12         102,306         645,067         225,897   

OB Kors LLC

     392         1,290,133         247,182         94.23         204,612         1,290,133         451,794   

John Idol

     1,000         3,291,156         630,565         –           –           3,291,156         630,565   

John Muse

     39.2         129,011         24,718         9.42         20,461         129,011         45,179   

Muse Children’s GS Trust

     19.6         64,507         12,359         4.71         10,231         64,507         22,590   

JRM Interim Investors, LP

     19.6         64,507         12,359         4.71         10,231         64,507         22,590   

Muse Family Enterprises

     19.6         64,507         12,359         4.71         10,231         64,507         22,590   

Subtotal

     10,000         32,911,561         6,305,652         1,413.48         3,069,187         32,911,561         9,374,838   

Michael Kors

     n/a         n/a         n/a         n/a         n/a         5,807,923         1,264,878 1  

Total

                    38,719,484         10,639,716   

 

1 All of these preference shares of MKHL will be received in the Merger for ordinary shares of MKHL owned by Michael Kors, including all 21.7541 ordinary shares of MKHL (on a post-MKHL Recapitalization basis) issued to Michael Kors in the 2010 Canadian Restructuring. Such 21.7541 ordinary shares of MKHL are being converted in the Merger into 895,830 preference shares of MKHL, and the other 150 ordinary shares of MKHL (on a post-MKHL Recapitalization basis) owned by Michael Kors are being converted in the Merger into 5,807,923 ordinary shares of MKHL and 369,048 preference shares of MKHL.


EXHIBIT K

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED MK EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

(See attached.)


EXHIBIT L

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED IDOL EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

(See attached.)


EXHIBIT M

FORM OF AMENDED FAR EAST MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES

(See attached.)


TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT, 2004

AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

MICHAEL KORS FAR EAST HOLDINGS LIMITED

A COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 In this Memorandum of Association and the attached Articles of Association, if not inconsistent with the subject or context:

“Act” means the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (No. 16 of 2004) and includes the regulations made under the Act;

“Articles” means the attached Articles of Association of the Company;

“Chairman of the Board” has the meaning specified in Regulation 12;

“Distribution” in relation to a distribution by the Company to a Shareholder means the direct or indirect transfer of an asset, other than Shares, to or for the benefit of the Shareholder, or the incurring of a debt to or for the benefit of a Shareholder, in relation to Shares held by a Shareholder, and whether by means of the purchase of an asset, the purchase, redemption or other acquisition of Shares, a transfer of indebtedness or otherwise, and includes a dividend;

“Eligible Person” means individuals, corporations, trusts, the estates of deceased individuals, partnerships and unincorporated associations of persons;

“Memorandum” means this Memorandum of Association of the Company;

“Registrar” means the Registrar of Corporate Affairs appointed under section 229 of the Act;

“Resolution of Directors” means either:

 

  (a) a resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of directors of the Company or of a committee of directors of the Company by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at the meeting who voted except that where a director is given more than one vote, he shall be counted by the number of votes he casts for the purpose of establishing a majority; or

 

  (b) a resolution consented to in writing by all directors or by all members of a committee of directors of the Company, as the case may be;


“Resolution of Shareholders” means either:

 

  (a) a resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of the Shareholders of the Company by the affirmative vote of a majority of in excess of 50% of the votes of the Shares entitled to vote thereon which were present at the meeting and were voted; or

 

  (b) a resolution consented to in writing by a majority of in excess of 50% of the votes of Shares entitled to vote thereon;

“Seal” means any seal which has been duly adopted as the common seal of the Company;

“Securities” means Shares and debt obligations of every kind of the Company, and including without limitation options, warrants and rights to acquire Shares or debt obligations;

“Share” means a share issued or to be issued by the Company;

“Shareholder” means an Eligible Person whose name is entered in the register of members of the Company as the holder of one or more Shares or fractional Shares;

“Treasury Share” means a Share that was previously issued but was repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Company and not cancelled; and

“written” or any term of like import includes information generated, sent, received or stored by electronic, electrical, digital, magnetic, optical, electromagnetic, biometric or photonic means, including electronic data interchange, electronic mail, telegram, telex or telecopy, and “in writing” shall be construed accordingly.

 

1.2 In the Memorandum and the Articles, unless the context otherwise requires a reference to:

 

  (a) a “Regulation” is a reference to a regulation of the Articles;

 

  (b) a “Clause” is a reference to a clause of the Memorandum;

 

  (c) voting by Shareholders is a reference to the casting of the votes attached to the Shares held by the Shareholder voting;

 

  (d) the Act, the Memorandum or the Articles is a reference to the Act or those documents as amended or, in the case of the Act any re-enactment thereof; and

 

  (e) the singular includes the plural and vice versa.

 

1.3 Any words or expressions defined in the Act unless the context otherwise requires bear the same meaning in the Memorandum and the Articles unless otherwise defined herein.

 

1.4 Headings are inserted for convenience only and shall be disregarded in interpreting the Memorandum and the Articles.

 

2. NAME

The name of the Company is Michael Kors Far East Holdings Limited.

 

2


3. STATUS

The Company is a company limited by shares.

 

4. REGISTERED OFFICE AND REGISTERED AGENT

 

4.1 The first registered office of the Company is at P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands, the office of the first registered agent.

 

4.2 The first registered agent of the Company is Offshore Incorporations Limited of P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

 

4.3 The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders or by Resolution of Directors change the location of its registered office or change its registered agent.

 

4.4 Any change of registered office or registered agent will take effect on the registration by the Registrar of a notice of the change filed by the existing registered agent or a legal practitioner in the British Virgin Islands acting on behalf of the Company.

 

5. CAPACITY AND POWERS

 

5.1 Subject to the Act and any other British Virgin Islands legislation, the Company has, irrespective of corporate benefit:

 

  (a) full capacity to carry on or undertake any business or activity, do any act or enter into any transaction; and

 

  (b) for the purposes of paragraph (a), full rights, powers and privileges.

 

5.2 For the purposes of section 9(4) of the Act, there are no limitations on the business that the Company may carry on.

 

6. NUMBER AND CLASSES OF SHARES

 

6.1 Shares in the company shall be issued in the currency of the United States of America.

 

6.2 The Company is authorised to issue a maximum of 51,500 Shares as follows:

 

  (a) 50,000 ordinary shares of US$1.00 par value per share, issuable in one series (the “Ordinary Shares” ), and

 

  (b) 1,500 preference shares of US$1.00 par value per share, issuable in one series (the “Preference Shares” ).

 

6.3 The Company may issue fractional Shares and a fractional Share shall have the corresponding fractional rights, obligations and liabilities of a whole Share of the same class or series of Shares.

 

6.4 Shares may be issued in one or more series of Shares as the directors may by Resolution of Directors determine from time to time.

 

3


7. RIGHTS OF SHARES

 

7.1 Each Ordinary Share in the Company confers upon the Shareholder:

 

  (a) the right to one vote at a meeting of the Shareholders of the Company or on any Resolution of Shareholders;

 

  (b) the right to an equal share in any dividend paid by the Company; and

 

  (c) the right to an equal share in the distribution of the surplus assets of the Company on its liquidation.

 

7.2 Each Preference Share in the Company confers upon the Shareholder:

 

  (a) no right to vote at a meeting of the Shareholders of the Company or on any Resolution of Shareholders;

 

  (b) no right to any dividends paid by the Company;

 

  (c) in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution to the holders of the Ordinary Shares by reason of their ownership of such shares, the amount of US$100,000.00 per share (as such amount shall be appropriately adjusted for any division or combination of shares or similar event in respect of such Preference Shares, the “Preference Shares Liquidation Amount”). If, upon the occurrence of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets legally available for distribution among the holders of the Preference Shares are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full preferential amount, then all of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably amongst the holders of the Preference Shares in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive. After setting apart or paying in full the preferential amounts due to the holders of the Preference Shares as aforesaid, the remaining assets, if any, of the Company legally available for distribution to members shall be distributed ratably amongst the holders of the Ordinary Shares; and

 

(d)    (i)         subject to the provisions of the Act and the Articles with respect to the redemption and cancellation of shares, be subject to redemption by the Company, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of the holders thereof, in whole or in part, on not less than five (5) business days’ notice in writing to the holders thereof stating the number of Preference Shares held by the holder that the Company intends to redeem at the date fixed for redemption, at a price per share equal to the Preference Shares Liquidation Amount (the “Redemption Price”); provided that the Company shall have the right to exercise such redemption rights with respect to any redemption of Preference Shares only on a pro rata basis with respect to the number of Preference Shares held by each holder;
   (ii)        in addition, upon (i) the consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other company or companies not being a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, or a sale, conveyance or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (in any transaction or series of related transactions), or (ii) the issue of shares by the Company and/or a sale by the existing members of the Company in any transaction or series of related transactions (including a public offering) in which the aggregate number of votes attached to the shares to be issued and/or sold is greater than the number of votes attached to the issued and outstanding shares immediately prior to the transaction or series of related transactions, or (iii) the acquisition by any person or group of persons

 

4


      acting jointly or otherwise in concert, other than Sportswear Holdings Limited and its affiliates, of more than 50% of the issued and outstanding shares (any one of the foregoing being a “Change of Control” ), at the option of any holder of outstanding Preference Shares, be redeemed by the Company at the Redemption Price in the manner provided below. Such redemption shall occur immediately prior to or simultaneously with the consummation of such Change of Control. The Company will give written notice of any Change of Control, stating the substance and intended date of consummation thereof, not more than sixty (60) business days nor less than twenty (20) business days prior to the date of consummation thereof. Each holder of the Preference Shares shall have ten (10) business days from the date of their receipt of such notice to demand (by written notice mailed to the Company) redemption of all or any portion of the Preference Shares held by such holder; provided that unless a holder provides written notice to the Company to the contrary, each holder shall be deemed to have provided such written demand notice in accordance with this sentence in respect of all of their Preference Shares; and
   (iii)      each holder of any Preference Shares to be redeemed pursuant to the foregoing provisions shall surrender to the Company the certificates evidencing such shares. The Redemption Price of such shares shall be payable to those persons whose names appear in the share register of the Company and whose names appear on such share certificates as the respective owners thereof, and each surrendered certificate shall be cancelled. In the event less than all the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new share certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares. All of the Preference Shares to be redeemed pursuant to the foregoing provisions shall be cancelled upon their redemption and shall not be available for reissue.

 

7.3 The Company may by Resolution of Directors redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire all or any of the Shares in the Company subject to Clause 7.2 above and Regulation 3 of the Articles.

 

8. VARIATION OF RIGHTS

If at any time the Shares are divided into different classes, the rights attached to any class may only be varied, whether or not the Company is in liquidation, with the consent in writing of or by a resolution passed at a meeting by the holders of not less than a majority of the issued Shares in that class.

 

9. RIGHTS NOT VARIED BY THE ISSUE OF SHARES PARI PASSU

The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any class shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu therewith.

 

10. REGISTERED SHARES

 

10.1 The Company shall issue registered Shares only.

 

10.2 The Company is not authorised to issue bearer Shares, convert registered Shares to bearer Shares or exchange registered Shares for bearer Shares.

 

11. TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

11.1 The Company shall, on receipt of an instrument of transfer complying with Sub-Regulation 6.1 of the Articles, enter the name of the transferee of a Share in the register of members unless the directors resolve to refuse or delay the registration of the transfer for reasons that shall be specified in a Resolution of Directors.

 

5


11.2 The directors may not resolve to refuse or delay the transfer of a Share unless the Shareholder has failed to pay an amount due in respect of the Share.

 

12. AMENDMENT OF THE MEMORANDUM AND THE ARTICLES

 

12.1 Subject to Clause 8, the Company may amend the Memorandum or the Articles by Resolution of Shareholders or by Resolution of Directors, save that no amendment may be made by Resolution of Directors:

 

  (a) to restrict the rights or powers of the Shareholders to amend the Memorandum or the Articles;

 

  (b) to change the percentage of Shareholders required to pass a Resolution of Shareholders to amend the Memorandum or the Articles;

 

  (c) in circumstances where the Memorandum or the Articles cannot be amended by the Shareholders; or

 

  (d) to Clauses 7, 8, 6 or this Clause 12.

 

12.2 Any amendment of the Memorandum or the Articles will take effect on the registration by the Registrar of a notice of amendment, or restated Memorandum and Articles, filed by the registered agent.

We, OFFSHORE INCORPORATIONS LIMITED of P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands for the purpose of incorporating a BVI Business Company under the laws of the British Virgin Islands hereby sign this Memorandum of Association on the 7 th day of July, 2010.

Incorporator

 

   

(Sd.) Rexella D Hodge

Authorised Signatory

HARNEYS CORPORATE SERVICES LIMITED

 

6


[ This page has been intentionally left blank ]


TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT, 2004

AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

MICHAEL KORS FAR EAST HOLDINGS LIMITED

A COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

1. REGISTERED SHARES

 

1.1 Every Shareholder is entitled to a certificate signed by a director or officer of the Company, or any other person authorised by Resolution of Directors, or under the Seal specifying the number of Shares held by him and the signature of the director, officer or authorised person and the Seal may be facsimiles.

 

1.2 Any Shareholder receiving a certificate shall indemnify and hold the Company and its directors and officers harmless from any loss or liability which it or they may incur by reason of any wrongful or fraudulent use or representation made by any person by virtue of the possession thereof. If a certificate for Shares is worn out or lost it may be renewed on production of the worn out certificate or on satisfactory proof of its loss together with such indemnity as may be required by Resolution of Directors.

 

1.3 If several Eligible Persons are registered as joint holders of any Shares, any one of such Eligible Persons may give an effectual receipt for any Distribution.

 

2. SHARES

 

2.1 Shares and other Securities may be issued at such times, to such Eligible Persons, for such consideration and on such terms as the directors may by Resolution of Directors determine.

 

2.2 Section 46 of the Act (Pre-emptive rights) does not apply to the Company.

 

2.3 A Share may be issued for consideration in any form, including money, a promissory note, or other written obligation to contribute money or property, real property, personal property (including goodwill and know-how), services rendered or a contract for future services.

 

2.4 The consideration for a Share with par value shall not be less than the par value of the Share. If a Share with par value is issued for consideration less than the par value, the person to whom the Share is issued is liable to pay to the Company an amount equal to the difference between the issue price and the par value.

 

2.5 No Shares may be issued for a consideration other than money, unless a Resolution of Directors has been passed stating:

 

  (a) the amount to be credited for the issue of the Shares;


  (b) the determination of the directors of the reasonable present cash value of the non-money consideration for the issue; and

 

  (c) that, in the opinion of the directors, the present cash value of the non-money consideration for the issue is not less than the amount to be credited for the issue of the Shares.

 

2.6 The consideration paid for any Share, whether a par value Share or a no par value Share shall not be treated as a liability or debt of the Company for the purposes of

 

  (a) the solvency test in Regulations 3 and 18; and

 

  (b) sections 197 and 209 of the Act.

 

2.7 The Company shall keep a register (the “register of members” ) containing:

 

  (a) the names and addresses of the Eligible Persons who hold Shares;

 

  (b) the number of each class and series of Shares held by each Shareholder;

 

  (c) the date on which the name of each Shareholder was entered in the register of members; and

 

  (d) the date on which any Eligible Person ceased to be a Shareholder.

 

2.8 The register of members may be in any such form as the directors may approve, but if it is in magnetic, electronic or other data storage form, the Company must be able to produce legible evidence of its contents. Until the directors otherwise determine, the magnetic, electronic or other data storage form shall be the original register of members.

 

2.9 A Share is deemed to be issued when the name of the Shareholder is entered in the register of members.

 

3. REDEMPTION OF SHARES AND TREASURY SHARES

 

3.1 The Company may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire and hold its own Shares save that the Company may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its own Shares without the consent of Shareholders whose Shares are to be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired unless the Company is permitted by the Act or any other provision in the Memorandum or Articles to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire the Shares without their consent.

 

3.2 The Company may only offer to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire Shares if the Resolution of Directors authorising the purchase, redemption or other acquisition contains a statement that the directors are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that immediately after the acquisition the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due.

 

3.3 Sections 60 ( Process for acquisition of own shares ), 61 ( Offer to one or more shareholders ) and 62 ( Shares redeemed otherwise than at the option of company ) of the Act shall not apply to the Company.

 

3.4 Shares that the Company purchases, redeems or otherwise acquires pursuant to this Regulation may be cancelled or held as Treasury Shares except to the extent that such Shares are in excess of 50% of the issued Shares in which case they shall be cancelled but they shall be available for reissue.

 

3.5 All rights and obligations attaching to a Treasury Share are suspended and shall not be exercised by the Company while it holds the Share as a Treasury Share.

 

2


3.6 Treasury Shares may be transferred by the Company on such terms and conditions (not otherwise inconsistent with the Memorandum and the Articles) as the Company may by Resolution of Directors determine.

 

3.7 Where Shares are held by another body corporate of which the Company holds, directly or indirectly, shares having more than 50% of the votes in the election of directors of the other body corporate, all rights and obligations attaching to the Shares held by the other body corporate are suspended and shall not be exercised by the other body corporate.

 

4. MORTGAGES AND CHARGES OF SHARES

 

4.1 Shareholders may mortgage or charge their Shares.

 

4.2 There shall be entered in the register of members at the written request of the Shareholder:

 

  (a) a statement that the Shares held by him are mortgaged or charged;

 

  (b) the name of the mortgagee or chargee; and

 

  (c) the date on which the particulars specified in subparagraphs (a) and (b) are entered in the register of members.

 

4.3 Where particulars of a mortgage or charge are entered in the register of members, such particulars may be cancelled:

 

  (a) with the written consent of the named mortgagee or chargee or anyone authorised to act on his behalf; or

 

  (b) upon evidence satisfactory to the directors of the discharge of the liability secured by the mortgage or charge and the issue of such indemnities as the directors shall consider necessary or desirable.

 

4.4 Whilst particulars of a mortgage or charge over Shares are entered in the register of members pursuant to this Regulation:

 

  (a) no transfer of any Share the subject of those particulars shall be effected;

 

  (b) the Company may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any such Share; and

 

  (c) no replacement certificate shall be issued in respect of such Shares,

without the written consent of the named mortgagee or chargee.

 

5. FORFEITURE

 

5.1 Shares that are not fully paid on issue are subject to the forfeiture provisions set forth in this Regulation and for this purpose Shares issued for a promissory note, other written obligation to contribute money or property or a contract for future services are deemed to be not fully paid.

 

5.2 A written notice of call specifying the date for payment to be made shall be served on the Shareholder who defaults in making payment in respect of the Shares.

 

3


5.3 The written notice of call referred to in Sub-Regulation 5.2 shall name a further date not earlier than the expiration of 14 days from the date of service of the notice on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made and shall contain a statement that in the event of non-payment at or before the time named in the notice the Shares, or any of them, in respect of which payment is not made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

5.4 Where a written notice of call has been issued pursuant to Sub-Regulation 5.3 and the requirements of the notice have not been complied with, the directors may, at any time before tender of payment, forfeit and cancel the Shares to which the notice relates.

 

5.5 The Company is under no obligation to refund any moneys to the Shareholder whose Shares have been cancelled pursuant to Sub-Regulation 5.4 and that Shareholder shall be discharged from any further obligation to the Company.

 

6. TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

6.1 Shares may be transferred by a written instrument of transfer signed by the transferor and containing the name and address of the transferee, which shall be sent to the Company for registration.

 

6.2 The transfer of a Share is effective when the name of the transferee is entered on the register of members.

 

6.3 If the directors of the Company are satisfied that an instrument of transfer relating to Shares has been signed but that the instrument has been lost or destroyed, they may resolve by Resolution of Directors:

 

  (a) to accept such evidence of the transfer of Shares as they consider appropriate; and

 

  (b) that the transferee’s name should be entered in the register of members notwithstanding the absence of the instrument of transfer.

 

6.4 Subject to the Memorandum, the personal representative of a deceased Shareholder may transfer a Share even though the personal representative is not a Shareholder at the time of the transfer.

 

7. MEETINGS AND CONSENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

7.1 Any director of the Company may convene meetings of the Shareholders at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the director considers necessary or desirable.

 

7.2 Upon the written request of Shareholders entitled to exercise 30% or more of the voting rights in respect of the matter for which the meeting is requested the directors shall convene a meeting of Shareholders.

 

7.3 The director convening a meeting shall give not less than 7 days’ notice of a meeting of Shareholders to:

 

  (a) those Shareholders whose names on the date the notice is given appear as Shareholders in the register of members of the Company and are entitled to vote at the meeting; and

 

  (b) the other directors.

 

7.4 The director convening a meeting of Shareholders may fix as the record date for determining those Shareholders that are entitled to vote at the meeting the date notice is given of the meeting, or such other date as may be specified in the notice, being a date not earlier than the date of the notice.

 

4


7.5 A meeting of Shareholders held in contravention of the requirement to give notice is valid if Shareholders holding at least 90% of the total voting rights on all the matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting and, for this purpose, the presence of a Shareholder at the meeting shall constitute waiver in relation to all the Shares which that Shareholder holds.

 

7.6 The inadvertent failure of a director who convenes a meeting to give notice of a meeting to a Shareholder or another director, or the fact that a Shareholder or another director has not received notice, does not invalidate the meeting.

 

7.7 A Shareholder may be represented at a meeting of Shareholders by a proxy who may speak and vote on behalf of the Shareholder.

 

7.8 The instrument appointing a proxy shall be produced at the place designated for the meeting before the time for holding the meeting at which the person named in such instrument proposes to vote. The notice of the meeting may specify an alternative or additional place or time at which the proxy shall be presented.

 

7.9 The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in substantially the following form or such other form as the chairman of the meeting shall accept as properly evidencing the wishes of the Shareholder appointing the proxy.

 

[ COMPANY NAME ]

I/We being a Shareholder of the above Company HEREBY APPOINT                      of                      or failing him                      of                      to be my/our proxy to vote for me/us at the meeting of Shareholders to be held on the          day of                  , 20         and at any adjournment thereof.

(Any restrictions on voting to be inserted here.)

Signed this          day of                 , 20        

 

       
  Shareholder

 

7.10 The following applies where Shares are jointly owned:

 

  (a) if two or more persons hold Shares jointly each of them may be present in person or by proxy at a meeting of Shareholders and may speak as a Shareholder;

 

  (b) if only one of the joint owners is present in person or by proxy he may vote on behalf of all joint owners; and

 

  (c) if two or more of the joint owners are present in person or by proxy they must vote as one.

 

7.11 A Shareholder shall be deemed to be present at a meeting of Shareholders if he participates by telephone or other electronic means and all Shareholders participating in the meeting are able to hear each other.

 

7.12 A meeting of Shareholders is duly constituted if, at the commencement of the meeting, there are present in person or by proxy not less than 50% of the votes of the Shares entitled to vote on Resolutions of

 

5


Shareholders to be considered at the meeting. A quorum may comprise a single Shareholder or proxy and then such person may pass a Resolution of Shareholders and a certificate signed by such person accompanied where such person be a proxy by a copy of the proxy instrument shall constitute a valid Resolution of Shareholders.

 

7.13 If within two hours from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of Shareholders, shall be dissolved; in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the next business day in the jurisdiction in which the meeting was to have been held at the same time and place or to such other time and place as the directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting there are present within one hour from the time appointed for the meeting in person or by proxy not less than one third of the votes of the Shares or each class or series of Shares entitled to vote on the matters to be considered by the meeting, those present shall constitute a quorum but otherwise the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

7.14 At every meeting of Shareholders, the Chairman of the Board shall preside as chairman of the meeting. If there is no Chairman of the Board or if the Chairman of the Board is not present at the meeting, the Shareholders present shall choose one of their number to be the chairman. If the Shareholders are unable to choose a chairman for any reason, then the person representing the greatest number of voting Shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting shall preside as chairman failing which the oldest individual Shareholder or representative of a Shareholder present shall take the chair.

 

7.15 The chairman may, with the consent of the meeting, adjourn any meeting from time to time, and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

7.16 At any meeting of the Shareholders the chairman is responsible for deciding in such manner as he considers appropriate whether any resolution proposed has been carried or not and the result of his decision shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes of the meeting. If the chairman has any doubt as to the outcome of the vote on a proposed resolution, he shall cause a poll to be taken of all votes cast upon such resolution. If the chairman fails to take a poll then any Shareholder present in person or by proxy who disputes the announcement by the chairman of the result of any vote may immediately following such announcement demand that a poll be taken and the chairman shall cause a poll to be taken. If a poll is taken at any meeting, the result shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes of the meeting.

 

7.17 Subject to the specific provisions contained in this Regulation for the appointment of representatives of Eligible Persons other than individuals the right of any individual to speak for or represent a Shareholder shall be determined by the law of the jurisdiction where, and by the documents by which, the Eligible Person is constituted or derives its existence. In case of doubt, the directors may in good faith seek legal advice from any qualified person and unless and until a court of competent jurisdiction shall otherwise rule, the directors may rely and act upon such advice without incurring any liability to any Shareholder or the Company.

 

7.18 Any Eligible Person other than an individual which is a Shareholder may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such individual as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of Shareholders or of any class of Shareholders, and the individual so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same rights on behalf of the Shareholder which he represents as that Shareholder could exercise if it were an individual.

 

7.19 The chairman of any meeting at which a vote is cast by proxy or on behalf of any Eligible Person other than an individual may call for a notarially certified copy of such proxy or authority which shall be

 

6


produced within 7 days of being so requested or the votes cast by such proxy or on behalf of such Eligible Person shall be disregarded.

 

7.20 Directors of the Company may attend and speak at any meeting of Shareholders and at any separate meeting of the holders of any class or series of Shares.

 

7.21 An action that may be taken by the Shareholders at a meeting may also be taken by a resolution consented to in writing, without the need for any notice, but if any Resolution of Shareholders is adopted otherwise than by the unanimous written consent of all Shareholders, a copy of such resolution shall forthwith be sent to all Shareholders not consenting to such resolution. The consent may be in the form of counterparts, each counterpart being signed by one or more Shareholders. If the consent is in one or more counterparts, and the counterparts bear different dates, then the resolution shall take effect on the earliest date upon which Shareholders holding a sufficient number of votes of Shares to constitute a Resolution of Shareholders have consented to the resolution by signed counterparts.

 

8. DIRECTORS

 

8.1 The first directors of the Company shall be appointed by the first registered agent within 6 months of the date of incorporation of the Company; and thereafter, the directors shall be elected by Resolution of Shareholders or by Resolution of Directors.

 

8.2 No person shall be appointed as a director, or nominated as a reserve director, of the Company unless he has consented in writing to be a director or to be nominated as a reserve director.

 

8.3 Subject to Sub-Regulation 8.1, the minimum number of directors shall be one and there shall be no maximum number.

 

8.4 Each director holds office for the term, if any, fixed by the Resolution of Shareholders or the Resolution of Directors appointing him, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. If no term is fixed on the appointment of a director, the director serves indefinitely until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

8.5 A director may be removed from office,

 

  (a) with or without cause, by Resolution of Shareholders passed at a meeting of Shareholders called for the purposes of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director or by a written resolution passed by at least 75% of the Shareholders of the Company entitled to vote; or

 

  (b) with cause, by Resolution of Directors passed at a meeting of directors called for the purpose of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director.

 

8.6 A director may resign his office by giving written notice of his resignation to the Company and the resignation has effect from the date the notice is received by the Company or from such later date as may be specified in the notice. A director shall resign forthwith as a director if he is, or becomes, disqualified from acting as a director under the Act.

 

8.7 The directors may at any time appoint any person to be a director either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing directors. Where the directors appoint a person as director to fill a vacancy, the term shall not exceed the term that remained when the person who has ceased to be a director ceased to hold office.

 

8.8 A vacancy in relation to directors occurs if a director dies or otherwise ceases to hold office prior to the expiration of his term of office.

 

7


8.9 Where the Company only has one Shareholder who is an individual and that Shareholder is also the sole director of the Company, the sole Shareholder/director may, by instrument in writing, nominate a person who is not disqualified from being a director of the Company as a reserve director of the Company to act in the place of the sole director in the event of his death.

 

8.10 The nomination of a person as a reserve director of the Company ceases to have effect if:

 

  (a) before the death of the sole Shareholder/director who nominated him,

 

  (i) he resigns as reserve director, or

 

  (ii) the sole Shareholder/director revokes the nomination in writing; or

 

  (b) the sole Shareholder/director who nominated him ceases to be able to be the sole Shareholder/director of the Company for any reason other than his death.

 

8.11 The Company shall keep a register of directors containing:

 

  (a) the names and addresses of the persons who are directors of the Company or who have been nominated as reserve directors of the Company;

 

  (b) the date on which each person whose name is entered in the register was appointed as a director, or nominated as a reserve director, of the Company;

 

  (c) the date on which each person named as a director ceased to be a director of the Company;

 

  (d) the date on which the nomination of any person nominated as a reserve director ceased to have effect; and

 

  (e) such other information as may be prescribed by the Act.

 

8.12 The register of directors may be kept in any such form as the directors may approve, but if it is in magnetic, electronic or other data storage form, the Company must be able to produce legible evidence of its contents. Until a Resolution of Directors determining otherwise is passed, the magnetic, electronic or other data storage shall be the original register of directors.

 

8.13 The directors may, by Resolution of Directors, fix the emoluments of directors with respect to services to be rendered in any capacity to the Company.

 

8.14 A director is not required to hold a Share as a qualification to office.

 

9. POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

9.1 The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by, or under the direction or supervision of, the directors of the Company. The directors of the Company have all the powers necessary for managing, and for directing and supervising, the business and affairs of the Company. The directors may pay all expenses incurred preliminary to and in connection with the incorporation of the Company and may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not by the Act or by the Memorandum or the Articles required to be exercised by the Shareholders.

 

9.2 Each director shall exercise his powers for a proper purpose and shall not act or agree to the Company acting in a manner that contravenes the Memorandum, the Articles or the Act. Each director, in

 

8


exercising his powers or performing his duties, shall act honestly and in good faith in what the director believes to be the best interests of the Company.

 

9.3 If the Company is the wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company, a director of the Company may, when exercising powers or performing duties as a director, act in a manner which he believes is in the best interests of the holding company even though it may not be in the best interests of the Company.

 

9.4 Any director which is a body corporate may appoint any individual as its duly authorised representative for the purpose of representing it at meetings of the directors, with respect to the signing of consents or otherwise.

 

9.5 The continuing directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body.

 

9.6 The directors may by Resolution of Directors exercise all the powers of the Company to incur indebtedness, liabilities or obligations and to secure indebtedness, liabilities or obligations whether of the Company or of any third party.

 

9.7 All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by Resolution of Directors.

 

9.8 For the purposes of Section 175 ( Disposition of assets ) of the Act, the directors may by Resolution of Directors determine that any sale, transfer, lease, exchange or other disposition is in the usual or regular course of the business carried on by the Company and such determination is, in the absence of fraud, conclusive.

 

10. PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

10.1 Any one director of the Company may call a meeting of the directors by sending a written notice to each other director.

 

10.2 The directors of the Company or any committee thereof may meet at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the directors may determine to be necessary or desirable.

 

10.3 A director is deemed to be present at a meeting of directors if he participates by telephone or other electronic means and all directors participating in the meeting are able to hear each other.

 

10.4 A director shall be given not less than 3 days’ notice of meetings of directors, but a meeting of directors held without 3 days’ notice having been given to all directors shall be valid if all the directors entitled to vote at the meeting who do not attend waive notice of the meeting, and for this purpose the presence of a director at a meeting shall constitute waiver by that director. The inadvertent failure to give notice of a meeting to a director, or the fact that a director has not received the notice, does not invalidate the meeting.

 

10.5 A director may by a written instrument appoint an alternate who need not be a director and the alternate shall be entitled to attend meetings in the absence of the director who appointed him and to vote in place of the director until the appointment lapses or is terminated.

 

10.6 A meeting of directors is duly constituted for all purposes if at the commencement of the meeting there are present in person or by alternate not less than one-half of the total number of directors, unless there are only 2 directors in which case the quorum is 2.

 

9


10.7 If the Company has only one director the provisions herein contained for meetings of directors do not apply and such sole director has full power to represent and act for the Company in all matters as are not by the Act, the Memorandum or the Articles required to be exercised by the Shareholders. In lieu of minutes of a meeting the sole director shall record in writing and sign a note or memorandum of all matters requiring a Resolution of Directors. Such a note or memorandum constitutes sufficient evidence of such resolution for all purposes.

 

10.8 At meetings of directors at which the Chairman of the Board is present, he shall preside as chairman of the meeting. If there is no Chairman of the Board or if the Chairman of the Board is not present, the directors present shall choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

10.9 An action that may be taken by the directors or a committee of directors at a meeting may also be taken by a Resolution of Directors or a resolution of a committee of directors consented to in writing by all directors or by all members of the committee, as the case may be, without the need for any notice. The consent may be in the form of counterparts each counterpart being signed by one or more directors. If the consent is in one or more counterparts, and the counterparts bear different dates, then the resolution shall take effect on the date upon which the last director has consented to the resolution by signed counterparts.

 

11. COMMITTEES

 

11.1 The directors may, by Resolution of Directors, designate one or more committees, each consisting of one or more directors, and delegate one or more of their powers, including the power to affix the Seal, to the committee.

 

11.2 The directors have no power to delegate to a committee of directors any of the following powers:

 

  (a) to amend the Memorandum or the Articles;

 

  (b) to designate committees of directors;

 

  (c) to delegate powers to a committee of directors;

 

  (d) to appoint or remove directors;

 

  (e) to appoint or remove an agent;

 

  (f) to approve a plan of merger, consolidation or arrangement;

 

  (g) to make a declaration of solvency or to approve a liquidation plan; or

 

  (h) to make a determination that immediately after a proposed Distribution the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due.

 

11.3 Sub-Regulation 11.2(b) and (c) do not prevent a committee of directors, where authorised by the Resolution of Directors appointing such committee or by a subsequent Resolution of Directors, from appointing a sub-committee and delegating powers exercisable by the committee to the sub-committee.

 

11.4 The meetings and proceedings of each committee of directors consisting of 2 or more directors shall be governed mutatis mutandis by the provisions of the Articles regulating the proceedings of directors so far as the same are not superseded by any provisions in the Resolution of Directors establishing the committee.

 

10


11.5 Where the directors delegate their powers to a committee of directors they remain responsible for the exercise of that power by the committee, unless they believed on reasonable grounds at all times before the exercise of the power that the committee would exercise the power in conformity with the duties imposed on directors of the Company under the Act.

 

12. OFFICERS AND AGENTS

 

12.1 The Company may by Resolution of Directors appoint officers of the Company at such times as may be considered necessary or expedient. Such officers may consist of a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a president and one or more vice-presidents, secretaries and treasurers and such other officers as may from time to time be considered necessary or expedient. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

12.2 The officers shall perform such duties as are prescribed at the time of their appointment subject to any modification in such duties as may be prescribed thereafter by Resolution of Directors. In the absence of any specific prescription of duties it shall be the responsibility of the Chairman of the Board to preside at meetings of directors and Shareholders, the president to manage the day to day affairs of the Company, the vice-presidents to act in order of seniority in the absence of the president but otherwise to perform such duties as may be delegated to them by the president, the secretaries to maintain the register of members, minute books and records (other than financial records) of the Company and to ensure compliance with all procedural requirements imposed on the Company by applicable law, and the treasurer to be responsible for the financial affairs of the Company.

 

12.3 The emoluments of all officers shall be fixed by Resolution of Directors.

 

12.4 The officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are duly appointed, but any officer elected or appointed by the directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by Resolution of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company may be filled by Resolution of Directors.

 

12.5 The directors may, by Resolution of Directors, appoint any person, including a person who is a director, to be an agent of the Company.

 

12.6 An agent of the Company shall have such powers and authority of the directors, including the power and authority to affix the Seal, as are set forth in the Articles or in the Resolution of Directors appointing the agent, except that no agent has any power or authority with respect to the following:

 

  (a) to amend the Memorandum or the Articles;

 

  (b) to change the registered office or agent;

 

  (c) to designate committees of directors;

 

  (d) to delegate powers to a committee of directors;

 

  (e) to appoint or remove directors;

 

  (f) to appoint or remove an agent;

 

  (g) to fix emoluments of directors;

 

  (h) to approve a plan of merger, consolidation or arrangement;

 

  (i) to make a declaration of solvency or to approve a liquidation plan;

 

11


  (j) to make a determination that immediately after a proposed Distribution the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due; or

 

  (k) to authorise the Company to continue as a company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the British Virgin Islands.

 

12.7 The Resolution of Directors appointing an agent may authorise the agent to appoint one or more substitutes or delegates to exercise some or all of the powers conferred on the agent by the Company.

 

12.8 The directors may remove an agent appointed by the Company and may revoke or vary a power conferred on him.

 

13. CONFLICT OF INTERESTS

 

13.1 A director of the Company shall, forthwith after becoming aware of the fact that he is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the Company, disclose the interest to all other directors of the Company.

 

13.2 For the purposes of Sub-Regulation 13.1, a disclosure to all other directors to the effect that a director is a member, director or officer of another named entity or has a fiduciary relationship with respect to the entity or a named individual and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction which may, after the date of the entry into the transaction or disclosure of the interest, be entered into with that entity or individual, is a sufficient disclosure of interest in relation to that transaction.

 

13.3 A director of the Company who is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the Company may:

 

  (a) vote on a matter relating to the transaction;

 

  (b) attend a meeting of directors at which a matter relating to the transaction arises and be included among the directors present at the meeting for the purposes of a quorum; and

 

  (c) sign a document on behalf of the Company, or do any other thing in his capacity as a director, that relates to the transaction,

and, subject to compliance with the Act shall not, by reason of his office be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from such transaction and no such transaction shall be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such interest or benefit.

 

14. INDEMNIFICATION

 

14.1 Subject to the limitations hereinafter provided the Company shall indemnify against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings any person who:

 

  (a) is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director of the Company; or

 

  (b) is or was, at the request of the Company, serving as a director of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another body corporate or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

12


14.2 The indemnity in Sub-Regulation 14.1 only applies if the person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the person had no reasonable cause to believe that their conduct was unlawful.

 

14.3 For the purposes of Sub-Regulation 14.2, a director acts in the best interests of the Company if he acts in the best interests of

 

  (a) the Company’s holding company; or

 

  (b) a Shareholder or Shareholders of the Company;

in either case, in the circumstances specified in Sub-Regulation 9.3 or the Act, as the case may be.

 

14.4 The decision of the directors as to whether the person acted honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company and as to whether the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful is, in the absence of fraud, sufficient for the purposes of the Articles, unless a question of law is involved.

 

14.5 The termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entering of a nolle prosequi does not, by itself, create a presumption that the person did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

14.6 Expenses, including legal fees, incurred by a director in defending any legal, administrative or investigative proceedings may be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such proceedings upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the director is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company in accordance with Sub-Regulation 14.1.

 

14.7 Expenses, including legal fees, incurred by a former director in defending any legal, administrative or investigative proceedings may be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such proceedings upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the former director to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the former director is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company in accordance with Sub-Regulation 14.1 and upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate.

 

14.8 The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section is not exclusive of any other rights to which the person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, Resolution of Shareholders, resolution of disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to acting in the person’s official capacity and as to acting in another capacity while serving as a director of the Company.

 

14.9 If a person referred to in Sub-Regulation 14.1 has been successful in defence of any proceedings referred to in Sub-Regulation 14.1, the person is entitled to be indemnified against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the proceedings.

 

14.10 The Company may purchase and maintain insurance in relation to any person who is or was a director, officer or liquidator of the Company, or who at the request of the Company is or was serving as a director, officer or liquidator of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another body corporate or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person and incurred by the person in that capacity, whether or not the Company has or would have had the power to indemnify the person against the liability as provided in the Articles.

 

13


15. RECORDS

 

15.1 The Company shall keep the following documents at the office of its registered agent:

 

  (a) the Memorandum and the Articles;

 

  (b) the register of members, or a copy of the register of members;

 

  (c) the register of directors, or a copy of the register of directors; and

 

  (d) copies of all notices and other documents filed by the Company with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs in the previous 10 years.

 

15.2 Until the directors determine otherwise by Resolution of Directors the Company shall keep the original register of members and original register of directors at the office of its registered agent.

 

15.3 If the Company maintains only a copy of the register of members or a copy of the register of directors at the office of its registered agent, it shall:

 

  (a) within 15 days of any change in either register, notify the registered agent in writing of the change; and

 

  (b) provide the registered agent with a written record of the physical address of the place or places at which the original register of members or the original register of directors is kept.

 

15.4 The Company shall keep the following records at the office of its registered agent or at such other place or places, within or outside the British Virgin Islands, as the directors may determine:

 

  (a) minutes of meetings and Resolutions of Shareholders and classes of Shareholders; and

 

  (b) minutes of meetings and Resolutions of Directors and committees of directors.

 

15.5 Where any original records referred to in this Regulation are maintained other than at the office of the registered agent of the Company, and the place at which the original records is changed, the Company shall provide the registered agent with the physical address of the new location of the records of the Company within 14 days of the change of location.

 

15.6 The records kept by the Company under this Regulation shall be in written form or either wholly or partly as electronic records complying with the requirements of the Electronic Transactions Act, 2001 (No. 5 of 2001) as from time to time amended or re-enacted.

 

16. REGISTER OF CHARGES

The Company shall maintain at the office of its registered agent a register of charges in which there shall be entered the following particulars regarding each mortgage, charge and other encumbrance created by the Company:

 

  (a) the date of creation of the charge;

 

  (b) a short description of the liability secured by the charge;

 

  (c) a short description of the property charged;

 

14


  (d) the name and address of the trustee for the security or, if there is no such trustee, the name and address of the chargee;

 

  (e) unless the charge is a security to bearer, the name and address of the holder of the charge; and

 

  (f) details of any prohibition or restriction contained in the instrument creating the charge on the power of the Company to create any future charge ranking in priority to or equally with the charge.

 

17. SEAL

The Company shall have a Seal an impression of which shall be kept at the office of the registered agent of the Company. The Company may have more than one Seal and references herein to the Seal shall be references to every Seal which shall have been duly adopted by Resolution of Directors. The directors shall provide for the safe custody of the Seal and for an imprint thereof to be kept at the registered office. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein the Seal when affixed to any written instrument shall be witnessed and attested to by the signature of any one director or other person so authorised from time to time by Resolution of Directors. Such authorisation may be before or after the Seal is affixed, may be general or specific and may refer to any number of sealings. The directors may provide for a facsimile of the Seal and of the signature of any director or authorised person which may be reproduced by printing or other means on any instrument and it shall have the same force and validity as if the Seal had been affixed to such instrument and the same had been attested to as hereinbefore described.

 

18. DISTRIBUTIONS BY WAY OF DIVIDEND

 

18.1 The directors of the Company may, by Resolution of Directors, authorise a Distribution by way of dividend at a time and of an amount they think fit if they are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that, immediately after the Distribution, the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due.

 

18.2 Dividends may be paid in money, shares, or other property.

 

18.3 Notice of any dividend that may have been declared shall be given to each Shareholder as specified in Sub-Regulation 20.1 and all dividends unclaimed for 3 years after having been declared may be forfeited by Resolution of Directors for the benefit of the Company.

 

18.4 No dividend shall bear interest as against the Company and no dividend shall be paid on Treasury Shares.

 

19. ACCOUNTS AND AUDIT

 

19.1 The Company shall keep records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and that will, at any time, enable the financial position of the Company to be determined with reasonable accuracy.

 

19.2 The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders call for the directors to prepare periodically and make available a profit and loss account and a balance sheet. The profit and loss account and balance sheet shall be drawn up so as to give respectively a true and fair view of the profit and loss of the Company for a financial period and a true and fair view of the assets and liabilities of the Company as at the end of a financial period.

 

19.3 The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders call for the accounts to be examined by auditors.

 

15


19.4 The first auditors shall be appointed by Resolution of Directors; subsequent auditors shall be appointed by Resolution of Shareholders or by Resolution of Directors.

 

19.5 The auditors may be Shareholders, but no director or other officer shall be eligible to be an auditor of the Company during their continuance in office.

 

19.6 The remuneration of the auditors of the Company may be fixed by Resolution of Directors.

 

19.7 The auditors shall examine each profit and loss account and balance sheet required to be laid before a meeting of the Shareholders or otherwise given to Shareholders and shall state in a written report whether or not:

 

  (a) in their opinion the profit and loss account and balance sheet give a true and fair view respectively of the profit and loss for the period covered by the accounts, and of the assets and liabilities of the Company at the end of that period; and

 

  (b) all the information and explanations required by the auditors have been obtained.

 

19.8 The report of the auditors shall be annexed to the accounts and shall be read at the meeting of Shareholders at which the accounts are laid before the Company or shall be otherwise given to the Shareholders.

 

19.9 Every auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books of account and vouchers of the Company, and shall be entitled to require from the directors and officers of the Company such information and explanations as he thinks necessary for the performance of the duties of the auditors.

 

19.10 The auditors of the Company shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend any meetings of Shareholders at which the Company’s profit and loss account and balance sheet are to be presented.

 

20. NOTICES

 

20.1 Any notice, information or written statement to be given by the Company to Shareholders may be given by personal service or by mail addressed to each Shareholder at the address shown in the register of members.

 

20.2 Any summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement to be served on the Company may be served by leaving it, or by sending it by registered mail addressed to the Company, at its registered office, or by leaving it with, or by sending it by registered mail to, the registered agent of the Company.

 

20.3 Service of any summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement to be served on the Company may be proved by showing that the summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement was delivered to the registered office or the registered agent of the Company or that it was mailed in such time as to admit to its being delivered to the registered office or the registered agent of the Company in the normal course of delivery within the period prescribed for service and was correctly addressed and the postage was prepaid.

 

21. VOLUNTARY LIQUIDATION

The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders or by Resolution of Directors appoint a voluntary liquidator.

 

16


22. CONTINUATION

The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders or by a resolution passed unanimously by all directors of the Company continue as a company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the British Virgin Islands in the manner provided under those laws.

We, OFFSHORE INCORPORATIONS LIMITED of P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands for the purpose of incorporating a BVI Business Company under the laws of the British Virgin Islands hereby sign these Articles of Association on the 7 th day of July, 2010.

 

Incorporator

   
(Sd.) Rexella D Hodge

Authorised Signatory

HARNEYS CORPORATE SERVICES LIMITED

 

17


EXHIBIT N

FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE FOR OPTIONS BUY-OUT

(See attached.)


Michael Kors (USA), Inc.

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$                    .00

     New York, NY   
                         , 2011   

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, Michael Kors (USA), Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, and its successors and assigns (collectively, the “ Company ”), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of Michael Kors (Switzerland) GmbH, a corporation organized under the laws of the British Virgin Islands with an address at Strada Regina 42, 6934 Bioggio, Switzerland (the “ Lender ”), at the principal office of Lender or at such other place as the Lender may from time to time designate, the principal sum of             DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($            .00) or such lesser amount as shall equal the aggregate outstanding unpaid principal amount (the “ Principal Amount ”) of this Promissory Note (this “ Note ”), with interest computed thereon as set forth below.

The rate of interest on the unpaid Principal Amount of this Note shall be equal to seven and two-tenths percent (7.2%) per annum, compounded annually. Interest may be paid in cash on the thirty-first day of each March commencing on March 31, 2012, or, at the option of the Company, interest may accrue and be added to the Principal Amount without any further action on the part of the Lender or the Company. Except as provided herein, all payments made under this Note shall first be applied to unpaid accrued interest and the remainder, if any, shall be applied to reduce the Principal Amount. Unless sooner paid, the entire outstanding Principal Amount, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date (as defined below).

Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be due on a Saturday, Sunday or a date on which banks in the State of New York are authorized or required to be closed, such payment will be made on the next succeeding business day. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Note, the Lender does not intend to charge, and the Company shall not be required to pay, any interest or other fees or charges in excess of the maximum permitted by applicable law; any payments in excess of such maximum shall be refunded to the Company or credited to reduce the Principal Amount.

1. Repayment upon the Maturity Date . The Principal Amount plus any accrued interest thereon shall be due and payable on March 31, 2023 (the “ Maturity Date ”), except as otherwise provided herein. The Company shall have the right to prepay the unpaid Principal Amount of the Note, together with the accrued interest thereon, in whole or in part, without penalty, at any time and from time to time, prior to the Maturity Date. On the Maturity Date, the Company shall repay in full the entire outstanding Principal Amount under this Note, together with interest accrued thereon, by certified check or wire transfer in immediately available funds.

2. Events of Default . Each of the following events shall be an “ Event of Default ”:


(i) the Company fails to fully pay the Principal Amount plus any accrued interest thereon on or prior to the Maturity Date, and such failure shall continue uncured for a period of ten (10) days;

(ii) the Company fails to make an interest payment when due, and such failure shall continue uncured for a period of ten (10) days;

(iii) the Company shall:

(a) commence any proceedings or any other action relating to it in bankruptcy or seek reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of its debts, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up, composition or any other relief under the United States Bankruptcy Act, as amended, or under any other insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, act or law, domestic or foreign, now or hereafter existing;

(b) apply for, or consent to or acquiesce in, an appointment of a receiver, conservator, trustee or similar officer for it or for all or a substantial part of its property;

(c) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

(d) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they mature; or

(iv) if any proceedings are commenced or any other action is taken against the Company in bankruptcy or seeking reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of its debts, liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, composition or any other relief under the United States Bankruptcy Act, as amended, or under any other insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, act or law, domestic or foreign, now or hereafter existing; or a receiver, conservator, trustee or similar officer for the Company of for all or a substantial part of its property is appointed; and, in each such case, such event continues for thirty (30) days undismissed or undischarged.

If an Event of Default is not cured within the time period specified in this Section, then the entire Principal Amount and all accrued interest thereon shall become immediately due and payable, without demand, notice or legal process of any kind.

3. Cancellation of Note . Immediately upon full repayment of the Principal Amount plus any accrued interest thereon, this Note shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to this Note shall immediately cease and terminate.

4. Miscellaneous .

(i) Successors and Assigns . This Note may not be assigned, transferred or otherwise conveyed, in whole or in part, by the Company without the consent of the Lender. This Note may be assigned, transferred or otherwise conveyed, in whole or in part, by the Lender. This Note, if presented for a transfer or exchange, shall (if so required by the Company) be duly endorsed by or be accompanied by instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the

 


Company duly executed by the Lender or its authorized attorney. All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements in this Note contained by or on behalf of the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether through merger, sale of assets or otherwise, whether so expressed or not.

(ii) Notices . Any notice or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument delivered in person or duly sent by first class certified mail, postage prepaid, receipt requested, or sent by reputable overnight courier, as follows:

(a) if to the Company, to:

Michael Kors (USA), Inc.

11 West 42 nd Street, 21 st Floor

New York, NY 10036

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

(b) if to the Lender:

Michael Kors (Switzerland) GmbH

Strada Regina 42

6934 Bioggio

Switzerland

Attn: Chair of the Managing Officers

or to such other address as may hereafter be designated in writing by the addressee to the other parties. All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) two (2) days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid if mailed, (ii) one (1) day after being sent by overnight courier, or (iii) upon receipt if delivered by hand.

(iii) Amendments and Waivers . This Note may be amended or modified, and waivers and consents given, only by a writing signed by the Company and the Lender.

(iv) Governing Law . This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws, and not the laws of conflicts, of the State of New York.

(v) Headings . The headings of the sections of this Note are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof.

(vi) Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Note shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof, and this Note shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Note has been executed and delivered on the date first above written by a duly authorized representative of the Company.

 

Michael Kors (USA), Inc.
By:    
 

Name: Gary I. Sheff

Title: Executive Vice President


SCHEDULE 3.1(d)(i)

CAPITALIZATION OF MKHL

IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE MKHL RECAPITALIZATION

Authorized Capital

 

Capital

   Authorized  

Shares, par value $1.00 per share

     50,000   

Issued & Outstanding Capital

 

Shareholder

   Shares  

SHLK

     973.2734   

MK

     171.7541 1  
  

 

 

 

Total

     1,145.0275   
  

 

 

 

 

1  

21.7541 of these MKHL Shares were issued to MK in the 2010 Canadian Restructuring.

 

Schedule 3.1(d)(i) – Page 1


SCHEDULE 3.1(d)(ii)

CAPITALIZATION OF MKHL AFTER COMPLETION OF THE MKHL

RECAPITALIZATION BUT PRIOR TO THE FIRST EFFECTIVE TIME

Authorized Capital

 

Capital

   Authorized  

Ordinary Shares, no par value per share

     150,000,000   

Preference Shares, no par value per share

     10,856,853   

Issued & Outstanding Capital

 

Shareholder

   Ordinary Shares     Preference Shares  

SHLK

     973.2734        0   

MK

     171.7541 1       0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     1,145.0275        0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

1  

21.7541 of these MKHL Ordinary Shares (on a post-MKHL Recapitalization basis) were issued to MK in the 2010 Canadian Restructuring.

 

Schedule 3.1(d)(ii) – Page 1


SCHEDULE 3.1(d)(iii)

CAPITALIZATION OF MKHL

IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE FIRST EFFECTIVE TIME, BUT PRIOR TO THE

NOTE CAPITALIZATION

Authorized Capital

 

Capital

   Authorized  

Ordinary Shares, no par value per share

     150,000,000   

Preference Shares, no par value per share

     10,856,853   

Issued & Outstanding Capital

 

Shareholder

   Ordinary Shares     Preference Shares  

SHLF

     973.2734        0   

MK

     171.7541 1       0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     1,145.0275        0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

1  

21.7541 of these MKHL Ordinary Shares (on a post-MKHL Recapitalization basis) were issued to MK in the 2010 Canadian Restructuring.

 

Schedule 3.1(d)(iii) – Page 1


SCHEDULE 3.1(d)(iv)

CAPITALIZATION OF MKHL

IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE NOTE CAPITALIZATION BUT PRIOR TO THE

SECOND EFFECTIVE TIME

Authorized Capital

 

Capital

   Authorized  

Ordinary Shares, no par value per share

     150,000,000   

Preference Shares, no par value per share

     10,856,853   

Issued & Outstanding Capital

 

Shareholder

   Ordinary Shares     Preference Shares  

SHLF

     1,026.8725 1       0   

MK

     171.7541 2       0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     1,198.6266        0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

1  

Includes 53.5991 MKHL Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to the Note Capitalization.

2  

21.7541 of these MKHL Ordinary Shares (on a post-MKHL Recapitalization basis) were issued to MK in the 2010 Canadian Restructuring.

 

Schedule 3.1(d)(iv) – Page 1


SCHEDULE 3.1(d)(v)

CAPITALIZATION OF MKHL

IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE SECOND EFFECTIVE TIME

Authorized Capital

 

Capital

   Authorized  

Ordinary Shares, no par value per share

     150,000,000   

Preference Shares, no par value per share

     10,856,853   

 

Schedule 3.1(d)(v) – Page 1


Issued & Outstanding Capital

 

Shareholder

  SHLF Ordinary
Shares owned
prior to the
Second
Effective Time
    MKHL
Ordinary Shares
received in the
SHLF-MKHL
Merger for
SHLF Ordinary
Shares
    MKHL
Preference
Shares received
in the SHLF-
MKHL Merger
for SHLF
Ordinary Shares
    SHLF
Preference
Shares owned
prior to the
Second
Effective Time
    MKHL
Preference
Shares received
in the SHLF-
MKHL Merger
for SHLF
Preference
Shares
    MKHL
Ordinary Shares
owned
immediately
after the Second
Effective  Time
    MKHL Preference
Shares owned
immediately after
the Second Effective
Time 1
 

Sportswear Holdings Limited

    7,824        25,750,006        4,933,542        1,130.78        2,455,349        25,750,006        7,388,891   

Littlestone

    196        645,067        123,591        47.12        102,306        645,067        225,897   

Northcroft Trading Inc.

    294        967,600        185,386        70.67        153,459        967,600        338,845   

Vax Trading, Inc.

    196        645,067        123,591        47.12        102,306        645,067        225,897   

OB Kors LLC

    392        1,290,133        247,182        94.23        204,612        1,290,133        451,794   

John Idol

    1,000        3,291,156        630,565        —          —          3,291,156        630,565   

John Muse

    39.2        129,011        24,718        9.42        20,461        129,011        45,179   

Muse Children’s GS Trust

    19.6        64,507        12,359        4.71        10,231        64,507        22,590   

JRM Interim Investors, LP

    19.6        64,507        12,359        4.71        10,231        64,507        22,590   

Muse Family Enterprises

    19.6        64,507        12,359        4.71        10,231        64,507        22,590   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    10,000        32,911,561        6,305,652        1,413.48        3,069,187        32,911,561        9,374,838   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Michael Kors

    n/a        n/a        n/a        n/a        n/a        5,807,923        1,264,878 2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

              38,719,484        10,639,716   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Schedule 3.1(d)(v) – Page 2


1  

All MKHL Preference Shares will be sold in the Offering.

2  

All of these MKHL Preference Shares will be received in the SHLF-MKHL Merger for MKHL Ordinary Shares owned by MK, including all 21.7541 MKHL Ordinary Shares (on a post-MKHL Recapitalization basis) issued to MK in the 2010 Canadian Restructuring. Such 21.7541 MKHL Ordinary Shares are being converted in the SHLF-MKHL Merger into 895,830 MKHL Preference Shares, and the other 150 MKHL Ordinary Shares (on a post-MKHL Recapitalization basis) owned by MK are being are being converted in the SHLF-MKHL Merger into 5,807,923 MKHL Ordinary Shares and 369,048 MKHL Preference Shares.

 

Schedule 3.1(d)(v) – Page 3


SCHEDULE 3.2(d)

CAPITALIZATION OF SHLK

IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE FIRST EFFECTIVE TIME

Authorized Capital

 

Capital

   Authorized  

Shares, par value $1.00 per share

     50,000   

Issued & Outstanding Capital

 

Shareholder

   Shares  

SHLF

     1   
  

 

 

 

Total

     1   
  

 

 

 

 

Schedule 3.2(d) – Page 1


SCHEDULE 3.3(d)(i)

CAPITALIZATION OF SHLF IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE LOAN

EXCHANGE

Authorized Capital

 

Capital

   Authorized  

Ordinary Shares, par value $1.00 per share

     50,000   

Preference Shares, par value $1.00 per share

     1,500   

Issued & Outstanding Capital

 

Shareholder

   Ordinary Shares      Preference Shares  

Sportswear Holdings Limited

     7,824         1,200   

Littlestone

     196         50   

Northcroft Trading Inc.

     294         75   

Vax Trading, Inc.

     196         50   

OB Kors LLC

     392         100   

John Idol

     1,000         0   

John Muse

     39.20         10   

Muse Children’s GS Trust

     19.60         5   

JRM Interim Investors, LP

     19.60         5   

Muse Family Enterprises

     19.60         5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     10,000         1,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Schedule 3.3(d)(i) – Page 1


SCHEDULE 3.3(d)(ii)

CAPITALIZATION OF SHLF AFTER THE LOAN EXCHANGE

AND IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE SECOND EFFECTIVE TIME

Authorized Capital

 

Capital

   Authorized  

Ordinary Shares, par value $1.00 per share

     50,000   

Preference Shares, par value $1.00 per share

     1,500   

Issued & Outstanding Capital

 

Shareholder

   Ordinary Shares      Preference Shares  

Sportswear Holdings Limited

     7,824         1,130.78   

Littlestone

     196         47.12   

Northcroft Trading Inc.

     294         70.67   

Vax Trading, Inc.

     196         47.12   

OB Kors LLC

     392         94.23   

John Idol

     1,000         0   

John Muse

     39.20         9.42   

Muse Children’s GS Trust

     19.60         4.71   

JRM Interim Investors, LP

     19.60         4.71   

Muse Family Enterprises

     19.60         4.71   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     10,000         1,413.48   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Schedule 3.3(d)(ii) – Page 1


SCHEDULE 3.5(d)

CAPITALIZATION OF FAR EAST HOLDINGS IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE

FAR EAST RECAPITALIZATION AND PRIOR TO THE FAR EAST LOAN

EXCHANGE

Authorized Capital

 

Capital

   Authorized  

Ordinary Shares, par value $1.00 per share

     50,000   

Preference Shares, par value $1.00 per share

     1,500   

Issued & Outstanding Capital

 

Shareholder

   Ordinary Shares      Preference Shares  

Michael Kors

     90         0   

Sportswear Holdings Limited

     399         0   

Littlestone

     10         0   

Northcroft Trading Inc.

     15         0   

Vax Trading, Inc.

     10         0   

OB Kors LLC

     20         0   

John Idol

     51         0   

John Muse

     2         0   

Muse Children’s GS Trust

     1         0   

JRM Interim Investors, LP

     1         0   

Muse Family Enterprises

     1         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     600         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Schedule 3.5(d) – Page 1


SCHEDULE 4.5

FAR EAST HOLDINGS PREFERENCE SHARES ISSUED IN EXCHANGE FOR

RIGHT TO RECEIVE PAYMENT UNDER THE FAR EAST LOAN

 

Shareholder

   Preference Shares Issued  

Michael Kors

     0   

Sportswear Holdings Limited

     50.9500   

Littlestone

     2.1229   

Northcroft Trading Inc.

     3.1844   

Vax Trading, Inc.

     2.1229   

OB Kors LLC

     4.2458   

John Idol

     0   

John Muse

     0.4246   

Muse Children’s GS Trust

     0.2123   

JRM Interim Investors, LP

     0.2123   

Muse Family Enterprises

     0.2123   
  

 

 

 

Total

     63.68756   
  

 

 

 

 

Schedule 4.5 – Page 1

Exhibit 3.1

BC No. 524407

TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT

(NO. 16 OF 2004)

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES

OF ASSOCIATION

OF

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

Incorporated the 13th day of December, 2002

under the International Business Companies Act

(CAP. 291)

Amended and Restated on the 29th day of November, 2011

INCORPORATED IN THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS


TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT

(NO. 16 OF 2004)

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

NAME

 

1. The Name of the Company is Michael Kors Holdings Limited.

REGISTERED OFFICE

 

2. The registered office of the Company will be located at the offices of Offshore Incorporations Limited, P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

REGISTERED AGENT

 

3. The registered agent of the Company will be Offshore Incorporations Limited of P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

GENERAL OBJECTS AND POWERS

 

4.        (a)      Subject to the following provisions of this Memorandum, the objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the Act or any other Law of the British Virgin Islands.

 

  (b) Without limiting the foregoing, the powers of the Company include the power to do the following:

 

  (i) grant options over unissued shares in the Company and treasury shares;

 

  (ii) issue securities that are convertible into shares;

 

  (iii) give financial assistance to any person in connection with the acquisition of the Company’s own shares;


  (iv) issue debt obligations of every kind and grant options, warrants and rights to acquire debt obligations;

 

  (v) guarantee a liability or obligation of any person and secure any of its obligations by mortgage, pledge or other charge, of any of its assets for that purpose; and

 

  (vi) protect the assets of the Company for the benefit of the Company, its creditors and its members and, at the discretion of the directors, for any person having a direct or indirect interest in the Company.

EXCLUSIONS

 

5.        (a)      The Company may not:

 

  (i) carry on business with persons resident in the British Virgin Islands;

 

  (ii) own an interest in real property situate in the British Virgin Islands, other than a lease referred to in paragraph 5(b)(v) of subclause 5(b);

 

  (iii) carry on banking or trust business, unless it is licensed to do so under the Banks and Trust Companies Act, 1990;

 

  (iv) carry on business as an insurance or re-insurance company, insurance agent or insurance broker, unless it is licensed under an enactment authorising it to carry on that business;

 

  (v) carry on business of company management, unless it is licensed under the Company Management Act, 1990; or

 

  (vi) carry on the business of providing the registered office or the registered agent for companies incorporated in the British Virgin Islands.

 

  (b) For purposes of paragraph 5(a)(i) of subclause 5(a), the Company shall not be treated as carrying on business with persons resident in the British Virgin Islands if:

 

  (i) it makes or maintains deposits with a person carrying on banking business within the British Virgin Islands;

 

  (ii) it makes or maintains professional contact with solicitors, barristers, accountants, bookkeepers, trust companies, administration companies, investment advisers or other similar persons carrying on business within the British Virgin Islands;

 

3


  (iii) it prepares or maintains books and records within the British Virgin Islands;

 

  (iv) it holds, within the British Virgin Islands, meetings of its directors or members;

 

  (v) it holds a lease of property for use as an office from which to communicate with members or where books and records of the Company are prepared or maintained;

 

  (vi) it holds shares, debt obligations or other securities in a company incorporated under the International Business Companies Act or under the Act; or

 

  (vii) shares, debt obligations or other securities in the Company are owned by any person resident in the British Virgin Islands or by any company incorporated under the International Business Companies Act or under the Act.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

6. The Company is a company limited by shares. The liability of each member is limited to:

 

  (a) the amount from time to time unpaid on that member’s shares;

 

  (b) any liability expressly provided for in this Memorandum or the Articles; and

 

  (c) any liability to repay a distribution pursuant to section 58(1) of the Act.

CURRENCY

 

7. Shares in the Company shall be issued in the currency of the United States of America.

AUTHORISED CAPITAL

 

8. The Company shall have no authorised capital.

CLASSES, NUMBER AND PAR VALUE OF SHARES

 

9. The Company is authorised to issue a maximum of 660,856,853 shares, comprised of the following two classes of shares in one or more series each:

 

  (a) 10,856,853 preference shares of no par value each (the “ Preference Shares ”); and

 

  (b) 650,000,000 ordinary shares of no par value each (the “ Ordinary Shares ”).

 

4


DESIGNATIONS, POWERS, PREFERENCES, ETC. OF PREFERENCE SHARES

 

10. Ranking . The Preference Shares shall, with respect to dividend rights, rights on other distributions and rights upon liquidation, winding up or dissolution, rank (a) senior to the Ordinary Shares and any other class or series of ordinary, preference or other shares or Equity Securities of the Company now or hereafter authorized (such Equity Securities, “ Junior Securities ”) and (b) junior to any indebtedness now or hereafter incurred by the Company.

 

11. Dividends .

 

  (a) Subject to clause 11(c) below, if the Company declares and pays any dividends on the Ordinary Shares, then, in that event, holders of Preference Shares shall be entitled to share in such dividends on a pro rata basis, as if their Preference Shares had been converted into Ordinary Shares pursuant to clause 13 below immediately prior to the record date for determining the holders of Ordinary Shares eligible to receive such dividends.

 

  (b) If the Company does not consummate a Qualified IPO within 18 months after the Closing (“ IPO Dividend Date ”), the Board of Directors shall (subject to the Company’s compliance with the provisions of the Act and the Articles) declare and the holders of Preference Shares shall receive, in addition to the dividends described in clause 11(a), dividends at an annual rate equal to 10% of the Accreted Value, calculated on the basis of a 360-day year, consisting of twelve 30-day months, which shall accrue on a daily basis from the IPO Dividend Date, whether or not declared by the Board of Directors, and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (unless any such day is not a Business Day, in which event such dividends shall be payable on the next succeeding Business Day, without accrual to the actual payment date) (each such date, a “ Dividend Payment Date ”). Unless otherwise specified in a resolution of directors, accrued and unpaid dividends shall compound and be added to the Accreted Value in effect immediately prior to each Dividend Payment Date; provided , that, in lieu thereof, such accrued and unpaid dividends may (i) be paid to the holders of Preference Shares in cash or (ii) be paid in cash or compound and be added to the Accreted Value in any combination thereof, in each case as specified in a resolution of directors.

 

  (c)

The Company shall not declare or pay any dividends on, or make any other distributions with respect to or redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration, any Junior Securities unless and until (i) all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Preference Shares have been paid in full and (ii) prior to the IPO Dividend Date, the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Preference

 

5


  Shares, voting as a separate class, shall have been received; provided , however , that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to any:

 

  (i) redemption, purchase or other acquisition of Junior Securities in connection with any put or call post-termination rights in any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

  (ii) exchange, redemption, reclassification or conversion of any class or series of Junior Securities for any class or series of Junior Securities; or

 

  (iii) purchase of fractional interests in any Junior Securities under the conversion or exchange provisions of such Junior Securities or the security being converted or exchanged, or in connection with any combination or reclassification of Junior Securities.

 

12. Liquidation Event and Company Sale .

 

  (a) Liquidation . Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company (each, a “ Liquidation Event ”), after satisfaction of all liabilities and obligations to creditors of the Company and before any distribution or payment shall be made to holders of any Junior Securities, each holder of Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Company or proceeds thereof (whether capital or surplus) legally available therefor, an amount per Preference Share in cash equal to the greater of (i) the sum of (x) the Accreted Value, plus (y) any unpaid dividends on such Preference Share that have accrued since the last Dividend Payment Date through the date of such Liquidation Event or (ii) the aggregate amount payable in such Liquidation Event with respect to the number of Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Share is convertible immediately prior to such Liquidation Event (assuming the conversion of all such Preference Shares in accordance with clause 13) (the greater of subclause (i) or subclause (ii), the “ Liquidation Preference ”). Holders of Preference Shares shall not be entitled to any other amounts from the Company after they have received the full amounts provided for in this clause 12(a) and will have no right or claim to any of the Company’s remaining assets. If the assets of the Company or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay in full the Liquidation Preference payable on the Preference Shares, then such assets, or the proceeds thereof, shall be paid pro rata in accordance with the full respective amounts which would be payable on the Preference Shares if all amounts payable thereon were paid in full.

 

  (b)

Company Sale . No Company Sale shall be consummated unless, prior to any distribution or payment being made to holders of any Junior

 

6


  Securities, each holder of Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive an amount per Preference Share equal to the greater of (i) the sum of (x) the Accreted Value of such Preference Share plus (y) any unpaid dividends on such Preference Share that have accrued since the last Dividend Payment Date through the date of such Company Sale or (ii) the aggregate amount of consideration payable in such Company Sale with respect to the number of Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Share is convertible immediately prior to such Company Sale (assuming the conversion of all such Preference Shares in accordance with clause 13) (the greater of subclause (i) or subclause (ii), the “ Sale Payment ”). The Sale Payment shall be paid in the same form of consideration and proportion (i.e., in cash and/or other consideration) paid in such Company Sale on the closing date of such Company Sale; provided , however , if such Company Sale is entered into prior to the three year anniversary of the Closing, then the consideration payable to each holder of Preference Shares shall be payable either (i) solely in cash or Liquid Securities, or (ii) solely to the extent holders of Ordinary Shares are receiving securities, other than Liquid Securities in such Company Sale, then each holder of Preference Shares shall have the option of receiving non-Liquid Securities of either the same class received by holders of Ordinary Shares or in the form of Acceptable Securities. The value of any non-cash consideration to be delivered to the holders of Preference Shares in a Company Sale shall be the fair market value of such non-cash consideration (as determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the Board of Directors). Upon receipt of the full amounts provided for in this clause 12(b), the Preference Shares shall be automatically cancelled and the holders of Preference Shares shall not be entitled to any other amounts. If the assets of the Company or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay in full the aggregate Sale Payment payable on the Preference Shares, then such assets, or the proceeds thereof, shall be paid pro rata in accordance with the full respective amounts which would be payable on the Preference Shares if all amounts payable thereon were paid in full.

 

  (c) Notice . Written notice of a Liquidation Event or a Company Sale stating a payment or payments and the place where such payment or payments shall be payable shall be mailed not less than ten (10) days prior to the earliest payment date stated therein to each holder of Preference Shares at such holder’s address as it appears on the transfer books of the Company.

 

13. Conversion .

 

  (a)

Optional Conversion . Each holder of Preference Shares shall have the right, at its option, at any time and from time to time, to convert, subject to the terms and provisions of this clause 13, any or all of such holder’s Preference Shares into such number of fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Shares as is equal to the product of (i) the number of Preference Shares being so converted, multiplied by (ii) the quotient of (x) the

 

7


  Accreted Value, divided by (y) the Preference Share Issue Amount, subject to adjustment as provided in clause 13(f) below (such price in subclause (y), the “ Conversion Price ” and such quotient in subclause (f)(ii), the “ Conversion Ratio ”). At the option of the Company, any accrued and unpaid dividends as of the date of conversion in respect of the Preference Shares being converted shall (i) be added to the Accreted Value, (ii) be paid in cash to the holder of such Preference Shares or (iii) be paid in cash or added to the Accreted Value in any combination thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of calculating the Conversion Ratio, the Accreted Value of the Preference Shares that are being converted shall include the amount of any dividends which have been accreted, compounded and added to the Preference Share Issue Amount pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of “Accreted Value” through the last Dividend Payment Date. Such conversion right shall be exercised by the surrender of certificate(s) evidencing the Preference Shares to be converted to the Company at any time during usual business hours at its principal place of business (or such other office or agency of the Company as the Company may designate by notice in writing to the holders of Preference Shares), accompanied by written notice that the holder elects to convert such Preference Shares and specifying the name or names (with address) in which a certificate or certificates for Ordinary Shares are to be issued and (if so required by the Company) by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company duly executed by the holder or its duly authorized legal representative and transfer tax stamps or funds therefor, if required pursuant to clause 13(l) below. All certificates evidencing Preference Shares surrendered for conversion shall be delivered to the Company for cancellation and cancelled by it. As promptly as practicable after the surrender of any Preference Shares, the Company shall (subject to compliance with the applicable provisions of federal and state securities Laws) deliver to the holder of such Preference Shares so surrendered, certificate(s) evidencing the number of fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares are entitled to be converted. Upon registration in the register of members of the Company (which shall be subject to surrender of such share certificates) to reflect the conversion, the person in whose name any certificate(s) for Ordinary Shares shall be issuable upon such conversion shall be the holder of record of such Ordinary Shares on such date, notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing such Ordinary Shares shall not then be actually delivered to such person.

 

  (b) Automatic Conversion .

 

  (i)

Upon the earlier of (x) immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO and (y) the receipt of the approval of the holders of 66  2 / 3 % of the then outstanding Preference Shares (each an (“Automatic Conversion Date”), all of the Preference Shares shall be automatically converted into the number of fully paid and non-

 

8


  assessable Ordinary Shares equal to the product of (1) the number of Preference Shares being converted, multiplied by (2) the Conversion Ratio calculated as of the date of such automatic conversion and the register of members of the Company shall be updated to reflect the conversion. At the option of the Company, any accrued and unpaid dividends as of the Automatic Conversion Date in respect to the Preference Shares being converted shall (i) be added to the Accreted Value, (ii) be paid in cash to the holder of such Preference Shares or (iii) be paid in cash or added to the Accreted Value in any combination thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of calculating the Conversion Ratio in connection with any automatic conversion, the Accreted Value of the Preference Shares that are being converted shall include the amount of any dividends which have been accreted, compounded and added to the Preference Share Issue Amount pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of “Accreted Value” through the last Dividend Payment Date.

 

  (ii) Immediately upon conversion as provided in clause 13(b)(i), each holder of Preference Shares shall be registered in the Company’s register of members as the holder of record of the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of such holder’s Preference Shares, notwithstanding that certificates evidencing the Ordinary Shares shall not then actually be delivered to such person. Upon written notice and instructions from the Company, each holder of Preference Shares so converted shall promptly surrender to the Company at its principal place of business (or at such other office or agency of the Company as the Company may designate by such notice to the holders of Preference Shares) certificates representing the Preference Shares so converted. As promptly as practicable after such conversion, the Company shall deliver to the holder of such Preference Shares so surrendered, certificate(s) evidencing the number of fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares are entitled to be converted.

 

  (c) Conversion mechanics .

 

  (i) All conversions of Preference Shares to Ordinary Shares pursuant to this clause 13 shall be effected by the Company by way of repurchase by the Company of the Preference Shares in consideration for the simultaneous issue of Ordinary Shares, credited as fully paid.

 

  (ii)

Any conversion of Preference Shares to Ordinary Shares pursuant to this clause 13 shall be deemed to be effected (a) in the event of a voluntary conversion pursuant to clause 13(a), at the time that the registrar of the Company registers the conversion in the Company’s

 

9


  register of members following written notice of the conversion having been provided to the registrar of the Company and (b) in the event of an automatic conversion of all of Preference pursuant to clause 13(b), at the time that the registrar of the Company registers the conversion in the Company’s register of members which time shall be the Automatic Conversion Date.

 

  (d) Termination of Rights . On the date of an optional conversion pursuant to clause 13(a) or of an automatic conversion pursuant to clause 13(b)(i), all rights with respect to the Preference Shares so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote, shall terminate, except only the rights of holders thereof to (i) receive certificates for the number of Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares have been converted, and (ii) exercise the rights to which they are entitled as holders of Ordinary Shares. No holder of Preference Shares whose Preference Shares have been converted pursuant to clause 13(a) or clause 13(b)(i) shall be entitled to any further accrual of dividends in respect of such converted Preference Shares.

 

  (e) No Fractional Shares . No fractional shares or securities representing fractional Ordinary Shares shall be issued upon conversion of the Preference Shares. Any fractional interest in Ordinary Shares resulting from conversion of the Preference Shares shall be paid in cash (computed to the nearest cent) equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value per Ordinary Share as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. If more than one certificate evidencing Preference Shares is surrendered for conversion at one time by the same holder, the number of full Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of the Preference Shares so surrendered for conversion.

 

  (f) Antidilution Adjustments . The Conversion Price and the Conversion Ratio shall be subject to adjustment as follows:

 

  (i)

Division or Combination of Ordinary Shares . In the event that the Company shall at any time or from time to time, prior to conversion of Preference Shares effect a division or combination of shares in respect of the outstanding Ordinary Shares, then, and in each such case, the Conversion Price and/or the Conversion Ratio in effect immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted (and any other appropriate actions shall be taken by the Company) so that the holder of any Preference Share thereafter surrendered for conversion shall be entitled to receive the number of Ordinary Shares that such holder would have owned or would have been entitled to receive upon or by reason of any of the events described above, had such Preference Share been converted immediately prior to the occurrence of such event. An adjustment made

 

10


  pursuant to this clause 13(f)(i) shall become effective retroactively to the close of business on the day upon which such corporate action becomes effective. No adjustments shall be made under this Section 13(f) in respect of any dividends (or any other distribution) paid in accordance with clause 11.

 

  (ii) Certain Dilutive Issuances of Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents .

 

  (A)

If the Company shall at any time or from time to time prior to conversion of Preference Shares, issue or sell any Ordinary Shares or any security or obligation which is by its terms, directly or indirectly, convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into or for Ordinary Shares and any option, warrant or other subscription or purchase right with respect to Ordinary Shares or such security or obligation (“ Ordinary Share Equivalents ”) at a price per Ordinary Share (the “ New Issue Price ”) that is less than the Conversion Price as of the record date or Issue Date (as defined below), as the case may be (the “ Relevant Date ”) (treating the New Issue Price, in the case of the issuance of any Ordinary Share Equivalent, as equal to (A) the sum of the price for such Ordinary Share Equivalent plus any additional consideration payable (without regard to any anti-dilution adjustments) upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Ordinary Share Equivalent, divided by (B) the number of Ordinary Shares initially underlying such Ordinary Share Equivalent) (other than (1) issuances or sales of Ordinary Shares for which an adjustment is made in connection with a division or combination or reclassification of Ordinary Shares pursuant to clause 13(f)(i) and (2) issuances in connection with an Excluded Transaction), then , and in each such case, the Conversion Price then in effect shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect on the day immediately prior to the Relevant Date by a fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the sum of (1) the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion, exchange and exercise of all Ordinary Share Equivalents) on the Relevant Date, plus (2) the number of Ordinary Shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Company for the total number of such additional Ordinary Shares so issued would purchase at the Conversion Price on the Relevant Date (or, in the case of Ordinary Share Equivalents, the number of Ordinary Shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Company upon the issuance of such Ordinary Share Equivalents and receivable

 

11


  by the Company upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Ordinary Share Equivalents would purchase at the Conversion Price on the Relevant Date) and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the sum of the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion, exchange and exercise of all Ordinary Share Equivalents) on the Relevant Date, plus the number of additional Ordinary Shares issued or to be issued (or, in the case of Ordinary Share Equivalents, the maximum number of Ordinary Shares into which such Ordinary Share Equivalents initially may convert, exchange or be exercised).

 

  (B) Such adjustment shall be made whenever such Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents are issued, and shall become effective retroactively (A) in the case of an issuance to the members, as such, to a date immediately following the close of business on the record date for the determination of members entitled to receive such Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents and (B) in all other cases, on the date of such issuance (the “ Issue Date ”); provided , however , that the determination as to whether an adjustment is required to be made pursuant to this clause 13(f)(ii) shall only be made upon the issuance of such Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents, and not upon the issuance of any security into which the Ordinary Share Equivalents convert, exchange or may be exercised.

 

  (C) In case at any time any Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents shall be issued or sold for cash, the consideration received therefor shall be deemed to be the amount received by the Company therefor, without deduction therefrom of any expenses incurred or any underwriting commissions or concessions or discounts paid or allowed by the Company in connection therewith. In case any Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents shall be issued or sold for a consideration other than cash, the amount of the consideration other than cash received by the Company shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such consideration, without deduction therefrom of any expenses incurred or any placement agent fees, any underwriting commissions or concessions or discounts paid or allowed by the Company in connection therewith, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

12


  (D) If any Ordinary Share Equivalents (or any portions thereof) which shall have given rise to an adjustment pursuant to this clause 13(f)(ii) shall have expired or terminated without the exercise thereof and/or if by reason of the terms of such Ordinary Share Equivalents there shall have been an increase or increases, with the passage of time or otherwise, in the price payable upon the exercise or conversion thereof, then the Conversion Price hereunder shall be readjusted (but to no greater extent than originally adjusted) in order to (A) eliminate from the computation any additional Ordinary Shares corresponding to such Ordinary Share Equivalents as shall have expired or terminated, (B) treat the additional Ordinary Shares, if any, actually issued or issuable pursuant to the previous exercise of such Ordinary Share Equivalents as having been issued for the consideration actually received and receivable therefor and (C) treat any of such Ordinary Share Equivalents which remain outstanding as being subject to exercise or conversion on the basis of such exercise or conversion price as shall be in effect at the time.

 

  (iii) Other Changes . In case the Company at any time or from time to time, prior to the conversion of Preference Shares, shall take any action affecting the Ordinary Shares similar to or having an effect similar to any of the actions described in any of clauses 13(f)(i) or (ii) above or clause 13(i) below (but not including any action described in any such clause) and the Board of Directors in good faith determines that it would be equitable in the circumstances to adjust the Conversion Price or the Conversion Ratio as a result of such action, then, and in each such case, the Conversion Price or the Conversion Ratio (as applicable) shall be adjusted in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors in good faith determines would be equitable in the circumstances (such determination to be evidenced in a resolution, a certified copy of which shall be mailed to the holders of Preference Shares).

 

  (iv) No Adjustment . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no adjustment under this clause 13(f) need be made to the Conversion Price or the Conversion Ratio if the Company receives written notice from holders of a majority of the then outstanding Preference Shares that no such adjustment is required.

 

  (g)

Abandonment . If the Company shall take a record of the holders of Ordinary Shares for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or other distribution, and shall thereafter and before the distribution to such holders legally abandon its plan to pay or deliver such dividend or

 

13


  distribution, then no adjustment in the Conversion Price or the Conversion Ratio shall be required by reason of the taking of such record.

 

  (h) Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon any adjustment in the Conversion Price or the Conversion Ratio, the Company shall within a reasonable period (not to exceed twenty (20) Business Days) following any of the foregoing transactions deliver to each holder of Preference Shares a certificate, signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, setting forth in reasonable detail the event requiring the adjustment and the method by which such adjustment was calculated and specifying the increased or decreased Conversion Price or Conversion Ratio then in effect following such adjustment.

 

  (i) Reorganization; Reclassification . In case of any merger or consolidation of the Company (other than a Company Sale) or any capital reorganization, reclassification or other change of outstanding Ordinary Shares (other than (i) a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value or (ii) a transaction for which an adjustment is made in connection with clause 13(f)(i) or clause 13(f)(ii)) in each case as a result of which the Ordinary Shares would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, other property or assets (each, a “ Transaction ”), then, at the effective time of the Transaction, the right to convert each Preference Share shall be changed into a right to convert such Preference Share into the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities or other property or assets that a holder of Preference Shares would have received in respect of the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of such Preference Shares immediately prior to such Transaction. In the event that holders of Ordinary Shares have the opportunity to elect the form of consideration to be received in the Transaction, the Company shall make adequate provision whereby the holders of Preference Shares shall have a reasonable opportunity to determine the form of consideration into which all of the Preference Shares, treated as a single class, shall be convertible from and after the effective date of the Transaction.

 

  (j)

Notices . In the event (i) that the Company authorizes the granting to the holders of Ordinary Shares rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of Equity Securities of any class or of any other rights or warrants, (ii) of any Transaction, or (iii) of a Qualified IPO or a Company Sale, then the Company shall mail to each holder of Preference Shares at such holder’s address as it appears on the transfer books of the Company, as promptly as possible but in any event at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the applicable date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (A) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or granting of rights or warrants or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of Ordinary Shares of record to be entitled to such dividend, distribution or granting of rights or warrants are

 

14


  to be determined, or (B) the date on which such Transaction, Qualified IPO or Company Sale is expected to become effective and, if applicable, the date as of which it is expected that holders of Ordinary Shares of record shall be entitled to exchange their Ordinary Shares for shares of stock or other securities or property or cash deliverable upon such Transaction, Qualified IPO or Company Sale.

 

  (k) Reservation of Ordinary Shares . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available for issuance upon the conversion of Preference Shares, such number of its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares as will from time to time be sufficient to permit the conversion of all outstanding Preference Shares, and shall take all action to increase the authorized number of Ordinary Shares if at any time there shall be insufficient authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares to permit such reservation or to permit the conversion of all outstanding Preference Shares; provided , that the holders of Preference Shares vote such Preference Shares in favor of any such action that requires a vote of members.

 

  (l) No Conversion Tax or Charge . The issuance or delivery of certificates for Ordinary Shares upon the conversion of Preference Shares shall be made without charge to the converting holder of Preference Shares for such certificates or for any tax in respect of the issuance or delivery of such certificates or the securities evidenced thereby, and such certificates shall be issued or delivered in the respective names of, or (subject to compliance with the applicable provisions of applicable securities Laws) in such names as may be directed by, the holders of the Preference Shares converted; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any such certificate in a name other than that of the holder of the Preference Shares converted, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver such certificate unless or until the person or persons requesting the issuance or delivery thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid.

 

14. Redemption . Subject to this Memorandum and the Articles, the Preference Shares shall, only with the consent of the holder thereof, be subject to redemption, purchase or acquisition by the Company for fair value.

 

15.

Voting Rights . In addition to the voting rights to which the holders of Preference Shares are entitled under or granted by Law, each holder of Preference Shares shall be entitled to notice of any members’ meeting in accordance with this Memorandum and the Articles and shall be entitled to vote, on all matters with respect to which the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares may be voted, the number of votes equal to the number of Ordinary Shares into which such holder’s Preference Shares could be converted on the record date for determination of the holders of Ordinary Shares entitled to vote on such matters, or, if no such record

 

15


  date is established, on the date such vote is taken or any written consent of holders of Ordinary Shares is solicited, such votes to be counted together with all other shares of the Company having general voting power and not counted separately as a class.

 

16. Springing Board Seat . If a Qualified IPO is not consummated on or prior to March 31, 2012, the holders of Preference Shares, as a class, shall have the right to designate, by approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares held by such holders of Preference Shares (assuming all Preference Shares are converted into Ordinary Shares), one member of the Board of Directors (or similar body, including any committee that acts on behalf of the Board pursuant to an express delegation of the Board of Director’s powers) until immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO; provided that if the holders of Preference Shares, as a class, are unable to attain the approval of a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares held by the holders of Preference Shares (assuming all Preference Shares are converted into Ordinary Shares) to designate such member to the Board of Directors (or similar body, including any executive committee that acts on behalf of the Board of Directors pursuant to an express or implied delegation of the Board of Directors’ powers), then within 14 days of March 31, 2012, the holder of the largest number of Preference Shares shall have the right in its sole discretion to designate such member to the Board of Directors on behalf of the holders of Preference Shares.

DESIGNATIONS, POWERS, PREFERENCES, ETC. OF ORDINARY SHARES

 

17. Dividends . Subject to this Memorandum, including clauses 10 and 11 herein, the Articles and the prior rights of holders of classes of Equity Securities of the Company having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Company legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

18. Liquidation . Subject to this Memorandum, including clause 12(a) herein, the Articles and the prior rights of holders of classes of Equity Securities of the Company having prior rights as to a Liquidation Event, upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event each holder of Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to receive a distribution in respect of its Ordinary Shares from the remaining assets of the Company or the proceeds of such Liquidation Event legally available for distribution, in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of such assets or proceeds available for distribution to all holders of Ordinary Shares, multiplied by the quotient of (i) the number of Ordinary Shares held by such holder as of such time, divided by (ii) the total number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of such time.

 

19.

Redemption . Subject to this Memorandum and the Articles, Ordinary Shares shall be subject to redemption, purchase or acquisition by the Company for fair value following a resolution of directors only with the consent of the holder

 

16


  thereof, except as specified in the terms of the applicable class or series of shares or as permitted by the Act.

 

20. Voting Rights .

 

  (a) Each holder of Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to notice of any meeting of members and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as provided in this Memorandum and the Articles.

 

  (b) Subject to clause 16 above, until all of the Preference Shares are converted into Ordinary Shares and/or are redeemed or repurchased by the Company, the holders of Ordinary Shares shall at all times vote together as one class with the holders of Preference Shares on all matters submitted to a vote of the members. Members holding Ordinary Shares that were not previously converted from Preference Shares to such Ordinary Shares in accordance with the conversion rights of this Memorandum shall not have a right to vote in relation to the matters referred to in clause 16 above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that, after all of the Preference Shares are converted into Ordinary Shares and/or are redeemed or repurchased by the Company, any new class of shares created and authorized pursuant to clauses 28, 31 and 32 below (any such class, a “ New Class of Shares ” and the shares of any such class, the “ New Shares ”) shall have such voting and other powers as are fixed by the Board of Directors in the resolution of directors establishing such New Class of Shares, which may include, without limitation, the ability to vote together as one class with the holders of Ordinary Shares on all matters submitted to a vote of the members.

 

  (c) Each holder of Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each Ordinary Share held as of the applicable date on any matter that is submitted to a vote of the members.

 

21. Equal Status . Ordinary Shares shall have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects to all matters.

VARIATION OF RIGHTS

 

22. The rights attached to any class of shares may be varied, whether or not the Company is being wound up, only by a resolution passed at a meeting by the holders of more than 50 percent of the issued shares of that class of shares and the holders of more than 50 percent of the issued shares of any other class of shares that would be adversely affected by such variation.

RIGHTS NOT VARIED BY THE ISSUANCE OF SHARES PARI PASSU OR SUPERIOR

 

23.

The rights conferred upon the holders of shares of any class shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of the shares of that class, be deemed

 

17


  to be varied, and clause 22 above shall not be implicated, by the creation or issuance of any other class of shares ranking pari passu therewith or superior thereto.

REGISTERED SHARES

 

24. Shares may be issued as registered shares only.

 

25. Registered shares shall not be exchanged for bearer shares.

 

26. Prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO and the automatic conversion of all of the Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares, the issue of shares is subject to the Preemptive Rights Restrictions (as set out in the Schedule to this Memorandum entitled “Preemptive Rights,” and which forms part of this Memorandum).

TRANSFER OF REGISTERED SHARES

 

27. Registered shares in the Company may be transferred subject to the provisions relating to the transfer of shares set forth in the Articles and, prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO and the automatic conversion of all of the Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares, the Share Transfer Restrictions.

AMENDMENT OF MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES

 

28.      (a)       Subject to clauses 22, 32 and 34 herein, and subject to the Consent Rights Matters of the Articles prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO and the automatic conversion of all of the Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares, the Company may amend this Memorandum and the Articles by a resolution of members or by a resolution of directors, save that no amendment may be made by resolution of directors:

 

  (i) to restrict the rights or powers of the members to amend this Memorandum or the Articles;

 

  (ii) to change the percentage of members required to pass a resolution of members to amend this Memorandum or the Articles;

 

  (iii) in circumstances where, pursuant to the Act, this Memorandum or the Articles cannot be amended by the members; or

 

  (iv) to clauses 10 through 23 or this clause 28.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding clause 28(a), the Board of Directors may act by itself at any time, subject to any applicable filing requirements of the Registrar, to remove any provisions and/or definitions from this Memorandum or the Articles that relate to a class or series of shares that has ceased to be outstanding.

 

18


29. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Memorandum or the Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the voting power of the shares of the then outstanding voting shares of the Company, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, repeal or adopt any provisions inconsistent with the definition of “resolution of members” in the Articles, Regulations 49, 68, 70, 71, 72, 74, 75, 76, 77 and 79 of the Articles and this clause 29.

 

30. Any amendment to this Memorandum or the Articles will take effect upon the registration by the Registrar of a notice of such amendment following the filing thereof by the registered agent of the Company.

 

31. Nothing in this Memorandum or the Articles shall preclude the Board of Directors from amending this Memorandum for the purpose of creating New Classes of Shares in accordance with this Memorandum and the Articles, provided that clauses 10 through 21 above are not amended other than as contemplated by clauses 22 and/or 37 herein.

 

32. Following the consummation of a Qualified IPO and the automatic conversion of all of the Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares, one or more New Classes of Shares may be created and authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors by way of a resolution of directors, without obtaining the consent of any member or class of members. For this purpose, additional clauses may be inserted into this Memorandum that shall specify the voting and other powers (if any) attaching to any New Class of Shares, and the preferences and any relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. Except as otherwise provided in this Memorandum or the Articles, New Shares may be issued from time to time at such prices and on such terms as the Board of Directors deems advisable. The holders of Ordinary Shares shall have voting rights with respect to their Ordinary Shares as provided in this Memorandum and the Articles and shall have the rights with respect to distributions from the Company as are set forth herein. The number of Ordinary Shares of each member as of any given time shall be set forth in the Company’s register of members, as it may be updated from time to time in accordance with this Memorandum and the Articles. Subject to the provisions of this Memorandum and the Articles, upon the issuance of New Shares to any person, the Board of Directors may, by resolution of directors, admit such person as a member (an “ Additional Member ”), and such Additional Member shall be treated as a member for all purposes under this Memorandum, the Articles and any applicable Law. The number of New Shares of each Additional Member, as of any given time, shall be set forth in the Company’s register of members.

 

33. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to the establishment of the powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of any New Class of Shares, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, shall include, but not be limited to, the determination or fixing of the following:

 

19


  (a) the dividend rate of such New Class of Shares, the conditions and dates upon which such dividends will be payable, the relation that such dividends will bear to the dividends payable on any other class of shares and whether such dividends shall be cumulative or non-cumulative;

 

  (b) whether the New Shares will be subject to redemption for cash, property or rights, including securities of the Company or of any other corporation, by the Company at the option of either the Company or the holder or both or upon the happening of a specified event, and, if made subject to any such redemption, the times or events, prices and other terms and conditions of such redemption;

 

  (c) the terms and amount of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of the shares of such class;

 

  (d) whether or not the New Shares will be convertible into, or exchangeable for, at the option of either the holder or the Company or upon the happening of a specified event, shares of any other class of shares, and, if provision be made for conversion or exchange, the times or events, prices, rates, adjustments and other terms and conditions of such conversions or exchanges;

 

  (e) the restrictions, if any, on the issue or reissue of any New Shares;

 

  (f) the provisions as to voting (which may be one or more votes per share or a fraction of a vote per share) and the number of votes of the New Shares relative to the Ordinary Shares and any other class of shares), optional and/or other special rights and preferences, if any, and whether the New Shares shall vote separately from other classes of shares; and

 

  (g) the rights of the holders of the New Shares upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

 

34. Following the consummation of a Qualified IPO and the automatic conversion of all of the Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares, the Company may, by resolution of directors, pursuant to clause 32 above, make such modifications to this Memorandum and the Articles as are necessary to admit Additional Members following the creation, authorization and issuance of a New Class of Shares pursuant to clause 32 above. The Company shall notify all members after any such amendment has taken effect.

 

35. Except as may otherwise be provided from time to time in this Memorandum or by applicable Law, no holder of any New Shares, as such, shall be entitled to any voting powers in respect thereof.

 

36.

If any class of the Company’s shares shall be entitled to more or less than one vote for any share on any matter, every reference in this Memorandum and in any relevant provision of Law to a majority or other proportion of shares shall refer to

 

20


  such majority or other proportion of the votes attached to such class of shares or if such class of shares votes together with another class of shares, the majority or other proportion of the votes attached to such classes of shares.

 

37. For the avoidance of doubt, if there exists more than one class of shares of the Company, then the approval contemplated by clause 22 above shall be required in order to amend the wording of clauses 10 through 21 above and of any additional clauses that may be inserted into this Memorandum specifying the voting and other powers (if any) attaching to any New Class of Shares, and the preferences and any relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.

DEFINITIONS

 

38. Words used in this Memorandum and not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Articles.

[remainder of page left intentionally blank]

 

21


We, Offshore Incorporations Limited, of P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands for the purpose of incorporating an International Business Company under the Laws of the British Virgin Islands hereby subscribe our name to this Memorandum of Association the 1st day of July, 2002.

 

SUBSCRIBER    Offshore Incorporations Limited
   (Sd.) E.T. POWELL
   Authorised Signatory

 

in the presence of: WITNESS   
   (Sd.) Fandy Tsoi
   9/F Ruttonjee House
   11 Duddell Street, Central
   Hong Kong
   Production Supervisor


SCHEDULE

Article I

Preemptive Rights

 

1. Preemptive Rights

 

  (a) If the Company or any of its subsidiaries proposes to issue, offer, sell or otherwise Transfer to any person (i) Equity Securities in the Company or such subsidiary, or (ii) any rights to subscribe for or purchase pursuant to any option or otherwise any Equity Securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, in each case except as provided in Section 2 (each, a “ New Issuance ”), or enter into any contracts relating to a New Issuance, the Company shall provide written notice to each member of such proposed New Issuance at least fifteen (15) Business Days in advance of the anticipated issuance date (the “ New Issuance Notice ”), which shall set forth the identity of the proposed purchaser, the number of Equity Securities proposed to be offered (the “ Offered Securities ”), the cash purchase price per security (the “ Offering Price ”), the anticipated issuance date and the other material terms and conditions of such New Issuance. Each member shall have the right to purchase for cash up to its Pro Rata Share of the Offered Securities (which, in the case of a New Issuance by a subsidiary of the Company shall be determined on a look-through basis, based on its indirect percentage of the outstanding common shares of such subsidiary), at the price per security and otherwise on the same terms and conditions as such New Issuance.

 

  (b) A member may elect to exercise its preemptive rights with respect to such New Issuance by delivering an irrevocable written notice (a “ Section 1 Notice ”) to the Company within ten (10) Business Days after the date the New Issuance Notice is delivered, setting forth the maximum percentage of the Offered Securities that such member desires to hold following the consummation of the New Issuance. If a member does not deliver a Section 1 Notice in accordance with this Section 1, then such member shall be deemed to have elected not to exercise its preemptive rights with respect to such New Issuance. For purposes of this Article I, an exercising member may allocate its portion of the Offered Securities among one or more of its Affiliates at the discretion of such exercising member.

 

  (c)

At least three (3) Business Days prior to the consummation of any New Issuance, the Company shall provide written notice to each electing member, which shall set forth the actual issuance date (determined in accordance with the following sentence) and such electing member’s Pro Rata Share or such lesser percentage set forth in such member’s Section 1 Notice. For purposes of clarity, if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries consummates such New Issuance and the total number of Offered


  Securities to be sold is less than the number set forth in the New Issuance Notice, then each electing member shall purchase such electing member’s Pro Rata Share or such lesser percentage set forth in such member’s Section 1 Notice based on such reduced number of Offered Securities. Any New Issuance shall be consummated on the later of (a) the proposed issuance date for such New Issuance set forth in the New Issuance Notice and (b) the fifth (5 th ) Business Day following the date on which all regulatory and governmental licenses, registrations, approvals and consents required for the New Issuance are received and all applicable waiting periods have expired or been waived or terminated ( provided , however , that the Company and the electing members shall each use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such licenses, registrations, approvals or consents). If any of the members fails to exercise its preemptive rights under this Section 1 or elects to exercise such rights with respect to less than such member’s full Pro Rata Share (the difference between such member’s Pro Rata Share and the number of Offered Securities for which such member exercised its preemptive rights under this Section 1, the “ Excess Shares ”), any participating member electing to exercise its rights with respect to its full Pro Rata Share (a “ Fully Participating Member ”) shall be entitled to purchase from the Company an additional number of Offered Securities up to the aggregate number of Excess Shares, provided that such Fully Participating Member shall only be entitled to purchase up to that number of Excess Shares equal to the lesser of (i) the number of Excess Shares it has elected to purchase and (ii) the number of Excess Shares equal to the product of (A) the number of Excess Shares and (B) the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by such Fully Participating Member by (2) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by all Fully Participating Members exercising their rights pursuant to this sentence (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares held by the Fully Participating Members into Ordinary Shares in each of clauses (1) and (2) above).

 

  (d)

If the members do not elect to purchase all of the Offered Securities in accordance with this Section 1, then the Company may, within 90 days from the date of delivery of the New Issuance Notice, offer, sell or otherwise Transfer any remaining portion of the Offered Securities to any Person or Persons at a price or prices equal to or greater than the Offering Price and on other terms and conditions not more favorable in the aggregate to the other purchasers than those set forth in the New Issuance Notice. If more than 90 days elapse from the date of delivery of the New Issuance Notice without the consummation of such Transfer of the remaining portion of the Offered Securities, the Company’s right to consummate such Transfer shall expire and the Company shall be required to comply with the procedures set forth in this Section 1 prior to offering, selling or otherwise transferring to any Person the Offered Securities. The election by a member not to exercise its preemptive rights under this

 

24


  Section 1 in any one instance shall not affect its right (other than in respect of a reduction in its Pro Rata Share) as to any future New Issuances under this Section 1.

 

  (e) Any New Issuance without first giving the members the rights described in this Section 1 shall be void ab initio and of no force and effect. The preemptive rights of a member hereunder may not be transferred, sold, assigned or otherwise disposed of, except to a Permitted Transferee of such member, and any purported disposition in violation hereof shall be void and of no force or effect.

 

  (f) There shall be no liability on the part of the Company, the Board of Directors or any member if a New Issuance is not consummated for whatever reason. For the avoidance of doubt, the determination of whether to effect a New Issuance shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

  (g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the preemptive rights of the members under this Section 1 shall be deemed satisfied with respect to any issuance of Offered Securities if within thirty (30) days following the sale of any Offered Securities by the Company to one or more Persons who are not, in each case, a holder of at least 3% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) or an Affiliate of such holder (each, an “ Initial Purchaser ”), the Company offers to sell to each member on the same terms (including the price per share) as the Initial Purchasers purchased such Offered Securities the number of Offered Securities which each member (other than any Initial Purchasers) would have been entitled to purchase with respect to such issuance of Offered Securities pursuant to Section 1(a).

 

2. Exempt Issuances

The provisions of Section 1 shall not apply to issuances of securities:

 

  (a) in connection with the Restructuring;

 

  (b) pursuant to the Subscription Agreement in connection with the Offering or any offering of Preference Shares pursuant to Section 5(j) of the Subscription Agreement;

 

  (c) pursuant to the exercise of any member’s preemptive rights under Section 1;

 

  (d)

to officers, employees or directors of, or individuals who are consultants to, the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to any compensation arrangement adopted from time to time, profit sharing, option or other equity incentive plans (including any employee share ownership plan)

 

25


  approved by the Board of Directors and Equity Securities issued upon exercise of such options or rights or otherwise issued pursuant to such plans, provided that such issuance shall not exceed (i) the number of shares for which options may be granted under the Amended and Restated Michael Kors (USA), Inc. Stock Option Plan plus (ii) 2,500,000 shares (in each case, as appropriately adjusted from time to time for any share split, reclassification, subdivision or recapitalization or any share dividend, or any corporate restructuring or reorganization), in the aggregate;

 

  (e) to third-party service providers or other third-party business partners who are not Affiliates of the Company or any member holding at least 3% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares), in each case, for bona fide commercial purposes and on an arm’s length basis, provided that such issuance shall not exceed 2,500,000 shares (in each case, as appropriately adjusted from time to time for any share split, reclassification, subdivision or recapitalization or any share dividend, or corporate restructuring or reorganization) in the aggregate;

 

  (f) as consideration for the acquisition of another person who is not an Affiliate of the Company or any member holding at least 3% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares), by the Company by consolidation, merger, purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or other reorganization in which the Company acquires one or more divisions or lines of business or all or substantially all of the assets of such other person or 50% or more of the voting power or equity ownership of such other person;

 

  (g) (i) pursuant to a Public Offering or (ii) in connection with any debt financing by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with a person who is not an Affiliate of the Company or any member holding at least 3% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares);

 

  (h) in connection with the conversion, exchange or exercise of any Equity Securities (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the conversion of Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) in accordance with their applicable terms (it being understood that nothing in this clause (h) shall affect the applicability of this Article I to the issuance of any such Equity Securities);

 

  (i) in connection with any share split, reclassification, subdivision or recapitalization or any share dividend, or any corporate restructuring or reorganization, in each case approved by the Board of Directors, and whereby such securities are distributable on a pro rata basis to all members; or

 

26


  (j) by a subsidiary of the Company to the Company or a wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company;

provided , that in no event shall the total number of shares issued pursuant to clause (d)(ii), (e), (f) and (g) above exceed 5,000,000 shares (as appropriately adjusted from time to time for any share split, reclassification, subdivision or recapitalization or any share dividend, or any corporate restructuring or reorganization), in the aggregate).

 

3. Termination of Preemptive Rights

Upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO and the automatic conversion of all of the Preference Shares outstanding on the date hereof into Ordinary Shares, the provisions of this Article I of the Schedule to this Memorandum of Association shall immediately cease to have any effect whatsoever.

 

27


Article II

Transfer

 

1. General Restrictions. Except as otherwise permitted in this Article II, prior to the earlier of (a) the consummation of an IPO, (b) the consummation of a Company Sale, (c) a liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company and (d) the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing, no member shall Transfer all or any portion of its shares, or rights with respect to its shares; it being understood that any such Transfer not in accordance with this Section 1 or the remainder of this Article II will be deemed to constitute a Transfer by such member in violation of this Article II, shall be void ab initio and the Company shall not recognize any such Transfer. This Article II shall not apply to any shares sold pursuant to the Subscription Agreement in connection with the Offering.

 

2. Permitted Transfers . Subject to Section 3, the provisions of Section 1 shall not apply to the following Transfers of shares by a member (each of which shall be deemed to constitute a “ Permitted Transfer ,” and each Transferee of a Permitted Transfer of shares under clause (a) through (g) are referred to herein as a “ Permitted Transferee ”):

 

  (a) any Transfer of shares by a member to an Affiliate of such member ( provided , that such Affiliate remains an Affiliate of the transferring member immediately after such Transfer and such transferring member remains, jointly and severally with the Affiliate Transferee, responsible for any and all obligations and liabilities under this Article II);

 

  (b) in the case of a member who is an individual, any Transfer of shares by such member to (i) the spouse or children (whether lineal or adopted) of such member (each, a “ Family Member ”) or (ii) any trust or similar estate planning entity established for the sole benefit of a Family Member (a “ Permitted Trust ”) ( provided , however , that each such Permitted Trust shall provide that all of the beneficial interests therein are held by a Family Member and that the voting, managerial and operational control of such Permitted Trust remains solely with such member who establishes the Permitted Trust until the death or incapacity of such member);

 

  (c) any Transfer of shares by a member who is a senior executive of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or by such member’s estate or applicable beneficiary in the event of such member’s death) to (i) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (ii) any of the Existing Members, their respective Affiliates or, with respect to any Existing Member who is an individual, such Existing Member’s Family Members or Permitted Trusts, or (iii) any third party, in each case pursuant to post-termination rights set forth in such senior executive’s employment contract with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable (an “ Executive Transfer ”);


  (d) any Transfer of shares by a member in connection with any tender or exchange offer, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, recapitalization or other form of business combination involving the Company that is available on the same terms to all holders of Ordinary Shares (including all Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Preference Shares) and approved by the Board of Directors;

 

  (e) any Transfer of shares by a member consented to by the Board of Directors, if any, which consent shall be granted or withheld in the Board of Directors’ sole discretion; provided , that such Transfers shall be subject to rights of first offer in favor of the Company and the other members consistent with the procedures set forth in Section 5 ( Rights of First Offer ) and Tag-Along Rights in favor of the New Members consistent with the procedures set forth in Section 6 ( Tag-Along Rights ); provided , further , that neither Michael Kors (for purposes of this Section 2(e) only, Michael Kors shall be deemed to include any Permitted Transferee of Michael Kors under Section 2(a) and (b)) nor John Idol (for purposes of this Section 2(e) only, John Idol shall be deemed to include any Permitted Transferee of John Idol under Section 2(a) and (b)) shall effect any Transfers under this Section 2(e) if such Transfer (together with all other Transfers made by such person under this Section 2(e)) results in Michael Kors or John Idol, as the case may be, holding less than 80% of the shares held by such person on the date of the Shareholders Agreement on a fully diluted basis (assuming the exercise of all stock options); provided , further , that nothing contained in this Section 2(e) shall prohibit Michael Kors or John Idol from participating in a Tag-Along Sale or Drag-Along Sale in accordance with the provisions of (i) Section 6 ( Tag-Along Rights ) and (ii) Section 7 ( Drag-Along Rights );

 

  (f) any Transfer of shares by a member subject to, or in accordance with, the provisions of (i) Section 6 ( Tag-Along Rights ) or (ii) Section 7 (Drag-Along Rights);

 

  (g) any Transfer of Shares by a member in the IPO;

 

  (h) any Transfer of Shares by an member pursuant to Section 5(j) of the Subscription Agreement; or

 

  (i)

any Transfer of shares by a New Member that purchased at least 1,628,528 Preference Shares in the Offering if (i) such Transfer is made to a mutual fund, pension plan or other passive institutional investor which, to the knowledge of such New Member, typically makes investments in persons in the ordinary course of business for investment purposes only and not with the purpose or effect of changing or influencing the control of such person, (ii) such Transfer (A) does not cause the Company to become a reporting company under the Exchange Act and (B) does not increase the number of record and beneficial owners of shares to be more than 150

 

29


  persons as a result of such Transfer, (iii) as a result of such Transfer, no person would have (together with its Affiliates) beneficial or record ownership of 50% or more of the outstanding Preference Shares or more than 50% of the Ordinary Shares for which the Preference Shares may be converted (other than to the extent such Transfer is made to person that is a member on the date of the Shareholders Agreement) and (iv) such Transfer is subject to the rights of first offer in favor of the Company and the other members consistent with the procedures set forth in Section 5 ( Rights of First Offer ); it being understood that notwithstanding anything contained in Section 5.3 of the Shareholders Agreement to the contrary, any Transfer made pursuant to this Section 2(i) shall not Transfer any board observer rights but shall instead Transfer the right, to the extent the transferee meets the requirements of the first sentence of Section 5.3(b) of the Shareholders Agreement, to receive copies of all materials and information provided to the members of the Board of Directors (whether in connection with a meeting, an action by written consent or otherwise), including an annual budget and business plan and any multi-year budget or business plan. Shares purchased in the Offering by New Members that are Advised Accounts and have a common or Affiliated investment adviser shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether such New Member has met the threshold regarding Preference Shares purchased in the Offering.

 

3. Conditions to Transfers. In addition to all other terms and conditions contained in this Article II and the Shareholders Agreement, no Transfers (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Transfers made after the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing) shall be completed or effective for any purpose unless the following conditions are satisfied:

 

  (a) prior thereto:

 

  (i) the Transferor shall have provided to the Company, (x) at least ten (10) Business Days’ prior notice of such Transfer, (y) a certificate of the Transferor, delivered with such notice, containing a statement that such Transfer is permitted under this Article II, and (z) such other information and documents as may be reasonably requested by the Company in order for it to determine whether such Transfer is permitted under this Article II;

 

  (ii)

the Transferee shall have executed and delivered to the Company a written undertaking substantially in the form required under the Shareholders Agreement, pursuant to which such Transferee agrees (x) to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Shareholders Agreement and (y) that the shares acquired by it shall be subject to the terms of the Shareholders Agreement, and the Transferee shall furnish copies of all share certificates effecting the Transfer and

 

30


  such other certificates, instruments and documents as the Company may request; and

 

  (iii) all necessary third party consents to the Transfer shall have been obtained;

 

  (b) such Transferee is not a competitor of the Company and its subsidiaries, as determined in the reasonable discretion of the Board of Directors; provided that any private equity fund or other financial investor shall not be deemed to be a competitor of the Company;

 

  (c) such Transfer would not violate the Securities Act or any state securities or “blue sky” Laws applicable to the Company or the shares to be Transferred;

 

  (d) such Transfer shall not impose liability or reporting obligations on the Company or any member in any jurisdiction, whether domestic or foreign, or result in the Company or any member becoming subject to the jurisdiction of any Governmental Authority anywhere, other than the Governmental Authorities to which the Company is then subject to such liability, reporting obligation or jurisdiction; and

 

  (e) such Transfer shall not, in the Board of Directors’ sole discretion, have the effect of requiring the Company to, upon the consummation of such Transfer, register the shares under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act;

provided , however , that the provisions of (i) Section 3(a) through Section 3(e) shall not apply to a Transfer in connection with a Company Sale, in the IPO or in connection with the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company and (ii) Section 3(b) shall not apply to an Executive Transfer or a Transfer subject to, or in accordance with, Section 6 ( Tag-Along Rights ) or Section 7 ( Drag-Along Rights ).

 

4. Effect of Permitted Transfer . Subject to the terms of this Article II and the Shareholders Agreement (including Section 4.1(c) of the Shareholders Agreement), a Permitted Transferee of a member shall be substituted for and shall enjoy the same rights and be subject to the same obligations as the transferring member hereunder with respect to the shares Transferred to such Permitted Transferee.

 

5. Right of First Offer .

 

  (a)

In the event that any member wishes to Transfer after the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing or a New Member wishes to Transfer in accordance with Section 2(i) (such member or New Member, a “ Transferor ”), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, shares to any person, such Transferor, prior to any such Transfer, shall deliver to the Company and the non-Transferring members (collectively, the “ ROFO Recipients ”) written notice (the “ Offer Notice ”) stating (i) such

 

31


  Transferor’s intention to effect such a Transfer; (ii) the number of shares proposed to be transferred by the Transferor (the “ Transferred Shares ”); and (iii) the material terms and conditions of such sale (including the per share purchase price (the “ Offer Price ”)); and (iv) the proposed effective date of the sale. The failure to provide an Offer Notice shall not relieve such Transferor’s obligations and shall not limit the rights of the Company and the non-Transferring shareholders under this Section 5.

 

  (b) For a period of ten (10) Business Days (the “ Initial Exercise Period ”) after the last date on which the Offer Notice is deemed to have been delivered to the Company and the non-Transferring members, the Company shall have the right to purchase up to all of the Transferred Shares on the same terms and conditions as specified in the Offer Notice and as set forth in this Section 5. In order to exercise its right hereunder, the Company must deliver written notice to such Transferor within the Initial Exercise Period.

 

  (c) Subject to the limitations of this Section 5(c), if the Company declines to purchase all of the Transferred Shares, then the non-Transferring members shall have the right on a pro-rata basis (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares) to elect to purchase, during the Initial Exercise Period, up to all of the Transferred Shares after giving effect to those Transferred Shares elected to be purchased by the Company (the “ Remaining ROFO Shares ”), on the same terms and conditions as specified in the Offer Notice and as set forth in this Section 5. In order to exercise its rights hereunder, such non-Transferring member must provide written notice delivered to the Transferor within the Initial Exercise Period. To the extent the aggregate number of shares that the non-Transferring members desire to purchase (as evidenced in the written notices delivered to such Transferor) exceeds the Remaining ROFO Shares, each non-Transferring member so exercising shall be entitled to purchase the lesser of (x) the number of Remaining ROFO Shares it so elected to purchase and (y) its pro rata share of the Remaining ROFO Shares, which shall be equal to that number of the Remaining ROFO Shares equal to the product obtained by multiplying (x) the number of Remaining ROFO Shares by (y) a fraction, (i) the numerator of which shall be the number of Ordinary Shares held by such non-Transferring member on the date of the Offer Notice and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the number of Ordinary Shares held on the date of the Offer Notice by the non-Transferring member exercising their rights to purchase under this Section 5 (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares in each of the numerator and the denominator).

 

  (d)

Upon the earlier to occur of (i) the expiration of the Initial Exercise Period or (ii) the time when such Transferor has received written confirmation from the Company or all of the non-Transferring members (if the Company is not purchasing all of the Transferred Shares) regarding its exercise of its right of first offer, the Company and the non-Transferring

 

32


  Members shall be deemed to have made its election with respect to the Transferred Shares. If the Company and/or the non-Transferring members, after following the procedures set forth in Section 5(b) and Section 5(c), elected to acquire all of the Transferred Shares, then within five (5) days after the expiration of the Initial Exercise Period, such Transferor shall give written notice to the Company and each non-Transferring member specifying the number of Transferred Shares that will be purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 5(b) and, if applicable, the number of Transferred Shares that will be purchased by each non-Transferring members pursuant to Section 5(c) (the “ ROFO Confirmation Notice ”). For purposes of clarity, if the Company and/or the non-Transferring members did not elect to acquire all of the Transferred Shares, then the Company and the non-Transferring members shall not have any right to purchase any Transferred Shares pursuant to this Section 5 and the Transferor shall be free to sell all Transferred Shares to a third party that otherwise meets the requirements of this Article II (including, if applicable, Section 2(i)).

 

  (e) The purchase price for the Transferred Shares to be purchased by the Company and/or by the non-Transferring members exercising its rights of first offer under this Section 5 will be the Offer Price, in cash, and will be payable as set forth in Section 5(f).

 

  (f) The Company and the non-Transferring members exercising their rights of first offer under this Section 5 shall effect the purchase of all of the Transferred Shares, including the payment of the purchase price, within twenty (20) Business Days after the delivery of the ROFO Confirmation Notice (the “ Right of First Offer Closing ”). Payment of the purchase price will be made, at the option of the Transferor, (i) in cash (by check), (ii) by wire transfer or (iii) by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of such Transferor to the Company or the non-Transferring members, as the case may be, or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing. At such Right of First Offer Closing, such Transferor shall deliver to either the Company or, if the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Transferred Shares pursuant to Section 5(b), each non-Transferring member exercising its right of first offer, one or more certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, representing such Transferred Shares so purchased.

 

  (g) This Section 5 shall not apply to (i) clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (f), (g) and (h) of Section 2 ( Permitted Transfers ) or (ii) Transfers in connection with (A) the consummation of a Company Sale or (B) a liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company.

 

6. Tag-Along Rights .

 

  (a)

In the event that any of the Existing Members, individually or as a group (the “ Selling Members ”), shall Transfer, in one transaction or a series of

 

33


  related transactions, any of its or their Ordinary Shares (a “ Tag-Along Sale ”) to any Person (a “ Proposed Purchaser ”), each other member (each, a “ Tagging Member ”) shall have the right and option (“ Tag-Along Rights ”), but not the obligation, to Transfer up to the Requisite Percentage (as defined below) of its Ordinary Shares in such Tag-Along Sale, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6. For the avoidance of doubt, members may only exercise their Tag-Along Rights under this Section 6 in respect of Ordinary Shares (and not any other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Ordinary Shares, including any Preference Shares). Upon the consummation of any Tag-Along Sale which, individually or together with all other related Tag-Along Sales involving a single purchaser or group of purchasers, constitutes a Company Sale, before any distribution or payment shall be made to any Selling Members in connection with such Tag-Along Sale, each Tagging Member holding Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive the Sale Payment for each of its Preference Share being sold or converted in connection with such Tag-Along Sale in accordance with the Memorandum.

 

  (b) The Selling Members shall notify the Tagging Members in writing of any proposed Tag-Along Sale at least twenty (20) days prior to the anticipated closing date for such proposed Tag-Along Sale (a “ Tag-Along Notice ”). Any such Tag-Along Notice delivered to the Tagging Members in connection with a proposed Tag-Along Sale shall set forth: (i) the number of Ordinary Shares the Selling Members are selling in connection with such Tag-Along Sale (the “ Offered Tag-Along Sale Shares ”), (ii) the name and address of the Proposed Purchaser in such Tag-Along Sale, (iii) the material terms and conditions of such proposed Tag-Along Sale (including the per Ordinary Share purchase price and description of any proposed purchase price adjustments) and (iv) the proposed effective date of the proposed Tag-Along Sale.

 

  (c)

Each Tagging Member shall have the right to include in the Tag-Along Sale and the Selling Member shall cause the inclusion in the Tag-Along Sale, upon the terms set forth in the Tag-Along Notice, up to that number of Ordinary Shares equal to a percentage of the total number of Ordinary Shares proposed to be sold by the Selling Members determined by dividing (A) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by such Tagging Member by (B) the sum of (x) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by all Tagging Members exercising their rights pursuant to this Section 6 and (y) the total number of Ordinary Shares owned by the Selling Members (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares held by the Tagging Members and the Selling Members into Ordinary Shares in each of clauses (x) and (y)) (the “ Requisite Percentage ”); provided , that if such calculation yields a fraction of an Ordinary Share, such fraction shall be rounded up to the nearest whole Ordinary Share if such fraction is equal to or greater than 0.5 and rounded

 

34


  down to the nearest whole Ordinary Share if such fraction is less than 0.5. The Tagging Members may exercise the Tag-Along Rights in connection with a Tag-Along Sale described in a Tag-Along Notice by delivery of a written notice to the Selling Members within ten (10) days following receipt of a Tag-Along Notice from such Selling Members. Each Tagging Member shall be deemed to have waived its Tag-Along Rights if it fails to give notice within the prescribed time period.

 

  (d) In the event that any Tagging Member does not exercise its Tag-Along Rights or elects to exercise its Tag-Along Rights with respect to less than all of its Requisite Percentage (such remaining securities, the “ Non-Electing Shares ”), each other Tagging Member who has elected to exercise its Tag-Along Rights in full, may elect to sell (in addition to its Requisite Percentage of the number of Ordinary Shares proposed to be sold by the Selling Members) up to the total number of Non-Electing Shares, provided that such Tagging Member shall only be entitled to sell up to that number of Non-Electing Shares equal to the lesser of (i) the number of Non-Electing Shares it has elected to sell and (ii) its pro rata share of Non-Electing Shares, which shall equal to that number of Non-Electing Shares equal to the product of (A) the number of Non-Electing Shares and (B) the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by such Tagging Member by (2) the sum of (x) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by all Tagging Members exercising their rights pursuant to this Section 6(d) (excluding the Non-Electing Shares) and (y) the total number of Ordinary Shares owned by the Selling Members (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares held by the Tagging Members and the Selling Members into Ordinary Shares in each of clauses (x) and (y)). The Selling Members shall attempt to obtain inclusion in the Tag-Along Sale of the entire number of shares which the Selling Members and the Tagging Members electing to exercise Tag-Along Rights desire to have included in the Tag-Along Sale. In the event the Selling Members shall be unable to obtain the inclusion of such entire number of shares in such Tag-Along Sale, the number of shares to be sold in the Tag-Along Sale by each Selling Member and each Tagging Member electing to exercise Tag-Along Rights shall be reduced on a pro rata basis according to the proportion which the number of shares which each such party desires to have included in the sale bears to the total number of shares desired by all such parties to have included in the sale, and the Transfer to the Proposed Purchaser will otherwise proceed in accordance with the terms of this Section 6 and the Tag-Along Notice.

 

  (e)

In the event that the Tagging Members shall elect to exercise Tag-Along Rights in connection with a proposed Tag-Along Sale, the Tagging Members shall take, or cause to be taken, all commercially reasonable action, and do, or cause to be done, all things commercially reasonable to consummate and make effective such Tag-Along Sale, including

 

35


  executing any purchase agreement or other certificates, instruments and other agreement required to consummate the proposed Transfer to the Proposed Purchaser and using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all necessary consents from third parties and take such other actions as may be necessary to effectuate the intent of the foregoing so long as such Selling Members execute the same agreements and other documents on the same terms, provided that:

 

  (i) a Tagging Member shall not be required to provide representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements other than those individual representations, warranties covenants, or agreements (so long as such Selling Members agree to do the same) related to such Tagging Member’s (A) ownership of and title to the shares it is transferring in such Tag-Along Sale, (B) organization, (C) authority to enter in the Tag-Along Sale and (D) conflicts and consents related to such Tag-Along Sale;

 

  (ii) any indemnity given by the Selling Members to the purchaser in connection with such Tag-Along Sale applicable to liabilities not specific to the Selling Members shall be apportioned among the Selling Members and the Tagging Members according to the consideration received by each Selling Member and Tagging Member and shall not exceed the lesser of (A) such Selling Member’s or Tagging Member’s (as the case may be) pro rata portion of any such liability, to be determined in accordance with such Selling Member’s or Tagging Member’s (as the case may be) portion of the total value for his, her or its Ordinary Shares included in such Tag-Along Sale or (B) such Selling Member’s or Tagging Member’s (as the case may be) proceeds from the Tag-Along Sale;

 

  (iii) other than a customary confidentiality covenant, a Tagging Member shall not be obligated to enter into any non-compete, non-solicit or other post-closing covenant that restricts its activities in any way; and

 

  (iv) a Tagging Member shall not be responsible for breaches of representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements made by any other seller in such Tag-Along Sale with respect to such other seller.

 

    

Subject to clauses (i) through (iv) above, at the closing of any Tag-Along Sale, the Tagging Members shall deliver to the Proposed Purchaser (A) such instruments of transfer as shall be reasonably requested by the Proposed Purchaser with respect to the Ordinary Shares to be Transferred, against receipt of the purchase price therefor (so long as such Selling Members agree to do the same)

 

36


  and (B) such members’ Ordinary Shares, free and clear of any liens (so long as such Selling Members agree to do the same). At the closing of any proposed Tag-Along Sale, the Proposed Purchaser shall deliver payment (in full in immediately available funds) for the Ordinary Shares purchased by such Proposed Purchaser.

 

  (f) In connection with any Tag-Along Sale, the Tagging Members shall receive for the sale of their Ordinary Shares a pro rata portion of the aggregate consideration paid by the Proposed Purchaser.

 

  (g) There shall be no liability on the part of the Board of Directors, the Selling Members or the Company to the Tagging Members or any of their respective Affiliates if any Tag-Along Sale is not consummated for whatever reason. For the avoidance of doubt, the determination of whether to effect a Tag-Along Sale shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Selling Members.

 

  (h) This Section 6 shall not apply to Transfers (i) permitted by clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (g), (h) and (i) of Section 2, (ii) in connection with a liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company, (iii) pursuant to, or consequent upon, the exercise of the right of first offer set forth in Section 5 or (iv) pursuant to, or consequent upon, the exercise of the drag-along rights set forth in Section 7.

 

7. Drag-Along Rights .

 

  (a)

If at any time any Existing Member or group of Existing Members holding at least a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) (collectively, the “ Dragging Members ”) determine to Transfer or cause to be Transferred, in any single arm’s-length transaction or series of related arm’s-length transactions, Ordinary Shares representing all of the then-issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) then held by the Existing Members to one or more Persons who are unaffiliated bona fide third-party purchasers (a “ Drag-Along Sale ”), then the Dragging Members may elect to require all other Members (the “ Dragged Members ”) to, and the Dragged Members shall, (i) if such Drag-Along Sale is structured as sale of Ordinary Shares, Transfer, or caused to be Transferred, to such Person, concurrently with the Drag-Along Sale, Preference Shares or Ordinary Shares representing all of the Ordinary Shares then held by the Dragged Members (in the case of Preference Shares, assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) or (ii) if such Transfer is structured as a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, to vote in favor thereof, and otherwise to consent to and raise no objection to such Drag-Along Sale, and the Dragged Members shall waive dissenters’ rights, appraisal rights or

 

37


  similar rights, if any, which the Dragged Members may have in connection therewith; provided that upon the consummation of any Drag-Along Sale, (y) before any distribution or payment shall be made to any Dragging Members in connection with such Drag-Along Sale, each Dragged Member that holds Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive the Sale Payment, for each Preference Share it holds that is to be Transferred in such Drag-Along Sale in accordance with the Memorandum and (z) if such Drag-Along Sale is entered into prior to the three year anniversary of the Closing, then the consideration payable to each Dragged Member that holds Preference Shares shall be payable either (i) solely in cash or Liquid Securities, or (ii) solely to the extent holders of Ordinary Shares are receiving securities, other than Liquid Securities, in such Drag-Along Sale, then each holder of Preference Shares shall have the option of receiving non-Liquid Securities of either the same class received by holders of Ordinary Shares or in the form of Acceptable Securities. For greater certainty, under no circumstances shall any Affiliate of the Company be considered an unaffiliated bona fide third-party purchaser for purposes of this Section 7.

 

  (b) The Dragging Members may exercise their drag-along rights pursuant hereto by delivering to each Dragged Member and the Company, at least twenty (20) days in advance of the anticipated closing date for the Drag-Along Sale, a written notice (the “ Drag Notice ”), which shall set forth (i) the number of Ordinary Shares the Dragging Members proposed to be sold in such Drag-Along Sale, (ii) the name and address of the proposed Transferee in such Drag-Along Sale, (iii) the material terms and conditions of such proposed Drag-Along Sale (including the per Ordinary Share purchase price or a reasonable estimate of the maximum and minimum per Ordinary Share purchase price) and (iv) the proposed effective date of the proposed Drag-Along Sale. The Drag Notice shall also specify the number of Ordinary Shares required to be Transferred by the Dragged Member.

 

  (c) Prior to or in connection with the closing of any such proposed Drag-Along Sale, each Dragged Member shall take, or cause to be taken, all commercially reasonable actions, and do, or cause to be done, all things commercially reasonable or advisable to consummate or make effective such Drag-Along Sale, including (i) together with the proposed purchaser or purchasers, execute any purchase agreement or other certificates, instruments and other agreement required to consummate and make effective such proposed Drag-Along Sale and (ii) using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all necessary consents from third parties and take such other actions as may be necessary to effectuate the intent of the foregoing so long as such Dragging Members execute the same agreements and other documents on the same terms; provided that:

 

38


  (i) a Dragged Member shall not be required to provide representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements other than those individual representations, warranties covenants, or agreements (so long as such Dragging Members agree to do the same) related to such Dragged Member’s (A) ownership of and title to the shares it is transferring in such Drag-Along Sale, (B) organization, (C) authority to enter in the Drag-Along Sale and (D) conflicts and consents related to such Drag-Along Sale;

 

  (ii) any indemnity given by the Dragging Members to the purchaser in connection with such Drag-Along Sale applicable to liabilities not specific to the Dragging Members shall be apportioned among the Dragging Members and Dragged Members (as the case may be) according to the consideration received by each Dragging Member and Dragged Member and shall not exceed the lesser of (A) such Dragging Member’s or Dragged Member’s (as the case may be) pro rata portion of any such liability, to be determined in accordance with such Dragging Member’s or Dragged Member’s (as the case may be) portion of the total value for his, her or its shares included in such Drag-Along Sale or (B) such Dragging Member’s or Dragged Member’s (as the case may be) proceeds from the Drag-Along Sale;

 

  (iii) other than a customary confidentiality covenant, a Dragged Member shall not be obligated to enter into any non-compete, non-solicit or other post-closing covenant that restricts its activities in any way; and

 

  (iv) a Dragged Member shall not be responsible for breaches of representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements made by any other seller in such Drag-Along Sale with respect to such other seller.

 

     Subject to clauses (i) through (iv) above, at the closing of any such proposed Drag-Along Sale, the Dragged Members shall deliver to the proposed purchaser or purchasers (x) such certificates and other instruments of transfer as shall be reasonably requested by the proposed purchaser or purchasers with respect to the Ordinary Shares to be Transferred, against receipt of the purchase price therefor in such Drag-Along Sale (so long as such Dragging Members agree to do the same) and (y) the Dragged Member’s Preference Shares or Ordinary Shares, free and clear of any liens (so long as such Dragging Members agree to do the same). At the closing of any proposed Drag-Along Sale, the proposed purchaser or purchasers shall deliver payment (in full in immediately available funds) for the shares purchased by such proposed purchaser or purchasers.

 

39


  (d) In the event that the Drag-Along Sale is effectuated through a business combination (whether by way of merger, recapitalization or otherwise) or asset sale, the members shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all commercially reasonable action, and to do, or cause to be done, all things commercially reasonable or advisable to consummate and make effective the business combination.

 

  (e) There shall be no liability on the part of the Dragging Members, the Board of Directors or the Company to the Dragged Members or any of their respective Affiliates if any Drag-Along Sale is not consummated for whatever reason. For the avoidance of doubt, the determination of whether to effect a Drag-Along Sale shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Dragging Members.

 

  (f) If more than 90 days elapse from the date of delivery of the Drag Notice without the consummation of such Drag-Along Sale, the members shall be released from their obligations with respect to such Drag-Along Sale and the provisions of this Section 7 shall again apply to any future Transfers that otherwise come within its terms.

 

8. Supplemental Transfer Provisions .

 

  (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Memorandum or the Articles, no Existing Member shall Transfer any Shares in a Permitted Transfer that constitutes a Tag-Along Sale unless such Transfer is first consented to in writing, or initiated or otherwise participated in, by the Majority Existing Members.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Memorandum or the Articles, in addition to the Transfer terms and conditions set forth in this Memorandum or the Articles, except for a Transfer in connection with the sale of Preference Shares in the Offering, a Company Sale or in the IPO, no Transfers of Shares by an Existing Member shall be completed or effective for any purpose unless the Transferee shall have executed and delivered to the Company a written undertaking substantially in the form attached to the Voting and Lock-Up Agreement, pursuant to which such Transferee agrees (x) to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Voting and Lock-Up Agreement and (y) that the Shares acquired by it shall be subject to the terms of the Voting and Lock-Up Agreement.

 

  (c)

The provisions of this Section 8 shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the date on which the IPO is consummated, (ii) the consummation of a Company Sale, (iii) a liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company and (iv) the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Closing ( provided , that the provisions of Section 8(b) shall continue to apply to Transfers permitted by virtue of this subclause (iv)).

 

40


9. Termination of Share Transfer Restrictions .

Upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO and the automatic conversion of all of the Preference Shares outstanding on the date hereof into Ordinary Shares, the provisions of this Article II of the Schedule to this Memorandum of Association shall immediately cease to have any effect whatsoever.

 

41


TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT

(NO. 16 OF 2004)

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

PRELIMINARY

 

1. In these Articles, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, the words and expressions standing in the first column of the following table shall bear the meanings set opposite them respectively in the second column thereof. Words used in these Articles and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Memorandum.

 

Words

Meaning

 

Acceptable Securities

Any preference or preferred securities of any person that have the substantially similar economic and legal characteristics as the Preference Shares (including lock-up provisions, liquidity and registration rights and other shareholder rights and obligations as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the lock-up, liquidity and registration rights and obligations provided for in the Shareholders Agreement and the Memorandum).


Accreted Value

As of any date, with respect to each Preference Share, (a) the Preference Share Issue Amount, plus (b) the amount of dividends which have accreted, compounded and been added thereto to such date.

 

Act

The BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (as amended).

 

Advised Account

Any New Member (or Affiliate of any New Member) for whom T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. or Fidelity Investments, Inc. is the investment adviser.

 

Affiliate

With respect to any person, another person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such first person, where “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, as trustee or executor or otherwise. Advised Accounts that share the same investment adviser (or affiliated investment adviser) shall be deemed to be Affiliates.

 

Articles

The Articles of Association of the Company as originally framed or as from time to time amended.

 

Board of Directors

The Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Business Day

Any day, except a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banking institutions are legally authorized to close in New York City or in the British Virgin Islands.

 

2


Closing

The closing of the Offering.

 

Company Sale

(a) Any sale or Transfer, in one or more related transactions, of the Company whether by sale or other Transfer of shares, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, recapitalization or equity sale (including a sale of securities by the Company other than in the IPO), which has the effect of the direct or indirect acquisition of the Majority Voting Power in the Company from the member or members who directly or indirectly held such Majority Voting Power immediately prior to such sale; provided , that, for avoidance of doubt, a transaction that results in the member or members who held such Majority Voting Power immediately prior to such sale continuing to directly or indirectly hold (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting Equity Securities of the successor or surviving entity) the Majority Voting Power of the Company or comparable voting Equity Securities of the surviving or successor entity outstanding immediately after such transaction shall not constitute a Company Sale; or

 

 

(b) any sale or Transfer, other than to the Company or any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions, of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries (which may include, for the avoidance of doubt, the sale or issuance of Equity Securities of one or more subsidiaries of the Company);

 

3


 

provided , that, for avoidance of doubt, a transaction that results in (A) the member or members who held such Majority Voting Power of the Company immediately prior to such sale continuing to directly or indirectly hold the Majority Voting Power of the person that acquires such assets immediately after such transaction and (B) the holders of Preference Shares immediately prior to such sale acquiring Acceptable Securities of the person that acquires such assets immediately after such transaction shall not constitute a Company Sale.

 

  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an IPO or any broadly disseminated Public Offering of Equity Securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries shall not constitute a Company Sale.

 

Consent Rights Matters

The matters set out in Regulation 93 of these Articles of Association that require the consent of the holders Preference Shares as further set out therein.

 

Derivative

An agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, hedging transactions and borrowed or loaned shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of the person or persons entering into such Derivative with respect to shares of the Company.

 

Distribution

In relation to a distribution by the Company to a member, the direct or indirect transfer of an asset, other

 

4


 

than shares, to or for the benefit of the member, or the incurring of a debt to or for the benefit of a member, in relation to shares held by such member, and whether by means of the purchase of an asset, the purchase, redemption or other acquisition of shares, a transfer of indebtedness or otherwise, and includes a dividend.

 

Equity Securities

With respect to any entity, all forms of equity securities in such entity or any successor of such entity (however designated, whether voting or non-voting), all securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such equity securities, and all warrants, options or other rights to purchase or acquire from such entity or any successor of such entity, such equity securities, or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such equity securities, including, with respect to the Company, the Ordinary Shares and any Share Equivalents (including the Preference Shares and any New Class of Shares at any time outstanding).

 

Exchange Act

The United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

Excluded Transaction

Any issuance of Ordinary Shares (a) pursuant to any stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or arrangement for the benefit of employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries; (b) issued as consideration in connection with a bona fide acquisition, merger or consolidation by the Company to an

 

5


 

unaffiliated third party provided such acquisition, merger or consolidation has been approved by the Board of Directors; (c) issued in connection with licensing, marketing or distribution arrangements or similar strategic transactions approved by the Board of Directors to an unaffiliated third party; (d) upon conversion of the Preference Shares; (e) as a dividend on Preference Shares; or (f) pursuant to an IPO or any other broadly disseminated public offering of Equity Securities of the Company.

 

Existing Member

A member as of the date of the Subscription Agreement and its Permitted Transferees (as defined in the Memorandum), excluding New Members.

 

Governmental Authority

Any federal, national, state, foreign, provincial, local or other government or any governmental, regulatory, administrative or self-regulatory authority, agency, bureau, board, commission, court, judicial or arbitral body, department, political subdivision, tribunal or other instrumentality thereof.

 

IPO

The first Public Offering of Shares in a firm commitment underwriting in (i) the United States or (ii) the United Kingdom with a listing on the London Stock Exchange, in Hong Kong on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange or any other country with a listing on an internationally recognized stock exchange (any such international exchange together with any stock exchange in the United States, an “ Approved Exchange ”) recommended by the lead managing

 

6


 

underwriter or underwriters and approved by the Board of Directors.

 

Law

Any statute or law (including common law), constitution, code, ordinance, rule, treaty or regulation and any Order.

 

Liquid Securities

In the case of equity securities, that are of a class listed on one or more Approved Exchanges and that are immediately salable without contractual or legal restrictions on transfer (it being agreed that such securities shall not be deemed to be subject to legal restrictions if such securities are (A) immediately salable pursuant to Rule 144 (or applicable non U.S. equivalent to Rule 144) without volume limitations or (B) entitled to the benefits of a shelf registration or other registration rights that are immediately exercisable).

 

Majority Existing Member

The Existing Member or Existing Members holding greater than fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming for this purpose, the conversion of all Preference Shares held by the Existing Members into Ordinary Shares) held by all of the Existing Members at the time of the relevant meeting or consent.

 

Majority Voting Power

With respect to any person, either (a) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the board of directors or other similar body of such person or the power to control such person by contract or as the managing member or general partner (or other equivalent status) of such person, or (b) ownership of Equity

 

7


 

Securities representing a majority of the voting interests of such person.

 

member

A person who holds shares in the Company and whose name is entered in the Company’s register of members as the registered holder of such shares.

 

Member Associated Person

With respect to any member, (i) any other beneficial owner of shares of the Company that are owned by such member and (ii) any person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the member or such beneficial owner.

 

Member Business

Any business brought before a meeting of members in accordance with Regulation 70(b)(ii).

 

Member Information

The information required by Regulation 70(d)(i)-70(d)(iii).

 

Member Nominee

A person nominated for election as a director in accordance with Regulation 70(b)(ii).

 

Memorandum

The Memorandum of Association of the Company as originally framed or as from time to time amended.

 

New Member

A member who acquired its shares under the Subscription Agreement.

 

New Share Directors

Directors elected by the holders of any New Class of Shares.

 

Nominating Member

A member nominating persons for election as a director.

 

Notice of Business

Written notice given by or on behalf of a member of record of the Company and setting forth the

 

8


 

information required by Regulation 70(d).

 

Notice of Nomination

Written notice given by or on behalf of a member of record of the Company setting forth the information required by Regulation 71(f).

 

Offering

The offering and sale of Preference Shares by the Company and certain members pursuant to the Subscription Agreement.

 

Order

Any award, injunction, judgment, decree, order, ruling, subpoena, assessment, writ or verdict or other decision issued, promulgated or entered by or with any Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction.

 

person

An association, a corporation, an individual, a partnership, a limited liability company, a trust or any other entity or organization, including a Governmental Authority.

 

Preemptive Rights

The preemptive rights set out in Article I of the Schedule to the Memorandum entitled “Preemptive Rights”.

 

Preference Share Issue Amount

With respect to any Preference Share, US$46.0539.

 

Pro Rata Share

With respect to any member, a percentage interest (expressed as a percentage) that results from dividing (a) the number of Ordinary Shares held by such member by (b) the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares held by all members electing to participate in the purchase of Offered Securities pursuant to Article I, Section 1 of the Schedule to the Memorandum (assuming the

 

9


 

conversion of all Preference Shares held by such member or members into Ordinary Shares in each of (a) and (b) above).

 

Proponent

A member proposing Member Business.

 

Public Disclosure

Means disclosure by a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Services, Associated Press or comparable U.S. national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

Public Offering

A public offering of Ordinary Shares pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form F-4, Form S-4, Form S-8 or any successor forms) filed by the Company under the Securities Act or any equivalent foreign securities Laws.

 

Qualified IPO

An IPO for which the aggregate gross cash proceeds to be received by the Company and the selling members of Ordinary Shares in such offering ((or series of related offerings) without deducting underwriter discounts, expenses and commissions) are at least US$250,000,000 or the equivalent in a foreign currency if the Qualified IPO is not in the United States.

 

Registrar

Registrar of Corporate Affairs appointed under section 229 of the Act.

 

resolution of directors

(a) A resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of directors of the Company or of a committee of directors of the

 

10


 

Company by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the directors present at the meeting who voted and did not abstain; or

 

  (b) a resolution consented to in writing by a simple majority of the directors or a simple majority of the members of the committee, as the case may be;

 

  except that where a director is given more than one vote, he shall be counted by the number of votes he casts for the purpose of establishing a majority.

 

resolution of members

A resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of the members of the Company by the affirmative vote of:

 

            (i) a simple majority of the votes of the shares entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a class, that were present at the meeting and were voted and not abstained, or

 

            (ii) a simple majority of the votes of each class or series of shares that were present at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon as a class or series and were voted and not abstained and of a simple majority of the votes of the remaining shares entitled to vote thereon that were present at the meeting and were voted and not abstained.

 

  No action may be taken by members by written consent, unless the action to be effected by written consent of the members and the taking of such action by such written consent have expressly been approved in advance by the Board of Directors.

 

11


Restructuring

The restructuring of the Company and the related transactions contemplated by the Restructuring Agreement.

 

Restructuring Agreement

The Restructuring Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2011, among the Company, the members named therein, SHL Fashion Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company, SHL-Kors Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company, Michael Kors Far East Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company and Michael Kors (USA), Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

Secretary

The Secretary of the Company.

 

securities

Shares and debt obligations of every kind, and options, warrants and rights to acquire shares, or debt obligations.

 

Securities Act

The United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

 

Share Equivalents

Any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Ordinary Shares, and any warrants, options or other rights to purchase or acquire Ordinary Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Ordinary Shares.

 

Share Transfer Restrictions

The share transfer restrictions set out in Article II of the Schedule to the Memorandum entitled “Transfer”.

 

Shareholders Agreement

The Shareholders Agreement, dated as of the Closing, among the Company and the members named therein.

 

12


shares

Collectively, Equity Securities of the Company, including the Ordinary Shares, the Preference Shares and any New Class of Shares at any time outstanding.

 

Springing Board Seat

The member of the Board of Directors designated by the holders of Preference Shares, as a class, to the extent that a Qualified IPO is not consummated on or prior to March 31, 2012.

 

Subscription Agreement

The Subscription Agreement, dated as of the Closing, among the Company and the members named therein.

 

subsidiary

With respect to any specified person, (a) any corporation or company more than 50% of whose voting or capital stock is, as of the time in question, directly or indirectly owned by such person and (b) any partnership, joint venture, association, or other entity in which such person, directly or indirectly, owns more than 50% of the equity or economic interest thereof or has the power to elect or direct the election of more than 50% of the members of the governing body of such entity.

 

the Seal

Any Seal which has been duly adopted as the Seal of the Company.

 

these Articles

The Articles of Association as originally framed or as from time to time amended.

 

Transaction Documents

Collectively, the Shareholders Agreement, the Subscription Agreement and any other agreements entered into by the Company with the holders of Preference Shares in connection with the Offering.

 

13


Transfer

Any transfer, sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of any shares, whether directly or indirectly (including by merger or sale of equity in any direct or indirect holding company, all or substantially all of whose assets consist of shares), irrespective of whether any of the foregoing are effected voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of Law, pursuant to judicial process or otherwise, or whether inter vivos or upon death; provided, however, that any pledge, hypothecation or grant of any security interest to an institutional lender in which the member of such shares retains the power to vote such shares shall not constitute a Transfer; provided, further, that any foreclosure or other realization upon such pledge, hypothecation or security interest by the creditor with respect thereto shall constitute a Transfer and shall be subject to the Share Transfer Restrictions and the provisions of the Shareholders Agreement prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO and the automatic conversion of all of the Preference Shares outstanding on the date hereof into Ordinary Shares. When used as a verb, “Transfer” and “Transferred” shall have the correlative meaning. In addition, “Transferee” shall have the correlative meaning.

 

treasury shares

Shares in the Company that were previously issued but were repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Company and not cancelled.

 

14


Voting and Lock-Up Agreement

The Voting and Lock-Up Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2011, by and among the Company and the persons listed on Schedule I thereto under the heading “Existing Shareholders”, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Voting Commitment With

respect to any person, an agreement, arrangement, understanding, commitment or assurance as to how such person will act or vote as a director of the Company on any issue or question.

 

2. “Written” or any term of like import includes words typewritten, printed, painted, engraved, lithographed, photographed or represented or reproduced by any mode of reproducing words in a visible form, including telex, facsimile, telegram, cable or other form of writing produced by electronic communication.

 

3. Save as aforesaid any words or expressions defined in the Act shall bear the same meaning in these Articles.

 

4. Whenever the singular or plural number, or the masculine, feminine or neuter gender is used in these Articles, it shall equally, where the context admits, include the others and a reference to “Regulation” is a reference to a regulation of the Articles and a reference to “Clause” is a reference to a clause of the Memorandum.

 

5. A reference in these Articles to voting in relation to shares shall be construed as a reference to voting by members holding the shares except that it is the votes allocated to the shares that shall be counted and not the number of members who actually voted and a reference to shares being present at a meeting shall be given a corresponding construction.

 

6. A reference to money in these Articles is, unless otherwise stated, a reference to the currency in which shares in the Company shall be issued according to the provisions of the Memorandum.

 

7. A reference to a provision of Law is a reference to that provision as extended, applied, amended or re-enacted and includes any subordinate legislation.

 

8. A reference to an agreement is a reference to that agreement as amended.

REGISTERED SHARES

 

9.

Every member holding registered shares in the Company shall be entitled to a certificate signed by a director or officer of the Company, or any other person

 

15


  authorized by resolution of directors, or under the Seal specifying the share or shares held by him and the signature of the director, officer or authorized person and the Seal may be facsimiles; provided that the shares in the Company may be represented by uncertificated shares that may be evidenced by a book-entry system maintained by the registrar of such shares, or a combination of both certificated and uncertificated shares.

 

10. Any member receiving a share certificate for registered shares shall indemnify and hold the Company and its Board of Directors and officers harmless from any loss or liability which it or they may incur by reason of any wrongful or fraudulent use or representation made by any person by virtue of the possession thereof. If a share certificate for registered shares is worn out or lost it may be renewed on production of the worn out certificate or on satisfactory proof of its loss together with such indemnity as may be required by a resolution of directors.

 

11. If several persons are registered as joint holders of any shares, any one of such persons may give an effectual receipt for any dividend payable in respect of such shares.

SHARES

 

12. Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the Memorandum (which, prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO and the automatic conversion of all of the Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares, includes the Preemptive Rights) and any resolution of members, the unissued shares of the Company shall be at the disposal of the Board of Directors who may, without limiting or affecting any rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class or series of shares, offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of shares to such persons, at such times and upon such terms and conditions as the Company may by resolution of directors determine.

 

13. No share in the Company may be issued until the consideration in respect thereof is fully paid, and when issued the share is for all purposes fully paid and non-assessable save that a share issued for a promissory note or other written obligation for payment of a debt may be issued subject to forfeiture in the manner prescribed in these Articles.

 

14. Shares in the Company shall be issued for money, services rendered, personal property, an estate in real property, a promissory note or other binding obligation to contribute money or property or any combination of the foregoing as shall be determined by a resolution of directors.

 

15.

Shares in the Company may be issued for such amount of consideration as the Board of Directors may from time to time by resolution of directors determine, except that in the case of shares with par value, the amount shall not be less than the par value, and in the absence of fraud the decision of the Board of Directors as to the value of the consideration received by the Company in respect of the issue

 

16


  is conclusive unless a question of Law is involved.

 

16. A share issued by the Company upon conversion of, or in exchange for, another share or a debt obligation or other security in the Company shall be treated for all purposes as having been issued for money equal to the consideration received or deemed to have been received by the Company in respect of the other share, debt obligation or security.

 

17. Treasury shares may be disposed of by the Company on such terms and conditions (not otherwise inconsistent with these Articles) as the Company may by resolution of directors determine.

 

18. The Company may issue fractions of a share and a fractional share shall have the same corresponding fractional liabilities, limitations, preferences, privileges, qualifications, restrictions, rights and other attributes of a whole share of the same class or series of shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company undertakes a division (but not a combination) of Ordinary Shares that results in a member who holds Ordinary Shares being entitled to receive a fraction of an Ordinary Share, then the Company shall compulsorily redeem and cancel any such fraction of an Ordinary Share and pay to such member in cash in U.S. dollars an amount (computed to the nearest U.S. cent) equal to the fraction multiplied by the fair market value per Ordinary Share as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith.

 

19. The Company may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire and hold its own shares.

 

20. Subject to provisions to the contrary in the Memorandum or these Articles, the Company may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its own shares without the consent of members whose shares are to be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired.

 

21. No purchase, redemption or other acquisition of shares shall be made unless the resolution of directors relating to such purchase, redemption or other acquisition contains a statement that the directors are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that immediately after the purchase, redemption or other acquisition the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due and the value of the assets of the Company will exceed its liabilities, and in the absence of fraud the decision of the Board of Directors as to the value of the assets of the Company is conclusive, unless a question of Law is involved.

 

22. A determination by the Board of Directors under the preceding Regulation is not required when shares are purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired:

 

  (a) pursuant to a right of a member to have his shares redeemed or to have his shares exchanged for money or other property of the Company;

 

  (b) by virtue of the provisions of the Act; or

 

  (c) pursuant to an order of the Court.

 

23.

Shares that the Company purchases, redeems or otherwise acquires pursuant to the preceding Regulation may be cancelled or held as treasury shares except to the

 

17


  extent that such shares are in excess of 50 percent of the issued shares of the Company, in which case they shall be cancelled but they shall be available for reissue.

 

24. Where shares in the Company are held by the Company as treasury shares or are held by another company of which the Company holds, directly or indirectly, shares having more than 50 percent of the votes in the election of directors of the other company, such shares of the Company are not entitled to vote or to have dividends paid thereon.

 

25. The Company may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its shares at a price lower than the fair value if permitted by, and then only in accordance with, the terms of:

 

  (a) the Memorandum or these Articles; or

 

  (b) a written agreement for the subscription for the shares to be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired.

MORTGAGES AND CHARGES OF REGISTERED SHARES

 

26. Members may mortgage or charge their registered shares in the Company and upon satisfactory evidence thereof the Company shall give effect to the terms of any valid mortgage or charge except insofar as it may conflict with any requirements herein contained for consent to the transfer of shares.

 

27. In the case of the mortgage or charge of registered shares there may be entered in the register of members of the Company at the request of the registered holder of such shares:

 

  (a) a statement that the shares held by him are mortgaged or charged;

 

  (b) the name of the mortgagee or chargee; and

 

  (c) the date on which the aforesaid particulars are entered in the register of members.

 

28. Where particulars of a mortgage or charge are registered, such particulars shall be cancelled:

 

  (a) with the consent of the named mortgagee or chargee or anyone authorised to act on his behalf; or

 

  (b) upon evidence satisfactory to the Board of Directors of the discharge of the liability secured by the mortgage or charge and the issue of such indemnities as the Board of Directors shall consider necessary or desirable.

 

18


29. Whilst particulars of a mortgage or charge are registered, no transfer of any share comprised therein shall be effected without the written consent of the named mortgagee or chargee or anyone authorised to act on his behalf.

FORFEITURE

 

30. When shares issued for a promissory note or other written obligation for payment of a debt have been issued subject to forfeiture, the provisions set forth in the following four regulations shall apply.

 

31. Written notice specifying a date for payment to be made and the shares in respect of which payment is to be made shall be served on the member who defaults in making payment pursuant to a promissory note or other written obligations to pay a debt.

 

32. The written notice specifying a date for payment shall:

 

  (a) name a further date not earlier than the expiration of 14 days from the date of service of the notice on or before which payment required by the notice is to be made; and

 

  (b) contain a statement that in the event of non-payment at or before the time named in the notice the shares, or any of them, in respect of which payment is not made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

33. Where a written notice has been issued and the requirements have not been complied with within the prescribed time, the Board of Directors may at any time before tender of payment forfeit and cancel the shares to which the notice relates.

 

34. The Company is under no obligation to refund any monies to the member whose shares have been forfeited and cancelled pursuant to these provisions. Upon forfeiture and cancellation of the shares the member is discharged from any further obligation to the Company with respect to the shares forfeited and cancelled.

LIEN

 

35.

The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share issued for a promissory note or for any other binding obligation to contribute money or property or any combination thereof to the Company, and the Company shall also have a first and paramount lien on every share standing registered in the name of a member, whether singly or jointly with any other person or persons, for all the debts and liabilities of such member or his estate to the Company, whether the same shall have been incurred before or after notice to the Company of any interest of any person other than such member, and whether the time for the payment or discharge of the same shall have actually arrived or not, and notwithstanding that the same are joint debts or liabilities of such member or his estate and any other person, whether a member of the Company or not. The

 

19


  Company’s lien on a share shall extend to all dividends payable thereon. The Board of Directors may at any time either generally, or in any particular case, waive any lien that has arisen or declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Regulation.

 

36. In the absence of express provisions regarding sale in the promissory note or other binding obligation to contribute money or property, the Company may sell, in such manner as the Board of Directors may by resolution of directors determine, any share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable nor until the expiration of twenty one days after a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of the sum presently payable and giving notice of the intention to sell in default of such payment, has been served on the holder for the time being of the share.

 

37. The net proceeds of the sale by the Company of any shares on which it has a lien shall be applied in or towards payment of discharge of the promissory note or other binding obligation to contribute money or property or any combination thereof in respect of which the lien exists so far as the same is presently payable and any residue shall (subject to a like lien for debts or liabilities not presently payable as existed upon the share prior to the sale) be paid to the holder of the share immediately before such sale. For giving effect to any such sale the Board of Directors may authorise some person to transfer the share sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the share and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

38. Subject to any limitations in these Articles and the Memorandum, registered shares in the Company may be transferred by a written instrument of transfer signed by the transferor and containing the name and address of the transferee, but in the absence of such written instrument of transfer the Board of Directors may accept such evidence of a transfer of shares as they consider appropriate.

 

39. The Company shall not be required to treat a transferee of a registered share in the Company as a member until the transferee’s name has been entered in the register of members.

 

40.

Subject to any limitations in these Articles, the Memorandum, the Shareholders Agreement and the Voting and Lock-up Agreement, the Company must on the application of the transferor or transferee of a registered share in the Company enter in the register of members the name of the transferee of the share, save that the registration of transfers may be suspended and the register of members closed at such times and for such periods as the Company may from time to time by resolution of directors determine, provided that such registration shall not be

 

20


  suspended nor the register of members closed for more than 60 days in any period of 12 months.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

41. The executor or administrator of a deceased member, the guardian of an incompetent member or the trustee of a bankrupt member shall be the only person recognised by the Company as having any title to his share, but they shall not be entitled to exercise any rights as a member of the Company until they have proceeded as set forth in the next following three regulations.

 

42. The production to the Company of any document which is evidence of probate of the will, or letters of administration of the estate, or confirmation as executor, of a deceased member or of the appointment of a guardian of an incompetent member or the trustee of a bankrupt member may be accepted by the Company even if the deceased, incompetent or bankrupt member is domiciled outside the British Virgin Islands if the document evidencing the grant of probate or letters of administration, confirmation as executor, appointment as guardian or trustee in bankruptcy is issued by a foreign court which had competent jurisdiction in the matter. For the purpose of establishing whether or not a foreign court had competent jurisdiction in such a matter the Board of Directors may obtain appropriate legal advice. The Board of Directors may also require an indemnity to be given by the executor, administrator, guardian or trustee in bankruptcy.

 

43. Any person becoming entitled by operation of Law or otherwise to a share or shares in consequence of the death, incompetence or bankruptcy of any member may be registered as a member upon such evidence being produced as may reasonably be required by the Board of Directors. An application by any such person to be registered as a member shall for all purposes be deemed to be a transfer of shares of the deceased, incompetent or bankrupt member and the Board of Directors shall treat it as such.

 

44. Any person who has become entitled to a share or shares in consequence of the death, incompetence or bankruptcy of any member may, instead of being registered himself, request in writing that some person to be named by him be registered as the transferee of such share or shares and such request shall likewise be treated as if it were a transfer.

 

45. What amounts to incompetence on the part of a person is a matter to be determined by the court having regard to all the relevant evidence and the circumstances of the case.

REDUCTION OR INCREASE IN MAXIMUM AUTHORISED NUMBER OF SHARES

 

46.

Subject to any limitations in these Articles or the Memorandum, the Company may by a resolution of directors amend the Memorandum to increase or reduce its maximum authorised number of shares, and in connection therewith the Company

 

21


  may in respect of any unissued shares increase or reduce the number of such shares, increase or reduce the par value of any such shares or effect any combination of the foregoing.

 

47. The Company may by resolution of directors amend the Memorandum to:

 

  (a) divide the shares, including issued shares, of a class or series into a larger number of shares of the same class or series; or

 

  (b) combine the shares, including issued shares, of a class or series into a smaller number of shares of the same class or series,

provided, however, that where shares are divided or combined under (a) or (b) of this Regulation, the aggregate par value, if any, of the new shares must be equal to the aggregate par value, if any, of the original shares.

MEETINGS AND CONSENTS OF MEMBERS

 

48. The Board of Directors may convene meetings of the members of the Company at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the Board of Directors considers necessary or desirable; provided that at least one meeting of members must be held each year.

 

49. Upon the written request of members entitled to exercise 30 percent or more of the voting rights in respect of a matter for which a meeting is requested, the Board of Directors shall convene a meeting of members. Any such request shall state the proposed purpose of the meeting.

 

50. The Board of Directors shall give not less than seven days notice of meetings of members to those persons whose names on the date the notice is given appear as members in the register of members of the Company and are entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

51. The Board of Directors may fix the date notice is given of a meeting of members as the record date for determining those shares that are entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

52. A meeting of members may be called on short notice:

 

  (a) if members holding not less than 90 percent of the total number of shares entitled to vote on all matters to be considered at the meeting, or 90 percent of the votes of each class or series of shares where members are entitled to vote thereon as a class or series together with not less than a 90 percent majority of the remaining votes, have agreed to short notice of the meeting, or

 

22


  (b) if all members holding shares entitled to vote on all or any matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting, and for this purpose presence at the meeting shall be deemed to constitute waiver.

 

53. The inadvertent failure of the Board of Directors to give notice of a meeting to a member, or the fact that a member has not received a notice that has been properly given, shall not invalidate the meeting.

 

54. A member may be represented at a meeting of members by a proxy who may speak and vote on behalf of the member.

 

55. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be produced at the place appointed for the meeting before the time for holding the meeting at which the person named in such instrument proposes to vote.

 

56. An instrument appointing a proxy shall be in substantially the following form or such other form as the Chairman of the meeting shall accept as properly evidencing the wishes of the member appointing the proxy:

(Name of Company)

I/We                    being a member of the above Company with                shares HEREBY APPOINT                      of                      or failing him              of                      to be my/our proxy to vote for me/us at the meeting of members to be held on the            day of                    and at any adjournment thereof.

 

(Any restrictions on voting to be inserted here.)  
Signed this            day of  

 

 
Member  

A proxy need not be a member, and a member may appoint one or more than one person to act as his proxy. On a poll, votes may be given in person or by proxy, and a member entitled to more than one vote need not, if he votes, use all of his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way. The appointment of a proxy does not prevent a member from attending and voting in person at the meeting or an adjournment or on a poll. The appointment of a proxy is (unless the contrary is stated in such proxy) valid for an adjournment of the meeting as well as for the meeting or meetings to which it relates and is valid for 12 months following the date of execution unless terminated earlier.

 

23


57. The following shall apply in respect of joint ownership of shares:

 

  (a) if two or more persons hold shares jointly, each of them may be present in person or by proxy at a meeting of members and may speak as a member;

 

  (b) if only one of the joint owners is present in person or by proxy he may vote on behalf of all joint owners; and

 

  (c) if two or more of the joint owners are present in person or by proxy they must vote as one.

 

58. A member shall be deemed to be present at a meeting of members if he participates by telephone or other electronic means and all members participating in the meeting are able to hear each other.

 

59. A meeting of members is duly constituted if, at the commencement of the meeting, there are present in person or by proxy not less than 50 percent of the votes of the shares or class or series of shares (assuming in the case of Ordinary Shares, any Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Preference Shares) entitled to vote on resolutions of members to be considered at the meeting. If such a quorum be present, notwithstanding the fact that such quorum may be represented by only one person, then such person may resolve any matter, and a certificate signed by such person, accompanied where such person is a proxy by a copy of the proxy form, shall constitute a valid resolution of members.

 

60. If within two hours from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the request of members, shall be dissolved; in any other case, it shall be adjourned to the next Business Day in the jurisdiction in which the meeting was to have been held at the same time and place or to such other date, time and place as the Board of Directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting there are present within one hour from the time appointed for the meeting in person or by proxy not less than one third of the votes of the shares or each class or series of shares entitled to vote on the matters to be considered by the meeting, those present shall constitute a quorum, but otherwise the meeting shall be dissolved. Notice of the adjourned meeting need not be given if the date, time and place of such meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.

 

61. At every meeting of members, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside as Chairman of the meeting. If there is no Chairman of the Board of Directors or if the Chairman of the Board of Directors is not present at the meeting, the members present shall choose someone of their number to be the Chairman. If the members are unable to choose a Chairman for any reason, then the person representing the greatest number of voting shares present in person or by prescribed form of proxy at the meeting shall preside as Chairman, failing which the oldest individual member or representative of a member present shall take the chair.

 

24


62. The Chairman may, with the consent of the meeting, adjourn any meeting from time to time, and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

63. At any meeting of the members, the Chairman shall be responsible for deciding in such manner as he shall consider appropriate, whether any resolution has been carried or not, and the result of his decision shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes thereof. If the Chairman shall have any doubt as to the outcome of any resolution put to the vote, he or she shall cause a poll to be taken of all votes cast upon such resolution, but if the Chairman shall fail to take a poll then any member present in person or by proxy who disputes the announcement by the Chairman of the result of any vote may immediately following such announcement demand that a poll be taken and the Chairman shall thereupon cause a poll to be taken. If a poll is taken at any meeting the result thereof shall be duly recorded in the minutes of that meeting by the Chairman.

 

64. Any person other than an individual shall be regarded as one member and, subject to the specific provisions hereinafter contained for the appointment of representatives of such persons, the right of any individual to speak for or represent such member shall be determined by the Law of the jurisdiction where, and by the documents by which, the person is constituted or derives its existence. In case of doubt, the Board of Directors may in good faith seek legal advice from any qualified person, and unless and until a court of competent jurisdiction shall otherwise rule, the Board of Directors may rely and act upon such advice without incurring any liability to any member.

 

65. Any person other than an individual which is a member of the Company may by resolution of its Board of Directors or other governing body authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of members of the Company, and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same power on behalf of the person which he represents as that person could exercise if it were an individual member of the Company.

 

66. The Chairman of any meeting at which a vote is cast by proxy or on behalf of any person other than an individual may call for a notarially certified copy of such proxy or authority which shall be produced within seven days of being so requested or the votes cast by such proxy or on behalf of such person shall be disregarded.

 

67. Directors of the Company may attend and speak at any meeting of members of the Company and at any separate meeting of the holders of any class or series of shares in the Company.

 

68.

Except as otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to the rights of holders of Preference Shares or any New Class of Shares with respect to resolutions of members holding Preference Shares or New Shares, a resolution of members is

 

25


  valid only if approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of members by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes of the shares entitled to vote thereon, voting together as one class, that were present at the meeting and were voted and not abstained, and no action may be taken by members except at a duly convened and constituted meeting of members, and no action may be taken by members by written consent, unless the action to be effected by written consent of the members and the taking of such action by such written consent have expressly been approved in advance by the Board of Directors.

 

69. Except as otherwise described in the Memorandum, each holder of Preference Shares shall have the right to vote its Preference Shares in the manner described therein (and not as a separate class or series) together with the members at all meetings of members.

 

70.      (a)       A meeting of members for the election of directors and other business shall be held annually at such date and time as may be designated by the Board of Directors from time to time.
     (b)       At an annual meeting of members, only business (other than business relating to the nomination or election of directors, which is governed by Regulation 71) that has been properly brought before the meeting of members in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Regulation 70 shall be conducted. To be properly brought before a meeting of members, such business must be brought before the meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or (ii) by a member who (a) was a member of record of the Company when the notice required by this Regulation 70 is delivered to the Secretary and at the time of the meeting, (b) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (c) complies with the notice and other provisions of this Regulation 70. Subject to Regulation 70(i), and except with respect to nominations or elections of directors, which are governed by Regulation 71, Regulation 70(b)(ii) is the exclusive means by which a member may bring business before a meeting of members.
     (c)       Subject to Regulation 70(i), at any annual meeting of members, all proposals of Member Business must be made by timely Notice of Business and must otherwise be a proper matter for member action. To be timely, the Notice of Business must be delivered personally or mailed to, and received at the principal executive office of the Company, addressed to the Secretary, by no earlier than 120 days and no later than 90 days before the first anniversary of the date of the prior year’s annual meeting of members; provided, however, that if (i) the annual meeting of members is advanced by more than 30 days, or delayed by more than 70 days, from the first anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of members, (ii) no annual meeting was held during the prior year or (iii) in the case of the Company’s first annual meeting of members as a company with a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act, the notice by the

 

26


  member to be timely must be received (a) no earlier than 120 days before such annual meeting and (b) no later than the later of 90 days before such annual meeting and the tenth day after the day on which the notice of such annual meeting was made by mail or Public Disclosure. In no event shall an adjournment, postponement or deferral, or Public Disclosure of an adjournment, postponement or deferral, of a meeting of members commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of the Notice of Business.

 

  (d) A Notice of Business must set forth:

 

  (i) the name and record address of the Proponent, as they appear on the Company’s books;

 

  (ii) the name and address of any Member Associated Person;

 

  (iii) as to each Proponent and any Member Associated Person, (a) the class or series and number of shares directly or indirectly held of record and beneficially by the Proponent or Member Associated Person, (b) the date such shares were acquired, (c) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding, direct or indirect, with respect to such Member Business between or among the Proponent, any Member Associated Person or any others (including their names) acting in concert with any of the foregoing, (d) a description of any Derivative that has been entered into, directly or indirectly, as of the date of the Proponent’s notice by, or on behalf of, the Proponent or any Member Associated Person, (e) a description in reasonable detail of any proxy (including revocable proxies), contract, arrangement, understanding or other relationship pursuant to which the Proponent or Member Associated Person has a right to vote any shares of the Company, (f) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Company owned beneficially by the Proponent or Member Associated Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Company, (g) any proportionate interest in shares of the Company or Derivatives held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which the Proponent or Member Associated Person is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner and (h) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) to which the Proponent or Member Associated Person is entitled based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Company or Derivatives thereof, if any, as of the date of such notice;

 

  (iv)

a representation that each Proponent is a holder of record of shares of the Company entitled to vote at the meeting and intends to

 

27


  appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such Member Business;

 

  (v) a brief description of the Member Business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the text of the proposal (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, if such business includes a proposal to amend the Memorandum or these Articles, the language of the proposed amendment) and the reasons for conducting such Member Business at the meeting;

 

  (vi) any material interest of each Proponent and any Member Associated Person in such Member Business;

 

  (vii) a representation as to whether the Proponent intends (a) to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Company’s outstanding shares required to approve or adopt such Member Business or (b) otherwise to solicit proxies from members in support of such Member Business;

 

  (viii) all other information that would be required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission if the Proponent or Member Associated Person were participants in a solicitation subject to Section 14 of the Exchange Act; and

 

  (ix) a representation that the Proponent shall provide any other information reasonably requested by the Company.

 

  (e) The Proponent shall also provide any other information reasonably requested by the Company within ten Business Days after such request.

 

  (f) In addition, the Proponent shall further update and supplement the information provided to the Company in the Notice of Business or upon the Company’s request pursuant to Regulation 70(e), as needed, so that such information shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is the later of ten Business Days before the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof. Such update and supplement must be delivered personally or mailed to, and received at the principal executive office of the Company, addressed to the Secretary, by no later than five Business Days after the record date for the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than seven Business Days before the date for the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten Business Days before the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

 

  (g)

The person presiding over the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting, that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in

 

28


  this Regulation 70, and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

 

  (h) If the Proponent (or a qualified representative of the Proponent) does not appear at the meeting of members to present the Member Business, such business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Company. For purposes of this Regulation 70, to be considered a qualified representative of the Proponent, a person must be a duly authorised officer, manager or partner of such Proponent or must be authorised by a writing executed by such Proponent or an electronic transmission delivered by such Proponent to act for such Proponent as proxy at the meeting of members, and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of members.

 

  (i) The notice requirements of this Regulation 70 shall be deemed satisfied with respect to member proposals that have been properly brought under Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act and that are included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Company to solicit proxies for such annual meeting. Further, nothing in this Regulation 70 shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of the Preference Shares or any New Class of Shares pursuant to any applicable provision of the Memorandum or these Articles.

 

71.      (a)       Subject to Regulation 71(k), only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Regulation 71 are eligible for election as Directors.
     (b)       Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may only be made at a meeting properly called for the election of directors and only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or (ii) by a member who (a) was a member of record of the Company when the notice required by this Regulation 71 is delivered to the Secretary and at the time of the meeting, (b) is entitled to vote for the election of directors at the meeting and (c) complies with the notice and other provisions of this Regulation 71. Subject to Regulation 71(k), Regulation 71(b)(ii) is the exclusive means by which a member may nominate a person for election to the Board of Directors.
     (c)       Subject to Regulation 71(k), all nominations of Member Nominees must be made by timely Notice of Nomination. To be timely, the Notice of Nomination must be delivered personally or mailed to and received at the principal executive office of the Company, addressed to the attention of the Secretary, by the following dates:

 

29


  (i) in the case of the nomination of a Member Nominee for election as a director at an annual meeting of members, no earlier than 120 days and no later than 90 days before the first anniversary of the date of the prior year’s annual meeting of members; provided, however, that if (a) the annual meeting of members is advanced by more than 30 days, or delayed by more than 70 days, from the first anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of members, (b) no annual meeting was held during the prior year or (c) in the case of the Company’s first annual meeting of members as a company with a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act, the notice by the member to be timely must be received (1) no earlier than 120 days before such annual meeting and (2) no later than the later of 90 days before such annual meeting and the tenth day after the day on which the notice of such annual meeting was made by mail or Public Disclosure; and

 

  (ii) in the case of the nomination of a Member Nominee for election as a director at a special meeting of members, no earlier than 120 days before and no later than the later of 90 days before such special meeting and the tenth day after the day on which the notice of such special meeting was made by mail or Public Disclosure.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors at a meeting of members is increased and there is no Public Disclosure by the Company naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least 100 days before the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a Notice of Nomination shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered personally and received at the principal executive office of the Company, addressed to the attention of the Secretary, no later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such Public Disclosure is first made by the Company.

 

  (e) In no event shall an adjournment, postponement or deferral, or Public Disclosure of an adjournment, postponement or deferral, of an annual or special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of the Notice of Nomination.

 

  (f) The Notice of Nomination shall set forth:

 

  (i) the Member Information with respect to each Nominating Member and Member Associated Person;

 

  (ii)

a representation that each member nominating a Member Nominee is a holder of record of shares of the Company entitled to vote at

 

30


  the meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such nomination;

 

  (iii) all information regarding each Member Nominee and Member Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a solicitation of proxies subject to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, the written consent of each Member Nominee to being named in a proxy statement as a nominee and to serve if elected and a completed signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Regulation 72;

 

  (iv) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among a Nominating Member, Member Associated Person or their respective associates, or others acting in concert therewith, including all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the Nominating Member, Member Associated Person or any person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the Member Nominee were a director or executive of such registrant;

 

  (v) a representation as to whether the Nominating Member intends (a) to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Company’s outstanding shares required to approve the nomination or (b) otherwise to solicit proxies from members in support of such nomination;

 

  (vi) all other information that would be required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission if the Nominating Member and Member Associated Person were participants in a solicitation subject to Section 14 of the Exchange Act; and

 

  (vii) a representation that the Nominating Member shall provide any other information reasonably requested by the Company.

 

  (g) The Nominating Member shall also provide any other information reasonably requested by the Company within ten Business Days after such request.

 

  (h)

In addition, the Nominating Member shall further update and supplement the information provided to the Company in the Notice of Nomination or upon the Company’s request pursuant to Regulation 71(g), as needed, so that such information shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is ten Business Days before the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof. Such update and supplement

 

31


  must be delivered personally or mailed to, and received at the principal executive office of the Company, addressed to the Secretary, by no later than five Business Days after the record date for the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than seven Business Days before the date for the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten Business Days before the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

 

  (i) The person presiding over the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting, that the nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Regulation 71, and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

  (j) If the Nominating Member (or a qualified representative of the Nominating Member) does not appear at the applicable meeting of members to nominate the Member Nominee, such nomination shall be disregarded and such business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Company. For purposes of this Regulation 71, to be considered a qualified representative of the Nominating Member, a person must be a duly authorised officer, manager or partner of such Nominating Member or must be authorised by a writing executed by such Nominating Member or an electronic transmission delivered by such Nominating Member to act for such Nominating Member as proxy at the meeting of members, and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of members.

 

  (k) Nothing in this Regulation 71 shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of the Preference Shares or any New Class of Shares pursuant to any applicable provision of the Memorandum or these Articles.

 

72.

Unless the Board of Directors determines otherwise, to be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director, a person must deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Regulation 71) to the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Company a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request) and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that such person (A) is not and will not become a party to (i) any Voting Commitment with any person or entity that has not been disclosed to the Company or (ii) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply with such person’s fiduciary duties as a director under applicable Law and (B) is not and will not

 

32


  become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Company with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed therein.

 

73. The order of business at all meetings of members shall be as determined by the person presiding over the meeting.

DIRECTORS

 

74. The first directors of the Company shall be appointed by the subscribers to the Memorandum; and thereafter, the directors (other than the Springing Board Seat and New Share Directors) shall be elected by resolution of members at the annual meeting of members.

 

75. (a)

Except as otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to the rights of the holders of the Preference Shares or any New Class of Shares to elect additional directors, the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be not less than one nor more than 12, with the then-authorised number of directors being fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with these Articles.

 

  (b) During any period when the holders of Preference Shares or any New Class of Shares have the right to elect additional directors, upon the commencement, and for the duration, of the period during which such right continues: (i) the then total authorised number of directors of the Company shall automatically be increased by such specified number of additional directors, and the holders of such Preference Shares or New Shares shall be entitled to elect the additional directors pursuant to the designation of the Preference Shares or New Class of Shares, and (ii) each such additional director shall serve until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to such provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his or her earlier death, disqualification, resignation or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, whenever the holders of Preference Shares or any New Class of Shares having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of the Preference Shares or such New Class of Shares, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of Preference Shares or such New Class of Shares, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate, and the total and authorised number of directors of the Company shall be reduced accordingly.

 

76.

The Board of Directors (other than the Springing Board Seat and New Share Directors) shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as

 

33


  possible, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Class I directors shall initially serve until the 2012 annual meeting of members; Class II directors shall initially serve until the 2013 annual meeting of members; and Class III directors shall initially serve until the 2014 annual meeting of members. Commencing with the 2012 annual meeting of members, directors of each class the term of which shall then expire shall be elected to hold office for a three-year term and until the election and qualification of their respective successors in office. In case of any increase or decrease, from time to time, in the number of directors (other than the Springing Board Seat and New Share Directors), the number of directors in each class shall be apportioned as nearly equal as possible.

 

77. Except for the Springing Board Seat and New Share Directors, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by a resolution of members.

 

78. A director may resign his office by giving written notice of his resignation to the Company and the resignation shall have effect from the date the notice is received by the Company or from such later date as may be specified in the notice.

 

79. Notwithstanding Regulation 71 above and subject to the rights of the holders of Preference Shares or any New Class of Shares then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorised number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause shall be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even if less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. Any director so chosen shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. The holders of Preference Shares, as a class, by approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares held by such holders of Preference Shares (assuming all Preference Shares are converted into Ordinary Shares) shall have the right to designate the replacement for the Springing Board Seat to fill any such vacancy. The director in respect of the Springing Board Seat shall resign immediately prior to, and conditioned upon, the consummation of a Qualified IPO; provided that in the event such director does not so resign, such director may be immediately removed by a resolution of directors or a resolution of members.

 

80. The Company may determine by resolution of directors to keep a register of the Board of Directors containing:

 

  (a) the names and addresses of the persons who are directors of the Company;

 

  (b) the date on which each person whose name is entered in the register was appointed as a director of the Company; and

 

34


  (c) the date on which each person named as a director ceased to be a director of the Company.

 

81. If the Board of Directors determines to maintain a register of directors, a copy thereof shall be kept at the registered office of the Company, and the Company may determine by resolution of directors to register a copy of the register with the Registrar.

 

82. With prior or subsequent approval by a resolution of members, the Board of Directors may, by a resolution of directors, fix the emoluments of the Board of Directors with respect to services to be rendered in any capacity to the Company.

 

83. A director shall not require a share qualification and may be an individual or a company.

POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

84. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by the directors, who may pay all expenses incurred preliminary to and in connection with the formation and registration of the Company and may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not by the Act or by the Memorandum or these Articles required to be exercised by the members of the Company, subject to any delegation of such powers as may be authorised by these Articles and to such requirements as may be prescribed by a resolution of members; but no requirement made by a resolution of members shall prevail if it be inconsistent with these Articles, nor shall such requirement invalidate any prior act of the Board of Directors which would have been valid if such requirement had not been made.

 

85. The Board of Directors may, by a resolution of directors, appoint any person, including a person who is a director, to be an officer or agent of the Company. The resolution of directors appointing an agent may authorise the agent to appoint one or more substitutes or delegates to exercise some or all of the powers conferred on the agent by the Company.

 

86. Every officer or agent of the Company has such powers and authority of the Board of Directors, including the power and authority to affix the Seal, as are set forth in these Articles or in the resolution of directors appointing the officer or agent, except that no officer or agent has any power or authority with respect to the matters requiring a resolution of directors under the Act.

 

87. Any director which is a body corporate may appoint any person its duly authorised representative for the purpose of representing it at meetings of the Board of Directors or with respect to written consents.

 

88.

The continuing directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in the Board of Directors, save that if their number is reduced to their knowledge below the number fixed by or pursuant to these Articles as the necessary quorum for a

 

35


  meeting of the Board of Directors, the continuing directors or director may act only for the purpose of appointing directors to fill any vacancy that has arisen or summoning a meeting of members.

 

89. The Board of Directors may by resolution of directors exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertakings and property or any part thereof, to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or pledged as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

90. All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments and all receipts for monies paid to the Company, shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of directors.

 

91. The Company may determine by resolution of directors to maintain at its registered office a register of mortgages, charges and other encumbrances in which there shall be entered the following particulars regarding each mortgage, charge and other encumbrance:

 

  (a) the sum secured;

 

  (b) the assets secured;

 

  (c) the name and address of the mortgagee, chargee or other encumbrancer;

 

  (d) the date of creation of the mortgage, charge or other encumbrance; and

 

  (e) the date on which the particulars specified above in respect of the mortgage, charge or other encumbrance are entered in the register.

 

92. The Company may further determine by a resolution of directors to register a copy of the register of mortgages, charges or other encumbrances with the Registrar.

 

93. Consent Rights Matters

The Company shall not, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and each of its and its subsidiaries’ respective directors, officers, committee members, committees, employees, agents or delegates not to, without the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Preference Shares, voting as a separate class:

 

  (a)

enter into any material transaction involving the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, on the one hand, and any Affiliate of the Company, on the other hand, or make or enter into any agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding to do or cause to be done any of the foregoing, unless such transaction is to be consummated on terms

 

36


  and conditions no less favorable to the Company or its subsidiary (as applicable) than could be obtained in a transaction effected with an unaffiliated third party on an arm’s-length basis by the Company or its subsidiary (as applicable) as determined by a majority of the non-interested members of the Board of Directors in their reasonable discretion; provided, however, that this Regulation 93(a) shall not apply to any:

 

  (i) transactions between or among the Company and any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries (or among its wholly-owned subsidiaries);

 

  (ii) payment of reasonable and customary compensation (including the issuance of Equity Securities) to, provisions of awards and benefits under employee benefit plans, stock option plans and other similar arrangements to, and indemnities provided for the benefit of, current, former and future officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries and the entry into any agreement or arrangement relating to the foregoing;

 

  (iii) agreement, instrument or arrangement as in effect as of the Closing (which shall be deemed to include any license agreement to be entered into by the Company and Michael Kors Far East Holdings Limited (or any Affiliate thereof) provided that such license agreement is entered into substantially upon the terms set forth in the Subscription Agreement), or any transaction contemplated thereby, or any amendment, modification or replacement thereof specifically provided for therein (so long as any such amendment, modification or replacement is not materially more adverse to the Company when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Closing); and

 

  (iv) restructuring or reorganization of the Company, its Affiliates (including any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or any of its subsidiaries in connection with an IPO so long as any such restructuring or reorganization of the Company is not adverse to the Preference Shares in any way and does not cause adverse tax or other structuring consequences to the holders of Preference Shares;

The Company shall provide each holder of Preference Shares with written notice (which notice will include a summary of terms) ten days prior to it or its subsidiary taking any action that requires the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Preference Shares, voting as a separate class, under clause (a) of this Regulation 93; or

 

37


  (b) amend, supplement or restate, by any means, including amendment, reclassification, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise (other than in connection with a Drag-Along Sale), (i) any provision of the Memorandum or the Articles in a manner that (x) alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Preference Shares, or (y) otherwise materially and disproportionately adversely affects the holders of Preference Shares or (ii) any other organizational documents of the Company and its subsidiaries, or any Transaction Document in a manner that is materially adverse to any rights, preferences, privileges or obligations of the holders of Preference Shares (and notwithstanding that such impact may be the same to all other members and/or their shares in the Company), except, in each case, for any such amendment, supplement or restatement (A) to correct any typographical or similar ministerial errors, (B) necessary or appropriate to effect a restructuring or reorganization of, or take other necessary and appropriate actions with respect to, the Company, its Affiliates (including any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or any of its subsidiaries in connection with an IPO, (C) to provide for anti-“controlled foreign corporation” restrictions or similar language in such organizational documents of the Company or its subsidiaries, (D) to create, authorise and/or issue Junior Securities or (E) to comply with any applicable Law or to protect the limited liability of the Company and its members.

 

94. The consent of the members shall not be required under Section 175 of the Act for any sale, transfer, lease, exchange or other disposition of more than fifty percent in value of the assets of the Company if such disposition is made by the Company to one or more subsidiaries of the Company.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

95. The Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof may meet at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the Board of Directors may determine to be necessary or desirable.

 

96. A director shall be deemed to be present at a meeting of the Board of Directors if he participates by telephone or other electronic means and all directors participating in the meeting are able to hear each other.

 

97. A director shall be given not less than three days notice of meetings of the Board of Directors, but a meeting of the Board of Directors held without three days notice having been given to all directors shall be valid if all the directors entitled to vote at the meeting who do not attend waive notice of the meeting, and for this purpose the presence of a director at a meeting shall constitute waiver on his part.

 

98. A director may by a written instrument appoint an alternate who need not be a director, and an alternate is entitled to attend meetings in the absence of the director who appointed him and to vote or consent in place of the director.

 

38


99. A meeting of the Board of Directors is duly constituted for all purposes if at the commencement of the meeting there are present in person or by alternate not less than one half of the total number of directors, unless the total number of directors is two, in which case a quorum shall be two directors.

 

100. If the Company shall have only one director, the provisions herein contained for meetings of the Board of Directors shall not apply, but such sole director shall have full power to represent and act for the Company in all matters as are not by the Act, the Memorandum or these Articles required to be exercised by the members of the Company and in lieu of minutes of a meeting shall record in writing and sign a note or memorandum of all matters requiring a resolution of directors. Such a note or memorandum shall constitute sufficient evidence of such resolution for all purposes.

 

101. At every meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside as Chairman of the meeting. If there is no Chairman of the Board of Directors or if the Chairman of the Board of Directors is not present at the meeting, the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside. If there is no Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors or if the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors is not present at the meeting, the directors present shall choose someone of their number to be Chairman of the meeting.

 

102. An action that may be taken by the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors at a meeting may also be taken by a resolution of directors or a committee of the Board of Directors consented to in writing or by telex, telegram, cable, facsimile or other written electronic communication by a simple majority of the directors or members of the committee, as the case may be, without the need for any notice. The consent may be in the form of counterparts, each counterpart being signed by one or more directors.

 

103. The Board of Directors shall cause the following corporate records to be kept:

 

  (a) minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors, members, committees of the Board of Directors, committees of officers and committees of members;

 

  (b) copies of all resolutions consented to by the Board of Directors, members, committees of the Board of Directors, committees of officers and committees of members; and

 

  (c) such other accounts and records as the Board of Directors by resolution of directors consider necessary or desirable in order to reflect the financial position of the Company.

 

104. The books, records and minutes shall be kept at the registered office of the Company, its principal place of business or at such other place as the Board of Directors determines.

 

39


105. The Board of Directors may, by resolution of directors, designate one or more committees, each consisting of one or more directors.

 

106. Each committee of the Board of Directors has such powers and authorities of the Board of Directors, including the power and authority to affix the Seal, as are set forth in the resolution of directors establishing the committee, except that no committee has any power or authority to amend the Memorandum or these Articles, to appoint the Board of Directors or fix their emoluments, or to appoint officers or agents of the Company.

 

107. The meetings and proceedings of each committee of the Board of Directors consisting of two or more directors shall be governed mutatis mutandis by the provisions of these Articles regulating the proceedings of the Board of Directors so far as the same are not superseded by any provisions in the resolution establishing the committee.

OFFICERS

 

108. The Company may by resolution of directors appoint officers of the Company at such times as shall be considered necessary or expedient. Such officers may consist of a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, a President and one or more Vice Presidents, Secretaries and Treasurers and such other officers as may from time to time be deemed desirable. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

109. The officers shall perform such duties as shall be prescribed at the time of their appointment subject to any modification in such duties as may be prescribed thereafter by resolution of directors or resolution of members, but in the absence of any specific allocation of duties it shall be the responsibility of the Chairman of the Board of Directors to preside at meetings of the Board of Directors and members, the Vice Chairman to act in the absence of the Chairman, the President to manage the day to day affairs of the Company, the Vice Presidents to act in order of seniority in the absence of the President but otherwise to perform such duties as may be delegated to them by the President, the Secretaries to maintain the register of members, minute books and records (other than financial records) of the Company and to ensure compliance with all procedural requirements imposed on the Company by applicable Law, and the Treasurer to be responsible for the financial affairs of the Company.

 

110. The emoluments of all officers shall be fixed by resolution of directors.

 

111. The officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified, but any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by resolution of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company may be filled by resolution of directors.

 

40


CONFLICT OF INTERESTS

 

112. No agreement or transaction between the Company and one or more of its directors or any person in which any director has a financial interest or to whom any director is related, including as a director of that other person, is void or voidable for this reason only or by reason only that the director is present at the meeting of the Board of Directors or at the meeting of the committee of the Board of Directors that approves the agreement or transaction or that the vote or consent of the director is counted for that purpose if the material facts of the interest of each director in the agreement or transaction and his interest in or relationship to any other party to the agreement or transaction are disclosed in good faith or are known by the other directors.

 

113. A director who has an interest in any particular business to be considered at a meeting of the Board of Directors or members may be counted for purposes of determining whether the meeting is duly constituted.

INDEMNIFICATION

 

114. (a)

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, directors shall not be personally liable to the Company or any member for any acts or omissions in the performance of their duties as directors.

 

  (b) The rights conferred on any person to be indemnified hereunder shall not be exclusive of any other rights that such person may have or hereafter acquire under any Law, provision of the Memorandum or these Articles, agreement, resolution of directors, resolution of members or otherwise.

 

  (c) Subject to the limitations hereinafter provided, the Company shall indemnify against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings any person who:

 

  (i) is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, an officer or a liquidator of the Company; or

 

  (ii) is or was, at the request of the Company, serving as a director, officer or liquidator of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another company or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

  (d)

If a person to be indemnified provides an undertaking to repay expense advances if it should be ultimately determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified pursuant to these Articles, the Company shall

 

41


  pay any expenses, including legal fees, reasonably incurred by any such person in defending any legal, administrative or investigative proceedings in advance of the final disposition of such proceedings.

 

115. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall indemnify a person only if the person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

116. The decision of the Board of Directors as to whether the person acted honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company and as to whether the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful is in the absence of fraud, sufficient for the purposes of these Articles, unless a question of Law is involved.

 

117. The termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entering of a nolle prosequi does not, by itself, create a presumption that the person did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

118. If a person to be indemnified has been successful in defence of any proceedings referred to above, the person is entitled to be indemnified against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments and fines reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the proceedings.

 

119. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance in relation to any person who is or was a director, an officer or a liquidator of the Company, or who at the request of the Company is or was serving as a director, an officer or a liquidator of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another company or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person and incurred by the person in that capacity, whether or not the Company has or would have had the power to indemnify the person against the liability as provided in these Articles.

SEAL

 

120.

The Company may have more than one Seal and references herein to the Seal shall be references to every Seal which shall have been duly adopted by resolution of directors. The Board of Directors shall provide for the safe custody of the Seal and for an imprint thereof to be kept at the registered office of the Company. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Seal when affixed to any written instrument shall be witnessed and attested to by the signature of a director or any other person so authorised from time to time by resolution of directors. Such authorisation may be before or after the seal is affixed, may be general or specific and may refer to any number of sealings. The Board of Directors may provide for a facsimile of the Seal and of the signature of any director or

 

42


  authorised person which may be reproduced by printing or other means on any instrument, and it shall have the same force and validity as if the Seal had been affixed to such instrument and the same had been signed as hereinbefore described.

DISTRIBUTIONS BY WAY OF DIVIDENDS

 

121. The Board of Directors may, by resolution of directors, authorise a Distribution by way of dividend at a time and in an amount they think fit if they are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that, immediately after the Distribution, the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due.

 

122. Dividends may be paid in money, shares or other property.

 

123. Notice of any dividend that may have been declared shall be given to each member as specified in Regulation 134, and all dividends unclaimed for three years after having been declared may be forfeited by resolution of directors for the benefit of the Company.

 

124. No dividend shall bear interest as against the Company, and no dividend shall be paid on treasury shares.

ACCOUNTS AND AUDIT

 

125. The Company may by resolution of members call for the Board of Directors to prepare periodically a profit and loss account and a balance sheet. The profit and loss account and balance sheet shall be drawn up so as to give respectively a true and fair view of the profit or loss of the Company for the financial period and a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company as at the end of the financial period.

 

126. The Company may by resolution of members call for the accounts to be examined by auditors.

 

127. The first auditors shall be appointed by resolution of directors, subsequent auditors shall be appointed by a resolution of members.

 

128. The auditors may be members of the Company but no director or other officer shall be eligible to be an auditor of the Company during his continuance in office.

 

129. The remuneration of the auditors of the Company:

 

  (a) in the case of auditors appointed by the Board of Directors, may be fixed by resolution of directors; and

 

  (b) subject to the foregoing, shall be fixed by resolution of members or in such manner as the Company may by resolution of members determine.

 

43


130. The auditors shall examine each profit and loss account and balance sheet required to be served on every member of the Company or laid before a meeting of the members of the Company and shall state in a written report whether or not:

 

  (a) in their opinion the profit and loss account and balance sheet give a true and fair view respectively of the profit or loss for the period covered by the accounts, and of the state of affairs of the Company at the end of that period, and

 

  (b) all the information and explanations required by the auditors have been obtained.

 

131. The report of the auditors shall be annexed to the accounts and shall be read at the meeting of members at which the accounts are laid before the Company or shall be served on the members.

 

132. Every auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books of account and vouchers of the Company, and shall be entitled to require from the directors and officers of the Company such information and explanations as he thinks necessary for the performance of the duties of the auditors.

 

133. The auditors of the Company shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend any meetings of members of the Company as which the Company’s profit and loss account and balance sheet are to be presented.

NOTICES

 

134. Any notice, information or written statement to be given by the Company to members may be served in the case of members holding registered shares in any way by which it can reasonably be expected to reach each member or by mail addressed to each member at the address shown in the register of members.

 

135. Any summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement to be served on the Company may be served by leaving it, or by sending it by registered mail addressed to the Company, at its registered office, or by leaving it with, or by sending it by registered mail to, the registered agent of the Company.

 

136. Service of any summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement to be served on the Company may be proved by showing that the summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement was delivered to the registered office or the registered agent of the Company or that it was mailed in such time as to admit to its being delivered to the registered office or the registered agent of the Company in the normal course of delivery within the period prescribed for service and was correctly addressed and the postage was prepaid.

 

44


PENSION AND SUPERANNUATION FUNDS

 

137. The Board of Directors may establish and maintain or procure the establishment and maintenance of any non-contributory or contributory pension or superannuation funds for the benefit of, and give or procure the giving of donations, gratuities, pensions, allowances or emoluments to any persons who are or were at any time in the employment or service of the Company or any company which is a subsidiary of the Company or is allied to or associated with the Company or with any such subsidiary, or who are or were at any time directors or officers of the Company or of any such other company as aforesaid or who hold or held any salaried employment or office in the Company or such other company, or any persons in whose welfare the Company or any such other company as aforesaid is or has been at any time interested, and to the wives, widows, families and dependents of any such person, and may make payments for or towards the insurance of any such persons as aforesaid, and may do any of the matters aforesaid either alone or in conjunction with any such other company as aforesaid. Subject always to the proposal being approved by resolution of members, a director holding any such employment, or office shall be entitled to participate in and retain for his own benefit any such donation, gratuity, pension allowance or emolument.

ARBITRATION

 

138. Whenever any difference arises between the Company on the one hand and any of the members or their executors, administrators or assigns on the other hand, touching the true intent and construction or the incidence or consequences of the Memorandum, these Articles or of the Act, touching anything done or executed, omitted or suffered in pursuance of the Act or touching any breach or alleged breach or otherwise relating to the premises or to these Articles, the Memorandum, or to any Act or Ordinance affecting the Company or to any of the affairs of the Company such difference shall, unless the parties agree to refer the same to a single arbitrator, be referred to 2 arbitrators one to be chosen by each of the parties to the difference and the arbitrators shall before entering on the reference appoint an umpire.

 

139. If either party to the reference makes default in appointing an arbitrator either originally or by way of substitution (in the event that an appointed arbitrator shall die, be incapable of acting or refuse to act) for 10 days after the other party has given him notice to appoint the same, such other party may appoint an arbitrator to act in the place of the arbitrator of the defaulting party.

VOLUNTARY WINDING UP AND DISSOLUTION

 

140. The Company may voluntarily commence to wind up and dissolve by a resolution of members, but if the Company has never issued shares it may voluntarily commence to wind up and dissolve by resolution of directors.

 

45


CONTINUATION

 

141. The Company may by resolution of members or by a resolution passed unanimously by all directors of the Company continue as a company incorporated under the Laws of a jurisdiction outside the British Virgin Islands in the manner provided under those Laws.

[remainder of page left intentionally blank]

 

46


We, Offshore Incorporations Limited, of P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands for the purpose of incorporating an International Business Company under the Laws of the British Virgin Islands hereby subscribe our name to these Articles of Association the 1 st day of July, 2002.

 

SUBSCRIBER

  

Offshore Incorporations Limited

E. T. POWELL

 

(Sd.) E.T. POWELL

Authorised Signatory

 

in the presence of: WITNESS

  

FANDY TSOI

 

(Sd.) Fandy Tsoi

/F Ruttonjee House

Duddell Street, Central

Hong Kong

Production Supervisor

 

47

LOGO

 

ABnote North America

711 ARMSTRONG LANE

COLUMBIA, TENNESSEE 38401

(931) 388-3003

  

PROOF OF NOVEMBER 30, 2011

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS

WO-4658 FACE

HOLLY GRONER 931-490-7660    Operator: tg
   REV. 2

COLORS SELECTED FOR PRINTING: Logo, Intaglio, throat tint & counters print in PMS 467 Gold .

 

PLEASE INITIAL THE APPROPRIATE SELECTION FOR THIS PROOF:   ¨  OK AS IS     ¨  OK WITH CHANGES     ¨  MAKE CHANGES AND SEND ANOTHER PROOF

COLOR: This proof was printed from a digital file or artwork on a graphics quality, color laser printer. It is a good representation of the color as it will appear on the final product. However, this proof process is different from offset printing. It is not an exact color rendition, and the final printed product may appear slightly different from the proof due to the difference between the dyes and printing ink.


The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM

 

  as tenants in common

TEN ENT

 

  as tenants by the entireties

JT TEN

 

  as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common
UNIF GIFT MIN ACT–  

 

  Custodian  

 

  (Cust)     (Minor)
  under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act    

 

      (State)
 

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For value received,                                                                                                                                                                  hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 
        

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE

 

    
    

                                                                                             Ordinary Shares represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

    

    

Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within-named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated,                              

 

 

 

NOTICE:

  THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED:

 

    

THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

 

AMERICAN BANK NOTE COMPANY

711 ARMSTRONG LANE

COLUMBIA, TENNESSEE 38401

(931) 388-3003

 

PROOF OF NOVEMBER 30, 2011

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS

WO-4658 BACK

HOLLY GRONER 931-490-7660   Operator: tg
  REV. 1

 

PLEASE INITIAL THE APPROPRIATE SELECTION FOR THIS PROOF:   ¨  OK AS IS     ¨  OK WITH CHANGES     ¨  MAKE CHANGES AND SEND ANOTHER PROOF

Exhibit 4.2

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

 

LOGO

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of

September 15, 2011

among

MICHAEL KORS (USA), INC.

The Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers Party Hereto

The LENDERS Party Hereto,

The GUARANTORS Party Hereto,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent,

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(successor by merger to WELLS FARGO TRADE CAPITAL, LLC),

as Collateral Agent

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

as Sole Bookrunner and Sole Lead Arranger

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I Definitions

     2   

Section 1.01.

 

Defined Terms

     2   

Section 1.02.

 

Classification of Loans and Borrowings

     41   

Section 1.03.

 

Terms Generally; Québec Interpretation

     41   

Section 1.04.

 

Accounting Terms; GAAP

     42   

Section 1.05.

 

Amendment and Restatement of the Original Agreement; Reaffirmation of Continuing Loan Documents

     42   

Section 1.06.

 

Exchange Rates

     43   

ARTICLE II The Credits

     44   

Section 2.01.

 

Commitments

     44   

Section 2.02.

 

Loans and Borrowings

     44   

Section 2.03.

 

Requests for Borrowings

     45   

Section 2.04.

 

Letters of Credit

     46   

Section 2.05.

 

Funding of Borrowings

     51   

Section 2.06.

 

Interest Elections

     51   

Section 2.07.

 

Termination and Reduction of Commitments

     53   

Section 2.08.

 

Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt

     53   

Section 2.09.

 

Prepayment of Loans

     55   

Section 2.10.

 

Fees

     56   

Section 2.11.

 

Interest

     57   

Section 2.12.

 

Alternate Rate of Interest

     58   

Section 2.13.

 

Increased Costs

     59   

Section 2.14.

 

Break Funding Payments

     60   

Section 2.15.

 

Taxes

     61   

Section 2.16.

 

Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs

     63   

Section 2.17.

 

Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders

     65   

Section 2.18.

 

Defaulting Lenders

     66   

Section 2.19.

 

Swingline Loans

     67   

Section 2.20.

 

Expansion Option

     68   

Section 2.21.

 

Judgment Currency

     69   

Section 2.22.

 

Designation of Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers

     70   

Section 2.23.

 

Interest Act (Canada), Etc .

     70   

Section 2.24.

 

Financial Assistance

     71   

ARTICLE III Representations and Warranties

     72   

Section 3.01.

 

Existence and Power

     72   

Section 3.02.

 

Authorization; No Contravention

     72   

Section 3.03.

 

Binding Effect

     72   

Section 3.04.

 

Financial Information

     73   

Section 3.05.

 

Litigation

     73   

Section 3.06.

 

Compliance with ERISA; Foreign Pension Plans

     73   


Section 3.07.

  Taxes      74   

Section 3.08.

  Environmental Compliance      75   

Section 3.09.

  Properties      75   

Section 3.10.

  Compliance with Laws and Agreements      76   

Section 3.11.

  Investment Company Status      76   

Section 3.12.

  Full Disclosure      76   

Section 3.13.

  Security Interest      76   

Section 3.14.

  Solvency      77   

Section 3.15.

  Employee Matters      77   

Section 3.16.

  Subsidiaries      77   

Section 3.17.

  No Change in Credit Criteria or Collection Policies      77   

Section 3.18.

  Senior Indebtedness      77   

Section 3.19.

  Compliance with the Swiss Twenty Non-Bank Rule      77   

ARTICLE IV Conditions

     78   

Section 4.01.

  Effective Date      78   

Section 4.02.

  Each Credit Event      79   

Section 4.03.

  Designation of a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower      80   

ARTICLE V Affirmative Covenants

     80   

Section 5.01.

  Information      80   

Section 5.02.

  Maintenance of Property; Insurance      84   

Section 5.03.

  Compliance with Laws      84   

Section 5.04.

  Inspection of Property, Books and Records      84   

Section 5.05.

  Use of Proceeds      85   

Section 5.06.

  Environmental Matters      85   

Section 5.07.

  Taxes      85   

Section 5.08.

  Security Interests      85   

Section 5.09.

  Existence; Conduct of Business      85   

Section 5.10.

  Litigation and Other Notices      86   

Section 5.11.

  Additional Grantors and Guarantors; Collateral      86   

Section 5.12.

  Maintain Operating Accounts      87   

Section 5.13.

  Centre of main interests and Establishment      88   

Section 5.14.

  Compliance with the Swiss Twenty Non-Bank Rule      88   

Section 5.15.

  Canadian and Foreign Benefit Plan Notices and Information      88   

ARTICLE VI Negative Covenants

     89   

Section 6.01.

  Indebtedness      89   

Section 6.02.

  Liens      91   

Section 6.03.

  Fundamental Changes      93   

Section 6.04.

  Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions      96   

 

ii


Section 6.05.

  Prepayment or Modification of Indebtedness; Modification of Operating Documents      97   

Section 6.06.

  Restricted Payments      98   

Section 6.07.

  Transactions with Affiliates      99   

Section 6.08.

  Restrictive Agreements      100   

Section 6.09.

  [Reserved]      100   

Section 6.10.

  Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio      100   

Section 6.11.

  Capital Expenditures      100   

ARTICLE VII Events of Default

     101   

Section 7.01.

  Events of Default      101   

ARTICLE VIII The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent

     104   

ARTICLE IX Miscellaneous

     109   

Section 9.01.

  Notices      109   

Section 9.02.

  Waivers; Amendments      110   

Section 9.03.

  Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver      111   

Section 9.04.

  Successors and Assigns      112   

Section 9.05.

  Survival      115   

Section 9.06.

  Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness      116   

Section 9.07.

  Severability      116   

Section 9.08.

  Right of Setoff      116   

Section 9.09.

  GOVERNING LAW; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process      116   

Section 9.10.

  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      117   

Section 9.11.

  Headings      118   

Section 9.12.

  Confidentiality      118   

Section 9.13.

  Interest Rate Limitation      118   

Section 9.14.

  USA PATRIOT Act      118   

Section 9.15.

  Appointment for Perfection      119   

Section 9.16.

  Releases of Guarantors      119   

 

iii


Schedules and Exhibits

 

SCHEDULES

    

Schedule 1.01A

    —         Existing Letters of Credit

Schedule 1.01B

    —         Foreign Subsidiary Responsible Officers

Schedule 2.01

    —         Commitments

Schedule 3.05

    —         Disclosed Matters as to Litigation

Schedule 3.06

    —         Canadian Pension Plans

Schedule 3.08

    —         Disclosed Matters as to Environmental Compliance

Schedule 3.09

    —         Other Leased and Owned Property

Schedule 3.16

    —         Subsidiaries

Schedule 6.01

    —         Existing Indebtedness

Schedule 6.02

    —         Existing Liens

Schedule 6.03

    —         Fiscal Year End

Schedule 6.04

    —         Existing Investments

Schedule 6.07

    —         Transactions with Affiliates

Schedule 6.08

    —         Existing Restrictions

EXHIBITS

    

Exhibit A

    —         Form of Assignment and Assumption

Exhibit B

    —         [Reserved]

Exhibit C

    —         Form of Promissory Note

Exhibit D

    —         Form of Borrowing Request

Exhibit E

    —         Form of Borrowing Base Certificate

Exhibit F

    —         Form of Guarantee Agreement

Exhibit G

    —         Form of Pledge and Security Agreement

Exhibit H

    —         Reserved

Exhibit I

    —         Reserved

Exhibit J

    —         Reserved

Exhibit K

    —         Form of Tri-Party Notification

Exhibit L-1

    —         Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships)

Exhibit L-2

    —         Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships)

Exhibit L-3

    —         Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships)

Exhibit L-4

    —         Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships)

Exhibit M

    —         JPMorgan Continuing Agreement for Commercial and Standby Letters of Credit

Exhibit N

    —         [Reserved]

Exhibit O

    —         Reserve Costs

Exhibit P

    —         Form of Increasing Lender Supplement

Exhibit Q

    —         Form of Augmenting Lender Supplement

Exhibit R

    —         Form of Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement

Exhibit S

    —         Form of Borrowing Subsidiary Termination

 

iv


This is a SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), dated as of September 15, 2011 by and among MICHAEL KORS (USA), INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), MICHAEL KORS (EUROPE) B.V., a Dutch private limited liability company with its corporate seat in Amsterdam, The Netherlands, MICHAEL KORS (CANADA) CO., an unlimited liability company incorporated under the laws of the Province of Nova Scotia, MICHAEL KORS (SWITZERLAND) GMBH, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Switzerland and the other FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS from time to time party hereto, as Borrowers, MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company, MICHAEL KORS CORPORATION, a British Virgin Islands company, MICHAEL KORS, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, MICHAEL KORS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company, MICHAEL KORS STORES (CALIFORNIA), INC., a Delaware corporation, MICHAEL KORS STORES, L.L.C., a New York limited liability company, MICHAEL KORS RETAIL, INC., a Delaware corporation, MICHAEL KORS (EUROPE) HOLDING COOPERATIE U.A., a co-operative with excluded liability ( coöperatie met uitgesloten aansprakelijkheid ) organized and existing under the laws of the Netherlands, MICHAEL KORS (EUROPE) HOLDINGS B.V., a private limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Curaçao, and MICHAEL KORS (UK) LIMITED, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with registered number 6481234, as Guarantors, the LENDERS party hereto, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (successor by merger to WELLS FARGO TRADE CAPITAL, LLC), as Collateral Agent.

WHEREAS, the Borrowers, certain of the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Agents entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2007 (as amended prior to the date hereof, the “ Original Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Agents have agreed to enter into this Agreement in order to (i) amend and restate the Original Agreement in its entirety; (ii) re-evidence the “Obligations” under, and as defined in, the Original Agreement, which shall be repayable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and (iii) set forth the terms and conditions under which the Lenders will, from time to time, make loans and extend other financial accommodations to or for the benefit of the Borrowers;

WHEREAS, it is the intent of the parties hereto that this Agreement not constitute a novation of the obligations and liabilities of the parties under the Original Agreement, but that this Agreement shall amend and restate in its entirety the Original Agreement and re-evidence the obligations and liabilities of the Borrowers outstanding thereunder, which shall be payable in accordance with the terms hereof; and

WHEREAS, it is also the intent of the Borrowers and the Guarantors to confirm that all obligations under the applicable “Financing Documents” (as referred to and defined in the Original Agreement) shall continue in full force and effect as modified or restated by the Financing Documents (as referred to and defined herein) and that, from and after the Effective Date, all references to the “Credit Agreement” contained in any such existing “Financing Documents” shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement, as the same may be further amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time.

NOW THEREFORE, the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Agents hereby agree as follows:


ARTICLE I

Definitions

Section 1.01. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Acquisition ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Permitted Acquisition”.

Adjusted LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate; provided that, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in an Alternative Currency or to a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall mean the LIBO Rate plus the Mandatory Costs Rate, if applicable, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent.

Administrative Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (including its branches and affiliates), in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder.

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Agents ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

Aggregate Commitment ” means the aggregate of the Commitments of all of the Lenders, as reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof. As of the Effective Date, the Aggregate Commitment is $100,000,000. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, as of any date, the Aggregate Commitment shall be deemed to be reduced by the aggregate amount of all Permanent Commitment Reductions made during the Availability Period pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof as of such date; provided that for purposes of determining the Aggregate Commitment at any such time, any portion of such amount that is denominated in Alternative Currencies shall be included in such amount as the Dollar Equivalent thereof at such time.

Agreed Currencies ” means (i) U.S. Dollars, (ii) Euro, (iii) Canadian Dollars, (iv) Pounds Sterling, (v) Yen, (vi) Swiss Francs and (vii) any other Alternative Currency agreed to by the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders.

Alternative Currencies ” means Agreed Currencies other than U.S. Dollars.

Alternative Currency LC Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the Dollar Amount of the aggregate undrawn and unexpired amount of all outstanding Alternative Currency Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate principal Dollar Amount of all LC Disbursements in respect of Alternative Currency Letters of Credit that have not yet been reimbursed at such time.

Alternative Currency Letter of Credit ” means a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency.

 

2


Alternative Currency Sublimit ” means $35,000,000.

Applicable Payment Office ” means, (a) in the case of a Canadian Borrowing, the Canadian Payment Office and (b) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the applicable Eurocurrency Payment Office.

Applicable Percentage ” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the Aggregate Commitment represented by such Lender’s Commitment; provided that, in the case of Section 2.18 when a Defaulting Lender shall exist, “Applicable Percentage” shall mean the percentage of the Aggregate Commitment (disregarding any Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) represented by such Lender’s Commitment. If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments and to any Lender’s status as a Defaulting Lender at the time of determination.

Applicable Rate ” means, for any date of determination with respect to (i) any Base Rate Loan, the Base Rate plus 125 bps, (ii) with respect to any Canadian Base Rate Loan, the Canadian Prime Rate plus 125 bps, (iii) with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, the Adjusted LIBO Rate plus 225 bps and (iv) with respect to any BA Equivalent Loan, the BA Rate plus 225 bps.

To the extent that a change in the Applicable Rate occurs during the pendency of an Interest Period for an existing Eurocurrency Loan, the Applicable Rate shall remain the same for the remainder of the Interest Period for such existing Eurocurrency Loan.

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04 ), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit A or any other form reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent.

Augmenting Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20 .

Availability ” means at any time (i) the lesser at such time of (x) the Aggregate Commitment and (y) the Borrowing Base, minus (ii) the sum at such time of (x) the unpaid principal balance of the Loans, (y) the LC Exposure and (z) all Availability Reserves; provided that for purposes of determining the Availability at any such time, any portion of such amount that is denominated in an Alternative Currency shall be included in such amount as the Dollar Equivalent thereof at such time.

Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Commitments.

Availability Reserves ” means, as of any date of determination, such reserves in amounts as the Collateral Agent may from time to time establish (upon five days’ notice to the Company in the case of new reserve categories established after the Effective Date and without duplication of the application of Dilution Reserves, if any) and revise (upward or downward) in good faith in accordance with its customary credit policies in respect of any of the following: (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by the Collateral Agent, in its reasonable judgment, do, or are reasonably likely to, materially adversely affect either (i) the Collateral or its value or (ii) the security interests and other rights of the Collateral Agent or any Lender in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof), (b) to reflect the Collateral Agent’s belief, in its reasonable judgment, that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrowing Base Entities is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect, (c) in respect of any state of facts which the Collateral Agent determines in good faith, in its

 

3


reasonable judgment, constitutes a Default or (d) to reflect any Banking Services Obligations or Derivative Obligations of MK Holdings or a Subsidiary entered into with a Lender or an Affiliate thereof.

Available Amount ” means, at any time (the “ Reference Date ”), an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the lesser of (i) $100,000,000 and (ii) the aggregate amount of any cash capital contributions or Net Proceeds from Permitted Equity Issuances received by MK Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof and contributed by such parent to MK Holdings) during the period from and including the Business Day immediately following the Effective Date through and including the Reference Date,

 

  (b) minus

 

  (i) the aggregate amount of any Investments made pursuant to Section 6.04(q) ,

 

  (ii) the aggregate amount of any Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 6.06(h) , and

 

  (iii) the aggregate amount of Capital Expenditures made pursuant to Section 6.11 in excess of the Capital Expenditures Allowance,

in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (b)(i) through (b)(iii), made during the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the Reference Date (without taking into account the intended usage of the Available Amount on such Reference Date in the contemplated transaction),

 

  (c) minus without duplication of amounts subtracted pursuant to clause (b)(i) above, the aggregate amount of any Restricted Payments made pursuant Section 6.06(d)(ii) .

The Company shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any event giving rise to a change in the Applicable Amount.

BA Equivalent Borrowing ” means a Canadian Borrowing that bears interest at a rate per annum determined by reference to the BA Rate.

BA Equivalent Loan ” means a Canadian Loan that bears interest at a rate per annum determined by reference to the BA Rate.

BA Rate ” means, with respect to any Interest Period for any BA Equivalent Loan (a) in the case of any Lender named in Schedule I of the Bank Act (Canada), the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent by reference to the average annual rate applicable to Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances having a term comparable to such Interest Period quoted on the Reuters Screen “CDOR Page” (or such other page as may replace such page on such screen for the purpose of displaying Canadian interbank bid rates for Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances) at 10:00 a.m. on the date of the commencement of such Interest Period (the “ CDOR Rate ”) and (b) in the case of any other Lender, the CDOR Rate plus 0.10%. If such rates do not appear on the Reuters Screen at such time, the CDOR Rate shall be the rate of interest determined by the Administrative Agent that is equal to the average (rounded upwards to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) of rates per annum quoted by the banks listed in Schedule I of the Bank Act (Canada) that are also Lenders in respect of Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances with a term comparable to such Interest Period.

Banking Services ” means each and any of the following bank services provided to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary by any Lender or any of its Affiliates: (a) credit cards for commercial

 

4


customers (including, without limitation, commercial credit cards and purchasing cards), (b) stored value cards and (c) treasury management services (including, without limitation, controlled disbursement, automated clearinghouse transactions, return items, overdrafts and interstate depository network services).

Banking Services Agreement ” means any agreement entered into by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary in connection with Banking Services.

Banking Services Obligations ” means any and all obligations of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor) in connection with Banking Services.

Bankruptcy Code ” means the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended from time to time.

Bankruptcy Event ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, liquidator, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, monitor, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the preservation, reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment, provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof, provided , further , that such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person.

Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus    1 / 2 of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the rate appearing on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any successor or substitute page of such page) at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such day. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively.

Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate per annum determined by reference to the Base Rate.

Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

Borrower ” means the Company or any Foreign Subsidiary Borrower.

Borrowing ” means Loans (other than Swingline Loans) of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans and BA Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect and (ii) Swingline Loans.

 

5


Borrowing Base ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (i) eighty percent (80%) of the Net Amount of Eligible Receivables plus (ii) sixty percent (60%) of the Net Amount of Eligible Inventory plus (iii) sixty percent (60%) of Eligible Inventory which is In Transit and is imported under Letters of Credit plus (iv) (A) $30,000,000 until an initial appraisal of the value of the Michael Kors Trademark is completed after the Effective Date in connection with the Specified Audit and (B) thereafter, the lesser of (x) twenty-five percent (25%) of the value of the Michael Kors Trademark as reflected in the most recent appraisal thereof (including any appraisal conducted in connection with the Specified Audit or a Collateral Audit) and (y) $30,000,000; provided , that in the event that the value Michael Kors Trademark is required to be included in the determination of Borrowing Base to create Availability, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, in its sole reasonable discretion, to require that funds deposited by any Borrowing Base Entity into any deposit account will be swept on a daily basis into a deposit account maintained with the Administrative Agent that is subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement or otherwise subject to the control of the Collateral Agent to the Agents’ reasonable satisfaction.

Borrowing Base Certificate ” means a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Company, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto, as such form may be modified to include such additional detail as the Agents may reasonably request from time to time.

Borrowing Base Entities ” means (i) the Company and its Domestic Subsidiaries that are Loan Parties, (ii) MK Canada and (iii) any other Foreign Subsidiary approved by the Agents.

Borrowing Request ” means a request by any Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03 .

Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement ” means a Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit R .

Borrowing Subsidiary Termination ” means a Borrowing Subsidiary Termination substantially in the form of Exhibit S .

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, (i) when used in connection with a Eurocurrency Loan, the term “ Business Day ” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in the relevant Agreed Currency in the London interbank market or the principal financial center of such Agreed Currency (and, if the Borrowings or LC Disbursements which are the subject of a borrowing, drawing, payment, reimbursement or rate selection are denominated in euro, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which the TARGET payment system is not open for the settlement of payments in euro) and (ii) when used in connection with any Canadian Loan, the term “ Business Day ” shall also exclude any day on which banks are required or authorized by law to close in Toronto, Canada or Montreal, Quebec; and provided further that, for the purposes of clause (b) of Article VII hereof, the term “ Business Day ” shall exclude any day on which commercial banks in Hong Kong are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

BV Security Agreement ” means the agreement and deed of pledge of shares of Michael Kors (Europe) B.V., dated May 27, 2010, between Michael Kors (Europe) Holding Cooperatie U.A. (as pledgor), the Collateral Agent (as pledgee) and MKE, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

BVI Insolvency Event ” means any one or more of the following with respect to any BVI Loan Party: (a) it is unable to pay its debts as they fall due; (b) the value of its liabilities (including its

 

6


contingent and prospective liabilities) exceeds the value of its assets; (c) it fails to comply with the requirements of a statutory demand that has not been set aside under Section 157 of the Insolvency Act, 2003 of the British Virgin Islands (the “ BVI Insolvency Act ”); (d) execution or other process issued on a judgment, decree or order of a court in favour of a creditor of it is returned wholly or partly unsatisfied; (e) it has taken any action or steps have been taken or legal proceedings have been started or threatened against it for (i) its winding up, liquidation, administration, dissolution, amalgamation, reconstruction, reorganisation, arrangement, adjustment, consolidation or protection or relief of creditors (whether by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise), or (ii) the enforcement of any security interest over any or all of its assets; or (iii) the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, controller, inspector, manager, supervisor, administrative receiver, administrator, trustee or similar officer or official of it or of any or all of its assets; (f) a compromise or arrangement has been proposed, agreed to or sanctioned under any of Sections 177, 178 and 179A of the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 of the British Virgin Islands (the “ BVI Companies Act ”) in respect of it, or an application has been made to, or filed with, a court for permission to convene a meeting to vote on a proposal for any such compromise or arrangement; (g) a merger or consolidation is proposed, approved, agreed to or sanctioned under any of Sections 170 to 174 (inclusive) of the BVI Companies Act in respect of it; (h) action is being taken by the Registrar of Corporate Affairs pursuant to Section 213 of the BVI Companies Act to dissolve or strike it off the British Virgin Islands register of companies; or (i) action is approved, agreed to or being taken pursuant to Section 184 of the BVI Companies Act to (without the prior consent of the Agents) continue it as a company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the British Virgin Islands.

BVI Loan Party ” means any Loan Party organized under the laws of the British Virgin Islands.

C$ ” or “ Canadian Dollars ” means the lawful currency of Canada.

Calculation Date ” means (a) for each Eurocurrency Borrowing, the date that is two (2) Business Days prior to the date of such Borrowing or, if applicable, the date of conversion/continuation of any Borrowing as a Eurocurrency Borrowing, (b) for all or any portion of the LC Exposure, the date of each request for the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit, the date of any LC Disbursement and any date elected by the Administrative Agent after the date of any LC Disbursement in its reasonable discretion or upon instruction by the Required Lenders, and (c) for all outstanding Credit Events, the date that is the last Business Day of each calendar quarter and, during the continuation of an Event of Default, on any other Business Day elected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion or upon instruction by the Required Lenders.

Canadian Base Rate Borrowing ” means a Canadian Borrowing that bears interest at a rate per annum determined by reference to the Canadian Prime Rate.

Canadian Base Rate Loan ” means a Canadian Loan that bears interest at a rate per annum determined by reference to the Canadian Prime Rate.

Canadian Benefit Plans ” means all employee benefit plans, including Canadian Retiree Benefit Plans, of any nature or kind whatsoever (other than Canadian Pension Plans and any statutory plans with which any Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof is required to comply, including the Canada/Quebec Pension Plan and plans administered pursuant to applicable provincial health tax, workers’ compensation and workers’ safety and employment insurance legislation) that are governed by the laws of Canada and are maintained or contributed to by any Borrower or Subsidiary for which any Borrower or Subsidiary has any obligations, rights or liabilities, contingent or otherwise.

 

7


Canadian Borrower ” means (i) MK Canada and (ii) any other borrower of Canadian Loans incorporated or otherwise organized under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof.

Canadian Borrowing ” means a Borrowing of Canadian Loans.

Canadian Facility Letter Agreement ” means that certain facility letter agreement dated as of January 27, 2010 by and among MK Canada, as borrower, Michael Kors (NA) LLC as guarantor, and HSBC Bank Canada, as lender, as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Canadian Loan ” means a Loan denominated in Canadian Dollars.

Canadian Loan Party ” means any Loan Party organized under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof.

Canadian Multiemployer Pension Plan ” means any multiemployer pension plan, including specified multiemployer pension plans, as defined under applicable Canadian law for which any Borrower or any Subsidiary has any rights, obligations or liabilities, contingent or otherwise.

Canadian Payment Office ” of the Administrative Agent means the office, branch, affiliate or correspondent bank of the Administrative Agent for Canadian Dollars as specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent to the Company and each Lender.

Canadian Pension Plans ” means all Canadian defined benefit or defined contribution pension plans that are considered to be pension plans for the purposes of, and are required to be registered under, the ITA or any applicable pension benefits standards statute or regulation in Canada and that are established, maintained or contributed to by any Borrower or Subsidiary or for which any Borrower or Subsidiary has any rights, obligations or liabilities, contingent or otherwise, for its current or former employees.

Canadian Prime Rate ” means, for any day, the greater of (a) the per annum floating rate of interest established from time to time by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Toronto Branch, as the prime rate it will use to determine rates of interest on Canadian Dollar loans to its customers in Canada as in effect on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) and (b) the sum of (x) the CDOR Rate for an Interest Period of one month on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus (y) 1.0%.

Canadian Retiree Benefit Plans ” means all plans or arrangements which provide or promise post-employment health, dental, or any other benefits governed by the laws of Canada, to current employees or employees who have retired or terminated from employment with any Borrower or any Subsidiary; the term “Canadian Retiree Benefit Plan” shall not include any statutory plans with which any Canadian Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof is required to comply, including the Canada/Quebec Pension Plan and plans administered pursuant to applicable provincial health tax, workers’ compensation and workers’ safety and employment insurance legislation.

Capital Expenditure Allowance ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.11 hereof.

Capital Expenditures ” of any Person means all expenditures of such Person for the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a capital lease) of assets or additions to equipment (including replacements, capitalized repairs and improvements) which should be capitalized under GAAP; provided that the term “Capital Expenditures” shall not include (i) expenditures made in connection with the

 

8


replacement, substitution, restoration or repair of assets to the extent financed with (x) insurance proceeds paid on account of the loss or damage to the assets being replaced, substituted, restored or repaired or (y) awards of compensation arising from taking by eminent domain or condemnation of the assets being replaced or (ii) expenditures to the extent constituting any portion of a Permitted Acquisition.

Capital Lease Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, notwithstanding anything in Section 1.04 to the contrary, obligations relating to a lease that was accounted for by such Person as an operating lease as of the Effective Date and any similar lease entered into after the Effective Date by such Person shall be accounted for as obligations relating to an operating lease and not as Capital Lease Obligations.

Cash Interest Expense ” means with respect to MK Holdings and its Subsidiaries for any period, Interest Expense for such period less all non-cash items constituting Interest Expense during such period (including amortization of debt discounts and payments of interest on Indebtedness by issuance of Indebtedness).

Casualty Event ” shall mean, with respect to any property, any loss of title with respect to such property or any loss or damage to or destruction of, or any condemnation or other taking (including by any Governmental Authority) of, such property, or any interruption of the business which is covered by business interruption insurance.

CDOR Rate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of BA Rate.

CERCLA ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

Change in Control ” means the earliest to occur of:

(a) the failure of MK Holdings or, after an IPO, the IPO Entity, directly or indirectly through Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, to own all of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of any Borrower (other than (a) directors’ qualifying shares and (b) nominal shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable law);

(b) at any time prior to the consummation of an IPO, (i) the Permitted Holders shall fail to beneficially own (within the meaning of Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act) in the aggregate, directly or indirectly (including indirectly through any Person organized and intended to be the IPO Entity), Equity Interests of MK Holdings representing greater than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of MK Holdings; or (ii) (A) any Person (other than a Permitted Holder) or (B) Persons (other than one or more Permitted Holders) constituting a group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such Person and its Subsidiaries, and any Person acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan), shall acquire, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act) Equity Interests of MK Holdings representing a greater percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of MK Holdings than the percentage of the ordinary voting power represented by the Equity Interests of MK Holdings beneficially owned, directly or

 

9


indirectly, in the aggregate by the Permitted Holders, unless, in the case of the preceding clause (i) or (ii), the Permitted Holders have, at such time, the right or ability, by voting power, contract or otherwise, to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors of, and to Control, MK Holdings; or

(c) at any time upon or after the consummation of an IPO, (i)(A) any Person (other than a Permitted Holder) or (B) Persons (other than one or more Permitted Holders) constituting a group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such Person and its Subsidiaries, and any Person acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of Equity Interests representing more than 35% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the IPO Entity, unless the Permitted Holders have, at such time, the right or ability, by voting power, contract or otherwise, to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors of, and to Control, the IPO Entity; or (ii) the occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the IPO Entity by Persons who are not Continuing Directors;

provided that, for purposes of this definition, (A) no Person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of Equity Interests solely by virtue of a stock purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement (or voting agreement entered into in connection with a stock purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement) until the consummation of the transfer of the applicable Equity Interests to such Person and (B) no Person who is a party to the Shareholders Agreement or the Voting Agreement shall be (x) deemed to beneficially own (within the meaning of Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act) any securities of any other Person that is a party to the Shareholders Agreement or the Voting Agreement, as applicable, or (y) deemed to be part of a group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act) with any other Person that is a party to the Shareholders Agreement or the Voting Agreement, as applicable, in each case, solely by virtue of such Person being a party to the Shareholders Agreement or the Voting Agreement, as the case may be, or such Person’s compliance with the terms of the Shareholders Agreement or the Voting Agreement (for purposes of this clause (B), to the extent attributable to the provisions of the Shareholders Agreement and Voting Agreement as such provisions are in effect on the Effective Date).

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement (or with respect to any Lender, if later, the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender), of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority, or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rules, guideline, requirement or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided however , that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives thereunder, issued in connection therewith or in implementation thereof, and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law” regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or implemented.

Charge Over Shares ” means that certain Charge Over Shares, of May 27, 2010, by and between MKE (as chargor) and the Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

10


Collateral ” means all collateral on which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted pursuant to any Financing Document to secure payment or performance of any of the Obligations.

Collateral Agent ” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (successor by merger to Wells Fargo Trade Capital, LLC), in its capacity as collateral agent for the Lenders hereunder, and any successor in such capacity appointed pursuant to Article VIII hereof.

Collateral Audit ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.04 hereof.

Collateral Documents ” shall mean, collectively, the Pledge and Security Agreement, the Foreign Collateral Documents, the Guarantee Agreement, the Deposit Account Control Agreements, the Intercreditor Agreement, Inventory Consents and all other agreements, instruments and documents executed in connection with this Agreement that are intended to create, perfect or evidence Liens to secure the Obligations, including, without limitation, all other security agreements, pledge agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, loan agreements, notes, guarantees, subordination agreements, pledges, powers of attorney, consents, assignments, contracts, fee letters, notices, leases, financing statements and all other written matter whether heretofore, now, or hereafter executed by MK Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries and delivered to the Collateral Agent.

Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans hereunder as such commitment may be (a) reduced or terminated from time to time pursuant to Section 2.07 , (b) increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.20 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04 . The initial amount of each Lender’s Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 , or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as applicable. Effective upon the assignment of an interest pursuant to Section 9.04 , Schedule 2.01 may be amended by the Administrative Agent to reflect such assignment.

Company ” means Michael Kors (USA), Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, for any Test Period, the ratio of (i) the sum of EBITDA plus Consolidated Rent Expense for such Test Period to (ii) the sum of Fixed Charges plus Consolidated Rent Expense for such Test Period; provided , however , in the event that any Test Period used for the calculation of the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as provided in Section 6.10 hereof) includes thirteen (13) cash rental payments with respect to the Consolidated Rent Expense, the rental payment nearest to the date on which the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is calculated shall be omitted from such calculation.

Consolidated Rent Expense ” means, for any period, the actual cash payment incurred by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries for such period with respect to any rental agreements or leases of real or personal property, determined on a consolidated basis; provided that, payments in respect of Capital Lease Obligations shall not constitute Consolidated Rent Expense.

Consolidated Total Assets ” means, as at any date of determination, the total assets of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Continuing Directors ” means (a) the directors of MK Holdings on the Effective Date and (b) each other director that is nominated, designated, recommended or approved for election by a majority of the Continuing Directors then in office.

 

11


Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Controlled Disbursement Account ” means the controlled disbursement account of the Company, maintained with the Administrative Agent.

Credit Event ” means a Borrowing, the issuance of a Letter of Credit, an LC Disbursement or any of the foregoing.

Credit Party ” means the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender.

Credit Support Receivable ” means a Receivable created by or owing to a Borrowing Base Entity that is covered by a Letter of Credit or credit insurance which shall be in favor of a Borrowing Base Entity in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and which shall at all times continue to be reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent in all respects.

Customer ” means and includes the account debtor or obligor with respect to any Receivable.

Debenture ” means that certain Debenture dated May 27, 2010, by and between Michael Kors (UK) Limited (as chargor) and the Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Default ” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed, within two (2) Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans, (ii) fund any portion of its participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans or (iii) pay over to any Credit Party any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Company or any Credit Party in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to funding a loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied) or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after request by a Credit Party, acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations (and is financially able to meet such obligations) to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans under this Agreement, provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon such Credit Party’s receipt of such certification in form and substance satisfactory to it and the Administrative Agent, or (d) has become the subject of a Bankruptcy Event.

Deposit Account Control Agreement ” means any Deposit Account Control Agreement, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Agents and the applicable depository institution, among a Loan Party, the Collateral Agent, and the Depositary Institution at which a deposit account or accounts are

 

12


maintained for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented, modified or restated from time to time as permitted thereby or replaced by a comparable agreement.

Depositary Institution ” means any Person that is a bank, savings and loan or similar financial institution.

Derivative Obligations ” means with respect to any Person, every obligation of such Person under any Hedging Contract; the Lenders agree to provide pricing with respect to transactions in respect of Derivative Obligations offered to the Borrowers similar to pricing offered to customers of the Lenders with credit profiles similar to that of the Borrowers.

Dilution Factors ” means with respect to the Receivables of the Borrowing Base Entities for any period, the aggregate amount of all credit memos, returns, adjustments, allowances, bad debt write-offs, volume rebates (issued either as a credit to the Customer’s account balance or as a cash disbursement), other non-cash credits and all other items that could reasonably be expected to have diluted the value of the Receivables of the Borrowing Base Entities.

Dilution Ratio ” means with respect to the Borrowing Base Entities at any date, the amount (expressed as a percentage) equal to (a) the aggregate amount of the applicable Dilution Factors for the 12 most recently completed fiscal months divided by (b) total gross sales for the 12 most recently completed fiscal months.

Dilution Reserve ” means at any date of calculation by the Collateral Agent, the applicable Dilution Ratio multiplied by the Eligible Receivables on such date. A Dilution Reserve shall be calculated to the extent that the Dilution Ratio, at any date, is in excess of 10%. The Dilution Reserve shall equal the calculated Dilution Ratio in excess of 10%.

Disclosed Matters ” means the actions, suits and proceedings and the environmental matters disclosed in Schedules 3.05 and 3.08 .

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any licensing of Intellectual Property or sale and leaseback transaction) of any property by an Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith.

Disqualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interests that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (A) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the occurrence of the Termination Date), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Maturity Date; provided that if such Equity Interests are issued pursuant to a plan for the benefit of employees of MK Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) and its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interests shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because they may be required to be repurchased by MK Holdings (or such parent) or any of its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

13


Dollar Amount ” of any currency at any date shall mean (i) the amount of such currency if such currency is U.S. Dollars or (ii) the Dollar Equivalent in such currency of U.S. Dollars if such currency is an Alternative Currency, calculated on or as of the most recent Calculation Date.

Dollar Equivalent ” means, at any time, as to any amount denominated in an Alternative Currency, the equivalent amount in U.S. Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent at such time on the basis of the Exchange Rate for the purchase of U.S. Dollars with such Alternative Currency on the most recent Calculation Date for such Alternative Currency.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary which is organized under the laws of a State within the United States.

Dutch Loan Party ” means any Loan Party incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands.

EBITDA ” means with respect to the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for any period, Net Income for such period, plus

(a) without duplication and to the extent deducted from revenues in arriving at such Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for such period:

(i) Interest Expense,

(ii) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including Federal, state, local and foreign franchise, excise and similar taxes paid or accrued (including withholding tax payments) during such period (including in respect of repatriated funds),

(iii) depreciation and amortization (including amortization of deferred financing fees or costs),

(iv) other non-cash losses, charges or expenses, including impairment of long-lived assets,

(v) extraordinary cash losses in an aggregate amount not to exceed $7,500,000 in any Test Period,

(vi) non-recurring cash charges, severance costs, relocation costs, costs relating to pre-opening and opening costs for Stores, signing, retention and completion bonuses, costs incurred in connection with any strategic initiatives, transition costs, consolidation and closing costs for Stores, charges relating to discontinued operations and costs incurred in connection with non-recurring product and intellectual property development and new systems design and implementation costs in an aggregate amount not to exceed $7,500,000 in any Test Period of MK Holdings, and

(vii) any fees, expenses or charges related to (A) any issuance of Equity Interests (whether or not successful), including the Equity/Restructuring Transactions and any IPO, or (B) the Transactions, minus

(b) without duplication and to the extent included in arriving at such Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for such period:

(i) interest income,

 

14


(ii) non-cash gains,

(iii) extraordinary cash gains, and

(v) any cash payments made during such period in respect of non-cash items described in clause (a)(iv) above subsequent to the fiscal quarter in which the relevant non-cash expenses or losses were incurred,

in each case, as determined on a consolidated basis for the Loan Parties and the Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

(I) to the extent included in Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA currency translation gains and losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including the net loss or gain resulting from hedging agreements for currency exchange risk and revaluations of intercompany balances), and

(II) to the extent included in Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period any adjustments resulting from the application of Financial Accounting Standards Accounting Standards Codification No. 815-Derivatives and Hedging.

For the purposes of calculating EBITDA for any Test Period, (i) if at any time during such Test Period MK Holdings or any Subsidiary shall have made any Material Disposition, EBITDA for such Test Period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the property that is the subject of such Material Disposition for such Test Period or increased by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such Test Period, and (ii) if during such Test Period MK Holdings or any Subsidiary shall have made a Material Acquisition, EBITDA for such Test Period shall (A) be calculated after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis as if such Material Acquisition occurred on the first day of such Test Period and (B) be increased by the amount of reasonably identifiable and factually supportable net cost savings and synergies projected by the Company in good faith to be realized in connection with such Material Acquisition as a result of actions to be taken during the period commencing on the date such Material Acquisition is consummated and ending on the last day of the fourth full consecutive fiscal quarter following such date (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such net cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of such Test Period), provided that such cost savings and synergies either (i) would be permitted to be reflected in pro forma financial information complying with Article XI of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act or (ii) are deemed reasonably acceptable by Administrative Agent). As used in this definition, “Material Acquisition” means (i) any Permitted Acquisition that involves the payment of consideration by Holdings and its Subsidiaries in excess of $2,500,000; and “Material Disposition” means any Disposition or series of related Dispositions of property out of the ordinary course of business that yields gross proceeds to MK Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $2,500,000.

Effective Date ” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 hereof are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02 ).

Eligible Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Foreign Subsidiary that is approved from time to time by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.

Eligible Inventory ” means inventory of the Borrowing Base Entities comprised solely of finished goods (including goods In Transit which are supported by a Letter of Credit but specifically excluding raw materials, work in process, supplies and foreign inventory) which is, in the reasonable judgment of the Collateral Agent, (i) not obsolete, slow-moving or unmerchantable, (ii) is saleable at

 

15


prices at least approximating cost, (iii) is free and clear of all security interests and Liens of any nature whatsoever other than any security interest created pursuant to the Financing Documents or Permitted Encumbrances, and (iv) is and at all times shall continue to be acceptable to the Collateral Agent, in its reasonable judgment, in all respects; provided , however , that Eligible Inventory shall in no event include inventory which (i) (A) is on consignment, (B) is not in conformity in all material respects with the representations and warranties made by the Borrowing Base Entities under the Financing Documents, (C) is not located at one of the addresses for locations of Collateral set forth on Schedule A to the Pledge and Security Agreement ( provided that such Inventory that is In Transit or is in transit to a warehouse or retail store location of a Loan Party shall not be rendered ineligible by this clause (i)(C)), (D) with respect to which the Collateral Agent has not been granted and has not perfected a valid, first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Encumbrances), (E) is located at a property that is leased by a Borrowing Base Entity or is an outside warehouse or processor, with respect to which the Collateral Agent has not received a landlord waiver or warehouseman’s or processor’s agreement, as the case may be, executed by the landlord of such location or such warehouseman or processor (collectively, the “ Inventory Consents ”), as the case may be, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, in its reasonable judgment, unless appropriate rent reserves or escrow arrangements shall have been made with the Collateral Agent in its reasonable discretion covering at least three months’ rent; provided , however , that Inventory Consents shall not be required with respect to inventory located in self-storage facilities to the extent the aggregate value of such inventory does not exceed $1,000,000, or (F) which is inventory of Persons that are not Borrowing Base Entities, or (ii) has been returned or rejected by a Customer and has been determined to be unmerchantable. Standards of eligibility may be fixed and revised from time to time solely by the Collateral Agent in the Collateral Agent’s exclusive judgment exercised in good faith. In determining eligibility, the Collateral Agent may, but need not, rely on reports and schedules furnished by the Company, but reliance by the Collateral Agent thereon from time to time shall not be deemed to limit the right of the Collateral Agent to revise standards of eligibility at any time as to both present and future inventory of the Borrowing Base Entities. If the inventory is sold under a trademark licensed from a third party, for such inventory to constitute Eligible Inventory, the Collateral Agent shall have entered into a licensor consent letter, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, with the licensor with respect to the rights of the Collateral Agent to use the trademark to sell or otherwise dispose of such inventory.

Eligible Receivables ” means Receivables created by or owing to the Borrowing Base Entities in the ordinary course of business arising out of the sale or lease of goods, the licensing of Intellectual Property or rendition of services by the Borrowing Base Entities, which may be, without duplication, Factored Receivables, Credit Support Receivables, Royalty Receivables, Macy’s Receivables or House Receivables, in each case subject to the following standards. All Eligible Receivables shall be net of any amounts deducted or otherwise owing by a Borrowing Base Entity to the applicable factor pursuant to the terms and conditions of a Permitted Factoring Arrangement; provided that no Factored Receivable shall constitute an Eligible Receivable once the applicable factor has advanced cash, funded the purchase price or otherwise made payment (including by setoff) to the applicable Borrowing Base Entity therefor. Standards of eligibility may be fixed and revised from time to time solely by the Collateral Agent in the Collateral Agent’s exclusive judgment exercised in good faith after taking into account the application of any Dilution Reserve. In general, without limiting the foregoing, a Receivable shall in no event be deemed to be an Eligible Receivable unless: (a) all payments due on the Receivable have been invoiced and the underlying goods shipped, or license entered into or services performed, as the case may be; (b) the payment due on the Receivable is not more than the lesser of (i) 60 days past the due date and (ii) 90 days past the invoice date; (c) the payments due on more than 50% of all Receivables from the same Customer are less than 60 days past the due date and 90 days past the invoice date; (d) the Receivable arose from a completed and bona fide transaction (and with respect to a sale of goods, a transaction in which title has passed to the Customer) which requires no further act under any circumstances on the part of any Borrowing Base Entity in order to cause such Receivable to be payable

 

16


in full by the Customer; (e) the Receivable is in conformity in all material respects with the representations and warranties made by the Borrowing Base Entities to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders with respect thereto; (f) the Receivable constitutes an “account” or “chattel paper” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code (or PPSA) of the state (or province) in which the applicable Borrowing Base Subsidiary is located; (g) the Customer has not asserted that the Receivable, and/or the Borrowing Base Entities are not aware that the Receivable, arises out of a bill and hold, consignment or progress billing arrangement or is subject to any setoff, contras, net-out contract, offset, deduction, dispute, credit, counterclaim or other defense arising out of the transactions represented by the Receivables or independently thereof (but such Receivable shall be ineligible only to the extent of such setoff, contras, net-out contract, offset, deduction, dispute, credit, counterclaim or other defense) and, in the case of a Receivable arising from the sale or lease of goods, the Customer has finally accepted the goods from the sale out of which the Receivable arose and has not objected to its liability thereon or returned, rejected or repossessed any of such goods, except for complaints made or goods returned in the ordinary course of business for which, in the case of goods returned, goods of equal or greater value have been shipped in return; (h) the Receivable arose in the ordinary course of business of the Borrowing Base Entities; (i) the Customer is not (x) the United States government, the Canadian government or the government of any state, province or political subdivision thereof or therein, or any agency or department of any thereof (unless there has been full compliance to the satisfaction of the Collateral Agent with any applicable assignment of claims statute) or any Governmental Authority outside the United States or Canada, or (y) an army, navy, marine, air force, coast guard post or a post of another similar service corps (unless there has been full compliance to the satisfaction of the Collateral Agent with any applicable assignment of claims statute) or (z) an Affiliate of any Borrowing Base Entity or a supplier or creditor of any Borrowing Base Entity ( provided that such Receivable shall only be ineligible to the extent of amounts payable by any Borrowing Base Entity thereof to such supplier or outstanding to such creditor); (j) the Customer is a United States or Canadian person or an obligor located in the United States, Puerto Rico or Canada or an obligor located in another jurisdiction if the applicable Receivable is either a Factored Receivable or a Credit Support Receivable; (k) the Receivable complies with all material requirements of all applicable laws and regulations, whether federal, state, provincial or local; (l) to the knowledge of the Borrowing Base Entities, the Receivable is in full force and effect and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Customer enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equity principles; (m) the Receivable is denominated in and provides for payment by the Customer in U.S. Dollars or, in the case of Receivables of a Borrowing Base Entity that is a Canadian Loan Party, Canadian Dollars (unless a currency swap or similar hedge approved by the Collateral Agent has been entered into with respect to such Receivable the effect of which is to cause payment to be denominated in U.S. Dollars or Canadian Dollars, as the case may be) and is payable within the United States or Canada, or the Receivable is denominated in Euros and is either a Factored Receivable or a Credit Support Receivable; (n) the Receivable has not been and is not required to be charged off or written off as uncollectible in accordance with GAAP or the customary business practices of the applicable Borrowing Base Entity; (o) the Receivable is free and clear of all security interests and Liens of any nature whatsoever other than any security interest deemed to be held by any Borrowing Base Entity or any security interest created pursuant to the Financing Documents or Permitted Encumbrances; (p) the Receivable is not with respect to a Customer located in any state or province denying creditors access to its courts in the absence of a Notice of Business Activities Report or other similar filing, unless (i) the applicable Borrowing Base Entity either has qualified as a foreign corporation authorized to transact business in such state or province or has filed a “Notice of Business Activities Report” or similar filing with the applicable state agency for the then current year or (ii) the failure to have done so may be cured by the payment of a de minimis amount and/or the filing of the requisite applications and reports; (q) an event as described in paragraph (g) or (h) of Article VII has not occurred with respect to the Customer; (r) the Receivable is not for accrued coop advertising; (s) the Receivable is not related to an invoice that is less than 60 days past the due date for

 

17


which the applicable Borrowing Base Entity received payment but has not yet applied such payment; (t) the Receivable is not related to a gift certificate or gift card sold by a Borrowing Base Entity; (u) the Collateral Agent is satisfied, in its reasonable judgment, with the credit standing of the Customer in relation to the amount of credit extended; and (v) such Receivable is not a Receivable created by or owing to a Person that is not a Borrowing Base Entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral Agent, in its sole discretion, may decide that (x) all Receivables of any single Customer whose Receivables are not Factored Receivables which, in the aggregate, exceed 20% of the total Eligible Receivables at the time of any such determination shall be deemed not to be Eligible Receivables to the extent of such excess and (y) House Receivables that in the aggregate exceed $10,000,000 at the time of any such determination shall be deemed not to be Eligible Receivables to the extent of such excess.

EMU Legislation ”: Legislative measures of the European Union for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of the Euro in one or more member states.

Environmental Laws ” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders or decrees issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, and any judgments, injunctions, or binding agreements entered against or into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, relating in any way to the protection of the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials or to health and safety matters.

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Company or any Subsidiary resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equity Interests ” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity interest.

Equity/Restructuring Transaction ” means, collectively, the MK Holdings Restructuring (as defined in the Sixth Waiver and Amendment to the Existing Credit Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2011) and the private placement of Equity Interests of MK Holdings consummated on or about July 11, 2011.

Equivalent Amount ” of any currency with respect to any amount of U.S. Dollars at any date shall mean the equivalent in such currency of such amount of U.S. Dollars, calculated on the basis of the Exchange Rate for such other currency at 11:00 a.m., London time, on the date on or as of which such amount is to be determined.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Company or any Guarantor, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

 

18


ERISA Event ” means (a) any Reportable Event; (b) with respect to any Plan, the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by any of the Loan Parties or any of their ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan ; (e) the receipt by any of the Loan Parties or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by any of the Loan Parties or any of their ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (g) all Plans have an Unfunded Current Liability, in the aggregate, in excess of $10,000,000; (h) with respect to any Plan, the failure to pay all required minimum contributions and all required installments on or before the due date provided under Section 430(j) of the Code; or (i) the receipt by any of the Loan Parties or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Loan Parties or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.

Establishment ” means, in respect of any Person, any place of operations where such Person carries out a non-transitory economic activity with human means and goods, assets or services.

Euro ” or “ ” means the single currency of the European Union as constituted by the Treaty on European Union and as referred to in EMU Legislation.

Eurocurrency ”, when used in reference to a currency means an Agreed Currency (other than Canadian Dollars) and when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is or are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Overnight LIBO Rate, as the context so requires.

Eurocurrency Payment Office ” of the Administrative Agent means, for each Alternative Currency, the office, branch, affiliate or correspondent bank of the Administrative Agent for such currency as specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent to the Company and each Lender.

Event of Default ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01 hereof.

Excess Capital Expenditure Allowance ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.11 hereof.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Rate ” means, on any day, with respect to any Alternative Currency, the rate at which such Alternative Currency may be exchanged into U.S. Dollars, as set forth at approximately 11:00 A.M., Local Time, on such day on the applicable Reuters World Currency Page. In the event that any such rate does not appear on any Reuters World Currency Page on such day, the Exchange Rate shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates reasonably selected by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Company for such purpose or, if such other service is not publicly available at such time, at the reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Company, such Exchange Rate shall instead be the arithmetic average of the spot rates of exchange of the Administrative Agent in the market where its foreign currency exchange operations in respect of such Alternative Currency are then being conducted, at or about 11:00 A.M., Local Time, on such day for the purchase of such Alternative Currency for delivery three Business Days later, provided that, if at the time of any such determination, for any reason, no such spot rate is being

 

19


quoted, the Administrative Agent may use any other reasonable method it deems appropriate to determine such rate, and such determination shall be presumed correct absent manifest error.

Excluded Deposit Accounts ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12 hereof.

Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to either Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Loan Parties under this Agreement or any Financing Document, (a) net income taxes, franchise taxes (imposed in lieu of net income taxes) and backup withholding taxes, in each case imposed on the recipient as a result of a present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction of the Governmental Authority imposing such tax or any political subdivision thereof or taxing authority therein, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction described in clause (a) above, (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee entitled, at the time of assignment, to receive additional amounts from any Borrower with respect to Indemnified Taxes pursuant to Section 2.15(a) and pursuant to a request by such Borrower under Section 2.17(b) ), any withholding or similar tax that is resulting from any law in effect (including FATCA) on the date such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) would have been entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Loan Parties with respect to any withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.15(a) or (d) any Taxes that are attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.15(e) or Section 2.15(i) , and (e) any taxes that are imposed as a result of any event occurring after the Lender becomes a Lender other than a Change in Law.

Existing Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit that (a) is outstanding on the Effective Date and (b) is listed in Schedule 1.01A .

Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Loans and its LC Exposure at such time under the Facility.

Facility ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01 hereof.

Factored Receivable ” means a Receivable created by or owing to a Borrowing Base Entity that has been factored pursuant to a Permitted Factoring Arrangement.

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor provisions that are substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), and any regulations or official interpretations thereof.

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Financial Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president or chief financial officer of MK Holdings.

 

20


Financing Documents ” means this Agreement (including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto), any Notes evidencing Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Collateral Documents, the Deposit Account Control Agreements, the Tri-Party Notifications, the Wells Factoring Agreement (or any other factoring agreement in connection with a Permitted Factoring Arrangement), the Intercreditor Agreement (or any other intercreditor or subordination agreement), the Inventory Consents, and any other instrument, document or agreement executed or delivered by a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

FIRREA ” means the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, as amended from time to time.

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for any Test Period, the sum of (a) Interest Expense for such Test Period, plus (b) scheduled payments of principal on Indebtedness for borrowed money (excluding intercompany Indebtedness) due and payable during such Test Period, plus (c) any dividends or other distributions paid in cash by MK Holdings pursuant to Section 6.06(e) or (h)  or pursuant to Section 6.06(d)(ii) hereof during such Test Period, plus (d) without duplication of amounts described in the preceding clause (b) , any payments of principal on Indebtedness of a type described in Section 6.01(m)(ii) .

Foreign Collateral Documents ” means the MKE Holdings Security Agreement (Pledge of Receivables), the MKE Holdings Security Agreement (Pledge of Shares), the MKE Security Agreement, the MK Coop Security Agreement, the BV Security Agreement, the Debenture, the Charge Over Shares, the Swiss Collateral Documents, any other Collateral Document or other document entered into in connection therewith or any other agreement governed by the laws of a jurisdiction outside of the United States pursuant to which the Company or any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries shall pledge any assets or other collateral in favor of the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

Foreign Lender ” means any Lender that is not a citizen or resident of the United States, a corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States (or any jurisdiction thereof), or any estate or trust that is subject to federal income taxation regardless of the source of its income. For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

Foreign Pension Plan ” means any material plan, scheme, fund (including any superannuation fund) or other similar material program established, sponsored or maintained outside the United States by MK Holdings or any one or more of its Subsidiaries primarily for the benefit of employees of MK Holdings or such Subsidiaries residing outside the United States, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement or payments to be made upon termination of employment, and which plan is not subject to ERISA or the Code or the laws of Canada.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Foreign Subsidiary Borrower ” means (a) as of the Effective Date, each of MKE, MK Canada and MK Switzerland (collectively, the “ Initial Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers ”), so long as no such Subsidiary has ceased to be a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower pursuant to Section 2.22 and (b) any other Eligible Foreign Subsidiary that becomes a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower pursuant to Section 2.22 , and that has not ceased to be a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower pursuant to such Section.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time, but subject to Section 1.04 hereof.

 

21


Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America or any other nation, or any political subdivision thereof, whether state, provincial or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Guarantee ” of or by any Person (the “ guarantor ”) means, without duplication, any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided , that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Effective Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or Disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations in respect of Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as reasonably determined in good faith by a Financial Officer. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantee Agreement ” means the Second Amended and Restated Guarantee Agreement executed by the Guarantors, dated as of the date hereof, in favor of the Agents, for their own benefit and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, substantially in the form of Exhibit F attached hereto.

Guarantors ” means, collectively, the Company, MKE, MK Canada, MK Switzerland, MK Holdings, MKC, MK Licensing, MK International, Michael Kors Stores (California), Inc., a Delaware corporation, Michael Kors Stores, L.L.C., a New York limited liability company, Michael Kors Retail, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Michael Kors (Europe) Holding Cooperatie U.A., a co-operative with excluded liability ( coöperatie met uitgesloten aansprakelijkheid ) organized and existing under the laws of the Netherlands, Michael Kors (Europe) Holdings B.V., a private limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Curaçao, Michael Kors (UK) Limited, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with registered number 6481234 and any other guarantors added hereafter pursuant to Section 5.11 hereof.

Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law, including any material listed as a hazardous substance under Section 101(14) of CERCLA.

Hedging Contract ” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing

 

22


indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of MK Holdings or its Subsidiaries shall be a Hedging Contract.

House Receivable ” means a Receivable created by or owing to a Borrowing Base Entity that is not a Factored Receivable, a Credit Support Receivable, a Royalty Receivable or a Macy’s Receivable.

Idol Employment Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of July 11, 2011 among MK, MK Holdings, John D. Idol and Sportswear Holdings Limited, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in a manner that is not adverse in any material respect to the interests of the Lenders.

In Transit ”, when used with respect to Inventory, means that such Inventory has left its port of export and has entered the export stream either via the high seas or airborne transport.

Increasing Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20 hereof.

Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid, (d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding current accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business, any earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, and accruals for payroll accrued in the ordinary course of business), (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (g) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (h) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person and obligations in respect of synthetic leases, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (j) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances and (k) all Derivative Obligations; provided that the term “Indebtedness” shall not include (x) deferred or prepaid revenue or (y) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the seller. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include (without duplication) the Indebtedness of any other Person (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. For purposes of determining Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary in respect of any Derivative Obligation at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting or offsetting) that such Loan Party or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Derivative Obligation were terminated at such time.

Indemnified Taxes ” means Taxes that are imposed on or with respect to any payment made by any Loan Parties under this Agreement or any Financing Document, other than Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes.

Initial Foreign Subsidiary Borrower ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Foreign Subsidiary Borrower.”

 

23


Intellectual Property ” means all intellectual and similar property of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries of every kind and nature now owned or hereafter acquired by them, including inventions, designs, patents, copyrights, licenses, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets, confidential or proprietary technical and business information, know-how, show-how or other data or information, software and databases and all embodiments or fixations thereof and related documentation, applications, registrations, issued patents and franchises, and all additions, improvements and accessions to, and books and records describing or used in connection with, any of the foregoing.

Intercreditor Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Assignment of Factoring Proceeds by and among the Company, MK Licensing, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and Wells Fargo, dated as of the date hereof, as such agreement may be amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Interest Election Request ” means a request by the applicable Borrower to convert or continue a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.06 .

Interest Expense ” means, with respect to the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries for any period, the total interest expense of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries during such period determined on a consolidated basis, in accordance with GAAP, and shall in any event include the portion of any Capital Lease Obligation allocable to interest expense.

Interest Payment Date ” means (a) with respect to any Base Rate Loan (other than a Swingline Loan), the first day of each month, (b) with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan or BA Equivalent Loan (other than a Swingline Loan), the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing or a BA Equivalent Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period, and (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be repaid and the Maturity Date.

Interest Period ” means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing or a BA Equivalent Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months thereafter (except as otherwise set forth in Section 2.19(c) hereof); provided , that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing or a BA Equivalent Borrowing, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day (except as otherwise set forth in Section 2.19(c) hereof) and (ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurocurrency Borrowing or a BA Equivalent Borrowing that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period (except as otherwise set forth in Section 2.19(c) hereof). For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

Internal Revenue Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute.

Inventory Consents ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Eligible Inventory”.

 

24


Investments ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.04 hereof.

IPO ” means the initial underwritten public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) of common Equity Interests in the IPO Entity pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act.

IPO Entity ” means, at any time after an IPO, (i) MK Holdings or (ii) a direct or indirect parent entity of MK Holdings, as the case may be, the Equity Interests of which were issued or otherwise sold pursuant to the IPO, provided that, in the case of this clause (ii), immediately following the IPO, MK Holdings is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such IPO Entity and such IPO Entity owns, directly or through its subsidiaries, substantially all the businesses and assets owned or conducted, directly or indirectly, by MK Holdings and its Subsidiaries immediately prior to the IPO.

Issuing Bank ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder. The Issuing Bank may arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.

ITA ” means the Income Tax Act (Canada), as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

JPMEL ” means J.P. Morgan Europe Limited.

LC Disbursement ” means a payment made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank.

LC Exposure ” means, at any time, (a) the sum of (i) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (ii) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Company at such time or converted to Loans under the Facility minus (b) the aggregate undrawn principal amount of outstanding Letters of Credit with respect to which cash collateral has been provided in accordance with Section 2.18(c)(ii) . The LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time; provided that for purposes of determining the amount of the LC Exposure at any such time, any portion of such amount that is denominated in Alternative Currencies shall be included in such amount as the Dollar Equivalent thereof at such time.

Lenders ” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a Lender hereunder pursuant to Section 2.20 or pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lender” includes the Swingline Lender.

Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit (whether a Stand-by Letter of Credit or a Trade Letter of Credit) issued or deemed to have been issued pursuant to this Agreement, including each Existing Letter of Credit.

Letter of Credit Application ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.04(b) hereof.

LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate appearing on, in the case of U.S. Dollars, Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page and, in the case of any Alternative Currency, the appropriate page of such service which displays British Bankers Association

 

25


Interest Settlement Rates for deposits in such Alternative Currency (or, in each case, on any successor or substitute page of such service, or any successor to or substitute for such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to deposits in the relevant Agreed Currency in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to (or, in the case of Loans denominated in Pounds Sterling, on the day of) the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for deposits in the relevant Agreed Currency with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “LIBO Rate” with respect to such Eurocurrency Borrowing for such Interest Period shall be the rate at which deposits in the relevant Agreed Currency in an Equivalent Amount of $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to (or, in the case of Loans denominated in Pounds Sterling, on the day of) the commencement of such Interest Period.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset and (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset.

Loan Parties ” means the Borrowers and the Guarantors.

Loans ” means the Base Rate Loans and Eurocurrency Loans made by the Lenders to the Borrowers pursuant to the Facility. For the avoidance of doubt, Loans shall include Swingline Loans.

Local Time ” means (i) New York City time in the case of a Loan, Borrowing or LC Disbursement denominated in U.S. Dollars and (ii) local time in the case of a Loan, Borrowing or LC Disbursement denominated in an Alternative Currency (it being understood that such local time shall mean Toronto, Canada time in the case of Canadian Loans and, in the case of all other Alternative Currencies, London, England time, in each case, unless otherwise notified by the Administrative Agent).

Macy’s Receivable ” means a Receivable created by or owing to a Borrowing Base Entity for which the Customer is Macy’s, Inc.

Mandatory Costs Rate ” has the meaning assigned in Exhibit O hereto.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, operations, properties or financial condition of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Borrowers and the Guarantors taken as a whole to perform any of their material obligations under this Agreement and the other Financing Documents, taken as a whole, (c) the material rights of or remedies available to the Lenders or one or both of the Agents under this Agreement and the other Financing Documents, taken as a whole, or (d) Collateral Agent’s Lien (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) on any material portion of the Collateral or the priority of such Lien.

Material Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit and other Obligations), or obligations in respect of one or more Derivative Obligations, of any one or more of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $10,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “ principal amount ” of the obligations of a Loan Party or any Subsidiary in respect of any Derivative Obligation at any time shall be the maximum

 

26


aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting or offsetting) that such Loan Party or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Derivative Obligation were terminated at such time.

Material Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that, as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of MK Holdings most recently ended, had total assets in excess of 2.0% of the Consolidated Total Assets of MK Holdings as of such day.

Maturity Date ” means September 15, 2015.

Michael Kors Trademark ” means, collectively, the trademark registrations and applications for registration of trademarks owned by MK Licensing and the other Loan Parties.

MK Canada ” means Michael Kors (Canada) Co., an unlimited liability company incorporated under the laws of the Province of Nova Scotia.

MK Coop Security Agreement ” means that certain Security Agreement (Pledge of Membership and Membership Interest), dated May 27, 2010, between Michael Kors (Europe) Holdings B.V. and Michael Kors International Limited (as pledgors), the Collateral Agent (as pledgee) and Michael Kors (Europe) Holding Cooperatie U.A., as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

MK Holdings ” means Michael Kors Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands company.

MK International ” means Michael Kors International Limited, a British Virgin Islands company.

MK Licensing ” means Michael Kors, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company.

MKC ” means Michael Kors Corporation, a British Virgin Islands company.

MKE ” means Michael Kors (Europe) B.V., a Dutch private limited liability company with its corporate seat in Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

MKE Holdings Security Agreement (Pledge of Receivables) ” means that certain Security Agreement (Pledge of account bank receivables), dated May 27, 2010, between Michael Kors (Europe) Holdings B.V. (as pledgor) and the Collateral Agent (as pledgee), as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

MKE Holdings Security Agreement (Pledge of Shares) ” means the agreement and deed of pledge of shares of Michael Kors (Europe) Holdings B.V., dated May 27, 2010, between Michael Kors Corporation (as pledgor), the Collateral Agent (as pledgee) and Michael Kors (Europe) Holdings B.V., as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

MKE Security Agreement ” means that certain Security Agreement (Pledge of account bank receivables, intra-group receivables, third party receivables and movable assets), dated May 27, 2010, between MKE (as pledgor) and the Collateral Agent (as pledgee), as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

MK Switzerland ” means Michael Kors (Switzerland) GmbH, a wholly-owned (indirect) Subsidiary of the Company organized under the laws of Switzerland.

 

27


Multiemployer Plan ” means a plan within the meaning of section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which any Loan Party, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate has, or had at any time, any obligation to contribute or any liability, including under section 4204 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

Net Amount of Eligible Inventory ” means, at any time, the aggregate value, computed at the lower of cost (on a FIFO basis) and current market value, of Eligible Inventory.

Net Amount of Eligible Receivables ” means, at any time, without duplication, the gross amount of Eligible Receivables at such time less, to the extent included in Eligible Receivables, (i) sales, excise or similar taxes, and (ii) the amount of the Dilution Reserve applicable at such time.

Net Income ” means with respect to the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries for any period, their net income (or loss) calculated in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis (without duplication) for such period; provided that there shall be excluded any income (or loss) of any Person other than MK Holdings or a Subsidiary, but any such income so excluded may be included in such period or any later period to the extent of any cash dividends or distributions actually paid in the relevant period to MK Holdings or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

Net Proceeds ” means (a) with respect to the sale or other disposition of any asset the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate amount received in cash (including any cash received by way of deferred payment pursuant to a note receivable, other non-cash consideration or otherwise, but only as and when such cash is so received) in connection with such sale or other disposition, over (ii) the sum of (A) the amount of any Indebtedness, including, without limitation, the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts in respect of such Indebtedness, which is secured by any such asset or which is required to be, and is, repaid in connection with the sale or other disposition thereof (other than Indebtedness hereunder), (B) the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and fees incurred with respect to legal, investment banking, brokerage, advisor and accounting and other professional fees, sales commissions and disbursements and all other reasonable fees, expenses and charges, in each case actually incurred in connection with such sale or disposition, (C) all income and transfer taxes payable in connection with such sale or other disposition, whether actually paid or estimated to be payable in cash in connection with such disposition or the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions of the proceeds thereof and (D) reserves, required to be established in accordance with GAAP or the definitive agreements relating to such disposition, with respect to such disposition, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations; (b) with respect to the issuance, sale or other disposition of any stock or debt securities the excess of (i) the aggregate amount received in cash (including any cash received by way of deferred payment pursuant to a note receivable, other non-cash consideration or otherwise, but only as and when such cash is so received) in connection with such issuance, sale or other disposition, over (ii) the sum of (A) the reasonable fees, commissions, discounts and other out-of-pocket expenses including related legal, investment banking and accounting fees and disbursements incurred in connection with such issuance, sale or other disposition, and (B) all income and transfer taxes payable in connection with such issuance, sale or other disposition, whether payable at such time or thereafter; and (c) with respect to a Casualty Event, the aggregate amount of proceeds received in cash with respect to such Casualty Event, over the sum of (i) the reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith, (ii) the amount of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder), including, without limitation, the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts in respect of such Indebtedness, secured by any asset affected thereby and required to be, and in fact, repaid in connection therewith and (iii) all income and transfer taxes payable, whether actually paid or estimated to be payable, in connection therewith.

Netherlands Loan Party ” means any Loan Party organized under the laws of the Netherlands.

 

28


Non-Swingline Loan ” means any Loan which is not a Swingline Loan.

Note ” means any of the promissory notes executed pursuant to Section 2.08(e) hereof, as such promissory notes may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Obligations ” means all unpaid principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans, all LC Exposure, all accrued and unpaid fees and all expenses, reimbursements, indemnities and other obligations and indebtedness (including interest and fees accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), obligations and liabilities of any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries to any of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any indemnified party, individually or collectively, existing on the Effective Date or arising thereafter, direct or indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise, arising or incurred under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Documents or in respect of any of the Loans made or reimbursement or other obligations incurred or any of the Letters of Credit or other instruments at any time evidencing any thereof, together with all Derivative Obligations and Banking Services Obligations of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries owing to one or more Lenders or their respective Affiliates.

Other Taxes ” means any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Financing Document.

Overnight LIBO ” means, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, whether such Loan or the Loan comprising such Borrowing accrues interest at a rate determined by reference to the Overnight LIBO Rate.

Overnight LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Overnight LIBO Borrowing or overdue amount, (a) the rate of interest per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) at which overnight deposits in the relevant Alternative Currency or U.S. Dollars, as applicable, in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined, would be offered for such day by a branch or Affiliate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in the London interbank market for such currency to major banks in the London interbank market plus (b) the Mandatory Costs Rate.

Parallel Debt ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VIII hereof.

Parent ” means, with respect to any Lender, any Person as to which such Lender is, directly or indirectly, a subsidiary.

Participant ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(c) hereof.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

Permanent Commitment Reductions ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.07(b) hereof.

Permits ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.08(i) hereof.

 

29


Permitted Acquisition ” means the purchase or other acquisition, by merger, exclusive license or otherwise, by MK Holdings or any Subsidiary of all or substantially all of the outstanding Equity Interests in, or all or substantially all the assets of (or all or substantially all the assets constituting a business unit, division, product line or line of business of) any other Person (any such purchase or acquisition, an “ Acquisition ”); provided that:

(a) in the case of any Acquisition of Equity Interests in a Person, such Person, upon the consummation of such acquisition, will be a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of MK Holdings (including as a result of a merger or consolidation between any Subsidiary of MK Holdings and such Person);

(b) all transactions related thereto are consummated in accordance with applicable law in all material respects;

(c) the business of such Person, or such assets, as the case may be, constitutes a business permitted by Section 6.03(b) ;

(d) with respect to each such Acquisition, all actions required to be taken with respect to such newly created or acquired Subsidiary (including each subsidiary thereof) or assets in order to satisfy the requirements set forth in Section 5.11 to the extent applicable shall have been taken (or arrangements for the taking of such actions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent shall have been made);

(e) the aggregate consideration paid by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries (including any assumption of Indebtedness in connection with all such Acquisitions, which may be subsequently reduced by an amount equal to the Net Proceeds received by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries from any Disposition on account of any Resale Transaction with respect to any Permitted Acquisition, and including any nonrecoupable advance payment for an exclusive license, but excluding any recoupable advances and periodic royalty or other license payments) for all Permitted Acquisitions on and after the Effective Date shall not exceed $50,000,000 plus , in the case of any Acquisition made in reliance on Section 6.04(n) , (p)  and/or (q) , all or any portion of the amount of the baskets provided in such clauses and utilized in order to make such Acquisition;

(f) after giving effect to any such Acquisition and any incurrence or assumption of Indebtedness in connection therewith, (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) the Loan Parties shall be in compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 6.10 on a Pro Forma Basis as of the end of the most recently completed Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) ; and

(g) if the aggregate consideration paid in respect of such Acquisition (determined as described in clause (e) above) exceeds $10,000,000, the Company shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer certifying that all the requirements set forth in this definition have been satisfied with respect to such purchase or other acquisition, together with reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating satisfaction of the requirement set forth in clause (f) above.

Permitted Encumbrances ” means:

(a) Liens imposed by law for taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.07 ;

(b) (i) carriers’, warehousemen’s, construction, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, landlord’s and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business

 

30


and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.07 and (ii) landlord’s Liens arising by operation of law which are subordinated to the Liens in favor of the Lenders;

(c) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business (i) in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations or letters of credit or guarantees issued in respect thereof or (ii) securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary;

(d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) in each case in the ordinary course of business or letters of credit or guarantees issued in respect thereof;

(e) judgment Liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (j) of Article VII;

(f) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property (i) imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) in the case of any real property subject to a mortgage, disclosed in the title insurance policy issued to, and reasonably approved by, the Administrative Agent;

(g) Liens arising from or evidenced by UCC or PPSA financing statements filed by lessors of property under leases permitted by, or not restricted by, this Agreement;

(h) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods so long as such Liens attach only to the imported goods;

(i) Liens in favor of vendors of goods arising as a matter of law securing the payment of the purchase price therefor so long as such Liens attach only to the purchased goods;

(j) Liens in favor of Wells Fargo or another factor pursuant to a Permitted Factoring Arrangement;

(k) Liens of depositary banks and securities intermediaries maintaining deposit accounts or investment accounts for any Loan Party in the ordinary course of business; and

(l) Liens arising under licensing agreements entered into by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary permitted by Section 6.03(c)(i) ;

provided that the term “Permitted Encumbrances” shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01 hereof.

Permitted Equity Issuance ” means any sale or issuance of any Qualified Equity Interests of MK Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of MK Holdings (in which case the Net Proceeds

 

31


therefrom shall have been received by MK Holdings as cash common equity), in each case to the extent not prohibited hereunder.

Permitted Factoring Arrangement ” means the sale by a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries of Receivables to (i) Wells Fargo pursuant to (A) that certain Factoring Agreement dated as of March 2, 2010, by and among the Company, MK Licensing and Wells Fargo, or (B) any other factoring agreement entered into between a Loan Party and Wells Fargo, substantially in the form of the agreement described in clause (A), as each such agreement may be amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time (in each instance to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agents) (collectively, the “ Wells Fargo Factoring Agreement ”); provided that any such factoring arrangement with Wells Fargo shall be and remain subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, and (ii) the factor under any other factoring agreement entered into after the date hereof by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary for the factoring of Receivables with respect to which the Customer is located outside of the United States, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time (in each instance to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agents); provided that any such factoring arrangement shall be and remain subject to an intercreditor or subordination agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agents.

Permitted Holder ” means each of (i) Sportswear Holdings Limited, (ii) Michael B. Kors, (iii) John D. Idol and (iv) Related Persons of any of the foregoing.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(b) investments in commercial paper maturing within 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, a rating of at least A-1 from Standard & Poor’s or P-1 from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.;

(c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any domestic or foreign commercial bank organized which has a combined capital and sur plus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000;

(d) investments in money market or other similar highly liquid funds having portfolio assets in excess of $2,000,000,000 that comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and are rated A-1 or better by Standard & Poor’s or P-1 or better by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.;

(e) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (c) above;

(f) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least A by Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; and

 

32


with respect to any Person organized or conducting operations outside of the United States, (i) investments denominated in the currency of the jurisdiction in which such Person is organized or conducting business which are similar to the items specified in clauses (a) through (f) above (other than the nationality of the governmental or non-governmental issuer or counterparty involved) and (ii) other short term investments made in accordance with such Person’s normal investment practices for cash management in investments substantially analogous to the foregoing investments specified in clauses (a) through (f) above.

Permitted Refinancing ” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus fees and expenses incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, (b) other than with respect to Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(c) Indebtedness resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (c) immediately after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (d) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is Subordinated Indebtedness, Indebtedness resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (e) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(b) or (j) , the terms and conditions (including, if applicable, as to collateral but excluding as to interest rate (including whether such interest is payable in cash or in kind) and redemption premium) of Indebtedness resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension are not, taken as a whole, materially less favorable to the Loan Parties or the Lenders than the terms and conditions of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Company delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such resulting Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirements shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy such requirements unless the Administrative Agent shall object in writing within five (5) Business Days after its receipt of such certificate and (f) the primary obligor in respect of, and the Persons (if any) that Guarantee, Indebtedness resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension are the primary obligor in respect of, and Persons (if any) that Guaranteed, respectively, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that a Permitted Refinancing may constitute a portion of an issuance of Indebtedness in excess of the amount of such Permitted Refinancing; provided that such excess amount is otherwise permitted to be incurred under Section 6.01 .

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

33


Pledge and Security Agreement ” means, the Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, the Guarantors and the Agents, for their own benefit and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, substantially in the form of Exhibit G attached hereto.

Pounds Sterling ” means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

PPSA ” means the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario), as amended from time to time (or any successor statute) or similar legislation of any other jurisdiction in Canada the laws of which are required by such legislation to be applied in connection with the issue, perfection, enforcement, validity or effect of security interests.

Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.

Principal Obligations ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VIII hereof.

Pro Forma Basis ” means, with respect to the covenant set forth in Section 6.10 for any Test Period in connection with any event, that such covenant shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the applicable Test Period to (i) such event as if it happened on the first day of such Test Period and (ii) the incurrence or repayment or redemption of any Indebtedness by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary occurring at any time subsequent to the last day of the applicable Test Period and on or prior to the date of determination, as if such incurrence, repayment or redemption, as the case may be, occurred on the first day of such Test Period (it being understood that pro forma adjustments to Consolidated EBITDA in connection with Permitted Acquisitions shall be permitted in the manner described in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA).

Qualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests.

Receivables ” means and includes all of a Person’s accounts, instruments, documents, chattel paper and general intangibles, whether secured or unsecured, whether now existing or hereafter created or arising, and whether or not specifically assigned to the Collateral Agent for its own benefit and/or the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties.

Reference Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Available Amount”.

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(b)(iv) hereof.

Regulation ” means the Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings.

Regulation U ” means Regulation U of the Board, as the same is from time to time in effect, and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

 

34


Related Person ” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any spouse or child (whether lineal or adopted) of an individual Person, (ii) any estate, trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners or owners of which consist solely of one or more of the applicable Permitted Holders and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (i) or this clause (ii), or (iii) any executor, administrator, trustee, manager, director or other similar fiduciary of any Person referred to in the immediately preceding clause (ii), acting solely in such capacity.

Reportable Event ” means any reportable event, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived).

Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders holding claims representing greater than 50% of the aggregate of the unpaid principal amount of Loans, LC Exposure and unused Commitments, all after giving effect to the terms of Section 2.16(e) hereof.

Resale Transaction ” means the Disposition by the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries of any asset acquired by it after the date hereof pursuant to an Investment or Permitted Acquisition; provided , however , that, within 365 days following the consummation of such Investment or Permitted Acquisition, the Administrative Agent receives written notice from the Company identifying such asset (with reasonable specificity) and stating that such asset is being held for Disposition in a Resale Transaction.

Reset Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.06 hereof.

Responsible Officer ” means, (a) with respect to the Company, the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer or corporate controller, and with respect to any other Loan Party organized under the laws of a State within the United States, any similar officer or Person performing similar functions of such Loan Party and (b) with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, the officers set forth on Schedule 1.01B , as such Schedule may be supplemented by a supplemental schedule provided pursuant to Section 2.22 hereof or modified from time to time by the Company by written notice to the Administrative Agent, and with respect to any other Loan Party that is not organized under the laws of a State within the United States, any similar officer or Person performing similar functions of such Loan Party.

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in a Loan Party or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests.

Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page ” means the display page currently so designated on the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service (or such other page as may replace that page on that service for the purpose of displaying comparable rates or prices).

Revolving Credit Commitment Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereof.

Royalty Receivable ” means a Receivable created by or owing to a Borrowing Base Entity that arising from the licensing of Intellectual Property.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

 

35


Secured Parties ” means the holders of the Obligations from time to time and shall include (i) each Lender and the Issuing Bank in respect of its Loans and LC Exposure respectively, (ii) the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders in respect of all other present and future obligations and liabilities of the Company and each Subsidiary of every type and description arising under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Financing Document, (iii) each Lender and Affiliate of such Lender in respect of Derivative Obligations and Banking Services Agreements entered into with such Person by the Company or any Subsidiary, (iv) each indemnified party under Section 9.03 in respect of the obligations and liabilities of the Borrowers to such Person hereunder and under the other Financing Documents, and (v) their respective successors and (in the case of a Lender, permitted) transferees and assigns.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Security Interests ” means the security interests in the Collateral granted under the Collateral Documents to secure the Obligations.

Settlement ” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2.19(c) hereof.

Settlement Date ” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2.19(c) hereof.

Settlement Request Date ” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2.19(c) hereof.

Shareholders Agreement ” means the Shareholders Agreement dated as of July 11, 2011 among MK Holdings and the shareholders of MK Holdings party thereto, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in a manner that is not adverse in any material respect to the interests of the Lenders.

Specified Audit ” means a collateral audit (the scope and substance of which shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Agents, but which shall include, without limitation, an appraisal of the Michael Kors Trademark) that shall occur no later than December 31, 2011 (or such later date as may be agreed to by the Agents).

Stand-by LC Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn Dollar Amount of all outstanding Stand-by Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate Dollar Amount of all LC Disbursements with respect to Stand-by Letters of Credit that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of any Borrower at such time.

Stand-by Letter of Credit ” means a Letter of Credit other than a Trade Letter of Credit.

Statutory Reserve Rate ” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve, liquid asset, fees or similar requirements (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves or other requirements) established by any central bank, monetary authority, the Board, the Financial Services Authority, the European Central Bank or other Governmental Authority for any category of deposits or liabilities customarily used to fund loans in the applicable currency, expressed in the case of each such requirement as a decimal. Such reserve, liquid asset, fees or similar requirements shall, in the case of U.S. Dollar denominated Loans, include those imposed pursuant to Regulation D of the Board. Eurocurrency Loans shall be deemed to be subject to such reserve, liquid asset, fee or similar requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under any applicable law, rule or regulation, including Regulation D of the

 

36


Board. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve, liquid asset or similar requirement.

Store ” means any retail store (which includes any real property, leasehold interest, fixtures, equipment, inventory and other property related thereto) operated, or to be operated, by any Loan Party or any of their Subsidiaries.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary the payment of which is subordinated to payment of the obligations under the Financing Documents pursuant to a subordination agreement (including subordination terms embedded in the agreement, indenture or instrument evidencing such Indebtedness) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held.

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of any Loan Party now existing or hereafter established.

Swingline Exposure ” means, at any time, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Swingline Loans. The Swingline Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total Swingline Exposure at such time; provided that for purposes of determining the amount of the Swingline Exposure at any such time, any portion of such amount that is denominated in Alternative Currencies shall be included in such amount as the Dollar Equivalent thereof at such time.

Swingline Lender ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.

Swingline Loan ” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2.19(a) hereof.

Swiss Borrower ” means (i) MK Switzerland and (ii) any other Borrower incorporated in Switzerland.

Swiss Collateral Documents ” means the Swiss Quota Pledge Agreement and any Swiss claims assignment agreement and any other Collateral Document granting Security Interests under Swiss law.

Swiss Francs ” means the lawful currency of Switzerland.

Swiss Guidelines ” means the guidelines S-02.122.1 in relation to bonds of April 1999 as issued by the Swiss Federal Tax Administration (Merkblatt S-02.122.1 vom April 1999 betreffend “Obligationen”), S-02.122.2 in relation to customer credit balances of April 1999 as issued by the Swiss Federal Tax Administration (Merkblatt S-02.122.2 vom April 1999 betreffend Kundenguthaben), S-02.123 in relation to inter bank transactions of 22 September 1986 betreffend Zinsen von Bankguthaben, deren Gläubiger Banken sind (Interbankguthaben) and S.02.128 in relation to syndicated loans as issued by the Swiss Federal Tax Administration (Merkblatt S-02.128 vom Januar 2000 betreffend die steuerliche Behandlung von Konsortialdarlehen, Schuldscheindarlehen, Wechseln und Unterbeteiligungen), S-02.130.1 in relation to accounts receivable of Swiss debtors of April 1999 (Merkblatt S-02.130.1 vom

 

37


April 1999 “Geldmarktpapiere und Buchforderungen inländischer Schuldner”), and the circular letter No. 15 (1-015-DVS-2007) of 7 February 2007 in relation to bonds and derivative financial instruments as subject matter of taxation of Swiss federal income tax, Swiss federal withholding tax and Swiss federal stamp taxes (Kreisschreiben Nr. 15 “Obligationen und derivative Finanzinstrumente als Gegenstand der direkten Bundessteuer, der Verrechnungssteuer und der Stempelabgaben” vom 7. February 2007) as issued, and as amended or replaced from time to time, by the Swiss Federal Tax Administration or as substituted or superseded and overruled by any law, statute, ordinance, regulation, court decision or the like.

Swiss Insolvency Event ” means any one or more of the following with respect to any Swiss Borrower or Swiss Subsidiary: it is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due or otherwise is, or admits that it is, insolvent ( zahlungsunfähig ), suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness or files a petition for the opening of bankruptcy proceedings because of insolvency ( Zahlungsunfähigkeit ) pursuant to Section 191(1) of the Swiss Federal Law Concerning Debt Enforcement and Bankruptcy ( Bundesgesetz über Schuldbetreibung und Konkurs ).

Swiss Non-Bank Rules ” means the Swiss Ten Non-Bank Rule and the Swiss Twenty Non-Bank Rule.

Swiss Non-Qualifying Bank ” means a financial institution or other entity which does not qualify as a Swiss Qualifying Bank.

Swiss Qualifying Bank ” means any person or entity which effectively conducts banking activities with its own infrastructure and staff as its principal purpose and which is recognized as a bank by the banking laws in force in the jurisdiction of incorporation or, if acting through a branch, in the jurisdiction of such branch all in accordance with the Swiss Guidelines.

Swiss Quota Pledge Agreement ” means the Swiss law governed pledge agreement over the quotas in MK Switzerland, dated as of the date hereof, by and among MKE and the Secured Parties represented for all purposes thereunder by the Collateral Agent as direct representative ( direkter Stellvertreter ), as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Swiss Stamp Tax ” means any taxes imposed under the Swiss Federal Act on Stamp Taxes (Bundesgesetz über die Stempelabgaben).

Swiss Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary incorporated in Switzerland.

Swiss Ten Non-Bank Rule ” means the rule that the aggregate number of creditors (other than Swiss Qualifying Banks) of any Swiss Borrower under this Agreement must not at any time exceed 10 (ten), all in accordance with the Swiss Guidelines.

Swiss Twenty Non-Bank Rule ” means the rule that the aggregate number of creditors (other than Swiss Qualifying Banks) of any Swiss Borrower under all outstanding borrowings (including under this Agreement), such as loans, facilities and private placements, made or deemed to be made by such Swiss Borrower must not at any time exceed 20 (twenty), all in accordance with the Swiss Guidelines and being understood that for purposes of this Agreement the maximum number of 10 (ten) Swiss Non-Qualifying Banks permitted under this Agreement shall be taken into account irrespective of whether or not 10 (ten) Swiss Non-Qualifying Banks do so participate at any given time.

 

38


Swiss Withholding Tax” means the tax levied pursuant to the Swiss Federal Act on Withholding Tax (Bundesgesetz über die Verrechnungssteuer).

Taxes ” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments, deductions, charges or withholdings (including backup withholding) imposed by any Governmental Authority.

Tenant Improvements ” means the amount of any cash proceeds actually received by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary from its landlord as a contribution towards tenant improvements made by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary on the related leased premises.

Termination Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the first paragraph of Article V hereof.

Test Period ” means, as of any date of determination, the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of MK Holdings most recently ended on or prior to such date.

Trade Letter of Credit ” means any Letter of Credit that (a) is issued in support of trade obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and (b) includes, as a condition to drawing thereunder, the presentation to the Issuing Bank of negotiable bills of lading, invoices and related documents sufficient, in the reasonable judgment of the Issuing Bank, to create a valid and perfected first priority security interest in the goods covered thereby.

Transactions ” means the execution, delivery and performance by each of the Loan Parties of the Financing Documents to which it is to be a party, the borrowing of Loans, the use of the proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder.

Tri-Party Notifications ” means the notifications, substantially in the form of Exhibit K hereto or in any other form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, sent by the Company or any other applicable Loan Party to its third party payors notifying such third party payors of the account to which such payor should remit payments in respect of any Receivables or other amounts or property owed by such third party payors to the Company or such applicable Loan Party.

Type ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the Base Rate, the Canadian Prime Rate or the BA Rate.

U.S. Dollars ” or “ $ ” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

UK Insolvency Event ” means:

(a) a UK Relevant Entity is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its material debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its material indebtedness;

(b) the value of the assets of any UK Relevant Entity is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities);

(c) a moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any UK Relevant Entity;

 

39


(d) any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

(i) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganization (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any UK Relevant Entity;

(ii) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any UK Relevant Entity;

(iii) the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any UK Relevant Entity, or all or substantially all of its assets; or

(iv) enforcement of any Lien over any assets of any UK Relevant Entity,

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction, save that this paragraph (d) shall not apply to any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 90 days of commencement; and

(e) any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of a UK Relevant Entity, except where such action does not, and could not reasonably be expected to, have a Material Adverse Effect.

UK Loan Party ” means any Loan Party incorporated under the laws of England and Wales.

UK Relevant Entity ” means any UK Loan Party or any Loan Party capable of becoming subject of an order for winding-up or administration under the Insolvency Act 1986 of the United Kingdom.

Unfunded Current Liability ” means, with respect to a Plan, the amount, if any, by which the actuarial present value of the accumulated plan benefits under the Plan as of the close of its most recent plan year exceeds the then current fair market value of the assets allocable thereto, each determined in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87, based upon the actuarial assumptions used by the Plan’s actuary in the most recent annual valuation of the Plan.

Voting Agreement ” means the Voting and Lock-up Agreement dated as of July 11, 2011 among MK Holdings and the shareholders of MK Holdings party thereto, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in a manner that is not adverse in any material respect to the interests of the Lenders.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wells Fargo ” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (successor by merger to Wells Fargo Trade Capital, LLC), in its capacity as factor under the Wells Fargo Factoring Agreement.

 

40


Wells Fargo Factoring Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Permitted Factoring Arrangement”.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person at any date, a subsidiary of such Person of which securities or other ownership interests representing 100% of the Equity Interests (other than (a) directors’ qualifying shares and (b) nominal shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable law) are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held by such Person or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Withdrawal Liability ” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

Yen ” means the lawful currency of Japan.

Section 1.02. Classification of Loans and Borrowings . For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Type ( e.g. , a “Eurocurrency Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Type ( e.g. , a “Base Rate Borrowing”).

Section 1.03. Terms Generally; Québec Interpretation . (a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” The word “law” shall be construed as referring to all statutes, rules, regulations, codes and other laws (including official rulings and interpretations thereunder having the force of law or with which affected Persons customarily comply), and all judgments, orders and decrees, of all Governmental Authorities. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any definition of or reference to any statute, rule or regulation shall be construed as referring thereto as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (including by succession of comparable successor laws), (c) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns (subject to any restrictions on assignment set forth herein) and, in the case of any Governmental Authority, any other Governmental Authority that shall have succeeded to any or all functions thereof, (d) the words “herein”, “hereof’ and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (e) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (f) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

(b) For purposes of any assets, liabilities or entities located in the Province of Québec and for all other purposes pursuant to which the interpretation or construction of this Agreement may be subject to the laws of the Province of Québec or a court or tribunal exercising jurisdiction in the Province of Québec, (i) “personal property” shall include “movable property”, (ii) “real property” or “real estate” shall include “immovable property”, (iii) “tangible property” or “tangible assets” shall include “corporeal property”, (iv) “intangible property” or “intangible assets”

 

41


shall include “incorporeal property”, (v) “security interest”, “mortgage” and “lien” shall include a “hypothec”, “right of retention”, “prior claim” and a resolutory clause, (vi) all references to filing, perfection, priority, remedies, registering or recording under the UCC or a PPSA shall include publication under the Civil Code of Québec , (vii) all references to “perfection” of or a “perfected” lien or security interest shall include a reference to an “opposable” or “set up” lien or security interest as against third parties, (viii) any “right of offset”, “right of set-off” or similar expression shall include a “right of compensation”, (ix) “goods” shall include “corporeal movable property” other than chattel paper, documents of title, instruments, money and securities, (x) an “agent” shall include a “mandatary”, (xi) “construction liens” shall include “legal hypothecs”, (xii) “joint and several” shall include “solidary”, (xiii) “gross negligence or wilful misconduct” shall be deemed to be “intentional or gross fault”, (xiv) “beneficial ownership” shall include “ownership on behalf of another as mandatary”, (xv) “easement” shall include “servitude”, (xvi) “priority” shall include “prior claim”, (xvii) “survey” shall include “certificate of location and plan”, (xviii) “state” shall include “province”, (xix) “fee simple title” shall include “absolute ownership” and (xx) “accounts” shall include “claims”. The parties hereto confirm that it is their wish that this Agreement and any other document executed in connection with the transactions contemplated herein be drawn up in the English language only and that all other documents contemplated thereunder or relating thereto, including notices, may also be drawn up in the English language only. Les parties aux présentes confirment que c’est leur volonté que cette convention et les autres documents de crédit soient rédigés en langue anglaise seulement et que tous les documents, y compris tous avis, envisagés par cette convention et les autres documents peuvent être rédigés en langue anglaise seulement.

Section 1.04. Accounting Terms; GAAP . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Company notifies the Administrative Agent that the Company requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Company that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made (i) without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10-25 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Company or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein, (ii) without giving effect to any treatment of Indebtedness in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Indebtedness in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Indebtedness shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof and (iii) such that the determination of whether a lease constitutes a capital lease or an operating lease, and whether obligations arising under a lease are required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of the lessee thereunder and/or recognized as interest expense, shall be determined by reference to GAAP as in effect on the Effective Date.

Section 1.05. Amendment and Restatement of the Original Agreement; Reaffirmation of Continuing Loan Documents .

(a) The parties to this Agreement agree that, upon (i) the execution and delivery by each of the parties hereto of this Agreement and (ii) satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 ,

 

42


the terms and provisions of the Original Agreement shall be and hereby are amended and restated in their entirety by the terms and provisions of this Agreement. This Agreement is not intended to and shall not constitute a novation. All Loans made and Obligations incurred under the Original Agreement which are outstanding on the Effective Date shall continue as Loans and Obligations under (and shall be governed by the terms of) this Agreement and the other Financing Documents. Without limiting the foregoing, upon the effectiveness hereof: (a) all references in the “Financing Documents” (as defined in the Original Agreement) to the “Administrative Agent”, the “Collateral Agent”, the “Credit Agreement” and the “Financing Documents” shall be deemed to refer to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, this Agreement and the Financing Documents, (b) the Existing Letters of Credit which remain outstanding on the Effective Date shall continue as Letters of Credit under (and shall be governed by the terms of) this Agreement, (c) all obligations constituting “Obligations” with any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender which are outstanding on the Effective Date shall continue as Obligations under this Agreement and the other Financing Documents, (d) the Administrative Agent shall make such reallocations, sales, assignments or other relevant actions in respect of each Lender’s credit and loan exposure under the Original Agreement as are necessary in order that each such Lender’s Exposure hereunder reflects such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the outstanding aggregate Exposures on the Effective Date, and (e) the Company hereby agrees to compensate each Lender for any and all losses, costs and expenses incurred by such Lender in connection with the sale and assignment of any Eurocurrency Loans (including the “Eurocurrency Loans” under the Original Agreement) and such reallocation described above, in each case on the terms and in the manner set forth in Section 2.14 hereof.

(b) Without limiting the foregoing or any similar provision in any Financing Document, each of the Loan Parties, as debtor, grantor, pledgor, guarantor, or another similar capacity in which such Loan Party grants liens or security interests in its properties or otherwise acts as a guarantor, joint or several obligor or other accommodation party, as the case may be, in each case under the Continuing Loan Documents (as defined below), hereby each (i) ratifies and reaffirms all of its payment and performance obligations, contingent or otherwise, under each of the Continuing Loan Documents to which it is a party, (b) to the extent such Loan Party granted liens on or security interests in any of its properties pursuant to any of the Continuing Loan Documents, hereby ratifies and reaffirms such grant of security (and, without limitation, any filings made in connection therewith) and confirms that such liens and security interests continue to secure the Obligations, including, without limitation, all additional Obligations resulting from or incurred pursuant to this Agreement and (c) to the extent such Loan Party guaranteed, was jointly or severally liable, or provided other accommodations with respect to, the Obligations or any portion thereof pursuant to any of the Continuing Loan Documents, hereby ratifies and reaffirms such guaranties, liabilities and other accommodations. As used herein, “ Continuing Loan Documents ” means all documents, instruments, mortgages, notes and other agreements executed prior to the Effective Date in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement (as such documents, instruments, mortgages, notes and other agreements may have been amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the Existing Date); provided , however , that “Continuing Loan Documents” shall not include the Existing Credit Agreement or any other documents, instruments, mortgages, notes or other agreements executed in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement that are being amended and restated as of the date hereof.

Section 1.06. Exchange Rates . (a) Not later than 1:00 P.M., Local Time, on each Calculation Date, the Administrative Agent shall (i) determine the Exchange Rate as of such Calculation Date for each Alternative Currency in which a Loan is then outstanding and (ii) give notice thereof to the Company. The Exchange Rates so determined shall become effective on the first Business Day immediately following the relevant Calculation Date (a “ Reset Date ”) and shall remain effective until the next succeeding Reset Date.

 

43


Not later than 2:00 P.M., Local Time, on each Reset Date with respect to the Commitments to make Loans denominated in any Alternative Currency, the Administrative Agent shall (i) determine the aggregate amount of such Loans and LC Exposure in U.S. Dollars on such date (after giving effect to any such Loans or Letters of Credit denominated in such Alternative Currency under the Commitments to be made or issued in connection with such determination), and (ii) notify the Company of such determination.

ARTICLE II

The Credits

Section 2.01. Commitments . Prior to the Effective Date, certain loans were previously made to the Company and MKE under the Original Agreement which remain outstanding as of the date of this Agreement (such outstanding loans being hereinafter referred to as the “ Existing Loans ”). Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company, MKE and each of the Lenders agree that on the Effective Date but subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.01 and the reallocation and other transactions described in Section 1.05 , the Existing Loans shall be reevidenced as Loans under this Agreement and the terms of the Existing Loans shall be restated in their entirety and shall be evidenced by this Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender agrees to make Loans to the Borrowers in Agreed Currencies (the “ Facility ”) from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in such Lender’s Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Commitment. In addition, (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Loans of all Lenders denominated in an Alternative Currency plus all other Exposure of the Lenders denominated in an Alternative Currency shall not exceed at any time the Alternative Currency Sublimit; and (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans and the LC Exposure at any time hereunder shall not exceed the lesser of (A) the Aggregate Commitment and (B) the Borrowing Base at such time, minus (in the case of the foregoing clause (A) or (B)) the Availability Reserves. The Availability of the Facility will be computed weekly (or, upon the continuance of an Event of Default, more often as may reasonably be requested by the Administrative Agent) on the Borrowing Base Certificate. If by reason of any subsequent appraisals or audits conducted pursuant to Section 5.04 hereof, net recovery values of Collateral have declined, the Collateral Agent shall, following such appraisals or audits, in good faith and in accordance with its customary practices, reduce the effective advance rates (subject to further adjustments, downward or upward (but not above those in effect on the Effective Date)) by reducing the net recovery value of Eligible Inventory used in the calculation of the Borrowing Base consistent with the results of such subsequent appraisals or audits. Subject to the foregoing and within the foregoing limits, the Borrowers may borrow, repay (or prepay) and reborrow Loans, on and after the date hereof through the Availability Period, subject to the terms, provisions and limitations set forth herein, including the requirement that no Loan shall be made hereunder if the amount thereof exceeds the Availability at such time (in each case, after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of such Loan). For purposes of this Section, “net recovery value” means the estimated net proceeds which could reasonably be realized from the liquidation of the Collateral under an orderly liquidation and going-out-of-business and/or store closing sale basis, given a reasonable period of time to find purchaser(s), with the seller compelled to sell.

Section 2.02. Loans and Borrowings . (a) Each Loan (other than a Swingline Loan) shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required. Any Swingline Loan shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.19 hereof.

 

44


(b) Subject to Section 2.06 hereof, (i) each Borrowing (other than any Canadian Borrowing) shall be comprised entirely of Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Loans as the relevant Borrower may request in accordance herewith; provided that each Base Rate Loan shall only be made in U.S. Dollars and shall only be made to the Company and (ii) each Canadian Borrowing shall be made only to a Canadian Borrower and shall be comprised entirely of Canadian Base Rate Loans or BA Equivalent Loans as such Canadian Borrower may request in accordance herewith. Each Lender at its option may make any Canadian Base Rate Loan, Eurocurrency Loan or BA Equivalent Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan (and in the case of an Affiliate, the provisions of Sections 2.14 , 2.15 , 2.16 and 2.17 shall apply to such Affiliate to the same extent as to such Lender); provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of such Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurocurrency Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in a minimum amount of $2,000,000 (or, if such Borrowing is denominated in an Alternative Currency, 2,000,000 units of such currency) and an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $500,000 (or, if such Borrowing is denominated in an Alternative Currency, 500,000 units of such currency). At the commencement of each Interest Period for any BA Equivalent Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of C$500,000 and not less than C$2,000,000. At the time that each Base Rate Borrowing or Canadian Base Rate Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 or C$1,000,000, as the case may be, and an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $250,000 or C$250,000, as the case may be (except that the foregoing limitation shall not be applicable to the extent that the proceeds of such Borrowing are requested, or deemed to be requested, to be disbursed to such Borrower’s loan account maintained with the Administrative Agent); provided that a Base Rate Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the total Commitments of all Lenders (not exceeding the Alternative Currency Sublimit) or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.04(e) hereof. Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of ten (10) in the aggregate for Eurocurrency Borrowings and BA Equivalent Borrowings outstanding.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Borrower shall be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date.

(e) The initial borrowing from any Lender to MKE shall at all times exceed €100,000 (or its equivalent in another currency).

Section 2.03. Requests for Borrowings . To request a Borrowing, the applicable Borrower, or the Company on behalf of the applicable Borrower, shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request (a) by irrevocable written notice (via a written Borrowing Request in substantially the form attached as Exhibit D hereto (or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) and signed by the applicable Borrower, or the Company on behalf of the applicable Borrower, promptly followed by telephonic confirmation of such request) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing or BA Equivalent Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, Local Time, three (3) Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing, (b) by telephone in the case of a Base Rate Borrowing, including a Base Rate Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.04(e) hereof, not later than 12:00 p.m., Local Time, on the same Business Day of the proposed Borrowing, (c) by telephone in the case of a Canadian Base Rate Borrowing, not later than 12:00 p.m., Local Time, one (1) Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Borrowing or (d) by irrevocable written notice (via a written Borrowing Request in substantially the form attached as Exhibit D hereto (or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) and signed by the applicable Borrower, or the

 

45


Company on behalf of the applicable Borrower, promptly followed by telephonic confirmation of such request) in the case of an Overnight LIBO Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement in an Agreed Currency or in respect of a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower as contemplated by Section 2.04(e) hereof, not later than 12:00 p.m., Local Time, on the same Business Day of the proposed Borrowing. Each such Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and if given by telephone shall be confirmed promptly in writing by telecopy or electronic mail to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request substantially in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto and signed by an authorized signer of the applicable Borrower, or the Company on behalf of the applicable Borrower. In the case of a Borrowing denominated in any Alternative Currency, the applicable Borrower shall also notify JPMEL of such request by writing at the same time that such Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent pursuant to (a) or (b) above, as applicable. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02 hereof:

(a) the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;

(b) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(c) whether such Borrowing is to be a Base Rate Borrowing or a Eurocurrency Borrowing (or, in the case of a Canadian Borrowing, a Canadian Base Rate Borrowing or a BA Equivalent Borrowing);

(d) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Agreed Currency and initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”;

(e) in the case of a BA Equivalent Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”;

(f) the location and number of such Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.05 ; and

(g) whether such Borrowing is to be in U.S. Dollars or in an Alternative Currency.

If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified, then (i) in the case of a Borrowing denominated in U.S. Dollars to the Company, the requested Borrowing shall be a Base Rate Borrowing and (ii) in the case of a Canadian Borrowing to a Canadian Borrower, the requested Borrowing shall be a Canadian Base Rate Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurocurrency Borrowing or BA Equivalent Borrowing, then the relevant Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

Section 2.04. Letters of Credit . (a)  General . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company or any Subsidiary may request the issuance of Letters of Credit for its own account or in the name of any other Loan Party or a Subsidiary, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period. All Letters of Credit, including those opened by any Subsidiary or for the account of a Loan Party other than the Company, or a Subsidiary, will be Obligations of the Company. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Company to, or entered into by the Company with, the Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control. Each Letter of

 

46


Credit may be denominated in U.S. Dollars or an Alternative Currency. The Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed to be “Letters of Credit” issued on the Effective Date for all purposes of the Financing Documents.

(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions . To request the issuance of a Trade Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Trade Letter of Credit), the Company or any Subsidiary shall transmit by electronic communication to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Trade Letter of Credit, or identifying the Trade Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Trade Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section), the amount of such Trade Letter of Credit, the Agreed Currency applicable thereto, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Trade Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms of the Issuing Bank’s standard form Continuing Agreement for Commercial and Standby Letters of Credit, attached hereto as Exhibit M (the “ Letter of Credit Application ”). To request the issuance of a Stand-by Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding stand-by Letter of Credit), the Company shall transmit by electronic communication to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Stand-by Letter of Credit, or identifying the Stand-by Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Stand-by Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section), the amount of such Stand-by Letter of Credit, the Agreed Currency applicable thereto, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Stand-by Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms of the Letter of Credit Application. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Company shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) the Stand-by LC Exposure shall not exceed $35,000,000; provided that the Stand-by LC Exposure with respect to all Stand-by Letters of Credit issued for the account or in the name of MK Holdings or any Foreign Subsidiary thereof shall not exceed $10,000,000, (ii) after giving effect to the issuance of such Letter of Credit, Availability shall not be less than zero and (iii) the aggregate Dollar Amount of the Exposures denominated in Alternative Currencies shall not exceed the Alternative Currency Sublimit. The Administrative Agent shall calculate the Dollar Equivalent of each Letter of Credit denominated in any Alternative Currency or other currency as of the end of each calendar month and shall notify the Company of such calculation, and such calculation shall be the basis of any determination of the amount of outstanding LC Exposure for purposes hereof until the next such calculation.

(c) Expiration Date . Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date 180 days (in the case of Trade Letters of Credit) or one year (in the case of Stand-by Letters of Credit) after the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension of a Stand-by Letter of Credit, one year after such renewal or extension); provided that a Stand-by Letter of Credit may provide that its expiration date shall be automatically extended (but not beyond the date specified in clause (ii) below) to a date not more than one year after the then outstanding expiration date unless, if at least a specified number of days prior to such then existing expiration date, the Issuing Bank shall have given the beneficiary thereof notice, in a form that may be specified in such Letter of Credit, that such expiration date shall not be so extended, and (ii) the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Maturity Date, provided , however that if the Company requests issuance of a Letter of Credit with an expiration date later than the Maturity Date (but not more

 

47


than one year after the Maturity Date), and the Issuing Bank agrees to issue such Letter of Credit, the Company shall deposit on or before the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Maturity Date into an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders, an amount in cash equal to 105% of the LC Exposure as of such date with respect to such Letter of Credit. If the Company requests issuance of a Letter of Credit on a date that is five (5) or fewer Business Days prior to the Maturity Date, and the Issuing Bank agrees to issue such Letter of Credit (for a period of not more than one year after the Maturity Date), the Company shall deposit cash collateral sufficient to cover the LC Exposure with respect to such Letter of Credit, as described above, by 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the date such Letter of Credit is issued. Any such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Investment of such deposit, and any interest or profits on such investments, and application of such amounts shall be treated and undertaken, respectively, in accordance with Section 2.04(i) .

(d) Participations . By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Lender, and each Lender hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Issuing Bank such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Company on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section or converted to a Loan as provided therein, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Company for any reason. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or any reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(e) Reimbursement . If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Company shall reimburse the Issuing Bank, or cause the Issuing Bank to be reimbursed, in immediately available funds, in each case in the applicable Agreed Currency and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the applicable Letter of Credit Application, no later than (x) on the same Business Day that the Company receives written notice from the Issuing Bank that the Issuing Bank has made such LC Disbursement under such Letter of Credit if such notice is received by the applicable Borrower by 10:00 a.m., Local Time, and (y) on the next succeeding Business Day after which the Company receives written notice from the Issuing Bank that such LC Disbursement has been made under such Letter of Credit if such notice is received by the applicable Borrower after 10:00 a.m., Local Time; provided that, the Company may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth in Section 2.02 hereof, request in accordance with Section 2.03 that such payment be financed with (x) a Base Rate Borrowing or (y) if such LC Disbursement is in an Agreed Currency or in respect of a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, an Overnight LIBO Borrowing in the Dollar Amount of the LC Disbursement. If the Company fails to make such payment when due, the Issuing Bank shall notify each Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Company in respect thereof and such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Lender shall pay to the Issuing Bank its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the Company, in the same manner and the currency provided in Section 2.05 hereof with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.05 hereof shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to such payment obligations of the Lenders). Promptly following receipt by the Issuing Bank of any payment from the

 

48


Company pursuant to this paragraph, the Issuing Bank shall, to the extent that Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank, to such Lenders as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of Base Rate Loans or Overnight LIBO Loans as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Company of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.

(f) Obligations Absolute . The Company’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect (other than under circumstances which constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), (iii) payment of the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit (other than under circumstances which constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Company’s obligations hereunder. None of the Issuing Bank, the Lenders, or any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Company to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Company to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Company that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(g) Disbursement Procedures . The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Company by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Issuing Bank) of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Company of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.

 

49


(h) Interim Interest . If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Company shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Company reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to (i) in the case of any such LC Disbursement denominated in U.S. Dollars, Base Rate Loans, (ii) in the case of any such LC Disbursement denominated in Canadian Dollars, Canadian Base Rate Loans and (iii) in the case of any such LC Disbursement denominated in an Alternative Currency other than Canadian Dollars, such rate as the Issuing Bank customarily charges for overnight loans in such currency to Persons of similar credit standing as the Company; provided that, if the Company fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, then the default rate of interest described in Section 2.11(c) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section to reimburse the Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.

(i) Cash Collateralization . If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Company receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Company shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders, an amount in cash (i) in U.S. Dollars equal to 105% of the LC Exposure denominated in U.S. Dollars as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon and (ii) in an Alternative Currency equal to 105% of the LC Exposure denominated in such Alternative Currency as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, provided that (i) the portions of such amount attributable to undrawn Alternative Currency Letters of Credit or LC Disbursements in an Alternative Currency that the Company is not late in reimbursing shall be deposited in the applicable Alternative Currencies in the actual amounts of such undrawn Letters of Credit and LC Disbursements and (ii) the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Company described in clause (g) or (h) of Article VII. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Alternative Currency LC Exposure shall be calculated using the applicable Exchange Rate on the date notice demanding cash collateralization is delivered to the Company. The Company also shall deposit cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph as and to the extent required by Section 2.09(e) . Each such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made, to the extent practicable, at the written request of the Company at the Company’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse itself for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Company for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure), be applied to satisfy other outstanding Obligations. If the Company is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Company within three (3) Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.

 

50


Section 2.05. Funding of Borrowings . (a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds in the currency in which the applicable Loan was denominated, (i) in the case of Loans denominated in U.S. Dollars to the Company, by 2:00 p.m., New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders and (ii) in the case of each Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency or to a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, by 2:00 p.m., Local Time, in the city of the Administrative Agent’s Applicable Payment Office for such currency and Borrower and at such Applicable Payment Office for such currency and Borrower; provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.19 hereof. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the relevant Borrower by promptly wiring the amount so received, in like funds, to the Controlled Disbursement Account, in the case of Loans denominated in U.S. Dollars to the Company or in the case of Canadian Loans to a Canadian Borrower, and JPMEL will make such Loans available to any Foreign Subsidiary Borrower (other than Canadian Loans to a Canadian Borrower) by promptly wiring the amount so received, in like funds to an account of such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower in the relevant jurisdiction and designated by such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, in the case of Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency to a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, or any other account of the applicable Borrower maintained with (x) the Administrative Agent in New York City or JPMEL in London or (y) any other Lender reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and designated by the Company either one Business Day prior to the Effective Date or in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that Base Rate Loans made to finance the reimbursement of LC Disbursements as provided in Section 2.04(e) hereof shall be remitted to the Issuing Bank.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the relevant Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and such Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to such Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of such Borrower, the interest rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing, and such Borrower shall be relieved of its obligation to make such payment.

Section 2.06. Interest Elections . (a) Each Borrowing on the Effective Date shall be at the Base Rate and thereafter shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing or BA Equivalent Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. The relevant Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing or BA Equivalent Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. A Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section 2.06(a) shall not apply to Borrowings representing Swingline Loans, which may not be converted or continued.

 

51


(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section, a Borrower, or the Company on its behalf, shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election (by telephone or irrevocable written notice in the case of a Borrowing denominated in U.S. Dollars or Canadian Dollars or by irrevocable written notice (via an Interest Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by such Borrower, or the Company on its behalf) in the case of a Borrowing denominated in an Alternative Currency other than Canadian Dollars) by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if such Borrower were requesting a Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the relevant Borrower, or the Company on its behalf. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, this Section shall not be construed to permit any Borrower to convert any Canadian Borrowing to a Type other than a Canadian Base Rate Borrowing or a BA Equivalent Borrowing.

(c) Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02 ;

(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be a Base Rate Borrowing or a Eurocurrency Borrowing (and, in the case of a Canadian Borrowing, a Canadian Base Rate Borrowing or a BA Equivalent Borrowing);

(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Interest Period and Agreed Currency to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”; and

(v) if the resulting Borrowing is a BA Equivalent Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which Interest Period shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”.

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing or BA Equivalent Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each applicable Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(e) If the relevant Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurocurrency Borrowing or BA Equivalent Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period (i) in the case of a Borrowing denominated in U.S. Dollars borrowed by the Company,

 

52


such Borrowing shall be converted to a Base Rate Borrowing, (ii) in the case of a Canadian Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be converted to a Canadian Base Rate Borrowing and (iii) in the case of a Borrowing denominated in an Alternative Currency other than Canadian Dollars (or in U.S. Dollars by a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower) in respect of which the applicable Borrower shall have failed to deliver an Interest Election Request prior to the third (3 rd ) Business Day preceding the end of such Interest Period, such Borrowing shall automatically continue as a Eurocurrency Borrowing in the same Agreed Currency with an Interest Period of one month unless such Eurocurrency Borrowing is or was repaid in accordance with Section 2.09 . Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Company, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Borrowing borrowed by the Company may be converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing or BA Equivalent Borrowing, (ii) unless repaid, each Eurocurrency Borrowing borrowed by the Company shall be converted to a Base Rate Borrowing (and any such Eurocurrency Borrowing in an Alternative Currency shall be redenominated in U.S. Dollars at the time of such conversion) at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (iii) unless repaid, each BA Equivalent Borrowing borrowed by a Canadian Borrower shall be converted to a Canadian Base Rate Borrowing and (iii) unless repaid, each Eurocurrency Borrowing by a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall automatically be continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing with an Interest Period of one month.

Section 2.07. Termination and Reduction of Commitments . (a) Unless previously terminated, the Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date.

(b) The Company may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce (each such reduction, a “ Permanent Commitment Reduction ”), the Commitments; provided that (i) each Permanent Commitment Reduction shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $500,000 and not less than $1,000,000, (ii) the Company shall not terminate or reduce the Commitments to the extent that, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.09 hereof, Availability would be less than zero and (iii) the Company shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, all accrued and unpaid fees.

(c) The Company shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least three (3) Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Company pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments delivered by the Company may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or issuances of debt or equity, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Company (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments shall be made ratably among the Lenders with Commitments in accordance with their respective Commitments.

Section 2.08. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt . (a) Each Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Loan made to such Borrower on the Maturity Date in the currency of such Loan and (ii) in the case of MK Switzerland, to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the earlier of the Maturity Date and the first date after such Swingline Loan is made that is the 15 th or last day of a calendar month and is at least two (2) Business Days after such Swingline Loan is made; provided that on each date that a Borrowing is made, MK Switzerland shall repay all Swingline Loans then outstanding.

 

53


(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of each Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from each Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent under the Financing Documents for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of any Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it to any Borrower be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the relevant Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto (each, a “ Note ”). Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04 ) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if any such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

(f) Each Borrower shall be jointly and severally liable for the payment of all Obligations, and each of the Obligations shall be secured by all of the Collateral. Each Borrower acknowledges that it is jointly and severally liable under this Agreement and the other Financing Documents. All credits extended to any Borrower or requested by any Borrower shall be deemed to be credits extended for such Borrower. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or any of the other Financing Documents, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely upon any request, notice or other communication received by them from any Borrower. Each Borrower agrees that the liability of such Borrower provided for in this subsection (f) shall not be impaired or affected by any modification, supplement, extension or amendment or any contract or agreement to which such Borrower may hereafter agree (other than a Borrowing Subsidiary Termination or an agreement signed by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders required by Section 9.02(b ) hereof specifically releasing such liability), nor by any delay, extension of time, renewal, compromise or other indulgence granted by the Administrative Agent or any Lender with respect to any of the Obligations, nor by any other agreements or arrangements whatsoever with any other Person, such Borrower hereby waiving all notice of such delay, extension, release, substitution, renewal, compromise or other indulgence, and hereby consenting to be bound thereby as fully and effectually as if it had expressly agreed thereto in advance. The liability of each Borrower is direct and unconditional as to all of the Obligations, and may be enforced without requiring one or both of the Agents or any Lender first to resort to any other right, remedy or security. Each Borrower hereby expressly waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance and any other notice with respect to any of the Obligations and any requirement that one or both of the Agents or any Lender protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against such Borrower or any other person or any collateral.

 

54


Section 2.09. Prepayment of Loans . (a) Any Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, subject to prior notice in accordance with paragraph (b) of this Section; provided , however , the Borrowers shall make prepayments of the Loans from time to time such that the Availability equals or exceeds zero at all times, subject to Section 2.09(e) below.

(b) The applicable Borrower, or the Company on behalf of the applicable Borrower, shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of a prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) by telephone (confirmed by telecopy or electronic mail) of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurocurrency Borrowing or a BA Equivalent Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, Local Time, three (3) Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of a Base Rate Borrowing or a Canadian Base Rate Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that, if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.07 , then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.07 , or (iii) in the case of prepayment of a Borrowing denominated in an Alternative Currency, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three (3) Business Days before the date of prepayment. Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the applicable Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02 hereof (except that the foregoing shall not be applicable (i) to the extent that the payment is made from the operation of the Controlled Disbursement Account or (ii) to a prepayment in full of the aggregate principal amount of a Borrowing then outstanding). Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments shall be accompanied by (i) accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.11 and (ii) break funding payments pursuant to Section 2.14 .

(c) Within three (3) Business Days after the receipt by the Company or any other Loan Party of Net Proceeds from Dispositions of any assets of the Company or any other Loan Party described in Section 6.03(c)(xix) hereof, the Company shall make, or shall cause to be made, a mandatory prepayment of the Loans in an amount equal to 100% of the Net Proceeds received, any prepayment to be applied in accordance with subparagraph (d), provided that, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in the case of any such Dispositions, such prepayment of the Loans need not be made pursuant to this Section 2.09(c) until the Company, the other Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries shall have received at least $5,000,000 in Net Proceeds in the aggregate from such Dispositions in any fiscal year, at which time all further Net Proceeds received by the Company and the other Loan Parties from such Dispositions in such fiscal year shall be applied to the prepayment of the Loans as set forth in this Section 2.09(c) .

(d) If at any time, (i) other than as a result of fluctuations in currency exchange rates, (A) the sum of the aggregate principal Dollar Amount of all of the Exposures (calculated, with respect to those Credit Events denominated in Alternative Currencies, as of the most recent Calculation Date with respect to each such Credit Event) exceeds the lesser of (1) the Aggregate Commitment and (2) the Borrowing Base, minus (in the case of clause (1) or (2)) Availability Reserves or (B) the sum of the aggregate principal Dollar Amount of all of the outstanding Exposures denominated in Alternative Currencies (the “ Alternative Currency Exposure ”) (so calculated) exceeds the Alternative Currency Sublimit or (ii) solely as a result of fluctuations in currency exchange rates, (A) the sum of the aggregate principal Dollar Amount of all of the Exposures (so calculated) exceeds 105% of the lesser of (1) the Aggregate Commitment and (2) the Borrowing Base, minus (in the case of clause (1) or (2))

 

55


Availability Reserves or (B) the Alternative Currency Exposure, as of the most recent Calculation Date with respect to each such Credit Event, exceeds 105% of the Alternative Currency Sublimit, the Borrowers shall in each case, within three (3) Business Days following receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent, repay Borrowings or cash collateralize LC Exposure in an account with the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.04(i) , as applicable, in an aggregate principal amount sufficient to cause (x) the aggregate Dollar Amount of all Exposures (so calculated) to be less than or equal to the lesser of (1) the Aggregate Commitment and (2) the Borrowing Base, minus (in the case of clause (1) or (2)) Availability Reserves and (y) the Alternative Currency Exposure to be less than or equal to the Alternative Currency Sublimit, as applicable.

(e) Without limiting the foregoing, if the Specified Audit conducted by the Agents demonstrates that the sum of the aggregate principal Dollar Amount of all of the Exposures (calculated, with respect to those Credit Events denominated in Alternative Currencies, as of the most recent Calculation Date with respect to each such Credit Event) exceeds the lesser of (1) the Aggregate Commitment and (2) the Borrowing Base, minus (in the case of clause (1) or (2)) Availability Reserves, the Borrowers shall, within three (3) Business Days following receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent, repay Borrowings or cash collateralize LC Exposure in an account with the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.04(i) , as applicable, in an aggregate principal amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.

(f) Each prepayment of Loans required by paragraph (c), (d) or (e)  of this Section 2.09 shall be made ratably among the Loans of the Lenders, and such prepayments shall be made with respect to such Types of Loans as the Company may specify by notice to the Administrative Agent at or before the time of such prepayment and shall be applied to prepay the Loans comprising each such Type pro rata; provided that, if no such timely specification is given by the Company, such payment shall be allocated to such Type or Types as the Administrative Agent may determine; and provided , further , that no such prepayment shall result in a permanent reduction in the aggregate Commitments.

Section 2.10. Fees . (a) The Company agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender based on its Applicable Percentage a commitment fee (the “ Revolving Credit Commitment Fee ”), which shall accrue at 35 bps per annum based on the daily unused and available portion of the Aggregate Commitment. Accrued Revolving Credit Commitment Fees shall be calculated monthly and payable quarterly in arrears on the first Business day of March, June, September and December and on the date on which the Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof, and shall be payable by the Administrative Agent to the participating Lenders within ten (10) Business Days following such date. All Revolving Credit Commitment Fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(b) The Company agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender based on its Applicable Percentage (i) a commission with respect to each Stand-by Letter of Credit (subject to local practices for the payment of such commissions, if any, for Stand-by Letters of Credit issued in Hong Kong), equal to 2.25% per annum based on the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Stand-by Letter of Credit, payable quarterly in arrears on the first day of each March, June, September and December, (ii) a commission with respect to each Trade Letter of Credit, equal to 1.125% per annum based on the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Trade Letter of Credit, payable quarterly in arrears on the first day of each March, June, September and December, and (iii) to the Issuing Bank for its own account a fronting fee as separately agreed, as well as the Issuing Bank’s standard fees and commissions with respect to the issuance, amendment, cancellation, negotiation, transfer, presentment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder, which standard fees and commissions shall be payable solely to the Issuing Bank.

 

56


Letter of Credit commissions and fees accrued through and including the last day of March, June, September and December of each year shall be payable by the Administrative Agent to the participating Lenders within ten (10) Business Days following such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date; provided that all such commissions and fees shall be payable on the date on which the Commitments terminate and any such commissions and fees accruing after the date on which the Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other commissions and fees shall be payable, to the extent such fees relate to any Letters of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, in such currency and otherwise in U.S. Dollars and, in either case, payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable to the Issuing Bank on demand (see Exhibit M attached hereto). All Letter of Credit commissions and fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(c) The Company agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account and without duplication of any fees set forth herein, fees in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon in writing among the Company and the Administrative Agent.

(d) All commissions and fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent or as Issuing Bank, for distribution, where applicable, to the Lenders. Absent any error in the calculation thereof, commissions and fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

Section 2.11. Interest . (a) The Loans comprising each Base Rate Borrowing or Eurocurrency Borrowing (as the case may be) shall bear interest for each day on which any principal of such Loans remains outstanding at the Applicable Rate for such day. The Canadian Loans comprising each Canadian Base Rate Borrowing shall bear interest at the Canadian Prime Rate plus the Applicable Rate. The Canadian Loans comprising each BA Equivalent Borrowing shall bear interest at the BA Rate for the Interest Period then in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.

(b) [Reserved]

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall (to the extent permitted by applicable law) bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan or Letter of Credit as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to Base Rate Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section.

(d) Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan, on the Maturity Date or upon termination of the Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of a Base Rate Loan or Canadian Base Rate Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan or BA Equivalent Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Eurocurrency Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(e) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that (i) interest computed by reference to the Base Rate at times when the Base Rate is based on

 

57


the Prime Rate, (ii) interest computed by reference to the BA Rate, (iii) interest computed on the basis of the Canadian Prime Rate and (iv) interest on Eurocurrency Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency, for which the customary rate base is a year of 365 days shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Adjusted LIBO Rate, LIBO Rate, Base Rate or BA Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(f) The interest rates provided for in this Agreement, including this Section 2.11 are minimum interest rates. When entering into this Agreement, the parties have assumed that the interest payable at the rates set out in this Section or in other Sections of this Agreement is not and will not become subject to the Swiss Withholding Tax. Notwithstanding that the parties do not anticipate that any payment of interest will be subject to the Swiss Withholding Tax, they agree that, in the event that the Swiss Withholding Tax should be imposed on interest payments, the payment of interest due by any Swiss Borrower shall, in line with and subject to Section 2.15 , including the limitations therein, be increased to an amount which (after making any deduction of the Non-Refundable Portion (as defined below) of the Swiss Withholding Tax) results in a payment to each Lender entitled to such payment of an amount equal to the payment which would have been due had no deduction of Swiss Withholding Tax been required. For this purpose, the Swiss Withholding Tax shall be calculated on the full grossed-up interest amount. For the purposes of this Section, “Non-Refundable Portion” shall mean Swiss Withholding Tax at the standard rate (being, as at the date hereof, 35%) unless a tax ruling issued by the Swiss Federal Tax Administration (SFTA) confirms that, in relation to a specific Lender based on an applicable double tax treaty, the Non-Refundable Portion is a specified lower rate in which case such lower rate shall be applied in relation to such Lender. Each Swiss Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent the documents required by law or applicable double taxation treaties for the Lenders to claim a refund of any Swiss Withholding Tax so deducted.

(g) Any provision of this Agreement that would, now or in the future, oblige any Canadian Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof organized under the laws of Canada or any Province to pay any fine, penalty or rate of interest on any arrears of principal or interest secured by a mortgage on real property or hypothec on immovables that has the effect of increasing the charge on arrears beyond the rate of interest payable on principal money not in arrears shall not apply to such Canadian Borrower or such Subsidiary, which shall be required to pay interest on money in arrears at the same rate of interest payable on principal money not in arrears.

Section 2.12. Alternate Rate of Interest . If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Borrowing in any currency or a BA Equivalent Borrowing:

(a) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining (i) the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period or (ii) in the case of a BA Equivalent Borrowing, the BA Rate for such Interest Period; or

(b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the LIBO Rate or the BA Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the applicable Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy, as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the applicable Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist,

 

58


(i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurocurrency Borrowing or BA Equivalent Borrowing, as applicable, shall be ineffective and any such Eurocurrency Borrowing or BA Equivalent Borrowing, as applicable, shall be repaid on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) any Eurocurrency Borrowing by a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower or BA Equivalent Borrowing by a Canadian Borrower, as applicable, that is requested to be continued shall be repaid on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable thereto, (iii) if any Borrowing Request or Interest Election Request requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing in U.S. Dollars or a BA Equivalent Borrowing, as applicable, such Borrowing shall be made as a Base Rate Borrowing or a Canadian Base Rate Borrowing, as applicable, and (iv) any Interest Election Request relating to a Borrowing denominated in an Alternative Currency that requests the continuation of such Borrowing as a Eurocurrency Borrowing shall be deemed to be an Interest Election Request for the continuation of such Borrowing as overnight Loans denominated in such Alternative Currency.

Section 2.13. Increased Costs . (a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or the Issuing Bank;

(ii) impose on any Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement, Eurocurrency Loans or BA Equivalent Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein; or

(iii) subject the Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payments to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Loan Parties under this Agreement or any Financing Documents to any Taxes on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Excluded Taxes or (C) Other Taxes);

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Person of making or maintaining any Loan or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan (including, without limitation, pursuant to any conversion of any Borrowing denominated in an Agreed Currency into a Borrowing denominated in any other Agreed Currency) or to increase the cost to such Person of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (including, without limitation, pursuant to any conversion of any Borrowing denominated in an Agreed Currency into a Borrowing denominated in any other Agreed Currency) or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Person hereunder whether of principal, interest or otherwise with respect to its Loans or its maintenance of, or participation in, Letters of Credit (including, without limitation, pursuant to any conversion of any Borrowing denominated in an Agreed Currency into a Borrowing denominated in any other Agreed Currency), then the applicable Borrower will pay to such Person such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Person for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) If any Lender or the Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s

 

59


policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the applicable Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Company and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Company shall pay, or cause the other Borrowers to pay, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 15 days after receipt thereof.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Company shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Company of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

Additional costs described in this Section 2.13 shall not include any increases in costs or reductions in amounts receivable in respect of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, it being understood that any such additional costs are exclusively governed by the provisions of Section 2.15 hereof, and the provisions of this Section 2.13 shall not be interpreted to cause a duplication in payment or treatment of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes in a manner inconsistent with the provision of Section 2.15 .

Section 2.14. Break Funding Payments . In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurocurrency Loan or BA Equivalent Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan or BA Equivalent Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto or (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Eurocurrency Loan or BA Equivalent Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.09(a) and is revoked in accordance therewith), then, in any such event, the Borrowers shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event (excluding any loss of margin or anticipated profit). In the case of a Eurocurrency Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred at the Adjusted LIBO Rate or BA Rate, as applicable, that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for U.S. Dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurocurrency market or (with respect to BA Equivalent Loans) the Canadian bank market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth in reasonable detail any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the applicable Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The applicable Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 15 days after receipt thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) no Borrower shall be required to make any prepayment of a Eurocurrency Borrowing pursuant to

 

60


Section 2.09(c) until the last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto so long as an amount equal to such prepayment is deposited by the applicable Borrower into a cash collateral account with the Administrative Agent and applied to such prepayment on the last day of such Interest Period and (y) this Section 2.14 shall not apply to losses, costs or expenses resulting from Taxes, as to which Section 2.13 and Section 2.15 hereof shall govern.

Section 2.15. Taxes . (a) Except where otherwise required by applicable law, any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Financing Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that if the relevant Loan Party shall be required to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable to the Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank (as the case may be) shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the relevant Loan Party shall make such deductions and (iii) the relevant Loan Party shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(b) In addition, the relevant Loan Party shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) The relevant Loan Party shall indemnify JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank, and each Lender, within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by any such Person, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of such Loan Party hereunder (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) or under any other Financing Document and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the relevant Borrower by a Lender or JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) Each Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a Participant to the Lender from which the related participation shall have been purchased) two copies of either U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or Form W-8ECI, or, in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio interest”, a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit L and a Form W-8BEN, or, in either case, any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto, properly completed and duly executed by such Foreign Lender claiming complete exemption from, or a reduced rate of, U.S. federal withholding tax on all payments by the Borrowers under this Agreement and the other Financing Documents. Such forms shall be delivered by each Foreign Lender on or before the date it becomes a party to this Agreement (or, in the case of any Participant, on or before the date such Participant purchases the related participation). In addition, each Foreign Lender shall deliver such forms promptly upon the obsolescence, expiration, or invalidity of

 

61


any form previously delivered by such Foreign Lender. Each Foreign Lender shall promptly notify the Borrowers at any time it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered certificate to the Borrowers (or any other form of certification adopted by the U.S. taxing authorities for such purpose). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.15(e) , a Foreign Lender shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this Section 2.15(e) that such Foreign Lender is not legally able to deliver.

(f) Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which any Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrowers (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Company, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Company as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate.

(g) If the Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank or a Lender shall become aware that it is entitled to claim a refund from a Governmental Authority in respect of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by any Borrower or with respect to which any Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.15 , it promptly shall notify such Borrower of the availability of such refund claim. If the Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank or a Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by any Borrower or with respect to which any Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to Section 2.15 , it shall, within 30 days from the date of such receipt, pay over such refund to such Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by such Borrower under this Section 2.15 with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund); provided , that such Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to such Borrower ( plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event that the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This Section shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or other information relating to its taxes which it deems confidential) to any Borrower or any other Person.

(h) Each Lender and each Issuing Bank shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent for any Taxes (but, in the case of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, only to the extent that the relevant Borrower has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes and without limiting the obligation of such Borrower to do so) attributable to such Lender or Issuing Bank that are paid or payable by the Administrative Agent in connection with this Agreement or any Financing Documents and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such amounts were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. The indemnity under this Section 2.15(h) shall be paid within 10 days after the Administrative Agent delivers to the applicable Lender or Issuing Bank a certificate stating the amount so paid or payable by the Administrative Agent. Such certificate shall be conclusive of the amount so paid or payable absent manifest error.

(i) If a payment made to a Lender under this Agreement would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent, such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by

 

62


Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Company and the Administrative Agent to comply with its obligations under FATCA, to determine that such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA and, as necessary, to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 2.15(i) , “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(j) Each Lender confirms that it is a Swiss Qualifying Bank or, if not, a single person only for the purpose of the Swiss Non-Qualifying Bank Rules and any other Person that shall become a Lender or a Participant pursuant to Section 9.04 of this Agreement shall be deemed to have confirmed that it is a Swiss Qualifying Bank or, if not, a single person only for the purpose of Swiss Non-Qualifying Bank Rules.

Section 2.16. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs . (a) Each Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.13 , 2.14 or 2.15 , or otherwise) prior to (i) in the case of payments denominated in U.S. Dollars to the Company, 12:00 noon, New York City time and (ii) in the case of payments denominated in an Alternative Currency or by a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, 12:00 noon, Local Time, in the city of the Administrative Agent’s Applicable Payment Office for such currency or Borrower, in each case on the date when due, in U.S. Dollars or the relevant Alternative Currency in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at 10 South Dearborn, Chicago, IL 60603 or, in the case of a Credit Event denominated in an Alternative Currency or to a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, the Administrative Agent’s Applicable Payment Office for such currency or Borrower, except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.13 , 2.14 , 2.15 , 2.19 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension; provided that, in the case of any prepayment of principal of or interest on any Eurocurrency Loan, if such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, the date for payment shall instead be the next preceding Business Day. All payments hereunder shall be made in U.S. Dollars or the relevant Alternative Currency. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, if, after the making of any Credit Event in any Alternative Currency, currency control or exchange regulations are imposed in the country which issues such currency with the result that the type of currency in which the Credit Event was made (the “ Original Currency ”) no longer exists, or any Borrower is not able to make payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders in such Original Currency, or the terms of this Agreement allow or require the conversion of such Credit Event into U.S. Dollars, then all payments to be made by such Borrower hereunder in such currency shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, instead be made when due in U.S. Dollars in an amount equal to the Dollar Amount (as of the date of repayment) of such payment due, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the Borrowers take all risks of the imposition of any such currency control or exchange regulations or conversion, and each Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders from and against any loss resulting from any Credit Event made to or for the benefit of such Borrower denominated in an Alternative Currency that is not repaid to the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, as the case may be, in the Original Currency.

 

63


(b) Any proceeds of Collateral received by the Administrative Agent (i) not constituting a specific payment of principal, interest, fees or other sum payable under the Financing Documents (which shall be applied as specified by the Company) or (ii) after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent so elects or the Required Lenders so direct, such funds shall be applied ratably first , to pay any fees, indemnities, or expense reimbursements including amounts then due to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank from any Borrower, second , to pay any fees or expense reimbursements then due to the Lenders from any Borrower, third , to pay interest then due and payable on the Loans ratably, fourth , to prepay principal on the Loans and unreimbursed LC Disbursements and any other amounts then due and payable with respect to Derivative Obligations and Banking Services Obligations ratably, fifth , to pay an amount to the Administrative Agent equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of the aggregate undrawn face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit and the aggregate amount of any unpaid LC Disbursements, to be held as cash collateral for such Obligations and sixth , to the payment of any other Obligation then due and payable to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by any Borrower. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, unless so directed by the Company, or unless a Default is in existence, none of the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall apply any payment which it receives to any Eurocurrency Loan or BA Equivalent Loan, except (a) on the expiration date of the Interest Period applicable to any such Eurocurrency Loan or BA Equivalent Loan or (b) in the event, and only to the extent, that there are no outstanding Canadian Base Rate Loans and, in any event, the Borrowers shall pay the break funding payment required in accordance with Section 2.14 . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply and reverse and reapply any and all such proceeds and payments to any portion of the Obligations.

(c) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and participations in LC Disbursements of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and participations in LC Disbursements; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by any Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to MK Holdings or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). Each Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Borrower’s rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the relevant Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of any Lender hereunder that such Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if such Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent

 

64


forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

(e) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Sections 2.04(d) or (e) , 2.05(b) or 2.16(c) hereof, then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid. Until such Lender’s unsatisfied obligations are fully paid, such Lender shall be excluded from any determination of Required Lenders under this Agreement.

(f) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(d) or (e) , 2.05(b) , 2.16(d) , 2.19(b) or 9.03(c) , then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion and notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, (i) apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender and for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid, and/or (ii) hold any such amounts in a segregated account as cash collateral for, and application to, any future funding obligations of such Lender under such Sections; in the case of each of (i) and (ii) above, in any order as determined by the Administrative Agent in its discretion.

Section 2.17. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders . (a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.13 hereof, or if any Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.15 hereof, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Sections 2.13 or 2.15 hereof, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Company hereby agrees to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.13 , or if any Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.15 , or if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, or if any Lender fails to approve any amendment or waiver to this Agreement requiring its consent, which amendment or waiver is approved by the Required Lenders, then the Company may, at their sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04 ), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Company shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent to the extent such consent would be required under Section 9.04(b) for an assignment of Loans and Commitments, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrowers (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.13 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.15 ,

 

65


such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Company to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply. Each party hereto agrees that an assignment required pursuant to this paragraph may be effected pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption executed by the Company, the Administrative Agent and the assignee and that the Lender required to make such assignment need not be a party thereto.

Section 2.18. Defaulting Lenders . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

(a) fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.10(a) ;

(b) the Commitment and Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 9.02 ); provided , that this clause (b) shall not apply to the vote of a Defaulting Lender in the case of an amendment, waiver or other modification requiring the consent of such Lender or each Lender affected thereby;

(c) if any Swingline Exposure or LC Exposure exists at the time such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

(i) all or any part of the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments but only to the extent the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Commitments;

(ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Company shall within one (1) Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent (x) first, prepay any Swingline Exposure to the extent such Swingline Exposure cannot be reallocated and (y) second, cash collateralize for the benefit of the Issuing Bank only the Borrowers’ obligations corresponding to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.04(i) for so long as such LC Exposure is outstanding;

(iii) if the Company cash collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure pursuant to clause (ii)  above, the Company shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.10(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure during the period such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is cash collateralized;

(iv) if the LC Exposure of the non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to clause (i)  above, then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Sections 2.10(a) and (c)  shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting Lenders’ respective Commitments; or

 

66


(v) if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is neither reallocated nor cash collateralized pursuant to clause (i)  or (ii)  above, then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Issuing Bank or any other Lender hereunder, all letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.10(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure shall be payable to the Issuing Bank until and to the extent that such LC Exposure is reallocated and/or cash collateralized;

(d) so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure and the Defaulting Lender’s then outstanding LC Exposure will be 100% covered by the Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be provided by the Company in accordance with Section 2.18(c) , and participating interests in any such newly made Swingline Loan or any newly issued or increased Letter of Credit shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.18(c)(i) (and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein).

(e) If (i) a Bankruptcy Event with respect to a Parent of any Lender shall occur following the date hereof and for so long as such event shall continue or (ii) the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank has a good faith belief that any Lender has defaulted in fulfilling its obligations under one or more other agreements in which such Lender commits to extend credit, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall have entered into arrangements with the Company or such Lender, satisfactory to the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to defease any risk to it in respect of such Lender hereunder.

(f) In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Company, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders (other than Swingline Loans) as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Commitment.

Section 2.19. Swingline Loans . (a) The Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and the Lenders agree that in order to facilitate the administration of this Agreement and the other Financing Documents, promptly after MK Switzerland delivers a Borrowing Request to JPMEL requesting a Borrowing to be made pursuant to this Section 2.19(a) , and provided that such Borrowing Request is received by JPMEL not later than 9:30 a.m., London time, the Swingline Lender may elect to have the terms of this Section 2.19(a) apply to such Borrowing Request by advancing, on behalf of the Lenders and in the amount so requested, same day funds to MK Switzerland on the date such Borrowing Request is received to an account of MK Switzerland designated in accordance with Section 2.05 hereof (each such Loan, a “ Swingline Loan ”), with settlement among the Lenders as to the Swingline Loans to take place on a periodic basis as set forth in Section 2.19(c) hereof. Each Swingline Loan shall be subject to all the terms and conditions applicable to other Loans funded by the Lenders, except that (i) such Swingline Loan shall accrue interest at a rate determined by reference to the Overnight LIBO Rate and (ii) all payments thereon shall be payable to the Swingline Lender solely for its own account. In addition, no Swingline Loan shall be made if, after giving effect thereto:

(i) the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Swingline Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies when added to the aggregate principal amount of

 

67


all other Exposure denominated in Alternative Currencies under this Agreement would exceed the Alternative Currency Sublimit; or

(ii) the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Swingline Loans would exceed the lesser of $15,000,000 and the Availability at such time.

(b) Lender Participations . Upon the making of a Swingline Loan (whether before or after the occurrence of a Default and regardless of whether a Settlement has been requested with respect to such Swingline Loan), each Lender shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to have unconditionally and irrevocably purchased from the Swingline Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in such Swingline Loan ratably in proportion to its Applicable Percentage. The Swingline Lender or the Administrative Agent may, at any time, require the Lenders to fund, in the currency in which a Swingline Loan was denominated, their participations in such Swingline Loan. From and after the date, if any, on which any Lender is required to fund (and has funded) its participation in any Swingline Loan purchased hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to such Lender, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of all payments of principal and interest and all proceeds of Collateral received by the Administrative Agent or the Swingline Lender in respect of such Swingline Loan.

(c) Swingline Settlements . The Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Swingline Lender shall request settlement (a “ Settlement ”) with the Lenders on at least a weekly basis or on any earlier date that the Administrative Agent elects, by notifying the Lenders of such requested Settlement by facsimile or electronic mail no later than 11:00 a.m., London time on the date of such requested Settlement (the “ Settlement Date ”) two (2) Business Days prior to the Settlement Date with regard to Swingline Loans (or on the date of such requested Settlement, if a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) (the date of any such request, a “ Settlement Request Date ”). Each Lender (other than the Swingline Lender) shall transfer, in the currency in which the applicable Swingline Loan was denominated, the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the outstanding principal amount of such Swingline Loan with respect to which Settlement is requested to the Administrative Agent to an account of the Administrative Agent, as the Administrative Agent may designate, not later than 2:00 p.m., London time, on such Settlement Date. Settlements may occur during the existence of a Default and whether or not the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02 have then been satisfied. Such amounts transferred to the Administrative Agent shall be applied against the amounts of the applicable Lender’s Swingline Loans and, together with such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan, shall (so long as no Event of Default pursuant to clause (g) or (h) of Article VII shall have occurred and be continuing) constitute Non-Swingline Loans of such Lender (and such Loans shall no longer constitute Swingline Loans). Any such amounts comprising Non-Swingline Loans and transferred to the Administrative Agent shall be applied against Swingline Loans made pursuant to Section 2.19(a) and (b)  shall constitute Loans with an Interest Period of one (1) week. If any such amount referred to in this clause (c) is not transferred to the Administrative Agent by any applicable Lender on such Settlement Date, the Swingline Lender shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon as specified in Section 2.05(b) .

Section 2.20. Expansion Option . The Company may from time to time elect to increase the Commitments in minimum increments of $10,000,000 so long as, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of such increases does not exceed $30,000,000. The Company may arrange for any such increase to be provided by one or more existing Lenders (each existing Lender so agreeing to an increase in its Commitment, an “ Increasing Lender ”), or by one or more new banks, financial institutions or other entities (each such new bank, financial institution or other entity, an “ Augmenting Lender ”), to increase their existing Commitments or extend Commitments, as the case may be; provided that (i) each Augmenting Lender, shall be subject to the approval of the Company and the Administrative Agent (such

 

68


approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and (ii) (x) in the case of an Increasing Lender, the Company and such Increasing Lender execute an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit P hereto, and (y) in the case of an Augmenting Lender, the Company and such Augmenting Lender execute an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit Q hereto. No consent of any Lender (other than the Lenders participating in the increase) shall be required for any increase in Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.20 . Increases and new Commitments created pursuant to this Section 2.20 shall become effective on the date agreed by the Company, the Administrative Agent and the relevant Increasing Lenders or Augmenting Lenders, and the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no increase in the Commitments (or in the Commitment of any Lender) shall become effective under this paragraph unless, (i) on the proposed date of the effectiveness of such increase, (A) the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 4.02 shall be satisfied or waived by the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to that effect dated such date and executed by a Responsible Officer of the Company and (B) the Company shall be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the covenant contained in Section 6.10 as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b)  and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received documents consistent with those delivered on the Effective Date as to the corporate power and authority of the Borrowers to borrow hereunder after giving effect to such increase. Any increase in the Commitments shall be documented as an increase to the Facility and shall be on terms identical to those applicable to the Facility, except with respect to any arrangement, upfront or similar fees that may be agreed to among the Company and the relevant Increasing Lenders or Augmenting Lenders. On the effective date of any increase in the Commitments being made, (i) each relevant Increasing Lender and Augmenting Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent such amounts in immediately available funds as the Administrative Agent shall determine, for the benefit of the other Lenders, as being required in order to cause, after giving effect to such increase and the use of such amounts to make payments to such other Lenders, each Lender’s portion of the outstanding Loans of all the Lenders to equal its Applicable Percentage of such outstanding Loans after giving effect to such increase in the Commitments, and (ii) the Borrowers shall be deemed to have repaid and reborrowed all outstanding Loans as of the date of any increase in the Commitments (with such reborrowing to consist of the Types of Loans, with related Interest Periods if applicable, specified in a notice delivered by the applicable Borrower, or the Company on behalf of the applicable Borrower, in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.03 ). The deemed payments made pursuant to clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be accompanied by payment of all accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, in respect of each Eurocurrency Loan and BA Equivalent Loan, shall be subject to indemnification by the Borrowers pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.14 if the deemed payment occurs other than on the last day of the related Interest Periods. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that the minimum borrowing, pro rata borrowing and pro rata payment requirements contained elsewhere in this Agreement shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to the preceding two sentences. Nothing contained in this Section 2.20 shall constitute, or otherwise be deemed to be, a commitment on the part of any Lender to increase its Commitment hereunder at any time.

Section 2.21. Judgment Currency . If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due from any Borrower hereunder in the currency expressed to be payable herein (the “ specified currency ”) into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the specified currency with such other currency at the Administrative Agent’s main New York City office on the Business Day preceding that on which final, non-appealable judgment is given. The obligations of each Borrower in respect of any sum due to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than the specified currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) of any

 

69


sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) may in accordance with normal, reasonable banking procedures purchase the specified currency with such other currency. If the amount of the specified currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in the specified currency, each Borrower agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, against such loss, and if the amount of the specified currency so purchased exceeds (a) the sum originally due to any Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in the specified currency and (b) any amounts shared with other Lenders as a result of allocations of such excess as a disproportionate payment to such Lender under Section 2.18 , such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, agrees to remit such excess to such Borrower.

Section 2.22. Designation of Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers . On the Effective Date, and subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions in Article IV hereto, each Initial Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall deliver an executed signature page to this Agreement, whereupon it shall become a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower party to this Agreement until the Company shall have executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent a Borrowing Subsidiary Termination with respect to any such Subsidiary, whereupon such Subsidiary shall cease to be a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower and a party to this Agreement. The Company may at any time and from time to time designate any Eligible Foreign Subsidiary as a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement executed by such Subsidiary and the Company and the satisfaction of the other conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.03 , and upon such delivery and satisfaction such Subsidiary shall for all purposes of this Agreement be a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower and a party to this Agreement until the Company shall have executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent a Borrowing Subsidiary Termination with respect to such Subsidiary, whereupon such Subsidiary shall cease to be a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower and a party to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Borrowing Subsidiary Termination will become effective as to any Foreign Subsidiary Borrower at a time when any principal of or interest on any Loan to such Borrower shall be outstanding hereunder, provided that such Borrowing Subsidiary Termination shall be effective to terminate the right of such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower to make further Borrowings under this Agreement. As soon as practicable upon receipt of a Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall furnish a copy thereof to each Lender.

Section 2.23. Interest Act (Canada), Etc . (a) For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada) and disclosure thereunder, whenever any interest or any fee to be paid hereunder or in connection herewith by any Canadian Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor incorporated or otherwise organized under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof is to be calculated on the basis of a 360-day or 365-day year, the yearly rate of interest to which the rate used in such calculation is equivalent is the rate so used multiplied by the actual number of days in the calendar year in which the same is to be ascertained and divided by 360 or 365, as applicable. The rates of interest under this Agreement are nominal rates, and not effective rates or yields. The principle of deemed reinvestment of interest does not apply to any interest calculation under this Agreement.

(b) If any provision of this Agreement would oblige any Canadian Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor incorporated or otherwise organized under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof to make any payment of interest or other amount payable to any Lender in an amount or calculated at a rate which would be prohibited by law or would result in a receipt by such Lender of “interest” at a “criminal rate” (as such terms are construed under the Criminal Code (Canada)), then, notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by applicable law or so result in a receipt by such Lender of “interest” at a “criminal rate”, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary (but only to the extent necessary), as follows:

 

70


(i) first, by reducing the amount or rate of interest; and

(ii) thereafter, by reducing any fees, commissions, costs, expenses, premiums and other amounts required to be paid which would constitute interest for purposes of section 347 of the Criminal Code (Canada).

(c) If, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.23(b) and after giving effect to all adjustments contemplated thereby, a Lender shall have reserved an amount in excess of the maximum permitted by Section 2.23(b) , then such excess shall be applied by such Lender in reduction of the principal balance of Loans owing to it.

Section 2.24. Financial Assistance . (a) If and to the extent that a payment in fulfilling the joint and several liabilities under Section 2.08(f) of any Swiss Borrower would, at the time payment is due, under Swiss law and practice (inter alia, prohibiting capital repayments or restricting profit distributions) not be permitted, in particular if and to the extent that such Swiss Borrower guarantees obligations other than obligations of one of its subsidiaries (i.e. obligations of its direct or indirect parent companies (up-stream guarantee) or sister companies (cross-stream guarantee)) (such obligations, “ Restricted Obligations ), then such obligations and payment amount shall from time to time be limited to the amount permitted to be paid; provided that such limited amount shall at no time be less than such Swiss Borrower’s profits and reserves available for distribution as dividends (being the balance sheet profits and any reserves available for this purpose, in each case in accordance with art. 675(2) and art. 671(1) and (2), no. 3, of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations) at the time or times payment under or pursuant to Section 2.08(f) is requested from such Swiss Borrower, and further provided that such limitation (as may apply from time to time or not) shall not (generally or definitively) free such Swiss Borrower from payment obligations hereunder in excess thereof, but merely postpone the payment date therefor until such times as payment is again permitted notwithstanding such limitation. Any and all indemnities and guarantees contained in the Finance Documents including, in particular, Section 2.15(c) shall be construed in a manner consistent with the provisos herein contained.

(b) In respect of Restricted Obligations, each Swiss Borrower shall:

(i) if and to the extent required by applicable law in force at the relevant time:

(A) subject to any applicable double taxation treaty, deduct Swiss anticipatory tax ( Verrechnungssteuer ; “ Swiss Withholding Tax ”) at the rate of 35% (or such other rate as in force from time to time) from any payment made by it in respect of Restricted Obligations;

(B) pay any such deduction to the Swiss Federal Tax Administration; and

(C) notify (or ensure that the Company notifies) the Administrative Agent that such a deduction has been made and provide the Administrative Agent with evidence that such a deduction has been paid to the Swiss Federal Tax Administration, all in accordance with Section 2.15(a) ; and

(ii) to the extent such a deduction is made, not be obliged to either gross-up in accordance with Section 2.15(a) or indemnify the Secured Parties in accordance with Section 2.15(c) in relation to any such payment made by it in respect of Restricted Obligations unless grossing-up is permitted under the laws of Switzerland then in force.

 

71


(c) If and to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent and if and to the extent this is from time to time required under Swiss law (restricting profit distributions), in order to allow the Agents (or the other Secured Parties) to obtain a maximum benefit under the joint and several liabilities under Section 2.08(f) , each Swiss Borrower undertakes to promptly implement all such measures and/or to promptly obtain the fulfillment of all prerequisites allowing it to promptly make the requested payment(s) hereunder from time to time, including the following:

(i) preparation of an up-to-date audited balance sheet of such Swiss Borrower;

(ii) confirmation of the auditors of such Swiss Borrower that the relevant amount represents the maximum freely distributable profits;

(iii) approval by a quotaholders’ meeting of such Swiss Borrower of the resulting profit distribution; and

(iv) all such other measures necessary or useful to allow such Swiss Borrower to make the payments agreed hereunder with a minimum of limitations.

ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

Each of the Loan Parties represents and warrants (with respect only to itself and its Subsidiaries (as applicable)) to the Lenders that:

Section 3.01. Existence and Power . It is a corporation, limited liability company or other entity organized, validly existing and in good to standing (to the extent such concept is applicable in its jurisdiction of organization) under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization or, as the case may be, jurisdiction of incorporation, and it has all necessary powers required to carry on its business as now conducted and, except where the failure to do so could not be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing (to the extent such concept is applicable in such jurisdiction) in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.

Section 3.02. Authorization; No Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance by it of the Financing Documents to which it is a party are within its corporate, limited liability company or other applicable powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, limited liability company or other applicable action, require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any Governmental Authority (except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and except as contemplated by the Pledge and Security Agreement and the Foreign Collateral Documents) and do not contravene, or constitute a default under, any provision of applicable law or regulation or of its charter or bylaws or memorandum and articles of association or other similar organizational documents or of any agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon each or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of its material assets or those of any of its Subsidiaries (except the Security Interests).

Section 3.03. Binding Effect . This Agreement and the other Financing Documents to which it is a party constitute its valid and binding agreements, in each case enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,

 

72


reorganization or moratorium or other similar laws relating to the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.

Section 3.04. Financial Information .

(a) It has heretofore furnished to the Administrative Agent for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2011, projected consolidated and segmented (wholesale and retail) income statements, balance sheets and cash flows for MK Holdings and its Subsidiaries, in each case presenting data by month, together with a schedule demonstrating prospective compliance with all financial covenants, all in form reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders in their good faith judgment, all such projections disclosing all material assumptions made by it in formulating such projections and giving effect to the Transactions. These projections and the projections delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(g) hereof are based upon reasonable estimates and assumptions, all of which are reasonable in light of the conditions which existed at the time the projections were made, have been prepared on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, and reflect as of the date such projections were prepared its good faith estimate of the results of operations and other information projected therein, provided that no representation is made that the assumptions will prove to be correct. The Company hereby agrees to provide to the Administrative Agent on the Effective Date an updated projected consolidated income statement for MK Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

(b) Since March 31, 2011, there has been no material adverse change in the business, assets, operations or financial condition of the Loan Parties and their consolidated Subsidiaries, considered as a whole.

Section 3.05. Litigation . Except for the Disclosed Matters, there is no action, suit or proceeding pending against, or to its knowledge threatened against or affecting, it or any of its Subsidiaries before any arbitrator or any Governmental Authority, that (i) could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) which would in any material respect draw into question the enforceability of any of the Financing Documents, taken as a whole.

Section 3.06. Compliance with ERISA; Foreign Pension Plans .

(a) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur which could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries; none of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries has participated in any material respect in any prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to any Plan which could result in material liability to the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to Plans that are Multiemployer Plans, the representations and warranties in this section are made to the best knowledge of the Loan Parties.

(b) The Canadian Pension Plans are duly registered under the ITA and any other applicable laws which require registration, have been administered in all material respects in accordance with the ITA and such other applicable laws and administrative guidelines, and no event has occurred which could reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such registered status. The Canadian Benefit Plans and Canadian Pension Plans and, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, Canadian Multiemployer Pension Plans have been administered in all material respects in accordance with their terms, applicable collective bargaining agreements, and administrative guidelines and applicable law. There are no outstanding disputes, investigations, examinations or other legal proceedings concerning the assets of the Canadian Benefit Plans or the Canadian Pension Plans that have had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All contributions or premiums required to be made or paid by any Canadian Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof to the Canadian Benefit Plans, the

 

73


Canadian Pensions, or the Canadian Multiemployer Pension Plans have been made in accordance in all material respects with the terms of such plans, collective bargaining agreements and all applicable laws. No Borrower or any Subsidiary has an obligation to any Canadian Multiemployer Pension Plan beyond what is set out in the applicable Collective Agreement, the payment of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except to the extent the same could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, all Canadian Benefit Plans are fully funded or fully insured; for greater certainty no Canadian Benefit Plan that is unfunded of self-insured has unfunded obligations that could reasonably give rise to a Material Adverse Effect. No Canadian Pension Plan has a deficit that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no outstanding material liabilities in connection with any Canadian Pension Plan, Canadian Multiemployer Pension Plan, or Canadian Benefit Plan relating to the employees, former employees or their beneficiaries of any Canadian Borrower, or any Subsidiary thereof that has been terminated, and each such terminated Canadian Pension Plan, Canadian Multiemployer Pension Plan, or Canadian Benefit Plan (if any) has been terminated in accordance with their terms and applicable law. There are no current pending actions, suits, claims, or investigations in respect of any Canadian Pension Plan, Canadian Benefit Plan, as to the knowledge of the Borrower, any Canadian Multiemployer Pension Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Each Foreign Pension Plan is in compliance with all requirements of law applicable thereto and the respective requirements of the governing documents for such plan except to the extent such non-compliance could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. With respect to each Foreign Pension Plan, none of MK Holdings, its Subsidiaries, or their Affiliates or any of their directors, officers, employees or agents has engaged in a transaction, or other act or omission (including entering into this Agreement and any act done or to be done in connection with this Agreement), that has subjected, or could reasonably be expected to subject, MK Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to any penalty (including any tax or civil penalty), fine, claim or other liability (including any liability under a contribution notice or financial support direction (as those terms are defined in the United Kingdom Pensions Act 2004), or any liability or amount payable under section 75 or 75A of the United Kingdom Pensions Act 1995), that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect and there are no facts or circumstances which may give rise to any such penalty, fine, claim, or other liability. With respect to each Foreign Pension Plan, reserves have been established in the financial statements furnished to the Lenders in respect of any unfunded liabilities in accordance with applicable law or, where required, in accordance with ordinary accounting practices in the jurisdiction in which such Foreign Pension Plan is maintained. The aggregate unfunded liabilities, with respect to such Foreign Pension Plans could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. There are no actions, suits or claims (other than routine claims for benefits) pending or threatened against MK Holdings, its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates with respect to any Foreign Pension Plan which could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.07. Taxes . To the extent applicable, the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries have filed all United States Federal income tax returns and all other material tax returns and other similar material statements, forms and reports for taxes (the “ Returns ”) that are required to be filed by them. The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries have paid all taxes stated to be due in such Returns and other material taxes when due, except for taxes, fees or other charges the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been provided for on the books of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries in respect of taxes or other similar governmental charges, additions to taxes and any penalties and interest thereon are, in the opinion of the Loan Parties, adequate.

 

74


Section 3.08. Environmental Compliance . (a) Except for Disclosed Matters,

(i) the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries have, obtained, or made timely application for, all permits, certificates, licenses, approvals, registrations and other authorizations (collectively “ Permits ”) which are required under all applicable Environmental Laws and are necessary for their operations and are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Permits, except where the failure to obtain such Permits or to comply with their terms would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;

(ii) no notice, notification, demand, request for information, citation, summons, complaint or order has been issued, no complaint has been filed, no penalty has been assessed and, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, no investigation or review is pending, or threatened by any governmental entity or other Person with respect to any (A) alleged violation by the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary of any Environmental Law, (B) alleged failure by the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary to have any Permits required in connection with the conduct of its business or to comply with the terms and conditions thereof, (C) any generation, treatment, storage, recycling, transportation or disposal of any Hazardous Materials by any Loan Party or (D) release of Hazardous Materials by any Loan Party, except where such event or events would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;

(iii) to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, all oral or written notifications of a release of Hazardous Materials required to be filed under any applicable Environmental Law by or on behalf of the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary have been filed or are in the process of being filed, except where the failure to file would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;

(iv) no property now owned by the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary and, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, no such property previously owned or now or previously leased or any property to which the Loan Party or any Subsidiary has, directly or indirectly, transported or arranged for the transportation of any Hazardous Materials, is listed or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, proposed for listing, on the National Priorities List promulgated pursuant to CERCLA, or CERCLIS (as defined in CERCLA) or any similar state list or is the subject of federal, state or local enforcement actions or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, other investigations which may lead to claims against the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary for clean-up costs, remedial work, damage to natural resources or personal injury claims, including, but not limited to, claims under CERCLA, except where such listings or investigations would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;

(v) there are no Liens under or pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws on any real property or other assets owned or leased by the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary, and no government actions have been taken or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, are in process which could subject any of such properties or assets to such Liens.

(b) [ Reserved ]

Section 3.09. Properties . (a) Each of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business, except for

 

75


minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes.

(b) Each of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all Intellectual Property material to its business, free and clear of all Liens, claims and encumbrances and licenses, except for Permitted Encumbrances, and such Intellectual Property has not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and each Loan Party and their Subsidiaries has performed all commercially reasonable acts and has paid all renewal, maintenance, and other fees and taxes required to maintain each and every registration and application of Intellectual Property that is material to its business in full force and effect, and the use thereof by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Schedule 3.09 sets forth the address of each parcel of real property that is owned or leased by the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries as of the Effective Date other than those properties leased for use as a retail store.

(d) As of the Effective Date, neither the Loan Parties nor any of their Subsidiaries has received notice of, or has knowledge of, any pending or contemplated condemnation proceeding affecting any property of any Loan Party or any of their Subsidiaries that, if determined adversely to any of the Loan Parties, would materially impair the value of such property, or any sale or disposition thereof in lieu of condemnation.

Section 3.10. Compliance with Laws and Agreements . Each of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, and each has all material governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its business as now conducted, in each case, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.11. Investment Company Status . None of the Loan Parties nor any of their Subsidiaries is required to be registered as an “investment company” as defined in, or is subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Section 3.12. Full Disclosure . All written information furnished by the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent or any Lender for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the Transactions is, taken as whole and in light of the circumstances under which such information is furnished, true and accurate in all material respects on the date as of which such information is furnished, and true and accurate in all material respects on the date as of which such information is stated or certified.

Section 3.13. Security Interest . The Pledge and Security Agreement and the Foreign Collateral Documents create and grant to the Collateral Agent, for its own benefit and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien which, upon the completion of the steps set forth in each case in Section 7(b) of the Pledge and Security Agreement or as otherwise specified in the applicable Foreign Collateral Document, shall be a first priority perfected (except as permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 hereof) Lien in the Collateral identified therein for which perfection is governed by the UCC or a PPSA (other than in proceeds, to the extent a security interest therein may be perfected under the UCC or a PPSA only by possession) or achieved by filing with the United States Copyright

 

76


Office, the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the Canadian Intellectual Property Office. Such Collateral is not subject to any other Liens whatsoever, except Liens permitted by Section 6.02 hereof.

Section 3.14. Solvency . (a) (i) The fair value of the assets of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, at a fair valuation, exceeds their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise and (ii) the fair salable value of the business of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is not less than the amount that will be required to be paid on or in respect of the probable liability on the existing debts and other liabilities (including contingent and subordinated liabilities) of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as they become absolute and mature.

(b) None of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, have unreasonably small capital to carry out their business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted including the capital needs of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, taking into account the particular capital requirements of the business conducted by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, and projected capital requirements and capital availability thereof.

(c) None of the Loan Parties nor any of their Subsidiaries intends to incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature (taking into account the timing and amounts of cash to be received by the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries, and of amounts to be payable on or in respect of debt of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries).

(d) None of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries believes that final judgments against them in actions for money damages presently pending will be rendered at a time when, or in an amount such that, they will be unable to satisfy any such judgments promptly in accordance with their terms (taking into account the maximum reasonable amount of such judgments in any such actions and the earliest reasonable time at which such judgments might be rendered). The cash flow of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, after taking into account all other anticipated uses of the cash of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (including the payments on or in respect of debt referred to in paragraph (c) of this Section), will at all times be sufficient to pay all such judgments promptly in accordance with their terms.

Section 3.15. Employee Matters . There are no strikes, slowdowns, work stoppages or controversies pending or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, threatened between the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and their respective employees, other than employee grievances arising in the ordinary course of business, none of which could reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.16. Subsidiaries . As of the Effective Date, Schedule 3.16 sets forth the name of, and the ownership interest of the Loan Parties in, each Subsidiary and identifies each Subsidiary that is a Material Subsidiary.

Section 3.17. No Change in Credit Criteria or Collection Policies . There has been no material change in credit criteria or collection policies concerning Receivables of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries since October 31, 2010.

Section 3.18. Senior Indebtedness . The Loan Parties have no Indebtedness outstanding (other than Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01 hereof) the payment priority of which ranks senior to or pari passu with the Obligations.

Section 3.19. Compliance with the Swiss Twenty Non-Bank Rule .

 

77


(a) Each Swiss Borrower is compliant with the Swiss Twenty Non-Bank Rule; provided however that no Swiss Borrower shall be in breach of this Section 3.19 if such number of creditors (which are not Swiss Qualifying Banks) is exceeded solely by reason of a breach by one or more Lenders of a confirmation contained in Section 2.15(j) or a failure by one or more Lenders to comply with their obligations and transfer restrictions in Section 9.04 .

(b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) above, each Swiss Borrower shall assume that the aggregate number of Lenders which are not Swiss Qualifying Banks is 10 (ten).

ARTICLE IV

Conditions

Section 4.01. Effective Date . The amendment and restatement of the Original Agreement and the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02 ):

(a) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy or electronic transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and dated the Effective Date) of each of (i) Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, U.S. counsel for the Loan Parties, (ii) Heenan Blaikie LLP, Canadian counsel for the Canadian Loan Parties, (iii) Stewart McKelvey, Nova Scotia counsel for MK Canada, (iv) VanEps Kunneman VanDoorne, Curaçao counsel for the Curaçao Loan Party, (v) Stibbe, Dutch counsel for the Dutch Loan Parties, (vi) Suter Howald Rechtsanwälte, Swiss counsel for the Swiss Loan Parties, (vii) Harneys, Westwood & Riegels, British Virgin Islands counsel for the BVI Loan Parties, and (vii) Baker & McKenzie LLP, United Kingdom counsel for the United Kingdom Loan Parties, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and covering such matters relating to the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Financing Documents or the Transactions as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request. The Loan Parties hereby request such counsel to deliver such opinions.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of the Loan Parties, the authorization of the Transactions and any other legal matters relating to the Loan Parties, the Financing Documents or the Transactions, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 4.02 .

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date, including reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket

 

78


expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Company hereunder and under any other Financing Document.

(f) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received (i) fully-executed, originals or copies of the Financing Documents (as shall be more fully described on a related closing checklist), all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel and (ii) such documents and instruments (including the initial Collateral Documents, UCC and PPSA financing statements and related lien searches) as the Administrative Agent or its counsel shall reasonably request (as shall be more fully described on a related closing checklist).

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received and determined to be in form and substance satisfactory to them:

(i) an opening Borrowing Base Certificate reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(ii) evidence of the compliance by the Company with Section 5.02(b) hereof;

(iii) the financial statements described in Section 3.04 hereof;

(iv) a Borrowing Request executed by the Company; and

(v) a copy of the duly executed Intercreditor Agreement, and all documents ancillary thereto.

(h) The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that the Canadian Facility Letter Agreement shall have been terminated and cancelled and all indebtedness thereunder shall have been fully repaid (except to the extent being so repaid with the initial Loans and to the extent letters of credit outstanding thereunder are being backed by Letters of Credit issued on the Effective Date or shipping guarantees outstanding thereunder are being cash collateralized as permitted hereunder and described on Schedule 6.02 and the currency Hedging Contracts set forth on Schedule 6.01 shall remain outstanding) and any and all Liens thereunder shall have been terminated (other than Liens on such permitted cash collateral).

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Company, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.

Section 4.02. Each Credit Event . The obligation of any Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing, and of the Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, is subject to the satisfaction on such date of the following conditions:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable; provided that any such representations and warranties that by their express terms are made as of a specific date shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such specific date.

(b) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Company shall otherwise be in compliance with the provisions

 

79


of Sections 2.01 , 2.04(b) or 2.19(a) , as applicable and, without limiting the foregoing, Availability shall not be less than zero.

Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by each Loan Party on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section.

Section 4.03. Designation of a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower . The designation of a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower pursuant to Section 2.22 is subject to the condition precedent that the Company or such proposed Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to the Administrative Agent:

(a) Copies, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of such Subsidiary, of its Board of Directors’ resolutions (and resolutions of other bodies, if any are deemed necessary by counsel for the Administrative Agent) approving the Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement and any other Financing Documents to which such Subsidiary is becoming a party and such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of such Subsidiary;

(b) An incumbency certificate, executed by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of such Subsidiary, which shall identify by name and title and bear the signature of the officers or authorized signatories of such Subsidiary authorized to request Borrowings hereunder and sign the Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement and the other Financing Documents to which such Subsidiary is becoming a party, upon which certificate the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely until informed of any change in writing by the Company or such Subsidiary;

(c) Opinions of counsel to such Subsidiary, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel, with respect to the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and such other matters as are reasonably requested by counsel to the Administrative Agent and addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders; and

(d) Any promissory notes requested by any Lender, and any other instruments and documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

ARTICLE V

Affirmative Covenants

Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have expired or been terminated or cash collateralized in accordance with Section 2.04(c) or (i) , and all LC Disbursements have been reimbursed (the “ Termination Date ”), the Loan Parties covenant and agree with the Lenders that:

Section 5.01. Information . The Loan Parties will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders:

(a) within 120 days after end of each fiscal year, (i) a consolidated and unaudited consolidating balance sheet and income statement showing the financial position of MK Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year and the results of their operations during such year,

 

80


and (ii) a consolidated and unaudited consolidating statement of shareholders’ equity and statement of cash flow, as of the close of such fiscal year, comparing such financial position and results of operations to such financial condition and results of operations for the comparable period during the immediately preceding fiscal year, all the foregoing consolidated financial statements to be audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLC or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing selected by the Loan Parties in compliance with applicable SEC rules and regulations (which report shall not contain any going concern or similar qualification or exception as to scope), as being fairly stated in relation to such audited financial statements taken as a whole and together with management’s discussion and analysis presented to the management of MK Holdings and its Subsidiaries, and all supplements or amendments thereto;

(b) within 65 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, summaries of current insurance coverage as of the end of such fiscal quarter, trademark and licensing summaries as of the end of such fiscal quarter, unaudited consolidated and segment reporting balance sheets of MK Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal quarter, together with the related consolidated and segment reporting statements of income for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Company’s fiscal year ended at the end of such fiscal quarter and the related consolidated and segment reporting statements of cash flows for the portion of the Company’s fiscal year ended at the end of such fiscal quarter, and in comparative form the corresponding financial information as at the end of, and for, the corresponding fiscal quarter of the Company’s prior fiscal year and the portion of the Company’s prior fiscal year ended at the end of such corresponding fiscal quarter, in each case certified by a Financial Officer of MK Holdings as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial position and results of operations and cash flow of MK Holdings and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP (except the absence of footnote disclosure), in each case subject to normal year-end audit adjustments, and all supplements or amendments thereto;

(c) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, within 45 days after the end of each calendar month (other than any such month that corresponds to the end of a fiscal quarter or fiscal year of the Company), an unaudited consolidated and segment reporting balance sheet of MK Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such month, together with the related unaudited consolidated and segment reporting statement of income for such month and the portion of the Company’s fiscal year ended at the end of such month and the related consolidated and segment reporting statements of cash flows for the portion of the Company’s fiscal year ended at the end of such month, setting forth in comparative form the corresponding financial information as at the end of, and for, the corresponding month of the Company’s prior fiscal year and the portion of the Company’s prior fiscal year ended at the end of such corresponding month, in each case certified by a Financial Officer of MK Holdings as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of MK Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the date of, and for the periods covered by, such financial statements, in accordance with GAAP (except for the absence of footnotes), in each case subject to normal year-end audit adjustments;

(d) (i) concurrently with any delivery under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 5.01 a certificate of the firm or Person referred to therein (x) which certificate shall, in the case of the certificate of the Financial Officer of MK Holdings, certify that to the best of his or her knowledge no Default has occurred (including calculations demonstrating compliance, as of the dates of the financial statements being furnished, with the covenants set forth in Sections 6.10 and 6.11 hereof and computations of the Available Amount as of the date of such certificate) and, if such a Default has occurred, specifying the nature and extent thereof and any corrective action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto and (y) which certificate, in the case of the certificate furnished by the independent public accountants in connection with the annual financial statements, may be limited to accounting matters and disclaim responsibility for legal interpretations, but shall in any event state that

 

81


nothing has come to their attention as of the dates of the financial statements being furnished that has caused such accountants to believe that the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries have failed to comply with any of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.10 and 6.11 hereof; provided , however , that any certificate delivered by the independent public accountants in accordance herewith shall be accompanied by a supplemental certificate confirming the accuracy of the accountants’ certificate (and shall in any event include calculations demonstrating compliance with the covenants set forth in Sections 6.10 , and 6.11 hereof) and signed by a Financial Officer of MK Holdings;

(e) within 30 days after the date required for delivery under (a) above, a management letter prepared by the independent public accountants who reported on the financial statements delivered under (a) above, with respect to the internal audit and financial controls of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries;

(f) within 30 days of the end of each fiscal quarter, (x) an aging schedule of Receivables and reconciliation and accounts payable listing and (y) an executive summary with respect to the Borrowing Base Entities’ top five accounts for which Receivables are more than 90 days past due, comparing the total of such past due Receivables for the month then ended to the total of past due Receivables for the previous month and the Company’s plan with respect to the collection of such past due Receivables, executed by a Financial Officer;

(g) by May 15 th and updated by November 15 th of each year, a summary of a consolidated and segment reporting business plan and financial operation projections (including with respect to Capital Expenditures) for MK Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year (including monthly balance sheets, statements of income and of cash flow) and annual projections through the Maturity Date prepared by management and in form and detail (including principal assumptions provided separately in writing) substantially consistent with the summaries delivered under the Existing Credit Agreement or otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(h) within five (5) Business Days after the end of each week, a Borrowing Base Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto executed by a Responsible Officer of the Company; provided , that the first weekly Borrowing Base Certificate delivered following the last day in the any calendar month shall be accompanied by a current list of inventory locations for all Borrowing Base Entities in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agents;

(i) within five (5) Business Days after the end of each week, a sales flash report with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries executed by a Responsible Officer of the Company; provided , that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, inventory designations shall be delivered within three (3) Business Days after the end of each week (but in no event later than Wednesday) and all other items required to be delivered pursuant to this paragraph shall be delivered no later than the close of business on each Business Day as of the previous Business Day;

(j) within twenty-five (25) days after the end of each fiscal month, a report prepared by a Responsible Officer of the Company, which report shall list the total amount of MKE’s Receivables, inventory and cash on hand as of such month end (or forty-five (45) days after the end of any such month that corresponds to the end of the first three (3) fiscal quarters and ninety (90) days after the end of December);

(k) promptly upon becoming aware thereof, notice to the Administrative Agent of the occurrence of any Default, specifying the nature and extent thereof and the action (if any) which is proposed to be taken with respect thereto;

 

82


(l) As soon as possible and, in any event, within ten (10) days after the Loan Parties, their Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know of the occurrence of an ERISA Event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no statement or notice described in this paragraph shall be required to be provided unless the event or events to which such statement or notice relate could individually or in the aggregate be expected to result in a liability to the Loan Parties, any Subsidiary thereof or any ERISA Affiliate in excess of $10,000,000; and

(m) such other information as an Agent or any Lender may reasonably request, including, material financial reports, financial information submitted to governmental agencies, factoring or other loan documentation and any financial information required to be delivered under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section as of the Effective Date but no longer required to be delivered as a result of a change under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act; and

(n) The Loan Parties will deliver to the Administrative Agent (i) within 91 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a certificate dated such date showing the total amount of insurance coverage as of such date, (ii) from time to time true and complete copies of such insurance policies of the Loan Parties (or, if the Loan Parties do not have such insurance policies in their possession, evidence thereof) relating to such insurance coverage as the Required Lenders through the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, (iii) within 15 days of receipt of notice from any insurer, a copy of any notice of cancellation or material adverse change in coverage from that existing on the date of this Agreement and (iv) within 15 days of any cancellation or nonrenewal of coverage by a Loan Party, notice of such cancellation or nonrenewal.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 5.01 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of MK Holdings and its Subsidiaries by furnishing the Form 10-K or 10-Q (or the equivalent), as applicable, of MK Holdings (or a parent company thereof) filed with the SEC or any national securities exchange to the extent such filed financial information meets the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 5.01 ; provided that (i) to the extent that such information relates to a parent of MK Holdings, such information is accompanied by consolidating information, which may be unaudited, that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to MK Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand, and (ii) to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under Section 5.01(a) , such materials are accompanied by a report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLC or other independent public accountants of recognized standing selected by the Loan Parties in compliance with applicable SEC rules and regulations (which report shall not contain any going concern or similar qualification or exception as to scope).

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) , (b)  or (g)  (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and, if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which MK Holdings posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on MK Holdings’ website on the Internet at the website address identified by the Company in a notice to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.01(c) ); or (ii) on which such documents are posted on MK Holdings’ behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) MK Holdings shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent upon its reasonable request until a written notice to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) MK Holdings shall notify the Administrative Agent (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and, upon its reasonable request, provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery of or maintain paper copies of the documents referred to above,

 

83


and each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents and maintaining its copies of such documents.

Section 5.02. Maintenance of Property; Insurance . (a) Each Loan Party will keep, and will cause each Subsidiary to keep, in all material respects all property useful and necessary in its business as then conducted in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Each Loan Party shall keep all Collateral pledged by such Loan Party to the Collateral Agent in reasonably good repair, working order and operating condition (normal wear and tear excluded), and from time to time make all necessary and proper repairs, renewals, replacements, additions and improvements thereto and as appropriate and applicable, will otherwise deal with the Collateral in all such ways as are considered customary practice by owners of like property. Each Loan Party shall take all reasonable steps to preserve and protect the Collateral pledged by such Loan Party to the Collateral Agent. Each Loan Party will promptly notify the Collateral Agent in writing in the event of any material damage to the Collateral from any source whatsoever. In the event that any Loan Party shall fail to preserve the Collateral in accordance with the requirements of this Section 5.02(a) , the Collateral Agent may in its sole discretion, take any steps reasonably necessary to preserve such Collateral, at the expense of such Loan Party.

(b) Each Loan Party will maintain and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as is customary for companies in the same or similar businesses, in each case with financially sound and reputable insurers. The Collateral Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) shall be named as a lender loss payee on all property and business interruption loss policies relating to any of the Collateral and additional insured on all liability policies covering the Loan Parties (excluding directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, fiduciary liability insurance and any “key man” life insurance). The Loan Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each such property loss policy (to the extent available on commercially reasonable terms) to provide at least 30 days written notice to the Collateral Agent of cancellation or termination (or 10 days in the case of cancellation or termination for the failure to make payments of premiums). During the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, the Net Proceeds of insurance in respect of the Loan Parties and their assets shall be maintained in a cash collateral account with the Administrative Agent and may be, upon notice to the Loan Parties, setoff and applied to prepay outstanding principal and interest on the Loans. The Loan Parties will provide the Administrative Agent quarterly summaries of current insurance coverage.

Section 5.03. Compliance with Laws . Each Loan Party will comply, and cause each Subsidiary to comply, with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and requirements of governmental authorities (including Environmental Laws and ERISA and the rules and regulations thereunder) except where failure to comply would not have a Material Adverse Effect, or where the necessity of compliance therewith is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

Section 5.04. Inspection of Property, Books and Records . Each Loan Party will keep, and will cause each Subsidiary to keep, proper books of record and account reflecting its business and activities; and will permit, and will cause each Subsidiary to permit, upon reasonable prior notice, representatives of any Lender at such Lender’s expense to visit and inspect any of their respective properties, to examine and make abstracts from any of their respective books and records and to discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective officers, senior employees and independent public accountants, all with the participation of the Company or another Loan Party (unless the Company or the applicable Loan Party otherwise consents) all during normal business hours and as often as may reasonably be desired. At the expense of the Loan Parties, the Collateral Agent (x) shall have the right to audit (a “ Collateral Audit ”), upon reasonable prior notice, up to two times each fiscal year (or as often as it may request upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default), the

 

84


existence, condition and any other aspects of the Collateral that the Collateral Agent shall deem appropriate and to review compliance with the Financing Documents, (y) shall have the right to retain an inventory appraiser to appraise the inventory Collateral twice (or as often as it may request upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default) each fiscal year and (z) shall have the right, together with the Administrative Agent, to conduct the Specified Audit in addition to any other Collateral Audit. Without limiting the immediately preceding clause (z), the Specified Audit shall be completed no later than December 31, 2011 (or such later date as may be agreed to by the Agents).

Section 5.05. Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of Loans made under this Agreement will be used for the Loan Parties’ and their Subsidiaries’ working capital needs, to refinance existing Indebtedness on the Effective Date and for general corporate purposes of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries. None of such proceeds will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying any “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulation U.

Section 5.06. Environmental Matters . Each Loan Party will promptly give to the Lenders notice in writing of any complaint, order, citation or notice of violation with respect to, or if the Company becomes aware of, (i) the existence or alleged existence of a violation of any applicable Environmental Law, (ii) any release into the environment, (iii) the commencement of any cleanup pursuant to or in accordance with any applicable Environmental Law of any Hazardous Materials, (iv) any proceeding pending against the Company for the termination, suspension or non-renewal of any permit required under any applicable Environmental Law, (v) any property of the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary that is or will be subject to a Lien imposed pursuant to any Environmental Law and (vi) any proposed acquisitions or leasing of property, which, in each of cases (i) through (vi) above, individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.07. Taxes . Each Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay and discharge promptly when due all Taxes imposed upon the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries or upon their respective income or profits or in respect of their respective properties before the same shall become delinquent or in default, as well as all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies or otherwise, which, if unpaid, would give rise to Liens upon such properties or any part thereof; provided , however , that such payment and discharge shall not be required with respect to (i) any such Tax or claim so long as the validity or amount thereof shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and the applicable party, shall have set aside on its books reserves with respect thereto as required by GAAP, and such contest operates to suspend collection of the contested Tax or claims and enforcement of a Lien or (ii) any Tax or claims, the failure to pay and discharge when due which, individually or in the aggregate would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.08. Security Interests . Each Loan Party will at all times take, or permit to be taken, all actions necessary for the Collateral Agent to maintain the Security Interests as valid and perfected Liens to the extent required by the Financing Documents, subject only to Liens permitted under Section 6.02 .

Section 5.09. Existence; Conduct of Business . Each Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names material to the conduct of its business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation, dissolution or Disposition permitted under Section 6.03 .

 

85


Section 5.10. Litigation and Other Notices . Each Loan Party will give the Administrative Agent prompt written notice upon a Responsible Officer becoming aware of the following:

(a) the issuance against any Loan Party by any court or Governmental Authority of any injunction, order, decision or other restraint prohibiting, or having the effect of prohibiting, the making of the Loans, or invalidating, or having the effect of invalidating, any provision of this Agreement or the other Financing Documents that would materially adversely affect the Lenders’ ability to enforce any payment obligations hereunder, or the initiation of any litigation or similar proceeding seeking any such injunction, order, decision or other restraint;

(b) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding against any Loan Party or any of their Subsidiaries, whether at law or in equity or by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority, (i) which is material and is brought by or on behalf of any Governmental Authority, or in which injunctive or other equitable relief is sought or (ii) as to which it is probable (within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5) that there will be an adverse determination in each case and which, if adversely determined, would (A) reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party or a Subsidiary thereof in an aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or more, not reimbursable by insurance, or (B) materially impairs the right of any Loan Party or a Subsidiary thereof to perform its material obligations under this Agreement, any Note or any other Financing Document to which it is a party; or

(c) any development in the business or affairs of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries which has had or which is likely to have, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.11. Additional Grantors and Guarantors; Collateral .

(a) Each Loan Party will, and will cause its Subsidiaries to, promptly inform the Administrative Agent of the creation or acquisition of any direct or indirect Subsidiary (subject to the provisions of Section 6.04 ) and, if the Administrative Agent so directs in its sole discretion, within twenty (20) Business Days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree) after the Administrative Agent gives such direction,

(i) cause each (x) direct Domestic Subsidiary of the Company or of any other Domestic Subsidiary of the Company that is a Loan Party and (y) direct or indirect Subsidiary of MK Holdings that is not the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, in the case of each of clauses (x) and (y), that is not in existence on the date hereof, to become a party to this Agreement and to execute the Guarantee Agreement and the Pledge and Security Agreement or other collateral documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, as a guarantor and a grantor, respectively, in order for such Subsidiary’s owned property (whether real (if owned, with a fair market value in excess of $5,000,000), personal, tangible, intangible, or mixed) to be subject to first priority, perfected Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to secure the Obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Collateral Documents, subject in any case to Liens permitted by Section 6.02 , and cause the direct parent of each such Subsidiary to pledge all of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement or other collateral documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (it being understood that such Subsidiary may become a party (A) to this Agreement and to the Guarantee Agreement by executing a supplement in the form attached to the Guarantee Agreement and (B) to

 

86


the Pledge and Security Agreement by executing and delivering a supplement in the form attached to the Pledge and Security Agreement); and

(ii) cause the Company or any Loan Party that is a Domestic Subsidiary of the Company, if such Person is the parent of a first-tier Foreign Subsidiary thereof, to pledge 65% of the Equity Interests of such first-tier Foreign Subsidiary (unless such Foreign Subsidiary is a disregarded entity, as defined in U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701-2, of such parent, in which case the parent shall pledge 100% of the Equity Interests of such first-tier Foreign Subsidiary) owned by such parent entity pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement.

(b) If any assets (including any owned (but excluding any leased) real property with a fair market value in excess of $5,000,000 and improvements thereon) are acquired by a domestic Loan Party or Canadian Loan Party after the Effective Date or the date on which such Person becomes a Loan Party, as the case may be (other than assets constituting Collateral under any Collateral Document that become subject to the Lien under such Collateral Document upon acquisition thereof), the applicable Loan Party will notify the Administrative Agent thereof, and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the Obligations, and each Loan Party shall take such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and consistent with the existing Collateral Documents to grant and perfect such Liens, all at the expense of the Company; provided , that if any such action requires third-party (other than any Loan Party or any Subsidiary) consent or approval, the Company or such Loan Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the requested action.

(c) The Company shall have the right to request that (i) a Subsidiary that is already a Loan Party become a Borrowing Base Entity under this Agreement or (ii) a Subsidiary that is not already a Loan Party become a Loan Party and a Borrowing Base Entity under this Agreement. Any such request shall be made in writing to the Agents, and the Agents shall determine whether to agree to such request. If the Agents shall agree to any such request, such Loan Party shall comply with the requirements of clause (a) above to the extent it has not previously done so, and shall deliver such other information regarding the Collateral of such Loan Party as the Agents shall reasonably request prior to the effectiveness of such Loan Party’s addition as a Borrowing Base Entity hereunder.

(d) In connection with the all of the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.11 , the applicable Loan Party or any applicable Subsidiary shall provide such resolutions, certificates and opinions of counsel as shall be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Foreign Collateral Documents or any other foreign law-governed Collateral Documents (in each case other than those governed by the laws of Canada or any province thereof) are required to be delivered hereunder to the extent the Administrative Agent or its counsel determines that such Foreign Collateral Documents or foreign law-governed Collateral Documents would not provide material credit support for the benefit of the Secured Parties in light of the cost and expense associated therewith.

Section 5.12. Maintain Operating Accounts . Each Borrowing Base Entity will maintain all of their operating accounts and cash management arrangements (including the establishment of lockboxes) with the Administrative Agent or other financial institutions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. Each operating account that is a deposit account that is maintained by a Loan Party shall satisfy at least one of the following requirements: (i) it shall be subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement, (ii) it shall be maintained by a Borrowing Base Entity outside of the United States and be subject to a perfected security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent under the laws of the applicable foreign jurisdiction, (iii) it shall be maintained by a Loan Party that is not a Borrowing Base Entity

 

87


outside of the United States and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, such Loan Party shall have used or shall be using its commercially reasonable efforts to subject such deposit account to a perfected security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent under the laws of the applicable foreign jurisdiction, (iv) it shall be a payroll, benefits, withholding tax, escrow, customs or fiduciary account or a cash collateral account established in connection with a Lien permitted under Section 6.02 or (v) it shall be a deposit account not described in clause (i) to (iv) above (an “ Excluded Deposit Account ”); provided that the aggregate of the balances on deposit in all Excluded Deposit Accounts shall not exceed $5,000,000 at any time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, MK Canada shall not be required to deliver a control agreement subjecting its deposit accounts maintained with The Bank of Nova Scotia to a perfected security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent under the laws of the province of Nova Scotia until the date that is thirty (30) days after the Effective Date (or such later date as the Agents may agree in the exercise of their reasonable discretion with respect thereto) and prior to such date, such accounts shall not constitute Excluded Deposit Accounts due to the failure to comply with the immediately preceding clause (ii).

Section 5.13. Centre of main interests and Establishment . No UK Loan Party or Dutch Loan Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, take any action that shall cause its centre of main interests (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulations) to be situated outside of its jurisdiction of incorporation, or cause it to have an establishment (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulations) situated outside of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

Section 5.14. Compliance with the Swiss Twenty Non-Bank Rule .

(a) Each Swiss Borrower shall be compliance with the Swiss Twenty Non-Bank Rule; provided , however , that no Swiss Borrower shall be in breach of this Section 5.14 if such number of creditors (which are not Swiss Qualifying Banks) is exceeded solely by reason of a breach by one or more Lenders of a confirmation contained in Section 2.15(j) or a failure by one or more Lenders to comply with their obligations and transfer restrictions in Section 9.04 .

(b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) above, each Swiss Borrower shall assume that the aggregate number of Lenders which are not Swiss Qualifying Banks is 10 (ten).

Section 5.15. Canadian and Foreign Benefit Plan Notices and Information . Each Loan Party will give the Administrative Agent prompt written notice upon a Responsible Officer becoming aware of the following:

(a) (i) the United Kingdom Pensions Regulator issuing a financial support direction or a contribution notice (as those terms are defined in the Pensions Act 2004) in relation to any Foreign Pension Plan, (ii) any amount is due to any Foreign Pension Plan pursuant to Section 75 or 75A of the United Kingdom Pensions Act 1995 and/or (iii) an amount becomes payable under section 75 or 75A of the United Kingdom Pensions Act of 1995, in each case describing such matter or event and the action which the Loan Parties propose to take with respect thereto;

(b) any unremedied event which could reasonably be expected to give rise to the full termination of, or provide any Governmental Authority, without the consent of any Canadian Borrower or any other Loan Party, or any Subsidiary thereof, with the authority to partially or fully terminate, any Canadian Pension Plan or Canadian Multiemployer Pension Plan;

(c) the failure of any Canadian Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof to make normal or special payments to any Canadian Pension Plan or Canadian Multiemployer Pension Plan as required by applicable Canadian Law in an aggregate amount for any such plan in excess of $10,000,000, a copy of any notice related thereto filed under any applicable law, and a statement by a Responsible Officer of

 

88


such Canadian Borrower or such Subsidiary setting forth (A) sufficient information necessary to determine the amount of any corresponding Lien, (B) a summary of the reason(s) for the failure to make the required payments and (C) the action, if any, to be taken with respect thereto; and

(d) the receipt by any Canadian Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof of any notice or directive or order from any Canadian federal or provincial governmental or regulatory authority or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over any Canadian Pension Plan regarding an alleged Canadian Pension Plan shortfall, deficiency, insolvency or other matter if such shortfall, deficiency, insolvency or other matter could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, together with a copy of any such notice, directive or order; and

(e) upon request, the Borrowers will deliver to the Lenders copies of any filings required under Canadian law to maintain the registration of any Canadian Pension Plan.

ARTICLE VI

Negative Covenants

Until the Termination Date, the Loan Parties covenant and agree with the Lenders that:

Section 6.01. Indebtedness . Each Loan Party will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness created under the Financing Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.01 and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(c) (i) Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries incurred to finance the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof; provided that such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 180 days after such acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing of any Indebtedness set forth in the immediately preceding clause (i); provided , further , that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness that is outstanding in reliance on this paragraph (c) shall not exceed $20,000,000 or the Dollar Equivalent thereof in aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding;

(d) Indebtedness among the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries arising as a result of intercompany loans, provided that the rights of any Loan Party, if any, with respect to any such intercompany loan are pledged under the Pledge and Security Agreement or an applicable Foreign Collateral Document to the extent required by Section 5.11 ;

(e) Guarantees permitted by Section 6.04 hereof, including any Permitted Refinancings thereof;

(f) [ Intentionally omitted ] ;

(g) Indebtedness owing to any insurance company in connection with the financing of any insurance premiums permitted by such insurance company in the ordinary course of business;

 

89


(h) [ Intentionally omitted ] ;

(i) Indebtedness in respect of Derivative Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business for non-speculative purposes;

(j) Indebtedness (i) of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof, which Indebtedness is existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary and is not incurred in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary that is either (A) unsecured or (B) secured only by the assets of such Subsidiary by a Lien permitted under Section 6.02(c) and, in each case, any Permitted Refinancing thereof, (ii)(other than any seller financing) of a Loan Party or any Subsidiary that is incurred or assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition (and any Permitted Refinancing thereof), which, if secured, is secured only by Liens permitted by Section 6.02(l) , and so long as the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness outstanding at any time pursuant to this clause (ii) does not exceed $20,000,000 or the Dollar Equivalent thereof, or (iii) in respect of seller financing incurred in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, provided that any such seller financing shall (w) be unsecured Indebtedness, (x) not mature prior to the date that is 91 days after the Maturity Date, (y) not have any scheduled principal amortization or payments, repurchase, or redemptions of principal due prior to the date that is 91 days after the Maturity Date and (z) the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness outstanding at any time pursuant to this clause (iii) does not exceed $20,000,000 or the Dollar Equivalent thereof; provided , further , that in the case of each of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph (j), (1) the Loan Parties will be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the covenant contained in Section 6.10 as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b)  and (2) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or result therefrom;

(k) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding $20,000,000 or the Dollar Equivalent thereof;

(l) Indebtedness constituting deferred compensation to employees of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(m) Indebtedness consisting of unsecured promissory notes (i) issued to current or former officers, employees, directors, agents or consultants (or any spouses, former spouses, descendants, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees of any of the foregoing) of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary (or any direct or indirect parent of MK Holdings) to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of MK Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) permitted by Section 6.06(d)(i) , provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (i) shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding or (ii) issued to John Idol (or any spouse, former spouse, descendant, successor, executor, administrator, heir, legatee or distributee of John Idol) to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of MK Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) permitted by Section 6.06(d)(ii) ;

(n) Indebtedness incurred by the Loans Parties or any of their Subsidiaries in a Permitted Acquisition, any other Investment or any Disposition permitted hereunder, in each case, to the extent constituting indemnification obligations or obligations in respect of post-closing adjustments to purchase price (including earnouts), which are either unsecured or secured by customary deposit, holdback or escrow arrangements with respect to the consideration for such transaction;

(o) Banking Services Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections, employee credit card programs

 

90


and other cash management and similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business, and any Guarantees thereof;

(p) Indebtedness incurred by the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims;

(q) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(r) Indebtedness consisting of take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in the ordinary course of business; and

(s) other Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding the greater of (i) $10,000,000 or the Dollar Equivalent thereof and (ii) 2.5% of Consolidated Total Assets, determined at the time such Indebtedness is incurred.

Section 6.02. Liens . Each Loan Party will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

(a) Permitted Encumbrances;

(b) any Lien on any property or asset of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.02 ; provided that (i) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries (other than proceeds or products thereof) and (ii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date hereof and extensions, renewals, refinancings and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof (other than for accrued interest, any applicable premium and reasonable expenses paid in connection with such extension, renewal, refinancing or replacement) or the interest rate thereon or fees related thereto (except pursuant to the instrument creating such Lien or pricing increases consistent with then applicable market rates) and are on terms not materially more burdensome to such Loan Party or Subsidiary than those governing the obligations being extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced; provided , further, that if such obligations constitute Indebtedness, any such extension, renewal or replacement shall constitute Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

(c) any Lien (i) existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries or (ii) existing on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that (A) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (B) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary (other than proceeds and products of the property or asset subject to such Lien and, in the case of clause (ii), after acquired property of such Subsidiary of the same class or category as the property or asset subject to such Lien) and (C) any Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted by Section 6.01(j) hereof;

 

91


(d) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed, repaired, replaced or improved by the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries; provided that (i) such security interests secure Indebtedness permitted by clause (c) of Section 6.01 , (ii) such security interests and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred prior to or within 180 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction, repair, replacement or improvement, (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed 100% of the cost of acquiring, constructing, repairing, replacing or improving such fixed or capital assets and (iv) such security interests shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries, provided that individual financings of equipment or software provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment or software provided by such lender;

(e) Liens created by the Financing Documents in favor of the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, so long as such Liens continue in favor of the Collateral Agent;

(f) licenses, leases or subleases permitted hereunder granted to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries;

(g) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of premiums permitted by Section 6.01(g) ;

(h) Liens on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in a transaction permitted hereunder to be applied against the purchase price of such acquisition or cash earnest money deposits in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder relating to an Investment permitted hereunder;

(i) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by a Loan Party or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(j) Liens consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any property in a Disposition that is permitted under Section 6.03 ;

(k) Liens on property of any Foreign Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party at the time such Liens are incurred securing Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(i) or 6.01(k) ;

(l) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance a Permitted Acquisition, and any Permitted Refinancing thereof, so long as (i) such Liens only cover the assets acquired in such Permitted Acquisition and (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted under Section 6.01(j)(ii) hereof;

(m) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC (or other similar law) on the items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking or other financing institution arising as a matter of law or in the ordinary course of business encumbering deposits, other funds or financial assets maintained with such banking or financial institution (including rights of setoff); and

(n) other Liens, provided that the aggregate amount of obligations secured by Liens in reliance on this paragraph (n) shall not exceed $2,500,000 at any time.

 

92


Section 6.03. Fundamental Changes . (a) Subject to paragraph (c) of this Section 6.03 , each Loan Party will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, merge into, amalgamate, wind up or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into, amalgamate, wind up or consolidate with any of them, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) any of their assets, or the stock or other Equity Interests of any of its Subsidiaries (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or liquidate or dissolve, except that:

(i) any Subsidiary may merge into, amalgamate (subject to providing an acknowledgement or confirmation from the continuing entity and such other documents, including registrations, as may be reasonably required by the Agents), wind up or consolidate with (A) a Borrower in a transaction in which the continuing or surviving Person is a Borrower, (B) any other Subsidiary, provided that if one of the parties is a Loan Party, the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Loan Party and (C) in the case where such Subsidiary is not a Loan Party, any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;

(ii) any Subsidiary that is not a Borrower may liquidate or dissolve if the Company’s board of directors determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders;

(iii) any Subsidiary that is not a Borrower may make a Disposition of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to another Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Loan Party, then (A) the transferee shall be a Loan Party, (B) to the extent constituting an Investment in a Subsidiary, such Investment must be a permitted Investment with Section 6.04 or (C) to the extent constituting a Disposition to a Subsidiary, such Disposition is for fair value and any promissory note or other non-cash consideration received in respect thereof is permitted Indebtedness of a Subsidiary (to the extent constituting Indebtedness) and a permitted Investment in a Subsidiary in accordance with Section 7.01 and Section 6.04 , respectively;

(iv) any Subsidiary that is not a Borrower may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 6.04 ; provided that the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Subsidiary, and if the merging, consolidating or amalgamating Subsidiary is a Loan Party, the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Loan Party; and

(v) any Subsidiary that is not a Borrower may effect a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or amalgamation in order to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 6.03(c) ; provided that if the merging, dissolving, liquidating, consolidating or amalgamating Subsidiary is a Loan Party, any continuing or surviving Person shall be a Loan Party.

(vi) any Subsidiary may change its legal form and any Domestic Subsidiary may be a party to a merger the sole purpose of which is to reincorporate or reorganize in another jurisdiction in the United States if, in any such case, (x) Holdings reasonably determines in good faith that such action is in the best interest of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and Holdings reasonably determines that such action is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders (it being understood that a Subsidiary that is a Loan Party will remain a Loan Party) and (y) (1) such change in legal form will not adversely affect the validity, perfection or priority of the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the

 

93


Collateral and (2) such Subsidiary has delivered the requisite notice to the Agents under the Pledge and Security Agreement or any Collateral Agreement and taken such steps as are reasonably necessary or advisable to properly maintain the validity, perfection and priority of the Collateral Agent’s security in interest in the Collateral;

provided that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (i) through (v), after giving effect to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, wind up, liquidation or dissolution, no Material Adverse Effect could reasonably be expected to result therefrom.

(b) Each Loan Party will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (i) engage to any material extent in any business other than businesses of the type conducted by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries on the date hereof and businesses reasonably related thereto or (ii) change its fiscal year as disclosed on Schedule 6.03 .

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.03 , the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries may make, enter into or permit:

(i) purchases and sales of inventory and licensing of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business and purchases and sales of Receivables pursuant to the terms of a Permitted Factoring Arrangement;

(ii) Dispositions of (x) inventory, goods held for sale or immaterial assets in the ordinary course of business and (y) worn out, obsolete, scrap or surplus assets or assets no longer useful in the conduct of the business of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries;

(iii) Capital Expenditures permitted under Section 6.11 ;

(iv) liquidations of Permitted Investments and Investments permitted by Section 6.04(h) ;

(v) Investments and Guarantees permitted by Section 6.04 , Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.08 and Liens permitted by Section 6.02 ;

(vi) Dispositions of assets resulting from a Casualty Event;

(vii) Dispositions of Intellectual Property registered, created or otherwise existing under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of MK Holdings;

(viii) liquidation or dissolution of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;

(ix) the lease and sublease of real property in the ordinary course of business if circumstances reasonably warrant such lease or sublease;

(x) Dispositions of assets among Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) subject to additional limitations on amendments or modifications of agreements set forth herein, the termination, amendment or modification of agreements in the ordinary course of business or that the Company has reasonably determined in good

 

94


faith is in the best interests of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, provided that such terminations, amendments or modifications could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(xii) any Resale Transactions to Persons other than Affiliates;

(xiii) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;

(xiv) any transfer of property or assets that represents a surrender or waiver of a contract right or a settlement, surrender or release of a contract or tort claim; provided , that such surrender or waiver could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(xv) dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture agreements and similar binding agreements;

(xvi) the unwinding of any Hedging Contract;

(xvii) if required by applicable law, the sale of the Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary to (A) foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable law or (B) in order to render eligible under applicable law the members of the governing body of such Foreign Subsidiary;

(xviii) the lapse or abandonment in the ordinary course of business of any immaterial Intellectual Property; and

(xix) Dispositions of property to Persons other than Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under this Section 6.03 ; provided that (A) the aggregate amount of consideration received from Dispositions made in reliance in this clause (xix) shall not exceed $50,000,000 or the Dollar Equivalent thereof during the term of this Agreement, (B) no Default or Event of Default shall exist at the time of, or would result from, such Disposition and (C) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (xix) for a purchase price in excess of $5,000,000, the applicable Loan Party or Subsidiary shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Permitted Investments, provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (C), any liabilities of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable Disposition and for which such Loan Party or such Subsidiary has been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, shall be deemed to be cash and (y) any securities received by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary into cash or Permitted Investments within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Disposition, shall be deemed to be cash;

provided , that if Dispositions pursuant to clause (ii), (xii), (xiv) or (xix) of this Section 6.03(c) are made to a Person that is not a Loan Party or a Subsidiary, such Dispositions shall be for no less than the fair market value of such property at the time of such Disposition; provided , further , that

 

95


all Dispositions made pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.09 hereof.

Section 6.04. Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions . Each Loan Party will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger with any Person) any capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, Guarantee (other than pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement) any obligations of, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other Person, or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any assets of any other Person constituting a business unit (collectively, “ Investments ”), except:

(a) Permitted Investments and Investments that were Permitted Investments when made;

(b) Investments outstanding on the Effective Date and identified in Schedule 6.04 , and any renewals, amendments and replacements thereof that do not increase the amount thereof (other than in respect of capitalized interest and reasonable expenses);

(c) indemnities made and security deposits and surety bonds issued in the ordinary course of business;

(d) indemnities made in the Financing Documents;

(e) Investments among the Loan Parties and their Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, including Investments in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(d) hereof;

(f) Guarantees made in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Guarantees are not of Indebtedness for borrowed money except to the extent permitted pursuant to Section 6.01 and otherwise could not in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(g) advances, loans or extensions of credit by the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries to officers, directors, employees and agents of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries (i) in the ordinary course of business for travel, entertainment, relocation or other similar expenses, (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Qualified Equity Interests of MK Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) ( provided that the amount of such loans and advances made in cash to such Person shall be contributed to MK Holdings in cash as common equity or Qualified Equity Interests and shall not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding), (iii) in compliance with all applicable laws not to exceed $2,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding and (iv) relating to indemnification or reimbursement of such officers, directors, employees and agents in respect of liabilities relating to their service in such capacities;

(h) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers and supplier arising in the ordinary course of business;

(i) accounts, chattel paper and notes receivable arising from the sale or lease of goods or the performance of services in the ordinary course of business;

(j) Capital Expenditures and Liens not prohibited by this Agreement;

 

96


(k) Investments constituting Derivative Obligations permitted by Section 6.01 hereof;

(l) promissory notes and other non-cash consideration that is permitted to be received in connection with dispositions permitted by Section 6.03 ;

(m) Permitted Acquisitions and existing Investments of a Person or business acquired in such Permitted Acquisition so long as such Investment was not made in contemplation of such Acquisition;

(n) Investments (which, if constituting an Acquisition, shall satisfy all requirements of a Permitted Acquisition) to the extent that payment for such Investments is made solely with Qualified Equity Interests of MK Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or the IPO Entity;

(o) Investments held by a Subsidiary acquired after the Effective Date or of a Person merged into a Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party, in either case, in a transaction permitted by Section 6.03 after the Effective Date to the extent such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(p) other Investments (which, if constituting an Acquisition, shall satisfy all requirements of a Permitted Acquisition) in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $10,000,000 (the amount of any such Investment being deemed to be the cost of such Investment at the time made or acquired, but giving effect to any deferred purchase price component);

(q) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, time other Investments (which, if constituting an Acquisition, shall satisfy all requirements of a Permitted Acquisition) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Available Amount at such time;

(r) loans and advances to any direct or indirect parent of MK Holdings in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof), Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made to such direct or indirect parent in accordance with Section 6.06(d) , (e)  or (f) ; and

(s) Investments for which no consideration is provided by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary.

For purposes of compliance with this Section 6.04 , the amount of any Investment shall be the amount initially invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment, less any amount paid, repaid, returned, distributed or otherwise received in cash in respect of such Investment; provided , that the amount of any Acquisition shall be determined in accordance with the parameters established in the definition of Permitted Acquisition.

Section 6.05. Prepayment or Modification of Indebtedness; Modification of Operating Documents . (a) Each Loan Party will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly voluntarily prepay, redeem, purchase or retire any Subordinated Indebtedness in violation of the subordination terms applicable thereto.

(b) Each Loan Party will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, modify, amend or alter any document evidencing or governing any Indebtedness existing on the date hereof or

 

97


providing for any Guarantee or other right in respect thereof (including but not limited to the Wells Factoring Agreement) in a manner which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or would otherwise be materially disadvantageous to the Lenders, and shall not modify, amend or alter any subordination provisions contained in any such documents.

(c) Each Loan Party will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, modify, amend or alter their operating agreements, certificates or articles of incorporation or other organic documents in a manner which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or would otherwise be materially disadvantageous to the Lenders.

Section 6.06. Restricted Payments . Each Loan Party will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:

(a) each Loan Party and Subsidiary may declare and pay dividends with respect to its Equity Interests payable solely in additional Qualified Equity Interests of such Person;

(b) Loan Parties (other than MK Holdings) and Subsidiaries of the Loan Parties may declare and pay dividends and make other Restricted Payments ratably with respect to their Equity Interests;

(c) redemptions or repurchases of Equity Interests (i) deemed to occur upon exercise of options or warrants or similar rights by the delivery of Equity Interests in satisfaction of the exercise price such options or warrants or similar rights or (ii) in consideration of withholding or similar taxes payable by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant (or any spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees of any of the foregoing);

(d) the Company or MK Holdings (i) may redeem, acquire, retire or repurchase Equity Interests of MK Holdings (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to redeem, acquire, retire or repurchase its Equity Interests) held by any future, present or former employee, director, consultant or distributor (or any spouses, former spouses, descendants, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees of any of the foregoing) of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary (or any direct or indirect parent of MK Holdings) upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment of any such Person or otherwise in accordance with any employee or director equity plan, employee or director stock option plan or any other employee or director benefit plan or any agreement (including any stock subscription or shareholder agreement) with any employee, director, officer, consultant or distributor of any Loan Party (or any direct or indirect parent thereof); provided , that the aggregate amount paid under this clause (d)(i) shall not exceed (A) $9,500,000 in connection with the repurchase of stock options in connection with the Equity/Restructuring Transactions and (B) otherwise $7,500,000 in any fiscal year of the Company (with unused amounts in any fiscal year being carried over to the immediately succeeding fiscal year but not for any other subsequent fiscal year) and (ii) may redeem, acquire, retire or repurchase Equity Interests of MK Holdings (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to redeem, acquire, retire or repurchase its Equity Interests) held by John Idol (or any spouse, former spouse, successor, executor, administrator, heir, legatee or distributee of John Idol) as is required under Section 8(c) of the Idol Employment Agreement; provided , that (x) no Restricted Payment shall be made pursuant to this clause (d)(ii) unless, after giving effect thereto, the Loan Parties shall be in compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 6.10 on a Pro Forma Basis as of the end of the most recently completed Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section

 

98


5.01(a) or (b)  and (y) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (d)(ii) shall not exceed $150,000,000 during the term of this Agreement.

(e) so long as no Event of Default exists or would result therefrom, MK Holdings may declare and pay dividends in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000 during any fiscal year of the Company;

(f) MK Holdings may make Restricted Payments in cash to a direct parent thereof:

(i) the proceeds of which shall be used by such parent to pay (or to make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent of thereof to pay) its operating expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses payable to third parties and fees, franchise and similar taxes and expenses required to maintain its existence and comply with applicable laws) that are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business and attributable to the ownership and operation of MK Holdings and its Subsidiaries, in an aggregate amount together with the aggregate amount of loans and advances to such parent made pursuant to Section 6.04(r) in lieu of Restricted Payments permitted by this clause (f)(i) not to exceed (x) $2,000,000 in any fiscal year occurring prior to the year in which an IPO occurs and (y) $4,000,000 in any fiscal year occurring in the year in which an IPO occurs and in each fiscal year thereafter, plus , in each case, any reasonable and customary indemnification claims made by directors or officers of such parent (or any parent thereof) attributable to the ownership or operations of MK Holdings and its Subsidiaries; or

(ii) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay (or to make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) fees and expenses related to any unsuccessful equity offering of MK Holdings or of an IPO Entity.

(g) any Loan Party or any Subsidiary may pay cash in lieu of any fractional Equity Interest in connection with any dividend, split or combination thereof or any Permitted Acquisition; and

(h) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, additional Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed the Available Amount at the time such Restricted Payment is made.

Section 6.07. Transactions with Affiliates . Each Loan Party will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except:

(a) at prices and on other financial terms and conditions not less favorable to the Loan Party or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties;

(b) transactions between or among the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries (or any Person that becomes a Subsidiary as a result of such transaction) permitted or not restricted by the Financing Documents;

(c) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 6.06 and Investments permitted by Section  6.04 ;

 

99


(d) fees and compensation paid (including through the issuance of Equity Interests in MK Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof) and benefits provided to, and customary indemnity and reimbursement provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees, agents or consultants of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries;

(e) employment and severance arrangements entered into by the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to any employee or director equity plan, employee or director stock option plan or any other employee or director benefit plan; provided that any payments made under such agreements or plans are made in compliance with this Agreement; and

(f) any agreement, instrument or arrangement as in effect on the Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 6.07 , and any amendment, supplement or other modification thereto, so long as any such amendment, supplement or modification is not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect as compared to the terms of the applicable agreement, instrument or arrangement as in effect on the Effective Date.

Section 6.08. Restrictive Agreements . Each Loan Party will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of the Loan Party or any Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its capital stock or to make or repay loans or advances to the Loan Party or any other Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Loan Party or any other Subsidiary; provided that (i) the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by law or by any of the Financing Documents, (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions existing on the date hereof identified on Schedule 6.08 (but shall apply to any amendment, modification, renewal or extension expanding the scope of any such restriction or condition), (iii) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary or any asset pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary or asset that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (iv) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to Liens permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets subject to such permitted Lien, (v) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in leases, licenses and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof or subleasing or sublicensing in connection therewith, (vi) the foregoing shall not apply to (x) restrictions and conditions binding on a Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary first becomes a Subsidiary, so long as such restrictions or conditions were not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary and (y) any amendment, modification or renewal of a restriction permitted by clause (vi)(x) or any agreement evidencing such restriction or condition so long as such amendment, modification or renewal does not expand the scope of such restriction or condition and (vi) the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 6.04.

Section 6.09. [ Reserved ] .

Section 6.10. Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . The Loan Parties shall not allow the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for any Test Period to be less than 2.00 to 1.00.

Section 6.11. Capital Expenditures . The Loan Parties shall not permit Capital Expenditures net of Tenant Improvements (including Capital Expenditures pursuant to Section 6.01(c) but not including Capital Expenditures made with the Net Proceeds of Casualty Events) for any fiscal year (or

 

100


partial fiscal year, as applicable) to exceed $110,000,000 (the “ Capital Expenditure Allowance ”) plus the Available Amount; provided, if, during any fiscal year, Capital Expenditures (net of Tenant Improvements) are less than the Capital Expenditure Allowance, an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the difference between the Capital Expenditure Allowance and the actual Capital Expenditures (net of Tenant Improvements) for such fiscal year and (ii) 50% of the Capital Expenditure Allowance (such lesser amount being referred to as the “ Excess Capital Expenditure Allowance ”) may be carried forward so as to increase the maximum Capital Expenditure Allowance for the immediately succeeding fiscal year (or partial fiscal year, as applicable) but not for any other subsequent fiscal year (or partial fiscal year, as applicable). It is understood that Capital Expenditures (net of Tenant Improvements) made in any such succeeding fiscal year (or partial fiscal year, as applicable) (i) shall be applied first to the Excess Capital Expenditure Allowance carried forward, and shall then be applied to the maximum Capital Expenditure Allowance (net of Tenant Improvements) until such maximum is exhausted and (ii) shall not exceed $125,000,000, including after giving effect to the Excess Capital Expenditure Allowance. The Loan Parties shall list the amount of any Tenant Improvements made during the applicable period on the certificates delivered by the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.01(d ) hereof.

ARTICLE VII

Events of Default

Section 7.01. Events of Default . If any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”) shall occur:

(a) any Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;

(b) any Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan, the Revolving Credit Commitment Fee, or any other fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Section 7.01 ) payable under this Agreement or any other Financing Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of three (3) Business Days;

(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Borrower or any Guarantor in the Financing Documents, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to the Financing Documents, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect as of the date when made or deemed made;

(d) any Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in (i)  Section 5.04 (with respect to audits), 5.05 , 5.09 (with respect to any Borrower’s existence) or 5.10(c) or in Article VI ; (ii) Sections 5.01 , 5.02 , 5.07 and 5.11 hereof, and in each such case under this clause (ii), such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of three (3) Business Days;

(e) any Borrower or any Guarantor has failed to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Article) or any other Financing Document, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after a Responsible Officer of such Borrower or Guarantor shall have become aware thereof;

 

101


(f) (i) any Loan Party or any of their Subsidiaries shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable (after giving effect to any applicable grace period) or (ii) any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with all applicable grace periods having expired) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity, provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the sale, transfer or other disposition (including as a result of a casualty or condemnation event) of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness (to the extent such sale, transfer or other disposition is not prohibited under this Agreement;

(g) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, administration or other relief in respect of the Company or any other Loan Party or Material Subsidiary or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Federal, state, provincial or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, administrator, custodian, monitor, sequestrator, liquidator, conservator or similar official for the Company or any other Loan Party of Material Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall be immediately and diligently and continuously contested and continue undismissed for 90 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(h) the Company or any other Loan Party or Material Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, administration or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (g) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, administrator, custodian, monitor, sequestrator, liquidator, conservator or similar official for the Company or any Subsidiary or Guarantor or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

(i) one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $10,000,000 (to the extent not covered by insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment and has not denied coverage) shall be rendered against the Company, any other Loan Party or any Subsidiary or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 45 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any judgment creditor shall legally attach or levy upon any assets that are material to the business of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, to enforce any such judgment;

(j) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the reasonable opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a liability, lien and/or security interest which would have a Material Adverse Effect;

(k) a Change in Control shall occur;

(l) any material provision of any Financing Document shall for any reason cease to be, or shall be asserted by any Loan Party or Subsidiary obligated thereunder not to be, a legal, valid

 

102


and binding obligation of such Loan Party or Subsidiary, including the improper filing by such Loan Party or Subsidiary of an amendment or termination statement relating to a filed financing statement describing the Collateral, or any Lien on any material portion of the Collateral purported to be created by any of such Financing Documents shall for any reason cease to be, or be asserted by any Loan Party or Subsidiary granting any such Lien not to be, a valid, first priority perfected Lien (except to the extent otherwise permitted under any of the Financing Documents), except as a result of the Disposition of the applicable Collateral in a transaction permitted under the Financing Documents;

(m) a BVI Insolvency Event shall occur;

(n) a Swiss Insolvency Event shall occur;

(o) MK Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries shall have been notified that any of them has, in relation to a Foreign Pension Plan, incurred a debt or other liability under section 75 or 75A of the United Kingdom Pensions Act 1995, or has been issued with a contribution notice or financial support direction (as those terms are defined in the Pensions Act 2004), or otherwise is liable to pay any other amount in respect of Foreign Pension Plans which, in any such case, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(p) a UK Insolvency Event shall occur in respect of any UK Relevant Entity;

(q) any Canadian Borrower shall fail to make a payment pursuant to a requirement from the Minister of National Revenue for payment pursuant to Section 224 or any successor section of the ITA or Section 317, or any successor section of the Excise Tax Act (Canada) or any comparable provision of similar legislation shall have been received by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any other Person in respect of any Canadian Borrower or otherwise issued in respect of any Canadian Borrower involving an amount in excess of $10,000,000; provided that no Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred so long as any such requirement for payment is contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings promptly initiated and diligently conducted, and a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made therefor; or

(r) there is (i) a negative change in the funded status of any Canadian Pension Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) an event that could effect the status or registration of a Canadian Pension Plan or a Canadian Benefit Plan or to the knowledge of the Borrowers, a Canadian Multiemployer Pension Plan, under the ITA that could reasonably be expected have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) a failure of any responsible Borrower or Subsidiary to satisfy any funding requirement of any Canadian Pension Plan when due if such failure could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and, (iv) receipt by a Borrower or Subsidiary of notice of withdrawal liability in respect of a Canadian Multiemployer Pension Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Company or any Loan Party or Material Subsidiary described in clause (g) or (h) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Company, take any one or more of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Loan Parties accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby

 

103


waived by the Loan Parties, (iii) require that the Loan Parties deposit cash collateral to the extent of the LC Exposure; and in case of any event with respect to the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary described in clause (g) or (h) of this Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Loan Parties accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Loan Parties. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, exercise any rights and remedies provided to such Agent under the Financing Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under any applicable Uniform Commercial Code or PPSA.

ARTICLE VIII

The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent

Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its administrative agent and the Collateral Agent as its collateral agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent by the terms hereof and the other Financing Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

Each of the institutions serving as the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Financing Documents shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though they were not the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and such institutions and their Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if they were not the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent hereunder.

The Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein or in the other Financing Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or thereby that the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent are required to exercise in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02 hereof), and (c) except as expressly set forth herein, the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for any failure to disclose, any information relating to the Loan Parties or any Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the institutions serving as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent or any of their Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by them with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02 hereof) or in the absence of their own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Event of Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent (as the case may be) by the Company or a Lender, and neither the Administrative Agent nor Collateral Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any

 

104


of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent (as the case may be).

The Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent also may rely upon any statement made to them orally or by telephone and believed by them to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Company), independent accountants and other experts selected by them, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by them in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

The Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent may perform any and all of their duties and exercise their rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by them (including either Agent as sub-agent of one another). The Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of their duties and exercise their rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

With respect to the release of Collateral, the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize and direct the Collateral Agent to release any Lien granted to or held by it upon any property covered by this Agreement or the other Financing Documents (i) upon termination or expiration of the Commitments, the payment and satisfaction of all obligations arising with respect to the Loans (other than contingent obligations for indemnification), all fees and expenses reimbursable under the Financing Documents, the expiration or termination of all the Letters of Credit and the reimbursement of all LC Disbursements; (ii) constituting property being sold or disposed of in compliance with the provisions of the Financing Documents (and the Collateral Agent may rely in good faith conclusively on any certificate stating that the property is being sold or disposed of in compliance with the provisions of the Financing Documents, without further inquiry); (iii) subject to Section 9.02 , if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or such greater number of Lenders as may be required by Section 9.02 ); or (iv) if the property subject to such Lien is owned by a Guarantor, upon release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guaranty pursuant to Section 9.16 ; provided , however , that (x) the Collateral Agent shall not be required to execute any release on terms which, in its reasonable opinion, could be expected to subject it to liability or create any material obligation or entail any consequence other than the release of such Liens without recourse or warranty, and (y) in the case of clause (ii) above, such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect or impair any Liens upon any interests in Collateral retained , including (without limitation) the proceeds of the sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the property covered by the Financing Documents.

With respect to perfecting security interests in Collateral which, in accordance with Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code or any comparable provision of a PPSA or any other Lien perfection statute in any applicable jurisdiction, can be perfected by possession or control, each Lender hereby appoints each other Lender its agent for the purpose of perfecting such interest. Should any Lender (other than the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent) obtain possession or control of any such Collateral, such Lender shall notify the Collateral Agent, and, promptly upon the Collateral Agent’s

 

105


request, shall deliver such Collateral to the Collateral Agent or in accordance with the Collateral Agent’s instructions. Each Lender agrees that it will not have any right individually to enforce or seek to enforce this Agreement or any other Financing Document or to realize upon any Collateral for the Loans, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised only by or with the approval of the Agents.

In the event that a petition seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or similar law is filed by or against the Company or any other Person obligated under the Financing Documents, the Administrative Agent is authorized, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to file a proof of claim on behalf of itself and the Lenders in such proceeding for the total amount of obligations owed by such Person. With respect to any such proof of claim which the Administrative Agent may file, each Lender acknowledges that without reliance on such proof of claim, such Lender shall make its own evaluation as to whether an individual proof of claim must be filed in respect of such obligations owed to such Lender and, if so, take the steps necessary to prepare and timely file such individual claim.

Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent (with the consent of the Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, except that no such consent shall be required upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default) or successor Collateral Agent (as the case may be) as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent (as the case may be) may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Company, provided that such resignation shall not affect the rights of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Parallel Debt and the Collateral Agent shall continue to hold such rights until the effective assignment thereof by the Collateral Agent to a successor agent. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the approval of the Company (not to be unreasonably withheld, except that no such approval shall be required upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default), to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank with the approval of the Company (not to be unreasonably withheld, except that no such approval shall be required upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default), appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent (as the case may be) which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank with such an office. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent (as the case may be), and the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Company to a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Company and such successor. After the Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.03 hereof shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, their sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent will reasonably cooperate in assigning its rights under the Parallel Debt to any such successor agent and will reasonably cooperate in transferring all rights under any Dutch security document or any Curaçao security document (as the case may be) to such successor agent.

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other

 

106


Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder. Each Lender acknowledges the potential conflict of interest of each other Lender as a result of Lenders holding disproportionate interests in the Loans, and expressly consents to and waives any claim based upon such conflict of interest.

Foreign Collateral Provisions

Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes (such undertaking and the obligations and liabilities which are a result thereof, hereinafter being referred to as its “Parallel Debt”) to pay to the Collateral Agent an amount equal to, and in the currency of, the aggregate amount payable by it now or in the future to any Lender and/or the Agents (other than the Collateral Agent) under any Financing Document, other than its Parallel Debt (the “ Principal Obligations ”) in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Principal Obligations. The Parallel Debt of each Loan Party shall become due and payable as and when its Principal Obligations become due and payable. An Event of Default in respect of the Principal Obligations shall constitute a default ( verzuim ) within the meaning of section 3:248 Netherlands Civil Code or section 3:248 Curaçao Civil Code (as the case may be) with respect to the Parallel Debt without any further notice being required.

Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that (i) the Parallel Debt of each Loan Party (a) constitutes an undertaking, obligation and liability of such Loan Party to the Collateral Agent (in its personal capacity and not in its capacity as agent) which is separate and independent from, and without prejudice to, its Principal Obligations and (b) represents the Collateral Agent’s own claim to receive payment of such Parallel Debt from such Loan Party and (ii) the Collateral created under the Financing Documents governed by Dutch or Curaçao law (as the case may be) to secure the Parallel Debt is granted to the Collateral Agent in its capacity as sole creditor of the Parallel Debt.

Each party to this Agreement agrees that (i) the Parallel Debt of each Loan Party shall be decreased if and to the extent that such Loan Party’s Principal Obligations have been paid, or in the case of guarantee obligations, discharged, (ii) the Principal Obligations of each Loan Party shall be decreased if and to the extent that such Loan Party’s Parallel Debt has been paid, or in the case of guarantee obligations, discharged, and (iii) the amount payable under the Parallel Debt of each Loan Party shall at no time exceed the amount payable under such Loan Party’s Principal Obligations.

Any amount received or recovered by the Collateral Agent in respect of a Parallel Debt (including, but not limited to, enforcement proceeds) shall be applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement subject to limitations (if any) expressly provided for in any other Financing Document.

Each Borrower, on its behalf and on behalf of its Subsidiaries, and each Lender, on its behalf and on the behalf of its affiliated Secured Parties, hereby irrevocably constitute the Collateral Agent as the holder of an irrevocable power of attorney ( fondé de pouvoir within the meaning of Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Québec) in order to hold hypothecs and security granted by each Borrower or any Subsidiary on property pursuant to the laws of the Province of Quebec to secure obligations of any Borrower or any Subsidiary under any bond, debenture or similar title of indebtedness issued by any Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with this Agreement, and agree that the Collateral Agent may act as the bondholder and mandatary with respect to any bond, debenture or similar title of indebtedness that may be issued by any Borrower or any Subsidiary and pledged in favor of the Secured Parties in connection with this Agreement. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 32 of the An Act respecting the special powers of legal persons (Quebec), Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (successor by merger to Wells Fargo Trade Capital, LLC), as Collateral Agent, may acquire and be the holder of any

 

107


bond issued by any Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with this Agreement (i.e., the fondé de pouvoir may acquire and hold the first bond issued under any deed of hypothec by any Borrower or any Subsidiary).

The parties hereto acknowledge and agree for the purposes of taking and ensuring the continuing validity of German law governed pledges ( Pfandrechte ) with the creation of parallel debt obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries as will be further described in a separate German law governed parallel debt undertaking. The Collateral Agent shall (i) hold such parallel debt undertaking as fiduciary agent ( Treuhänder ) and (ii) administer and hold as fiduciary agent ( Treuhänder ) any pledge created under a German law governed Collateral Document which is created in favor of any Secured Party or transferred to any Secured Party due to its accessory nature ( Akzessorietät ), in each case in its own name and for the account of the Secured Parties. Each Lender (on behalf of itself and its affiliated Secured Parties) hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to enter as its agent in its name and on its behalf into any German law governed Collateral Document, accept as its agent in its name and on its behalf any pledge or other creation of any accessory security right in relation to this Agreement and to agree to and execute on its behalf as its representative in its name and on its behalf any amendments, supplements and other alterations to any such Collateral Document and to release on behalf of any such Lender or Secured Party any such Collateral Document and any pledge created under any such Collateral Document in accordance with the provisions herein and/or the provisions in any such Collateral Document.

Each Secured Party (other than the Collateral Agent) appoints the Collateral Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Swiss Collateral Documents. Each Secured Party authorises the Collateral Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Collateral Agent under or in connection with the Financing Documents, together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions. In particular and with regard to the Swiss Collateral Documents governed by Swiss law, each Secured Party appoints and authorises the Collateral Agent: (i) to enter into each Swiss Collateral Document that is non accessory ( nicht-akzessorisch ) in nature (such as a Swiss claims assignment agreement) in its own name, but for the benefit of the other Secured Parties; and (ii) to enter into each Swiss Collateral Document that is accessory ( akzessorisch ) in nature (such as the Swiss Quota Pledge Agreement) for itself and for and on behalf of the other Secured Parties as direct representative ( direkter Stellvertreter ) and each of the Secured Parties and the Borrowers acknowledge that each Secured Party (including, without limitation, any new Lender) will be a party to such Swiss Collateral Document. Each of the parties to this Agreement agrees that the Collateral Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in this Agreement or in the other Financing Documents (and no others shall be implied). Unless provided to the contrary in any Swiss Collateral Document, each Secured Party hereby requests the Collateral Agent to acquire and the Collateral Agent declares that it shall hold the security interest granted thereunder, and all other rights, title and interests in, to and under the Financing Documents to which it is a party and expressed to be a trustee and all proceeds of enforcement under such security interest and of such Financing Documents, in trust for the Secured Parties on the terms contained in this Agreement. To the extent that the trust relationship as such is not recognised by Swiss law, it shall be interpreted to be (i) a principal agent relationship ( Treuhandverhältnis ) in the case of each Swiss Collateral Document that is non accessory ( nicht-akzessorisch ) in nature (such as a Swiss claims assignment agreement) or (ii) a direct representative relationship ( direkte Stellvertretung ) in the case of each Swiss Collateral Document that is accessory ( akzessorisch ) in nature (such as the Swiss Quota Pledge Agreement).

 

108


ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

Section 9.01. Notices . (a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy or electronic mail, as follows:

(i) if to any Borrower (other than MKE or MK Switzerland), to it at (A) 11 West 42 nd Street, New York, New York 10036, Attention of Lee Sporn, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary (Telecopy No. 646-354-4834) and (B) 333 Meadowlands Parkway, 4 th Floor, Secaucus, NJ 07094, Attention of Joseph B. Parsons, Chief Financial Officer (Telecopy No. 646-354-4969);

(ii) if to the Administrative Agent, (A) in the case of Borrowings by the Company denominated in U.S. Dollars, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 10 South Dearborn, Chicago, Illinois 60603, Attention of Nikki Gilmore (Telecopy No. (312) 385-7101), (B) in the case of Borrowings denominated in Canadian Dollars, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 10 South Dearborn, Chicago, Illinois 60603, Attention of Nikki Gilmore (Telecopy No. (312) 385-7101) and (C) in the case of Borrowings by any Foreign Subsidiary Borrower or Borrowings denominated in Alternative Currencies (other than Borrowings denominated in Canadian Dollars), to J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, 125 London Wall, London EC2Y 5AJ, Attention of Loans Agency (Telephone No. 44-207-777-3092) (Telecopy No. 44-207-777-2360) (Email loan_and_agency_london@jpmorgan.com), and in each case with a copy to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 270 Park Avenue, 43 rd Floor, New York, NY 10017, Attention of James A. Knight (Telecopy No. (646) 534-3081);

(iii) if to the Issuing Bank, to it at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 131 South Dearborn, IL1-0236, Chicago, IL 60603, Attention of Katherine Moses (Telecopy No. (312) 233-2266));

(iv) if to the Swingline Lender, to it at to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 10 South Dearborn, Chicago, Illinois 60603, Attention of Nikki Gilmore (Telecopy No. (312) 385-7101), with a copy to J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, 125 London Wall, London, EC2Y 5 AJ, Attn: Loans Agency (Telephone No. 44-207-777-3092) (Telecopy No. 44-207-777-2360) (Email loan_and_agency_london@jpmorgan.com);

(v) if to the Collateral Agent, to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, 100 Park Avenue, 3 rd Floor, New York, New York 10017, Attention of Tania M. Isabella, Vice President (Telecopy No. 866-592-3409);

(vi) if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire;

(vii) if to MKE or MK Switzerland, to it at c/o Equity Trust Co. N.V., Strawinskylaan 3105, Atrium 7th Floor, 1077 ZX Amsterdam, The Netherlands, Attn: Robert van Heeringen (Telecopy No. 31-(0)20-4064555), with copies to c/o Michael Kors Corporation, 11 West 42nd Street, New York, NY 10036, Attention Lee Sporn (Telecopy No. 646-354-4834); and

 

109


(viii) if to JPMEL, to J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, 125 London Wall, London, EC2Y 5 AJ, Attn: Loans Agency (Telephone No. 44-207-777-3092) (Telecopy No. 44-207-777-2360) (Email loan_and_agency_london@jpmorgan.com).

(b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article II unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent or the Company may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to them hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

(c) Any party hereto may change its address, telecopy number or electronic mail address for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt when delivered by hand, courier service or by mail, or in the case of telecopy or electronic mail notice, on the date sent.

Section 9.02. Waivers; Amendments . (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless given in accordance with paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Event of Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Event of Default at the time.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrowers and the Required Lenders or by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan, Note or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.16(b) or (c)  in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) increase any percentage or amount contained in the definition of Borrowing Base or Aggregate Commitment, or release all or a material portion of the Collateral without the written consent of each Lender (except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the sixth paragraph of Article VIII hereof), (vi) release any Guarantee (other than in accordance with its terms or Section 9.16 hereof) without the written consent of each Lender, (vii) revise or amend Section 2.18 or the definition of “Defaulting Lender”, without the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Bank and the Required Lenders or (viii) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the

 

110


number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender; provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or each of the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein the Administrative Agent may, with the consent of the Borrowers only, amend, modify or supplement this Agreement or any of the other Financing Documents to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency.

Section 9.03. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver . (a) The Loan Parties shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and their respective Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent ( provided that such counsel shall be limited to one lead counsel for each of the Agents and one local counsel for both Agents as may be reasonably be deemed necessary by the Agents in each relevant jurisdiction and, in the case of an actual or reasonably perceived conflict of interest, one additional counsel per affected party, and any other counsel retained with the Company’s consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), in connection with the syndication, if any, of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation of this Agreement or any amendments, modifications or waivers requested by the Borrowers of the provisions hereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) during the continuance of an Event of Default, all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, in connection with the enforcement or protection of their rights in connection with this Agreement, including their rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

(b) The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claim, damages, liabilities or related expenses are attributable to an action brought by one Indemnitee against another Indemnitee or determined by a court of competent

 

111


jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

(c) To the extent that the Loan Parties fail to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank in its capacity as such.

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Loan Parties shall not assert, and hereby waive, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.

(e) All amounts due under this Section shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor.

Section 9.04. Successors and Assigns . (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) other than in accordance with Section 6.03 , the Loan Parties may not assign or otherwise transfer any of their rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Loan Parties without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including an Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) (i)  Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of:

(A) the Company ( provided that the Company shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof); provided , further , that no consent of the Company shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee; and

(B) the Administrative Agent, provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment to an assignee that is a Lender immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment.

     (ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

 

112


(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than, with respect to the Commitments and Loans, $5,000,000, or, in each case, if smaller, the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitments or Loans, unless the Company and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that no such consent of the Company shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement;

(C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, together with a processing and recordation fee of $5,000;

(D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire;

(E) other than assignments to an existing Lender, assignments shall always be in an amount exceeding €100,000 (or its equivalent in another currency); and

(F) the prior written consent of each Swiss Borrower, if the assignee is not a Swiss Qualifying Bank (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no Swiss Borrower shall consent to an assignment that would be in violation of the Swiss Non-Banking Rules.

For the purposes of this Section 9.04(b) , the term “ Approved Fund ” has the following meaning:

Approved Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits and be subject to the obligations of Sections 2.13, 2.14, 2.15 and 9.03 ). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such

 

113


Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.

(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of each Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Company, the Issuing Bank and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section, any Note or Notes subject to such assignment and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning Lender or the assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.05(c) , 2.06(d) or (e) , 2.07(b) , 2.18(e) or 9.03(c) , the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph. Upon notice to the Borrowers, at the Borrowers’ expense, each Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent in exchange for such surrendered Notes, new Notes to the order of the assignee in an amount equal to the portion of the Commitments assumed by it pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption and, if the assigning Lender has retained any Commitment hereunder, new Notes to the order of the assigning Lender in an amount equal to the Commitment retained by it hereunder.

(c) (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of any Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Issuing Bank, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (C) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and (D) each Participant shall be a Swiss Qualifying Bank or, if not, the prior written consent of each Swiss Borrower has been obtained (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that no Swiss Borrower shall consent to a participation that would be in violation of the Swiss Non-Banking Rules). Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such

 

114


agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in clauses (i) through (iv) of the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section, each Borrower agrees, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.13 , 2.14 and 2.15 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section, provided , that such Participant agrees for the benefit of the Borrowers to be subject to the obligations of Section 2.15 . To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.16(c) as though it were a Lender.

(ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.13 or 2.15 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrowers’ prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.15 unless each Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrowers, to comply with Section 2.15(e) as though it were a Lender (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.15(e) shall be delivered to the participating Lender). Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Company, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the obligations under this Agreement (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in the obligations under this Agreement) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such interest is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

(d) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement and the Notes issued to such Lender to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

Section 9.05. Survival . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any Loans and the issuance of any Letters of Credit regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid (other than contingent obligations for indemnification) or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.13 , 2.14 , 2.15

 

115


and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

Section 9.06. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Financing Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01 hereof, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

Section 9.07. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof, and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 9.08. Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Company or any other Loan Party against any and all of the obligations of the Loan Parties now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

Section 9.09. GOVERNING LAW; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process . (a) THIS AGREEMENT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATION LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF THAT WOULD CALL FOR THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

(b) Each of the Loan Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the

 

116


Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against any Loan Party or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Each of the Loan Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01 hereof. Each Foreign Subsidiary Borrower irrevocably designates and appoints the Company, as its authorized agent, to accept and acknowledge on its behalf, service of any and all process which may be served in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 9.09(b) in any federal or New York State court sitting in New York City. The Company hereby represents, warrants and confirms that the Company has agreed to accept such appointment (and any similar appointment by a Guarantor which is a Foreign Subsidiary). Said designation and appointment shall be irrevocable by each such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower until all Loans, all reimbursement obligations, interest thereon and all other amounts payable by such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower hereunder and under the other Financing Documents shall have been paid in full in accordance with the provisions hereof and thereof and such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall have been terminated as a Borrower hereunder pursuant to Section 2.22 . Each Foreign Subsidiary Borrower hereby consents to process being served in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 9.09(b) in any federal or New York State court sitting in New York City by service of process upon the Company as provided in this Section 9.09(d) ; provided that, to the extent lawful and possible, notice of said service upon such agent shall be mailed by registered or certified air mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Company and (if applicable to) such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower at its address set forth in the Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement to which it is a party or to any other address of which such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall have given written notice to the Administrative Agent (with a copy thereof to the Company). Each Foreign Subsidiary Borrower irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, all claim of error by reason of any such service in such manner and agrees that such service shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower in any such suit, action or proceeding and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be taken and held to be valid and personal service upon and personal delivery to such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower. To the extent any Foreign Subsidiary Borrower has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether from service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of a judgment, execution or otherwise), each Foreign Subsidiary Borrower hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under the Financing Documents. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Financing Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

Section 9.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER FINANCING DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD

 

117


NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

Section 9.11. Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

Section 9.12. Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, rating agencies, portfolio management servicers, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority, (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (g) with the consent of the Company or (h) to the extent such Information (A) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (B) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Company. For the purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from or on behalf of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary relating to any Loan Party or any Affiliate of a Loan Party or their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to such disclosure. Should a party be required to disclose Information pursuant to a subpoena, similar legal process or applicable law or regulations, such party shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, notify the Company. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

Section 9.13. Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

Section 9.14. USA PATRIOT Act . (a) Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”) hereby notifies each Loan Party that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain,

 

118


verify and record information that identifies such Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of such Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the Act.

(b) Each Canadian Borrower acknowledges that, pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada) and other applicable anti-money laundering, anti-terrorist financing, government sanction and “know your client” laws, whether within Canada or elsewhere (collectively, including any guidelines or orders thereunder, “ AML Legislation ”), the Lenders and the Administrative Agent may be required to obtain, verify and record information regarding such Canadian Borrower, its directors, authorized signing officers, direct or indirect shareholders or other Persons in control of such Canadian Borrower, and the transactions contemplated hereby. Each Canadian Borrower shall promptly provide all such information, including supporting documentation and other evidence, as may be reasonably requested by any Lender or the Administrative Agent, or any prospective assign or participant of a Lender or the Administrative Agent, in order to comply with any applicable AML Legislation, whether now or hereafter in existence.

If the Administrative Agent has ascertained the identity of any Canadian Borrower or any authorized signatories of any Canadian Borrower for the purposes of applicable AML Legislation, then the Administrative Agent:

(i) shall be deemed to have done so as an agent for each Lender, and this Agreement shall constitute a “written agreement” in such regard between each Lender and the Administrative Agent within the meaning of applicable AML Legislation; and

(ii) shall provide to each Lender copies of all information obtained in such regard without any representation or warranty as to its accuracy or completeness.

Notwithstanding the preceding sentence and except as may otherwise be agreed in writing, each of the Lenders agrees that the Administrative Agent has no obligation to ascertain the identity of any Canadian Borrower or any authorized signatories of any Canadian Borrower on behalf of any Lender, or to confirm the completeness or accuracy of any information it obtains from any Canadian Borrower or any such authorized signatory in doing so.

Section 9.15. Appointment for Perfection . Each Lender hereby appoints each other Lender as its agent for the purpose of perfecting Liens, for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties, in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the UCC, a PPSA or any other applicable law can be perfected only by possession. Should any Lender (other than the Collateral Agent) obtain possession of any such Collateral, such Lender shall notify the Collateral Agent thereof, and, promptly upon the Collateral Agent’s request therefor shall deliver such Collateral to the Collateral Agent or otherwise deal with such Collateral in accordance with the Collateral Agent’s instructions.

Section 9.16. Releases of Guarantors .

(a) Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, a Guarantor shall automatically be released from its obligations under the Guarantee Agreement upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by this Agreement as a result of which such Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary; provided that, if so required by this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall have consented to such transaction and the terms of such consent shall not have provided otherwise.

(b) At such time as the principal and interest on the Loans, all LC Disbursements, the fees, expenses and other amounts payable under the Financing Documents and the other Obligations

 

119


(other than Obligations expressly stated to survive such payment and termination) shall have been paid in full, the Commitments shall have been terminated and no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding, the Guarantee Agreement and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of each Guarantor thereunder shall automatically terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person.

(c) Liens on Collateral shall be released to the extent authorized and permitted under Article VIII hereof and the applicable Collateral Document.

(d) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to this Section, the Collateral Agent shall (and is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Lender to) execute and deliver to any Loan Party, at such Loan Party’s expense, all documents that such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

120


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

MICHAEL KORS (USA), INC.,

as Company and as a Guarantor

By:   /s/ Joseph B. Parsons
  Name:   Joseph B. Parsons
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

MICHAEL KORS (EUROPE) B.V.,

as a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower and as a Guarantor

By:   /s/ Joseph B. Parsons
  Name:   Joseph B. Parsons
  Title:   Director A
By:   /s/ W.H. Kamphuijs
  Name:   W.H. Kamphuijs
  Title:   Director B

MICHAEL KORS (CANADA) CO.,

as a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower and as a Guarantor

By:   /s/ Joseph B. Parsons
  Name:   Joseph B. Parsons
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer & Executive Vice President

MICHAEL KORS (SWITZERLAND) GMBH,

as a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower and as a Guarantor

By:   /s/ John D. Idol
  Name:   John D. Idol
  Title:   Managing Officer

Signature Page to

Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

Michael Kors (USA), Inc. et al


MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED,

as a Guarantor

By:   /s/ Joseph B. Parsons
  Name:   Joseph B. Parsons
  Title:  

Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

MICHAEL KORS CORPORATION,

as a Guarantor

By:   /s/ Joseph B. Parsons
  Name:   Joseph B. Parsons
  Title:  

Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

MICHAEL KORS, L.L.C.,

as a Guarantor

By:   /s/ Joseph B. Parsons
  Name:   Joseph B. Parsons
  Title:  

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer

MICHAEL KORS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED,

as a Guarantor

By:   /s/ Joseph B. Parsons
  Name:   Joseph B. Parsons
  Title:  

Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

Signature Page to

Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

Michael Kors (USA), Inc. et al


MICHAEL KORS STORES (CALIFORNIA), INC., as a Guarantor
By:   /s/ Joseph B. Parsons
  Name: Joseph B. Parsons
 

Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

          Officer & Treasurer

MICHAEL KORS STORES, L.L.C.,

as a Guarantor

By:   /s/ Joseph B. Parsons
  Name: Joseph B. Parsons
 

Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

          Officer & Treasurer

MICHAEL KORS RETAIL, INC.,

as a Guarantor

By:   /s/ Joseph B. Parsons
  Name: Joseph B. Parsons
 

Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

          Officer & Treasurer

MICHAEL KORS (EUROPE) HOLDING COOPERATIE U.A.,

as a Guarantor

By:   /s/ Joseph B. Parsons
  Name: Joseph B. Parsons
  Title: Managing Director A
By:   /s/ W. H. Kamphuijs
  Name: W. H. Kamphuijs
  Title: Managing Director B

Signature Page to

Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

Michael Kors (USA), Inc. et al


MICHAEL KORS (EUROPE) HOLDINGS B.V.,

as a Guarantor

By:   /s/ Joseph B. Parsons
  Name: Joseph B. Parsons
  Title: Managing Director A

 

By:   /s/ Izabella M.D. Koeijers
  Name: Izabella M.D. Koeijers
  Title: Managing Director B

 

MICHAEL KORS (UK) LIMITED,

as a Guarantor

By:   /s/ John D. Idol
  Name: John D. Idol
  Title: Director

Signature Page to

Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

Michael Kors (USA), Inc. et al


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., individually as a Lender, as the Issuing Bank, as the Swingline Lender and as Administrative Agent
By:   /s/ James A. Knight
  Name: James A. Knight
  Title: Vice President

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (successor by merger to WELLS FARGO TRADE CAPITAL, LLC), individually as a Lender and as Collateral Agent
By:   /s/ Tania M. Isabella
  Name: Tania M. Isabella
  Title: Vice President

 

HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender
By:   /s/ Grace Lee
  Name: Grace Lee
  Title: Vice President

Signature Page to

Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

Michael Kors (USA), Inc. et al


Schedules to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

The disclosure of a particular item herein shall not be taken as an admission by any Loan Party that such disclosure is required to be made under the terms of any representation or warranty set forth in the Agreement. Further, the inclusion of any item hereunder shall not be deemed to be an admission by any Loan Party that such item is material to the condition (financial or otherwise) of any Loan Party nor shall it be deemed an admission of an obligation or liability to any third party.

 


Schedule 1.01A

EXISTING LETTERS OF CREDIT

Standby Letters of Credit

Issuer: JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

Entity: Michael Kors (Canada) Co.

Reference Number: S-950054

In Favor of: HSBC Bank Canada

Issued: September 14, 2011

Expiration Date: December 15, 2011

Face Amount: $513,466.53

Trade Letters of Credit

[See Attached – all issued by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.]


JPM
Reference
Number
   Product    Tenor    Correspondent
Party Reference
Number
   Liab Outstanding
Amount
   L/C Available
Amount
   Issue Date    Expiry /
Maturity Date
   Beneficiary Name

R1RI-477310

   ILC    SIGHT    F110051    $132,048.54    132,048.54    MAY 13, 2011    SEP 25, 2011    CHOI AND SHIN’S CO., LTD.

R1RI-477337

   ILC    SIGHT    F110063    $25,105.57    25,105.57    MAY 24, 2011    SEP 15, 2011    HOPE POWER KNITWEAR, LTD

R1RI-477502

   ILC    SIGHT    F110076    $281,916.13    281,916.13    JUN 06, 2011    SEP 15, 2011    TUN YUN TEXTILE CO., LTD.

R1RI-477503

   ILC    SIGHT    R110001    $190,730.19    190,730.19    JUL 27, 2011    SEP 30, 2011    MENG IOK GARMENT FACTORY

R1RI-477504

   ILC    SIGHT    R110002    $45,225.60    45,225.60    JUL 27, 2011    SEP 30, 2011    CARSON GARMENTS FACTORY LTD.

R1RI-477595

   ILC    SIGHT    R110003    $128,715.51    128,715.51    JUL 27, 2011    SEP 20, 2011    VERDE GARMENT MANUFACTURING, LTD.

R1RI-477597

   ILC    SIGHT    R110005    $30,032.10    30,032.10    JUL 27, 2011    SEP 20, 2011    SHENZHEN ZHAOWEN TEXTILE CLOTHING

R1RI-477598

   ILC    SIGHT    F110080    $2,602.80    2,602.80    JUN 17, 2011    SEP 05, 2011    SHENZHEN ZHAOWEN TEXTILE CLOTHING

R1RI-477599

   ILC    SIGHT    R110004    $131,046.83    131,046.83    JUL 27, 2011    SEP 20, 2011    VERDE GARMENT MANUFACTURING, LTD.

R1RI-477695

   ILC    SIGHT    F110079    $62,112.90    62,112.90    JUN 13, 2011    SEP 20, 2011    EUHA INT’L., LTD.

R1RI-477696

   ILC    SIGHT    R110006    $289,103.55    289,103.55    JUL 27, 2011    SEP 20, 2011    EUHA INT’L., LTD.

R1RI-477774

   ILC    SIGHT    F110088    $49,865.74    49,865.74    JUN 30, 2011    SEP 15, 2011    PEOPLE’S GARMENT PUBLIC CO., LTD

R1RI-477945

   ILC    SIGHT    F110077    $27,894.78    27,894.78    JUL 13, 2011    SEP 20, 2011    HONG KONG YING FENG FASHION FTY LTD

R1RI-477947

   ILC    SIGHT    H110001    $76,418.00    76,418.00    JUL 27, 2011    SEP 20, 2011    EUHA INT’L., LTD.

R1RI-477949

   ILC    SIGHT    R110007    $32,597.21    32,597.21    AUG 02, 2011    OCT 10, 2011    HONG KEE INT’L., LTD.

R1RI-477985

   ILC    SIGHT    R110008    $375,708.69    375,708.69    JUL 27, 2011    SEP 25, 2011    ORIENT INT’L. HOLDING SHANGHAI

R1RI-477987

   ILC    SIGHT    H110004    $411,685.26    411,685.26    JUL 27, 2011    OCT 10, 2011    SHENZHEN ZHAOWEN TEXTILE CLOTHING

R1RI-477988

   ILC    SIGHT    H110005    $21,035.07    21,035.07    JUL 27, 2011    SEP 20, 2011    JECHIARNG GARMENT MANUFACTORY CORP.

R1RI-477989

   ILC    SIGHT    H110006    $14,466.48    14,466.48    JUL 29, 2011    SEP 20, 2011    MENG IOK GARMENT FACTORY

R1RI-478035

   ILC    SIGHT    H110007    $96,066.33    96,066.33    AUG 08, 2011    SEP 30, 2011    JIING SHENG KNITTING CO., LTD.

R1RI-478036

   ILC    SIGHT    H110008    $192,004.47    192,004.47    JUL 27, 2011    OCT 05, 2011    TUN YUN TEXTILE CO., LTD.

R1RI-478037

   ILC    SIGHT    H110009    $32,028.74    32,028.74    AUG 09, 2011    OCT 10, 2011    PERF STAR INT’L., LTD.

R1RI-478038

   ILC    SIGHT    F110092    $37,953.43    37,953.43    JUL 27, 2011    SEP 20, 2011    ZHEJIANG JIAXIN SILK CORP., LTD.

R1RI-478039

   ILC    SIGHT    F110093    $28,889.96    28,889.96    JUL 27, 2011    OCT 10, 2011    ZHEJIANG JIAXIN SILK CORP., LTD.

R1RI-478106

   ILC    SIGHT    H110012    $462,968.43    462,968.43    JUL 27, 2011    OCT 15, 2011    CONCEPT CREATOR FASHION, LTD.

R1RI-478107

   ILC    SIGHT    H110013    $378.12    378.12    JUL 27, 2011    SEP 05, 2011    SONLEY GLOVE MFY., LTD

R1RI-478109

   ILC    SIGHT    H110014    $121,043.69    120,099.89    AUG 09, 2011    NOV 25, 2011    ZHEJIANG JIAXIN SILK CORP., LTD.

R1RI-478135

   ILC    SIGHT    H110017    $169,028.90    169,028.90    AUG 23, 2011    SEP 20, 2011    ZHEJIANG JIAXIN SILK CORP., LTD.

R1RI-478136

   ILC    SIGHT    H110003    $115,156.96    115,156.96    JUL 28, 2011    OCT 25, 2011    JIING SHENG KNITTING CO., LTD.

R1RI-478137

   ILC    SIGHT    R110009    $349,450.50    349,450.50    AUG 09, 2011    OCT 10, 2011    CHOI AND SHIN’S CO., LTD.

R1RI-478138

   ILC    SIGHT    R110010    $253,102.50    253,102.50    AUG 09, 2011    OCT 10, 2011    CHOI AND SHIN’S CO., LTD.


R1RI-478139

   ILC    SIGHT    R110011    $117,753.30    117,753.30    JUL 29, 2011    SEP 30, 2011    CHOI AND SHIN’S CO., LTD.

R1RI-478210

   ILC    SIGHT    H110015    $1,067,131.33    1,067,131.33    AUG 05, 2011    DEC 20, 2011    CHOI AND SHIN’S CO., LTD.

R1RI-478212

   ILC    SIGHT    H110020    $40,658.47    40,658.47    JUL 29, 2011    SEP 20, 2011    ZHEJIANG JIAXIN SILK CORP., LTD.

R1RI-478213

   ILC    SIGHT    H110021    $197,325.03    197,325.03    JUL 29, 2011    OCT 05, 2011    WELL START FASHION CO., LTD.

R1RI-478214

   ILC    SIGHT    H110022    $15,745.75    15,745.75    AUG 16, 2011    SEP 25, 2011    ZHEJIANG SEVEN FORTUNE GROUP

R1RI-478215

   ILC    SIGHT    H110023    $23,022.09    23,022.09    AUG 05, 2011    SEP 20, 2011    SUNBOARD INT’L., LTD.

R1RI-478216

   ILC    SIGHT    H110024    $129,165.77    129,165.77    AUG 05, 2011    OCT 05, 2011    HONG KONG YING FENG FASHION FTY LTD

R1RI-478217

   ILC    SIGHT    H110029    $289,668.70    289,668.70    AUG 05, 2011    OCT 25, 2011    ZHEJIANG JIAXIN SILK CORP., LTD.

R1RI-478218

   ILC    SIGHT    H110032    $74,676.00    74,676.00    AUG 05, 2011    OCT 20, 2011    TAINAN ENTERPRISES CO., LTD.

R1RI-478219

   ILC    SIGHT    R110012    $54,266.00    54,266.00    AUG 05, 2011    SEP 30, 2011    SUNBOARD INT’L., LTD.

R1RI-478225

   ILC    SIGHT    R110013    $67,973.66    67,973.66    AUG 19, 2011    OCT 05, 2011    LEE FU GARMENT FACTORY, LTD.

R1RI-478226

   ILC    SIGHT    R110014    $157,220.81    157,220.81    AUG 05, 2011    OCT 05, 2011    SONLEY GLOVE MFY., LTD.

R1RI-478227

   ILC    SIGHT    R110015    $147,445.62    147,445.62    AUG 05, 2011    SEP 20, 2011    TWINCITY (CHINA) LTD.

R1RI-478228

   ILC    SIGHT    R110016    $373,405.46    373,405.46    AUG 05, 2011    SEP 20, 2011    VERDE GARMENT MANUFACTURING, LTD.

R1RI-478229

   ILC    SIGHT    R110017    $437,693.68    437,693.68    AUG 05, 2011    NOV 10, 2011    VERDE GARMENT MANUFACTURING, LTD.

R1RI-478285

   ILC    SIGHT    R110018    $263,805.86    263,805.86    AUG 08, 2011    OCT 05, 2011    GREATWIND INT’L., LTD.

R1RI-478286

   ILC    SIGHT    H110011    $545,174.69    545,174.69    AUG 16, 2011    NOV 05, 2011    CHOI AND SHIN’S CO., LTD.

R1RI-478287

   ILC    SIGHT    H110018    $638,556.67    638,556.67    AUG 08, 2011    OCT 20, 2011    TUN YUN TEXTILE CO., LTD.

R1RI-478288

   ILC    SIGHT    H110019    $75,845.35    75,845.35    AUG 08, 2011    SEP 20, 2011    SUNBOARD INT’L., LTD.

R1RI-478289

   ILC    SIGHT    H110031    $12,896.25    12,896.25    AUG 08, 2011    OCT 10, 2011    SHANGHAI SILK GROUP CO., LTD.

R1RI-478290

   ILC    SIGHT    H110028    $461,153.66    461,153.66    AUG 08, 2011    OCT 20, 2011    WELL START FASHION CO., LTD.

R1RI-478291

   ILC    SIGHT    H110030    $148,335.56    148,335.56    AUG 08, 2011    OCT 25, 2011    TWINCITY (CHINA) LTD.

R1RI-478292

   ILC    SIGHT    H110026    $171,049.05    171,049.05    AUG 10, 2011    SEP 30, 2011    IVORY CO., LTD.

R1RI-478293

   ILC    SIGHT    H110027    $286,969.20    286,969.20    AUG 11, 2011    SEP 15, 2011    SG CORPORATION

R1RI-478294

   ILC    SIGHT    H110043    $38,440.50    38,440.50    AUG 08, 2011    SEP 20, 2011    HONG KONG YING FENG FASHION FTY LTD

R1RI-478305

   ILC    SIGHT    H110025    $161,699.16    161,699.16    AUG 16, 2011    NOV 05, 2011    DOKO HONG KONG, LTD., ROOM 1601-06

R1RI-478306

   ILC    SIGHT    H110033    $107,799.54    107,799.54    AUG 10, 2011    NOV 10, 2011    MENG IOK GARMENT FACTORY

R1RI-478307

   ILC    SIGHT    H110034    $654,219.64    501,626.49    AUG 12, 2011    NOV 10, 2011    SHENZHEN ZHAOWEN TEXTILE CLOTHING

R1RI-478308

   ILC    SIGHT    H110035    $653,638.82    653,638.82    AUG 10, 2011    SEP 20, 2011    SHENZHEN ZHAOWEN TEXTILE CLOTHING

R1RI-478309

   ILC    SIGHT    H110036    $197,404.89    197,404.89    AUG 10, 2011    OCT 20, 2011    PERF STAR INT’L., LTD.

R1RI-478315

   ILC    SIGHT    H110038    $368,897.03    368,897.03    AUG 10, 2011    NOV 10, 2011    TAINAN ENTERPRISES CO., LTD.

R1RI-478316

   ILC    SIGHT    H11039    $70,024.50    70,024.50    AUG 31, 2011    NOV 05, 2011    HOPE POWER KNITWEAR, LTD.

R1RI-478317

   ILC    SIGHT    H110040    $325,642.63    325,642.63    AUG 10, 2011    OCT 05, 2011    HOPE POWER KNITWEAR, LTD.

R1RI-478318

   ILC    SIGHT    H110041    $356,341.76    356,341.76    AUG 10, 2011    OCT 20, 2011    HOPE POWER KNITWEAR, LTD.

R1RI-478319

   ILC    SIGHT    H110037    $20,412.00    20,412.00    AUG 09, 2011    OCT 05, 2011    JECHIARNG GARMENT MANUFACTORY CORP.

R1RI-478350

   ILC    SIGHT    F110095    $56,358.75    56,358.75    AUG 24, 2011    OCT 20, 2011    TWINCITY (CHINA) LTD.

R1RI-478351

   ILC    SIGHT    H110010    $1,300,367.33    1,300,367.33    AUG 11, 2011    NOV 20, 2011    CHOI AND SHIN’S CO., LTD.

R1RI-478352

   ILC    SIGHT    H110045    $38,365.95    38,365.95    AUG 11, 2011    SEP 20, 2011    GREATWIND INT’L., LTD.

R1RI-478353

   ILC    SIGHT    R110020    $139,482.24    139,482.24    AUG 19, 2011    NOV 05, 2011    PEOPLE’S GARMENT PUBLIC CO., LTD.

R1RI-478354

   ILC    SIGHT    H110047    $1,025,095.49    1,025,095.49    AUG 17, 2011    OCT 20, 2011    HONG KONG YING FENG FASHION FTY LTD


R1RI-478395

   ILC    SIGHT    H110048    $142,173.81    142,173.81    SEP 09, 2011    NOV 10, 2011    WELL START FASHION CO., LTD.

R1RI-478396

   ILC    SIGHT    H110042    $547,985.78    547,985.78    AUG 17, 2011    NOV 05, 2011    ZHEJIANG JIAXIN SILK CORP., LTD.

R1RI-478397

   ILC    SIGHT    H110044    $874,662.88    874,662.88    AUG 18, 2011    NOV 20, 2011    CHOI AND SHIN’S CO., LTD.

R1RI-478398

   ILC    SIGHT    H110046    $670,501.31    670,501.31    AUG 19, 2011    NOV 25, 2011    GREATWIND INT’L., LTD.

R1RI-478399

   ILC    SIGHT    H110049    $26,586.00    26,586.00    SEP 14, 2011    NOV 30, 2011    TUN YUN TEXTILE CO., LTD.

R1RI-478440

   ILC    SIGHT    H110050    $25,302.38    25,302.38    SEP 09, 2011    NOV 10, 2011    MENG IOK GARMENT FACTORY

R1RI-478441

   ILC    SIGHT    H110051    $162,593.55    162,593.55    SEP 01, 2011    NOV 15, 2011    EUHA INT’L., LTD.

R1RI-478442

   ILC    SIGHT    H110052    $119,700.00    119,700.00    SEP 09, 2011    NOV 10, 2011    SHENZHEN ZHAOWEN TEXTILE CLOTHING

R1RI-478444

   ILC    SIGHT    H110055    $648,423.53    648,423.53    AUG 24, 2011    NOV 30, 2011    TUN YUN TEXTILE CO., LTD.

R1RI-478450

   ILC    SIGHT    H110060    $119,747.13    119,747.13    AUG 31, 2011    OCT 20, 2011    HONG KONG YING FENG FASHION FTY LTD

R1RI-478451

   ILC    SIGHT    H110056    $15,589.35    15,589.35    SEP 01, 2011    NOV 05, 2011    CONCEPT CREATOR FASHION, LTD.

R1RI-478452

   ILC    SIGHT    H110057    $30,520.14    30,520.14    SEP 09, 2011    NOV 10, 2011    SUNBOARD INT’L., LTD.

R1RI-478453

   ILC    SIGHT    H110058    $92,769.08    92,769.08    SEP 09, 2011    NOV 10, 2011    WELL START FASHION CO., LTD.

R1RI-478454

   ILC    SIGHT    H110059    $48,730.71    48,730.71    SEP 09, 2011    NOV 15, 2011    ZHEJIANG JIAXIN SILK CORP., LTD.

R1RI-478455

   ILC    SIGHT    H110054    $1,076,375.87    1,076,375.87    AUG 24, 2011    NOV 30, 2011    PERF STAR INT’L., LTD.

R1RI-478456

   ILC    SIGHT    R110021    $194,563.30    194,563.30    AUG 31, 2011    OCT 30, 2011    HOPE POWER KNITWEAR, LTD.

R1RI-478457

   ILC    SIGHT    H110053    $189,416.33    189,416.33    SEP 01, 2011    DEC 05, 2011    JIING SHENG KNITTING CO., LTD.

R1RI-478458

   ILC    SIGHT    H110061    $430,167.87    430,167.87    AUG 31, 2011    NOV 15, 2011    SUNBOARD INT’L., LTD.

R1RI-478459

   ILC    SIGHT    S120001    $85,004.75    85,004.75    SEP 09, 2011    DEC 10, 2011    EUHA INT’L., LTD.

R1RI-478597

   ILC    SIGHT    H110062    $569,771.01    569,771.01    SEP 12, 2011    NOV 10, 2011    HOPE POWER KNITWEAR, LTD.

R1RI-478598

   ILC    SIGHT    F110097    $27,121.50    27,121.50    SEP 14, 2011    OCT 25, 2011    SUNBOARD INT’L., LTD.

CPCS-776627

   NLC    SIGHT       $117,500.00    117,500.00    OCT 21, 2009    JAN 31, 2012    CELINE, INC. C/O LVMH MOET

CPCS-838991

   NLC    SIGHT       $131,250.00    131,250.00    MAY 17, 2010    AUG 01, 2012    382/384 PERRY RETAIL, LLC

CPCS-842785

   NLC    SIGHT       $503,300.00    350,000.00    JUL 12, 2010    DEC 15, 2011    BNP PARIBAS

CPCS-852928

   NLC    SIGHT       $1,500,000.00    1,500,000.00    SEP 10, 2010    AUG 31, 2012    BOND SAFEGUARD INSURANCE COMPANY

CPCS-870086

   NLC    SIGHT       $140,625.00    140,625.00    SEP 20, 2010    SEP 01, 2012    DEZER PROPERTIES 133 LLC

CPCS-881252

   NLC    SIGHT       $500,000.00    500,000.00    OCT 06, 2010    OCT 31, 2011    360 N. RODEO DRIVE

CPCS-892391

   NLC    SIGHT       $250,000.00    250,000.00    JAN 07, 2011    DEC 31, 2011    THE ROBERT ALLEN GROUP, INC.

CPCS-897730

   NLC    SIGHT       $1,000,000.00    1,000,000.00    JAN 18, 2011    DEC 31, 2011    RCPI LANDMARK PROPERTIES, L.L.C.

CPCS-917287

   NLC    SIGHT       $414,625.02    414,625.02    APR 15, 2011    SEP 30, 2012    SPUSV5 ONE MEADOWLANDS, LP

CPCS-918590

   NLC    SIGHT       $108,000.00    108,000.00    MAR 07, 2011    FEB 28, 2012    WHIP HOLDINGS, LLC

CPCS-943773

   NLC    SIGHT       $420,000.00    420,000.00    JUL 12, 2011    JUL 31, 2012    667 MADISON AVENUE SPE, INC.

T-712985

   NLC    SIGHT    L040003    $2,156,328.00    2,156,328.00    JUL 21, 2004    JUN 30, 2012    11 WEST REALTY INVESTORS, L.L.C.

TPTS-351497

   NLC    SIGHT       $90,949.68    90,949.68    AUG 03, 2007    OCT 01, 2012    VALHAR CHEMICAL CORPORATION

TPTS-379118

   NLC    SIGHT       $365,475.00    365,475.00    AUG 16, 2007    AUG 20, 2012    URBAN WILDLIFE

TPTS-722335

   NLC    SIGHT       $1,900,000.00    1,900,000.00    APR 21, 2009    APR 30, 2012    BOND SAFEGUARD INSURANCE COMPANY

TPTS-738063

   NLC    SIGHT       $313,246.98    313,246.98    FEB 20, 2009    JUN 28, 2012    MARTHA STEWART LIVING OMNIMEDIA,

CPCS-739698

   NLC    SIGHT       $414,144.00    288,000.00    APR 30, 2009    APR 15, 2012    UNICREDITO ITALIANO SPA

RJII-932051

   ILC    SIGHT    PART IN
COMMERCIAL
   $6,028.64    83,128.81    APR 28, 2011    JUL 31, 2012    PART IN

4L4I-739451

      SIGHT          $12,057.28       7-Nov-11   

I-478399

      SIGHT          $26,586.00    14-Sep-11    30-Nov-11   

I-478598

      SIGHT          $27,121.50    14-Sep-11    25-Oct-11   

I-478599

      SIGHT          $582,042.63    14-Sep-11    30-Nov-11   


Schedule 1.01B

FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY RESPONSIBLE OFFICERS

Michael Kors (Europe) B.V.

John D. Idol – Director A

Joseph B. Parsons – Director A

and any other Director A

Michael Kors (Switzerland) GmbH

John D. Idol – Managing Officer

Nicholas Crespin – Managing Officer

Cedric Wilmotte – Managing Officer

and any other Managing Officer

Michael Kors (Canada) Co.

John D. Idol – Chief Executive Officer

Joseph B. Parsons – Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President

Lee Sporn – Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Rosina Silla – Vice President of Finance and Operations

and any other person holding any of the foregoing offices


SCHEDULE 2.01

COMMITMENTS

 

Lender

 

Commitment

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

  $40,000,000

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

  $35,000,000

HSBC Bank USA, National Association

  $25,000,000

TOTAL

  $100,000,000


Schedule 3.05

DISCLOSED MATTERS AS TO LITIGATION

None.


Schedule 3.08

DISCLOSED MATTERS AS TO ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE

None.


Schedule 3.09B

OTHER LEASED AND OWNED PROPERTY

 

Address

 

Owned/Leased

  Legal Entity  

Occupancy

865 Market Street, #

SLL220, San Francisco,

CA 94103

  Leased   Michael Kors

Stores (California)

Inc.

  Retail Store Storage

1689 Arden Way, Space #

Tcfb27a, Sacramento, CA

95815 (Arden Fair)

  Leased   Michael Kors

Stores (California)

Inc.

  Retail Store Storage

3424 Simpson St. ,

QUEH3G253

  Leased   Michael Kors

(Canada) Co.

 

Offices/Show

Rooms

460 Richmond Street

Suite 300 – Toronto M5V

1Y1

  Leased   Michael Kors

(Canada) Co.

 

Offices/Show

Rooms

9600 Meilleur St – #650

Montreal, QUEH2N 2E3

  Leased   Michael Kors

(Canada) Co.

  Warehouse

TNT FASHION GROUP

BV Eekboerstraat 25

7575 AV Oldenzaal The

Netherlands

  Leased   Michael Kors

(Europe) B.V

 

European 3PL

Warehouse

Theatiner Strasse 36

D-80333 Munich

  Leased   Michael Kors

(Germany) Gmbh

 

German Retail

Store and

Showroom

Storage Casaforte, Via

Alassio, 10, 20156,

Milano

  Leased   Michael Kors

Italy S.R.L

 

Milan Storage

Space

Corso Venezia 46

20121 Milano

  Leased   Michael Kors

Italy S.R.L

  Showroom

1-15-5 Jingumae Shibuya-

Ku, Tokyo Japan

  Leased   Michael Kors

Japan K.K.

 

Office and

Showroom

4-3-1 Rinkaicyo

Edogawa-Ku, Tokyo

Japan

  N/A   Michael Kors

Japan K.K.

 

Third Party

Warehouse

5 Woodfield Mall,

Schaumburg, IL 60173

Unit E-331

  Leased   Michael Kors

Retail Inc.

  Retail Store Storage


Address

  

Owned/Leased

   Legal Entity    Occupancy

1100 South Hayes St.,

Arlington, VA 22202 Unit

SD-18

   Leased    Michael Kors

Retail Inc.

   Retail Store Storage

250 SW 136th Ave,

Davies Florida Units 564

& 570

   Leased    Michael Kors

Retail Inc.

   Retail Store Storage

94-796 Lumaina St.

#Storage Waipahu, HI

96797

   Leased    Michael Kors

Retail Inc.

   Retail Store Storage

7465 Dean Martin Drive,

Suite 103 Las Vegas, NV

89139 (Store 824)

   Leased    Michael Kors

Retail Inc.

   Retail Store Storage

11401 N.W. 12th Street,

Space # 618 Cage 12,

Miami, FL 33172

   Leased    Michael Kors

Retail Inc.

   Retail Store Storage

7014-590 East Camelback

Road, Space Std42-C,

Scottsdale, AZ 85251

   Leased    Michael Kors

Retail Inc.

   Retail Store Storage

3355 Las Vegas Blvd So.,

Space 2879; Las Vegas,

NV 89109

   Leased    Michael Kors

Retail Inc.

   Retail Store Storage

2223 North West Shore

Blvd., #2537B, Tampa,

FL 33607

   Leased    Michael Kors

Retail Inc.

   Retail Store Storage

9700 Collins Avenue, #

B14, Bal Harbour, FL

33154

   Leased    Michael Kors

Retail Inc.

   Retail Store Storage

1961 Chair Bridge Road #

Storage, Mclean, VA

22102 (Tyson Corners

Center)

   Leased    Michael Kors

Retail Inc.

   Retail Store Storage

27500 Novi Road, # E224,

Novi, MI 48377 (Twelve

Oaks, Novi, MI)

   Leased    Michael Kors

Retail Inc.

   Retail Store Storage

1737G International Drive

# B2, Mclean VA. 22102

(Tyson’s Galleria)

   Leased    Michael Kors

Retail Inc.

   Retail Store Storage

100 Oakbrook Center #

W035, Oak Brook, IL

60523 (Oakbrook -564)

   Leased    Michael Kors

Retail Inc.

   Retail Store Storage

7101 Democracy

Blvd.,Space S1266,

Bethesda, MD, 20817

   Leased    Michael Kors

Retail Inc.

   Retail Store Storage


Address

  

Owned/Leased

   Legal Entity    Occupancy

(Montgomery Mall #568)

        

132 Christiana, Space

1840, Newark, DE 19702

(Christiana Mall)

   Leased    Michael Kors

Retail Inc.

   Retail Store Storage

600 Pine Street Space

390 Seattle WA 98101 (

Pacific Place)

   Leased    Michael Kors

Retail Inc.

   Retail Store Storage

Alfonso XII 38 1º

Izquierda 28014 Madrid

Spain

   Leased    Michael Kors

Spain S.L

   Showroom

530 7th Avenue

27th Floor

New York NY

   Leased    Michael Kors

Stores LLC

   Sublease To

Signature Apparel

37 Elkay Drive, Chester

NY 10918 (Woodbury

Storage)

   Leased    Michael Kors

Stores LLC

   Retail Storage

313 Smith Haven Mall,

Lake Grove NY 11755

(UPSTAIR CAGE # 2)

   Leased    Michael Kors

Stores LLC

   Retail Store Storage

Strada Regina 42 – 6934

Bioggio Switzerland

   Leased    Michael Kors

(Switzerland)

Gmbh

   European Office

301 Penhorn Plaza

Secaucus NJ

   Leased    Michael Kors

(USA) Inc.

   Leased Warehouse

Space

11 West 42nd Street, 20,

21, 23 & 25 Floor New

York , NY 10036

   Leased    Michael Kors

(USA) Inc.

   Office, Showroom

333 Meadowlands Pkwy,

3, 4 & 5th Floor,

Secaucus, NY 07094

   Leased    Michael Kors

(USA) Inc.

   Office Space

201 West Carob Street,

Compton, CA 90220

(Womens RTW)

   Leased    Michael Kors

(USA) Inc.

   Warehouse Space

255 West Carob Street,

Compton, CA 90220

(Lifestyle/Outlet/Cutups)

   Leased    Michael Kors

(USA) Inc.

   Warehouse Space

1600 S. Anderson,

Compton California

90220 (Shoes & Access)

   Leased    Michael Kors

(USA) Inc.

   Warehouse Space


Address

  

Owned/Leased

   Legal Entity    Occupancy

One Meadowlands Place

East Rutherford, NJ 07073

   Leased    Michael Kors

(USA) Inc.

   Corporate Office


Schedule 3.16

SUBSIDIARIES

 

Owner

  

Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction

  

Interest

Michael Kors Holdings

Limited

   Michael Kors Corporation    British Virgin Islands    100%

Michael Kors Corporation

   Michael Kors (USA), Inc. (M)    Delaware    100%
  

Michael Kors International

Limited

   British Virgin Islands    100%
  

Michael Kors (Europe) Holdings

B.V.

   Curacao    100%

Michael Kors (USA), Inc.

   Michael Kors, L.L.C.    Delaware    100%
  

Michael Kors Stores

(California), Inc.

   Delaware    100%
   Michael Kors Retail, Inc.    Delaware    100%

Michael Kors, L.L.C.

   Michael Kors Stores, L.L.C.    New York    100%

Michael Kors (Europe) Holdings B.V.

   Michael Kors (Europe) Holding Cooperatie U.A.    Netherlands    99%

Michael Kors International Limited

   Michael Kors (Europe) Holding Cooperatie U.A.    Netherlands    1%

Michael Kors (Europe) Holding

Cooperatie U.A.

  

Michael Kors do Brasil

Participacoes Ltda

   Brazil    1%
   Michael Kors (Europe) B.V. (M)    Netherlands    100%

Michael Kors (Europe) B.V.

   Michael Kors (UK) Limited (M)    England and Wales    100%
  

Michael Kors (Switzerland)

GmbH (M)

   Switzerland    100%
   Michael Kors Japan K.K.    Japan    100%
   Michael Kors Spain, S.L.    Spain    100%


  

Michael Kors Italy S.R.L. Con

Socio Unico

   Italy    100%
   Michael Kors (Austria), GmbH    Austria    100%
   Michael Kors (Canada) Co. (M)    Nova Scotia    100%
  

Michael Kors do Brasil

Participacoes Ltda

   Brazil    99%

Michael Kors (UK)

Limited

   Michael Kors (France) SAS    France    100%
   Michael Kors (Germany) GmbH    Germany    100%

 

(M): Denotes Material Subsidiaries


Schedule 6.01

EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS

 

  1. The following letters of credit issued by HSBC Bank Canada for the account of Michael Kors (Canada) Co.:

 

Reference    Limit    Start    Due    CCY    LCY Amount

DC HMN114265

   IMP 01    15JUL11    16SEP11    USD    6,409.57-

DC HMN114511

   IMP 01    27JUL11    14OCT11    USD    11,983.99-

DC HMN114762

   IMP 01    09AUG11    07NOV11    USD    64,444.52-

DC HMN114821

   IMP 01    11AUG11    07NOV11    USD    14,167.31-

DC HMN114822

   IMP 01    11AUG11    04NOV11    USD    13,540.62-

DC HMN114863

   IMP 01    15AUG11    19SEP11    USD    29,362.52-

DC HMN114915

   IMP 01    18AUG11    14OCT11    USD    20,854.08-

DC HMN114917

   IMP 01    16AUG11    04NOV11    USD    61,729.58-

DC HMN114928

   IMP 01    17AUG11    14OCT11    USD    11,983.99-

DC HMN114930

   IMP 01    17AUG11    07NOV11    USD    43,404.90-

DC HMN114981

   IMP 01    18AUG11    03OCT11    USD    19,857.60-

DC HMN114982

   IMP 01    18AUG11    21OCT11    USD    131,686.90-

DC HMN115285

   IMP 01    01SEP11    10OCT11    USD    28,728.13-

DC HMN115286

   IMP 01    01SEP11    17OCT11    USD    19,031.89-

DC HMN115334

   IMP 01    06SEP11    14NOV11    USD    36,280.93-

 

  2. The following shipping guarantees issued by HSBC Bank Canada for the account of Michael Kors (Canada) Co.:

 

Reference    Limit    Start    CCY    LCY Amount

SGTHMN110626

   IMP 01    27JUN11    USD    12,455.31-

SGTHMN110639

   IMP 01    30JUN11    USD    7,880.43-

SGTHMN110654

   IMP 01    12JUL11    USD    3,790.02-

SGTHMN110664

   IMP 01    13JUL11    USD    1,618.13-

SGTHMN110675

   IMP 01    14JUL11    USD    3,299.51-

SGTHMN110721

   IMP 01    22JUL11    USD    10,529.79-

SGTHMN110849

   IMP 01    17AUG11    USD    11,524.38-

SGTHMN110882

   IMP 01    24AUG11    USD    17,218.05-

 

  3. The following currency forward contracts issued by HSBC Bank Canada for the account of Michael Kors (Canada) Co.:


As of 9-12-11

 

Transaction

reference

   Product type    Deal date
(dd-Mmm-yyyy)
  

Value date

(dd-Mmm-yyyy)

   Buy
CCY
   Buy amount    Sell
CCY
   Sell amount    Exchange rate
OFD110100008    Option Forward    10-Jan-2011    01-Sep-2011    USD    250,000.00    CAD    252,200.00    1.008800000
    Start date: 01-Sep-2011    End date: 30-Sep-2011 Balance: USD 250,000.00            
OFD110889936    Option Forward    29-Mar-2011    01-Dec-2011    USD    250,000.00    CAD    247,627.25    0.990509000
    Start date: 01-Dec-2011    End date: 30-Dec-2011 Balance: USD 250,000.00            
OFD110889938    Option Forward    29-Mar-2011    01-Nov-2011    USD    250,000.00    CAD    247,375.00    0.989500000
    Start date: 01-Nov-2011    End date: 30-Nov-2011 Balance: USD 250,000.00            
OFD110889939    Option Forward    29-Mar-2011    03-Oct-2011    USD    250,000.00    CAD    247,125.00    0.988500000
    Start date: 03-Oct-2011    End date: 31-Oct-2011 Balance: USD 250,000.00            
OFD110889940    Option Forward    29-Mar-2011    01-Sep-2011    USD    250,000.00    CAD    246,875.00    0.987500000
    Start date: 01-Sep-2011    End date: 30-Sep-2011 Balance: USD 250,000.00            


Schedule 6.02

EXISTING LIENS

 

1. Pursuant to terms of the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2011, by and between Michael Kors (USA), Inc., Michael Kors Holdings Limited, Michael Kors, and, solely for purposes of Section 10(d) thereof, Sportswear Holdings Limited (the “Employment Agreement”), the consent of Michael Kors is required to, among other things, sell, license, lease or convey any interest in the Marks (as defined in the Employment Agreement) and create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any indebtedness in connection with which a lien is created on any Mark (as defined in the Employment Agreement) or interest in the Marks.

 

2. NYC tax warrant lien in respect of NYC Department of Finance, as creditor and Michael Kors Inc., as debtor in the amount of $435.84 dated as of January 3, 1994.

 

3. $70,000 cash collateral deposited in HSBC Bank Canada cash collateral account, account number 001-199250-071, to secure the obligations of Michael Kors (Canada) Co. in respect of the shipping guarantees set forth as item 2 on Schedule 6.01, as such cash collateral may be increased to support additional shipping guarantees issued by HSBC Bank Canada in respect of the letters of credit issued by HSBC Bank Canada and set forth as item 1 on Schedule 6.01.


Schedule 6.03

FISCAL YEAR END

The fiscal year of each of the Loan Parties ends on the Saturday occurring closest to March 31 of each year.


Schedule 6.04

EXISTING INVESTMENTS

 

1. Investments in Subsidiaries set forth on Schedule 3.16.


Schedule 6.07

TRANSACTION WITH AFFILIATES

 

1. Subscription Agreement dated as of July 7, 2011 among MK Holdings, the persons listed on Schedule I thereto and the investors named on the signature pages thereof.

 

2. Shareholders Agreement dated as of July 7, 2011 among MK Holdings and the shareholders of MK Holdings named therein.

 

3. Voting and Lock-up Agreement dated as of July 7, 2011 among MK Holdings and the persons listed on Schedule I thereto under the heading “ Existing Shareholders”.

 

4. Restructuring Agreement dated as of July 7, 2011 among MK Holdings and the direct and indirect equityholders of MK Holdings party thereto.


Schedule 6.08

EXISTING RESTRICTIONS

 

1. Restrictions under the Wells Fargo Factoring Agreement and related agreements.

 

2. See item 1 set forth on Schedule 6.02.


EXHIBIT A

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (this “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [Insert name of Assignor] (the “ Assignor ”) and [Insert name of Assignee] (the “ Assignee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including any letters of credit, guarantees, and swingline loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including contract claims, tort claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1. Assignor: _________________

 

2. Assignee: ___________________

 

   [and is an Affiliate of [identify Lender] 1 ]

 

3. Borrowers: Michael Kors (USA), Inc., Michael Kors (Europe) B.V., Michael Kors (Canada) Co., Michael Kors (Switzerland) GmbH and the other Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time party thereto

 

4. Administrative Agent: JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement

 

5. Collateral Agent: Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (successor by merger to Wells Fargo Trade Capital, LLC), as collateral agent under the Credit Agreement

 

6. Credit Agreement: The up to $100,000,000 Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of September 15, 2011 among Michael Kors (USA), Inc., the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time parties thereto, the Guarantors parties thereto, the Lenders parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (successor by merger to Wells Fargo

 

1   Select as applicable.


  Trade Capital, LLC), as Collateral Agent, as amended.

 

7. Assigned Interest:

 

Aggregate Amount of

Commitment/Loans for all Lenders

   Amount of  Commitment/Loans
Assigned
     Percentage Assigned of
Commitment/Loans 2
 

$

   $           %   

$

   $           %   

$

   $           %   

Effective Date: _________ ___, 201__ [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

2  

Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.


ASSIGNOR

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

ASSIGNEE

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

Consented to and Accepted:

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as

Administrative Agent

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

MICHAEL KORS (USA), INC., as Company
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

[SWISS BORROWER] [as applicable]
By:    
Name:  
Title:  


ANNEX 1

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

1. Representations and Warranties.

1.1 Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Financing Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Financing Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Financing Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Financing Document.

1.2 Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is a Swiss [Non-] Qualifying Bank, (ii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (iii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iv) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and (vi) if it is a Lender not organized under the laws of the United States of America or a state thereof, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Financing Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Financing Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

3. General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and

 

A-4


Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York (without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof).

 

A-5


EXHIBIT B

[RESERVED]

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$_________.00    

New York, New York

_________, 20___

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, Michael Kors (USA), Inc., a Delaware corporation, Michael Kors (Europe) B.V., a Dutch private limited liability company with its corporate seat in Amsterdam, The Netherlands, Michael Kors (Canada) Co., an unlimited liability corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of Nova Scotia and Michael Kors (Switzerland) GmbH, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Switzerland (collectively, the “ Borrowers ”), hereby promise, on a joint and several basis (subject to Section 2.24 of the Credit Agreement), to pay to the order of                      (the “ Lender ”), at                      , New York, New York                      , on the Maturity Date, as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2011, among the Borrowers, the other Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time parties thereto, the Guarantors parties thereto, the Lender and the other lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (successor by merger to Wells Fargo Trade Capital, LLC), as Collateral Agent (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “ Credit Agreement ”), or earlier as provided for in the Credit Agreement, the lesser of the sum of [                      ] DOLLARS ($                  .00) or the Lender’s ratable share of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans (as defined in the Credit Agreement) made to the Borrowers pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds, and to pay interest from the date thereof on the principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding, in like funds, at said office, at a rate or rates per annum and, in each case, payable on such dates as determined pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement.

Each Borrower promises to pay, on a joint and several basis (subject to Section 2.24 of the Credit Agreement), interest, on demand, on any overdue principal and fees and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest from their due dates at a rate or rates determined as set forth in the Credit Agreement.

Except as provided in the Credit Agreement, each Borrower hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind whatsoever. The non-exercise by the holder of this Promissory Note of any of its rights hereunder in any particular instance shall not constitute a waiver thereof in that or any subsequent instance.

All Loans evidenced by this Promissory Note and all payments and prepayments of the principal hereof and interest hereon and the respective dates thereof shall be endorsed by the holder hereof on the schedule attached hereto and made a part hereof, or on a continuation thereof which shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof, or otherwise recorded by such holder in its internal records; provided , however, that the failure of the holder hereof to make such a notation or any error in such a notation shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrowers to make payments of principal and interest in accordance with the terms of this Promissory Note and the Credit Agreement.

This Promissory Note is one of the notes referred to in Section 2.08(e) of the Credit Agreement (and is secured by the Collateral referred to in the Credit Agreement), which among other

 

C-1


things, contains provisions for the acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain events, for optional and mandatory prepayment of the principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof and for the amendment or waiver of certain provisions of the Credit Agreement, all upon the terms and conditions therein specified.

THIS PROMISSORY NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF THAT WOULD CALL FOR THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

 

MICHAEL KORS (USA), INC.
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

MICHAEL KORS (EUROPE) B.V.
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

MICHAEL KORS (CANADA), CO.
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

MICHAEL KORS (SWITZERLAND) GMBH
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

C-2


SCHEDULE OF BORROWINGS

This Promissory Note evidences Loans made under the within-described Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to the Borrowers, on the dates, in the principal amounts and bearing interest at the rates set forth below, and subject to the payments and prepayments of principal set forth below:

 

Date Made

   Principal
Amount of Loan
   Amount Paid
or Prepaid
   Unpaid Principal
Amount
   Notation
Made by

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF BORROWING REQUEST

                     , 20__

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent

270 Park Avenue, 43 rd Floor

New York, NY 10017

Attention: James T. Knight, Vice President (Telecopy No. (646) 534-3081)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, Michael Kors (USA), Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), refers to that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2011, among the Company, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time parties thereto, the Guarantors parties thereto, the Lenders and the other lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (successor by merger to Wells Fargo Trade Capital, LLC), as Collateral Agent (such Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as it may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used herein and not defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement). Pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Credit Agreement, the Company hereby requests a Loan under the Credit Agreement and in that connection sets forth below the information relating to such Loan (the “ Proposed Loan ”), as required by Section              of the Credit Agreement:

 

1. The Borrower is                      .

 

2. The date of the Proposed Loan is                      ,              .

 

3. The aggregate amount and Agreed Currency of the Proposed Loan is                      .

 

4. The type of Proposed Loan will be [a Eurocurrency Loan] [a Base Rate Loan][a Canadian Base Rate Loan][a BA Equivalent Loan].

 

5. [With regard to the Eurocurrency Loan, the length of the initial Interest Period shall be              months.]

The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof and will be true on the date of the Proposed Loan:

 

D-1


The representations and warranties contained in each Financing Document and certificate or other writing delivered to the Lenders prior to, on or after the Effective Date and on or prior to the date for the Proposed Loan are correct on and as of the date hereof in all material respects as though made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date in which case they shall have been true and correct as of such earlier date; and

No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the making of the Proposed Loan and the Company shall otherwise be in compliance with the provisions of Sections 2.01, 2.04(b) or 2.19(a), as applicable and, without limiting the foregoing, Availability shall not be less than zero as of the date hereof.

 

Very truly yours,

 

[                          ]

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

D-2


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

[ATTACHED]

The attached form of Borrowing Base Certificate may be modified to provide such additional detail as the Agents may reasonably request.

 

E-1


Michael Kors (USA), Inc.

Borrowing Base Calculation

For the week ending: 09.03.11

 

               Amount     Totals  

A.

   Eligible Receivables Amount without duplication:        
   Factored Receivable net of any amounts owing to factors, for which the factor has not advanced cash, funded the purchase price or otherwise made payment, and net of sales, excise or similar taxes         96,159     
   Credit Support Receivable, net of sales, excise or similar taxes         0     
   House Receivable, net of sales, excise or similar taxes         12,999     
   Macy’s Receivable, net of sales, excise or similar taxes         0     
   Royalty Receivable, net of sales, excise or similar taxes         2,744     
        

 

 

   
  

Sub Total

        111,902     
   Less:        
   1) Receivables subject to any Lien (other than Permitted Encumbrances)         0     
   2) Receivables for which (i) more than 90 days have elapsed since the date of the original invoice therefor or (ii) more than 60 days have elapsed since the original due date         0     
   3) Receivables of a single Customer for which payments due on more than 50% of all Receivables from such Customer are (i) more than 90 days past the original invoice therefor and (ii) more than 60 days past the original due date (without duplication of item (3) above)         0     
   4) Receivables owing by a Customer which is not solvent or is subject to any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding of any kind, unless such account debtor is classified as a debtor in possession         0     
   5) Receivables of Customers that are not a U.S. or Canadian person and are located outside of the U.S., Puerto Rico or Canada, unless they are either Factored or Credit Support Receivables        
   6) Receivables not denominated in U.S. or Canadian dollars (unless subject to a currency swap or hedge) or not payable in the U.S. or Canada or, if in Euros, is either a Factored or Credit Support Receivable         0     
   7) Receivables for which the Borrowing Base Entity received payment but has not applied such payment         0     
   8) Other (see Credit Agreement)         0     
        

 

 

   
   Eligible Receivables (Receivables less sum of numbers 1 through 8):         111,902     
   Less Dilution Reserve         7,231 (a)   
   Less House Receivables in excess of $10 MM         2,999     
   Less non-Factored receivables of a single Customer in excess of 20% of Eligible Receivables         0     
        

 

 

   
   Total Eligible Receivables         101,672     

(i)

   Advanced Receivables    80.0%        81,338   

 

(a) Markdown Allowance issued and outstanding to date $ 16,533 and total dilution issued and outstanding is $19,116


B.

   Eligible Inventory Amount:        
   Inventory value (lower of cost or FMV) of all finished goods inventory of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries other than inventory which is In Transit         101,277     
   Inventory value (lower of cost or FMV) of all finished goods inventory of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries which is In Transit and supported by a Letter of Credit         22,952     
   Inventory value (lower of cost or FMV) of all finished goods inventory of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries which has been paid for and is in-transit.         3,639     
        

 

 

   
  

Sub Total

        127,868     
   Less:        
   1) Inventory subject to a Lien (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) or as to which perfection of the security interest therein would not be governed by the UCC or PPSA         0     
   2) Inventory not located at a location listed on Schedule A to the Pledge and Security Agreement (other than inventory that is (i) In Transit and is supported by a Letter of Credit or (ii) in transit to a warehouse or retail store location         0     
   3) Inventory that is obsolete, slow-moving or unmerchantable, or is not saleable at prices approximating at least cost         0     
   4) Inventory that is placed on consignment         0     
   5) Inventory located at a property leased or owned by a third party without necessary landlord’s or processor’s waiver (unless waiver requirement does not apply to location, or location is covered by an appropriate rent reserve)         0     
   6) Other (see Credit Agreement)         0     
        

 

 

   
   Eligible Inventory (total inventory less sum of numbers 1 through 6):         127,868 (b)   

(ii) (iii)

   Advanced Inventory    60.0%        76,721   

(iv)

   Value of Michael Kors Trademark         30,000        30,000   
   Borrowing Base           188,059   
          

 

 

 
   Lower of (i) Borrowing Base and (ii) total Commitments           100,000   
          

 

 

 

C.

   Less Trade Letter of Credit obligations outstanding         22,952     
   Less Stand-by Letter of Credit obligations outstanding         10,725     
   Less Loans outstanding         20,890     
   Less Availability Reserves (if any, including any rent reserves per item B5 above)         468     
        

 

 

   
  

Subtotal

        55,036     
   Availability           44,964   
          

 

 

 

D.

  

(b) Gross inventory value is $133,332

       


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

[ ATTACHED ]

 

F-1


EXECUTION COPY

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

This Second Amended and Restated Guarantee Agreement (this “ Guarantee ”), dated as of September 15, 2011, is made by MICHAEL KORS (USA), INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), MICHAEL KORS (EUROPE) B.V., a Dutch private limited liability company with its corporate seat in Amsterdam, The Netherlands (“ MKE ”), MICHAEL KORS (CANADA) CO., an unlimited liability corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of Nova Scotia (“ MK Canada ”), MICHAEL KORS (SWITZERLAND) GMBH, a company organized under the laws of Switzerland (“ MK Switzerland ” and, collectively with the Company, MKE and MK Canada, the “ Borrowers ”), MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company (“ MK Holdings ”), MICHAEL KORS CORPORATION, a British Virgin Islands company (“ MKC ”), MICHAEL KORS, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“ MK Licensing ”), MICHAEL KORS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company (“ MK International ”), MICHAEL KORS STORES (CALIFORNIA), INC., a Delaware corporation (“ MK Stores California ”), MICHAEL KORS STORES, L.L.C., a New York limited liability company (“ MK Stores NY ”), MICHAEL KORS RETAIL, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ MK Retail ”), MICHAEL KORS (EUROPE) HOLDING COOPERATIE U.A., a co-operative with excluded liability ( coöperatie met uitgesloten aansprakelijkheid ) organized and existing under the laws of the Netherlands (“ MKE Cooperatie ”), MICHAEL KORS (EUROPE) HOLDINGS B.V., a private limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Curaçao (“ MKE Holdings ”) and MICHAEL KORS (UK) LIMITED, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with registered number 6481234 (“ MK UK ” and, together with the Borrowers, MK Holdings, MKC, MK Licensing, MK International, MK Stores California, MK Stores NY, MK Retail, MKE Cooperatie, MKE Holdings and any other guarantors made parties hereto pursuant to a supplement in the form of Annex I hereto, the “ Guarantors ” and each, individually, a “ Guarantor ”), in favor of the financial institutions (the “ Lenders ”) party from time to time to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement referred to below, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., a New York banking corporation, as Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders, and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (successor by merger to Wells Fargo Trade Capital, LLC), as Collateral Agent for the Lenders and the other “Secured Parties” referred to in the Credit Agreement (the “ Collateral Agent ” and, together with the Administrative Agent, the “ Agents ”).

Recitals

A. The Borrowers, the other Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto from time to time, the other Guarantors, the Lenders and the Agents have entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of September 15, 2011 (said Agreement, as it may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, herein called the “ Credit Agreement ”). Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the same respective meanings when used herein, and the rules of interpretation set forth in Section 1.03 of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.

B. In connection with the “Original Agreement” (as defined in the Credit Agreement), certain of the Guarantors executed and delivered an Amended and Restated Guarantee Agreement in favor of the Agents and the Lenders party to the Original Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “ Original Guarantee ”), which in turn amended and restated a Guarantee Agreement dated as of March 31, 2004.

C. The parties hereto desire to enter into this Guarantee in order to amend and restate the Original Guarantee in its entirety.


D. The Guarantors have business relationships with the Borrowers that cause them to have a substantial economic interest in the continuing health of the business, condition (financial and otherwise), operations, performance, properties and prospects of the Borrowers. It is a condition precedent to the extension of credit by the Lenders under the Credit Agreement that the Guarantors execute and deliver this Guarantee. Accordingly, the Guarantors hereby agree as set forth below.

Section 1. Guarantee .

(a) The Guarantors hereby absolutely and unconditionally guarantee the punctual payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all Obligations of the Borrowers now or hereafter existing under the Credit Agreement and the other Financing Documents, including any extensions, modifications, substitutions, amendments and renewals thereof, whether for principal (including reimbursement for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit), interest, fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, and all Derivative Obligations and Banking Services Obligations of the Guarantors and their Subsidiaries owing to one or more Lenders or their respective Affiliates (the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that this Guarantee is an absolute, irrevocable and unconditional guaranty of payment and is not a guaranty of collection.

(b) The Guarantors agree to pay, in addition, any and all expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the Agents or the Lenders in enforcing any rights under this Guarantee.

(c) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Guarantee guarantees, to the extent provided herein, the payment of all amounts that constitute part of the Guaranteed Obligations and would be owed by the Borrowers to the Agents or any of the Secured Parties under any Financing Document or pursuant to any Derivative Obligations or Banking Services Obligations including those that are unenforceable or not allowable against the Borrowers due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving the Borrowers.

(d) The obligations of the Guarantors under this Guarantee are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations, and a separate action may be brought and prosecuted against the Guarantors to enforce this Guarantee up to the full amount of the Guaranteed Obligations, irrespective of whether any action is brought against the Borrowers or any other Guarantors or whether the Borrowers or any other Guarantors are joined in any such action or actions, and without proceeding against any other Guarantors, against any security for the Guaranteed Obligations or under any other guaranty covering all or any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(e) It is the intention of the Guarantors, the Secured Parties and the Agents that the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed by the Guarantors shall be in, but not in excess of, the maximum amount permitted by fraudulent-conveyance, fraudulent-transfer and similar laws applicable to the Guarantors. Accordingly, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Guarantee or in any other agreement or instrument executed in connection with the payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed by the Guarantors under this Guarantee shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render the Guarantors’ obligations hereunder subject to avoidance under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable law (after giving effect to the right of contribution established in Section 4 below and the right of subrogation established in Section 5 below).

(f) If at any time any payment of the principal of or interest on any Loan, Guaranteed Obligation or any other amount payable by the Borrower or any other party under the Credit Agreement, any Hedging Contract, any Banking Services Agreement or any other Financing

 

2


Document is rescinded or must be otherwise restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower or otherwise, each of the Guarantors’ obligations hereunder with respect to such payment shall be reinstated as though such payment had been due but not made at such time.

(g) The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that each of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be due and payable in the same currency as such Guaranteed Obligation is denominated, but if currency control or exchange regulations are imposed in the country which issues such currency with the result that such currency (the “ Original Currency ”) no longer exists or the relevant Guarantor is not able to make payment in such Original Currency, then all payments to be made by such Guarantor hereunder in such currency shall instead be made when due in U.S. Dollars in an amount equal to the Dollar Amount (as of the date of payment) of such payment due, it being the intention of the parties hereto that each Guarantor takes all risks of the imposition of any such currency control or exchange regulations.

Section 2. Guarantee Absolute . The Guarantors guarantee that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Financing Documents or any Hedging Contract or Banking Services Agreement, regardless of any law, rule or regulation now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of the Agents or any of the Secured Parties with respect thereto. The liability of the Guarantors under this Guarantee shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of the following:

(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of, or any release or discharge of the Borrowers from liability under, the Credit Agreement or any other Financing Document or any Hedging Contract or Banking Services Agreement;

(b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, any or all of the Guaranteed Obligations; or any other amendment or waiver of, or any consent to departure from, the Credit Agreement or any other Financing Document or any Hedging Contract or Banking Services Agreement, including any increase in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit to the Borrowers;

(c) any taking, subordination, compromise, exchange, release, nonperfection or liquidation of any collateral, or any release, amendment or waiver of, or consent to departure from, any other guaranty, for any or all of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(d) any exercise or nonexercise by an Agent or any Secured Party of any right or privilege under this Guarantee or any of the other Financing Documents or any Hedging Contract or Banking Services Agreement;

(e) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, composition, adjustment, dissolution, liquidation or other like proceeding relating to any Borrower or any Guarantor; or any action taken with respect to this Guarantee by any trustee, receiver or court in any such proceeding, whether or not any Guarantor has had notice or knowledge of any of the foregoing;

(f) any borrowing or grant of a security interest by a Borrower, as debtor-in-possession, under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code;

(g) the disallowance, under Section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code, of all or any portion of the claims of the Secured Parties or the Administrative Agent for repayment of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;

 

3


(h) any assignment or other transfer, in whole or in part, of this Guarantee or any of the other Financing Documents or any Hedging Contract or Banking Services Agreement;

(i) any acceptance of partial performance of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(j) any consent to the transfer of, or any bid or purchase at sale of, any collateral for the Guaranteed Obligations (other than payment of the Guaranteed Obligations);

(k) any manner of application of collateral, or proceeds thereof, to any or all of the Guaranteed Obligations; or any manner of sale or other disposition of any collateral or any other assets of any Borrower;

(l) any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of any Borrower or any Guarantor; or

(m) any other circumstance (including any statute of limitations) that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrowers or any Guarantors of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than payment of the Guaranteed Obligations).

This Guarantee shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by the Agents, any Secured Party or any other Person upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any Borrower, any Guarantor or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

Section 3. Waivers .

(a) The Guarantors irrevocably waive the following, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i) promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance, demand of payment, presentation and any other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations or this Guarantee;

(ii) any requirement that the Agents, any Secured Party or any other Person protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or assert any remedy or take any action against any Borrower, any other Person or any collateral;

(iii) any duty on the part of the Agents or any Secured Party to disclose to the Guarantors any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, operation or condition of any Borrower or its assets now known or hereafter known by the Agents or such Secured Party;

(iv) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(v) any defense based upon any legal disability or other defense of any Borrower, or by reason of the cessation or limitation of the liability of such Borrower from any cause (other than full payment of all Guaranteed Obligations),

 

4


including, but not limited to, failure of consideration, breach of warranty, statute of frauds, statute of limitations, accord and satisfaction, and usury;

(vi) any defense based upon any legal disability or other defense of any other Guarantor or other Person;

(vii) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in any other respects more burdensome than that of a principal;

(viii) any defense based on legal prohibition of the Agents’ or any Secured Party’s acceleration of the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations during the occurrence of an Event of Default or any other legal prohibition on enforcement of any other right or remedy of the Secured Parties with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations and the security therefor; and

(ix) the benefits of any statute of limitation affecting the liability of the Guarantors hereunder or the enforcement hereof.

(b) Without limiting the generality of any other provision of this Guarantee, the Guarantors waive all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by the Agents or any Secured Party.

Section 4. Right of Contribution .

(a) To the extent that any Guarantor shall make a payment under this Guarantee (a “ Guarantor Payment ”) which, taking into account all other Guarantor Payments then previously or concurrently made by any other Guarantor, exceeds the amount which otherwise would have been paid by or attributable to such Guarantor if each Guarantor had paid the aggregate Guaranteed Obligations satisfied by such Guarantor Payment in the same proportion as such Guarantor’s “Allocable Amount” (as defined below) (as determined immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment) bore to the aggregate Allocable Amounts of each of the Guarantors as determined immediately prior to the making of such Guarantor Payment, then , following the “Guarantee Termination Date” (as defined in Section 10 below), such Guarantor shall be entitled to receive contribution and indemnification payments from, and be reimbursed by, each other Guarantor for the amount of such excess, pro rata based upon their respective Allocable Amounts in effect immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment.

(b ) As of any date of determination, the “ Allocable Amount ” of any Guarantor shall be equal to the excess of the fair saleable value of the property of such Guarantor over the total liabilities of such Guarantor (including the maximum amount reasonably expected to become due in respect of contingent liabilities, calculated, without duplication, assuming each other Guarantor that is also liable for such contingent liability pays its ratable share thereof), giving effect to all payments made by other Guarantors as of such date in a manner to maximize the amount of such contributions.

(c) This Section 4 is intended only to define the relative rights of the Guarantors, and nothing set forth in this Section 4 is intended to or shall impair the obligations of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, to pay any amounts as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Guarantee.

 

5


(d) The parties hereto acknowledge that the rights of contribution and indemnification hereunder shall constitute assets of the Guarantor or Guarantors to which such contribution and indemnification is owing.

(e) The rights of the indemnifying Guarantors against other Guarantors under this Section 4 shall be exercisable following the Guarantee Termination Date.

(f) Each Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 5 below. The provisions of this Section 4 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor to the Secured Parties, and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Secured Parties for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder.

Section 5. Waiver of Subrogation and Contribution . Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives, until the Guarantee Termination Date has occurred, any claims and other rights that it now has or may hereafter acquire against the Borrowers or the other Guarantors that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee or any other Financing Document or any Hedging Contract or Banking Services Agreement, including any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of the Agents or any Secured Party against the Borrowers, the other Guarantors or any collateral that the Agents or any Secured Party now has or hereafter acquires, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including the right to take or receive from the Borrowers, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property, by setoff or in any other manner, payment or security on account of any such claim or other right. If any amount is paid to the Guarantors in violation of the preceding sentence and the Guarantee Termination Date has not occurred, such amount shall be deemed to have been paid to the Guarantors for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Agents and the Secured Parties and shall be forthwith paid to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to be credited and applied upon the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of the other Financing Documents. The Guarantors acknowledge that they will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Credit Agreement and that the waiver set forth in this Section 5 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

Section 6. Amendments, Etc . Except as provided in Section 16 below, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Guarantee or consent to any departure by the Guarantors therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same is in writing and signed by the Agents, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

Section 7. Addresses for Notices . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including communication by telecopier) and shall be mailed, telecopied or delivered to the Guarantors or the Agents, as the case may be, at the address therefor (or, in the case of the Guarantors, for Michael Kors (USA), Inc.) set forth in the Credit Agreement or at such other address as may be designated by any such party in a written notice to the other parties complying with the terms of this section. All such notices and other communications shall be effective as provided in the Credit Agreement. Delivery by telecopier of an executed counterpart of any amendment or waiver of, or consent to departure from, any provision of this Guarantee shall be effective as delivery of an originally executed counterpart thereof.

Section 8. No Waiver; Remedies . No failure on the part of the Agents or any Secured Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, and no single or partial exercise of any right hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise

 

6


thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

Section 9. Right of Setoff . Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default, each Lender, Agent and Issuing Bank is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender, Agent or Issuing Bank to or for the credit or the account of the Guarantors against any and all of the obligations of the Guarantors now or hereafter existing under this Guarantee, irrespective of whether such Lender, Agent or Issuing Bank has made any demand under this Guarantee and although such obligations may be contingent and unmatured. Each Lender, Agent and Issuing Bank agrees to notify the Guarantors promptly after any such setoff and application made by such Lender, Agent or Issuing Bank; provided , however , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of each Lender, Agent and Issuing Bank under this section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, Agent or Issuing Bank may have.

Section 10. Continuing Guarantee . This Guarantee is a continuing guaranty and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until the date of payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guarantee (in each case, other than (x) Derivative Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the Agents shall have been made, (y) Cash Management Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the Agents shall have been made and (z) contingent obligations for indemnification) and expiration or termination of the Commitments and all Letters of Credit or, in the case of Letters of Credit, cash collateralization thereof in accordance with the Credit Agreement (such date, the “ Guarantee Termination Date ”), (b) be binding upon the Guarantors and their successors and assigns and (c) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Agents, the Secured Parties and their respective successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (c), any Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any or all of its rights and obligations under the Financing Documents to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all of the rights in respect thereof granted to such Lender herein or otherwise, subject, however, to the provisions of Article VIII (concerning the Agents) and Section 9.04 of the Credit Agreement.

Section 11. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATION LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF THAT WOULD CALL FOR THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

Section 12. Headings . The section and subsection headings used herein have been inserted for convenience of reference only and do not constitute matters to be considered in interpreting this Guarantee.

Section 13. Execution in Counterparts . This Guarantee may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery by telecopier of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Guarantee shall be effective as delivery of an originally executed counterpart of this Guarantee.

Section 14. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . IN CONNECTION WITH ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING, WHETHER BROUGHT IN STATE OR FEDERAL COURT, THE GUARANTORS, THE SECURED PARTIES AND THE AGENTS HEREBY EXPRESSLY, INTENTIONALLY AND

 

7


IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT THEY MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM.

Section 15. Subordination of Intercompany Indebtedness . Each Guarantor agrees that any and all claims of such Guarantor against any other Guarantor with respect to any “Intercompany Indebtedness” (as hereinafter defined) or against any endorser, obligor or any other guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations (each an “ Obligor ”), or against any of its properties shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment, in full and in cash, of all Guaranteed Obligations, provided that, and not in contravention of the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such Guarantor may make loans to and receive payments with respect to such Intercompany Indebtedness from each such Obligor to the extent not prohibited by the terms of the Financing Documents. Notwithstanding any right of any Guarantor to ask, demand, sue for, take or receive any payment from any Obligor, all rights, liens and security interests of such Guarantor, whether now or hereafter arising and howsoever existing, in any assets of any other Obligor shall be and are subordinated to the rights of the Secured Parties and the Agents in those assets. No Guarantor shall have any right to possession of any such asset or to foreclose upon any such asset, whether by judicial action or otherwise, unless and until this Guarantee has terminated in accordance with Section 10 hereof. If all or any part of the assets of any Obligor, or the proceeds thereof, are subject to any distribution, division or application to the creditors of such Obligor, whether partial or complete, voluntary or involuntary, and whether by reason of liquidation, bankruptcy, arrangement, receivership, assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other action or proceeding, or if the business of any such Obligor is dissolved or if substantially all of the assets of any such Obligor are sold, then, and in any such event (such events being herein referred to as an “ Insolvency Event ”), any payment or distribution of any kind or character, either in cash, securities or other property, which shall be payable or deliverable upon or with respect to any indebtedness of any Obligor to any Guarantor (“ Intercompany Indebtedness ”) shall be paid or delivered directly to the Administrative Agent for application on any of the Guaranteed Obligations, due or to become due, until the Guarantee Termination Date shall have occurred; provided, that notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, indebtedness in respect of the promissory notes set forth on Schedule A hereto shall not constitute Intercompany Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 15 and shall not be subject to the provisions of this Section 15. Should any payment, distribution, security or instrument or proceeds thereof be received by the applicable Guarantor upon or with respect to the Intercompany Indebtedness after any Insolvency Event and prior to the Guarantee Termination Date, such Guarantor shall receive and hold the same in trust, as trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties and shall forthwith deliver the same to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in precisely the form received (except for the endorsement or assignment of the Guarantor where necessary), for application to any of the Guaranteed Obligations, due or not due, and, until so delivered, the same shall be held in trust by the Guarantor as the property of the Secured Parties. If any such Guarantor fails to make any such endorsement or assignment to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any of its officers or employees is irrevocably authorized to make the same. Each Guarantor agrees that until the termination of this Guarantee in accordance with Section 10 , no Guarantor will assign or transfer to any Person (other than the Administrative Agent or another Guarantor) any claim any such Guarantor has or may have against any Obligor.

Section 16. Supplemental Guarantors . Pursuant to Section 5.11 of the Credit Agreement, additional Subsidiaries shall become obligated as Guarantors hereunder (each as fully as though an original signatory hereto) by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a supplemental guaranty in the form of Annex I attached hereto (with blanks appropriately filled in and any other modifications as shall be acceptable to the Administrative Agent), together with such additional supporting documentation required pursuant to Section 5.11 of the Credit Agreement.

 

8


Section 17. Judgment Currency . For the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due from any Guarantor hereunder in the currency expressed to be payable herein (the “ Specified Currency ”) into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the Specified Currency with such other currency at the Administrative Agent’s main New York City office on the Business Day preceding that on which final, non-appealable judgment is given. The obligations of each Guarantor in respect of any sum due hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than the Specified Currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by any Secured Party (including the Administrative Agent), as the case may be, of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency such Secured Party (including the Administrative Agent), as the case may be, may in accordance with normal, reasonable banking procedures purchase the Specified Currency with such other currency. If the amount of the Specified Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to such Secured Party (including the Administrative Agent), as the case may be, in the Specified Currency, each Guarantor agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Secured Party (including the Administrative Agent), as the case may be, against such loss, and if the amount of the Specified Currency so purchased exceeds (a) the sum originally due to any Secured Party (including the Administrative Agent), as the case may be, in the Specified Currency and (b) amounts shared with other Secured Parties as a result of allocations of such excess as a disproportionate payment to such other Secured Party under Section 2.18 of the Credit Agreement, such Secured Party (including the Administrative Agent), as the case may be, agrees, by accepting the benefits hereof, to remit such excess to such Guarantor.

Section 18. Financial Assistance .

(a) If and to the extent that a payment in fulfilling the guarantee obligations under this Guarantee of MK Switzerland or any other Guarantor organized under the laws of Switzerland (collectively with MK Switzerland, the “ Swiss Guarantors ”) would, at the time payment is due, under Swiss law and practice (inter alia, prohibiting capital repayments or restricting profit distributions) not be permitted, in particular if and to the extent that such Swiss Guarantor guarantees obligations other than obligations of one of its subsidiaries (i.e. obligations of its direct or indirect parent companies (up-stream guarantee) or sister companies (cross-stream guarantee)) (such obligations, “ Restricted Obligations ), then such obligations and payment amount shall from time to time be limited to the amount permitted to be paid; provided that such limited amount shall at no time be less than such Swiss Guarantor’s profits and reserves available for distribution as dividends (being the balance sheet profits and any reserves available for this purpose, in each case in accordance with art. 675(2) and art. 671(1) and (2), no. 3, of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations) at the time or times payment under or pursuant to this Guarantee is requested from such Swiss Guarantor, and further provided that such limitation (as may apply from time to time or not) shall not (generally or definitively) free such Swiss Guarantor from payment obligations hereunder in excess thereof, but merely postpone the payment date therefor until such times as payment is again permitted notwithstanding such limitation. Any and all indemnities and guarantees contained in the Finance Documents including, in particular, Section 2.15(c) of the Credit Agreement shall be construed in a manner consistent with the provisos herein contained.

(b) In respect of Restricted Obligations, each Swiss Guarantor shall:

(i) if and to the extent required by applicable law in force at the relevant time:

 

  A.

subject to any applicable double taxation treaty, deduct Swiss anticipatory tax ( Verrechnungssteuer ; “ Swiss Withholding Tax ”) at the rate of 35% (or

 

9


  such other rate as in force from time to time) from any payment made by it in respect of Restricted Obligations;

 

  B. pay any such deduction to the Swiss Federal Tax Administration; and

 

  C. notify (or ensure that the Company notifies) the Administrative Agent that such a deduction has been made and provide the Administrative Agent with evidence that such a deduction has been paid to the Swiss Federal Tax Administration, all in accordance with Section 2.15(a) of the Credit Agreement; and

(ii) to the extent such a deduction is made, not be obliged to either gross-up in accordance with Section 2.15(a) of the Credit Agreement or indemnify the Secured Parties in accordance with Section 2.15(c) of the Credit Agreement in relation to any such payment made by it in respect of Restricted Obligations unless grossing-up is permitted under the laws of Switzerland then in force.

(c) If and to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent and if and to the extent this is from time to time required under Swiss law (restricting profit distributions), in order to allow the Agents (or the other Secured Parties) to obtain a maximum benefit under the guarantee obligations of this Guarantee, each Swiss Guarantor undertakes to promptly implement all such measures and/or to promptly obtain the fulfilment of all prerequisites allowing it to promptly make the requested payment(s) hereunder from time to time, including the following:

 

  (i) preparation of an up-to-date audited balance sheet of such Swiss Guarantor;

 

  (ii) confirmation of the auditors of such Swiss Guarantor that the relevant amount represents the maximum freely distributable profits;

 

  (iii) approval by a quotaholders’ meeting of such Swiss Guarantor of the resulting profit distribution; and

 

  (iv) all such other measures necessary or useful to allow such Swiss Guarantor to make the payments agreed hereunder with a minimum of limitations.

Section 19. Amendment and Restatement; No Novation of Original Guarantee . This Guarantee amends and restates in its entirety the Original Guarantee and this Guarantee is in no way intended to constitute a novation of any obligations owed by the Guarantors to the Agents or the other Secured Parties under the Original Guarantee, all of which are hereby reaffirmed, ratified and confirmed.

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Guarantee as of the date first written above.

 

MICHAEL KORS (USA), INC.     MICHAEL KORS (EUROPE) B.V.
By:         By:    
Name:       Name:  
Title:       Title:  
      By:    
      Name:  
      Title:  
MICHAEL KORS (CANADA) CO.     MICHAEL KORS (SWITZERLAND) GMBH
By:         By:    
Name:       Name:  
Title:       Title:  
MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED     MICHAEL KORS CORPORATION
By:         By:    
Name:       Name:  
Title:       Title:  
MICHAEL KORS, L.L.C.     MICHAEL KORS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
By:         By:    
Name:       Name:  
Title:       Title:  

Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Guarantee Agreement

 


MICHAEL KORS STORES (CALIFORNIA), INC.     MICHAEL KORS STORES, L.L.C.
By:         By:    
Name:       Name:  
Title:       Title:  
MICHAEL KORS RETAIL, INC.     MICHAEL KORS (EUROPE) HOLDING COOPERATIE U.A.
By:         By:    
Name:       Name:  
Title:       Title:  
      By:    
      Name:  
      Title:  
MICHAEL KORS (EUROPE) HOLDINGS B.V.     MICHAEL KORS (UK) LIMITED
By:         By:    
Name:       Name:  
Title:       Title:  
By:          
Name:        
Title:        

Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Guarantee Agreement

 


SCHEDULE A

SPECIFIED INTERCOMPANY NOTES

1. Promissory Note dated as of January 29, 2003 issued by Michael Kors (USA), Inc. in favor of Michael Kors (Switzerland) GmbH (as assignee of Michael Kors Corporation) in the principal amount of $20,000,000.

2. Promissory Note dated as of June 10, 2004 issued by Michael Kors (USA), Inc. in favor of Michael Kors (Switzerland) GmbH (as assignee of Michael Kors Corporation) in the principal amount of $10,000,000.

3. Promissory Note dated as of July 12, 2004 issued by Michael Kors (USA), Inc. in favor of Michael Kors (Switzerland) GmbH (as assignee of Michael Kors Corporation) in the principal amount of $10,000,000.

4. Promissory Note dated as of December 10, 2004 issued by Michael Kors (USA), Inc. in favor of Michael Kors (Switzerland) GmbH (as assignee of Michael Kors Corporation) in the principal amount of $10,000,000.

5. Promissory Note dated as of June 7, 2005 issued by Michael Kors (USA), Inc. in favor of Michael Kors (Switzerland) GmbH (as assignee of Michael Kors Corporation) in the principal amount of $15,000,000.

6. Promissory Note dated as of October 21, 2005 issued by Michael Kors (USA), Inc. in favor of Michael Kors (Switzerland) GmbH (as assignee of Michael Kors Corporation) in the principal amount of $5,000,000.


ANNEX I TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

Reference is hereby made to (i) the Second Amended and Restated Guarantee Agreement (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guarantee ”), dated as of September 15, 2011, made by and among MICHAEL KORS (USA), INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), MICHAEL KORS (EUROPE) B.V., a Dutch private limited liability company with its corporate seat in Amsterdam, The Netherlands (“ MKE ”), MICHAEL KORS (CANADA) CO., an unlimited liability corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of Nova Scotia (“ MK Canada ”), MICHAEL KORS (SWITZERLAND) GMBH, a company organized under the laws of Switzerland (“ MK Switzerland ” and, collectively with the Company, MKE and MK Canada, the “ Borrowers ”), MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company (“ MK Holdings ”), MICHAEL KORS CORPORATION, a British Virgin Islands company (“ MKC ”), MICHAEL KORS, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“ MK Licensing ”), MICHAEL KORS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company (“ MK International ”), MICHAEL KORS STORES (CALIFORNIA), INC., a Delaware corporation (“ MK Stores California ”), MICHAEL KORS STORES, L.L.C., a New York limited liability company (“ MK Stores NY ”), MICHAEL KORS RETAIL, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ MK Retail ”), MICHAEL KORS (EUROPE) HOLDING COOPERATIE U.A., a co-operative with excluded liability ( coöperatie met uitgesloten aansprakelijkheid ) organized and existing under the laws of the Netherlands (“ MKE Cooperatie ”), MICHAEL KORS (EUROPE) HOLDINGS B.V., a private limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Curaçao (“ MKE Holdings ”) and MICHAEL KORS (UK) LIMITED, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with registered number 6481234 (“ MK UK ” and, together with the Borrowers, MK Holdings, MKC, MK Licensing, MK International, MK Stores California, MK Stores NY, MK Retail, MKE Cooperatie, MKE Holdings and any other guarantors made parties hereto pursuant to a supplement in the form of Annex I hereto, the “ Guarantors ” and each, individually, a “ Guarantor ”), in favor of the financial institutions (the “ Lenders ”) party from time to time to the Credit Agreement (defined below), JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., a New York banking corporation, as Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders, and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (successor by merger to Wells Fargo Trade Capital, LLC), as Collateral Agent for the “Secured Parties” referred to in the Guarantee (the “ Collateral Agent ” and, together with the Administrative Agent, the “ Agents ”) and (ii) the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), dated as of September 15, 2011, made by and among the Guarantors (including in their capacities as Borrowers, to the extent applicable), the Lenders from time to time party thereto and the Agents. Each capitalized term used herein and not defined herein shall have the meaning given to it in the Guarantee.

By its execution below, the undersigned, [NAME OF NEW GUARANTOR], a [                                  ] [corporation] [partnership] [limited liability company], agrees to become, and does hereby become, (i) a Guarantor under the Guarantee and (ii) a Guarantor and a Loan Party [and a [BVI][Canadian][Netherlands][UK] Loan Party][and a Swiss Subsidiary] under the Credit Agreement, and agrees to be bound by such Guarantee and Credit Agreement as if originally a party thereto. Without limiting the foregoing, the undersigned hereby absolutely and unconditionally guarantees the punctual payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all Guaranteed Obligations. 1 The undersigned agrees that the Guarantee is an absolute, irrevocable and unconditional guaranty of payment and is not a guaranty of collection. By its execution below, the undersigned represents and warrants as to itself that all of the representations and warranties contained in Article III of the Credit

 

1   Jurisdiction-specific limitations to be inserted.


Agreement made with respect to itself are true and correct in material all respects as of the date hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, [NAME OF NEW GUARANTOR], a [corporation] [partnership] [limited liability company] has executed and delivered this Annex I counterpart to the Guarantee as of this              day of                      , 20      .

 

[NAME OF NEW GUARANTOR]
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

2


EXHIBIT G

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

[ATTACHED]

 

G-1


EXECUTION COPY

AMENDED AND RESTATED PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This AMENDED AND RESTATED PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of September 15, 2011 and made by MICHAEL KORS (USA), INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company (“ MK Holdings ”), MICHAEL KORS CORPORATION, a British Virgin Islands company (“ MKC ”), MICHAEL KORS, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“ MK Licensing ”), MICHAEL KORS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company (“ MK International ”), MICHAEL KORS STORES (CALIFORNIA), INC., a Delaware corporation (“ MK Stores California ”), MICHAEL KORS STORES, L.L.C., a New York limited liability company (“ MK Stores ”) and MICHAEL KORS RETAIL, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ MK Retail ”), and any other grantors made parties hereto pursuant to a supplement in the form of Annex I hereto (collectively, the “ Grantors ”), in favor of JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders (as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement referred to below, the “ Lenders ”) and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (successor by merger to Wells Fargo Trade Capital, LLC), as collateral agent for the Lenders and the other “Secured Parties” referred to in the Credit Agreement (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent” and, together with the Administrative Agent, the “ Agents ”).

Recitals

The Agents, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the Grantors and the Lenders have entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2011 (said Agreement, as it may be amended, modified or restated from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), with the Grantors.

In connection with the “Original Agreement” (as defined in the Credit Agreement), (i) the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Borrower Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2007 , which in turn amended and restated a Borrower Pledge and Security Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, and (ii) each of MKC, MK Licensing, MK International, MK Stores California, MK Stores and MK Retail entered into separate Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreements, each dated as of August 30, 2007, each of which in turn amended and restated a Guarantor Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2004 (each such agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, and all such agreements being referred to collectively as the “ Original Security Agreements ”). The parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement in order to collectively amend and restate the Original Security Agreements in their entirety.

It is a condition precedent to the extension of credit by the Lenders under the Credit Agreement that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered this Agreement.

Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the same respective meanings when used herein, and the rules of interpretation set forth in Section 1.03 of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.

Agreement

NOW, THEREFORE, in order to induce the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor hereby represents, warrants, covenants, agrees, assigns and grants as follows:

 

1


SECTION 1. Definitions . Unless the context otherwise requires, terms defined in the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York or any other state the laws of which are required as a result thereof to be applied in connection with the attachments, perfection or priority of, or remedies with respect to, the Lien on the Collateral created hereby (the “ Uniform Commercial Code ”) and not otherwise defined in this Agreement or in the Credit Agreement shall have the meanings defined for those terms in the Uniform Commercial Code. In addition, the following terms shall have the meanings respectively set forth after each:

Collateral ”: all present and future right, title and interest of any Grantor in or to any personal property or assets whatsoever, whether now owned or existing or hereafter arising or acquired and wheresoever located, and all rights and powers of any Grantor to transfer any interest in or to any personal property or assets whatsoever, including any and all of the following personal property:

(a) Intellectual Property, including registrations and applications for any of the foregoing in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, United States Copyright Office or in any other office or with any other official anywhere in the world or which are used in the United States or any state, territory or possession thereof, or in any other place, nation or jurisdiction anywhere in the world, including, without limitation, the Intellectual Property registrations and applications listed on Schedule F , attached hereto and made a part hereof, and (i) all renewals thereof, (ii) all income, royalties, license fees, damages and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, including, without limitation, payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof, (iii) the right to sue for past, present and future infringements, dilution, misappropriation, or other violation or impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds thereof, and (iv) all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world; provided, however, that the Collateral shall not include any “intent-to-use” based application for a trademark or service mark until such time that a statement of use has been filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office for such application;

(b) license agreements with any other party in connection with any Intellectual Property or such other party’s Intellectual Property applications, whether the applicable Grantor is a licensor or licensee under any such license agreement, including, but not limited to, the license agreements listed on Schedule G attached hereto and made a part hereof, and the right to prepare for sale, sell and advertise for sale, all of the inventory now or hereafter owned by any Grantor and now or hereafter covered by such license agreements (all of the foregoing being hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Licenses ”);

(c) the goodwill of any Grantor’s business connected with and symbolized by the trademarks or service marks owned by such Grantor;

(d) All present and future accounts, accounts receivable, agreements, guaranties, contracts, leases, licenses, contract rights, and other rights to payment (collectively, the “ Accounts ”), together with all instruments, documents, chattel paper, security agreements, guaranties, undertakings, surety bonds, insurance policies, notes and drafts, all other supporting obligations and all forms of obligations owing to any Grantor or in which any Grantor may have any interest, however created or arising;

(e) All present and future general intangibles, payment intangibles, letters of credit, letter of credit rights and other rights to payment, all tax refunds of every kind and nature to which any Grantor now or hereafter may become entitled, however arising, all other refunds, and all deposits, goodwill, choses in action, trade secrets, computer programs, software, customer lists, licenses, technology, processes, proprietary information, insurance proceeds and warranties;

 

2


(f) All present and future (i) demand, time, savings, passbook, deposit and like accounts (general or special), (ii) security entitlements, securities accounts, commodity accounts, investment and/or brokerage accounts and (iii) other investment property and all dividends, distributions (in cash or in kind) or liquidation payments with respect thereto (collectively, the “ Deposit Accounts ”) in which any Grantor has any interest which are maintained with any bank, savings and loan association, credit union, securities company or like organization, including each account listed on Schedule C attached hereto and made a part hereof, and all money, cash and cash equivalents, investment property, dividends or distributions of any Grantor, whether or not deposited in any Deposit Account;

(g) All present and future books and records, including books of account and ledgers of every kind and nature, all electronically recorded data relating to any Grantor or the business thereof, all receptacles and containers for such records, and all files and correspondence;

(h) All present and future goods, including all equipment, machinery, spare parts, tools, molds, dies, furniture, furnishings, fixtures, trade fixtures, motor vehicles and all other goods used in connection with or in the conduct of any Grantor’s business (collectively, the “ Equipment ”);

(i) All present and future inventory and merchandise, including all present and future goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, all recorded media, all raw materials, work in process and finished goods, all packing materials, supplies and containers relating to or used in connection with any of the foregoing, and all bills of lading, warehouse receipts and documents of title relating to any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Inventory ”);

(j) All commercial tort claims, including those specifically described on Schedule H hereto;

(k) All present and future accessions, appurtenances, components, repairs, repair parts, spare parts, replacements, substitutions, additions, issue and/or improvements to or of or with respect to any of the foregoing;

(l) All rights, remedies, powers and/or privileges of any Grantor with respect to any of the foregoing;

(m) Any and all proceeds and products of the foregoing, including all money, accounts, general intangibles, Deposit Accounts, documents, instruments, letter-of-credit rights, investment property, chattel paper, goods, insurance proceeds and any other tangible or intangible property received upon the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing; and

(n) to the extent not included in the foregoing, all other accounts, general intangibles, instruments, investment property, documents, chattel paper, goods, moneys, letters of credit, letter of credit rights, certificates of deposit, deposit accounts, commercial tort claims, oil, gas and minerals, and all other property and interests in property of each Grantor, whether tangible or intangible;

provided , however , that notwithstanding any of the other provisions set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in, and “Collateral” shall not include, (a) any property to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein (i) is prohibited by any applicable law, rule or regulation or determination of any Governmental Authority binding upon any Grantor or its properties, (ii) requires the consent of any Governmental Authority not obtained or (iii) is prohibited by, or constitutes a breach or default under, or results in the termination of or requires any consent not obtained under, any contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document evidencing or governing such property or, in the case of any investment property or other equity interest, any applicable

 

3


shareholder or similar agreement (to the extent such contract, license, agreement, instrument, or other document, or shareholder or similar agreement, is otherwise permitted under, or not prohibited by, the Credit Agreement), except to the extent that such law, rule or regulation or determination, or the term in such contract, license, agreement, instrument or other documents, or shareholder or similar agreement providing for such prohibition, breach, default or termination or requiring such consent is ineffective under applicable law or (b) any voting stock or similar equity interest of any direct Foreign Subsidiary of any Grantor that is a Domestic Subsidiary of MK Holdings in excess of 65% of the total outstanding voting stock or other similar equity interest of such Subsidiary.

Deposit Account Control Agreement ”: a control agreement, restricted-account agreement or similar agreement or document, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and entered into for the purpose of perfecting a security interest in one or more Deposit Accounts of the Grantors that are deposit accounts, securities accounts or commodities accounts.

SECTION 2. Creation of Security Interest; Reaffirmation; Amendment and Restatement . Each of the Grantors hereby assigns and pledges to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of each Secured Party, and grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of each Secured Party, a security interest in and to, all right, title and interest of such Grantor in and to all presently existing and hereafter acquired Collateral. Without limiting the foregoing, each Grantor party to an Original Security Agreement reaffirms the assignments, pledges and grants of any and all security interests made under the terms and conditions of such Original Security Agreement as of the earliest date such security interest was granted and agrees that such assignments, pledges and security interests (including, without limitation, any filings made in connection therewith) remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified, reaffirmed and confirmed in order to secure the prompt and complete payment and performance of the Obligations, with the same force, effect and priority in effect both immediately prior to and after entering into this Agreement. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees with the Agents that the Original Security Agreements are amended and restated collectively and in their entirety pursuant to the terms hereof; provided, that this Agreement is in no way intended to constitute a novation of any obligations owed by the Grantors to the Agents or the other Secured Parties under the Original Security Agreements, all of which are hereby reaffirmed, ratified and confirmed.

SECTION 3. Security for Obligations . This Agreement and the assignments and pledges made and reaffirmed, and security interests granted and reaffirmed herein secure the prompt payment, in full in cash, and full performance of all “Obligations” as defined in the Credit Agreement, including obligations of the Borrowers and the Guarantors to any or all of the Lenders and/or the Agents now or hereafter existing under any Financing Document, whether for principal, interest, fees, expenses or otherwise, including all obligations of the Borrowers and the Guarantors now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and all interest that accrues (whether or not allowed) at the then applicable rate (including interest at the default rate described in Section 2.11(c) of the Credit Agreement) specified in the Credit Agreement on all or any part of any of such obligations after the filing of any petition or pleading against the Borrowers or the Guarantors for a proceeding under any bankruptcy or related law, together with all Derivative Obligations and Banking Services Obligations of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries owing to one or more Lenders or their respective Affiliates.

SECTION 4. Further Assurances . (a) At any time and from time to time at the request of either Agent, each Grantor shall execute and deliver to the Agents, at such Grantor’s expense, all such financing statements and other instruments, certificates and documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agents, and perform all such other acts as shall be necessary or reasonably desirable to fully perfect or protect or maintain, when filed, recorded, delivered or performed, the Secured Parties’ security interests granted pursuant to this Agreement or to enable the Secured Parties to exercise and enforce their rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral. Without limiting the

 

4


generality of the foregoing, each Grantor: (i) shall, at the reasonable request of either Agent, mark conspicuously each document included in the Inventory and each other contract relating to the accounts included in the Accounts (excluding invoices), and all chattel paper, instruments and other documents and each of its records pertaining to the Collateral, with a legend, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agents, indicating that such document, contract, chattel paper, instrument or Collateral is subject to the security interest granted hereby, provided that such Grantor shall be required to so mark each such document, contract, chattel paper, instrument and record only to the extent that the same is in such Grantor’s possession; (ii) shall, at the request of either Agent, if any Collateral shall constitute or be evidenced by a promissory note or other instrument in a principal amount in excess of $1,000,000, deliver and pledge to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, such note or other instrument duly endorsed and accompanied by duly executed undated instruments of transfer or assignment, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agents; (iii) hereby authorizes the filing of such financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or reasonably desirable, or as either Agent may reasonably request, in order to perfect and preserve, with the required priority, the security interests granted, or purported to be granted hereby; (iv) shall, at the request of either Agent but subject to the requirements of Section 5.12 of the Credit Agreement, (A) use commercially reasonably efforts to cause Deposit Account Control Agreements to be executed by all parties necessary to establish “control” as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code in favor of the Collateral Agent with respect to all Deposit Accounts that are deposit accounts (other than Excluded Deposit Accounts), securities accounts or commodities accounts located in the United States designated by either Agent and (B) with respect to Deposit Accounts that are deposit accounts (other than Excluded Deposit Accounts), securities accounts or commodities accounts located outside of the United States, use commercially reasonable efforts to grant the Collateral Agent a perfected security interest in such accounts under the laws of the jurisdiction governing such accounts in a manner that is reasonably satisfactory to the Agents; and (v) shall, in the case of leased locations where inventory is located other than leased retail stores and self-storage facilities at which the inventory has an aggregate value less than $1,000,000, use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain Inventory Consents from the applicable third party and, in the case of any owned locations, comply with Section 5.11(b) of the Credit Agreement.

(b) At any time and from time to time, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to file and/or record any or all such financing statements (including amendments thereto and continuations thereof), instruments and documents held by it, and any or all such further financing statements (including amendments thereto and continuations thereof), documents and instruments, relative to the Collateral or any part thereof in each instance, and to take all such other actions as the Collateral Agent may reasonably deem appropriate to perfect and to maintain perfected the security interests granted herein. Such financing statements may describe the Collateral in the same manner as described herein or may contain an indication or description of collateral that describes such property in any other manner as the Collateral Agent may determine, in its sole discretion, is necessary, advisable or prudent to ensure that the perfection of the security interest in the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent herein, including, without limitation, describing such property as “all assets of the debtor whether now owned or hereafter acquired and wheresoever located, including all accessions thereto and proceeds thereof.”

(c) Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to file one or more financing or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, relative to all or any part of the Collateral without the signature of such Grantor where permitted by law. A carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement or any financing statement covering the Collateral or any part thereof shall be sufficient as a financing statement where permitted by law.

 

5


(d) Each Grantor shall furnish to the Agents from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Collateral and such other reports in connection with the Collateral as any Agent may reasonably request.

(e) Upon any Grantor’s obtaining any rights or interests in any tangible chattel paper or electronic chattel paper in an aggregate amount in excess of $1,000,000, such Grantor shall, in addition to all other acts required to be performed in respect thereof pursuant to this Agreement, promptly notify the Agents of such rights or interests.

SECTION 5. New Intellectual Property . Each Grantor represents and warrants that the Intellectual Property and Licenses listed on Schedules F and G constitute all of the significant Intellectual Property (for which registrations have been issued and/or applications have been filed by the Grantors as of the date hereof) and material license agreements relating to Intellectual Property entered into by the Grantors as of the date hereof. If, before the Agreement Termination Date (as defined in Section 20 below), any Grantor shall, after the date hereof, (i) obtain rights to any new Intellectual Property for which registrations have been issued and/or applications for registration and/or issuance have been filed or (ii) enter into any new Intellectual Property license agreements, the provisions of this Agreement shall automatically apply thereto, and such Grantor shall give to the Agents written notice thereof (provided, that, with respect to Intellectual Property license agreements such Grantor shall provide such notice of material Intellectual Property license agreements) in accordance with Section 8(j). Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to modify this Agreement by amending Schedules F and G to include all such Intellectual Property and license agreements.

SECTION 6. Restrictions on Future Agreements . Each Grantor agrees that until the Agreement Termination Date, such Grantor will not, without the Administrative Agent’s prior written consent, abandon any Intellectual Property, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, or enter into any agreement, including, without limitation, any license agreement (other than as necessary to maintain or protect any Intellectual Property), which is inconsistent with such Grantor’s obligations under this Agreement, and each Grantor further agrees that it will not take any action, or permit any action to be taken by any other Persons to the extent that such Persons are subject to its control, including licensees, or fail to take any action, which would affect the validity, priority, perfection or enforcement of the rights transferred to the Agents, or any one of them, under this Agreement, and any such agreement or action if it shall take place shall be null and void and of no effect whatsoever.

SECTION 7. Grantors’ Representations and Warranties . Each Grantor represents and warrants (and, to the extent applicable, covenants) as follows:

(a) (i) The locations listed in Part I of Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof constitute all locations, by street address, at which Equipment is located as of the date of this Agreement; and the locations referred to in Part II of Schedule A attached hereto constitute all locations, by street address, at which Inventory is located as of the date of this Agreement; (ii) the chief executive office of such Grantor is located as of the date of this Agreement (and has been located for the past five (5) years) at the address set forth for such Grantor on Schedule B attached hereto and made a part hereof; (iii) all records concerning any Account and all originals of all contracts and other writings which evidence any Account are located as of the date of this Agreement at the addresses listed on Schedule B attached hereto; (iv) such Grantor’s exact legal name (as it appears in such Grantor’s organizational documents, as amended, as filed with such Grantor’s jurisdiction of organization), and the place of formation of such Grantor, are, as of the date of this Agreement, (and have been for the past five (5) years) as set forth in Schedule E attached hereto; (v) each trade name or other fictitious name under which such Grantor conducts business, or has conducted business in the 12-month period preceding the

 

6


Effective Date, is set forth on Schedule E attached hereto; and (vi) such Grantor’s state organizational identification number, if any, as of the date of this Agreement, is set forth on Schedule E attached hereto.

(b) Such Grantor is the legal and beneficial owner of the Collateral owned by it free and clear of all Liens except for Liens permitted by Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement. Such Grantor has the power, authority and legal right to grant the security interest in the Collateral owned by it and purported to be granted hereby, and to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement. The pledge of the Collateral owned by it pursuant to this Agreement creates a valid security interest in such Collateral. Upon (i) the filing of appropriate financing statements in the filing offices set forth on Schedule E attached hereto, (ii) the making of appropriate filings with the United State Copyright Office and the United State Patent and Trademark Office, (iii) with respect to any Letter of Credit rights, obtaining the consent to the assignment of the proceeds of the relevant Letter of Credit by the issuer or any nominated person in respect thereof, except to the extent that such Letter of Credit right is a supporting obligation, (iv) the Secured Parties’ taking possession of all money of such Grantor, and (v) the execution of Deposit Account Control Agreements, the Secured Parties will have a first-priority (except for any Liens or security interests permitted under Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement) perfected security interest in the Collateral owned by such Grantor for which perfection is governed by the UCC (other than in proceeds, to the extent such a security interest may be perfected under the UCC only by possession) or achieved by filing with the United States Copyright Office or the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

(c) No authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority (other than such authorizations, approvals and other actions as have already been taken and are in full force and effect, the filings described in Section 5(b) above and compliance with the applicable perfection requirements, if any, of the laws of foreign jurisdictions) are required (i) for the pledge of the Collateral owned by it or the grant of the security interest in the Collateral owned by it by such Grantor hereby or for the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by such Grantor, or (ii) for the exercise by the Collateral Agent of the rights or remedies in respect of the Collateral hereunder.

(d) Schedule C attached hereto and made a part hereof sets forth all of such Grantor’s Deposit Accounts and all letters of credit issued for the benefit of the Grantors as of the date of this Agreement. Such Grantor has no chattel paper or electronic chattel paper as of the date of this Agreement.

(e) Schedule D attached hereto and made a part hereof sets forth all of such Grantor’s stock or other equity interests in its Subsidiaries and other investment property constituting Collateral (other than Deposit Accounts) and instruments as of the date of this Agreement.

(f) Schedule G sets forth a list of (i) all material license agreements to which the Grantors and any of their Subsidiaries are a party as a licensor and (ii) all material trademark license agreements and other material license agreements to which the Grantors or any Subsidiaries are a party as licensee, in each case as of the Effective Date.

(g) Schedule H attached hereto and made a part hereof sets forth in reasonable detail all of such Grantor’s commercial tort claims as of the date of this Agreement with respect to which such Grantor is claiming monetary damages of $1,000,000 or more and the aggregate amount of monetary damages claimed with respect to the commercial tort claims of all Grantors as of the date of this Agreement that are not set forth on Schedule H hereto does not exceed $5,000,000.

(h) Since the date of this Agreement, such Grantor has not made an assignment, transfer or agreement with respect to Intellectual Property in conflict with the provisions hereof or

 

7


constituting a present or future assignment, transfer, or encumbrance on any of the Collateral other than as permitted under the Financing Documents.

(i) So long as the Agreement Termination Date has not occurred, it will not execute any effective security agreement or authorize the filing of any financing statement or similar instrument covering the Collateral except as otherwise contemplated or permitted hereby or by the Credit Agreement and the other Financing Documents.

(j) To the best of such Grantor’s knowledge and belief following diligent inquiry, no infringement or unauthorized use presently is being made of any of the Intellectual Property or Licenses which has or may reasonably be expected to have, alone or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(k) Such Grantor will not sell, assign or otherwise transfer any of its right, title or interest in any of the Intellectual Property except as permitted by the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 8. Grantors’ Covenants . In addition to the other covenants and agreements set forth herein and in the other Financing Documents, and except as otherwise expressly set forth in the Credit Agreement, each Grantor covenants and agrees as follows:

(a) Such Grantor will pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes, governmental charges, Liens and assessments against the Collateral owned by it, except those with respect to which the amount or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of such Grantor.

(b) The Collateral will not be used in violation in any material respect of any law, regulation or ordinance applicable to such Grantor, nor used in any way that will void or impair any insurance required to be carried in connection therewith.

(c) Such Grantor will keep the Collateral owned by it in reasonably good repair, working order and operating condition (normal wear and tear excluded), and from time to time make all necessary and proper repairs, renewals, replacements, additions and improvements thereto and, as appropriate and applicable, will otherwise deal with the Collateral in all such ways as are considered customary practice by owners of like property.

(d) Such Grantor will take all reasonable steps to preserve and protect the Collateral.

(e) Such Grantor will maintain all insurance coverage required pursuant to the Financing Documents.

(f) Such Grantor will promptly notify the Agents in writing in the event of any material damage to the Collateral from any source whatsoever.

(g) Such Grantor will not (i) move its principal place of business or chief executive office, (ii) create any chattel paper in an amount in excess of $1,000,000 without promptly placing a legend on the chattel paper reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent indicating the Secured Parties’ security interest therein or (iii) change its legal name, its place of incorporation, formation or organization (as applicable) or its state organizational identification number, from those specified in the preamble to this Agreement and Schedule E , except in each case described above upon not less than 10 days’ prior written notice to the Agents and such Grantor’s prior compliance with all applicable requirements of Section 4 hereof necessary or reasonably desirable to perfect the Collateral Agent’s security interest hereunder for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

8


(h) Such Grantor will give the Agents prompt notice after it acquires any Letter of Credit in an amount in excess of $1,000,000 issued for the benefit of such Grantor.

(i) Such Grantor will give the Agents notice of any “intent-to-use” filing which is delivered to or made with the United States Patent and Trademark Office regarding a trademark or service mark no less frequently than quarterly.

(j) Commencing with the fiscal quarter ending on or about December 31, 2011, the Borrower will provide to the Agents, concurrently with the delivery of the certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower as required by Section 5.01(d) of the Credit Agreement, updated versions of the Schedules to this Agreement (provided that if there have been no changes to any such Schedules since the previous updating thereof required hereby, the Borrower shall indicate that there has been “no change” to the applicable Schedule(s)). Nothing in this Section 8(j) shall limit the obligation of any Grantor to provide earlier notice of the information set forth in such Schedule to the extent required by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(k) Forthwith following execution of this Agreement, each Grantor incorporated in the British Virgin Islands (including MK Holdings, MKC and MK International) (each a “ BVI Grantor ”) shall:

(i) until the full and final unconditional discharge and release of the security granted or otherwise constituted pursuant to this Agreement (the “ Discharge Date ”), keep and maintain a register of charges (the “ Register of Charges ”), at such BVI Grantor’s registered office (the “ Registered Office ”) in the British Virgin Islands (the “ BVI ”), in accordance with Section 162(1) of the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (the “ BVI Business Companies Act ”);

(ii) until the Discharge Date, enter into the Register of Charges (and maintain therein) appropriate particulars of the security granted or otherwise constituted by this Agreement and any other security granted or otherwise constituted by such BVI Grantor in favour of the Collateral Agent (collectively the “ Security ”) (which particulars shall include all particulars required to be kept in such Register of Charges pursuant to the provisions of Section 162(1) of the BVI Business Companies Act), such particulars to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent;

(iii) provide a copy of the Register of Charges (containing all such particulars as referred to foregoing) to the Agents (such copy of the Register of Charges being certified, by a Director of such BVI Grantor, as a “true, accurate and complete copy of the original”); and

(iv) register, or cause to be registered, in accordance with Section 163 of the BVI Business Companies Act, appropriate particulars of the Security with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs (the “ Registrar ”) in the BVI (such particulars to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent), and such BVI Grantor shall cause such registration to be maintained until the Discharge Date,

and such BVI Grantor shall forthwith, following such registration in accordance with Section 163 of the BVI Business Companies Act as referred to foregoing, provide a copy of the certificate of registration (as issued by the Registrar pursuant to Section 163(4)(b) of the BVI Business Companies Act) for the Security to the Agents (such copy of the certificate of registration being certified, by a Director of such BVI Grantor, as a “true, accurate and complete copy of the original”).

 

9


SECTION 9. Collateral Agent’s Rights Regarding Collateral . At any time and from time to time, the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) may, to the extent necessary or desirable to protect the security hereunder, but the Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to: (a) visit and inspect any Grantor’s properties and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records and discuss the affairs, finances, accounts and such books and records of such Grantor and its Subsidiaries with officers and senior employees of such Grantor and its Subsidiaries and with its accountants, in each case to the extent permitted and otherwise in accordance with Section 5.04 of the Credit Agreement or (b) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at the expense of the Grantors, perform any obligation of the Grantors under this Agreement. At any time and from time to time after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at the expense of the Grantors, the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) may, to the extent necessary or reasonably desirable to protect the security hereunder, but the Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to: (i) notify obligors on the Collateral that the Collateral has been assigned as security to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties; (ii) at any time and from time to time request from obligors on the Collateral, in the name of the Grantors or in the name of the Secured Parties, information concerning the Collateral and the amounts owing thereon; and (iii) direct obligors under the contracts or other Accounts included in the Collateral to which any Grantor is party to direct their performance to the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent. Any such direction letter referred to in clause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be in the form attached to the Credit Agreement as Exhibit K or shall be in such other form reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent. Each Grantor shall keep proper books and records and accounts in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all applicable laws, rules and regulations shall be made of all material dealings and transactions pertaining to the Collateral. To the extent provided in Section 5.04 of the Credit Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall at all reasonable times on reasonable notice have full access to and the right to audit any and all of the Grantors’ books and records pertaining to the Collateral, and to confirm and verify the value of the Collateral. No Secured Party shall be under any duty or obligation whatsoever to take any action to preserve any rights of or against any prior or other parties in connection with the Collateral, to exercise any voting rights or managerial rights with respect to any Collateral or to make or give any presentments for payment, demands for performance, notices of non-performance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor or notices of any other nature whatsoever in connection with the Collateral or the Obligations. Subject to the Collateral Agent’s obligation to exercise reasonable care with respect to any Collateral in its possession, custody or control as set forth in Section 9 hereof, no Secured Party shall be under any duty or obligation whatsoever to take any action to protect or preserve the Collateral or any rights of the Grantors therein, or to make collections or enforce payment thereon, or to participate in any foreclosure or other proceeding in connection therewith. Nothing contained herein or in any consent by the Collateral Agent shall constitute an assumption by the Secured Parties of any obligations of any Grantor under the contracts assigned hereunder unless the Collateral Agent shall have given written notice to the counterparty to such assigned contract of the Secured Parties’ intention to assume such contract. Such Grantor shall continue to be liable for performance of its obligations under such contracts.

SECTION 10. Collections on Collateral . Except as provided to the contrary in the Credit Agreement, each Grantor shall have the right to use and to continue to make collections on and receive dividends and other proceeds from all of the Collateral in the ordinary course of business so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at the option of the Administrative Agent, each Grantor’s right to make collections on and receive dividends and other proceeds of the Collateral and to use or dispose of such collections and proceeds shall terminate, and any and all dividends, proceeds and collections, including all partial or total prepayments, then held or thereafter received on or on account of the Collateral will be held or received by such Grantor in trust for the Secured Parties and promptly delivered in kind to the Collateral Agent (duly endorsed to the Collateral Agent, if required), to be applied to the Obligations or held as Collateral, as the Collateral Agent shall elect. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an

 

10


Event of Default, the Collateral Agent shall at its election have the right at all times to receive, receipt for, endorse, assign, deposit and deliver, in the name of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Lenders or in the name of the Grantors, any and all checks, notes, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money constituting proceeds of or otherwise relating to the Collateral; and each Grantor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to affix, by facsimile signature or otherwise, the general or special endorsement of such Grantor, in such manner as the Collateral Agent shall deem advisable, to any such instrument in the event the same has been delivered to or obtained by the Collateral Agent without appropriate endorsement, and the Collateral Agent and any collecting bank are hereby authorized to consider such endorsement to be a sufficient, valid and effective endorsement by such Grantor, to the same extent as though it were manually executed by the duly authorized representative of such Grantor, regardless of by whom or under what circumstances or by what authority such endorsement actually is affixed, without duty of inquiry or responsibility as to such matters, and each Grantor hereby expressly waives demand, presentment, protest and notice of protest or dishonor and all other notices of every kind and nature with respect to any such instrument.

SECTION 11. Possession of Collateral by the Collateral Agent . All the Collateral now, heretofore or hereafter delivered to the Collateral Agent shall be held by the Collateral Agent in its possession, custody and control. Any or all of the Collateral delivered to the Collateral Agent constituting cash or cash equivalents shall, prior to the occurrence of any Event of Default, be held in an interest-bearing account with the Administrative Agent, and shall be, upon request of any Grantor, invested in investments permitted by Section 6.04 of the Credit Agreement. Nothing herein shall obligate the Collateral Agent to obtain any particular return thereon. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, whenever any of the Collateral is in the Collateral Agent’s possession, custody or control, the Collateral Agent may use, operate and consume the Collateral, whether for the purpose of preserving and/or protecting the Collateral, or for the purpose of performing any of the Grantors’ obligations with respect thereto, or otherwise, and, subject to the terms of Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement, any or all of the Collateral delivered to the Collateral Agent constituting cash or cash equivalents shall be applied by the Collateral Agent to payment of the Obligations to the extent permitted by the terms of the Credit Agreement or otherwise held as Collateral as the Collateral Agent shall elect. The Collateral Agent may at any time deliver or redeliver the Collateral or any part thereof to any Grantor, and the receipt of any of the same by such Grantor shall be complete and full acquittance for the Collateral so delivered, and the Collateral Agent thereafter shall be discharged from any liability or responsibility arising after such delivery to such Grantor. So long as the Collateral Agent exercises reasonable care with respect to any Collateral in its possession, custody or control, neither the Collateral Agent nor the any other Secured Party shall have any liability for any loss of or damage to any Collateral, and in no event shall the Collateral Agent or the Secured Parties have liability for any diminution in value of Collateral occasioned by economic or market conditions or events, absent the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Collateral Agent or any of the Secured Parties. The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care within the meaning of the preceding sentence if the Collateral in the possession, custody or control of the Collateral Agent is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Collateral Agent accords similar property for its own account, it being understood that neither the Collateral Agent nor the Secured Parties shall have any responsibility for (i) ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relating to any Collateral, whether or not either of the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or (ii) taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any Person with respect to any Collateral.

SECTION 12. Remedies .

(a) Rights Upon Event of Default . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Grantors shall be in default hereunder and the Collateral Agent for the benefit

 

11


of the Secured Parties shall have, in any jurisdiction where enforcement is sought, in addition to all other rights and remedies that the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties may have under this Agreement and under applicable laws or in equity, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in any such jurisdiction in effect at that time, and in addition the following rights and remedies, all of which may be exercised with or without further notice to the Grantors except such notice as may be specifically required by applicable law: (i) to foreclose the Liens and security interests created hereunder or under any other Financing Document by any available judicial procedure or without judicial process; (ii) to enter any premises where any Collateral may be located for the purpose of securing, protecting, inventorying, appraising, inspecting, repairing, preserving, storing, preparing, processing, taking possession of or removing the same; (iii) to sell, assign, lease or otherwise dispose of any Collateral or any part thereof, either at public or private sale or at any broker’s board, in lot or in bulk, for cash, on credit or otherwise, with or without representations or warranties and upon such terms as shall be commercially reasonable; (iv) to notify obligors on the Collateral that the Collateral has been assigned to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that all payments thereon, or performance with respect thereto, are to be made directly and exclusively to the Collateral Agent for the account of the Secured Parties; (v) to collect by legal proceedings or otherwise all dividends, distributions, interest, principal or other sums now or hereafter payable upon or on account of the Collateral; (vi) to enter into any extension, reorganization, disposition, merger or consolidation agreement, or any other agreement relating to or affecting the Collateral, and in connection therewith the Collateral Agent may deposit or surrender control of the Collateral and/or accept other property in exchange for the Collateral as the Collateral Agent reasonably deems appropriate and is commercially reasonable; (vii) to settle, compromise or release, on terms acceptable to the Collateral Agent, in whole or in part, any amounts owing on the Collateral and/or any disputes with respect thereto; (viii) to extend the time of payment, make allowances and adjustments and issue credits in connection with the Collateral in the name of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties or in the name of the Grantors; (ix) to enforce payment and prosecute any action or proceeding with respect to any or all of the Collateral and take or bring, in the name of the Secured Parties or in the name of the Grantors, any and all steps, actions, suits or proceedings deemed necessary or reasonably desirable by the Collateral Agent to effect collection of or to realize upon the Collateral, including any judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure thereof or thereon, and each Grantor specifically consent to any nonjudicial foreclosure of any or all of the Collateral or any other action taken by the Secured Parties which may release any obligor from personal liability on any of the Collateral, and each Grantor waives, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any right to receive notice of any public or private judicial or nonjudicial sale or foreclosure of any security or any of the Collateral, and any money or other property received by the Collateral Agent in exchange for or on account of the Collateral, whether representing collections or proceeds of Collateral, and whether resulting from voluntary payments or foreclosure proceedings or other legal action taken by the Collateral Agent or any Grantor may be applied by the Collateral Agent, without notice to any Grantor, to the Obligations in such order and manner as the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion shall determine; (x) to insure, protect and preserve the Collateral; (xi) to exercise all rights, remedies, powers or privileges provided under any of the Financing Documents; (xii) to remove, from any premises where the same may be located, the Collateral and any and all documents, instruments, files and records, and any receptacles and cabinets containing the same, relating to the Collateral, and the Collateral Agent may, at the cost and expense of the Grantors, use such of their supplies, equipment, facilities and space at its places of business as may be necessary or appropriate to properly administer, process, store, control, prepare for sale or disposition and/or sell or dispose of the Collateral or to properly administer and control the handling of collections and realizations thereon, and the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have a rent-free tenancy of any premises of any Grantor for such purposes and for such periods of time as reasonably required by the Collateral Agent; (xiii) concurrently with written notice to the applicable Grantor, transfer and register in its name or in the name of its nominee the whole or any part of the Collateral consisting of instruments, securities or other investment property of such Grantor, to exchange certificates or instruments representing or evidencing such Collateral for certificates or instruments of smaller or larger

 

12


denominations and exercise the voting and all other rights as a holder with respect thereto; and (xiv) to give notice of sole control or any other instruction under any Deposit Account Control Agreement or and take any action therein with respect to such Collateral. Each Grantor will, at the Collateral Agent’s request, assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Collateral Agent at places which the Collateral Agent may designate, whether at the premises of such Grantor or elsewhere, and will make available to the Collateral Agent, free of cost, all premises, equipment and facilities of such Grantor for the purpose of the Collateral Agent’s taking possession of the Collateral or storing the same or removing or putting the Collateral in salable form or selling or disposing of the same.

(b) Possession by the Collateral Agent . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent also shall have the right, without notice or demand, either in person, by the Collateral Agent or by a receiver to be appointed by a court in accordance with the provisions of applicable law (and each Grantor hereby expressly consents, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default to the appointment of such a receiver), and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, without regard to the adequacy of any security for the Obligations, to take possession of the Collateral or any part thereof and to collect and receive the rents, issues, profits, income and proceeds thereof. The taking possession of the Collateral by the Collateral Agent shall not cure or waive any Event of Default or notice thereof or invalidate any act done pursuant to such notice. The rights, remedies and powers of any receiver appointed by a court shall be as ordered by said court.

(c) Sale of Collateral . Any public or private sale or other disposition of the Collateral may be held at any office of the Collateral Agent, or at any Grantor’s place of business, or at any other place permitted by applicable law, and without the necessity of the Collateral’s being within the view of prospective purchasers. The Collateral Agent may direct the order and manner of sale of the Collateral, or portions thereof, as it in its sole and absolute discretion may determine provided such sale is commercially reasonable, and each Grantor expressly waives, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any right to direct the order and manner of sale of any Collateral. The Secured Parties or any Person acting on the Secured Parties’ behalf may bid and purchase at any such sale or other disposition. In addition to the other rights of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties hereunder, each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties a license or other right to use, without charge, but only after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such Grantor’s labels, copyrights, patents, rights of use of any name, trade names, trademarks and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature, in advertising for sale and selling any Collateral.

(d) Notice of Sale . Unless the Collateral is perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, the Collateral Agent will give each Grantor reasonable notice of the time and place of any public sale thereof or of the time on or after which any private sale thereof is to be made. The requirement of reasonable notice conclusively shall be met if such notice is mailed, certified mail, postage prepaid, to such Grantor at its address set forth on the signature pages hereto or delivered or otherwise sent to such Grantor, at least ten (10) Business Days before the date of the sale. Each Grantor expressly waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right to receive notice of any public or private sale of any Collateral or other security for the Obligations except as expressly provided for in this paragraph. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of the Collateral if it shall determine not to do so regardless of the fact that notice of sale of the Collateral may have been given. The Collateral Agent may, without notice or publication, except as required by applicable law, adjourn the sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale; and such sale may, without further notice (except as required by applicable law), be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned.

 

13


(e) Title of Purchasers . Upon consummation of any sale of Collateral hereunder, the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any such sale shall hold the Collateral so sold absolutely free from any claim or right upon the part of any Grantor or any other Person claiming through such Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by applicable laws) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. If the sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral Agent shall not be required to apply any portion of the sale price to the Obligations until such amount actually is received by the Collateral Agent, and any Collateral so sold may be retained by the Collateral Agent until the sale price is paid in full by the purchaser or purchasers thereof. The Secured Parties shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to pay for the Collateral so sold, and, in case of any such failure, the Collateral may be sold again.

(f) Disposition of Proceeds of Sale . The proceeds resulting from the collection, liquidation, sale or other disposition of the Collateral shall be applied in the manner set forth in Section 2.16(b) of the Credit Agreement.

(g) Certain Waivers . To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Grantor waives all claims, damages and demands against the Agents and the Secured Parties arising out of the repossession, retention or sale of the Collateral, or any part or parts thereof, except to the extent any such claims, damages and awards arise out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agents or the Secured Parties.

(h) Remedies Cumulative . The rights and remedies provided under this Agreement are cumulative and may be exercised singly or concurrently, and are not exclusive of any other rights and remedies provided by law or equity.

(i) Deficiency . If the proceeds of sale, collection or other realization of or upon the Collateral pursuant to this Section 10 are insufficient to cover the costs and expenses of such realization and the payment in full of the Obligations, the Grantors shall remain liable for any deficiency.

SECTION 13. Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . Each Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints the Collateral Agent as such Grantor’s proxy and attorney-in-fact, effective upon and during the continuance of an Event of Default, with full authority in the place and stead of such Grantor, and in the name of such Grantor, or otherwise, from time to time, in the Collateral Agent’s sole and absolute discretion to do any of the following acts or things: (a) to do all acts and things and to execute all documents necessary or reasonably desirable to perfect and continue perfected the security interests created by this Agreement and to preserve, maintain and protect the Collateral; (b) to do any and every act which such Grantor is obligated to do under this Agreement; (c) to prepare, sign, file and record, in such Grantor’s name, any financing statement covering the Collateral; (d) to endorse and transfer the Collateral upon foreclosure by the Collateral Agent; and (e) to vote any of the pledged Collateral and to exercise all other rights, powers, privileges and remedies to which a holder of such Collateral would be entitled (including giving or withholding written consents of shareholders, calling special meetings of shareholders and voting at such meetings); provided, however, that the Collateral Agent shall be under no obligation whatsoever to take any of the foregoing actions, and neither the Collateral Agent nor the Secured Parties shall have any liability or responsibility for any act or omission (other than the Collateral Agent’s or the Secured Parties’ own gross negligence or willful misconduct) taken with respect thereto. The above appointment of the Collateral Agent as the attorney-in-fact for each BVI Grantor is made by way of further security for the prompt payment in full in cash, and full performance of all the Obligations

 

14


and in order to more fully secure the performance of each BVI Grantor’s obligations under this Agreement and in further consideration of the payment by the Collateral Agent to each BVI Grantor of $1.00 (one U.S. Dollar) (the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged).

SECTION 14. Costs and Expenses . Each Grantor agrees to pay to the Agents all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) (a) of the Agents and the Lenders incurred thereby in the enforcement or attempted enforcement of this Agreement, whether or not an action is filed in connection therewith, and (b) of the Agents incurred thereby in connection with any waiver or amendment of any term or provision hereof. All reasonable out-of-pocket advances, charges, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, incurred or paid by the Agents and/or the Lenders in exercising any right, privilege, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement (including the right to perform any Obligation of such Grantor), or in the enforcement or attempted enforcement thereof, shall be secured hereby and shall become a part of the Obligations and shall be due and payable to the Agents and/or the Lenders, as applicable, by such Grantor on demand therefor.

SECTION 15. Transfers and Other Liens . Each Grantor agrees that, except as permitted under the Credit Agreement or any other Financing Document, it will not (i) sell, assign, exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose of, or contract to sell, assign, exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any of the Collateral, or (ii) create or permit to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any of the Collateral, except for Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

SECTION 16. Understandings with Respect to Waivers and Consents . Each Grantor warrants and agrees that each of the waivers and consents set forth herein is made with full knowledge of its significance and consequences, with the understanding that events giving rise to any defense or right waived may diminish, destroy or otherwise adversely affect rights which such Grantor otherwise may have against the Secured Parties or others, or against any Collateral. If any of the waivers or consents herein are determined to be unenforceable under applicable law, such waivers and consents shall be effective to the maximum extent permitted by law.

SECTION 17. Indemnity . Each Grantor agrees to indemnify the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties from and against any and all claims, losses and liabilities growing out of or resulting from this Agreement (including enforcement of this Agreement), except to the extent, as to any such indemnified Person, such claims, losses or liabilities result from such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court or competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment.

SECTION 18. Amendments, Etc . Except as provided in Section 24 below, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement nor consent to any departure by any Grantor herefrom (other than supplements to the Schedules hereto in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and executed by the Agents, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

SECTION 19. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be given in the manner, and to the respective addresses, set forth in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 20. Continuing Security Interest; Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until the date upon which the following occurs: payment in full in cash of the Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Agreement (in each case, other than (x) Derivative Obligations as to which

 

15


arrangements satisfactory to the Agents shall have been made, (y) Cash Management Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the Agents shall have been made and (z) contingent obligations for indemnification) and expiration or termination of the Commitments and all Letters of Credit or, in the case of Letters of Credit, cash collateralization thereof in accordance with the Credit Agreement (such date, the “ Agreement Termination Date ”) , (b) be binding upon the Grantors, their successors and assigns and (c) inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent and Administrative Agent hereunder, to the benefit of the Secured Parties, any successor Collateral Agent or Administrative Agent, subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement. Subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement, any Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any Loans, Commitments, participations in Letters of Credit, or any rights in Collateral held by it to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Collateral Agent, Administrative Agent or Lender herein or otherwise. Nothing set forth herein or in any other Financing Document is intended or shall be construed to give to any other party any right, remedy or claim under, to or in respect of this Agreement or any other Financing Document or any Collateral. The Grantors’ successors and assigns shall include, without limitation, a receiver, trustee or debtor-in-possession thereof or therefor, provided that, none of the rights or obligations of the Grantors hereunder may be assigned or otherwise transferred without the prior written consent of the Agents.

SECTION 21. Release of Grantors . (a) This Agreement and all obligations of the Grantors hereunder and all security interests granted hereby shall be released and terminated on the Agreement Termination Date. Upon the occurrence of the Agreement Termination Date and such release and termination of the security interest hereunder, all rights in and to the Collateral pledged or assigned by any Grantor hereunder shall automatically revert to such Grantor, and the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties shall return any pledged Collateral in their possession to such Grantor, or to the Person or Persons legally entitled thereto, and shall endorse, execute, deliver, record and file all instruments and documents, and do all other acts and things, reasonably required for the return of the Collateral to such Grantor, or to the Person or Persons legally entitled thereto, and to evidence or document the release of the interests of the Secured Parties arising under this Agreement, all as reasonably requested by, and at the sole expense of, such Grantor.

(b) The Collateral Agent agrees that if an asset Disposition permitted under the Credit Agreement occurs (other than a disposition from a Grantor to another Grantor), the Collateral Agent shall release the Collateral that is the subject of such asset Disposition to the Grantor that owns it free and clear of the Lien and security interest under this Agreement; provided that so long as the Agreement Termination Date has not occurred, the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to make such release until arrangements reasonably satisfactory to it have been made for delivery to it of any Net Proceeds of any asset disposition to the extent required to be used to prepay the Loans pursuant to Section 2.09 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 22. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 23. Copies of Certificates Etc . Whenever any Grantor is required to deliver notices, certificates, opinions, statements or other information hereunder to the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent for further delivery to any Lender, it shall do so in such number of copies as the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent shall reasonably specify.

SECTION 24. Supplemental Grantors . Pursuant to Section 5.11 of the Credit Agreement, additional Subsidiaries shall become Grantors hereunder (each as fully as though an original signatory hereto) by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a supplement in the form of Annex I

 

16


attached hereto (with blanks appropriately filled in and any other modifications as shall be acceptable to the Administrative Agent). together with such additional supporting documentation required pursuant to Section 5.11 of the Credit Agreement.

 

17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has executed this Agreement by its duly authorized representative as of the date first written above.

 

      GRANTOR
MICHAEL KORS (USA), INC.
By:    
Name:  
Title:  
MICHAEL KORS, L.L.C.
By:    
Name:  
Title:  
MICHAEL KORS STORES (CALIFORNIA), INC.
By:    
Name:  
Title:  
MICHAEL KORS STORES, L.L.C.
By:    
Name:  
Title:  
MICHAEL KORS RETAIL, INC.
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement


Executed and delivered as a Deed            )    
by                                                     )    
MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED             )    
in the presence of:                          )    
                                                         )     Per:    
                                                         )     Title:   Duly Authorised Director/Attorney-In-Fact
      Name:  
 
Witness’s Signature
(Name)   ………………….
(Address)   ………………….
(Occupation)   ………………….

(Note: The above details are to be completed

in the witness’s own handwriting.)

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement


Executed and delivered as a Deed            )    
by                                                     )    
MICHAEL KORS CORPORATION             )    
in the presence of:                          )    
                                                         )     Per:    
                                                         )     Title:   Duly Authorised Director/Attorney-In-Fact
      Name:  
 
Witness’s Signature
(Name)   ………………….
(Address)   ………………….
(Occupation)   ………………….

(Note: The above details are to be completed

in the witness’s own handwriting.)

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement


Executed and delivered as a Deed            )    
by                                                     )    
MICHAEL KORS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED             )  
in the presence of:                          )    
                                                         )     Per:    
                                                         )     Title:   Duly Authorised Director/Attorney-In-Fact
      Name:  
 
Witness’s Signature
(Name)   ………………….
(Address)   ………………….
(Occupation)   ………………….

(Note: The above details are to be completed

in the witness’s own handwriting.)

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement


SCHEDULE A

Locations of Equipment and Inventory

Part I . Locations of Equipment, by street address

Part II . Locations of Inventory, by street address, as of date hereof .

See the following contractor and facility list

 

G - 19


RAW MATERIALS    FINISHED GOODS
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          

 

G - 20


DOMESTIC CONTRACTOR LIST

CONTRACTOR

 
      
 
      
 
      
 
      
 
      
 
      
 
      
 
      
 
      
 
      

 

G - 21


SCHEDULE B

LOCATIONS OF BOOKS AND RECORDS

 

1. Chief Executive Office

 

2. Location of Account Records and Chattel Paper

 

G - 22


SCHEDULE C

DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

1. Deposit Accounts

 

Name and Address of

Institution Holding Account

  

Account No.

 

2. Letters of Credit Issued for Benefit of Grantors

 

G -23


SCHEDULE D

PLEDGED STOCK AND OTHER INVESTMENT PROPERTY

AND INSTRUMENTS

[Name of Subsidiary] Certificates No. [              ] [              ] Shares

 

G- 24


SCHEDULE E

LEGAL AND OTHER NAMES, UCC FILING OFFICE AND STATE ORGANIZATIONAL

IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

 

1. Legal Names

 

2. Trade Names and Fictitious Names

 

3. Filing Office

 

4. State Organizational Identification Number

 

G - 25


SCHEDULE F

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

G - 26


SCHEDULE G

MATERIAL LICENSE AGREEMENTS

 

27


SCHEDULE H

COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS

 

28


ANNEX I

to

AMENDED AND RESTATED PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

Reference is hereby made to the Pledge and Security Agreement (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), dated as of September 15, 2011, made by MICHAEL KORS (USA), INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company, MICHAEL KORS CORPORATION, a British Virgin Islands company, MICHAEL KORS, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, MICHAEL KORS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company, MICHAEL KORS STORES (CALIFORNIA), INC., a Delaware corporation, MICHAEL KORS STORES, L.L.C., a New York limited liability company and MICHAEL KORS RETAIL, INC., a Delaware corporation, and any other grantors made parties hereto pursuant to a supplement in the form of Annex I thereto, including the undersigned (collectively, the “ Grantors ”), in favor of JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders (as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement referred to below, the “ Lenders ”) and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (successor by merger to Wells Fargo Trade Capital, LLC), as collateral agent for the Lenders and the other “Secured Parties” referred to in the Credit Agreement (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent” and, together with the Administrative Agent, the “ Agents ”) ] . Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

By its execution below, the undersigned, [ NAME OF NEW GRANTOR], a [              ] [corporation/limited liability company/limited partnership] (the “ New Grantor ”) agrees to become, and does hereby become, a Grantor under the Agreement and agrees to be bound by the Agreement as if originally a party thereto. The New Grantor hereby collaterally assigns and pledges to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and grants to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of the New Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure the prompt and complete payment and performance of the Obligations.

By its execution below, the New Grantor represents and warrants as to itself that all of the representations and warranties contained in the Agreement as they relate to the undersigned are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof (with any references to the date of the Agreement being deemed to mean the date hereof). The New Grantor represents and warrants that the supplements to the Exhibits to the Agreement attached hereto are true and correct in all material respects and that such supplements set forth all information required to be scheduled under the Agreement with respect to the New Grantor. The New Grantor shall take all steps necessary and required under the Agreement to perfect, in favor of the Administrative Agent, a first-priority security interest in and lien against the New Grantor’s Collateral.

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

29


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Grantor has executed and delivered this Security Agreement Supplement as of this              day of              , 20      .

 

[NAME OF NEW GRANTOR]
By:    
Title:    

 

30


EXHIBIT H

[RESERVED]

 

H-1


EXHIBIT I

[RESERVED]

 

I-18


EXHIBIT J

[RESERVED]

 

J-1


EXHIBIT K

FORM OF TRI-PARTY NOTIFICATION

[Date]

[ADDRESS OF THIRD PARTY]

Attention: [                          ]

 

  Re: Notice of Security Interest

Dear                      :

We refer to the (i) Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2011 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among MICHAEL KORS (USA), INC., a Delaware corporation, (the “ Company ”) as borrower, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (successor by merger to Wells Fargo Trade Capital, LLC), as Collateral Agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) and (ii) the Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2011, among the Company, the other Guarantors, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (the “ Pledge and Security Agreement ”). Terms defined in the Credit Agreement or the Pledge and Security Agreement (as applicable) are used herein with the same meanings.

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that, pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the Pledge and Security Agreement, the Company and the other Loan Parties (collectively, the “ Borrower ”) have granted to the Lenders a security interest in the Collateral, including a security interest in any and all amounts owed by you to the Borrower. The Company’s records reflect that you are currently depositing funds owing to the Borrower in                      , Account #                      . This notice also will serve to confirm that this account is the correct account into which such payments should be deposited.

 

Sincerely,

MICHAEL KORS (USA), INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
MICHAEL KORS (CANADA) CO.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

K-1


MICHAEL KORS (EUROPE) B.V.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
MICHAEL KORS (SWITZERLAND) GMBH
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
MICHAEL KORS CORPORATION
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
MICHAEL KORS, L.L.C.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

K-2


MICHAEL KORS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
MICHAEL KORS STORES (CALIFORNIA), INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
MICHAEL KORS STORES, L.L.C.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
MICHAEL KORS RETAIL, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

MICHAEL KORS (EUROPE) HOLDING
COOPERATIE U.A.

By:    
  Name:
  Title:
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

K-3


MICHAEL KORS (EUROPE) HOLDINGS B.V.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
MICHAEL KORS (UK) LIMITED
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

K-4


EXHIBIT L

EXHIBIT L-1

FORM OF U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2011 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among MICHAEL KORS (USA), INC., a Delaware corporation, (the “ Company ”), the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto from time to time, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (successor by merger to Wells Fargo Trade Capital, LLC), as Collateral Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.15 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of any Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to any Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (v) the interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the undersigned’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers with a certificate of its non-U.S. person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

Date:                       , 20 [      ]

 

L-1-1


EXHIBIT L-2

FORM OF U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2011 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among MICHAEL KORS (USA), INC., a Delaware corporation, (the “ Company ”), the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto from time to time, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (successor by merger to Wells Fargo Trade Capital, LLC), as Collateral Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.15 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement, neither the undersigned nor any of its partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of any Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (v) none of its partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to any Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (vi) the interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the undersigned’s or its partners/members’ conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of its partners/members claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

Date:                       , 20[      ]

 

L-2-1


EXHIBIT L-3

FORM OF U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2011 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among MICHAEL KORS (USA), INC., a Delaware corporation, (the “ Company ”), the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto from time to time, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (successor by merger to Wells Fargo Trade Capital, LLC), as Collateral Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.15 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of any Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to any Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (v) the interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the undersigned’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non- U.S. person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

Date:                       , 20[      ]

 

L-3-1


EXHIBIT L-4

FORM OF U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2011 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among MICHAEL KORS (USA), INC., a Delaware corporation, (the “ Company ”), the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto from time to time, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (successor by merger to Wells Fargo Trade Capital, LLC), as Collateral Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.15 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of any Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (v) none of its partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to any Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (vi) the interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the undersigned’s or its partners/members’ conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of its partners/members claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

Date:                       , 20[      ]

 

L-4-1


EXHIBIT M

JPMORGAN CONTINUING AGREEMENT FOR COMMERCIAL AND STANDBY

LETTERS OF CREDIT

[ATTACHED]

 

M-1


 

J.P.Morgan

 

 

CONTINUING AGREEMENT FOR

COMMERCIAL & STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT BETWEEN

MICAHEL KORS (USA) INC., AND JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

To induce JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and/or any of its domestic or foreign subsidiaries or affiliates (individually and collectively, “ Bank ”), in its sole discretion, to issue for the account of the Applicant or for the account of the Account Party named in the Application, one or more standby or commercial letters of credit or other independent undertakings, from time to time at the request of the undersigned (individually and collectively, “ Applicant ”; jointly and severally, if more than one), Applicant agrees as to each letter of credit or undertaking (together with any replacements, extensions or modifications, a “ Credit ”, collectively, “ Credits ”) as follows.

All Credits issued pursuant to this Continuing Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) are issued under and pursuant to the terms, provisions and covenants of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended, extended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) dated as of August 31, 2007 among the Lenders party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meaning assigned to them in the Credit Agreement. All references made herein to Sections shall be construed to refer to Sections of the Credit Agreement.

The provisions relating to letters of credit set forth in the Credit Agreement, including without limitation, rights and remedies of the Bank as issuing bank and lender shall apply to the Credit(s) and will be secured by Collateral (if any), described in the Credit Agreement and other loan documents as such terms are defined in the Credit Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement shall control, except that provisions relating to indemnification and limitation of the Bank’s liability as set forth in this Agreement shall also apply.

1. Definitions : The following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Application ” means each request to issue a Credit.

Costs ” means any and all claims, suits, judgments, costs, losses, fines, penalties, damages, liabilities, and expenses, including reasonable and documented expert witness fees and legal fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnified Person.

Drawing Document ” means any document presented for purposes of drawing under a Credit.

Good Faith ” means honesty in fact in the conduct of the transaction concerned.

Instructions ” means inquiries, communications and instructions (whether oral, telephonic, written, telegraphic, facsimile, electronic or other) regarding a Credit; each Application and this Agreement are each referred to herein as “ Instructions ” (and the term “Application” is subsumed within the term “Instruction”).

ISP ” means International Standby Practices 1998 (International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590) and any subsequent revision thereof adhered to by Bank on the date such Credit is issued.

LOI’s ” means steamship guarantees, releases or letters of indemnity in favor of a carrier issued by Bank upon Instruction of Applicant.

Obligations ” means all obligations and liabilities of Applicant to Bank in respect of any and all Credits and LOI’s issued hereunder (if any) and under this Agreement, whether matured or unmatured, absolute or contingent, now existing or hereafter incurred.

“Property ” means all property of any kind whatsoever (now existing or hereafter acquired) including, without limitation,


any and all right, title and interest of Applicant in any goods, equipment, inventory, money, documents, letters of credit, warehouse receipts, instruments, securities, security entitlements, financial assets, investment property, precious and base metals, chattel paper, electronic chattel paper, accounts, commercial tort claims, deposit accounts, general intangibles (including any claims for breach of contract, breach of warranty claims and any insurance policies and proceeds), letter of credit rights, choses in action and the proceeds of any and all thereof (including any and all of the aforesaid referred to in any Credit or the Drawing Documents relating thereto).

Released Merchandise ” means all Property referred to in or relating to the applicable Credit, released (including pursuant to a forwarders cargo receipt or by any other means whatsoever) or consigned to Applicant or any Person designated by Applicant in connection with such Credit or a LOI.

Standard Letter of Credit Practice ” means, for Bank, any domestic or foreign law or letter of credit practices applicable in the city in which Bank issued the applicable Credit or for its branch or correspondent, such laws and practices applicable in the city in which it has advised, confirmed or negotiated such Credit, as the case may be. Such practices shall be (i) of banks that regularly issue Credits in the particular city and (ii) required or permitted under the UCP or the ISP, as chosen in the applicable Credit.

UCP ” means Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500 or No. 600, as applicable to any Credit and any subsequent revision thereof adhered to by Bank on the date such Credit is issued. If a Credit subject to UCP does not specify which revision is applicable, the Credit shall be subject to Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 600.

UN Convention ” means the United Nations Convention on Independent Guarantees and Standby Letters of Credit.

2. Applications/Instructions . Each Application shall be irrevocable and in such form as Bank shall from time to time require or agree to accept (including any type of electronic form or means of communication). Bank’s records of the content of any Instruction shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Bank may transmit a Credit and any amendment thereto by S.W.I.F.T. message and thereby bind Applicant directly and as indemnitor to the S.W.I.F.T. rules, including rules obligating Applicant or Bank to pay charges. Terms regarding LOI’s are set forth on Annex I.

3. Amendment; Waiver . Bank shall not be deemed to have amended or modified any term hereof, or waived any of its rights unless Bank consents in writing to such amendment, modification or waiver. No such waiver, unless expressly stated therein, shall be effective as to any transaction which occurs subsequent to such waiver, nor as to any continuance of a breach after such waiver. Bank’s consent to any amendment, waiver, or modification does not mean that Bank shall consent or has consented to any other or subsequent Instruction to amend, modify, or waive a term of this Agreement or any Credit.

4. Indemnification; Limitation of Liability . (a)  Without limiting any other provisions of this Agreement or the Credit Agreement, Bank and each other Indemnitee (as defined in the Credit Agreement), shall not be responsible to Applicant for, and Bank’s rights and remedies against Applicant and Applicant’s obligation to reimburse the Bank under the Credit Agreement shall not be impaired by: (i) honor of a presentation under any Credit which on its face substantially complies with the terms of such Credit; (ii) honor of a presentation of any Drawing Documents which appear on their face to have been signed, presented or issued (X) by any purported successor or transferee of any beneficiary or other party required to sign, present or issue the Drawing Documents or (Y) under a new name of the beneficiary; (iii) acceptance as a draft of any written or electronic demand or request for payment under a Credit, even if nonnegotiable or not in the form of a draft, and may disregard any requirement that such draft, demand or request bear any or adequate reference to the Credit; (iv) the identity or authority of any presenter or signer of any Drawing Document or the form, accuracy, genuineness, or legal effect of any presentation under any Credit or of any Drawing Documents; (v) disregard of any non-documentary conditions stated in any Credit; (vi) acting upon any Instruction which it, in Good Faith, believes to have been given by a Person or entity authorized to give such Instruction; (vii) any errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any message, advice or document (regardless of how sent or transmitted) or for errors in interpretation of technical terms or in translation; (viii) any delay in giving or failing to give any notice; (ix) any acts, omissions or fraud by, or the solvency of, any beneficiary, any nominated Person or any other Person; (x) any breach of contract between the beneficiary and Applicant or any of the parties to the underlying transaction; (xi) assertion or waiver of any provision of the UCP or ISP which primarily benefits an issuer of a letter of credit, including, any requirement that any Drawing Document be presented to it at a particular hour or place; (xii) payment to any paying or negotiating bank (designated or permitted by the terms of the applicable Credit) claiming that it rightfully honored or is entitled to reimbursement or indemnity under the Standard Letter of Credit Practice applicable to it; (xiii) dishonor of any presentation upon or during any Event of Default or for which Applicant is unable or unwilling to reimburse or indemnify Bank ( provided that Applicant acknowledges that if Bank shall later be required to honor the presentation, Applicant shall

 


be liable therefore in accordance with Section 2.04(f) of the Credit Agreement); or (xiv) acting or failing to act as required or permitted under Standard Letter of Credit Practice applicable to where it has issued, confirmed, advised or negotiated such Credit, as the case may be.

(b) Without limiting Section 9.03(b) of the Credit Agreement, such Section 9.03(b) shall apply to the Bank and each related Indemnitee notwithstanding the occurrence of any of the events specified in clause (a) of this Section 4 subject to the proviso set forth in such Section 9.03(b).

(c) If a Credit is to be governed by a law other than that of the State of New York, Bank shall not be liable for any Costs resulting from any act or omission by Bank in accord with the UCP or the ISP, as applicable, and Applicant shall indemnify Bank for all such Costs.

5. Foreign Currency . If the amount drawn under any Credit is in non-United States currency (“ foreign currency ”), Applicant shall pay the Bank for each Credit the amount of each drawing paid by Bank under the Credit, on demand, the United States dollar equivalent of the amount computed at Bank’s selling rate, as of the date of Applicant’s payment, for cable transfers of such foreign currency to the place of payment; provided , further , that if, for any reason, Bank has no selling rate for cable transfers of that currency to such place on the payment date, Applicant shall pay Bank an amount in United States currency equivalent to Bank’s actual cost of settlement of its obligation.

6. Compliance with Laws . Applicant will comply with all foreign and domestic laws, rules and regulations (including the USA Patriot Act, foreign exchange control regulations, foreign asset control regulations and other trade-related regulations) now or hereafter applicable to each Credit, the transactions underlying such Credit or Applicant’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.

7. Representations and Warranties . Applicant hereby represents and warrants that this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Applicant enforceable against it in accordance with its terms and makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement as of the date of this Agreement (and with each request for the issuance of a Credit represents and warrants the same as of the date of the request).

8. Assertion of Rights . To the extent Bank honors a presentation for which Bank remains unpaid, Bank may assert rights of Applicant and Applicant shall cooperate with Bank in its assertion of Applicant’s rights, if any, against the beneficiary, the beneficiary’s rights against Applicant and any other rights that Bank may have by subordination, subrogation, reimbursement, indemnity or assignment.

9. Electronic Transmissions . Bank is authorized to accept and process any Application and any amendments, transfers, assignments of proceeds, Instructions, consents, waivers and all documents relating to the Credit or the Application which are sent to Bank by electronic transmission, including SWIFT, electronic mail, telex, telecopy, telefax, courier, mail or other computer generated telecommunications and such electronic communication shall have the same legal effect as if written and shall be binding upon and enforceable against the Applicant. Bank may, but shall not be obligated to, require authentication of such electronic transmission or that Bank receives original documents prior to acting on such electronic transmission. If it is a condition of the Credit that payment may be made upon receipt by Bank of an electronic transmission advising negotiation, Applicant hereby agrees to reimburse Bank on demand for the amount indicated in such electronic transmission advice, and further agrees to hold Bank harmless if the documents fail to arrive, or if, upon the arrival of the documents, Bank should determine that the documents do not comply with the terms and conditions of the Credit.

10. COMMERCIAL CREDITS

Acceptance of Drawing Documents; No Waiver . Applicant’s acceptance or retention of a Drawing Document presented under or in connection with any Credit (whether or not the document is genuine) or of any Released Merchandise shall ratify Bank’s honor of the presentation and preclude Applicant from raising a defense, set-off or claim with respect to Bank’s honor of such Credit. Bank shall not be required to seek any waiver of discrepancies from Applicant or to grant any waiver of discrepancies which Applicant approves or requests.

Possession of Drawing Documents . If Bank shall agree to honor (accept) Drawing Documents under a Credit on a time draft or deferred payment basis, Applicant shall not take possession of the Drawing Documents or the underlying Property except for the purpose of loading, unloading, storing, shipping, transshipping, manufacturing, processing or otherwise dealing with such Property in a manner preliminary to its sale or exchange. An Instruction to release any such Drawing Document or Property shall be deemed a representation by Applicant to Bank that Applicant seeks such release for one of

 


said purposes. In each such case, Applicant immediately shall apply the sale proceeds of such Property to the Obligations relating to the applicable Credit.

Absence of Written Instructions . In the absence of written instructions to the contrary, the Applicant agrees that (a) if the Credit authorizes drawings and/or shipments in installments and any installment is not drawn and/or shipped within the period allowed for that installment but the Applicant waives such discrepancy, the Bank is authorized to honor any subsequent installments so long as documents for such installments are presented within the period allowed for such installments; and (b) each negotiation Credit shall expire at the counters of the nominated person even if notice of the presentation or any documents contained in the presentation is not received by the Bank until after the expiry date of the Credit or any installment thereof.

Release of Documents or Claiming of Goods from the Carrier . In the event Bank, upon Applicant’s request, agrees to deliver to Applicant, a customs broker or any other person designated by the Applicant, any of the documents of title relating to the Credit, prior to having received payment in full of all the Obligations, Applicant agrees to obtain possession of any goods represented by such documents within twenty-one days after the date of delivery of such documents, and if Applicant fails to do so, Applicant agrees to return such documents or to have them returned to Bank prior to the expiration of the twenty-one day period. Applicant further agrees to execute and deliver to Bank receipts for such documents and the goods represented thereby identifying and describing such documents and goods. If Applicant claims from the carrier any goods identified in the shipping documents required under the Credit, (by virtue of a steamship release, air release, letter of indemnity or any other means), with or without the assistance of Bank, and such goods have been released to Applicant or a customs broker or agent acting on Applicant’s behalf, the Applicant hereby authorizes Bank to immediately, and without further inquiry and consideration, debit any account of Applicant in an amount equal to the fair market value of such goods, that have been released, together with any out-of-pocket charges or expenses owing to the Bank.

11. STAND BY CREDIT(S)

Installments . If the Credit is issued subject to UCP 500 or 600, unless otherwise agreed, in the event that any installment of the Credit is not drawn within the period allowed for that installment, the Credit may continue to be available for any subsequent installments in the sole discretion of the Bank, notwithstanding Article 41 of UCP 500 or Article 32 of UCP 600.

Auto Extend Notice . If the Credit provides for automatic extension without amendment, Applicant agrees that it will notify Bank in writing at least sixty (60) days prior to the last day specified in the Credit by which Bank must give notice of nonextension as to whether or not it wishes the Credit to be extended. Any decision to extend or not extend the Credit shall be in Bank’s sole discretion and judgment. Applicant hereby acknowledges that in the event Bank notifies the beneficiary of the Credit that it has elected not to extend the Credit and the beneficiary draws on the Credit after receiving the notice of non-extension, Applicant acknowledges and agrees that Applicant shall have no claim or cause of action against Bank or defense against payment under the agreement for Bank’s discretionary decision to extend or not extend the Credit.

Pending Expiry Notice . If a Credit’s terms and conditions provide that Bank give beneficiary a notice of pending expiration, Applicant agrees that it will notify Bank in writing at least sixty (60) days prior to the last day specified in the Credit by which Bank must give such notice of the pending expiration date. In the event Applicant fails to so notify Bank and the Credit is extended, Applicant’s Obligations under this Agreement shall continue in effect and be binding on Applicant with regard to the Credit as so extended.

12. Waiver of Defense; Joint and Several Liability . Applicant waives any defense whatsoever which might constitute a defense available to, or discharge of, a surety or a guarantor. If more than one Person signs this Agreement or an Application hereunder, each of them shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder and thereunder and all the terms and provisions regarding liabilities, obligations and Property of such Persons shall apply to any liabilities, obligations and Property of any and all of them.

13. Continuing Agreement . This Agreement is a continuing agreement and may not be terminated by Applicant except upon (i) thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of such termination by Applicant to Bank at the address of Bank set forth on the most recent Credit issued hereunder, (ii) payment of all Obligations and (iii) the expiration or cancellation of all Credits issued hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if a Credit is issued in favor of a sovereign or commercial entity, which is to issue a guarantee or undertaking on Applicant’s behalf in connection therewith, or is issued as support for such a guarantee, the Applicant shall remain liable with respect to such Credit until Bank is fully released in writing by such entity.

 


14. Commencement of Action . Any action or proceeding in respect of any matter arising under or in connection with Credits, the Applications or this Agreement must be brought by Applicant against the Bank within the time period specified in Section 5-115 of the Uniform Commercial Code.

15. Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial; Applicable Law. Applicant agrees to be bound by the provisions in the Credit Agreement relating to jurisdiction, venue, and waiver of jury trial and that such provisions shall also apply to this Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

16. No Third Party Benefits; Successor; Integration; Delivery by Facsimile; Notices . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Bank and Applicant and their respective successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement shall not confer any right or benefit upon any Person other than the parties to this Agreement, the Indemnified Persons and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Applicant may not assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of Bank. This Agreement may be signed and delivered by facsimile transmission. Notices to Bank shall be sent to the address of Bank as set forth on the Credit and shall be delivered by hand, overnight courier or certified mail, return receipt requested. Notices to Applicant shall be sent to the address set forth below the signature line hereto. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE CREDIT AGREEMENT CONSTITUTE THE ENTIRE CONTRACT AND FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.

17. Survival . The provisions of Sections 4, 13, and 15 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of any transactions contemplated hereby, the reimbursement or repayment of any drawings or Obligations, the expiration or termination of the Credits or LOIs or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 


THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY AGREES TO ALL THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH HEREIN, ALL OF WHICH HAVE BEEN READ AND UNDERSTOOD BY THE UNDERSIGNED.

 

Michael Kors (USA) Inc.
(Applicant/Obligor)
/s/ Laura Lentini
(Authorized Signature)
SVP+ Controller
(Title)
201-453-5069
(Phone)
201-453-5569
(Fax)

10/26/10

(Date)

THE FOLLOWING IS TO BE EXECUTED IF THE CREDIT IS TO BE ISSUED FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE PERSON SIGNING ABOVE:

AUTHORIZATION AND AGREEMENT OF ADDITIONAL PARTY NAMED AS ACCOUNT PARTY

To: THE ISSUER OF THE CREDIT

We join in the above Agreement, naming us as Account Party, for the issuance of the Credit and, in consideration thereof, we irrevocably agree (i) that the above Applicant has sole right to give instructions and make agreements with respect to this Agreement and the Credit, and the disposition of documents, and we have no right or claim against you, any of your affiliates or subsidiaries, or any correspondent in respect of any matter arising in connection with any of the foregoing and (ii) to be bound by the Agreement and all obligations of the Applicant thereunder as if we were a party thereto. The Applicant is authorized to assign or transfer to you all or any part of any security held by the Applicant for our obligations arising in connection with this transaction and, upon any such assignment or transfer, you shall be vested with all powers and rights in respect of the security transferred or assigned to you and you may enforce your rights under this Agreement against us or our Property in accordance with the terms hereof.

   
(Account Party)
   
(Authorized Signature)
   
(Title)
   
(Phone)
   
(Fax)
   
(Date)

 


THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY AGREES TO ALL THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH HEREIN, ALL OF WHICH HAVE BEEN READ AND UNDERSTOOD BY THE UNDERSIGNED.

 

Michael Kors (USA) Inc.
(Applicant/Obligor)
/s/ Laura Lentini
(Authorized Signature)
SVP+ Controller
(Title)
201-453-5069
(Phone)
201-453-5569
(Fax)

10/26/10

(Date)

THE FOLLOWING IS TO BE EXECUTED IF THE CREDIT IS TO BE ISSUED FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE PERSON SIGNING ABOVE:

AUTHORIZATION AND AGREEMENT OF ADDITIONAL PARTY NAMED AS ACCOUNT PARTY

To: THE ISSUER OF THE CREDIT

We join in the above Agreement, naming us as Account Party, for the issuance of the Credit and, in consideration thereof, we irrevocably agree (i) that the above Applicant has sole right to give instructions and make agreements with respect to this Agreement and the Credit, and the disposition of documents, and we have no right or claim against you, any of your affiliates or subsidiaries, or any correspondent in respect of any matter arising in connection with any of the foregoing and (ii) to be bound by the Agreement and all obligations of the Applicant thereunder as if we were a party thereto. The Applicant is authorized to assign or transfer to you all or any part of any security held by the Applicant for our obligations arising in connection with this transaction and, upon any such assignment or transfer, you shall be vested with all powers and rights in respect of the security transferred or assigned to you and you may enforce your rights under this Agreement against us or our Property in accordance with the terms hereof.

   
(Account Party)
   
(Authorized Signature)
   
(Title)
   
(Phone)
   
(Fax)
   
(Date)

 


Appendix A

To the Continuing Agreement for Commercial & Standby Letters of Credit

(To be completed by Account Party/Applicant/Correspondent Bank)

This Appendix will remain in effect until further notice in writing is received by the JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. from the Account Party/Applicant/Correspondent Bank. Changes to this Appendix require a new Appendix A to be executed and delivered to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

 

A) In the event JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. issues or amends a Commercial or a Standby Letter of Credit (“Credit”), any one of the following individual(s) shall be authorized to sign on the behalf of:

Michael Kors (USA) Inc.

 

(Print Name of Account Party/Applicant/Correspondent Bank)

 

Joseph B. Parsons

  

EVP + CFO

  

  /s/ Joseph B. Parsons

  

10/26/10

(Printed Name)    (Title)      (Authorized Signature)    (Date)

Laura Lentini

  

SVP + Controller

  

  /s/ Laura Lentini

  

10/26/10

(Printed Name)    (Title)      (Authorized Signature)    (Date)

 

B) In regards to any “Credit”, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. may accept and rely on instructions including without limitation, (a) waiving of discrepancies, (b) mailings/returning shipping documents, (c) changing Credit terms and conditions prior to issuance, and amendments to Credits which do not extend, increase or change the tenor of the draft(s) transmitted by the following authorized representatives of:

Michael Kors (USA) Inc.

 

(Print Name of Account Party/Applicant/Correspondent Bank)

 

Joseph B. Parsons

  

EVP + CFO

  

  /s/ Joseph B. Parsons

  

10/26/10

(Printed Name)    (Title)      (Authorized Signature)    (Date)

Laura Lentini

  

SVP + Controller

  

  /s/ Laura Lentini

  

10/26/10

(Printed Name)    (Title)      (Authorized Signature)    (Date)

Herb Lang

  

Accounts Payable Manager

  

 

  

10/26/10

(Printed Name)    (Title)      (Authorized Signature)    (Date)

 

C) Signature Verification ( To be completed by “Bank” ):

The above individual(s) is/are authorized to execute and sign applications, amendments and instructions on behalf of the Account Party/Applicant/Correspondent Bank.

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

(Print Relationship Manager “RM” Name)

   (“RM” Title)      (“RM” Authorized Signature)    (Date)

 


Appendix A

To the Continuing Agreement for Commercial & Standby Letters of Credit

(To be completed by Account Party/Applicant/Correspondent Bank)

This Appendix will remain in effect until further notice in writing is received by the JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. from the Account Party/Applicant/Correspondent Bank. Changes to this Appendix require a new Appendix A to be executed and delivered to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

 

A) In the event JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. issues or amends a Commercial or a Standby Letter of Credit (“Credit”), any one of the following individual(s) shall be authorized to sign on the behalf of:

Michael Kors (USA) Inc.

 

(Print Name of Account Party/Applicant/Correspondent Bank)

 

Joseph B. Parsons

  

EVP + CFO

  

  /s/ Joseph B. Parsons

  

10/26/10

(Printed Name)    (Title)      (Authorized Signature)    (Date)

Laura Lentini

  

SVP + Controller

  

  /s/ Laura Lentini

  

10/26/10

(Printed Name)    (Title)      (Authorized Signature)    (Date)

 

B) In regards to any “Credit”, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. may accept and rely on instructions including without limitation, (a) waiving of discrepancies, (b) mailings/returning shipping documents, (c) changing Credit terms and conditions prior to issuance, and amendments to Credits which do not extend, increase or change the tenor of the draft(s) transmitted by the following authorized representatives of:

Michael Kors (USA) Inc.

 

(Print Name of Account Party/Applicant/Correspondent Bank)

 

Joseph B. Parsons

  

EVP + CFO

  

  /s/ Joseph B. Parsons

  

10/26/10

(Printed Name)    (Title)      (Authorized Signature)    (Date)

Laura Lentini

  

SVP + Controller

  

  /s/ Laura Lentini

  

10/26/10

(Printed Name)    (Title)      (Authorized Signature)    (Date)

Herb Lang

  

Accounts Payable Manager

  

 

  

10/26/10

(Printed Name)    (Title)      (Authorized Signature)    (Date)

 

C) Signature Verification ( To be completed by “Bank” ): The above individual(s) is/are authorized to execute and sign applications, amendments and instructions on behalf of the Account Party/Applicant/Correspondent Bank.

 

Lilwatie Wong (4058017)

  

 

  

  /s/ Lilwatie Wong

  

 

(Print Relationship Manager “RM” Name)

   (“RM” Title)      (“RM” Authorized Signature)    (Date)

 


ANNEX I TO AGREEMENT FOR COMMERCIAL LETTERS OF CREDIT ISSUED BY

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

If Bank issues a LOI or endorses a bill of lading at the Instruction of Applicant or otherwise pursuant hereto, Applicant agrees as follows:

Except as otherwise set forth in this Annex I or expressly set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, LOI’s shall be deemed issued by Bank subject to the same terms and conditions set forth herein for Credits, including, without limitation, payment obligations, indemnification provisions and limitations of liability benefiting Bank and other Indemnified Persons. Applicant shall be liable for payments made under any LOI on demand and otherwise subject to Section 2.04(f) of the Credit Agreement. Bank shall have the right in its sole discretion and without notice to or approval of Applicant, to pay, settle or adjust any claim or demand made against or upon Bank in connection therewith without inquiry or determination, on Bank’s part, of the circumstances, merits or validity of any claim or demand. Applicant shall take whatever steps are necessary to obtain the shipping documents concerning the Released Merchandise. Upon Applicant’s receipt of such shipping documents, Applicant shall deliver them to the carrier, duly endorsed by all parties whose endorsement is required by the carrier, and obtain from the carrier and deliver to Bank, the LOI and a release of Bank’s liability to the carrier. Bank may make payments against any drawing under the Credit related to an LOI, whether or not the drawing shall comply with the terms and conditions of such Credit, without any liability whatsoever to Bank. Applicant expressly acknowledges that Applicant may be required to reimburse Bank for payments made by Bank under both the LOI and such Credit with respect to the same Released Merchandise. Applicant shall account by delivering to Bank, immediately upon the receipt thereof by Applicant, the proceeds of the sale of the Released Merchandise or the documents related thereto in whatever form received (with Applicant’s endorsement where necessary) to be applied by Bank to the payment of any drawing under the Credit. If any proceeds shall be notes, accounts, acceptances, or in any form other than cash, they shall not be applied by Bank until paid in cash. Bank shall have the option at any time to sell or discount these items and so apply the net proceeds, conditionally upon final payment of these items. Applicant shall pay all charges in connection with the Released Merchandise and shall at all times hold it separate and apart from the Property of Applicant and shall definitively show such separation in all its records and entries. Applicant shall at all times keep the Released Merchandise fully insured at Applicant’s expense in favor of, and to the satisfaction of, Bank against loss by fire, theft, and any other risk to which it may be subject. Applicant shall deposit the insurance policies with Bank upon its demand. If for any reason any of such policies fail to provide for payment of the loss thereunder to Bank as its interest may appear, Applicant hereby (1) assigns and makes the loss payable under any of such policies payable to Bank as its interest may appear, (2) assigns to Bank all of the avails and proceeds of any and all of such policies, and (3) agrees to accept such avails and proceeds in trust for Bank and to forthwith deliver the same to Bank in the exact form received (with the endorsement of Applicant where necessary). Bank shall have no responsibility for the existence, quantity, quality, condition, value or delivery of any Released Merchandise or the correctness, validity or genuineness of the documents purporting to represent Released Merchandise.


EXHIBIT N

[RESERVED]

 

N-9


EXHIBIT O

RESERVE COSTS

 

1. The Mandatory Costs Rate is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank.

 

2. On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Administrative Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the “Additional Cost Rate”) for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Costs Rate will be calculated by the Administrative Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum.

 

3. The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from an office of such Lender in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Administrative Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Administrative Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s participation in all applicable Loans made from that lending office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that lending office.

 

4. The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a lending office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Administrative Agent as follows:

 

  (a) in relation to a Loan in Pounds Sterling:

 

AB  +  C ( B  –  D ) +  E  x 0.01   per cent. per annum
100 – ( A + C )  

 

  (b) in relation to a Loan in any currency other than Pounds Sterling:

 

E  x 0.01   percent per annum
300  

Where:

 

  A. is the percentage of Eligible Liabilities (assuming these to be in excess of any stated minimum) which that Lender is from time to time required to maintain as an interest free cash ratio deposit with the Bank of England to comply with cash ratio requirements.

 

  B. is the percentage rate of interest (excluding the applicable interest rate margin under Section 2.11(a) (shown as a number of bps in the definition of Applicable Rate) and the Mandatory Costs Rate and, if the Loan is due and unpaid, the additional rate of interest specified in Section 2.11(c)) payable for the relevant Interest Period on the Loan.

 

  C. is the percentage (if any) of Eligible Liabilities which that Lender is required from time to time to maintain as interest bearing Special Deposits with the Bank of England.

 

O-1


  D. is the percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England to the Administrative Agent on interest bearing Special Deposits.

 

  E. is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is the most recent rate of charge payable by the Administrative Agent to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fee Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority and expressed in Pounds Sterling per £1,000,000.

 

5. For the purposes of this Exhibit:

 

  (a) “Eligible Liabilities” and “Special Deposits” have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England;

 

  (b) “Fees Rules” means the rules on periodic fees contained in the FSA Supervision Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;

 

  (c) “Fee Tariffs” means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate);

 

  (d) “Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Communities that adopts or has adopted the Euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Community relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

 

  (e) “Tariff Base” has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules.

 

6. In application of the above formulae, A, B, C and D will be included in the formulae as percentages (i.e., 5 percent will be included in the formula as 5 and not as 0.05). A negative result obtained by subtracting D from B shall be taken as zero. The resulting figures shall be rounded to four decimal places.

 

7. Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:

 

  (a) the jurisdiction of its lending office; and

 

  (b) any other information that the Administrative Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.

Each Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.

 

8.

The percentages of each Lender for the purpose of A and C above shall be determined by the Administrative Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraph 7 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Administrative Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and Special Deposits are the same as

 

O-2


  those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a lending office in the same jurisdiction as its lending office.

 

9. The Administrative Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender pursuant to paragraphs 3 and 7 above is true and correct in all respects.

 

10. The Administrative Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Costs Rate to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender pursuant to paragraphs 3 and 7 above.

 

11. Any determination by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Exhibit in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Costs Rate, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.

 

12. The Administrative Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Company and the Lenders, determine and notify to all parties hereto any amendments which are required to be made to this Exhibit in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.

 

13. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2011, by and among MICHAEL KORS (USA), INC., a Delaware corporation, as a borrower, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time party thereto, MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company, MICHAEL KORS CORPORATION, a British Virgin Islands company, MICHAEL KORS, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, MICHAEL KORS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company, MICHAEL KORS STORES (CALIFORNIA), INC., a Delaware corporation, MICHAEL KORS STORES, L.L.C., a New York limited liability company, MICHAEL KORS RETAIL, INC., a Delaware corporation, MICHAEL KORS (EUROPE) HOLDING COOPERATIE U.A., a co-operative with excluded liability ( coöperatie met uitgesloten aansprakelijkheid ) organized and existing under the laws of the Netherlands, MICHAEL KORS (EUROPE) HOLDINGS B.V., a private limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Curaçao, and MICHAEL KORS (UK) LIMITED, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with registered number 6481234, as Guarantors, the Lenders party thereto, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (successor by merger to Wells Fargo Trade Capital, LLC), as Collateral Agent, as amended.

 

O-3


EXHIBIT P

FORM OF INCREASING LENDER SUPPLEMENT

INCREASING LENDER SUPPLEMENT, dated                      , 20          (this “ Supplement ”), by and among each of the signatories hereto, to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Michael Kors (USA), Inc. (the “ Company ”), the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (successor by merger to Wells Fargo Trade Capital, LLC), as collateral agent.

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, the Company has the right, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, to effectuate from time to time an increase in the Aggregate Commitment under the Credit Agreement by requesting one or more Lenders to increase the amount of its Commitment;

WHEREAS, the Company has given notice to the Administrative Agent of its intention to increase the Aggregate Commitment pursuant to such Section 2.20 ; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned Increasing Lender now desires to increase the amount of its Commitment under the Credit Agreement by executing and delivering to the Company and the Administrative Agent this Supplement;

NOW, THEREFORE, each of the parties hereto hereby agrees as follows:

1. The undersigned Increasing Lender agrees, subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, that on the date of this Supplement it shall have its Commitment increased by $[              ], thereby making the aggregate amount of its total Commitments equal to $[              ].

2. The Company hereby represents and warrants that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on and as of the date hereof.

3. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement shall have their defined meanings when used herein.

4. This Supplement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

5. This Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same document.

 

P-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Supplement to be executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer on the date first above written.

 

[INSERT NAME OF INCREASING LENDER]
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

Accepted and agreed to as of the date first written above:

 

MICHAEL KORS (USA), INC.
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

Acknowledged as of the date first written above:

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

as Administrative Agent

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

P-2


EXHIBIT Q

FORM OF AUGMENTING LENDER SUPPLEMENT

AUGMENTING LENDER SUPPLEMENT, dated                      , 20          (this “ Supplement ”), to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Michael Kors (USA), Inc. (the “ Company ”), the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (successor by merger to Wells Fargo Trade Capital, LLC), as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

1. W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Credit Agreement provides in Section 2.20 thereof that any bank, financial institution or other entity may extend Commitments under the Credit Agreement subject to the approval of the Company and the Administrative Agent, by executing and delivering to the Company and the Administrative Agent a supplement to the Credit Agreement in substantially the form of this Supplement; and

WHEREAS, the undersigned Augmenting Lender was not an original party to the Credit Agreement but now desires to become a party thereto;

NOW, THEREFORE, each of the parties hereto hereby agrees as follows:

1. The undersigned Augmenting Lender agrees to be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement and agrees that it shall, on the date of this Supplement, become a Lender for all purposes of the Credit Agreement to the same extent as if originally a party thereto, with a Commitment with respect to Loans of $[              ].

2. The undersigned Augmenting Lender (a) represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into this Supplement; (b) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 thereof, as applicable, and has reviewed such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Supplement; (c) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto; (d) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Credit Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are incidental thereto; and (e) agrees that it will be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement and will perform in accordance with its terms all the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

3. The undersigned’s address for notices for the purposes of the Credit Agreement is as follows:

[              ]

 

Q-1


4. The Company hereby represents and warrants that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on and as of the date hereof.

5. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement shall have their defined meanings when used herein.

6. This Supplement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

7. This Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same document.

2. [remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

Q-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Supplement to be executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer on the date first above written.

 

[INSERT NAME OF AUGMENTING LENDER]
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

Accepted and agreed to as of the date first written above:

 

MICHAEL KORS (USA), INC.
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

Acknowledged as of the date first written above:

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

as Administrative Agent

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

Q-3


EXHIBIT R

[FORM OF]

BORROWING SUBSIDIARY AGREEMENT

BORROWING SUBSIDIARY AGREEMENT dated as of [              ], among Michael Kors (USA), Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), [Name of Foreign Subsidiary Borrower], a [              ] (the “ New Borrowing Subsidiary ”), and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”).

Reference is hereby made to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of September 15, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Company, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (successor by merger to Wells Fargo Trade Capital, LLC), as Collateral Agent. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement. Under the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have agreed, upon the terms and subject to the conditions therein set forth, to make Loans to certain Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers (collectively with the Company, the “ Borrowers ”), and the Company and the New Borrowing Subsidiary desire that the New Borrowing Subsidiary become a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower. In addition, the New Borrowing Subsidiary hereby authorizes the Company to act on its behalf as and to the extent provided for in Article II of the Credit Agreement. [Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the New Borrowing Subsidiary hereby designates the following officers as being authorized to request Borrowings under the Credit Agreement on behalf of the New Subsidiary Borrower and sign this Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the New Borrowing Subsidiary is, or may from time to time become, a party: [              ].]

Each of the Company and the New Borrowing Subsidiary represents and warrants that the representations and warranties of the Company in the Credit Agreement relating to the New Borrowing Subsidiary and this Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof, other than representations given as of a particular date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of that date. [ The Company and the New Borrowing Subsidiary further represent and warrant that the execution, delivery and performance by the New Borrowing Subsidiary of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement and the use of any of the proceeds raised in connection with this Agreement will not contravene or conflict with, or otherwise constitute unlawful financial assistance under, Sections 677 to 683 (inclusive) of the United Kingdom Companies Act 2006 of England and Wales (as amended).] 3 [INSERT OTHER PROVISIONS REASONABLY REQUESTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ITS COUNSELS] Upon execution of this Agreement by each of the Company, the New Borrowing Subsidiary and the Administrative Agent, the New Borrowing Subsidiary shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and shall constitute a “Foreign Subsidiary Borrower” for all purposes thereof, and the New Borrowing Subsidiary hereby agrees to be bound by all provisions of the Credit Agreement.

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

3  

To be included only if a New Borrowing Subsidiary will be a Borrower organized under the laws of England and Wales.

 

R-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their authorized officers as of the date first appearing above.

 

MICHAEL KORS (USA), INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
[NAME OF NEW BORROWING SUBSIDIARY]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

R-2


EXHIBIT S

[FORM OF]

BORROWING SUBSIDIARY TERMINATION

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

as Administrative Agent

for the Lenders referred to below

270 Park Avenue, 43 rd Floor

New York, NY 10017

Attention: James T. Knight, Vice President (Telecopy No. (646) 534-3081)

[Date]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, Michael Kors (USA), Inc. (the “ Company ”), refers to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of September 15, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Company, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (successor by merger to Wells Fargo Trade Capital, LLC), as Collateral Agent. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

The Company hereby terminates the status of [              ] (the “ Terminated Borrowing Subsidiary ”) as a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower under the Credit Agreement. [The Company represents and warrants that no Loans made to the Terminated Borrowing Subsidiary are outstanding as of the date hereof and that all amounts payable by the Terminated Borrowing Subsidiary in respect of interest and/or fees (and, to the extent notified by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any other amounts payable under the Credit Agreement) pursuant to the Credit Agreement have been paid in full on or prior to the date hereof.] [The Company acknowledges that the Terminated Borrowing Subsidiary shall continue to be a Borrower until such time as all Loans made to the Terminated Borrowing Subsidiary shall have been prepaid and all amounts payable by the Terminated Borrowing Subsidiary in respect of interest and/or fees (and, to the extent notified by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any other amounts payable under the Credit Agreement) pursuant to the Credit Agreement shall have been paid in full, provided that the Terminated Borrowing Subsidiary shall not have the right to make further Borrowings under the Credit Agreement.]

[Signature Page Follows]

 

S-1


(b) This instrument shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

Very truly yours,
MICHAEL KORS (USA), INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Copy to: JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

                [                       ]

                [                       ]

 

S-2

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO    

Harney Westwood & Riegels

Craigmuir Chambers

PO Box 71, Road Town

Tortola VG1110, British Virgin Islands

Tel: +1 284 494 2233

Fax: +1 284 494 3547

www.harneys.com

2 December 2011

    Your Ref
    Our Ref     033696.0001/TSM
BY E-MAIL & COURIER     Doc ID           3389546_2

Michael Kors Holdings Limited

c/o Michael Kors Limited

10/F, Miramar Tower

Unit 1001, 132 Nathan Road

Tsim Sha Tsui

Hong Kong

Dear Sirs

Michael Kors Holdings Limited, Company No. 524407 (the “Company”)

 

1. We are lawyers qualified to practise in the British Virgin Islands and have been asked to advise on British Virgin Islands law in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of ordinary shares of the Company (the “ Ordinary Shares ”).

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Registration Statement (as defined below).

 

2. For the purpose of this opinion, we have examined the following documents and records:

 

  (a) a Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on 2 December 2011 by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder relating to the offer and sale of the Ordinary Shares (the “ Registration Statement ”);

 

  (b) a copy of the Memorandum and Articles of Association and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company obtained from the British Virgin Islands Registry of Corporate Affairs on 1 December 2011; and

 

  (c) information revealed by our searches of:

 

  (i) the records and information certified by Offshore Incorporations Limited, the registered agent of the Company, on 30 November 2011 of the statutory documents and records maintained by the Company at its registered office (the “ Registered Agent’s Certificate ”);

A list of partners is available for inspection at our offices.

British Virgin Islands | Cayman Islands | Cyprus | London | Hong Kong


  (ii) the public records of the Company on file and available for inspection at the Registry of Corporate Affairs, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands on 1 December 2011; and

 

  (iii) the records of proceedings on file with, and available for inspection on 1 December 2011 at the High Court of Justice, British Virgin Islands,

(the “ Searches ”).

 

3. For the purposes of this opinion we have assumed without further enquiry:

 

  (a) the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies and the authenticity of such originals, and the genuineness of all signatures and seals;

 

  (b) the accuracy and completeness of all corporate minutes, resolutions, certificates, documents and records which we have seen, and the accuracy of any and all representations of fact expressed in or implied thereby;

 

  (c) that there are no other resolutions, agreements, documents or arrangements which affect this opinion and the transactions contemplated thereby; and

 

  (d) that the information indicated by the Searches is complete and remains true and correct.

 

4. Based on the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications expressed below, our opinion is as follows:

 

  (a) Existence and Good Standing. The Company is a company duly registered with limited liability for an unlimited duration under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004, and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. It is a separate legal entity and is subject to suit in its own name.

 

  (b) Valid Issuance of Shares. The Ordinary Shares have been duly and validly authorized by the Company and, when issued, pursuant to the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association, and the consideration therefor is received, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (which term when used herein means that no further sums are required to be paid by the holders thereof in connection with the issue of the Ordinary Shares).

 

5. This opinion is confined to the matters expressly opined on herein and given on the basis of the laws of the British Virgin Islands as they are in force and applied by the British Virgin Islands courts at the date of this opinion. We have made no investigation of, and express no opinion on, the laws of any other jurisdiction. We express no opinion as to matters of fact.

 

2

Valid Issue of Shares Opinion - Michael Kors Holdings Limited


6. We are furnishing this letter in our capacity as special British Virgin Islands counsel to the Company. This letter is not to be used, circulated or otherwise referred to for any other purpose except as set forth below.

 

7. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an Exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name therein.

Yours faithfully

HARNEYS WESTWOOD & RIEGELS

/s/ Harneys Westwood & Riegels

 

3

Valid Issue of Shares Opinion - Michael Kors Holdings Limited

Exhibit 10.1

EXECUTION COPY

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of July 7, 2011, among Michael Kors Holdings Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (the “ Company ”), the persons listed on Schedule I hereto (the “ Sellers ”), and the investors named on the signature pages hereto (individually, a “ Buyer ” and collectively, the “ Buyers ”).

WHEREAS:

A. The Company and the Sellers, collectively, wish to sell to each Buyer, and each such Buyer wishes to purchase, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the number of preference shares, no par value, of the Company (the “ Preference Shares ”) set forth below such Buyer’s signature on the signature pages hereto (such sales and purchases being referred to herein as the “ Offering ”).

B. The Company, the Sellers and the Buyers intend to make such offer and sale in reliance upon one or more exemptions from registration pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and the rules and regulations as promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) under the Securities Act.

C. In connection with the transactions contemplated by the Offering, the Company, the Sellers and the Buyers will execute and deliver the Shareholders Agreement, in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto (the “ Shareholders Agreement ”).

NOW, THEREFORE , the Company, the Sellers and each Buyer hereby agree as follows:

1. PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE PREFERENCE SHARES .

(a) Purchase and Sale of the Preference Shares .

(i) In reliance upon the Buyers’ representations and warranties contained in Section 2 hereof and subject to the satisfaction (or waiver) of the conditions set forth in Section 6 below, at the closing of the Offering (the “ Closing ”), the Company and the Sellers, collectively, shall sell, transfer and deliver, free and clear of liens and encumbrances (other than those set forth in the Shareholders Agreement or the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association and those resulting from any action or inaction of a Buyer), to each Buyer the number of Preference Shares set forth below such Buyer’s signature on the signature pages hereto. The aggregate number of Preference Shares to be issued and sold by the Company shall be 217,137 and the aggregate number of Preference Shares to be sold by each Seller shall be set forth opposite such Seller’s name on Schedule I hereto. The specific number of Preference Shares to be sold by the Company and the Sellers to each Buyer shall be proportionate to the aggregate number of shares to be sold by the Company and the Sellers (with appropriate rounding adjustments to be determined by the Company).

(ii) In reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 3 hereof and the Sellers contained in Section 4 hereof, and subject


to the satisfaction (or waiver) of the conditions set forth in Section 7 below, at the Closing, each Buyer severally, but not jointly, shall purchase the Preference Shares to be purchased by such Buyer from the Company and the Sellers, on a pro-rata basis, as set forth below such Buyer’s signature on the signature pages hereto.

(iii) Closing . The Closing shall occur on (i) July 11, 2011 or (ii) if the conditions set forth in Sections 6 and 7 have not been satisfied or waived by such date, one (1) business day following the satisfaction (or waiver) of such conditions (the “ Closing Date ”), at the New York, New York offices of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, or on such other date or at such other location as the Company, the Sellers and the Buyers shall mutually agree.

(iv) Purchase Price . The purchase price for the Preference Shares to be purchased by the Buyers at the Closing shall be $46.053860 per Preference Share (the “ Per Share Purchase Price ”), and the aggregate purchase price for all Preference Shares being purchased by any specific Buyer shall be the product obtained by multiplying the Per Share Purchase Price by the total number of Preference Shares being purchased by such Buyer, which aggregate purchase price for such Buyer being as set forth below such Buyer’s signature on the signature pages hereto (the “ Buyer’s Purchase Price ”).

(b) Closing Mechanics .

(i) (A) Subject to Section 1(b)(i)(B), at the Closing the Company and the Sellers, as applicable, shall deliver to each Buyer one or more share certificates evidencing the Preference Shares being purchased by such Buyer hereunder, in each case against delivery by such Buyer of the Buyer’s Purchase Price therefor.

(B) The Company shall deliver to the Buyers on Schedule II hereto executed share certificates in the names and amounts set forth below such Buyers’ signature on the signature pages hereto at least three (3) business days prior to the Closing. To the extent this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8 or the Closing does not occur for any reason, (i) the Shares represented by such share certificates shall be deemed cancelled automatically without any action on the part of any Person and (ii) each such Buyer shall promptly return (in any event no later than two (2) business days) such share certificates to the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the Shares represented by such share certificates are being delivered to such Buyers in advance of the Closing for such Buyers’ internal compliance requirements only and such Shares shall neither be deemed delivered to, nor and owned by, such Buyers unless and until the occurrence of the Closing in accordance with Section 1(a)(iii). At the Closing, such Shares shall be deemed delivered against delivery by each such Buyer of the Buyer’s Purchase Price therefor.

(ii) At the Closing, each Buyer shall deliver to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (the “ Paying Agent ”) such Buyer’s Purchase Price paid by such Buyer by wire transfer of immediately available U.S. funds to a bank account designated in writing by the Company at least two (2) business days prior to the Closing Date, which funds will be allocated and delivered to the Company and the Sellers in consideration of the Preference Shares being purchased by each such Buyer. The Company and each Seller hereby acknowledge that upon the completion of such wire transfers, no Buyer shall have any further liability with respect to such payment or the delivery thereof to the Company and the Sellers.

 

-2-


(iii) The Company shall deliver evidence to the Buyers that the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company, in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto (the “ Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association ”), has been filed with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs of the British Virgin Islands and has become effective on or prior to the Closing.

2. BUYERS’ REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .

Each Buyer, severally, and not jointly or jointly and severally, as to itself represents and warrants to the Company and the Sellers that:

(a) Organization and Good Standing . If such Buyer is an entity, such Buyer is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity duly incorporated or organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization.

(b) Authorization and Power . Such Buyer (if such Buyer is an entity) has the requisite power and authority to enter into and perform and such Buyer (if such Buyer is a natural person) has the capacity to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement and each other agreement contemplated by this Agreement to which such Buyer is a party or to be executed by such Buyer in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (together with the Shareholders Agreement and the Restructuring Agreement (as defined herein), the “ Ancillary Documents ”), and to purchase the Preference Shares (and the ordinary shares, no par value, of the Company (the “ Ordinary Shares ”) into which such Preference Shares may be converted) being sold to it hereunder. If such Buyer is an entity, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents by such Buyer and the consummation by such Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized and approved by all necessary corporate or partnership action, and no further consent or authorization of such Buyer, as the case may be, is required. This Agreement has been (and the Ancillary Documents will be at or prior to Closing) duly executed and delivered by such Buyer and, assuming due execution by each other party thereto, constitutes, or shall constitute when executed and delivered, valid and binding obligations of such Buyer enforceable against such Buyer in accordance with its terms except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity or applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally, the enforcement of applicable creditors’ rights and remedies and except as rights to indemnification and contribution under the Shareholders Agreement may be limited by applicable law.

(c) No Public Sale or Distribution . Such Buyer is acquiring the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) for its own account and not with a view towards, or for resale in connection with, the public sale or distribution thereof; provided , however , that by making the representations herein, such Buyer reserves the right to dispose of the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such

 

-3-


Preference Shares may be converted) at any time in accordance with or pursuant to a registration statement or an exemption under the Securities Act and pursuant to the applicable terms of this Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement. Such Buyer is acquiring the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) hereunder in the ordinary course of its business. Such Buyer does not presently have any agreement or understanding, directly or indirectly, with any Person to distribute any of the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted). As used in this Agreement, “ Person ” means an individual, a limited liability company, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a trust, an unincorporated organization and a government or any department or agency thereof.

(d) Accredited Investor Status . Such Buyer is under the Securities Act an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) of Regulation D. Such Buyer (other than MKFF Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company) is not an entity formed for the sole purpose of acquiring the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted).

(e) Reliance on Exemptions . Such Buyer understands that the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) are being offered and sold to it in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of U.S. federal and state securities laws and that the Company and the Sellers are relying in part upon the truth and accuracy of such Buyer’s representations and warranties and the compliance by such Buyer of such Buyer’s agreements set forth herein in order to determine the availability of such exemptions and the eligibility of such Buyer to acquire the Preference Shares from the Company and the Sellers.

(f) Information and Exculpation .

(i) Such Buyer and its advisors, if any, have been furnished with all materials relating to the business, properties, finances, prospects and operations of the Company and all other materials relating to the offer and sale of the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) that have been requested by such Buyer as it has deemed necessary or appropriate to conduct its due diligence investigation. Such Buyer has sufficient knowledge and experience in investing in the securities of companies similar to the Company so as to be able to evaluate the risks and merits of its investment in the Company. Such Buyer and its advisors, if any, have been afforded the opportunity to ask questions of the Company and the Sellers. Such Buyer understands and acknowledges that (A) its investment in the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) involves a high degree of risk, (B) it may be required to bear the financial risks of an investment in the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) for an indefinite period of time and (C) prior to making an investment in the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted), such Buyer has concluded that it is able to bear those risks for an indefinite period. Such Buyer has sought such accounting, legal and tax advice as it has considered necessary to make an informed investment decision with respect to its acquisition of the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted).

 

-4-


(ii) Such Buyer acknowledges that it is purchasing the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) based on the results of its own due diligence investigation of the Company, including the representations and warranties being made by the Company and the Sellers in this Agreement, and that such Buyer and its advisors, if any, have had access to and opportunity to review all materials, documents and information made available to the Buyers on the Company’s electronic datasite (all such documents, materials and other information made available on the Company’s electronic datasite, as amended, modified or supplemented to the date of this Agreement, the “ Datasite Materials ”).

(iii) Such Buyer acknowledges that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (in its capacity as the sole placement agent of the Preference Shares in the Offering, the “ Agent ”) and its respective directors, officers, employees, representatives and controlling Persons have no responsibility for making any independent investigation of the information contained in the Datasite Materials, any publicly available information or any other documents or information made available to the Buyers by the Company.

(g) No Governmental Review . Such Buyer understands that no U.S. federal or state agency or any other government or governmental agency has passed on or made any recommendation or endorsement of the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) or the fairness or suitability of an investment in the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) or has passed upon or endorsed the merits of the offering of the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) or an investment therein.

(h) Transfer or Resale . Subject to the terms of the Shareholders Agreement, such Buyer understands that: (i) neither the offer nor sale of the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) have been and, except as provided for in the Shareholders Agreement, will not be registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws, and the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) may not be offered for sale, sold, assigned or transferred unless (x) the offer and sale thereof shall have been registered under the Securities Act, (y) the offer and sale thereof is permitted pursuant to an exemption from such registration, or (z) the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) are sold to the Company or any Subsidiary (as defined herein) thereof; and (ii) none of the Company, the Sellers nor any other Person is under any obligation to register the offer or sale of the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) under the Securities Act or any state securities laws or to comply with the terms and conditions of any exemption thereunder.

(i) Legends . Such Buyer understands that until such time as the same is no longer required under applicable requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws and the terms of the Shareholders Agreement, the certificates evidencing the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted), and all certificates or other instruments issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof, or if held in book-entry form through a direct registration system as the case may be, the

 

-5-


Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) in such form, shall bear a legend on the face thereof in the form set forth in the Shareholders Agreement referencing the restrictions on the transferability of the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted), and the Company shall make a notation on its records and give instructions to the Company’s transfer agent for the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted), to the extent the Company shall have retained the services of a transfer agent for the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted), in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth and described herein and therein.

(j) No Conflicts . Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties in Sections 3 and 4, the execution, delivery and performance by such Buyer of this Agreement and the consummation by such Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (i) result in a violation of the organizational documents of such Buyer (if such Buyer is an entity) or (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which such Buyer is a party, or (iii) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree (including federal and state securities laws) applicable to such Buyer, except in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for such conflicts, defaults, rights or violations as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of such Buyer to perform its obligations hereunder.

(k) Consents . Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties in Sections 3 and 4, such Buyer is not required to obtain any consent, authorization or order of, or make any filing or registration with, any court, governmental agency or any regulatory or self-regulatory agency or any other Person in order for it to execute, deliver or perform any of its obligations under or contemplated by this Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement (other than (i) any consent, authorization or order that has been duly obtained as of the date hereof and (ii) any filing or registration that has been made as of the date hereof).

(l) Residency . Such Buyer is a resident of that jurisdiction specified below its signature on the signature pages hereto.

(m) No General Solicitation or Advertising . Such Buyer acknowledges that the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) were not offered to such Buyer by means of any form of general or public solicitation or general advertising, or publicly disseminated advertisements or sales literature, including (i) any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine, website, or similar media, or broadcast over television or radio, or (ii) any seminar or meeting to which such Buyer was invited by any of the foregoing means of communications.

(n) Brokers . No Person will have, as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any valid right, interest or claim against or upon the Company, the Sellers or any Subsidiary therefore for any commission, fee or other compensation pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into by or on behalf of such Buyer.

 

-6-


(o) Filings . If required by applicable securities legislation, regulatory policy or order, or if required or requested by any securities commission, stock exchange or other regulatory authority, at the request of and at the sole expense of the Company, such Buyer shall reasonably assist the Company in filing reports, questionnaires, undertakings and other documents with respect to the offer and sale of the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted).

(p) Ontario Securities Law Matters . (For Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board only)

(i) Such Buyer has not received or been provided with, nor has it requested, nor does it have any need to receive, any offering memorandum, any prospectus, sales or advertising literature, or any other document (other than all of the materials contained in the Datasite Materials) describing or purporting to describe the business and affairs of the Company which has been prepared for delivery to, and review by, such Buyer in order to assist it in making an investment decision in respect of the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted).

(ii) Such Buyer has been notified by the Company:

(1) that the Company may be required to provide certain personal information (“ personal information ”) pertaining to such Buyer as required to be disclosed in Schedule I of Form 45-106F1 under National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus and Registration Exemptions (“ NI 45-106 ”) (including its name, address, telephone number and the number and value of any Preference Shares), which Form 45-106F1 may be required to be filed by the Company under NI 45-106;

(2) that such personal information may be delivered to the Ontario Securities Commission (the “ OSC ”) in accordance with NI 45-106;

(3) that such personal information is collected indirectly by the OSC under the authority granted to it under the securities legislation of Ontario;

(4) that such personal information is collected for the purposes of the administration and enforcement of the securities legislation of Ontario; and

(5) that the public official in Ontario who can answer questions about the OSC’s indirect collection of such personal information is the Administrative Support Clerk at the OSC, Suite 1903, Box 55, 20 Queen Street West, Toronto, Ontario M5H 3S8, Telephone: (416) 593-3684.

(iii) Such Buyer has authorized the indirect collection of the personal information by the OSC.

3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY .

Except as set forth in the corresponding sections of the disclosure letter delivered by the Company to the Buyers prior to the execution of this Agreement (the “ Company

 

-7-


Disclosure Letter ”), it being agreed that disclosure of any item in any section of the Company Disclosure Letter (whether or not an explicit cross reference appears) shall be deemed to be disclosure with respect to any other section to which the relevance of such item is reasonably apparent, the Company hereby represents and warrants to each of the Buyers as follows:

(a) Organization and Qualification . The Company is duly incorporated and validly existing as a company in good standing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands and has the requisite power and authority to own its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to do business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which its ownership of property or the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. As used in this Agreement, “ Material Adverse Effect ” means any material adverse effect, individually or in the aggregate, (i) on the business, assets, results of operations, or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or (ii) on the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement and by the agreements and instruments to be entered into in connection herewith, or (iii) on the authority or ability of the Company and the Sellers to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, “ Subsidiary ” of a Person means any and all corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies and other entities, whether incorporated or unincorporated, with respect to which such Person, directly or indirectly, owns a majority of the equity interests or securities having the power to elect a majority of the board of directors or similar body governing the affairs of such entity.

(b) Subsidiaries . Each of the Company’s Subsidiaries is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity duly incorporated or organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Authorization; Enforcement; Validity . The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents. The execution and delivery of this Agreement, and each of the Ancillary Documents, by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including, without limitation, the issuance and sale of the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) by the Company, has been duly authorized and approved by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and no further consent or authorization of the Company, as the case may be, is required. This Agreement has been, and each of the Ancillary Documents will be at or prior to the Closing, duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes, or shall constitute when executed and delivered, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity or applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally, the enforcement of applicable creditors’ rights and remedies, and except as rights to indemnification and contribution under the Shareholders Agreement may be limited under applicable law.

 

-8-


(d) Issuance and Sale of the Preference Shares .

(i) The Preference Shares (including the Preference Shares to be sold by the Sellers) outstanding prior to the issuance of the Preference Shares to be sold by the Company hereunder have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The Preference Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances (other than those set forth in the Shareholders Agreement or the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association and those resulting from any action or inaction of a Buyer), and the issuance of such Preference Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights (other than those set forth in the Shareholders Agreement or the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association and those resulting from any action or inaction of a Buyer). Prior to the Closing Date, the Ordinary Shares will have been duly authorized and adequately reserved in contemplation of the conversion of the Preference Shares and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances (other than those set forth in the Shareholders Agreement or the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association and those resulting from any action or inaction of a Buyer), and the issuance of such Ordinary Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights (other than those set forth in the Shareholders Agreement or the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association and those resulting from any action or inaction of a Buyer).

(ii) After giving pro forma effect to the Restructuring (as defined below) and the Offering, there are no obligations, contingent or otherwise, of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to (A) repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire (except upon conversion) any Preference Shares or Ordinary Shares or the capital stock or other equity interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (B) make any material investment in (in the form of a loan, capital contribution or otherwise), or provide any guarantee with respect to the obligations of, any Person other than any investment or guarantee between or among the Company and its Subsidiaries. There are no bonds, debentures, notes or other indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries having the right to vote or consent (or, convertible into, or exchangeable for, securities having the right to vote or consent) on any matter on which stockholders (or other equity holders) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may vote.

(e) No Conflicts . Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties contained in Sections 2 and 4 hereof and the Buyers’ compliance with their agreements contained in the Shareholders Agreement, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, the sale of the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted)) and the execution, delivery and performance of the Ancillary Documents by the Company will not (i) result in a violation of any certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation, any certificate of designations, bylaws (as applicable) or other constituent documents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the

 

-9-


Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, or (iii) result in a violation of any applicable law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree (including federal and state securities laws and regulations) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or by which any property or asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound or affected, except in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), such as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(f) Consents . Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties contained in Sections 2 and 4 hereof and the Buyers’ compliance with their agreements contained in the Shareholders Agreement, the Company is not required to obtain any consent, authorization or order of, or make any filing or registration with, any court, governmental agency or any regulatory or self-regulatory agency or any other Person in order for it to execute, deliver or perform any of its obligations under or contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents (other than (i) any consent, authorization or order that has been duly obtained as of the date hereof, (ii) any filing or registration that has been made as of the date hereof, (iii) any filings which may be required to be made after the date hereof by the Company with any U.S. federal or state agency or administrator (including the SEC), each of which shall be duly made as and when required and (iv) the filing of the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs of the British Virgin Islands).

(g) No General Solicitation; Agent’s Fees . None of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, or to the knowledge of the Company, any of its affiliates, or any Person acting on its behalf, has engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with the offer or sale of the Preference Shares. The Company acknowledges that it has engaged the Agent as the sole placement agent in connection with the sale of the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) by the Company and the Sellers in the Offering. Other than the Agent and its affiliates, none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has engaged any other placement agent, broker, finder, investment banker, financial advisor or similar Person in connection with the sale of the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted), and no Person (other than the Agent) is entitled to any agent, financial advisory, finder’s or other fee arising from this transaction as a result of any agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into by or on behalf of the Company. As used in this Agreement, the phrase “ knowledge of the Company ” means the actual knowledge of John Idol, Joe Parsons and Lee Sporn.

(h) No Integrated Offering . None of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any of its affiliates, or any Person acting on its behalf, including the Agent and its affiliates, has, directly or indirectly, made any offers or sales of any security or solicited any offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would require registration of the offer or sale of the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) under the Securities Act, whether through integration with prior offerings or otherwise.

(i) Historical Financial Statements . The Company has furnished or made available to the Buyers in the Datasite Materials a true, correct and complete copy of the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Subsdiaries, and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows, and stockholders’ equity for the fiscal years ended April 2, 2011 and April 3, 2010 (the “ Financial Statements ”), together with the notes thereto. The

 

-10-


Financial Statements (x) were prepared based on the books and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto), (y) were prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (“ GAAP ”) throughout the periods indicated (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto) and (z) fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition, assets and liabilities, results of operations, cash flows, and changes in stockholders’ equity, on a consolidated basis, of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the respective dates, and for the periods, indicated therein.

(j) Absence of Certain Changes . Since April 2, 2011, (x) the Company and its Subsidiaries have conducted their respective businesses only in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice, and (y) no event, circumstance or change has occurred that has caused or evidences, or would reasonably be expected to result in, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(k) Capitalization . After giving pro forma effect to (i) the consummation of the restructuring transactions (the “ Restructuring ”) to occur pursuant to the terms of the Restructuring Agreement, the form of which is attached as Exhibit C hereto (the “ Restructuring Agreement ”), (ii) the purchase by each Buyer of the Preference Shares contemplated by this Agreement and (iii) all post-Closing repurchases of options to acquire shares of the Company (“ Company Options ”), there will be no outstanding (x) equity interests or other equity securities of the Company, (y) securities of the Company convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for equity interests or other equity securities of the Company or (z) options, warrants, preemptive rights (other than those set forth in the Shareholders Agreement and the Company’s Memorandum and Articles), stock appreciation, phantom stock or profit participation rights with respect to, or other rights to acquire from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or other obligations, contingent or otherwise, of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to issue, sell or transfer any equity interests or other securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity interests or other equity securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or evidencing the right to subscribe for equity securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. After giving pro forma effect to the events described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, the capitalization of the Company shall be as set forth on Section 3(k) of the Company Disclosure Letter. The aggregate exercise proceeds of all outstanding Company Options as of the date of this Agreement is $59,082,536.

(l) Material Contracts . Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each of the material contracts of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries are in full force and effect and are the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which is a party thereto, and, to the knowledge of the Company, of the other parties thereto, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms and, upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect without penalty or other adverse consequence, (ii) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company is in default under any such material contract, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, is any other party to any material contract in breach of or default thereunder, (iii) no event has occurred that with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute a breach or default on the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party thereunder, (iv) none of the Company, any Subsidiary or, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party to any such material contracts has exercised any termination rights with respect thereto and (v) no party has given written notice of any significant dispute with respect to any material contract.

 

-11-


(m) Absence of Litigation . Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) there are no legal proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) to the Company’s knowledge, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to or subject to the provisions of any judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree or award of any governmental authority seeking to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(n) No Undisclosed Liabilities . The Company and its Subsidiaries have no liability, obligation, interest, tax, penalty, fine, demand, judgment, cost or expense, whether known or unknown, determined or determinable, accrued or unaccrued, absolute or contingent, or incurred or consequential (“ Liabilities ”) that are required to be reflected in, reserved against, or otherwise described in a balance sheet (or the notes thereto) in accordance with GAAP except (i) those Liabilities provided for or reserved against in the Financial Statements, (ii) Liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since April 2, 2011, which are not individually or in the aggregate material, (iii) Liabilities under this Agreement or (iv) Liabilities that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(o) Affiliate Transactions . No officer, director or shareholder owning (directly or indirectly) in excess of 5% of capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Affiliate of such officer, director or shareholder (any such person, a “ Related Person ”) (i) owes any material amount to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries nor does the Company or any of its Subsidiaries owe any material amount (other than salaries, employee benefits and other transactions pursuant to any Company benefit plan and any employment agreements, in each case in the ordinary course of business), or has it committed to make any loan or extend or guarantee credit to or for the benefit of, any Related Person, (ii) has any material claim or cause of action or any action or suit against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) to the knowledge of the Company, has any direct or indirect material ownership interest in, or is an officer, director, employee, consultant, or agent of, any Person that has a material business relationship with the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries) or that directly and substantially competes with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than passive investments therein), or (iv) owns, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, any real property, leasehold interests, or other property or any Permits, the use of which is necessary and material for the conduct of the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted. Other than any ordinary course employment agreements with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to which such Related Person is a party, no Related Person has any material direct or indirect interest in any contract to which the Company or its Subsidiaries is a party or by which it is bound.

(p) Insurance . The Company and its Subsidiaries are covered by valid and currently effective insurance policies and all premiums payable under such policies have been duly paid to date, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All material fire and casualty, general liability, business interruption, product liability,

 

-12-


and sprinkler and water damage insurance policies maintained by the Company or its Subsidiaries provide adequate coverage for all normal risks incident to the business of the Company and its properties and assets except for such failures to maintain such insurance policies that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. There are no pending claims against any such insurance policy as to which the insurers have denied liability, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(q) Employee Relations .

(i) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any labor or collective bargaining contract that pertains to employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(ii) Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and except as contemplated by the Restructuring Agreement, there is (a) no strike or work stoppage in existence or threatened involving the Company or its Subsidiaries and (b) no union representation question existing with respect to the employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of the Company, no union organization activity that is taking place.

(iii) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary was or is required to consult with a “workers council” or similar body in connection with the execution of this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents or the performance of its obligations hereunder or thereunder.

(iv) Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will (either alone or upon the occurrence of any additional or subsequent events): (A) result in any payment becoming due from the Company or a Subsidiary to any current or former employee, officer or director of the Company, (B) increase any benefits otherwise payable under any Company benefit plan, (C) result in the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any such benefits under any Company benefit plan or (C) require any contributions or payments to fund any obligations under any Company benefit plan.

(r) Title . The Company and its Subsidiaries have good title to, or in the case of property held under lease, a valid right to use, all of the assets (real and personal, tangible and intangible) that are included on the balance sheet included in the most recent Financial Statements, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects other than liens permitted under the Company’s Credit Agreement, except for any such assets which have been sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice, since April 2, 2011, or where the failure to have such good title would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each material lease or sublease of real property to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which it is bound is a valid and binding agreement of the Company or its Subsidiary, as the case may be, and enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights and subject to general principles of equity, except such as would not reasonably be expected to result in a

 

-13-


Material Adverse Effect. As used in this Agreement, “ Company’s Credit Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 30, 2007 among Michael Kors (USA), Inc. and Michael Kors (Europe) B.V., as borrowers, certain of their affiliates, as guarantors, the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and Wells Fargo Trade Capital, LLC, as collateral agent, as amended.

(s) Permits . The Company and each of its Subsidiaries owns, holds, possesses, or lawfully uses in its business all approvals, authorizations, certifications, franchises, licenses, permits, and similar authorities (“ Permits ”) that are necessary for the conduct of their business as currently conducted or the ownership and use of their assets or properties, in compliance with all laws, except for those Permits the failure to obtain or loss of which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All such Permits, to the knowledge of the Company, are renewable by their respective terms in the ordinary course of business without the need to comply with any special qualification procedures or to pay any amounts other than routine filing fee, except for those Permits the failure of which to be renewable would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(t) Intellectual Property Rights . (i) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries exclusively own, free and clear of all liens, claims or encumbrances other than liens permitted under the Company’s Credit Agreement, or have the right to use pursuant to a valid and enforceable written license (other than commercial off-the-shelf computer software licenses), all Intellectual Property that is necessary in the conduct of their businesses as presently conducted and proposed to be conducted; (ii) all Intellectual Property owned by the Company or any Company’s Subsidiary, is valid, subsisting and enforceable and all necessary registration, maintenance, renewal, and other relevant filing fees due through the date hereof in connection therewith have been timely paid and all necessary documents and certificates in connection therewith have been timely filed with the relevant patent, trademark, copyright, domain name, or other authorities in the United States or foreign jurisdictions, as the case may be, for the purposes of maintaining such Intellectual Property in full force and effect; (iii) the operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, do not infringe or misappropriate any Intellectual Property rights or other rights of other Persons, and the Company is not aware of any facts which indicate a likelihood of any of the foregoing and (iv) to the knowledge of the Company, no third party is currently infringing or misappropriating any of the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ Intellectual Property rights except, in the case of each of clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. As used in this Agreement, the term “ Intellectual Property ” means all right, title and interest in or relating to intellectual property, whether protected, created or arising under the laws of the United States or any other jurisdiction, including: (A) all patents and applications therefor, including all continuations, divisionals, and continuations-in-part thereof and patents issuing thereon, along with all reissues, reexaminations and extensions thereof; (B) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, service names, brand names, trade dress rights, logos, corporate names, trade styles, logos and other source or business identifiers and general intangibles of a like nature, together with the goodwill associated with any of the foregoing, along with all applications, registrations, renewals and extensions thereof; (C) all internet domain names; (D) all copyrights and all mask work, database and design rights, whether or not registered or published, all registrations and recordations thereof and all applications in connection therewith, along with all reversions, extensions and renewals thereof; and (E) trade secrets, confidential and proprietary information and know-how.

 

-14-


(u) Environmental Laws . The Company and its Subsidiaries (i) are and have been since March 31, 2008 in compliance with any and all applicable Environmental Laws (as hereinafter defined), (ii) have obtained, maintained and complied with all certificates, permits, authorities, licenses or other approvals (collectively, “ Permits ”) required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses as currently conducted and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such Permit, (iv) are not subject to any pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to Environmental Laws and (v) have not caused and have not assumed by contract or otherwise responsibility or liability for the release of any Hazardous Materials at concentrations in excess of those allowed for under applicable Environmental Laws, except in the case of each of clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. As used in this Agreement, the term “ Environmental Laws ” means all federal, state, local or foreign laws relating to pollution or protection of human health, natural resources or the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata), including, without limitation, laws relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, or toxic or hazardous substances or wastes (collectively, “ Hazardous Materials ”) into the environment, or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials, as well as all authorizations, codes, decrees, demands or demand letters, injunctions, judgments, licenses, notices or notice letters, orders, Permits, plans or regulations issued, entered, promulgated or approved thereunder.

(v) Taxes .

(i) (A) All tax returns required to be filed by or with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have been timely filed (taking into account all applicable extensions), and all such tax returns are true, complete and correct in all respects and (B) the Company and its Subsidiaries have fully and timely paid (or have had paid on their behalf) all taxes due and owing (whether or not shown on any of the tax returns referred to in the preceding sentence), except, in the case of each clause (i)(A) or (i)(B), as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(ii) All deficiencies of taxes asserted or assessed in writing against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have been fully and timely paid, settled or properly reflected in the most recent financial statements made available to the Buyers, except such as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(iii) The Company is properly treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. The Company has no plan to make an election to be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

(iv) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries have incurred or will incur any material tax liability as a result of the Restructuring.

(v) Except as set forth on Section 3(v)(v) of the Company Disclosure Letter, within the prior eighteen (18) month period, neither the Company nor a predecessor to the Company has made a distribution of cash or property with respect to the Company’s outstanding stock.

 

-15-


(vi) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has ever been treated by the Internal Revenue Service as a controlled foreign corporation (a “ CFC ”), as defined in the Code, and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has ever been treated by the Internal Revenue Service as “passive foreign investment company” (“ PFIC ”) within the meaning of Section 1297 of the Code. The Company hereby represents, warrants and acknowledges that it has no plan to (and it has not engaged in any transactions to) acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the intellectual property held directly or indirectly by a United States Subsidiary.

(vii) Except as set forth in Section 3(v)(vii) of the Company Disclosure Letter, (A) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has been advised (i) that any material returns, federal, state or other, have been or are being audited as of the Closing, (ii) of any material deficiency in assessment or proposed judgment to its federal, state or other material taxes or (iii) by any jurisdiction where the Company does not file tax returns that the Company is or may be subject to taxation in respect of material amounts in such jurisdiction, (B) the Company has no knowledge of any material liability of any material tax to be imposed upon its properties or assets as of the Closing that is not adequately provided for in the Financial Statements and (C) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has entered into a material written agreement with a taxing authority, including, but not limited to a closing agreement, advance pricing agreement, or gain recognition agreement.

(viii) The Company has no current plan or intention to make a distribution or payment with respect to (a) outstanding stock (as defined in Treasury regulation section 1.305-3) or (b) stock or other instruments deemed to be treated as “outstanding stock” as defined in Treasury regulation section 1.305-3, other than Ordinary Shares (to the extent clause 11(a) of the Company’s Memorandum and Articles is applicable to such distribution), Preference Shares or the Company’s compensatory options, that could result in a “disproportionate distribution” within the meaning of section 305(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to a holder of the Preference Shares.

(w) Investment Company Status . The Company is not an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(x) ERISA Compliance . The Company, each of its Subsidiaries and each of their respective ERISA Affiliates (i) are in compliance with all applicable provisions and requirements of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to each Employee Benefit Plan and (ii) have performed all their obligations under each Employee Benefit Plan, except, in the case of each clause (i) or (ii), as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. As used in this Agreement, the term “ Employee Benefit Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA (other than a “multiemployer plan”) which is or, within the last six years, was sponsored, maintained or contributed to by, or required to be contributed by, the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or, solely with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan covered under Title IV of ERISA, any of their respective ERISA Affiliates. As used in this Agreement, the term “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of

 

-16-


1974, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto. Each Employee Benefit Plan which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service indicating that such Employee Benefit Plan is so qualified and nothing has occurred subsequent to the issuance of such determination letter which would cause such Employee Benefit Plan to lose its qualified status. As used in this Agreement, “ ERISA Affiliate ” means, with respect to any entity, any trade or business, whether or not incorporated, that together with such entity and its Subsidiaries would be deemed a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA.

(y) Foreign Corrupt Practices and International Trade Sanctions . None of the Company, any Subsidiary, any of their respective directors, executive officers, and, to the knowledge of the Company, agents, employees or any other persons acting on their behalf (i) has made or provided, or caused to be made or provided, directly or indirectly, any payment or thing of value to a foreign official, foreign political party, candidate for office or any other person knowing that the person shall pay or offer to pay the foreign official, party or candidate, for the purpose of influencing a decision, inducing an official to violate their lawful duty, securing any improper advantage, or inducing a foreign official to use their influence to affect a governmental decision, (ii) has paid, accepted or received any unlawful contributions, payments, expenditures or gifts or (iii) has violated or operated in noncompliance with any export restrictions, money laundering law, anti-terrorism law or regulation, anti-boycott regulations or embargo regulations.

(z) Shell Company . The Company is not a shell company as such term is defined in Rule 12(b)(2) under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

(aa) No Registration . Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties contained in Sections 2 and 4 hereof and the Buyers’ compliance with their agreements contained in the Shareholders Agreement, it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) in the manner contemplated by this Agreement to register the offer or sale of any of the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) under the Securities Act.

(bb) No Side Letters . After giving effect to the Restructuring, as of the Closing Date the Company will not be a party to any agreement with any of the Sellers or any of their respective affiliates relating to the Preference Shares or Ordinary Shares or to the governance of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS .

Each Seller, severally, and not jointly or jointly and severally, as to itself represents and warrants to the Buyers that:

(a) Organization and Good Standing . If such Seller is an entity, such Seller is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company duly incorporated or organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization.

 

-17-


(b) Authorization and Power . Such Seller (if such Seller is an entity) has the requisite power and authority to enter into and perform under this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which it is a party, such Seller (if such Seller is a natural person) has the capacity to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and such Ancillary Documents and to sell the Preference Shares being sold by it hereunder. If such Seller is an entity, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and such Ancillary Documents by such Seller and the consummation by such Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or partnership action, and no further consent or authorization of such Seller, as the case may be, is required. This Agreement has been, and each of the Ancillary Documents to which such Seller is party will be at or prior to the Closing, duly and validly executed and delivered by such Seller and constitutes, or shall constitute when executed and delivered, valid and binding obligations of such Seller enforceable against such Seller in accordance with their respective terms except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity or applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally, the enforcement of applicable creditors’ rights and remedies and except as rights to indemnification and contribution under the Shareholders Agreement may be limited under applicable law.

(c) Title . Such Seller has valid title to the Preference Shares to be sold by such Seller free and clear of all security interests, claims, liens, equities or other encumbrances (other than those set forth in the Shareholders Agreement or the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association and those resulting from any action or inaction of a Buyer) and the legal right and power, and all authorization and approval required by law, to enter into this Agreement and to sell, transfer and deliver the Preference Shares to be sold by such Seller. Upon delivery to the Buyers at the Closing of share certificates evidencing the Preference Shares being sold by such Seller, good and valid title to such Preference Shares will pass to the Buyers, free and clear of any security interests, claims, liens, equities or other encumbrances (other than those set forth in the Shareholders Agreement or the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association and those resulting from any action or inaction of a Buyer).

(d) No Conflicts . Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties in Sections 2 and 3, the execution, delivery and performance by such Seller of this Agreement and the consummation by such Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (i) result in a violation of the organizational documents of such Seller (if such Seller is an entity), (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which such Seller is a party, or (iii) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree (including federal and state securities laws) applicable to such Seller, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for such conflicts, defaults, rights or violations as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of such Seller to perform its obligations hereunder.

 

-18-


(e) Consents . Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties in Sections 2 and 3, such Seller is not required to obtain any consent, authorization or order of, or make any filing or registration with, any court, governmental agency or any regulatory or self-regulatory agency or any other Person in order for it to execute, deliver or perform any of its obligations under or contemplated by this Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement (other than (i) any consent, authorization or order that has been duly obtained as of the date hereof and (ii) any filing or registration that has been made as of the date hereof).

(f) No General Solicitation; Agent’s Fees . Such Seller has not (and if the Seller is an entity, none of its Subsidiaries have), and to the knowledge of such Seller, no affiliates of such Seller or any Person acting on its behalf, has engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with the offer or sale of the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted). Such Seller acknowledges that the Company has engaged the Agent in connection with the sale of Preference Shares by the Company and the Sellers. Other than the Agent and its affiliates, such Seller has not engaged any other placement agent, broker, finder, investment banker, financial advisor, or similar Person in connection with the sale of the Preference Shares, and no Person (other than the Agent) is entitled to any agent, financial advisory, finder’s or other fee arising from this transaction as a result of any agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into by or on behalf of such Seller. Each Seller hereby covenants to indemnify and hold harmless, severally and not jointly, the Buyers in connection with any such fees in respect of such Seller. For the purposes of this Section 4(f), the terms “Subsidiary”, “affiliates” and “Person” shall exclude the Company and its Subsidiaries.

(g) No Integrated Offering . Such Seller has not (and if the Seller is an entity, none of its Subsidiaries have), and no affiliates of such Seller or any Person acting on its behalf, including the Agent and its affiliates, has, directly or indirectly, made any offers or sales of any security or solicited any offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would require registration of the offer or sale of the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) under the Securities Act, whether through integration with prior offerings or otherwise. For the purposes of this Section 4(g), the terms “Subsidiary,” “affiliates” and “Person” shall exclude the Company and its Subsidiaries.

(h) No Side Letters . After giving effect to the Restructuring and as of the Closing Date, except for (i) this Agreement, (ii) the Voting Agreement, (iii) the Ancillary Documents, (iv) the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, by and among Michael Kors (USA), Inc., the Company, Michael D. Kors and Sportswear Holdings Limited and (v) the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, by and among Michael Kors (USA), Inc., the Company, John D. Idol and Sportswear Holdings Limited, such Seller will not be a party to any agreement with any other Seller or their respective affiliates relating to the Preference Shares or Ordinary Shares or to the governance of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

5. COVENANTS .

(a) Certain Fees and Expenses . The Company shall pay all transfer agent fees, stamp or transfer taxes and other taxes (not including income or similar taxes) and duties levied in connection with the sale and issuance of the Preference Shares to be sold by the

 

-19-


Company and each Seller. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement or as otherwise agreed between the Company and the Sellers, each party to this Agreement shall bear its own fees and expenses in connection with the sale of the Preference Shares to the Buyers (including, without limitation, each party’s legal, accounting and other expenses).

(b) General Solicitation . Prior to the Closing Date, none of the Company, the Sellers or any of their respective affiliates (as defined in Rule 501(b) under the Securities Act) or any Person acting on behalf of the Company, the Sellers or such affiliate will solicit any offer to buy or offer or sell the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Regulation D, including: (i) any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine or similar medium or on the Internet or broadcast over television or radio; and (ii) any seminar or meeting whose attendees have been invited by any general solicitation or general advertising.

(c) Integration . None of the Company, the Sellers or any of their respective affiliates (as defined in Rule 501(b) under the Securities Act) or any Person acting on behalf of the Company, the Sellers or such affiliate shall sell, offer for sale or solicit offers to buy or otherwise negotiate in respect of any security (as defined in the Securities Act) which will be integrated with the sale of the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) in a manner which would require the registration under the Securities Act of the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted), and the Company and the Sellers shall take all action that is appropriate or necessary to ensure that the Company’s offerings of other securities will not be integrated with the Offering for purposes of the Securities Act.

(d) Regulatory Filings . The Sellers, the Company and the Buyers shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the authorizations, consents, orders and approvals necessary for their execution and delivery of, and the performance of their obligations pursuant to, this Agreement. The parties hereto shall coordinate and cooperate with one another in exchanging and providing such information to each other and in making the filings and requests referred to in this Section 5(d). The parties hereto shall use commercially reasonable efforts to supply such reasonable assistance as may be reasonably requested by any other party hereto in connection with the foregoing.

(e) Public Announcement . The content and timing of any press release or other public statement in respect of the transactions contemplated hereby will be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Buyers purchasing more than 50% of the Preference Shares under this Agreement, except (i) as may be required by applicable law, regulation or legal process, (ii) in connection with any Public Offering (as such term is defined in the Shareholders Agreement), (iii) upon the request or demand of any regulatory authority (including a self-regulatory authority) having jurisdiction over a party or as may be required by the rules, regulations, schedules and forms of any securities regulatory authorities or the SEC in connection with any filings made with such authorities or the SEC, as applicable; provided , however , that in the case of clause (iii) the parties hereto will give prior notice to the other parties of the content and timing of any such press release or other public statement. For the avoidance of doubt, except as described in this Section 5(e), the Company shall not refer to any Buyer by name or use such

 

-20-


Buyer’s trademarks in any public statement without the express written consent of such Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 5(e) shall prohibit or restrict a Buyer, a Seller or the Company from disclosing the existence of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to their affiliates (provided that such disclosure shall be made only on a confidential and need-to-know basis).

(f) Option Repurchases . As promptly as practicable following the Closing, the Company shall effect the repurchases of Company Options as set forth on Section 3(k) of the Company Disclosure Letter.

(g) Conduct of the Business Pending the Closing .

(i) Except with the prior written consent of the Buyers purchasing more than 50% of the Preference Shares under this Agreement (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) and except as contemplated by the Restructuring Agreement, between the date hereof and the earlier of (A) the Closing or (B) the date, if any, on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8 (the “ Interim Period ”), the Company shall conduct the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries only in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as expressly permitted by this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 5(g)(i)) or as required by applicable law, during the Interim Period, the Company shall not (and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to) without the prior written consent of the Buyers purchasing more than 50% of the Preference Shares under this Agreement (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld):

(1) issue, sell, transfer, grant, dispose of, pledge or otherwise encumber any shares of its, capital stock, voting securities or other equity interests, or any securities or rights convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for, or evidencing the right to subscribe for any shares of its capital stock, voting securities or equity interests (other than the granting to any person any Company Option in the ordinary course of business);

(2) declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution in respect of any share of capital stock of the Company, other than dividends and distributions by wholly-owned Subsidiaries of the Company;

(3) issue, create, incur, assume, guaranty, endorse or otherwise become liable or responsible with respect to (whether directly, contingently, or otherwise), any indebtedness other than any indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice); or

(4) enter into any formal contract or agreement to license or transfer any of its or its Subsidiaries’ Intellectual Property to any Person relating to China (including without limitation Hong Kong, Macau or Taiwan), the equity interests of which are owned, directly or indirectly, by any of the Sellers or any affiliate of the Company (such person, “ Far East Holdings ”) unless any such contract or agreement that is entered into has substantially the same terms and conditions as those set forth in the term sheets attached as Exhibit D hereto. No Seller shall, directly or indirectly, enter into any agreement or transaction with the Company or its Subsidiaries which is prohibited under this Section 5(g)(ii)(4).

 

-21-


(h) Notification . From the date hereof through the Closing Date, the Company will notify each Buyer of any change, circumstance, condition, development, effect, event, fact, or result in respect of the business, operations, financial condition, results of operations, assets or liabilities of the Company or its Subsidiaries that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(i) All Reasonable Efforts . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each of the parties hereto shall use all reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all action, and do, or cause to be done, as promptly as practicable, all things necessary, proper, or advisable under applicable law to consummate and make effective as promptly as practicable the transactions contemplated hereby, including, with respect to the Company and the Sellers, the Restructuring.

(j) Additional Subscriptions . To the extent, at the Closing Date, the aggregate gross proceeds received from the Offering by the Company and the Sellers does not reach $500,000,000, the Company and the Sellers shall have until the date which is six (6) months following the Closing Date to sell additional Preference Shares to any new subscribers (the “ New Subscribers ”), so long as the aggregate gross proceeds received from the New Subscribers, together with the aggregate gross proceeds received from the Buyers at the Closing, does not exceed $500,000,000; provided , that the New Subscribers shall (i) execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Buyers purchasing more than 50% of the Preference Shares under this Agreement, and (ii) execute and deliver a joinder to the Shareholders Agreement at the closing of such subsequent offering.

(k) Far East Offering . As soon as practicable after the Closing, the Sellers shall cause Far East Holdings to deliver a written offer to invest in Far East Holdings to each Buyer (or group of Buyers that are Affiliates) whose Buyer’s Purchase Price hereunder equals or exceeds $75,000,000. The Sellers shall cause Far East Holdings to keep such offer open for 30 days after the Closing Date (or, if sooner, until such time as all such Buyers have given written notice to Far East Holdings of their acceptance or rejection of such offer), shall cause Far East Holdings to use commercially reasonable efforts to close the transactions contemplated by such offer within 45 days after the Closing Date and shall cause the terms of such investment to be substantially the same as the terms set forth in the term sheet attached as Exhibit E hereto.

6. CONDITIONS TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE SELLERS’ OBLIGATION TO SELL .

The obligations of the Company and the Sellers hereunder are subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions; provided , that these conditions are for the sole benefit of the Company and the Sellers and may be waived by the Company and all of the Sellers at any time in their sole discretion by providing each Buyer with prior written notice thereof:

(a) No injunction, restraining order or order of any nature by a governmental authority shall have been issued as of the Closing Date that would prevent or materially interfere with the consummation of the Offering or any of the transactions contemplated hereby; and no stop order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of any of the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) in any jurisdiction shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been commenced or be pending as of the Closing Date.

 

-22-


(b) Each Buyer shall have executed this Agreement and delivered the same to the Company and Sellers.

(c) Each Buyer shall have executed the Shareholders Agreement and delivered same to the Company.

(d) The Company shall have completed the Restructuring in accordance with the terms of the Restructuring Agreement (other than those actions that by their terms are to take place after the Closing in accordance with the terms of the Restructuring Agreement).

(e) The Voting and Lock-Up Agreement, in the form attached as Exhibit F hereto (the “ Voting Agreement ”), shall have been executed and delivered by the Sellers.

(f) The representations and warranties of the Buyers shall be true and correct in all material respects (except for those representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality or material adverse effect, which shall be true and correct in all respects) as of the date hereof (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date, which shall be true and correct as of such specified date), and the Buyers shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by the Buyers at or prior to the Closing Date.

7. CONDITIONS TO EACH BUYER’S OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE .

The obligation of each Buyer hereunder to purchase the Preference Shares at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions; provided , that these conditions are for each Buyer’s sole benefit and may be waived by such Buyer at any time in its sole discretion by providing the Company and the Sellers with prior written notice thereof; provided , further , that the obligation of any Buyer to purchase Preference Shares at the Closing shall not be conditioned upon any other Buyer purchasing Preference Shares at the Closing:

(a) No injunction, restraining order or order of any nature by a governmental authority shall have been issued as of the Closing Date that would prevent or materially interfere with the consummation of the Offering or any of the transactions contemplated hereby; and no stop order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of any of the Preference Shares (and the Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares may be converted) in any jurisdiction shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been commenced or be pending as of the Closing Date.

 

-23-


(b) This Agreement shall have been executed and delivered by the Company and each of the Sellers, and each Buyer shall have received a copy of this Agreement executed by the Company and each of the Sellers.

(c) The Shareholders Agreement shall have been executed and delivered by the Company and each of the Sellers, and each Buyer shall have received a copy of the Shareholders Agreement executed by the Company and each of the Sellers.

(d) The Company shall have completed the Restructuring in accordance with the terms of the Restructuring Agreement (other than those actions that by their terms are to take place after the Closing in accordance with the terms of the Restructuring Agreement).

(e) The Buyers shall have received on the Closing Date:

(i) a certificate, dated the Closing Date, executed by the Secretary of the Company, certifying and, if applicable, having attached thereto (x) the resolutions consistent with Section 3(c) as adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors, (y) the Company’s Memorandum & Articles of Association, each as in effect at the Closing and (z) to the effect that the condition set forth in Section 7(d) has been satisfied;

(ii) the opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, counsel to the Company, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit G attached hereto; and

(iii) the opinion of British Virgin Island counsel to the Company, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit H attached hereto.

(f) The representations and warranties of the Company shall be true and correct in all material respects (except for those representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, which shall be true and correct in all respects) as of the date hereof and, to the extent that the Closing shall not have occurred prior to July 13, 2011, as of the date of the Closing (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date, which shall be true and correct as of such specified date), and the Company and the Sellers shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by them at or prior to the Closing Date.

(g) The representations and warranties of the Sellers shall be true and correct in all material respects (except for those representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, which shall be true and correct in all respects) as of the date hereof and as of Closing (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct as of such specified date).

(h) Since April 2, 2011, there shall not have occurred any event, circumstance, condition, fact or other matter that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided , however , that if the Closing shall occur prior to July 13, 2011, the condition set forth in this Section 7(h) shall be deemed satisfied.

 

-24-


8. TERMINATION .

This Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated hereby abandoned at any time prior to the Closing Date by either (i) the Company, (ii) Sellers holding in the aggregate greater than 50% of the Preference Shares to be sold by the Sellers under this Agreement, or (iii) Buyers purchasing more than 50% of the Preference Shares to be purchased by the Buyers under this Agreement, by delivery of written notice to the other parties hereto of such termination and abandonment, if the Closing shall not have been consummated thirty (30) days from the date hereof (the “ Walk-Away Date ”), provided , however , that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 8 shall not be available to a party or parties if the failure of the transactions to have been consummated on or before the Walk-Away Date was primarily due to the failure of such party or parties to perform any of its or their obligations under this Agreement.

9. INDEMNIFICATION .

(a) Indemnification .

(i) Indemnification by the Company . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Section 9, from and after the Closing Date, the Company hereby covenants and agrees to indemnify each Buyer from, and hold such Buyer harmless against, any and all losses, claims, liabilities, obligations, deficiencies, demands, judgments, damages (including any diminution in value), interest, fines, penalties, claims, suits, actions, causes of action, assessments, awards and costs of any kind or nature whatsoever, whether or not related to a Third Party Claim (as defined herein) (collectively, “ Losses ”) that may be incurred by such Buyer or asserted against or involve such Buyer as a result of any breach of any of the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 3. The calculation of any Losses to any Buyer pursuant to the previous sentence shall directly take into account the fact that such Losses are being paid by the Company and such Buyer has an equity ownership in the Company, by including an additional amount (the “ Gross-Up Amount ”) equal to (A) the amount of such Losses to be paid by the Company, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of Ordinary Shares then held by such Buyer (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) and the denominator is the excess of (x) the total number of Ordinary Shares then outstanding (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) over (y) the total number of Ordinary Shares then held by such Buyer (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares).

(ii) Indemnification by the Sellers . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Section 9, from and after the Closing Date, each Seller, on a several and not joint and several basis, hereby covenants and agrees to indemnify each Buyer from, and hold each of them harmless against, any and all Losses that may be incurred by such Buyer or asserted against or involve such Buyer as a result of any breach of any of the representations and warranties of such Seller set forth in Section 4.

(iii) Indemnification by the Buyers . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Section 9, from and after the Closing Date, each Buyer, on a several and not joint and several basis, hereby covenants and agrees to indemnify the Company and each Seller

 

-25-


from, and hold each of them harmless against, any and all Losses that may be incurred by any of them or asserted against or involve any of them as a result of any breach of any of the representations and warranties of such Buyer set forth in Section 2.

(iv) For purposes of this Section 9, any qualification of the representations and warranties (other than the representations and warranties contained in clause (y) of Section 3(j)) by reference to materiality or Material Adverse Effect relating to the matters stated therein, or words of similar effect, shall be disregarded in determining any breach thereof or inaccuracy therein and the amount of any Losses arising therefrom. Any Losses payable pursuant to this Section 9 shall be paid exclusively in cash.

(b) Indemnification Procedures .

(i) Any Person that may be entitled to be indemnified under this Section 9 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall promptly, and in any event within thirty (30) days, notify the party or parties liable for such indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing of any pending or threatened claim that the Indemnified Party has determined has given or would reasonably be expected to give rise to a right of indemnification under this Section 9 (a “ Claim ”) (including a pending or threatened Claim (in either case, in writing) asserted by a third party against the Indemnified Party, such claim being a “ Third Party Claim ”), describing in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances with respect to the subject matter of such Claim, including the amount of such Claim and the representation or warranty alleged to have been breached or inaccurate (such notice, a “ Claim Notice ”); provided , however , that the failure to provide such Claim Notice shall not release the Indemnifying Party from any of its obligations under this Section 9 except to the extent the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced by such failure, it being agreed that notices for Claims in respect of a breach of a representation or warranty must be delivered prior to the expiration of any applicable survival period specified in Section 9(c)(i) for such representation or warranty.

(ii) Upon receipt of a notice of a Third Party Claim for indemnification from an Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 9(b)(i), the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled, by notice to the Indemnified Party delivered within thirty (30) days of the receipt of notice of such Third Party Claim, to assume the defense and control of such Third Party Claim; provided , that the Indemnifying Party shall allow the Indemnified Party a reasonable opportunity to participate in the defense of such Third Party Claim with its own counsel and at the Indemnified Party’s own expense. The Indemnified Party may take any actions reasonably necessary to avoid material prejudice to defend such Third Party Claim prior to the time that it receives notice from the Indemnifying Party as contemplated by the preceding sentence. If the Indemnifying Party does not assume the defense and control of any Third Party Claim pursuant to this Section 9(b)(ii), the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to control such defense and the Indemnifying Party shall pay (in addition to any other Losses) the reasonable and documented out of pocket fees and expenses of one (1) legal counsel to the Indemnified Party incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection therewith, which fees and expenses shall not be considered “Losses” for purposes of this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party may nonetheless participate in the defense of such Third Party Claim with its own counsel and at the Indemnifying Party’s own expense.

 

-26-


(iii) Each Indemnified Party shall, and shall cause each of its affiliates and representatives to, reasonably cooperate with the Indemnifying Party in the defense of any Third Party Claim, including by furnishing books and records, personnel and witnesses, as appropriate for any defense of such Third Party Claim, in each case at no cost to the Indemnifying Party. If the Indemnifying Party shall have assumed the defense and control of a Third Party Claim, it shall be authorized to consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any Third Party Claim, in its sole discretion and without the consent of any Indemnified Party; provided , that such settlement or judgment does not involve any injunctive relief or finding or admission of any violation of any law or admission of any wrongdoing by the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall (A) pay or cause to be paid all amounts in such settlement or judgment, (B) not encumber any of the assets of any Indemnified Party or the Company, or any of its Subsidiaries or agree to any restriction or condition that would apply to or adversely affect any Indemnified Party or the Company, or any of its Subsidiaries or the conduct of any Indemnified Party’s or the Company’s, or any of its Subsidiaries’ respective businesses and (C) obtain, as a condition of any settlement or other resolution, a complete, unconditional and irrevocable release of any Indemnified Party potentially affected by such Third Party Claim. The Indemnified Party shall not consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement or compromise with respect to a Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party.

(iv) The Indemnifying Party may, within 30 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Party of a Claim Notice not involving a Third Party Claim, deliver to the Indemnified Party a written response disputing such Claim. If no such written response is received by the Indemnified Party within such 30-day period, then such claim for indemnification shall be conclusive against the Indemnifying Party. If the Indemnifying Party in such written response contests the payment of the Claim, then the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall use good faith efforts to arrive at a mutually acceptable resolution of such dispute within the next 30 days. If a mutually acceptable resolution cannot be reached between the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party within such 30-day period, then the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party may thereupon proceed to pursue any and all available remedies at law.

(c) Survival; Limitations on Liability .

(i) Survival . Unless this Agreement is terminated under Section 8, the representations and warranties of the Buyers, the Company and the Sellers contained in Sections 2, 3 and 4 shall survive the Closing until the later of (x) eighteen (18) months following the Closing Date and (y) thirty (30) days following the delivery of the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended April 2, 2012; provided , that (A) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 3(a), 3(b), 3(c), 3(d) and 3(k) (the “ Company Fundamental Representations ”), (B) the representations and warranties of the Sellers in Section 4(a), 4(b) and 4(c) (the “ Seller Fundamental Representations ”) and (C) the representations and warranties of the Buyers in Section 2(a), 2(b), 2(c) and 2(d) (the “ Buyer Fundamental Representations ”) shall, in each case, survive the Closing until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations. The Company and each Buyer and Seller shall be responsible only for its own representations and warranties hereunder. With respect to any claim for a breach of a representation or warranty of the Company in

 

-27-


Section 3 (including any claim by any Buyer alleging a diminution of the value of the Company), the parties hereto agree that all relevant factors should be considered by a court of competent jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the ownership percentage interest of the Buyers in the Company, in determining the amount of losses or damages from such breach. In addition, the Company and the Sellers acknowledge that (i) the Buyers are purchasing $500,000,000 of Preference Shares, (ii) the Company is only directly receiving approximately $10,000,000 of the aggregate purchase price hereunder, (iii) the Sellers are receiving approximately $490,000,000 of the aggregate purchase price hereunder, (iv) the losses or damages to the Buyers from a breach of a representation or warranty of the Company in Section 3 herein could be in excess of $10,000,000 and (v) each Seller would indirectly bear its pro rata portion of any amount that the Company pays to the Buyers due to such Seller’s ownership interest in the Company solely as a result of the possible decline in the value of such Seller’s ownership interest in the Company in the event that the Company must pay such losses or damages.

(ii) Cap . Except for indemnifiable Losses in respect of any inaccuracy in or breach of a Company Fundamental Representation, the maximum aggregate amount of indemnifiable Losses payable by the Company under Section 9(a)(i) to the Buyers in respect of all Claims made thereunder (including the Gross-Up Amount) shall not exceed 50% of the aggregate purchase price paid by the Buyers for the Preference Shares in the Offering. Except for indemnifiable Losses in respect of any inaccuracy in or breach of a Seller Fundamental Representation, the maximum aggregate amount of indemnifiable Losses payable by any Seller under Section 9(a)(ii) to the Buyers in respect of all Claims made thereunder shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate net proceeds received by such Seller under this Agreement. Except for indemnifiable Losses in respect of any inaccuracy in or breach of a Buyer Fundamental Representation, the maximum aggregate amount of indemnifiable Losses payable by any Buyer under Section 9(a)(iii) to the Company and the Sellers in respect of all Claims made thereunder shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of such Buyer’s Purchase Price.

(iii) Deductible . Excluding any right to indemnification for Losses claimed under Section 9(a)(i) for a breach by the Company of Section 3(d) or 3(k), no Buyer shall be entitled to indemnification for Losses claimed under Section 9(a)(i) unless and until the aggregate amount of such Losses of each such Buyer in respect of such Claims exceeds 1% of such Buyer’s investment amount (the “ Company Deductible ”), and, in such case, the Company’s liability shall only be for the amount of such Buyer’s losses in excess of the Company Deductible. Excluding any right to indemnification for Losses claimed under Section 9(a)(ii) for a breach by a Seller of Section 4(d), no Buyer shall be entitled to indemnification for Losses claimed under Section 9(a)(ii) unless and until the aggregate amount of such Losses of each such Buyer in respect of such Claims exceeds 1% of such Buyer’s investment amount (the “ Seller Deductible ”), and, in such case, such Seller’s liability shall only be for the amount of such Buyer’s losses in excess of the Buyer Deductible. Neither the Company nor any Seller shall be entitled to indemnification for Losses claimed under Section 9(a)(iii) unless and until the aggregate amount of such Losses of the Company or any Seller in respect of such Claims exceeds 1% of such Buyer’s investment amount (the “ Buyer Deductible ”), and, in such case, any such Buyer’s liability shall only be for the amount of the Company or any such Seller’s losses in excess of the Buyer Deductible. Each Buyer also agrees that if such Buyer intends to bring a claim for a breach of any representation or covenant in this Agreement then such Buyer

 

-28-


shall provide written notice to each other Buyer and shall give each other Buyer until the earlier of (A) the expiration of the survival period to bring a claim against the Company or the Sellers or (B) ten (10) business days after delivery of such notice, to make an election in writing to participate in such claim.

(iv) Other Limitations . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (A) no Indemnified Party shall make an indemnification claim hereunder for Losses for which written notice of the underlying claim was not duly delivered to the Indemnifying Party within the applicable time limitation set forth in Section 9(b)(i), (B) an Indemnified Party shall only be entitled to indemnification for Losses that are quantifiable and (C) in no event shall any Indemnifying Party have any liability to an Indemnified Party for any punitive, indirect or consequential damages (to the extent such consequential damages are not reasonably foreseeable on the date hereof to result from the breach in question), or damages measured based on loss of business opportunity or reputation (unless such damages are paid in a Third Party Claim) other than an equitable claim for an injunction or specific performance. After the Closing, the rights of the Indemnified Parties under this Section 9 shall be the sole and exclusive remedies of the Indemnified Parties with respect to Claims under this Agreement.

(d) Mitigation .

(i) Each Indemnified Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate any Losses after becoming aware of any event which could reasonably be expected to give rise to any Losses that are indemnifiable hereunder. The amount of any Losses for which indemnification is provided under this Section 9 shall be (A) calculated net of any tax benefit actually realized in the year of such Loss by any Indemnified Party by reason of such Loss and (B) reduced by any amounts actually recovered by any Indemnified Party under any (x) indemnification or other recovery under any contract, agreement or arrangement between any Indemnified Party and any third Person and (y) insurance policies with respect to such indemnification claim (each source named in clauses (x) and (y) of this Section 9(e)(i), a “ Collateral Source ”)). An Indemnified Party shall pursue any claims against all Collateral Sources; provided , that such Indemnified Party shall nevertheless be entitled to bring a claim for indemnification under this Section 9 in respect of such Losses.

(ii) If an Indemnified Party has received the payment required under this Section 9 from an Indemnifying Party in respect of any Losses and later receives proceeds from insurance or other payments from a Collateral Source in respect of the same Losses, then such Indemnified Party shall hold such proceeds or other similar amounts in trust for the benefit of the Indemnifying Party and shall pay to such Indemnifying Party, within 30 days after receipt, an amount equal to the excess of (A) the amount previously received by such Indemnified Party under this Section 9, plus the amount of the insurance payments or other recoveries from such Collateral Source actually received by such Indemnified Party (net of any expenses reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Party in collecting such amounts, including any deductible amounts, reasonable and documented attorney’s fees and increase in insurance premiums), over (B) the amount of Losses with respect to such claim which such Indemnified Party incurred, regardless of whether such Indemnified Party has become entitled to receive an indemnity payment under this Section 9. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, it is the intention of the parties hereto that no Collateral Source shall be (x) entitled to a benefit it would not be entitled to receive in the absence of the foregoing indemnification provisions, or (y) relieved of the responsibility to pay any claims for which it is obligated.

 

-29-


10. MISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related thereto, the relationship of the parties, and/or the interpretation and enforcement of the rights and duties of the parties, whether arising in law or in equity, in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to its rules regarding conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

(b) Submission to Jurisdiction; Service . Each party to this Agreement (i) irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the personal jurisdiction of the federal courts of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or any New York State Court sitting in New York City, (ii) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court, (iii) agrees that any actions or proceedings arising in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be brought, tried and determined only in such courts, (iv) waives any claim of improper venue or any claim that those courts are an inconvenient forum and (v) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other than the aforesaid courts. The parties to this Agreement agree that mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such action or proceeding in the manner provided in Section 10(h) or in such other manner as may be permitted by applicable law, shall be valid and sufficient service thereof.

(c) Waiver of Jury Trial . Each party acknowledges and agrees that any controversy which may arise under this Agreement is likely to involve complicated and difficult issues and, therefore, each such party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any legal action directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each party to this Agreement certifies and acknowledges that (i) no other party to this Agreement or any of its representatives have represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not seek to enforce the foregoing waiver in the event of a legal action, (ii) such party has considered and understands the implications of this waiver, (iii) such party makes this waiver voluntarily and (iv) such party has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 10(c).

(d) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more identical counterparts or by signatures in PDF format transmitted electronically, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other parties; provided , that a facsimile or PDF signature shall be considered due execution and shall be binding upon the signatory thereto with the same force and effect as if the signature were an original, not a facsimile or PDF signature transmitted electronically.

 

-30-


(e) Headings . The headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference and shall not form part of, or affect the interpretation of, this Agreement.

(f) Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in that jurisdiction or the validity or enforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.

(g) Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement supersede all other prior oral or written agreements between the Buyers, the Company, the Sellers, their affiliates and Persons acting on their behalf with respect to the matters discussed herein, and this Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement and the instruments referenced herein and therein contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the matters covered herein and therein and, except as specifically set forth herein or therein, none of the Company, the Sellers, or any Buyer makes any representation, warranty, covenant or undertaking with respect to such matters. No provision of this Agreement may be amended other than by an instrument in writing signed by the Company, the Sellers and the Buyers. No provision hereof may be waived other than by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.

(h) Notices . Any notices, consents, waivers or other communications required or permitted to be given under the terms of this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been delivered: (i) upon receipt, when delivered personally; (ii) upon receipt, when sent by facsimile ( provided , that confirmation of transmission is mechanically or electronically generated and kept on file by the sending party); or (iii) one (1) business day after deposit with an overnight courier service, in each case properly addressed to the party to receive the same. The addresses, and facsimile numbers for such communications shall be:

if to the Company:

Michael Kors Holdings Limited

c/o Michael Kors (USA), Inc.

11 West 42 nd Street, 21 st Floor

New York, New York 10036

Attention: John Idol

Fax: 646-354-4826

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019-6064

Attention: John C. Kennedy

Fax: 212-757-3990

 

-31-


if to the Sellers:

if to SHL Fashion Limited and SHL – Kors Limited to:

c/o Michael Kors (USA), Inc.

11 West 42nd Street, 21st Floor

New York, NY 10036

Fax No: (646) 354-4826

Attention: John Idol

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

SHL Investment Group (USA), Inc.

11 West 42nd Street, 21st Floor

New York, NY 10036

Fax No: (646) 354-4842

Attention: Gary I. Sheff

if to Michael Kors to:

Mr. Michael Kors

65 West 13th Street, #11D

New York, NY 10011

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

Patterson Belknap Webb & Tyler LLP

1133 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036-6731

Fax No: (212) 336-2222

Attention: Peter Schaeffer

if to Sportswear Holdings Limited to:

c/o Sportswear Holdings Limited

12/F, Novel Industrial Building

850-870 Lai Chi Kok Road

Cheung Sha Wan, Kowloon, Hong Kong

Fax No: +852-2310-1841

Attention: Oliver Chu

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

SHL Investment Group (USA), Inc.

11 West 42nd Street, 21st Floor

New York, NY 10036

Fax No: (646) 354-4842

Attention: Gary I. Sheff

 

-32-


if to Littlestone to:

c/o Zenobia Management S.A.

Grand Rue 114

P.O. Box 1459

1820 Montreux, Switzerland

Fax No: + 41-21-966-5249

Attention: Farouk Abdullah

if to Northcroft Trading Inc. to:

2 Bd Georges - Favon

CH-1204 Geneva

Switzerland

Fax No: + 41-22-781-4711

Attention: Arturo Fasana

if to Vax Trading, Inc. to:

c/o MAO Financial Services S.A.

1, rue Etienne-Dumont

1204 Geneva, Switzerland

Fax No: + 41-22-818-6168

Attention: Michel Clemence

if to OB Kors LLC to:

c/o Orca Bay Capital Corp.

1301 First Avenue, Suite 200

Seattle, WA 98101

Fax No: (206) 689-2404

Attention: Bryon Madsen

if to John Idol to:

Mr. John D. Idol

225 Elderfields Road

Manhasset, NY 11030

Fax No: (516) 365-6872

if to the John Muse, Muse Children’s GS Trust, Muse Family Enterprises and JRM Interim Investors, LP to:

c/o Hicks, Muse, Tate & Furst Incorporated

200 Crescent Court, Suite 600

Dallas, TX 75201

Fax No: (214) 740-7313

Attention: Linda Ehlers

 

-33-


if to a Buyer, to its address or facsimile number set forth below such Buyer’s signature on the signature pages hereto (with a copy, which shall not constitute notice hereunder, to such Buyer’s representatives set forth below such Buyer’s signature on the signature pages hereto);

or to such other address and/or facsimile number and/or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by written notice given to each other party five (5) days prior to the effectiveness of such change. Written confirmation of receipt (A) given by the recipient of such notice, consent, waiver or other communication, (B) mechanically or electronically generated by the sender’s facsimile machine containing the time, date, recipient facsimile number and an image of the first page of such transmission or (C) provided by an overnight courier service shall be rebuttable evidence of personal service, receipt by facsimile or receipt from an overnight courier service in accordance with clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, respectively.

(i) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns; provided , that no party shall assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto.

(j) No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other Person, except that the Agent may rely upon the representations and warranties contained in Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof.

(k) No Recourse . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, each party hereto agrees that neither it nor any person acting on its or their behalf may assert any claim or cause of action against any officer, director, stockholder, controlling person, manager, member, partner, employer, agent, representative, or affiliate of any other party or such party’s officers, directors, stockholders, controlling persons, managers, members, partners, employees, agents, or representatives in connection with, arising out of, or relating to this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 10(k) shall be construed to alter or affect the rights of any party hereto against any other party hereto arising out of this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(l) Further Assurances . From the date hereof until the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8, each party shall do and perform, or cause to be done and performed, all such further acts and things, and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents, as any other party may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each party shall, on or prior to the Closing Date, use its commercially reasonable efforts to fulfill or obtain the fulfillment of the conditions precedent to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including the execution and delivery of any agreements, certificates, instruments or documents that are reasonably required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

-34-


(m) No Strict Construction . The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party.

(n) Independent Nature of Obligations and Rights of the Parties . The obligations of each party to this Agreement is several and not joint with the obligations of any other party to this Agreement, and no party to this Agreement shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other party to this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no action taken by any party to this Agreement pursuant hereto or any other action taken in connection with the transaction hereby, shall be deemed to constitute the Buyers collectively, the Sellers collectively or the Sellers and the Company together as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that such parties are in any way acting in concert or as a group, and each party to this Agreement acknowledges the foregoing and agrees not to assert any such claim with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges and confirms that it has independently participated in the negotiation of the transaction contemplated hereby with the advice of its own counsel and advisors. Each party to this Agreement shall be entitled to independently protect and enforce its rights, including, without limitation, the rights arising out of this Agreement, and it shall not be necessary for any other party to this Agreement to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 10(n) shall be construed to alter or affect the closing condition set forth in Section 6(a) hereof.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

-35-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Buyers, the Company and the Sellers have caused its respective signature page to this Subscription Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ John D. Idol

  Name:
  Title:

Signature Page to Subscription Agreement


SPORTSWEAR HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Silas K. F. Chou

  Name: Silas K. F. Chou
  Title: Director

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


/s/ Michael Kors

MICHAEL KORS

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


/s/ John D. Idol

JOHN IDOL

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


LITTLESTONE
By:  

/s/ John Pickles

  Name: John Pickles
  Title: Director

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


NORTHCROFT TRADING INC.
By:  

/s/ Arturo Fasana

  Name: Arturo Fasana
  Title: President

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


VAX TRADING, INC.
By:  

/s/ Dominique Warluzel

  Name: Dominique Warluzel
  Title: Director

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


OB KORS LLC
By:  

/s/ Bryon R. Madsen

  Name:   Bryon R. Madsen
  Title:   Vice-President Orca Bay Capital Corporation, its Manager

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


/s/ John R. Muse

JOHN MUSE

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


MUSE CHILDREN’S GS TRUST
By:  

/s/ Linda L. Ehlers

  Name: Linda L. Ehlers
  Title: Co-Trustee

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


JRM INTERIM INVESTORS, LP
By:  

/s/ John R. Muse

  Name:   John R. Muse
  Title:   President of JRM Management Company, LLC, its GP

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


MUSE FAMILY ENTERPRISES
By:  

/s/ John R. Muse

  Name:   John R. Muse
  Title:   President of JRM Management Company, LLC, its GP

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


MKFF INVESTORS LLC
By:  

/s/ Joel J. Horowitz

  Name:
  Title:

 

No. of Preferred Shares Being Purchased:   

944,536

  
Buyer’s Purchase Price:   

$43,499,989.25

  
Jurisdiction of Residency:   

 

  
Notice to be sent to:   
 

525 Highway 50

  
 

P.O. Box 10358

  
 

Zephyr Cove, NV 89448

  
Attention:  

 

  
Facsimile no.:  

 

  
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:   

 

  

 

  

 

  
Attention:  

 

  
Facsimile no.:  

 

  

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


FEINBERG FAMILY TRUST
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Feinberg

  Name: Jeffrey Feinburg
  Title: Trustee
By:  

/s/ Stacey Feinberg

  Name: Stacey Feinberg
  Title: Trustee
No. of Preferred Shares Being Purchased:   

108568

  
Buyer’s Purchase Price:   

$4,999,975.47

  
Jurisdiction of Residency:   

CA, USA

  
Notice to be sent to:   
 

25220 Walker Road

  
 

Hidden Hills, CA 91302

  
 

 

  
Attention:  

Jeffrey Feinberg

  
Facsimile no.:  

818-914-6159

  
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:   

 

  

 

  

 

  
Attention:  

 

  
Facsimile no.:  

 

  

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


JEFFREY L. FEINBERG FAMILY TRUST
By:  

/s/ Terence Ankner

  Name: Terence Ankner
  Title: Trustee

 

No. of Preferred Shares Being Purchased:   

21714

  
Buyer’s Purchase Price:   

$1,000,013.52

  
Jurisdiction of Residency:   

 

  
Notice to be sent to:   
 

Terence K. Ankner, Trustee

  
 

Partridge Ankner + Horstmann, LLP

  
 

200 Berkeley Street, 16th Floor

  
 

Boston, MA 02116

  
Attention:  

 

  
Facsimile no.:  

617-859-9998

  
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:   

 

Jeffrey L. Feinberg

  

25220 Walker Rd.

  

Hidden Hills, CA 91302

  
Attention:  

 

  
Facsimile no.:  

 

  

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


KEC HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Citron

  Name: Jeffrey Citron
  Title: Managing Member

 

No. of Preferred Shares Being Purchased:   

130282

  
Buyer’s Purchase Price:   

$5,999,988.99

  
Jurisdiction of Residency:   

NJ

  
Notice to be sent to:   
 

KEC Holdings LLC

  
 

2317 Route 34, Suite 2B

  
 

Manasquan, NJ 08736

  
Attention:  

Jeffrey Citron

  
Facsimile no.:  

732 8170292

  
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:   

 

Morgan Stanley Smith Barney

  

100 Tower Bridge, 100Front St. Suite 600

  

West Conshohocken, PA 19428

  
Attention:  

Anthony J DiValerialr

  
Facsimile no.:  

610-260-7056

  

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


POWERS TRUST
By:  

/s/ William C. Powers

  Name: William C. Powers
  Title: Trustee
By:  

/s/ Carolyn C. Powers

  Name: Carolyn C Powers
  Title: Trustee

 

No. of Preferred Shares

Being Purchased:

  

108568

        
Buyer’s Purchase Price:   

$4,999,975.47

        
Jurisdiction of Residency:   

CA, USA

        
Notice to be sent to:       Shares Delivered TO:   
 

Home: 2012 The Strand

      Morgan Stanley PWM   
 

Manhattan Beach, CA 90266

emails: wcp@thestrandpartners.com

     

522 Fifth Avenue, 10th Fl

New York, NY 10036

  
 

             ccpowers@beachpowers.com

      Attn: James Roddy   
Attention:  

 

      FFC acct #: 04-h0kr2-Powers Trust   
Facsimile no.:  

 

        
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:   

Interested Party: Alan Markle

      Interested Party:   

101 Larkspur Landing Circle, Ste 200

      ICG Advisors, LLC   

Larkspur, CA 94939

      11111 Santa Monica Blvd., Suite 2100

          amarkle@wmshb.com

      Los Angeles, CA 90025   
Attention:  

415-925-1120 x103

     

Attn: Jeremy Chused

jchused@legaladvisors.com

  
Facsimile no.:  

 

      Ph: 424-270-8909   

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


FLAT PLUS LLC
By:  

/s/ Virginia Gilder

  Name: Virginia Gilder
  Title: Manager

 

No. of Preferred Shares Being Purchased:   

97712

  
Buyer’s Purchase Price:   

$4,500,014.77

  
Jurisdiction of Residency:   

WA

  
Notice to be sent to:   
 

MSSB

  
 

399 Park Avenue, 12th Floor

  
 

NY, NY 10022

  
Attention:  

Mark Miller

  
Facsimile no.:  

212-893-6301

  
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:   

Gilder Office PW Graith

  

1836 Westlake N. Ste 302

  

Seattle, WA 98109

  
Attention:  

V. Gilder

  
Facsimile no.:  

206.283.0616

  

[ Signature Page to Subscription Agreement ]


FIDELITY SECURITIES FUND: FIDELITY BLUE CHIP GROWTH FUND
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Christian

Name:

Title:

 

No. of Preferred Shares Being Purchased:   

325,704

  
Buyer’s Purchase Price:   

$14,999,926.42

  
Jurisdiction of Residency:   

 

  
Notice to be sent to:   
 

CITIBANK NA

  
 

399 Park Avenue, Level B Vault

  
 

New York, NY 10022

  
Attention:  

 

  
Facsimile no.:  

 

  

Reference

Internal

    

Account no.:

 

849453

  
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:   

 

  

 

  

 

  
Attention:  

 

  
Facsimile no.:  

 

  

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


FIDELITY FINANCIAL TRUST:

FIDELITY INDEPENDENCE FUND

By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Christian

  Name:
  Title:

 

No. of Preference Shares Being Purchased:   

184,570

  
Buyer’s Purchase Price:   

$8,500,160.94

  
Jurisdiction of Residency:   

 

  
Notice to be sent to:   
 

The Northern Trust Company of New York

  
 

Harborside Financial Center 10

  
 

Suite 1401

  
 

3 Second Street

  
 

Jersey City, NJ 07311

  
Attention:  

 

  
Facsimile no.:  

 

  

a/c no.:

 

26-68301

  
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:   

 

  

 

  
Attention:  

 

  
Facsimile no.:  

 

  

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUNDS V: ASSET MANAGER: GROWTH PORTFOLIO
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Christian

  Name:
  Title:

 

No. of Preference Shares Being Purchased:   

5,430

  
Buyer’s Purchase Price:   

$250,072.46

  
Jurisdiction of Residency:   

 

  
Notice to be sent to:   
 

JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A.

  
 

4 Chase Metrotech Center

  
 

1st Floor, Window 5

Brooklyn, NY 11245-0001

  
Attention:  

Physical Receive Department

  
Facsimile no.:  

 

  

Internal a/c no.:

 

P87356

  
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  
Attention:  

 

  
Facsimile no.:  

 

  

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUNDS V: ASSET MANAGER PORTFOLIO
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Christian

  Name:
  Title:

 

No. of Preference Shares Being Purchased:   

27,140

  
Buyer’s Purchase Price:   

$1,249,901.76

  
Jurisdiction of Residency:   

 

  
Notice to be sent to:   
 

JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A.

  
 

4 Chase Metrotech Center

  
 

1st Floor, Window 5

Brooklyn, NY 11245-0001

  
Attention:  

Physical Receive Department

  
Facsimile no.:  

 

  

Internal a/c no.:

 

P87360

  
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:   

 

  

 

  

 

  
Attention:  

 

  
Facsimile no.:  

 

  

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


FIDELITY PURITAN TRUST:

FIDELITY PURITAN FUND

By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Christian

  Name:
  Title:

 

No. of Preference Shares Being Purchased:   

651,410

  
Buyer’s Purchase Price:   

$29,999,944.94

  
Jurisdiction of Residency:   

 

  
Notice to be sent to:   
 

JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A.

  
 

4 Chase Metrotech Center

  
 

1st Floor, Window 5

Brooklyn, NY 11245-0001

  
Attention:  

Physical Receive Department

  
Facsimile no.:  

 

  

a/c no.:

 

P 87887

  
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:   

 

  

 

  

 

  
Attention:  

 

  
Facsimile no.:  

 

  

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


FIDELITY MT. VERNON STREET

TRUST: FIDELITY GROWTH

COMPANY FUND

By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Christian

  Name:
  Title:

 

No. of Preference Shares Being

Purchased:

  

434,274

  
Buyer’s Purchase Price:   

$19,999,994.00

  
Jurisdiction of Residency:   

 

  
Notice to be sent to:   
 

CITIBANK NA

  
 

399 Park Avenue, Level B Vault

  
 

New York, NY 10022

  
Attention:  

 

  
Facsimile no.:  

 

  

Reference

Internal

  
Account no.:  

206681

  

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

 

  

 

  

 

  
Attention:  

 

  
Facsimile no.:  

 

  

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


   T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.
   As Investment Adviser to and on behalf of the Participating Funds and Accounts on Attachment A:
       T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Fund, Inc.
       T. Rowe Price Institutional Mid-Cap Equity Growth Fund
       T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio
       T. Rowe Price U.S. Equities Trust
       Maxim Series Fund, Inc. – Maxim / T. Rowe Price MidCap
       Growth Portfolio
       TD Mutual Funds – TD U.S. Mid-Cap Growth Fund
       MassMutual Select Funds –MassMutual Select Mid Cap Growth
    Equity II Fund
       MML Series Investment Fund – MML Mid Cap Growth Fund
       State of California – Savings Plus Program
       Met Investors Series Trust – T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth Portfolio
       JNL Series Trust – JNL / T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Fund
       By:   

/s/ Brian W. H. Berghuis

       Name:   

Brian W. H. Berghuis

       Title:   

Vice President

       Notice to be sent to:
  

    T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.

    100 East Pratt Street

    Baltimore, Maryland 21202

  

    Attn: Andrew Baek, Vice President and Senior Legal Counsel

    Phone: 410-345-2090

    Fax: 410-345-6575

       E-mail: andrew_baek@troweprice.com
       Jurisdiction of Residency:
       T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.: Maryland

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.

As Investment Adviser to and on behalf of the

Participating Funds and Accounts on Attachment A:

    T. Rowe Price New Horizons Fund, Inc.
    T. Rowe Price New Horizons Trust
    T. Rowe Price U.S. Equities Trust
By:  

/s/ David Wagner

Name:  

David Wagner

Title:  

Vice President

Notice to be sent to:

T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.

100 East Pratt Street

Baltimore, Maryland 21202

Attn: Andrew Baek, Vice President and Senior Legal Counsel

Phone: 410-345-2090

Fax: 410-345-6575

E-mail: andrew_baek@troweprice.com
Jurisdiction of Residency:
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.: Maryland

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


   T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.
   As Investment Adviser to and on behalf of the Participating Funds and Accounts on Attachment A:
       T. Rowe Price Diversified Mid-Cap Growth Fund, Inc.
       The Bunting Family III, LLC
       Seasons Series Trust – Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio
       The Bunting Family VI Socially Responsible LLC
  

Lincoln Variable Insurance Products Trust – LVIP T. Rowe Price Structured Mid Cap Growth Portfolio

       ING Partners, Inc. – ING T. Rowe Price Diversified Mid Cap
       Growth Portfolio
       T. Rowe Price Tax-Efficient Equity Fund
       By:   

/s/ Donald Peters

       Name:   

Donald Peters

       Title:   

Vice President

       Notice to be sent to:
  

    T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.

    100 East Pratt Street

    Baltimore, Maryland 21202

  

    Attn: Andrew Baek, Vice President and Senior Legal Counsel

    Phone: 410-345-2090

    Fax: 410-345-6575

       E-mail: andrew_baek@troweprice.com
       Jurisdiction of Residency:
       T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.: Maryland


T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC. – SCHEDULE “A” – MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

REGISTER SHARES IN NOMINEE NAME.                                                 $ 46.053860 Cost/Share

 

TRPA

Internal

Account Number

 

Fund Name

 

Federal

Tax ID #

 

Registration Name
(if

Different) - Shares

will be Registered
in

Nominee Name

 

Nominee

Tax ID #

 

No. of

Shares

 

Cost

 

Physical Delivery Instructions

7057

  T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Fund, Inc.   52-1784828   BARNACLESAIL & CO.   04-3145823   1,109,739   $51,107,764.54  

State Street Bank

New York Settlements

DTC/NY Window

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

Attn: Robert Mendez

Account: State Street

Fund - T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Fund

Fund #7057

70F5

  T. Rowe Price Institutional Mid-Cap Equity Growth Fund   52-1977811   WEATHERBOARD & CO.   04-2944982   111,400   $5,130,400.00  

State Street Bank

New York Settlements

DTC/NY Window

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

Attn: Robert Mendez

Account: State Street

Fund - T. Rowe Price Institutional Mid-Cap Equity Growth Fund

Fund #70F5


T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC. – SCHEDULE “A” – MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

REGISTER SHARES IN NOMINEE NAME.                                                 $ 46.053860 Cost/Share

 

TRPA

Internal

Account Number

 

Fund Name

 

Federal

Tax ID #

 

Registration Name (if

Different) - Shares

will be Registered in

Nominee Name

 

Nominee

Tax ID #

 

No. of

Shares

 

Cost

 

Physical Delivery Instructions

70F9

  T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio   52-2004815   STERNMATE & CO.   04-3135443   19,982   $ 920,248.23  

State Street Bank

New York Settlements

DTC/NY Window

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

Attn: Robert Mendez

Account: State Street

Fund - T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio

Fund #70F9

7GX4

  T. Rowe Price U.S. Equities Trust   35-6785642   ICECOLD & CO.   04-3475446   3,550   $ 163,491.20  

State Street Bank

New York Settlements

DTC/NY Window

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

Attn: Robert Mendez

Account: State Street

Fund - T. Rowe Price US Equities Trust - Mid-Cap Growth

Fund #70X4


T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC. – SCHEDULE “A” – MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

REGISTER SHARES IN NOMINEE NAME.    $ 46.053860 Cost/Share

 

TRPA

Internal

Account

Number

  

Fund Name

   Federal
Tax ID #
   Registration Name (if
Different) - Shares
will be Registered in
Nominee Name
   Nominee
Tax ID #
   No. of
Shares
   Cost     

Physical Delivery Instructions

3489    JNL Series Trust - JNL/T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Fund    38-3230005    CUDD & CO.    13-6022143    90,853    $ 4,184,131.34      

JP Morgan Chase Bank, NA

4 Chase Metrotech Center - 3rd Floor

Brooklyn, NY 11245-0001

Attn: Physical Receive Department

Account Name - JNL/T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Fund

Reference A/C #P04347

3669    Maxim Series Fund, Inc. - Maxim/T. Rowe Price MidCap Growth Portfolio    84-1397090    HARE & CO.    13-6062916    32,659    $ 1,504,073.01      

Bank of New York

1 Wall Street

3rd Floor, Window A

New York, NY 10286

Fund - Maxim T. Rowe Price MidCap Growth Portfolio

Fund #234253

Attn: Nathan Noble

3385    TD Mutual Funds - TD U.S. Mid-Cap Growth Fund    889141297RP0032    MAC & CO.    25-1536944    22,621    $ 1,041,784.37      

Mellon Securities Trust Co. One Wall Street

3rd Floor- Receive Window C New York, NY 10286

Reference: TD U.S. Mid-Cap Growth Fund

Fund #TDKF1124002


T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC. – SCHEDULE “A” – MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

REGISTER SHARES IN NOMINEE NAME.    $ 46.053860 Cost/Share

 

TRPA

Internal

Account

Number

  

Fund Name

   Federal
Tax ID #
   Registration Name (if
Different) - Shares
will be Registered in
Nominee Name
   Nominee
Tax ID #
   No. of
Shares
   Cost     

Physical Delivery Instructions

3953    MassMutual Select Funds, Inc. - MassMutual Select Mid Cap Growth Equity II Fund    04-3512596    AURORA & CO.    04-2990390    73,248    $ 3,373,353.14      

State Street Bank

New York Settlements

DTC/NY Window

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

Attn: Robert Mendez

Account: State Street

Fund - MassMutual Select Mid-Cap Growth Equity II Fund

Fund #ITHU

4703    MML Series Investment Fund - MML Mid Cap Growth Fund    05-0633806    AURORA & CO.    04-2990390    19,678    $ 906,247.86      

State Street Bank

New York Settlements

DTC/NY Window

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

Attn: Robert Mendez

Account: State Street

Fund - MML Mid Cap Growth Fund

Fund #ITIV


T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC. – SCHEDULE “A” – MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

REGISTER SHARES IN NOMINEE NAME.

   $  46.053860 Cost/Share   

 

TRPA
Internal
Account
Number

 

Fund Name

  Federal Tax ID #     Registration Name
(if Different) -
Shares will be
Registered in

Nominee Name
  Nominee Tax ID #     No. of
Shares
    Cost    

Physical Delivery Instructions

4768   State of California - Savings Plus Program     05-0625533      KANE & CO.     13-6022144        15,950      $ 734,559.07     

JP Morgan Chase Bank, NA 4 Chase Metrotech Center - 3rd Floor

Brooklyn, NY 11245-0001 Attn: Physical Receive Department

Account Name - State of California Mid-Cap Growth

Reference A/C #P62775

4214   Met Investors Series Trust - T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth Portfolio     06-1606052      FROZENCREW
& CO.
    06-1606052        86,647      $  3,990,428.81     

State Street Bank

New York Settlements

DTC/NY Window

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

Attn: Robert Mendez

Account: State Street

Fund - Metropolitan Series Fund - TRP Mid Cap Growth Portfolio

Fund #C7L7


T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC. – SCHEDULE “A” – MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

REGISTER SHARES IN NOMINEE NAME.

   $  46.053860 Cost/Share   

 

TRPA
Internal
Account
Number

 

Fund Name

  Federal Tax ID #     Registration Name
(if Different) -
Shares will be
Registered in

Nominee Name
  Nominee Tax ID #     No. of
Shares
    Cost    

Physical Delivery Instructions

7001   T. Rowe Price New Horizons Fund, Inc.     52-0791372      BRIDGE
& CO.
    04-6184478        474,811      $ 21,866,879.32     

State Street Bank

New York Settlements

DTC/NY Window

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

Attn: Robert Mendez

Account: State Street

Fund - T. Rowe Price New Horizons Fund

Fund #7001

4679   T. Rowe Price New Horizons Trust     52-6559833      HARE
& CO.
    13-6062916        37,562      $ 1,729,875.09     

Bank of New York

1 Wall Street

3rd Floor, Window A

New York, NY 10286

Fund - T. Rowe Price New Horizons Trust

Fund #365341

Attn: Nathan Noble


T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC. – SCHEDULE “A” – MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

REGISTER SHARES IN NOMINEE NAME.      $ 46.053860 Cost/Share   

 

TRPA
Internal
Account
Number

 

Fund Name

  Federal Tax
ID #
    Registration Name
(if Different) - Shares will
be Registered in

Nominee Name
    Nominee Tax
ID #
    No. of
Shares
    Cost    

Physical Delivery Instructions

7JX4   T. Rowe Price U.S. Equities Trust     35-6785642        ICECOLD & CO.        04-3475446        1,234      $ 56,830.46     

State Street Bank

New York Settlements

DTC/NY Window

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

Attn: Robert Mendez

Account: State Street

Fund - T. Rowe Price US Equities Trust - Small Cap Growth

Fund #70X4

70Q7   T. Rowe Price Diversified Mid-Cap Growth Fund, Inc.     42-1615933        CANAL LOCK & CO.        04-3431015        9,161      $  421,899.41     

State Street Bank

New York Settlements

DTC/NY Window

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

Attn: Robert Mendez

Account: State Street

Fund - T. Rowe Price Diversified Mid-Cap Growth Fund

Fund #70Q7


T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC. – SCHEDULE “A” – MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

REGISTER SHARES IN NOMINEE NAME.

   $  46.053860 Cost/Share   

 

TRPA

Internal

Account

Number

 

Fund Name

  Federal Tax
ID #
    Registration Name
(if Different) - Shares
will be Registered in

Nominee Name
  Nominee Tax
ID #
    No. of
Shares
    Cost    

Physical Delivery Instructions

3665   THE BUNTING FAMILY III, LLC     52-2042575      BOOTH & CO.     36-6033750        6,934      $  319,337.47     

The Northern Trust Company of New York

Harborside Financial Center 10 - Suite 1401

3 Second Street

Jersey City, NJ 07311

Attn: Jose Mero

Account Name - LLC III Fund #26-16594

3833   Seasons Series Trust - Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio     95-4714427      MARKERLIGHT
& CO.
    04-3431229        1,420      $ 65,396.48     

State Street Bank

New York Settlements

DTC/NY Window

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

Attn: Robert Mendez

Account: State Street

Fund - Seasons Series Trust - Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio

Fund #JUTF

4094   THE BUNTING FAMILY VI SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE LLC     52-2360704      BOOTH & CO.     36-6033750        484      $ 22,290.07     

The Northern Trust Company of New York

Harborside Financial Center 10 - Suite 1401

3 Second Street

Jersey City, NJ 07311

Attn: Jose Mero

Account Name - LLC VI Fund #26-16679


T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC. – SCHEDULE “A” – MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

REGISTER SHARES IN NOMINEE NAME.    $  46.053860 Cost/Share   

 

TRPA

Internal

Account

Number

 

Fund Name

  Federal Tax
ID #
    Registration Name
(if Different) - Shares
will be Registered in

Nominee Name
  Nominee Tax
ID #
    No. of
Shares
    Cost    

Physical Delivery Instructions

4325  

Lincoln Variable Insurance Products Trust - LVIP T. Rowe Price Structured Mid Cap

Growth Portfolio

    52-1835648      MAC & CO.     25-1536944        15,174      $ 698,821.27     

Mellon Securities Trust Co.

One Wall Street

3rd Floor- Receive Window C

New York, NY 10286

Reference: LVIP T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund

Account #LNMF5340002

4423   ING Partners, Inc. - ING T. Rowe Price Diversified Mid Cap Growth Portfolio     52-2354156      HARE & CO.     13-6062916        37,163      $  1,711,499.60     

Bank of New York

1 Wall Street

3rd Floor, Window A New York, NY 10286

Fund - ING T. Rowe Price Diversified Mid Cap Growth Portfolio

Fund #464534

Attn: Nathan Noble

70J4   T. ROWE PRICE TAX-EFFICIENT EQUITY FUND     52-2294523      HORIZONBASS
& CO.
    04-3539793        1,101      $ 50,705.30     

State Street Bank

New York Settlements

DTC/NY Window

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

Attn: Robert Mendez

Account: State Street

Fund - T. Rowe Price Tax Efficient Equity Fund - Smaller Company Growth

Fund #70J4


T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC. – SCHEDULE “A” – MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

REGISTER SHARES IN NOMINEE NAME.    $  46.053860 Cost/Share   

 

TRPA

Internal

Account

Number

 

Fund Name

  Federal
Tax ID
#
  Registration Name
(if Different) -
Shares will be
Registered in

Nominee Name
  Nominee
Tax ID
#
  No. of
Shares
  Cost  

Physical Delivery Instructions

          2,171,371   $100,000,016.04  


BROOKSIDE CAPITAL PARTNERS FUND, L.P.

By:

 

/s/ Dennis Goldstein

  Name: Dennis Goldstein
  Title: Managing Director

 

No. of Preference Shares Being Purchased:   

2,171,371

  
Buyer’s Purchase Price:   

$100,000,016.04

  
Jurisdiction of Residency:   

Massachusetts

  
Notice to be sent to:   
 

c/o Bain Capital, LLC

  
 

111 Huntington Avenue

  
 

Boston, MA 02199

  
Attention:  

Legal Department

  
Facsimile no.:  

(617) 652-3247

  
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:   

Ropes & Gray LLP

  

Prudential Tower, 800 Boylston St.

  

Boston, MA 02119

  
Attention:  

Joel F. Freedman

  
Facsimile no.:  

(617) 235-0375

  

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


ONTARIO TEACHERS’ PENSION PLAN BOARD
By:  

/s/ William Royan

  Name: William Royan
  Title: Vice President

 

No. of Preference Shares Being Purchased:   

3,474,193

  
Buyer’s Purchase Price:   

$159,999,998.03

  
Jurisdiction of Residency:   

Ontario, Canada

  
Notice to be sent to:   
 

Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board

  
 

5650 Yonge Street

  
 

Toronto, Ontario M2M 4H5, Canada

  
Attention:  

Legal Department

  
Facsimile no.:  

416-730-3771

  
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:   

Public Equities Department

  

Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board

  

5650 Yonge Street

  

Toronto, Ontario M2M 4H5, Canada

  
Attention:  

William Royan /

Theresa Tam

  
Facsimile no.:  

416-730-5143

  

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


SCHEDULE I

 

Sellers

  

Preference Shares

 

Sportswear Holdings Limited

     7,388,891   

Littlestone

     225,897   

Northcroft Trading Inc.

     338,845   

Vax Trading, Inc.

     225,897   

OB Kors LLC

     451,794   

John Idol

     630,565   

John Muse

     45,179   

Muse Children’s GS Trust

     22,590   

Muse Family Enterprises

     22,590   

JRM Interim Investors, LP

     22,590   

Michael Kors

     1,264,878   

Total

     10,639,716   


SCHEDULE II

Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund

Fidelity Financial Trust: Fidelity Independence Fund

Variable Insurance Products Fund V: Asset Manager: Growth Portfolio

Variable Insurance Products Fund V: Asset Manager Portfolio

Fidelity Puritan Trust: Fidelity Puritan Fund

Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

(See fully executed agreement attached as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement on

Form F-1 filed by Michael Kors Holdings Limited.)


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF THE COMPANY’S MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

(See attached.)


BC No. 524407

TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT

(NO. 16 OF 2004)

 

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES

OF ASSOCIATION

OF

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

Incorporated the 13th day of December, 2002

under the International Business Companies Act

(CAP. 291)

Amended and Restated on the 7th day of July, 2011

 

INCORPORATED IN THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS


TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT

(NO. 16 OF 2004)

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

NAME

 

1. The Name of the Company is Michael Kors Holdings Limited.

REGISTERED OFFICE

 

2. The registered office of the Company will be located at the offices of Offshore Incorporations Limited, P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

REGISTERED AGENT

 

3. The registered agent of the Company will be Offshore Incorporations Limited of P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

GENERAL OBJECTS AND POWERS

 

4.      (i)      Subject to the following provisions of this Memorandum, the objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the Act or any other Law of the British Virgin Islands.
     (ii   Without limiting the foregoing, the powers of the Company include the power to do the following:

 

  (a) grant options over unissued shares in the Company and treasury shares;

 

  (b) issue securities that are convertible into shares;

 

  (c) give financial assistance to any person in connection with the acquisition of the Company’s own shares;


  (d) issue debt obligations of every kind and grant options, warrants and rights to acquire debt obligations;

 

  (e) guarantee a liability or obligation of any person and secure any of its obligations by mortgage, pledge or other charge, of any of its assets for that purpose; and

 

  (f) protect the assets of the Company for the benefit of the Company, its creditors and its members and, at the discretion of the directors, for any person having a direct or indirect interest in the Company.

EXCLUSIONS

 

5.    (i)    The Company may not

 

  (a) carry on business with persons resident in the British Virgin Islands;

 

  (b) own an interest in real property situate in the British Virgin Islands, other than a lease referred to in paragraph 5(ii)(e) of subclause 5(ii);

 

  (c) carry on banking or trust business, unless it is licensed to do so under the Banks and Trust Companies Act, 1990;

 

  (d) carry on business as an insurance or re-insurance company, insurance agent or insurance broker, unless it is licensed under an enactment authorising it to carry on that business;

 

  (e) carry on business of company management, unless it is licensed under the Company Management Act, 1990; or

 

  (f) carry on the business of providing the registered office or the registered agent for companies incorporated in the British Virgin Islands.

 

  (ii) For purposes of paragraph 5(i)(a) of subclause 5(i), the Company shall not be treated as carrying on business with persons resident in the British Virgin Islands if

 

  (a) it makes or maintains deposits with a person carrying on banking business within the British Virgin Islands;

 

  (b) it makes or maintains professional contact with solicitors, barristers, accountants, bookkeepers, trust companies,

 

3


  administration companies, investment advisers or other similar persons carrying on business within the British Virgin Islands;

 

  (c) it prepares or maintains books and records within the British Virgin Islands;

 

  (d) it holds, within the British Virgin Islands, meetings of its directors or members;

 

  (e) it holds a lease of property for use as an office from which to communicate with members or where books and records of the Company are prepared or maintained;

 

  (f) it holds shares, debt obligations or other securities in a company incorporated under the International Business Companies Act or under the Companies Act; or

 

  (g) shares, debt obligations or other securities in the Company are owned by any person resident in the British Virgin Islands or by any company incorporated under the International Business Companies Act or under the Companies Act.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

6. The Company is a company limited by shares. The liability of each member is limited to:

 

  (a) the amount from time to time unpaid on that member’s shares;

 

  (b) any liability expressly provided for in the Memorandum or the Articles; and

 

  (c) any liability to repay a distribution pursuant to section 58(1) of the Act.

CURRENCY

 

7. Shares in the Company shall be issued in the currency of the United States of America.

AUTHORISED CAPITAL

 

8. The Company shall have no authorised capital.

 

4


CLASSES, NUMBER AND PAR VALUE OF SHARES

 

9. The Company is authorised to issue a maximum of 160,856,853 shares comprised of the following two classes of shares of one series each as follows:

 

  (a) 10,856,853 preference shares of no par value each (the “ Preference Shares ”); and

 

  (b) 150,000,000 ordinary shares of no par value each (the “ Ordinary Shares ”).

DESIGNATIONS, POWERS, PREFERENCES, ETC. OF PREFERENCE SHARES

 

10. Ranking. The Preference Shares shall, with respect to dividend rights, rights on other distributions and rights upon liquidation, winding up or dissolution, rank (a) senior to the Ordinary Shares and any other class or series of ordinary, preference or other shares or Equity Securities of the Company now or hereafter authorized (such Equity Securities, “ Junior Securities ”) and (b) junior to any indebtedness now or hereafter incurred by the Company.

 

11. Dividends .

 

  (a) Subject to clause 11(c) below, if the Company declares and pays any dividends on the Ordinary Shares, then, in that event, holders of Preference Shares shall be entitled to share in such dividends on a pro rata basis, as if their Preference Shares had been converted into Ordinary Shares pursuant to clause 13 below immediately prior to the record date for determining the holders of Ordinary Shares eligible to receive such dividends.

 

  (b)

If the Company does not consummate a Qualified IPO within 18 months after the Closing (“ IPO Dividend Date ”), the Board of Directors shall (subject to the Company’s compliance with the provisions of the Act and the Articles) declare and the holders of Preference Shares shall receive, in addition to the dividends described in clause 11 (a), dividends at an annual rate equal to 10% of the Accreted Value, calculated on the basis of a 360-day year, consisting of twelve 30-day months, which shall accrue on a daily basis from the IPO Dividend Date, whether or not declared by the Board of Directors, and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (unless any such day is not a Business Day, in which event such dividends shall be payable on the next succeeding Business Day, without accrual to the actual payment date) (each such date, a “ Dividend Payment Date ”). Unless otherwise specified in a resolution of directors, accrued and unpaid dividends shall compound and be added to the Accreted Value in effect immediately prior to each Dividend Payment Date; provided , that, in lieu

 

5


  thereof, such accrued and unpaid dividends may (i) be paid to the holders of Preference Shares in cash or (ii) be paid in cash or compound and be added to the Accreted Value in any combination thereof, in each case as specified in a resolution of directors.

 

  (c) The Company shall not declare or pay any dividends on, or make any other distributions with respect to or redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration, any Junior Securities unless and until (i) all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Preference Shares have been paid in full and (ii) prior to the IPO Dividend Date, the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Preference Shares, voting as a separate class, shall have been received; provided , however , that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to any:

 

  (i) redemption, purchase or other acquisition of Junior Securities in connection with any put or call post-termination rights in any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

  (ii) exchange, redemption, reclassification or conversion of any class or series of Junior Securities for any class or series of Junior Securities; or

 

  (iii) purchase of fractional interests in any Junior Securities under the conversion or exchange provisions of such Junior Securities or the security being converted or exchanged, or in connection with any combination or reclassification of Junior Securities.

 

12. Liquidation Event and Company Sale .

 

  (a)

Liquidation . Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company (each, a “ Liquidation Event ”), after satisfaction of all liabilities and obligations to creditors of the Company and before any distribution or payment shall be made to holders of any Junior Securities, each holder of Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Company or proceeds thereof (whether capital or surplus) legally available therefor, an amount per Preference Share in cash equal to the greater of (i) the sum of (x) the Accreted Value, plus (y) any unpaid dividends on such Preference Share that have accrued since the last Dividend Payment Date through the date of such Liquidation Event or (ii) the aggregate amount payable in such Liquidation Event with respect to the number of Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Share is convertible immediately prior to such Liquidation Event (assuming the conversion of all such Preference Shares in accordance with clause 13) (the greater of subclause (i) or subclause (ii), the “ Liquidation Preference ”). Holders of Preference Shares shall not be entitled to any

 

6


  other amounts from the Company after they have received the full amounts provided for in this clause 12(a) and will have no right or claim to any of the Company’s remaining assets. If the assets of the Company or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay in full the Liquidation Preference payable on the Preference Shares, then such assets, or the proceeds thereof, shall be paid pro rata in accordance with the full respective amounts which would be payable on the Preference Shares if all amounts payable thereon were paid in full.

 

  (b) Company Sale . No Company Sale shall be consummated unless, prior to any distribution or payment being made to holders of any Junior Securities, each holder of Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive an amount per Preference Share equal to the greater of (i) the sum of (x) the Accreted Value of such Preference Share plus (y) any unpaid dividends on such Preference Share that have accrued since the last Dividend Payment Date through the date of such Company Sale or (ii) the aggregate amount of consideration payable in such Company Sale with respect to the number of Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Share is convertible immediately prior to such Company Sale (assuming the conversion of all such Preference Shares in accordance with clause 13) (the greater of subclause (i) or subclause (ii), the “ Sale Payment ”). The Sale Payment shall be paid in the same form of consideration and proportion (i.e., in cash and/or other consideration) paid in such Company Sale on the closing date of such Company Sale; provided , however , if such Company Sale is entered into prior to the three year anniversary of the Closing, then the consideration payable to each holder of Preference Shares shall be payable either (i) solely in cash or Liquid Securities, or (ii) solely to the extent holders of Ordinary Shares are receiving securities, other than Liquid Securities in such Company Sale, then each holder of Preference Shares shall have the option of receiving non-Liquid Securities of either the same class received by holders of Ordinary Shares or in the form of Acceptable Securities. The value of any non-cash consideration to be delivered to the holders of Preference Shares in a Company Sale shall be the fair market value of such non-cash consideration (as determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the Board of Directors). Upon receipt of the full amounts provided for in this clause 12(b), the Preference Shares shall be automatically cancelled and the holders of Preference Shares shall not be entitled to any other amounts. If the assets of the Company or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay in full the aggregate Sale Payment payable on the Preference Shares, then such assets, or the proceeds thereof, shall be paid pro rata in accordance with the full respective amounts which would be payable on the Preference Shares if all amounts payable thereon were paid in full.

 

  (c)

Notice . Written notice of a Liquidation Event or a Company Sale stating a payment or payments and the place where such payment or payments shall

 

7


  be payable shall be mailed not less than ten (10) days prior to the earliest payment date stated therein to each holder of Preference Shares at such holder’s address as it appears on the transfer books of the Company.

 

13. Conversion .

 

  (a)

Optional Conversion . Each holder of Preference Shares shall have the right, at its option, at any time and from time to time, to convert, subject to the terms and provisions of this clause 13, any or all of such holder’s Preference Shares into such number of fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Shares as is equal to the product of (i) the number of Preference Shares being so converted, multiplied by (ii) the quotient of (x) the Accreted Value, divided by (y) the Preference Share Issue Amount, subject to adjustment as provided in clause 13(f) below (such price in subclause (y), the “ Conversion Price ” and such quotient in subclause (ii), the “ Conversion Ratio ”). At the option of the Company, any accrued and unpaid dividends as of the date of conversion in respect of the Preference Shares being converted shall (i) be added to the Accreted Value, (ii) be paid in cash to the holder of such Preference Shares or (iii) be paid in cash or added to the Accreted Value in any combination thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of calculating the Conversion Ratio, the Accreted Value of the Preference Shares that are being converted shall include the amount of any dividends which have been accreted, compounded and added to the Preference Share Issue Amount pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of “Accreted Value” through the last Dividend Payment Date. Such conversion right shall be exercised by the surrender of certificate(s) evidencing the Preference Shares to be converted to the Company at any time during usual business hours at its principal place of business (or such other office or agency of the Company as the Company may designate by notice in writing to the holders of Preference Shares), accompanied by written notice that the holder elects to convert such Preference Shares and specifying the name or names (with address) in which a certificate or certificates for Ordinary Shares are to be issued and (if so required by the Company) by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company duly executed by the holder or its duly authorized legal representative and transfer tax stamps or funds therefor, if required pursuant to clause 13(1) below. All certificates evidencing Preference Shares surrendered for conversion shall be delivered to the Company for cancellation and cancelled by it. As promptly as practicable after the surrender of any Preference Shares, the Company shall (subject to compliance with the applicable provisions of federal and state securities Laws) deliver to the holder of such Preference Shares so surrendered, certificate(s) evidencing the number of fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares are entitled to be converted. Upon registration in the register of members of the Company (which shall be subject to surrender of such share

 

8


  certificates) to reflect the conversion, the person in whose name any certificate(s) for Ordinary Shares shall be issuable upon such conversion shall be the holder of record of such Ordinary Shares on such date, notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing such Ordinary Shares shall not then be actually delivered to such person.

 

  (b) Automatic Conversion .

 

  (i) Upon the earlier of (x) immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO and (y) the receipt of the approval of the holders of 66 2/3% of the then outstanding Preference Shares (each an (“Automatic Conversion Date”), all of the Preference Shares shall be automatically converted into the number of fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Shares equal to the product of (1) the number of Preference Shares being converted, multiplied by (2) the Conversion Ratio calculated as of the date of such automatic conversion and the register of members of the Company shall be updated to reflect the conversion. At the option of the Company, any accrued and unpaid dividends as of the Automatic Conversion Date in respect to the Preference Shares being converted shall (i) be added to the Accreted Value, (ii) be paid in cash to the holder of such Preference Shares or (iii) be paid in cash or added to the Accreted Value in any combination thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of calculating the Conversion Ratio in connection with any automatic conversion, the Accreted Value of the Preference Shares that are being converted shall include the amount of any dividends which have been accreted, compounded and added to the Preference Share Issue Amount pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of “Accreted Value” through the last Dividend Payment Date.

 

  (ii)

Immediately upon conversion as provided in clause 13(b)(i), each holder of Preference Shares shall be registered in the Company’s register of members as the holder of record of the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of such holder’s Preference Shares, notwithstanding that certificates evidencing the Ordinary Shares shall not then actually be delivered to such person. Upon written notice and instructions from the Company, each holder of Preference Shares so converted shall promptly surrender to the Company at its principal place of business (or at such other office or agency of the Company as the Company may designate by such notice to the holders of Preference Shares) certificates representing the Preference Shares so converted. As promptly as practicable after such conversion, the Company shall deliver to the holder of such Preference Shares so surrendered, certificate(s) evidencing

 

9


  the number of fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares are entitled to be converted.

 

  (c) Conversion mechanics .

 

  (i) All conversions of Preference Shares to Ordinary Shares pursuant to this clause 13 shall be effected by the Company by way of repurchase by the Company of the Preference Shares in consideration for the simultaneous issue of Ordinary Shares, credited as fully paid.

 

  (ii) Any conversion of Preference Shares to Ordinary Shares pursuant to this clause 13 shall be deemed to be effected (a) in the event of a voluntary conversion pursuant to clause 13(a), at the time that the registrar of the Company registers the conversion in the Company’s register of members following written notice of the conversion having been provided to the registrar of the Company and (b) in the event of an automatic conversion of all of Preference pursuant to clause 13(b), at the time that the registrar of the Company registers the conversion in the Company’s register of members which time shall be the Automatic Conversion Date.

 

  (d) Termination of Rights . On the date of an optional conversion pursuant to clause 13(a) or of an automatic conversion pursuant to clause 13(b)(i), all rights with respect to the Preference Shares so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote, shall terminate, except only the rights of holders thereof to (i) receive certificates for the number of Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares have been converted, and (ii) exercise the rights to which they are entitled as holders of Ordinary Shares. No holder of Preference Shares whose Preference Shares have been converted pursuant to clause 13(a) or clause 13(b)(i) shall be entitled to any further accrual of dividends in respect of such converted Preference Shares.

 

  (e) No Fractional Shares . No fractional shares or securities representing fractional Ordinary Shares shall be issued upon conversion of the Preference Shares. Any fractional interest in Ordinary Shares resulting from conversion of the Preference Shares shall be paid in cash (computed to the nearest cent) equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value per Ordinary Share as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. If more than one certificate evidencing Preference Shares is surrendered for conversion at one time by the same holder, the number of full Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of the Preference Shares so surrendered for conversion.

 

10


  (f) Antidilution Adjustments . The Conversion Price and the Conversion Ratio shall be subject to adjustment as follows:

 

  (i) Division or Combination of Ordinary Shares . In the event that the Company shall at any time or from time to time, prior to conversion of Preference Shares effect a division or combination of shares in respect of the outstanding Ordinary Shares, then, and in each such case, the Conversion Price and/or the Conversion Ratio in effect immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted (and any other appropriate actions shall be taken by the Company) so that the holder of any Preference Share thereafter surrendered for conversion shall be entitled to receive the number of Ordinary Shares that such holder would have owned or would have been entitled to receive upon or by reason of any of the events described above, had such Preference Share been converted immediately prior to the occurrence of such event. An adjustment made pursuant to this clause 13(f)(i) shall become effective retroactively to the close of business on the day upon which such corporate action becomes effective. No adjustments shall be made under this Section 13(f) in respect of any dividends (or any other distribution) paid in accordance with clause 11.

 

  (ii) Certain Dilutive Issuances of Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents .

 

  (w)

If the Company shall at any time or from time to time prior to conversion of Preference Shares, issue or sell any Ordinary Shares or any security or obligation which is by its terms, directly or indirectly, convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into or for Ordinary Shares and any option, warrant or other subscription or purchase right with respect to Ordinary Shares or such security or obligation (“ Ordinary Share Equivalents ”) at a price per Ordinary Share (the “ New Issue Price ”) that is less than the Conversion Price as of the record date or Issue Date (as defined below), as the case may be (the “ Relevant Date ”) (treating the New Issue Price, in the case of the issuance of any Ordinary Share Equivalent, as equal to (A) the sum of the price for such Ordinary Share Equivalent plus any additional consideration payable (without regard to any anti-dilution adjustments) upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Ordinary Share Equivalent, divided by (B) the number of Ordinary Shares initially underlying such Ordinary Share Equivalent) (other than (1) issuances or sales of Ordinary Shares for which an adjustment is made in connection with a division or combination or

 

11


  reclassification of Ordinary Shares pursuant to clause 13(f)(i) and (2) issuances in connection with an Excluded Transaction), then , and in each such case, the Conversion Price then in effect shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect on the day immediately prior to the Relevant Date by a fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the sum of (1) the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion, exchange and exercise of all Ordinary Share Equivalents) on the Relevant Date, plus (2) the number of Ordinary Shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Company for the total number of such additional Ordinary Shares so issued would purchase at the Conversion Price on the Relevant Date (or, in the case of Ordinary Share Equivalents, the number of Ordinary Shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Company upon the issuance of such Ordinary Share Equivalents and receivable by the Company upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Ordinary Share Equivalents would purchase at the Conversion Price on the Relevant Date) and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the sum of the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion, exchange and exercise of all Ordinary Share Equivalents) on the Relevant Date, plus the number of additional Ordinary Shares issued or to be issued (or, in the case of Ordinary Share Equivalents, the maximum number of Ordinary Shares into which such Ordinary Share Equivalents initially may convert, exchange or be exercised).

 

  (x) Such adjustment shall be made whenever such Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents are issued, and shall become effective retroactively (A) in the case of an issuance to the members, as such, to a date immediately following the close of business on the record date for the determination of members entitled to receive such Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents and (B) in all other cases, on the date of such issuance (the “Issue Date”); provided , however , that the determination as to whether an adjustment is required to be made pursuant to this clause 13(f)(ii) shall only be made upon the issuance of such Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents, and not upon the issuance of any security into which the Ordinary Share Equivalents convert, exchange or may be exercised.

 

12


  (y) In case at any time any Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents shall be issued or sold for cash, the consideration received therefor shall be deemed to be the amount received by the Company therefor, without deduction therefrom of any expenses incurred or any underwriting commissions or concessions or discounts paid or allowed by the Company in connection therewith. In case any Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents shall be issued or sold for a consideration other than cash, the amount of the consideration other than cash received by the Company shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such consideration, without deduction therefrom of any expenses incurred or any placement agent fees, any underwriting commissions or concessions or discounts paid or allowed by the Company in connection therewith, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

  (z) If any Ordinary Share Equivalents (or any portions thereof) which shall have given rise to an adjustment pursuant to this clause 13(f)(ii) shall have expired or terminated without the exercise thereof and/or if by reason of the terms of such Ordinary Share Equivalents there shall have been an increase or increases, with the passage of time or otherwise, in the price payable upon the exercise or conversion thereof, then the Conversion Price hereunder shall be readjusted (but to no greater extent than originally adjusted) in order to (A) eliminate from the computation any additional Ordinary Shares corresponding to such Ordinary Share Equivalents as shall have expired or terminated, (B) treat the additional Ordinary Shares, if any, actually issued or issuable pursuant to the previous exercise of such Ordinary Share Equivalents as having been issued for the consideration actually received and receivable therefor and (C) treat any of such Ordinary Share Equivalents which remain outstanding as being subject to exercise or conversion on the basis of such exercise or conversion price as shall be in effect at the time.

 

  (iii)

Other Changes . In case the Company at any time or from time to time, prior to the conversion of Preference Shares, shall take any action affecting the Ordinary Shares similar to or having an effect similar to any of the actions described in any of clauses 13(f)(i) or (ii) above or clause 13(i) below (but not including any action described in any such clause) and the Board of Directors in good faith determines that it would be equitable in the circumstances to adjust the Conversion Price or the Conversion Ratio as a result of

 

13


  such action, then, and in each such case, the Conversion Price or the Conversion Ratio (as applicable) shall be adjusted in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors in good faith determines would be equitable in the circumstances (such determination to be evidenced in a resolution, a certified copy of which shall be mailed to the holders of Preference Shares).

 

  (iv) No Adjustment . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no adjustment under this clause 13(f) need be made to the Conversion Price or the Conversion Ratio if the Company receives written notice from holders of a majority of the then outstanding Preference Shares that no such adjustment is required.

 

  (g) Abandonment . If the Company shall take a record of the holders of Ordinary Shares for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or other distribution, and shall thereafter and before the distribution to such holders legally abandon its plan to pay or deliver such dividend or distribution, then no adjustment in the Conversion Price or the Conversion Ratio shall be required by reason of the taking of such record.

 

  (h) Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon any adjustment in the Conversion Price or the Conversion Ratio, the Company shall within a reasonable period (not to exceed twenty (20) Business Days) following any of the foregoing transactions deliver to each holder of Preference Shares a certificate, signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, setting forth in reasonable detail the event requiring the adjustment and the method by which such adjustment was calculated and specifying the increased or decreased Conversion Price or Conversion Ratio then in effect following such adjustment.

 

  (i)

Reorganization; Reclassification . In case of any merger or consolidation of the Company (other than a Company Sale) or any capital reorganization, reclassification or other change of outstanding Ordinary Shares (other than (i) a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value or (ii) a transaction for which an adjustment is made in connection with clause 13(f)(i) or clause 13(f)(ii)) in each case as a result of which the Ordinary Shares would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, other property or assets (each, a “ Transaction ”), then, at the effective time of the Transaction, the right to convert each Preference Share shall be changed into a right to convert such Preference Share into the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities or other property or assets that a holder of Preference Shares would have received in respect of the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of such Preference Shares immediately prior to such Transaction. In the event that holders of Ordinary Shares have the opportunity to elect the form of consideration to be received in the

 

14


  Transaction, the Company shall make adequate provision whereby the holders of Preference Shares shall have a reasonable opportunity to determine the form of consideration into which all of the Preference Shares, treated as a single class, shall be convertible from and after the effective date of the Transaction.

 

  (j) Notices . In the event (i) that the Company authorizes the granting to the holders of Ordinary Shares rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of Equity Securities of any class or of any other rights or warrants, (ii) of any Transaction, or (iii) of a Qualified IPO or a Company Sale, then the Company shall mail to each holder of Preference Shares at such holder’s address as it appears on the transfer books of the Company, as promptly as possible but in any event at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the applicable date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (A) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or granting of rights or warrants or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of Ordinary Shares of record to be entitled to such dividend, distribution or granting of rights or warrants are to be determined, or (B) the date on which such Transaction, Qualified IPO or Company Sale is expected to become effective and, if applicable, the date as of which it is expected that holders of Ordinary Shares of record shall be entitled to exchange their Ordinary Shares for shares of stock or other securities or property or cash deliverable upon such Transaction, Qualified IPO or Company Sale.

 

  (k) Reservation of Ordinary Shares . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available for issuance upon the conversion of Preference Shares, such number of its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares as will from time to time be sufficient to permit the conversion of all outstanding Preference Shares, and shall take all action to increase the authorized number of Ordinary Shares if at any time there shall be insufficient authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares to permit such reservation or to permit the conversion of all outstanding Preference Shares; provided , that the holders of Preference Shares vote such Preference Shares in favor of any such action that requires a vote of members.

 

  (1)

No Conversion Tax or Charge . The issuance or delivery of certificates for Ordinary Shares upon the conversion of Preference Shares shall be made without charge to the converting holder of Preference Shares for such certificates or for any tax in respect of the issuance or delivery of such certificates or the securities evidenced thereby, and such certificates shall be issued or delivered in the respective names of, or (subject to compliance with the applicable provisions of applicable securities Laws) in such names as may be directed by, the holders of the Preference Shares converted; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in

 

15


  the issuance and delivery of any such certificate in a name other than that of the holder of the Preference Shares converted, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver such certificate unless or until the person or persons requesting the issuance or delivery thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid.

 

14. Redemption . Subject to this Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association, the Preference Shares shall, only with the consent of the holder thereof, be subject to redemption, purchase or acquisition by the Company for fair value.

 

15. Voting Rights . In addition to the voting rights to which the holders of Preference Shares are entitled under or granted by Law, each holder of Preference Shares shall be entitled to notice of any members’ meeting in accordance with this Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association and shall be entitled to vote, on all matters with respect to which the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares may be voted, the number of votes equal to the number of Ordinary Shares into which such holder’s Preference Shares could be converted on the record date for determination of the holders of Ordinary Shares entitled to vote on such matters, or, if no such record date is established, on the date such vote is taken or any written consent of holders of Ordinary Shares is solicited, such votes to be counted together with all other shares of the Company having general voting power and not counted separately as a class.

 

16. Springing Board Seat . If a Qualified IPO is not consummated on or prior to March 31, 2012, the holders of Preference Shares, as a class, shall have the right to designate, by approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares held by such holders of Preference Shares (assuming all Preference Shares are converted into Ordinary Shares), one member of the Board of Directors (or similar body, including any committee that acts on behalf of the Board pursuant to an express delegation of the Board of Director’s powers) until immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO; provided that if the holders of Preference Shares, as a class, are unable to attain the approval of a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares held by the holders of Preference Shares (assuming all Preference Shares are converted into Ordinary Shares) to designate such member to the Board of Directors (or similar body, including any executive committee that acts on behalf of the Board of Directors pursuant to an express or implied delegation of the Board of Directors’ powers), then within 14 days of March 31, 2012, the holder of the largest number of Preference Shares shall have the right in its sole discretion to designate such member to the Board of Directors on behalf of the holders of Preference Shares.

 

16


DESIGNATIONS, POWERS, PREFERENCES, ETC. OF ORDINARY SHARES

 

17. Dividends . Subject to this Memorandum of Association, the articles of association annexed hereto (the “ Articles of Association ”), including clauses 10 and 11 herein, and the prior rights of holders of classes of Equity Securities of the Company having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Company legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

18. Liquidation . Subject to this Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association, including clause 12(a) herein, and the prior rights of holders of classes of Equity Securities of the Company having prior rights as to a Liquidation Event, upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event each holder of Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to receive a distribution in respect of its Ordinary Shares from the remaining assets of the Company or the proceeds of such Liquidation Event (whether capital or surplus) legally available for distribution, in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of such assets or proceeds available for distribution to all holders of Ordinary Shares, multiplied by the quotient of (i) the number of Ordinary Shares held by such holder as of such time, divided by (ii) the total number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of such time.

 

19. Redemption . Subject to this Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association, Ordinary Shares shall, only with the consent of the holder thereof, be subject to redemption, purchase or acquisition by the Company for fair value.

 

20. Voting Rights .

 

  (a) Each holder of Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to notice of any members’ meeting and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as provided in this Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association.

 

  (b) Subject to clause 16 above, the holders of Ordinary Shares shall at all other times vote together as one class with the holders of Preference Shares on all matters submitted to a vote or for the written consent of the members. Members holding Ordinary Shares that were not previously converted from Preference Shares to such Ordinary Shares in accordance with the conversion rights of this Memorandum shall not have a right to vote in relation to the matters referred to in clause 16 above.

 

  (c) Each holder of Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each Ordinary Share held as of the applicable date on any matter that is submitted to a vote or for the written consent of the members.

 

17


  (e) Equal Status . Ordinary Shares shall have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects to all matters.

REGISTERED SHARES

 

21. Shares may be issued as registered shares only.

 

22. Registered shares shall not be exchanged for bearer shares.

 

23. The issue of shares is subject to the Preemptive Rights Restrictions (as set out in the Schedule to this Memorandum entitled “Preemptive Rights”, and which forms part of this Memorandum).

TRANSFER OF REGISTERED SHARES

 

24. Registered shares in the Company may be transferred subject to the Share Transfer Restrictions and the provisions relating to the transfer of shares set forth in the Articles of Association.

AMENDMENT OF MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

25. Subject to the Consent Rights Matters of the Articles of Association, the Company may amend its Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association by a resolution of members or by a resolution of directors.

DEFINITIONS

 

26. Words used in this Memorandum of Association and not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Articles of Association.

[remainder of page left intentionally blank]

 

18


We, Offshore Incorporations Limited, of P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands for the purpose of incorporating an International Business Company under the laws of the British Virgin Islands hereby subscribe our name to this Memorandum of Association the 1 st day of July, 2002.

 

   SUBSCRIBER    Offshore Incorporations Limited
     

(Sd.) E.T. POWELL

Authorised Signatory

     
   in the presence of: WITNESS   
     

(Sd.) Fandy Tsoi

9/F Ruttonjee House

11 Duddell Street, Central

Hong Kong

Production Supervisor


SCHEDULE

Article I

Preemptive Rights

 

1. Preemptive Rights

 

  (a) If the Company or any of its subsidiaries proposes to issue, offer, sell or otherwise Transfer to any person (i) Equity Securities in the Company or such subsidiary, or (ii) any rights to subscribe for or purchase pursuant to any option or otherwise any Equity Securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, in each case except as provided in Section 2 (each, a “ New Issuance ”), or enter into any contracts relating to a New Issuance, the Company shall provide written notice to each member of such proposed New Issuance at least fifteen (15) Business Days in advance of the anticipated issuance date (the “ New Issuance Notice ”), which shall set forth the identity of the proposed purchaser, the number of Equity Securities proposed to be offered (the “ Offered Securities ”), the cash purchase price per security (the “ Offering Price ”), the anticipated issuance date and the other material terms and conditions of such New Issuance. Each member shall have the right to purchase for cash up to its Pro Rata Share of the Offered Securities (which, in the case of a New Issuance by a subsidiary of the Company shall be determined on a look-through basis, based on its indirect percentage of the outstanding common shares of such subsidiary), at the price per security and otherwise on the same terms and conditions as such New Issuance.

 

  (b) A member may elect to exercise its preemptive rights with respect to such New Issuance by delivering an irrevocable written notice (a “ Section 1 Notice ”) to the Company within ten (10) Business Days after the date the New Issuance Notice is delivered, setting forth the maximum percentage of the Offered Securities that such member desires to hold following the consummation of the New Issuance. If a member does not deliver a Section 1 Notice in accordance with this Section 1, then such member shall be deemed to have elected not to exercise its preemptive rights with respect to such New Issuance. For purposes of this Article I, an exercising member may allocate its portion of the Offered Securities among one or more of its Affiliates at the discretion of such exercising member.

 

  (c)

At least three (3) Business Days prior to the consummation of any New Issuance, the Company shall provide written notice to each electing member, which shall set forth the actual issuance date (determined in accordance with the following sentence) and such electing member’s Pro Rata Share or such lesser percentage set forth in such member’s Section 1 Notice. For purposes of clarity, if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries consummates such New Issuance and the total number of Offered


  Securities to be sold is less than the number set forth in the New Issuance Notice, then each electing member shall purchase such electing member’s Pro Rata Share or such lesser percentage set forth in such member’s Section 1 Notice based on such reduced number of Offered Securities. Any New Issuance shall be consummated on the later of (a) the proposed issuance date for such New Issuance set forth in the New Issuance Notice and (b)the fifth (5th) Business Day following the date on which all regulatory and governmental licenses, registrations, approvals and consents required for the New Issuance are received and all applicable waiting periods have expired or been waived or terminated ( provided , however , that the Company and the electing members shall each use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such licenses, registrations, approvals or consents). If any of the members fails to exercise its preemptive rights under this Section 1 or elects to exercise such rights with respect to less than such member’s full Pro Rata Share (the difference between such member’s Pro Rata Share and the number of Offered Securities for which such member exercised its preemptive rights under this Section 1, the “ Excess Shares ”), any participating member electing to exercise its rights with respect to its full Pro Rata Share (a “ Fully Participating Member ”) shall be entitled to purchase from the Company an additional number of Offered Securities up to the aggregate number of Excess Shares, provided that such Fully Participating Member shall only be entitled to purchase up to that number of Excess Shares equal to the lesser of (i) the number of Excess Shares it has elected to purchase and (ii) the number of Excess Shares equal to the product of (A) the number of Excess Shares and (B) the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by such Fully Participating Member by (2) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by all Fully Participating Members exercising their rights pursuant to this sentence (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares held by the Fully Participating Members into Ordinary Shares in each of clauses (1) and (2) above).

 

  (d)

If the members do not elect to purchase all of the Offered Securities in accordance with this Section 1, then the Company may, within 90 days from the date of delivery of the New Issuance Notice, offer, sell or otherwise Transfer any remaining portion of the Offered Securities to any Person or Persons at a price or prices equal to or greater than the Offering Price and on other terms and conditions not more favorable in the aggregate to the other purchasers than those set forth in the New Issuance Notice. If more than 90 days elapse from the date of delivery of the New Issuance Notice without the consummation of such Transfer of the remaining portion of the Offered Securities, the Company’s right to consummate such Transfer shall expire and the Company shall be required to comply with the procedures set forth in this Section 1 prior to offering, selling or otherwise transferring to any Person the Offered Securities. The election by a member not to exercise its preemptive rights under this

 

21


  Section 1 in any one instance shall not affect its right (other than in respect of a reduction in its Pro Rata Share) as to any future New Issuances under this Section 1.

 

  (e) Any New Issuance without first giving the members the rights described in this Section 1 shall be void ab initio and of no force and effect. The preemptive rights of a member hereunder may not be transferred, sold, assigned or otherwise disposed of, except to a Permitted Transferee of such member, and any purported disposition in violation hereof shall be void and of no force or effect.

 

  (f) There shall be no liability on the part of the Company, the Board of Directors or any member if a New Issuance is not consummated for whatever reason. For the avoidance of doubt, the determination of whether to effect a New Issuance shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

  (g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the preemptive rights of the members under this Section 1 shall be deemed satisfied with respect to any issuance of Offered Securities if within thirty (30) days following the sale of any Offered Securities by the Company to one or more Persons who are not, in each case, a holder of at least 3% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) or an Affiliate of such holder (each, an “ Initial Purchaser ”), the Company offers to sell to each member on the same terms (including the price per share) as the Initial Purchasers purchased such Offered Securities the number of Offered Securities which each member (other than any Initial Purchasers) would have been entitled to purchase with respect to such issuance of Offered Securities pursuant to Section 1(a).

 

2. Exempt Issuances

The provisions of Section 1 shall not apply to issuances of securities:

 

  (a) in connection with the Restructuring;

 

  (b) pursuant to the Subscription Agreement in connection with the Offering or any offering of Preference Shares pursuant to Section 5(j) of the Subscription Agreement;

 

  (c) pursuant to the exercise of any member’s preemptive rights under Section 1;

 

  (d) to officers, employees or directors of, or individuals who are consultants to, the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to any compensation arrangement adopted from time to time, profit sharing, option or other equity incentive plans (including any employee share ownership plan)

 

22


  approved by the Board of Directors and Equity Securities issued upon exercise of such options or rights or otherwise issued pursuant to such plans, provided that such issuance shall not exceed (i) the number of shares for which options may be granted under the Amended and Restated Michael Kors (USA), Inc. Stock Option Plan plus (ii) 2,500,000 shares (in each case, as appropriately adjusted from time to time for any share split, reclassification, subdivision or recapitalization or any share dividend, or any corporate restructuring or reorganization), in the aggregate;

 

  (e) to third-party service providers or other third-party business partners who are not Affiliates of the Company or any member holding at least 3% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares), in each case, for bona fide commercial purposes and on an arm’s length basis, provided that such issuance shall not exceed 2,500,000 shares (in each case, as appropriately adjusted from time to time for any share split, reclassification, subdivision or recapitalization or any share dividend, or corporate restructuring or reorganization) in the aggregate;

 

  (f) as consideration for the acquisition of another person who is not an Affiliate of the Company or any member holding at least 3% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares), by the Company by consolidation, merger, purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or other reorganization in which the Company acquires one or more divisions or lines of business or all or substantially all of the assets of such other person or 50% or more of the voting power or equity ownership of such other person;

 

  (g) (i) pursuant to a Public Offering or (ii) in connection with any debt financing by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with a person who is not an Affiliate of the Company or any member holding at least 3% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares);

 

  (h) in connection with the conversion, exchange or exercise of any Equity Securities (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the conversion of Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) in accordance with their applicable terms (it being understood that nothing in this clause (h) shall affect the applicability of this Article I to the issuance of any such Equity Securities);

 

  (i) in connection with any share split, reclassification, subdivision or recapitalization or any share dividend, or any corporate restructuring or reorganization, in each case approved by the Board of Directors, and whereby such securities are distributable on a pro rata basis to all members; or

 

23


  (j) by a subsidiary of the Company to the Company or a wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company;

provided , that in no event shall the total number of shares issued pursuant to clause (d)(ii), (e), (f) and (g) above exceed 5,000,000 shares (as appropriately adjusted from time to time for any share split, reclassification, subdivision or recapitalization or any share dividend, or any corporate restructuring or reorganization), in the aggregate).

 

24


Article II

Transfer

 

1. General Restrictions . Except as otherwise permitted in this Article II, prior to the earlier of (a) the consummation of an IPO, (b) the consummation of a Company Sale, (c) a liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company and (d) the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing, no member shall Transfer all or any portion of its shares, or rights with respect to its shares; it being understood that any such Transfer not in accordance with this Section 1 or the remainder of this Article II will be deemed to constitute a Transfer by such member in violation of this Article II, shall be void ab initio and the Company shall not recognize any such Transfer. This Article II shall not apply to any shares sold pursuant to the Subscription Agreement in connection with the Offering.

 

2. Permitted Transfers . Subject to Section 3, the provisions of Section 1 shall not apply to the following Transfers of shares by a member (each of which shall be deemed to constitute a “ Permitted Transfer ,” and each Transferee of a Permitted Transfer of shares under clause (a) through (g) are referred to herein as a “ Permitted Transferee ”):

 

  (a) any Transfer of shares by a member to an Affiliate of such member ( provided , that such Affiliate remains an Affiliate of the transferring member immediately after such Transfer and such transferring member remains, jointly and severally with the Affiliate Transferee, responsible for any and all obligations and liabilities under this Article II);

 

  (b) in the case of a member who is an individual, any Transfer of shares by such member to (i) the spouse or children (whether lineal or adopted) of such member (each, a “ Family Member ”) or (ii) any trust or similar estate planning entity established for the sole benefit of a Family Member (a “ Permitted Trust ”) ( provided , however , that each such Permitted Trust shall provide that all of the beneficial interests therein are held by a Family Member and that the voting, managerial and operational control of such Permitted Trust remains solely with such member who establishes the Permitted Trust until the death or incapacity of such member);

 

  (c) any Transfer of shares by a member who is a senior executive of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or by such member’s estate or applicable beneficiary in the event of such member’s death) to (i) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (ii) any of the Existing Members, their respective Affiliates or, with respect to any Existing Member who is an individual, such Existing Member’s Family Members or Permitted Trusts, or (iii) any third party, in each case pursuant to post-termination rights set forth in such senior executive’s employment contract with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable (an “ Executive Transfer ”);


  (d) any Transfer of shares by a member in connection with any tender or exchange offer, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, recapitalization or other form of business combination involving the Company that is available on the same terms to all holders of Ordinary Shares (including all Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Preference Shares) and approved by the Board of Directors;

 

  (e) any Transfer of shares by a member consented to by the Board of Directors, if any, which consent shall be granted or withheld in the Board of Directors’ sole discretion; provided , that such Transfers shall be subject to rights of first offer in favor of the Company and the other members consistent with the procedures set forth in Section 5 ( Rights of First Offer ) and Tag-Along Rights in favor of the New Members consistent with the procedures set forth in Section 6 ( Tag-Along Rights ); provided , further , that neither Michael Kors (for purposes of this Section 2(e) only, Michael Kors shall be deemed to include any Permitted Transferee of Michael Kors under Section 2(a) and (b)) nor John Idol (for purposes of this Section 2(e) only, John Idol shall be deemed to include any Permitted Transferee of John Idol under Section 2(a) and (b)) shall effect any Transfers under this Section 2(e) if such Transfer (together with all other Transfers made by such person under this Section 2(e)) results in Michael Kors or John Idol, as the case may be, holding less than 80% of the shares held by such person on the date of the Shareholders Agreement on a fully diluted basis (assuming the exercise of all stock options); provided , further , that nothing contained in this Section 2(e) shall prohibit Michael Kors or John Idol from participating in a Tag-Along Sale or Drag-Along Sale in accordance with the provisions of (i) Section 6 ( Tag-Along Rights ) and (ii) Section 7 ( Drag-Along Rights );

 

  (f) any Transfer of shares by a member subject to, or in accordance with, the provisions of (i) Section 6 (Tag-Along Rights) or (ii) Section 7 ( Drag-Along Rights );

 

  (g) any Transfer of Shares by a member in the IPO;

 

  (h) any Transfer of Shares by an member pursuant to Section 5(j) of the Subscription Agreement; or

 

  (i)

any Transfer of shares by a New Member that purchased at least 1,628,528 Preference Shares in the Offering if (i) such Transfer is made to a mutual fund, pension plan or other passive institutional investor which, to the knowledge of such New Member, typically makes investments in persons in the ordinary course of business for investment purposes only and not with the purpose or effect of changing or influencing the control of such person, (ii) such Transfer (A) does not cause the Company to become a reporting company under the Exchange Act and (B) does not increase the number of record and beneficial owners of shares to be more than 150

 

26


  persons as a result of such Transfer, (iii) as a result of such Transfer, no person would have (together with its Affiliates) beneficial or record ownership of 50% or more of the outstanding Preference Shares or more than 50% of the Ordinary Shares for which the Preference Shares may be converted (other than to the extent such Transfer is made to person that is a member on the date of the Shareholders Agreement) and (iv) such Transfer is subject to the rights of first offer in favor of the Company and the other members consistent with the procedures set forth in Section 5 ( Rights of First Offer ) ; it being understood that notwithstanding anything contained in Section 5.3 of the Shareholders Agreement to the contrary, any Transfer made pursuant to this Section 2(i) shall not Transfer any board observer rights but shall instead Transfer the right, to the extent the transferee meets the requirements of the first sentence of Section 5.3(b) of the Shareholders Agreement, to receive copies of all materials and information provided to the members of the Board of Directors (whether in connection with a meeting, an action by written consent or otherwise), including an annual budget and business plan and any multi-year budget or business plan. Shares purchased in the Offering by New Members that are Advised Accounts and have a common or Affiliated investment adviser shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether such New Member has met the threshold regarding Preference Shares purchased in the Offering.

 

3. Conditions to Transfers . In addition to all other terms and conditions contained in this Article II and the Shareholders Agreement, no Transfers (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Transfers made after the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing) shall be completed or effective for any purpose unless the following conditions are satisfied:

 

  (a) prior thereto:

 

  (i) the Transferor shall have provided to the Company, (x) at least ten (10) Business Days’ prior notice of such Transfer, (y) a certificate of the Transferor, delivered with such notice, containing a statement that such Transfer is permitted under this Article II, and (z) such other information and documents as may be reasonably requested by the Company in order for it to determine whether such Transfer is permitted under this Article II;

 

  (ii)

the Transferee shall have executed and delivered to the Company a written undertaking substantially in the form required under the Shareholders Agreement, pursuant to which such Transferee agrees (x) to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Shareholders Agreement and (y) that the shares acquired by it shall be subject to the terms of the Shareholders Agreement, and the Transferee shall furnish copies of all share certificates effecting the Transfer and

 

27


  such other certificates, instruments and documents as the Company may request; and

 

  (iii) all necessary third party consents to the Transfer shall have been obtained;

 

  (b) such Transferee is not a competitor of the Company and its subsidiaries, as determined in the reasonable discretion of the Board of Directors; provided that any private equity fund or other financial investor shall not be deemed to be a competitor of the Company;

 

  (c) such Transfer would not violate the Securities Act or any state securities or “blue sky” Laws applicable to the Company or the shares to be Transferred;

 

  (d) such Transfer shall not impose liability or reporting obligations on the Company or any member in any jurisdiction, whether domestic or foreign, or result in the Company or any member becoming subject to the jurisdiction of any Governmental Authority anywhere, other than the Governmental Authorities to which the Company is then subject to such liability, reporting obligation or jurisdiction; and

 

  (e) such Transfer shall not, in the Board of Directors’ sole discretion, have the effect of requiring the Company to, upon the consummation of such Transfer, register the shares under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act;

provided , however , that the provisions of (i) Section 3(a) through Section 3(e) shall not apply to a Transfer in connection with a Company Sale, in the IPO or in connection with the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company and (ii) Section 3(b) shall not apply to an Executive Transfer or a Transfer subject to, or in accordance with, Section 6 ( Tag-Along Rights ) or Section 7 ( Drag-Along Rights ).

 

4. Effect of Permitted Transfer . Subject to the terms of this Article II and the Shareholders Agreement (including Section 4.1(c) of the Shareholders Agreement), a Permitted Transferee of a member shall be substituted for and shall enjoy the same rights and be subject to the same obligations as the transferring member hereunder with respect to the shares Transferred to such Permitted Transferee.

 

5 Right of First Offer .

 

  (a)

In the event that any member wishes to Transfer after the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing or a New Member wishes to Transfer in accordance with Section 2(i) (such member or New Member, a “ Transferor ”), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, shares to any person, such Transferor, prior to any such Transfer, shall deliver to the Company and the non-Transferring members (collectively, the “ ROFO

 

28


  Recipients ”) written notice (the “ Offer Notice ”) stating (i) such Transferor’s intention to effect such a Transfer; (ii) the number of shares proposed to be transferred by the Transferor (the “ Transferred Shares ”); and (iii) the material terms and conditions of such sale (including the per share purchase price (the “ Offer Price ”)); and (iv) the proposed effective date of the sale. The failure to provide an Offer Notice shall not relieve such Transferor’s obligations and shall not limit the rights of the Company and the non-Transferring shareholders under this Section 5.

 

  (b) For a period often (10) Business Days (the “ Initial Exercise Period ”) after the last date on which the Offer Notice is deemed to have been delivered to the Company and the non-Transferring members, the Company shall have the right to purchase up to all of the Transferred Shares on the same terms and conditions as specified in the Offer Notice and as set forth in this Section 5. In order to exercise its right hereunder, the Company must deliver written notice to such Transferor within the Initial Exercise Period.

 

  (c) Subject to the limitations of this Section 5(c), if the Company declines to purchase all of the Transferred Shares, then the non-Transferring members shall have the right on a pro-rata basis (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares) to elect to purchase, during the Initial Exercise Period, up to all of the Transferred Shares after giving effect to those Transferred Shares elected to be purchased by the Company (the “ Remaining ROFO Shares ”), on the same terms and conditions as specified in the Offer Notice and as set forth in this Section 5. In order to exercise its rights hereunder, such non-Transferring member must provide written notice delivered to the Transferor within the Initial Exercise Period. To the extent the aggregate number of shares that the non-Transferring members desire to purchase (as evidenced in the written notices delivered to such Transferor) exceeds the Remaining ROFO Shares, each non-Transferring member so exercising shall be entitled to purchase the lesser of (x) the number of Remaining ROFO Shares it so elected to purchase and (y) its pro rata share of the Remaining ROFO Shares, which shall be equal to that number of the Remaining ROFO Shares equal to the product obtained by multiplying (x) the number of Remaining ROFO Shares by (y) a fraction, (i) the numerator of which shall be the number of Ordinary Shares held by such non-Transferring member on the date of the Offer Notice and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the number of Ordinary Shares held on the date of the Offer Notice by the non-Transferring member exercising their rights to purchase under this Section 5 (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares in each of the numerator and the denominator).

 

  (d)

Upon the earlier to occur of (i) the expiration of the Initial Exercise Period or (ii) the time when such Transferor has received written confirmation from the Company or all of the non-Transferring members (if the Company is not purchasing all of the Transferred Shares) regarding its

 

29


  exercise of its right of first offer, the Company and the non-Transferring Members shall be deemed to have made its election with respect to the Transferred Shares. If the Company and/or the non-Transferring members, after following the procedures set forth in Section 5(b) and Section 5(c), elected to acquire all of the Transferred Shares, then within five (5) days after the expiration of the Initial Exercise Period, such Transferor shall give written notice to the Company and each non-Transferring member specifying the number of Transferred Shares that will be purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 5(b) and, if applicable, the number of Transferred Shares that will be purchased by each non-Transferring members pursuant to Section 5(c) (the “ ROFO Confirmation Notice ”). For purposes of clarity, if the Company and/or the non-Transferring members did not elect to acquire all of the Transferred Shares, then the Company and the non-Transferring members shall not have any right to purchase any Transferred Shares pursuant to this Section 5 and the Transferor shall be free to sell all Transferred Shares to a third party that otherwise meets the requirements of this Article II (including, if applicable, Section 2(i)).

 

  (e) The purchase price for the Transferred Shares to be purchased by the Company and/or by the non-Transferring members exercising its rights of first offer under this Section 5 will be the Offer Price, in cash, and will be payable as set forth in Section 5(f).

 

  (f) The Company and the non-Transferring members exercising their rights of first offer under this Section 5 shall effect the purchase of all of the Transferred Shares, including the payment of the purchase price, within twenty (20) Business Days after the delivery of the ROFO Confirmation Notice (the “ Right of First Offer Closing ”). Payment of the purchase price will be made, at the option of the Transferor, (i) in cash (by check), (ii) by wire transfer or (iii) by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of such Transferor to the Company or the non-Transferring members, as the case may be, or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing. At such Right of First Offer Closing, such Transferor shall deliver to either the Company or, if the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Transferred Shares pursuant to Section 5(b), each non-Transferring member exercising its right of first offer, one or more certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, representing such Transferred Shares so purchased.

 

  (g) This Section Sshall not apply to (i) clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (f), (g) and (h) of Section 2 ( Permitted Transfers ) or (ii) Transfers in connection with (A) the consummation of a Company Sale or (B) a liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company.

 

30


6. Tag-Along Rights .

 

  (a) In the event that any of the Existing Members, individually or as a group (the “ Selling Members ”), shall Transfer, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, any of its or their Ordinary Shares (a “ Tag-Along Sale ”) to any Person (a “ Proposed Purchaser ”), each other member (each, a “ Tagging Member ”) shall have the right and option (“ Tag-Along Rights ”), but not the obligation, to Transfer up to the Requisite Percentage (as defined below) of its Ordinary Shares in such Tag-Along Sale, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6. For the avoidance of doubt, members may only exercise their Tag-Along Rights under this Section 6 in respect of Ordinary Shares (and not any other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Ordinary Shares, including any Preference Shares). Upon the consummation of any Tag-Along Sale which, individually or together with all other related Tag-Along Sales involving a single purchaser or group of purchasers, constitutes a Company Sale, before any distribution or payment shall be made to any Selling Members in connection with such Tag-Along Sale, each Tagging Member holding Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive the Sale Payment for each of its Preference Share being sold or converted in connection with such Tag-Along Sale in accordance with the Memorandum.

 

  (b) The Selling Members shall notify the Tagging Members in writing of any proposed Tag-Along Sale at least twenty (20) days prior to the anticipated closing date for such proposed Tag-Along Sale (a “ Tag-Along Notice ”). Any such Tag-Along Notice delivered to the Tagging Members in connection with a proposed Tag-Along Sale shall set forth: (i) the number of Ordinary Shares the Selling Members are selling in connection with such Tag-Along Sale (the “ Offered Tag-Along Sale Shares ”), (ii) the name and address of the Proposed Purchaser in such Tag-Along Sale, (iii) the material terms and conditions of such proposed Tag-Along Sale (including the per Ordinary Share purchase price and description of any proposed purchase price adjustments) and (iv) the proposed effective date of the proposed Tag-Along Sale.

 

  (c)

Each Tagging Member shall have the right to include in the Tag-Along Sale and the Selling Member shall cause the inclusion in the Tag-Along Sale, upon the terms set forth in the Tag-Along Notice, up to that number of Ordinary Shares equal to a percentage of the total number of Ordinary Shares proposed to be sold by the Selling Members determined by dividing (A) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by such Tagging Member by (B) the sum of (x) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by all Tagging Members exercising their rights pursuant to this Section 6 and (y) the total number of Ordinary Shares owned by the Selling Members (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares held by the Tagging Members and the Selling Members into

 

31


  Ordinary Shares in each of clauses (x) and (y)) (the “ Requisite Percentage ”); provided , that if such calculation yields a fraction of an Ordinary Share, such fraction shall be rounded up to the nearest whole Ordinary Share if such fraction is equal to or greater than 0.5 and rounded down to the nearest whole Ordinary Share if such fraction is less than 0.5. The Tagging Members may exercise the Tag-Along Rights in connection with a Tag-Along Sale described in a Tag-Along Notice by delivery of a written notice to the Selling Members within ten (10) days following receipt of a Tag-Along Notice from such Selling Members. Each Tagging Member shall be deemed to have waived its Tag-Along Rights if it fails to give notice within the prescribed time period.

 

  (d) In the event that any Tagging Member does not exercise its Tag-Along Rights or elects to exercise its Tag-Along Rights with respect to less than all of its Requisite Percentage (such remaining securities, the “ Non-Electing Shares ”), each other Tagging Member who has elected to exercise its Tag-Along Rights in full, may elect to sell (in addition to its Requisite Percentage of the number of Ordinary Shares proposed to be sold by the Selling Members) up to the total number of Non-Electing Shares, provided that such Tagging Member shall only be entitled to sell up to that number of Non-Electing Shares equal to the lesser of (i) the number of Non-Electing Shares it has elected to sell and (ii) its pro rata share of Non-Electing Shares, which shall equal to that number of Non-Electing Shares equal to the product of (A) the number of Non-Electing Shares and (B) the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by such Tagging Member by (2) the sum of (x) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by all Tagging Members exercising their rights pursuant to this Section 6(d) (excluding the Non-Electing Shares) and (y) the total number of Ordinary Shares owned by the Selling Members (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares held by the Tagging Members and the Selling Members into Ordinary Shares in each of clauses (x) and (y)). The Selling Members shall attempt to obtain inclusion in the Tag-Along Sale of the entire number of shares which the Selling Members and the Tagging Members electing to exercise Tag-Along Rights desire to have included in the Tag-Along Sale. In the event the Selling Members shall be unable to obtain the inclusion of such entire number of shares in such Tag-Along Sale, the number of shares to be sold in the Tag-Along Sale by each Selling Member and each Tagging Member electing to exercise Tag-Along Rights shall be reduced on a pro rata basis according to the proportion which the number of shares which each such party desires to have included in the sale bears to the total number of shares desired by all such parties to have included in the sale, and the Transfer to the Proposed Purchaser will otherwise proceed in accordance with the terms of this Section 6 and the Tag-Along Notice.

 

32


  (e) In the event that the Tagging Members shall elect to exercise Tag-Along Rights in connection with a proposed Tag-Along Sale, the Tagging Members shall take, or cause to be taken, all commercially reasonable action, and do, or cause to be done, all things commercially reasonable to consummate and make effective such Tag-Along Sale, including executing any purchase agreement or other certificates, instruments and other agreement required to consummate the proposed Transfer to the Proposed Purchaser and using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all necessary consents from third parties and take such other actions as may be necessary to effectuate the intent of the foregoing so long as such Selling Members execute the same agreements and other documents on the same terms, provided that:

 

  (i) a Tagging Member shall not be required to provide representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements other than those individual representations, warranties covenants, or agreements (so long as such Selling Members agree to do the same) related to such Tagging Member’s (A) ownership of and title to the shares it is transferring in such Tag-Along Sale, (B) organization, (C) authority to enter in the Tag-Along Sale and (D) conflicts and consents related to such Tag-Along Sale;

 

  (ii) any indemnity given by the Selling Members to the purchaser in connection with such Tag-Along Sale applicable to liabilities not specific to the Selling Members shall be apportioned among the Selling Members and the Tagging Members according to the consideration received by each Selling Member and Tagging Member and shall not exceed the lesser of (A) such Selling Member’s or Tagging Member’s (as the case may be) pro rata portion of any such liability, to be determined in accordance with such Selling Member’s or Tagging Member’s (as the case may be) portion of the total value for his, her or its Ordinary Shares included in such Tag-Along Sale or (B) such Selling Member’s or Tagging Member’s (as the case may be) proceeds from the Tag-Along Sale;

 

  (iii) other than a customary confidentiality covenant, a Tagging Member shall not be obligated to enter into any non-compete, non-solicit or other post-closing covenant that restricts its activities in any way; and

 

  (iv) a Tagging Member shall not be responsible for breaches of representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements made by any other seller in such Tag-Along Sale with respect to such other seller.

 

33


  Subject to clauses (i) through (iv) above, at the closing of any Tag-Along Sale, the Tagging Members shall deliver to the Proposed Purchaser (A) such instruments of transfer as shall be reasonably requested by the Proposed Purchaser with respect to the Ordinary Shares to be Transferred, against receipt of the purchase price therefor (so long as such Selling Members agree to do the same) and (B) such members’ Ordinary Shares, free and clear of any liens (so long as such Selling Members agree to do the same). At the closing of any proposed Tag-Along Sale, the Proposed Purchaser shall deliver payment (in full in immediately available funds) for the Ordinary Shares purchased by such Proposed Purchaser.

 

  (f) In connection with any Tag-Along Sale, the Tagging Members shall receive for the sale of their Ordinary Shares a pro rata portion of the aggregate consideration paid by the Proposed Purchaser.

 

  (g) There shall be no liability on the part of the Board of Directors, the Selling Members or the Company to the Tagging Members or any of their respective Affiliates if any Tag-Along Sale is not consummated for whatever reason. For the avoidance of doubt, the determination of whether to effect a Tag-Along Sale shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Selling Members.

 

  (h) This Section 6 shall not apply to Transfers (i) permitted by clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (g), (h) and (i) of Section 20, (ii) in connection with a liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company, (iii) pursuant to, or consequent upon, the exercise of the right of first offer set forth in Section 5 or (iv) pursuant to, or consequent upon, the exercise of the drag-along rights set forth in Section 7.

 

7. Drag-Along Rights .

 

  (a) If at any time any Existing Member or group of Existing Members holding at least a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) (collectively, the “ Dragging Members ”) determine to Transfer or cause to be Transferred, in any single arm’s-length transaction or series of related arm’s-length transactions, Ordinary Shares representing all of the then-issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) then held by the Existing Members to one or more Persons who are unaffiliated bona fide third-party purchasers (a “ Drag-Along Sale ”), then the Dragging Members may elect to require all other Members (the “ Dragged Members ”) to, and the Dragged Members shall, (i) if such Drag-Along Sale is structured as sale of Ordinary Shares, Transfer, or caused to be Transferred, to such Person, concurrently with the Drag-Along Sale, Preference Shares or Ordinary Shares representing all of the Ordinary Shares

 

34


  then held by the Dragged Members (in the case of Preference Shares, assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) or (ii) if such Transfer is structured as a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, to vote in favor thereof, and otherwise to consent to and raise no objection to such Drag-Along Sale, and the Dragged Members shall waive dissenters’ rights, appraisal rights or similar rights, if any, which the Dragged Members may have in connection therewith; provided that upon the consummation of any Drag-Along Sale, (y) before any distribution or payment shall be made to any Dragging Members in connection with such Drag-Along Sale, each Dragged Member that holds Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive the Sale Payment, for each Preference Share it holds that is to be Transferred in such Drag-Along Sale in accordance with the Memorandum and (z) if such Drag-Along Sale is entered into prior to the three year anniversary of the Closing, then the consideration payable to each Dragged Member that holds Preference Shares shall be payable either (i) solely in cash or Liquid Securities, or (ii) solely to the extent holders of Ordinary Shares are receiving securities, other than Liquid Securities, in such Drag-Along Sale, then each holder of Preference Shares shall have the option of receiving non-Liquid Securities of either the same class received by holders of Ordinary Shares or in the form of Acceptable Securities. For greater certainty, under no circumstances shall any Affiliate of the Company be considered an unaffiliated bona fide third-party purchaser for purposes of this Section 7.

 

  (b) The Dragging Members may exercise their drag-along rights pursuant hereto by delivering to each Dragged Member and the Company, at least twenty (20) days in advance of the anticipated closing date for the Drag-Along Sale, a written notice (the “ Drag Notice ”), which shall set forth (i) the number of Ordinary Shares the Dragging Members proposed to be sold in such Drag-Along Sale, (ii) the name and address of the proposed Transferee in such Drag-Along Sale, (iii) the material terms and conditions of such proposed Drag-Along Sale (including the per Ordinary Share purchase price or a reasonable estimate of the maximum and minimum per Ordinary Share purchase price) and (iv) the proposed effective date of the proposed Drag-Along Sale. The Drag Notice shall also specify the number of Ordinary Shares required to be Transferred by the Dragged Member.

 

  (c)

Prior to or in connection with the closing of any such proposed Drag-Along Sale, each Dragged Member shall take, or cause to be taken, all commercially reasonable actions, and do, or cause to be done, all things commercially reasonable or advisable to consummate or make effective such Drag-Along Sale, including (i) together with the proposed purchaser

 

35


  or purchasers, execute any purchase agreement or other certificates, instruments and other agreement required to consummate and make effective such proposed Drag-Along Sale and (ii) using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all necessary consents from third parties and take such other actions as may be necessary to effectuate the intent of the foregoing so long as such Dragging Members execute the same agreements and other documents on the same terms; provided that:

 

  (i) a Dragged Member shall not be required to provide representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements other than those individual representations, warranties covenants, or agreements (so long as such Dragging Members agree to do the same) related to such Dragged Member’s (A) ownership of and title to the shares it is transferring in such Drag-Along Sale, (B) organization, (C) authority to enter in the Drag-Along Sale and (D) conflicts and consents related to such Drag-Along Sale;

 

  (ii) any indemnity given by the Dragging Members to the purchaser in connection with such Drag-Along Sale applicable to liabilities not specific to the Dragging Members shall be apportioned among the Dragging Members and Dragged Members (as the case may be) according to the consideration received by each Dragging Member and Dragged Member and shall not exceed the lesser of (A) such Dragging Member’s or Dragged Member’s (as the case may be) pro rata portion of any such liability, to be determined in accordance with such Dragging Member’s or Dragged Member’s (as the case may be) portion of the total value for his, her or its shares included in such Drag-Along Sale or (B) such Dragging Member’s or Dragged Member’s (as the case may be) proceeds from the Drag-Along Sale;

 

  (iii) other than a customary confidentiality covenant, a Dragged Member shall not be obligated to enter into any non-compete, non-solicit or other post-closing covenant that restricts its activities in any way; and

 

  (iv) a Dragged Member shall not be responsible for breaches of representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements made by any other seller in such Drag-Along Sale with respect to such other seller.

Subject to clauses (i) through (iv) above, at the closing of any such proposed Drag-Along Sale, the Dragged Members shall deliver to the proposed purchaser or purchasers (x) such certificates and other instruments of transfer as shall be reasonably requested by the proposed purchaser or purchasers with respect to the Ordinary Shares to be Transferred, against receipt of the purchase price therefor in such Drag-

 

36


  Along Sale (so long as such Dragging Members agree to do the same) and (y) the Dragged Member’s Preference Shares or Ordinary Shares, free and clear of any liens (so long as such Dragging Members agree to do the same). At the closing of any proposed Drag-Along Sale, the proposed purchaser or purchasers shall deliver payment (in full in immediately available funds) for the shares purchased by such proposed purchaser or purchasers.

 

  (d) In the event that the Drag-Along Sale is effectuated through a business combination (whether by way of merger, recapitalization or otherwise) or asset sale, the members shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all commercially reasonable action, and to do, or cause to be done, all things commercially reasonable or advisable to consummate and make effective the business combination.

 

  (e) There shall be no liability on the part of the Dragging Members, the Board of Directors or the Company to the Dragged Members or any of their respective Affiliates if any Drag-Along Sale is not consummated for whatever reason. For the avoidance of doubt, the determination of whether to effect a Drag-Along Sale shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Dragging Members.

 

  (f) If more than 90 days elapse from the date of delivery of the Drag Notice without the consummation of such Drag-Along Sale, the members shall be released from their obligations with respect to such Drag-Along Sale and the provisions of this Section 7 shall again apply to any future Transfers that otherwise come within its terms.

 

8. Supplemental Transfer Provisions .

 

  (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Memorandum or the Articles, no Existing Member shall Transfer any Shares in a Permitted Transfer that constitutes a Tag-Along Sale unless such Transfer is first consented to in writing, or initiated or otherwise participated in, by the Majority Existing Members.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Memorandum or the Articles, in addition to the Transfer terms and conditions set forth in this Memorandum or the Articles, except for a Transfer in connection with the sale of Preference Shares in the Offering, a Company Sale or in the IPO, no Transfers of Shares by an Existing Member shall be completed or effective for any purpose unless the Transferee shall have executed and delivered to the Company a written undertaking substantially in the form attached to the Voting and Lock-Up Agreement, pursuant to which such Transferee agrees (x) to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Voting and Lock-Up Agreement and (y) that the Shares acquired by it shall be subject to the terms of the Voting and Lock-Up Agreement.

 

37


  (c)

The provisions of this Section 8 shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the date on which the IPO is consummated, (ii) the consummation of a Company Sale, (iii) a liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company and (iv) the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Closing ( provided , that the provisions of Section 8(b) shall continue to apply to Transfers permitted by virtue of this subclause (iv)).

 

38


TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT

(NO. 16 OF 2004)

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

PRELIMINARY

 

1. In these Articles, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, the words and expressions standing in the first column of the following table shall bear the meanings set opposite them respectively in the second column thereof.

 

Words

   Meaning

Acceptable Securities

   Any preference or preferred securities of any person that have the substantially similar economic and legal characteristics as the Preference Shares (including lock-up provisions, liquidity and registration rights and other shareholder rights and obligations as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the lock-up, liquidity and registration rights and obligations provided for in the Shareholders Agreement and the Memorandum).

Accreted Value

   As of any date, with respect to each Preference Share, (a) the Preference Share Issue Amount, plus (b) the amount of dividends which have accreted, compounded and been added thereto to such date.

Act

   The BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (as amended).


Advised Account

   Any New Member (or Affiliate of any New Member) for whom T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. or Fidelity Investments, Inc. is the investment adviser.

Affiliate

   With respect to any person, another person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such first person, where “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, as trustee or executor or otherwise. Advised Accounts that share the same investment adviser (or affiliated investment adviser) shall be deemed to be Affiliates.

Board of Directors

   The Board of Directors of the Company.

Business Day

   Any day, except a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banking institutions are legally authorized to close in New York City or in the British Virgin Islands.

capital

  

The sum of the aggregate par value of all outstanding shares with par value of the Company and shares with par value held by the Company as treasury shares plus

 

(a)    the aggregate of the amounts designated as capital of all outstanding shares without par value of the Company and shares without par value held by the Company as treasury shares, and

 

2


  

(b)    the amounts as are from time to time transferred from surplus to capital by a resolution of directors.

Closing

   The closing of the Offering.

Company Sale

  

(a) Any sale or Transfer, in one or more related transactions, of the Company whether by sale or other Transfer of shares, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, recapitalization or equity sale (including a sale of securities by the Company other than in the IPO), which has the effect of the direct or indirect acquisition of the Majority Voting Power in the Company from the member or members who directly or indirectly held such Majority Voting Power immediately prior to such sale; provided , that, for avoidance of doubt, a transaction that results in the member or members who held such Majority Voting Power immediately prior to such sale continuing to directly or indirectly hold (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting Equity Securities of the successor or surviving entity) the Majority Voting Power of the Company or comparable voting Equity Securities of the surviving or successor entity outstanding immediately after such transaction shall not constitute a Company Sale; or

 

(b) any sale or Transfer, other than to the Company or any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions, of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries (which

 

3


  

may include, for the avoidance of doubt, the sale or issuance of Equity Securities of one or more subsidiaries of the Company); provided , that, for avoidance of doubt, a transaction that results in (A) the member or members who held such Majority Voting Power of the Company immediately prior to such sale continuing to directly or indirectly hold the Majority Voting Power of the person that acquires such assets immediately after such transaction and (B) the holders of Preference Shares immediately prior to such sale acquiring Acceptable Securities of the person that acquires such assets immediately after such transaction shall not constitute a Company Sale.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an IPO or any broadly disseminated Public Offering of Equity Securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries shall not constitute a Company Sale.

Consent Rights Matters

   The matters set out in Regulation 93 of these Articles of Association that require the consent of the holders Preference Shares as further set out therein.

Equity Securities

   With respect to any entity, all forms of equity securities in such entity or any successor of such entity (however designated, whether voting or non-voting), all securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such equity securities, and all warrants, options or other rights to purchase or acquire from such entity or any successor of such entity, such equity securities, or securities convertible into or

 

4


   exchangeable or exercisable for such equity securities, including, with respect to the Company, the Ordinary Shares and any Share Equivalents (including the Preference Shares).

Exchange Act

   The United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Excluded Transaction

   Any issuance of Ordinary Shares (a) pursuant to any stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or arrangement for the benefit of employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries; (b) issued as consideration in connection with a bona fide acquisition, merger or consolidation by the Company to an unaffiliated third party provided such acquisition, merger or consolidation has been approved by the Board of Directors; (c) issued in connection with licensing, marketing or distribution arrangements or similar strategic transactions approved by the Board of Directors to an unaffiliated third party; (d) upon conversion of the Preference Shares; (e) as a dividend on Preference Shares; or (f) pursuant to an IPO or any other broadly disseminated public offering of Equity Securities of the Company.

Existing Member

   A member as of the date of the Subscription Agreement and its Permitted Transferees (as defined in the Memorandum), excluding New Members.

Governmental Authority

   Any federal, national, state, foreign, provincial, local or other government or any governmental, regulatory,

 

5


   administrative or self-regulatory authority, agency, bureau, board, commission, court, judicial or arbitral body, department, political subdivision, tribunal or other instrumentality thereof.

IPO

   The first Public Offering of Shares in a firm commitment underwriting in (i) the United States or (ii) the United Kingdom with a listing on the London Stock Exchange, in Hong Kong on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange or any other country with a listing on an internationally recognized stock exchange (any such international exchange together with any stock exchange in the United States, an “ Approved Exchange ”) recommended by the lead managing underwriter or underwriters and approved by the Board of Directors.

Law

   Any statute or law (including common law), constitution, code, ordinance, rule, treaty or regulation and any Order.

Liquid Securities

   In the case of equity securities, that are of a class listed on one or more Approved Exchanges and that are immediately salable without contractual or legal restrictions on transfer (it being agreed that such securities shall not be deemed to be subject to legal restrictions if such securities are (A) immediately salable pursuant to Rule 144 (or applicable non U.S. equivalent to Rule 144) without volume limitations or (B) entitled to the benefits of a shelf registration or other registration rights that are immediately exercisable).

 

6


Majority Existing Member

   The Existing Member or Existing Members holding greater than fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming for this purpose, the conversion of all Preference Shares held by the Existing Members into Ordinary Shares) held by all of the Existing Members at the time of the relevant meeting or consent.

Majority Voting Power

   With respect to any person, either (a) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the board of directors or other similar body of such person or the power to control such person by contract or as the managing member or general partner (or other equivalent status) of such person, or (b) ownership of Equity Securities representing a majority of the voting interests of such person.

member

   A person who holds shares in the Company and whose name is entered in the Company’s register of members as the registered holder of such shares.

Memorandum

   The Memorandum of Association of the Company as originally framed or as from time to time amended, and including the Share Transfer Restrictions and the Preemptive Rights.

New Member

   A member who acquired its shares under the Subscription Agreement.

Offering

   The offering and sale of Preference Shares by the Company and certain members pursuant to the Subscription Agreement.

Order

   Any award, injunction, judgment, decree, order, ruling, subpoena,

 

7


   assessment, writ or verdict or other decision issued, promulgated or entered by or with any Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction.

person

   An association, a corporation, an individual, a partnership, a limited liability company, a trust or any other entity or organization, including a Governmental Authority.

Preemptive Rights

   The preemptive rights set out in Article I of the Schedule to the Memorandum entitled “Preemptive Rights”.

Preference Share Issue Amount

   With respect to any Preference Share, US$46.0539.

Pro Rata Share

   With respect to any member, a percentage interest (expressed as a percentage) that results from dividing (a) the number of Ordinary Shares held by such member by (b) the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares held by all members electing to participate in the purchase of Offered Securities pursuant to Article I, Section 1 of the Schedule to the Memorandum (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares held by such member or members into Ordinary Shares in each of (a) and (b) above).

Public Offering

   A public offering of Ordinary Shares pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form F-4, Form S-4, Form S-8 or any successor forms) filed by the Company under the Securities Act or any equivalent foreign securities Laws.

Qualified IPO

   An IPO for which the aggregate gross cash proceeds to be received by the Company and the selling

 

8


   members of Ordinary Shares in such offering ((or series of related offerings) without deducting underwriter discounts, expenses and commissions) are at least US$250,000,000 or the equivalent in a foreign currency if the Qualified IPO is not in the United States.

resolution of directors

  

(a)    A resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of directors of the Company or of a committee of directors of the Company by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the directors present at the meeting who voted and did not abstain; or

 

(b)    a resolution consented to in writing by all directors or of all members of the committee, as the case may be;

 

except that where a director is given more than one vote, he shall be counted by the number of votes he casts for the purpose of establishing a majority.

resolution of members

  

(a)    A resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of the members of the Company by the affirmative vote of

 

(i)     a simple majority of the votes of the shares entitled to vote thereon which were present at the meeting and were voted and not abstained, or

 

9


  

(ii)    a simple majority of the votes of each class or series of shares which were present at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon as a class or series and were voted and not abstained and of a simple majority of the votes of the remaining shares entitled to vote thereon which were present at the meeting and were voted and not abstained; or

 

(b)    a resolution consented to in writing by

 

(i)     an absolute majority of the votes of shares entitled to vote thereon, or

 

(ii)    an absolute majority of the votes of each class or series of shares entitled to vote thereon as a class or series and of an absolute majority of the votes of the remaining shares entitled to vote thereon.

Restructuring

   The restructuring of the Company and the related transactions contemplated by the Restructuring Agreement.

Restructuring Agreement

   The Restructuring Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2011, among the Company, the members named

 

10


   therein, SHL Fashion Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company, SHL-Kors Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company, Michael Kors Far East Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company and Michael Kors (USA), Inc., a Delaware corporation.

securities

   Shares and debt obligations of every kind, and options, warrants and rights to acquire shares, or debt obligations.

Securities Act

   The United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Shareholders Agreement

   The Shareholders Agreement, dated as of Closing, among the Company and the members named therein.

shares

   Collectively, Equity Securities of the Company, including the Ordinary Shares and the Preference Shares.

Share Equivalents

   Any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Ordinary Shares, and any warrants, options or other rights to purchase or acquire Ordinary Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Ordinary Shares.

Share Transfer Restrictions

   The share transfer restrictions set out in Article II of the Schedule to the Memorandum entitled “Transfer”.

Springing Board Seat

   The member of the Board of Directors designated by the holders of Preference Shares, as a class, to the extent that a Qualified IPO is not consummated on or prior to March 31, 2012.

 

11


Subscription Agreement

   The Subscription Agreement, dated as of Closing, among the Company and the members named therein.

subsidiary

   With respect to any specified person, (a) any corporation or company more than 50% of whose voting or capital stock is, as of the time in question, directly or indirectly owned by such person and (b) any partnership, joint venture, association, or other entity in which such person, directly or indirectly, owns more than 50% of the equity or economic interest thereof or has the power to elect or direct the election of more than 50% of the members of the governing body of such entity.

surplus

   The excess, if any, at the time of the determination of the total assets of the Company over the aggregate of its total liabilities, as shown in its books of account, plus the Company’s capital.

the Seal

   Any Seal which has been duly adopted as the Seal of the Company.

these Articles

   The Articles of Association as originally framed or as from time to time amended.

Transaction Documents

   Collectively, the Shareholders Agreement, the Subscription Agreement and any other agreements entered into by the Company with the holders of Preference Shares in connection with the Offering.

Transfer

   Any transfer, sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of any shares, whether directly or indirectly (including by merger or sale of equity in any direct or indirect holding company, all or

 

12


   substantially all of whose assets consist of shares), irrespective of whether any of the foregoing are effected voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of Law, pursuant to judicial process or otherwise, or whether inter vivos or upon death; provided, however, that any pledge, hypothecation or grant of any security interest to an institutional lender in which the member of such shares retains the power to vote such shares shall not constitute a Transfer; provided, further, that any foreclosure or other realization upon such pledge, hypothecation or security interest by the creditor with respect thereto shall constitute a Transfer and shall be subject to the Share Transfer Restrictions and the provisions of the Shareholders Agreement. When used as a verb, “Transfer” and “Transferred” shall have the correlative meaning. In addition, “Transferee” shall have the correlative meaning.

treasury shares

   Shares in the Company that were previously issued but were repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Company and not cancelled.

Voting and Lock-Up Agreement

   The Voting and Lock-Up Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2011, by and among the Company and the persons listed on Schedule I thereto under the heading “Existing Shareholders”, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

2. “Written” or any term of like import includes words typewritten, printed, painted, engraved, lithographed, photographed or represented or reproduced by any mode of reproducing words in a visible form, including telex, facsimile, telegram, cable or other form of writing produced by electronic communication.

 

13


3. Save as aforesaid any words or expressions defined in the Act shall bear the same meaning in these Articles.

 

4. Whenever the singular or plural number, or the masculine, feminine or neuter gender is used in these Articles, it shall equally, where the context admits, include the others.

 

5. A reference in these Articles to voting in relation to shares shall be construed as a reference to voting by members holding the shares except that it is the votes allocated to the shares that shall be counted and not the number of members who actually voted and a reference to shares being present at a meeting shall be given a corresponding construction.

 

6. A reference to money in these Articles is, unless otherwise stated, a reference to the currency in which shares in the Company shall be issued according to the provisions of the Memorandum.

 

6A. A reference to a provision of Law is a reference to that provision as extended, applied, amended or re-enacted and includes any subordinate legislation.

 

6B. A reference to an agreement is a reference to that agreement as amended.

REGISTERED SHARES

 

7. Every member holding registered shares in the Company shall be entitled to a certificate signed by a director or officer of the Company, or any other person authorized by resolution of directors, or under the Seal specifying the share or shares held by him and the signature of the director, officer or authorized person and the Seal may be facsimiles.

 

8. Any member receiving a share certificate for registered shares shall indemnify and hold the Company and its Board of Directors and officers harmless from any loss or liability which it or they may incur by reason of any wrongful or fraudulent use or representation made by any person by virtue of the possession thereof. If a share certificate for registered shares is worn out or lost it may be renewed on production of the worn out certificate or on satisfactory proof of its loss together with such indemnity as may be required by a resolution of directors.

 

9. If several persons are registered as joint holders of any shares, any one of such persons may give an effectual receipt for any dividend payable in respect of such shares.

SHARES, CAPITAL AND SURPLUS

 

10. Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the Memorandum (which includes the Preemptive Rights) and any resolution of members, the unissued shares of the

 

14


Company shall be at the disposal of the Board of Directors who may, without limiting or affecting any rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class or series of shares offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of shares to such persons, at such times and upon such terms and conditions as the Company may by resolution of directors determine.

 

11. No share in the Company may be issued until the consideration in respect thereof is fully paid, and when issued the share is for all purposes fully paid and non-assessable save that a share issued for a promissory note or other written obligation for payment of a debt may be issued subject to forfeiture in the manner prescribed in these Articles.

 

12. Shares in the Company shall be issued for money, services rendered, personal property, an estate in real property, a promissory note or other binding obligation to contribute money or property or any combination of the foregoing as shall be determined by a resolution of directors.

 

13. Shares in the Company may be issued for such amount of consideration as the Board of Directors may from time to time by resolution of directors determine, except that in the case of shares with par value, the amount shall not be less than the par value, and in the absence of fraud the decision of the Board of Directors as to the value of the consideration received by the Company in respect of the issue is conclusive unless a question of Law is involved. The consideration in respect of the shares constitutes capital to the extent of the par value and the excess constitutes surplus.

 

14. A share issued by the Company upon conversion of, or in exchange for, another share or a debt obligation or other security in the Company, shall be treated for all purposes as having been issued for money equal to the consideration received or deemed to have been received by the Company in respect of the other share, debt obligation or security.

 

15. Treasury shares may be disposed of by the Company on such terms and conditions (not otherwise inconsistent with these Articles) as the Company may by resolution of directors determine.

 

16. The Company may issue fractions of a share and a fractional share shall have the same corresponding fractional liabilities, limitations, preferences, privileges, qualifications, restrictions, rights and other attributes of a whole share of the same class or series of shares.

 

17.

Upon the issue by the Company of a share without par value, the consideration in respect of the share constitutes capital to the extent designated by the Board of Directors and the excess constitutes surplus, except that the Board of Directors must designate as capital an amount of the consideration that is at least equal to

 

15


the amount that the share is entitled to as a preference, if any, in the assets of the Company upon liquidation of the Company.

 

18. The Company may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire and hold its own shares but only out of surplus or in exchange for newly issued shares of equal value.

 

19. Subject to provisions to the contrary in the Memorandum or these Articles, the Company may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its own shares without the consent of members whose shares are to be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired.

 

20. No purchase, redemption or other acquisition of shares shall be made unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution of directors that immediately after the purchase, redemption or other acquisition Company will be able to satisfy its liabilities as they become due in the ordinary course of its business and the realisable value of the assets of the Company will not be less than the sum of its total liabilities, other than deferred taxes, as shown in the books of account, and its capital and, in the absence of fraud, the decision of the Board of Directors as to the realisable value of the assets of the Company is conclusive, unless a question of Law is involved.

 

21. A determination by the Board of Directors under the preceding Regulation is not required where shares are purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired

 

  (a) pursuant to a right of a member to have his shares redeemed or to have his shares exchanged for money or other property of the Company;

 

  (b) by virtue of a transfer of capital pursuant to Regulation 49;

 

  (c) by virtue of the provisions of the Act; or

 

  (d) pursuant to an order of the Court.

 

22. Shares that the Company purchases, redeems or otherwise acquires pursuant to the preceding Regulation may be cancelled or held as treasury shares except to the extent that such shares are in excess of 80 percent of the issued shares of the Company in which case they shall be cancelled but they shall be available for reissue.

 

23. Where shares in the Company are held by the Company as treasury shares or are held by another company of which the Company holds, directly or indirectly, shares having more than 50 percent of the votes in the election of directors of the other company, such shares of the Company are not entitled to vote or to have dividends paid thereon and shall not be treated as outstanding for any purpose except for purposes of determining the capital of the Company.

 

16


24. The Company may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its shares at a price lower than the fair value if permitted by, and then only in accordance with, the terms of

 

  (a) the Memorandum or these Articles; or

 

  (b) a written agreement for the subscription for the shares to be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired.

 

25. The Company may by a resolution of directors include in the computation of surplus for any purpose the unrealised appreciation of the assets of the Company, and, in the absence of fraud, the decision of the Board of Directors as to the value of the assets is conclusive, unless a question of Law is involved.

MORTGAGES AND CHARGES OF REGISTERED SHARES

 

26. Members may mortgage or charge their registered shares in the Company and upon satisfactory evidence thereof the Company shall give effect to the terms of any valid mortgage or charge except insofar as it may conflict with any requirements herein contained for consent to the transfer of shares.

 

27. In the case of the mortgage or charge of registered shares there may be entered in the share register of the Company at the request of the registered holder of such shares

 

  (a) a statement that the shares are mortgaged or charged;

 

  (b) the name of the mortgagee or chargee; and

 

  (c) the date on which the aforesaid particulars are entered in the share register.

 

28. Where particulars of a mortgage or charge are registered, such particulars shall be cancelled

 

  (a) with the consent of the named mortgagee or chargee or anyone authorised to act on his behalf; or

 

  (b) upon evidence satisfactory to the Board of Directors of the discharge of the liability secured by the mortgage or charge and the issue of such indemnities as the Board of Directors shall consider necessary or desirable.

 

29. Whilst particulars of a mortgage or charge are registered, no transfer of any share comprised therein shall be effected without the written consent of the named mortgagee or chargee or anyone authorised to act on his behalf.

 

17


FORFEITURE

 

30. When shares issued for a promissory note or other written obligation for payment of a debt have been issued subject to forfeiture, the provisions set forth in the following four regulations shall apply.

 

31. Written notice specifying a date for payment to be made and the shares in respect of which payment is to be made shall be served on the member who defaults in making payment pursuant to a promissory note or other written obligations to pay a debt.

 

32. The written notice specifying a date for payment shall

 

  (a) name a further date not earlier than the expiration of 14 days from the date of service of the notice on or before which payment required by the notice is to be made; and

 

  (b) contain a statement that in the event of non-payment at or before the time named in the notice the shares, or any of them, in respect of which payment is not made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

33. Where a written notice has been issued and the requirements have not been complied with within the prescribed time, the Board of Directors may at any time before tender of payment forfeit and cancel the shares to which the notice relates.

 

34. The Company is under no obligation to refund any monies to the member whose shares have been forfeited and cancelled pursuant to these provisions. Upon forfeiture and cancellation of the shares the member is discharged from any further obligation to the Company with respect to the shares forfeited and cancelled.

LIEN

 

35.

The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share issued for a promissory note or for any other binding obligation to contribute money or property or any combination thereof to the Company, and the Company shall also have a first and paramount lien on every share standing registered in the name of a member, whether singly or jointly with any other person or persons, for all the debts and liabilities of such member or his estate to the Company, whether the same shall have been incurred before or after notice to the Company of any interest of any person other than such member, and whether the time for the payment or discharge of the same shall have actually arrived or not, and notwithstanding that the same are joint debts or liabilities of such member or his estate and any other person, whether a member of the Company or not. The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to all dividends payable thereon. The Board of Directors may at any time either generally, or in any particular case,

 

18


  waive any lien that has arisen or declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Regulation.

 

36. In the absence of express provisions regarding sale in the promissory note or other binding obligation to contribute money or property, the Company may sell, in such manner as the Board of Directors may by resolution of directors determine, any share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable nor until the expiration of twenty one days after a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of the sum presently payable and giving notice of the intention to sell in default of such payment, has been served on the holder for the time being of the share.

 

37. The net proceeds of the sale by the Company of any shares on which it has a lien shall be applied in or towards payment of discharge of the promissory note or other binding obligation to contribute money or property or any combination thereof in respect of which the lien exists so far as the same is presently payable and any residue shall (subject to a like lien for debts or liabilities not presently payable as existed upon the share prior to the sale) be paid to the holder of the share immediately before such sale. For giving effect to any such sale the Board of Directors may authorise some person to transfer the share sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the share and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

38. Subject to any limitations in these Articles and the Memorandum, registered shares in the Company may be transferred by a written instrument of transfer signed by the transferor and containing the name and address of the transferee, but in the absence of such written instrument of transfer the Board of Directors may accept such evidence of a transfer of shares as they consider appropriate.

 

39. The Company shall not be required to treat a transferee of a registered share in the Company as a member until the transferee’s name has been entered in the share register.

 

40.

Subject to any limitations in these Articles, the Memorandum, the Shareholders Agreement and the Voting and Lock-up Agreement, the Company must on the application of the transferor or transferee of a registered share in the Company enter in the share register the name of the transferee of the share save that the registration of transfers may be suspended and the share register closed at such times and for such periods as the Company may from time to time by resolution of directors determine provided always that such registration shall not be

 

19


  suspended and the share register closed for more than 60 days in any period of 12 months.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

41. The executor or administrator of a deceased member, the guardian of an incompetent member or the trustee of a bankrupt member shall be the only person recognised by the Company as having any title to his share but they shall not be entitled to exercise any rights as a member of the Company until they have proceeded as set forth in the next following three regulations.

 

42. The production to the Company of any document which is evidence of probate of the will, or letters of administration of the estate, or confirmation as executor, of a deceased member or of the appointment of a guardian of an incompetent member or the trustee of a bankrupt member may be accepted by the Company even if the deceased, incompetent or bankrupt member is domiciled outside the British Virgin Islands if the document evidencing the grant of probate or letters of administration, confirmation as executor, appointment as guardian or trustee in bankruptcy is issued by a foreign court which had competent jurisdiction in the matter. For the purpose of establishing whether or not a foreign court had competent jurisdiction in such a matter the Board of Directors may obtain appropriate legal advice. The Board of Directors may also require an indemnity to be given by the executor, administrator, guardian or trustee in bankruptcy.

 

43. Any person becoming entitled by operation of Law or otherwise to a share or shares in consequence of the death, incompetence or bankruptcy of any member may be registered as a member upon such evidence being produced as may reasonably be required by the Board of Directors. An application by any such person to be registered as a member shall for all purposes be deemed to be a transfer of shares of the deceased, incompetent or bankrupt member and the Board of Directors shall treat it as such.

 

44. Any person who has become entitled to a share or shares in consequence of the death, incompetence or bankruptcy of any member may, instead of being registered himself, request in writing that some person to be named by him be registered as the transferee of such share or shares and such request shall likewise be treated as if it were a transfer.

 

45. What amounts to incompetence on the part of a person is a matter to be determined by the court having regard to all the relevant evidence and the circumstances of the case.

REDUCTION OR INCREASE IN MAXIMUM AUTHORISED NUMBER OF SHARES OR CAPITAL

 

20


46. Subject to any limitations in these Articles or the Memorandum, the Company may by a resolution of directors amend the Memorandum to increase or reduce its maximum authorised number of shares and in connection therewith the Company may in respect of any unissued shares increase or reduce the number of such shares, increase or reduce the par value of any such shares or effect any combination of the foregoing.

 

47. The Company may amend the Memorandum to

 

  (a) divide the shares, including issued shares, of a class or series into a larger number of shares of the same class or series; or

 

  (b) combine the shares, including issued shares, of a class or series into a smaller number of shares of the same class or series,

 

     provided, however, that where shares are divided or combined under (a) or (b) of this Regulation, the aggregate par value of the new shares must be equal to the aggregate par value of the original shares.

 

48. The capital of the Company may by a resolution of directors be increased by transferring an amount of the surplus of the Company to capital.

 

49. Subject to the provisions of the two next succeeding Regulations, the capital of the Company may by resolution of directors be reduced by transferring an amount of the capital of the Company to surplus.

 

50. No reduction of capital shall be effected that reduces the capital of the Company to an amount that immediately after the reduction is less than the aggregate par value of all outstanding shares with par value and all shares with par value held by the Company as treasury shares and the aggregate of the amounts designated as capital of all outstanding shares without par value and all shares without par value held by the Company as treasury shares that are entitled to a preference, if any, in the assets of the Company upon liquidation of the Company.

 

51. No reduction of capital shall be effected unless the Board of Directors determine that immediately after the reduction the Company will be able to satisfy its liabilities as they become due in the ordinary course of its business and that the realisable assets of the Company will not be less than its total liabilities, other than deferred taxes, as shown in the books of the Company and its remaining capital, and, in the absence of fraud, the decision of the Board of Directors as to the realisable value of the assets of the Company is conclusive, unless a question of Law is involved.

MEETINGS AND CONSENTS OF MEMBERS

 

21


52. The Board of Directors may convene meetings of the members of the Company at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the Board of Directors consider necessary or desirable.

 

53. Upon the written request of members holding 10 percent or more of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (including any Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Preference Shares) the Board of Directors shall convene a meeting of members.

 

54. The Board of Directors shall give not less than 7 days notice of meetings of members to those persons whose names on the date the notice is given appear as members in the share register of the Company and are entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

55. The Board of Directors may fix the date notice is given of a meeting of members as the record date for determining those shares that are entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

56. A meeting of members may be called on short notice:

 

  (a) if members holding not less than 90 percent of the total number of shares entitled to vote on all matters to be considered at the meeting, or 90 percent of the votes of each class or series of shares where members are entitled to vote thereon as a class or series together with not less than a 90 percent majority of the remaining votes, have agreed to short notice of the meeting, or

 

  (b) if all members holding shares entitled to vote on all or any matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting and for this purpose presence at the meeting shall be deemed to constitute waiver.

 

57. The inadvertent failure of the Board of Directors to give notice of a meeting to a member or the fact that a member has not received a notice that has been properly given, shall not invalidate the meeting.

 

58. A member may be represented at a meeting of members by a proxy who may speak and vote on behalf of the member.

 

59. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be produced at the place appointed for the meeting before the time for holding the meeting at which the person named in such instrument proposes to vote.

 

60. An instrument appointing a proxy shall be in substantially the following form or such other form as the Chairman of the meeting shall accept as properly evidencing the wishes of the member appointing the proxy.

 

22


(Name of Company)

I/We                      being a member of the above Company with                      shares HEREBY APPOINT                      of                      or failing him                      of                      to be my/our proxy to vote for me/us at the meeting of members to be held on the                      day of                      and at any adjournment thereof.

(Any restrictions on voting to be inserted here.)

Signed this                      day of                     

 

       
  Member

 

61. The following shall apply in respect of joint ownership of shares:

 

  (a) if two or more persons hold shares jointly each of them may be present in person or by proxy at a meeting of members and may speak as a member;

 

  (b) if only one of the joint owners is present in person or by proxy he may vote on behalf of all joint owners; and

 

  (c) if two or more of the joint owners are present in person or by proxy they must vote as one.

 

62. A member shall be deemed to be present at a meeting of members if he participates by telephone or other electronic means and all members participating in the meeting are able to hear each other.

 

63. A meeting of members is duly constituted if, at the commencement of the meeting, there are present in person or by proxy not less than 50 percent of the votes of the shares or class or series of shares (assuming in the case of Ordinary Shares, any Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Preference Shares) entitled to vote on resolutions of members to be considered at the meeting. If a quorum be present, notwithstanding the fact that such quorum may be represented by only one person then such person may resolve any matter and a certificate signed by such person accompanied where such person be a proxy by a copy of the proxy form shall constitute a valid resolution of members.

 

64.

If within two hours from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of members, shall be dissolved; in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the next business day at the same time and place or to such other time and place as the Board of Directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting there are present within one hour from

 

23


  the time appointed for the meeting in person or by proxy not less than one third of the votes of the shares or each class or series of shares entitled to vote on the resolutions to be considered by the meeting, those present shall constitute a quorum but otherwise the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

65. At every meeting of members, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside as Chairman of the meeting. If there is no Chairman of the Board of Directors or if the Chairman of the Board of Directors is not present at the meeting, the members present shall choose someone of their number to be the Chairman. If the members are unable to choose a Chairman for any reason, then the person representing the greatest number of voting shares present in person or by prescribed form of proxy at the meeting shall preside as Chairman failing which the oldest individual member or representative of a member present shall take the chair.

 

66. The Chairman may, with the consent of the meeting, adjourn any meeting from time to time, and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

67. At any meeting of the members the Chairman shall be responsible for deciding in such manner as he shall consider appropriate whether any resolution has been carried or not and the result of his decision shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes thereof. If the Chairman shall have any doubt as to the outcome of any resolution put to the vote, he shall cause a poll to be taken of all votes cast upon such resolution, but if the Chairman shall fail to take a poll then any member present in person or by proxy who disputes the announcement by the Chairman of the result of any vote may immediately following such announcement demand that a poll be taken and the Chairman shall thereupon cause a poll to be taken. If a poll is taken at any meeting the result thereof shall be duly recorded in the minutes of that meeting by the Chairman.

 

68. Any person other than an individual shall be regarded as one member and subject to the specific provisions hereinafter contained for the appointment of representatives of such persons the right of any individual to speak for or represent such member shall be determined by the Law of the jurisdiction where, and by the documents by which, the person is constituted or derives its existence. In case of doubt, the Board of Directors may in good faith seek legal advice from any qualified person and unless and until a court of competent jurisdiction shall otherwise rule, the Board of Directors may rely and act upon such advice without incurring any liability to any member.

 

69.

Any person other than an individual which is a member of the Company may by resolution of its Board of Directors or other governing body authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of members of the Company, and the person so authorised shall be entitled

 

24


  to exercise the same power on behalf of the person which he represents as that person could exercise if it were an individual member of the Company.

 

70. The Chairman of any meeting at which a vote is cast by proxy or on behalf of any person other than an individual may call for a notarially certified copy of such proxy or authority which shall be produced within 7 days of being so requested or the votes cast by such proxy or on behalf of such person shall be disregarded.

 

71. Directors of the Company may attend and speak at any meeting of members of the Company and at any separate meeting of the holders of any class or series of shares in the Company.

 

72. An action that may be taken by the members at a meeting may also be taken by a resolution of members consented to in writing or by telex, telegram, cable, facsimile or other written electronic communication, without the need for any notice, but if any resolution of members is adopted otherwise than by the unanimous written consent of all members, a copy of such resolution shall forthwith be sent to all members not consenting to such resolution. The consent may be in the form of counterparts, each counterpart being signed by one or more members.

 

73. Except as otherwise described in the Memorandum, each holder of Preference Shares shall have the right to vote its Preference Shares in the manner described therein (and not as a separate class or series) together with the members at all meetings of the members.

DIRECTORS

 

74. The first directors of the Company shall be appointed by the subscribers to the Memorandum; and thereafter, the directors, including the Springing Board Seat, shall be elected by the members for such term as the members determine in the resolution of members approving such appointment.

 

75. The minimum number of directors shall be one and the maximum number shall be 12.

 

76. Each director shall hold office for the term, if any, fixed by resolution of members or until his earlier death, resignation or removal; provided that the Springing Board Seat shall serve for the period provided herein.

 

77. Other than with respect to the Springing Board Seat, a director may be removed from office, with or without cause, by a resolution of members or, with cause, by a resolution of directors.

 

25


78. A director may resign his office by giving written notice of his resignation to the Company and the resignation shall have effect from the date the notice is received by the Company or from such later date as may be specified in the notice.

 

79. Notwithstanding Regulation 74 above, the Board of Directors may at any time appoint any person to be a director either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing directors; provided, however, that the holders of Preference Shares, as a class, by approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares held by such holders of Preference Shares (assuming all Preference Shares are converted into Ordinary Shares) shall have the right to designate the replacement for the Springing Board Seat to fill any such vacancy. A vacancy occurs through the death, resignation or removal of a director but a vacancy or vacancies shall not be deemed to exist where one or more directors shall resign after having appointed his or their successor or successors. The director in respect of the Springing Board Seat shall resign immediately prior to, and conditioned upon, the consummation of a Qualified IPO; provided that in the event such director does not so resign, such director may be immediately removed by a resolution of directors or a resolution of members.

 

80. The Company may determine by resolution of directors to keep a register of the Board of Directors containing

 

  (a) the names and addresses of the persons who are directors of the Company;

 

  (b) the date on which each person whose name is entered in the register was appointed as a director of the Company; and

 

  (c) the date on which each person named as a director ceased to be a director of the Company.

 

81. If the Board of Directors determines to maintain a register of directors, a copy thereof shall be kept at the registered office of the Company and the Company may determine by resolution of directors to register a copy of the register with the Registrar of Companies.

 

82. With the prior or subsequent approval by a resolution of members, the Board of Directors may, by a resolution of directors, fix the emoluments of the Board of Directors with respect to services to be rendered in any capacity to the Company.

 

83. A director shall not require a share qualification, and may be an individual or a company.

POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

84.

The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by the directors who may pay all expenses incurred preliminary to and in connection with the

 

26


  formation and registration of the Company and may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not by the Act or by the Memorandum or these Articles required to be exercised by the members of the Company, subject to any delegation of such powers as may be authorised by these Articles and to such requirements as may be prescribed by a resolution of members; but no requirement made by a resolution of members shall prevail if it be inconsistent with these Articles nor shall such requirement invalidate any prior act of the Board of Directors which would have been valid if such requirement had not been made.

 

85. The Board of Directors may, by a resolution of directors, appoint any person, including a person who is a director, to be an officer or agent of the Company. The resolution of directors appointing an agent may authorise the agent to appoint one or more substitutes or delegates to exercise some or all of the powers conferred on the agent by the Company.

 

86. Every officer or agent of the Company has such powers and authority of the Board of Directors, including the power and authority to affix the Seal, as are set forth in these Articles or in the resolution of directors appointing the officer or agent, except that no officer or agent has any power or authority with respect to the matters requiring a resolution of directors under the Act.

 

87. Any director which is a body corporate may appoint any person its duly authorised representative for the purpose of representing it at meetings of the Board of Directors or with respect to unanimous written consents.

 

88. The continuing directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, save that if their number is reduced to their knowledge below the number fixed by or pursuant to these Articles as the necessary quorum for a meeting of the Board of Directors, the continuing directors or director may act only for the purpose of appointing directors to fill any vacancy that has arisen or summoning a meeting of members.

 

89. The Board of Directors may by resolution of directors exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertakings and property or any part thereof, to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

90. All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments and all receipts for monies paid to the Company, shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of directors.

 

91.

The Company may determine by resolution of directors to maintain at its registered office a register of mortgages, charges and other encumbrances in

 

27


  which there shall be entered the following particulars regarding each mortgage, charge and other encumbrance:

 

  (a) the sum secured;

 

  (b) the assets secured;

 

  (c) the name and address of the mortgagee, chargee or other encumbrancer;

 

  (d) the date of creation of the mortgage, charge or other encumbrance; and

 

  (e) the date on which the particulars specified above in respect of the mortgage, charge or other encumbrance are entered in the register.

 

92. The Company may further determine by a resolution of directors to register a copy of the register of mortgages, charges or other encumbrances with the Registrar of Companies.

 

93. Consent Rights Matters

 

     The Company shall not, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and each of its and its subsidiaries’ respective directors, officers, committee members, committees, employees, agents or delegates not to, without the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Preference Shares, voting as a separate class:

 

  (a) enter into any material transaction involving the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, on the one hand, and any Affiliate of the Company, on the other hand, or make or enter into any agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding to do or cause to be done any of the foregoing, unless such transaction is to be consummated on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Company or its subsidiary (as applicable) than could be obtained in a transaction effected with an unaffiliated third party on an arm’s-length basis by the Company or its subsidiary (as applicable) as determined by a majority of the non-interested members of the Board of Directors in their reasonable discretion; provided, however, that this clause 93(a) shall not apply to any:

 

  (i) transactions between or among the Company and any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries (or among its wholly-owned subsidiaries);

 

  (ii)

payment of reasonable and customary compensation (including the issuance of Equity Securities) to, provisions of awards and benefits under employee benefit plans, stock option plans and other similar arrangements to, and

 

28


  indemnities provided for the benefit of, current, former and future officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries and the entry into any agreement or arrangement relating to the foregoing;

 

  (iii) agreement, instrument or arrangement as in effect as of the Closing (which shall be deemed to include any license agreement to be entered into by the Company and Michael Kors Far East Holdings Limited (or any Affiliate thereof) provided that such license agreement is entered into substantially upon the terms set forth in the Subscription Agreement), or any transaction contemplated thereby, or any amendment, modification or replacement thereof specifically provided for therein (so long as any such amendment, modification or replacement is not materially more adverse to the Company when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Closing); and

 

  (iv) restructuring or reorganization of the Company, its Affiliates (including any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or any of its subsidiaries in connection with an IPO so long as any such restructuring or reorganization of the Company is not adverse to the Preference Shares in any way and does not cause adverse tax or other structuring consequences to the holders of Preference Shares;

The Company shall provide each holder of Preference Shares with written notice (which notice will include a summary of terms) ten days prior to it or its subsidiary taking any action that requires the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Preference Shares, voting as a separate class, under clause (a) of this Article 93; or

 

  (b)

amend, supplement or restate, by any means, including amendment, reclassification, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise (other than in connection with a Drag-Along Sale), (i) any provision of the Memorandum or the Articles in a manner that (x) alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Preference Shares, or (y) otherwise materially and disproportionately adversely affects the holders of Preference Shares or (ii) any other organizational documents of the Company and its subsidiaries, or any Transaction Document in a manner that is materially adverse to any rights, preferences, privileges or obligations of the holders of Preference Shares (and notwithstanding that such impact may be the same to all other members and/or their shares in the Company), except, in each case, for any such amendment, supplement

 

29


  or restatement (A) to correct any typographical or similar ministerial errors, (B) necessary or appropriate to effect a restructuring or reorganization of, or take other necessary and appropriate actions with respect to, the Company, its Affiliates (including any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or any of its subsidiaries in connection with an IPO, (C) to provide for anti-^controlled foreign corporation” restrictions or similar language in such organizational documents of the Company or its subsidiaries, (D) to create, authorize and/or issue Junior Securities or (E) to comply with any applicable Law or to protect the limited liability of the Company and its members.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

94. The Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof may meet at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the Board of Directors may determine to be necessary or desirable.

 

95. A director shall be deemed to be present at a meeting of the Board of Directors if he participates by telephone or other electronic means and all directors participating in the meeting are able to hear each other.

 

96. A director shall be given not less than 3 days notice of meetings of the Board of Directors, but a meeting of the Board of Directors held without 3 days notice having been given to all directors shall be valid if all the directors entitled to vote at the meeting who do not attend, waive notice of the meeting and for this purpose, the presence of a director at a meeting shall constitute waiver on his part.

 

97. A director may by a written instrument appoint an alternate who need not be a director and an alternate is entitled to attend meetings in the absence of the director who appointed him and to vote or consent in place of the director.

 

98. A meeting of the Board of Directors is duly constituted for all purposes if at the commencement of the meeting there are present in person or by alternate not less than one half of the total number of directors, unless there are only 2 directors in which case the quorum shall be 2.

 

99. If the Company shall have only one director the provisions herein contained for meetings of the Board of Directors shall not apply but such sole director shall have full power to represent and act for the Company in all matters as are not by the Act or the Memorandum or these Articles required to be exercised by the members of the Company and in lieu of minutes of a meeting shall record in writing and sign a note or memorandum of all matters requiring a resolution of directors. Such a note or memorandum shall constitute sufficient evidence of such resolution for all purposes.

 

30


100. At every meeting of the Board of Directors the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside as Chairman of the meeting. If there is no Chairman of the Board of Directors or if the Chairman of the Board of Directors is not present at the meeting the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside. If there is no Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors or if the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors is not present at the meeting the directors present shall choose someone of their number to be Chairman of the meeting.

 

101. An action that may be taken by the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors at a meeting may also be taken by a resolution of directors or a committee of the Board of Directors consented to in writing or by telex, telegram, cable, facsimile or other written electronic communication by all directors or all members of the committee as the case may be, without the need for any notice. The consent may be in the form of counterparts, each counterpart being signed by one or more directors.

 

102. The Board of Directors shall cause the following corporate records to be kept:

 

  (a) minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors, members, committee of the Board of Directors, committees of officers and committees of members;

 

  (b) copies of all resolutions consented to by the Board of Directors, members, committees of the Board of Directors, committees of officers and committees of members; and

 

  (c) such other accounts and records as the Board of Directors by resolution of directors consider necessary or desirable in order to reflect the financial position of the Company.

 

103. The books, records and minutes shall be kept at the registered office of the Company, its principal place of business or at such other place as the Board of Directors determines.

 

104. The Board of Directors may, by resolution of directors, designate one or more committees, each consisting of one or more directors.

 

105. Each committee of the Board of Directors has such powers and authorities of the Board of Directors, including the power and authority to affix the Seal, as are set forth in the resolution of directors establishing the committee, except that no committee has any power or authority to amend the Memorandum or these Articles, to appoint the Board of Directors or fix their emoluments, or to appoint officers or agents of the Company.

 

106.

The meetings and proceedings of each committee of the Board of Directors consisting of 2 or more directors shall be governed mutatis mutandis by the

 

31


  provisions of these Articles regulating the proceedings of the Board of Directors so far as the same are not superseded by any provisions in the resolution establishing the committee.

OFFICERS

 

107. The Company may by resolution of directors appoint officers of the Company at such times as shall be considered necessary or expedient. Such officers may consist of a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, a President and one or more Vice Presidents, Secretaries and Treasurers and such other officers as may from time to time be deemed desirable. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

108. The officers shall perform such duties as shall be prescribed at the time of their appointment subject to any modification in such duties as may be prescribed thereafter by resolution of directors or resolution of members, but in the absence of any specific allocation of duties it shall be the responsibility of the Chairman of the Board of Directors to preside at meetings of the Board of Directors and members, the Vice Chairman to act in the absence of the Chairman, the President to manage the day to day affairs of the Company, the Vice Presidents to act in order of seniority in the absence of the President but otherwise to perform such duties as may be delegated to them by the President, the Secretaries to maintain the share register, minute books and records (other than financial records) of the Company and to ensure compliance with all procedural requirements imposed on the Company by applicable Law, and the Treasurer to be responsible for the financial affairs of the Company.

 

109. The emoluments of all officers shall be fixed by resolution of directors.

 

110. The officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified, but any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by resolution of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company may be filled by resolution of directors.

CONFLICT OF INTERESTS

 

111.

No agreement or transaction between the Company and one or more of its directors or any person in which any director has a financial interest or to whom any director is related, including as a director of that other person, is void or voidable for this reason only or by reason only that the director is present at the meeting of the Board of Directors or at the meeting of the committee of the Board of Directors that approves the agreement or transaction or that the vote or consent of the director is counted for that purpose if the material facts of the interest of each director in the agreement or transaction and his interest in or relationship to

 

32


  any other party to the agreement or transaction are disclosed in good faith or are known by the other directors.

 

112. A director who has an interest in any particular business to be considered at a meeting of the Board of Directors or members may be counted for purposes of determining whether the meeting is duly constituted.

INDEMNIFICATION

 

113. Subject to the limitations hereinafter provided the Company may indemnify against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings any person who

 

  (a) is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, an officer or a liquidator of the Company; or

 

  (b) is or was, at the request of the Company, serving as a director, officer or liquidator of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another company or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

114. The Company may only indemnify a person if the person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

115. The decision of the Board of Directors as to whether the person acted honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company and as to whether the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful, is in the absence of fraud, sufficient for the purposes of these Articles, unless a question of Law is involved.

 

116. The termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entering of a nolle prosequi does not, by itself, create a presumption that the person did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

117. If a person to be indemnified has been successful in defence of any proceedings referred to above the person is entitled to be indemnified against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amount paid in settlement and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the proceedings.

 

33


118. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance in relation to any person who is or was a director, an officer or a liquidator of the Company, or who at the request of the Company is or was serving as a director, an officer or a liquidator of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another company or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person and incurred by the person in that capacity, whether or not the Company has or would have had the power to indemnify the person against the liability as provided in these Articles.

SEAL

 

119. The Company may have more than one Seal and references herein to the Seal shall be references to every Seal which shall have been duly adopted by resolution of directors. The Board of Directors shall provide for the safe custody of the Seal and for an imprint thereof to be kept at the Registered Office. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein the Seal when affixed to any written instrument shall be witnessed and attested to by the signature of a director or any other person so authorised from time to time by resolution of directors. Such authorisation may be before or after the seal is affixed may be general or specific and may refer to any number of sealings. The Board of Directors may provide for a facsimile of the Seal and of the signature of any director or authorised person which may be reproduced by printing or other means on any instrument and it shall have the same force and validity as if the Seal had been affixed to such instrument and the same had been signed as hereinbefore described.

DIVIDENDS

 

120. The Company may by a resolution of directors declare and pay dividends in money, shares, or other property but dividends shall only be declared and paid out of surplus. In the event that dividends are paid in specie the Board of Directors shall have responsibility for establishing and recording in the resolution of directors authorising the dividends, a fair and proper value for the assets to be so distributed.

 

121. The Board of Directors may from time to time pay to the members such interim dividends as appear to the Board of Directors to be justified by the profits of the Company.

 

122. The Board of Directors may, before declaring any dividend, set aside out of the profits of the Company such sum as they think proper as a reserve fund, and may invest the sum so set apart as a reserve fund upon such securities as they may select.

 

123.

No dividend shall be declared and paid unless the Board of Directors determine that immediately after the payment of the dividend the Company will be able to satisfy its liabilities as they become due in the ordinary course of its business and

 

34


  the realisable value of the assets of the Company will not be less than the sum of its total liabilities, other than deferred taxes, as shown in its books of account, and its capital. In the absence of fraud, the decision of the Board of Directors as to the realisable value of the assets of the Company is conclusive, unless a question of Law is involved.

 

124. Notice of any dividend that may have been declared shall be given to each member in manner hereinafter mentioned and all dividends unclaimed for 3 years after having been declared may be forfeited by resolution of directors for the benefit of the Company.

 

125. No dividend shall bear interest as against the Company and no dividend shall be paid on treasury shares or shares held by another company of which the Company holds directly or indirectly, shares having more than 50 percent of the vote in electing directors.

 

126. A share issued as a dividend by the Company shall be treated for all purposes as having been issued for money equal to the surplus that is transferred to capital upon the issue of the share.

 

127. In the case of a dividend of authorised but unissued shares with par value, an amount equal to the aggregate par value of the shares shall be transferred from surplus to capital at the time of the distribution.

 

128. In the case of a dividend of authorised but unissued shares without par value, the amount designated by the Board of Directors shall be transferred from surplus to capital at the time of the distribution, except that the Board of Directors must designate as capital an amount that is at least equal to the amount that the shares are entitled to as a preference, if any, in the assets of the Company upon liquidation of the Company.

 

129. A division of the issued and outstanding shares of a class or series of shares into a larger number of shares of the same class or series having a proportionately smaller par value does not constitute a dividend of shares.

ACCOUNTS AND AUDIT

 

130. The Company may by resolution of members call for the Board of Directors to prepare periodically a profit and loss account and a balance sheet. The profit and loss account and balance sheet shall be drawn up so as to give respectively a true and fair view of the profit or loss of the Company for the financial period and a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company as at the end of the financial period.

 

131. The Company may by resolution of members call for the accounts to be examined by auditors.

 

35


132. The first auditors shall be appointed by resolution of directors, subsequent auditors shall be appointed by a resolution of members.

 

133. The auditors may be members of the Company but no director or other officer shall be eligible to be an auditor of the Company during his continuance in office.

 

134. The remuneration of the auditors of the Company

 

  (a) in the case of auditors appointed by the Board of Directors, may be fixed by resolution of directors;

 

  (b) subject to the foregoing, shall be fixed by resolution of members or in such manner as the Company may by resolution of members determine.

 

135. The auditors shall examine each profit and loss account and balance sheet required to be served on every member of the Company or laid before a meeting of the members of the Company and shall state in a written report whether or not

 

  (a) in their opinion the profit and loss account and balance sheet give a true and fair view respectively of the profit or loss for the period covered by the accounts, and of the state of affairs of the Company at the end of that period, and

 

  (b) all the information and explanations required by the auditors have been obtained.

 

136. The report of the auditors shall be annexed to the accounts and shall be read at the meeting of members at which the accounts are laid before the Company or shall be served on the members.

 

137. Every auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books of account and vouchers of the Company, and shall be entitled to require from the directors and officers of the Company such information and explanations as he thinks necessary for the performance of the duties of the auditors.

 

138. The auditors of the Company shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend any meetings of members of the Company as which the Company’s profit and loss account and balance sheet are to be presented.

NOTICES

 

139. Any notice, information or written statement to be given by the Company to members may be served in the case of members holding registered shares in any way by which it can reasonably be expected to reach each member or by mail addressed to each member at the address shown in the share register.

 

36


140. Any summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement to be served on the Company may be served by leaving it, or by sending it by registered mail addressed to the Company, at its registered office, or by leaving it with, or by sending it by registered mail to, the registered agent of the Company.

 

141. Service of any summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement to be served on the Company may be proved by showing that the summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement was delivered to the registered office or the registered agent of the Company or that it was mailed in such time as to admit to its being delivered to the registered office or the registered agent of the Company in the normal course of delivery within the period prescribed for service and was correctly addressed and the postage was prepaid.

PENSION AND SUPERANNUATION FUNDS

 

142. The Board of Directors may establish and maintain or procure the establishment and maintenance of any non-contributory or contributory pension or superannuation funds for the benefit of, and give or procure the giving of donations, gratuities, pensions, allowances or emoluments to any persons who are or were at any time in the employment or service of the Company or any company which is a subsidiary of the Company or is allied to or associated with the Company or with any such subsidiary, or who are or were at any time directors or officers of the Company or of any such other company as aforesaid or who hold or held any salaried employment or office in the Company or such other company, or any persons in whose welfare the Company or any such other company as aforesaid is or has been at any time interested, and to the wives, widows, families and dependents of any such person, and may make payments for or towards the insurance of any such persons as aforesaid, and may do any of the matters aforesaid either alone or in conjunction with any such other company as aforesaid. Subject always to the proposal being approved by resolution of members, a director holding any such employment, or office shall be entitled to participate in and retain for his own benefit any such donation, gratuity, pension allowance or emolument.

ARBITRATION

 

143.

Whenever any difference arises between the Company on the one hand and any of the members or their executors, administrators or assigns on the other hand, touching the true intent and construction or the incidence or consequences of the Memorandum, these Articles or of the Act, touching anything done or executed, omitted or suffered in pursuance of the Act or touching any breach or alleged breach or otherwise relating to the premises or to these Articles, the Memorandum, or to any Act or Ordinance affecting the Company or to any of the affairs of the Company such difference shall, unless the parties agree to refer the

 

37


  same to a single arbitrator, be referred to 2 arbitrators one to be chosen by each of the parties to the difference and the arbitrators shall before entering on the reference appoint an umpire.

 

144. If either party to the reference makes default in appointing an arbitrator either originally or by way of substitution (in the event that an appointed arbitrator shall die, be incapable of acting or refuse to act) for 10 days after the other party has given him notice to appoint the same, such other party may appoint an arbitrator to act in the place of the arbitrator of the defaulting party.

VOLUNTARY WINDING UP AND DISSOLUTION

 

145. The Company may voluntarily commence to wind up and dissolve by a resolution of members but if the Company has never issued shares it may voluntarily commence to wind up and dissolve by resolution of directors.

CONTINUATION

 

146. The Company may by resolution of members or by a resolution passed unanimously by all directors of the Company continue as a company incorporated under the Laws of a jurisdiction outside the British Virgin Islands in the manner provided under those Laws.

[remainder of page left intentionally blank]

 

38


We, Offshore Incorporations Limited, of P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands for the purpose of incorporating an International Business Company under the laws of the British Virgin Islands hereby subscribe our name to these Articles of Association the 1 st day of July, 2002.

 

   SUBSCRIBER   

Offshore Incorporations Limited

E. T. POWELL

     

(Sd.) E.T. POWELL

Authorised Signatory

     
   in the presence of: WITNESS   

FANDY TSOI

     

(Sd.) Fandy Tsoi

9/F Ruttonjee House

11 Duddell Street, Central

Hong Kong

Production Supervisor

 

39


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF RESTRUCTURING AGREEMENT

(See fully executed agreement attached as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registration Statement on

Form F-1 filed by Michael Kors Holdings Limited.)


EXHIBIT D

TERM SHEETS FOR FAR EAST HOLDINGS LICENSE AGREEMENT

(See fully executed agreement attached as Exhibit 10.6 to the Registration Statement on

Form F-1 filed by Michael Kors Holdings Limited.)


EXHIBIT E

TERM SHEET FOR FAR EAST HOLDINGS INVESTMENT

(See attached.)


M ICHAEL K ORS F AR E AST H OLDINGS L IMITED

S UMMARY OF P ROPOSED T ERMS

 

  Issuer:       Michael Kors Far East Holdings Limited, a company organized under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (the “ Company ”).
  Investors:       Any or all of Brookside Capital, Fidelity Investments, Ontario Teachers Pension Plan and T.Rowe Price (the “ Investors ”).
  Securities Offered:       Ordinary Shares and Preference Shares of the Company (the “ Shares ”), which shall represent the only classes of securities issued and outstanding by the Company.
 

 

Aggregate Offering

Amount:

  

  

   Up to $5.4 million aggregate amount of Ordinary Shares and Preference Shares (the “ Offered Shares ”), all of which will be offered by the Company. The Offered Shares shall represent the same ownership percentage of the Company on a fully diluted basis (after giving effect to the issuance of the Offered Shares, but excluding equity participation of local management in the Company or any of its subsidiaries) as the Investors are collectively purchasing in Michael Kors Holdings Limited (“ MKHL ”) on a fully diluted basis. Each Investor may purchase its pro rata share of the Offered Shares based on its investment in MKHL relative to the other Investors. The Investors purchasing Offered Shares are referred to herein as “ Purchasing Investors .” Following the offering, all holders will own Preference Shares with a preference equal to (i) their total investment amount less (ii) $1 for each Ordinary Share being purchased. 1
  Preference Shares:       Following completion of the offering, each shareholder of the Company will hold Ordinary Shares and Preference Shares having an aggregate liquidation preference of $6.37 million plus the amount of the investment hereunder. The Preference Shares do not pay dividends, are non-convertible and have no voting rights, but are redeemable at the option of the holder upon certain liquidity events of the Company.
 

 

Implied Valuation for

Ordinary Shares:

  

  

   $26 million pre-money.
  Use of Proceeds:       The Company intends to use the net proceeds to be received by the Company for general corporate purposes.
  Future Funding:       If requested by the Company’s board of directors to fund the operations and expansion of the Company’s business, the Purchasing Investors and the Company’s existing shareholders (the “ Existing Shareholders ”) (other than Messrs. Kors and Idol) agree to fund up to an additional $40 million on a pro rata basis (“ Shareholder Funding ”). The Shareholder Funding shall be effected through the sale and issuance of additional Preference Shares. At the discretion of the board of directors, either in addition to or

 

1  

600 Ordinary Shares are currently issued and outstanding.


   in lieu of any Shareholder Funding, the Company or any of its subsidiaries may also secure from time to time debt or equity funding from the Existing Shareholders and Purchasing Investors and/or any third parties. The Shareholder Funding and any other equity funding or debt funding involving the Existing Shareholders and/or their affiliates shall be subject to the preemptive rights described below.
Dividends:    All holders of Shares will receive dividends on a pari passu basis in accordance with the number of Ordinary Shares held. The Company generally intends to retain future earnings, if any, for use in the operations and expansion of the Company’s business. As a result, the Company does not anticipate paying regular cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
Voting Rights:    Each holder of Ordinary Shares will be entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by shareholders generally, including the election of directors.
Shareholder Rights:    Purchasing Investor and Existing Shareholder rights and obligations will be as set forth in the existing Share Purchase and Shareholders Agreement (the “Existing Shareholders Agreement”) including the registration rights, preemptive rights, information rights and tag along rights as set forth therein. The Purchasing Investors and Existing Shareholders will be subject to drag along rights substantially similar to those provided for in the MKHL transaction documents (other than provisions relating to the allocation of consideration based on preferences).
Transfer Rights:    Purchasing Investors and Existing Shareholders shall be subject to transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, the right of first negotiation) as set forth in the Existing Shareholders Agreement. In addition, each Existing Shareholder and Purchasing Investor will agree to be bound by the terms of the right of first refusal in favor of Michael Kors, LLC, as described in the term sheets for Far East licenses attached as exhibits to the Subscription Agreement for the MKHL transaction.
Information Rights:    Prior to an IPO, consolidated annual financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, as well as a quarterly management letter, will be provided to the Purchasing Investors and the Existing Shareholders.
Consent Rights    Amendment of the A&R Shareholders Agreement (as defined below) will be as currently provided in the Existing Shareholders Agreement. The consent of the Purchasing Investors holding a majority of the outstanding Offered Shares shall be required prior to the amendment of the organizational documents, any other transaction agreement or any other similar documents, in each case of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, that materially adversely affects the rights of the Purchasing Investors.
   The consent of the Purchasing Investors holding a majority of the outstanding Offered Shares shall be required prior the Company entering


   into any affiliate transactions not on arms-length terms (in a manner substantially similar to that provided for in the MKHL transaction documents).
A&R Shareholders Agreement:    The Company, the Purchasing Investors and the Existing Shareholders will enter into an Amended and Restated Share Purchase and Shareholders Agreement (the “ A&R Shareholders Agreement ”), which will contain provisions that reflect the information and shareholders rights provisions outlined in this term sheet and otherwise as now in effect with Purchasing Investors and Existing Shareholders being treated the same.
Terms of the Offering:    The offering will terminate upon the sale of all of the Offered Shares or such lesser amount of Shares as the Investors elect to purchase.
   In order to subscribe for and purchase the Shares, each prospective investor must deliver to the Company a completed A&R Shareholders Agreement (except as otherwise provided herein, with terms substantially similar to that provided for in the Shareholders Agreement).
Governing Law:    The A&R Shareholders Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of New York.
Non-Binding Term Sheet:    The information contained in this term sheet is intended for discussion purposes only and does not contain an exhaustive list of all principal terms of the offering, and nothing contained herein creates any liability or any obligation on the part of the Company, the Purchasing Investors or the Existing Shareholders. Any agreement between the parties will become binding at such time, if any, as the transaction documents, satisfactory in form and substance to the parties, are executed and delivered by the parties and accepted by the Company.


Agreed and accepted this      day of July, 2011.

 

MICHAEL KORS FAR EAST HOLDINGS LIMITED     BROOKSIDE CAPITAL PARTNERS FUND L.P.

 

   

 

By:     By:
Name:     Name:
FIDELITY     T.ROWE PRICE

 

   

 

By:     By:
Name:     Name:
OTPP    

 

   
By:    
Name:    


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF VOTING AND LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

(See fully executed agreement attached as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registration Statement on

Form F-1 filed by Michael Kors Holdings Limited.)


EXHIBIT G

FORM OF COMPANY COUNSEL OPINION

(See attached.)


212-373-3000

212-757-3990

July 11, 2011

I NVESTORS L ISTED ON

S CHEDULE A H ERETO

Michael Kors Holdings Limited

Offering and Sale of Preference Shares

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Michael Kors Holdings Limited (the “ Company ”), in connection with the Subscription Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2011 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among the Company, the persons listed on Schedule I thereto (the “ Sellers ”) and the investors listed on Schedule A hereto (individually, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”), relating to the offer and the sale by the Company and

 

IRS Circular 230 disclosure : To ensure compliance with requirements imposed by the IRS, we inform you that any U.S. federal tax advice contained in this document is not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of (i) avoiding penalties under the Internal Revenue Code or (ii) promoting, marketing or recommending to another party any transaction or matter that is contained in this document.

 


the Sellers of an aggregate of 10,856,853 preference shares, no par value, of the Company (collectively, the “ Offered Securities ”) to the Investors. This opinion is delivered to you pursuant to Section 7(g)(ii) of the Agreement. Terms used but not defined herein have the meaning assigned to them in the Agreement.

In connection with furnishing this opinion, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the following documents:

 

  1. the Agreement; and

 

  2. such other certificates, agreements or documents as we deemed relevant and necessary as a basis for the opinions and beliefs expressed below.

In our examination of the documents referred to above, we have assumed, without independent investigation, (i) the genuineness of all signatures, (ii) the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, (iii) the conformity to original documents of all such documents submitted to us as certified, photostatic, reproduced or conformed copies of valid existing agreements or other documents, (iv) the legal capacity of all individuals (including any Sellers who are individuals) who have executed any of such documents, (v) the due authorization, execution and delivery of the Offered Securities and any documents by the Company and the Sellers, as applicable, (vi) the due authorization, execution and delivery of all such documents by, and the enforceability of all such documents against, all of the parties to such documents and (vii) that each of the Company and each Seller that is not an individual is validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization. We have also assumed (a) the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Investors contained in Section 2 of the Agreement

 

2


and each Investor’s compliance with its respective covenants and agreements contained in the Agreement, (b) the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Sections 3(g) and 3(h) of the Agreement and the Company’s compliance with its respective covenants and agreements contained in the Agreement and (c) the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Sellers contained in Sections 4(f) and 4(g) of the Agreement and each Seller’s compliance with its respective covenants and agreements contained in the Agreement. We have also relied upon oral and written statements of officers and representatives of the Company and the factual matters contained in the representations and warranties of the Company and Sellers made in the documents.

Based upon the above and subject to the stated assumptions, exceptions and qualifications, we are of the opinion that it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Offered Securities in the manner contemplated by the Agreement to register the offer or sale of any of the Offered Securities under the Securities Act.

We express no opinion as to (i) the availability of the safe harbor for offers and sales of the Offered Securities provided by Regulation S under the Securities Act or (ii) any subsequent resale of the Offered Securities.

Our opinions expressed above are limited to the federal laws of the United States of America. No opinion is expressed in this letter with respect to the requirements of, or compliance with, any state securities laws or blue sky laws. Our opinions are

 

3


rendered only with respect to the laws, and the rules, regulations and orders under them, which are currently in effect.

This letter is furnished by us solely for your benefit in connection with the transactions referred to in the Agreement and may not be used, circulated to, or relied upon by any other person.

Very truly yours,

PAUL, WEISS, RIFKIND, WHARTON & GARRISON LLP

 

4


Schedule A

The Investors

Brookside Capital Partners Fund, L.P.

Feinberg Family Trust

Fidelity Financial Trust: Fidelity Independence Fund

Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund

Fidelity Puritan Trust: Fidelity Puritan Fund

Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund

Flat Plus LLC

ING Partners, Inc. - ING T. Rowe Price Diversified Mid Cap Growth Portfolio

Jeffrey L. Feinberg Family Trust

JNL Series Trust - JNL/T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Fund

KEC Holdings LLC

Lincoln Variable Insurance Products Trust - LVIP T. Rowe Price Structured Mid Cap Growth Portfolio

MassMutual Select Funds, Inc. - MassMutual Select Mid Cap Growth Equity II Fund

Maxim Series Fund, Inc. - Maxim/T. Rowe Price MidCap Growth Portfolio

Met Investors Series Trust - T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth Portfolio

MKFF Investors LLC

MML Series Investment Fund - MML Mid Cap Growth Fund

Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board

Powers Trust

Seasons Series Trust - Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio

State of California - Savings Plus Program

T. Rowe Price Diversified Mid-Cap Growth Fund, Inc.

T. Rowe Price Institutional Mid-Cap Equity Growth Fund

T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Fund, Inc.

T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio

T. Rowe Price New Horizons Fund, Inc.

T. Rowe Price New Horizons Trust

T. ROWE PRICE TAX-EFFICIENT EQUITY FUND

T. Rowe Price U.S. Equities Trust

T. Rowe Price U.S. Equities Trust

TD Mutual Funds - TD U.S. Mid-Cap Growth Fund

THE BUNTING FAMILY III, LLC

THE BUNTING FAMILY VI SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE LLC

Variable Insurance Products Fund V: Asset Manager Portfolio

Variable Insurance Products Fund V: Asset Manager: Growth Portfolio

 

5


EXHIBIT H

FORM OF BRITISH VIRGIN ISLAND COUNSEL OPINION

(See attached.)


LOGO

  

Harney Westwood & Riegels

Craigmuir Chambers

PO Box 71, Road Town

Tortola VG1110, British Virgin Islands

Tel: +1 284 494 2233

Fax: +1 284 494 3547

www.harneys.com

11 July 2011    Your Ref
   Our Ref         034980.0004/JAD
BY E-MAIL    Doc ID          ~ 0619830

The Buyers (as listed in the schedule A of this opinion)

Dear Sirs

Michael Kors Holdings Limited, Company No. 524407 (the “Company”)

 

1. We are lawyers qualified to practise in the British Virgin Islands and have been asked to advise in connection with:

 

  (a) a restructuring agreement dated 7 July 2011 entered into by and among (i) the Company, (ii) SHL-Kors Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company (“ SHLK ”), (iii) Michael Kors (“ MK ”), (iv) SHL Fashion Limited (“ SHLF ”), (v) Michael Kors (USA), Inc. (“ Kors (USA) ”), (vi) Michael Kors Far East Holdings Limited (“ Far East Holdings ”), (vii) Sportswear Holdings Limited (“ Sportswear Holdings ”), (viii) Littlestone, (“ Littlestone ”), (ix) Northcroft Trading Inc., (“ Northcroft ”), (x) Vax Trading, Inc. (“ Vax ”), (xi) OB Kors LLC (“ OB Kors ”), (xii) John Idol (“ Idol ”), (xiii) John Muse (“ Muse ”), (xiv) Muse Children’s GS Trust (“ Muse Trust ”), (xv) JRM Interim Investors, LP (“ JRM ”), and (xvi) Muse Family Enterprises (“ Muse Enterprises ”), which sets out the steps to be taken in connection with the restructuring of the Company (the “ Restructuring ”), including but not limited to the amendment of the Company’s memorandum and articles of association and the merger of the Company with SHLF and SHLK (the “ Restructuring Agreement ”);

 

  (b) a subscription agreement dated 7 July 2011 entered into between (i) the Company, (ii) the Existing Shareholders and (iii) the “ Buyers ” being the persons listed in the schedule A of this opinion (the “ Subscription Agreement ”);

 

  (c) a voting and lock-up agreement dated 11 July 2011 entered into between (i) the Company and (ii) the “ Existing Shareholders ” being persons listed in schedule I thereto (the “ Voting Agreement ”); and

 

  (d) a shareholders agreement dated 11 July 2011 entered into between (i) the Company (ii) the Existing Shareholders and (iii) the Buyers (the “ Shareholders Agreement ”);

(collectively, the “ Documents ”).

A list of partners is available for inspection at our offices.

British Virgin Islands | Cayman Islands | Cyprus | London | Hong Kong


This opinion is given pursuant to clause 7(e)(iii) of the Subscription Agreement. Capitalised terms defined in the Subscription Agreement have the same meaning in this opinion unless otherwise defined in this opinion.

 

2. For the purpose of this opinion, we have examined the following documents and records:

 

  (a) copies of the executed Documents;

 

  (b) a copy of the Memorandum and Articles of Association and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company obtained from the British Virgin Islands Registry of Corporate Affairs on 11 July 2011;

 

  (c) a copy of the unanimous written resolutions of the directors of the Company dated 7 July 2011 approving the Company’s entry into, and authorising the execution and delivery by the Company of the Documents (the “ Board Resolutions ”); and

 

  (d) information revealed by our searches of:

 

  (i) the records and information certified by Offshore Incorporations Limited, the registered agent of the Company, on 11 July 2011 of the statutory documents and records maintained by the Company at its registered office;

 

  (ii) the public records of the Company on file and available for inspection at the Registry of Corporate Affairs, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands on 11 July 2011; and

 

  (iii) the records of proceedings on file with, and available for inspection on 11 July 2011 at the High Court of Justice, British Virgin Islands,

(the “ Searches ”).

The above are the only documents or records we have examined and the only enquiries we have carried out. In particular we have made no enquiries as to matters of fact other than the Searches.

 

3. For the purposes of this opinion we have assumed without further enquiry:

 

  (a) the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies and the authenticity of such originals, and the genuineness of all signatures and seals;

 

  (b) the accuracy and completeness of all corporate minutes, resolutions, certificates, documents and records which we have seen, and the accuracy of any and all representations of fact expressed in or implied thereby;

 

  (c) that there are no other resolutions, agreements, documents or arrangements which affect the Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby;

 

  (d) that the information indicated by the Searches is complete and remains true and correct;

 

2


  (e) that the Documents constitute valid, legally binding and enforceable obligations of the Company under the laws of the State of New York in the United States of America (“ New York ”) by which law they are expressed to be governed; that the Documents have been duly executed in accordance with the laws of New York and any other applicable foreign laws; and that no matters arising under any foreign law will affect the views expressed in this opinion;

 

  (f) that no director of the Company has a financial interest in or other relationship to a party to the transaction contemplated by the Documents except as expressly disclosed in the Board Resolutions, and that the directors are properly exercising their powers in good faith;

 

  (g) that the Board Resolutions remain in full force and effect; and

 

  (h) that the Company does not own, directly or indirectly, any land in the British Virgin Islands.

 

4. Based on the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications expressed below, our opinion is as follows:

 

  (a) Existence and Good Standing. The Company is a company duly registered with limited liability for an unlimited duration under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004, and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. It is a separate legal entity and is subject to suit in its own name.

 

  (b) Capacity and Power. The Company has full capacity to enter into and perform its obligations under the Documents and the Company has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into the Documents and the exercise of its rights and the performance of its obligations under the Documents.

 

  (c) Due Execution. The Documents have been duly executed for and on behalf of the Company.

 

  (d) Valid and Binding. The Documents will be treated by the courts of the British Virgin Islands as the legally binding, valid and enforceable obligations of the Company.

 

  (e) Consents. No consents or authorisations of any government or official authorities of or in the British Virgin Islands are necessary for the entry into and performance by the Company of its obligations and the exercise of its rights pursuant to the Documentsor enforcement of the Documents against the Company.

 

  (f) Non-conflict. The execution and delivery of the Documents by the Company and the performance by the Company of its obligations and the exercise of any of its rights pursuant to the Documents do not and will not conflict with:

 

  (i) any law or regulation of the British Virgin Islands; or

 

  (ii) the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company.

 

3


  (g) Stamp Duty. No stamp duties or similar documentary taxes imposed by or in the British Virgin Islands are payable in respect of the Documents.

 

  (h) Interest. There is no applicable usury or interest limitation law in the British Virgin Islands which would restrict the recovery of payments or the performance by the Company of its obligations under the Documents.

 

  (i) Withholding. The Company will not be required by any laws of the British Virgin Islands to make any deduction or withholding from any payment it may make under the Documents.

 

  (j) Exchange Controls. There are no government controls or exchange controls in relation to the observance by the Company of its obligations under the Documents.

 

  (k) Judgment Currency. Any monetary judgment in a court of the British Virgin Islands in respect of a claim brought in connection with the Documents is likely to be expressed in the currency in which such claim is made, since such courts have power to grant a monetary judgment expressed otherwise than in the currency of the British Virgin Islands, but they may not necessarily do so.

 

  (l) Enforcement of Judgments. There is no statutory registration regime in the British Virgin Islands for judgments of the courts of New York (the “ Courts ”). However, any final and conclusive monetary judgment for a definite sum obtained against the Company in the Courts in respect of the Documents would be treated by the courts of the British Virgin Islands as a cause of action in itself and sued upon as a debt at common law so that no retrial of the issues would be necessary provided that:

 

  (i) the Courts had jurisdiction in the matter and the Company either submitted to such jurisdiction or was resident or carrying on business within such jurisdiction and was duly served with process;

 

  (ii) the judgment given by the Courts was not in respect of penalties, taxes, fines or similar fiscal or revenue obligations;

 

  (iii) the judgment was not procured by fraud;

 

  (iv) recognition or enforcement of the judgment in the British Virgin Islands would not be contrary to public policy; and

 

  (v) the proceedings pursuant to which judgment was obtained were not contrary to natural justice.

 

  (m) Sovereign Immunity. The Company is not entitled to claim immunity from suit or enforcement of a judgment on the ground of sovereignty or otherwise in the courts of the British Virgin Islands in respect of proceedings against it in relation to the Documents and the execution of the Documents and performance of its obligations under the Documents by the Company constitute private and commercial acts.

 

4


  (n) Adverse Consequences. Under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, the Buyers will not be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on any commercial activity in the British Virgin Islands or subject to any tax in the British Virgin Islands by reason only of the execution, and performance of the Documents nor is it necessary for the execution, performance and enforcement of the Documents that the Buyers be authorised or qualified to carry on business in the British Virgin Islands.

 

  (o) Choice of Law and Jurisdiction. The choice of the law of New York as the proper law of the Documents would be upheld as a valid choice of law by the courts of the British Virgin Islands and applied by such courts in proceedings in relation to the Documents as the proper law thereof and the submission by the Company to the jurisdiction of the courts of New York and the nomination by the Company of an agent in New York to accept service of process in respect of proceedings before such courts are valid.

 

  (p) The Restructuring. The Restructuring has been carried out and completed in compliance with the laws of the British Virgin Islands.

 

  (q) Shares. Based solely on the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association:

 

  (i) the Company is authorised to issue a maximum of 160,856,853 shares divided into:

 

  (A) 10,856,853 preference shares of no par value each (“ Preference Shares ”); and

 

  (B) 150,000,000 ordinary shares of no par value each (“ Ordinary Shares ”);

 

  (ii) shares in the Company shall be issued in the currency of the United States of America; and

 

  (iii) subject to the restrictions on transfer contained in the Memorandum and Articles of Association, registered shares are transferred pursuant to an instrument in writing signed by the transferor and containing the name and address of the transferee.

 

  (r) Authority to Issue Shares. The directors of the Company are duly empowered under the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association to issue shares as registered shares only.

 

  (s) Issued Shares. Based solely on the Company’s register of members as annexed to the Registered Agent’s Certificate (the “ Register of Members ”), as at the date of this opinion, the Company has issued:

 

  (i) 10,639,716 Preference Shares with no par value per share; and

 

  (ii) 38,719,484 Ordinary Shares with no par value per share,

the number and classes of shares held by each Shareholder is as set out in Schedule B of this opinion.

 

5


  (t) Title to Shares. The entry of the name of a person in the Register of Members as a holder of a registered share in the Company is prima facie evidence that legal title in such share vests in that person.

 

  (u) Entitlements of Shareholders. The Company may treat the holder of a registered share in the Company as the only person entitled to:

 

  (i) exercise any voting rights attaching to the share;

 

  (ii) receive notices;

 

  (iii) receive a distribution in respect of the share; and

 

  (d) exercise other rights and powers attaching to the share.

 

  (v) Security Interests. Nothing in the documents or records that we have examined indicates that the shares issued in the Company are subject to any security interests in favour of any party other than a first and paramount lien in favour of the Company itself arising under the memorandum and articles of association. However, there is no applicable registration regime in the British Virgin Islands for security over shares in British Virgin Islands companies where the shareholder is not itself a British Virgin Islands entity; accordingly, this should not be taken to establish conclusively that no security interests have been created over the Shares.

 

  (w) Issue of Shares. The shares to be issued by the Company under the Subscription Agreement have been duly authorised, and when the name of the subscriber is entered in the Register of Members against payment therefore in accordance with the terms of the Subscription Agreement, will have been validly issued, will be fully paid and non-assessable (which term when used herein means that no further sums are required to be paid by the holders thereof in connection with the issue of the shares), and will not be subject to any liens under British Virgin Islands law or the Memorandum and Articles of Association.

 

  (x) Transferred Shares. Each of the Sellers is the registered holder of the shares to be transferred by him or it under the Subscription Agreement (the “ Transferred Shares ”). The Transferred Shares were validly issued to the Sellers under the Restructuring and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The transfer of a registered share in the Company is effective when the name of the transferee is entered in the Register of Members.

 

  (y) Registrations. It is not necessary in order to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in proceedings of the obligations of the Company or the rights of the Buyers under the Documents that they or any other document be notarised, filed, registered or recorded in the British Virgin Islands except that under British Virgin Islands law, the Company is not required to treat a person as a shareholder of the Company until the person has been entered in the Register of Members. The original Register of Members or a copy thereof must be kept at the registered office of the Company. If the copy of the Register of Members is kept at the registered office, it must be updated within 15 days of any change.

 

6


  (z) Pari Passu Obligations. The obligations of the Company under the Documents constitute direct obligations that rank at least pari passu with all its other unsecured obligations.

 

  (aa) High Court Searches. No court proceedings pending against the Company are indicated by our searches of the British Virgin Islands High Court Registry referred to at paragraph 2(d)(iii).

 

  (bb) Registry Searches. On the basis of our searches of the British Virgin Islands Registry of Corporate Affairs and the British Virgin Islands High Court Registry referred to at paragraphs 2(d)(ii) and (iii) respectively, no currently valid order or resolution for liquidation of the Company and no current notice of appointment of a receiver over the Company or any of its assets appears on the records maintained in respect of the Company at the Registry of Corporate Affairs, but it should be noted that failure to file notice of appointment of a receiver does not invalidate the receivership but merely gives rise to penalties on the part of the receiver.

 

  (cc) Registered Office. In addition to contractual modes of service, service of process in the British Virgin Islands on the Company may be effected by leaving at the Registered Office of the Company the relevant document to be served. On the basis of our search of the British Virgin Islands Registry of Corporate Affairs referred to at paragraph 2(d)(ii) the registered office of the Company is at Offshore Incorporations Centre, P.O. Box 957, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

 

5. This opinion is confined to the matters expressly opined on herein and given on the basis of the laws of the British Virgin Islands as they are in force and applied by the British Virgin Islands courts at the date of this opinion. We have made no investigation of, and express no opinion on, the laws of any other jurisdiction. We express no opinion as to matters of fact. Except as specifically stated herein, we make no comment with respect to any representations and warranties which may be made by or with respect to the Company in the Documents. We express no opinion with respect to the commercial terms of the transactions the subject of this opinion.

 

6. The opinions set out above are subject to the following qualifications:

 

  (a) The term “enforceable” as used above means that the obligations assumed by the Company under the relevant instrument are of a type which the courts of the British Virgin Islands enforce. It does not mean that those obligations will necessarily be enforced in all circumstances in accordance with their terms. In particular:

 

  (i) rights and obligations may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, arrangement and other similar laws of the British Virgin Islands of general application affecting the rights of creditors;

 

  (ii) claims under the Documents may become barred under the laws relating to limitation of actions in the British Virgin Islands or may be or become subject to defences of set-off or counterclaim;

 

  (iii)

equitable remedies such as injunctions and orders for specific performance are discretionary and will not normally be available where damages are considered

 

7


  an adequate remedy and equitable rights may be defeated by a bona fide purchaser for value without notice;

 

  (iv) where obligations are to be performed in a jurisdiction outside the British Virgin Islands they may not be enforceable under the laws of the British Virgin Islands to the extent that such performance would be contrary to the laws of that jurisdiction or contrary to mandatory laws or public policy of that jurisdiction;

 

  (v) strict legal rights may be qualified by doctrines of good faith and fair dealing—for example a certificate or calculation as to any matter might be held by a British Virgin Islands court not to be conclusive if it could be shown to have an unreasonable or arbitrary basis, or in the event of manifest error;

 

  (vi) enforcement may be prevented by reason of fraud, misrepresentation, public policy or mistake or limited by the doctrine of frustration of contracts;

 

  (vii) provisions, for example, for the payment of additional interest in certain circumstances, may be unenforceable to the extent a court of the British Virgin Islands determines such a provision to be a penalty;

 

  (viii) enforcement may be limited by the principle of forum non conveniens or analogous principles; and

 

  (ix) an agreement made by a person in the course of carrying on unauthorised financial services business is unenforceable against the other party to the agreement under section 50F of the Financial Services Commission Act, 2001.

 

  (b) Upon being appointed, a liquidator must file notice of their appointment within 14 days at the Registry of Corporate Affairs; and accordingly, it is possible that our Searches may not reveal the appointment of a liquidator if the notice has not yet been filed at the relevant time.

 

  (c) Amendments to the Memorandum and Articles of Association of a company are normally effective from the date of registration with the Registry of Corporate Affairs. However, it is possible for a British Virgin Islands court to order that they be treated as being effective from an earlier date, and searches would not reveal the amendments until the court order was subsequently filed.

 

  (d) The courts in the British Virgin Islands will determine in their discretion whether or not an illegal or unenforceable provision may be severed.

 

  (e) The courts of the British Virgin Islands may refuse to give effect to a provision in respect of the cost of unsuccessful litigation brought before those courts or where the courts themselves have made an order for costs.

 

  (f) In certain circumstances provisions in the Documents that (i) the election of a particular remedy does not preclude recourse to one or more others, or (ii) delay or failure to exercise a right or remedy will not operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy, may not be enforceable.

 

8


  (g) We express no opinion in respect of the enforceability of any provision in the Documents which purports to fetter the statutory powers of the Company.

 

  (h) We express no opinion in relation to provisions making reference to foreign statutes in the Documents.

 

  (i) The rights and obligations of a party to the Documents may be subject to restrictions if it or another party has been made subject to United Nations or European Union sanctions as implemented under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. We have not conducted any investigations in this respect, and we express no opinion in relation thereto.

 

7. This opinion is rendered for the benefit of the Buyers and the benefit of their legal counsel (in that capacity only) in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Documents only. It may not be disclosed to or relied on by any other party or for any other purpose.

Yours faithfully

HARNEY WESTWOOD & RIEGELS

 

9


SCHDEULE A

LIST OF BUYERS

Brookside Capital Partners Fund, L.P.

Feinberg Family Trust

Fidelity Financial Trust: Fidelity Independence Fund

Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund

Fidelity Puritan Trust: Fidelity Puritan Fund

Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund

Flat Plus LLC

ING Partners, Inc.—ING T. Rowe Price Diversified Mid Cap Growth Portfolio

Jeffrey L. Feinberg Family Trust

JNL Series Trust—JNL/T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Fund

KEC Holdings LLC

Lincoln Variable Insurance Products Trust—LVIP T. Rowe Price Structured Mid Cap Growth Portfolio

MassMutual Select Funds, Inc.—MassMutual Select Mid Cap Growth Equity II Fund

Maxim Series Fund, Inc.—Maxim/T. Rowe Price MidCap Growth Portfolio

Met Investors Series Trust—T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth Portfolio

MKFF Investors LLC

MML Series Investment Fund—MML Mid Cap Growth Fund

Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board

Powers Trust

Seasons Series Trust—Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio

State of California—Savings Plus Program

T. Rowe Price Diversified Mid-Cap Growth Fund, Inc.

T. Rowe Price Institutional Mid-Cap Equity Growth Fund

T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Fund, Inc.

T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio

T. Rowe Price New Horizons Fund, Inc.

T. Rowe Price New Horizons Trust

T. ROWE PRICE TAX-EFFICIENT EQUITY FUND

T. Rowe Price U.S. Equities Trust

T. Rowe Price U.S. Equities Trust

TD Mutual Funds—TD U.S. Mid-Cap Growth Fund

THE BUNTING FAMILY III, LLC

THE BUNTING FAMILY VI SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE LLC

Variable Insurance Products Fund V: Asset Manager Portfolio

Variable Insurance Products Fund V: Asset Manager: Growth Portfolio

A list of partners is available for inspection at our offices.

British Virgin Islands | Cayman Islands | Cyprus | London | Hong Kong


SCHDEULE B

REGISTER OF MEMBERS

A list of partners is available for inspection at our offices.

British Virgin Islands | Cayman Islands | Cyprus | London | Hong Kong

Exhibit 10.2

EXECUTION VERSION

SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

among

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

and

THE SHAREHOLDERS NAMED HEREIN

 

 

Dated as of July 11, 2011

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
ARTICLE I   
DEFINITIONS; INTERPRETATION   

Section 1.1

   Certain Definitions      1   

Section 1.2

   Terms Defined Elsewhere      8   

Section 1.3

   Interpretation      9   
ARTICLE II   
PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS   

Section 2.1

   Preemptive Rights      10   

Section 2.2

   Exempt Issuances      12   
ARTICLE III   
TRANSFER   

Section 3.1

   General Restrictions      13   

Section 3.2

   Permitted Transfers      14   

Section 3.3

   Conditions to Transfers      16   

Section 3.4

   Effect of Permitted Transfer      16   

Section 3.5

   Right of First Offer      17   

Section 3.6

   Tag-Along Rights      18   

Section 3.7

   Drag-Along Rights      21   
ARTICLE IV   
REGISTRATION RIGHTS   

Section 4.1

   Demand Rights      24   

Section 4.2

   Piggyback Registration Rights      26   

Section 4.3

   Form S-3 Registration      28   

Section 4.4

   Shelf Take Downs      30   

Section 4.5

   Selection of Underwriters      32   

Section 4.6

   Withdrawal Rights; Expenses      32   

Section 4.7

   Registration and Qualification      33   

Section 4.8

   Underwriting; Due Diligence      36   

Section 4.9

   Indemnification and Contribution      38   

Section 4.10

   Cooperation; Information by Selling Holder      40   

Section 4.11

   Rule 144      41   

Section 4.12

   Holdback Agreement      41   

Section 4.13

   Suspension of Sales      42   

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

          Page  

Section 4.14

   Third Party Registration Rights      42   

Section 4.15

   Foreign IPO      42   
ARTICLE V   
INFORMATION; BOARD OBSERVER; OTHER AGREEMENTS   

Section 5.1

   Financial Information      43   

Section 5.2

   Confidentiality      43   

Section 5.3

   Board Rights; Board Observer      44   

Section 5.4

   No Side Agreements      45   

Section 5.5

   Authorized Company Capital Stock      45   

Section 5.6

   Organizational Documents      46   

Section 5.7

   Corporate Opportunities      46   

Section 5.8

   Taxes      47   

Section 5.9

   Territory Licensing Restriction      48   
ARTICLE VI   
GENERAL PROVISIONS   

Section 6.1

   Certificate Legend      48   

Section 6.2

   Termination      49   

Section 6.3

   Conflict with Memorandum and Articles of Association      49   

Section 6.4

   Additional Securities Subject to Agreement      49   

Section 6.5

   Notices      49   

Section 6.6

   Counterparts      52   

Section 6.7

   Entire Agreement      52   

Section 6.8

   Binding Effect; No Third-Party Beneficiary      52   

Section 6.9

   Governing Law      53   

Section 6.10

   Assignment      53   

Section 6.11

   Submission to Jurisdiction; Service      53   

Section 6.12

   Severability      53   

Section 6.13

   Waiver and Amendment      53   

Section 6.14

   Waiver of Jury Trial      54   

Section 6.15

   Specific Performance      54   

Section 6.16

   Other Matters      54   

Section 6.17

   Fees and Expenses      55   

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

         Page
SCHEDULES     

Schedule I

  Existing Shareholders   

Schedule II

  New Shareholders   
EXHIBITS     

Exhibit A

  Form of Amended and Restated Articles of Association   

Exhibit B

  Form of Amended and Restated Memorandum   

Exhibit C

  Form of Joinder   

Exhibit D

  China License Term Sheet   

Exhibit E

  Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan License Term Sheet   

 

iii


SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

This SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT, dated as of July 11, 2011 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among Michael Kors Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company (the “ Company ”), the Existing Shareholders listed on Schedule I attached hereto, and the New Shareholders listed on Schedule II attached hereto.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company, the Existing Shareholders, SHL Fashion Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company (“ SHLF ”), and SHL-Kors Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company (“ SHLK ”), are parties to a Restructuring Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2011 (the “ Restructuring Agreement ”), pursuant to which, amongst other things, (i) SHLK merged with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving company and, following such merger, (ii) SHLF merged with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving company (the actions set forth in clauses (i) and (ii), together with related transactions contemplated by the Restructuring Agreement, the “ Restructuring ”);

WHEREAS, as result of the Restructuring, each Existing Shareholder has become the owner of the number of issued outstanding Ordinary Shares and/or Preference Shares set forth opposite such Existing Shareholder’s name on Schedule I attached hereto;

WHEREAS, the Restructuring is being consummated prior to, and in anticipation of, the proposed offering (the “ Offering ”) of up to $500,000,000 aggregate amount of Preference Shares;

WHEREAS, in connection with the closing of the Restructuring, the Company and each Existing Shareholder has agreed to execute and deliver this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, as a condition to its participation therein, each New Shareholder purchasing Preference Shares in the Offering shall execute and deliver (a) the Subscription Agreement with the Company and the Existing Shareholders (the “ Subscription Agreement ”) and (b) this Agreement.

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS; INTERPRETATION

Section 1.1 Certain Definitions . Unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms, when used in this Agreement, shall have the respective meanings given to them below (such meanings to be equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

Acceptable Securities ” means any preference or preferred securities of any Person that have the substantially similar economic and legal characteristics as the Preference Shares (including lock up provisions, liquidity and registration rights and other shareholder rights and obligations as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the lock up, liquidity and registration rights and obligations provided for herein and in the Memorandum).


Advised Account ” means any New Shareholder (or Affiliate of any New Shareholder) for whom T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. or Fidelity Investments, Inc. is the investment adviser.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such first Person, where “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, as trustee or executor or otherwise. Advised Accounts that share the same investment adviser (or affiliated investment adviser) shall be deemed to be Affiliates for purposes of this Agreement.

Ancillary Documents ” means the Restructuring Agreement, the Subscription Agreement, the Articles of Association, the Memorandum and each other agreement entered into by the New Shareholders in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Restructuring Agreement or the Subscription Agreement.

Articles of Association ” means the amended and restated articles of association of Michael Kors Holdings Limited, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , as may be further amended, modified, restated or supplemented.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Business Day ” means a day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by applicable Law to close.

Closing ” means the closing of the Offering.

Company Sale ” means (a) any sale or Transfer, in one or more related transactions, of the Company whether by sale or other Transfer of Shares, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, recapitalization or equity sale (including a sale of securities by the Company other than in the IPO), which has the effect of the direct or indirect acquisition of the Majority Voting Power in the Company from the Shareholder or Shareholders who directly or indirectly held such Majority Voting Power in the Company immediately prior to such sale; provided , that, for avoidance of doubt, a transaction that results in the Shareholder or Shareholders who held such Majority Voting Power immediately prior to such sale continuing to directly or indirectly hold (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting Equity Securities of the successor or surviving entity) the Majority Voting Power in the Company or comparable voting Equity Securities of the surviving or successor entity outstanding immediately after such transaction shall not constitute a Company Sale; or (b) any sale or Transfer, other than to the Company or any wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more

 

2


related transactions, of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (which may include, for the avoidance of doubt, the sale or issuance of Equity Securities of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company); provided , that, for avoidance of doubt, a transaction that results in (A) the Shareholder or Shareholders who held such Majority Voting Power of the Company immediately prior to such sale continuing to directly or indirectly hold the Majority Voting Power of the Person that acquires such assets immediately after such transaction and (B) the holders of Preference Shares immediately prior to such sale acquiring Acceptable Securities of the Person that acquires such assets immediately after such transaction shall not constitute a Company Sale. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an IPO or any broadly disseminated Public Offering of Equity Securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall not constitute a Company Sale.

Disclosure Package ” means (a) the preliminary prospectus, (b) each Free Writing Prospectus and (c) all other information that is deemed, under Rule 159 under the Securities Act, to have been conveyed to purchasers of securities at the time of sale (including a contract of sale).

Equity Securities ” means, with respect to any entity, all forms of equity securities in such entity or any successor of such entity (however designated, whether voting or non-voting), all securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such equity securities, and all warrants, options or other rights to purchase or acquire from such entity or any successor of such entity, such equity securities, or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such equity securities, including, with respect to the Company, the Ordinary Shares and any Share Equivalents (including the Preference Shares).

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Existing Shareholders ” means the Persons listed on Schedule I attached hereto and their respective Permitted Transferees, and the term “ Existing Shareholder ” means any such Person.

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or any successor self-regulatory organization.

Form S-3 ” means Form S-3 or Form F-3, as applicable, under the Securities Act as is in effect on the date hereof or any successor form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

Free Writing Prospectus ” means any “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied.

Governmental Authority ” means any federal, national, state, foreign, provincial, local or other government or any governmental, regulatory, administrative or self-regulatory authority, agency, bureau, board, commission, court, judicial or arbitral body, department, political subdivision, tribunal or other instrumentality thereof.

 

3


Holder ” means any Person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any permitted assignee thereof.

Intellectual Property ” means all right, title and interest in or relating to intellectual property, whether protected, created or arising under the laws of the United States or any other jurisdiction, including: (a) all patents and applications therefor, including all continuations, divisionals, and continuations-in-part thereof and patents issuing thereon, along with all reissues, reexaminations and extensions thereof; (b) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, service names, brand names, trade dress rights, logos, corporate names, trade styles, logos and other source or business identifiers and general intangibles of a like nature, together with the goodwill associated with any of the foregoing, along with all applications, registrations, renewals and extensions thereof; (c) all internet domain names; (d) all copyrights and all mask work, database and design rights, whether or not registered or published, all registrations and recordations thereof and all applications in connection therewith, along with all reversions, extensions and renewals thereof; and (e) trade secrets, confidential and proprietary information and know-how.

IPO ” means the first Public Offering of Shares in a firm commitment underwriting (i) in the United States or (ii) in the United Kingdom with a listing on the London Stock Exchange, in Hong Kong on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange or any other country with a listing on an internationally recognized stock exchange (any such international exchange together with any exchange in the United States, an “ Approved Exchange ”) recommended by the lead managing underwriter or underwriters and approved by the Board.

IPO Registration Statement ” means the Registration Statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act with respect to the IPO.

Law ” means any statute or law (including common law), constitution, code, ordinance, rule, treaty or regulation and any Order.

Liquid Securities ” means, in the case of equity securities, that are of a class listed on one or more Approved Exchanges and that are immediately salable without contractual or legal restrictions on transfer (it being agreed that such securities shall not be deemed to be subject to legal restrictions if such securities are (A) immediately salable pursuant to Rule 144 (or applicable non U.S. equivalent to Rule 144) without volume limitations or (B) entitled to the benefits of a shelf registration or other registration rights that are immediately exercisable.

Majority Voting Power ” means, with respect to any Person, either (a) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the board of directors or other similar body of such Person or the power to control such Person by contract or as the managing member or general partner (or other equivalent status) of such Person or (b) direct or indirect ownership of Equity Securities representing a majority of the voting interests of such Person.

 

4


Memorandum ” means the amended and restated memorandum of association of Michael Kors Holdings Limited, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B , as may be further amended, modified, restated or supplemented.

New Shareholders ” means the Persons listed on Schedule II attached hereto and their respective Permitted Transferees, and the term “ New Shareholder ” means any such Person.

Order ” means any award, injunction, judgment, decree, order, ruling, subpoena, assessment, writ or verdict or other decision issued, promulgated or entered by or with any Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction.

Ordinary Shares ” means the ordinary shares of the Company, no par value, together with any other capital shares of the Company or any other Person into which such ordinary shares are reclassified or reconstituted (whether by merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise).

Other Securities ” means securities of the Company sought to be included in a registration (other than Registrable Securities).

Person ” means an association, a corporation, an individual, a partnership, a limited liability company, a trust or any other entity or organization, including a Governmental Authority.

Preference Shares ” means the convertible preference shares of the Company, no par value, together with any other capital shares of the Company or any other Person into which such convertible preference shares are reclassified or reconstituted (whether by merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise).

Pro Rata Share ” means, with respect to any Shareholder, a percentage interest (expressed as a percentage) that results from dividing (a) the number of Ordinary Shares held by such Shareholder by (b) the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares held by all Shareholders electing to participate in the purchase of Offered Securities pursuant to Section 2.1 (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares held by such Shareholder or Shareholders into Ordinary Shares in each of (a) and (b) above).

Public Offering ” means a public offering of Ordinary Shares pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form F-4, Form S-4, Form S-8 or any successor forms) filed by the Company under the Securities Act or any equivalent foreign securities laws.

Qualified IPO ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Articles of Association.

Registrable Securities ” shall mean, at any time, any Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by any Shareholder (including Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options or the conversion of Preference Shares). Registrable Securities held by any Shareholder will cease to be Registrable Securities when (a) a Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities has been declared effective under the Securities Act by the SEC and such Registrable Securities have been disposed of pursuant to such effective Registration Statement,

 

5


(b) such securities have been disposed of pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, (c) following the second anniversary of the IPO, the entire amount of the Registrable Securities held by any Shareholder may be sold by such Shareholder, in the opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company, without any limitation as to volume or manner of sale requirements pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act or (d) they have ceased to be outstanding.

Registration Expenses ” means any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance with any registration of securities, including: (a) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and accountants, including for special audits and comfort letters; (b) all expenses, including filing fees, in connection with the preparation, printing and filing of the registration statement, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus, any other offering document and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to any underwriters and dealers; (c) the cost of printing or producing any underwriting agreements and blue sky or legal investment memoranda and any other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of the securities to be disposed of; (d) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the securities to be disposed of for offering and sale under state securities Laws, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with any blue sky and legal investment surveys; (e) the filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the underwriters incident to securing any required review and qualification by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the securities to be disposed of; (f) transfer agents’ and registrars’ fees and expenses and the fees and expenses of any other agent or trustee appointed in connection with such offering; (g) all security engraving and security printing expenses; (h) all fees and expenses payable in connection with the listing of the securities on any securities exchange or automated interdealer quotation system or the rating of such securities; (i) all reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses with respect to road shows that the Company is obligated to pay pursuant to Section 4.7(o); (j) the reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company for all of the Selling Holders participating in the registration incurred in connection with any such registration; and (k) any other reasonable fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by the Selling Holders, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities.

Registration Statement ” means any registration statement filed pursuant to the Securities Act.

Representatives ” means, with respect to any Person, its Affiliates and its and their respective directors, officers, employees, managers, trustees, principals, shareholders, members, general or limited partners, agents and other representatives.

Sale Payment ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Memorandum.

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933.

 

6


Selling Holders ” means, with respect to any Registration Statement, any Holder whose Registrable Securities are included therein.

Share Equivalents ” means any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Ordinary Shares, and any warrants, options or other rights to purchase or acquire Ordinary Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Ordinary Shares.

Shareholders ” means the Existing Shareholders and the New Shareholders, and the term “Shareholder” means any such Person. For the avoidance of doubt, any reference herein to any of the foregoing Persons shall also include such Person’s Permitted Transferees.

Shares ” means, collectively, Equity Securities of the Company, including the Ordinary Shares and the Preference Shares.

Shelf Holder ” means any holder of Registrable Securities that are included in the Form S-3 Shelf Registration Statement.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any specified Person, (a) any corporation or company more than 50% of whose voting or capital stock is, as of the time in question, directly or indirectly owned by such Person and (b) any partnership, joint venture, association, or other entity in which such Person, directly or indirectly, owns more than 50% of the equity or economic interest thereof or has the power to elect or direct the election of more than 50% of the members of the governing body of such entity.

Transfer ” means any transfer, sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of any Shares, whether directly or indirectly (including by merger or sale of equity in any direct or indirect holding company, all or substantially all of whose assets consist of Shares), irrespective of whether any of the foregoing are effected voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of Law, pursuant to judicial process or otherwise, or whether inter vivos or upon death; provided , however , that any pledge, hypothecation or grant of any security interest to an institutional lender in which the Shareholder of such Shares retains the power to vote such Shares shall not constitute a Transfer; provided , further , that any foreclosure or other realization upon such pledge, hypothecation or security interest by the creditor with respect thereto shall constitute a Transfer and shall be subject to the provisions of this Agreement. When used as a verb, “ Transfer ” and “ Transferred ” shall have the correlative meaning. In addition, “ Transferee ” shall have the correlative meaning.

Voting and Lock-Up Agreement ” means the Voting and Lock-up Agreement dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company and the Existing Shareholders, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

7


Section 1.2 Terms Defined Elsewhere . The following terms are defined elsewhere in this Agreement, as indicated below:

 

Term

  

Section

Agreement    Preamble
Board Observer    5.3(b)
Company    Preamble
Confidential Information    5.2(a)
Corporate Opportunity Party    5.7
Demand    4.1(a)
Demand Registration    4.1(a)
Drag Notice    3.7(b)
Drag-Along Sale    3.7(a)
Dragged Shareholders    3.7(a)
Dragging Shareholders    3.7(a)
Excess Shares    2.1(c)
Executive Transfer    3.2(c)
Family Member    3.2(b)
Form S-3 Registration Statement    4.3(b)
Form S-3 Shelf Registration Statement    4.3(b)
Fully Participating Shareholder    2.1(c)
Initial Exercise Period    3.5(b)
Initial Purchaser    2.1(g)
Initiating Shelf Holder    4.4(a)
IPO Holdback Period    Appendix
Legend    6.1
Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down    4.4(b)
New Issuance    2.1(a)
New Issuance Notice    2.1(a)
Non-Electing Shares    3.6(d)
Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down    4.4(c)
Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice    4.4(d)
Notice Recipient    4.4(d)
Offer Notice    3.5(a)
Offer Price    3.5(a)
Offered Securities    2.1(a)
Offered Tag-Along Sale Shares    3.6(b)
Offering    Recitals
Offering Price    2.1(a)
Permitted Transfer    3.2
Permitted Transferee    3.2
Permitted Trust    3.2(b)
Piggyback Notice    4.2(a)
Pro Rata Take-Down Portion    4.4(f)
Proposed Purchaser    3.6(a)
Remaining ROFO Shares    3.5(c)
Requisite Percentage    3.6(c)
Restructuring    Recitals
Restructuring Agreement    Recitals
Right of First Offer Closing    3.5(f)
ROFO Confirmation Notice    3.5(d)

 

8


Term

  

Section

ROFO Recipients    3.5(a)
Selling Shareholders    3.6(a)
Shelf Take-Down    4.4(a)
SHLF    Recitals
SHLK    Recitals
Subscription Agreement    Recitals
Tag-Along Notice    3.6(b)
Tag-Along Rights    3.6(a)
Tag-Along Sale    3.6(a)
Tagging Shareholder    3.6(a)
Transferor    3.5(a)
Transferred Shares    3.5(a)
Underwritten Shelf Take-Down    4.4(b)
Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice    4.4(b)

Section 1.3 Interpretation . Unless otherwise expressly provided, for the purposes of this Agreement, the following rules of interpretation shall apply:

(a) The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation hereof.

(b) When a reference is made in this Agreement to an article or a section, paragraph, exhibit or schedule, such reference shall be to an article or a section, paragraph, exhibit or schedule hereof unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary.

(c) Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

(d) The words “hereof,” “herein” and “herewith” and words of similar import shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.

(e) The word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” shall mean the degree to which a subject or other thing extends, and such phrase shall not mean simply “if.”

(f) The meaning assigned to each term defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and the plural forms of such term, and words denoting any gender shall include all genders. Where a word or phrase is defined herein, each of its other grammatical forms shall have a corresponding meaning.

(g) A reference to “$,” “U.S. dollars” or “dollars” shall mean the legal tender of the United States of America.

(h) A reference to any period of days shall be deemed to be to the relevant number of calendar days, unless otherwise specified.

 

9


(i) All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

(j) Unless otherwise defined, a reference to any accounting term shall have the meaning as defined under GAAP.

(k) The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement (including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto). In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions hereof.

(l) Any statute or Law defined or referred to herein or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such statute or Law as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including by succession of comparable successor statutes or Laws and references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein.

ARTICLE II

PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

Section 2.1 Preemptive Rights .

(a) If the Company or any of its Subsidiaries proposes to issue, offer, sell or otherwise Transfer to any Person (i) Equity Securities in the Company or such Subsidiary, or (ii) any rights to subscribe for or purchase pursuant to any option or otherwise any Equity Securities of the company or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case except as provided in Section 2.2 (each, a “ New Issuance ”), or enter into any contracts relating to a New Issuance, the Company shall provide written notice to each Shareholder of such proposed New Issuance at least fifteen (15) Business Days in advance of the anticipated issuance date (the “ New Issuance Notice ”), which shall set forth the identity of the proposed purchaser, the number of Equity Securities proposed to be offered (the “ Offered Securities ”), the cash purchase price per security (the “ Offering Price ”), the anticipated issuance date and the other material terms and conditions of such New Issuance. Each Shareholder shall have the right to purchase for cash up to its Pro Rata Share of the Offered Securities (which, in the case of a New Issuance by a Subsidiary of the Company shall be determined on a look-through basis, based on its indirect percentage of the outstanding common shares of such Subsidiary), at the price per security and otherwise on the same terms and conditions as such New Issuance.

(b) A Shareholder may elect to exercise its preemptive rights with respect to such New Issuance by delivering an irrevocable written notice (a “ Section 2.1 Notice ”) to the Company within ten (10) Business Days after the date the New Issuance Notice is delivered, setting forth the maximum percentage of the Offered Securities that such Shareholder desires to hold following the consummation of the New Issuance. If a Shareholder does not deliver a Section 2.1 Notice in accordance with this Section 2.1, then such Shareholder shall be deemed to have elected not to exercise its preemptive rights with respect to such New Issuance. For purposes of this Article II, an exercising Shareholder may allocate its portion of the Offered Securities among one or more of its Affiliates at the discretion of such exercising Shareholder.

 

10


(c) At least three (3) Business Days prior to the consummation of any New Issuance, the Company shall provide written notice to each electing Shareholder, which shall set forth the actual issuance date (determined in accordance with the following sentence) and such electing Shareholder’s Pro Rata Share or such lesser percentage set forth in such Shareholder’s Section 2.1 Notice. For purposes of clarity, if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries consummates such New Issuance and the total number of Offered Securities to be sold is less than the number set forth in the New Issuance Notice, then each electing Shareholder shall purchase such electing Shareholder’s Pro Rata Share or such lesser percentage set forth in such Shareholder’s Section 2.1 Notice based on such reduced number of Offered Securities. Any New Issuance shall be consummated on the later of (a) the proposed issuance date for such New Issuance set forth in the New Issuance Notice and (b) the fifth (5 th ) Business Day following the date on which all regulatory and governmental licenses, registrations, approvals and consents required for the New Issuance are received and all applicable waiting periods have expired or been waived or terminated ( provided , however , that the Company and the electing Shareholders shall each use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such licenses, registrations, approvals or consents). If any of the Shareholders fails to exercise its preemptive rights under this Section 2.1 or elects to exercise such rights with respect to less than such Shareholder’s full Pro Rata Share (the difference between such Shareholder’s Pro Rata Share and the number of Offered Securities for which such Shareholder exercised its preemptive rights under this Section 2.1, the “ Excess Shares ”), any participating Shareholder electing to exercise its rights with respect to its full Pro Rata Share (a “ Fully Participating Shareholder ”) shall be entitled to purchase from the Company an additional number of Offered Securities up to the aggregate number of Excess Shares, provided that such Fully Participating Shareholder shall only be entitled to purchase up to that number of Excess Shares equal to the lesser of (i) the number of Excess Shares it has elected to purchase and (ii) the number of Excess Shares equal to the product of (A) the number of Excess Shares and (B) the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by such Fully Participating Shareholder by (2) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by all Fully Participating Shareholders exercising their rights pursuant to this sentence (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares held by the Fully Participating Shareholders into Ordinary Shares in each of clauses (1) and (2) above).

(d) If the Shareholders do not elect to purchase all of the Offered Securities in accordance with this Section 2.1, then the Company may, within 90 days from the date of delivery of the New Issuance Notice, offer, sell or otherwise Transfer any remaining portion of the Offered Securities to any Person or Persons at a price or prices equal to or greater than the Offering Price and on other terms and conditions not more favorable in the aggregate to the other purchasers than those set forth in the New Issuance Notice. If more than 90 days elapse from the date of delivery of the New Issuance Notice without the consummation of such Transfer of the remaining portion of the Offered Securities, the Company’s right to consummate such Transfer shall expire and the Company shall be required to comply with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.1 prior to offering, selling or otherwise transferring to any Person the Offered Securities. The election by a Shareholder not to exercise its preemptive rights under this Section 2.1 in any one instance shall not affect its right (other than in respect of a reduction in its Pro Rata Share) as to any future New Issuances under this Section 2.1.

 

11


(e) Any New Issuance without first giving the Shareholders the rights described in this Section 2.1 shall be void ab initio and of no force and effect. The preemptive rights of a Shareholder hereunder may not be transferred, sold, assigned or otherwise disposed of, except to a Permitted Transferee of such Shareholder, and any purported disposition in violation hereof shall be void and of no force or effect.

(f) There shall be no liability on the part of the Company, the Board or any Shareholder if a New Issuance is not consummated for whatever reason. For the avoidance of doubt, the determination of whether to effect a New Issuance shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the preemptive rights of the Shareholders under this Section 2.1 shall be deemed satisfied with respect to any issuance of Offered Securities if within thirty (30) days following the sale of any Offered Securities by the Company to one or more Persons who are not, in each case, a holder of at least 3% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) or an Affiliate of such holder (each, an “ Initial Purchaser ”), the Company offers to sell to each Shareholder on the same terms (including the price per share) as the Initial Purchasers purchased such Offered Securities the number of Offered Securities which each Shareholder (other than any Initial Purchasers) would have been entitled to purchase with respect to such issuance of Offered Securities pursuant to Section 2.1(a).

Section 2.2 Exempt Issuances . The provisions of Section 2.1 shall not apply to issuances of securities:

(i) in connection with the Restructuring;

(ii) pursuant to the Subscription Agreement in connection with the Offering or any offering of Preference Shares pursuant to Section 5(j) of the Subscription Agreement;

(iii) pursuant to the exercise of any Shareholder’s preemptive rights under Section 2.1;

(iv) to officers, employees or directors of, or individuals who are consultants to, the Company or its Subsidiaries pursuant to any compensation arrangement adopted from time to time, profit sharing, option or other equity incentive plans (including any employee share ownership plan) approved by the Board and Equity Securities issued upon exercise of such options or rights or otherwise issued pursuant to such plans, provided that such issuance shall not exceed (a) the number of Shares for which options may be granted under the Amended and Restated Michael Kors (USA), Inc. Stock Option Plan plus (b) 2,500,000 Shares (in each case, as appropriately adjusted from time to time for any share split, reclassification, subdivision or recapitalization or any share dividend, or any corporate restructuring or reorganization), in the aggregate;

(v) to third-party service providers or other third-party business partners who are not Affiliates of the Company or any Shareholder holding at least 3% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into

 

12


Ordinary Shares), in each case, for bona fide commercial purposes and on an arm’s length basis, provided that such issuance shall not exceed 2,500,000 Shares (in each case, as appropriately adjusted from time to time for any share split, reclassification, subdivision or recapitalization or any share dividend, or any corporate restructuring or reorganization), in the aggregate;

(vi) as consideration for the acquisition of another Person who is not an Affiliate of the Company or any Shareholder holding at least 3% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares), by the Company by consolidation, merger, purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or other reorganization in which the Company acquires one or more divisions or lines of business or all or substantially all of the assets of such other Person or 50% or more of the voting power or equity ownership of such other Person;

(vii) (a) pursuant to a Public Offering or (b) in connection with any debt financing by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with a Person who is not an Affiliate of the Company or any Shareholder holding at least 3% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares);

(viii) in connection with the conversion, exchange or exercise of any Equity Securities (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the conversion of Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) in accordance with their applicable terms (it being understood that nothing in this clause (viii) shall affect the applicability of this Article II to the issuance of any such Equity Securities);

(ix) in connection with any share split, reclassification, subdivision or recapitalization or any share dividend, or any corporate restructuring or reorganization, in each case approved by the Board, and whereby such securities are distributable on a pro rata basis to all Shareholders; or

(x) by a Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or a wholly owned direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company.

provided , that in no event shall the total number of Shares issued pursuant to clauses (iv)(b), (v), (vi) and (vii) above exceed 5,000,000 Shares (as appropriately adjusted from time to time for any share split, reclassification, subdivision or recapitalization or any share dividend, or any corporate restructuring or reorganization), in the aggregate.

ARTICLE III

TRANSFER

Section 3.1 General Restrictions . Except as otherwise permitted in this Article III, prior to the earlier of (a) the consummation of an IPO, (b) the consummation of a Company Sale, (c) a liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company and (d) the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing, no Shareholder shall Transfer all or any portion of its Shares, or rights with respect to its Shares; it being understood that any such Transfer not in accordance with this Section 3.1 or the remainder of Article III will be deemed to constitute a Transfer by

 

13


such Shareholder in violation of this Agreement, shall be void ab initio and the Company shall not recognize any such Transfer. This Article III shall not apply to any Shares sold pursuant to the Subscription Agreement in connection with the Offering.

Section 3.2 Permitted Transfers . Subject to Section 3.3, the provisions of Section 3.1 shall not apply to the following Transfers of Shares by a Shareholder (each of which shall be deemed to constitute a “ Permitted Transfer ,” and each Transferee of a Permitted Transfer of Shares under clause (a) through (g) are referred to herein as a “ Permitted Transferee ”):

(a) any Transfer of Shares by a Shareholder to an Affiliate of such Shareholder ( provided , that such Affiliate remains an Affiliate of the transferring Shareholder immediately after such Transfer and such transferring Shareholder remains, jointly and severally with the Affiliate Transferee, responsible for any and all obligations and liabilities under this Agreement);

(b) in the case of a Shareholder who is an individual, any Transfer of Shares by such Shareholder to (i) the spouse or children (whether lineal or adopted) of such Shareholder (each, a “ Family Member ”) or (ii) any trust or similar estate planning entity established for the sole benefit of a Family Member (a “ Permitted Trust ”) ( provided , however , that each such Permitted Trust shall provide that all of the beneficial interests therein are held by a Family Member and that the voting, managerial and operational control of such Permitted Trust remains solely with such Shareholder who establishes the Permitted Trust until the death or incapacity of such Shareholder);

(c) any Transfer of Shares by a Shareholder who is a senior executive of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or by such Shareholder’s estate or applicable beneficiary in the event of such Shareholder’s death) to (i) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (ii) any of the Existing Shareholders, their respective Affiliates or, with respect to any Existing Shareholder who is an individual, such Existing Shareholder’s Family Members or Permitted Trusts, or (iii) any third party, in each case pursuant to post-termination rights set forth in such senior executive’s employment contract with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable (an “ Executive Transfer ”);

(d) any Transfer of Shares by a Shareholder in connection with any tender or exchange offer, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, recapitalization or other form of business combination involving the Company that is available on the same terms to all holders of Ordinary Shares (including Ordinary Shares issuable upon the conversion of Preference Shares) and approved by the Board;

(e) any Transfer of Shares by a Shareholder consented to by the Board, if any, which consent shall be granted or withheld in the Board’s sole discretion; provided , that such Transfers shall be subject to rights of first offer in favor of the Company and the other Shareholders consistent with the procedures set forth in Section 3.5 (Rights of First Offer) and Tag-Along Rights in favor of the New Shareholders consistent with the procedures set forth in Section 3.6 (Tag-Along Rights); provided , further , that neither Michael Kors (for purposes of this Section 3.2(e) only, Michael Kors shall be deemed to include any Permitted

 

14


Transferee of Michael Kors under Section 3.2(a) and (b)) nor John Idol (for purposes of this Section 3.2(e) only, John Idol shall be deemed to include any Permitted Transferee of John Idol under Section 3.2(a) and (b)) shall effect any Transfers under this Section 3.2(e) if such Transfer (together with all other Transfers made by such Person under this Section 3.2(e)) results in Michael Kors or John Idol, as the case may be, holding less than 80% of the Shares held by such Person on the date hereof on a fully diluted basis (assuming the exercise of all stock options); provided , further , that nothing contained in this Section 3.2(e) shall prohibit Michael Kors or John Idol from participating in a Tag-Along Sale or Drag-Along Sale in accordance with the provisions of (i) Section 3.6 (Tag-Along Rights) and (ii) Section 3.7 (Drag-Along Rights);

(f) any Transfer of Shares by a Shareholder subject to, or in accordance with, the provisions of (i) Section 3.6 (Tag-Along Rights) or (ii) Section 3.7 (Drag-Along Rights);

(g) any Transfer of Shares by a Shareholder in the IPO;

(h) any Transfer of Shares by a Shareholder pursuant to Section 5(j) of the Subscription Agreement; or

(i) any Transfer of Shares by a New Shareholder that purchased at least 1,628,528 Preference Shares in the Offering if (i) such Transfer is made to a mutual fund, pension plan or other passive institutional investor which, to the knowledge of such New Shareholder, typically makes investments in Persons in the ordinary course of business for investment purposes only and not with the purpose or effect of changing or influencing the control of such Person, (ii) such Transfer (A) does not cause the Company to become a reporting company under the Exchange Act and (B) does not increase the number of record and beneficial owners of Shares to be more than 150 Persons as a result of such Transfer, (iii) as a result of such Transfer, no Person would have (together with its Affiliates) beneficial or record ownership of 50% or more of the outstanding Preference Shares or more than 50% of the Ordinary Shares for which the Preference Shares may be converted (other than to the extent such Transfer is made to Person that is a Shareholder on the date hereof) and (iv) such Transfer is subject to the rights of first offer in favor of the Company and the other Shareholders consistent with the procedures set forth in Section 3.5 (Rights of First Offer); it being understood that notwithstanding anything contained in Section 5.3 to the contrary, any Transfer made pursuant to this Section 3.2(i) shall not Transfer any Board Observer rights but shall instead Transfer the right, to the extent the transferee meets the requirements of the first sentence of Section 5.3(b), to receive copies of all materials and information provided to the members of the Board (whether in connection with a meeting, an action by written consent or otherwise), including an annual budget and business plan and any multi-year budget or business plan. Shares purchased in the Offering by New Shareholders that are Advised Accounts and have a common or Affiliated investment adviser shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether such New Shareholder has met the threshold regarding Preference Shares purchased in the Offering

 

15


Section 3.3 Conditions to Transfers . In addition to all other terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, no Transfers (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Transfers made after the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing) shall be completed or effective for any purpose unless the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) prior thereto:

(i) the Transferor shall have provided to the Company, (x) at least ten (10) Business Days’ prior notice of such Transfer, (y) a certificate of the Transferor, delivered with such notice, containing a statement that such Transfer is permitted under this Article III, and (z) such other information and documents as may be reasonably requested by the Company in order for it to determine whether such Transfer is permitted under this Article III;

(ii) the Transferee shall have executed and delivered to the Company a written undertaking substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto, pursuant to which such Transferee agrees (x) to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and (y) that the Shares acquired by it shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement, and the Transferee shall furnish copies of all share certificates effecting the Transfer and such other certificates, instruments and documents as the Company may request; and

(iii) all necessary third party consents to the Transfer shall have been obtained;

(b) such Transferee is not a competitor of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as determined in the reasonable discretion of the Board; provided that any private equity fund or other financial investor shall not be deemed to be a competitor of the Company;

(c) such Transfer would not violate the Securities Act or any state securities or “blue sky” Laws applicable to the Company or the Shares to be Transferred;

(d) such Transfer shall not impose liability or reporting obligations on the Company or any Shareholder in any jurisdiction, whether domestic or foreign, or result in the Company or any Shareholder becoming subject to the jurisdiction of any Governmental Authority anywhere, other than the Governmental Authorities to which the Company is then subject to such liability, reporting obligation or jurisdiction; and

(e) such Transfer shall not, in the Board’s sole discretion, have the effect of requiring the Company to, upon the consummation of such Transfer, register the Shares under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act;

provided , however , that the provisions of (i) Section 3.3(a) through Section 3.3(e) shall not apply to a Transfer in connection with a Company Sale, in the IPO or in connection with the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company and (ii) Section 3.3(b) shall not apply to an Executive Transfer or a Transfer subject to, or in accordance with, Section 3.6 (Tag-Along Rights) or Section 3.7 (Drag-Along Rights).

Section 3.4 Effect of Permitted Transfer . Subject to the terms hereof (including Section 4.1(c)), a Permitted Transferee of a Shareholder shall be substituted for and shall enjoy the same rights and be subject to the same obligations as the transferring Shareholder hereunder with respect to the Shares Transferred to such Permitted Transferee.

 

16


Section 3.5 Right of First Offer .

(a) In the event that any Shareholder wishes to Transfer after the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing or a New Shareholder wishes to Transfer in accordance with Section 3.2(i) (such Shareholder or New Shareholder, a “ Transferor ”), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, Shares to any Person, such Transferor, prior to any such Transfer, shall deliver to the Company and the non-Transferring Shareholders (collectively, the “ ROFO Recipients ”) written notice (the “ Offer Notice ”) stating (i) such Transferor’s intention to effect such a Transfer; (ii) the number of Shares proposed to be transferred by the Transferor (the “ Transferred Shares ”); and (iii) the material terms and conditions of such sale (including the per Share cash purchase price (the “ Offer Price ”)); and (iv) the proposed effective date of the sale. The failure to provide an Offer Notice shall not relieve such Transferor’s obligations and shall not limit the rights of the Company and the non-Transferring Shareholders under this Section 3.5.

(b) For a period of ten (10) Business Days (the “ Initial Exercise Period ”) after the last date on which the Offer Notice is deemed to have been delivered to the Company and the non-Transferring Shareholders, the Company shall have the right to purchase up to all of the Transferred Shares on the same terms and conditions as specified in the Offer Notice and as set forth in this Section 3.5. In order to exercise its right hereunder, the Company must deliver written notice to such Transferor within the Initial Exercise Period.

(c) Subject to the limitations of this Section 3.5(c), if the Company declines to purchase all of the Transferred Shares, then the non-Transferring Shareholders shall have the right on a pro-rata basis (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares) to elect to purchase, during the Initial Exercise Period, up to all of the Transferred Shares after giving effect to those Transferred Shares elected to be purchased by the Company (the “ Remaining ROFO Shares ”), on the same terms and conditions as specified in the Offer Notice and as set forth in this Section 3.5. In order to exercise its rights hereunder, such non-Transferring Shareholder must provide written notice delivered to the Transferor within the Initial Exercise Period. To the extent the aggregate number of shares that the non-Transferring Shareholders desire to purchase (as evidenced in the written notices delivered to such Transferor) exceeds the Remaining ROFO Shares, each non-Transferring Shareholder so exercising shall be entitled to purchase the lesser of (x) the number of Remaining ROFO Shares it so elected to purchase and (y) its pro rata share of the Remaining ROFO Shares, which shall be equal to that number of the Remaining ROFO Shares equal to the product obtained by multiplying (x) the number of Remaining ROFO Shares by (y) a fraction, (i) the numerator of which shall be the number of Ordinary Shares held by such non-Transferring Shareholder on the date of the Offer Notice and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the number of Ordinary Shares held on the date of the Offer Notice by the non-Transferring Shareholders exercising their rights to purchase under this Section 3.5 (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares in each of the numerator and the denominator).

(d) Upon the earlier to occur of (i) the expiration of the Initial Exercise Period or (ii) the time when such Transferor has received written confirmation from the Company or all of the non-Transferring Shareholders (if the Company is not purchasing all of the Transferred Shares) regarding its exercise of its right of first offer, the Company and the non-Transferring

 

17


Shareholders shall be deemed to have made its election with respect to the Transferred Shares. If the Company and/or the non-Transferring Shareholders, after following the procedures set forth in Section 3.5(b) and Section 3.5(c), elected to acquire all of the Transferred Shares, then within five (5) days after the expiration of the Initial Exercise Period, such Transferor shall give written notice to the Company and each non-Transferring Shareholder specifying the number of Transferred Shares that will be purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.5(b) and, if applicable, the number of Transferred Shares that will be purchased by each non-Transferring Shareholders pursuant to Section 3.5(c) (the “ ROFO Confirmation Notice ”). For purposes of clarity, if the Company and/or the non-Transferring Shareholders did not elect to acquire all of the Transferred Shares, then the Company and the non-Transferring Shareholders shall not have any right to purchase any Transferred Shares pursuant to this Section 3.5 and the Transferor shall be free to sell all Transferred Shares to a third party that otherwise meets the requirements of this Article III (including, if applicable, Section 3.2(i)).

(e) The purchase price for the Transferred Shares to be purchased by the Company and/or by the non-Transferring Shareholders exercising its rights of first offer under this Section 3.5 will be the Offer Price, in cash, and will be payable as set forth in Section 3.5(f).

(f) The Company and the non-Transferring Shareholders exercising their rights of first offer under this Section 3.5 shall effect the purchase of all of the Transferred Shares, including the payment of the purchase price, within twenty (20) Business Days after the delivery of the ROFO Confirmation Notice (the “ Right of First Offer Closing ”). Payment of the purchase price will be made, at the option of the Transferor, (i) in cash (by check), (ii) by wire transfer or (iii) by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of such Transferor to the Company or the non-Transferring Shareholders, as the case may be, or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing. At such Right of First Offer Closing, such Transferor shall deliver to either the Company or, if the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Transferred Shares pursuant to Section 3.5(b), each non-Transferring Shareholder exercising its right of first offer, one or more certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, representing such Transferred Shares so purchased.

(g) This Section 3.5 shall not apply to (i) clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (f), (g) and (h) of Section 3.2 (Permitted Transfers) or (ii) Transfers in connection with (a) the consummation of a Company Sale or (b) a liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company.

Section 3.6 Tag-Along Rights .

(a) In the event that any of the Existing Shareholders, individually or as a group (the “ Selling Shareholders ”), shall Transfer, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, any of its or their Ordinary Shares (a “ Tag-Along Sale ”) to any Person (a “ Proposed Purchaser ”), each other Shareholder (each, a “ Tagging Shareholder ”) shall have the right and option (“ Tag-Along Rights ”), but not the obligation, to Transfer up to the Requisite Percentage (as defined below) of its Ordinary Shares in such Tag-Along Sale, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3.6. For the avoidance of doubt, Shareholders may only exercise their Tag-Along Rights under this Section 3.6 in respect of Ordinary Shares (and not any other

 

18


securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Ordinary Shares, including any Preference Shares). Upon the consummation of any Tag-Along Sale which, individually or together with all other related Tag-Along Sales involving a single purchaser or group of purchasers, constitutes a Company Sale, before any distribution or payment shall be made to any Selling Shareholders in connection with such Tag-Along Sale, each Tagging Stockholder holding Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive the Sale Payment for each of its Preference Share being sold or converted in connection with such Tag-Along Sale in accordance with the Memorandum.

(b) The Selling Shareholders shall notify the Tagging Shareholders in writing of any proposed Tag-Along Sale at least twenty (20) days prior to the anticipated closing date for such proposed Tag-Along Sale (a “ Tag-Along Notice ”). Any such Tag-Along Notice delivered to the Tagging Shareholders in connection with a proposed Tag-Along Sale shall set forth: (i) the number of Ordinary Shares the Selling Shareholders are selling in connection with such Tag-Along Sale (the “ Offered Tag-Along Sale Shares ”), (ii) the name and address of the Proposed Purchaser in such Tag-Along Sale, (iii) the material terms and conditions of such proposed Tag-Along Sale (including the per Ordinary Share purchase price and description of any proposed purchase price adjustments) and (iv) the proposed effective date of the proposed Tag-Along Sale.

(c) Each Tagging Shareholder shall have the right to include in the Tag-Along Sale and the Selling Shareholder shall cause the inclusion in the Tag-Along Sale, upon the terms set forth in the Tag-Along Notice, up to that number of Ordinary Shares equal to a percentage of the total number of Ordinary Shares proposed to be sold by the Selling Shareholders determined by dividing (A) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by such Tagging Shareholder by (B) the sum of (x) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by all Tagging Shareholders exercising their rights pursuant to this Section 3.6 and (y) the total number of Ordinary Shares owned by the Selling Shareholders (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares held by the Tagging Shareholders and the Selling Shareholders into Ordinary Shares in each of clauses (x) and (y)) (the “ Requisite Percentage ”); provided , that if such calculation yields a fraction of an Ordinary Share, such fraction shall be rounded up to the nearest whole Ordinary Share if such fraction is equal to or greater than 0.5 and rounded down to the nearest whole Ordinary Share if such fraction is less than 0.5. The Tagging Shareholders may exercise the Tag-Along Rights in connection with a Tag-Along Sale described in a Tag-Along Notice by delivery of a written notice to the Selling Shareholders within ten (10) days following receipt of a Tag-Along Notice from such Selling Shareholders. Each Tagging Shareholder shall be deemed to have waived its Tag-Along Rights if it fails to give notice within the prescribed time period.

(d) In the event that any Tagging Shareholder does not exercise its Tag-Along Rights or elects to exercise its Tag-Along Rights with respect to less than all of its Requisite Percentage (such remaining securities, the “ Non-Electing Shares ”), each other Tagging Shareholder who has elected to exercise its Tag-Along Rights in full, may elect to sell (in addition to its Requisite Percentage of the number of Ordinary Shares proposed to be sold by the Selling Shareholders) up to the total number of Non-Electing Shares, provided that such Tagging Shareholder shall only be entitled to sell up to that number of Non-Electing Shares equal to the lesser of (i) the number of Non-Electing Shares it has elected to sell and (ii) its pro rata share of

 

19


Non-Electing Shares, which shall equal to that number of Non-Electing Shares equal to the product of (A) the number of Non-Electing Shares and (B) the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by such Tagging Shareholder by (2) the sum of (x) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by all Tagging Shareholders exercising their rights pursuant to this Section 3.6 (excluding the Non-Electing Shares) and (y) the total number of Ordinary Shares owned by the Selling Shareholders (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares held by the Tagging Shareholders and the Selling Shareholders into Ordinary Shares in each of clauses (x) and (y)). The Selling Shareholders shall attempt to obtain inclusion in the Tag-Along Sale of the entire number of Shares which the Selling Shareholders and the Tagging Shareholders electing to exercise Tag-Along Rights desire to have included in the Tag-Along Sale. In the event the Selling Shareholders shall be unable to obtain the inclusion of such entire number of Shares in such Tag-Along Sale, the number of Shares to be sold in the Tag-Along Sale by each Selling Shareholder and each Tagging Shareholder electing to exercise Tag-Along Rights shall be reduced on a pro rata basis according to the proportion which the number of Shares which each such party desires to have included in the sale bears to the total number of Shares desired by all such parties to have included in the sale, and the Transfer to the Proposed Purchaser will otherwise proceed in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.6 and the Tag-Along Notice.

(e) In the event that the Tagging Shareholders shall elect to exercise Tag-Along Rights in connection with a proposed Tag-Along Sale, the Tagging Shareholders shall take, or cause to be taken, all commercially reasonable action, and do, or cause to be done, all things commercially reasonable to consummate and make effective such Tag-Along Sale, including executing any purchase agreement or other certificates, instruments and other agreement required to consummate the proposed Transfer to the Proposed Purchaser and using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all necessary consents from third parties and take such other actions as may be necessary to effectuate the intent of the foregoing so long as such Selling Shareholders execute the same agreements and other documents on the same terms, provided that:

(i) a Tagging Shareholder shall not be required to provide representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements other than those individual representations, warranties covenants, or agreements (so long as such Selling Shareholders agree to do the same) related to such Tagging Shareholder’s (A) ownership of and title to the Shares it is transferring in such Tag-Along Sale, (B) organization, (C) authority to enter in the Tag-Along Sale and (D) conflicts and consents related to such Tag-Along Sale;

(ii) any indemnity given by the Selling Shareholders to the purchaser in connection with such Tag-Along Sale applicable to liabilities not specific to the Selling Shareholders shall be apportioned among the Selling Shareholders and the Tagging Shareholders according to the consideration received by each Selling Shareholder and Tagging Shareholder and shall not exceed the lesser of (A) such Selling Shareholder’s or Tagging Shareholder’s (as the case may be) pro rata portion of any such liability, to be determined in accordance with such Selling Shareholder’s or Tagging Shareholder’s (as the case may be) portion of the total value for his, her or its Ordinary Shares included in such Tag-Along Sale or (B) such Selling Shareholder’s or Tagging Shareholder’s (as the case may be) proceeds from the Tag-Along Sale;

 

20


(iii) other than a customary confidentiality covenant, a Tagging Shareholder shall not be obligated to enter into any non-compete, non-solicit or other post-closing covenant that restricts its activities in any way; and

(iv) a Tagging Shareholder shall not be responsible for breaches of representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements made by any other seller in such Tag-Along Sale with respect to such other seller.

Subject to clauses (i) through (iv) above, at the closing of any Tag-Along Sale, the Tagging Shareholders shall deliver to the Proposed Purchaser (A) such instruments of transfer as shall be reasonably requested by the Proposed Purchaser with respect to the Ordinary Shares to be Transferred, against receipt of the purchase price therefor (so long as such Selling Shareholders agree to do the same) and (B) such Shareholders’ Ordinary Shares, free and clear of any liens (so long as such Selling Shareholders agree to do the same). At the closing of any proposed Tag-Along Sale, the Proposed Purchaser shall deliver payment (in full in immediately available funds) for the Ordinary Shares purchased by such Proposed Purchaser.

(f) In connection with any Tag-Along Sale, the Tagging Shareholders shall receive for the sale of their Ordinary Shares a pro rata portion of the aggregate consideration paid by the Proposed Purchaser.

(g) There shall be no liability on the part of the Board, the Selling Shareholders or the Company to the Tagging Shareholders or any of their respective Affiliates if any Tag-Along Sale is not consummated for whatever reason. For the avoidance of doubt, the determination of whether to effect a Tag-Along Sale shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Selling Shareholders.

(h) This Section 3.6 shall not apply to Transfers (i) permitted by clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (g), (h) and (i) of Section 3.2, (ii) in connection with a liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company, (iii) pursuant to, or consequent upon, the exercise of the right of first offer set forth in Section 3.5 or (iv) pursuant to, or consequent upon, the exercise of the drag-along rights set forth in Section 3.7.

Section 3.7 Drag-Along Rights .

(a) If at any time any Existing Shareholder or group of Existing Shareholders holding at least a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) (collectively, the “ Dragging Shareholders ”) determine to Transfer or cause to be Transferred, in any single arm’s-length transaction or series of related arm’s-length transactions, Ordinary Shares representing all of the then-issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) then held by the Existing Shareholders to one or more Persons who are unaffiliated bona fide third-party purchasers (a “ Drag-Along Sale ”), then the Dragging Shareholders may elect to require all other Shareholders (the “ Dragged Shareholders ”) to, and the Dragged Shareholders shall, (i) if such Drag-Along Sale is structured as sale of Ordinary

 

21


Shares, Transfer, or caused to be Transferred, to such Person, concurrently with the Drag-Along Sale, Preference Shares or Ordinary Shares representing all of the Ordinary Shares then held by the Dragged Shareholders (in the case of Preference Shares, assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) or (ii) if such Transfer is structured as a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, to vote in favor thereof, and otherwise to consent to and raise no objection to such Drag-Along Sale, and the Dragged Shareholders shall waive dissenters’ rights, appraisal rights or similar rights, if any, which the Dragged Shareholders may have in connection therewith; provided that upon the consummation of any Drag-Along Sale, (y) before any distribution or payment shall be made to any Dragging Shareholders in connection with such Drag-Along Sale, each Dragged Shareholder that holds Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive the Sale Payment, for each Preference Share it holds that is to be Transferred in such Drag-Along Sale in accordance with the Memorandum and (z) if such Drag-Along Sale is entered into prior to the three year anniversary of the Closing, then the consideration payable to each Dragged Shareholder that holds Preference Shares shall be payable either (i) solely in cash or Liquid Securities, or (ii) solely to the extent holders of Ordinary Shares are receiving securities, other than Liquid Securities, in such Drag-Along Sale, then each holder of Preference Shares shall have the option of receiving non-Liquid Securities of either the same class received by holders of Ordinary Shares or in the form of Acceptable Securities. For greater certainty, under no circumstances shall any Affiliate of the Company be considered an unaffiliated bona fide third-party purchaser for purposes of this Section 3.7.

(b) The Dragging Shareholders may exercise their drag-along rights pursuant hereto by delivering to each Dragged Shareholder and the Company, at least twenty (20) days in advance of the anticipated closing date for the Drag-Along Sale, a written notice (the “ Drag Notice ”), which shall set forth (i) the number of Ordinary Shares the Dragging Shareholders proposed to be sold in such Drag-Along Sale, (ii) the name and address of the proposed Transferee in such Drag-Along Sale, (iii) the material terms and conditions of such proposed Drag-Along Sale (including the per Ordinary Share purchase price or a reasonable estimate of the maximum and minimum per Ordinary Share purchase price) and (iv) the proposed effective date of the proposed Drag-Along Sale. The Drag Notice shall also specify the number of Ordinary Shares required to be Transferred by the Dragged Shareholder.

(c) Prior to or in connection with the closing of any such proposed Drag-Along Sale, each Dragged Shareholder shall take, or cause to be taken, all commercially reasonable actions, and do, or cause to be done, all things commercially reasonable or advisable to consummate or make effective such Drag-Along Sale, including (i) together with the proposed purchaser or purchasers, execute any purchase agreement or other certificates, instruments and other agreement required to consummate and make effective such proposed Drag-Along Sale and (ii) using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all necessary consents from third parties and take such other actions as may be necessary to effectuate the intent of the foregoing so long as such Dragging Shareholders execute the same agreements and other documents on the same terms; provided that:

(i) a Dragged Shareholder shall not be required to provide representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements other than those individual representations, warranties covenants, or agreements (so long as such Dragging

 

22


Shareholders agree to do the same) related to such Dragged Shareholder’s (A) ownership of and title to the Shares it is transferring in such Drag-Along Sale, (B) organization, (C) authority to enter in the Drag-Along Sale and (D) conflicts and consents related to such Drag-Along Sale;

(ii) any indemnity given by the Dragging Shareholders to the purchaser in connection with such Drag-Along Sale applicable to liabilities not specific to the Dragging Shareholders shall be apportioned among the Dragging Shareholders and Dragged Shareholders (as the case may be) according to the consideration received by each Dragging Shareholder and Dragged Shareholder and shall not exceed the lesser of (A) such Dragging Shareholder’s or Dragged Shareholder’s (as the case may be) pro rata portion of any such liability, to be determined in accordance with such Dragging Shareholder’s or Dragged Shareholder’s (as the case may be) portion of the total value for his, her or its Shares included in such Drag-Along Sale or (B) such Dragging Shareholder’s or Dragged Shareholder’s (as the case may be) proceeds from the Drag-Along Sale;

(iii) other than a customary confidentiality covenant, a Dragged Shareholder shall not be obligated to enter into any non-compete, non-solicit or other post-closing covenant that restricts its activities in any way; and

(iv) a Dragged Stockholder shall not be responsible for breaches of representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements made by any other seller in such Drag-Along Sale with respect to such other seller.

Subject to clauses (i) through (iv) above, at the closing of any such proposed Drag-Along Sale, the Dragged Shareholders shall deliver to the proposed purchaser or purchasers (x) such certificates and other instruments of transfer as shall be reasonably requested by the proposed purchaser or purchasers with respect to the Ordinary Shares to be Transferred, against receipt of the purchase price therefor in such Drag-Along Sale (so long as such Dragging Shareholders agree to do the same) and (y) the Dragged Shareholder’s Preference Shares or Ordinary Shares, free and clear of any liens (so long as such Dragging Shareholders agree to do the same). At the closing of any proposed Drag-Along Sale, the proposed purchaser or purchasers shall deliver payment (in full in immediately available funds) for the Shares purchased by such proposed purchaser or purchasers.

(d) In the event that the Drag-Along Sale is effectuated through a business combination (whether by way of merger, recapitalization or otherwise) or asset sale, the Shareholders shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all commercially reasonable action, and to do, or cause to be done, all things commercially reasonable or advisable to consummate and make effective the business combination.

(e) There shall be no liability on the part of the Dragging Shareholders, the Board or the Company to the Dragged Shareholders or any of their respective Affiliates if any Drag-Along Sale is not consummated for whatever reason. For the avoidance of doubt, the determination of whether to effect a Drag-Along Sale shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Dragging Shareholders.

 

23


(f) If more than 90 days elapse from the date of delivery of the Drag Notice without the consummation of such Drag-Along Sale, the Shareholders shall be released from their obligations with respect to such Drag-Along Sale and the provisions of this Section 3.7 shall again apply to any future Transfers that otherwise come within its terms.

ARTICLE IV

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Section 4.1 Demand Rights .

(a) Demand Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including Section 4.1(b)), upon written notice delivered by Shareholders holding, individually or in the aggregate, at least 5% of the outstanding Registrable Securities held by all Shareholders on the date hereof at any time requesting (a “ Demand ”) that the Company effect the registration (a “ Demand Registration ”) under the Securities Act (including (x) a registration to be made on a delayed or continuous basis under Rule 415 under the Securities Act and (y) for the avoidance of doubt, the IPO) of any or all of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder or Holders, which Demand shall specify the number and type of such Registrable Securities to be registered and the intended method or methods of disposition of such Registrable Securities, the Company shall promptly give written notice of such Demand to all other Holders and other Persons who may have piggyback registration rights with respect to such Demand Registration and shall promptly file the appropriate registration statement and use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities Laws of (i) the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by such Holder or Holders in the Demand, and (ii) all other Registrable Securities which the Company has been requested to register by the Holders thereof by written request given to the Company within thirty (30) days after the giving of such written notice by the Company (which request shall specify the intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities, including whether the intended method of disposition is an underwritten offering), in each case subject to Section 4.1(e), all to the extent required to permit the disposition (in accordance with such intended methods of disposition) of the Registrable Securities to be so registered. Notwithstanding the immediately foregoing sentence, if the Company has, within the six (6) month period preceding the date of a request for a Demand under this Section 4.1(a), already effected one (1) Demand Registration pursuant to Section 4.1 or a registration under Section 4.3, then the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration pursuant to this Section 4.1(a); provided , that any such registration shall be deemed to have been “effected” if the Registration Statement relating thereto (x) has become or been declared or ordered effective under the Securities Act and any of the Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement have actually been sold thereunder or (y) has remained effective for a period of at least 180 days.

(b) Limitations on Demand Rights . The Existing Shareholders shall collectively be entitled to make five Demands under Section 4.1(a) and the New Shareholders shall collectively be entitled to make one Demand under Section 4.1(a); provided , that the Shareholders shall only be entitled to make a Demand under Section 4.1(a) if the Shareholders delivering the Demand are requesting the registration of Registrable Securities with an aggregate

 

24


estimated market value of at least $40,000,000 (calculated at the time of such Demand); and provided , further , that the New Shareholders shall have no right to request a Demand under Section 4.1(a) prior to the second (2nd) anniversary of the Closing. No registration effected pursuant to Section 4.2, Section 4.3 or Section 4.4 shall be counted as a request for a Demand for purposes of Section 4.1(a).

(c) Assignment of Demand Rights and Piggyback Rights . In connection with the Transfer of Registrable Securities to any Person permitted by Article III, a Holder may assign (i) the right to participate in the exercise of a Demand pursuant to Section 4.1(a) and (ii) the right to participate in any registration pursuant to the terms of Sections 4.1(a)(ii), 4.2, 4.3(a) and 4.4(a). In the event of any such assignment, references to the Holders or Shareholders in Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4 shall be deemed to refer to the relevant Transferee, as appropriate. The relevant Holder shall give prompt written notice of any such assignment to the Company and the other Holders.

(d) Company Blackout Rights . With respect to any registration statement filed, or to be filed, pursuant to this Section 4.1, if (i) the Company determines in good faith that such registration would cause the Company to disclose material non-public information, which disclosure (x) would be required to be made in any registration statement so that such registration statement would not be materially misleading, (y) would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing or effectiveness of such registration statement and (z) would be materially detrimental to the Company or would materially interfere with any material financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or merger or other similar transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and that, as a result of such potential disclosure or interference, it is in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing or effectiveness of such registration statement at such time or suspend the Selling Holders’ use of any prospectus which is a part of the registration statement, and (ii) the Company promptly furnishes to the Selling Holders a certificate signed by the chief executive officer of the Company to that effect, then the Company shall have the right to defer such filing or effectiveness or suspend the continuance of such effectiveness for a period of not more than sixty (60) days (in which event, in the case of a suspension, such Selling Holder shall discontinue sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement); provided , that the Company shall not use this right, together with any other deferral or suspension of the Company’s obligations under Section 4.1 or Section 4.3, more than once in any twelve (12) month period. The Company shall promptly notify the Selling Holders of the expiration of any period during which it exercised its rights under this Section 4.1(d). The Company agrees that, in the event it exercises its rights under this Section 4.1(d), it shall, as promptly as practicable following the expiration of the applicable deferral or suspension period, file or update and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the effectiveness of, as applicable, the applicable deferred or suspended registration statement.

(e) Fulfillment of Registration Obligations . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, a registration requested pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall not be deemed to have been effected (i) if the registration statement is withdrawn without becoming effective, (ii) if after it has become effective such registration is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or other Governmental Authority for any reason other than a misrepresentation or an omission by a Selling Holder and, as a result thereof, the Registrable Securities requested to be registered cannot be completely distributed in

 

25


accordance with the plan of distribution set forth in the related registration statement; provided , that if such registration is a shelf registration pursuant to Section 4.3, such registration shall be deemed to have been effected if such registration statement remains effective for the period specified in Section 4.3, (iii) if not a shelf registration and the registration does not contemplate an underwritten offering, if it does not remain effective for at least 180 days (or such shorter period as will terminate when all securities covered by such registration statement have been sold or withdrawn) or if not a shelf registration and such registration statement contemplates an underwritten offering, if it does not remain effective for at least 180 days plus such longer period as, in the opinion of counsel for the underwriter or underwriters, a prospectus is required by Law to be delivered in connection with the sale of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer, or (iv) in the event of an underwritten offering, if the conditions to closing specified in the purchase agreement or underwriting agreement entered into in connection with such registration are not satisfied or waived other than by reason of some wrongful act or omission by a Selling Holder Affiliated with the Holder that made the Demand relating to such registration.

(f) Cutbacks in Demand Registration . If the lead underwriter or managing underwriter advises the Company in writing (with a copy to each Selling Holder) that, in such firm’s good faith view, the number of Registrable Securities and Other Securities requested to be included in a Demand Registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect upon the price, timing or distribution of the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities and Other Securities then contemplated, the Company shall include in such registration:

(i) first , Registrable Securities that are requested to be included in such registration pursuant to Section 4.1(a), pro rata on the basis of the relative number of such Registrable Securities owned by the Holders;

(ii) second , the Other Securities held by any holder thereof with a contractual right to include such Other Securities in such registration that can be sold without having the adverse effect referred to above; and

(iii) third , all Other Securities to be offered for the account of the Company that can be sold without having the adverse effect referred to above.

Section 4.2 Piggyback Registration Rights .

(a) Notice and Exercise of Rights . If the Company at any time proposes or is required to register any of its Shares or any other Equity Securities under the Securities Act (other than a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 4.1, whether or not for sale for its own account, in a manner that would permit registration of Registrable Securities for sale for cash to the public under the Securities Act, subject to this Section 4.2(a) and to Section 4.4(d), it shall at each such time give prompt written notice (the “ Piggyback Notice ”) to each Holder of its intention to do so, which Piggyback Notice shall specify the number and class or classes (or type or types) of Registrable Securities to be registered and the intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities (including whether the intended method of disposition is an underwritten offering). Upon the written request of any Holder made within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Piggyback Notice by such Person (which request shall specify the

 

26


number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of), subject to the other provisions of this Article IV, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect, in connection with the registration of such Shares or other Equity Securities, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register; provided , that in no event shall the Company be required to register pursuant to this Section 4.2 any securities of a class or type other than the classes or types described in the Piggyback Notice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2, the Company shall not be required to effect any registration of Registrable Securities under this Section 4.2 incidental to the registration of any of its securities on Forms F-4, S-4 or S-8 (or any similar or successor form providing for the registration of securities in connection with mergers, acquisitions, exchange offers, subscription offers, dividend reinvestment plans or stock option or other executive or employee benefit or compensation plans) or any other form that would not be available for registration of Registrable Securities.

(b) Determination Not to Effect Registration . If at any time after giving such Piggyback Notice and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration the Company shall determine for any reason not to register the securities originally intended to be included in such registration, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to the Selling Holders and thereupon the Company shall be relieved of its obligation to register such Registrable Securities in connection with the registration of securities originally intended to be included in such registration, without prejudice, however, to the right of a Holder or Holders immediately to request that such registration be effected as a registration under Section 4.1 and Section 4.3 to the extent permitted thereunder.

(c) Cutbacks in Company Offering . If the registration referred to in the first sentence of Section 4.2(a) is to be an underwritten registration on behalf of the Company, and the lead underwriter or managing underwriter advises the Company in writing (with a copy to each Selling Holder) that, in such firm’s good faith view, the number of Other Securities and Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect upon the price, timing or distribution of the offering and sale of the Other Securities and Registrable Securities then contemplated, the Company shall include in such registration:

(i) first , all Other Securities for the account of the Company; and

(ii) second , Registrable Securities and Other Securities that are requested to be included in such registration pursuant to this Section 4.2 and the terms of any other agreement providing for registration rights to which the Company is a party that can be sold without having the adverse effect referred to above, pro rata on the basis of the relative number of such Registrable Securities and Other Securities owned by the Persons seeking such registration.

(d) Cutbacks in Other Offerings . If the registration referred to in the first sentence of Section 4.2(a) is to be an underwritten registration other than on behalf of the Company, and the lead underwriter or managing underwriter advises the Selling Holders in

 

27


writing (with a copy to the Company) that, in such firm’s good faith view, the number of Registrable Securities and Other Securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect upon the price, timing or distribution of the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities and Other Securities then contemplated, the Company shall include in such registration:

(i) first , Registrable Securities and any Other Securities (other than Other Securities sold for the account of the Company) that are requested to be included in such registration pursuant to this Section 4.2 and the terms of any agreement providing for registration rights to which the Company is a party that can be sold without having the adverse effect referred to above, pro rata on the basis of the relative number of such Registrable Securities and Other Securities owned by the Persons seeking such registration; and

(ii) second , Other Securities for the account of the Company that can be sold without having the adverse effect referred to above.

Section 4.3 Form S-3 Registration .

(a) Notwithstanding anything in Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 to the contrary, in case the Company shall receive from Shareholders holding at least 4% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares on the date hereof (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Shareholders, and the Company is then eligible to use Form S-3 for the resale of Registrable Securities, the Company shall:

(i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Shareholders; and

(ii) promptly file and use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Shareholders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Shareholder joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 4.3 (or, with respect to a request under Section 4.4, any Shelf Take-Down pursuant to Section 4.4):

(A) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Shareholders;

(B) if the Shareholders, together with the holders of any Other Securities entitled to inclusion in such registration (or Shelf Take-Down, as applicable), propose to sell Registrable Securities at an aggregate price to the public (net of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) of less than $20,000,000;

 

28


(C) if the Company shall furnish to the Shareholders a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer or chairman of the Board stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board as evidenced by a resolution by the Board, it would be materially detrimental to the Company or its shareholders for such Form S-3 registration to be effected (or, with respect to a Shelf Take-Down under Section 4.4, for the securities of the Company to be sold pursuant thereto) at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement (or Shelf Take-Down) for a period of not more than sixty (60) days after receipt of the request of the requesting Shareholders under this Section 4.3 (or Section 4.4, as applicable); provided , that the Company shall not utilize this right, together with any other deferral or suspension of the Company’s obligations under Section 4.1 or this Section 4.3, more than once in any twelve (12) month period;

(D) subject to Section 4.3(d), if the Company has, within the six (6) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected one (1) Demand Registration or a registration on Form S-3 pursuant to this Section 4.3 (or effected one Shelf Take-Down pursuant to Section 4.4, as applicable); provided , that any such registration shall be deemed to have been “effected” if the registration statement relating thereto (x) has become or been declared or ordered effective under the Securities Act, and any of the Registrable Securities of the Shareholders included in such registration have actually been sold thereunder or (y) has remained effective for a period of at least 180 days; or

(E) during the 90 days beginning from the date of the pricing of any Public Offering.

(b) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and Other Securities so requested to be registered promptly after receipt of the request or requests of the requesting Shareholders in accordance with Section 4.3(a) (the “ Form S-3 Registration Statement ”) and any such Shareholder may request that such Form S-3 Registration Statement constitute a shelf offering on a delayed or continuous basis in accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act (a “ Form S-3 Shelf Registration Statement ”), in which case the provisions of Section 4.4 shall also be applicable.

(c) If the Shareholders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request under this Section 4.3 by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 4.3 and, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 4.3(a), the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 4.3(a). In such event, the right of any Shareholder to include

 

29


Registrable Securities in such registration (or Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, as applicable) shall be conditioned upon such Shareholder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Shareholder’s Registrable Securities in such underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Shareholders participating in the registration (or Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, as applicable) and the requesting Shareholders) to the extent provided herein. All Shareholders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Section 4.7) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.3 or Section 4.4, if the lead underwriter or managing underwriter advises the Company and the Shareholders participating in such underwriting in writing that, in such firm’s good faith view, the number of Registrable Securities and Other Securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect upon the price, timing or distribution of the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities and Other Securities then contemplated, then the Company shall so advise such Shareholders, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated first among all such Shareholders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) held by each such Shareholder at the time of the filing of the Registration Statement; provided , however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by such Shareholders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all Other Securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration (or Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, as applicable).

Section 4.4 Shelf Take Downs .

(a) The Selling Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in a Form S-3 Shelf Registration Statement (collectively, an “ Initiating Shelf Holder ”) may initiate an offering or sale of all or part of such Registrable Securities (a “ Shelf Take-Down ”), in which case the provisions of this Section 4.4 shall apply.

(b) If an Initiating Shelf Holder so elects in a written request delivered to the Company (an “ Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice ”), a Shelf Take-Down may be in the form of an underwritten offering (an “ Underwritten Shelf Take-Down ”) and, subject to the limitations set forth in the proviso to Section 4.3(a)(ii), the Company shall file and use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect an amendment or supplement to its Form S-3 Shelf Registration Statement for such purpose as soon as practicable. Such Initiating Shelf Holder shall indicate in such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice whether it intends for such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down to involve a customary “road show” (including an “electronic road show”) or other substantial marketing effort by the underwriters (a “ Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down ”). Upon receipt of an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice indicating that such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down will be a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, the Company shall promptly (but in any event no later than ten (10) days prior to the expected date of such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down) give written notice of such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down to all other Shelf Holders and shall permit the participation of all such Shelf Holders that request inclusion in such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down who respond in writing within five (5) days after the receipt of such notice of their election to participate.

 

30


(c) If the Initiating Shelf Holder desires to effect a Shelf Take-Down that does not constitute a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down (“ Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down ”), the Initiating Shelf Holder shall so a indicate in a written request delivered to the Company no later than two (2) Business Days prior to the expected date of such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, which request shall include (i) the total number of Registrable Securities expected to be offered and sold in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, (ii) the expected plan of distribution of such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down and (iii) the action or actions required (including the timing of such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down) in connection with such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down (including the delivery of one or more stock certificates representing shares of Registrable Securities to be sold in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down), and, subject to the limitations set forth in the proviso to Section 4.3(a)(ii), the Company shall file and use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect an amendment or supplement to its Form S-3 Shelf Registration Statement for such purpose as soon as practicable.

(d) Upon receipt of a written request pursuant to Section 4.4(c) from any Initiating Shelf Holder, the Company shall provide written notice (a “ Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice ”) of such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down promptly to all Shareholders (other than the requesting party), which Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice shall set forth (i) the total number of Registrable Securities expected to be offered and sold in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, (ii) the expected plan of distribution of such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, (iii) that each recipient of such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice (each, a “ Notice Recipient ”) shall have the right, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 4.4(d), to elect to sell up to its Pro Rata Take-Down Portion and (iv) the action or actions required (including the timing of such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down) in connection with such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down with respect to each Notice Recipient that elects to exercise such right (including the delivery of one or more stock certificates representing shares of Registrable Securities held by such Notice Recipient to be sold in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down). Upon receipt of such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice, each such Notice Recipient may elect to sell up to its Pro Rata Take-Down Portion with respect to each such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, by taking such action or actions referred to in clause (iv) above in a timely manner; provided , that each such Notice Recipient that elects to participate in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down may condition its participation on the Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down being completed within ten (10) Business Days of its acceptance at a net price per share to such Notice Recipient of not less than 95% of the closing price for the shares on their principal trading market on the trading day immediately prior to such Notice Recipient’s election to participate.

(e) Notwithstanding the delivery of any Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice, but subject to the proviso in the last sentence of Section 4.4(d), all determinations as to whether to complete any Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down and as to the timing, manner, price and other terms of any Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down

 

31


contemplated by Section 4.4(d) shall be at the discretion of the Initiating Shelf Holder; provided , that, if such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down is completed, the Initiating Shelf Holder must include each Notice Recipient’s Pro Rata Take-Down Portion in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down if such Notice Recipient has complied with the penultimate sentence of Section 4.4(d).

(f) For purposes of this Section 4.4, “ Pro Rata Take-Down Portion ” shall mean, with respect to any Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down and each Initiating Shelf Holder and each other Notice Recipient delivering such notice with respect to and participating in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, a number equal to the product of the following: (i) the total number of Registrable Securities to be included in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Initiating Shelf Holder or other Notice Recipient, as applicable, and the denominator of which is the total number of Registrable Securities beneficially owned by the Initiating Shelf Holder and all the other Notice Recipients (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares in each case), delivering such a notice and participating in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down.

Section 4.5 Selection of Underwriters . In the event that any registration pursuant to this Article IV shall involve, in whole or in part, an underwritten offering, the underwriter or underwriters shall be designated by the Shareholders (or in the case of a Shelf Take-Down, the Initiating Shelf Holder) that requested such underwritten offering in accordance with this Article IV, which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Selling Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included in such offering.

Section 4.6 Withdrawal Rights; Expenses .

(a) A Selling Holder may withdraw all or any part of its Registrable Securities from any registration (including a registration effected pursuant to Section 4.1) by giving written notice to the Company of its request to withdraw at any time. Except in the case of a withdrawal of Registrable Securities made within thirty (30) days of receipt by such Selling Holder of a certificate or notice from the Company that it will defer the filing or effectiveness of a registration statement pursuant to Section 4.1(d) or Section 4.3(a)(ii)(C), the Company shall be entitled to reimbursement for any SEC registration fees incurred by the Company in connection with the registration of the Registrable Securities so withdrawn (unless such registration fees can be used in connection with the registration of other securities by the Company, including in connection with a future registration). In the case of a withdrawal prior to the effective date of a registration statement, any Registrable Securities so withdrawn shall be reallocated among the remaining participants in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Except as provided herein, the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses with respect to a particular offering (or proposed offering). Except as provided herein, each Selling Holder and the Company shall be responsible for its own fees and expenses of counsel and financial advisors and their internal administrative and similar costs, as well as their respective pro rata shares of underwriters’ commissions and discounts, which shall not constitute Registration Expenses.

 

32


Section 4.7 Registration and Qualification . If and whenever the Company is required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in this Article IV, the Company shall as promptly as practicable:

(a) Registration Statement . Prepare and (as soon thereafter as practicable and in any event, no later than thirty (30) days after the end of the applicable period specified in Section 4.1(a) within which requests for registration may be given to the Company) file a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to the Registrable Securities to be offered and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective as promptly as practicable thereafter, and keep such registration statement effective for 180 days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided , that in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 which are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such 180-day period shall be extended, if necessary, to keep the registration statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for sales of such Registrable Securities, and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the SEC as announced from time to time, until the earlier of when (i) the Selling Holders have sold all of such Registrable Securities and (ii) the Selling Holders may sell all of such Registrable Securities without any limitation as to volume or manner of sale requirements pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act as determined by the counsel to the Company pursuant to a written opinion letter to such effect, addressed and acceptable to the Company’s transfer agent; furnish to the lead underwriter or underwriters, if any, and to the Selling Holders who have requested that Registrable Securities be covered by such registration statement, prior to the filing thereof with the SEC, a copy of the registration statement, and each amendment thereof, and a copy of any prospectus, and each amendment or supplement thereto (excluding amendments caused by the filing of a report under the Exchange Act); and use its commercially reasonable efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the SEC, such comments as such Persons reasonably may on a timely basis propose;

(b) Amendments; Supplements . Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be (i) reasonably requested by any Selling Holder (to the extent such request relates to information relating to such Selling Holder), or (ii) necessary to keep such registration statement effective and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities until the earlier of (A) such time as all of such Registrable Securities have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition set forth in such registration statement and (B) if a Form S-3 registration, the expiration of the applicable period specified in Section 4.7(a) and, if not a Form S-3 registration, the applicable period specified in Section 4.1(e); provided , that any such required period shall be extended for such number of days (x) during any period from and including the date any written notice contemplated by paragraph (f) below is given by the Company until the date on which the Company delivers to the Selling Holders the supplement or amendment contemplated by paragraph (f) below or written notice that the use of the prospectus may be resumed, as the case may be, and (y) during which the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court; provided , further , that the Company will have

 

33


no obligation to a Selling Holder participating on a “piggyback” basis in a registration statement that has become effective to keep such registration statement effective for a period beyond 180 days from the effective date of such registration statement. The Company will respond promptly to any comments received from the SEC and request acceleration of effectiveness promptly after it learns that the SEC will not review the registration statement or after it has satisfied comments received from the SEC. With respect to each Free Writing Prospectus or other materials to be included in the Disclosure Package, ensure that no Registrable Securities be sold “by means of” (as defined in Rule 159A(b) under the Securities Act) such Free Writing Prospectus or other materials without the prior written consent of the Selling Holders of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, which Free Writing Prospectuses or other materials shall be subject to the review of counsel to such Selling Holders, and make all required filings of all Free Writing Prospectuses with the SEC;

(c) Copies . Furnish to the Selling Holders and to any underwriter of such Registrable Securities such number of conformed copies of such registration statement and of each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), such number of copies of the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus, summary prospectus and Free Writing Prospectus), in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, such documents incorporated by reference in such registration statement or prospectus, and such other documents, as such Selling Holders or such underwriter may reasonably request, and upon request a copy of any and all transmittal letters or other correspondence to or received from, the SEC or any other Governmental Authority or self regulatory body or other body having jurisdiction (including any domestic or foreign securities exchange) relating to such offering;

(d) Blue Sky . Register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue sky Laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Selling Holders and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Selling Holders to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such Selling Holder; provided , that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

(e) Delivery of Certain Documents . (i) Furnish to any underwriter of such Registrable Securities an opinion of counsel for the Company (which opinion (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriters) addressed to any underwriter of such Registrable Securities and dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement (if any) (or if such offering is not underwritten, dated the effective date of the applicable registration statement) covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in sales of securities or underwritten offerings, (ii) furnish to any underwriter of such Registrable Securities a “cold comfort” and “bring-down” letter addressed to any underwriter of such Registrable Securities and signed by the independent public accountants who have audited the financial statements of the Company included in such registration statement, in each such case covering substantially the same matters with respect to such registration statement (and the prospectus included therein) as are customarily covered in accountants’ letters delivered to underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities and such other matters as any

 

34


underwriter may reasonably request and (iii) cause such authorized officers of the Company to execute customary certificates as may be requested by any underwriter of such Registrable Securities;

(f) Notification of Certain Events; Corrections . Promptly notify the Selling Holders and any underwriter of such Registrable Securities in writing (i) of the occurrence of any event as a result of which the registration statement or the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (ii) of any request by the SEC or any other regulatory body or other body having jurisdiction for any amendment of or supplement to any registration statement or other document relating to such offering, and (iii) if for any other reason it shall be necessary to amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus in order to comply with the Securities Act and, in any such case as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter, prepare and file with the SEC an amendment or supplement to such registration statement or prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance;

(g) Notice of Effectiveness . Notify the Selling Holders and the lead underwriter or underwriters, if any, and (if requested) confirm such advice in writing, as promptly as reasonably practicable after notice thereof is received by the Company (i) when the applicable registration statement or any amendment thereto has been filed or becomes effective and when the applicable prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto has been filed, (ii) of any comments by the SEC, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement or any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary or final prospectus or the initiation or threat of any proceedings for such purposes and (iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threat of any proceeding for such purpose;

(h) Stop Orders . Use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the entry of, and use its reasonable best efforts to obtain as promptly as reasonably practicable the withdrawal of, any stop order with respect to the applicable registration statement or other order suspending the use of any preliminary or final prospectus;

(i) Plan of Distribution . Promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the applicable registration statement such information as the lead underwriter or underwriters, if any, and the Selling Holders holding a majority of each class of Registrable Securities being sold agree (with respect to the relevant class) should be included therein relating to the plan of distribution with respect to such class of Registrable Securities; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as promptly as reasonably practicable after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(j) Other Filings . Use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other Governmental Authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

35


(k) FINRA Compliance . Cooperate with each Selling Holder and each underwriter or agent, if any, participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA;

(l) Listing . If the Registrable Securities to be sold are of a class of securities that is listed on a securities exchange or automated interdealer quotation system, use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration to be listed and remain on each securities exchange and automated interdealer quotation system on which identical securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(m) Transfer Agent; Registrar; CUSIP Number . Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of the applicable registration statement;

(n) Compliance; Earnings Statement . Otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to each Selling Holder, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earning statement covering the period of at least twelve (12) months, but not more than eighteen (18) months, beginning with the first month after the effective date of the applicable registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act;

(o) Road Shows . To the extent reasonably requested by the lead or managing underwriters in connection with an underwritten offering pursuant to Section 4.1 or Section 4.3, send appropriate officers of the Company to attend any “road shows” scheduled in connection with any such underwritten offering, with all reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Company or such officers in connection with such attendance to be paid by the Company;

(p) Certificates . Unless the relevant securities are issued in book-entry form, furnish for delivery in connection with the closing of any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a registration effected pursuant to this Article IV unlegended certificates representing ownership of the Registrable Securities being sold in such denominations as shall be requested by any Selling Holder or the underwriters of such Registrable Securities; and

(q) Efforts . Use its commercially reasonable efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Registrable Securities contemplated hereby.

Section 4.8 Underwriting; Due Diligence .

(a) If requested by the underwriters for any underwritten offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a registration requested under this Article IV, the Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement with such underwriters for such offering, which agreement will contain such representations and warranties by the Company and such other terms and provisions as are customarily contained in underwriting agreements generally with

 

36


respect to secondary distributions to the extent relevant, including indemnification and contribution provisions substantially to the effect and to the extent provided in Section 4.9, and agreements as to the provision of opinions of counsel and accountants’ letters to the effect and to the extent provided in Section 4.7(e). The Selling Holders on whose behalf the Registrable Securities are to be distributed by such underwriters shall be parties to any such underwriting agreement, and subject to the following sentence, such underwriting agreement shall also contain such representations and warranties by such Selling Holders and such other terms and provisions as are customarily contained in underwriting agreements with respect to secondary distributions, when relevant. No Selling Holder shall be required in any such underwriting agreement or related documents to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than customary representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Selling Holder’s title to Registrable Securities and any written information provided by the Selling Holder to the Company expressly for inclusion in the related registration statement. To the extent that any Shareholder does not enter into such an underwritten agreement, then such Shareholder shall not be permitted to participate in such underwritten offering.

(b) In connection with the preparation and filing of each registration statement registering Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to this Article IV, the Company shall make available upon reasonable notice at reasonable times and for reasonable periods for inspection by each Selling Holder, by any managing underwriter or underwriters participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such registration statement, and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any Selling Holder or any managing underwriter, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause all of the Company’s officers, directors and employees and the independent public accountants who have certified the Company’s financial statements to make themselves available to discuss the business of the Company and to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Selling Holders, managing underwriters, attorneys, accountants or agents in connection with such registration statement as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility (subject to entry by each party referred to in this clause (b) into customary confidentiality agreements in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company).

(c) In the case of an underwritten offering requested pursuant to Section 4.1 or Section 4.3 or an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down pursuant to Section 4.4, the price, underwriting discount and other financial terms for the Registrable Securities of the related underwriting agreement shall be determined by the Selling Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included in such offering. In the case of any underwritten offering of securities by the Company pursuant to Section 4.2, such price, discount and other terms shall be determined by the Company, subject to the right of Selling Holders to withdraw their Registrable Securities from the registration pursuant to Section 4.6(a).

(d) Subject to Section 4.8(a), no Person may participate in an underwritten offering (including an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down) unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all customary questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreement and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

 

37


Section 4.9 Indemnification and Contribution .

(a) Indemnification by the Company . In the case of each offering of Registrable Securities made pursuant to this Article IV, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by Law, each Selling Holder, each underwriter of Registrable Securities so offered and each Person, if any, who controls or is alleged to control (within the meaning set forth in the Securities Act) any of the foregoing Persons, the Affiliates of each of the foregoing, and the officers, directors, partners, employees and agents of each of the foregoing, against any and all losses, liabilities, costs (including reasonable attorney’s fees and disbursements), claims and damages, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, including any amount paid in settlement of any litigation commenced or threatened, insofar as such losses, liabilities, costs, claims and damages (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof, whether or not such indemnified Person is a party thereto) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement by the Company or alleged untrue statement by the Company of a material fact contained in the registration statement (or in any preliminary, final or summary prospectus included therein) or in the Disclosure Package, or in any offering memorandum or other offering document relating to the offering and sale of such Registrable Securities prepared by the Company or at its direction, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or in any document incorporated by reference therein, or any omission by the Company or alleged omission by the Company to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a prospectus or preliminary prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading; provided , however, that the Company shall not be liable to any Person in any such case to the extent that any such loss, liability, cost, claim or damage arises out of or relates to any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement, or any omission, if such statement or omission shall have been made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Person furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of such Person expressly for inclusion in the registration statement (or in any preliminary, final or summary prospectus included therein), offering memorandum or other offering document, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any such Person and shall survive the transfer of such securities.

(b) Indemnification by Selling Holders . In the case of each offering made pursuant to this Agreement, each Selling Holder, by exercising its registration rights hereunder, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by Law, the Company, each other Selling Holder and each Person, if any, who controls or is alleged to control (within the meaning set forth in the Securities Act) any of the foregoing, any Affiliate of any of the foregoing, and the officers, directors, partners, employees and agents of each of the foregoing, against any and all losses, liabilities, costs (including reasonable attorney’s fees and disbursements), claims and damages to which they or any of them may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, including any amount paid in settlement of any litigation commenced or threatened, insofar as such losses, liabilities, costs, claims and damages (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof, whether or not such indemnified Person is a party thereto) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement made by such Selling Holder of a material fact contained in the registration statement (or in any preliminary, final or summary prospectus included therein) or in the Disclosure Package relating to the offering and sale of such Registrable Securities prepared by the Company or at its direction, or any amendment thereof or

 

38


supplement thereto, or any omission by such Selling Holder of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a prospectus or preliminary prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that such untrue statement of a material fact occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with, or such material fact is omitted from, information relating to such Selling Holder furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of such Selling Holder expressly for inclusion in such registration statement (or in any preliminary, final or summary prospectus included therein) or Disclosure Package, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto.

(c) Indemnification Procedures . Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 4.9 shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification promptly after such indemnified party has actual knowledge that a claim is to be made against the indemnified party as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim or litigation resulting therefrom and any related settlement and settlement negotiations, subject to the limitations on settlement set forth below; provided , that counsel for the indemnifying party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the indemnified party (whose approval shall not unreasonably be withheld), and the indemnified party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense; and provided , further , that the failure of any indemnified party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under this Section 4.9, except to the extent the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an indemnified party shall have the right to retain separate counsel, with the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel being paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel or if the indemnifying party has failed to assume the defense of such action. No indemnified party shall enter into any settlement of any litigation commenced or threatened with respect to which indemnification is or may be sought without the prior written consent of the indemnifying party (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release, reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. Each indemnified party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an indemnifying party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

(d) Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in this Section 4.9 shall for any reason be unavailable (other than in accordance with its terms) to an indemnified party in respect of any loss, liability, cost, claim or damage referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, cost, claim or damage in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other with respect to the statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, liability, cost, claim or damage as well as any other

 

39


relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party on the one hand or the indemnified party on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, cost, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this paragraph (d) shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this paragraph (d), any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.9(d) to the contrary, no indemnifying party (other than the Company) shall be required pursuant to this Section 4.9(d) to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such indemnifying party from the sale of Registrable Securities in the offering to which the losses of the indemnified parties relate exceeds the amount of any damages which such indemnifying party has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4.9(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in this Section.

(e) Obligations Not Exclusive . The obligations of the parties under this Section 4.9 shall be in addition to any liability that any party may otherwise have to any other Person.

(f) Survival . For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Section 4.9 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

(g) Limitation of Selling Holder Liability . The liability of any Selling Holder under this Section 4.9 shall be several and not joint and in no event shall the liability of any Selling Holder under this Section 4.9 be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by such Selling Holder under the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification/contribution obligation.

(h) Third Party Beneficiary . Each of the indemnified Persons referred to in this Section 4.9 shall be a third party beneficiary of the rights conferred to such Person in this Section.

Section 4.10 Cooperation; Information by Selling Holder .

(a) It shall be a condition of each Selling Holder’s rights under this Article IV that such Selling Holder cooperate with the Company by entering into any undertakings and taking such other action relating to the conduct of the proposed offering which the Company or the underwriters may reasonably request as being necessary to insure compliance with federal and state securities Laws and the rules or other requirements of FINRA or which are otherwise customary and which the Company or the underwriters may reasonably request to effectuate the offering.

 

40


(b) Each Selling Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Selling Holder and the distribution proposed by such Selling Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Article IV. The Company shall have the right to exclude from the registration any Selling Holder that does not comply with this Section 4.10.

(c) At such time as an underwriting agreement with respect to a particular underwriting is entered into, the terms of any such underwriting agreement shall govern with respect to the matters set forth therein to the extent inconsistent with this Article IV; provided , that the indemnification provisions of such underwriting agreement as they relate to the Selling Holders are customary for registrations of the type then proposed and provide for indemnification by such Selling Holders only with respect to written information furnished by such Selling Holders.

Section 4.11 Rule 144 . Following a Public Offering, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the conditions to the availability of Rule 144 under the Securities Act set forth in paragraph (c) of Rule 144 shall be satisfied. Upon the request of any Holder for so long as such information is a necessary element of such Holder’s ability to avail itself of Rule 144, the Company will (a) deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements and (b) make available such other information necessary to comply with Rule 144 at all times, to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to avail itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing such Holder to sell any such securities without registration under the Securities Act within limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144.

Section 4.12 Holdback Agreement . Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Board, each Shareholder agrees that it shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Equity Securities of the Company, enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Equity Securities, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of the Equity Securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing (other than any public sale or distribution in connection with the exercise of registration rights in accordance with, and subject to, Section 4.1, Section 4.2, Section 4.3 or Section 4.4), during the period beginning ten (10) days prior to, and ending up to (x) in the case of the IPO, 180 days after the pricing date of the IPO (the “ IPO Holdback Period ”), or (y) in the case of any other Public Offering in which such Shareholder is participating, ninety (90) days after the pricing date of such Public Offering; provided , that, with respect to the IPO, if (1) the Company issues an earnings release or announces other material news or a material event relating to the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, during the last seventeen (17) days of the IPO Holdback Period or (2) prior to the expiration of the IPO Holdback Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the sixteen (16) day period beginning upon the expiration of the IPO Holdback Period, then to the extent necessary for the managing underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten IPO to comply with the FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4), the IPO Holdback Period shall be extended until eighteen (18) days after the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or event, as the case may be and the Company shall provide prompt notice to the

 

41


Shareholders of such extension; provided , further , that the restrictions set forth in this Section 4.12 shall not apply to Equity Securities acquired by any Shareholder after the pricing of the IPO. In connection with the IPO, each Shareholder agrees to enter into a customary lock-up agreement if requested to do so by the Board or the managing underwriter or underwriters (as applicable) containing the restrictions set forth in this Section 4.12; provided, that all officers, directors and holders of at least 3% of the then outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) also execute such lock-up agreement and such agreement contains a provision that to the extent the managing underwriter or underwriters (as applicable) grant any party early termination or exclusion from the terms of the lock-up agreement, such managing underwriter or underwriters (as applicable) shall apply the same exclusion or termination pro rata among the Shareholders who have executed the lock-up agreement. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to include the foregoing terms in the lock-up agreement presented to Shareholders in connection with the IPO. To the extent that any Shareholder enters into any such lockup agreement with an underwriter or underwriters of the Company, the terms of such lock-up agreement shall apply in lieu of this Section 4.12, except that the notice provisions contained herein shall continue to apply to the Company.

Section 4.13 Suspension of Sales . Each Selling Holder participating in a registration agrees that, upon receipt of notice from the Company pursuant to Section 4.7(f), such Selling Holder will discontinue disposition of its Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement until receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4.7(f), or until advised in writing by the Company that the use of the prospectus may be resumed, as the case may be, and, if so directed by the Company, such Selling Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Selling Holder’s possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities which are current at the time of the receipt of the notice of the event described in Section 4.7(f).

Section 4.14 Third Party Registration Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to prevent the Company from providing registration rights to any other Person on such terms as the Board deems desirable in its sole discretion, provided , however , that the Company is prohibited from granting registration rights to any other Person that rank senior to or provide greater rights than those provided hereunder to the New Shareholders, without first obtaining the written consent of New Shareholders holding a majority of the then outstanding Ordinary Shares (on an as if converted basis) held by the New Shareholders.

Section 4.15 Foreign IPO . If the IPO occurs outside the United States and the primary stock exchange for the Ordinary Shares is not located in the United States, then if and only to the extent customary in the applicable jurisdiction, the Company and the Shareholders shall enter into a registration rights agreement or a similar agreement containing customary terms and provisions with respect to registration rights for such jurisdiction, provided that such terms and provisions shall reflect, to the extent legally permissible and customary in the applicable jurisdiction, the terms and provision set forth in this Article IV.

 

42


ARTICLE V

INFORMATION; BOARD OBSERVER; OTHER AGREEMENTS

Section 5.1 Financial Information .

(a) Prior to an IPO, the Company shall deliver the following to each Shareholder ( provided that if such Shareholder is an Advised Account, the Company shall instead deliver the following to the investment adviser of such Advised Account):

(i) a copy of the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company for the first three (3) fiscal quarters of a fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows and changes in shareholders’ equity for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year then ended, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP (and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to do so within 45 days after the end of each such fiscal quarter); and

(ii) a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of each fiscal year of the Company and the audited consolidated statements of income, cash flows and changes in shareholders’ equity for such year, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP (and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to do so within 90 days after the end of each such fiscal year).

(b) Prior to an IPO, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company shall hold quarterly conference calls for the Shareholders to discuss earnings for the previous quarter. The conference call shall be held no later than ten Business Days from the time that the Company distributes the financial statements as set forth in Section 5.1(a). No fewer than two days prior to the conference call, the Company shall deliver notice to the Shareholders of the time and date of such conference call and provide instructions for Shareholders to obtain access to such call.

Section 5.2 Confidentiality .

(a) Each Shareholder recognizes that Confidential Information may have been and may be disclosed to such Shareholder by the Company. Each Shareholder shall not engage in the unauthorized use, and shall cause its Affiliates not to engage in the unauthorized use, or make any unauthorized disclosure to any third party, of any Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Company and shall use due care to ensure that such Confidential Information is kept confidential, including by treating such information as such party would treat its own Confidential Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Shareholders shall have the right to share any Confidential Information with the holders of their Equity Securities, their investment advisers, any of their respective direct or indirect members, any proposed acquirer or Transferee of their Equity Securities, any of their current or potential financing sources or any of their Representatives, each of whom shall be required to agree to keep confidential such Confidential Information to the extent required of the Shareholder under

 

43


this Section 5.2. As used herein, “ Confidential Information ” means all information, knowledge, systems or data relating to the business, operations, finances, policies, strategies, intentions or inventions of the Company (including any of the terms of this Agreement) from whatever source obtained, except for any such information, knowledge, systems or data which at the time of disclosure was in the public domain or otherwise in the possession of the disclosing Person unless such information, knowledge, systems or data was placed into the public domain or became known to such disclosing Person other than in violation of any non-disclosure obligation, including this Section 5.2. Nothing in this Section 5.2 shall prohibit any Shareholder or any of its Affiliates from disclosing the terms of this Agreement to its counsel or any court or other Governmental Authority in connection with the enforcement by such Shareholder of this Agreement.

(b) If any Shareholder is requested to disclose any Confidential Information by any Governmental Authority or for any regulatory reason, such Shareholder will promptly notify the Company to permit it to seek a protective order or take other action that the Board in its discretion deems appropriate, and such Shareholder will cooperate in any such efforts to obtain a protective order or other reasonable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such Confidential Information. If, in the absence of a protective order, such Shareholder is compelled as a matter of Law to disclose any such information in any proceeding or pursuant to legal process, such Shareholder may disclose to the party compelling disclosure only the part of such Confidential Information as is required by Law to be disclosed (in which case, prior to such disclosure, such Shareholder will advise and, if requested by the Board, consult with the Company and its counsel as to such disclosure and the nature and wording of such disclosure) and such Shareholder will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain confidential treatment therefor.

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall restrict the Company from providing customary information about the transactions provided for herein to prospective investors in the Company, but shall not identify any Advised Account or investment adviser by name without the prior written consent of the investment adviser to such Advised Account. The provisions contained in this Section 5.2 shall survive the termination of this Agreement, and each Shareholder shall continue to be bound by its obligations under this Section 5.2 notwithstanding the Transfer of any or all of its Shares, in each case for a period of two years from the date of such termination or Transfer of all of its Shares.

Section 5.3 Board Rights; Board Observer .

(a) To the extent that the Qualified IPO is not consummated on or prior to March 31, 2012, the New Shareholders, as a class, shall have the right to designate, by approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares held by the New Shareholders (assuming all Preference Shares are converted into Ordinary Shares), one member of the Board (or similar body, including any executive committee that acts on behalf of the Board pursuant to an express or implied delegation of the Board’s powers) who shall be entitled to serve on the Board (or similar body, including any executive committee that acts on behalf of the Board pursuant to an express or implied delegation of the Board’s powers) until the consummation of the Qualified IPO; provided that if the New Shareholders, as a class, are unable to attain the approval of a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares held by the New

 

44


Shareholders (assuming all Preference Shares are converted into Ordinary Shares) to designate such member to the Board, then within 14 days of March 31, 2012, the holder of the largest number of Preference Shares shall have the right in its sole discretion to designate such member to the Board on behalf of the New Shareholders. Each Shareholder hereby agrees to vote its, his or her Shares at any meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of filling such position on the Board, or in any written consent executed for such purpose, and take all other actions necessary to give effect to this Section 5.3(a).

(b) In addition and without limiting any rights of the New Shareholders pursuant to Section 5.3(a), prior to the Qualified IPO, for so long as any New Shareholder holding at least 1,628,528 Preference Shares on the date hereof continues to own at least a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares held by such New Shareholder (assuming all Preference Shares are converted into Ordinary Shares) as of the date hereof, such New Shareholder shall have the right to designate one (1) individual (a “ Board Observer ”) to observe and participate (but not vote) at each meeting of the Board (or similar body, including any executive committee of the Board). For purposes of this Section 5.3(b), all New Shareholders that are Advised Accounts and have a common or Affiliated investment adviser shall be treated as a single New Shareholder and, to the extent that they collectively meet the requirements of the first sentence of this Section 5.3(b), they shall collectively have the right to appoint a single Board Observer on behalf of all such New Shareholders. A Board Observer shall have the right to (a) attend all meetings of the Board, (b) receive notice of all such meetings at the same time as the relevant Board members and (c) receive copies of all materials and information provided to the members of the Board (whether in connection with a meeting, an action by written consent or otherwise), including an annual budget and business plan and any multi-year budget or business plan; provided that (i) a Board Observer shall not have the right to vote on any matter and shall not be a member of the Board and (ii) attendance of a Board Observer shall not be required for purposes of taking action at any meeting of the Board and the absence of a Board Observer shall not affect any action so taken. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.3, a Board Observer may be excluded from any meeting of the Board (or portion thereof) and shall not be entitled to receive any Board materials or minutes of such meeting (or portion thereof), in each case, solely to the extent (A) such meeting, materials or minutes relate specifically to the Company’s relationship with such Board Observer (or an Affiliate thereof) or (B) required, as reasonably determined by the Board after consultation with counsel, to maintain the attorney-client privilege protections of such discussion or materials.

Section 5.4 No Side Agreements . Except for the Voting and Lock-Up Agreement, the Company and the Shareholders hereby covenant and agree not to enter, directly or indirectly, into any agreement with the Company, any of the Shareholders or any of the Shareholders’ respective affiliates or grant any proxy or power of attorney or become party to any voting trust or other agreement, relating to the Shares or to the governance of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which is inconsistent with or conflicts with the provisions of this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents.

Section 5.5 Authorized Company Capital Stock . The Company and each Shareholder shall take all action necessary, including by causing the Company’s Articles of Association and Memorandum to be amended from time to time, to ensure that the Company has available at all times during which any Preference Shares remain outstanding, sufficient

 

45


authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares or treasury stock to provide for the issuance of the maximum number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of outstanding Preference Shares owned at any time by the Shareholders, pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association.

Section 5.6 Organizational Documents . Each Shareholder shall vote all of its Shares that are entitled to vote or execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, and take all other actions necessary, to ensure that the Articles and of Association and Memorandum (i) facilitate, and do not at any time conflict with, any provision of this Agreement and (ii) permit each Shareholder to receive the benefits to which such Shareholder is entitled under this Agreement.

Section 5.7 Corporate Opportunities . Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that the New Shareholders, their Affiliates and any of their related investment funds and portfolio companies, may review the business plans and related proprietary information of any enterprise, including any enterprise which may have products or services which compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company or its Subsidiaries, and may trade in the securities of such enterprise. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict the New Shareholders, their Affiliates and any of their related investment funds and portfolio companies, from investing or participating in any particular enterprise, or trading in the securities thereof whether or not such enterprise has products or services that compete with those of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company and each Shareholder expressly acknowledge and agree that: (a) the New Shareholders and managers, officers, directors, members, partners, Affiliates and any related investment funds or portfolio companies of the New Shareholders (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries), have the right to, and shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) not to, directly or indirectly, engage in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Company or any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries and (b) in the event that any of the New Shareholders and managers, officers, directors, members, partners, Affiliates and any related investment funds or portfolio companies of the New Shareholders (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for any of the Company, its Affiliates or any of its Subsidiaries (each a “ Corporate Opportunity Party ”), then any such Corporate Opportunity Party shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present such corporate opportunity to the Company, its Affiliates or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, and, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any such Corporate Opportunity Party shall not be liable to the Company, any of its Affiliates, any of its Subsidiaries or any other Shareholder for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of the fact that any such Corporate Opportunity Party, directly or indirectly, pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another Person, or does not present such opportunity to the Company, its Affiliates or any of its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 5.7 shall not apply to any director of the Company and shall not be deemed in any manner to relieve any director of any fiduciary duties owed by such director to the Company and the Shareholders.

 

46


Section 5.8 Taxes .

(a) Except for any transaction in which the Shareholders are to receive as consideration for all their Shares, Equity Securities in another Person that is treated as an association taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes and which transaction does not give rise to any material tax liability to the Shareholders or the Company and its Subsidiaries, neither the Company nor any of the Shareholders will take any action to cause the Company to fail to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes without the written consent of the New Shareholders holding at least 66-2/3% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (on an as converted basis) then held by the New Shareholders.

(b) If the Company determines that it is treated as a PFIC for the 2012 taxable year or any subsequent taxable year, the Company will, as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 180 days, following the end of the taxable year during which the Company was a PFIC,

(i) determine whether any Subsidiary of the Company whose stock a Shareholder would be deemed to own for purposes of the PFIC rules is also a PFIC,

(ii) inform each Shareholder that the Company was a PFIC (and if applicable any Subsidiary),

(iii) inform each Shareholder that chooses to make a “Qualified Electing Fund” election pursuant to section 1295 of the Code (or, if applicable, in connection with such election made by such Shareholder’s direct or indirect equity owners) of the amount of such Shareholder’s pro rata share of the Company’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain (as determined for purposes of section 1293 of the Code) for the applicable taxable year of the Company and of any Subsidiary that is a PFIC with respect to which such Shareholder chooses to make such an election, and

(iv) provide the Shareholders with access to such other Company information as may be reasonably required for purposes of filing U.S. federal income tax returns in connection with such Qualified Electing Fund election. For purposes of this section, the Company’s “taxable year” means the Company’s fiscal year end unless determined otherwise pursuant to the Code. In the event that a Shareholder has made “Qualified Electing Fund” election with respect to a taxable year of the Company, the Company agrees to make a dividend distribution to the Shareholder (no later than 180 days following the end of the Company’s taxable year) in an amount equal to (X) the amount that would be included by the Shareholder as a result of a valid and timely “Qualified Electing Fund” election, as the case may be, which was applicable to such taxable year multiplied by (Y) the lesser of (I) 50% and (II) the highest applicable income tax rate of a resident of New York City, including federal, state and local income taxes and taking into account the deductibility of state and local income taxes, with respect to income includible under section 1293 of the Code in such taxable year.

 

47


(c) With respect to Shareholders that are “United States persons” for United States federal income tax purposes, the Company shall make due inquiry with its tax advisors (and shall cooperate with each such Shareholder’s tax advisors with respect to such inquiry) on at least an annual basis regarding whether such Shareholder’s direct or indirect interests in the Company are subject to the reporting requirements of either or both of Sections 6038 and 6038B of the Code (and the Company shall duly inform such Shareholder of the results of such determination), and in the event that such Shareholder’s direct or indirect interests in the Company are determined by the Company’s tax advisors or such Shareholders’ tax advisors to be subject to the reporting requirements of either or both of Sections 6038 and 6038B, the Company agrees, upon a request from such affected Shareholder, to provide such information as may be necessary to fulfill such Shareholder’s obligations thereunder.

Section 5.9 Territory Licensing Restriction . The Company shall not (and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to) enter into any contract or agreement to license or transfer any of its or its Subsidiaries’ Intellectual Property to any Person relating to China (including without limitation Hong Kong, Macau or Taiwan), the equity interests of which are owned or to be owned, directly or indirectly, by any of the Existing Shareholders, unless any such contract or agreement that is entered into has substantially the same terms and conditions as those set forth in the term sheets attached as Exhibits D and E hereto.

ARTICLE VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 6.1 Certificate Legend . Each certificate evidencing Shares held by a Shareholder shall bear a legend on the face thereof substantially to the following effect (the “ Legend ”):

“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED PURSUANT TO THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE, FEDERAL OR FOREIGN SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THESE SECURITIES, NOR ANY PORTION THEREOF OR INTEREST THEREIN, MAY BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS THE SAME ARE REGISTERED WITH AND QUALIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SAID ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE, FEDERAL OR FOREIGN LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION ARE NOT REQUIRED.

THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER CONTAINED IN THE SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT, DATED JULY 11, 2011, BY AND AMONG MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND THE SHAREHOLDERS LISTED THEREIN (AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME).”

 

48


The Legend shall be promptly removed by the Company, with respect to any certificates evidencing Shares, by the delivery of substitute certificates without such Legend, in the event of a Transfer permitted by this Agreement and in which the Transferee is not required to be bound by, or become a party to, this Agreement with respect to such Shares; provided , however , that the first paragraph of the Legend shall only be removed when (i) the Company shall have received an opinion of counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or a copy of a “no-action” or interpretive letter from the SEC, to the effect that the restrictions imposed by such paragraph are not applicable to such Shares or (ii) such Shares have been effectively registered and Transferred pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent that the Shares are held in uncertificated form, the Shareholder acknowledges and agrees that the Company may cause the Legend required pursuant to this Agreement to be reflected in the records of the transfer agent of the Company and may cause such transfer agent to comply with the provisions of this Section 6.1 relating to the removal of the Legend To the extent the Company engages the services of a transfer agent to transfer its shares, the Company shall cause the transfer agent to promptly comply with the Company’s obligations set forth herein.

Section 6.2 Termination . This Agreement (other than Article IV and this Article VI) shall terminate upon the earlier of (a) the date on which the Qualified IPO is consummated, (b) the consummation of a Company Sale and (c) a liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company. Article IV and this Article VI shall terminate upon the earlier of (x) the consummation of a Company Sale and (y) a liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company. Except as expressly provided herein (including in Section 3.2(a)), any party to this Agreement shall cease to be a party hereto and this Agreement shall terminate with respect to such party at the time such party no longer owns any Shares. No termination of this Agreement (or any provision hereof) shall (i) relieve any party of any obligation or liability for damages resulting from such party’s breach of this Agreement (or any provision hereof) prior to its termination or the termination of this Agreement with respect to such party or (ii) terminate any provision hereof that, by its terms, survives such termination.

Section 6.3 Conflict with Memorandum and Articles of Association . In case of any conflict between this Agreement (or any provision hereof) and the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association (or any provision thereof), this Agreement shall control and the parties hereto agree to take all steps necessary (to the extent permitted by applicable Law) to amend the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association to the extent necessary to remove such conflict.

Section 6.4 Additional Securities Subject to Agreement . Each Shareholder agrees that any other Equity Securities of the Company which it hereafter acquires by means of a share split, share dividend, distribution, conversion, exercise of options or warrants, or otherwise (other than shares acquired in the IPO or in the public market after the IPO) shall be subject to the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as if held on the date hereof.

 

49


Section 6.5 Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally, sent via facsimile (receipt confirmed), sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier (providing proof of delivery), or mailed in the United States by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

if to the Company:

c/o Michael Kors (USA), Inc.

11 West 42nd Street, 21st Floor

New York, NY 10036

Fax No: (646) 354-4826

Attention: John Idol

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

SHL Investment Group (USA), Inc.

11 West 42nd Street, 21st Floor

New York, NY 10036

Fax No: (646) 354-4842

Attention: Gary I. Sheff

If to an Existing Shareholder:

if to SHL Fashion Limited and SHL – Kors Limited to:

c/o Michael Kors (USA), Inc.

11 West 42nd Street, 21st Floor

New York, NY 10036

Fax No: (646) 354-4826

Attention: John Idol

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

SHL Investment Group (USA), Inc.

11 West 42nd Street, 21st Floor

New York, NY 10036

Fax No: (646) 354-4842

Attention: Gary I. Sheff

if to Michael Kors to:

Mr. Michael Kors

65 West 13th Street, #11D

New York, NY 10011

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

Patterson Belknap Webb & Tyler LLP

1133 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036-6731

Fax No: (212) 336-2222

Attention: Peter Shaeffer

 

50


if to Sportswear Holdings Limited to:

c/o Sportswear Holdings Limited

12/F, Novel Industrial Building

850-870 Lai Chi Kok Road

Cheung Sha Wan, Kowloon, Hong Kong

Fax No: +852-2310-1841

Attention: Oliver Chu

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

SHL Investment Group (USA), Inc.

11 West 42nd Street, 21st Floor

New York, NY 10036

Fax No: (646) 354-4842

Attention: Gary I. Sheff

if to Littlestone to:

c/o Zenobia Management S.A.

Grand Rue 114

P.O. Box 1459

1820 Montreux, Switzerland

Fax No: + 41-21-966-5249

Attention: Farouk Abdullah

if to Northcroft Trading Inc. to:

2 Bd Georges - Favon

CH-1204 Geneva

Switzerland

Fax No: + 41-22-781-4711

Attention: Arturo Fasana

if to Vax Trading, Inc. to:

c/o MAO Financial Services S.A.

1, rue Etienne-Dumont

1204 Geneva, Switzerland

Fax No: + 41-22-818-6168

Attention: Michel Clemence

 

51


if to OB Kors LLC to:

c/o Orca Bay Capital Corp.

1301 First Avenue, Suite 200

Seattle, WA 98101

Fax No: (206) 689-2404

Attention: Bryon Madsen

if to John Idol to:

Mr. John D. Idol

225 Elderfields Road

Manhasset, NY 11030

Fax No: (516) 365-6872

if to the John Muse, Muse Children’s GS Trust, Muse Family

Enterprises and JRM Interim Investors, LP to:

c/o Hicks, Muse, Tate & Furst Incorporated

200 Crescent Court, Suite 600

Dallas, TX 75201

Fax No: (214) 740-7313

Attention: Linda Ehlers

if to any New Shareholder, to the address set forth opposite such Shareholder’s name on the signature pages hereto.

Section 6.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together will be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties. For purposes of this Agreement, facsimile signatures or signatures by other electronic form of transfer shall be deemed originals, and the parties agree to exchange original signatures as promptly as possible.

Section 6.7 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the exhibits and schedules hereto) contain all of the terms, conditions and representations and warranties agreed to by the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements, negotiations, correspondence, undertakings, understandings, representations and warranties, both written and oral, among the parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, including the Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2003, by and among the Company, SHLK and MK, which has been terminated pursuant to the Restructuring Agreement. No representation, warranty, inducement, promise, understanding or condition not set forth in this Agreement has been made or relied upon by any of the parties to this Agreement.

Section 6.8 Binding Effect; No Third-Party Beneficiary . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon each of the parties hereto. Except as expressly provided for in Section 4.9, nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to confer upon, or give to, any Person, firm, corporation or other entity other than the parties hereto any remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement or any terms or conditions hereof, and all of the terms, conditions, promises and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto.

 

52


Section 6.9 Governing Law . This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related thereto, the relationship of the parties, and/or the interpretation and enforcement of the rights and duties of the parties, whether arising in Law or in equity, in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the Laws of the State of New York without regard to its rules regarding conflicts of Law to the extent that the application of the Laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

Section 6.10 Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except with respect to Transfers permitted under Article III, the Shareholders may not, directly or indirectly, assign any of their rights or delegate any of their obligations under this Agreement, by operation of Law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Company. Any purported direct or indirect assignment in violation of this Section 6.10 shall be void and of no force or effect.

Section 6.11 Submission to Jurisdiction; Service . Each party (a) irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the personal jurisdiction of the federal courts of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or any New York State Court sitting in New York City, (b) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court, (c) agrees that any actions or proceedings arising in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be brought, tried and determined only in such courts, (c) waives any claim of improper venue or any claim that those courts are an inconvenient forum and (d) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other than the aforesaid courts. The parties to this Agreement agree that mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such action or proceeding in the manner provided in Section 6.5 or in such other manner as may be permitted by applicable Law, shall be valid and sufficient service thereof.

Section 6.12 Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of Law or public policy by a court of competent jurisdiction, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect, insofar as the foregoing can be accomplished without materially affecting the economic benefits anticipated by the parties to this Agreement. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law.

Section 6.13 Waiver and Amendment . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed (a) in the case of an amendment, by the Company and the Shareholders holding a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (on an as converted basis) held by the Shareholders as of the date of such amendment ( provided , however , that, if any such amendment has an impact on any

 

53


Shareholder and/or its Shares (or Registrable Securities with respect to Article IV) that is different from the impact on any of the other Shareholders and/or their Shares (or Registrable Securities with respect to Article IV) (taking into account, among other things, the size of such Shareholder’s ownership) in a manner materially adverse to the rights of such Shareholder under this Agreement or the value of such Shareholder’s Shares (or Registrable Securities with respect to Article IV), then such Shareholder shall be required to approve such amendment); provided , however , that any amendment that would be materially adverse to any rights or obligations of the New Shareholders (and notwithstanding that such impact may be the same to all other Shareholders and/or their Shares (or Registrable Securities with respect to Article IV)) shall require the consent of the New Shareholders holding a majority of the then outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) held by the New Shareholders, except for any such amendment (i) to correct any typographical or similar ministerial errors, (ii) necessary or appropriate to effect a restructuring or reorganization of, or take other necessary and appropriate actions with respect to, the Company, its Affiliates (including any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or any of its subsidiaries in connection with an IPO, (iii) to provide for anti-”controlled foreign corporation” restrictions or similar language in such organizational documents of the Company or its Subsidiaries or (iv) to comply with any applicable law and (b) in the case of waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to operate. No failure on the part of a party hereto to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

Section 6.14 Waiver of Jury Trial . Each party acknowledges and agrees that any controversy which may arise under this Agreement is likely to involve complicated and difficult issues and, therefore, each such party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any legal action directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each party to this Agreement certifies and acknowledges that (a) no other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not seek to enforce the foregoing waiver in the event of a legal action, (b) such party has considered and understands the implications of this waiver, (c) such party makes this waiver voluntarily and (d) such party has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 6.14.

Section 6.15 Specific Performance . The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur if any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches or threatened breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or any New York State Court sitting in New York City, this being in addition to any other remedy at Law or in equity, and the parties to this Agreement hereby waive any requirement for the posting of any bond or similar collateral in connection therewith. The parties agree that they shall not object to the granting of injunctive or other equitable relief on the basis that there exists adequate remedy at Law.

Section 6.16 Other Matters . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or otherwise, there shall be no recovery pursuant to this Agreement by any

 

54


party for any punitive, exemplary, consequential, incidental, treble, special, or other similar damages (other than those actually paid in connection with a third party claim) in any claim or proceeding by one party against another arising out of or relating to a breach or alleged breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, or agreement under this Agreement by the other party.

Section 6.17 Fees and Expenses . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement shall be paid by the party incurring such fees or expenses.

[ Signature Pages Follow ]

 

55


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the undersigned has executed this Agreement or caused this Agreement to be executed on it behalf as of the date first written above.

 

THE COMPANY :
MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ John D. Idol

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


EXISTING SHAREHOLDERS :

/s/ Michael Kors

MICHAEL KORS

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


SPORTSWEAR HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Silas K. F. Chou

  Name: Silas K. F. Chou
  Title: Director

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


LITTLESTONE
By:  

/s/ John Pickles

  Name: John Pickles
  Title: Director

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


NORTHCROFT TRADING INC.
By:  

/s/ Arturo Fasana

  Name: Arturo Fasana
  Title: President

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


VAX TRADING, INC.
By:  

/s/ Dominique Warluzel

  Name: Dominique Warluzel
  Title: Director

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


OB KORS LLC
By:  

/s/ Bryon N. Marsden

  Name: Bryon N. Marsden
 

Title: Vice-President of Orca Bay Corporation

its Manager

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


/s/ John D. Idol

JOHN IDOL

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


/s/ John R. Muse

JOHN MUSE

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


MUSE CHILDREN’S GS TRUST
By:  

/s/ Linda L. Ehlers

  Name: Linda L. Ehlers
  Title: Co-Trustee

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


JRM INTERIM INVESTORS, LP
By:  

/s/ John R. Muse

  Name: John R. Muse
 

Title: President of JRM Management Company,

          LLC, its GP

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


MUSE FAMILY ENTERPRISES
By:  

/s/ John R. Muse

  Name: John R. Muse
 

Title: President of JRM Management Company,

          LLC, its GP

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


NEW SHAREHOLDERS :

BROOKSIDE CAPITAL PARTNERS FUND, L.P.

By:

 

/s/ Dennis Goldstein

  Name: Dennis Goldstein
  Title: Managing Director

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


 

NEW SHAREHOLDERS:

T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.

 

As Investment Adviser to and on behalf of the

Participating Funds and Accounts on Attachment A:

 

    T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Fund, Inc.

 

    T. Rowe Price Institutional Mid-Cap Equity Growth Fund

 

    T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio

 

    T. Rowe Price U.S. Equities Trust

 

    Maxim Series Fund, Inc. – Maxim / T. Rowe Price MidCap Growth Portfolio

 

    TD Mutual Funds – TD U.S. Mid-Cap Growth Fund

 

    MassMutual Select Funds –MassMutual Select Mid Cap Growth
Equity II Fund

 

    MML Series Investment Fund – MML Mid Cap Growth Fund

 

    State of California – Savings Plus Program

 

    Met Investors Series Trust – T. Rowe Price Mid Cap
Growth Portfolio

 

    JNL Series Trust – JNL / T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Fund

  By:  

/s/ Brian W. H. Berghuis

  Name:  

Brian W. H. Berghuis

  Title:  

Vice President

  Notice to be sent to:
 

T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.

100 East Pratt Street

Baltimore, Maryland 21202

 

Attn: Andrew Baek, Vice President and Senior Legal Counsel

Phone: 410-345-2090

Fax: 410-345-6575

  E-mail: andrew_baek@troweprice.com

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


 

NEW SHAREHOLDERS:

T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.

 

As Investment Adviser to and on behalf of the

Participating Funds and Accounts on Attachment A:

 
    T. Rowe Price New Horizons Fund, Inc.
    T. Rowe Price New Horizons Trust
    T. Rowe Price U.S. Equities Trust

 

    By:  

/s/ David Wagner

    Name:  

David Wagner

    Title:  

Vice President

 

    Notice to be sent to:
   

T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.

100 East Pratt Street

Baltimore, Maryland 21202

   

Attn: Andrew Baek, Vice President and Senior Legal Counsel

Phone: 410-345-2090

Fax: 410-345-6575

    E-mail: andrew_baek@troweprice.com

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


 

NEW SHAREHOLDERS:

T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.

  As Investment Adviser to and on behalf of the Participating Funds and Accounts on Attachment A:
    T. Rowe Price Diversified Mid-Cap Growth Fund, Inc.
    The Bunting Family III, LLC
    Seasons Series Trust – Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio
    The Bunting Family VI Socially Responsible LLC
    Lincoln Variable Insurance Products Trust – LVIP T. Rowe Price
    Structured Mid Cap Growth Portfolio
    INC Partners, Inc. – ING T. Rowe Price Diversified Mid Cap
    Growth Portfolio
    T. Rowe Price Tax-Efficient Equity Fund

 

    By:   

/s/ Donald Peter

    Name:   

Donald Peter

    Title:   

Vice President

 

    Notice to be sent to:
   

T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.

100 East Pratt Street

Baltimore, Maryland 21202

   

Attn: Andrew Baek, Vice President and Senior Legal Counsel

Phone: 410-345-2090

    Fax: 410-345-6575
    E-mail: andrew_baek@troweprice.com

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


FIDELITY SECURITIES FUND:
FIDELITY BLUE CHIP GROWTH
FUND
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Christian

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


FIDELITY FINANCIAL TRUST:
FIDELITY INDEPENDENCE FUND
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Christian

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS

FUNDS V: ASSET MANAGER

GROWTH PORTFOLIO

By:

 

/s/ Jeffrey Christian

 

Name:

 

Title:

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS

FUNDS V: ASSET MANAGER

PORTFOLIO

By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Christian

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


FIDELITY PURITAN TRUST:
FIDELITY PURITAN FUND
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Christian

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


FIDELITY MT. VERNON STREET

TRUST: FIDELITY GROWTH

COMPANY FUND

By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Christian

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


MKFF INVESTORS LLC
By:  

/s/ Joel J. Horowitz

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


KEC HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Citron

  Name: Jeffrey Citron
  Title: Managing Member

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


FEINBERG FAMILY TRUST
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Feinberg

  Name: Jeffrey Feinberg
  Title: Trustee
By:  

/s/ Stacey Feinberg

  Name: Stacey Feinberg
  Title: Trustee

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


FLAT PLUS LLC
By:  

/s/ Virginia Gilder

  Name: Virginia Gilder
  Title: Manager

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


POWERS TRUST

By:  

/s/ Williams C. Powers

  Name: Williams C. Powers
  Title: Trustee
By:  

/s/ Carolyn C. Powers

  Name: Carolyn C. Powers
  Title: Trustee

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


JEFFREY L. FEINBERG FAMILY TRUST

By:  

/s/ Terence Ankner

  Name: Terence Ankner
  Title: Trustee

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


ONTARIO TEACHERS’ PENSION PLAN BOARD
By:  

/s/ William Royan

Name:   William Royan
Title:  

Vice President

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]


SCHEDULE I

Existing Shareholders

 

Existing Shareholders

   Ordinary Shares  (as of July 11,
2011)
     Preference Shares  (as of  July 11,
2011 immediately prior to
the Offering)
 

Michael Kors

     5,807,923         1,264,878   

Sportswear Holdings Limited

     25,750,006         7,388,891   

Littlestone

     645,067         225,897   

Northcroft Trading Inc.

     967,600         338,845   

Vax Trading, Inc.

     645,067         225,897   

OB Kors LLC

     1,290,133         451,794   

John Idol

     3,291,156         630,565   

John Muse

     129,011         45,179   

Muse Children’s GS Trust

     64,507         22,590   

JRM Interim Investors, LP

     64,507         22,590   

Muse Family Enterprises

     64,507         22,590   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     38,719,484         10,639,716   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


SCHEDULE II

New Shareholders

Brookside Capital Partners Fund, L.P.

Feinberg Family Trust

Fidelity Financial Trust: Fidelity Independence Fund

Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund

Fidelity Puritan Trust: Fidelity Puritan Fund

Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund

Flat Plus LLC

ING Partners, Inc. - ING T. Rowe Price Diversified Mid Cap Growth Portfolio

Jeffrey L. Feinberg Family Trust

JNL Series Trust - JNL/T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Fund

KEC Holdings LLC

Lincoln Variable Insurance Products Trust - LVIP T. Rowe Price Structured Mid Cap Growth Portfolio

MassMutual Select Funds, Inc. - MassMutual Select Mid Cap Growth Equity II Fund

Maxim Series Fund, Inc. - Maxim/T. Rowe Price MidCap Growth Portfolio

Met Investors Series Trust - T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth Portfolio

MKFF Investors LLC

MML Series Investment Fund - MML Mid Cap Growth Fund

Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board

Powers Trust

Seasons Series Trust - Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio

State of California - Savings Plus Program

T. Rowe Price Diversified Mid-Cap Growth Fund, Inc.

T. Rowe Price Institutional Mid-Cap Equity Growth Fund

T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Fund, Inc.

T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio

T. Rowe Price New Horizons Fund, Inc.

T. Rowe Price New Horizons Trust

T. ROWE PRICE TAX-EFFICIENT EQUITY FUND

T. Rowe Price U.S. Equities Trust

T. Rowe Price U.S. Equities Trust

TD Mutual Funds - TD U.S. Mid-Cap Growth Fund

THE BUNTING FAMILY III, LLC

THE BUNTING FAMILY VI SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE LLC

Variable Insurance Products Fund V: Asset Manager Portfolio

Variable Insurance Products Fund V: Asset Manager: Growth Portfolio


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

(See attached.)


TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT

(NO. 16 OF 2004)

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

PRELIMINARY

 

1. In these Articles, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, the words and expressions standing in the first column of the following table shall bear the meanings set opposite them respectively in the second column thereof.

 

Words

   Meaning

Acceptable Securities

   Any preference or preferred securities of any person that have the substantially similar economic and legal characteristics as the Preference Shares (including lock-up provisions, liquidity and registration rights and other shareholder rights and obligations as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the lock-up, liquidity and registration rights and obligations provided for in the Shareholders Agreement and the Memorandum).

Accreted Value

   As of any date, with respect to each Preference Share, (a) the Preference Share Issue Amount, plus (b) the amount of dividends which have accreted, compounded and been added thereto to such date.

Act

   The BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (as amended).


Advised Account

   Any New Member (or Affiliate of any New Member) for whom T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. or Fidelity Investments, Inc. is the investment adviser.

Affiliate

   With respect to any person, another person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such first person, where “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, as trustee or executor or otherwise. Advised Accounts that share the same investment adviser (or affiliated investment adviser) shall be deemed to be Affiliates.

Board of Directors

   The Board of Directors of the Company.

Business Day

   Any day, except a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banking institutions are legally authorized to close in New York City or in the British Virgin Islands.

capital

  

The sum of the aggregate par value of all outstanding shares with par value of the Company and shares with par value held by the Company as treasury shares plus

 

(a)    the aggregate of the amounts designated as capital of all outstanding shares without par value of the Company and shares without par value held by the Company as treasury shares, and

 

2


  

(b)    the amounts as are from time to time transferred from surplus to capital by a resolution of directors.

Closing

   The closing of the Offering.

Company Sale

  

(a) Any sale or Transfer, in one or more related transactions, of the Company whether by sale or other Transfer of shares, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, recapitalization or equity sale (including a sale of securities by the Company other than in the IPO), which has the effect of the direct or indirect acquisition of the Majority Voting Power in the Company from the member or members who directly or indirectly held such Majority Voting Power immediately prior to such sale; provided , that, for avoidance of doubt, a transaction that results in the member or members who held such Majority Voting Power immediately prior to such sale continuing to directly or indirectly hold (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting Equity Securities of the successor or surviving entity) the Majority Voting Power of the Company or comparable voting Equity Securities of the surviving or successor entity outstanding immediately after such transaction shall not constitute a Company Sale; or

 

(b) any sale or Transfer, other than to the Company or any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions, of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries (which

 

3


  

may include, for the avoidance of doubt, the sale or issuance of Equity Securities of one or more subsidiaries of the Company); provided , that, for avoidance of doubt, a transaction that results in (A) the member or members who held such Majority Voting Power of the Company immediately prior to such sale continuing to directly or indirectly hold the Majority Voting Power of the person that acquires such assets immediately after such transaction and (B) the holders of Preference Shares immediately prior to such sale acquiring Acceptable Securities of the person that acquires such assets immediately after such transaction shall not constitute a Company Sale.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an IPO or any broadly disseminated Public Offering of Equity Securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries shall not constitute a Company Sale.

Consent Rights Matters

   The matters set out in Regulation 93 of these Articles of Association that require the consent of the holders Preference Shares as further set out therein.

Equity Securities

   With respect to any entity, all forms of equity securities in such entity or any successor of such entity (however designated, whether voting or non-voting), all securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such equity securities, and all warrants, options or other rights to purchase or acquire from such entity or any successor of such entity, such equity securities, or securities convertible into or

 

4


   exchangeable or exercisable for such equity securities, including, with respect to the Company, the Ordinary Shares and any Share Equivalents (including the Preference Shares).

Exchange Act

   The United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Excluded Transaction

   Any issuance of Ordinary Shares (a) pursuant to any stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or arrangement for the benefit of employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries; (b) issued as consideration in connection with a bona fide acquisition, merger or consolidation by the Company to an unaffiliated third party provided such acquisition, merger or consolidation has been approved by the Board of Directors; (c) issued in connection with licensing, marketing or distribution arrangements or similar strategic transactions approved by the Board of Directors to an unaffiliated third party; (d) upon conversion of the Preference Shares; (e) as a dividend on Preference Shares; or (f) pursuant to an IPO or any other broadly disseminated public offering of Equity Securities of the Company.

Existing Member

   A member as of the date of the Subscription Agreement and its Permitted Transferees (as defined in the Memorandum), excluding New Members.

Governmental Authority

   Any federal, national, state, foreign, provincial, local or other government or any governmental, regulatory,

 

5


   administrative or self-regulatory authority, agency, bureau, board, commission, court, judicial or arbitral body, department, political subdivision, tribunal or other instrumentality thereof.

IPO

   The first Public Offering of Shares in a firm commitment underwriting in (i) the United States or (ii) the United Kingdom with a listing on the London Stock Exchange, in Hong Kong on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange or any other country with a listing on an internationally recognized stock exchange (any such international exchange together with any stock exchange in the United States, an “ Approved Exchange ”) recommended by the lead managing underwriter or underwriters and approved by the Board of Directors.

Law

   Any statute or law (including common law), constitution, code, ordinance, rule, treaty or regulation and any Order.

Liquid Securities

   In the case of equity securities, that are of a class listed on one or more Approved Exchanges and that are immediately salable without contractual or legal restrictions on transfer (it being agreed that such securities shall not be deemed to be subject to legal restrictions if such securities are (A) immediately salable pursuant to Rule 144 (or applicable non U.S. equivalent to Rule 144) without volume limitations or (B) entitled to the benefits of a shelf registration or other registration rights that are immediately exercisable).

 

6


Majority Existing Member

   The Existing Member or Existing Members holding greater than fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming for this purpose, the conversion of all Preference Shares held by the Existing Members into Ordinary Shares) held by all of the Existing Members at the time of the relevant meeting or consent.

Majority Voting Power

   With respect to any person, either (a) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the board of directors or other similar body of such person or the power to control such person by contract or as the managing member or general partner (or other equivalent status) of such person, or (b) ownership of Equity Securities representing a majority of the voting interests of such person.

member

   A person who holds shares in the Company and whose name is entered in the Company’s register of members as the registered holder of such shares.

Memorandum

   The Memorandum of Association of the Company as originally framed or as from time to time amended, and including the Share Transfer Restrictions and the Preemptive Rights.

New Member

   A member who acquired its shares under the Subscription Agreement.

Offering

   The offering and sale of Preference Shares by the Company and certain members pursuant to the Subscription Agreement.

Order

   Any award, injunction, judgment, decree, order, ruling, subpoena,

 

7


   assessment, writ or verdict or other decision issued, promulgated or entered by or with any Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction.

person

   An association, a corporation, an individual, a partnership, a limited liability company, a trust or any other entity or organization, including a Governmental Authority.

Preemptive Rights

   The preemptive rights set out in Article I of the Schedule to the Memorandum entitled “Preemptive Rights”.

Preference Share Issue Amount

   With respect to any Preference Share, US$46.0539.

Pro Rata Share

   With respect to any member, a percentage interest (expressed as a percentage) that results from dividing (a) the number of Ordinary Shares held by such member by (b) the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares held by all members electing to participate in the purchase of Offered Securities pursuant to Article I, Section 1 of the Schedule to the Memorandum (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares held by such member or members into Ordinary Shares in each of (a) and (b) above).

Public Offering

   A public offering of Ordinary Shares pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form F-4, Form S-4, Form S-8 or any successor forms) filed by the Company under the Securities Act or any equivalent foreign securities Laws.

Qualified IPO

   An IPO for which the aggregate gross cash proceeds to be received by the Company and the selling

 

8


   members of Ordinary Shares in such offering ((or series of related offerings) without deducting underwriter discounts, expenses and commissions) are at least US$250,000,000 or the equivalent in a foreign currency if the Qualified IPO is not in the United States.

resolution of directors

  

(a)    A resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of directors of the Company or of a committee of directors of the Company by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the directors present at the meeting who voted and did not abstain; or

 

(b)    a resolution consented to in writing by all directors or of all members of the committee, as the case may be;

 

except that where a director is given more than one vote, he shall be counted by the number of votes he casts for the purpose of establishing a majority.

resolution of members

  

(a)    A resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of the members of the Company by the affirmative vote of

 

(i)     a simple majority of the votes of the shares entitled to vote thereon which were present at the meeting and were voted and not abstained, or

 

9


  

(ii)    a simple majority of the votes of each class or series of shares which were present at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon as a class or series and were voted and not abstained and of a simple majority of the votes of the remaining shares entitled to vote thereon which were present at the meeting and were voted and not abstained; or

 

(b)    a resolution consented to in writing by

 

(i)     an absolute majority of the votes of shares entitled to vote thereon, or

 

(ii)    an absolute majority of the votes of each class or series of shares entitled to vote thereon as a class or series and of an absolute majority of the votes of the remaining shares entitled to vote thereon.

Restructuring

   The restructuring of the Company and the related transactions contemplated by the Restructuring Agreement.

Restructuring Agreement

   The Restructuring Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2011, among the Company, the members named

 

10


   therein, SHL Fashion Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company, SHL-Kors Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company, Michael Kors Far East Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company and Michael Kors (USA), Inc., a Delaware corporation.

securities

   Shares and debt obligations of every kind, and options, warrants and rights to acquire shares, or debt obligations.

Securities Act

   The United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Shareholders Agreement

   The Shareholders Agreement, dated as of Closing, among the Company and the members named therein.

shares

   Collectively, Equity Securities of the Company, including the Ordinary Shares and the Preference Shares.

Share Equivalents

   Any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Ordinary Shares, and any warrants, options or other rights to purchase or acquire Ordinary Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Ordinary Shares.

Share Transfer Restrictions

   The share transfer restrictions set out in Article II of the Schedule to the Memorandum entitled “Transfer”.

Springing Board Seat

   The member of the Board of Directors designated by the holders of Preference Shares, as a class, to the extent that a Qualified IPO is not consummated on or prior to March 31, 2012.

 

11


Subscription Agreement

   The Subscription Agreement, dated as of Closing, among the Company and the members named therein.

subsidiary

   With respect to any specified person, (a) any corporation or company more than 50% of whose voting or capital stock is, as of the time in question, directly or indirectly owned by such person and (b) any partnership, joint venture, association, or other entity in which such person, directly or indirectly, owns more than 50% of the equity or economic interest thereof or has the power to elect or direct the election of more than 50% of the members of the governing body of such entity.

surplus

   The excess, if any, at the time of the determination of the total assets of the Company over the aggregate of its total liabilities, as shown in its books of account, plus the Company’s capital.

the Seal

   Any Seal which has been duly adopted as the Seal of the Company.

these Articles

   The Articles of Association as originally framed or as from time to time amended.

Transaction Documents

   Collectively, the Shareholders Agreement, the Subscription Agreement and any other agreements entered into by the Company with the holders of Preference Shares in connection with the Offering.

Transfer

   Any transfer, sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of any shares, whether directly or indirectly (including by merger or sale of equity in any direct or indirect holding company, all or

 

12


   substantially all of whose assets consist of shares), irrespective of whether any of the foregoing are effected voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of Law, pursuant to judicial process or otherwise, or whether inter vivos or upon death; provided, however, that any pledge, hypothecation or grant of any security interest to an institutional lender in which the member of such shares retains the power to vote such shares shall not constitute a Transfer; provided, further, that any foreclosure or other realization upon such pledge, hypothecation or security interest by the creditor with respect thereto shall constitute a Transfer and shall be subject to the Share Transfer Restrictions and the provisions of the Shareholders Agreement. When used as a verb, “Transfer” and “Transferred” shall have the correlative meaning. In addition, “Transferee” shall have the correlative meaning.

treasury shares

   Shares in the Company that were previously issued but were repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Company and not cancelled.

Voting and Lock-Up Agreement

   The Voting and Lock-Up Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2011, by and among the Company and the persons listed on Schedule I thereto under the heading “Existing Shareholders”, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

2. “Written” or any term of like import includes words typewritten, printed, painted, engraved, lithographed, photographed or represented or reproduced by any mode of reproducing words in a visible form, including telex, facsimile, telegram, cable or other form of writing produced by electronic communication.

 

13


3. Save as aforesaid any words or expressions defined in the Act shall bear the same meaning in these Articles.

 

4. Whenever the singular or plural number, or the masculine, feminine or neuter gender is used in these Articles, it shall equally, where the context admits, include the others.

 

5. A reference in these Articles to voting in relation to shares shall be construed as a reference to voting by members holding the shares except that it is the votes allocated to the shares that shall be counted and not the number of members who actually voted and a reference to shares being present at a meeting shall be given a corresponding construction.

 

6. A reference to money in these Articles is, unless otherwise stated, a reference to the currency in which shares in the Company shall be issued according to the provisions of the Memorandum.

 

6A. A reference to a provision of Law is a reference to that provision as extended, applied, amended or re-enacted and includes any subordinate legislation.

 

6B. A reference to an agreement is a reference to that agreement as amended.

REGISTERED SHARES

 

7. Every member holding registered shares in the Company shall be entitled to a certificate signed by a director or officer of the Company, or any other person authorized by resolution of directors, or under the Seal specifying the share or shares held by him and the signature of the director, officer or authorized person and the Seal may be facsimiles.

 

8. Any member receiving a share certificate for registered shares shall indemnify and hold the Company and its Board of Directors and officers harmless from any loss or liability which it or they may incur by reason of any wrongful or fraudulent use or representation made by any person by virtue of the possession thereof. If a share certificate for registered shares is worn out or lost it may be renewed on production of the worn out certificate or on satisfactory proof of its loss together with such indemnity as may be required by a resolution of directors.

 

9. If several persons are registered as joint holders of any shares, any one of such persons may give an effectual receipt for any dividend payable in respect of such shares.

SHARES, CAPITAL AND SURPLUS

 

10. Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the Memorandum (which includes the Preemptive Rights) and any resolution of members, the unissued shares of the

 

14


Company shall be at the disposal of the Board of Directors who may, without limiting or affecting any rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class or series of shares offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of shares to such persons, at such times and upon such terms and conditions as the Company may by resolution of directors determine.

 

11. No share in the Company may be issued until the consideration in respect thereof is fully paid, and when issued the share is for all purposes fully paid and non-assessable save that a share issued for a promissory note or other written obligation for payment of a debt may be issued subject to forfeiture in the manner prescribed in these Articles.

 

12. Shares in the Company shall be issued for money, services rendered, personal property, an estate in real property, a promissory note or other binding obligation to contribute money or property or any combination of the foregoing as shall be determined by a resolution of directors.

 

13. Shares in the Company may be issued for such amount of consideration as the Board of Directors may from time to time by resolution of directors determine, except that in the case of shares with par value, the amount shall not be less than the par value, and in the absence of fraud the decision of the Board of Directors as to the value of the consideration received by the Company in respect of the issue is conclusive unless a question of Law is involved. The consideration in respect of the shares constitutes capital to the extent of the par value and the excess constitutes surplus.

 

14. A share issued by the Company upon conversion of, or in exchange for, another share or a debt obligation or other security in the Company, shall be treated for all purposes as having been issued for money equal to the consideration received or deemed to have been received by the Company in respect of the other share, debt obligation or security.

 

15. Treasury shares may be disposed of by the Company on such terms and conditions (not otherwise inconsistent with these Articles) as the Company may by resolution of directors determine.

 

16. The Company may issue fractions of a share and a fractional share shall have the same corresponding fractional liabilities, limitations, preferences, privileges, qualifications, restrictions, rights and other attributes of a whole share of the same class or series of shares.

 

17.

Upon the issue by the Company of a share without par value, the consideration in respect of the share constitutes capital to the extent designated by the Board of Directors and the excess constitutes surplus, except that the Board of Directors must designate as capital an amount of the consideration that is at least equal to

 

15


the amount that the share is entitled to as a preference, if any, in the assets of the Company upon liquidation of the Company.

 

18. The Company may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire and hold its own shares but only out of surplus or in exchange for newly issued shares of equal value.

 

19. Subject to provisions to the contrary in the Memorandum or these Articles, the Company may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its own shares without the consent of members whose shares are to be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired.

 

20. No purchase, redemption or other acquisition of shares shall be made unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution of directors that immediately after the purchase, redemption or other acquisition Company will be able to satisfy its liabilities as they become due in the ordinary course of its business and the realisable value of the assets of the Company will not be less than the sum of its total liabilities, other than deferred taxes, as shown in the books of account, and its capital and, in the absence of fraud, the decision of the Board of Directors as to the realisable value of the assets of the Company is conclusive, unless a question of Law is involved.

 

21. A determination by the Board of Directors under the preceding Regulation is not required where shares are purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired

 

  (a) pursuant to a right of a member to have his shares redeemed or to have his shares exchanged for money or other property of the Company;

 

  (b) by virtue of a transfer of capital pursuant to Regulation 49;

 

  (c) by virtue of the provisions of the Act; or

 

  (d) pursuant to an order of the Court.

 

22. Shares that the Company purchases, redeems or otherwise acquires pursuant to the preceding Regulation may be cancelled or held as treasury shares except to the extent that such shares are in excess of 80 percent of the issued shares of the Company in which case they shall be cancelled but they shall be available for reissue.

 

23. Where shares in the Company are held by the Company as treasury shares or are held by another company of which the Company holds, directly or indirectly, shares having more than 50 percent of the votes in the election of directors of the other company, such shares of the Company are not entitled to vote or to have dividends paid thereon and shall not be treated as outstanding for any purpose except for purposes of determining the capital of the Company.

 

16


24. The Company may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its shares at a price lower than the fair value if permitted by, and then only in accordance with, the terms of

 

  (a) the Memorandum or these Articles; or

 

  (b) a written agreement for the subscription for the shares to be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired.

 

25. The Company may by a resolution of directors include in the computation of surplus for any purpose the unrealised appreciation of the assets of the Company, and, in the absence of fraud, the decision of the Board of Directors as to the value of the assets is conclusive, unless a question of Law is involved.

MORTGAGES AND CHARGES OF REGISTERED SHARES

 

26. Members may mortgage or charge their registered shares in the Company and upon satisfactory evidence thereof the Company shall give effect to the terms of any valid mortgage or charge except insofar as it may conflict with any requirements herein contained for consent to the transfer of shares.

 

27. In the case of the mortgage or charge of registered shares there may be entered in the share register of the Company at the request of the registered holder of such shares

 

  (a) a statement that the shares are mortgaged or charged;

 

  (b) the name of the mortgagee or chargee; and

 

  (c) the date on which the aforesaid particulars are entered in the share register.

 

28. Where particulars of a mortgage or charge are registered, such particulars shall be cancelled

 

  (a) with the consent of the named mortgagee or chargee or anyone authorised to act on his behalf; or

 

  (b) upon evidence satisfactory to the Board of Directors of the discharge of the liability secured by the mortgage or charge and the issue of such indemnities as the Board of Directors shall consider necessary or desirable.

 

29. Whilst particulars of a mortgage or charge are registered, no transfer of any share comprised therein shall be effected without the written consent of the named mortgagee or chargee or anyone authorised to act on his behalf.

 

17


FORFEITURE

 

30. When shares issued for a promissory note or other written obligation for payment of a debt have been issued subject to forfeiture, the provisions set forth in the following four regulations shall apply.

 

31. Written notice specifying a date for payment to be made and the shares in respect of which payment is to be made shall be served on the member who defaults in making payment pursuant to a promissory note or other written obligations to pay a debt.

 

32. The written notice specifying a date for payment shall

 

  (a) name a further date not earlier than the expiration of 14 days from the date of service of the notice on or before which payment required by the notice is to be made; and

 

  (b) contain a statement that in the event of non-payment at or before the time named in the notice the shares, or any of them, in respect of which payment is not made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

33. Where a written notice has been issued and the requirements have not been complied with within the prescribed time, the Board of Directors may at any time before tender of payment forfeit and cancel the shares to which the notice relates.

 

34. The Company is under no obligation to refund any monies to the member whose shares have been forfeited and cancelled pursuant to these provisions. Upon forfeiture and cancellation of the shares the member is discharged from any further obligation to the Company with respect to the shares forfeited and cancelled.

LIEN

 

35.

The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share issued for a promissory note or for any other binding obligation to contribute money or property or any combination thereof to the Company, and the Company shall also have a first and paramount lien on every share standing registered in the name of a member, whether singly or jointly with any other person or persons, for all the debts and liabilities of such member or his estate to the Company, whether the same shall have been incurred before or after notice to the Company of any interest of any person other than such member, and whether the time for the payment or discharge of the same shall have actually arrived or not, and notwithstanding that the same are joint debts or liabilities of such member or his estate and any other person, whether a member of the Company or not. The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to all dividends payable thereon. The Board of Directors may at any time either generally, or in any particular case,

 

18


  waive any lien that has arisen or declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Regulation.

 

36. In the absence of express provisions regarding sale in the promissory note or other binding obligation to contribute money or property, the Company may sell, in such manner as the Board of Directors may by resolution of directors determine, any share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable nor until the expiration of twenty one days after a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of the sum presently payable and giving notice of the intention to sell in default of such payment, has been served on the holder for the time being of the share.

 

37. The net proceeds of the sale by the Company of any shares on which it has a lien shall be applied in or towards payment of discharge of the promissory note or other binding obligation to contribute money or property or any combination thereof in respect of which the lien exists so far as the same is presently payable and any residue shall (subject to a like lien for debts or liabilities not presently payable as existed upon the share prior to the sale) be paid to the holder of the share immediately before such sale. For giving effect to any such sale the Board of Directors may authorise some person to transfer the share sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the share and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

38. Subject to any limitations in these Articles and the Memorandum, registered shares in the Company may be transferred by a written instrument of transfer signed by the transferor and containing the name and address of the transferee, but in the absence of such written instrument of transfer the Board of Directors may accept such evidence of a transfer of shares as they consider appropriate.

 

39. The Company shall not be required to treat a transferee of a registered share in the Company as a member until the transferee’s name has been entered in the share register.

 

40.

Subject to any limitations in these Articles, the Memorandum, the Shareholders Agreement and the Voting and Lock-up Agreement, the Company must on the application of the transferor or transferee of a registered share in the Company enter in the share register the name of the transferee of the share save that the registration of transfers may be suspended and the share register closed at such times and for such periods as the Company may from time to time by resolution of directors determine provided always that such registration shall not be

 

19


  suspended and the share register closed for more than 60 days in any period of 12 months.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

41. The executor or administrator of a deceased member, the guardian of an incompetent member or the trustee of a bankrupt member shall be the only person recognised by the Company as having any title to his share but they shall not be entitled to exercise any rights as a member of the Company until they have proceeded as set forth in the next following three regulations.

 

42. The production to the Company of any document which is evidence of probate of the will, or letters of administration of the estate, or confirmation as executor, of a deceased member or of the appointment of a guardian of an incompetent member or the trustee of a bankrupt member may be accepted by the Company even if the deceased, incompetent or bankrupt member is domiciled outside the British Virgin Islands if the document evidencing the grant of probate or letters of administration, confirmation as executor, appointment as guardian or trustee in bankruptcy is issued by a foreign court which had competent jurisdiction in the matter. For the purpose of establishing whether or not a foreign court had competent jurisdiction in such a matter the Board of Directors may obtain appropriate legal advice. The Board of Directors may also require an indemnity to be given by the executor, administrator, guardian or trustee in bankruptcy.

 

43. Any person becoming entitled by operation of Law or otherwise to a share or shares in consequence of the death, incompetence or bankruptcy of any member may be registered as a member upon such evidence being produced as may reasonably be required by the Board of Directors. An application by any such person to be registered as a member shall for all purposes be deemed to be a transfer of shares of the deceased, incompetent or bankrupt member and the Board of Directors shall treat it as such.

 

44. Any person who has become entitled to a share or shares in consequence of the death, incompetence or bankruptcy of any member may, instead of being registered himself, request in writing that some person to be named by him be registered as the transferee of such share or shares and such request shall likewise be treated as if it were a transfer.

 

45. What amounts to incompetence on the part of a person is a matter to be determined by the court having regard to all the relevant evidence and the circumstances of the case.

REDUCTION OR INCREASE IN MAXIMUM AUTHORISED NUMBER OF SHARES OR CAPITAL

 

20


46. Subject to any limitations in these Articles or the Memorandum, the Company may by a resolution of directors amend the Memorandum to increase or reduce its maximum authorised number of shares and in connection therewith the Company may in respect of any unissued shares increase or reduce the number of such shares, increase or reduce the par value of any such shares or effect any combination of the foregoing.

 

47. The Company may amend the Memorandum to

 

  (a) divide the shares, including issued shares, of a class or series into a larger number of shares of the same class or series; or

 

  (b) combine the shares, including issued shares, of a class or series into a smaller number of shares of the same class or series,

 

     provided, however, that where shares are divided or combined under (a) or (b) of this Regulation, the aggregate par value of the new shares must be equal to the aggregate par value of the original shares.

 

48. The capital of the Company may by a resolution of directors be increased by transferring an amount of the surplus of the Company to capital.

 

49. Subject to the provisions of the two next succeeding Regulations, the capital of the Company may by resolution of directors be reduced by transferring an amount of the capital of the Company to surplus.

 

50. No reduction of capital shall be effected that reduces the capital of the Company to an amount that immediately after the reduction is less than the aggregate par value of all outstanding shares with par value and all shares with par value held by the Company as treasury shares and the aggregate of the amounts designated as capital of all outstanding shares without par value and all shares without par value held by the Company as treasury shares that are entitled to a preference, if any, in the assets of the Company upon liquidation of the Company.

 

51. No reduction of capital shall be effected unless the Board of Directors determine that immediately after the reduction the Company will be able to satisfy its liabilities as they become due in the ordinary course of its business and that the realisable assets of the Company will not be less than its total liabilities, other than deferred taxes, as shown in the books of the Company and its remaining capital, and, in the absence of fraud, the decision of the Board of Directors as to the realisable value of the assets of the Company is conclusive, unless a question of Law is involved.

MEETINGS AND CONSENTS OF MEMBERS

 

21


52. The Board of Directors may convene meetings of the members of the Company at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the Board of Directors consider necessary or desirable.

 

53. Upon the written request of members holding 10 percent or more of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (including any Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Preference Shares) the Board of Directors shall convene a meeting of members.

 

54. The Board of Directors shall give not less than 7 days notice of meetings of members to those persons whose names on the date the notice is given appear as members in the share register of the Company and are entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

55. The Board of Directors may fix the date notice is given of a meeting of members as the record date for determining those shares that are entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

56. A meeting of members may be called on short notice:

 

  (a) if members holding not less than 90 percent of the total number of shares entitled to vote on all matters to be considered at the meeting, or 90 percent of the votes of each class or series of shares where members are entitled to vote thereon as a class or series together with not less than a 90 percent majority of the remaining votes, have agreed to short notice of the meeting, or

 

  (b) if all members holding shares entitled to vote on all or any matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting and for this purpose presence at the meeting shall be deemed to constitute waiver.

 

57. The inadvertent failure of the Board of Directors to give notice of a meeting to a member or the fact that a member has not received a notice that has been properly given, shall not invalidate the meeting.

 

58. A member may be represented at a meeting of members by a proxy who may speak and vote on behalf of the member.

 

59. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be produced at the place appointed for the meeting before the time for holding the meeting at which the person named in such instrument proposes to vote.

 

60. An instrument appointing a proxy shall be in substantially the following form or such other form as the Chairman of the meeting shall accept as properly evidencing the wishes of the member appointing the proxy.

 

22


(Name of Company)

I/We                      being a member of the above Company with                      shares HEREBY APPOINT                      of                      or failing him                      of                      to be my/our proxy to vote for me/us at the meeting of members to be held on the                      day of                      and at any adjournment thereof.

(Any restrictions on voting to be inserted here.)

Signed this                      day of                     

 

       
  Member

 

61. The following shall apply in respect of joint ownership of shares:

 

  (a) if two or more persons hold shares jointly each of them may be present in person or by proxy at a meeting of members and may speak as a member;

 

  (b) if only one of the joint owners is present in person or by proxy he may vote on behalf of all joint owners; and

 

  (c) if two or more of the joint owners are present in person or by proxy they must vote as one.

 

62. A member shall be deemed to be present at a meeting of members if he participates by telephone or other electronic means and all members participating in the meeting are able to hear each other.

 

63. A meeting of members is duly constituted if, at the commencement of the meeting, there are present in person or by proxy not less than 50 percent of the votes of the shares or class or series of shares (assuming in the case of Ordinary Shares, any Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Preference Shares) entitled to vote on resolutions of members to be considered at the meeting. If a quorum be present, notwithstanding the fact that such quorum may be represented by only one person then such person may resolve any matter and a certificate signed by such person accompanied where such person be a proxy by a copy of the proxy form shall constitute a valid resolution of members.

 

64.

If within two hours from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of members, shall be dissolved; in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the next business day at the same time and place or to such other time and place as the Board of Directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting there are present within one hour from

 

23


  the time appointed for the meeting in person or by proxy not less than one third of the votes of the shares or each class or series of shares entitled to vote on the resolutions to be considered by the meeting, those present shall constitute a quorum but otherwise the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

65. At every meeting of members, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside as Chairman of the meeting. If there is no Chairman of the Board of Directors or if the Chairman of the Board of Directors is not present at the meeting, the members present shall choose someone of their number to be the Chairman. If the members are unable to choose a Chairman for any reason, then the person representing the greatest number of voting shares present in person or by prescribed form of proxy at the meeting shall preside as Chairman failing which the oldest individual member or representative of a member present shall take the chair.

 

66. The Chairman may, with the consent of the meeting, adjourn any meeting from time to time, and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

67. At any meeting of the members the Chairman shall be responsible for deciding in such manner as he shall consider appropriate whether any resolution has been carried or not and the result of his decision shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes thereof. If the Chairman shall have any doubt as to the outcome of any resolution put to the vote, he shall cause a poll to be taken of all votes cast upon such resolution, but if the Chairman shall fail to take a poll then any member present in person or by proxy who disputes the announcement by the Chairman of the result of any vote may immediately following such announcement demand that a poll be taken and the Chairman shall thereupon cause a poll to be taken. If a poll is taken at any meeting the result thereof shall be duly recorded in the minutes of that meeting by the Chairman.

 

68. Any person other than an individual shall be regarded as one member and subject to the specific provisions hereinafter contained for the appointment of representatives of such persons the right of any individual to speak for or represent such member shall be determined by the Law of the jurisdiction where, and by the documents by which, the person is constituted or derives its existence. In case of doubt, the Board of Directors may in good faith seek legal advice from any qualified person and unless and until a court of competent jurisdiction shall otherwise rule, the Board of Directors may rely and act upon such advice without incurring any liability to any member.

 

69.

Any person other than an individual which is a member of the Company may by resolution of its Board of Directors or other governing body authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of members of the Company, and the person so authorised shall be entitled

 

24


  to exercise the same power on behalf of the person which he represents as that person could exercise if it were an individual member of the Company.

 

70. The Chairman of any meeting at which a vote is cast by proxy or on behalf of any person other than an individual may call for a notarially certified copy of such proxy or authority which shall be produced within 7 days of being so requested or the votes cast by such proxy or on behalf of such person shall be disregarded.

 

71. Directors of the Company may attend and speak at any meeting of members of the Company and at any separate meeting of the holders of any class or series of shares in the Company.

 

72. An action that may be taken by the members at a meeting may also be taken by a resolution of members consented to in writing or by telex, telegram, cable, facsimile or other written electronic communication, without the need for any notice, but if any resolution of members is adopted otherwise than by the unanimous written consent of all members, a copy of such resolution shall forthwith be sent to all members not consenting to such resolution. The consent may be in the form of counterparts, each counterpart being signed by one or more members.

 

73. Except as otherwise described in the Memorandum, each holder of Preference Shares shall have the right to vote its Preference Shares in the manner described therein (and not as a separate class or series) together with the members at all meetings of the members.

DIRECTORS

 

74. The first directors of the Company shall be appointed by the subscribers to the Memorandum; and thereafter, the directors, including the Springing Board Seat, shall be elected by the members for such term as the members determine in the resolution of members approving such appointment.

 

75. The minimum number of directors shall be one and the maximum number shall be 12.

 

76. Each director shall hold office for the term, if any, fixed by resolution of members or until his earlier death, resignation or removal; provided that the Springing Board Seat shall serve for the period provided herein.

 

77. Other than with respect to the Springing Board Seat, a director may be removed from office, with or without cause, by a resolution of members or, with cause, by a resolution of directors.

 

25


78. A director may resign his office by giving written notice of his resignation to the Company and the resignation shall have effect from the date the notice is received by the Company or from such later date as may be specified in the notice.

 

79. Notwithstanding Regulation 74 above, the Board of Directors may at any time appoint any person to be a director either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing directors; provided, however, that the holders of Preference Shares, as a class, by approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares held by such holders of Preference Shares (assuming all Preference Shares are converted into Ordinary Shares) shall have the right to designate the replacement for the Springing Board Seat to fill any such vacancy. A vacancy occurs through the death, resignation or removal of a director but a vacancy or vacancies shall not be deemed to exist where one or more directors shall resign after having appointed his or their successor or successors. The director in respect of the Springing Board Seat shall resign immediately prior to, and conditioned upon, the consummation of a Qualified IPO; provided that in the event such director does not so resign, such director may be immediately removed by a resolution of directors or a resolution of members.

 

80. The Company may determine by resolution of directors to keep a register of the Board of Directors containing

 

  (a) the names and addresses of the persons who are directors of the Company;

 

  (b) the date on which each person whose name is entered in the register was appointed as a director of the Company; and

 

  (c) the date on which each person named as a director ceased to be a director of the Company.

 

81. If the Board of Directors determines to maintain a register of directors, a copy thereof shall be kept at the registered office of the Company and the Company may determine by resolution of directors to register a copy of the register with the Registrar of Companies.

 

82. With the prior or subsequent approval by a resolution of members, the Board of Directors may, by a resolution of directors, fix the emoluments of the Board of Directors with respect to services to be rendered in any capacity to the Company.

 

83. A director shall not require a share qualification, and may be an individual or a company.

POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

84.

The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by the directors who may pay all expenses incurred preliminary to and in connection with the

 

26


  formation and registration of the Company and may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not by the Act or by the Memorandum or these Articles required to be exercised by the members of the Company, subject to any delegation of such powers as may be authorised by these Articles and to such requirements as may be prescribed by a resolution of members; but no requirement made by a resolution of members shall prevail if it be inconsistent with these Articles nor shall such requirement invalidate any prior act of the Board of Directors which would have been valid if such requirement had not been made.

 

85. The Board of Directors may, by a resolution of directors, appoint any person, including a person who is a director, to be an officer or agent of the Company. The resolution of directors appointing an agent may authorise the agent to appoint one or more substitutes or delegates to exercise some or all of the powers conferred on the agent by the Company.

 

86. Every officer or agent of the Company has such powers and authority of the Board of Directors, including the power and authority to affix the Seal, as are set forth in these Articles or in the resolution of directors appointing the officer or agent, except that no officer or agent has any power or authority with respect to the matters requiring a resolution of directors under the Act.

 

87. Any director which is a body corporate may appoint any person its duly authorised representative for the purpose of representing it at meetings of the Board of Directors or with respect to unanimous written consents.

 

88. The continuing directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, save that if their number is reduced to their knowledge below the number fixed by or pursuant to these Articles as the necessary quorum for a meeting of the Board of Directors, the continuing directors or director may act only for the purpose of appointing directors to fill any vacancy that has arisen or summoning a meeting of members.

 

89. The Board of Directors may by resolution of directors exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertakings and property or any part thereof, to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

90. All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments and all receipts for monies paid to the Company, shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of directors.

 

91.

The Company may determine by resolution of directors to maintain at its registered office a register of mortgages, charges and other encumbrances in

 

27


  which there shall be entered the following particulars regarding each mortgage, charge and other encumbrance:

 

  (a) the sum secured;

 

  (b) the assets secured;

 

  (c) the name and address of the mortgagee, chargee or other encumbrancer;

 

  (d) the date of creation of the mortgage, charge or other encumbrance; and

 

  (e) the date on which the particulars specified above in respect of the mortgage, charge or other encumbrance are entered in the register.

 

92. The Company may further determine by a resolution of directors to register a copy of the register of mortgages, charges or other encumbrances with the Registrar of Companies.

 

93. Consent Rights Matters

 

     The Company shall not, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and each of its and its subsidiaries’ respective directors, officers, committee members, committees, employees, agents or delegates not to, without the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Preference Shares, voting as a separate class:

 

  (a) enter into any material transaction involving the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, on the one hand, and any Affiliate of the Company, on the other hand, or make or enter into any agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding to do or cause to be done any of the foregoing, unless such transaction is to be consummated on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Company or its subsidiary (as applicable) than could be obtained in a transaction effected with an unaffiliated third party on an arm’s-length basis by the Company or its subsidiary (as applicable) as determined by a majority of the non-interested members of the Board of Directors in their reasonable discretion; provided, however, that this clause 93(a) shall not apply to any:

 

  (i) transactions between or among the Company and any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries (or among its wholly-owned subsidiaries);

 

  (ii)

payment of reasonable and customary compensation (including the issuance of Equity Securities) to, provisions of awards and benefits under employee benefit plans, stock option plans and other similar arrangements to, and

 

28


  indemnities provided for the benefit of, current, former and future officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries and the entry into any agreement or arrangement relating to the foregoing;

 

  (iii) agreement, instrument or arrangement as in effect as of the Closing (which shall be deemed to include any license agreement to be entered into by the Company and Michael Kors Far East Holdings Limited (or any Affiliate thereof) provided that such license agreement is entered into substantially upon the terms set forth in the Subscription Agreement), or any transaction contemplated thereby, or any amendment, modification or replacement thereof specifically provided for therein (so long as any such amendment, modification or replacement is not materially more adverse to the Company when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Closing); and

 

  (iv) restructuring or reorganization of the Company, its Affiliates (including any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or any of its subsidiaries in connection with an IPO so long as any such restructuring or reorganization of the Company is not adverse to the Preference Shares in any way and does not cause adverse tax or other structuring consequences to the holders of Preference Shares;

The Company shall provide each holder of Preference Shares with written notice (which notice will include a summary of terms) ten days prior to it or its subsidiary taking any action that requires the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Preference Shares, voting as a separate class, under clause (a) of this Article 93; or

 

  (b)

amend, supplement or restate, by any means, including amendment, reclassification, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise (other than in connection with a Drag-Along Sale), (i) any provision of the Memorandum or the Articles in a manner that (x) alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Preference Shares, or (y) otherwise materially and disproportionately adversely affects the holders of Preference Shares or (ii) any other organizational documents of the Company and its subsidiaries, or any Transaction Document in a manner that is materially adverse to any rights, preferences, privileges or obligations of the holders of Preference Shares (and notwithstanding that such impact may be the same to all other members and/or their shares in the Company), except, in each case, for any such amendment, supplement

 

29


  or restatement (A) to correct any typographical or similar ministerial errors, (B) necessary or appropriate to effect a restructuring or reorganization of, or take other necessary and appropriate actions with respect to, the Company, its Affiliates (including any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or any of its subsidiaries in connection with an IPO, (C) to provide for anti-^controlled foreign corporation” restrictions or similar language in such organizational documents of the Company or its subsidiaries, (D) to create, authorize and/or issue Junior Securities or (E) to comply with any applicable Law or to protect the limited liability of the Company and its members.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

94. The Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof may meet at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the Board of Directors may determine to be necessary or desirable.

 

95. A director shall be deemed to be present at a meeting of the Board of Directors if he participates by telephone or other electronic means and all directors participating in the meeting are able to hear each other.

 

96. A director shall be given not less than 3 days notice of meetings of the Board of Directors, but a meeting of the Board of Directors held without 3 days notice having been given to all directors shall be valid if all the directors entitled to vote at the meeting who do not attend, waive notice of the meeting and for this purpose, the presence of a director at a meeting shall constitute waiver on his part.

 

97. A director may by a written instrument appoint an alternate who need not be a director and an alternate is entitled to attend meetings in the absence of the director who appointed him and to vote or consent in place of the director.

 

98. A meeting of the Board of Directors is duly constituted for all purposes if at the commencement of the meeting there are present in person or by alternate not less than one half of the total number of directors, unless there are only 2 directors in which case the quorum shall be 2.

 

99. If the Company shall have only one director the provisions herein contained for meetings of the Board of Directors shall not apply but such sole director shall have full power to represent and act for the Company in all matters as are not by the Act or the Memorandum or these Articles required to be exercised by the members of the Company and in lieu of minutes of a meeting shall record in writing and sign a note or memorandum of all matters requiring a resolution of directors. Such a note or memorandum shall constitute sufficient evidence of such resolution for all purposes.

 

30


100. At every meeting of the Board of Directors the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside as Chairman of the meeting. If there is no Chairman of the Board of Directors or if the Chairman of the Board of Directors is not present at the meeting the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside. If there is no Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors or if the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors is not present at the meeting the directors present shall choose someone of their number to be Chairman of the meeting.

 

101. An action that may be taken by the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors at a meeting may also be taken by a resolution of directors or a committee of the Board of Directors consented to in writing or by telex, telegram, cable, facsimile or other written electronic communication by all directors or all members of the committee as the case may be, without the need for any notice. The consent may be in the form of counterparts, each counterpart being signed by one or more directors.

 

102. The Board of Directors shall cause the following corporate records to be kept:

 

  (a) minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors, members, committee of the Board of Directors, committees of officers and committees of members;

 

  (b) copies of all resolutions consented to by the Board of Directors, members, committees of the Board of Directors, committees of officers and committees of members; and

 

  (c) such other accounts and records as the Board of Directors by resolution of directors consider necessary or desirable in order to reflect the financial position of the Company.

 

103. The books, records and minutes shall be kept at the registered office of the Company, its principal place of business or at such other place as the Board of Directors determines.

 

104. The Board of Directors may, by resolution of directors, designate one or more committees, each consisting of one or more directors.

 

105. Each committee of the Board of Directors has such powers and authorities of the Board of Directors, including the power and authority to affix the Seal, as are set forth in the resolution of directors establishing the committee, except that no committee has any power or authority to amend the Memorandum or these Articles, to appoint the Board of Directors or fix their emoluments, or to appoint officers or agents of the Company.

 

106.

The meetings and proceedings of each committee of the Board of Directors consisting of 2 or more directors shall be governed mutatis mutandis by the

 

31


  provisions of these Articles regulating the proceedings of the Board of Directors so far as the same are not superseded by any provisions in the resolution establishing the committee.

OFFICERS

 

107. The Company may by resolution of directors appoint officers of the Company at such times as shall be considered necessary or expedient. Such officers may consist of a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, a President and one or more Vice Presidents, Secretaries and Treasurers and such other officers as may from time to time be deemed desirable. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

108. The officers shall perform such duties as shall be prescribed at the time of their appointment subject to any modification in such duties as may be prescribed thereafter by resolution of directors or resolution of members, but in the absence of any specific allocation of duties it shall be the responsibility of the Chairman of the Board of Directors to preside at meetings of the Board of Directors and members, the Vice Chairman to act in the absence of the Chairman, the President to manage the day to day affairs of the Company, the Vice Presidents to act in order of seniority in the absence of the President but otherwise to perform such duties as may be delegated to them by the President, the Secretaries to maintain the share register, minute books and records (other than financial records) of the Company and to ensure compliance with all procedural requirements imposed on the Company by applicable Law, and the Treasurer to be responsible for the financial affairs of the Company.

 

109. The emoluments of all officers shall be fixed by resolution of directors.

 

110. The officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified, but any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by resolution of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company may be filled by resolution of directors.

CONFLICT OF INTERESTS

 

111.

No agreement or transaction between the Company and one or more of its directors or any person in which any director has a financial interest or to whom any director is related, including as a director of that other person, is void or voidable for this reason only or by reason only that the director is present at the meeting of the Board of Directors or at the meeting of the committee of the Board of Directors that approves the agreement or transaction or that the vote or consent of the director is counted for that purpose if the material facts of the interest of each director in the agreement or transaction and his interest in or relationship to

 

32


  any other party to the agreement or transaction are disclosed in good faith or are known by the other directors.

 

112. A director who has an interest in any particular business to be considered at a meeting of the Board of Directors or members may be counted for purposes of determining whether the meeting is duly constituted.

INDEMNIFICATION

 

113. Subject to the limitations hereinafter provided the Company may indemnify against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings any person who

 

  (a) is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, an officer or a liquidator of the Company; or

 

  (b) is or was, at the request of the Company, serving as a director, officer or liquidator of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another company or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

114. The Company may only indemnify a person if the person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

115. The decision of the Board of Directors as to whether the person acted honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company and as to whether the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful, is in the absence of fraud, sufficient for the purposes of these Articles, unless a question of Law is involved.

 

116. The termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entering of a nolle prosequi does not, by itself, create a presumption that the person did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

117. If a person to be indemnified has been successful in defence of any proceedings referred to above the person is entitled to be indemnified against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amount paid in settlement and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the proceedings.

 

33


118. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance in relation to any person who is or was a director, an officer or a liquidator of the Company, or who at the request of the Company is or was serving as a director, an officer or a liquidator of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another company or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person and incurred by the person in that capacity, whether or not the Company has or would have had the power to indemnify the person against the liability as provided in these Articles.

SEAL

 

119. The Company may have more than one Seal and references herein to the Seal shall be references to every Seal which shall have been duly adopted by resolution of directors. The Board of Directors shall provide for the safe custody of the Seal and for an imprint thereof to be kept at the Registered Office. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein the Seal when affixed to any written instrument shall be witnessed and attested to by the signature of a director or any other person so authorised from time to time by resolution of directors. Such authorisation may be before or after the seal is affixed may be general or specific and may refer to any number of sealings. The Board of Directors may provide for a facsimile of the Seal and of the signature of any director or authorised person which may be reproduced by printing or other means on any instrument and it shall have the same force and validity as if the Seal had been affixed to such instrument and the same had been signed as hereinbefore described.

DIVIDENDS

 

120. The Company may by a resolution of directors declare and pay dividends in money, shares, or other property but dividends shall only be declared and paid out of surplus. In the event that dividends are paid in specie the Board of Directors shall have responsibility for establishing and recording in the resolution of directors authorising the dividends, a fair and proper value for the assets to be so distributed.

 

121. The Board of Directors may from time to time pay to the members such interim dividends as appear to the Board of Directors to be justified by the profits of the Company.

 

122. The Board of Directors may, before declaring any dividend, set aside out of the profits of the Company such sum as they think proper as a reserve fund, and may invest the sum so set apart as a reserve fund upon such securities as they may select.

 

123.

No dividend shall be declared and paid unless the Board of Directors determine that immediately after the payment of the dividend the Company will be able to satisfy its liabilities as they become due in the ordinary course of its business and

 

34


  the realisable value of the assets of the Company will not be less than the sum of its total liabilities, other than deferred taxes, as shown in its books of account, and its capital. In the absence of fraud, the decision of the Board of Directors as to the realisable value of the assets of the Company is conclusive, unless a question of Law is involved.

 

124. Notice of any dividend that may have been declared shall be given to each member in manner hereinafter mentioned and all dividends unclaimed for 3 years after having been declared may be forfeited by resolution of directors for the benefit of the Company.

 

125. No dividend shall bear interest as against the Company and no dividend shall be paid on treasury shares or shares held by another company of which the Company holds directly or indirectly, shares having more than 50 percent of the vote in electing directors.

 

126. A share issued as a dividend by the Company shall be treated for all purposes as having been issued for money equal to the surplus that is transferred to capital upon the issue of the share.

 

127. In the case of a dividend of authorised but unissued shares with par value, an amount equal to the aggregate par value of the shares shall be transferred from surplus to capital at the time of the distribution.

 

128. In the case of a dividend of authorised but unissued shares without par value, the amount designated by the Board of Directors shall be transferred from surplus to capital at the time of the distribution, except that the Board of Directors must designate as capital an amount that is at least equal to the amount that the shares are entitled to as a preference, if any, in the assets of the Company upon liquidation of the Company.

 

129. A division of the issued and outstanding shares of a class or series of shares into a larger number of shares of the same class or series having a proportionately smaller par value does not constitute a dividend of shares.

ACCOUNTS AND AUDIT

 

130. The Company may by resolution of members call for the Board of Directors to prepare periodically a profit and loss account and a balance sheet. The profit and loss account and balance sheet shall be drawn up so as to give respectively a true and fair view of the profit or loss of the Company for the financial period and a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company as at the end of the financial period.

 

131. The Company may by resolution of members call for the accounts to be examined by auditors.

 

35


132. The first auditors shall be appointed by resolution of directors, subsequent auditors shall be appointed by a resolution of members.

 

133. The auditors may be members of the Company but no director or other officer shall be eligible to be an auditor of the Company during his continuance in office.

 

134. The remuneration of the auditors of the Company

 

  (a) in the case of auditors appointed by the Board of Directors, may be fixed by resolution of directors;

 

  (b) subject to the foregoing, shall be fixed by resolution of members or in such manner as the Company may by resolution of members determine.

 

135. The auditors shall examine each profit and loss account and balance sheet required to be served on every member of the Company or laid before a meeting of the members of the Company and shall state in a written report whether or not

 

  (a) in their opinion the profit and loss account and balance sheet give a true and fair view respectively of the profit or loss for the period covered by the accounts, and of the state of affairs of the Company at the end of that period, and

 

  (b) all the information and explanations required by the auditors have been obtained.

 

136. The report of the auditors shall be annexed to the accounts and shall be read at the meeting of members at which the accounts are laid before the Company or shall be served on the members.

 

137. Every auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books of account and vouchers of the Company, and shall be entitled to require from the directors and officers of the Company such information and explanations as he thinks necessary for the performance of the duties of the auditors.

 

138. The auditors of the Company shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend any meetings of members of the Company as which the Company’s profit and loss account and balance sheet are to be presented.

NOTICES

 

139. Any notice, information or written statement to be given by the Company to members may be served in the case of members holding registered shares in any way by which it can reasonably be expected to reach each member or by mail addressed to each member at the address shown in the share register.

 

36


140. Any summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement to be served on the Company may be served by leaving it, or by sending it by registered mail addressed to the Company, at its registered office, or by leaving it with, or by sending it by registered mail to, the registered agent of the Company.

 

141. Service of any summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement to be served on the Company may be proved by showing that the summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement was delivered to the registered office or the registered agent of the Company or that it was mailed in such time as to admit to its being delivered to the registered office or the registered agent of the Company in the normal course of delivery within the period prescribed for service and was correctly addressed and the postage was prepaid.

PENSION AND SUPERANNUATION FUNDS

 

142. The Board of Directors may establish and maintain or procure the establishment and maintenance of any non-contributory or contributory pension or superannuation funds for the benefit of, and give or procure the giving of donations, gratuities, pensions, allowances or emoluments to any persons who are or were at any time in the employment or service of the Company or any company which is a subsidiary of the Company or is allied to or associated with the Company or with any such subsidiary, or who are or were at any time directors or officers of the Company or of any such other company as aforesaid or who hold or held any salaried employment or office in the Company or such other company, or any persons in whose welfare the Company or any such other company as aforesaid is or has been at any time interested, and to the wives, widows, families and dependents of any such person, and may make payments for or towards the insurance of any such persons as aforesaid, and may do any of the matters aforesaid either alone or in conjunction with any such other company as aforesaid. Subject always to the proposal being approved by resolution of members, a director holding any such employment, or office shall be entitled to participate in and retain for his own benefit any such donation, gratuity, pension allowance or emolument.

ARBITRATION

 

143.

Whenever any difference arises between the Company on the one hand and any of the members or their executors, administrators or assigns on the other hand, touching the true intent and construction or the incidence or consequences of the Memorandum, these Articles or of the Act, touching anything done or executed, omitted or suffered in pursuance of the Act or touching any breach or alleged breach or otherwise relating to the premises or to these Articles, the Memorandum, or to any Act or Ordinance affecting the Company or to any of the affairs of the Company such difference shall, unless the parties agree to refer the

 

37


  same to a single arbitrator, be referred to 2 arbitrators one to be chosen by each of the parties to the difference and the arbitrators shall before entering on the reference appoint an umpire.

 

144. If either party to the reference makes default in appointing an arbitrator either originally or by way of substitution (in the event that an appointed arbitrator shall die, be incapable of acting or refuse to act) for 10 days after the other party has given him notice to appoint the same, such other party may appoint an arbitrator to act in the place of the arbitrator of the defaulting party.

VOLUNTARY WINDING UP AND DISSOLUTION

 

145. The Company may voluntarily commence to wind up and dissolve by a resolution of members but if the Company has never issued shares it may voluntarily commence to wind up and dissolve by resolution of directors.

CONTINUATION

 

146. The Company may by resolution of members or by a resolution passed unanimously by all directors of the Company continue as a company incorporated under the Laws of a jurisdiction outside the British Virgin Islands in the manner provided under those Laws.

[remainder of page left intentionally blank]

 

38


We, Offshore Incorporations Limited, of P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands for the purpose of incorporating an International Business Company under the laws of the British Virgin Islands hereby subscribe our name to these Articles of Association the 1 st day of July, 2002.

 

   SUBSCRIBER   

Offshore Incorporations Limited

E. T. POWELL

     

(Sd.) E.T. POWELL

Authorised Signatory

     
   in the presence of: WITNESS   

FANDY TSOI

     

(Sd.) Fandy Tsoi

9/F Ruttonjee House

11 Duddell Street, Central

Hong Kong

Production Supervisor

 

39


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM

(See attached.)


BC No. 524407

TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT

(NO. 16 OF 2004)

 

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES

OF ASSOCIATION

OF

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

Incorporated the 13th day of December, 2002

under the International Business Companies Act

(CAP. 291)

Amended and Restated on the 7th day of July, 2011

 

INCORPORATED IN THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS


TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT

(NO. 16 OF 2004)

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

NAME

 

1. The Name of the Company is Michael Kors Holdings Limited.

REGISTERED OFFICE

 

2. The registered office of the Company will be located at the offices of Offshore Incorporations Limited, P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

REGISTERED AGENT

 

3. The registered agent of the Company will be Offshore Incorporations Limited of P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

GENERAL OBJECTS AND POWERS

 

4.      (i)      Subject to the following provisions of this Memorandum, the objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the Act or any other Law of the British Virgin Islands.
     (ii   Without limiting the foregoing, the powers of the Company include the power to do the following:

 

  (a) grant options over unissued shares in the Company and treasury shares;

 

  (b) issue securities that are convertible into shares;

 

  (c) give financial assistance to any person in connection with the acquisition of the Company’s own shares;


  (d) issue debt obligations of every kind and grant options, warrants and rights to acquire debt obligations;

 

  (e) guarantee a liability or obligation of any person and secure any of its obligations by mortgage, pledge or other charge, of any of its assets for that purpose; and

 

  (f) protect the assets of the Company for the benefit of the Company, its creditors and its members and, at the discretion of the directors, for any person having a direct or indirect interest in the Company.

EXCLUSIONS

 

5.    (i)    The Company may not

 

  (a) carry on business with persons resident in the British Virgin Islands;

 

  (b) own an interest in real property situate in the British Virgin Islands, other than a lease referred to in paragraph 5(ii)(e) of subclause 5(ii);

 

  (c) carry on banking or trust business, unless it is licensed to do so under the Banks and Trust Companies Act, 1990;

 

  (d) carry on business as an insurance or re-insurance company, insurance agent or insurance broker, unless it is licensed under an enactment authorising it to carry on that business;

 

  (e) carry on business of company management, unless it is licensed under the Company Management Act, 1990; or

 

  (f) carry on the business of providing the registered office or the registered agent for companies incorporated in the British Virgin Islands.

 

  (ii) For purposes of paragraph 5(i)(a) of subclause 5(i), the Company shall not be treated as carrying on business with persons resident in the British Virgin Islands if

 

  (a) it makes or maintains deposits with a person carrying on banking business within the British Virgin Islands;

 

  (b) it makes or maintains professional contact with solicitors, barristers, accountants, bookkeepers, trust companies,

 

3


  administration companies, investment advisers or other similar persons carrying on business within the British Virgin Islands;

 

  (c) it prepares or maintains books and records within the British Virgin Islands;

 

  (d) it holds, within the British Virgin Islands, meetings of its directors or members;

 

  (e) it holds a lease of property for use as an office from which to communicate with members or where books and records of the Company are prepared or maintained;

 

  (f) it holds shares, debt obligations or other securities in a company incorporated under the International Business Companies Act or under the Companies Act; or

 

  (g) shares, debt obligations or other securities in the Company are owned by any person resident in the British Virgin Islands or by any company incorporated under the International Business Companies Act or under the Companies Act.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

6. The Company is a company limited by shares. The liability of each member is limited to:

 

  (a) the amount from time to time unpaid on that member’s shares;

 

  (b) any liability expressly provided for in the Memorandum or the Articles; and

 

  (c) any liability to repay a distribution pursuant to section 58(1) of the Act.

CURRENCY

 

7. Shares in the Company shall be issued in the currency of the United States of America.

AUTHORISED CAPITAL

 

8. The Company shall have no authorised capital.

 

4


CLASSES, NUMBER AND PAR VALUE OF SHARES

 

9. The Company is authorised to issue a maximum of 160,856,853 shares comprised of the following two classes of shares of one series each as follows:

 

  (a) 10,856,853 preference shares of no par value each (the “ Preference Shares ”); and

 

  (b) 150,000,000 ordinary shares of no par value each (the “ Ordinary Shares ”).

DESIGNATIONS, POWERS, PREFERENCES, ETC. OF PREFERENCE SHARES

 

10. Ranking. The Preference Shares shall, with respect to dividend rights, rights on other distributions and rights upon liquidation, winding up or dissolution, rank (a) senior to the Ordinary Shares and any other class or series of ordinary, preference or other shares or Equity Securities of the Company now or hereafter authorized (such Equity Securities, “ Junior Securities ”) and (b) junior to any indebtedness now or hereafter incurred by the Company.

 

11. Dividends .

 

  (a) Subject to clause 11(c) below, if the Company declares and pays any dividends on the Ordinary Shares, then, in that event, holders of Preference Shares shall be entitled to share in such dividends on a pro rata basis, as if their Preference Shares had been converted into Ordinary Shares pursuant to clause 13 below immediately prior to the record date for determining the holders of Ordinary Shares eligible to receive such dividends.

 

  (b)

If the Company does not consummate a Qualified IPO within 18 months after the Closing (“ IPO Dividend Date ”), the Board of Directors shall (subject to the Company’s compliance with the provisions of the Act and the Articles) declare and the holders of Preference Shares shall receive, in addition to the dividends described in clause 11 (a), dividends at an annual rate equal to 10% of the Accreted Value, calculated on the basis of a 360-day year, consisting of twelve 30-day months, which shall accrue on a daily basis from the IPO Dividend Date, whether or not declared by the Board of Directors, and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (unless any such day is not a Business Day, in which event such dividends shall be payable on the next succeeding Business Day, without accrual to the actual payment date) (each such date, a “ Dividend Payment Date ”). Unless otherwise specified in a resolution of directors, accrued and unpaid dividends shall compound and be added to the Accreted Value in effect immediately prior to each Dividend Payment Date; provided , that, in lieu

 

5


  thereof, such accrued and unpaid dividends may (i) be paid to the holders of Preference Shares in cash or (ii) be paid in cash or compound and be added to the Accreted Value in any combination thereof, in each case as specified in a resolution of directors.

 

  (c) The Company shall not declare or pay any dividends on, or make any other distributions with respect to or redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration, any Junior Securities unless and until (i) all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Preference Shares have been paid in full and (ii) prior to the IPO Dividend Date, the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Preference Shares, voting as a separate class, shall have been received; provided , however , that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to any:

 

  (i) redemption, purchase or other acquisition of Junior Securities in connection with any put or call post-termination rights in any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

  (ii) exchange, redemption, reclassification or conversion of any class or series of Junior Securities for any class or series of Junior Securities; or

 

  (iii) purchase of fractional interests in any Junior Securities under the conversion or exchange provisions of such Junior Securities or the security being converted or exchanged, or in connection with any combination or reclassification of Junior Securities.

 

12. Liquidation Event and Company Sale .

 

  (a)

Liquidation . Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company (each, a “ Liquidation Event ”), after satisfaction of all liabilities and obligations to creditors of the Company and before any distribution or payment shall be made to holders of any Junior Securities, each holder of Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Company or proceeds thereof (whether capital or surplus) legally available therefor, an amount per Preference Share in cash equal to the greater of (i) the sum of (x) the Accreted Value, plus (y) any unpaid dividends on such Preference Share that have accrued since the last Dividend Payment Date through the date of such Liquidation Event or (ii) the aggregate amount payable in such Liquidation Event with respect to the number of Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Share is convertible immediately prior to such Liquidation Event (assuming the conversion of all such Preference Shares in accordance with clause 13) (the greater of subclause (i) or subclause (ii), the “ Liquidation Preference ”). Holders of Preference Shares shall not be entitled to any

 

6


  other amounts from the Company after they have received the full amounts provided for in this clause 12(a) and will have no right or claim to any of the Company’s remaining assets. If the assets of the Company or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay in full the Liquidation Preference payable on the Preference Shares, then such assets, or the proceeds thereof, shall be paid pro rata in accordance with the full respective amounts which would be payable on the Preference Shares if all amounts payable thereon were paid in full.

 

  (b) Company Sale . No Company Sale shall be consummated unless, prior to any distribution or payment being made to holders of any Junior Securities, each holder of Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive an amount per Preference Share equal to the greater of (i) the sum of (x) the Accreted Value of such Preference Share plus (y) any unpaid dividends on such Preference Share that have accrued since the last Dividend Payment Date through the date of such Company Sale or (ii) the aggregate amount of consideration payable in such Company Sale with respect to the number of Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Share is convertible immediately prior to such Company Sale (assuming the conversion of all such Preference Shares in accordance with clause 13) (the greater of subclause (i) or subclause (ii), the “ Sale Payment ”). The Sale Payment shall be paid in the same form of consideration and proportion (i.e., in cash and/or other consideration) paid in such Company Sale on the closing date of such Company Sale; provided , however , if such Company Sale is entered into prior to the three year anniversary of the Closing, then the consideration payable to each holder of Preference Shares shall be payable either (i) solely in cash or Liquid Securities, or (ii) solely to the extent holders of Ordinary Shares are receiving securities, other than Liquid Securities in such Company Sale, then each holder of Preference Shares shall have the option of receiving non-Liquid Securities of either the same class received by holders of Ordinary Shares or in the form of Acceptable Securities. The value of any non-cash consideration to be delivered to the holders of Preference Shares in a Company Sale shall be the fair market value of such non-cash consideration (as determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the Board of Directors). Upon receipt of the full amounts provided for in this clause 12(b), the Preference Shares shall be automatically cancelled and the holders of Preference Shares shall not be entitled to any other amounts. If the assets of the Company or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay in full the aggregate Sale Payment payable on the Preference Shares, then such assets, or the proceeds thereof, shall be paid pro rata in accordance with the full respective amounts which would be payable on the Preference Shares if all amounts payable thereon were paid in full.

 

  (c)

Notice . Written notice of a Liquidation Event or a Company Sale stating a payment or payments and the place where such payment or payments shall

 

7


  be payable shall be mailed not less than ten (10) days prior to the earliest payment date stated therein to each holder of Preference Shares at such holder’s address as it appears on the transfer books of the Company.

 

13. Conversion .

 

  (a)

Optional Conversion . Each holder of Preference Shares shall have the right, at its option, at any time and from time to time, to convert, subject to the terms and provisions of this clause 13, any or all of such holder’s Preference Shares into such number of fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Shares as is equal to the product of (i) the number of Preference Shares being so converted, multiplied by (ii) the quotient of (x) the Accreted Value, divided by (y) the Preference Share Issue Amount, subject to adjustment as provided in clause 13(f) below (such price in subclause (y), the “ Conversion Price ” and such quotient in subclause (ii), the “ Conversion Ratio ”). At the option of the Company, any accrued and unpaid dividends as of the date of conversion in respect of the Preference Shares being converted shall (i) be added to the Accreted Value, (ii) be paid in cash to the holder of such Preference Shares or (iii) be paid in cash or added to the Accreted Value in any combination thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of calculating the Conversion Ratio, the Accreted Value of the Preference Shares that are being converted shall include the amount of any dividends which have been accreted, compounded and added to the Preference Share Issue Amount pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of “Accreted Value” through the last Dividend Payment Date. Such conversion right shall be exercised by the surrender of certificate(s) evidencing the Preference Shares to be converted to the Company at any time during usual business hours at its principal place of business (or such other office or agency of the Company as the Company may designate by notice in writing to the holders of Preference Shares), accompanied by written notice that the holder elects to convert such Preference Shares and specifying the name or names (with address) in which a certificate or certificates for Ordinary Shares are to be issued and (if so required by the Company) by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company duly executed by the holder or its duly authorized legal representative and transfer tax stamps or funds therefor, if required pursuant to clause 13(1) below. All certificates evidencing Preference Shares surrendered for conversion shall be delivered to the Company for cancellation and cancelled by it. As promptly as practicable after the surrender of any Preference Shares, the Company shall (subject to compliance with the applicable provisions of federal and state securities Laws) deliver to the holder of such Preference Shares so surrendered, certificate(s) evidencing the number of fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares are entitled to be converted. Upon registration in the register of members of the Company (which shall be subject to surrender of such share

 

8


  certificates) to reflect the conversion, the person in whose name any certificate(s) for Ordinary Shares shall be issuable upon such conversion shall be the holder of record of such Ordinary Shares on such date, notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing such Ordinary Shares shall not then be actually delivered to such person.

 

  (b) Automatic Conversion .

 

  (i) Upon the earlier of (x) immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO and (y) the receipt of the approval of the holders of 66 2/3% of the then outstanding Preference Shares (each an (“Automatic Conversion Date”), all of the Preference Shares shall be automatically converted into the number of fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Shares equal to the product of (1) the number of Preference Shares being converted, multiplied by (2) the Conversion Ratio calculated as of the date of such automatic conversion and the register of members of the Company shall be updated to reflect the conversion. At the option of the Company, any accrued and unpaid dividends as of the Automatic Conversion Date in respect to the Preference Shares being converted shall (i) be added to the Accreted Value, (ii) be paid in cash to the holder of such Preference Shares or (iii) be paid in cash or added to the Accreted Value in any combination thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of calculating the Conversion Ratio in connection with any automatic conversion, the Accreted Value of the Preference Shares that are being converted shall include the amount of any dividends which have been accreted, compounded and added to the Preference Share Issue Amount pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of “Accreted Value” through the last Dividend Payment Date.

 

  (ii)

Immediately upon conversion as provided in clause 13(b)(i), each holder of Preference Shares shall be registered in the Company’s register of members as the holder of record of the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of such holder’s Preference Shares, notwithstanding that certificates evidencing the Ordinary Shares shall not then actually be delivered to such person. Upon written notice and instructions from the Company, each holder of Preference Shares so converted shall promptly surrender to the Company at its principal place of business (or at such other office or agency of the Company as the Company may designate by such notice to the holders of Preference Shares) certificates representing the Preference Shares so converted. As promptly as practicable after such conversion, the Company shall deliver to the holder of such Preference Shares so surrendered, certificate(s) evidencing

 

9


  the number of fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares are entitled to be converted.

 

  (c) Conversion mechanics .

 

  (i) All conversions of Preference Shares to Ordinary Shares pursuant to this clause 13 shall be effected by the Company by way of repurchase by the Company of the Preference Shares in consideration for the simultaneous issue of Ordinary Shares, credited as fully paid.

 

  (ii) Any conversion of Preference Shares to Ordinary Shares pursuant to this clause 13 shall be deemed to be effected (a) in the event of a voluntary conversion pursuant to clause 13(a), at the time that the registrar of the Company registers the conversion in the Company’s register of members following written notice of the conversion having been provided to the registrar of the Company and (b) in the event of an automatic conversion of all of Preference pursuant to clause 13(b), at the time that the registrar of the Company registers the conversion in the Company’s register of members which time shall be the Automatic Conversion Date.

 

  (d) Termination of Rights . On the date of an optional conversion pursuant to clause 13(a) or of an automatic conversion pursuant to clause 13(b)(i), all rights with respect to the Preference Shares so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote, shall terminate, except only the rights of holders thereof to (i) receive certificates for the number of Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares have been converted, and (ii) exercise the rights to which they are entitled as holders of Ordinary Shares. No holder of Preference Shares whose Preference Shares have been converted pursuant to clause 13(a) or clause 13(b)(i) shall be entitled to any further accrual of dividends in respect of such converted Preference Shares.

 

  (e) No Fractional Shares . No fractional shares or securities representing fractional Ordinary Shares shall be issued upon conversion of the Preference Shares. Any fractional interest in Ordinary Shares resulting from conversion of the Preference Shares shall be paid in cash (computed to the nearest cent) equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value per Ordinary Share as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. If more than one certificate evidencing Preference Shares is surrendered for conversion at one time by the same holder, the number of full Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of the Preference Shares so surrendered for conversion.

 

10


  (f) Antidilution Adjustments . The Conversion Price and the Conversion Ratio shall be subject to adjustment as follows:

 

  (i) Division or Combination of Ordinary Shares . In the event that the Company shall at any time or from time to time, prior to conversion of Preference Shares effect a division or combination of shares in respect of the outstanding Ordinary Shares, then, and in each such case, the Conversion Price and/or the Conversion Ratio in effect immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted (and any other appropriate actions shall be taken by the Company) so that the holder of any Preference Share thereafter surrendered for conversion shall be entitled to receive the number of Ordinary Shares that such holder would have owned or would have been entitled to receive upon or by reason of any of the events described above, had such Preference Share been converted immediately prior to the occurrence of such event. An adjustment made pursuant to this clause 13(f)(i) shall become effective retroactively to the close of business on the day upon which such corporate action becomes effective. No adjustments shall be made under this Section 13(f) in respect of any dividends (or any other distribution) paid in accordance with clause 11.

 

  (ii) Certain Dilutive Issuances of Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents .

 

  (w)

If the Company shall at any time or from time to time prior to conversion of Preference Shares, issue or sell any Ordinary Shares or any security or obligation which is by its terms, directly or indirectly, convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into or for Ordinary Shares and any option, warrant or other subscription or purchase right with respect to Ordinary Shares or such security or obligation (“ Ordinary Share Equivalents ”) at a price per Ordinary Share (the “ New Issue Price ”) that is less than the Conversion Price as of the record date or Issue Date (as defined below), as the case may be (the “ Relevant Date ”) (treating the New Issue Price, in the case of the issuance of any Ordinary Share Equivalent, as equal to (A) the sum of the price for such Ordinary Share Equivalent plus any additional consideration payable (without regard to any anti-dilution adjustments) upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Ordinary Share Equivalent, divided by (B) the number of Ordinary Shares initially underlying such Ordinary Share Equivalent) (other than (1) issuances or sales of Ordinary Shares for which an adjustment is made in connection with a division or combination or

 

11


  reclassification of Ordinary Shares pursuant to clause 13(f)(i) and (2) issuances in connection with an Excluded Transaction), then , and in each such case, the Conversion Price then in effect shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect on the day immediately prior to the Relevant Date by a fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the sum of (1) the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion, exchange and exercise of all Ordinary Share Equivalents) on the Relevant Date, plus (2) the number of Ordinary Shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Company for the total number of such additional Ordinary Shares so issued would purchase at the Conversion Price on the Relevant Date (or, in the case of Ordinary Share Equivalents, the number of Ordinary Shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Company upon the issuance of such Ordinary Share Equivalents and receivable by the Company upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Ordinary Share Equivalents would purchase at the Conversion Price on the Relevant Date) and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the sum of the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion, exchange and exercise of all Ordinary Share Equivalents) on the Relevant Date, plus the number of additional Ordinary Shares issued or to be issued (or, in the case of Ordinary Share Equivalents, the maximum number of Ordinary Shares into which such Ordinary Share Equivalents initially may convert, exchange or be exercised).

 

  (x) Such adjustment shall be made whenever such Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents are issued, and shall become effective retroactively (A) in the case of an issuance to the members, as such, to a date immediately following the close of business on the record date for the determination of members entitled to receive such Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents and (B) in all other cases, on the date of such issuance (the “Issue Date”); provided , however , that the determination as to whether an adjustment is required to be made pursuant to this clause 13(f)(ii) shall only be made upon the issuance of such Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents, and not upon the issuance of any security into which the Ordinary Share Equivalents convert, exchange or may be exercised.

 

12


  (y) In case at any time any Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents shall be issued or sold for cash, the consideration received therefor shall be deemed to be the amount received by the Company therefor, without deduction therefrom of any expenses incurred or any underwriting commissions or concessions or discounts paid or allowed by the Company in connection therewith. In case any Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents shall be issued or sold for a consideration other than cash, the amount of the consideration other than cash received by the Company shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such consideration, without deduction therefrom of any expenses incurred or any placement agent fees, any underwriting commissions or concessions or discounts paid or allowed by the Company in connection therewith, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

  (z) If any Ordinary Share Equivalents (or any portions thereof) which shall have given rise to an adjustment pursuant to this clause 13(f)(ii) shall have expired or terminated without the exercise thereof and/or if by reason of the terms of such Ordinary Share Equivalents there shall have been an increase or increases, with the passage of time or otherwise, in the price payable upon the exercise or conversion thereof, then the Conversion Price hereunder shall be readjusted (but to no greater extent than originally adjusted) in order to (A) eliminate from the computation any additional Ordinary Shares corresponding to such Ordinary Share Equivalents as shall have expired or terminated, (B) treat the additional Ordinary Shares, if any, actually issued or issuable pursuant to the previous exercise of such Ordinary Share Equivalents as having been issued for the consideration actually received and receivable therefor and (C) treat any of such Ordinary Share Equivalents which remain outstanding as being subject to exercise or conversion on the basis of such exercise or conversion price as shall be in effect at the time.

 

  (iii)

Other Changes . In case the Company at any time or from time to time, prior to the conversion of Preference Shares, shall take any action affecting the Ordinary Shares similar to or having an effect similar to any of the actions described in any of clauses 13(f)(i) or (ii) above or clause 13(i) below (but not including any action described in any such clause) and the Board of Directors in good faith determines that it would be equitable in the circumstances to adjust the Conversion Price or the Conversion Ratio as a result of

 

13


  such action, then, and in each such case, the Conversion Price or the Conversion Ratio (as applicable) shall be adjusted in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors in good faith determines would be equitable in the circumstances (such determination to be evidenced in a resolution, a certified copy of which shall be mailed to the holders of Preference Shares).

 

  (iv) No Adjustment . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no adjustment under this clause 13(f) need be made to the Conversion Price or the Conversion Ratio if the Company receives written notice from holders of a majority of the then outstanding Preference Shares that no such adjustment is required.

 

  (g) Abandonment . If the Company shall take a record of the holders of Ordinary Shares for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or other distribution, and shall thereafter and before the distribution to such holders legally abandon its plan to pay or deliver such dividend or distribution, then no adjustment in the Conversion Price or the Conversion Ratio shall be required by reason of the taking of such record.

 

  (h) Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon any adjustment in the Conversion Price or the Conversion Ratio, the Company shall within a reasonable period (not to exceed twenty (20) Business Days) following any of the foregoing transactions deliver to each holder of Preference Shares a certificate, signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, setting forth in reasonable detail the event requiring the adjustment and the method by which such adjustment was calculated and specifying the increased or decreased Conversion Price or Conversion Ratio then in effect following such adjustment.

 

  (i)

Reorganization; Reclassification . In case of any merger or consolidation of the Company (other than a Company Sale) or any capital reorganization, reclassification or other change of outstanding Ordinary Shares (other than (i) a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value or (ii) a transaction for which an adjustment is made in connection with clause 13(f)(i) or clause 13(f)(ii)) in each case as a result of which the Ordinary Shares would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, other property or assets (each, a “ Transaction ”), then, at the effective time of the Transaction, the right to convert each Preference Share shall be changed into a right to convert such Preference Share into the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities or other property or assets that a holder of Preference Shares would have received in respect of the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of such Preference Shares immediately prior to such Transaction. In the event that holders of Ordinary Shares have the opportunity to elect the form of consideration to be received in the

 

14


  Transaction, the Company shall make adequate provision whereby the holders of Preference Shares shall have a reasonable opportunity to determine the form of consideration into which all of the Preference Shares, treated as a single class, shall be convertible from and after the effective date of the Transaction.

 

  (j) Notices . In the event (i) that the Company authorizes the granting to the holders of Ordinary Shares rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of Equity Securities of any class or of any other rights or warrants, (ii) of any Transaction, or (iii) of a Qualified IPO or a Company Sale, then the Company shall mail to each holder of Preference Shares at such holder’s address as it appears on the transfer books of the Company, as promptly as possible but in any event at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the applicable date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (A) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or granting of rights or warrants or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of Ordinary Shares of record to be entitled to such dividend, distribution or granting of rights or warrants are to be determined, or (B) the date on which such Transaction, Qualified IPO or Company Sale is expected to become effective and, if applicable, the date as of which it is expected that holders of Ordinary Shares of record shall be entitled to exchange their Ordinary Shares for shares of stock or other securities or property or cash deliverable upon such Transaction, Qualified IPO or Company Sale.

 

  (k) Reservation of Ordinary Shares . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available for issuance upon the conversion of Preference Shares, such number of its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares as will from time to time be sufficient to permit the conversion of all outstanding Preference Shares, and shall take all action to increase the authorized number of Ordinary Shares if at any time there shall be insufficient authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares to permit such reservation or to permit the conversion of all outstanding Preference Shares; provided , that the holders of Preference Shares vote such Preference Shares in favor of any such action that requires a vote of members.

 

  (1)

No Conversion Tax or Charge . The issuance or delivery of certificates for Ordinary Shares upon the conversion of Preference Shares shall be made without charge to the converting holder of Preference Shares for such certificates or for any tax in respect of the issuance or delivery of such certificates or the securities evidenced thereby, and such certificates shall be issued or delivered in the respective names of, or (subject to compliance with the applicable provisions of applicable securities Laws) in such names as may be directed by, the holders of the Preference Shares converted; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in

 

15


  the issuance and delivery of any such certificate in a name other than that of the holder of the Preference Shares converted, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver such certificate unless or until the person or persons requesting the issuance or delivery thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid.

 

14. Redemption . Subject to this Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association, the Preference Shares shall, only with the consent of the holder thereof, be subject to redemption, purchase or acquisition by the Company for fair value.

 

15. Voting Rights . In addition to the voting rights to which the holders of Preference Shares are entitled under or granted by Law, each holder of Preference Shares shall be entitled to notice of any members’ meeting in accordance with this Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association and shall be entitled to vote, on all matters with respect to which the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares may be voted, the number of votes equal to the number of Ordinary Shares into which such holder’s Preference Shares could be converted on the record date for determination of the holders of Ordinary Shares entitled to vote on such matters, or, if no such record date is established, on the date such vote is taken or any written consent of holders of Ordinary Shares is solicited, such votes to be counted together with all other shares of the Company having general voting power and not counted separately as a class.

 

16. Springing Board Seat . If a Qualified IPO is not consummated on or prior to March 31, 2012, the holders of Preference Shares, as a class, shall have the right to designate, by approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares held by such holders of Preference Shares (assuming all Preference Shares are converted into Ordinary Shares), one member of the Board of Directors (or similar body, including any committee that acts on behalf of the Board pursuant to an express delegation of the Board of Director’s powers) until immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO; provided that if the holders of Preference Shares, as a class, are unable to attain the approval of a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares held by the holders of Preference Shares (assuming all Preference Shares are converted into Ordinary Shares) to designate such member to the Board of Directors (or similar body, including any executive committee that acts on behalf of the Board of Directors pursuant to an express or implied delegation of the Board of Directors’ powers), then within 14 days of March 31, 2012, the holder of the largest number of Preference Shares shall have the right in its sole discretion to designate such member to the Board of Directors on behalf of the holders of Preference Shares.

 

16


DESIGNATIONS, POWERS, PREFERENCES, ETC. OF ORDINARY SHARES

 

17. Dividends . Subject to this Memorandum of Association, the articles of association annexed hereto (the “ Articles of Association ”), including clauses 10 and 11 herein, and the prior rights of holders of classes of Equity Securities of the Company having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Company legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

18. Liquidation . Subject to this Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association, including clause 12(a) herein, and the prior rights of holders of classes of Equity Securities of the Company having prior rights as to a Liquidation Event, upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event each holder of Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to receive a distribution in respect of its Ordinary Shares from the remaining assets of the Company or the proceeds of such Liquidation Event (whether capital or surplus) legally available for distribution, in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of such assets or proceeds available for distribution to all holders of Ordinary Shares, multiplied by the quotient of (i) the number of Ordinary Shares held by such holder as of such time, divided by (ii) the total number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of such time.

 

19. Redemption . Subject to this Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association, Ordinary Shares shall, only with the consent of the holder thereof, be subject to redemption, purchase or acquisition by the Company for fair value.

 

20. Voting Rights .

 

  (a) Each holder of Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to notice of any members’ meeting and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as provided in this Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association.

 

  (b) Subject to clause 16 above, the holders of Ordinary Shares shall at all other times vote together as one class with the holders of Preference Shares on all matters submitted to a vote or for the written consent of the members. Members holding Ordinary Shares that were not previously converted from Preference Shares to such Ordinary Shares in accordance with the conversion rights of this Memorandum shall not have a right to vote in relation to the matters referred to in clause 16 above.

 

  (c) Each holder of Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each Ordinary Share held as of the applicable date on any matter that is submitted to a vote or for the written consent of the members.

 

17


  (e) Equal Status . Ordinary Shares shall have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects to all matters.

REGISTERED SHARES

 

21. Shares may be issued as registered shares only.

 

22. Registered shares shall not be exchanged for bearer shares.

 

23. The issue of shares is subject to the Preemptive Rights Restrictions (as set out in the Schedule to this Memorandum entitled “Preemptive Rights”, and which forms part of this Memorandum).

TRANSFER OF REGISTERED SHARES

 

24. Registered shares in the Company may be transferred subject to the Share Transfer Restrictions and the provisions relating to the transfer of shares set forth in the Articles of Association.

AMENDMENT OF MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

25. Subject to the Consent Rights Matters of the Articles of Association, the Company may amend its Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association by a resolution of members or by a resolution of directors.

DEFINITIONS

 

26. Words used in this Memorandum of Association and not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Articles of Association.

[remainder of page left intentionally blank]

 

18


We, Offshore Incorporations Limited, of P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands for the purpose of incorporating an International Business Company under the laws of the British Virgin Islands hereby subscribe our name to this Memorandum of Association the 1 st day of July, 2002.

 

   SUBSCRIBER    Offshore Incorporations Limited
     

(Sd.) E.T. POWELL

Authorised Signatory

     
   in the presence of: WITNESS   
     

(Sd.) Fandy Tsoi

9/F Ruttonjee House

11 Duddell Street, Central

Hong Kong

Production Supervisor


SCHEDULE

Article I

Preemptive Rights

 

1. Preemptive Rights

 

  (a) If the Company or any of its subsidiaries proposes to issue, offer, sell or otherwise Transfer to any person (i) Equity Securities in the Company or such subsidiary, or (ii) any rights to subscribe for or purchase pursuant to any option or otherwise any Equity Securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, in each case except as provided in Section 2 (each, a “ New Issuance ”), or enter into any contracts relating to a New Issuance, the Company shall provide written notice to each member of such proposed New Issuance at least fifteen (15) Business Days in advance of the anticipated issuance date (the “ New Issuance Notice ”), which shall set forth the identity of the proposed purchaser, the number of Equity Securities proposed to be offered (the “ Offered Securities ”), the cash purchase price per security (the “ Offering Price ”), the anticipated issuance date and the other material terms and conditions of such New Issuance. Each member shall have the right to purchase for cash up to its Pro Rata Share of the Offered Securities (which, in the case of a New Issuance by a subsidiary of the Company shall be determined on a look-through basis, based on its indirect percentage of the outstanding common shares of such subsidiary), at the price per security and otherwise on the same terms and conditions as such New Issuance.

 

  (b) A member may elect to exercise its preemptive rights with respect to such New Issuance by delivering an irrevocable written notice (a “ Section 1 Notice ”) to the Company within ten (10) Business Days after the date the New Issuance Notice is delivered, setting forth the maximum percentage of the Offered Securities that such member desires to hold following the consummation of the New Issuance. If a member does not deliver a Section 1 Notice in accordance with this Section 1, then such member shall be deemed to have elected not to exercise its preemptive rights with respect to such New Issuance. For purposes of this Article I, an exercising member may allocate its portion of the Offered Securities among one or more of its Affiliates at the discretion of such exercising member.

 

  (c)

At least three (3) Business Days prior to the consummation of any New Issuance, the Company shall provide written notice to each electing member, which shall set forth the actual issuance date (determined in accordance with the following sentence) and such electing member’s Pro Rata Share or such lesser percentage set forth in such member’s Section 1 Notice. For purposes of clarity, if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries consummates such New Issuance and the total number of Offered


  Securities to be sold is less than the number set forth in the New Issuance Notice, then each electing member shall purchase such electing member’s Pro Rata Share or such lesser percentage set forth in such member’s Section 1 Notice based on such reduced number of Offered Securities. Any New Issuance shall be consummated on the later of (a) the proposed issuance date for such New Issuance set forth in the New Issuance Notice and (b)the fifth (5th) Business Day following the date on which all regulatory and governmental licenses, registrations, approvals and consents required for the New Issuance are received and all applicable waiting periods have expired or been waived or terminated ( provided , however , that the Company and the electing members shall each use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such licenses, registrations, approvals or consents). If any of the members fails to exercise its preemptive rights under this Section 1 or elects to exercise such rights with respect to less than such member’s full Pro Rata Share (the difference between such member’s Pro Rata Share and the number of Offered Securities for which such member exercised its preemptive rights under this Section 1, the “ Excess Shares ”), any participating member electing to exercise its rights with respect to its full Pro Rata Share (a “ Fully Participating Member ”) shall be entitled to purchase from the Company an additional number of Offered Securities up to the aggregate number of Excess Shares, provided that such Fully Participating Member shall only be entitled to purchase up to that number of Excess Shares equal to the lesser of (i) the number of Excess Shares it has elected to purchase and (ii) the number of Excess Shares equal to the product of (A) the number of Excess Shares and (B) the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by such Fully Participating Member by (2) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by all Fully Participating Members exercising their rights pursuant to this sentence (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares held by the Fully Participating Members into Ordinary Shares in each of clauses (1) and (2) above).

 

  (d)

If the members do not elect to purchase all of the Offered Securities in accordance with this Section 1, then the Company may, within 90 days from the date of delivery of the New Issuance Notice, offer, sell or otherwise Transfer any remaining portion of the Offered Securities to any Person or Persons at a price or prices equal to or greater than the Offering Price and on other terms and conditions not more favorable in the aggregate to the other purchasers than those set forth in the New Issuance Notice. If more than 90 days elapse from the date of delivery of the New Issuance Notice without the consummation of such Transfer of the remaining portion of the Offered Securities, the Company’s right to consummate such Transfer shall expire and the Company shall be required to comply with the procedures set forth in this Section 1 prior to offering, selling or otherwise transferring to any Person the Offered Securities. The election by a member not to exercise its preemptive rights under this

 

21


  Section 1 in any one instance shall not affect its right (other than in respect of a reduction in its Pro Rata Share) as to any future New Issuances under this Section 1.

 

  (e) Any New Issuance without first giving the members the rights described in this Section 1 shall be void ab initio and of no force and effect. The preemptive rights of a member hereunder may not be transferred, sold, assigned or otherwise disposed of, except to a Permitted Transferee of such member, and any purported disposition in violation hereof shall be void and of no force or effect.

 

  (f) There shall be no liability on the part of the Company, the Board of Directors or any member if a New Issuance is not consummated for whatever reason. For the avoidance of doubt, the determination of whether to effect a New Issuance shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

  (g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the preemptive rights of the members under this Section 1 shall be deemed satisfied with respect to any issuance of Offered Securities if within thirty (30) days following the sale of any Offered Securities by the Company to one or more Persons who are not, in each case, a holder of at least 3% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) or an Affiliate of such holder (each, an “ Initial Purchaser ”), the Company offers to sell to each member on the same terms (including the price per share) as the Initial Purchasers purchased such Offered Securities the number of Offered Securities which each member (other than any Initial Purchasers) would have been entitled to purchase with respect to such issuance of Offered Securities pursuant to Section 1(a).

 

2. Exempt Issuances

The provisions of Section 1 shall not apply to issuances of securities:

 

  (a) in connection with the Restructuring;

 

  (b) pursuant to the Subscription Agreement in connection with the Offering or any offering of Preference Shares pursuant to Section 5(j) of the Subscription Agreement;

 

  (c) pursuant to the exercise of any member’s preemptive rights under Section 1;

 

  (d) to officers, employees or directors of, or individuals who are consultants to, the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to any compensation arrangement adopted from time to time, profit sharing, option or other equity incentive plans (including any employee share ownership plan)

 

22


  approved by the Board of Directors and Equity Securities issued upon exercise of such options or rights or otherwise issued pursuant to such plans, provided that such issuance shall not exceed (i) the number of shares for which options may be granted under the Amended and Restated Michael Kors (USA), Inc. Stock Option Plan plus (ii) 2,500,000 shares (in each case, as appropriately adjusted from time to time for any share split, reclassification, subdivision or recapitalization or any share dividend, or any corporate restructuring or reorganization), in the aggregate;

 

  (e) to third-party service providers or other third-party business partners who are not Affiliates of the Company or any member holding at least 3% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares), in each case, for bona fide commercial purposes and on an arm’s length basis, provided that such issuance shall not exceed 2,500,000 shares (in each case, as appropriately adjusted from time to time for any share split, reclassification, subdivision or recapitalization or any share dividend, or corporate restructuring or reorganization) in the aggregate;

 

  (f) as consideration for the acquisition of another person who is not an Affiliate of the Company or any member holding at least 3% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares), by the Company by consolidation, merger, purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or other reorganization in which the Company acquires one or more divisions or lines of business or all or substantially all of the assets of such other person or 50% or more of the voting power or equity ownership of such other person;

 

  (g) (i) pursuant to a Public Offering or (ii) in connection with any debt financing by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with a person who is not an Affiliate of the Company or any member holding at least 3% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares);

 

  (h) in connection with the conversion, exchange or exercise of any Equity Securities (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the conversion of Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) in accordance with their applicable terms (it being understood that nothing in this clause (h) shall affect the applicability of this Article I to the issuance of any such Equity Securities);

 

  (i) in connection with any share split, reclassification, subdivision or recapitalization or any share dividend, or any corporate restructuring or reorganization, in each case approved by the Board of Directors, and whereby such securities are distributable on a pro rata basis to all members; or

 

23


  (j) by a subsidiary of the Company to the Company or a wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company;

provided , that in no event shall the total number of shares issued pursuant to clause (d)(ii), (e), (f) and (g) above exceed 5,000,000 shares (as appropriately adjusted from time to time for any share split, reclassification, subdivision or recapitalization or any share dividend, or any corporate restructuring or reorganization), in the aggregate).

 

24


Article II

Transfer

 

1. General Restrictions . Except as otherwise permitted in this Article II, prior to the earlier of (a) the consummation of an IPO, (b) the consummation of a Company Sale, (c) a liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company and (d) the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing, no member shall Transfer all or any portion of its shares, or rights with respect to its shares; it being understood that any such Transfer not in accordance with this Section 1 or the remainder of this Article II will be deemed to constitute a Transfer by such member in violation of this Article II, shall be void ab initio and the Company shall not recognize any such Transfer. This Article II shall not apply to any shares sold pursuant to the Subscription Agreement in connection with the Offering.

 

2. Permitted Transfers . Subject to Section 3, the provisions of Section 1 shall not apply to the following Transfers of shares by a member (each of which shall be deemed to constitute a “ Permitted Transfer ,” and each Transferee of a Permitted Transfer of shares under clause (a) through (g) are referred to herein as a “ Permitted Transferee ”):

 

  (a) any Transfer of shares by a member to an Affiliate of such member ( provided , that such Affiliate remains an Affiliate of the transferring member immediately after such Transfer and such transferring member remains, jointly and severally with the Affiliate Transferee, responsible for any and all obligations and liabilities under this Article II);

 

  (b) in the case of a member who is an individual, any Transfer of shares by such member to (i) the spouse or children (whether lineal or adopted) of such member (each, a “ Family Member ”) or (ii) any trust or similar estate planning entity established for the sole benefit of a Family Member (a “ Permitted Trust ”) ( provided , however , that each such Permitted Trust shall provide that all of the beneficial interests therein are held by a Family Member and that the voting, managerial and operational control of such Permitted Trust remains solely with such member who establishes the Permitted Trust until the death or incapacity of such member);

 

  (c) any Transfer of shares by a member who is a senior executive of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or by such member’s estate or applicable beneficiary in the event of such member’s death) to (i) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (ii) any of the Existing Members, their respective Affiliates or, with respect to any Existing Member who is an individual, such Existing Member’s Family Members or Permitted Trusts, or (iii) any third party, in each case pursuant to post-termination rights set forth in such senior executive’s employment contract with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable (an “ Executive Transfer ”);


  (d) any Transfer of shares by a member in connection with any tender or exchange offer, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, recapitalization or other form of business combination involving the Company that is available on the same terms to all holders of Ordinary Shares (including all Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Preference Shares) and approved by the Board of Directors;

 

  (e) any Transfer of shares by a member consented to by the Board of Directors, if any, which consent shall be granted or withheld in the Board of Directors’ sole discretion; provided , that such Transfers shall be subject to rights of first offer in favor of the Company and the other members consistent with the procedures set forth in Section 5 ( Rights of First Offer ) and Tag-Along Rights in favor of the New Members consistent with the procedures set forth in Section 6 ( Tag-Along Rights ); provided , further , that neither Michael Kors (for purposes of this Section 2(e) only, Michael Kors shall be deemed to include any Permitted Transferee of Michael Kors under Section 2(a) and (b)) nor John Idol (for purposes of this Section 2(e) only, John Idol shall be deemed to include any Permitted Transferee of John Idol under Section 2(a) and (b)) shall effect any Transfers under this Section 2(e) if such Transfer (together with all other Transfers made by such person under this Section 2(e)) results in Michael Kors or John Idol, as the case may be, holding less than 80% of the shares held by such person on the date of the Shareholders Agreement on a fully diluted basis (assuming the exercise of all stock options); provided , further , that nothing contained in this Section 2(e) shall prohibit Michael Kors or John Idol from participating in a Tag-Along Sale or Drag-Along Sale in accordance with the provisions of (i) Section 6 ( Tag-Along Rights ) and (ii) Section 7 ( Drag-Along Rights );

 

  (f) any Transfer of shares by a member subject to, or in accordance with, the provisions of (i) Section 6 (Tag-Along Rights) or (ii) Section 7 ( Drag-Along Rights );

 

  (g) any Transfer of Shares by a member in the IPO;

 

  (h) any Transfer of Shares by an member pursuant to Section 5(j) of the Subscription Agreement; or

 

  (i)

any Transfer of shares by a New Member that purchased at least 1,628,528 Preference Shares in the Offering if (i) such Transfer is made to a mutual fund, pension plan or other passive institutional investor which, to the knowledge of such New Member, typically makes investments in persons in the ordinary course of business for investment purposes only and not with the purpose or effect of changing or influencing the control of such person, (ii) such Transfer (A) does not cause the Company to become a reporting company under the Exchange Act and (B) does not increase the number of record and beneficial owners of shares to be more than 150

 

26


  persons as a result of such Transfer, (iii) as a result of such Transfer, no person would have (together with its Affiliates) beneficial or record ownership of 50% or more of the outstanding Preference Shares or more than 50% of the Ordinary Shares for which the Preference Shares may be converted (other than to the extent such Transfer is made to person that is a member on the date of the Shareholders Agreement) and (iv) such Transfer is subject to the rights of first offer in favor of the Company and the other members consistent with the procedures set forth in Section 5 ( Rights of First Offer ) ; it being understood that notwithstanding anything contained in Section 5.3 of the Shareholders Agreement to the contrary, any Transfer made pursuant to this Section 2(i) shall not Transfer any board observer rights but shall instead Transfer the right, to the extent the transferee meets the requirements of the first sentence of Section 5.3(b) of the Shareholders Agreement, to receive copies of all materials and information provided to the members of the Board of Directors (whether in connection with a meeting, an action by written consent or otherwise), including an annual budget and business plan and any multi-year budget or business plan. Shares purchased in the Offering by New Members that are Advised Accounts and have a common or Affiliated investment adviser shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether such New Member has met the threshold regarding Preference Shares purchased in the Offering.

 

3. Conditions to Transfers . In addition to all other terms and conditions contained in this Article II and the Shareholders Agreement, no Transfers (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Transfers made after the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing) shall be completed or effective for any purpose unless the following conditions are satisfied:

 

  (a) prior thereto:

 

  (i) the Transferor shall have provided to the Company, (x) at least ten (10) Business Days’ prior notice of such Transfer, (y) a certificate of the Transferor, delivered with such notice, containing a statement that such Transfer is permitted under this Article II, and (z) such other information and documents as may be reasonably requested by the Company in order for it to determine whether such Transfer is permitted under this Article II;

 

  (ii)

the Transferee shall have executed and delivered to the Company a written undertaking substantially in the form required under the Shareholders Agreement, pursuant to which such Transferee agrees (x) to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Shareholders Agreement and (y) that the shares acquired by it shall be subject to the terms of the Shareholders Agreement, and the Transferee shall furnish copies of all share certificates effecting the Transfer and

 

27


  such other certificates, instruments and documents as the Company may request; and

 

  (iii) all necessary third party consents to the Transfer shall have been obtained;

 

  (b) such Transferee is not a competitor of the Company and its subsidiaries, as determined in the reasonable discretion of the Board of Directors; provided that any private equity fund or other financial investor shall not be deemed to be a competitor of the Company;

 

  (c) such Transfer would not violate the Securities Act or any state securities or “blue sky” Laws applicable to the Company or the shares to be Transferred;

 

  (d) such Transfer shall not impose liability or reporting obligations on the Company or any member in any jurisdiction, whether domestic or foreign, or result in the Company or any member becoming subject to the jurisdiction of any Governmental Authority anywhere, other than the Governmental Authorities to which the Company is then subject to such liability, reporting obligation or jurisdiction; and

 

  (e) such Transfer shall not, in the Board of Directors’ sole discretion, have the effect of requiring the Company to, upon the consummation of such Transfer, register the shares under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act;

provided , however , that the provisions of (i) Section 3(a) through Section 3(e) shall not apply to a Transfer in connection with a Company Sale, in the IPO or in connection with the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company and (ii) Section 3(b) shall not apply to an Executive Transfer or a Transfer subject to, or in accordance with, Section 6 ( Tag-Along Rights ) or Section 7 ( Drag-Along Rights ).

 

4. Effect of Permitted Transfer . Subject to the terms of this Article II and the Shareholders Agreement (including Section 4.1(c) of the Shareholders Agreement), a Permitted Transferee of a member shall be substituted for and shall enjoy the same rights and be subject to the same obligations as the transferring member hereunder with respect to the shares Transferred to such Permitted Transferee.

 

5 Right of First Offer .

 

  (a)

In the event that any member wishes to Transfer after the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing or a New Member wishes to Transfer in accordance with Section 2(i) (such member or New Member, a “ Transferor ”), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, shares to any person, such Transferor, prior to any such Transfer, shall deliver to the Company and the non-Transferring members (collectively, the “ ROFO

 

28


  Recipients ”) written notice (the “ Offer Notice ”) stating (i) such Transferor’s intention to effect such a Transfer; (ii) the number of shares proposed to be transferred by the Transferor (the “ Transferred Shares ”); and (iii) the material terms and conditions of such sale (including the per share purchase price (the “ Offer Price ”)); and (iv) the proposed effective date of the sale. The failure to provide an Offer Notice shall not relieve such Transferor’s obligations and shall not limit the rights of the Company and the non-Transferring shareholders under this Section 5.

 

  (b) For a period often (10) Business Days (the “ Initial Exercise Period ”) after the last date on which the Offer Notice is deemed to have been delivered to the Company and the non-Transferring members, the Company shall have the right to purchase up to all of the Transferred Shares on the same terms and conditions as specified in the Offer Notice and as set forth in this Section 5. In order to exercise its right hereunder, the Company must deliver written notice to such Transferor within the Initial Exercise Period.

 

  (c) Subject to the limitations of this Section 5(c), if the Company declines to purchase all of the Transferred Shares, then the non-Transferring members shall have the right on a pro-rata basis (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares) to elect to purchase, during the Initial Exercise Period, up to all of the Transferred Shares after giving effect to those Transferred Shares elected to be purchased by the Company (the “ Remaining ROFO Shares ”), on the same terms and conditions as specified in the Offer Notice and as set forth in this Section 5. In order to exercise its rights hereunder, such non-Transferring member must provide written notice delivered to the Transferor within the Initial Exercise Period. To the extent the aggregate number of shares that the non-Transferring members desire to purchase (as evidenced in the written notices delivered to such Transferor) exceeds the Remaining ROFO Shares, each non-Transferring member so exercising shall be entitled to purchase the lesser of (x) the number of Remaining ROFO Shares it so elected to purchase and (y) its pro rata share of the Remaining ROFO Shares, which shall be equal to that number of the Remaining ROFO Shares equal to the product obtained by multiplying (x) the number of Remaining ROFO Shares by (y) a fraction, (i) the numerator of which shall be the number of Ordinary Shares held by such non-Transferring member on the date of the Offer Notice and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the number of Ordinary Shares held on the date of the Offer Notice by the non-Transferring member exercising their rights to purchase under this Section 5 (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares in each of the numerator and the denominator).

 

  (d)

Upon the earlier to occur of (i) the expiration of the Initial Exercise Period or (ii) the time when such Transferor has received written confirmation from the Company or all of the non-Transferring members (if the Company is not purchasing all of the Transferred Shares) regarding its

 

29


  exercise of its right of first offer, the Company and the non-Transferring Members shall be deemed to have made its election with respect to the Transferred Shares. If the Company and/or the non-Transferring members, after following the procedures set forth in Section 5(b) and Section 5(c), elected to acquire all of the Transferred Shares, then within five (5) days after the expiration of the Initial Exercise Period, such Transferor shall give written notice to the Company and each non-Transferring member specifying the number of Transferred Shares that will be purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 5(b) and, if applicable, the number of Transferred Shares that will be purchased by each non-Transferring members pursuant to Section 5(c) (the “ ROFO Confirmation Notice ”). For purposes of clarity, if the Company and/or the non-Transferring members did not elect to acquire all of the Transferred Shares, then the Company and the non-Transferring members shall not have any right to purchase any Transferred Shares pursuant to this Section 5 and the Transferor shall be free to sell all Transferred Shares to a third party that otherwise meets the requirements of this Article II (including, if applicable, Section 2(i)).

 

  (e) The purchase price for the Transferred Shares to be purchased by the Company and/or by the non-Transferring members exercising its rights of first offer under this Section 5 will be the Offer Price, in cash, and will be payable as set forth in Section 5(f).

 

  (f) The Company and the non-Transferring members exercising their rights of first offer under this Section 5 shall effect the purchase of all of the Transferred Shares, including the payment of the purchase price, within twenty (20) Business Days after the delivery of the ROFO Confirmation Notice (the “ Right of First Offer Closing ”). Payment of the purchase price will be made, at the option of the Transferor, (i) in cash (by check), (ii) by wire transfer or (iii) by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of such Transferor to the Company or the non-Transferring members, as the case may be, or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing. At such Right of First Offer Closing, such Transferor shall deliver to either the Company or, if the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Transferred Shares pursuant to Section 5(b), each non-Transferring member exercising its right of first offer, one or more certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, representing such Transferred Shares so purchased.

 

  (g) This Section Sshall not apply to (i) clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (f), (g) and (h) of Section 2 ( Permitted Transfers ) or (ii) Transfers in connection with (A) the consummation of a Company Sale or (B) a liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company.

 

30


6. Tag-Along Rights .

 

  (a) In the event that any of the Existing Members, individually or as a group (the “ Selling Members ”), shall Transfer, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, any of its or their Ordinary Shares (a “ Tag-Along Sale ”) to any Person (a “ Proposed Purchaser ”), each other member (each, a “ Tagging Member ”) shall have the right and option (“ Tag-Along Rights ”), but not the obligation, to Transfer up to the Requisite Percentage (as defined below) of its Ordinary Shares in such Tag-Along Sale, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6. For the avoidance of doubt, members may only exercise their Tag-Along Rights under this Section 6 in respect of Ordinary Shares (and not any other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Ordinary Shares, including any Preference Shares). Upon the consummation of any Tag-Along Sale which, individually or together with all other related Tag-Along Sales involving a single purchaser or group of purchasers, constitutes a Company Sale, before any distribution or payment shall be made to any Selling Members in connection with such Tag-Along Sale, each Tagging Member holding Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive the Sale Payment for each of its Preference Share being sold or converted in connection with such Tag-Along Sale in accordance with the Memorandum.

 

  (b) The Selling Members shall notify the Tagging Members in writing of any proposed Tag-Along Sale at least twenty (20) days prior to the anticipated closing date for such proposed Tag-Along Sale (a “ Tag-Along Notice ”). Any such Tag-Along Notice delivered to the Tagging Members in connection with a proposed Tag-Along Sale shall set forth: (i) the number of Ordinary Shares the Selling Members are selling in connection with such Tag-Along Sale (the “ Offered Tag-Along Sale Shares ”), (ii) the name and address of the Proposed Purchaser in such Tag-Along Sale, (iii) the material terms and conditions of such proposed Tag-Along Sale (including the per Ordinary Share purchase price and description of any proposed purchase price adjustments) and (iv) the proposed effective date of the proposed Tag-Along Sale.

 

  (c)

Each Tagging Member shall have the right to include in the Tag-Along Sale and the Selling Member shall cause the inclusion in the Tag-Along Sale, upon the terms set forth in the Tag-Along Notice, up to that number of Ordinary Shares equal to a percentage of the total number of Ordinary Shares proposed to be sold by the Selling Members determined by dividing (A) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by such Tagging Member by (B) the sum of (x) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by all Tagging Members exercising their rights pursuant to this Section 6 and (y) the total number of Ordinary Shares owned by the Selling Members (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares held by the Tagging Members and the Selling Members into

 

31


  Ordinary Shares in each of clauses (x) and (y)) (the “ Requisite Percentage ”); provided , that if such calculation yields a fraction of an Ordinary Share, such fraction shall be rounded up to the nearest whole Ordinary Share if such fraction is equal to or greater than 0.5 and rounded down to the nearest whole Ordinary Share if such fraction is less than 0.5. The Tagging Members may exercise the Tag-Along Rights in connection with a Tag-Along Sale described in a Tag-Along Notice by delivery of a written notice to the Selling Members within ten (10) days following receipt of a Tag-Along Notice from such Selling Members. Each Tagging Member shall be deemed to have waived its Tag-Along Rights if it fails to give notice within the prescribed time period.

 

  (d) In the event that any Tagging Member does not exercise its Tag-Along Rights or elects to exercise its Tag-Along Rights with respect to less than all of its Requisite Percentage (such remaining securities, the “ Non-Electing Shares ”), each other Tagging Member who has elected to exercise its Tag-Along Rights in full, may elect to sell (in addition to its Requisite Percentage of the number of Ordinary Shares proposed to be sold by the Selling Members) up to the total number of Non-Electing Shares, provided that such Tagging Member shall only be entitled to sell up to that number of Non-Electing Shares equal to the lesser of (i) the number of Non-Electing Shares it has elected to sell and (ii) its pro rata share of Non-Electing Shares, which shall equal to that number of Non-Electing Shares equal to the product of (A) the number of Non-Electing Shares and (B) the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by such Tagging Member by (2) the sum of (x) the total number of Ordinary Shares then owned by all Tagging Members exercising their rights pursuant to this Section 6(d) (excluding the Non-Electing Shares) and (y) the total number of Ordinary Shares owned by the Selling Members (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares held by the Tagging Members and the Selling Members into Ordinary Shares in each of clauses (x) and (y)). The Selling Members shall attempt to obtain inclusion in the Tag-Along Sale of the entire number of shares which the Selling Members and the Tagging Members electing to exercise Tag-Along Rights desire to have included in the Tag-Along Sale. In the event the Selling Members shall be unable to obtain the inclusion of such entire number of shares in such Tag-Along Sale, the number of shares to be sold in the Tag-Along Sale by each Selling Member and each Tagging Member electing to exercise Tag-Along Rights shall be reduced on a pro rata basis according to the proportion which the number of shares which each such party desires to have included in the sale bears to the total number of shares desired by all such parties to have included in the sale, and the Transfer to the Proposed Purchaser will otherwise proceed in accordance with the terms of this Section 6 and the Tag-Along Notice.

 

32


  (e) In the event that the Tagging Members shall elect to exercise Tag-Along Rights in connection with a proposed Tag-Along Sale, the Tagging Members shall take, or cause to be taken, all commercially reasonable action, and do, or cause to be done, all things commercially reasonable to consummate and make effective such Tag-Along Sale, including executing any purchase agreement or other certificates, instruments and other agreement required to consummate the proposed Transfer to the Proposed Purchaser and using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all necessary consents from third parties and take such other actions as may be necessary to effectuate the intent of the foregoing so long as such Selling Members execute the same agreements and other documents on the same terms, provided that:

 

  (i) a Tagging Member shall not be required to provide representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements other than those individual representations, warranties covenants, or agreements (so long as such Selling Members agree to do the same) related to such Tagging Member’s (A) ownership of and title to the shares it is transferring in such Tag-Along Sale, (B) organization, (C) authority to enter in the Tag-Along Sale and (D) conflicts and consents related to such Tag-Along Sale;

 

  (ii) any indemnity given by the Selling Members to the purchaser in connection with such Tag-Along Sale applicable to liabilities not specific to the Selling Members shall be apportioned among the Selling Members and the Tagging Members according to the consideration received by each Selling Member and Tagging Member and shall not exceed the lesser of (A) such Selling Member’s or Tagging Member’s (as the case may be) pro rata portion of any such liability, to be determined in accordance with such Selling Member’s or Tagging Member’s (as the case may be) portion of the total value for his, her or its Ordinary Shares included in such Tag-Along Sale or (B) such Selling Member’s or Tagging Member’s (as the case may be) proceeds from the Tag-Along Sale;

 

  (iii) other than a customary confidentiality covenant, a Tagging Member shall not be obligated to enter into any non-compete, non-solicit or other post-closing covenant that restricts its activities in any way; and

 

  (iv) a Tagging Member shall not be responsible for breaches of representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements made by any other seller in such Tag-Along Sale with respect to such other seller.

 

33


  Subject to clauses (i) through (iv) above, at the closing of any Tag-Along Sale, the Tagging Members shall deliver to the Proposed Purchaser (A) such instruments of transfer as shall be reasonably requested by the Proposed Purchaser with respect to the Ordinary Shares to be Transferred, against receipt of the purchase price therefor (so long as such Selling Members agree to do the same) and (B) such members’ Ordinary Shares, free and clear of any liens (so long as such Selling Members agree to do the same). At the closing of any proposed Tag-Along Sale, the Proposed Purchaser shall deliver payment (in full in immediately available funds) for the Ordinary Shares purchased by such Proposed Purchaser.

 

  (f) In connection with any Tag-Along Sale, the Tagging Members shall receive for the sale of their Ordinary Shares a pro rata portion of the aggregate consideration paid by the Proposed Purchaser.

 

  (g) There shall be no liability on the part of the Board of Directors, the Selling Members or the Company to the Tagging Members or any of their respective Affiliates if any Tag-Along Sale is not consummated for whatever reason. For the avoidance of doubt, the determination of whether to effect a Tag-Along Sale shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Selling Members.

 

  (h) This Section 6 shall not apply to Transfers (i) permitted by clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (g), (h) and (i) of Section 20, (ii) in connection with a liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company, (iii) pursuant to, or consequent upon, the exercise of the right of first offer set forth in Section 5 or (iv) pursuant to, or consequent upon, the exercise of the drag-along rights set forth in Section 7.

 

7. Drag-Along Rights .

 

  (a) If at any time any Existing Member or group of Existing Members holding at least a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) (collectively, the “ Dragging Members ”) determine to Transfer or cause to be Transferred, in any single arm’s-length transaction or series of related arm’s-length transactions, Ordinary Shares representing all of the then-issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) then held by the Existing Members to one or more Persons who are unaffiliated bona fide third-party purchasers (a “ Drag-Along Sale ”), then the Dragging Members may elect to require all other Members (the “ Dragged Members ”) to, and the Dragged Members shall, (i) if such Drag-Along Sale is structured as sale of Ordinary Shares, Transfer, or caused to be Transferred, to such Person, concurrently with the Drag-Along Sale, Preference Shares or Ordinary Shares representing all of the Ordinary Shares

 

34


  then held by the Dragged Members (in the case of Preference Shares, assuming the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares) or (ii) if such Transfer is structured as a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, to vote in favor thereof, and otherwise to consent to and raise no objection to such Drag-Along Sale, and the Dragged Members shall waive dissenters’ rights, appraisal rights or similar rights, if any, which the Dragged Members may have in connection therewith; provided that upon the consummation of any Drag-Along Sale, (y) before any distribution or payment shall be made to any Dragging Members in connection with such Drag-Along Sale, each Dragged Member that holds Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive the Sale Payment, for each Preference Share it holds that is to be Transferred in such Drag-Along Sale in accordance with the Memorandum and (z) if such Drag-Along Sale is entered into prior to the three year anniversary of the Closing, then the consideration payable to each Dragged Member that holds Preference Shares shall be payable either (i) solely in cash or Liquid Securities, or (ii) solely to the extent holders of Ordinary Shares are receiving securities, other than Liquid Securities, in such Drag-Along Sale, then each holder of Preference Shares shall have the option of receiving non-Liquid Securities of either the same class received by holders of Ordinary Shares or in the form of Acceptable Securities. For greater certainty, under no circumstances shall any Affiliate of the Company be considered an unaffiliated bona fide third-party purchaser for purposes of this Section 7.

 

  (b) The Dragging Members may exercise their drag-along rights pursuant hereto by delivering to each Dragged Member and the Company, at least twenty (20) days in advance of the anticipated closing date for the Drag-Along Sale, a written notice (the “ Drag Notice ”), which shall set forth (i) the number of Ordinary Shares the Dragging Members proposed to be sold in such Drag-Along Sale, (ii) the name and address of the proposed Transferee in such Drag-Along Sale, (iii) the material terms and conditions of such proposed Drag-Along Sale (including the per Ordinary Share purchase price or a reasonable estimate of the maximum and minimum per Ordinary Share purchase price) and (iv) the proposed effective date of the proposed Drag-Along Sale. The Drag Notice shall also specify the number of Ordinary Shares required to be Transferred by the Dragged Member.

 

  (c)

Prior to or in connection with the closing of any such proposed Drag-Along Sale, each Dragged Member shall take, or cause to be taken, all commercially reasonable actions, and do, or cause to be done, all things commercially reasonable or advisable to consummate or make effective such Drag-Along Sale, including (i) together with the proposed purchaser

 

35


  or purchasers, execute any purchase agreement or other certificates, instruments and other agreement required to consummate and make effective such proposed Drag-Along Sale and (ii) using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all necessary consents from third parties and take such other actions as may be necessary to effectuate the intent of the foregoing so long as such Dragging Members execute the same agreements and other documents on the same terms; provided that:

 

  (i) a Dragged Member shall not be required to provide representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements other than those individual representations, warranties covenants, or agreements (so long as such Dragging Members agree to do the same) related to such Dragged Member’s (A) ownership of and title to the shares it is transferring in such Drag-Along Sale, (B) organization, (C) authority to enter in the Drag-Along Sale and (D) conflicts and consents related to such Drag-Along Sale;

 

  (ii) any indemnity given by the Dragging Members to the purchaser in connection with such Drag-Along Sale applicable to liabilities not specific to the Dragging Members shall be apportioned among the Dragging Members and Dragged Members (as the case may be) according to the consideration received by each Dragging Member and Dragged Member and shall not exceed the lesser of (A) such Dragging Member’s or Dragged Member’s (as the case may be) pro rata portion of any such liability, to be determined in accordance with such Dragging Member’s or Dragged Member’s (as the case may be) portion of the total value for his, her or its shares included in such Drag-Along Sale or (B) such Dragging Member’s or Dragged Member’s (as the case may be) proceeds from the Drag-Along Sale;

 

  (iii) other than a customary confidentiality covenant, a Dragged Member shall not be obligated to enter into any non-compete, non-solicit or other post-closing covenant that restricts its activities in any way; and

 

  (iv) a Dragged Member shall not be responsible for breaches of representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements made by any other seller in such Drag-Along Sale with respect to such other seller.

Subject to clauses (i) through (iv) above, at the closing of any such proposed Drag-Along Sale, the Dragged Members shall deliver to the proposed purchaser or purchasers (x) such certificates and other instruments of transfer as shall be reasonably requested by the proposed purchaser or purchasers with respect to the Ordinary Shares to be Transferred, against receipt of the purchase price therefor in such Drag-

 

36


  Along Sale (so long as such Dragging Members agree to do the same) and (y) the Dragged Member’s Preference Shares or Ordinary Shares, free and clear of any liens (so long as such Dragging Members agree to do the same). At the closing of any proposed Drag-Along Sale, the proposed purchaser or purchasers shall deliver payment (in full in immediately available funds) for the shares purchased by such proposed purchaser or purchasers.

 

  (d) In the event that the Drag-Along Sale is effectuated through a business combination (whether by way of merger, recapitalization or otherwise) or asset sale, the members shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all commercially reasonable action, and to do, or cause to be done, all things commercially reasonable or advisable to consummate and make effective the business combination.

 

  (e) There shall be no liability on the part of the Dragging Members, the Board of Directors or the Company to the Dragged Members or any of their respective Affiliates if any Drag-Along Sale is not consummated for whatever reason. For the avoidance of doubt, the determination of whether to effect a Drag-Along Sale shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Dragging Members.

 

  (f) If more than 90 days elapse from the date of delivery of the Drag Notice without the consummation of such Drag-Along Sale, the members shall be released from their obligations with respect to such Drag-Along Sale and the provisions of this Section 7 shall again apply to any future Transfers that otherwise come within its terms.

 

8. Supplemental Transfer Provisions .

 

  (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Memorandum or the Articles, no Existing Member shall Transfer any Shares in a Permitted Transfer that constitutes a Tag-Along Sale unless such Transfer is first consented to in writing, or initiated or otherwise participated in, by the Majority Existing Members.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Memorandum or the Articles, in addition to the Transfer terms and conditions set forth in this Memorandum or the Articles, except for a Transfer in connection with the sale of Preference Shares in the Offering, a Company Sale or in the IPO, no Transfers of Shares by an Existing Member shall be completed or effective for any purpose unless the Transferee shall have executed and delivered to the Company a written undertaking substantially in the form attached to the Voting and Lock-Up Agreement, pursuant to which such Transferee agrees (x) to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Voting and Lock-Up Agreement and (y) that the Shares acquired by it shall be subject to the terms of the Voting and Lock-Up Agreement.

 

37


  (c)

The provisions of this Section 8 shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the date on which the IPO is consummated, (ii) the consummation of a Company Sale, (iii) a liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company and (iv) the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Closing ( provided , that the provisions of Section 8(b) shall continue to apply to Transfers permitted by virtue of this subclause (iv)).

 

38


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF JOINDER TO SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

THIS JOINDER (this “ Joinder ”) to the Shareholders Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2011 (as amended or restated from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), by and among Michael Kors Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company (the “ Company ”) and the shareholders of the Company party thereto, is made and entered into as of                      by and between the Company and                      (“ Joining Shareholder ”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, Joining Shareholder has [acquired / been issued]                      [Ordinary / Preference] Shares [from              ] and the Agreement and the Company require Joining Shareholder, as a holder of such Shares, to become a party to the Agreement, and Joining Shareholder agrees to do so in accordance with the terms hereof.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Joinder hereby agree as follows:

1. A g reement to be Bound . Joining Shareholder hereby (i) acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a complete copy of the Agreement and (ii) agrees that upon execution of this Joinder, it shall become a party to the Agreement and shall be fully bound by, and subject to, all of the covenants, terms and conditions of the Agreement as though an original party thereto and shall be deemed, and is hereby admitted as, a[n] “[Existing/New] Shareholder” for all purposes thereof and entitled to all the rights incidental thereto.

2. Notice . For purposes of providing notice pursuant to the Agreement, the address of Joining Shareholder is as follows:

[Name]

[Address]

[Facsimile Number]

3. Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the Laws of the State of New York without regard to its rules regarding conflicts of Law to the extent that the application of the Laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby

4. Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Joinder are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Joinder.

5. Counterparts . This Joinder may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together will be considered one and the same Joinder and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party or parties. For purposes of this Joinder, facsimile signatures or signatures by other electronic form of transfer shall be deemed originals, and the parties agree to exchange original signatures as promptly as possible.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Joinder as of                     .

 

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[HOLDER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


EXHIBIT D

CHINA LICENSE TERM SHEET

(See fully executed agreement attached as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registration Statement on

Form F-1 filed by Michael Kors Holdings Limited.)


EXHIBIT E

HONG KONG, MACAU, AND TAIWAN LICENSE TERM SHEET

(See fully executed agreement attached as Exhibit 10.6 to the Registration Statement on

Form F-1 filed by Michael Kors Holdings Limited.)

Exhibit 10.3

EXECUTION VERSION

VOTING AND LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

THIS VOTING AND LOCK-UP AGREEMENT, dated as of July 11, 2011 (this “ Agreement ”), is made by and among Michael Kors Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company (the “ Company ”), and the Persons listed on Schedule I attached hereto under the heading “Existing Shareholders” (such Persons, the “ Existing Shareholders ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Shareholders Agreement (as defined below).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company, the Existing Shareholders, SHL Fashion Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company (“ SHLF ”), SHL-Kors Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company (“ SHLK ”), Michael Kors (USA), Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Michael Kors Far East Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company, are parties to a Restructuring Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2011 (the “ Restructuring Agreement ”), pursuant to which, amongst other things, (i) SHLK merged with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving company and, following such merger, (ii) SHLF merged with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving company (the actions set forth in clauses (i) and (ii), together with related transactions contemplated by the Restructuring Agreement, the “ Restructuring ”);

WHEREAS, as a result of the Restructuring, each Existing Shareholder has become the owner of the number of issued outstanding (i) Ordinary Shares, no par value (the “ Ordinary Shares ”), of the Company set forth opposite such Existing Shareholder’s name on Schedule I hereto under the heading “Ordinary Shares” and (ii) Preference Shares, no par value (the “ Preference Shares ” and together with the Ordinary Shares, the “ Shares ”), of the Company set forth opposite such Existing Shareholder’s name on Schedule I hereto under the heading “Preference Shares”;

WHEREAS, the Restructuring is being consummated prior to, and in anticipation of, the proposed offering (the “ Offering ”) of up to approximately $500,000,000 aggregate amount of Preference Shares; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the closing of the Restructuring, (i) the Company, each Existing Shareholder and each Person purchasing Preference Shares in the Offering have agreed to execute and deliver the Shareholders Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Shareholders Agreement ”), and (ii) the Company and each Existing Shareholder have agreed to execute and deliver this Agreement.

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:


ARTICLE I

VOTING

Section 1.1 Agreement to Vote . Each Existing Shareholder hereby agrees that at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company, however called, including any adjournment, recess or postponement thereof, and in connection with any written consent of the shareholders of the Company, it shall, in each case to the extent that the Ordinary Shares and/or Preference Shares are entitled to vote thereon or consent thereto:

(a) appear at each such meeting or otherwise cause all of its Shares, together with any other Shares or voting securities of the Company that such Shareholder has acquired ownership of after the date hereof (including pursuant to any exercise, conversion or exchange of other securities, or pursuant to a dividend, distribution, share split, recapitalization, division, combination or similar transaction) (the “ Covered Shares ”) to be counted as present thereat for purposes of calculating a quorum; and

(b) vote (or cause to be voted), in person or by proxy, or deliver (or cause to be delivered) a written consent covering, all of its Covered Shares, in the same manner as the Existing Shareholder or Existing Shareholders holding greater than fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming for this purpose, the conversion of all Preference Shares held by the Existing Shareholders into Ordinary Shares) held by all of the Existing Shareholders at the time of such meeting or consent (“ Majority Existing Shareholders ”).

Section 1.2 Irrevocable Proxy and Power of Attorney .

(a) To secure each Existing Shareholder’s obligations to vote its Covered Shares in accordance with this Agreement and to comply with the other terms hereof, such Existing Shareholder hereby appoints Sportswear Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company (“ Sportswear Holdings ”), or its designees, as such Existing Shareholder’s true and lawful proxy and attorney, with the power to act alone and with full power of substitution, to vote or act by written consent with respect to such Existing Shareholder’s Covered Shares, and to execute all appropriate instruments consistent with this Agreement on behalf of such Existing Shareholder. The proxy and power granted by such Existing Shareholder pursuant to this Section 1.2(a) are coupled with an interest and are given to secure the performance of such Existing Shareholder’s duties under this Agreement. Each such proxy and power will be irrevocable for the term hereof, and the vote (or action by written consent) of Sportswear Holdings, in its capacity as proxyholder, shall control in any conflict between the vote (or action by written consent) of Sportswear Holdings, in its capacity as proxyholder, with respect to an Existing Shareholder’s Covered Shares and the vote (or action by written consent) of such Existing Shareholder with respect to such Existing Shareholder’s Covered Shares.

(b) Each Existing Shareholder agrees that, except as required under the Company’s organizational documents, as soon as reasonably practicable prior to (i) any meeting of the shareholders of the Company, however called, including any adjournment, recess or postponement thereof, and (ii) the requested execution of any written consent of the shareholders of the Company, such Existing Shareholder shall notify Sportswear Holdings in writing of such

 

2


meeting or written consent and, in the case of a meeting, deliver to Sportswear Holdings any proxy card received by such Existing Shareholder relating thereto. Sportswear Holdings agrees that it shall exercise its duty as proxyholder in accordance with the terms of Sections 1.1 and 1.2(a).

(c) In the event that Sportswear Holdings ceases to hold greater than fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding Shares (assuming for this purpose, the conversion of all Preference Shares held by the Existing Shareholders into Ordinary Shares) held by all of the Existing Shareholders, the right to serve as a proxyholder set forth in Section 1.2(a) shall become vested in the Existing Shareholder holding the greatest number of issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming for this purpose, the conversion of all Preference Shares held by the Existing Shareholders into Ordinary Shares) at the time the relevant proxy is to be exercised and all references in Sections 1.2(a), 1.2(b), 3.3 and 3.4 to “Sportswear Holdings” shall be deemed to be references to such Existing Shareholder; provided , that Sportswear Holdings and any subsequent proxyholder shall continue to be a beneficiary of Sections 3.3 and 3.4 pursuant to the terms thereof whether or not such Person is then serving as a proxyholder pursuant to Section 1.2(a).

(d) Each Existing Shareholder hereby agrees that, except for this Agreement, such Existing Shareholder (i) has not entered into, and shall not enter into at any time while this Article I remains in effect, any voting agreement or voting trust with respect to any Shares and (ii) has not granted, and shall not grant at any time while this Article I remains in effect, a proxy, consent or power of attorney with respect to any Shares, in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii), that would prevent the Existing Shareholder’s compliance with this Article I.

Section 1.3 Termination . The provisions of this Article I shall terminate upon the earlier of (a) the date on which the Existing Shareholders cease to own, in the aggregate, at least fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding Shares (assuming for this purpose, the conversion of all Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares), (b) the consummation of a Company Sale, (c) a liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company and (d) the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Closing.

ARTICLE II

TRANSFERS

Section 2.1 General Restrictions . Subject to Section 2.2, each Existing Shareholder hereby agrees that no Transfer of Shares by such Existing Shareholder shall be permitted unless permitted under Article III of the Shareholders Agreement and not otherwise restricted under this Article II. Any Transfer not in accordance with Article III of the Shareholders Agreement and this Article II shall be deemed to constitute a Transfer by such Existing Shareholder in violation of this Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement, shall be void ab initio , and the Company shall not recognize any such Transfer.

Section 2.2 Transfers Subject to Tag-Along Rights . Each Existing Shareholder hereby agrees that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Sections 3.2 or 3.6 of the Shareholders Agreement, such Existing Shareholder shall not Transfer any Shares in a Permitted

 

3


Transfer under Section 3.2(f)(i) of the Shareholders Agreement unless the Tag-Along Sale of which such Transfer is part is first consented to in writing, or initiated or otherwise participated in, by the Majority Existing Shareholders.

Section 2.3 Condition to Transfers . In addition to the Transfer terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement (including Section 3.3 thereof), except for a Transfer in connection with the sale of Preference Shares in the Offering, a Company Sale or in the IPO, no Transfers of Shares by an Existing Shareholder shall be completed or effective for any purpose unless the Transferee shall have executed and delivered to the Company a written undertaking substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (a “ Joinder ”), pursuant to which such Transferee agrees (x) to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and (y) that the Shares acquired by it shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement.

Section 2.4 Effect of Permitted Transfer . Subject to the terms hereof and the Shareholders Agreement, a Permitted Transferee of an Existing Shareholder shall be substituted for and shall enjoy the same rights and be subject to the same obligations as the Transferring Existing Shareholder hereunder with respect to the Shares Transferred to such Permitted Transferee.

Section 2.5 Termination . The provisions of this Article II shall terminate upon the earlier of (a) the date on which the IPO is consummated, (b) the consummation of a Company Sale, (c) a liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company and (d) the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Closing (provided, that the provisions of Section 2.3 shall continue to apply to Transfers permitted by virtue of this subclause (d)).

ARTICLE III

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 3.1 Certificate Legend . Each certificate evidencing Shares held by an Existing Shareholder shall bear a legend on the face thereof substantially to the following effect (the “ Legend ”):

“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER CONTAINED IN THE VOTING AND LOCK-UP AGREEMENT, DATED JULY 11, 2011, BY AND AMONG MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED AND THE SHAREHOLDERS LISTED THEREIN (AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME).”

The Legend shall be promptly removed by the Company, with respect to any certificates evidencing Shares, by the delivery of substitute certificates without such Legend, in the event of a Transfer permitted by this Agreement and in which the Transferee is not required to be bound by, or become a party to, this Agreement with respect to such Shares. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent that the Shares are held in uncertificated form, the Shareholder acknowledges and agrees that the Company may cause the Legend required pursuant to this Agreement to be reflected in the records of the transfer agent of the Company and may cause such transfer agent to comply with the provisions of this Section 3.1 relating to the removal of the Legend.

 

4


Section 3.2 Termination . Any party to this Agreement shall cease to be a party hereto and this Agreement shall terminate with respect to such party at the time such party no longer owns any Shares. No termination of this Agreement (or any provision hereof) shall (x) relieve any party of any obligation or liability for damages resulting from such party’s breach of this Agreement (or any provision hereof) prior to its termination or the termination of this Agreement with respect to such party or (y) terminate any provision hereof that, by its terms, survives such termination.

Section 3.3 Proxyholder’s Liability . Sportswear Holdings, in its capacity as a proxyholder pursuant to Article I, shall not be liable for any error of judgment nor for any act done or omitted, nor for any mistake of fact or Law nor for anything which Sportswear Holdings may do or refrain from doing in good faith in its capacity as a proxyholder, nor shall Sportswear Holdings have any accountability hereunder, except for its own bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct. Furthermore, upon any judicial or other inquiry or investigation of or concerning the Sportswear Holdings’ acts pursuant to its rights and powers as a proxyholder, such acts shall be deemed reasonable and in the best interests of the other Existing Shareholders unless proved to the contrary by clear and convincing evidence. The provisions contained in this Section 3.3 shall survive the termination of this Agreement (or any provision hereof).

Section 3.4 Indemnification .

(a) The Company will indemnify, exonerate and hold the Existing Shareholders and each of their respective partners, stockholders, members, directors, officers, fiduciaries, managers, controlling Persons, employees and agents of each of the partners, stockholders, members, directors, officers, fiduciaries, managers, controlling Persons, employees and agents of each of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Indemnified Parties ”) free and harmless from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, claims, liabilities, losses, damages and costs and other out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Indemnified Parties or any of them before or after the date of this Agreement (collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”), arising out of any actual or threatened action, cause of action, suit, or claim arising directly or indirectly out of such Existing Shareholder’s or its other Indemnified Party’s actual, alleged or deemed control or ability to influence the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including for any alleged act or omission arising out of or in connection with the IPO (other than any such Indemnified Liabilities that arise out of any breach of this Agreement or the Shareholders Agreement by such Indemnified Party or other related Persons); provided , that if and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unavailable or unenforceable for any reason, the Company hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities which is permissible under applicable Law. The rights of any Indemnified Party as provided by this Section 3.4 shall not be deemed exclusive of, and shall be in addition to, any other rights to which such Indemnified Party may at any time be entitled under any other agreement or instruction to which such Indemnified Party is or becomes a party or otherwise becomes a beneficiary, under Law, regulation or the organizational documents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or otherwise, and shall extend to such Indemnified Party’s successors and assigns.

 

5


(b) The Company hereby acknowledges that the Indemnified Parties may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more Existing Shareholders and certain of their respective Affiliates (collectively, the “ Secondary Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to the Indemnified Parties are primary and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitors to provide indemnification for the Indemnified Liabilities are secondary), (ii) that it shall be liable for the full amount of all Indemnified Liabilities to the extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable Law and as required by the terms of this Agreement, the organizational documents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any other agreement between the Company and any Indemnified Party), without regard to any rights any Indemnified Party may have against the Secondary Indemnitors, and, (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Secondary Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Secondary Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Secondary Indemnitors on behalf of any Indemnified Party with respect to any claim for which such Indemnified Party has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Secondary Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Indemnified Party against the Company.

(c) Each of the Indemnified Parties shall be a third party beneficiary of the rights conferred to such Indemnified Party in this Section 3.4 and the Secondary Indemnitors shall be a third party beneficiary of Section 3.4(b). The provisions contained in this Section 3.4 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

Section 3.5 Additional Securities Subject to Agreement . For the avoidance of doubt, each Existing Shareholder agrees that any other Equity Securities of the Company which it hereafter acquires by means of a share split, share dividend, distribution, conversion, exercise of options or warrants, or otherwise shall be subject to the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as if held on the date hereof.

Section 3.6 Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally, sent via facsimile (receipt confirmed), sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier (providing proof of delivery), or mailed in the United States by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

  (a) if to the Company to:

c/o Michael Kors (USA), Inc.

11 West 42nd Street, 21st Floor

New York, NY 10036

Fax No: (646) 354-4826

Attention: John Idol

 

6


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

SHL Investment Group (USA), Inc.

11 West 42nd Street, 21st Floor

New York, NY 10036

Fax No: (646) 354-4842

Attention: Gary I. Sheff

 

  (b) if to Michael Kors to:

Mr. Michael Kors

65 West 13th Street, #11D

New York, NY 10011

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

Patterson Belknap Webb & Tyler LLP

1133 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036

Fax No: (212) 336-2222

Attention: Peter Schaeffer

 

  (c) if to Sportswear Holdings Limited to:

c/o Sportswear Holdings Limited

12/F, Novel Industrial Building

850-870 Lai Chi Kok Road

Cheung Sha Wan, Kowloon, Hong Kong

Fax No: +852-2310-1841

Attention: Oliver Chu

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

SHL Investment Group (USA), Inc.

11 West 42nd Street, 21st Floor

New York, NY 10036

Fax No: (646) 354-4842

Attention: Gary I. Sheff

 

7


  (d) if to Littlestone to:

c/o Zenobia Management S.A.

Grand Rue 114

P.O. Box 1459

1820 Montreux, Switzerland

Fax No: + 41-21-966-5249

Attention: Farouk Abdullah

 

  (e) if to Northcroft Trading Inc. to:

2 Bd Georges - Favon

CH-1204 Geneva

Switzerland

Fax No: + 41-22-781-4711

Attention: Arturo Fasana

 

  (f) if to Vax Trading, Inc. to:

c/o MAO Financial Services S.A.

1, rue Etienne-Dumont

1204 Geneva, Switzerland

Fax No: + 41-22-818-6168

Attention: Michel Clemence

 

  (g) if to OB Kors LLC to:

c/o Orca Bay Capital Corp.

1301 First Avenue, Suite 200

Seattle, WA 98101

Fax No: (206) 689-2404

Attention: Bryon Madsen

 

  (h) if to John D. Idol to:

Mr. John D. Idol

225 Elderfields Road

Manhasset, NY 1103

Fax No: (516) 365-6872

 

  (i) if to John Muse, Muse Children’s GS Trust, JRM Interim Investors, LP, or Muse Family Enterprises to:

c/o Hicks, Muse, Tate & Furst Incorporated

200 Crescent Court, Suite 600

Dallas, TX 75201

Fax No: (214) 740-7313

Attention: Linda Ehlers

Section 3.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which

 

8


together will be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties. For purposes of this Agreement, facsimile signatures or signatures by other electronic form of transfer shall be deemed originals, and the parties agree to exchange original signatures as promptly as possible.

Section 3.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement (including the exhibits and schedules hereto and thereto) contain all of the terms, conditions and representations and warranties agreed to by the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements, negotiations, correspondence, undertakings, understandings, representations and warranties, both written and oral, among the parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, including the Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2003, by and among the Company, SHLK and MK, which has been terminated pursuant to the Restructuring Agreement. No representation, warranty, inducement, promise, understanding or condition not set forth in this Agreement has been made or relied upon by any of the parties to this Agreement.

Section 3.9 Binding Effect; No Third-Party Beneficiary . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon each of the parties hereto. Except as expressly provided for in Section 3.3 or Section 3.4, nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to confer upon, or give to, any Person, firm, corporation or other entity other than the parties hereto any remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement or any terms or conditions hereof, and all of the terms, conditions, promises and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto.

Section 3.10 Governing Law . This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related thereto, the relationship of the parties, and/or the interpretation and enforcement of the rights and duties of the parties, whether arising in Law or in equity, in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the Laws of the State of New York without regard to its rules regarding conflicts of Law to the extent that the application of the Laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

Section 3.11 Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except with respect to Transfers permitted under Article II, the Existing Shareholders may not, directly or indirectly, assign any of their rights or delegate any of their obligations under this Agreement, by operation of Law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Company. Any purported direct or indirect assignment in violation of this Section 3.11 shall be void and of no force or effect.

Section 3.12 Submission to Jurisdiction; Service . Each party (a) irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the personal jurisdiction of the federal courts of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or any New York State Court sitting in New York City, (b) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court, (c) agrees that any actions or proceedings arising in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be brought, tried and determined only in such courts, (d) waives any claim of improper

 

9


venue or any claim that those courts are an inconvenient forum and (e) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other than the aforesaid courts. The parties to this Agreement agree that mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such action or proceeding in the manner provided in Section 3.6 or in such other manner as may be permitted by applicable Law, shall be valid and sufficient service thereof.

Section 3.13 Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of Law or public policy by a court of competent jurisdiction, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect, insofar as the foregoing can be accomplished without materially affecting the economic benefits anticipated by the parties to this Agreement. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law.

Section 3.14 Waiver and Amendment . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed (a) in the case of an amendment, by the Company and the Majority Existing Shareholders as of the date of such amendment ( provided , however , that, if any such amendment has an impact on any Existing Shareholder and/or its Shares that is different from the impact on any of the other Existing Shareholders and/or their Shares (taking into account, among other things, the size of such Existing Shareholder’s ownership) in a manner materially adverse to the rights of such Existing Shareholder under this Agreement or the value of such Existing Shareholder’s Shares, then such Existing Shareholder shall be required to approve such amendment) or (b) in the case of waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to operate. No failure on the part of a party hereto to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

Section 3.15 Waiver of Jury Trial . Each party acknowledges and agrees that any controversy which may arise under this Agreement is likely to involve complicated and difficult issues and, therefore, each such party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any legal action directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each party to this Agreement certifies and acknowledges that (a) no other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not seek to enforce the foregoing waiver in the event of a legal action, (b) such party has considered and understands the implications of this waiver, (c) such party makes this waiver voluntarily and (d) such party has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 3.15.

Section 3.16 Specific Performance . The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur if any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches or threatened breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in the United

 

10


States District Court for the Southern District of New York or any New York State Court sitting in New York City, this being in addition to any other remedy at Law or in equity, and the parties to this Agreement hereby waive any requirement for the posting of any bond or similar collateral in connection therewith. The parties agree that they shall not object to the granting of injunctive or other equitable relief on the basis that there exists adequate remedy at Law.

Section 3.17 Other Matters . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or otherwise, there shall be no recovery pursuant to this Agreement by any party for any punitive, exemplary, consequential, incidental, treble, special, or other similar damages (other than those actually paid in connection with a third party claim) in any claim or proceeding by one party against another arising out of or relating to a breach or alleged breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, or agreement under this Agreement by the other party.

Section 3.18 Fees and Expenses . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement shall be paid by the party incurring such fees or expenses.

[Signature page follows]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the duly authorized officers of the parties to this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE COMPANY :
MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ John D. Idol

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Voting and Lock-up Agreement]


EXISTING SHAREHOLDERS:

/s/ Michael Kors

MICHAEL KORS

[Signature Page to Voting and Lock-up Agreement]


SPORTSWEAR HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Silas K. F. Chou

  Name: Silas K. F. Chou
  Title: Director

[Signature Page to Voting and Lock-up Agreement]


LITTLESTONE
By:  

/s/ John Pickles

  Name: John Pickles
  Title: Director

[Signature Page to Voting and Lock-up Agreement]


NORTHCROFT TRADING INC.
By:  

/s/ Arturo Fasana

  Name: Arturo Fasana
  Title: President

[Signature Page to Voting and Lock-up Agreement]


VAX TRADING, INC.
By:  

/s/ Dominique Warluzel

  Name: Dominique Warluzel
  Title: Director

[Signature Page to Voting and Lock-up Agreement]


OB KORS LLC
By:  

/s/ Bryon R. Marsden

  Name:   Bryon R. Marsden
  Title:   Vice-President of Orca Bay Capital Corporation, its Manager

[Signature Page to Voting and Lock-up Agreement]


/s/ John D. Idol
JOHN IDOL

[Signature Page to Voting and Lock-up Agreement]


/s/ John R. Muse
JOHN MUSE

[Signature Page to Voting and Lock-up Agreement]


MUSE CHILDREN’S GS TRUST
By:  

/s/ Linda L. Ehlers

  Name: Linda L. Ehlers
  Title: Co-Trustee

[Signature Page to Voting and Lock-up Agreement]


JRM INTERIM INVESTORS, LP
By:  

/s/ John R. Muse

  Name:   John R. Muse
  Title:   President of JRM Management Company, LLC, its GP

[Signature Page to Voting and Lock-up Agreement]


MUSE FAMILY ENTERPRISES
By:  

/s/ John R. Muse

  Name:   John R. Muse
  Title:   President of JRM Management Company, LLC,its GP

[Signature Page to Voting and Lock-up Agreement]


SCHEDULE I

Existing Shareholders

 

Existing Shareholders

   Ordinary Shares  (as of July 11,
2011)
     Preference Shares  (as of July 11,
2011)
 

Michael Kors

     5,807,923         1,264,878   

Sportswear Holdings Limited

     25,750,006         7,388,891   

Littlestone

     645,067         225,897   

Northcroft Trading Inc.

     967,600         338,845   

Vax Trading, Inc.

     645,067         225,897   

OB Kors LLC

     1,290,133         451,194   

John Idol

     3,291,156         630,565   

John Muse

     129,011         45,124   

Muse Children’s GS Trust

     64,507         22,590   

JRM Interim Investors, LP

     64,507         22,590   

Muse Family Enterprises

     64,507         22,590   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     38,719,484         10,639,716   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

1


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF JOINDER TO VOTING AND LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

THIS JOINDER (this “ Joinder ”) to the Voting and Lock-Up Agreement, dated as of [            ] (as amended or restated from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), by and among Michael Kors Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited company (the “ Company ”) and the shareholders of the Company party thereto, is made and entered into as of                  by and between the Company and                          (“ Joining Shareholder ”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, Joining Shareholder has [acquired / been issued]                  [Preference/Ordinary] Shares [from             ] and the Agreement and the Company require Joining Shareholder, as a holder of such Shares, to become a party to the Agreement, and Joining Shareholder agrees to do so in accordance with the terms hereof.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Joinder hereby agree as follows:

1. Agreement to be Bound . Joining Shareholder hereby (i) acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a complete copy of the Agreement and (ii) agrees that upon execution of this Joinder, it shall become a party to the Agreement and shall be fully bound by, and subject to, all of the covenants, terms and conditions of the Agreement as though an original party thereto and shall be deemed, and is hereby admitted as, an “Existing Shareholder” for all purposes thereof and entitled to all the rights incidental thereto.

2. Notice . For purposes of providing notice pursuant to the Agreement, the address of Joining Shareholder is as follows:

[Name]

[Address]

[Facsimile Number]

3. Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the Laws of the State of New York without regard to its rules regarding conflicts of Law to the extent that the application of the Laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby

4. Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Joinder are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Joinder.

5. Counterparts . This Joinder may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together will be considered one and the same Joinder and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party or parties. For purposes of this Joinder, facsimile signatures or signatures by other electronic form of transfer shall be deemed originals, and the parties agree to exchange original signatures as promptly as possible.

 

1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Joinder as of             .

 

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[HOLDER]

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

2

Exhibit 10.4

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDED AND RESTATED MICHAEL KORS (USA), INC.

STOCK OPTION PLAN

Section 1. Purpose

The Plan authorizes the Option Committee to provide persons or entities that are providing, or have agreed to provide, services to the Company or its Affiliates, who are in a position to contribute to the long-term success of the Company or its Affiliates, with Options to acquire Shares. The Company believes that this incentive program will cause those persons to increase their interest in the welfare of the Company and its Affiliates, and aid in attracting, retaining and motivating persons of outstanding ability.

The Plan, which was originally adopted on April 15, 2008, was amended and restated effective as of July 11, 2011 to reflect the internal corporate restructuring of MKHL (as defined herein) and certain affiliates of Michael Kors Corporation whereby such affiliates were merged into MKHL, resulting in certain indirect equity owners of MKHL becoming direct shareholders of MKHL.

Section 2. Definitions

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in this Section.

(a) “ Affiliate ” shall mean any person or entity that, either directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, (i) controls the Company, or (ii) is controlled by the Company or a person described in clause (i).

(b) “ Annual Performance Goal ” shall mean an annual divisional pre-tax profit (or controllable expenses for corporate departments) budget as determined by the Option Committee. The Annual Performance Goal shall be established in advance of each Fiscal Year as the budget goal consistent with the Company’s established budget process.

(c) “ Applicable Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e).

(d) “ Cause ” means, in the case of a Grantee who has an employment agreement with the Company or an Affiliate in effect at the time of his termination of employment, the definition of “Cause” set forth in such employment agreement. Otherwise, “Cause” means: (i) Grantee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, or willful failure to substantially perform Grantee’s duties as an Employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates (other than due to physical or mental illness or incapacity), (ii) Grantee’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony (or the equivalent of a felony in a jurisdiction other than the United States), (iii) Grantee’s willful breach of a material provision of the Plan or the Grant Certificate or any employment or other agreement with the Company or any of its Affiliates, (iv) Grantee’s willful violation of the Company’s written policies that the Option Committee determines is detrimental to the best interests of the Company; (v) Grantee’s fraud or misappropriation, embezzlement or material misuse of funds or property belonging to the Company or its Affiliates; (vi) Grantee’s use of alcohol or drugs that interferes with the performance of Grantee’s duties


as an Employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates; or (vii) any action or conduct of Grantee that materially adversely affects the integrity and reputation of the Company or its Affiliates, their employees or their products, as determined by the Option Committee.

(e) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of all of the following: (i) the direct or indirect beneficial owners (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of the outstanding securities of MKHL on April 15, 2008 other than Mr. Michael Kors (the “ Applicable Securities ”), and such beneficial owners’ affiliates (the “ SHL Fashion Holders ”), directly or indirectly sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, measured on a cumulative basis, to one or more individuals, entities or groups (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act (each, a “ Person ”)) other than the SHL Fashion Holders, at least 60% of the combined voting power of the Applicable Securities; (ii) Mr. John Idol and Mr. Michael Kors no longer collectively have direct or indirect beneficial ownership, in the aggregate, of at least 20% of the combined voting power of MKHL’s outstanding securities; and (iii) a Person other than the SHL Fashion Holders becomes the direct or indirect beneficial owner of a percentage of the combined voting power of MKHL’s outstanding securities that is greater than the percentage of the combined voting power of MKHL’s outstanding securities beneficially owned directly or indirectly by the SHL Fashion Holders.

(f) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(g) “ Company ” shall mean Michael Kors (USA), Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.

(h) “ Determination Date ” shall mean, with respect to any given Fiscal Year, the date on which the Company determines that the Annual Performance Goal has been achieved for such Fiscal Year. Unless otherwise determined by the Option Committee, such determination shall be made as soon as administratively feasible after, but not earlier than 90 days after, the end of such Fiscal Year.

(i) “ Employee ” shall mean any person or entity that is providing, or has agreed to provide, services to the Company or any of its Affiliates, whether as an employee, director or independent contractor.

(j) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(k) “ Exercise Right ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c).

(l) “ Fair Market Value ” of a Share on any given date shall be determined by the Option Committee, in its sole discretion.

(m) “ Family Member ” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the Grantee’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Grantee) control the management of assets and

 

2


any other entity in which these persons (or the Grantee) own more than 50% of the voting interests.

(n) “ First Catchup Determination Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a)(iii).

(o) “ First Unvested Tranche ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a)(iii).

(p) “ Fiscal Year ” shall mean the fiscal year of the Company, which on the date hereof is the period beginning on or about April 1 and ending on or about March 30.

(q) “ General Termination ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c).

(r) “ Grant Certificate ” shall mean a certificate accepted by the Grantee, or other written agreement between the Company and the Grantee, evidencing the grant of an Option hereunder and containing such terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the express provisions of the Plan, as the Option Committee shall approve.

(s) “ Grantee ” shall mean an Employee granted an Option under the Plan.

(t) “ Initial CIC Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a).

(u) “ IPO ” shall mean the consummation of an initial underwritten public offering by MKHL (or any corporate successor of MKHL) of its Shares (or a successor security) pursuant to a registration statement (other than a registration statement relating solely to an employee benefit plan) that has been filed under the Securities Act and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(v) “ MKHL ” shall mean Michael Kors Holdings Limited, a corporation organized under the laws of the British Virgin Islands.

(w) “ Option Committee ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, or such committee as may be appointed by the Board of Directors.

(x) “ Options ” shall refer to options to purchase Shares issued under and subject to the Plan.

(y) “ Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e).

(z) “ Plan ” shall mean this Amended and Restated Michael Kors (USA), Inc. Stock Option Plan as set forth herein and as amended from time to time.

(aa) “ Repurchase Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c)(i).

(bb) “ Second Catchup Determination Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a)(iii).

 

3


(cc) “ Second Unvested Tranche ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a)(iii).

(dd) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(ee) “ Share ” shall mean an ordinary share of MKHL, no par value.

(ff) “ Shareholder Net Equity ” shall mean the shareholder net equity for MKHL, as determined for financial statement reporting purposes for any given Fiscal Year. For the Fiscal Year ended March 31, 2007, Shareholder Net Equity shall be $431 million.

(gg) “ SHL Fashion Holders ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e).

(hh) “ Spread ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c).

(ii) “ Underwriters Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9(b).

(jj) “ 12h-1(f) Exemption ” means the exemption from registration under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act by operation of Rule 12h-1(f) of the Exchange Act.

Section 3. Shares Available under the Plan

Subject to the provisions of Section 7, the total number of Shares with respect to which Options may be granted under the Plan shall not exceed 6,310,743. If, prior to exercise, any Options are forfeited, lapse or terminate for any reason, the Shares covered thereby may again be available for Option grants under the Plan.

Section 4. Administration of the Plan

(a) Authority of the Option Committee . The Plan shall be administered by the Option Committee. The Option Committee shall have full and final authority to take the following actions, in each case subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan:

(i) to select the Employees to whom Options may be granted;

(ii) to determine the number of Shares subject to each such Option;

(iii) to determine the terms and conditions of any Option granted under the Plan, including the exercise price, vesting schedules, conditions relating to exercise and termination of the right to exercise;

(iv) to determine the restrictions or conditions related to the delivery, holding and disposition of Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option;

(v) to prescribe the form of each Grant Certificate;

 

4


(vi) to adopt, amend, suspend, waive and rescind such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Option Committee may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

(vii) to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan and to construe and interpret the Plan and any Option, Grant Certificate or other instrument hereunder; and

(viii) to make all other decisions and determinations as may be required under the terms of the Plan or as the Option Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

(b) Manner of Exercise of Option Committee Authority . Any action of the Option Committee with respect to the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company, its Affiliates, Grantees and any person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Grantee, except to the extent the Option Committee may subsequently modify, or take further action not consistent with, its prior action. If not specified in the Plan, the time at which the Option Committee must or may make any determination shall be determined by the Option Committee, and any such determination may thereafter be modified by the Option Committee (subject to Section 12). The express grant of any specific power to the Option Committee, and the taking of any action by the Option Committee, shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Option Committee. The Option Committee may delegate to officers or managers of the Company or any of its Affiliates the authority, subject to such terms as the Option Committee shall determine, to perform such functions as the Option Committee may determine, to the extent permitted under applicable law.

(c) Limitation of Liability . Each member of the Option Committee shall be entitled to rely or act in good faith upon any report or other information furnished to him by any officer or other employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the Company’s independent certified public accountants or any executive compensation consultant, legal counsel or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, no member of the Option Committee, nor any officer or employee of the Company acting on behalf of the Option Committee, shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Option Committee and any officer or employee of the Company acting on its behalf shall, to the extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Company with respect to any such action, determination or interpretation.

Section 5. Option Terms

Unless otherwise determined by the Option Committee and set forth in a Grant Certificate, Options granted under the Plan shall contain the following terms and conditions:

 

5


(a) Exercise Price . The exercise price per Share subject to an Option granted to an Employee shall be no less than the Fair Market Value per Share as of the date the Option is granted.

(b) Termination . Options shall terminate on the earliest occurrence of any of the following:

(i) termination of Grantee’s employment by the Company and its Affiliates for Cause;

(ii) Grantee’s voluntary termination of employment with the Company and its Affiliates;

(iii) solely with respect to unvested Options, Grantee’s General Termination;

(iv) prior to an IPO, upon the Company’s exercise of an Exercise Right pursuant to Section 5(c);

(v) following an IPO, upon the latest of:

(1) 90 days following Grantee’s termination of employment with the Company and its Affiliates (one year in case of termination due to death or disability) and, if Grantee dies following termination while holding a vested Option, one year from date of death,

(2) 90 days following consummation of the IPO, or

(3) 30 days following expiration of any applicable underwriter-imposed restriction on the sale of Shares undertaken in connection with an IPO;

(vi) the tenth anniversary of the date of grant; and

(vii) cancellation, termination or expiration of the Options pursuant to action taken by the Option Committee in accordance with Section 10.

(c) Company Exercise Right . The Company shall have the right (but not the obligation) (an “ Exercise Right ”) within 180 days following a Grantee’s termination of employment with the Company and its Affiliates (X) without Cause or (Y) by reason of death or disability, (each, a “ General Termination ”) prior to an IPO or a similar event to provide that the Grantee’s vested Options shall be automatically exercised on a stock-settled “stock appreciation right” basis (that is, the Grantee shall be deemed to have received a number of Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the vested Options over the exercise price (the “ Spread ”) on the date of termination), and the Company shall automatically repurchase the Shares deemed to be received through such exercise in exchange for a cash payment

 

6


equal to the Fair Market Value of such Shares determined on the date of the Exercise Right, as follows:

(i) The Grantee shall receive a repurchase payment (the “ Repurchase Payment ”) equal to the Fair Market Value of 25% of the Shares acquired on such exercise as of the date of the Exercise Right.

(ii) The Grantee shall receive upon each of the three successive anniversaries of the Grantee’s termination of employment subsequent Repurchase Payments equal to the Fair Market Value of 25% of the Shares acquired on such exercise as of the date of the Exercise Right.

The amount of the initial Repurchase Payment (under Section 5(c)(i)) may be increased (and the amount of subsequent Repurchase Payments ratably decreased) in the sole discretion of the Option Committee in order to insure that the Grantee shall receive sufficient amounts to cover the Grantee’s current tax obligations arising as a result of the exercise of the Option Exercise Right.

(d) Tax Status . No Option granted under the Plan shall be an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.

Section 6. Conditions to Exercise of Options

(a) Except to the extent otherwise set forth in an applicable Grant Certificate, an Option shall vest (subject to subsequent termination and forfeiture pursuant to Section 5(b)):

(i) if such Option is granted prior to December 1 of the Company’s Fiscal Year, 20% on the Determination Date for such Fiscal Year and

(ii) if such Option is granted on or after December 1 of the Company’s Fiscal Year, 20% on the Determination Date for the Company’s Fiscal Year next following the Fiscal Year in which the Option was granted and

(iii) 20% on each of the next four Fiscal Year Determination Dates;

provided , that vesting of an Option with respect to any given Fiscal Year shall be subject to Grantee’s continued employment with the Company or an Affiliate on each such Determination Date and subject in each case to the satisfaction of the applicable Annual Performance Goal with respect to each 20% tranche of such Option; provided further , that if on any of such Determination Dates an Annual Performance Goal is not achieved, and a tranche of the Option therefore does not vest on such Determination Date, such tranche shall nevertheless vest on a subsequent Determination Date on which an Annual Performance Goal is determined to have been achieved in respect of such subsequent Fiscal Year subject to the following conditions: (x) the Grantee is still employed by the Company or an Affiliate on such applicable subsequent Determination Date, (y) the Option has not otherwise terminated pursuant to Section 5(b) and (z) no more than one tranche of the Option may vest on a single Determination Date. For illustrative purposes

 

7


only, and assuming the Grant Certificate does not contain any terms different or inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 6, if the applicable Annual Performance Goal was achieved in respect of three (but was not achieved in respect of two) of the first five relevant Fiscal Years (either including or excluding the Fiscal Year in which the Option was granted as required by Section 6(a)(i) or 6(a)(ii) as applicable), and the Grantee was still employed by the Company at such time and the Option had not been terminated pursuant to Section 5(b), then the first of the two tranches of the Option that still remained unvested after the occurrence of the Determination Dates for such first five Fiscal Years (the “ First Unvested Tranche ”) shall vest on the first Determination Date to occur for a subsequent Fiscal Year in respect of which an Annual Performance Goal has been achieved (the “ First Catchup Determination Date ”), and the second of the two tranches of the Option that still remained unvested after the occurrence of the Determination Dates for such first five Fiscal Years (the “ Second Unvested Tranche ”) shall vest on the first Determination Date to occur for a Fiscal Year (subsequent to the Fiscal Year in respect of which the First Unvested Tranche vested) in respect of which an Annual Performance Goal has been achieved (the “ Second Catchup Determination Date ”), provided that the conditions described in clauses (x) and (y) of the immediately preceding sentence are satisfied on the First Catchup Determination Date and Second Catchup Determination Date, respectively.

(b) In the event that Grantee is responsible for more than one division, Grantee’s Options shall vest pro-rata to reflect the achievement of the Annual Performance Goal applicable in respect of each division (or controllable expense) based on Grantee’s allocation of salary, or other allocation as determined by the Option Committee.

(c) If a Grantee experiences a General Termination at a point when at least nine months of a Fiscal Year have elapsed, the Option Committee (i) shall determine in its sole discretion the extent to which the Grantee’s Annual Performance Goal for the Fiscal Year of the General Termination had been met, based upon annualized results through the date of the General Termination as determined by the Option Committee based on such audited or unaudited financial information or other information then available as it deems relevant and (ii) cause the Grantee to receive vesting credit to the extent it determines that such Annual Performance Goal has been achieved. If a Grantee experiences a General Termination at a point when less than nine months of a Fiscal Year have elapsed, the Annual Performance Goal for the Fiscal Year of the General Termination shall be deemed not to have been met.

(d) No Options may be exercised prior to an IPO or another event following which the Shares are listed and traded on a national securities exchange. Once an Option becomes exercisable, only the vested portion of any Option may be exercised. A Grantee shall exercise an Option by delivery of written notice to the Company setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised, together with cash, a certified check or bank draft payable to the order of the Company for an amount equal to the sum of the exercise price for such Shares and any income taxes (subject to Section 6(e)) and/or employment taxes required to be withheld. The Option Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit other forms of payment in a Grant Certificate or otherwise,

 

8


including without limitation: (A) notes or other contractual obligations of a Grantee to make payment on a deferred basis, (B) other property having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the exercise price of the Option, (C) if there is a public market for the Shares at such time, by means of a broker-assisted “cashless exercise” pursuant to which the Company is delivered a copy of irrevocable instructions to a stockbroker to sell the Shares otherwise deliverable upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount equal to the exercise price of the Option or (D) by means of a “net exercise” procedure approved by the Option Committee.

(e) Before the Company issues any Shares to the Grantee pursuant to the exercise of an Option, the Company shall have the right to require that the Grantee make such provision, or furnish the Company such authorization, necessary or desirable so that the Company may satisfy its obligation under applicable tax laws to withhold for income or other taxes due upon or incident to such exercise. The Option Committee, may, in its sole discretion, permit such withholding obligation to be satisfied through the withholding of Shares that would otherwise be delivered upon exercise of the Option, provided , however , that , the number of Shares so withheld shall not have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of such withholding in excess of the minimum required withholding obligation with respect to the Option.

Section 7. Adjustment Upon Changes in Capitalization

In the event any recapitalization, forward or reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities, any stock dividend or other special and nonrecurring dividend or distribution (whether in the form of cash, securities or other property), liquidation, dissolution or other similar transactions or events, affects the Shares such that an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of Grantees under the Plan, then the Option Committee shall make an equitable adjustment in (i) the number and kind of Shares deemed to be available thereafter for grants of Options under Section 3, (ii) the number and kind of Shares that may be delivered or deliverable in respect of outstanding Options and (iii) the exercise price; provided , however , that the manner of any such equitable adjustment shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Option Committee. In addition, the Option Committee is authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Options (including, without limitation, cancellation of Options in exchange for the in-the-money value, if any, of the vested portion thereof, cancellation for no consideration of unvested and/or out-of-the-money options, substitution of Options using securities of a successor or other entity, acceleration of the time that Options expire, or adjustment of performance targets) in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, a Change of Control, or an event described in the preceding sentence) affecting the Company or any Affiliate of the Company or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles.

In the event that a recapitalization or similar event results in two or more classes of Shares remaining outstanding immediately following an IPO, the Options shall be

 

9


automatically adjusted as necessary to ensure that only the publicly-traded class of Shares of MKHL may be acquired upon exercise of an Option. The Option Committee shall make an equitable adjustment, as determined in its sole discretion, to outstanding Options previously granted hereunder to reflect any amendment to the Plan undertaken upon or following an IPO.

Section 8. Effect of Change in Control

Upon a Change in Control occurring prior to an IPO, a Grantee’s Options (whether vested or unvested) shall be automatically exercised on a stock-settled “stock appreciation right” basis (that is, the Grantee shall be deemed to have received a number of shares of Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to the Spread on the date of the Change in Control), and the Company shall automatically repurchase the Shares deemed to be received through such exercise in exchange for a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of such Shares, as follows:

(a) The Grantee shall receive an initial cash payment (the “ Initial CIC Payment ”) equal to the Fair Market Value of that portion of the Shares acquired on such exercise attributable to the exercise of the greater of (1) the vested portion of the Grantee’s Options as of the Change in Control and (2) 50% of the Grantee’s Options; provided, however, that the Initial CIC Payment will be adjusted upwards in the Option Committee’s discretion to ensure that the Grantee receives sufficient amounts to meet tax obligations arising in respect of the automatic exercise of his Options.

(b) The Grantee shall thereafter receive cash payments, ratably on each of the first three anniversaries of the Change in Control, in an aggregate amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of all the Shares deemed acquired on such exercise over the amount of the Initial CIC Payment. Each payment shall be subject to continued employment with the Company and its Affiliates at the time of payment. In the event Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates is terminated without Cause, such payments shall not be forfeited to the extent that vesting would have occurred (at the time the payment is to be made) in accordance with the vesting schedule at the time the options were granted.

(c) If the consideration paid on a Change in Control is in the form of securities and not cash, then payments to Grantees hereunder shall be in the form of such securities, so long as they are marketable and registered.

Section 9. Restrictions on Shares

(a) Restrictions on Issuing Shares . No Shares shall be issued or transferred to a Grantee under the Plan unless and until all applicable legal requirements have been complied with to the satisfaction of the Option Committee. The Option Committee shall have the right to condition the exercise of any Option on the Grantee’s undertaking in writing to comply with such restrictions on any subsequent disposition of the Shares issued or transferred thereunder as the Option Committee shall deem necessary or

 

10


advisable as a result of any applicable law, regulation, official interpretation thereof, or any underwriting agreement.

(b) Post-IPO Restrictions . Options shall remain outstanding upon an IPO and shall be adjusted as the Option Committee deems necessary or appropriate in its sole discretion if common stock other than the Shares are the subject of the IPO or if the common stock of a legal entity other than MKHL are the subject of the IPO. If so required by an agreement MKHL, the Company or an Affiliate executes with an underwriter in connection with an IPO (an “ Underwriters Agreement ”), the transfer, sale or hypothecation of Shares acquired through the exercise of an Option shall be restricted as required to comply with the terms of the Underwriters Agreement.

Section 10. Misconduct of Grantee

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option Committee, in its sole discretion, may establish procedures, at or before the time that an Option is granted (or, with the consent of the Grantee, after such time), in the applicable Grant Certificate or in a separate agreement, providing for the forfeiture or cancellation of such Option (whether vested or unvested), or the disgorgement of gains from the exercise, vesting or settlement of the Option, in each case to be applied if the Grantee engages in conduct detrimental to the Company. For purposes of this Plan, conduct detrimental to the Company shall include Grantee’s breaches of any restrictive covenants on competition, solicitation of employees or clients, or confidential information, and may include conduct that the Option Committee in its sole discretion determines (a) to be injurious or prejudicial to any interest of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or (b) to otherwise violate a policy, procedure or rule applicable to the Grantee with respect to the Company or any of its Affiliates, or if the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates is terminated for Cause. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, the Company shall retain the right to bring an action at equity or law to enjoin Grantee’s misconduct and recover damages resulting from such misconduct.

Section 11. General Provisions

(a) Each Option shall be evidenced by a Grant Certificate. The terms and provisions of such certificates may vary among Grantees and among different Options granted to the same Grantee.

(b) The grant of an Option in any year shall not give the Grantee any right to similar grants in future years, any right to continue such Grantee’s employment relationship with the Company or its Affiliates, or, until such Option is exercised and Shares are issued, any rights as a stockholder of the Company. All Grantees shall remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if the Plan were not in effect. For purposes of the Plan, a sale of any Affiliate of the Company that employs or engages a Grantee shall be treated as the termination of such Grantee’s employment or engagement.

(c) No Grantee, and no beneficiary or other persons claiming under or through the Grantee, shall have any right, title or interest by reason of any Option to any

 

11


particular assets of the Company or Affiliates of the Company, or any Shares allocated or reserved for the purposes of the Plan or subject to any Option except as set forth herein. The Company shall not be required to establish any fund or make any other segregation of assets to assure satisfaction of the Company’s obligations under the Plan.

(d) No Option may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and an Option shall be exercisable during the Grantee’s lifetime only by the Grantee. Upon a Grantee’s death, the estate or other beneficiary of such deceased Grantee shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Plan and Grant Certificate, including the provisions relating to the termination of the right to exercise the Option. Each Grantee may file with the Option Committee a written designation of one or more persons as the beneficiary(ies) who shall be entitled to receive the amounts payable with respect to an Option, if any, due under the Plan upon his death. A Grantee may, from time to time, revoke or change his beneficiary designation without the consent of any prior beneficiary by filing a new designation with the Option Committee. The last such designation received by the Option Committee shall be controlling; provided, however, that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Option Committee prior to the Grantee’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt. If no beneficiary designation is filed by a Grantee, the beneficiary shall be deemed to be his or her spouse or, if the Grantee is unmarried at the time of death, his or her estate.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, any Grant Certificate or any charter, by-laws or other instrument or document governing or applicable to the Options or Shares, if and to the extent the Option Committee determines that it is necessary to rely on the 12h-1(f) Exemption with respect to the Options outstanding under the Plan, each Option, including any Option granted prior to, on or after the date of any such determination by the Option Committee, shall be subject to the following conditions: (1) The Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Options shall be restricted as to transfer by the Grantee other than to persons who are Family Members through gifts or domestic relations orders, or to an executor or guardian of the Grantee upon the death or disability of the Grantee until MKHL becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the 12h-1(f) Exemption; provided that the Grantee may transfer the Options to MKHL, or in connection with a change of control or other acquisition transaction involving MKHL, if, after such transaction, the Options no longer will be outstanding, and MKHL no longer will be relying on the 12h-1(f) Exemption. (2) In addition, the Options, and the Shares issuable upon exercise of such Options, will be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) of the Exchange Act), or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act) by the Grantee prior to exercise of an Option, except in the circumstances permitted in clause (1) above, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the 12h-1(f) Exemption.

 

12


(f) Once MKHL is relying on the 12h-1(f) Exemption, until MKHL becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the 12h-1(f) Exemption, MKHL will, subject to the third to last sentence of this Section 11(f), provide to each Grantee the information described in Rules 701(e)(3), (4) and (5) under the Securities Act (described below), every six months with the financial statements required to be provided thereunder being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to each Grantee or by written notice to each Grantee of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. As of the date of the adoption of this amended and restated Plan, the information described in Rules 701(e)(3), (4), and (5) consists of (1) information about the risks associated with investment in Options and the Shares purchased upon exercise of an Option and (2) MKHL’s financial statements required to be furnished by Part F/S of Form 1-A under Regulation A of the Securities Act. MKHL may request that the Grantee agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this Section 11(f) confidential and shall not be required to provide such information if a Grantee does not agree to keep the information confidential. It is intended that the provisions of Section 11(e) and 11(f) comply with the 12h-1(f) Exemption, and such provisions shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for compliance with the 12h-1(f) Exemption. The Option Committee may modify or amend the provisions of Section 11(e) and 11(f) (and any Grant Certificate) as the Company deems necessary or desirable to conform to the requirements of the 12h-1(f) Exemption as it may be revised from time to time.

(g) The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

(h) No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit sharing, group insurance or other benefit plan of the Company or any Affiliate except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan.

(i) For all purposes herein, a person who transfers from employment or service with the Company to employment or service with an Affiliate or vice versa shall not be deemed to have terminated employment or service with the Company or an Affiliate.

(j) If any provision of the Plan or any Grant Certificate is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any person or Option, or would disqualify the Plan or any Option under any law deemed applicable by the Option Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Option Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Option, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Option and the remainder of the Plan and any such Option shall remain in full force and effect.

 

13


(k) The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company.

(l) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, it is intended that the provisions of the Plan comply with Section 409A of the Code, and all provisions of the Plan shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code. Each Optionee is solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on or for the account of such Optionee in connection with the Plan or any other Plan maintained by the Company (including any taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code), and neither the Company nor any Affiliate shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold such Optionee (or any beneficiary) harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties. Notwithstanding other provisions of the Plan or any Grant Certificates thereunder, no Option shall be granted, deferred, accelerated, extended, paid out or modified under this Plan in a manner that would result in the imposition of an additional tax under Section 409A of the Code upon a Grantee. In the event that it is reasonably determined by the Option Committee that, as a result of Section 409A of the Code, payments in respect of any Option under the Plan may not be made at the time contemplated by the terms of the Plan or the relevant Grant Certificate, as the case may be, without causing the Grantee holding such Option to be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code, the Company will make such payment on the first day that would not result in the Grantee incurring any tax liability under Section 409A of the Code.

(m) The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings shall control.

Section 12. Amendment or Termination

The Option Committee may, at any time, alter, amend, suspend, discontinue or terminate this Plan; provided , however , that, except as provided in Section 7 or 11(f), no such action shall adversely affect the rights of Grantees with respect to Options previously granted hereunder.

Adopted by the Board of Directors

of Michael Kors (USA), Inc. on July 7, 2011

 

14

Exhibit 10.5

 

 

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

by and between

Michael Kors Holdings Limited

and

[                      ],

as Indemnitee

 

 

Dated as of [              ], 20[          ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

     2   

ARTICLE 2 INDEMNITY IN THIRD-PARTY PROCEEDINGS

     6   

ARTICLE 3 INDEMNITY IN PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY

     7   

ARTICLE 4 INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A PARTY WHO IS WHOLLY OR PARTLY SUCCESSFUL

     7   

ARTICLE 5 INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A WITNESS

     8   

ARTICLE 6 ADDITIONAL INDEMNIFICATION, HOLD HARMLESS AND EXONERATION RIGHTS

     8   

ARTICLE 7 CONTRIBUTION IN THE EVENT OF JOINT LIABILITY

     8   

ARTICLE 8 EXCLUSIONS

     9   

ARTICLE 9 ADVANCES OF EXPENSES; SELECTION OF LAW FIRM

     10   

ARTICLE 10 PROCEDURE FOR NOTIFICATION; DEFENSE OF CLAIM; SETTLEMENT

     11   

ARTICLE 11 PROCEDURE UPON APPLICATION FOR INDEMNIFICATION

     11   

ARTICLE 12 PRESUMPTIONS AND EFFECT OF CERTAIN PROCEEDINGS

     13   

ARTICLE 13 REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE

     14   

ARTICLE 14 SECURITY

     16   

ARTICLE 15 NON-EXCLUSIVITY; SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS; INSURANCE; [PRIMACY OF INDEMNIFICATION]; SUBROGATION

     16   

ARTICLE 16 ENFORCEMENT AND BINDING EFFECT

     19   

ARTICLE 17 MISCELLANEOUS

     20   

 

i


INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of [              ], 20[          ], by and among Michael Kors Holdings Limited, a company organized under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (the “ Company ”), and [              ] (“ Indemnitee ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in Article 1 .

WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company;

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to provide or continue to provide services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law;

WHEREAS, the Company and Indemnitee further recognize the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, subjecting directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the availability and scope of coverage of liability insurance provide increasing challenges for the Company;

WHEREAS, in accordance with the BVI Act, the Company’s memorandum and articles of association (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Memorandum and Articles ”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. The Memorandum and Articles expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive. The Memorandum and Articles and the BVI Act contemplate that contracts providing for indemnification may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, executive officers and other key employees of the Company;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Memorandum and Articles and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of governing documents or any change in the composition of the Board or any Corporate Transaction); and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee will serve or continue to serve as a director, officer or key employee of the Company for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his resignation or is otherwise terminated by the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:


ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement:

1.1. “ Affiliate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (as in effect on the date hereof).

1.2. “ Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

1.3. “ Beneficial Owner ” and “ Beneficial Ownership ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act (as in effect on the date hereof).

1.4. “ Board ” shall mean the Company’s Board of Directors.

1.5. “ BVI Act ” shall mean the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004, as amended.

1.6. “ BVI Court ” shall mean courts of the British Virgin Islands.

1.7. “ Change in Control ” shall mean, and shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(a) Acquisition of Shares by Third Party . Any Person (other than Sportswear Holdings Limited, Michael Kors, John D. Idol, Silas K. F. Chou, Lawrence S. Stroll, any other party to the Voting and Lock-Up Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2011, by and among the Company and the Persons listed on Schedule I thereto, or any Affiliates of any of the foregoing Persons) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 30% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, unless (i) the change in the relative Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, or (ii) such acquisition was approved in advance by the Continuing Directors and such acquisition would not constitute a Change in Control under part (c) of this definition;

(b) Change in Board of Directors . Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board, and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who were directors on the date hereof or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved (collectively, the “ Continuing Directors ”), cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

 

2


(c) Corporate Transactions . The effective date of a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company (a “ Corporate Transaction ”), in each case, unless, following such Corporate Transaction: (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the Beneficial Owners of Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 51% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the Company resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a company that as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more Subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction; (ii) no Person (excluding any company resulting from such Corporate Transaction) is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 30% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the surviving company, except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to such Corporate Transaction; and (iii) at least a majority of the board of directors of the company resulting from such Corporate Transaction were Continuing Directors at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Corporate Transaction;

(d) Liquidation . The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement or series of agreements for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than factoring the Company’s current receivables or escrows due (or, if such approval is not required, the decision by the Board to proceed with such a liquidation, sale, or disposition in one transaction or a series of related transactions); or

(e) Other Events . There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) under the Exchange Act, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

1.8. “ Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include, in addition to the resulting company or other entity, any constituent company (including, without limitation, any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger that, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent company, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving company or other entity as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent company if its separate existence had continued.

 

3


1.9. “ Continuing Directors ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.7(b).

1.10. “ Corporate Status ” shall describe the status as such of a person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

1.11. “ Disinterested Director ” shall mean a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

1.12. “ Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other company, constituent company (including, without limitation, any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger to which the Company (or any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries) is a party, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent.

1.13. “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

1.14. “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settling or negotiating for the settlement of, responding to or objecting to a request to provide discovery in, or otherwise participating in, any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including, without limitation, the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments, fines or penalties against Indemnitee.

1.15. “ Indemnification Arrangements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.2.

1.16. “ Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

1.17. “ Indemnitee-Related Entities ” shall mean any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Company, any other Enterprise controlled by the Company or the insurer under and pursuant to an insurance policy of the Company or any such controlled Enterprise) from whom an Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Company or any

 

4


other Enterprise controlled by the Company may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation.

1.18. “ Independent Counsel ” shall mean a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is of outstanding reputation, experienced in matters of corporation law and neither is as of the date of selection of such firm, nor has been during the period of three years immediately preceding the date of selection of such firm, retained to represent: (a) the Company or Indemnitee in any material matter (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements); or (b) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto. For purposes of this definition, a “material matter” shall mean any matter for which billings exceeded or are expected to exceed $100,000.

1.19. “ Memorandum and Articles ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

1.20. “ Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act (as in effect on the date hereof); provided , however , that the term “Person” shall exclude: (a) the Company; (b) any Subsidiaries of the Company; and (c) any employee benefit plan of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or of a Subsidiary of the Company or of a company or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company.

1.21. “ Proceeding ” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, including, without limitation, any and all appeals, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil (including, without limitation, intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative nature, whether formal or informal, in which Indemnitee was, is, will or might be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by or omission by Indemnitee, or of any action or omission on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or

 

5


advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement or Section 132 of the BVI Act, including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement but excluding one initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or Section 132 of the BVI Act.

1.22. “ Section 409A ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.2.

1.23. “ Subsidiary ” with respect to any Person, shall mean any entity of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity securities or equity interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by that Person.

1.24. “ Voting Securities ” shall mean any securities of the Company (or a surviving entity as described in the definition of a “Change in Control”) that vote generally in the election of directors (or similar body).

1.25. References to “ fines ” shall include any excise tax or penalty assessed on Indemnitee with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “ other enterprise ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

1.26. The phrase “ to the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable law ” shall include, but not be limited to: (a) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the provision of the BVI Act that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the BVI Act, and (b) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the BVI Act adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a company may indemnify its officers and directors.

ARTICLE 2

INDEMNITY IN THIRD-PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to Article 8 , the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Article 2 if Indemnitee is, was or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Subject to Article 8 , to the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable law, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and, subject to Section 10.3 ,

 

6


amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.

ARTICLE 3

INDEMNITY IN PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY

Subject to Article 8 , the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Article 3 if Indemnitee is, was or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Subject to Article 8 , to the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable law, Indemnitee shall be indemnified, held harmless and exonerated against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Article 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged (and not subject to further appeal) by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, except to the extent that the BVI Court or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

ARTICLE 4

INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A PARTY WHO IS WHOLLY OR

PARTLY SUCCESSFUL

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. For the avoidance of doubt, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each resolved claim, issue or matter, whether or not Indemnitee was wholly or partly successful; provided , that Indemnitee shall only be entitled to indemnification for Expenses with respect to unsuccessful claims under this Article 4 to the extent Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best

 

7


interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful. For purposes of this Article 4 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, or by settlement, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

ARTICLE 5

INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A WITNESS

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified, held harmless and exonerated against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

ARTICLE 6

ADDITIONAL INDEMNIFICATION, HOLD HARMLESS AND EXONERATION RIGHTS

Notwithstanding any limitations in Articles 2 , 3 or 4 , but subject to Article 8 , the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee to the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) law if Indemnitee is, was or is threatened to be made a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and, subject to Section 10.3 , penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with the Proceeding. No indemnity shall be available under this Article 6 on account of Indemnitee’s conduct that constitutes a breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Company or its shareholders or is an act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law.

ARTICLE 7

CONTRIBUTION IN THE EVENT OF JOINT LIABILITY

7.1. To the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) law, if the indemnification rights provided for in this Agreement are unavailable to Indemnitee in whole or in part for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the

 

8


Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have at any time against Indemnitee.

7.2. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee and does not include any admission or statement suggesting any wrongdoing or liability on behalf of Indemnitee.

7.3. The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee from any claims for contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company (other than Indemnitee) who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

ARTICLE 8

EXCLUSIONS

8.1. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity, contribution or advancement of Expenses in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) [except as provided in Section 15.4,] for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy of the Company or its Subsidiaries or other indemnity provision of the Company or its Subsidiaries, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy, contract, agreement, other indemnity provision or otherwise; or

(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (or any similar successor statute) or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

(c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee, including, without limitation, any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, other than a Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee to enforce its rights under this Agreement, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification payment, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; or

(d) for the payment of amounts required to be reimbursed to the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or any similar successor statute; or

(e) for any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined to be unlawful under the procedures and subject to the presumptions of this Agreement.

 

9


The exclusion in Section 8.1(c) shall not apply to counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee.

ARTICLE 9

ADVANCES OF EXPENSES; SELECTION OF LAW FIRM

9.1. Subject to Article 8 , the Company shall, unless prohibited by applicable law, advance the Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding within ten business days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances, together with a reasonably detailed written explanation of the basis therefor and an itemization of legal fees and disbursements in reasonable detail, from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, solely upon the execution and delivery to the Company of an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to repay the advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined, by final judicial decision of a court of competent jurisdiction from which there is no further right to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under the provisions of this Agreement. This Section 9.1 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which an indemnification payment is excluded pursuant to Article 8 .

9.2. If the Company shall be obligated under Section 9.1 hereof to pay the Expenses of any Proceeding against Indemnitee, then the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. If the Company elects to assume the defense of such Proceeding, then unless the plaintiff or plaintiffs in such Proceeding include one or more Persons holding, together with his, her or its Affiliates, in the aggregate, a majority of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, the Company shall assume such defense using a single law firm selected by the Company representing Indemnitee and other present and former directors or officers of the Company. The retention of such law firm by the Company shall be subject to prior written approval by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. If the Company elects to assume the defense of such Proceeding and the plaintiff or plaintiffs in such Proceeding include one or more Persons holding, together with his, her or its Affiliates, in the aggregate, a majority of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, then the Company shall assume such defense using a single law firm selected by Indemnitee and any other present or former directors or officers of the Company who are parties to such Proceeding. After (x) in the case of retention of any such law firm selected by the Company, delivery of the required notice to Indemnitee, approval of such law firm by Indemnitee and the retention of such law firm by the Company, or (y) in the case of retention of any such law firm selected by Indemnitee, the completion of such retention, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any Expenses of any other law firm incurred by Indemnitee after the date that such first law firm is retained by the Company with respect to the same Proceeding, provided , that in the case

 

10


of retention of any such law firm selected by the Company (a) Indemnitee shall have the right to retain a separate law firm in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s sole expense; and (b) if (i) the retention of a law firm by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between either (1) the Company and Indemnitee or (2) Indemnitee and another present or former director or officer of the Company also represented by such law firm in the conduct of any such defense, or (iii) the Company shall not, in fact, have retained a law firm to prosecute the defense of such Proceeding within thirty days, then the reasonable Expenses of a single law firm retained by Indemnitee shall be at the expense of the Company.

ARTICLE 10

PROCEDURE FOR NOTIFICATION; DEFENSE OF CLAIM; SETTLEMENT

10.1. Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to Indemnitee’s right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing promptly of any claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement, provided , however , that a delay in giving such notice shall not deprive Indemnitee of any right to be indemnified under this Agreement unless, and then only to the extent that, such delay is materially prejudicial to the defense of such claim. The omission or delay to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability for indemnification which it may have to Indemnitee otherwise than under this Agreement. The Secretary or the Assistant Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

10.2. The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

10.3. The Company shall have no obligation to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any claim effected without the Company’s prior written consent, provided the Company has not breached its obligations hereunder. The Company shall not settle any claim, including, without limitation, any claim in which it takes the position that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification in connection with such settlement, nor shall the Company settle any claim which would impose any fine or any obligation on Indemnitee, without Indemnitee’s prior written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold, delay or condition their consent to any proposed settlement.

ARTICLE 11

PROCEDURE UPON APPLICATION FOR INDEMNIFICATION

11.1. Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 10.1 , a determination, if required by applicable law, with

 

11


respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (a) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (b) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (i) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (provided there is a minimum of three Disinterested Directors), even though less than a quorum of the Board, (ii) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (provided there is a minimum of three Disinterested Directors), even though less than a quorum of the Board, or (iii) if there are less than three Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten business days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including, without limitation, providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination, provided , that nothing contained in this Agreement shall require Indemnitee to waive any privilege Indemnitee may have. Any costs or expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

11.2. If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 11.1 hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 11.2 . If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising Indemnitee of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten business days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Article 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10.1 hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company

 

12


or Indemnitee may seek arbitration for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the arbitrator or by such other person as the arbitrator shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 11.1 hereof. Such arbitration referred to in the previous sentence shall be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and Article 13 hereof shall apply in respect of such arbitration and the Company and Indemnitee. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding pursuant to Section 13.1 of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

ARTICLE 12

PRESUMPTIONS AND EFFECT OF CERTAIN PROCEEDINGS

12.1. In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Person making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10.1 of this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its Board, its Independent Counsel and its shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification or advancement of expenses is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its Board, its Independent Counsel and its shareholders) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

12.2. If the Person empowered or selected under Article 11 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within thirty days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (a) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (b) a final judicial determination that any or all such indemnification is expressly prohibited under applicable law; provided , however , that such thirty-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen days, if the Person making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto.

 

13


12.3. The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement (with or without court approval), conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

12.4. For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if, among other things, Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise, its Board, any committee of the Board or any director, or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise, its Board, any committee of the Board or any director, by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise, its Board, any committee of the Board or any director. The provisions of this Section 12.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. In any event, it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

12.5. The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

12.6. The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

ARTICLE 13

REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE

13.1. In the event that (a) a determination is made pursuant to Article 11 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this

 

14


Agreement, (b) advancement of Expenses, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, is not timely made pursuant to Article 9 of this Agreement, (c) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Agreement within thirty days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification and of reasonable documentation and information which Indemnitee may be called upon to provide pursuant to Section 11.1 , (d) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Articles 4 , 5 , 6 , or the last sentence of Section 11.1 of this Agreement within ten business days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (e) a contribution payment is not made in a timely manner pursuant to Article 7 of this Agreement, or (f) payment of indemnification pursuant to Article 3 or 6 of this Agreement is not made within ten business days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Except as set forth herein, the provisions of British Virgin Islands law (without regard to its conflict of laws rules) shall apply to any such arbitration. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration. The award rendered by such arbitration will be final and binding upon the parties hereto, and final judgment on the arbitration award may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.

13.2. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article 13 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article 13 , Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to receive advances of Expenses under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Company may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Agreement adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Article 13 , Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Article 9 until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal shall have been exhausted or lapsed).

13.3. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article 13 , absent (a) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (b) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

15


13.4. The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article 13 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

13.5. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten days after the Company’s receipt of such written request) pay to Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such Expenses which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any judicial proceeding or arbitration brought by Indemnitee (a) to enforce his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement or any other indemnification, advancement or contribution agreement or provision of the Memorandum and Articles now or hereafter in effect; or (b) for recovery or advances under any insurance policy maintained by any person for the benefit of Indemnitee, regardless of the outcome and whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement, contribution or insurance recovery, as the case may be (unless such judicial proceeding or arbitration was not brought by Indemnitee in good faith).

13.6. Interest shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee at 2.0% for amounts which the Company indemnifies, or is obliged to indemnify, for the period commencing with the date on which Indemnitee requests indemnification, contribution, reimbursement or advancement of any Expenses and ending with the date on which such payment is made to Indemnitee by the Company.

ARTICLE 14

SECURITY

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, to the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of Indemnitee.

ARTICLE 15

NON-EXCLUSIVITY; SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS; INSURANCE; [PRIMACY OF

INDEMNIFICATION]; SUBROGATION

15.1. The rights of Indemnitee as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under any applicable law, provision of the Memorandum and Articles, agreement, resolution of directors, resolution of members or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of

 

16


Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in applicable law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Memorandum and Articles or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

15.2. The Company has the capacity under the BVI Act and the Memorandum and Articles to purchase and maintain insurance or furnish similar protection or make other arrangements, including, but not limited to, providing a trust fund, letter of credit, or surety bond (“ Indemnification Arrangements ”) on behalf of Indemnitee against any liability asserted against Indemnitee or incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee or in such capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify Indemnitee against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement or under the BVI Act, as it may then be in effect. The purchase, establishment, and maintenance of any such Indemnification Arrangement shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or of Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or the other party or parties thereto under any such Indemnification Arrangement.

15.3. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, trustees, partners, managing members, fiduciaries, employees, or agents of the Company or of any other Enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source of a Proceeding as to which Indemnitee is a party or a participant (as a witness or otherwise), the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

15.4. [The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Indemnitee-Related Entities to advance Expenses or to provide indemnification for the

 

17


same Expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable law and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Memorandum and Articles (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Indemnitee-Related Entities, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Indemnitee-Related Entities from any and all claims against the Indemnitee-Related Entities for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Indemnitee-Related Entities on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of Indemnitee or the obligations of the Company hereunder. In the event that any of the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall make any advancement or payment on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company, the Indemnitee-Related Entity making such payment shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company, and Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and take all action reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including, without limitation, execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Indemnitee-Related Entities to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Indemnitee-Related Entities are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 15.4 , entitled to enforce this Section 15.4 as though each of the Indemnitee-Related Entities were a party to this Agreement.]

15.5. [Except as provided in Section 15.4 ,] in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee [(other than against the Indemnitee-Related Entities)], who shall execute all papers reasonably required and take all action reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including, without limitation, execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

15.6. [Except as provided in Section 15.4 ,] the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

15.7. [Except as provided in Section 15.4 ,] the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses from such Enterprise. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, (a) Indemnitee shall have no obligation to reduce, offset, allocate, pursue or apportion any indemnification advancement, contribution or insurance coverage

 

18


among multiple parties possessing such duties to Indemnitee prior to the Company’s satisfaction and performance of all its obligations under this Agreement, and (b) the Company shall perform fully its obligations under this Agreement without regard to whether Indemnitee holds, may pursue or has pursued any indemnification, advancement, contribution or insurance coverage rights against any person or entity other than the Company.

ARTICLE 16

ENFORCEMENT AND BINDING EFFECT

16.1. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director, officer or key employee of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director, officer or key employee of the Company.

16.2. This Agreement shall be effective as of the date set forth on the first page and may apply to acts or omissions of Indemnitee which occurred prior to such date if Indemnitee was an officer, director, employee or other agent of the Company, or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at the time such act or omission occurred.

16.3. The Company and Indemnitee agree herein that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult to prove, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking, among other things, injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he may be entitled. The Company and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including, without limitation, temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the Court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.

 

19


ARTICLE 17

MISCELLANEOUS

17.1. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s assigns, heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

17.2. Section 409A . It is intended that any indemnification payment or advancement of Expenses made hereunder shall be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the guidance issued thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(10). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any indemnification payment or advancement of Expenses made hereunder shall be determined to be “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A, then (i) the amount of the indemnification payment or advancement of Expenses during one taxable year shall not affect the amount of the indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses during any other taxable year, (ii) the indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses must be made on or before the last day of the Indemnitee’s taxable year following the year in which the expense was incurred, and (iii) the right to indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses hereunder is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

17.3. Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court to require the Company to do or to fail to do an act which is in violation of applicable law, such provision (including, without limitation, any provision within a single Article, Section, paragraph or sentence) shall be limited or modified in its application to the minimum extent necessary to avoid a violation of law, and, as so limited or modified, such provision and the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with their terms to the fullest extent permitted by law.

17.4. Entire Agreement . Without limiting any of the rights of Indemnitee under the Memorandum and Articles as they may be amended from time to time, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

17.5. Modification, Waiver and Termination . No supplement, modification, termination, cancellation or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of

 

20


this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

17.6. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) if delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

(i) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide in writing to the Company.

(ii) If to the Company, to:

 c/o Michael Kors (USA), Inc.

 11 West 42 nd Street, 28 th Floor

 New York, NY 10036

 Attn: General Counsel

 Telephone: (212) 201-8224

 Facsimile: (646) 354-4824

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee in writing by the Company.

17.7. Applicable Law . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the British Virgin Islands, without regard to its conflict of laws rules.

17.8. Identical Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

17.9. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

17.10. Representation by Counsel . Each of the parties has been represented by and has had an opportunity to consult legal counsel in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement. No provision of this Agreement shall be construed against or interpreted to the disadvantage of any party by any court or arbitrator or any governmental authority by reason of such party having drafted or being deemed to have drafted such provision.

17.11. Period of Limitations . No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company against Indemnitee,

 

21


Indemnitee’s spouse, assigns, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period; provided , however , that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action such shorter period shall govern.

17.12. Additional Acts . If for the validation of any of the provisions in this Agreement any act, resolution, approval or other procedure is required, the Company undertakes to cause such act, resolution, approval or other procedure to be affected or adopted in a manner that will enable the Company to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

[Signature page follows]

 

22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indemnity Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:
MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Title:

INDEMNITEE:

By:

 

 

  Name:

Address:

[Signature page to Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit 10.6

CERTAIN PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A CONFIDENTIAL

TREATMENT REQUEST. OMITTED INFORMATION IS INDICATED BY AN ASTERIK (*) AND HAS

BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

LICENSE AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT made as of this 1st day of April 2011, by and between MICHAEL KORS, L.L.C., a limited liability company existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware, with offices at 11 West 42nd Street, New York, NY, 10036, USA (“Licensor”) and Michael Kors (HK) Limited, a Hong Kong limited company with offices at 12/F Novel Industrial Building, 850-870 Lai Chi Kok Road, Cheung Sha Wan, Kowloon, Hong Kong (“Licensee”).

RECITALS

A. Michael Kors is a world-famous designer of women’s and men’s apparel and accessories;

B. Licensor has the sole and exclusive rights in the trademark MICHAEL KORS, MICHAEL MICHAEL KORS, and variations thereof; and

C. Licensee wishes to obtain, and Licensor wishes to grant, an exclusive license for the importation, sale, distribution and promotion of “Licensed Products” (hereinafter defined) upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration including the mutual agreements contained in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

1.1 Advertising Obligation shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

1.2 Affiliate shall mean, with respect to either party, any association, corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity a majority of whose issued and voting shares or equity interest is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by, or is under common control with such party, or owns or controls a majority of the voting shares or equity interest directly or indirectly of such party.

1.3 Better shall mean, with respect to market segments for apparel and accessories, the quality and price segment relating to a secondary line of apparel and accessories, as that term is understood in the trade, which is typically sold at price points and is considered to be of a level of quality below Bridge. The term Better shall not include or be read to incorporate any market segment that is typically considered to be above Better, such as Bridge, gold range or Designer Collection.

1.4 Bridge shall mean, with respect to market segments for apparel and accessories, the quality and price segment relating to the apparel and accessories lines of high-end fashion designers which are sold at customary bridge price points and generally sold in


designated bridge Zones of American high-end department stores. The term Bridge shall not include or be read to incorporate any market segment that is typically considered to be either below Bridge, such as Better, or above Bridge, such as gold range or Designer Collection.

1.5 Business Plan shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.

1.6 Collateral Materials shall mean all materials of any kind which either bear any of the Trademarks, or are used in connection with the importation, sale, distribution, marketing or promotion of Licensed Products. Collateral Materials may include, without limitation, invoices, business cards, letterhead, point-of-sale material, signage, catalogs and other direct mail promotions or materials, shops, shop fixtures, advertisements, public relations materials and press packages.

1.7 Contract Year ” shall mean any twelve (12) month period from April 1 through March 31, when this Agreement is in full force and effect, and the first Contract Year shall commence on the date of this Agreement and end on March 31, 2012.

1.8 Design Calendar shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

1.9 Designer Collection shall mean, with respect to market segments for apparel and accessories, the quality and price segment of apparel and accessories relating to the men’s and women’s designer collection lines of high-end fashion designers, which typically is sold at price points and is considered to be of a level of quality higher than Bridge and gold range. The term Designer Collection shall not include or be read to incorporate any market segment that is typically considered to be below Designer Collection, such as, by way of example, gold range, Bridge, Better and/or sportswear.

1.10 Discounted Goods shall mean all Licensed Products which are (a) sold to approved off-price accounts as listed on Schedule 5.4(b) hereto, as it may be amended from time-to-time, (b) Seconds, end-of-season excess inventory or returns, or (c) sold by Licensee at a wholesale price which is at least * percent (*%) less than the prevailing wholesale price at which Licensee has customarily sold a significant volume of such Licensed Products to approved accounts listed on Schedule 5.4(a) hereto, as it may be amended from time-to-time.

1.11 Duty Free shall mean any store or other channel of trade in which goods are sold free of any national tariffs, duties or taxes on the condition that the purchaser will not bring such goods back into the country (or designated country of origin) in which they are purchased.

1.12 Expansion Territory ” shall mean each of Singapore, Malaysia, Indonesia, the Philippines, Thailand, or Vietnam.

1.13 Gross Sales shall mean, except as expressly provided herein: (A) in the case of sales by Licensee to independent third party retail accounts in arms length transactions, the aggregate gross sales price for all Licensed Products shipped by Licensee or any of its Affiliates (“Gross Wholesale Sales”), and (B) in the case of sales by Licensee at a Store or Shop, the aggregate actual gross sales price of all Licensed Products sold to retail customers at such Store


or Shop (“Gross Retail Sales”), in each case before any deductions whatsoever, including, without limitation, for discounts and returns, insurance and freight.

1.14 IP Rights shall mean all copyright and trade dress rights, other than rights in the Trademarks, now or hereafter owned by Licensor in and to any designs, fabrics, patterns, prints, labels, advertising and materials used in conjunction with the Licensed Products, whether created by or on behalf of Licensor or Licensee.

1.15 License shall mean the exclusive right to import, sell, distribute and promote Products under the MICHAEL KORS trademark in the Designer Collection market segment and under the MICHAEL MICHAEL KORS trademark in the Better market segment, and the non-exclusive right to use the IP rights in connection therewith.

1.16 Licensor Marks shall mean MICHAEL KORS, KORS, KORS MICHAEL KORS, MICHAEL MICHAEL KORS, MK MICHAEL KORS and the MK logo, and variants of any of the foregoing marks.

1.17 Licensed Products shall mean Products bearing any Trademarks.

1.18 Marketing Obligation shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

1.19 Net Sales shall mean Gross Sales of Licensed Products, sold by Licensee or its Affiliates, less: (a) actual credits for returns; (b) with respect to Gross Wholesale Sales only, actual, reasonable and normal trade discounts and allowances (excluding co-op advertising); and (c) all taxes collected by Licensee from, and payable by, the purchaser of the Licensed Products pursuant to applicable law to the extent such taxes are stated separately on the invoices and included in Gross Sales; and (d) with respect to Gross Retail Sales only, actual and documented concession fees paid to department stores in which any Shops are located; provided, however, that such concession fees shall not exceed *% of Gross Retail Sales at any Shop. Total deductions from Gross Wholesale Sales for items listed in (a) and (b) above shall not exceed * percent (*%) of Gross Sales in any Contract Year. No other deductions shall be taken. Gross Wholesale Sales less the deductions expressly permitted in (a), (b) and (c) above are sometimes referred to as “Net Wholesale Sales”, and Gross Retail Sales less the deductions expressly permitted in (a), (c) and (d) above are sometimes referred to as “Net Retail Sales”. It is the intention of the parties that royalties on Net Wholesale Sales will be based on the bona fide wholesale prices at which Licensee or its Affiliates sell Licensed Products to independent retailers in arm’s-length transactions. Further, in the event Licensee shall sell Licensed Products to its Affiliates that are retailers, royalties shall be calculated on the basis of such bona fide wholesale prices irrespective of Licensee’s internal accounting treatment of such sales. If the invoiced amount of the Licensed Products sold and delivered by Licensee is in currencies other


than U.S. dollars, the invoiced amount shall be converted into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rate set forth on OANDA.COM on the last day of the month immediately preceding the date of determination of such Net Sales.

1.20 New Account Approval Form shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4.

1.21 Percentage Royalty shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1 hereof.

1.22 Products shall mean: men’s and women’s apparel and accessories, excluding eyewear, watches, footwear, fragrance and personal care products or home furnishings.

1.23 Samples shall mean prototypes, runway samples and selling samples of Licensed Products.

1.24 Seconds ” shall mean damaged, imperfect, non-first quality or defective Products.

1.25 Shop shall mean a retail shop (a) which is a visually defined area of a larger retail or department store; (b) on which one or more signs or fixtures bearing any of the Trademarks is prominently displayed; (c) which is operated under license from Licensor; and (d) within which area substantially solely Licensed Products are sold.

1.26 Store shall mean any free-standing retail store which Licensor authorizes Licensee to own and operate under any of the Trademarks, and, where the context indicates, each such store. A Store shall be considered a “Flagship Store” if so designated by Licensor and agreed upon by Licensee. A Store shall be considered an “Off-Price Store” if such Store sells primarily Discounted Goods. Unless the context otherwise indicates, references to “Stores” shall also include all Shops, and references to each “Store” shall also include each Shop, opened pursuant to this Agreement.

1.27 Term shall have the meaning set forth in Article 3 hereof.

1.28 Territory shall mean Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan.

1.29 “ Trademarks shall mean the trademark MICHAEL KORS (the “Collection Mark”), MICHAEL MICHAEL KORS (the “Better Mark”), KORS MICHAEL KORS (the “Bridge Mark”) and, subject to Licensor’s prior written approval on a case-by-case basis, variants of the foregoing marks.

1.30 Zone shall mean the physical retail selling area designated by department stores for a particular product type or classification (e.g., coats, scarves, swimwear, men’s belts, Designer Collection, etc.).


2. LICENSE GRANTED

2.1 License Grant . In accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Licensor hereby grants to Licensee, and Licensee hereby accepts, the License.

2.2 Rights Not Granted . This Agreement is not an assignment or grant to Licensee of any right, title or interest in or to the Trademarks or IP Rights, other than the grant of rights to use the Trademarks and IP Rights in connection with Licensed Products in the market segments in the Territory specifically set forth herein. Licensee acknowledges that Licensor, its Affiliates, manufacturers, and/or licensees may, without violating Licensee’s rights hereunder, distribute, sell, advertise and promote in the Territory: (i) Products in any market segment other than the Collection , Bridge and Better segments under any trademarks other than the Trademarks, and (ii) any products other than Products under the Trademarks or any other trademarks in the Territory. Licensee further acknowledges that Licensor, its Affiliates and licensees may manufacture or authorize the manufacture of Licensed Products in the Territory for sale exclusively outside of the Territory. Licensee shall not have the right to operate, Internet e-commerce sites or any other direct-to-consumer business under the Trademarks, except as expressly permitted herein or as hereafter authorized in writing by Licensor. Licensor expressly retains the right to operate, either directly or through its Affiliates or licensees Internet e-commerce sites and other direct-to-consumer businesses. All rights not specifically granted herein to Licensee are reserved to Licensor, which may at all times fully and freely exercise the same.

2.3 Rights of First Refusal .

(a) New product categories . If, at any time during the Term, Licensor decides to launch a new line of products under any of the Trademarks or under any other trademark that includes or makes reference to Michael Kors or the initials “MK” (a “New Line”), Licensor shall notify Licensee of such intention (a “New Line Notice”) and, subject to the terms of this Section 2.3(a), Licensee shall have the exclusive option during the Term to import, sell, distribute and/or promote such New Line in the Territory. Licensee shall have sixty (60) days from its receipt of a New Line Notice to present to Licensor a commercially reasonable business plan for the importation, sale, distribution and/or promotion in the Territory of the New Line (a “New Line Business Plan”). Any such New Line Business Plan shall include at least all of the information required to be set forth in the Business Plan pursuant to Section 5.2, and shall provide for Licensee to launch such New Line in the Territory no later than eighteen (18) months after Licensor’s approval of such New Line Business Plan. If Licensee does not present such a New Line Business Plan to Licensor sixty (60) days after receiving a New Line Notice, Licensee’s rights with respect to such New Line shall lapse. If Licensee does submit a New Line Business Plan, Licensor and Licensee shall negotiate in good faith the details of such plan to arrive at a mutually acceptable New Line Business Plan, and shall promptly and in good faith incorporate the terms thereof into a written license with respect to such New Line, which may be in the form of either an amendment to this Agreement or a separate agreement in substantially the form of this Agreement, as reasonably determined by Licensor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Licensee’s rights hereunder shall not apply to eyewear, watches, footwear, fragrance and personal care products, home furnishings or to any product category as to which Licensor grants rights to a


third party as part of a multinational license.

(b) New territory . If, at any time during the Term, Licensor’s license with respect to any Expansion Territory expires and Licensor does not itself or through a subsidiary wholly owned and operated by Licensor or its ultimate parent company take over any retail or wholesale business in the Expansion Territory, Licensee shall have the exclusive option during the Term to import, sell, distribute and/or promote Licensed Products in the Expansion Territory, subject to the terms of this Section 2.3(b). Licensor shall provide Licensee notice of the foregoing (the “Expansion Notice”) and Licensee shall have sixty (60) days from its receipt of the Expansion Notice to present to Licensor a commercially reasonable business plan for the importation, sale, distribution and/or promotion of Licensed Products in the Expansion Territory (an “Expansion Business Plan”). Any such Expansion Business Plan shall include at least all of the information required to be set forth in the Business Plan pursuant to Section 5.2. If Licensee does not present such an Expansion Business Plan to Licensor sixty (60) days after receiving an Expansion Notice, Licensee’s rights with respect to such Expansion Territory shall lapse. If Licensee does submit an Expansion Business Plan, Licensor and Licensee shall negotiate in good faith the details of such plan to arrive at a mutually acceptable Expansion Business Plan, and shall promptly and in good faith incorporate the terms thereof into a written license with respect to such Expansion Territory, which may be in the form of either an amendment to this Agreement or a separate agreement in substantially the form of this Agreement, as reasonably determined by Licensor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Licensee’s rights hereunder shall not apply to eyewear, watches, footwear, fragrance and personal care products, home furnishings or to any product category as to which Licensor grants rights to a third party as part of a multinational license.

 

3. TERM OF AGREEMENT.

3.1 Term. Subject to the provisions of Article 9 hereof, this Agreement shall be for a term (the “ Term”) starting as of the date of this Agreement and ending on March 31, 2041, unless the Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 3.2 (a) or 3.2 (b) (an “Early Termination”). The period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on March 31, 2012 shall be deemed the first Contract Year of this Agreement. Licensee shall launch the sale of Licensed Products for the Spring 2011 season. It is expressly understood that only the company (which may be Licensee) whose licensed term covers the period subsequent to the expiration of the Term shall be entitled to receive designs for Licensed Products intended to be sold after the expiration of the Term, and to make presentations of such Licensed Products during the market presentation weeks that relate to such subsequent period, even if such market presentation occurs prior to the expiration of the Term. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, unless there is an Early Termination, the last season for which Licensee shall be entitled to receive designs and, during the term hereof, to import and sell Licensed Products shall be the Fall season immediately preceding the expiration of the Term, and Licensor shall at all times be entitled to undertake, directly or through a successor licensee, all activities associated with the design, manufacture and sale of Licensed Products commencing with the following Spring season.

3.2 Licensor Termination Rights.


(a) First Licensor Termination Right . If Net Sales of Licensed Products for the twelve (12) month period ending March 31, 2021 do not equal or exceed USD$*, Licensor shall have the option to terminate the License by giving notice to Licensee no later than June 1, 2021. Such termination shall be effective as of March 31, 2022. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if Licensor exercises the First Licensor Termination Right, the last season for which Licensee shall be entitled to receive designs and, during the term hereof, to import and sell Licensed Products shall be the Fall 2021 season, and Licensor shall at all times be entitled to undertake, directly or through a successor licensee, all activities associated with the design, manufacture and sale of Licensed Products commencing with the Spring 2022 season.

(b) Second Licensor Termination Right . If Net Sales of Licensed Products for the twelve (12) month period ending March 31, 2031 do not equal or exceed USD$*, Licensor shall have the option to terminate the License by giving notice to Licensee no later than June 1, 2031. Such termination shall be effective as of March 31, 2032. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if Licensor exercises the Second Licensor Termination Right, the last season for which Licensee shall be entitled to receive designs and, during the term hereof, to import and sell Licensed Products shall be the Fall 2031 season, and Licensor shall at all times be entitled to undertake, directly or through a successor licensee, all activities associated with the design, manufacture and sale of Licensed Products commencing with the Spring 2032 season.

 

4. CALENDAR; APPROVALS AND QUALITY CONTROL .

4.1 Calendar. Licensee acknowledges that no manufacturing rights with respect to Licensed Products are granted hereunder, and that Licensee will acquire all Licensed Products from the manufacturing facilities designated by Licensor and its various product licensees, and Licensee’s freight forwarder will be responsible for taking possession of all Licensed Products from such facilities and shipping them to Licensee’s distribution center or centers. Licensee shall place orders for Licensed Product in the manner(s) approved by Licensor from time-to-time. To the extent necessary, Licensee shall enter into separate buying agency agreements with buying agencies designated or approved by Licensor from time-to-time. To the extent Licensor’s international licensing, production department and other personnel assist Licensee in connection with projecting, ordering and order tracking for Licensor-made Products, Licensor shall be entitled to charge Licensee a reasonable fee in connection with such assistance, which fee shall not exceed * percent (*%) of the F.O.B.Q. cost of all orders for which Licensor provides such assistance. Licensor shall invoice Licensee, and Licensee shall pay such fee, on a quarterly basis. In the event that during the Term Licensee wishes to manufacture any Licensed Products for sale in the Territory, Licensee and Licensor will agree in advance and in writing on the design, approval and manufacturing conditions with respect thereto, which shall be subject to Licensor’s approval in its sole discretion. Attached hereto as Schedule 4.1 is a calendar for the production and sale of Licensed Products in any given Contract Year, which specifies the markets that Licensee will cause its personnel to attend and the dates by which orders for each season must be placed (the “Calendar”). The Calendar may be amended from time to time by agreement of the parties. During each Contract Year of this Agreement, Licensor and Licensee shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to effectuate the placement of all orders by Licensee in accordance with the Calendar.


4.2 Mechanism for Obtaining Licensor’s Approval . All approvals required or permitted by this Agreement, including, but not limited to, approval of all Collateral Materials, shall be requested by Licensee in a written submission form to be mutually agreed upon by the parties, upon which Licensor shall indicate its approval or disapproval in writing. Licensee shall have each item for which Licensor’s written approval is sought by Licensee delivered by fax, mail, messenger, by hand or the like to Licensor, attn. President of Licensing, or whatever other address Licensor may provide Licensee in writing from time to time. Licensor shall respond to each such request as promptly as practicable, taking into consideration the nature of the material for which approval is sought and the Calendar, but approval shall in no event be deemed or inferred by any delay or failure of Licensor to respond to any such request.

4.3 Quality Control; Inspections . Licensee acknowledges that the Trademarks represent the prestige and goodwill that Licensor, its corporate affiliates and its predecessors have earned as providers of high-quality apparel and other products, including accessories. Accordingly, Licensee shall carry out the sale, distribution and promotion of Licensed Products, and the production and use of all Collateral Materials, so as to maintain a general standard of quality commensurate with that which the public has come to associate with the Trademarks. Upon Licensor’s request, Licensee shall submit to Licensor for inspection current production samples of Collateral Materials so that Licensor may ensure that the requisite quality standards are being maintained.

4.4 Display of Trademarks; Labels . Licensee shall display the Trademarks in a manner reasonably acceptable to Licensor and, if required by Licensor, shall include notices on all Collateral Materials reflecting Licensor’s ownership of the Trademarks. Licensee shall submit to Licensor for its approval any labels and any other such display items or packaging materials designed by Licensee to be used in connection with the Licensed Products, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

4.5 Personnel . Licensee shall employ, at Licensee’s sole cost and expense, an appropriate team of dedicated personnel responsible for management of the purchase, importation, marketing, sale and distribution of all Licensed Products, consistent with the organizational chart attached hereto as Schedule 4.5.

4.6 Subcontractors . Licensee may engage subcontractors to manufacture and produce Collateral Materials, provided that Licensee shall ensure that any and all such subcontractors comply with Licensor’s high quality standards, all relevant terms of this Agreement, and with Licensor’s Code of Conduct as it may be amended from time-to-time. Licensor’s current Code of Conduct is annexed hereto as Schedule 4.6. Licensee shall not knowingly engage any subcontractor to manufacture or produce Collateral Materials that violates or in the past has violated any prohibitions on child labor and/or environmental standards under either local or international law. If Licensee discovers at any time during the term hereof that any subcontractor engaged by Licensee is in violation of such prohibitions and/or standards, or of Licensor’s Code of Conduct, Licensee shall terminate its relationship with such subcontractor as soon as commercially practicable.


4.7 Travel Expenses . Any and all travel expenses of Licensor in connection with the development and promotion of the business contemplated herein within the Territory, if undertaken at Licensee’s request, including airfares, accommodations, meals and other incidental charges consistent with Licensor’s then current travel policy, shall be borne solely by Licensee, and Licensee shall reimburse Licensor therefor promptly after Licensor’s submission to Licensee of receipts documenting the same.

 

5. SALE AND DISTRIBUTION OF LICENSED PRODUCTS

5.1 Market Development. Licensee shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to develop, exploit and maintain in the Territory, the market for the Licensed Products in keeping with the prestige of the Trademarks and the high quality products associated therewith. Licensee shall not sell Licensed Products to any entity which it knows or has reason to believe intends to export Licensed Products from the Territory.

5.2 Business Plan and Licensee Investment. Licensee has delivered to Licensor a business plan for the Licensed Products (the “Initial Business Plan”). Commencing on July 1, 2012, Licensee shall deliver to Licensor an updated business plan for each subsequent Contract Year by no later than the July 1st immediately preceding such Contract Year (each, a “Business Plan”). By way of example, the Business Plan to be delivered by July 1, 2012 shall cover the Contract Year starting on March 1, 2013. Licensee shall spend not less than $* in the Territory during the first ten (10) Contract Years. Such investment shall be made in accordance with the Initial Business Plan and subsequent Business Plans, which shall include staffing, retail and wholesale shop construction, marketing and public relations, and all other significant details necessary for the development of the business. Such Business Plans and all regular updates thereto, shall be developed in consultation with Licensor and subject to Licensor’s reasonable approval.

5.3 Sales Reports . Within ten days after the end of every month during each Contract Year, Licensee shall deliver to Licensor a “flash” sales report for such month. Licensee shall also provide in such monthly sales reports such additional information as Licensor may reasonably request. Licensee shall further provide to Licensor, upon Licensor’s reasonable request and to the extent available, a weekly sales report showing Licensee’s retail sales over the previous week in each department store where Licensed Products are then being sold.

5.4 Channels of Distribution. The only channels of distribution of the Licensed Products shall be (a) the approved accounts listed on Schedule 5.4(a) and such other accounts as Licensor may approve in writing upon Licensee’s request; (b) Stores owned or operated by Licensee, (c) Licensor Retail Stores; and (d) to the extent permitted under Section 5.6, the off-price accounts set forth on Schedule 5.4(b) and such other off-price accounts as Licensor may approve in writing upon Licensee’s request. Any sale or distribution of Licensed Products to an account that is not a Store and that has not been approved in advance by Licensor shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement. It is understood and agreed that (i) men’s and women’s Licensed Products under the MICHAEL KORS trademark shall be sold exclusively in the respective men’s and women’s Designer Collection Zones of such stores, and (ii) men’s and women’s Licensed Products under the Better Mark shall be sold exclusively in the appropriate


Zones of such stores, with the exception of: (i) specialty stores or other stores that do not merchandise such products in a separate Zone and (ii) Licensor Retail Stores. All requests by Licensee for the approval of a new account shall be submitted to Licensor by completing a New Account Approval Form in the form set forth in Schedule 5.4(c) hereto. Licensee shall keep records of all New Account Approval Forms throughout the term of this Agreement and for two (2) years following the termination or expiration hereof. Licensee shall not have the right to sell, offer for sale or distribute any Licensed Products without Licensor’s prior approval, on a case by case basis, (i) to bases or exchanges of the Armed Forces, (ii) to Duty Free retailers, or (iii) through Duty Free channels of trade.

5.5 Seconds, Returns and Excess Inventory. Licensee may sell its inventory of Discounted Goods to Off-Priced Stores and to approved off-price accounts as provided in Section 5.4. Licensee shall clearly and permanently “red line” the labels of any Seconds, and shall require any off-price accounts not to advertise or promote the Licensed Products. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, Discounted Goods sold by Licensee in each Contract Year shall not exceed * percent (*%) of the total units of Licensed Products sold by Licensee in such Contract Year.

 

6. ADVERTISING, MARKETING AND PROMOTION

6.1 Advertising . Licensee shall comply with all standards, specifications and/or designs as may be established by Licensor and furnished to Licensee from time to time, with respect to any advertising or other business materials used by Licensee in connection with Licensed Products. In addition, Licensee’s advertising and business materials shall be consistent with the prestige of the Trademarks and Licensee shall not employ or otherwise release any of the same, including, without limiting the foregoing, any advertisement relating to Licensed Products, unless and until Licensee shall have made a request, in writing, detailing the dates and use to be made of such advertising material (e.g. TV, print, catalog, etc.) to Licensor for approval and Licensor shall have approved the same. Licensee shall not use any vendor for any of such materials unless such vendor has been approved in advance by Licensor. Approval or disapproval of any such proposed use shall be given by Licensor as promptly as practicable after receipt of Licensee’s written request in connection therewith, but in all cases within three (3) weeks after receipt by Licensor of Licensee’s request; if neither approval nor disapproval has been given within such time, approval shall be deemed to have been withheld. In each Contract Year during the Term Licensee shall expend not less than * percent (*%) of total Net Wholesale Sales, plus * percent (*%) of Net Retail Sales for advertising and promotional activities in the Territory (the “Advertising Obligation”). From and after the Contract Year ending March 31, 2013, * percent (*%) of the Advertising Obligation shall be remitted to Licensor in support of Licensor’s in-house agency costs (the “Agency Contribution”). The Agency Contribution shall be paid to Licensor in advance, in quarterly installments on April 1, July 1, October 1, and January of each Contract Year. For purposes of calculating the Agency Contribution in any Contract Year, the total amount to be paid by Licensee shall be based on the higher of (i) Licensee’s projected Net Wholesale Sales plus Net Retail Sales as set forth in the Business Plan for the upcoming Contract Year or (ii) actual Net Wholesale Sales plus Net Retail Sales in the previous Contract Year. The


Marketing Obligation shall not be credited against the Agency Contribution nor shall Licensee be otherwise entitled to deduct any amount therefrom. If for any reason the actual Net Wholesale Sales plus Net Retail Sales in any Contract Year are greater than the Net Wholesale Sales plus Net Retail Sales used for the calculation of the Advertising Obligation (the “Excess Amount”), the relevant percentage of such excess shall be added to the Advertising Obligation in the immediately following Contract Year, less * percent (*%) of such amount, which shall be remitted to Licensor as an additional Agency Contribution simultaneously with the accounting statement which reflects such excess. For the avoidance of doubt, the Agency Contribution shall be paid out of, and constitute a deduction from, the Advertising Obligation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Excess Amount arises in the final Contract Year of the Term, such Excess Amount shall be paid to Licensor immediately upon the expiration of the Term.

6.2 Marketing. Licensee shall spend such amounts as are reasonable and customary for the business contemplated herein on other marketing and promotional activities with respect to Licensed Products not specifically delineated hereunder including, but not limited to, cooperative advertising, trade advertising, point-of-sale materials (including fixtures and signage), fashion shows, seasonal product presentations and events with fashion editors. Licensee shall not undertake any marketing or promotional activities, or produce or distribute any marketing or promotional materials of any kind in connection with Licensed Products, without Licensor’s prior written approval. Any Collateral Materials to be used by Licensee in connection with its activities pursuant to this Section 6.2 (including, without limitation, look books, catalogs and pictures) shall be produced either (i) by Licensor, with Licensee to pay Licensor the cost of such materials plus a * percent (*%) commission, or (ii) by an agency approved by Licensor, with all costs thereof to be paid by Licensee.

6.3 Showroom . At all times during the term of this Agreement, Licensee shall, at Licensee’s sole cost and expense, construct and maintain in location reasonably approved by Licensor a separate and dedicated showroom for the continuous presentation of the Licensed Products. Such showroom shall, at Licensee’s sole cost and expense, be designed, constructed and furnished in all respects by Licensor’s designated architects and designers according to Licensor’s specifications and subject to Licensor’s approval. Upon completion, such showroom shall be subject to Licensor’s final review and approval, and shall thereafter be subject to Licensor’s continuing approval thereof, so as to assure reasonable periodic renovation to reflect Licensor’s showroom concepts and standards.

6.4 Store Development .

(a) Licensee shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to develop, exploit and maintain in the Territory the market for the Licensed Products in keeping with the prestige of the Trademarks and the high quality products associated therewith. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, provided this Agreement has not expired or been terminated, Licensee shall at all times: (1) during the ten (10) year period commencing on April 1, 2021 own and operate not less than 5 stores, shop-in-shops and other high-end points of distribution in the Territory; and (2) during the ten (10) year period commencing on April 1, 2031 own and operate not less than 8 stores, shop-in-shops and other high-end points of distribution in the Territory. Licensor and Licensee shall enter into such additional agreements as are necessary for Licensee to own and operate stores, shop-in-shops and other high-end points of distribution in the Territory.


(b) All aspects of the design and decoration and, as applicable, the renovation, of all Stores, including without limitation the materials, fittings, fixtures, furnishings, signs, decoration, equipment and interior and exterior design must conform with Licensor’s specifications and the quality of the same shall be subject to Licensor’s approval. Fixtures may be purchased by Licensee only from vendors and sources approved by Licensor. Licensee shall obtain (at Licensee’s expense) the services of such store designer as Licensor may reasonably designate in connection with the design and decoration of the first Store in the Territory. Thereafter, Licensee may designate its own architect in connection with the design and decoration of each Shop and Store, but shall cause such architect to work cooperatively and in good faith with Licensor in connection with the development and execution of each such project. Each Store shall, unless otherwise agreed by Licensor in its sole discretion, be owned and operated solely by Licensee in accordance with the Retail Store Requirements set forth in Schedule 6.4 annexed hereto and, except as expressly otherwise set forth in such Retail Store Requirements, on all of the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

7. ROYALTIES AND REQUIRED MINIMUM NET SALES

7.1 Royalty Rate. In consideration of the license granted herein, Licensee shall pay to Licensor a percentage royalty (the “Percentage Royalty”) in each Contract Year of * percent (*%) of Net Wholesale Sales, plus (i) * (*%) of Licensee’s Net Retail Sales during the first ten Contract Years of the Term, and (ii) * (*%) of Licensee’s Net Retail Sales thereafter.

7.2 Royalty Waiver. Licensee hereby waives the Percentage Royalty on all Net Sales of Licensed Products prior to April 1, 2013.

7.3 Royalty Statements . On a quarterly basis, on the last day of the month immediately following the close of each quarter in each Contract Year, Licensee shall provide to Licensor a royalty statement certified as true and accurate by an officer of Licensee separately setting forth the aggregate Gross Sales, merchandise returns, credits, trade allowances and net sales (relevant to each account) of all sales of Licensed Products by Licensee for the quarter covered by such statement, together with a computation of Net Sales and computation of the amounts due Licensor in respect thereof. The statement for the final quarter of each Contract Year also shall include a calculation of total Net Sales (separately setting forth the amount deducted therefrom in respect of each of the items (a) through (c) listed in the definition of Net Sales) and the Percentage Royalty for the preceding Contract Year. Licensor’s acceptance of any statement or payment shall be without prejudice to Licensor’s right to dispute the accuracy thereof, and Licensee shall remain fully liable for any balance due under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, under no circumstances shall Licensee be required to pay royalties with respect to any Contract Year in excess of the Percentage Royalty for such Contract Year, but the Percentage Royalty payments made


with respect to one Contract Year shall not entitle Licensee to any set-off or deduction in any other Contract Year.

7.4 Payments . All royalties and other amounts payable to Licensor hereunder shall be paid in U.S. currency to a bank account designated by Licensor. Licensee may deduct withholding tax from payments, but only to the extent required by applicable law. If Licensee fails to make any payment hereunder on the date due, without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Licensor, Licensee shall pay interest on such unpaid amounts at a rate per annum equal to two (2) percentage points above the prime commercial interest rate per annum then being charged by Citibank in New York, New York (or “base rate” or equivalent if the term “prime rate” is not then being used by Citibank) as of the close of business on the date such payment initially became due from and including such date to but not including the date such amount is paid in full (or, if such rate exceeds the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, such maximum rate). With respect to sales of Licensed Products in a currency other than U.S. dollars, for purposes of calculating the royalty payable to Licensor, such shall be computed on the basis of the exchange rate of the applicable currency into United States dollars quoted on OANDA.COM as of the close of business on the last day of the applicable quarter.

7.5 No Right of Set-Off . Except as may otherwise be expressly provided herein, Licensee shall not have the right to set off, withhold, compensate or make any deduction from any payment of royalties due hereunder for any reason whatsoever.

7.6 Taxes . Licensee shall bear all taxes, duties and other governmental charges in the Territory relating to or arising under this Agreement, including, without limitation, any state, local or federal income taxes (except withholding taxes on royalties imposed by applicable law), any stamp or documentary taxes or duties, turnover, sales or use taxes, value added taxes, excise taxes, customs or exchange control duties or any other charges relating to or on any royalty payable by Licensee to Licensor. Licensee shall obtain, at its own cost and expense, all licenses, Reserve Bank, Commercial Bank or other bank approvals, and any other documentation necessary for the importation of materials and the transmission of royalties and all other payments relevant to Licensee’s performance under this Agreement. If any tax or withholding tax is imposed on royalties, Licensee shall pay all such deducted withholding taxes to the appropriate taxing authority and deliver to Licensor the certified receipts evidencing such payment and shall be responsible for any interest and penalties (in the event such tax payments are not made timely). Nothing herein shall be construed so as to require Licensee to pay state, local or federal taxes based on Licensor’s income.

7.7 Royalty Records . Licensee shall keep true books of account containing an accurate record of all data necessary for the determination of the amounts payable to or on behalf of Licensor under this Agreement, and maintain the same throughout the Term and for two (2) years thereafter. Licensor may from time to time, during regular business hours and upon reasonable advance notice, examine the applicable records of Licensee in order to verify payments, record keeping requirements and compliance by Licensee with its obligations hereunder. Such examinations shall be conducted during regular business hours at the Licensee’s offices by a certified public accountant selected by Licensor. All costs and fees relating to each such examination shall be borne by Licensor, provided, however, that if any such examination discloses an underpayment or


underexpenditure by Licensee exceeding * percent (*%) or USD$*, Licensee shall pay the costs and fees thereof. Licensor shall conduct no more than one (1) such examination during a twelve (12)-month period.

 

8. TRADEMARKS AND IP RIGHTS

8.1 Ownership of Trademarks and IP Rights . As between Licensor and Licensee, the Trademarks and IP Rights (including IP Rights in all materials of any kind created by or on behalf of Licensee hereunder) and the goodwill appurtenant thereto are the sole and exclusive property of Licensor. Licensee acknowledges that all uses of the Trademarks and IP Rights hereunder and all the goodwill attached or which shall become attached to the Trademarks and IP Rights in connection with the manufacture, sale, distribution, promotion and advertising of the Licensed Products shall inure solely to Licensor’s benefit.

8.2 Protection of Trademarks and IP Rights . Licensor and Licensee shall prepare and execute all necessary documents, including, without limitation, registered user agreements and/or license registration documents, and Licensee shall cooperate with Licensor as requested by Licensor and do whatever is reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Trademarks and the IP Rights. Licensee shall not do anything or authorize anyone to do anything which may adversely affect any ownership rights of Licensor in the Trademarks, or the IP Rights, or which may reduce or dilute the value or distinctiveness of the Trademarks or disparage or detract from their reputation and prestige. Licensor in its sole discretion shall determine whether the Trademarks and IP Rights should be registered and shall bear all costs of such registrations, maintenance and renewals in the Territory. Licensee shall not seek to register the Trademarks, the IP Rights, or any trademark confusingly similar to the Trademarks for any products, and Licensee shall not use any trademark confusingly similar to the Trademarks for any products. The provisions of, and the obligations of Licensee under, this Article 8 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

8.3 No Challenge . Licensee shall not challenge Licensor’s ownership of or the validity of any of the Trademarks or IP Rights, any applications or registrations therefor or any rights of Licensor therein. The provisions of this Section 8.3 shall survive the expiration of the Term.

8.4 Use of Trademarks and IP Rights . Licensee shall use the Trademarks and IP Rights solely in connection with the Licensed Products. Licensee shall use and display the Trademarks only in such form and manner as are specifically provided or approved by Licensor. Licensor may promulgate, from time to time, reasonable rules and amendments thereto, relating to use of the Trademarks, and Licensee shall comply with all such rules and amendments.

8.5 Compliance with Laws . Licensee shall comply with all the trademark laws and other applicable laws relating to intellectual property in force in the Territory in order to protect the rights of Licensor in and to the Trademarks and IP Rights. Licensee shall use the Trademarks and IP Rights strictly in compliance with all applicable legal requirements and shall use such markings in connection therewith as may be required by applicable legal provisions. In addition, each Licensed Product shall be manufactured, packaged, labeled, sold and distributed in accordance with all applicable international, national, state, provincial, local and other laws, rules and regulations, including any applicable environmental laws, governing the design, quality,


transportation and safety of such products. Licensee expressly acknowledges that Licensor shall rely on Licensee to ensure that the manufacture, packaging, labeling, advertising, sale and distribution of Licensed Products hereunder shall conform in all respects with all applicable laws. Licensee shall promptly bring to Licensor’s attention any concerns it may have with respect to legal compliance of any Licensed Products and, notwithstanding any approval given or request made by Licensor, Licensee shall not be obligated to make or sell any such items hereunder until such concerns have been addressed to Licensee’s reasonable satisfaction.

8.6 Infringement . Licensee shall notify Licensor in writing promptly upon learning of any suspected infringement of the Trademarks or IP Rights, or imitation or counterfeiting of Licensed Products in the Territory. Licensor thereupon shall at its sole discretion take such action as it deems advisable for the protection of its rights in and to the Trademarks, IP Rights and Licensed Products and, if requested to do so by Licensor, Licensee shall provide reasonable assistance to Licensor in all respects, including, without limitation, by being plaintiffs or co-plaintiffs in any one or more lawsuits in connection therewith and by causing their officers to execute pleadings and other related documents. The institution and conduct of litigation, the selection of attorneys and the settlement of litigation and claims affecting the Trademarks and IP Rights in the Territory shall be entirely within the discretion of Licensor and under Licensor’s control. Licensee may, in its discretion, participate in such litigation relating to infringing Products at its own expense with its own attorneys. In no event, however, will Licensor be required to take any action if it deems it inadvisable to do so and Licensee will have no right to take any action with respect to the Trademarks or IP Rights without Licensor’s prior written consent. All costs and expenses, including reasonable legal and investigative fees incurred in connection with any such actions which are so undertaken, shall be borne equally Licensor and Licensee, and each party’s expenses shall be reimbursed out of any monetary recovery obtained, and the remainder, if any, shall be divided equally between the parties. If the monetary recovery obtained is not sufficient to fully reimburse both parties, the parties’ expenses shall be reimbursed on a pro rata basis out of such monetary recovery.

8.7 Use of Trademarks on Business Materials . The use of the Trademarks by Licensee in the masthead or letterhead of invoices, order forms, stationery and related materials in advertising in telephone or other directory listings is permitted only upon Licensor’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, of the format in which the Trademarks are to be so used, the juxtaposition of the Trademarks with other words and phrases, and the content of the copy prior to the initial such use of the Trademarks and prior to any material change therein; provided, however, that each such use of the Trademarks is only in conjunction with the manufacture, sale, distribution or promotion of Licensed Products pursuant to this Agreement. Licensee shall not use any of the Trademarks as part of a business or trade name without Licensor’s prior written approval.

8.8 No Use of Trademarks By Licensee After Termination . Subject to Licensee’s limited right to sell off its inventory pursuant to Section 9.5 hereof, upon termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, Licensee shall immediately discontinue any and all use of the Trademarks and IP Rights in connection with products, services or materials of any kind.


9. TERMINATION .

9.1 Other Rights Unaffected . It is understood and agreed that automatic termination or termination by either party on any ground shall be without prejudice to any other remedies either party may have. Notwithstanding any termination in accordance with this Article 9, Licensor and Licensee shall have and hereby reserve all rights and remedies which such party has, or which are granted to such party by operation of law, to be compensated for damages for breach of this Agreement by the other party; and Licensor shall have and hereby reserves all rights and remedies which it has, or which are granted to it by operation of law, to enjoin the unlawful or unauthorized use of the Trademarks or IP Rights (which injunctive relief may be sought in the courts and also may be sought prior to or in lieu of termination) and to collect accrued and unpaid royalties. In addition, nothing herein shall be deemed to prevent Licensee or Licensor from bringing an action for damages in lieu of seeking termination of this Agreement if a breach by the other occurs and is not cured timely in accordance with the provisions of this Article 9.

9.2 Automatic Termination . This Agreement shall automatically and immediately terminate:

 

  (a) If Licensee is ordered or adjudged bankrupt, is placed in the hands of a receiver, enters into any scheme or composition with creditors or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

 

  (b) If the assets of the Licensor or Licensee are nationalized or appropriated by any government or governmental authority.

9.3 Licensor’s Right of Termination . Licensor shall have the right to terminate the Term by delivering written notice to Licensee pursuant to Section 3.2(a) and 3.2(b) and Licensee shall have no right to cure. In addition, Licensor shall have the right to terminate the Term, subject to Licensee’s right to cure set forth herein:

 

  (a) If Licensee fails to pay royalties or any other amount due Licensor hereunder on the date due;

 

  (b) If Licensee materially breaches any of its representations and warranties herein;

 

  (c) If Licensee attacks the title or any rights of Licensor in and to the Trademarks; or

 

  (d) If Licensee shall otherwise fail to perform any term of this Agreement to be performed, not covered by the preceding sections.

Upon Licensee’s default, Licensor shall give Licensee writing notice stating the nature of the default and Licensor’s intent to terminate the Term. Licensee shall have thirty (30) days (except for defaults under Section 9.3(a)in which case Licensee shall have five (5) days) from receipt of such written notice to cure the alleged default. If Licensee fails to cure within the time frame set forth above for the default in question, the Term shall terminate upon the expiration of the relevant cure period, without the need for Licensor to provide any additional notice; provided, however, that, to the extent any such default under Sections 9.3(e) is curable but not within such thirty (30)-day period, and Licensee is diligently proceeding to cure such default, such default


will not constitute grounds for termination if it is cured within ninety (90) days from the date the notice of default was given.

9.4 Licensee’s Right of Termination . Licensee shall have the right, subject to Licensor’s right to cure set forth herein, to terminate the Term if Licensor sells, distributes or authorizes others to sell Licensed Products in violation of Licensee’s exclusive rights hereunder, by giving written notice to Licensor specifying the default. Licensor shall have ninety (90) days from receipt of such written notice to cure the alleged default. If Licensor is unable to cure within the time frame set forth above for the default in question, the Term shall terminate upon Licensee’s further written notice of termination to Licensor.

9.5 Effect of Termination; Inventory . Upon the termination or expiration of the Term for any reason whatsoever, the License and all rights of Licensee to use the Trademarks and IP Rights shall cease and terminate. Upon any such expiration or termination, Licensee shall, within twenty (20) days thereafter, deliver to Licensor, separately for each of the Trademarks, the following: (i) a complete list of Licensee’s then-current accounts for Licensed Products and, for each account, Net Sales for the last-completed Contract Year, indicating regular price and off-price sales; (ii) a list of each style, indicating total Net Sales dollars and units for the last-completed Contract Year, as well as Licensee’s published list price and suggested retail price, if any; (iii) a list of the “top 20” selling styles for the last-completed Contract Year, and two (2) samples of each. All information shall be stated separately with respect to each of the Trademarks and each product category. Simultaneous with the delivery of such information, Licensee shall also deliver a complete and accurate schedule of Licensee’s inventory (to the SKU level) of Licensed Products, reflecting Licensee’s landed cost for each item, and all related work in process and materials then on hand, in the possession of contractors and in transit including non-cancelable orders identifiable to Licensed Products or bearing Trademarks (“Inventory”). The Inventory schedule shall be prepared as of the close of business on the date of the expiration or termination of the License. Except as Licensor may otherwise agree, all cancelable orders for the production of Licensed Products and/or related materials used to produce Licensed Products shall promptly be canceled. Licensor shall have the option (but not the obligation), exercisable by written notice delivered to Licensee within thirty (30) days after its receipt of the Inventory schedule, to purchase any or all of the Inventory for an amount equal to the cost of the Inventory being purchased for Inventory less than one (1) year old, and * percent (*%) of cost for Inventory more than one (1) year old. No Percentage Royalty shall be due from Licensee in respect of any such sales to Licensor at the prices set forth in the preceding sentence. In the event Licensor notifies Licensee that it is exercising its purchase option, Licensee shall deliver to Licensor or its designee all of the Inventory referred to in Licensor’s notice within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such notice. Licensor shall pay Licensee for such Inventory as is in marketable, first quality condition within thirty (30) days after its receipt thereof, after deduction from the purchase price all amounts owed by Licensee hereunder. In the event Licensor does not exercise its purchase option or purchases less than all of the Inventory, and if the License expires or is terminated by Licensor other than for any breach arising from material misuse of the Trademarks or any uncured failure by Licensee to make any payment when due hereunder, Licensee (but no other person or entity) shall be entitled, for a period of six (6) months only (the “Sell-off Period”) on a non-exclusive basis to sell and dispose of its remaining Inventory of Licensed Products on hand at the expiration or other termination of the


Term. All sales pursuant to this Section shall be made subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement and to a timely accounting for and the payment of the Percentage Royalty thereon. Such accounting and payment shall be due in accordance with Sections 7.5 and 7.6 hereof, and a final accounting and payment shall be due within thirty (30) days after the end of the Sell-off Period. If Licensee fails to comply with the foregoing, Licensor may terminate the Sell-off Period immediately upon written notice.

9.6 Cooperation After Termination . It is the intention of Licensor and Licensee that, in anticipation of and upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Agreement, Licensor and Licensee shall work together to ensure an orderly transition of the manufacture, sale, distribution and promotion of Licensed Products from Licensee to Licensor or its designee.

9.7 Freedom To License Upon Termination . In the event of termination of this Agreement or the receipt by Licensor of a notice of termination from Licensee, Licensor shall be free to license to others the use of the Trademarks and IP Rights in connection with the manufacture, sale, distribution and promotion of Licensed Products in the Territory.

9.8 Rights Personal to Licensee . The licenses and rights granted hereunder are personal to Licensee. No assignee for the benefit of creditors, receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, sheriff or any other officer or court charged with taking over custody of Licensee’s assets or business, shall have any right to continue performance of this Agreement or to exploit or in any way use the Trademarks or IP Rights if this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Article 9, except as may be required by law.

 

10. LICENSOR BUYBACK OPTION

10.1 For purposes of this Article 10, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

 

  (a) “Designee” shall mean an affiliate or affiliates of Licensor designated by it.

 

  (b) “Exempt Holders” shall mean holders of equity securities of Michael Kors Far East Holdings Limited (“MKFEHL”) or any of its subsidiaries that acquire such equity securities pursuant to subclauses (C) through (E) of Section 10.2.

 

  (c) “IPO” shall mean the closing of a public offering of MKFEHL or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar securities laws of any foreign jurisdiction.

10.2 Prior to the consummation of an IPO, if (i) MKFEHL or any of its subsidiaries proposes to issue additional equity securities, (ii) any shareholder of MKFEHL, other than an Exempt Holder, proposes to sell, assign, devise, bequeath, pledge, transfer, hypothecate or in any manner dispose or part with (in any such case, a “Transfer”) any equity securities of MKFEHL


or (iii) any shareholder of any subsidiary of MKFEHL, other than an Exempt Holder, proposes to Transfer any equity securities of any such subsidiary, other than (A) any issuance or Transfer of equity securities to MKFEHL or any of its subsidiaries, or to any shareholder of MKFEHL as of the date of this Agreement or any affiliate of any such shareholder (so long as such affiliate agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Article 10), provided that in each case Sportswear Holdings Limited and its affiliates continue to hold (directly or indirectly) a majority of the voting securities in Licensee, (B) issuances of equity securities to third parties for bona fide business financing purposes so long as such third parties agree in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Article 10, (C) issuances of equity securities (including, without limitation, stock options and restricted securities) to employees, officers, directors or consultants of MKFEHL or any of its subsidiaries, (D) equity securities issued as all or a portion of the purchase price for an acquisition of assets or securities of another entity, (E) equity securities issued for bona fide commercial purposes to third party service providers, lessors or other third party business partners, or (F) equity securities issued pursuant to a division or combination of shares, a dividend of shares or a reclassification of shares distributable on a pro rata basis to all holders of such shares, then MKFEHL shall deliver to the Licensor a written notice of such proposed issuance or Transfer of equity securities (the “Issuance or Transfer Notice”) at least thirty (30) days prior to the date of the proposed issuance or Transfer. Licensor (or one or more of its Designees) shall have the option, exercisable within twenty (20) days following Licensor’s receipt of the Issuance or Transfer Notice, to purchase for cash all (but not less than all) of such equity securities on the same terms as those of the proposed issuance or Transfer of such equity securities by delivering written notice to MKFEHL. The closing of any such purchase shall occur not later than sixty (60) days after the date the Issuance or Transfer Notice was delivered to Licensor, as such period may be extended by any applicable waiting periods required by any applicable antitrust or other law.

10.3 In the event that MKFEHL or any of its subsidiaries proposes to consummate an IPO (the “Listco”), MKFEHL shall first give written notice of such proposed IPO (the “IPO Notice”) to Licensor. Licensor (or one or more of its Designees) shall have the option, exercisable within thirty (30) days following Licensor’s receipt of the IPO Notice, to purchase for cash all (but not less than all) of the outstanding equity securities of the Listco, other than equity securities of the Listco held by Exempt Holders (the “Subject Securities”), at a purchase price equal to the percentage represented by the Subject Securities (on a fully diluted basis) of the projected fully distributed (i.e. with no IPO or other market discounts) total market capitalization of the Listco upon consummation of the proposed IPO (the “IPO Valuation”). The IPO Valuation shall be determined by an internationally recognized investment bank mutually selected by Licensor and MKFEHL, the costs of which shall be borne equally by Licensor and the Listco. The closing of any such purchase shall occur not later than thirty (30) days after the completion of the IPO Valuation, as such period may be extended by any applicable waiting periods required by any applicable antitrust or other law.

 

11. INDEMNIFICATION .

11.1 Licensor’s Indemnification of Licensee . Licensor shall release, defend, hold harmless and indemnify Licensee and each of its officers, directors, controlling persons and agents from any claims, demands, causes of action, judgments, settlements, fines or other costs


(including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising solely out of a third-party claim that the use by Licensee of the Trademarks in strict accordance with the terms of this Agreement violates the rights of such third party; provided, however, that such indemnification obligation shall not apply to any use of the Trademarks outside the Territory, notwithstanding Licensor’s approval of such use, absent written confirmation from Licensor that it accepts such indemnification obligation. Licensee shall give Licensor prompt notice of any such claim or suit. Licensor shall have the right to undertake and conduct the defense of any suit so brought through counsel of Licensor’s choice.

11.2 Licensee’s Indemnification of Licensor . Except as expressly provided in Section 11.1, Licensee shall release, defend, hold harmless and indemnify Licensor and each of its officers, directors, controlling persons and agents from and against any claims, demands, causes of action, judgments, settlements, fines or other costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) which Licensor may incur or be obligated to pay or for which it may become liable or be compelled to pay in any action, claim or proceeding against it arising out of or in connection with the business contemplated herein, including without limitation Licensee’s performance of this Agreement, any alleged design or utility patent infringement, any alleged defect in any Licensed Product produced by or for Licensee under this Agreement or the manufacture, labeling, sale, distribution or advertisement of any Licensed Product by Licensee in violation of any law. Licensor shall give Licensee prompt notice of any such claim or suit. Licensee shall undertake and conduct the defense of any suit so brought through counsel of Licensee’s choice, subject to Licensor’s right of approval, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to entering into settlement of any such claim or suit which would be reasonably likely to adversely affect any of the Licensor Marks and/or would be reasonably likely to damage Licensor’s goodwill, Licensee shall obtain Licensor’s written consent to such settlement (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The provisions of this Section and Licensee’s obligations hereunder shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

12. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

12.1 Licensor’s Representations and Warranties . Licensor represents and warrants to Licensee that:

 

  (a) It has the full right, power and authority to grant the rights herein granted to Licensee, including without limitation the right to license the Trademarks in accordance with this Agreement; and

 

  (b) Neither Licensor nor any Affiliate of Licensor has granted any third party a license to use during the Term the Trademarks in violation of Licensee’s exclusive rights hereunder, and no such other license shall be granted to any other party during the Term.


12.2 Licensee’s Representations and Warranties . Licensee represents and warrants to Licensor that:

 

  (a) It has the full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder;

 

  (b) It is not currently in and has not filed for bankruptcy protection;

 

  (c) It has adequate resources and personnel to sell, distribute and promote the Licensed Products within the Territory;

 

  (d) It shall take all actions required by any local, national, state or regional agency, government or commission to exercise the rights licensed hereunder and to perform its obligations hereunder in compliance with applicable law. Licensee shall immediately provide Licensor with copies of any communication to or from any such agency, government or commission that relates to or affects this Agreement or the Trademarks in a material respect; and

 

  (e) No event has occurred that, at or prior to the date hereof, would have a material adverse impact on the business, operation or condition (financial or otherwise) of Licensee.

12.3 Risks of the Business . Licensee recognizes that there are many uncertainties in the business contemplated by this Agreement. Licensee agrees and acknowledges that other than those representations explicitly contained in this Agreement, if any, no representations, warranties or guarantees of any kind have been made to Licensee, either by Licensor or its Affiliates, or by anyone acting on their behalf. Without limitation, no representations concerning the value of the Licensed Products or the prospects for the level of their sales or profits have been made and Licensee has made its own independent business evaluation in deciding to manufacture and distribute the Licensed Products on the terms set forth herein.

13.     INSURANCE . Without limiting Licensee’s obligations under the indemnity provisions set forth in Section 11.2 hereof, Licensee agrees to obtain and maintain at all times during the Term of this Agreement and for three (3) years thereafter, at its own expense, comprehensive general and product liability insurance policies covering all liability arising out of bodily injury, advertising liability, complete operations liability and/or property damage with a carrier or carriers reasonably acceptable to Licensor. Said insurance coverage shall be primary and non-contributing with respect to any other insurance or self insurance which may be maintained by Licensor. All deductibles, self-insured retentions or retrospective premium features shall be assumed by Licensee, for the account of Licensee, and at Licensee’s sole expense and risk. Licensor will be named as an additional insured under such policies with a minimum total insurance coverage in accordance with industry standards in the Territory and as reasonably approved by Licensor, and Licensee will provide evidence of such insurance to Licensor, including certificates of insurance and a copy of all current applicable insurance policies, before commercial sale of the Licensed Products as provided hereunder. Licensee or its insurance carrier shall provide Licensor with certificates of insurance and a copy of all insurance policies upon each policy renewal, rewriting or change. Licensee or its insurance carrier shall further provide written notice to Licensor at least thirty (30) days prior to any insurance policy cancellation, lapse or termination for any reason whatsoever. At all times, the insurance set forth herein must cover the countries in the Territory in which Licensee are from time


to time selling and/or distributing Licensed Products. Further, Licensee shall carry “all risk” property insurance coverage on the Licensed Products as well as business interruption insurance on Licensee’s operations. The property insurance coverage shall, for the purposes of claim settlement, reflect selling price as the value of finished goods, and shall cover Licensee’s goods on premises owned, rented or controlled by Licensee and, where required by the terms of sale, while in transit.

14.     ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLICENSING . Neither party shall assign or sublicense this Agreement, in whole or in part, or any of its rights, duties and obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed; provided, however, that Licensor shall have the right, upon written notice to Licensee, to assign or sublicense this Agreement, in whole or in part, to an Affiliate of Licensor or the purchaser of all or substantially all of Licensor’s business under, or the right to use, the Trademarks.

15.     CONFIDENTIALITY; PRESS . The parties acknowledge that, in furtherance of this Agreement, they will receive from the other information which may consist of business methods and practices, identification of personnel, customers, prospective customers and suppliers, financial information, inventions, processes, methods, products, patent applications, specifications, drawings, sketches, models, samples, designs, ideas, technical information and other confidential business information and trade secrets. The parties recognize that these materials are valuable property. Licensee and Licensor acknowledge the need to preserve the confidentiality and secrecy of these materials and agree to take all necessary steps to ensure that use by the recipient, or by its contractors will in all respects preserve such confidentiality and secrecy. Each party shall take all commercially reasonable precautions to protect the secrecy of the materials, samples, and designs described in this Article 15 prior to their commercial distribution or the showing of samples for sale, and shall not sell any merchandise employing or adapted from any of said designs except under the Trademarks. Each party shall take all reasonable precautions to protect the secrecy of the original designs created for Licensed Products prior to their advertisement, commercial distribution or the showing of samples for sale. Neither Licensor nor Licensee shall, at any time during the term of this Agreement, disclose or use for any purpose, other than as contemplated by this Agreement, any revealed or otherwise acquired confidential information and data relating to the business of the other. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereto shall not be required to treat any information as confidential information under this Article 15 if such information: (i) was publicly known at the time it was disclosed or becomes publicly known after disclosure without breach hereof by the receiving party; (ii) was known by the receiving party at the time of disclosure or becomes known to it from a party other than the disclosing party who has the apparent right to disclose such information to the receiving party’s knowledge after due inquiry; (iii) is independently developed by the receiving party without reliance on the disclosed confidential information; (iv) is approved for disclosure by the disclosing party with the disclosing party’s prior written consent; or (v) is disclosed by the receiving party pursuant to judicial order, requirement of a governmental agency or other operation of law, provided that the receiving party informs the disclosing party promptly after receiving notice of its obligation to make such disclosure, and takes reasonable steps to limit the scope of such disclosure. All press releases and other public announcements related to this Agreement and the business contemplated herein shall, subject to applicable law and applicable disclosure obligations thereunder, be produced and released by


Licensor, or, if Licensor expressly agrees, Licensee may produce said press releases, subject to Licensor’s reasonable prior approval, for release by Licensee. Licensee shall refer all press inquiries to Licensor for handling. Except in the event of litigation between Licensor and Licensee, neither Licensor nor Licensee shall, directly or indirectly, during the Term or thereafter, make any statement that materially adversely affects, disparages or creates any material negative inference as to the reputation, prestige, value, image or impression of the Trademarks or the Licensed Products or any of either party’s respective officers, directors, affiliates, personnel, products or related companies, by words, actions or other communications, or by any omissions to speak, act or otherwise communicate, or in any other manner. The provisions of this Article 15 shall survive the expiration or termination of the Term.

 

16. MISCELLANEOUS

16.1 Independent Contractors . Licensee shall act as an independent contractor under the terms of this Agreement and is not now, or in the future, an agent or legal representative of Licensor for any purpose. Licensee does not have the power to bind Licensor in any way. Licensor shall act as an independent contractor under the terms of this Agreement and is not now, or in the future, an agent or legal representative of Licensee for any purpose. Licensor does not have the Power to bind Licensee in any way.

16.2 Choice of Law; Choice of Forum . This Agreement shall be construed according to the laws of the State of New York. The parties hereto agree to accept the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the courts of the State of New York, and the federal district courts situated in New York, New York for the adjudication of any dispute arising in connection with or related to this Agreement or the interpretation of this Agreement. The parties hereby submit to the personal jurisdiction of the foregoing courts for the adjudication of any dispute arising out of or related to this Agreement and waive any objection based on the lack of personal jurisdiction.

16.3 Partial Invalidity . If any of the provisions of this Agreement is held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated.

16.4 Force Majeure. Neither party hereto shall be under any liability hereunder to the other on account of any loss, damage or delay occasioned or caused by lockouts, strikes, riots, fires, explosions, blockade, civil commotion, epidemic, insurrection, war or warlike condition, the elements, embargoes, failure or inability to obtain material or transportation facilities, acts of God or the public enemy, compliance with any law, regulation or other governmental order or other causes beyond the control of the party affected, whether or not similar to the foregoing; provided, however, that if such condition continues for three (3) months and is not industry-wide but applies only to Licensee, Licensor may terminate the Term on thirty (30) days’ written notice which may be given at any time after said three (3) month period; and provided, further, that nothing herein shall at any time excuse any accrued obligation for the payment of money.

16.5 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including the Exhibits hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between Licensor and Licensee concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements between the parties. This Agreement,


including this Section 15.5, may be amended only by an instrument in writing that expressly refers to this Agreement and specifically states that it is intended to amend it. No party is relying upon any warranties, representations, or inducements not set forth herein.

16.6 Notices . All notices or other communications pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed valid and sufficient if delivered by personal service or overnight courier or if dispatched by registered mail, postage prepaid, in any post office, or if dispatched by telefax, promptly confirmed by letter dispatched as above provided, addressed as follows:

If to Licensor:

If to Licensor:

Michael Kors, L.L.C.

11 West 42nd Street

New York, New York 10036

Fax: 646 354 4988

Attention: CEO

Copy to:

Michael Kors, L.L.C.

11 West 42nd Street

New York, New York 10036

Fax: 646 354 4824

Attention: General Counsel

If to Licensee:

Michael Kors (HK) Limited

12/F Novel Industrial Building

850-870 Lai Chi Kok Road

Cheung Sha Wan, Kowloon

Hong Kong

Attention: Director

16.7 Binding Nature . This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their successors and permitted assigns.

16.8 Section Headings . The section and subsection headings and the captions of the Exhibits appear only as a matter of convenience and shall not affect the construction of the Agreement.


16.9 Authority . Each party represents that the person signing this Agreement on its behalf has been duly authorized and empowered to execute this Agreement.

16.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

16.11 Construction . Each party has carefully reviewed this Agreement, understands its terms, sought legal advice with respect to this Agreement, and has relied wholly on its own judgment and knowledge and has not been influenced to any extent whatsoever in making this Agreement by any representations or statements made by any other party or anyone acting on behalf of any other party. Any rules of construction construing an agreement against the drafting party shall not apply to the construction of this Agreement.

16.12 Schedules . The attached exhibits shall form a part of this Agreement and are hereby incorporated into this Agreement by reference.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be signed on the day and year below written.

 

MICHAEL KORS, L.L.C.

By:  

/s/ John D. Idol

Name: John D. Idol
Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

MICHAEL KORS (HK) LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Patrick Lee

Name: Patrick Lee
Title: Chief Executive Officer

Agreed and Accepted as to Article 10:

MICHAEL KORS FAR EAST HOLDINGS LIMITED

By:  

/s/ Patrick Lee

Name: Patrick Lee
Title: Chief Executive Officer


SCHEDULE 4.1

SEASONAL BUY CALENDAR

Michael Michael Kors

 

    Spring   Summer   Fall   Resort
    Pre-line
Review*
  NY Market
Date
  Final order
Due Date
  Pre-line
Review*
  NY Market
Date
  Final order
Due Date
  Pre-line
Review*
  NY Market
Date
  Final order
Due Date
  Pre-line
Review*
  NY Market
Date
  Final order
Due Date

Womens RTW

  Mid/End Jun   Mid Aug   Mid Aug   Mid Sept   Beg Nov   Beg Nov   Beg Dec   Mid Jan   Mid Jan   Beg Apr   Mid May   Mid May

Handbags/SLG**

                       

      SPI

  Beg/Mid Apr   Beg May   Beg May   Beg Oct   Beg Nov   Beg Nov   Mid Dec   Beg Jan   Beg Jan   Beg Feb   Beg Mar   Beg Mar

      SPII

  Beg/Mid July   Beg Aug   Beg Aug                  

Footwear**

                       

      SP I

  Beg May   Beg June   Beg June   Beg Nov   Beg Dec   Beg Dec   Beg Jan   Beg Feb   Beg Feb   Beg Mar   Beg Apr   Beg Apr

      SPII

  Beg July   Beg Aug   Beg Aug                  

 

    NOTES for MMK Markets:    -    *Pre-line Review dates are preliminary dates for pre-buy commitments (via design boards) if deemed necessary by MK merchandising teams approximately 4 - 6 weeks prior to NY market
  -    **MMK Handbags & Footwear have Spring I (SP I) and Spring II (SP II) markets
  -    All orders will be due in NY 3 - 5 days after line review unless otherwise agreed to in advance

Michael Kors Collection

 

    Spring   Pre Fall   Fall   Resort
  NY Market
Date
                     Final order
Due Date
  NY Market
Date
                     Final order
Due Date
  NY Market
Date
                     Final order
Due Date
  NY Market
Date
                     Final order
Due Date

Womens RTW/
Handbags/SLG

  Mid Sept     End Sept   Mid Jan     End Jan   Mid Feb     End Feb   Beg/Mid Jun     End Jun

Mens RTW

  Beg/Mid July     Mid July   No Pre Fall Market       g   Mid/End Jan     End Jan   Mid May     End May

 

    NOTES for MK Markets:   -   Buyers and wholesale clients to attend markets in New York
  -   Womens and Handbags/SLG will show at market at the same time
  -   If a Summer/Fall I market for Collection is added to calendar, Licensor will update and notify Licensee


SCHEDULE 4.5

LICENSEE ORGANIZATIONAL CHART

Hong Kong, Macau & Taiwan – Organization Chart

LOGO


SCHEDULE 4.6

MICHAEL KORS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES - CODE OF CONDUCT

Michael Kors Corporation and its subsidiaries are dedicated to conducting their operations throughout the world on principles of ethical business practice and recognition of the dignity of workers. We expect our business partners to respect and adhere to the same standards in the operation of their business, and we will utilize these criteria to evaluate our relationships with customers and suppliers.

WAGES/BENEFITS/WORKING HOURS. Our business partners must comply with all laws regulating local wages, work hours and benefits. Wage and benefit policies must be consistent with prevailing national standards, and also be acceptable under a broader international understanding as to the basic needs of workers and their families. We will not work with companies whose wage structure violates local law or prevailing industry practice.

CHILD LABOR. Our business partners must not use child labor, defined as school age children. Our business partners will not employ workers under the age of 15. This provision extends to all partner facilities.

HEALTH & SAFETY. Our business partners must ensure that their workers are provided a safe and healthy work environment, and are not subject to unsanitary or hazardous conditions.

FREEDOM OF ASSOCIATION. Our business partners should respect the legal rights of employees to freely and without harassment participate in worker organizations of their choice.

PRISON OR FORCED LABOR. Our business partners will not work with or arrange for purchase of any materials from business partners who utilize prison or forced labor in any stage of the manufacture of our products.

DISCIPLINARY PRACTICES. Our business partners will not employ or conduct any business activity with partners who employ any form of physical or mental coercion or punishment against workers.

DISCRIMINATION. Our business partners will not practice nor do business with business partners who practice any form of improper discrimination in hiring and employment, including on the basis of age, race, color, gender, or religion.

ENVIRONMENT. Our business partners must embrace a fundamental concern for environmental protection and conduct their operations consistent with both local and internationally recognized environmental practices.

LEGAL REQUIREMENTS. Our business relationship must be built on a mutual respect for and adherence to legal requirements. Our business partners will observe both local and applicable international standards.

ETHICAL STANDARDS. We intend to conduct all our business in a manner consistent with the highest ethical standards, and we will seek and utilize partners who will do likewise, as this contributes directly to our corporate reputation and the collective success of our organization and selected business partners.

SUBCONTRACTING. Our business partners may not subcontract all or any part of the work on our products without our express written consent, which will not be given unless each subcontractor meets all of the criteria set forth herein.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Our business partners may not give our employees, agents or subagents a gift of value in excess of US$100.00, and may not bribe the officials of any government or administrative authority to benefit us or our business.

IMPLEMENTATION. We will apply these criteria in all business partner determinations, and will continue to implement these policies in the conduct of all activities. This will include our business partners sharing information on production facilities and procedures, with the objective of improving our collective service to customers in a responsible manner. Failure by a business partner to meet these standards, will result in our taking appropriate actions, up to and including cancellation of existing orders.


SCHEDULE 5.4(a)

APPROVED PRESTIGE DEPARTMENT AND SPECIALTY STORES

None


SCHEDULE 5.4(b)

APPROVED OFF-PRICE ACCOUNTS

None


SCHEDULE 5.4 (c)

NEW ACCOUNT APPROVAL FORM

Name of Licensee             ___________________________                      Date:                      ______________

                                               Men’s                                 Women’s

 

ACCOUNT INFORMATION   
COMPANY NAME:     
DOING BUSINESS AS     
(ATTACH BUSINESS CARD)   
ADDRESS     
    
CITY, STATE     
COUNTRY     
TELEPHONE     
EMAIL     
PRINCIPAL/OWNER     
BUYER / MANAGER     
# OF STORES     
LOCATION(S)     
PHOTOS ATTACHED   
    
    
BRANDS CARRIED     
(LIST AT LEAST 3)   
    
    
TYPE OF RETAILER     

APPROVAL

                         ______________________________                                                         ___________________________

                        LICENSEE REPRESENTATIVE                                                                  MICHAEL KORS, LLC

APPROVED

** APPLICATION WILL NOT BE PROCESSED FOR APPROVAL WITHOUT THE FOLLOWING**

 

  ** Photographs

 

  ** Business Card

 

  ** Trade References


SCHEDULE 6.4

RETAIL STORE REQUIREMENTS

1. Definitions . Whenever used in this Schedule 6.04, the following words and phrases, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings (other terms used but not defined in this Schedule shall have the respective meanings set forth in paragraph 1 of the Agreement to which this Schedule is annexed):

“Addendum” or “Addenda” shall mean any one or all of the written appendices to this Schedule relating to any one or all of the Stores, as the case may be.

“Agreement” shall mean the License and Distribution Agreement to which this Schedule is annexed.

“Kors Products” shall mean, as specified in the Addendum relating to each Store, any, some or all, as the case may be, of men’s and women’s apparel, accessories and such other products and categories as may hereafter be manufactured and sold under the Trademarks and are specified on an Addendum hereto, with respect to each Store, which (a) are manufactured by or under license from Licensor; (b) are in the condition and with such labels, markings and tags, and no other, as received by the Stores from Licensor or manufacturers or distributors authorized by Licensor, as the case may be; and (c) bear one of the Trademarks.

“Initial Term” for each Store shall mean a designated period of time during which Licensee is granted the License with respect to such Store and which is specified in the Addendum to this Schedule relating to such Store.

“License” shall mean the right to use the Tradename and such other name or names utilizing any of the Trademarks as Licensor may, from time to time in its sole discretion, authorize in connection with the ownership and operation by Licensee of a Store and the right to sell Kors Products at Retail at such Store.

“Opening Date” and “Final Opening Date” for each Store shall mean the dates specified as such in each Addendum to this Schedule relating to such Store.

“Retail” shall mean the sale under the License to an ultimate consumer physically present at a Store.

“Site” shall mean the location at which a Store is located and which is specified in the Addendum to this Schedule relating to such Store.

“Store” shall have the same meaning as under the Agreement, but for purposes of this Schedule 6.4, shall not include Shops.

“Tradename” shall mean the name designated by Licensor under which a Store is owned and operated, as specified in the Addendum to this Schedule relating to such Store.


“Tradestyle” shall have the meaning set forth in paragraph 2.1 hereof.

2. License .

2.1. Grant of License . Subject to the terms and provisions hereof, Licensor hereby grants to Licensee, and Licensee hereby accepts from Licensor, the License with respect to each Store as to which Licensor, in its sole discretion, shall authorize Licensee to own and operate. Authorizations from Licensor to Licensee to own and operate one or more Stores hereinafter shall be evidenced by Addenda to this Schedule, signed by both Licensor and Licensee, substantially in the form set forth in paragraph 11 below, and specifying the Site, Term, the type of Kors Products which may be sold at the Store, the Tradename and such other unique terms and conditions as may apply to each separate Store. The Tradename shall be displayed in, on and at each Store only in such type style, type size, color scheme, and format as Licensor, in its sole discretion, shall specify (“Tradestyle”), and no other. Each Store shall be used by Licensee exclusively for the sale, at retail, of Kors Products specified in the Addendum for such Store, and for no other purpose whatsoever, except with the written authorization of Licensor. Except as may be provided in paragraph 2.4 hereof, nothing contained in this Schedule shall be construed so as to confer upon Licensee, or require Licensor to grant, any rights to open additional Stores.

2.2. Term of License and Renewals . The License for each Store shall, except as may otherwise be agreed in writing or in the event of an earlier termination in accordance with the Agreement: (i) continue throughout the Term and (ii) automatically terminate if the First or Second Licensor Termination Right pursuant to Section 3.2(a) or 3.2(b) Agreement is properly exercised.

2.3. Exclusivity . Provided that the Agreement has not been terminated, and subject to Section 6.4 of the Agreement, Licensor shall not itself operate or license any third party to operate a Store under the Tradename for the sale of Kors Products specified in the Addendum for such Store within the Territory during the Term.

2.4. Intentionally Omitted .

2.5. Sales at Retail . Licensee shall not sell any Kors Products at any Store except at Retail.

2.6. Site Selection . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Schedule or the Agreement, Licensee acknowledges that Licensor shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to approve all Sites. Licensor shall consult with Licensee in good faith regarding all aspects of Site selection, and to work cooperatively with Licensee in order to identify acceptable Sites which, in Licensor’s judgment, will result in Stores consistent with the high image and reputation that such Stores are intended to present, while taking into account Licensee’s rights and obligations under Section 6.4 of the Agreement and Licensee’s reasonable commercial expectations to the extent practicable.


3. Operations of Stores and Shops. Licensee acknowledges that it is of great importance to Licensor that in the maintenance of the physical plant of the Stores and in the conduct of all of the Stores’ operations, the high standards and reputation of Licensor has established be maintained. Licensee shall comply with such reasonable standards regarding operations of the Stores and Shops as Licensor, upon notice to Licensee, may establish and which, at a minimum, apply generally to local standards for leading stores and shops where Stores and Shops are located. With respect to each Store, Licensor may, from time to time, upon reasonable notice reasonably change, revise, amend or extend such standards. Licensee shall comply with the following standards at each Store:

3.1. Name, Site and Design . No change shall be made in (i) the Tradename or Tradestyle used at each Store and Shop, (ii) the Site of each Store, or (iii) the design, decoration and accessorization of each Store after the initial construction, decoration and accessorization thereof unless first approved in writing by Licensor, except for seasonal changes consistent with the quality and style initially approved by Licensor and not subsequently objected to by Licensor.

3.2. Management of Stores . Licensee shall employ at all times an individual or individuals with suitable qualifications and experience in the retail high quality apparel trade to manage the business and operations of each Store.

3.3. Monthly Sales Reports . Licensee shall mail or e-mail to Licensor monthly sales reports for each Store and Shop which sets forth sales and returns for each category of Kors Products.

3.4. Conduct of Operations . Licensee shall at all times and in all respects conduct its operations at each Store and Shop in a first-class manner so as to reflect creditably on Licensor and so as not to injure, damage, or render less valuable any of the Licensor Marks or the good will connected therewith. After construction and completion of each Store and Shop, Licensee shall actively promote, advertise and sell Kors Products to the public at each Store and Shop. Licensee’s operation of each Store and Shop shall be in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws, regulations, ordinances, zoning codes, and the like. Licensee shall comply with all of Licensor’s reasonable requests respecting its conduct of operations at each Store and Shop, including the design of and displays for each Store.

3.5. Maintenance and Improvements . Licensee shall at all times maintain the interior and exterior of each Store and the surrounding premises used in connection therewith in safe, good, clean, and attractive condition, consistent with Licensor’s standards and, at a minimum, equal to the local standard of leading apparel shops, and shall do such lighting, painting, decorating, embellishing, repairing, and restoration as may from time to time be required to maintain such high standards and the standards of Licensor. Licensee shall comply with all of Licensor’s reasonable requests respecting the maintenance of the physical plant of each Store and improvements thereto, and shall, at its expense, maintain the Store and make regular display and


interior changes in a manner consistent with Licensor’s standards for such maintenance and changes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, License shall make window display changes approximately four (4) times a year and shall, as applicable, periodically update and promptly conduct all necessary repairs, cleaning and maintenance of rugs, floors and fixtures (“Updates and Maintenance”). Licensee shall regularly consult with Licensor regarding its plans with respect to Updates and Maintenance. In addition to such regular Updates and Maintenance, at all times during the Term, Licensee shall be required to refurbish and renovate the showroom and all Stores and Shops to the extent that regular Updates and Maintenance have not been adequate to keep their appearance consistent with the high standards and then current design and merchandising concepts in effect for Licensor’s own showrooms, stores and fixtures in the United States and, in any event, except as may otherwise be agreed by Licensor, not less than every five (5) years.

3.6. Inventory and Personnel . Licensee shall purchase its inventory of Kors Products exclusively from Licensor or distributors approved by Licensor and shall at all times maintain at each Store a reasonably sufficient inventory of the then current collection of Kors Products, display a fair representation of each such collection in keeping with the merchandise mix of Kors Products available for such collection, and shall employ a sufficient number of qualified personnel at each Store, who shall be required to wear exclusively appropriate apparel bearing the Trademarks and who shall be trained by the Store manager as to Licensor’s high standards for customer service and behavior. Licensee shall comply with all of Licensor’s reasonable requests respecting the inventory levels at each Store and the number and qualification of the Stores’ employees.

3.7. Retail Advertising and Business Materials . Licensee shall comply with all standards, specifications and/or designs as may be established by Licensor and furnished to Licensee from time to time, with respect to any advertising and Collateral Materials used by Licensee in connection with Kors Products or each Store. Licensee shall, at the reasonable option of Licensor, include on its business materials and/or on the Stores an indication of the relationship of the parties hereto, Licensee’s status as a corporation or other business entity, and Licensor’s ownership of the Tradename and Trademarks. Licensee and Licensor may mutually develop plans for advertising or promotional activities (e.g., in-store events) specifically relating to one or more Stores, as part of its marketing activities in accordance with Section 6.2 of the Agreement.

3.8. Books and Records . Licensee shall at all times keep an accurate account of all operations within the scope of this Schedule 6.4 and shall provide Licensor from time to time in a form and manner prescribed by Licensor information regarding inventory control, sales records, history of entire inventory as well as individual categories of inventory for each Store and shall generally use such procedures, including ticketing information, purchase orders, invoices, sales slips, etc., as may be required from time to time by Licensor.

3.9. Inspection . Licensee shall permit Licensor or its designated representative to inspect the physical premises and operations of each Store as well as to examine books of account or


other financial records of each Store as reasonably required by the Licensor, at any time during regular working hours upon reasonable prior written notice.

3.10. Liability Solely Licensee’s; Insurance . As between Licensor and Licensee, Licensee hereby assumes all liability which may arise from services rendered to customers and liability for injuries to and by servants, agents, employees, or the general public at each Store or in connection with each Store’s operations. Licensee shall, at its sole cost and expense, obtain and maintain insurance, which may be pursuant to its blanket policy, in amounts sufficient to satisfy any and all obligations, liabilities or damages with which Licensee may be charged in connection with its operation of each Store as aforesaid.

3.11. Financial Covenants .

(a) Licensee shall comply in all material respects with the terms of its agreements with its suppliers of Kors Products, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, agrees to pay such suppliers on a timely basis in accordance with such terms; and

(b) Licensee shall keep all Kors Products acquired from Licensor or its Affiliates free from all liens, charges, and encumbrances of any kind whatsoever, except as may be specifically authorized in writing by Licensor.

4. Obligations of Licensor . During the term of the Agreement and so long as no event of default shall have occurred and not been cured or waived, Licensor shall:

4.1. Availability of Kors Products . Use its best efforts (without being obligated to expend funds or furnish other consideration in connection therewith) to assure that Kors Products manufactured under license from Licensor will be made available for purchase by Licensee in adequate quantities, it being recognized that Licensor does not and cannot control the sales policies of the persons and entities who manufacture and sell Kors Products under license. The procedures and terms for all such products shall be as reasonably specified by Licensor from time to time.

4.2. Training Assistance . Counsel and assist Licensee in the training of staff as to merchandising Kors Products and Store operations as may be reasonably requested from time to time by Licensee.

4.3. Information to be Supplied . Provide Licensee with information and assistance concerning products manufactured by Licensor or any of its Affiliates, which Licensor generally prepares for its customers’ use, in order that Licensee may be made aware of the latest trends in the style and marketing of Kors Products.

4.4. Advertising . Make available to Licensee, on the terms set forth in the Agreement, a reasonable number of copies of advertising and promotional material generally made available by Licensor to Stores in connection with the sale and promotion of Kors Products; such material


may, to the extent deemed appropriate or proper by Licensor, in its sole discretion, incorporate mention of each or any of the Stores.

5. Opening of Stores . Licensee shall, at its expense, design and arrange for the construction, decoration and accessorization of each Store in accordance in all material respects with plans and specifications which shall have been approved in writing in advance by Licensor in its sole discretion. During the design and construction process, Licensee shall, in consultation with Licensor, develop a business plan for each Store reflecting anticipated sales of Kors Products by category and department.

6. Trademark Matters .

6.1. Ownership . Licensor represents and Licensee acknowledges that Licensor is the owner of all right, title and interest in and to the Tradename and the Tradestyle in the Territory and is the owner of the goodwill attached to the Tradename and the Tradestyle. To the extent any rights in and to the Tradename and Tradestyle are deemed to accrue to Licensee pursuant to the Agreement or otherwise, Licensee hereby assigns any and all such rights, at such time as they may be deemed to accrue, to Licensor.

6.2. Effect of Termination . Subject to the terms as contained in the Agreement, upon any termination of the Agreement: (a) Licensee shall immediately terminate all further use of the Tradename and the Tradestyle as the trade name of the Stores or as part thereof, and shall remove from the Stores any and all signs and displays, and shall cease the use of all advertising and promotion material and any other material bearing any of the Marks. Licensee will execute any instruments requested by Licensor which Licensor, in its sole discretion, deems necessary, proper or appropriate to accomplish or confirm the foregoing. Any such assignment, transfer or conveyance pursuant to this paragraph shall be without consideration other than the mutual agreements contained herein. Upon the termination of any License with respect to a Store, all matters contained on any Addendum relating to such Store shall be deemed to have been terminated and, if such termination is with respect to a free-standing store and Licensee does not at the time of such termination, and for six (6) months thereafter, operate any other free-standing Store in the relevant country, Licensor shall thereafter be free to license to others the use of the Tradename or any other tradename licensed hereunder in connection with the operation of Stores in such country, and Licensee will refrain from further use of any of the Marks or any further reference to any of same, direct or indirect, or anything deemed by Licensor to be similar to any of same, in connection with such Store.

7. Representations and Warranties of Licensee . Licensee represents and warrants that with respect to every real property lease relating to an Addendum executed after the date hereof, Licensee shall use its best efforts (but without being obligated to expend funds or furnish other consideration in connection therewith) to negotiate the terms for such lease so that the Landlord for such Store shall not use or otherwise employ the Trademarks in any advertising or promotional materials unless and until such proposed use shall have been approved by Licensor in its sole discretion.


8. Default . In addition to the events of default set forth in paragraph 3.02 of the Agreement, it shall constitute an event of default if an event of default on the part of Licensee shall have occurred under the real estate lease relating to any free-standing Store and the default shall not have been cured or waived within the applicable grace period.

9. Termination .

9.1. Upon the termination or expiration of the Term of the Agreement, Licensee shall, in addition to its other obligations as set forth in the Agreement, immediately deliver to Licensor an inventory schedule of the Kors Products at each Store.

9.2. If upon the termination of the License relating to a Store for any reason whatsoever Licensee shall have on hand any Kors Products at such Store, Licensor shall have the option, exercisable in its sole discretion, to purchase all of said Kors Products in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 9.5 of the Agreement.

10. Risk of Operations . Licensor recognizes that there are many uncertainties in the business contemplated herein, and therefore Licensee agrees and acknowledges that no representations, warranties or guarantees (other than those explicitly set forth in this Schedule) have been made to Licensee, either by Licensor or by anyone acting on its behalf or purporting to represent it, including but not limited to representations concerning the viability of the Stores, the prospects for successful operations, the level of sales, business or profits that Licensee might reasonably expect, or the desirability, profitability or expected traffic volume of the Stores.

11. Form of Addendum for Each Store:

This is the ______ Addendum to that certain License and Distribution Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of April 1, 2011 between Michael Kors, LLC and Michael Kors Trading (Shanghai) Company Limited (“Licensee”), and is made subject to the terms and provisions and definitions contained therein. Attached hereto is the real estate lease relating to the Store which is to be owned and operated pursuant to this Addendum. Licensee represents that said lease is valid and subsisting, all rents and other amounts required to be paid to date hereunder have been paid, and no event or condition exists which constitutes, or after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute, a default under such lease.

 

1) Kors Products

 

2) Site

 

3) Tradename

 

4) Initial Term


5) Opening Date

 

6) Final Opening Date

 

7) Approved Sublicensee

As of the date hereof, Licensee represents and warrants that no event or condition exists which constitutes, or after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute, an event of default under the Agreement.

 

Acknowledged and Agreed to:
Michael Kors, LLC
By:    
Michael Kors (HK) Limited
By:    

Exhibit 10.7

CERTAIN PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A CONFIDENTIAL

TREATMENT REQUEST. OMITTED INFORMATION IS INDICATED BY AN ASTERIK (*) AND HAS

BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

LICENSE AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT made as of this 1st day of April 2011, by and between MICHAEL KORS, L.L.C., a limited liability company existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware, with offices at 11 West 42nd Street, New York, NY, 10036, USA (“Licensor”) and Michael Kors Trading (Shanghai) Company Limited, a Chinese trading company with offices at 35/F Citic Square, Room 3527, No.1168 Nanjing West Road, Shanghai 200041, P.R.China (“Licensee”).

RECITALS

A. Michael Kors is a world-famous designer of women’s and men’s apparel and accessories;

B. Licensor has the sole and exclusive rights in the trademark MICHAEL KORS, MICHAEL MICHAEL KORS, and variations thereof; and

C. Licensee wishes to obtain, and Licensor wishes to grant, an exclusive license for the importation, sale, distribution and promotion of “Licensed Products” (hereinafter defined) upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration including the mutual agreements contained in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

1.1 Advertising Obligation shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

1.2 Affiliate shall mean, with respect to either party, any association, corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity a majority of whose issued and voting shares or equity interest is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by, or is under common control with such party, or owns or controls a majority of the voting shares or equity interest directly or indirectly of such party.

1.3 “ Better shall mean, with respect to market segments for apparel and accessories, the quality and price segment relating to a secondary line of apparel and accessories, as that term is understood in the trade, which is typically sold at price points and is considered to be of a level of quality below Bridge. The term Better shall not include or be read to incorporate any market segment that is typically considered to be above Better, such as Bridge, gold range or Designer Collection.

1.4 “ Bridge shall mean, with respect to market segments for apparel and accessories, the quality and price segment relating to the apparel and accessories lines of high-end fashion designers which are sold at customary bridge price points and generally sold in designated bridge Zones of American high-end department stores. The term Bridge shall not


include or be read to incorporate any market segment that is typically considered to be either below Bridge, such as Better, or above Bridge, such as gold range or Designer Collection.

1.5 “ Business Plan shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.

1.6 “Collateral Materials” shall mean all materials of any kind which either bear any of the Trademarks, or are used in connection with the importation, sale, distribution, marketing or promotion of Licensed Products. Collateral Materials may include, without limitation, invoices, business cards, letterhead, point-of-sale material, signage, catalogs and other direct mail promotions or materials, shops, shop fixtures, advertisements, public relations materials and press packages.

1.7 “ Contract Year ” shall mean any twelve (12) month period from April 1 through March 31, when this Agreement is in full force and effect, and the first Contract Year shall commence on the date of this Agreement and end on March 31, 2012.

1.8 “ Design Calendar shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

1.9 “ Designer Collection shall mean, with respect to market segments for apparel and accessories, the quality and price segment of apparel and accessories relating to the men’s and women’s designer collection lines of high-end fashion designers, which typically is sold at price points and is considered to be of a level of quality higher than Bridge and gold range. The term Designer Collection shall not include or be read to incorporate any market segment that is typically considered to be below Designer Collection, such as, by way of example, gold range, Bridge, Better and/or sportswear.

1.10 “ Discounted Goods shall mean all Licensed Products which are (a) sold to approved off-price accounts as listed on Schedule 5.4(b) hereto, as it may be amended from time-to-time, (b) Seconds, end-of-season excess inventory or returns, or (c) sold by Licensee at a wholesale price which is at least * percent (*%) less than the prevailing wholesale price at which Licensee has customarily sold a significant volume of such Licensed Products to approved accounts listed on Schedule 5.4(a) hereto, as it may be amended from time-to-time.

1.11 “ Duty Free shall mean any store or other channel of trade in which goods are sold free of any national tariffs, duties or taxes on the condition that the purchaser will not bring such goods back into the country (or designated country of origin) in which they are purchased.

1.12 “ Gross Sales shall mean, except as expressly provided herein: (A) in the case of sales by Licensee to independent third party retail accounts in arms length transactions, the aggregate gross sales price for all Licensed Products shipped by Licensee or any of its Affiliates (“Gross Wholesale Sales”), and (B) in the case of sales by Licensee at a Store or Shop, the aggregate actual gross sales price of all Licensed Products sold to retail customers at such Store or Shop (“Gross Retail Sales”), in each case before any deductions whatsoever, including, without limitation, for discounts and returns, insurance and freight.


1.13 “ IP Rights shall mean all copyright and trade dress rights, other than rights in the Trademarks, now or hereafter owned by Licensor in and to any designs, fabrics, patterns, prints, labels, advertising and materials used in conjunction with the Licensed Products, whether created by or on behalf of Licensor or Licensee.

1.14 “ License shall mean the exclusive right to import, sell, distribute and promote Products under the MICHAEL KORS trademark in the Designer Collection market segment and under the MICHAEL MICHAEL KORS trademark in the Better market segment, and the non-exclusive right to use the IP rights in connection therewith.

1.15 “ Licensor Marks shall mean MICHAEL KORS, KORS, KORS MICHAEL KORS, MICHAEL MICHAEL KORS, MK MICHAEL KORS and the MK logo, and variants of any of the foregoing marks.

1.16 “ Licensed Products shall mean Products bearing any Trademarks.

1.17 “ Marketing Obligation shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

1.18 “ Net Sales shall mean Gross Sales of Licensed Products, sold by Licensee or its Affiliates, less: (a) actual credits for returns; (b) with respect to Gross Wholesale Sales only, actual, reasonable and normal trade discounts and allowances (excluding co-op advertising); and (c) all taxes collected by Licensee from, and payable by, the purchaser of the Licensed Products pursuant to applicable law to the extent such taxes are stated separately on the invoices and included in Gross Sales; and (d) with respect to Gross Retail Sales only, actual and documented concession fees paid to department stores in which any Shops are located; provided, however, that such concession fees shall not exceed *% of Gross Retail Sales at any Shop. Total deductions from Gross Wholesale Sales for items listed in (a) and (b) above shall not exceed * percent (*%) of Gross Sales in any Contract Year. No other deductions shall be taken. Gross Wholesale Sales less the deductions expressly permitted in (a), (b) and (c) above are sometimes referred to as “Net Wholesale Sales”, and Gross Retail Sales less the deductions expressly permitted in (a), (c) and (d) above are sometimes referred to as “Net Retail Sales”. It is the intention of the parties that royalties on Net Wholesale Sales will be based on the bona fide wholesale prices at which Licensee or its Affiliates sell Licensed Products to independent retailers in arm’s-length transactions. Further, in the event Licensee shall sell Licensed Products to its Affiliates that are retailers, royalties shall be calculated on the basis of such bona fide wholesale prices irrespective of Licensee’s internal accounting treatment of such sales. If the invoiced amount of the Licensed Products sold and delivered by Licensee is in currencies other than U.S. dollars, the invoiced amount shall be converted into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rate set forth on OANDA.COM on the last day of the month immediately preceding the date of determination of such Net Sales.


1.19 “ New Account Approval Form shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4.

1.20 “ Percentage Royalty shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1 hereof.

1.21 “ Products shall mean: men’s and women’s apparel and accessories, excluding eyewear, watches, footwear, fragrance and personal care products or home furnishings.

1.22 “ Samples shall mean prototypes, runway samples and selling samples of Licensed Products.

1.23 “ Seconds ” shall mean damaged, imperfect, non-first quality or defective Products.

1.24 “ Shop shall mean a retail shop (a) which is a visually defined area of a larger retail or department store; (b) on which one or more signs or fixtures bearing any of the Trademarks is prominently displayed; (c) which is operated under license from Licensor; and (d) within which area substantially solely Licensed Products are sold.

1.25 “ Store shall mean any free-standing retail store which Licensor authorizes Licensee to own and operate under any of the Trademarks, and, where the context indicates, each such store. A Store shall be considered a “Flagship Store” if so designated by Licensor and agreed upon by Licensee. A Store shall be considered an “Off-Price Store” if such Store sells primarily Discounted Goods. Unless the context otherwise indicates, references to “Stores” shall also include all Shops, and references to each “Store” shall also include each Shop, opened pursuant to this Agreement.

1.26 “ Term shall have the meaning set forth in Article 3 hereof.

1.27 “ Territory shall mean China.

1.28 “ Trademarks shall mean the trademark MICHAEL KORS (the “Collection Mark”), MICHAEL MICHAEL KORS (the “Better Mark”), KORS MICHAEL KORS (the “Bridge Mark”) and, subject to Licensor’s prior written approval on a case-by-case basis, variants of the foregoing marks.

1.29 “ Zone shall mean the physical retail selling area designated by department stores for a particular product type or classification (e.g., coats, scarves, swimwear, men’s belts, Designer Collection, etc.).

 

2. LICENSE GRANTED

2.1 License Grant . In accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Licensor hereby grants to Licensee, and Licensee hereby accepts, the License.


2.2 Rights Not Granted . This Agreement is not an assignment or grant to Licensee of any right, title or interest in or to the Trademarks or IP Rights, other than the grant of rights to use the Trademarks and IP Rights in connection with Licensed Products in the market segments in the Territory specifically set forth herein. Licensee acknowledges that Licensor, its Affiliates, manufacturers, and/or licensees may, without violating Licensee’s rights hereunder, distribute, sell, advertise and promote in the Territory: (i) Products in any market segment other than the Collection , Bridge and Better segments under any trademarks other than the Trademarks, and (ii) any products other than Products under the Trademarks or any other trademarks in the Territory. Licensee further acknowledges that Licensor, its Affiliates and licensees may manufacture or authorize the manufacture of Licensed Products in the Territory for sale exclusively outside of the Territory. Licensee shall not have the right to operate, Internet e-commerce sites or any other direct-to-consumer business under the Trademarks, except as expressly permitted herein or as hereafter authorized in writing by Licensor. Licensor expressly retains the right to operate, either directly or through its Affiliates or licensees Internet e-commerce sites and other direct-to-consumer businesses. All rights not specifically granted herein to Licensee are reserved to Licensor, which may at all times fully and freely exercise the same.

2.3 Rights of First Refusal . If, at any time during the Term, Licensor decides to launch a new line of products under any of the Trademarks or under any other trademark that includes or makes reference to Michael Kors or the initials “MK” (a “New Line”), Licensor shall notify Licensee of such intention (a “New Line Notice”) and, subject to the terms of this Section 2.3, Licensee shall have the exclusive option during the Term to import, sell, distribute and/or promote such New Line in the Territory. Licensee shall have sixty (60) days from its receipt of a New Line Notice to present to Licensor a commercially reasonable business plan for the importation, sale, distribution and/or promotion in the Territory of the New Line (a “New Line Business Plan”). Any such New Line Business Plan shall include at least all of the information required to be set forth in the Business Plan pursuant to Section 5.2, and shall provide for Licensee to launch such New Line in the Territory no later than eighteen (18) months after Licensor’s approval of such New Line Business Plan. If Licensee does not present such a New Line Business Plan to Licensor sixty (60) days after receiving a New Line Notice, Licensee’s rights with respect to such New Line shall lapse. If Licensee does submit a New Line Business Plan, Licensor and Licensee shall negotiate in good faith the details of such plan to arrive at a mutually acceptable New Line Business Plan, and shall promptly and in good faith incorporate the terms thereof into a written license with respect to such New Line, which may be in the form of either an amendment to this Agreement or a separate agreement in substantially the form of this Agreement, as reasonably determined by Licensor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Licensee’s rights hereunder shall not apply to eyewear, watches, footwear, fragrance and personal care products, home furnishings or to any product category as to which Licensor grants rights to a third party as part of a multinational license.

 

3. TERM OF AGREEMENT.

3.1 Term . Subject to the provisions of Article 9 hereof, this Agreement shall be for a term (the “ Term”) starting as of the date of this Agreement and ending on March 31, 2041,


unless the Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 3.2 (a) or 3.2 (b) (an “Early Termination”). The period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on March 31, 2012 shall be deemed the first Contract Year of this Agreement. Licensee shall launch the sale of Licensed Products for the Spring 2011 season. It is expressly understood that only the company (which may be Licensee) whose licensed term covers the period subsequent to the expiration of the Term shall be entitled to receive designs for Licensed Products intended to be sold after the expiration of the Term, and to make presentations of such Licensed Products during the market presentation weeks that relate to such subsequent period, even if such market presentation occurs prior to the expiration of the Term. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, unless there is an Early Termination, the last season for which Licensee shall be entitled to receive designs and, during the term hereof, to import and sell Licensed Products shall be the Fall season immediately preceding the expiration of the Term, and Licensor shall at all times be entitled to undertake, directly or through a successor licensee, all activities associated with the design, manufacture and sale of Licensed Products commencing with the following Spring season.

3.2 Licensor Termination Rights.

(a) First Licensor Termination Right . If Net Sales of Licensed Products for the twelve (12) month period ending March 31, 2021 do not equal or exceed USD$*, Licensor shall have the option to terminate the License by giving notice to Licensee no later than June 1, 2021. Such termination shall be effective as of March 31, 2022. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if Licensor exercises the First Licensor Termination Right, the last season for which Licensee shall be entitled to receive designs and, during the term hereof, to import and sell Licensed Products shall be the Fall 2021 season, and Licensor shall at all times be entitled to undertake, directly or through a successor licensee, all activities associated with the design, manufacture and sale of Licensed Products commencing with the Spring 2022 season.

(b) Second Licensor Termination Right . If Net Sales of Licensed Products for the twelve (12) month period ending March 31, 2031 do not equal or exceed USD$*, Licensor shall have the option to terminate the License by giving notice to Licensee no later than June 1, 2031. Such termination shall be effective as of March 31, 2032. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if Licensor exercises the Second Licensor Termination Right, the last season for which Licensee shall be entitled to receive designs and, during the term hereof, to import and sell Licensed Products shall be the Fall 2031 season, and Licensor shall at all times be entitled to undertake, directly or through a successor licensee, all activities associated with the design, manufacture and sale of Licensed Products commencing with the Spring 2032 season.

 

4. CALENDAR; APPROVALS AND QUALITY CONTROL.

4.1 Calendar . Licensee acknowledges that no manufacturing rights with respect to Licensed Products are granted hereunder, and that Licensee will acquire all Licensed Products from the manufacturing facilities designated by Licensor and its various product licensees, and Licensee’s freight forwarder will be responsible for taking possession of all Licensed Products from such facilities and shipping them to Licensee’s distribution center or centers. Licensee shall place orders for Licensed Product in the manner(s) approved by Licensor from time-to-time. To


the extent necessary, Licensee shall enter into separate buying agency agreements with buying agencies designated or approved by Licensor from time-to-time. To the extent Licensor’s international licensing, production department and other personnel assist Licensee in connection with projecting, ordering and order tracking for Licensor-made Products, Licensor shall be entitled to charge Licensee a reasonable fee in connection with such assistance, which fee shall not exceed * percent (*%) of the F.O.B.Q. cost of all orders for which Licensor provides such assistance. Licensor shall invoice Licensee, and Licensee shall pay such fee, on a quarterly basis. In the event that during the Term Licensee wishes to manufacture any Licensed Products for sale in the Territory, Licensee and Licensor will agree in advance and in writing on the design, approval and manufacturing conditions with respect thereto, which shall be subject to Licensor’s approval in its sole discretion. Attached hereto as Schedule 4.1 is a calendar for the production and sale of Licensed Products in any given Contract Year, which specifies the markets that Licensee will cause its personnel to attend and the dates by which orders for each season must be placed (the “Calendar”). The Calendar may be amended from time to time by agreement of the parties. During each Contract Year of this Agreement, Licensor and Licensee shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to effectuate the placement of all orders by Licensee in accordance with the Calendar.

4.2 Mechanism for Obtaining Licensor’s Approval. All approvals required or permitted by this Agreement, including, but not limited to, approval of all Collateral Materials, shall be requested by Licensee in a written submission form to be mutually agreed upon by the parties, upon which Licensor shall indicate its approval or disapproval in writing. Licensee shall have each item for which Licensor’s written approval is sought by Licensee delivered by fax, mail, messenger, by hand or the like to Licensor, attn. President of Licensing, or whatever other address Licensor may provide Licensee in writing from time to time. Licensor shall respond to each such request as promptly as practicable, taking into consideration the nature of the material for which approval is sought and the Calendar, but approval shall in no event be deemed or inferred by any delay or failure of Licensor to respond to any such request.

4.3 Quality Control; Inspections . Licensee acknowledges that the Trademarks represent the prestige and goodwill that Licensor, its corporate affiliates and its predecessors have earned as providers of high-quality apparel and other products, including accessories. Accordingly, Licensee shall carry out the sale, distribution and promotion of Licensed Products, and the production and use of all Collateral Materials, so as to maintain a general standard of quality commensurate with that which the public has come to associate with the Trademarks. Upon Licensor’s request, Licensee shall submit to Licensor for inspection current production samples of Collateral Materials so that Licensor may ensure that the requisite quality standards are being maintained.

4.4 Display of Trademarks; Labels . Licensee shall display the Trademarks in a manner reasonably acceptable to Licensor and, if required by Licensor, shall include notices on all Collateral Materials reflecting Licensor’s ownership of the Trademarks. Licensee shall submit to Licensor for its approval any labels and any other such display items or packaging materials designed by Licensee to be used in connection with the Licensed Products, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.


4.5 Personnel. Licensee shall employ, at Licensee’s sole cost and expense, an appropriate team of dedicated personnel responsible for management of the purchase, importation, marketing, sale and distribution of all Licensed Products, consistent with the organizational chart attached hereto as Schedule 4.5.

4.6 Subcontractors. Licensee may engage subcontractors to manufacture and produce Collateral Materials, provided that Licensee shall ensure that any and all such subcontractors comply with Licensor’s high quality standards, all relevant terms of this Agreement, and with Licensor’s Code of Conduct as it may be amended from time-to-time. Licensor’s current Code of Conduct is annexed hereto as Schedule 4.6. Licensee shall not knowingly engage any subcontractor to manufacture or produce Collateral Materials that violates or in the past has violated any prohibitions on child labor and/or environmental standards under either local or international law. If Licensee discovers at any time during the term hereof that any subcontractor engaged by Licensee is in violation of such prohibitions and/or standards, or of Licensor’s Code of Conduct, Licensee shall terminate its relationship with such subcontractor as soon as commercially practicable.

4.7 Travel Expenses. Any and all travel expenses of Licensor in connection with the development and promotion of the business contemplated herein within the Territory, if undertaken at Licensee’s request, including airfares, accommodations, meals and other incidental charges consistent with Licensor’s then current travel policy, shall be borne solely by Licensee, and Licensee shall reimburse Licensor therefor promptly after Licensor’s submission to Licensee of receipts documenting the same.

 

5. SALE AND DISTRIBUTION OF LICENSED PRODUCTS

5.1 Market Development. Licensee shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to develop, exploit and maintain in the Territory, the market for the Licensed Products in keeping with the prestige of the Trademarks and the high quality products associated therewith. Licensee shall not sell Licensed Products to any entity which it knows or has reason to believe intends to export Licensed Products from the Territory.

5.2 Business Plan and Licensee Investment. Licensee has delivered to Licensor a business plan for the Licensed Products (the “Initial Business Plan”). Commencing on July 1, 2012, Licensee shall deliver to Licensor an updated business plan for each subsequent Contract Year by no later than the July 1st immediately preceding such Contract Year (each, a “Business Plan”). By way of example, the Business Plan to be delivered by July 1, 2012 shall cover the Contract Year starting on March 1, 2013. Licensee shall spend not less than $* in the Territory during the first ten (10) Contract Years. Such investment shall be made in accordance with the Initial Business Plan and subsequent Business Plans, which shall include staffing, retail and wholesale shop construction, marketing and public relations, and all other significant details necessary for the development of the business. Such Business Plans and all regular updates thereto, shall be developed in consultation with Licensor and subject to Licensor’s reasonable approval.


5.3 Sales Reports . Within ten days after the end of every month during each Contract Year, Licensee shall deliver to Licensor a “flash” sales report for such month. Licensee shall also provide in such monthly sales reports such additional information as Licensor may reasonably request. Licensee shall further provide to Licensor, upon Licensor’s reasonable request and to the extent available, a weekly sales report showing Licensee’s retail sales over the previous week in each department store where Licensed Products are then being sold.

5.4 Channels of Distribution. The only channels of distribution of the Licensed Products shall be (a) the approved accounts listed on Schedule 5.4(a) and such other accounts as Licensor may approve in writing upon Licensee’s request; (b) Stores owned or operated by Licensee, (c) Licensor Retail Stores; and (d) to the extent permitted under Section 5.6, the off-price accounts set forth on Schedule 5.4(b) and such other off-price accounts as Licensor may approve in writing upon Licensee’s request. Any sale or distribution of Licensed Products to an account that is not a Store and that has not been approved in advance by Licensor shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement. It is understood and agreed that (i) men’s and women’s Licensed Products under the MICHAEL KORS trademark shall be sold exclusively in the respective men’s and women’s Designer Collection Zones of such stores, and (ii) men’s and women’s Licensed Products under the Better Mark shall be sold exclusively in the appropriate Zones of such stores, with the exception of: (i) specialty stores or other stores that do not merchandise such products in a separate Zone and (ii) Licensor Retail Stores. All requests by Licensee for the approval of a new account shall be submitted to Licensor by completing a New Account Approval Form in the form set forth in Schedule 5.4(c) hereto. Licensee shall keep records of all New Account Approval Forms throughout the term of this Agreement and for two (2) years following the termination or expiration hereof. Licensee shall not have the right to sell, offer for sale or distribute any Licensed Products without Licensor’s prior approval, on a case by case basis, (i) to bases or exchanges of the Armed Forces, (ii) to Duty Free retailers, or (iii) through Duty Free channels of trade.

5.5 Seconds, Returns and Excess Inventory. Licensee may sell its inventory of Discounted Goods to Off-Priced Stores and to approved off-price accounts as provided in Section 5.4. Licensee shall clearly and permanently “red line” the labels of any Seconds, and shall require any off-price accounts not to advertise or promote the Licensed Products. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, Discounted Goods sold by Licensee in each Contract Year shall not exceed * percent (*%) of the total units of Licensed Products sold by Licensee in such Contract Year.

 

6. ADVERTISING, MARKETING AND PROMOTION

6.1 Advertising. Licensee shall comply with all standards, specifications and/or designs as may be established by Licensor and furnished to Licensee from time to time, with respect to any advertising or other business materials used by Licensee in connection with Licensed Products. In addition, Licensee’s advertising and business materials shall be consistent with the prestige of the Trademarks and Licensee shall not employ or otherwise release any of the same, including, without limiting the foregoing, any advertisement relating to Licensed


Products, unless and until Licensee shall have made a request, in writing, detailing the dates and use to be made of such advertising material (e.g. TV, print, catalog, etc.) to Licensor for approval and Licensor shall have approved the same. Licensee shall not use any vendor for any of such materials unless such vendor has been approved in advance by Licensor. Approval or disapproval of any such proposed use shall be given by Licensor as promptly as practicable after receipt of Licensee’s written request in connection therewith, but in all cases within three (3) weeks after receipt by Licensor of Licensee’s request; if neither approval nor disapproval has been given within such time, approval shall be deemed to have been withheld. In each Contract Year during the Term Licensee shall expend not less than * percent (*%) of total Net Wholesale Sales, plus * percent (*%) of Net Retail Sales for advertising and promotional activities in the Territory (the “Advertising Obligation”). From and after the Contract Year ending March 31, 2013, * percent (*%) of the Advertising Obligation shall be remitted to Licensor in support of Licensor’s in-house agency costs (the “Agency Contribution”). The Agency Contribution shall be paid to Licensor in advance, in quarterly installments on April 1, July 1, October 1, and January of each Contract Year. For purposes of calculating the Agency Contribution in any Contract Year, the total amount to be paid by Licensee shall be based on the higher of (i) Licensee’s projected Net Wholesale Sales plus Net Retail Sales as set forth in the Business Plan for the upcoming Contract Year or (ii) actual Net Wholesale Sales plus Net Retail Sales in the previous Contract Year. The Marketing Obligation shall not be credited against the Agency Contribution nor shall Licensee be otherwise entitled to deduct any amount therefrom. If for any reason the actual Net Wholesale Sales plus Net Retail Sales in any Contract Year are greater than the Net Wholesale Sales plus Net Retail Sales used for the calculation of the Advertising Obligation (the “Excess Amount”), the relevant percentage of such excess shall be added to the Advertising Obligation in the immediately following Contract Year, less * percent (*%) of such amount, which shall be remitted to Licensor as an additional Agency Contribution simultaneously with the accounting statement which reflects such excess. For the avoidance of doubt, the Agency Contribution shall be paid out of, and constitute a deduction from, the Advertising Obligation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Excess Amount arises in the final Contract Year of the Term, such Excess Amount shall be paid to Licensor immediately upon the expiration of the Term.

6.2 Marketing. Licensee shall spend such amounts as are reasonable and customary for the business contemplated herein on other marketing and promotional activities with respect to Licensed Products not specifically delineated hereunder including, but not limited to, cooperative advertising, trade advertising, point-of-sale materials (including fixtures and signage), fashion shows, seasonal product presentations and events with fashion editors. Licensee shall not undertake any marketing or promotional activities, or produce or distribute any marketing or promotional materials of any kind in connection with Licensed Products, without Licensor’s prior written approval. Any Collateral Materials to be used by Licensee in connection with its activities pursuant to this Section 6.2 (including, without limitation, look books, catalogs and pictures) shall be produced either (i) by Licensor, with Licensee to pay Licensor the cost of such materials plus a * percent (*%) commission, or (ii) by an agency approved by Licensor, with all costs thereof to be paid by Licensee.

6.3 Showroom. At all times during the term of this Agreement, Licensee shall, at Licensee’s sole cost and expense, construct and maintain in location reasonably approved by Licensor a separate and dedicated showroom for the continuous presentation of the Licensed Products. Such showroom shall, at Licensee’s sole cost and expense, be designed, constructed and


furnished in all respects by Licensor’s designated architects and designers according to Licensor’s specifications and subject to Licensor’s approval. Upon completion, such showroom shall be subject to Licensor’s final review and approval, and shall thereafter be subject to Licensor’s continuing approval thereof, so as to assure reasonable periodic renovation to reflect Licensor’s showroom concepts and standards.

6.4 Store Development .

(a) Licensee shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to develop, exploit and maintain in the Territory the market for the Licensed Products in keeping with the prestige of the Trademarks and the high quality products associated therewith. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, provided this Agreement has not expired or been terminated, Licensee shall at all times: (1) during the ten (10) year period commencing on April 1, 2021 own and operate not less than 15 stores, shop-in-shops and other high-end points of distribution in the Territory; and (2) during the ten (10) year period commencing on April 1, 2031 own and operate not less than 30 stores, shop-in-shops and other high-end points of distribution in the Territory. Licensor and Licensee shall enter into such additional agreements as are necessary for Licensee to own and operate stores, shop-in-shops and other high-end points of distribution in the Territory.

(b) All aspects of the design and decoration and, as applicable, the renovation, of all Stores, including without limitation the materials, fittings, fixtures, furnishings, signs, decoration, equipment and interior and exterior design must conform with Licensor’s specifications and the quality of the same shall be subject to Licensor’s approval. Fixtures may be purchased by Licensee only from vendors and sources approved by Licensor. Licensee shall obtain (at Licensee’s expense) the services of such store designer as Licensor may reasonably designate in connection with the design and decoration of the first Store in the Territory. Thereafter, Licensee may designate its own architect in connection with the design and decoration of each Shop and Store, but shall cause such architect to work cooperatively and in good faith with Licensor in connection with the development and execution of each such project. Each Store shall, unless otherwise agreed by Licensor in its sole discretion, be owned and operated solely by Licensee in accordance with the Retail Store Requirements set forth in Schedule 6.4 annexed hereto and, except as expressly otherwise set forth in such Retail Store Requirements, on all of the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

7. ROYALTIES AND REQUIRED MINIMUM NET SALES

7.1 Royalty Rate. In consideration of the license granted herein, Licensee shall pay to Licensor a percentage royalty (the “Percentage Royalty”) in each Contract Year of * percent (*%) of Net Wholesale Sales, plus (i) * (*%) of Licensee’s Net Retail Sales during the first ten Contract Years of the Term, and (ii) * (*%) of Licensee’s Net Retail Sales thereafter.

7.2 Royalty Waiver. Licensee hereby waives the Percentage Royalty on all Net Sales of Licensed Products prior to April 1, 2013.

7.3 Royalty Statements . On a quarterly basis, on the last day of the month


immediately following the close of each quarter in each Contract Year, Licensee shall provide to Licensor a royalty statement certified as true and accurate by an officer of Licensee separately setting forth the aggregate Gross Sales, merchandise returns, credits, trade allowances and net sales (relevant to each account) of all sales of Licensed Products by Licensee for the quarter covered by such statement, together with a computation of Net Sales and computation of the amounts due Licensor in respect thereof. The statement for the final quarter of each Contract Year also shall include a calculation of total Net Sales (separately setting forth the amount deducted therefrom in respect of each of the items (a) through (c) listed in the definition of Net Sales) and the Percentage Royalty for the preceding Contract Year. Licensor’s acceptance of any statement or payment shall be without prejudice to Licensor’s right to dispute the accuracy thereof, and Licensee shall remain fully liable for any balance due under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, under no circumstances shall Licensee be required to pay royalties with respect to any Contract Year in excess of the Percentage Royalty for such Contract Year, but the Percentage Royalty payments made with respect to one Contract Year shall not entitle Licensee to any set-off or deduction in any other Contract Year.

7.4 Payments . All royalties and other amounts payable to Licensor hereunder shall be paid in U.S. currency to a bank account designated by Licensor. Licensee may deduct withholding tax from payments, but only to the extent required by applicable law. If Licensee fails to make any payment hereunder on the date due, without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Licensor, Licensee shall pay interest on such unpaid amounts at a rate per annum equal to two (2) percentage points above the prime commercial interest rate per annum then being charged by Citibank in New York, New York (or “base rate” or equivalent if the term “prime rate” is not then being used by Citibank) as of the close of business on the date such payment initially became due from and including such date to but not including the date such amount is paid in full (or, if such rate exceeds the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, such maximum rate). With respect to sales of Licensed Products in a currency other than U.S. dollars, for purposes of calculating the royalty payable to Licensor, such shall be computed on the basis of the exchange rate of the applicable currency into United States dollars quoted on OANDA.COM as of the close of business on the last day of the applicable quarter.

7.5 No Right of Set-Off . Except as may otherwise be expressly provided herein, Licensee shall not have the right to set off, withhold, compensate or make any deduction from any payment of royalties due hereunder for any reason whatsoever.

7.6 Taxes . Licensee shall bear all taxes, duties and other governmental charges in the Territory relating to or arising under this Agreement, including, without limitation, any state, local or federal income taxes (except withholding taxes on royalties imposed by applicable law), any stamp or documentary taxes or duties, turnover, sales or use taxes, value added taxes, excise taxes, customs or exchange control duties or any other charges relating to or on any royalty payable by Licensee to Licensor. Licensee shall obtain, at its own cost and expense, all licenses, Reserve Bank,


Commercial Bank or other bank approvals, and any other documentation necessary for the importation of materials and the transmission of royalties and all other payments relevant to Licensee’s performance under this Agreement. If any tax or withholding tax is imposed on royalties, Licensee shall pay all such deducted withholding taxes to the appropriate taxing authority and deliver to Licensor the certified receipts evidencing such payment and shall be responsible for any interest and penalties (in the event such tax payments are not made timely). Nothing herein shall be construed so as to require Licensee to pay state, local or federal taxes based on Licensor’s income.

7.7 Royalty Records . Licensee shall keep true books of account containing an accurate record of all data necessary for the determination of the amounts payable to or on behalf of Licensor under this Agreement, and maintain the same throughout the Term and for two (2) years thereafter. Licensor may from time to time, during regular business hours and upon reasonable advance notice, examine the applicable records of Licensee in order to verify payments, record keeping requirements and compliance by Licensee with its obligations hereunder. Such examinations shall be conducted during regular business hours at the Licensee’s offices by a certified public accountant selected by Licensor. All costs and fees relating to each such examination shall be borne by Licensor, provided, however, that if any such examination discloses an underpayment or underexpenditure by Licensee exceeding * percent (*%) or USD$*, Licensee shall pay the costs and fees thereof. Licensor shall conduct no more than one (1) such examination during a twelve (12)-month period.

 

8. TRADEMARKS AND IP RIGHTS

8.1 Ownership of Trademarks and IP Rights . As between Licensor and Licensee, the Trademarks and IP Rights (including IP Rights in all materials of any kind created by or on behalf of Licensee hereunder) and the goodwill appurtenant thereto are the sole and exclusive property of Licensor. Licensee acknowledges that all uses of the Trademarks and IP Rights hereunder and all the goodwill attached or which shall become attached to the Trademarks and IP Rights in connection with the manufacture, sale, distribution, promotion and advertising of the Licensed Products shall inure solely to Licensor’s benefit.

8.2 Protection of Trademarks and IP Rights . Licensor and Licensee shall prepare and execute all necessary documents, including, without limitation, registered user agreements and/or license registration documents, and Licensee shall cooperate with Licensor as requested by Licensor and do whatever is reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Trademarks and the IP Rights. Licensee shall not do anything or authorize anyone to do anything which may adversely affect any ownership rights of Licensor in the Trademarks, or the IP Rights, or which may reduce or dilute the value or distinctiveness of the Trademarks or disparage or detract from their reputation and prestige. Licensor in its sole discretion shall determine whether the Trademarks and IP Rights should be registered and shall bear all costs of such registrations, maintenance and renewals in the Territory. Licensee shall not seek to register the Trademarks, the IP Rights, or any trademark confusingly similar to the Trademarks for any products, and Licensee shall not use any trademark confusingly similar to the Trademarks for any products. The provisions of, and the obligations of Licensee under, this Article 8 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.


8.3 No Challenge . Licensee shall not challenge Licensor’s ownership of or the validity of any of the Trademarks or IP Rights, any applications or registrations therefor or any rights of Licensor therein. The provisions of this Section 8.3 shall survive the expiration of the Term.

8.4 Use of Trademarks and IP Rights . Licensee shall use the Trademarks and IP Rights solely in connection with the Licensed Products. Licensee shall use and display the Trademarks only in such form and manner as are specifically provided or approved by Licensor. Licensor may promulgate, from time to time, reasonable rules and amendments thereto, relating to use of the Trademarks, and Licensee shall comply with all such rules and amendments.

8.5 Compliance with Laws . Licensee shall comply with all the trademark laws and other applicable laws relating to intellectual property in force in the Territory in order to protect the rights of Licensor in and to the Trademarks and IP Rights. Licensee shall use the Trademarks and IP Rights strictly in compliance with all applicable legal requirements and shall use such markings in connection therewith as may be required by applicable legal provisions. In addition, each Licensed Product shall be manufactured, packaged, labeled, sold and distributed in accordance with all applicable international, national, state, provincial, local and other laws, rules and regulations, including any applicable environmental laws, governing the design, quality, transportation and safety of such products. Licensee expressly acknowledges that Licensor shall rely on Licensee to ensure that the manufacture, packaging, labeling, advertising, sale and distribution of Licensed Products hereunder shall conform in all respects with all applicable laws. Licensee shall promptly bring to Licensor’s attention any concerns it may have with respect to legal compliance of any Licensed Products and, notwithstanding any approval given or request made by Licensor, Licensee shall not be obligated to make or sell any such items hereunder until such concerns have been addressed to Licensee’s reasonable satisfaction.

8.6 Infringement . Licensee shall notify Licensor in writing promptly upon learning of any suspected infringement of the Trademarks or IP Rights, or imitation or counterfeiting of Licensed Products in the Territory. Licensor thereupon shall at its sole discretion take such action as it deems advisable for the protection of its rights in and to the Trademarks, IP Rights and Licensed Products and, if requested to do so by Licensor, Licensee shall provide reasonable assistance to Licensor in all respects, including, without limitation, by being plaintiffs or co-plaintiffs in any one or more lawsuits in connection therewith and by causing their officers to execute pleadings and other related documents. The institution and conduct of litigation, the selection of attorneys and the settlement of litigation and claims affecting the Trademarks and IP Rights in the Territory shall be entirely within the discretion of Licensor and under Licensor’s control. Licensee may, in its discretion, participate in such litigation relating to infringing Products at its own expense with its own attorneys. In no event, however, will Licensor be required to take any action if it deems it inadvisable to do so and Licensee will have no right to take any action with respect to the Trademarks or IP Rights without Licensor’s prior written consent. All costs and expenses, including reasonable legal and investigative fees incurred in connection with any such actions which are so undertaken, shall be borne equally Licensor and Licensee, and each party’s expenses shall be reimbursed out of any monetary recovery obtained, and the remainder, if any, shall be divided equally between the parties. If the monetary recovery obtained is not sufficient to fully reimburse both parties, the parties’ expenses shall be reimbursed on a pro rata basis out of such monetary recovery.


8.7 Use of Trademarks on Business Materials . The use of the Trademarks by Licensee in the masthead or letterhead of invoices, order forms, stationery and related materials in advertising in telephone or other directory listings is permitted only upon Licensor’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, of the format in which the Trademarks are to be so used, the juxtaposition of the Trademarks with other words and phrases, and the content of the copy prior to the initial such use of the Trademarks and prior to any material change therein; provided, however, that each such use of the Trademarks is only in conjunction with the manufacture, sale, distribution or promotion of Licensed Products pursuant to this Agreement. Licensee shall not use any of the Trademarks as part of a business or trade name without Licensor’s prior written approval.

8.8 No Use of Trademarks By Licensee After Termination . Subject to Licensee’s limited right to sell off its inventory pursuant to Section 9.5 hereof, upon termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, Licensee shall immediately discontinue any and all use of the Trademarks and IP Rights in connection with products, services or materials of any kind.

 

9. TERMINATION .

9.1 Other Rights Unaffected . It is understood and agreed that automatic termination or termination by either party on any ground shall be without prejudice to any other remedies either party may have. Notwithstanding any termination in accordance with this Article 9, Licensor and Licensee shall have and hereby reserve all rights and remedies which such party has, or which are granted to such party by operation of law, to be compensated for damages for breach of this Agreement by the other party; and Licensor shall have and hereby reserves all rights and remedies which it has, or which are granted to it by operation of law, to enjoin the unlawful or unauthorized use of the Trademarks or IP Rights (which injunctive relief may be sought in the courts and also may be sought prior to or in lieu of termination) and to collect accrued and unpaid royalties. In addition, nothing herein shall be deemed to prevent Licensee or Licensor from bringing an action for damages in lieu of seeking termination of this Agreement if a breach by the other occurs and is not cured timely in accordance with the provisions of this Article 9.

9.2 Automatic Termination . This Agreement shall automatically and immediately terminate:

 

  (a) If Licensee is ordered or adjudged bankrupt, is placed in the hands of a receiver, enters into any scheme or composition with creditors or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

 

  (b) If the assets of the Licensor or Licensee are nationalized or appropriated by any government or governmental authority.

9.3 Licensor’s Right of Termination . Licensor shall have the right to terminate the Term by delivering written notice to Licensee pursuant to Section 3.2(a) and 3.2(b) and Licensee shall have no right to cure. In addition, Licensor shall have the right to terminate the Term, subject to Licensee’s right to cure set forth herein:


  (a) If Licensee fails to pay royalties or any other amount due Licensor hereunder on the date due;

 

  (b) If Licensee materially breaches any of its representations and warranties herein;

 

  (c) If Licensee attacks the title or any rights of Licensor in and to the Trademarks; or

 

  (d) If Licensee shall otherwise fail to perform any term of this Agreement to be performed, not covered by the preceding sections.

Upon Licensee’s default, Licensor shall give Licensee writing notice stating the nature of the default and Licensor’s intent to terminate the Term. Licensee shall have thirty (30) days (except for defaults under Section 9.3(a)in which case Licensee shall have five (5) days) from receipt of such written notice to cure the alleged default. If Licensee fails to cure within the time frame set forth above for the default in question, the Term shall terminate upon the expiration of the relevant cure period, without the need for Licensor to provide any additional notice; provided, however, that, to the extent any such default under Sections 9.3(e) is curable but not within such thirty (30)-day period, and Licensee is diligently proceeding to cure such default, such default will not constitute grounds for termination if it is cured within ninety (90) days from the date the notice of default was given.

9.4 Licensee’s Right of Termination . Licensee shall have the right, subject to Licensor’s right to cure set forth herein, to terminate the Term if Licensor sells, distributes or authorizes others to sell Licensed Products in violation of Licensee’s exclusive rights hereunder, by giving written notice to Licensor specifying the default. Licensor shall have ninety (90) days from receipt of such written notice to cure the alleged default. If Licensor is unable to cure within the time frame set forth above for the default in question, the Term shall terminate upon Licensee’s further written notice of termination to Licensor.

9.5 Effect of Termination; Inventory . Upon the termination or expiration of the Term for any reason whatsoever, the License and all rights of Licensee to use the Trademarks and IP Rights shall cease and terminate. Upon any such expiration or termination, Licensee shall, within twenty (20) days thereafter, deliver to Licensor, separately for each of the Trademarks, the following: (i) a complete list of Licensee’s then-current accounts for Licensed Products and, for each account, Net Sales for the last-completed Contract Year, indicating regular price and off-price sales; (ii) a list of each style, indicating total Net Sales dollars and units for the last-completed Contract Year, as well as Licensee’s published list price and suggested retail price, if any; (iii) a list of the “top 20” selling styles for the last-completed Contract Year, and two (2) samples of each. All information shall be stated separately with respect to each of the Trademarks and each product category. Simultaneous with the delivery of such information, Licensee shall also deliver a complete and accurate schedule of Licensee’s inventory (to the SKU level) of Licensed Products, reflecting Licensee’s landed cost for each item, and all related work in process and materials then on hand, in the possession of contractors and in transit including non-cancelable orders identifiable to Licensed Products or bearing Trademarks (“Inventory”). The Inventory schedule shall be prepared as of the close of business on the date of the expiration or termination of the License. Except as Licensor may otherwise agree, all cancelable orders for the production of Licensed Products and/or related materials used to produce Licensed Products shall promptly be canceled. Licensor shall have the option (but not


the obligation), exercisable by written notice delivered to Licensee within thirty (30) days after its receipt of the Inventory schedule, to purchase any or all of the Inventory for an amount equal to the cost of the Inventory being purchased for Inventory less than one (1) year old, and * percent (*%) of cost for Inventory more than one (1) year old. No Percentage Royalty shall be due from Licensee in respect of any such sales to Licensor at the prices set forth in the preceding sentence. In the event Licensor notifies Licensee that it is exercising its purchase option, Licensee shall deliver to Licensor or its designee all of the Inventory referred to in Licensor’s notice within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such notice. Licensor shall pay Licensee for such Inventory as is in marketable, first quality condition within thirty (30) days after its receipt thereof, after deduction from the purchase price all amounts owed by Licensee hereunder. In the event Licensor does not exercise its purchase option or purchases less than all of the Inventory, and if the License expires or is terminated by Licensor other than for any breach arising from material misuse of the Trademarks or any uncured failure by Licensee to make any payment when due hereunder, Licensee (but no other person or entity) shall be entitled, for a period of six (6) months only (the “Sell-off Period”) on a non-exclusive basis to sell and dispose of its remaining Inventory of Licensed Products on hand at the expiration or other termination of the Term. All sales pursuant to this Section shall be made subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement and to a timely accounting for and the payment of the Percentage Royalty thereon. Such accounting and payment shall be due in accordance with Sections 7.5 and 7.6 hereof, and a final accounting and payment shall be due within thirty (30) days after the end of the Sell-off Period. If Licensee fails to comply with the foregoing, Licensor may terminate the Sell-off Period immediately upon written notice.

9.6 Cooperation After Termination . It is the intention of Licensor and Licensee that, in anticipation of and upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Agreement, Licensor and Licensee shall work together to ensure an orderly transition of the manufacture, sale, distribution and promotion of Licensed Products from Licensee to Licensor or its designee.

9.7 Freedom To License Upon Termination . In the event of termination of this Agreement or the receipt by Licensor of a notice of termination from Licensee, Licensor shall be free to license to others the use of the Trademarks and IP Rights in connection with the manufacture, sale, distribution and promotion of Licensed Products in the Territory.

9.8 Rights Personal to Licensee. The licenses and rights granted hereunder are personal to Licensee. No assignee for the benefit of creditors, receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, sheriff or any other officer or court charged with taking over custody of Licensee’s assets or business, shall have any right to continue performance of this Agreement or to exploit or in any way use the Trademarks or IP Rights if this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Article 9, except as may be required by law.

 

10. LICENSOR BUYBACK OPTION

10.1 For purposes of this Article 10, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

 

  (a)

“Designee” shall mean an affiliate or affiliates of Licensor designated by


  it.

 

  (b) “Exempt Holders” shall mean holders of equity securities of Michael Kors Far East Holdings Limited (“MKFEHL”) or any of its subsidiaries that acquire such equity securities pursuant to subclauses (C) through (E) of Section 10.2.

 

  (c) “IPO” shall mean the closing of a public offering of MKFEHL or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar securities laws of any foreign jurisdiction.

10.2 Prior to the consummation of an IPO, if (i) MKFEHL or any of its subsidiaries proposes to issue additional equity securities, (ii) any shareholder of MKFEHL, other than an Exempt Holder, proposes to sell, assign, devise, bequeath, pledge, transfer, hypothecate or in any manner dispose or part with (in any such case, a “Transfer”) any equity securities of MKFEHL or (iii) any shareholder of any subsidiary of MKFEHL, other than an Exempt Holder, proposes to Transfer any equity securities of any such subsidiary, other than (A) any issuance or Transfer of equity securities to MKFEHL or any of its subsidiaries, or to any shareholder of MKFEHL as of the date of this Agreement or any affiliate of any such shareholder (so long as such affiliate agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Article 10), provided that in each case Sportswear Holdings Limited and its affiliates continue to hold (directly or indirectly) a majority of the voting securities in Licensee, (B) issuances of equity securities to third parties for bona fide business financing purposes so long as such third parties agree in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Article 10, (C) issuances of equity securities (including, without limitation, stock options and restricted securities) to employees, officers, directors or consultants of MKFEHL or any of its subsidiaries, (D) equity securities issued as all or a portion of the purchase price for an acquisition of assets or securities of another entity, (E) equity securities issued for bona fide commercial purposes to third party service providers, lessors or other third party business partners, or (F) equity securities issued pursuant to a division or combination of shares, a dividend of shares or a reclassification of shares distributable on a pro rata basis to all holders of such shares, then MKFEHL shall deliver to the Licensor a written notice of such proposed issuance or Transfer of equity securities (the “Issuance or Transfer Notice”) at least thirty (30) days prior to the date of the proposed issuance or Transfer. Licensor (or one or more of its Designees) shall have the option, exercisable within twenty (20) days following Licensor’s receipt of the Issuance or Transfer Notice, to purchase for cash all (but not less than all) of such equity securities on the same terms as those of the proposed issuance or Transfer of such equity securities by delivering written notice to MKFEHL. The closing of any such purchase shall occur not later than sixty (60) days after the date the Issuance or Transfer Notice was delivered to Licensor, as such period may be extended by any applicable waiting periods required by any applicable antitrust or other law.

10.3 In the event that MKFEHL or any of its subsidiaries proposes to consummate an IPO (the “Listco”), MKFEHL shall first give written notice of such proposed IPO (the “IPO Notice”) to Licensor. Licensor (or one or more of its Designees) shall have the option, exercisable within thirty (30) days following Licensor’s receipt of the IPO Notice, to purchase


for cash all (but not less than all) of the outstanding equity securities of the Listco, other than equity securities of the Listco held by Exempt Holders (the “Subject Securities”), at a purchase price equal to the percentage represented by the Subject Securities (on a fully diluted basis) of the projected fully distributed (i.e. with no IPO or other market discounts) total market capitalization of the Listco upon consummation of the proposed IPO (the “IPO Valuation”). The IPO Valuation shall be determined by an internationally recognized investment bank mutually selected by Licensor and MKFEHL, the costs of which shall be borne equally by Licensor and the Listco. The closing of any such purchase shall occur not later than thirty (30) days after the completion of the IPO Valuation, as such period may be extended by any applicable waiting periods required by any applicable antitrust or other law.

 

11. INDEMNIFICATION .

11.1 Licensor’s Indemnification of Licensee . Licensor shall release, defend, hold harmless and indemnify Licensee and each of its officers, directors, controlling persons and agents from any claims, demands, causes of action, judgments, settlements, fines or other costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising solely out of a third-party claim that the use by Licensee of the Trademarks in strict accordance with the terms of this Agreement violates the rights of such third party; provided, however, that such indemnification obligation shall not apply to any use of the Trademarks outside the Territory, notwithstanding Licensor’s approval of such use, absent written confirmation from Licensor that it accepts such indemnification obligation. Licensee shall give Licensor prompt notice of any such claim or suit. Licensor shall have the right to undertake and conduct the defense of any suit so brought through counsel of Licensor’s choice.

11.2 Licensee’s Indemnification of Licensor . Except as expressly provided in Section 11.1, Licensee shall release, defend, hold harmless and indemnify Licensor and each of its officers, directors, controlling persons and agents from and against any claims, demands, causes of action, judgments, settlements, fines or other costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) which Licensor may incur or be obligated to pay or for which it may become liable or be compelled to pay in any action, claim or proceeding against it arising out of or in connection with the business contemplated herein, including without limitation Licensee’s performance of this Agreement, any alleged design or utility patent infringement, any alleged defect in any Licensed Product produced by or for Licensee under this Agreement or the manufacture, labeling, sale, distribution or advertisement of any Licensed Product by Licensee in violation of any law. Licensor shall give Licensee prompt notice of any such claim or suit. Licensee shall undertake and conduct the defense of any suit so brought through counsel of Licensee’s choice, subject to Licensor’s right of approval, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to entering into settlement of any such claim or suit which would be reasonably likely to adversely affect any of the Licensor Marks and/or would be reasonably likely to damage Licensor’s goodwill, Licensee shall obtain Licensor’s written consent to such settlement (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The provisions of this Section and Licensee’s obligations hereunder shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.


12. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

12.1 Licensor’s Representations and Warranties . Licensor represents and warrants to Licensee that:

 

  (a) It has the full right, power and authority to grant the rights herein granted to Licensee, including without limitation the right to license the Trademarks in accordance with this Agreement; and

 

  (b) Neither Licensor nor any Affiliate of Licensor has granted any third party a license to use during the Term the Trademarks in violation of Licensee’s exclusive rights hereunder, and no such other license shall be granted to any other party during the Term.

12.2 Licensee’s Representations and Warranties . Licensee represents and warrants to Licensor that:

 

  (a) It has the full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder;

 

  (b) It is not currently in and has not filed for bankruptcy protection;

 

  (c) It has adequate resources and personnel to sell, distribute and promote the Licensed Products within the Territory;

 

  (d) It shall take all actions required by any local, national, state or regional agency, government or commission to exercise the rights licensed hereunder and to perform its obligations hereunder in compliance with applicable law. Licensee shall immediately provide Licensor with copies of any communication to or from any such agency, government or commission that relates to or affects this Agreement or the Trademarks in a material respect; and

 

  (e) No event has occurred that, at or prior to the date hereof, would have a material adverse impact on the business, operation or condition (financial or otherwise) of Licensee.

12.3 Risks of the Business . Licensee recognizes that there are many uncertainties in the business contemplated by this Agreement. Licensee agrees and acknowledges that other than those representations explicitly contained in this Agreement, if any, no representations, warranties or guarantees of any kind have been made to Licensee, either by Licensor or its Affiliates, or by anyone acting on their behalf. Without limitation, no representations concerning the value of the Licensed Products or the prospects for the level of their sales or profits have been made and Licensee has made its own independent business evaluation in deciding to manufacture and distribute the Licensed Products on the terms set forth herein.

13.     INSURANCE. Without limiting Licensee’s obligations under the indemnity provisions set forth in Section 11.2 hereof, Licensee agrees to obtain and maintain at all times during the Term of this Agreement and for three (3) years thereafter, at its own expense, comprehensive general and product liability insurance policies covering all liability arising out of bodily injury, advertising liability, complete operations liability and/or property damage with a carrier or carriers reasonably


acceptable to Licensor. Said insurance coverage shall be primary and non-contributing with respect to any other insurance or self insurance which may be maintained by Licensor. All deductibles, self-insured retentions or retrospective premium features shall be assumed by Licensee, for the account of Licensee, and at Licensee’s sole expense and risk. Licensor will be named as an additional insured under such policies with a minimum total insurance coverage in accordance with industry standards in the Territory and as reasonably approved by Licensor, and Licensee will provide evidence of such insurance to Licensor, including certificates of insurance and a copy of all current applicable insurance policies, before commercial sale of the Licensed Products as provided hereunder. Licensee or its insurance carrier shall provide Licensor with certificates of insurance and a copy of all insurance policies upon each policy renewal, rewriting or change. Licensee or its insurance carrier shall further provide written notice to Licensor at least thirty (30) days prior to any insurance policy cancellation, lapse or termination for any reason whatsoever. At all times, the insurance set forth herein must cover the countries in the Territory in which Licensee are from time to time selling and/or distributing Licensed Products. Further, Licensee shall carry “all risk” property insurance coverage on the Licensed Products as well as business interruption insurance on Licensee’s operations. The property insurance coverage shall, for the purposes of claim settlement, reflect selling price as the value of finished goods, and shall cover Licensee’s goods on premises owned, rented or controlled by Licensee and, where required by the terms of sale, while in transit.

14. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLICENSING. Neither party shall assign or sublicense this Agreement, in whole or in part, or any of its rights, duties and obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed; provided, however, that Licensor shall have the right, upon written notice to Licensee, to assign or sublicense this Agreement, in whole or in part, to an Affiliate of Licensor or the purchaser of all or substantially all of Licensor’s business under, or the right to use, the Trademarks.

15. CONFIDENTIALITY; PRESS. The parties acknowledge that, in furtherance of this Agreement, they will receive from the other information which may consist of business methods and practices, identification of personnel, customers, prospective customers and suppliers, financial information, inventions, processes, methods, products, patent applications, specifications, drawings, sketches, models, samples, designs, ideas, technical information and other confidential business information and trade secrets. The parties recognize that these materials are valuable property. Licensee and Licensor acknowledge the need to preserve the confidentiality and secrecy of these materials and agree to take all necessary steps to ensure that use by the recipient, or by its contractors will in all respects preserve such confidentiality and secrecy. Each party shall take all commercially reasonable precautions to protect the secrecy of the materials, samples, and designs described in this Article 15 prior to their commercial distribution or the showing of samples for sale, and shall not sell any merchandise employing or adapted from any of said designs except under the Trademarks. Each party shall take all reasonable precautions to protect the secrecy of the original designs created for Licensed Products prior to their advertisement, commercial distribution or the showing of samples for sale. Neither Licensor nor Licensee shall, at any time during the term of this Agreement, disclose or use for any purpose, other than as contemplated by this Agreement, any revealed or otherwise acquired confidential information and data relating to the business of the other. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereto shall not be required to treat any information as confidential


information under this Article 15 if such information: (i) was publicly known at the time it was disclosed or becomes publicly known after disclosure without breach hereof by the receiving party; (ii) was known by the receiving party at the time of disclosure or becomes known to it from a party other than the disclosing party who has the apparent right to disclose such information to the receiving party’s knowledge after due inquiry; (iii) is independently developed by the receiving party without reliance on the disclosed confidential information; (iv) is approved for disclosure by the disclosing party with the disclosing party’s prior written consent; or (v) is disclosed by the receiving party pursuant to judicial order, requirement of a governmental agency or other operation of law, provided that the receiving party informs the disclosing party promptly after receiving notice of its obligation to make such disclosure, and takes reasonable steps to limit the scope of such disclosure. All press releases and other public announcements related to this Agreement and the business contemplated herein shall, subject to applicable law and applicable disclosure obligations thereunder, be produced and released by Licensor, or, if Licensor expressly agrees, Licensee may produce said press releases, subject to Licensor’s reasonable prior approval, for release by Licensee. Licensee shall refer all press inquiries to Licensor for handling. Except in the event of litigation between Licensor and Licensee, neither Licensor nor Licensee shall, directly or indirectly, during the Term or thereafter, make any statement that materially adversely affects, disparages or creates any material negative inference as to the reputation, prestige, value, image or impression of the Trademarks or the Licensed Products or any of either party’s respective officers, directors, affiliates, personnel, products or related companies, by words, actions or other communications, or by any omissions to speak, act or otherwise communicate, or in any other manner. The provisions of this Article 15 shall survive the expiration or termination of the Term.

 

16. MISCELLANEOUS

16.1 Independent Contractors . Licensee shall act as an independent contractor under the terms of this Agreement and is not now, or in the future, an agent or legal representative of Licensor for any purpose. Licensee does not have the power to bind Licensor in any way. Licensor shall act as an independent contractor under the terms of this Agreement and is not now, or in the future, an agent or legal representative of Licensee for any purpose. Licensor does not have the Power to bind Licensee in any way.

16.2 Choice of Law; Choice of Forum . This Agreement shall be construed according to the laws of the State of New York. The parties hereto agree to accept the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the courts of the State of New York, and the federal district courts situated in New York, New York for the adjudication of any dispute arising in connection with or related to this Agreement or the interpretation of this Agreement. The parties hereby submit to the personal jurisdiction of the foregoing courts for the adjudication of any dispute arising out of or related to this Agreement and waive any objection based on the lack of personal jurisdiction.

16.3 Partial Invalidity . If any of the provisions of this Agreement is held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated.


16.4 Force Majeure . Neither party hereto shall be under any liability hereunder to the other on account of any loss, damage or delay occasioned or caused by lockouts, strikes, riots, fires, explosions, blockade, civil commotion, epidemic, insurrection, war or warlike condition, the elements, embargoes, failure or inability to obtain material or transportation facilities, acts of God or the public enemy, compliance with any law, regulation or other governmental order or other causes beyond the control of the party affected, whether or not similar to the foregoing; provided, however, that if such condition continues for three (3) months and is not industry-wide but applies only to Licensee, Licensor may terminate the Term on thirty (30) days’ written notice which may be given at any time after said three (3) month period; and provided, further, that nothing herein shall at any time excuse any accrued obligation for the payment of money.

16.5 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including the Exhibits hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between Licensor and Licensee concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements between the parties. This Agreement, including this Section 15.5, may be amended only by an instrument in writing that expressly refers to this Agreement and specifically states that it is intended to amend it. No party is relying upon any warranties, representations, or inducements not set forth herein.

16.6 Notices . All notices or other communications pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed valid and sufficient if delivered by personal service or overnight courier or if dispatched by registered mail, postage prepaid, in any post office, or if dispatched by telefax, promptly confirmed by letter dispatched as above provided, addressed as follows:

If to Licensor:

If to Licensor:

Michael Kors, L.L.C.

11 West 42nd Street

New York, New York 10036

Fax: 646 354 4988

Attention: CEO

Copy to:

Michael Kors, L.L.C.

11 West 42nd Street

New York, New York 10036

Fax: 646 354 4824

Attention: General Counsel

 


If to Licensee:

Michael Kors Trading (Shanghai) Company Limited

35/F Citic Square, Room 3527

No.1168 Nanjing West Road

Shanghai 200041, P.R.China

Attention: Director

16.7 Binding Nature. This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their successors and permitted assigns.

16.8 Section Headings. The section and subsection headings and the captions of the Exhibits appear only as a matter of convenience and shall not affect the construction of the Agreement.

16.9 Authority . Each party represents that the person signing this Agreement on its behalf has been duly authorized and empowered to execute this Agreement.

16.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

16.11 Construction . Each party has carefully reviewed this Agreement, understands its terms, sought legal advice with respect to this Agreement, and has relied wholly on its own judgment and knowledge and has not been influenced to any extent whatsoever in making this Agreement by any representations or statements made by any other party or anyone acting on behalf of any other party. Any rules of construction construing an agreement against the drafting party shall not apply to the construction of this Agreement.

16.12 Schedules . The attached exhibits shall form a part of this Agreement and are hereby incorporated into this Agreement by reference.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be signed on the day and year below written.

 

MICHAEL KORS, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ John D. Idol

Name: John D. Idol
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

MICHAEL KORS TRADING (SHANGHAI) COMPANY LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Joseph B. Parsons

Name: Joseph B. Parsons
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

Agreed and Accepted as to Article 10:

 

MICHAEL KORS FAR EAST HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Patrick Lee

Name: Patrick Lee
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


SCHEDULE 4.1

SEASONAL BUY CALENDAR

Michael Michael Kors

 

    Spring   Summer   Fall   Resort
    Pre-line
Review*
  NY Market
Date
  Final order
Due Date
  Pre-line
Review*
  NY Market
Date
  Final order
Due Date
  Pre-line
Review*
  NY Market
Date
  Final order
Due Date
  Pre-line
Review*
  NY Market
Date
  Final order
Due Date

Womens RTW

  Mid/End Jun   Mid Aug   Mid Aug   Mid Sept   Beg Nov   Beg Nov   Beg Dec   Mid Jan   Mid Jan   Beg Apr   Mid May   Mid May

Handbags/SLG**

                       

      SPI

  Beg/Mid Apr   Beg May   Beg May   Beg Oct   Beg Nov   Beg Nov   Mid Dec   Beg Jan   Beg Jan   Beg Feb   Beg Mar   Beg Mar

      SPII

  Beg/Mid July   Beg Aug   Beg Aug                  

Footwear**

                       

      SP I

  Beg May   Beg June   Beg June   Beg Nov   Beg Dec   Beg Dec   Beg Jan   Beg Feb   Beg Feb   Beg Mar   Beg Apr   Beg Apr

      SPII

  Beg July   Beg Aug   Beg Aug                  

 

    NOTES for MMK Markets:    -    *Pre-line Review dates are preliminary dates for pre-buy commitments (via design boards) if deemed necessary by MK merchandising teams approximately 4 - 6 weeks prior to NY market
  -    **MMK Handbags & Footwear have Spring I (SP I) and Spring II (SP II) markets
  -    All orders will be due in NY 3 - 5 days after line review unless otherwise agreed to in advance

Michael Kors Collection

 

    Spring   Pre Fall   Fall   Resort
  NY Market
Date
                     Final order
Due Date
  NY Market
Date
                     Final order
Due Date
  NY Market
Date
                     Final order
Due Date
  NY Market
Date
                     Final order
Due Date

Womens RTW/
Handbags/SLG

  Mid Sept     End Sept   Mid Jan     End Jan   Mid Feb     End Feb   Beg/Mid Jun     End Jun

Mens RTW

  Beg/Mid July     Mid July   No Pre Fall Market       g   Mid/End Jan     End Jan   Mid May     End May

 

    NOTES for MK Markets:   -   Buyers and wholesale clients to attend markets in New York
  -   Womens and Handbags/SLG will show at market at the same time
  -   If a Summer/Fall I market for Collection is added to calendar, Licensor will update and notify Licensee


SCHEDULE 4.5

LICENSEE ORGANIZATIONAL CHART

China – Organization Chart

LOGO


SCHEDULE 4.6

MICHAEL KORS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES - CODE OF CONDUCT

Michael Kors Corporation and its subsidiaries are dedicated to conducting their operations throughout the world on principles of ethical business practice and recognition of the dignity of workers. We expect our business partners to respect and adhere to the same standards in the operation of their business, and we will utilize these criteria to evaluate our relationships with customers and suppliers.

WAGES/BENEFITS/WORKING HOURS. Our business partners must comply with all laws regulating local wages, work hours and benefits. Wage and benefit policies must be consistent with prevailing national standards, and also be acceptable under a broader international understanding as to the basic needs of workers and their families. We will not work with companies whose wage structure violates local law or prevailing industry practice.

CHILD LABOR. Our business partners must not use child labor, defined as school age children. Our business partners will not employ workers under the age of 15. This provision extends to all partner facilities.

HEALTH & SAFETY. Our business partners must ensure that their workers are provided a safe and healthy work environment, and are not subject to unsanitary or hazardous conditions.

FREEDOM OF ASSOCIATION. Our business partners should respect the legal rights of employees to freely and without harassment participate in worker organizations of their choice.

PRISON OR FORCED LABOR. Our business partners will not work with or arrange for purchase of any materials from business partners who utilize prison or forced labor in any stage of the manufacture of our products.

DISCIPLINARY PRACTICES. Our business partners will not employ or conduct any business activity with partners who employ any form of physical or mental coercion or punishment against workers.

DISCRIMINATION. Our business partners will not practice nor do business with business partners who practice any form of improper discrimination in hiring and employment, including on the basis of age, race, color, gender, or religion.

ENVIRONMENT. Our business partners must embrace a fundamental concern for environmental protection and conduct their operations consistent with both local and internationally recognized environmental practices.

LEGAL REQUIREMENTS. Our business relationship must be built on a mutual respect for and adherence to legal requirements. Our business partners will observe both local and applicable international standards.

ETHICAL STANDARDS. We intend to conduct all our business in a manner consistent with the highest ethical standards, and we will seek and utilize partners who will do likewise, as this contributes directly to our corporate reputation and the collective success of our organization and selected business partners.

SUBCONTRACTING. Our business partners may not subcontract all or any part of the work on our products without our express written consent, which will not be given unless each subcontractor meets all of the criteria set forth herein.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Our business partners may not give our employees, agents or subagents a gift of value in excess of US$100.00, and may not bribe the officials of any government or administrative authority to benefit us or our business.

IMPLEMENTATION. We will apply these criteria in all business partner determinations, and will continue to implement these policies in the conduct of all activities. This will include our business partners sharing information on production facilities and procedures, with the objective of improving our collective service to customers in a responsible manner. Failure by a business partner to meet these standards, will result in our taking appropriate actions, up to and including cancellation of existing orders.


SCHEDULE 5.4(a)

APPROVED PRESTIGE DEPARTMENT AND SPECIALTY STORES

Lotte

Jiuguang


SCHEDULE 5.4(b)

APPROVED OFF-PRICE ACCOUNTS

None


SCHEDULE 5.4 (c)

NEW ACCOUNT APPROVAL FORM

Name of Licensee             ___________________________                      Date:                      ______________

                                               Men’s                                 Women’s

 

ACCOUNT INFORMATION   
COMPANY NAME:     
DOING BUSINESS AS     
(ATTACH BUSINESS CARD)   
ADDRESS     
    
CITY, STATE     
COUNTRY     
TELEPHONE     
EMAIL     
PRINCIPAL/OWNER     
BUYER / MANAGER     
# OF STORES     
LOCATION(S)     
PHOTOS ATTACHED   
    
    
BRANDS CARRIED     
(LIST AT LEAST 3)   
    
    
TYPE OF RETAILER     

APPROVAL

                         _____________________________                                         ________________________________

                         LICENSEE REPRESENTATIVE                                                         MICHAEL KORS, LLC

APPROVED

** APPLICATION WILL NOT BE PROCESSED FOR APPROVAL WITHOUT THE FOLLOWING**

 

  ** Photographs
  ** Business Card
  ** Trade References


SCHEDULE 6.4

RETAIL STORE REQUIREMENTS

1. Definitions . Whenever used in this Schedule 6.04, the following words and phrases, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings (other terms used but not defined in this Schedule shall have the respective meanings set forth in paragraph 1 of the Agreement to which this Schedule is annexed):

“Addendum” or “Addenda” shall mean any one or all of the written appendices to this Schedule relating to any one or all of the Stores, as the case may be.

“Agreement” shall mean the License and Distribution Agreement to which this Schedule is annexed.

“Kors Products” shall mean, as specified in the Addendum relating to each Store, any, some or all, as the case may be, of men’s and women’s apparel, accessories and such other products and categories as may hereafter be manufactured and sold under the Trademarks and are specified on an Addendum hereto, with respect to each Store, which (a) are manufactured by or under license from Licensor; (b) are in the condition and with such labels, markings and tags, and no other, as received by the Stores from Licensor or manufacturers or distributors authorized by Licensor, as the case may be; and (c) bear one of the Trademarks.

“Initial Term” for each Store shall mean a designated period of time during which Licensee is granted the License with respect to such Store and which is specified in the Addendum to this Schedule relating to such Store.

“License” shall mean the right to use the Tradename and such other name or names utilizing any of the Trademarks as Licensor may, from time to time in its sole discretion, authorize in connection with the ownership and operation by Licensee of a Store and the right to sell Kors Products at Retail at such Store.

“Opening Date” and “Final Opening Date” for each Store shall mean the dates specified as such in each Addendum to this Schedule relating to such Store.

“Retail” shall mean the sale under the License to an ultimate consumer physically present at a Store.

“Site” shall mean the location at which a Store is located and which is specified in the Addendum to this Schedule relating to such Store.

“Store” shall have the same meaning as under the Agreement, but for purposes of this Schedule 6.4, shall not include Shops.

“Tradename” shall mean the name designated by Licensor under which a Store is owned and operated, as specified in the Addendum to this Schedule relating to such Store.


“Tradestyle” shall have the meaning set forth in paragraph 2.1 hereof.

2. License .

2.1. Grant of License . Subject to the terms and provisions hereof, Licensor hereby grants to Licensee, and Licensee hereby accepts from Licensor, the License with respect to each Store as to which Licensor, in its sole discretion, shall authorize Licensee to own and operate. Authorizations from Licensor to Licensee to own and operate one or more Stores hereinafter shall be evidenced by Addenda to this Schedule, signed by both Licensor and Licensee, substantially in the form set forth in paragraph 11 below, and specifying the Site, Term, the type of Kors Products which may be sold at the Store, the Tradename and such other unique terms and conditions as may apply to each separate Store. The Tradename shall be displayed in, on and at each Store only in such type style, type size, color scheme, and format as Licensor, in its sole discretion, shall specify (“Tradestyle”), and no other. Each Store shall be used by Licensee exclusively for the sale, at retail, of Kors Products specified in the Addendum for such Store, and for no other purpose whatsoever, except with the written authorization of Licensor. Except as may be provided in paragraph 2.4 hereof, nothing contained in this Schedule shall be construed so as to confer upon Licensee, or require Licensor to grant, any rights to open additional Stores.

2.2. Term of License and Renewals . The License for each Store shall, except as may otherwise be agreed in writing or in the event of an earlier termination in accordance with the Agreement: (i) continue throughout the Term and (ii) automatically terminate if the First or Second Licensor Termination Right pursuant to Section 3.2(a) or 3.2(b) Agreement is properly exercised.

2.3. Exclusivity . Provided that the Agreement has not been terminated, and subject to Section 6.4 of the Agreement, Licensor shall not itself operate or license any third party to operate a Store under the Tradename for the sale of Kors Products specified in the Addendum for such Store within the Territory during the Term.

2.4. Intentionally Omitted .

2.5. Sales at Retail . Licensee shall not sell any Kors Products at any Store except at Retail.

2.6. Site Selection . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Schedule or the Agreement, Licensee acknowledges that Licensor shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to approve all Sites. Licensor shall consult with Licensee in good faith regarding all aspects of Site selection, and to work cooperatively with Licensee in order to identify acceptable Sites which, in Licensor’s judgment, will result in Stores consistent with the high image and reputation that such Stores are intended to present, while taking into account Licensee’s rights and obligations under Section 6.4 of the Agreement and Licensee’s reasonable commercial expectations to the extent practicable.


3. Operations of Stores and Shops. Licensee acknowledges that it is of great importance to Licensor that in the maintenance of the physical plant of the Stores and in the conduct of all of the Stores’ operations, the high standards and reputation of Licensor has established be maintained. Licensee shall comply with such reasonable standards regarding operations of the Stores and Shops as Licensor, upon notice to Licensee, may establish and which, at a minimum, apply generally to local standards for leading stores and shops where Stores and Shops are located. With respect to each Store, Licensor may, from time to time, upon reasonable notice reasonably change, revise, amend or extend such standards. Licensee shall comply with the following standards at each Store:

3.1. Name, Site and Design . No change shall be made in (i) the Tradename or Tradestyle used at each Store and Shop, (ii) the Site of each Store, or (iii) the design, decoration and accessorization of each Store after the initial construction, decoration and accessorization thereof unless first approved in writing by Licensor, except for seasonal changes consistent with the quality and style initially approved by Licensor and not subsequently objected to by Licensor.

3.2. Management of Stores . Licensee shall employ at all times an individual or individuals with suitable qualifications and experience in the retail high quality apparel trade to manage the business and operations of each Store.

3.3. Monthly Sales Reports . Licensee shall mail or e-mail to Licensor monthly sales reports for each Store and Shop which sets forth sales and returns for each category of Kors Products.

3.4. Conduct of Operations . Licensee shall at all times and in all respects conduct its operations at each Store and Shop in a first-class manner so as to reflect creditably on Licensor and so as not to injure, damage, or render less valuable any of the Licensor Marks or the good will connected therewith. After construction and completion of each Store and Shop, Licensee shall actively promote, advertise and sell Kors Products to the public at each Store and Shop. Licensee’s operation of each Store and Shop shall be in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws, regulations, ordinances, zoning codes, and the like. Licensee shall comply with all of Licensor’s reasonable requests respecting its conduct of operations at each Store and Shop, including the design of and displays for each Store.

3.5. Maintenance and Improvements . Licensee shall at all times maintain the interior and exterior of each Store and the surrounding premises used in connection therewith in safe, good, clean, and attractive condition, consistent with Licensor’s standards and, at a minimum, equal to the local standard of leading apparel shops, and shall do such lighting, painting, decorating, embellishing, repairing, and restoration as may from time to time be required to maintain such high standards and the standards of Licensor. Licensee shall comply with all of Licensor’s reasonable requests respecting the maintenance of the physical plant of each Store and improvements thereto, and shall, at its expense, maintain the Store and make regular display and


interior changes in a manner consistent with Licensor’s standards for such maintenance and changes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, License shall make window display changes approximately four (4) times a year and shall, as applicable, periodically update and promptly conduct all necessary repairs, cleaning and maintenance of rugs, floors and fixtures (“Updates and Maintenance”). Licensee shall regularly consult with Licensor regarding its plans with respect to Updates and Maintenance. In addition to such regular Updates and Maintenance, at all times during the Term, Licensee shall be required to refurbish and renovate the showroom and all Stores and Shops to the extent that regular Updates and Maintenance have not been adequate to keep their appearance consistent with the high standards and then current design and merchandising concepts in effect for Licensor’s own showrooms, stores and fixtures in the United States and, in any event, except as may otherwise be agreed by Licensor, not less than every five (5) years.

3.6. Inventory and Personnel . Licensee shall purchase its inventory of Kors Products exclusively from Licensor or distributors approved by Licensor and shall at all times maintain at each Store a reasonably sufficient inventory of the then current collection of Kors Products, display a fair representation of each such collection in keeping with the merchandise mix of Kors Products available for such collection, and shall employ a sufficient number of qualified personnel at each Store, who shall be required to wear exclusively appropriate apparel bearing the Trademarks and who shall be trained by the Store manager as to Licensor’s high standards for customer service and behavior. Licensee shall comply with all of Licensor’s reasonable requests respecting the inventory levels at each Store and the number and qualification of the Stores’ employees.

3.7. Retail Advertising and Business Materials . Licensee shall comply with all standards, specifications and/or designs as may be established by Licensor and furnished to Licensee from time to time, with respect to any advertising and Collateral Materials used by Licensee in connection with Kors Products or each Store. Licensee shall, at the reasonable option of Licensor, include on its business materials and/or on the Stores an indication of the relationship of the parties hereto, Licensee’s status as a corporation or other business entity, and Licensor’s ownership of the Tradename and Trademarks. Licensee and Licensor may mutually develop plans for advertising or promotional activities (e.g., in-store events) specifically relating to one or more Stores, as part of its marketing activities in accordance with Section 6.2 of the Agreement.

3.8. Books and Records . Licensee shall at all times keep an accurate account of all operations within the scope of this Schedule 6.4 and shall provide Licensor from time to time in a form and manner prescribed by Licensor information regarding inventory control, sales records, history of entire inventory as well as individual categories of inventory for each Store and shall generally use such procedures, including ticketing information, purchase orders, invoices, sales slips, etc., as may be required from time to time by Licensor.

3.9. Inspection . Licensee shall permit Licensor or its designated representative to inspect the physical premises and operations of each Store as well as to examine books of account or


other financial records of each Store as reasonably required by the Licensor, at any time during regular working hours upon reasonable prior written notice.

3.10. Liability Solely Licensee’s; Insurance . As between Licensor and Licensee, Licensee hereby assumes all liability which may arise from services rendered to customers and liability for injuries to and by servants, agents, employees, or the general public at each Store or in connection with each Store’s operations. Licensee shall, at its sole cost and expense, obtain and maintain insurance, which may be pursuant to its blanket policy, in amounts sufficient to satisfy any and all obligations, liabilities or damages with which Licensee may be charged in connection with its operation of each Store as aforesaid.

3.11. Financial Covenants .

(a) Licensee shall comply in all material respects with the terms of its agreements with its suppliers of Kors Products, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, agrees to pay such suppliers on a timely basis in accordance with such terms; and

(b) Licensee shall keep all Kors Products acquired from Licensor or its Affiliates free from all liens, charges, and encumbrances of any kind whatsoever, except as may be specifically authorized in writing by Licensor.

4. Obligations of Licensor . During the term of the Agreement and so long as no event of default shall have occurred and not been cured or waived, Licensor shall:

4.1. Availability of Kors Products . Use its best efforts (without being obligated to expend funds or furnish other consideration in connection therewith) to assure that Kors Products manufactured under license from Licensor will be made available for purchase by Licensee in adequate quantities, it being recognized that Licensor does not and cannot control the sales policies of the persons and entities who manufacture and sell Kors Products under license. The procedures and terms for all such products shall be as reasonably specified by Licensor from time to time.

4.2. Training Assistance . Counsel and assist Licensee in the training of staff as to merchandising Kors Products and Store operations as may be reasonably requested from time to time by Licensee.

4.3. Information to be Supplied . Provide Licensee with information and assistance concerning products manufactured by Licensor or any of its Affiliates, which Licensor generally prepares for its customers’ use, in order that Licensee may be made aware of the latest trends in the style and marketing of Kors Products.

4.4. Advertising . Make available to Licensee, on the terms set forth in the Agreement, a reasonable number of copies of advertising and promotional material generally made available by Licensor to Stores in connection with the sale and promotion of Kors Products; such material


may, to the extent deemed appropriate or proper by Licensor, in its sole discretion, incorporate mention of each or any of the Stores.

5. Opening of Stores . Licensee shall, at its expense, design and arrange for the construction, decoration and accessorization of each Store in accordance in all material respects with plans and specifications which shall have been approved in writing in advance by Licensor in its sole discretion. During the design and construction process, Licensee shall, in consultation with Licensor, develop a business plan for each Store reflecting anticipated sales of Kors Products by category and department.

6. Trademark Matters .

6.1. Ownership . Licensor represents and Licensee acknowledges that Licensor is the owner of all right, title and interest in and to the Tradename and the Tradestyle in the Territory and is the owner of the goodwill attached to the Tradename and the Tradestyle. To the extent any rights in and to the Tradename and Tradestyle are deemed to accrue to Licensee pursuant to the Agreement or otherwise, Licensee hereby assigns any and all such rights, at such time as they may be deemed to accrue, to Licensor.

6.2. Effect of Termination . Subject to the terms as contained in the Agreement, upon any termination of the Agreement: (a) Licensee shall immediately terminate all further use of the Tradename and the Tradestyle as the trade name of the Stores or as part thereof, and shall remove from the Stores any and all signs and displays, and shall cease the use of all advertising and promotion material and any other material bearing any of the Marks. Licensee will execute any instruments requested by Licensor which Licensor, in its sole discretion, deems necessary, proper or appropriate to accomplish or confirm the foregoing. Any such assignment, transfer or conveyance pursuant to this paragraph shall be without consideration other than the mutual agreements contained herein. Upon the termination of any License with respect to a Store, all matters contained on any Addendum relating to such Store shall be deemed to have been terminated and, if such termination is with respect to a free-standing store and Licensee does not at the time of such termination, and for six (6) months thereafter, operate any other free-standing Store in the relevant country, Licensor shall thereafter be free to license to others the use of the Tradename or any other tradename licensed hereunder in connection with the operation of Stores in such country, and Licensee will refrain from further use of any of the Marks or any further reference to any of same, direct or indirect, or anything deemed by Licensor to be similar to any of same, in connection with such Store.

7. Representations and Warranties of Licensee . Licensee represents and warrants that with respect to every real property lease relating to an Addendum executed after the date hereof, Licensee shall use its best efforts (but without being obligated to expend funds or furnish other consideration in connection therewith) to negotiate the terms for such lease so that the Landlord for such Store shall not use or otherwise employ the Trademarks in any advertising or promotional materials unless and until such proposed use shall have been approved by Licensor in its sole discretion.


8. Default . In addition to the events of default set forth in paragraph 3.02 of the Agreement, it shall constitute an event of default if an event of default on the part of Licensee shall have occurred under the real estate lease relating to any free-standing Store and the default shall not have been cured or waived within the applicable grace period.

9. Termination .

9.1. Upon the termination or expiration of the Term of the Agreement, Licensee shall, in addition to its other obligations as set forth in the Agreement, immediately deliver to Licensor an inventory schedule of the Kors Products at each Store.

9.2. If upon the termination of the License relating to a Store for any reason whatsoever Licensee shall have on hand any Kors Products at such Store, Licensor shall have the option, exercisable in its sole discretion, to purchase all of said Kors Products in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 9.5 of the Agreement.

10. Risk of Operations . Licensor recognizes that there are many uncertainties in the business contemplated herein, and therefore Licensee agrees and acknowledges that no representations, warranties or guarantees (other than those explicitly set forth in this Schedule) have been made to Licensee, either by Licensor or by anyone acting on its behalf or purporting to represent it, including but not limited to representations concerning the viability of the Stores, the prospects for successful operations, the level of sales, business or profits that Licensee might reasonably expect, or the desirability, profitability or expected traffic volume of the Stores.

11. Form of Addendum for Each Store:

This is the              Addendum to that certain License and Distribution Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of April 1, 2011 between Michael Kors, LLC and Michael Kors Trading (Shanghai) Company Limited (“Licensee”), and is made subject to the terms and provisions and definitions contained therein. Attached hereto is the real estate lease relating to the Store which is to be owned and operated pursuant to this Addendum. Licensee represents that said lease is valid and subsisting, all rents and other amounts required to be paid to date hereunder have been paid, and no event or condition exists which constitutes, or after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute, a default under such lease.

1) Kors Products

2) Site

3) Tradename

4) Initial Term


5) Opening Date

6) Final Opening Date

7) Approved Sublicensee

As of the date hereof, Licensee represents and warrants that no event or condition exists which constitutes, or after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute, an event of default under the Agreement.

 

Acknowledged and Agreed to:
Michael Kors, LLC
By:    
 
Michael Kors Trading (Shanghai) Company Limited
By:    

Exhibit 10.8

MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

Michael Kors Holdings Limited (the “Company”), a British Virgin Islands limited liability company, hereby establishes and adopts the following Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

The purpose of the Plan is to assist the Company and its Subsidiaries in attracting and retaining selected individuals to serve as employees, directors, consultants and/or advisors who are expected to contribute to the Company’s success and to achieve long-term objectives that will benefit shareholders of the Company through the additional incentives inherent in the Awards hereunder.

 

2. DEFINITIONS

2.1. Award ” shall mean any Option, Share Appreciation Right, Restricted Share Award, Restricted Share Unit Award, Other Share-Based Award, Performance Award or any other right, interest or option relating to Shares, other property or cash granted pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.

2.2. Award Agreement ” shall mean any agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing any Award hereunder, whether in writing or through an electronic medium.

2.3. Board ” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.

2.4. Cause ” means, in the case of a Participant who has an employment or service agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in effect at the time of his termination of employment or service, the definition of “Cause” set forth in such employment or service agreement. Otherwise, “Cause” means: (i) Participant’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, or willful failure to substantially perform Participant’s duties as an Employee, Consultant or Director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, (other than due to physical or mental illness or incapacity), (ii) Participant’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony (or the equivalent of a felony in a jurisdiction other than the United States), (iii) Participant’s willful breach of a material provision of the Plan or Award Agreement or any employment, service or other agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (iv) Participant’s willful violation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries’ written policies that the Committee determines is detrimental to the best interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (v) Participant’s fraud or misappropriation, embezzlement or material misuse of funds or property belonging to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (vi) Participant’s use of alcohol or drugs that interferes with the performance of Participant’s duties as an Employee, Consultant, or Director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable; or (vii) any action or conduct of Participant that materially adversely affects the integrity and reputation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, their employees or their products, as determined by the Committee.

2.5. Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

2.6. Committee ” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board or a subcommittee thereof formed by the Compensation Committee to act as the Committee hereunder or, if no such Compensation Committee or subcommittee thereof exists, the Board. The Committee shall consist of no fewer than two Directors, each of whom is (i) a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, (ii) an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, and (iii) an “independent director” for purpose of the rules of the principal U.S. national securities exchange on which the Shares are traded, in each case, when and to the extent necessary to satisfy Rule 16b-3, Section 162(m) and the rules of the principal U.S. national securities exchange.

2.7. Consultant ” shall mean any consultant or advisor, who is a natural person and who provides services to the Company or any Subsidiary so long as such person (i) renders bona fide services that are not in connection with the offer and sale of the Company’s securities in a capital-raising transaction, (ii) does not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities and (iii) otherwise qualifies as a consultant under the applicable rules of the SEC for registration of shares on a Form S-8 registration statement.


2.8. Covered Employee ” shall mean an employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries who is a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

2.9. Director ” shall mean a member of the Board who is not an employee.

2.10. Dividend Equivalents ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.5.

2.11. Employee ” shall mean any employee of the Company or any Subsidiary and any prospective employee conditioned upon, and effective not earlier than, such person becoming an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.

2.12. Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

2.13. Fair Market Value ” shall mean, with respect to Shares as of any date, (i) the closing price of the Shares as reported on the principal U.S. national securities exchange on which the Shares are listed and traded on such date, or, if there is no closing price on that date, then on the last preceding date on which such a closing price was reported; (ii) if the Shares are not listed on any U.S. national securities exchange but are quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system on a last sale basis, the final ask price of the Shares reported on the inter-dealer quotation system for such date, or, if there is no such sale on such date, then on the last preceding date on which a sale was reported; or (iii) if the Shares are neither listed on a U.S. national securities exchange nor quoted on an inter-dealer quotation system on a last sale basis, or if the Shares are not regularly traded on any such exchange or system, the amount determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to be the fair market value of the Shares. The Fair Market Value of any property other than Shares shall mean the market value of such property determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to Awards made on the consummation date of the initial underwritten public offering of the Shares pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act (“IPO”), Fair Market Value shall mean the per Share IPO price.

2.14. Incentive Share Option ” shall mean an Option which when granted is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option for purposes of Section 422 of the Code.

2.15. Option ” shall mean any right granted to a Participant under the Plan allowing such Participant to purchase Shares at such price or prices and during such period or periods as the Committee shall determine.

2.16. Other Share-Based Award ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

2.17. Participant ” shall mean an Employee, Director or Consultant who is selected by the Committee to receive an Award under the Plan.

2.18. Performance Award ” shall mean any Award of Performance Cash, Performance Shares or Performance Units granted pursuant to Article 9.

2.19. “Performance Cash” shall mean any cash incentives granted pursuant to Article 9 payable to the Participant upon the achievement of such performance goals as the Committee shall establish.

 

- 2 -


2.20. Performance Period ” shall mean the period established by the Committee during which any performance goals specified by the Committee with respect to a Performance Award are to be measured.

2.21. Performance Share ” shall mean any grant pursuant to Article 9 of a unit valued by reference to a designated number of Shares, which value may be paid to the Participant upon achievement of such performance goals as the Committee shall establish.

2.22. Performance Unit ” shall mean any grant pursuant to Article 9 of a unit valued by reference to a designated amount of cash or property other than Shares, which value may be paid to the Participant upon achievement of such performance goals during the Performance Period as the Committee shall establish.

2.23. “Permitted Assignee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.3.

2.24. Prior Plans ” shall mean the Amended and Restated Michael Kors (USA), Inc. Stock Option Plan, as amended from time to time, and any other plans pursuant to which equity-based compensation awards were granted prior to the IPO.

2.25. Restricted Share ” shall mean any Share issued with the restriction that the holder may not sell, transfer, pledge or assign such Share and with such other restrictions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, may impose, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such time or times, in installments or otherwise, as the Committee may deem appropriate.

2.26. Restricted Share Award ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

2.27. “Restricted Share Unit” means an Award that is valued by reference to a Share, which value may be paid to the Participant in Shares or cash as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion upon the satisfaction of vesting restrictions as the Committee may establish, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such time or times, in installments or otherwise, as the Committee may deem appropriate.

2.28. “Restricted Share Unit Award” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1

2.29 . “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

2.30. “SHL Fashion Holders” means any of the holders of the outstanding securities of the Company (or its predecessor company) on April 15, 2008 other than Mr. Michael Kors, and such beneficial owners’ affiliates.

2.31. Shares ” shall mean the ordinary shares, no par value, of the Company.

2.32. Share Appreciation Right ” shall mean the right granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 6.

2.33. Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the relevant time each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or

 

- 3 -


more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in the chain.

2.34. Substitute Awards ” shall mean Awards granted or Shares issued by the Company in assumption of, or in substitution or exchange for, awards previously granted, or the right or obligation to make future awards, in each case by a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines.

2.35. Vesting Period ” shall mean the period of time specified by the Committee during which vesting restrictions for an Award are applicable.

 

3. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

3.1 Number of Shares . (a) Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 12.2, a total of 15.246 million (15,246,000) Shares shall be authorized for grant under the Plan. After the effective date of the Plan (as provided in Section 13.13), no awards may be granted under the Prior Plans.

(b) If (i) any Shares subject to an Award are forfeited, an Award expires or otherwise terminates without issuance of Shares, or an Award is settled for cash (in whole or in part) or otherwise does not result in the issuance of all or a portion of the Shares subject to such Award (including on payment in Shares on exercise of a Share Appreciation Right), such Shares shall, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration, termination, cash settlement or non-issuance, again be available for issuance under the Plan or (ii) after the effective date of the Plan any Shares subject to an award under the Prior Plans are forfeited, expire or otherwise terminate without issuance of such Shares, or an award under the Prior Plans is settled for cash (in whole or in part), expire or otherwise terminate without issuance of such Shares, or otherwise does not result in the issuance of all or a portion of the Shares subject to such award (including on payment in Shares on exercise of a share appreciation right), such Shares shall, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration, termination, cash settlement or non-issuance, again be available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) In the event that (i) any Option or other Award granted hereunder is exercised through the tendering of Shares (either actually or by attestation) or by the withholding of Shares by the Company, or (ii) withholding tax liabilities arising from such Option or other Award are satisfied by the tendering of Shares (either actually or by attestation) or by the withholding of Shares by the Company, then the Shares so tendered or withheld shall be available for issuance under the Plan. In the event that after the effective date of the Plan (i) any option or award granted under the Prior Plans is exercised through the tendering of Shares (either actually or by attestation) or by the withholding of Shares by the Company, or (ii) withholding tax liabilities arising from such options or awards are satisfied by the tendering of Shares (either actually or by attestation) or by the withholding of Shares by the Company, then the Shares so tendered or withheld shall be available for issuance under the Plan.

(d) Substitute Awards shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan or the applicable limitations for grant to a Participant under Section 10.5, nor shall Shares subject to a Substitute Award again be available for Awards under the Plan as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) above. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines has shares

 

- 4 -


available under a pre-existing plan approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan; provided that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not Employees or Directors prior to such acquisition or combination.

3.2. Character of Shares . Any Shares issued hereunder may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued shares, treasury shares or shares purchased in the open market or otherwise.

 

4. ELIGIBILITY AND ADMINISTRATION

4.1. Eligibility . Any Employee, Director or Consultant shall be eligible to be selected as a Participant.

4.2. Administration . (a) The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have full power and authority, subject to the provisions of the Plan and subject to such orders or resolutions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as may from time to time be adopted by the Board, to: (i) select the Employees, Directors and Consultants to whom Awards may from time to time be granted hereunder; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant hereunder; (iii) determine the number of Shares (or dollar value) to be covered by each Award granted hereunder; (iv) determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder; (v) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances Awards may be settled in cash, Shares, Restricted Shares or other property; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award made under the Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant; (vii) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances any Award shall be canceled or suspended; (viii) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement entered into under or in connection with the Plan, including any Award Agreement; (ix) correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent that the Committee shall deem desirable to carry it into effect; (x) establish such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; (xi) determine whether any Award, other than an Option or Share Appreciation Right, will have Dividend Equivalents; (xii) accelerate the vesting or exercisability of any Award; and (xiii) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

(b) Decisions of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons or entities, including the Company, any Participant, and any Subsidiary.

(c) To the extent not inconsistent with applicable law, including Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to Awards intended to comply with the performance-based

 

- 5 -


compensation exception under Section 162(m), or the rules and regulations of the principal U.S. national securities exchange on which the Shares are traded), the Committee may delegate to a committee of one or more directors of the Company any of the authority of the Committee under the Plan, including the right to grant, cancel or suspend Awards.

 

5. OPTIONS

5.1. Grant of Options . Options may be granted hereunder to Participants either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. Any Option shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Article and to such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable.

5.2. Award Agreements . All Options shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement in such form and containing such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine which are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan. The terms and conditions of Options need not be the same with respect to each Participant. Granting an Option pursuant to the Plan shall impose no obligation on the recipient to exercise such Option. Any individual who is granted an Option pursuant to this Article may hold more than one Option granted pursuant to the Plan at the same time.

5.3. Option Price . Other than in connection with Substitute Awards, the option price per each Share purchasable under any Option granted pursuant to this Article shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of grant of such Option; provided, however, that in the case of an Incentive Share Option granted to a Participant who, at the time of the grant, owns shares representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or any Subsidiary, the option price per share shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of grant. Other than pursuant to Section 12.2, the Committee shall not without the approval of the Company’s shareholders (a) lower the option price per Share of an Option after it is granted, (b) cancel an Option that has an exercise price that is equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value in exchange for cash or another Award (other than in connection with a Change in Control (as defined in Section 11.3), as described in Section 11.2) or (c) take any other action with respect to an Option that would be treated as a repricing under the rules and regulations of the principal U.S. national securities exchange on which the Shares are traded.

5.4. Option Term . The term of each Option shall be fixed by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided that no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted, except in the event of death or disability; provided, however, that the term of the Option shall not exceed five (5) years from the date the Option is granted in the case of an Incentive Share Option granted to a Participant who, at the time of the grant, owns shares representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or any Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that on the last business day of the term of an Option (i) the exercise of the Option, other than an Incentive Share Option, is prohibited by applicable law or (ii) Shares may not be purchased or sold by certain employees or directors of the Company due to the “black-out period” of a Company policy or a “lock-up” agreement undertaken in connection with an issuance of securities by the Company, the term shall be extended for a period of thirty (30) days following the end of the legal prohibition,

 

- 6 -


black-out period or lock-up agreement to the extent such extension does not cause adverse tax consequences to the Participant under Section 409A of the Code.

5.5. Vesting and Exercise of Options . (a) Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, any Option granted under the Plan shall vest and become exercisable as to 25% of the Shares subject thereto on each of the first four anniversaries of the date the Option is granted, in each case so long as the Participant continues to be employed by or provide services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on the relevant vesting date.

(b) Vested Options granted under the Plan shall be exercised by the Participant (or by a Permitted Assignee thereof or the Participant’s executors, administrators, guardian or legal representative, to the extent provided in an Award Agreement) as to all or part of the Shares covered thereby, by giving notice of exercise to the Company or its designated agent, specifying the number of Shares to be purchased. The notice of exercise shall be in such form, made in such manner, and shall comply with such other requirements consistent with the provisions of the Plan as the Committee may prescribe from time to time.

(c) Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, full payment of such purchase price shall be made at the time of exercise and shall be made (i) in cash or cash equivalents (including certified check or bank check or wire transfer of immediately available funds), (ii) by tendering previously acquired Shares (either actually or by attestation) valued at their then Fair Market Value, (iii) with the consent of the Committee, by delivery of other consideration having a Fair Market Value on the exercise date equal to the total purchase price, (iv) with the consent of the Committee, by withholding Shares otherwise issuable in connection with the exercise of the Option, (v) through any other method specified in an Award Agreement (including same-day sales through a broker), or (vi) any combination of any of the foregoing. The notice of exercise, accompanied by such payment, shall be delivered to the Company at its principal business office or such other office as the Committee may from time to time direct, and shall be in such form, containing such further provisions consistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee may from time to time prescribe. In no event may any Option granted hereunder be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Award Agreement may provide that if on the last day of the term of an Option the Fair Market Value of one Share exceeds the option price per Share, the Participant has not exercised the Option (or a tandem Share Appreciation Right, if applicable) and the Option has not expired, the Option shall be deemed to have been exercised by the Participant on such day with payment made by withholding Shares otherwise issuable in connection with the exercise of the Option. In such event, the Company shall deliver to the Participant the number of Shares for which the Option was deemed exercised, less the number of Shares required to be withheld for the payment of the total purchase price and required withholding taxes; provided, however, any fractional Share shall be settled in cash.

5.6. Form of Settlement . In its sole discretion, the Committee may provide that the Shares to be issued upon an Option’s exercise shall be in the form of Restricted Shares or other similar securities.

5.7. Incentive Share Options . The Committee may grant Incentive Share Options to any eligible Employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, subject to the requirements of Section

 

- 7 -


422 of the Code. Solely for purposes of determining whether Shares are available for the grant of Incentive Share Options under the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Incentive Share Options granted under the Plan shall be 15.246 million (15,246,000) Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 12.2. No Option shall be treated as an Incentive Share Option unless the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company in a manner intended to comply with the shareholder approval requirements of Section 422(b)(1) of the Code, provided that any Option intended to be an Incentive Share Option shall not fail to be effective solely on account of a failure to obtain such approval, but rather such Option shall be treated as a nonqualified option unless and until such approval is obtained.

 

6. SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS

6.1. Grant, Vesting and Exercise . The Committee may grant Share Appreciation Rights (a) in tandem with all or part of any Option granted under the Plan or at any subsequent time during the term of such Option, (b) in tandem with all or part of any Award (other than an Option) granted under the Plan or at any subsequent time during the term of such Award, or (c) without regard to any Option or other Award in each case upon such terms and conditions as the Committee may establish in its sole discretion. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, any Share Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan shall vest and become exercisable as to 25% of such Share Appreciation Rights on each of the first four anniversaries of the date the Share Appreciation Rights are granted, in each case so long as the Participant continues to be employed by or provide services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on the relevant vesting date.

6.2. Terms and Conditions . Share Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as shall be determined from time to time by the Committee, including the following:

(a) Upon the exercise of a Share Appreciation Right, the holder shall have the right to receive the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise (or such amount less than such Fair Market Value as the Committee shall so determine at any time during a specified period before the date of exercise) over (ii) the grant price of the Share Appreciation Right.

(b) The Committee shall determine in its sole discretion whether payment on exercise of a Share Appreciation Right shall be made in cash, in whole Shares, Restricted Shares, other property or any combination thereof.

(c) The terms and conditions of Share Appreciation Rights need not be the same with respect to each recipient.

(d) The Committee may impose such other terms and conditions on the exercise of any Share Appreciation Right, as it shall deem appropriate. A Share Appreciation Right shall (i) have a grant price per Share of not less than the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of grant or, if applicable, on the date of grant of an Option with respect to a Share Appreciation Right granted in exchange for or in tandem with, but subsequent to, the Option (subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code) except in the case of Substitute Awards or in connection with an adjustment provided in Section 12.2, and (ii) have a term not

 

- 8 -


greater than ten (10) years, except in the event of death or disability. Notwithstanding clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, in the event that on the last business day of the term of a Share Appreciation Right (x) the exercise of the Share Appreciation Right is prohibited by applicable law or (y) Shares may not be purchased or sold by certain employees or directors of the Company due to the “black-out period” of a Company policy or a “lock-up” agreement undertaken in connection with an issuance of securities by the Company, the term shall be extended for a period of thirty (30) days following the end of the legal prohibition, black-out period or lock-up agreement to the extent such extension does not cause adverse tax consequences to the Participant under Section 409A of the Code.

(e) An Award Agreement may provide that if on the last day of the term of a Share Appreciation Right the Fair Market Value of one Share exceeds the grant price per Share of the Share Appreciation Right, the Participant has not exercised the Share Appreciation Right or the tandem Option (if applicable), and the Share Appreciation Right has not expired, the Share Appreciation Right shall be deemed to have been exercised by the Participant on such day. In such event, the Company shall make payment to the Participant in accordance with this Section, reduced by the number of Shares (or cash) required for withholding taxes; any fractional Share shall be settled in cash.

(f) Without the approval of the Company’s shareholders, other than pursuant to Section 12.2, the Committee shall not (i) reduce the grant price of any Share Appreciation Right after the date of grant (ii) cancel any Share Appreciation Right that has a grant price that is equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value in exchange for cash or another Award (other than in connection with a Change in Control as defined in Section 11.3), or (iii) take any other action with respect to a Share Appreciation Right that would be treated as a repricing under the rules and regulations of the principal U.S. national securities exchange on which the Shares are traded.

 

7. RESTRICTED SHARE AND RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS

7.1. Grants . Awards of Restricted Shares and of Restricted Share Units may be granted hereunder to Participants either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan (a “Restricted Share Award” or “Restricted Share Unit Award” respectively), and such Restricted Share Awards and Restricted Share Unit Awards shall also be available as a form of payment of Performance Awards, Options, Share Appreciation Rights and other earned cash-based incentive compensation. The Committee has absolute discretion to determine whether any consideration (other than services) is to be received by the Company or any Subsidiary as a condition precedent to the grant of Restricted Share or Restricted Share Units, subject to such minimum consideration as may be required by applicable law.

7.2. Award Agreements . The terms of any Restricted Share Award or Restricted Share Unit Award granted under the Plan shall be set forth in an Award Agreement which shall contain provisions determined by the Committee and not inconsistent with the Plan. The terms of Restricted Share Awards and Restricted Share Unit Awards need not be the same with respect to each Participant.

7.3. Rights of Holders of Restricted Share and Restricted Share Units. Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, beginning on the date of grant of the Restricted Share Award and subject to execution of the Award Agreement, the Participant shall become a

 

- 9 -


shareholder of the Company with respect to all Shares subject to the Award Agreement and shall have all of the rights of a shareholder, including the right to vote such Shares and the right to receive distributions made with respect to such Share, except as otherwise provided in this Section. A Participant who holds a Restricted Share Unit Award shall only have those rights specifically provided for in the Award Agreement; provided, however, in no event shall the Participant have voting rights with respect to such Award. Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, any Shares, other property or cash distributed as a dividend or otherwise with respect to any Restricted Share Award or Restricted Share Unit Award as to which the restrictions have not yet lapsed shall be subject to the same restrictions as such Restricted Share Award or Restricted Share Unit Award, and the Committee shall have the sole discretion to determine whether, if at all, any cash-denominated amount that is subject to such restrictions shall earn interest and at what rate. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section, cash dividends, shares and any other property (other than cash) distributed as a dividend or otherwise with respect to any Restricted Share Award or Restricted Share Unit Award that vests based on achievement of performance goals shall either (i) not be paid or credited or (ii) be accumulated, shall be subject to restrictions and risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Shares or Restricted Share Units with respect to which such cash, shares or other property has been distributed and shall be paid at the time such restrictions and risk of forfeiture lapse.

7.4 . Vesting Period. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, any Restricted Shares or Restricted Share Units granted under the Plan shall vest and become exercisable as to 25% of the Shares subject to such Award on each of the first four anniversaries of the date the Award is granted, in each case so long as the Participant continues to be employed by or provide services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on the relevant vesting date. The Committee may, in its sole discretion waive the vesting restrictions and any other conditions set forth in the Plan and any Award Agreement under such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate, subject to the limitations imposed under Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder in the case of a Restricted Share Award or Restricted Share Unit Award intended to comply with the performance-based exception under Code Section 162(m) except as otherwise determined by the Committee to be appropriate under the circumstances.

7.5 Issuance of Shares. Any Restricted Share granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Board may deem appropriate, including book-entry registration or issuance of a share certificate or certificates, which certificate or certificates shall be held by the Company. Such book entry registration, certificate or certificates shall be registered in the name of the Participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the restrictions applicable to such Restricted Share. At the request of the Committee, as a condition to any grant of Restricted Shares, a Participant may be required to execute a stock power in blank.

 

8. OTHER SHARE-BASED AWARDS

8.1. Grants . Other Awards of Shares and other Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, Shares or other property (“Other Share-Based Awards”), including deferred share units, may be granted hereunder to Participants either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. Other Share-Based Awards shall also be available as a form of payment of other Awards granted under the Plan and other earned cash-based compensation.

 

- 10 -


8.2. Award Agreements . The terms of Other Share-Based Awards granted under the Plan shall be set forth in an Award Agreement which shall contain provisions determined by the Committee and not inconsistent with the Plan. The terms of such Awards need not be the same with respect to each Participant. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section, Dividend Equivalents with respect to the Shares covered by an Other Share-Based Award that vests based on achievement of performance goals shall be subject to restrictions and risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Shares covered by an Other Share-Based Award with respect to which such cash, shares or other property has been distributed.

8.3. Vesting Period. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, any Other Share-Based Awards granted under the Plan shall vest and become exercisable as to 25% of the Shares subject to such Award on each of the first four anniversaries of the date the Award is granted, in each case so long as the Participant continues to be employed by or provide services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on the relevant vesting date. The Committee may, in its sole discretion waive the vesting restrictions and any other conditions set forth in the Plan and any Award Agreement under such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate, subject to the limitations imposed under Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder in the case of an Other Share-Based Award intended to comply with the performance-based exception under Code Section 162(m) except as otherwise determined by the Committee to be appropriate under the circumstances.

8.4. Payment . Except as may be provided in an Award Agreement, Other Share-Based Awards may be paid in cash, Shares, other property, or any combination thereof, in the sole discretion of the Committee. Other Share-Based Awards may be paid in a lump sum or in installments or, in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, on a deferred basis subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

8.5. Deferral of Director Fees . Directors shall, if determined by the Board, receive Other Share-Based Awards in the form of deferred share units in lieu of all or a portion of their annual retainer. In addition Directors may elect to receive Other Share-Based Awards in the form of deferred share units in lieu of all or a portion of their annual and committee retainers and annual meeting fees, provided that such election is made in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The Committee shall, in its absolute discretion, establish such rules and procedures as it deems appropriate for such elections and for payment in deferred share units.

 

9. PERFORMANCE AWARDS

9.1. Grants . Performance Awards in the form of Performance Cash, Performance Shares or Performance Units, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, may be granted hereunder to Participants, for no consideration or for such minimum consideration as may be required by applicable law, either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The performance goals to be achieved for each Performance Period shall be conclusively determined by the Committee and may be based upon the criteria set forth in Section 10.2 or such other criteria as determined by the Committee in its discretion.

9.2. Award Agreements. The terms of any Performance Award granted under the Plan shall be set forth in an Award Agreement (or, if applicable, in a resolution duly adopted by the

 

- 11 -


Committee) which shall contain provisions determined by the Committee and not inconsistent with the Plan, including whether such Awards shall have Dividend Equivalents. The terms of Performance Awards need not be the same with respect to each Participant.

9.3. Terms and Conditions. The performance criteria to be achieved during any Performance Period and the length of the Performance Period shall be determined by the Committee upon the grant of each Performance Award. The amount of the Award to be distributed shall be conclusively determined by the Committee.

9.4. Payment. Except as provided in Article 11, as provided by the Committee or as may be provided in an Award Agreement, Performance Awards will be distributed only after the end of the relevant Performance Period. Performance Awards may be paid in cash, Shares, other property, or any combination thereof, in the sole discretion of the Committee. Performance Awards may be paid in a lump sum or in installments following the close of the Performance Period or, in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, on a deferred basis subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

10. CODE SECTION 162(m) PROVISIONS

10.1. Covered Employees . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, if the Committee determines at the time a Restricted Share Award, a Restricted Share Unit Award, a Performance Award or an Other Share-Based Award is granted to a Participant who is, or is likely to be, as of the end of the tax year in which the Company would claim a tax deduction in connection with such Award, a Covered Employee, then the Committee may provide that this Article 10 is applicable to such Award.

10.2. Performance Criteria. If the Committee determines that a Restricted Share Award, a Restricted Share Unit Award, a Performance Award or an Other Share-Based Award is intended to be subject to this Article 10, the lapsing of restrictions thereon and the distribution of cash, Shares or other property pursuant thereto, as applicable, shall be subject to the achievement of one or more objective performance goals established by the Committee, which shall be based on the attainment of specified levels of one or any combination of the following: sales (including same store or comparable sales); net sales; return on sales; revenue, net revenue, gross revenue, product revenue or system-wide revenue (including growth of same); operating income (before or after taxes); pre- or after-tax income or loss (before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); earnings or loss per share (including on a diluted or undiluted basis, before or after taxes); net income or loss (before or after taxes); return on equity; stockholder return or total stockholder return; return on assets or net assets; price of the Shares or any other publicly-traded securities of the Company; market share; enterprise value; gross profits; gross or net profit margin; gross profit growth; net operating profit (before or after taxes); operating earnings; earnings or losses or net earnings or losses (including earnings or losses before taxes, before interest and taxes, or before interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); economic value-added models or “value creation” or similar metrics; comparisons with various stock market indices; reductions in costs; cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow) or cash flow per share (before or after dividends); return on capital (including return on total capital or return on invested capital); cash flow return on investment; cash flow return on capital; improvement in or attainment of expense levels or working capital levels, including cash, inventory and accounts receivable; general and administrative expense savings; inventory

 

- 12 -


control; operating margin; gross margin; year-end cash; cash margin; debt reduction; stockholders equity; return on stockholders’ equity; operating efficiencies; cost reduction or savings; market share; customer satisfaction; client retention; customer growth; employee satisfaction; productivity or productivity ratios; supply chain achievements (including establishing relationships with manufacturers or suppliers of component materials and manufacturers of the Company’s products); co-development, co-marketing, profit sharing, joint venture or other similar arrangements; financial ratios, including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage; cost of capital or assets under management; financing and other capital raising transactions (including sales of the Company’s equity or debt securities); debt level year-end cash position; book value; factoring transactions; competitive market metrics; timely completion of new product roll-outs; timely launch of new facilities (such as new store openings, gross or net); sales or licenses of the Company’s assets, including its intellectual property, whether in a particular jurisdiction or territory or globally, or through partnering transactions; royalty income; implementation, completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect to research, development, manufacturing, commercialization, products or projects, production volume levels, acquisitions and divestitures, succession and hiring projects, reorganization and other corporate transactions, expansions of specific business operations and meeting divisional or project budgets; factoring transactions; and recruiting and maintaining personnel. Such performance goals also may be based solely by reference to the Company’s performance or the performance of a Subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit of the Company, or based upon the relative performance of other companies or upon comparisons of any of the indicators of performance relative to other companies. The Committee may also exclude charges related to an event or occurrence which the Committee determines should appropriately be excluded, including (a) restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, and other unusual or non-recurring charges, (b) an event either not directly related to the operations of the Company or not within the reasonable control of the Company’s management, or (c) the cumulative effects of tax or accounting changes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Such performance goals shall be set by the Committee within the time period prescribed by, and shall otherwise comply with the requirements of, Section 162(m) of the Code, and the regulations thereunder.

10.3. Adjustments . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan (other than Article 11), with respect to any Restricted Share Award, Restricted Share Unit Award, Performance Award or Other Share-Based Award that is subject to this Section 10, the Committee may adjust downwards, but not upwards, the amount payable pursuant to such Award, and the Committee may not waive the achievement of the applicable performance goals except in the case of the death or disability of the Participant or as otherwise determined by the Committee in special circumstances.

10.4. Restrictions . The Committee shall have the power to impose such other restrictions on Awards subject to this Article as it may deem necessary or appropriate to ensure that such Awards satisfy all requirements for “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

10.5. Limitations on Grants to Individual Participants . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 12.2, no Participant may (i) be granted Options or Share Appreciation Rights during any 36-month period with respect to more than 3.0 million (3,000,000) Shares; and (ii) earn more than 500,000 Shares for each twelve (12) months in the vesting period or Performance Period with

 

- 13 -


respect to Restricted Share Awards, Restricted Share Unit Awards, Performance Awards and/or Other Share-Based Awards that are intended to comply with the performance-based exception under Code Section 162(m) and are denominated in Shares. In addition to the foregoing, the maximum dollar value that may be earned by any Participant for each twelve (12) months in a Performance Period with respect to Performance Awards that are intended to comply with the performance-based exception under Code Section 162(m) and are denominated in cash is $10,000,000. If an Award is cancelled, the cancelled Award shall continue to be counted toward the applicable limitation in this Section.

 

11. CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS

11.1. Impact on Certain Awards. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, the Committee shall have the right to provide in the event of a Change in Control of the Company (as defined in Section 11.3): (i) Options and Share Appreciation Rights outstanding as of the date of the Change in Control shall be cancelled and terminated without payment if the Fair Market Value of one Share as of the date of the Change in Control is less than the per Share Option exercise price or Share Appreciation Right grant price, and (ii) all Performance Awards shall be (x) considered to be earned and payable based on achievement of performance goals or based on target performance (either in full or pro rata based on the portion of Performance Period completed as of the date of the Change in Control), and any limitations or other restrictions shall lapse and such Performance Awards shall be immediately settled or distributed or (y) converted into Restricted Share or Restricted Share Unit Awards based on achievement of performance goals or based on target performance (either in full or pro rata based on the portion of Performance Period completed as of the date of the Change in Control) that are subject to Section 11.2.

11.2. Assumption or Substitution of Certain Awards. (a) Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, in the event of a Change in Control of the Company in which the successor company assumes or substitutes for an Option, Share Appreciation Right, Restricted Share Award, Restricted Share Unit Award or Other Share-Based Award (or in which the Company is the ultimate parent corporation and continues the Award), if a Participant’s employment with such successor company (or the Company) or a subsidiary thereof terminates within 24 months following such Change in Control (or such other period set forth in the Award Agreement, including prior thereto if applicable) and under the circumstances specified in the Award Agreement: (i) Options and Share Appreciation Rights outstanding as of the date of such termination of employment will immediately vest, become fully exercisable and shall remain exercisable for a two-year period (or if earlier, until the original expiration date set forth in the Award Agreement), (ii) the restrictions, limitations and other conditions applicable to Restricted Share and Restricted Share Units outstanding as of the date of such termination of employment shall lapse and the Restricted Share and Restricted Share Units shall become free of all restrictions, limitations and conditions and become fully vested, and (iii) the restrictions, limitations and other conditions applicable to any Other Share-Based Awards or any other Awards shall lapse, and such Other Share-Based Awards or such other Awards shall become free of all restrictions, limitations and conditions and become fully vested and transferable. For the purposes of this Section 11.2, an Option, Share Appreciation Right, Restricted Share Award, Restricted Share Unit Award or Other Share-Based Award shall be considered assumed or substituted for if following the Change in Control the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Option, Share Appreciation Right, Restricted Share Award,

 

- 14 -


Restricted Share Unit Award or Other Share-Based Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether shares, cash or other securities or property) received in the transaction constituting a Change in Control by holders of Shares for each Share held on the effective date of such transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the transaction constituting a Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor company, the Committee may, with the consent of the successor company, provide that the consideration to be received upon the exercise or vesting of an Option, Share Appreciation Right, Restricted Share Award, Restricted Share Unit Award or Other Share-Based Award, for each Share subject thereto, will be solely common stock of the successor company with a fair market value substantially equal to the per Share consideration received by holders of Shares in the transaction constituting a Change in Control. The determination of what fair market value is substantially equal shall be made by the Committee in its sole discretion and its determination shall be conclusive and binding.

(b) Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, in the event of a Change in Control of the Company, to the extent the successor company does not assume or substitute for an Option, Share Appreciation Right, Restricted Share Award, Restricted Share Unit Award or Other Share-Based Award (or in which the Company is the ultimate parent corporation and does not continue the Award), then immediately prior to the Change in Control: (i) those Options and Share Appreciation Rights outstanding as of the date of the Change in Control that are not assumed or substituted for (or continued) shall immediately vest and become fully exercisable, (ii) restrictions, limitations and other conditions applicable to Restricted Share and Restricted Share Units that are not assumed or substituted for (or continued) shall lapse and the Restricted Share and Restricted Share Units shall become free of all restrictions, limitations and conditions and become fully vested, and (iii) the restrictions, other limitations and other conditions applicable to any Other Share-Based Awards or any other Awards that are not assumed or substituted for (or continued) shall lapse, and such Other Share-Based Awards or such other Awards shall become free of all restrictions, limitations and conditions and become fully vested and transferable.

(c) The Committee, in its discretion, may determine that, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Company, each Option and Share Appreciation Right outstanding shall terminate within a specified number of days after notice to the Participant, and/or that each Participant shall receive, with respect to each Share subject to such Option or Share Appreciation Right, an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of such Share immediately prior to the occurrence of such Change in Control over the exercise price per Share of such Option and/or Share Appreciation Right; such amount to be payable in cash, in one or more kinds of stock or property (including the stock or property, if any, payable in the transaction) or in a combination thereof, as the Committee, in its discretion, shall determine.

11.3. Change in Control. For purposes of the Plan and Awards, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, Change in Control means the occurrence of any one of the following events:

(a) During any twenty-four (24) month period, individuals who, as of the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director

 

- 15 -


subsequent to the beginning of such period whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided , however , that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

(b) Any “person” (as such term is defined in the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than the SHL Fashion Holders is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board (the “Company Voting Securities”); provided , however , that the event described in this paragraph (b) shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of any of the following acquisitions: (i) by the Company or any Subsidiary, (ii) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary, (iii) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (iv) pursuant to a Non-Qualifying Transaction, as defined in paragraph (c), or (v) by any person of Company Voting Securities from the Company, if a majority of the Incumbent Board approves in advance the acquisition of beneficial ownership of 30% or more of Company Voting Securities by such person;

(c) The consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that requires the approval of the Company’s shareholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: (i) more than 50% of the total voting power of (A) the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Corporation”), or (B) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the “Parent Corporation”), is represented by Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (ii) no person (other than the SHL Fashion Holders or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 30% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Incumbent Directors at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination (any Business Combination which satisfies all of the criteria specified in (i), (ii) and (iii) above shall be deemed to be a “Non - Qualifying Transaction”); or

 

- 16 -


(d) The shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the consummation of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 30% of the Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company which reduces the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided , that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of the Company shall then occur when the percentages set forth in this section are met.

 

12. GENERALLY APPLICABLE PROVISIONS

12.1. Amendment and Termination of the Plan . The Board may, from time to time, alter, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan as it shall deem advisable, subject to any requirement for shareholder approval imposed by applicable law, including the rules and regulations of the principal U.S. national securities exchange on which the Shares are traded; provided that the Board may not amend the Plan in any manner that would result in noncompliance with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act; and further provided that the Board may not, without the approval of the Company’s shareholders to the extent required by such applicable law, amend the Plan to (a) increase the number of Shares that may be the subject of Awards under the Plan (except for adjustments pursuant to Section 12.2), (b) expand the types of awards available under the Plan, (c) materially expand the class of persons eligible to participate in the Plan, (d) amend Section 5.3 or Section 6.2(f) to eliminate the requirements relating to minimum exercise price, minimum grant price and shareholder approval, (e) increase the maximum permissible term of any Option specified by Section 5.4 or the maximum permissible term of a Share Appreciation Right specified by Section 6.2(d), or (f) increase any of the limitations in Section 10.5. The Board may not (except pursuant to Section 12.2 or in connection with a Change in Control), without the approval of the Company’s shareholders, cancel an Option or Share Appreciation Right in exchange for cash or take any action with respect to an Option or Share Appreciation Right that would be treated as a repricing under the rules and regulations of the principal securities exchange on which the Shares are traded, including a reduction of the exercise price of an Option or the grant price of a Share Appreciation Right or the exchange of an Option or Share Appreciation Right for another Award. In addition, no amendments to, or termination of, the Plan shall impair the rights of a Participant in any material respect under any Award previously granted without such Participant’s consent.

12.2. Adjustments . In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, dividend or distribution (whether in cash, shares or other property, other than a regular cash dividend), stock split, reverse stock split, spin-off or similar transaction or other change in corporate structure affecting the Shares or the value thereof, such adjustments and other substitutions shall be made to the Plan and to Awards in a manner that the Committee deems equitable or appropriate taking into consideration the accounting and tax consequences, including such adjustments in the aggregate number, class and kind of securities that may be delivered under the Plan, the limitations in Section 10.5 (other than to Awards denominated in cash), the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Incentive Share Options

 

- 17 -


and, in the aggregate or to any Participant, in the number, class, kind and option or exercise price of securities subject to outstanding Awards granted under the Plan (including, if the Committee deems appropriate, the substitution of similar options to purchase the shares of, or other awards denominated in the shares of, another company) as the Committee may determine to be appropriate; provided, however, that the number of Shares subject to any Award shall always be a whole number.

12.3. Transferability of Awards . Except as provided below, no Award and no Shares that have not been issued or as to which any applicable restriction, performance or deferral period has not lapsed, may be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and such Award may be exercised during the life of the Participant only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. Except in the case of Incentive Share Options, to the extent and under such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee, a Participant may assign or transfer an Award without consideration (each transferee thereof, a “Permitted Assignee”) (i) to the Participant’s spouse, children or grandchildren (including any adopted and step children or grandchildren), parents, grandparents or siblings, (ii) to a trust for the benefit of one or more of the Participant or the persons referred to in clause (i), (iii) to a partnership, limited liability company or corporation in which the Participant or the persons referred to in clause (i) are the only partners, members or shareholders or (iv) for charitable donations; provided that such Permitted Assignee shall be bound by and subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Award Agreement relating to the transferred Award and shall execute an agreement satisfactory to the Company evidencing such obligations; and provided further that such Participant shall remain bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan. The Company shall cooperate with any Permitted Assignee and the Company’s transfer agent in effectuating any transfer permitted under this Section.

12.4. Termination of Employment or Services . The Committee shall determine and set forth in each Award Agreement whether any Awards granted in such Award Agreement will continue to be exercisable, continue to vest or be earned and the terms of such exercise, vesting or earning, on and after the date that a Participant ceases to be employed by or to provide services to the Company or any Subsidiary (including as a Director), whether by reason of death, disability, voluntary or involuntary termination of employment or services, or otherwise. The date of termination of a Participant’s employment or services will be determined by the Committee, which determination will be final. Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, unless determined otherwise by the Committee: (i) neither a temporary absence from employment or service due to illness, vacation or leave of absence (including, without limitation, a call to active duty for military service through a Reserve or National Guard unit) nor a transfer from employment or service with the Company to employment or service with a Subsidiary or affiliate (or vice-versa) shall be considered a termination of employment or service with the Company or a Subsidiary; and (ii) if a Participant’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates, but such Participant continues to provide services to the Company or its Subsidiaries in a non-employee capacity (including as a Director) (or vice-versa), such change in status shall not be considered a termination of employment or service with the Company or a Subsidiary for purposes of the Plan.

12.5. Deferral ; Dividend Equivalents . The Committee shall be authorized to establish procedures pursuant to which the payment of any Award may be deferred. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and any Award Agreement, the recipient of an Award, if so determined by

 

- 18 -


the Committee, be entitled to receive, currently or on a deferred basis, amounts equivalent to cash, shares or other property dividends on Shares (“Dividend Equivalents”) with respect to the number of Shares covered by the Award, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. The Committee may provide that the Dividend Equivalents (if any) shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Shares or otherwise reinvested and may provide that the Dividend Equivalents are subject to the same vesting or performance conditions as the underlying Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Dividend Equivalents credited in connection with an Award that vests based on the achievement of performance goals shall be subject to restrictions and risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Award with respect to which such Dividend Equivalents have been credited, except in the discretion of the Committee during the period the Company is a “controlled company” under the rules of the principal U.S. national securities exchange on which the Shares are traded.

 

13. MISCELLANEOUS

13.1. Award Agreements . Each Award Agreement shall either be (a) in writing in a form approved by the Committee and executed by the Company by an officer duly authorized to act on its behalf, or (b) an electronic notice in a form approved by the Committee and recorded by the Company (or its designee) in an electronic recordkeeping system used for the purpose of tracking one or more types of Awards as the Committee may provide; in each case and if required by the Committee, the Award Agreement shall be executed or otherwise electronically accepted by the recipient of the Award in such form and manner as the Committee may require. The Committee may authorize any officer of the Company to execute any or all Award Agreements on behalf of the Company. The Award Agreement shall set forth the material terms and conditions of the Award as established by the Committee consistent with the provisions of the Plan.

13.2. Tax Withholding . The Company shall have the right to make all payments or distributions pursuant to the Plan to a Participant (or a Permitted Assignee thereof) net of any applicable federal, state and local taxes required to be paid or withheld as a result of (a) the grant of any Award, (b) the exercise of an Option or Share Appreciation Right, (c) the delivery of Shares or cash, (d) the lapse of any restrictions in connection with any Award or (e) any other event occurring pursuant to the Plan. The Company or any Subsidiary shall have the right to withhold from wages or other amounts otherwise payable to a Participant (or Permitted Assignee) such withholding taxes as may be required by law, or to otherwise require the Participant (or Permitted Assignee) to pay such withholding taxes. If the Participant (or Permitted Assignee) shall fail to make such tax payments as are required, the Company or its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to such Participant (or Permitted Assignee) or to take such other action as may be necessary to satisfy such withholding obligations. The Committee shall be authorized to establish procedures for election by Participants (or Permitted Assignee) to satisfy such obligation for the payment of such taxes by tendering previously acquired Shares (either actually or by attestation, valued at their then Fair Market Value), or by directing the Company to retain Shares (up to the minimum required statutory tax withholding rate for the Participant (or Permitted Assignee)) otherwise deliverable in connection with the Award.

13.3. Right of Discharge Reserved; Claims to Awards . Nothing in the Plan nor the grant of an Award hereunder shall confer upon any Employee, Director or Consultant the right to

 

- 19 -


continue in the employment or service of the Company or any Subsidiary or affect any right that the Company or any Subsidiary may have to terminate the employment or service of (or to demote or to exclude from future Awards under the Plan) any such Employee, Director or Consultant at any time for any reason. The Company shall not be liable for the loss of existing or potential profit from an Award granted in the event of termination of an employment or other relationship. No Employee, Director or Consultant shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Employees, Directors or Consultants under the Plan.

13.4. Substitute Awards . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the terms of Substitute Awards may vary from the terms set forth in the Plan to the extent the Committee deems appropriate to conform, in whole or in part, to the provisions of the awards in substitution for which they are granted.

13.5. Cancellation of Award; Forfeiture of Gain . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, an Award Agreement may provide that:

(a) In the event of an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance by the Company with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, any mistake in calculations or other administrative error, in each case, which reduces the amount of the Award that would have been earned had the financial results been properly reported (as determined by the Committee) (i) the Award will be cancelled and (ii) the Participant will forfeit (A) the Shares received or payable on the vesting or exercise of the Award and (B) the amount of the proceeds of the sale, gain or other value realized on the vesting or exercise of the Award (and the Participant may be required to return or pay such Shares or amount to the Company).

(b) If the Participant, without the consent of the Company, while employed by or providing services to the Company or any Subsidiary or after termination of such employment or service, violates a non-solicitation or non-disclosure covenant or agreement or otherwise engages in activity that is in conflict with or adverse to the interest of the Company or any Subsidiary, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, then (i) any outstanding, vested or unvested, earned or unearned portion of the Award may, at the Committee’s discretion, be canceled without payment therefor and (ii) the Committee, in its discretion, may require the Participant or other person to whom any payment has been made or Shares or other property have been transferred in connection with the Award to forfeit and pay over to the Company, on demand, all or any portion of the compensation, gain or other value (whether or not taxable) realized upon the exercise of any Option or Share Appreciation Right and the value realized (whether or not taxable) on the vesting or payment of any other Award during the time period specified in the Award Agreement.

(c) To the extent required by applicable law (including without limitation Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act and Section 954 of the Dodd Frank Act) and/or the rules and regulations of any U.S. national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which Shares are listed or quoted, or if so required pursuant to a written policy adopted by the Company (as in effect and/or amended from time to time), Awards shall be subject (including on a retroactive basis) to clawback, forfeiture or similar requirements (and such requirements shall be deemed incorporated by reference into all outstanding Award agreements).

 

- 20 -


13.6. Stop Transfer Orders . All certificates for Shares delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award shall be subject to such stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC, any stock exchange upon which the Shares are then listed, and any applicable federal or state securities law, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

13.7. Nature of Payments . All Awards made pursuant to the Plan are in consideration of services performed or to be performed for the Company or any Subsidiary, division or business unit of the Company or a Subsidiary. Any income or gain realized pursuant to Awards under the Plan constitutes a special incentive payment to the Participant and shall not be taken into account, to the extent permissible under applicable law, as compensation for purposes of any of the employee benefit plans of the Company or any Subsidiary except as may be determined by the Committee or by the Board or board of directors of the applicable Subsidiary as permitted by such plans.

13.8. Other Plans . Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject to shareholder approval if such approval is required; and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

13.9. Severability . The provisions of the Plan shall be deemed severable. If any provision of the Plan shall be held unlawful or otherwise invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part by a court of competent jurisdiction or by reason of change in a law or regulation, such provision shall (a) be deemed limited to the extent that such court of competent jurisdiction deems it lawful, valid and/or enforceable and as so limited shall remain in full force and effect, and (b) not affect any other provision of the Plan or part thereof, each of which shall remain in full force and effect. If the making of any payment or the provision of any other benefit required under the Plan shall be held unlawful or otherwise invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such unlawfulness, invalidity or unenforceability shall not prevent any other payment or benefit from being made or provided under the Plan, and if the making of any payment in full or the provision of any other benefit required under the Plan in full would be unlawful or otherwise invalid or unenforceable, then such unlawfulness, invalidity or unenforceability shall not prevent such payment or benefit from being made or provided in part, to the extent that it would not be unlawful, invalid or unenforceable, and the maximum payment or benefit that would not be unlawful, invalid or unenforceable shall be made or provided under the Plan.

13.10. Construction . As used in the Plan, the words “ include ” and “ including ,” and variations thereof, shall not be deemed to be terms of limitation, but rather shall be deemed to be followed by the words “ without limitation .”

13.11. Unfunded Status of the Plan. The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan providing incentive compensation to a select group of employees and other individuals. Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Subsidiary, on the one hand, and a Participant or beneficiary thereof, on the other hand. No provision of the Plan or any Award shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan,

 

- 21 -


to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company maintain separate bank accounts, books, records or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Rather, in its sole discretion, the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations created under the Plan to deliver the Shares or payments in lieu of or with respect to Awards hereunder; provided, however, that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the unfunded status of the Plan. Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company.

13.12. Governing Law . The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken thereunder, to the extent not otherwise governed by the Code or the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the British Virgin Islands, without reference to principles of conflict of laws that would cause the laws of any other jurisdiction to apply, and construed accordingly.

13.13. Effective Date of Plan; Termination of Plan . The Plan shall be effective on the date of the approval of the Plan by the holders of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. The Plan shall be null and void and of no effect if the foregoing condition is not fulfilled and in such event each Award shall, notwithstanding any of the preceding provisions of the Plan, be null and void and of no effect. Awards may be granted under the Plan at any time and from time to time on or prior to the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the Plan, on which date the Plan will expire except as to Awards then outstanding under the Plan; provided, however, in no event may Incentive Share Option be granted more than ten (10) years after the earlier of (i) the date of the adoption of the Plan by the Board or (ii) the effective date of the Plan as provided in the first sentence of this Section. Such outstanding Awards shall remain in effect until they have been exercised or terminated, or have expired.

13.14. Foreign Employees and Consultants . Awards may be granted to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed or providing services outside the United States, or both, on such terms and conditions different from those applicable to Awards to Employees or Consultants providing services in the United States as may, in the judgment of the Committee, be necessary or desirable in order to recognize differences in local law or tax policy. The Committee also may impose conditions on the exercise or vesting of Awards in order to minimize the Company’s obligation with respect to tax equalization for Employees or Consultants on assignments outside their home country.

13.15. Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, this Plan is intended to comply and shall be administered in a manner that is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. To the extent that an Award or the payment, settlement or deferral thereof is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award shall be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will comply with Section 409A of the Code, including regulations or other guidance issued with respect thereto, except as otherwise determined by the Committee. Any provision of this Plan that would cause the grant of an Award or the payment, settlement or deferral thereof to fail to satisfy Section 409A of the Code shall be amended to comply with Section 409A of the Code on a timely basis, which may be made on a retroactive basis, in

 

- 22 -


accordance with regulations and other guidance issued under Section 409A of the Code. Each Participant is solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on or in respect of such Participant in connection with this Plan or any Award (including any taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code), and neither the Company nor any Affiliate shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold such Participant (or any beneficiary) harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, no payments or deliveries in respect of any Awards that are “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be made to such Participant prior to the date that is six months after the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code) or, if earlier, the Participant’s date of death. Following any applicable six month delay, all such delayed payments or deliveries will be paid or delivered (without interest) in a single lump sum on the earliest date permitted under Section 409A of the Code that is also a business day. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, in the event that the timing of payments in respect of any Award (that would otherwise be considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code) would be accelerated upon the occurrence of (A) a Change in Control, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the event giving rise to the Change in Control satisfies the definition of a change in the ownership or effective control of a corporation, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation pursuant to Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder or (B) a disability, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the disability also satisfies the definition of “Disability” pursuant to Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

13.16. No Registration Rights; No Right to Settle in Cash . The Company has no obligation to register with any governmental body or organization (including, without limitation, the SEC) any of (a) the offer or issuance of any Award, (b) any Shares issuable upon the exercise of any Award, or (c) the sale of any Shares issued upon exercise of any Award, regardless of whether the Company in fact undertakes to register any of the foregoing. In particular, in the event that any of (x) any offer or issuance of any Award, (y) any Shares issuable upon exercise of any Award, or (z) the sale of any Shares issued upon exercise of any Award are not registered with any governmental body or organization (including, without limitation, the SEC), the Company will not under any circumstance be required to settle its obligations, if any, under this Plan in cash.

13.17. Data Privacy. As a condition of acceptance of an Award, the Participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this Section by and among, as applicable, the Company and its Subsidiaries for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Participant understands that the Company and its Subsidiaries hold certain personal information about the Participant, including the Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares or directorships held in the Company or any Subsidiary, details of all Awards or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Participant’s favor, for the purpose of implementing, managing and administering the Plan (the “Data”). The Participant further understands that the Company and its Subsidiaries may transfer the Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, management and administration of the Participant’s

 

- 23 -


participation in the Plan, and that the Company and its Subsidiaries may each further transfer the Data to any third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, management, and administration of the Plan. The Participant understands that these recipients may be located in the Participant’s country, or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Participant’s country. The Participant understands that he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. The Participant, through participation in the Plan and acceptance of an Award under the Plan, authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Participant may elect to deposit any Shares. The Participant understands that the Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, manage, and administer the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Participant understands that he or she may, at any time, view the Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data, require any necessary amendments to the Data, or refuse or withdraw the consents herein in writing, in any case without cost, by contacting his or her local human resources representative. The Participant understands that refusal or withdrawal of consent may affect the Optionee’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, the Optionee understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

13.18. Indemnity . To the extent allowable pursuant to applicable law, each member of the Committee or of the Board and any person to whom the Committee has delegated any of its authority under the Plan shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such person in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act pursuant to the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her; provided he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

13.19. Captions . The captions in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and are not intended to narrow, limit or affect the substance or interpretation of the provisions contained herein.

13.20 . Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares or fractional equity securities may be issued under the Plan. Any fractional Shares or equity securities shall be settled in the form of cash (but may be treated as a fractional share prior to any such settlement).

13.21 Purchase for Investment . Whether or not Awards under the Plan have been registered under applicable securities laws, including the Securities Act, each person exercising an Option or Share Appreciation Right under the Plan or otherwise acquiring Shares pursuant to

 

- 24 -


an Award or receiving an Award, may be required by the Committee to give a representation in writing that such person is acquiring such Shares for investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any part thereof.

13.22 No Section 83(b) Elections Without Consent of Company . No election under Section 83(b) of the Code or under a similar provision of law may be made unless expressly permitted by the Committee in writing prior to the making of such election or pursuant to an Award Agreement. If a Participant makes such an election in connection with an Award, the Participant shall notify the Company of such election within ten days of filing notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service or other governmental authority, in addition to any filing and notification required pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or other applicable provision.

 

- 25 -

Exhibit 21.1

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF MICHAEL KORS HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

Entity Name

  

Jurisdiction of Formation

Michael Kors Corporation

   British Virgin Islands

Michael Kors International Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Michael Kors (USA), Inc.

   Delaware

Michael Kors Retail, Inc.

   Delaware

Michael Kors Stores (California), Inc.

   Delaware

Michael Kors, L.L.C.

   Delaware

Michael Kors Stores, L.L.C.

   New York

Michael Kors (Canada) Co.

   Nova Scotia

Michael Kors (Switzerland) GmbH

   Switzerland

Michael Kors (Switzerland) Holdings GmbH

   Switzerland

Michael Kors (UK) Limited

   United Kingdom

Michael Kors Japan K.K.

   Japan

Michael Kors Limited

   Hong Kong

Michael Kors do Brasil Paticipações Ltda

   Brazil

Michael Kors Belgium BVBA

   Belgium

Michael Kors (France) SAS

   France

Michael Kors (Germany) GmbH

   Germany

Michael Kors Spain, S.L.

   Spain

Michael Kors Italy S.R.L. Con Socio Unico

   Italy

Michael Kors (Austria), GmbH

   Austria

Michael Kors (Netherlands) B.V.

   Netherlands

Michael Kors (Poland) sp. z. o.o.

   Poland

Michael Kors (Europe) Holding Cooperative U.A.

   Netherlands

Michael Kors (Europe) Holdings B.V.

   Curacao

Michael Kors (Europe) B.V.

   Netherlands

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of Michael Kors Holdings Limited of our report dated September 20, 2011, except for the effects of the share split discussed in Note 1, as to which the date is November 30, 2011, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Michael Kors Holdings Limited, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

December 2, 2011